> Gam baAl, aren 20k He
{ i ix 7 he Tae tok) Fe
Kyla oid ha inp taal ee Y Ry
Swaine Oe cineca a ee!
‘ ‘ RNeasy SP ee
i iS 1 ¥
Se Nn!
Ailes lean nig:
Pike
Nites “i
a
ni
“A mi eh
ee tra
a ee
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THH
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1896.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
) VF
CR Ae
LIST
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
De. Joun Anverson, F.R.S.,
Vice-President,
Wittian = T. Branrorp, Esq.,
E.RS., Vice-President.
Groraze A. Bourencer, Esq.,
E.R.S.
Tur Rr. Hon. Grorar Denman,
Hersert Dever, Esq., F.LS.
Cuartes Drummonn, Esq., Trea-
surer.
Gen. Toe How.
Ferrtpsna, K.C.B.
F. DuCanz Gopman, Esq., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Lr.-Cot, H. H. Gopwin-Avsten,
FE.R.S., Vice-President.
Sir Percy
1896.
COUNCIL.
(Elected April 29, 1896.)
. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President.
Dr. Epwarp Hawitron, Vice-
President,
Proressor Grorar B, Howes.
Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H., Irsy.
Srr Huex Low, G.C.M.G.
Dr. St. Georar Mivart, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Prorressok ALFRED
F.R.S.
Sir THomas Patne.
E. Lort Parcuirs, Esq.
Howarp Saunpers, Esq.
Partie Lurtry Scrater, Esq.,
M.A.,Ph.D., F.RS., Secretary.
Tue Lorn Watsinenam, F.R.S.
Newton,
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Frank EH. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Bartrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian.
Mr. Joun Barrow, Accowntant.
Mr. W. J. Wittiams, Chief Clerk,
LIST
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
®
Page
Awnpruaws, C. W., F.G.S., F.Z.8., Assistant in the British
Museum (Natural History).
On a Skull of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major, from
Samos yiasiaje Sore disaby crepe Helayayorerai ah ae watateiseore car MAN
Avstun, #. E., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural
History). =a
Notes on a Recent Zoological Expedition on the Lower
296
HAST ABOWG Pes, Lee eleh ee ai ered LaeES Usa ae Re caren cane ES 768
Barrert-Hamitron, G. E. H. See Hamitron, G. E. H.
Barrart-,
Barrpert, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.
Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad
(Pipa americana) in the Society’s Gardens:............ 595
iv
Bateson, Wiut1aM, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three Pigeons showing
webbing between the toes
Buppanp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the
Society.
On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands col-
lected by Mr. R. L. Perkins ; with an Appendix on some
new Species of Pericheta, &c.
CeCe
On the Oblique Septa (“‘ Diaphragm ” of Owen) in the
Passerines and in some other Birds
soot ee etree ee eee tee
A Note upon Dissura episcopus, with Remarks upon the
Classification of the Herodiones
.
A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of
Rhynchops
Pen Ce Ce eC Cama
ee aC eC ee Cn
On the Anatomy of a Grebe (chmophorus major), with
Remarks upon the Classification of some of the Schizo-
gnathous Birds
Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part II. A Note upon the Pterylosis of the Barbets and
Toucans
CC Ce
Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part III. On some Points in the Anatomy of the King-
fishers
eo eee eee eer eee er eres ee eter es essere sere seeene
Burripeson, Graf Hans von, C.M.Z.8.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature....
Buriarson, Graf Hans von, C.M.Z.S., and Sronzmann,
JBAN,
On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
in Central Peru. (Plates XIII. & XIV.)
SeOnONOECEC ET Cnr EC CET)
Page
989
194
225
231
299
538
555
603
319
Vv
Brnewam, Lt.-Col. C. T., F.Z.8., F.E.S8.
A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous
Fauna of Ceylon. (Plate XV.) ..........0. ccc eeee
Buanrorp, W. T., LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.8., &c.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological N omenclature ....
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four heads of Ovis
ammon from the North-west Altai, Central Asia, obtained
by Major Cumberland ............. fer Oe OSES
Bovtrneur, GrorcEe Arpurt, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected
by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to
Lake Rudolf. (Plates VII. & VIII.) ................
On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasus.
(abia3 OGL 65 WOKING) 5500000006000 00008500000000
Remarks on the Dentition of Snakes and on the Evolu-
tion of the Poison-fangs ...........2 cece cece cece eens
On the Occurrence of Schlegel’s Gavial (Lomistoma
schlegel) in the Malay Peninsula, with Remarks on the ©
Atlas and Axis of the Crocodilians ..................
On a new Gecko from Penang. (Plate XXXVI.)....
Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Shiré River,
British Central Africa, collected by Dr. Percy Rendall,
and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry H.
Johnston, K.C.B. (Plate XLVII.) ............-+000-
On the Lizards of the Genus Eremias, Section Boulen-
GG soncoceonogs a9cnooob os osnodbesoucoSEDbORSS
Browns, Epwarp T., B.A., F.Z8., Zoological Research
Laboratory, University College, London.
On British Hydroids and Meduse. (Plates XVI. &
DOWILL)) caotoocc00000000) se0000 Riscdl Srepeuy cuantyemusrelaiere
Page
401
321
786
212
548
614
628
767
915
920
459
t
vl
Burtur, Arraur G., Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S8., &., Senior
Assistant Keeper of Zoology, Natural History
Museum.
On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard
Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between the months of January
eml /\joutl ISO, Cais) WI) sccococauconvccbcc0000
On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somaliland
by Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and Col. J. W. Yerbury in 1894
andels9 5a (PlatepX)| aeons or een rac en eee aes
On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.
Crawshay in Nyasaland. (Plates XLI. & XLII) ......
On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land pre-
Page
108
242
817
sented to the Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., -
and collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. (Plate XLIII.)......
CampBripen, Frupuriox O. Pickarp, B.A.
On the Theraphoside of the Lower Amazons: being an
Account of the new Genera and Species of this Group of
Spiders discovered during the Expedition of the Steam-
ship ‘Faraday’ up the River Amazons. (Plates XXXIII.—
9,9. GS DEIN ae AMR RO Mn ae oto OR See oe oe CES
Camprinas, Rev. O. Pickard, M.A., F.BS., &c.
On some new and little-known Spiders (Araneidea).
(PlatesEIT ee hte rk, eet ee
Crawsnay, Riowanrp.
Remarks upon the Gnu of Nyasa-land ............
CunnineuaM, Rosert O., M.D., F.LS., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S.,
Professor of Natural History, Queen’s College, Belfast.
On the Occurrence of a Pair of Supernumerary Bones
in the Skull of a Lemur, and on a Peculiarity in the Skull
of a young Orang
Ce Ce eC
851
716
1006
617
vii
Doxirvus, ADRIEN.
On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans...... 388
Drussmr, H. E., F.Z.S., &e.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Pallas’s ’
Willow-Warbler shot at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk .... 856
Darvon, Hamitron H., F.Z.8., F'.E.S.
Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Bornean
Lycenide, (Plates XXIX.-XKXIL) .............--- 650
Duzo1s, Dr. AupHonseE, Conservator of the Royal Museum
of Natural History, Brussels, Belgium.
Description d’un nouveau Couroucou africain ........ 999
Duruam, Miss M. Enrru.
Notes on the Mode of Feeding of the Egg-eating Snake
(Dasypeltis scabra). (Plate XXXII.) ..........-..--- 715
Epwanrps, Janus, I'.1.8,, and Exwes, Il. J., F.L.8., 1.2.8.
Notice of 1 Memoir containing a Revision of the
European and Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperide. 609
Etwss, Hunry Joun, F.LS., F.Z.8.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature.... 320
Etwzs, Henry Joun, F.LS., F.Z.S., and Epwanrps, JAMzs,
F.E.S.
Notice of a Memoir containing a Revision of the
European and Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hespernde. 609
Friower, Stantay Smyra, 5th Fusiliers.
Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made
in the Malay Peninsula in 1895-96; with a List of °
the Species recorded from that Region. (Plates XLIV.—
D.GI\Vl) adccaacsqodgocdsnogocvgu vedo oodEdoo0 0c 856
Vili
Fiownr, Sir Witt1am Howry, K.C.B., LL.D., F.B.S., &c.,
President of the Society.
_ Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature ....
Forsus, Hnyry Oaa, LL.D., F.Z.8.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature ....
Fowrrr, G. Hervert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of
Zoology, University College, London.
Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the
Faeroe Channel.—No. ¥. (Plate L.)
wee ee we ee tere ee
Gapow, Dr. Hans, F.Z.S.
Remarks on Bone-caves in Estremadura, explored in
INStoL iro tenons Mier rcanere a riceeoena a radia iow en trodia Ooi Borin
Gopman, F. DuCann, F.R.S., and Satvin, Osperr, M.A.,
E.R.S.
On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
adjoining Islands of the West Indies
CeCe CC CC i Cy
Greeory, J. W., D.Sc., F.G.S., Assistant in the British
Museum (Nat. Hist.).
On Lysechinus, a new Genus of Fossil Echinoderms
from the Tyrolese Trias. (Plate LI.)
ee ee ww eee eee sere
On the Classification of the Palwozoic Echinoderms of
‘the Group Ophiuroidea
CR eC OY
Ginruer, Aubert C. L. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., &e.
‘Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Dr. A.
Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to Lake Rudolf.
(Plate IX.)
Cee iC i Cr CC ic, iC i i i array
Page
319
322
991
306
513
1000
1028
ix
Hamizroy, G. E. H. Barrerr-, F.Z.8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, remains of the Norway
Lemming (Myodes lemmus) from Portugal ............
On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a
specimen of the Common Field Vole ................
On the Existence in Europe of Two Geographical Races,
or Subspecies, of the Common Field Vole ............
Hameyson, G. F., B.A., &e., and Wausinewam, Lord, M.A.,
LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S.
On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland.
(lateexny ye cteeiciavac sete ie avers pOdDODOvaGUdODODS
Hansmn, Dr. H. J. (Copenhagen).
On the Development and the Species of the Crustaceans
of the Genus Sergestes ...... cece cet e ce ee sete eevee
Harrert, Henst.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature....
Hitt, Lronarp, M.B.
Remarks on some Experiments on supposed cases of the
Inheritance of Acquired Characters ..................
Hoxprve, R. E.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Aniler of the Cir-
cassian Red Deer, and a pair of Antlers of the Malayan
Sambur abnormally developed ..................000-
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a three-
horned Fallow Deer and a pair of Roebuck’s horns
Houtand, W.J., Ph.D., F.Z.8., F.E.S., &c., Chancellor of
the- Western University of Pennsylvania.
A Preliminary Revision and Synonymic Catalogue of
the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent . Islands,
with Descriptions of some apparently new Species.
(Plates.I.-V.) .......- sistaninslass erecelet ens yaeanenscnins
Page
304
598
599
257
936
319
785
618
855
x
Hoyt, Wittiam Evans, M.A., F.R.S.E.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of
a Snake in the act of swallowing a Mouse ............
Jacony, Martin, I'.E.S,
Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation
in the Beetles of the Genus Calligrapha ..............
Kirsy, F. W., F.LS., F.E.S,
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. .
On some Dragonflies obtained by Mr. and Mrs. Lort
Phillips in Somali-land ............ 5 cess eeee ce eee
Langester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.B.S., &e.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. .
Lirrieron, The Hon. H. 8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a life-sized model of the
Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forstert) ..............
LyprxKer, RicHanp, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8.
Additional Note on the Sea-Otter..................
On an apparently New Deer from North China, in the
Menagerie of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey.
(Plates) XUV IE. & XE.) oe ee ee ee lee ccc
Masor, C. I. Forsytu, C.M.Z.8.
On the General Results of a Zoological Expedition to
Madagascar in 1894-96 ............ obdcopoac0000000
Mrrcuert, P. Coanmurs, M.A., F.Z.S.
On the Intestinal Tract of Birds ............000: 60
A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Qpis-
CLOCNIDUD CHEERS) Go0600000000000000000000000000 66
Remarks on a supposed case of ‘lelegony shown by a
Fox-terrier puppy ........+0+.0s- Vo caooo0d00000 9000
Page
547
224
322
521
320
786
235
930
971
136
785
xi
Mivarz, Sr. Guores, Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S., &e. °
On the Hyoid Bones of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes
CASO 0.00 009.00000000000000n0000000000000n0 aa0000
Neumann, Oscar.
Description of a new Species of Antelope from Fast
INE GodobsodooarspoconcododocadotnaddeoncoRdon
Nawesiein, Miss Marion I., B.Sc.
Observations on the Metallic Colours of the Trochilide
and the Nectarinitde. (Plates XI. & XII.)............
Newton, Atrrep, M.A., F.R.S., I'.Z.S., Professor of Zoology
and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-
bridge.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the type specimen of
Heterorhynchus olivaceus .. 0... 6c cece eee eee ees
Nortu, Atrrup J.,C.M.Z.8., Ornithologist to the Australian
Museum, Sydney.
On the Habits of a Cuckoo in the Gilbert Islands ....
Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., F.L.8., Lecturer on Com-
parative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital.
The Myology of Rodents.—Part IJ. An Account of the
Myology of the Myomorpha, together with a Comparison
of the Muscles of the various Suborders of Rodents
On the Anatomy of Petrogale xanthopus, compared with
that of other Kangaroos .............. oadcd00ndode
Puass, ALFRED EH.
On the Antelopes of the Aures and Eastern Algerian
SAN oocgdgoans0000b00a 0000 000d DODD G0G0GO0000C .
Page
36
192
283
990
934 °
159
683
xii
Satvin, Ossrrt, M.A., F.R.S8., and Gopman, F. DuCanz,
F.RS.
On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
adjoining Islands of the West Indies ................
Souavs, WILLIAM, F.Z.8.
On Walker’s American Types of Lepidoptera in the
Oxford University Museum ..............00 0. cere
Sonarur, Purir Lurney, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Dk dle) Geoovoopgecsoocc 00 cccGGu000000d000
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
damn IBD ooccococasnsbd000000c0n0000d 00000006
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Theyraeray WEG goo0ccnnc0c0co000doene0nosooas ONS
Remarks on the Divergencies between the “ Rules for
naming Animals” of the German Zoological Society and
the Stricklandian Code of Nomenclature ..............
Remarks upon the prospectus of ‘ Das Tierreich ’
Remarks on the appointment of an International
Committee on Zoological Nomenclature ....:......--.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Miedn WII “codacovcddaccdosaongd0s0g00900a0u00C
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens from
Nyasaland, sent home by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.O.B.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of Horns of
the so-called Antilope triangularis........ ..:+sseeeeee
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
April 1896 .....0-. cee cere eee tenet eee ee etna es
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Daguerreotype
Portrait of what was believed to have been the first
Gorilla that was ever brought alive to Europe..........
Pago °
513
634
303
306
400
401
505
506
506
547
xiii
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in
May 1896
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Cercopithecus
stairst from Mombasa
Ce ie ee ee ey
Exhibition of some Water-colour Drawings of African
Antelopes, executed by Mr. H. Caldwell
weet twee ee eee
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of the Gnu
of Nyasaland. (Plate XXVIII.) ...........0.0 e000, :
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
in June, July, August, September, and October 1896....
Remarks on some of the principal Animals recently
noticed in the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne,
Diisseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, The Hague, and
Rotterdam. (Plate XXXVII.)
SC Ck i Cea a rer er arr)
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
November 1896
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two Volumes of
original Water-colour Drawings by Wolf and Waterhouse
Hawkins, from the Knowsley Library
CeCe eC rt ar rar
Snap, Dr. Davin, F.RB.S., F.Z.S.
Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature....
SHanpp, Eminry Mary.
List of Lepidoptera collected in Somali-land by Mrs. E.
Lort Phillips
seem ew weet we tee te ee nee ee etre ete seces
List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson
Smith during his recent Expedition to Lake Rudolf ....
Sumurpokrn, C. Davis, F.Z.S.
Explanation of the Plan adopted for preparing an
‘Index Generum et Specierum Animalium ’
Page .
608
609
609
616
780
783
981
981
321
523
530
610
XIV
Page
SronzMann, JHAN,and Buriupscn, Graf Haws von, C.M.Z.8.
On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
in Central Peru. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) ............ 322
Trenrmetur, W. B., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of some drawings of two young King-
Penguins (Aptenodytes forsteri) ©... 0.6... cece eee 1
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an actinograph of a
“it owered mar LArtrid Pera ti-tcieriakicreoiererciceiiae 991
Tuomas, OLDFIELD, I'.Z.8., Natural History Museum.
On the Mammals of Nyasa-land: fourth Notice.
(Plates XXXVIIT. & XXXTX.) .................... 788
On the Genera of Rodents: an Attempt to bring up to
Date the current Arrangement of the Order .......... 1012
Tuomson, ARTHUR, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.
Report on the Insect-house for 1895 .............. 240
WatstnaHam, Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and
Hampson, G. F., B.A., &e.
On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland.
QED AG) cobs sg ooodocobbopoopsodoo oon KDDDOObeo~ 257
Wurraker, Joszru §., F.Z.S.
On the Gazelles of Tunisia ...............0.5.00- 815
Winton, W. EL. vz, F.Z.8.
On some Mammals from Ecuador. (Plates XIX. & XX.) 507
On a new Rodent of the Genus Lophuromys from
British East Africa, (Plate XXVII.)................ 607
On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott
Darling in Mashunaland, and Mr, F. C. Selous in
Matabeleland, with short Field-Notes by the Collectors.
GUD 2M) sooohoouansouuuscogoun udaegosscagouean 798
xV
Page
Woopwanrp, A. Smiru, F.Z.8.
“ On some Extinct Fishes of the Teleostean Family
Gonorhynchide. (Plate XVIII.) ...... ........00.. 500
Woonwarp, M. F., Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal
College of Science, London.
Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—
Part II. On the Teeth of certain Insectivora. (Plates
XXIII-XXVI.)
LIST OF PLATES.
1896.
' Plate Page
1.
Il.
Il, -African Hesperiidee ...........0.. cee cee eee ee 2
IV.
v.J
VI. New Lepidoptora from Nyasn-land ...... Boos bo0008 108
WAN PA gaia area iin s esersvsise craps cusses ol nieke ceeyte apostle } 219
WiIAgamaliionous manners race oreer cc ct
UX. Synodontisismrthi . 000. ..ccssenssestsceee sss sees 217
X. Lepidoptera from Arabia and Somaliland .......... 243
ee Metallic colours of Trochilida and Nectariniide .... 283
XII. Dubusia stictocephala ........ cece ec cn cen esnnes ! 399
XIV. Tyranniscus frontalis 20.0.6... cece eee eee eee
XV. Ceylonese Hymenoptera.............2.sereneavees 401
aii British, Madusssuysapinds een 7 Oe 5 ean neal 459
XVIII. Extinct Gonorhynchid Fishes .................... 500
XIX. Pudua mephistophiles 00.0.0... ccc cece cece cues, t
XX. MIchthyomys séderstromt ........... 0.0 cee evens ui
XXI. Fig. 1. Rana camerant; Fig. 2. Pelodytes caucasicus,
XXII. Fig. 1. Salamandra caucasica; Fig. 2. Molge ain
XXIi.
XXV. Development of the Teeth in the Insectivora ..... ».. 557
XXVI.
KXVIL. Lophuromys ansorget .........0 ccc ec e cee c ev ceees 607
XXVIII. Connocheées taurinus johnstont.........0c.eceeaces 616
XXIX.
XXX.) Bornean Lyconide.................00005 aooodcod 650
XXXI.
XXXID. Dasypeltis scabra...... 0... cect cece etn nceees 715
XXXIII.
XXXIV, { Nem Theraphoside from the Lower Amazons ...... 716
XXXV.
Proo. Zoor. Soo.—1896. 6
XViil
Page
Mimetozoon flowert (... ccc cece cece ee eer ceeeees 767
Haliaetus brantchit..... 0.0. cece cence eee nena 784
Papto prwinosus oss cveeccccecevnccccseccceaaes 788
Raphiceros sharpet ..c..cseveevscccccerceeees A
Fig. 1. Georychus darlingi; Fig. 2. Acomys seloust .. 798
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land. (Collected by
Ike, One 74) panc0 09 o0000nb000000000000000C 817
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land. (Collected by
Wb; (OFAPENCI A) goo0c0dc0000000500000000000000
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land, (Collected by
Rib; MANE) odoluclclbonboeogosd0o00N S000 000000000 851
Malay Reptiles and Batrachians. Fig. 1. Gonatodes
penangensis; Fig. 2. Rhacophorus leucomystax ;
Fig. 3. Bufo melanostictus .......0ceeeeeceaee 856
Malay Batrachians. Fig. 1. Rana macrodon ; Fig. 2.
R. erythrea; Vig. 3. R. labialis................ f
Malay Batrachians. Rana luctuosa .............. J
IRD GUADINTD ooco00gd0e0.e ope DoDDDDOODDONN 915
Deer from North China (in Summer pelage) ...... 980
Deer from North China (in Winter pelage) ..-.....
Plankton of the Faeroe Channel.................. 991
Lysechinus and Tiarechinus.....-....eeccevencens 1000
New or little-known Spiders ...............00. .- 1006
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1896.
Page
Gorgyra abure, 3, Head and nouration of ..........6...2 2500 aol
Gastrocheta meza, Neuration and palpi of ...............e.0e 00s 387
Teinorhinus watsont, 3, Neuration of ......... 0.0 cee eee eee eee 40
Rhabdomantis galatia, Neuration of. .......... 00sec eee eee eee 44
Semalea pulvina, Neuration of ....... 0... c see e eevee teen e eens 65
Andronymus philander, Neuration of ........... eee ee cence eee: 81
Choristoneura apicalis, Neuration of..........++.0000+ arate ate 83
Gama galua, Antenne: and palpi of........... 0. cer eee cece eee 84
Cenides dacela, Neuration of.........-... 0c cece eee e et tet ee eene 86
Artitropa erinnys, 5, Neuration of ............. cece eee ete aes 92
Acallopistes holocausta, §, Head and neuration of................ 96
Alligator mississiprensis, Intestinal tract Of ............+0see ee eee 137
Argus giganteus, Intestinal tract of, from a chick after incubation for
Um, CEES. Soooondocboo ppcooeg boon bgondodgoanaD0oonD0NC 188
Casuarius, Intestinal tract Of 6.2.0... eee ee ce tee eens 140
Struthio camelus, Intestinal tract Of............ 00. se ee eee ee ees 141
Colymbus septentrionalis, Intestinal tract of .............- toe tk 142
Eudyptes chrysocome, Intestinal tract of ...........0..0+ sence ee 142
Fulmarus glacialis, Intestinal tract of ........... 0... eee e eee e ee 143
Platalea leucorodia, Intestinal tract of ............. 000. ee eee ees 144
Ciconia nigra, Intestinal tract of ......... 6. eee eee eee 145
Chauna chavaria, Intestine of ......... 0. cece ee eee tee eee eee 146
Cygnus atratus, Intestinal tract of ............ cece eee eee 147
Haliaétus albicilla, Intestinal tract of ........... cece esse ee eee 148
Crex pratensis, Intestinal tract of .............-.-. sees eee ees 149
Cariama cristata, Intestinal tract of............... eee eee eee 150
Numenius arquata, Intestinal tract of ................e eee eee ees 151
Scolopax rusticola, Intestinal tract of ............. 0. essence eeee 161
Larus marinus, Intestinal tract of....... ......0005 sara bieaktne vial OS
Pterocles bicinctus, Intestinal tract of ............000055 oodnOviod 1563
Columba livia, Intestinal tract of 2.0.6.0... cee eee tee eee , 158
Corythaix chlorochlamys, Intestinal tract of.......... dgunonecd te 164
Ara ararauna, Intestinal tract Of. .... 66.6. cece eee eee eee 155
Bubo maximus, Intestinal tract of ..........ese ces eeeeeseeeeee 156
Rhytidoceros plicatus, Intestinal tract of .........0..2eeceeeeeees 157
Page
Colius capensis, Intestinal tract of ........ cece eee eee e eee 157
Parus major, Totestinal tract of 1.0.0... cece eee ee eee ee 158
’ Vole, Masticatory muscles of,.............0 cece eect eee tenes 160
Hamster’s masseter, Superficial dissection of ..........0..+20.005 161
Hamster’s masseter, Deep dissection of ...........-+0. sees sees 162
Heteromys, Masseter of ......... 00. c eect eee e eee e ee e ee neee 162
Bathyergus, Face-muscles of .........6. 0.0 cee cece eee eee eee 163
Rhizomys, Scalene muscles of .......... 60. eee cece eee eee 166
Rhizomys, Shoulder-muscles of............ 0 - eee eee eee ee eee 168
Heteromys, Pouch-muscles of ..........-+ 602s eee eee eee ees 174, 175
Hamster, Neck-muscles of............. 0. ceeeeee sete eee ene eee 176
Pericheta perkinst, Spermiducal gland of .............-++.+--- 200
Pericheta insule, Oviducal pore of ...... 0. ccc eect teen eee 206
SRT ULE oo ob Hu GhaooG on FOOD OHODC DOOD OG G~OoDG00N. 210
Clavius smithii, Teeth Of 1.0... cece cece ene n nee 219
Synodontis geledensis ..... 6.06 cece cece ence tee ee tnt ene 220
Synodontis schal ..... 0. ccc cece nce eee eben teen eens 221
Duck, Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a.... 227
Crow, Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a.... 227
Rook, Abnormal and thoracic viscera of, displayed by removal of
abdominal muscles) sjarieliacl\ieetlele-telsiorsieteleleysiekoteretas stenosis 229
Dissura episcopus, Syrink Of 1... 0... cece e eee eee ees 232
Abdimia sphenorhyncha, Syvinx of «0... .. 0. eee eee ee cere 233
Leptoptilus, Diagram of the syrinx of .......-...-. 0... e ee eee 234
Sea-Otter in walking posture.........0.... eee ees e eee renee eee 235
Nestor meridionalis, Hyoid of ........... 0c cece ee tee eee eee eee 237
Lathamus discolor, Hyoid of... .. 0... 0c cece cece e ene e ee ee 239
Orycteropus gaudryi, Skull of 61.1... eevee eee eee ee eee ees 297
Rhynchops, Muscles of the patagium of ........-.-0.+..-... 008s 300
Larus argentatus, Patagial tendons of..........-++-. sees eee ees 301
Rhynchops, Syvink Of 6.0... cece eee nee eens 3802
Armadillo tenuipunctatus, Upper and underside of cephalon and first
two segments of pereion, and of fifth segment of pleon, pleotelson,
THONOE, Gi ondonesoosoneo0onGgous0doH0opDaD00000000 were. 889
Armadillo depressus, ditto 6.0.66. eee ete ee 390
Armadillo dumorum, Gitto... 6... cece eee eeee 391
Armadillo cinctas, ditto .. 0.0.0... cette eee cette teeter cees 892
Armadillo grenadensis, dittO . 6.6... cece cece tence ete tenes 893
Armadillo silvarum, itto ... 6. cic cence ee eee eens 894
Armadillo zigzag, ditto... 1... eee ee eet ete n ene 895
Armadillo perlatus, ditto . 0... 6... cee e ee eee eee renee es 395
Armadillo viticola, ditto 2... cece ete ee teetteet ee aee 396
Mesarmadillo modestus, QittO oo 26... cece cee ee tee teens 397
Mesarmadillo americanus, dittO 1.0... cece eect ee tee 398
Mesarmadillo reflexus, ditto ...... 0.6 c eee eee eee .. 399
Haplarmadillo monocellatus, ditto... . 6.6.66 v eee eee eee eee, 400
Gorilla, Head of female ........ 0... eee e cece ete te eee e ee eee 505
Pudua humilis, Side and palatal views of the skull of ....,....... 510
XXi
Page
Pudua mephistophiles, Side and palatal views of the skullof .,...: 510
Aichmophorus, Syvinx Of 1.0... 0c cece even ence cence een e anaes 541
Tachybaptes, Syrink Of ......... eee ee cere ee Doauveene as desioondn 541
Synthliborhamphus antiquus, Tensores patagii of ............005% 544
Lunda cirrhata, Tensores patagii of ......... 060 ees e tee eens 545
Ceratorhina monocerata, Tensores patagii of ............2s..0ee 545
Ceratorhina monocerata, Syrink Of ........ 60sec e cece eens 546
Lomvta trotle, Syrink of... 0.0... eee eee eects ... 546
Pelodytes caucasicus, Skeleton of, from a sciagraph, upper and lower
WEL coogovoodooapoodoogoddaDoDtaneoDO Doo UOHOCOURd O00 552
Megalema asiatica, Feather-tracts of ....:..-. 0. cece ee neces 556
Diagram of the tooth-succession in a polyphyodont reptile ........ 583
Diagram illustrating the relation of a molar tooth-germ to the dental
TET iON at ere eRE OST ORES ACL AY CECE Te crc ON HERG IC OREM Och can 5838
Surinam Water-Toads in copuld ......... 0. cece eee eet ete 595
Surinam Water-Toad, after deposition of eggs ..............5055 596
Microtus agrestis, First upper molars of: diagram of typical and
DOOM 5 sonc0c0cccg0900000000000000000000000000 seeeee 598
Halcyon rufa, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of.............+.. 605
Ceryle alcyon, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of......... ...... 605
Sauropatis albicilla, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of .......... 605
Abnormal horns of Wild Goat from the Caucasus................ 618
Opisthocomus cristatus, Intestinal convolutions of ................ 619
Opisthocomus cristatus, Dissection of hyoidean muscles of ........ 622
Opisthocomus cristatus, Thigh-muscles of ...............0es0ees 626
Opisthocomus cristatus, Leg-muscles of,...... dobdnosucdoonseodas 626
Tomistoma, Atlas and axis Of ..........eeee cette neces ee eenes 630
Metriorhynchus, Atlas and axis Of ......... ee essences cere eeees 633
Petrogale, Skull of, showing os antiepilepticum.................. 685
IRR, ASAI OP oonocovon00000G000005000000000000000000000 686
Petrogale, First lumbar vertebra of, with hypapophysis .......... 687
Petrogale, Knee-joint of....... 22... cee eect ee cee te eect eees 690
Petrogale, Lower end of femur of, with ligaments attached........ 691
Petrogale, Ankle-joint of .......... cece cece e eee n wesc nate 692
Petrogale, Pectoral muscles of ....... Ye retss A Le ceVecievarerstaaceisle 696
Petrogale, Muscles of the sole of ..............++0008. Ov0000000 703
Petrogale, Cervical and brachial plexuses of ........ d00000b00000 707
Petrogale, Lumbo-sacral plexus of ...........6:esecueeveeeees . 711
Loder’s Gazelle, 2, Head of.......... 2... cece eee cence eee eee 781
Owisammon, Head! Of- 7.0. cc cnc dscns ee ses cleecin eco vne 787
Adax, Horns’ of, front View, ©. ....0.-:0-s+cec sree se eeverstee 811
“ Rhime,” Horns of......... 0... cece eee eee eet oboogeeoganN 814
ec Adami,” Hornsiof: esis oirec im sinicciels|ecitheieieielsiaysie nsec Senerstee 814
Fallow-deer, Head of Three-horned..........+.....secceseeeees 855
Chromis rend allt 0.60.0. cs seers sre nesses orvetsvuces +o. 916
Oreochromis shiranus .....0..0ccc cece eee et sa nseeetsereetaes 917
“Docimodus johnstont .......+0ccecevecveecvccsrsseceeccs see. 918
Corematodus shiranus ....cccccaccccvccucccecctevesvcccsscrecs 919
Page
Eremias mucronata ......... nada0ddonDG00000009000000000000 922
Eremias erythrosticta .......0....00008 po000G0000 g0000000 .. 924
Eremias smitht ...... hoon eDD 900D0000000000000000 Mea yatoloskelses 925
Eremias striata............4. Gavoasoobooone joono00Gd soo000a | GEMt
E remias brennert .... ccc veer eevee Den AnD oOBE 00000006 000000 929
Lemur, Skull of, from above ..........0 sever ee eens nadogccod se
Orang, Skull of (left side) 1.0.0... eee eee ee eee Rte da 998
Orang, Skull of (right side) ...............5 Honsadheosanaaogs 998
Protaster sedgwicki, Forbes, Structure of the arm of ,........... 1031°
Protaster biforis: a, outline of dise of arms; 6, pair of syngnaths., 1033
Protaster biforis, Diagram of the arm-structure of ............+- 1033
Bundenbachia, Arm-structure Of .......0.. reece cence eee es 1034
Lapworthura, Diagram of the arm-structure of, seen from ventral
BIDS opera stervepe rer ctape ie steress Gia ctokslense siotalctivarsnstatcresbaicucterersbataleretarte 1037
LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.
Page
Acallopistes (Lep.) ............ 95
Acidaliastis (Lep.) ........+.+ 267
Actius (Arachn.) .....0....50008 1000
Andronymus (Lep.) ..... a0 80
Anisaspoides (Arachn.).. 726
Aplectropus (Lep.) ..... 275
Archinola (Lep.) .............. 258
Artitropa (Lep.),.......ssecreeee 92
COsenides (Lep.) ......sc.0eseeeee 85
Corematodus (Pisces)
Orinipus (Lep.) ........... meee
Oycelyrius (Lep.)........+. pocno0ad 830
Dictenus (Lep.)........
Docimodus (Pisces)
Eospondylus (Echinod.) ...... 1039
Friula (Arachn.) .........s0000 1008
Gamia (Lep.) ..csescccsecereseeee . 84
Gastrochsta (Lep.) .. 37
Gorgyra (Lep.) .........s000 we) ol
Haplarmadillo (Orustacea)... 399
\ Harmonicon (Arachn.)......... 765
1896.
: Page
Lapworthura (Hchinod.) ...... 1037
Lysechinus (Echinod.) ......... 1001
Mantoides (Lop.) .sss....ec0ec0. 677
Melodeus (Arachn.) ..... se 768
Mimetozoon (Rept.) ........006 767
Miospondylus (Echinod.)...... 1039
Neodiplura (Arachn.) ..... see 755
Osphantes (Lep.) oos-.----+e wae 46
Parosmodes (Lep.) .......0008 . 45
Phthoropoa (Lep.) s.s.cc00. 282
Platylesches (Lep.) ......+0s00 72
Prosopalpus (Lep.) ......c0e0. 53
-Rhabdomantis (Lep.) ......... 44
Santaremia (Arachn.) ......... 746
Scotinochroa (Lep.) ........6+4 845
Semalea (Lep.) cco. 64
Sturtzura (Hchinod.) ........ . 1034
Teniura (Echinod.) ............ 1088
‘s
Piva lots tan
; iets F
ea :
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
January 14, 1896.
Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1895 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December was 98, of which 57 were
by presentation, 1 by exchange, 34 by purchase, and 6 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 92.
Amongst these attention may be called to the two specimens of
Forsten’s Lorikeet (Z'richoglossus forsteni), obtained by purchase.
Of this scarce Parrot no examples have been previously received
by the Society, and the species appears to be unrepresented in the
British Museum (see Cat. Birds B. M. xx. p. 51).
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier exhibited some drawings by Mr. Frohawk
of two young King-Penguins (Aptenodytes forsteri) in down
plumage, living in the Society’s Gardens.
Proo. Zoot. Soo.—1896, No. I. 1
2 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
The following papers were read :—
1. A Preliminary Revision and Synonymic Catalogue of
the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent Islands, with
Descriptions of some apparently new Species. By W.
J. Hotzanp, Ph.D., F.Z.S., F.1LS., &e., Chancellor of
the Western University of Pennsylvania.
[Received November 6, 1895.]
(Plates 1.-V.)
Having been for a number of years past engaged in the diligent
study of the Lepidoptera of Tropical Western Africa, and having
been compelled in the prosecution of these studies to acquaint
myself with the entire literature of the subject, it has occurred to
me that it might facilitate the labours of others, who may be
tempted to embark upon the same line of investigation, or who
may already be involved in the tangled mazes of the subject, if
I should at least attempt to bring together into one paper the
scattered references to the various species. I have therefore
begun a synonymic catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of the
African Continent and the adjacent Islands, but am led by the
advice of trusted friends to anticipate the publication of the more
extended catalogue by the following paper, in which is contained
a list of a very difficult group of Butterflies included in the
fauna. Jam led the more readily to take this step in view of the
results of the recent labours of Lieut. E. Y. Watson, who, ina paper
recently published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society upon
the Classification of the Hesperiidw (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 3), has laid
solid foundations for the prosecution of systematic researches in
the future. I have in the main followed the classification which
he has suggested in his valuable paper, which, while confessedly
incomplete, and leaving some things to be desired, is, nevertheless,
one of the most notable contributions to the literature of the
subject which has recently appeared. Based, as it is, upon an
accurate and painstaking examination of the anatomical details
and structural peculiarities of the various species represented in
the collections of the British Museum and the magnificent collec-
tion of Messrs. Godinan and Salvin, it may in the main be accepted
as free from the blemishes which characterize much of the work
done in this group by authors, who have relied almost wholly upon
superficial resemblances. In the few cases in which I have
departed from the classification of Lieut. Watson, it has been
because I have been able to make more careful anatomical investi-
gations than it was possible for him to do with the material at his
command. <A private collector may do as he will with his own,
and may bleach and dissect specimens, when it would be little less
than a crime for the authorities of a Museum like that at South
Kensington to allow such treatment to be bestowed upon the
p PZ.S5.1896. Plate L.
West, Newman chromo hth
Afrie an Fle speriudee
PZ.5.1896.Plate II
West,Nevanan chirome hth.
Atrican tle speridee
PZ.§ 1896 .Plate II.
West, Newrnan chromo hth
African Hespernde.
PZ.S 1826 Plate IV.
hth
West Newman chromo
24
African Hesperndaee.
PZS1896 Plate. V.
West,Nevanan chromo lith.
African He speriice.,
ogee
Ne Nl
-
1896.} BUDTHRFLIBS OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDS. 3
précious types of Hewitson and other great naturalists, who have
placed their collections in the care of the institution.
In following up my labours I have been greatly aided by the
possession of a large mass of well determined Indian material,
which I have been accumulating for many years past, and particu-
larly by the possession of the Knyvett collection, for which I am
indebted to the generous kindness of Mr. Andrew Carnegie, my
distinguished fellow-townsman, whose interest in all things relating
to the advancement of science is well known. I have derived
much assistance from the collections which I have received from
Mr. William Doherty, the well-known naturalist explorer of the
far East, and from the collections for which I am indebted to Mr.
L. de Nicéville, of Calcutta, whose great work upon the Lepidoptera
of India is a monument to his painstaking diligence and scientific
acumen. I am no less indebted to Mr. Roland Trimen, the late
learned Curator of the South-African Museum at Capetown, whose
labours upon the fauna of extra-tropical Africa are classic, and who
‘with the most engaging kindness has presented me with authenti-
cally determined specimens of most of the species named by him.
It is much to be wished that all authors might acquire those habits
of exact observation and clear description which are possessed by
this Nestor among lpidopterists, whose diagnoses of the various
species contained in his last work upon the Butterflies of South
Africa are so exact ag almost to make the work of pictorial repre-
sentation superfluous. Iam under very special obligations to the
authorities of the British Natural History Museum not only for
permission to freely study the collections in their possession, but
for permission to have drawings made of the hitherto unpublished
types of the late Mr. Hewitson and of Dr. Butler. | have to
thank Dr. Karsch of the Berlin Museum, and Dr. Rogenhofer of
the Imperial Museum at Vienna, for similar kindnesses. From
Mons. Mabille of Paris I have received most distinguished
courtesies, and I am indebted to him for the opportunity to ex-
amine personally the types of many of his recently described species,
and for the use of a number of copies of the unpublished figures of
Ploetz. Ploetz made no collection of specimens during his lifetime,
but contented himself with making drawings, not always very
accurate, of the species which he described in the collection of
others, or which he found figured in various works. These figures
are in many cases our only safe clue to a knowledge of the species
he named, for his descriptions are in many instances very unsatis-
factory. I cannot fail in this connection to express my indebtedness
to Lieut. Watson, who compared many of the species in my
collection with the types in the British Museum, and assigned
them to the respective genera to which they belong in his classi-
fication, and to Dr. Butler and Mr. Herbert Druce for their
generous assistance at all times freely given. Among American
entomologists, I am especially indebted to Dr. S. H. Scudder of
Cambridge, who, upon the oécasion of his last visit to Europe, did
me the great favour of comparing aseries of drawings of fae species
1
4: DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THB AFRICAN (Jan. 14,"
in my collection with the types in the Berlin Museum and in the
Museums of Paris and London. But great as is the debt of
gratitude I owe to these valued friends and colabourers, it is even
exceeded by my obligations to Dr. Otto Staudinger of Dresden,
who entrusted to the ocean all the types of African Hesperiidae
and all the unnamed material in his vast collection, and freely
sent them to me for purposes of study and comparison. For this
act of great generosity I cannot sufficiently thank him.
In submitting the following pages to the attentive consideration
of specialists, it is with a sense of the manifold defects which must
in the lapse of time be found to be contained therein. With the
exercise of the utmost care, and with all the help of the learned,
errors are unavoidable. In all cases where doubt attaches in my
mind to a generic reference, it is indicated. Absolute certainty in
this respect is not easily attained in some cases. While two-thirds
of the species accredited to the African fauna are represented in
my own collection, in some cases by enormously large series of
specimens, and I have seen in nature probably four-fifths of the
species of the Hesperitde which have been described as coming from
Africa, nevertheless in not a few cases I have been compelled to
rely wholly upon illustrations and the suggestions of resemblance
made by authors for an approximate location of the species. Yet,
in spite of the defects which must of necessity exist in this work,
F venture to express the confident belief that it will be found to
mark a distinct advance in our knowledge of the subject.
RHOPALOCERA.
‘Fam. HESPERIID A.
Subfam. HEsPrriin 2,
Sazanausa, Moore.
(Hyda, Mab.; Eretis, Mab.; Sape, Mab.)
The differences of a structural character between the species
assigned to the genus Eretis, Mab., and Sarangesa, Moore, are so
slight as in my estimation not to justify a separation, except
subgenerically. The principle difference is in the waved outline,
of the secondaries and the relatively longer fringes in the form’
Eretis.
* Eruris, Mab.
1. S. DIzLALA, Waller.
~ Pterygospidea djelele, Wallgr. K. 8. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54, no. 5.
Nisoniades umbra, Trim, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) vol. i.
p- 289 (1862)...
A oa Gelele, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii, p. 311, no. 204
1896.] : BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 5
Pterygos. djelele, §. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 254, pl. xii. fig. 7, 2
Cees
', Hab. 8. Africa.
Lieut. Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 48, calls attention to the fact
that the species in the British Museum which has been identified
by Mr. Butler from various localities’ in Northern and Eastern
Africa as S. djelele, Wallgr., is not that species, and is apparently
unnamed. This form, which is common in Abyssinia and elsewhere,
is more closely related to S. motozi, Wallgr., nnd falls into the sub-
genus Sape of Mabille. Mons. Mabille, I discover, has labelled it
as S. nerva, Kabr., in.the collection of Dr. Staudinger, and so also
has labelled it for me. It certainly is not the insect described
under this name by Fabricius, and I have therefore ventured else-
where to name and describe it (vide S. eléminata, Holl., p. 9).
2. 8. tuaENs, Rogenhfr. (Plate II. fig. 10.)
2 (6 sec. Rghfr., sed non sec. Rebel). Pterygospidea (agiades,
Ploetz) lugens, Rogenhfr. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vol. vi. p. 46
(1891).
3. Pterygospidea morosa, Rogenbfr. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vol. vi.
p- 463 (1891). :
Hab. Marangu, Tropical Africa (Von Hoehnel).
I am under profound, obligations to Dr. Rogenhofer, of the
Imperial Museum in Vienna, and to Dr. Rebel, his assistant, for
having kindly furnished me with most carefully executed drawings
of the two forms characterized as above by Dr. Rogenhofer. Dr.
Rebel writes me as follows :—‘I have taken occasion to critically
examine the two unique types of P. lugens, Rehfr., and P. morosa,
Rghfr., and have positively ascertained that both names apply to
one species. The name lugens, Rghfr., must stand, inasmuch as
it is the first in the order of publication. Rogenhofer is in error
in regarding the type of Zugens as a male; it is most positively
a female. ‘The name morosa must therefore sink as a synonym
(=6 of lugens). a
3. S. MELANIA, Mab.
Eretis melania, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixxi;
‘Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 48; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Bd. XXXViii.
p- 264, 9 ? (1893).
Hab. Gaboon ; Togoland ?
Dr. Karsch refers a female before him with doubt to the species
described by Mabille. In the vast series of specimens which I
have received from Gaboon, I have never found one which tallies
exactly with the type or description of Mons. Mabille. I thought
that the following species might be the same, but having compared
my type with the original type of #. melania in the collection of
Dr. Staudinger, I am quite sure of the distinctness of the two
species. S.melania may be readily distinguished from S. perpaupera,
which it closely resembles at first sight, by the fact that thefringes
6 » DR. W.J. HOLLAND ON TH AFRIOAN [Jan. 14,
of the primaries, which are fuscous, are checkered with black at the
ends of the nervules, and are conspicuously white at the apex and
at the inner angle. The specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection
is labelled “ melanina” in the handwriting of Mons. Mabille. The
published name is melania, and this of course stands,
4. 8. purpaurrra, Holl.
' Sarangesa perpaupera, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
vol. x. p. 288 (1892); Ent. News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig.1, ¢.
Hab. Upper Valley of the Ogové River (Good); Angola (Stau-
dinger).
5. S. exprompra, Holl.
Sarangesa exprompta, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 26, pl. i.
fig. 3, S.
Hab. Accra.
The type was purchased from Doncaster with a lot of other
African material. Whether the locality label attached to the
specimen is correct I cannot be positively certain, as some of the
things bought at the time were plainly not from the Hecallintss
indicated upon the labels.
6. S. astrigmra, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 8.)
S. astrigera, Butl. P. Z. 8. 18938, p. 669.
Hab. Zomba, British Central Africa.
I only know this species by the description given by the author,
and the figure prepared by Mr. Horace Knight, which is reproduced
upon the plate. I place it in this section of the genus with much
doubt, but it plainly belongs here, rather than elsewhere,
** Hypa, Mab.
7. S. erisna, Hew.
Pterygospidea grisea, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i.
p. 344 (1878).
Hyda micacea, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. elxvii
(1889) ; Novit. Lepidopt. p. 93, pl. xiii. fig. 3 (1893).
Hab. Gaboon, Liberia.
Weymer in Stiibel’s ‘ Reise,’ p. 126, pl. iv. fig. 5, describes and
illustrates a species from Ecuador as Hesperia micacea. Inasmuch
as Mabille’s name drops as a synonym in the case of the present
species, that of Weymer should be allowed to stand for the species
he named.
8. §. rrtomrata, Mab.
Hyda tricerata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent, Belg. 1891, p. evi; Novit.
Lepidopt. p. 92, pl. xiii. fig. 2.
Hab. aa Leone, Cameroons, Gaboon,
1
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THN FAMILY HESPERIIDZ.
9. S. mazorELLA, Mab.
Hyda majorella, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, P cvii;
Novit. Lepidopt. p. 92, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1893).
Eretis motoz, Waller. (?), Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii.
p- 264, pl. vi. fig. 11 (1893).
Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille) ; Topoland (Karsch).
*# Sapn, Mab.
10, 8. pvorpmLta, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 22.)
Rape lucidella, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, pl. Ixvii.
The type specimen in the collection of Dr. Staudinger is some-
what worn, but shows that the insect is abundantly distinct from
the other species herein enumerated. This is brought out clearly
in the figure given.
11. 8. morozt1, Waller.
Q. Pterygospidea motozi, Waller. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53; ¥ Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr.
vol. ii. p. 318, no. 206, pl. vi. fig. 3 ; ¢ and Q, Trim. S. Afr.
Butt. vol. ui. p. 356 (1889).
2. Misoniades pato, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (8) vol. i.
p. 404 (1862).
Hab. South Africa.
12. 8. moroziorpEs, Holl.
Sarangesa motozioides, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. x.
B 288 (1892); Ent. News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig. 5, 9 ; Butl. ®,
P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 668.
Hab. Transvaal (in Stauding ger’ s collection) : Gaboon (Good).
The male described by me in the ‘Annals and Magazine of
Natural History,’ and subsequently figured in the ‘ Entomological
News,’ turns out to be the male of the species described by Mabille
as Pterygospidea bouviert, if thorough reliance may be placed upon
the identification made in the collection of Dr. Staudinger by
Mons. Mabille, the author of the species. So far I have not been
able to find in any collection a true male of S. motozioides, Holl.
The female may be separated at a glance from the female of
S. motozi by the absence of the conspicuous translucent spot in
the cell of the secondaries, which is characteristic of motozt,
Wallgr., and by the fact that "the translucent spots in the primaries
are much smaller than in typical motozt.
13. 8. synustaLMunvs, Karsch.
Antigonus synestalmenus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii.
p- 263, pl. vi. fig. 8 (1893).
This species is very closely allied upon the upper surface to
8 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRIOAN {Jan. 14,
S. bouviert, Mab., and S. pertusa, Mab., but upon the underside
reveals great differences.
Hab. Togoland (Karsch).
14. S. prrrvsa, Mab.
Sape pertusa, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxviii.
Hab. Transvaal.
The type would seem to indicate that this is only a slight variety
of motozi, Wallgr.
15. 8. Bouvrsri, Mab.
Pterygospidea bouviert, Mab. Bull. Soc, Zool. France, 1877,
. 239.
Sarangesa motozioides, 6, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
vol. x. p. 288 (1892); Ent. News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig. 4, ¢.
For the determination of this species I am indebted to Dr.
Staudinger, who has loaned me a male and female determined for
him by the author of the species. By the description originally
given by Mons. Mabille, I should not have been able to reach a
positive conclusion, as the description seems to be somewhat
inadequate.
16. S. runora, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 14.)
Antigonus thecla, Ploetz, 8. EH. Z. vol. xl. p. 361 (1879).
Sape semialba, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixvii;
Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 262.
By comparison of the type of Mons. Mabille with a figure of
the type of Ploetz, which is reproduced in the plates accompany-
ing this article, I am able to positively affirm the identity of the
two.
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz); W. Africa (Mabille); Cameroons (Good) ;
Togoland (Karsch).
17. S. rHncLIpEs, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 3.)
¢. Antenne black, slightly lighter on the underside, the upper-
side of the palpi, thorax, and abdomen is fuscous. The lower side
of the palpi is yellowish. The lower side of the thorax and abdo-
men is pure white. The legs are white, narrowly edged with
blackish upon the anterior margins. The ground-colour of the
upperside of the primaries and secondaries is fuscous ochraceous.
The primaries are heavily bordered with black on the outer margin,
and there is a large irregularly quadrate spot of the same colour
on the costa near the end of the cell, limited anteriorly by four
minute white translucent subapical spots and posteriorly by three
like spots, two of them in the cell near its end and one of them
above near the costa. The primaries are further ornamented by a
series of small white translucent spots, bordered inwardly by
blackish, These spots are arranged in a straight transverse series,
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPHRIID A. 9
‘two in cell 1, one, transversely elongated, in cell 2, and a smaller
one in cell 3. The secondaries are heavily marked with black on
the outer angle, and there is a curved series of three or four small
black spots in the subcostal interspaces. Just after the large black
spot on the outer angle, the outer margin is lightly touched with
whitish. A fine dark marginal line defines the origin of the cilia,
which are fuscous upon the upperside. On the underside the
primaries are blackish, shading slightly into bluish grey at the
base. The translucent spots appear as on the upperside; the
two spots in cell 1 being defined outwardly by two parallel whitish
rays. The secondaries are white, laved with bluish grey at the
base. The ‘outer angle is black. The black spots on the subcostal
interspaces are as on the upper surface, but more clearly defined
upon the white ground. In addition there are two small discal
dots in cell 1, and a small black dot on the outer margin near the
extremity of vein 1. The cilia on the underside are white toward
the anal angle.
Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys). Type in collection Staudinger.
18. S. BLIMINATA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 9.)
g.- The colour of the upperside of the thorax and abdomen is
dark fuscous, of the underside yellowish ochraceous. The antennz
are black, the legs grey, edged with blackish anteriorly. The pri-
maries on the upperside are fuscous. There are three small
confluent subapical spots, a similar small spot on the upper edge
of the cell near its end, and two other like spots in cells 2 and 3,
of which the former is the larger. Both the subapical series and
the discal spots are followed inwardly by dark cloudings. The
interspaces just before the margin are marked by obscure darker
oblong spots. There is a fine dark marginal line. ‘The cilia are
fuscous. The secondaries are traversed by a series of obscure dark
fuscous transverse median, limbal, and submarginal spots. The
spot of the median series located at the end of the cell is annuli-
form. The marginal line and cilia are as on the primaries. Both
the primaries and secondaries on the underside are clear yellowish
ochraceous, with the cilia pale fuscous. The inner margin of the
primaries is testaceous. The translucent spots of the upper surface
reappear upon the lower side and are narrowly margined with
fuscous. Fuscous submarginal and limbal bands traverse the
primaries, leaving sagittate spots of the prevailing ground-colour
between them on the intra-neural spaces. The secondaries show
the transverse series of spots of the upper surface, but. more
distinctly defined and generally rounded than on the upperside.
@ like the male.
Expanse 28-30 mm.
Hab. Abyssinia (Staudinger); Somaliland (in my collection).
This species is labelled in the Staudinger collection by Mons.
Mabille as “* nerva, Fabr.” Mons. Mabille has on several occasions
in his correspondence with me insisted upon employing the Fabri-
10 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN [Jan. 14,
cian name for this insect. Perhaps he is following in this the
example of Ploetz, who referred some insect obtained from Kordofan
to the Fabrician species. But, whatever may have been the insect
before Ploetz at the time he was writing, it is certain that it was
not the insect described by Fabricius. In Jones’s ‘ Icones ’ (unpub-
lished) we have the best clue to many of the Fabrician species, and
the figure of H. nerva there given (vide pl. 72. fig. 3) represents
undoubtedly a species of Hesperia (Pyrgus, Hiibn. et auct.). The
published references to Hesperia nerva, Fabr., are the following :—
Hesperia nerva, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 340, no. 293 (1798);
Latreille, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 789, no. 162 (1823).
Pyrgus nerva, Butl. Fabr. Diurn, Lep. p. 282 (1869).
Ephyriades nerva, Ploetz, JB. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 6 (1884).
The habitat of H. nerva is given by Fabricius as “in Indiis,” to
which little significance need be attached, as we know that this
phrase with the old writers often meant no more than that the
insect came from a foreign country.
19, S. aurmmanco (Mab. MS.), sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 8.)
Tabraca aurimargo, Mab. in literis.
é. The antenne and the upperside of the thorax and abdomen
are black, as is also the underside of the thorax and abdomen,
except at the anal extremity, where it is marked with orange-yellow ;
the ground-colour of the primaries and secondaries is dark brown,
almost black. The primaries are ornamented by three minute
translucent subapical spots in the usual position. The outer
margin of the secondaries near the anal angle and the cilia for
the inner half of the wing are orange. On the underside, the
primaries are coloured and marked as upon the upperside. The
secondaries have the orange colour which appears upon the upper-
side near the anal angle much more broadly diffused, covering the
outer half of the wing as far as the subcostal nervules. The costal
margin and the base are broadly blackish brown, and the yellow
‘ space is interrupted by an irregular row of discal spots, of which
the one opposite the end of the cell is the largest and confluent
with the dark costal araa.
Expanse 28-30 mm.
Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys); Sierra Leone (Preuss). Types in
coll. Staudinger.
This beautiful species has been named Zubraca aurimargo by
Mons. Mabille. In neuration and most other respects it agrees
with Sarangesa absolutely, and I cannot bring myself to recognize
in it the type of a new genus.
20. S. macunatTa, Mab.
Sape maculata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.
Hab. Mozambique (Mabille).
I have no clue to the determination of this species other than
the description of the author,
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 11
21. 8. opmrHatmica, Mab.
Sape ophthalmica, Mab. O. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.
Hab. Delagoa Bay (Mabille).
No specimen or tigure of this species being available, I must
content myself with a provisional reference to this location in the
genus, to which the author has assigned it.
22. §.(?) pListonicus, Ploetz.
Antigonus plistonicus, Ploetz, 8. H. Z. vol. xl. p. 362 (1879).
. Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).
I cannot make out this species from the description and the
material before me. The description does not exactly apply to
anything I have seen in nature, though it may be that it designates
some already well-known species.
23. §.(?) puitoromus, Ploetz.
Antigonus philotomus, Ploetz, 8. BE. %. vol. xl. p. 861 (1879);
Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 262 (1893).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz); Togoland (Karsch).
* I do not know this species, at least under this name.
24, 8. (?) Lziius, Mab.
Pterygospidea telius, Ploetz MS., Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1877, p. 240
Ephyriades lelius, Ploetz, JB. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 6.
Hab. Gaboon.
This is another species about which I am left in total uncer-
tainty. Ploetz merely cites the name, and from the description
of Mons. Mabille I cannot draw positive conclusions. Mons.
Mabille has designated for me under this name two wholly differ-
ent species, one being the species which he has labelled in the
collection of Dr. Staudinger as bowvieri, and the other being a
slight variety of S. thecla, Ploetz, which he named from a photo-
graphic representation sent to him, in which only the upperside
appeared. I leave this puzzle somewhat reluctantly to others to
solve.
25. S. KOBELA, Trim.
Nisoniades kobela, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (38) vol. ii. p. 180
(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 312, pl. vi. fig. 4, 0 (1866).
Pierygospidea kobela, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 353 (1889).
Sarangesa kobela, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 48.
Hab. Extra-tropical South Africa (Trimen).
This species reveals a striking superficial resemblance to the
species of the genus Thanaos, and represents a section of the genus
in which it stands thus far unique.
12 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THD AFBIOAN (Jan. 14,
CELEZNORRHINGS, Hiibn.
26. C. GatEnus, Fabr.
Hesperia g galenus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 350, no. 332 (1793);
Latr. Ene. Méth. ix. p. 773, no. 124 (1823),
Hesperia galena, Don. Ins, Ind. pl. 1. fig. 3, 9 (1800).
Celenorrhinus galenus, Wats. P. Z.8. 1893, p. 49.
Plesioneura galenus, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. pl. 100.
Pardaleodes jfulgens, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,
p. 236, ¢.
Preryg gospidea galenus, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 80.
, Donovan in his plate figures the female we this species, which
may always be recognized by the elongate marginal spot on the
secondaries beyond the end of the cell. This spot has the form of
a parallelogram, and does not fuse with the adjacent spots so fully
as is the casein the male, where its sharp outlines are lost in the
spots on either side of it. Dr. Staudinger gives a good figure of
the male in his ‘ Exotische Schmetterlinge.’ Mons. Mabille kindly
determined for me a number of species upon the occasion of a
recent visit to Paris, among them Pardaleodes fulgens, Mab. The
specimens so determined are undoubtedly C. galenus, Fabr., g. I
have a series of nearly 100 specimens of both sexes, some of them
taken in cottu, and am satisfied of the correctness of the synonymy
given as above.
This is one of the commonest of West-African butterflies and is
found from Senegambia to Upper Angola, and Manica (Zrimen).
27. C. RuriLANs, Mab.
Pardaleodes rutilans, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 235,
@ ; Bull. Soc. Ent. France (Feb. 1877), 2 ; Novit. Lepidopt.
p- 96, pl. xiii. fig. 7, g (1893).
Pterygospidea tergeniva, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)
vol. xx. p. 323 (Oct. 1877).
Tagiades woermanni, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 862, 2 (1879).
Having seen the types of P. rutilans, Mab., and of P. tergemira,
Hew., and a carefully executed copy of the “drawing of 7. woer-
manni, @, made by Ploetz, I have not a shadow of doubt as to the
correctness of the above synonymy.
Hab. Fernando Po (Hewitson); Victoria, W. Africa (Ploetz) ;
Congo-Landana (Mabille) ; Gaboon, Cameroons (Good).
28. C. ruLusrris, Mab,
Pardaleodes illustris, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxxiii.
Celenorrhinus illustris, Holl. Ent. News, March 1894, pl. ii.
fig. 6.
Hab. Cameroons and Upper Valley of the Ogové,
29. C. Meprrrina, Hew. (Plate ITI. fig. 2.)
Pterygospidea meditrina, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat, Jest (4)
vol, xx. p. 322 (1877),
1896.] BUTTBRELIOS OF THE FAMILY HBSPURIIDA. 13
Pardaleodes interniplaga, Mab. O. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891,
Lxxiii.
y Celenorrhinus interniplaga, Holland, Ent. News, March 1894,
pl. iii. fig. 2.
Hab. Fernando, Po (Hewitson); Cameroons (Mabille); Bulé
Country (Good).
Iam unable to discover any valid specific differences between
C. meditrina, Hew., and C. interniplaga, Mab. I have a good
series of specimens in my collection, some of which agree positively
with either form, differing only in size and the greater or less
distinctness of the marginal spots.
30. C. MacuLatus, Hampson. (Plate III. fig. 4.)
Coladenia maculata, Hpsn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. vii.
p- 183.
Hab. Sabaki River, E. Africa (Hampson).
This species is a very near ally of C. meditrina, Hew. Two
specimens, a male and a female, contained in the collection of
Dr. Staudinger, were taken by Mocquerys at Gaboon. The
female differs from the male in having the maculations of the
secondaries greatly reduced in size. While these specimens do
not agree absolutely with the type of maculata, Hpsn., they are by
far too close to warrant a separation.
31. C. BisEniatus, Butl. (Plate III. fig. 3.)
Plesioneura biseriata, Butl. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 97.
Plesionewra hoehneli, Rogenhofer, Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vol. vi.
p- 463, pl. xv. fig. 10 (1891).
Hab, Kilimanjaro (Butler) ; Tropical Africa (Rogenhofer).
I think the above synonymy will be found to be quite correct.
32. C. atratus, Mab.
Pardaleodes atratus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixxiv.
Celenorrhinus collucens, Holl. Ent. News, March 1894, p- 90,
pl. iit. figs. 3, 4.
Hab. Cameroons (Mabille; Good).
The type of P. atratus being before me as I write, I am con-
vinced that I made an error in my identification of it upon the
occasion of my visit to Mons. Mabille. The insect I labelled
atratus, if there has been no confusion since made in the labelling
of the specimens in the collection of Dr. Staudinger, is the
following species, and the true atratus is the species I figured and
named collucens. Dr. Staudinger warns me that Mons. Mabille
has in a few cases apparently confused his types: this is one of
those cases in which J am almost positive that such a confusion
has arisen; but we must accept the type-as determining controversy,
and as the insect labelled autographically as Pardaleodes atratus
by Mabille in the Staudinger Collection is unmistakably my
14 _ DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
collucens, and not the next species in this series, we must regard
the identification as positively settled in this way.
33. C. BOADIONA, Hew. (Plate IIT. fig. 1.)
Pterygospidea boadicea, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)
vol. xx. p. 323 (1877).
Celenorrhinus atratus, Holl. Ent. News, March 1894, pl. iii.
fig. 5.
Seegdiibsels lucens, Mab., MS.
Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons.
Mons. Mabille, in the ‘Comptes Rendus de la Société Entomolo-
gique de Belgique,’ 1891, p. Ixxiv, in his description of Pardaleodes
(Celenorrhinus) atratus, alludes to a species of the genus named
lucens by him from a. figure of his type, which he has never
published, so far as I am aware; I have been enabled to identify
it with boadicea, Hew., which is undoubtedly the same insect
figured by me in the ‘ Entomological News’ for March 1894, as
C. atratus, Mab. C. boadicea, Hew., may be distinguished from all
other species by the greater breadth of the median yellow band on
the primaries, and the larger expanse of the marginal spot near
the outer angle of the secondaries on the upperside. ‘This species
is closely related to C. atratus, but quite distinct.
34, C. curysogiossa, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 5.)
Ancistrocumpta chrysoglossa, Mab. OC. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.
vol. xxxv. p. cvii (1891). :
Hab. Cameroons (Mabille; Good).
The type of the species is a female. The figure in the Plate is
taken from a male specimen in my collection. The insect
undoubtedly is a Celenorrhinus, but differs from the other African
species in being more plainly marked upon the primaries.
35, C. proximus, Mab.
Plesioneura prowima, Mab. Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1877, p. 231 ;
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 81, pl. ili. fig. 1.
Lagiades elmina, Ploetz, 8. BE. Z. vol. xl. p. 362 (1879).
Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons, Sierra Leone, Togoland.
36. C. Maocrostricrus, Holl.
C. macrostictus, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 27, pl. i. fig. 2.
Hab, Valley of the Ogové.
37. C. HUMBLOTI, Mab.
Plesioneura humbloti, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884,
p- clxxxvii; Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xiii. p. 349, pl. 54.
figs. 8, 8 a. ;
_ Hab, Madagascar.
1896.] BUTIBRFLINS OF THH FAMILY HUSPURIIDA. 15
38. C. (?) HomEYnRI, Ploetz.
Tagiades homeyeri, Ploetz, 8. H. Z. vol. xli. p. 307 (1880).
Hab. Pundo Ndongo. are
I do not know this species, but as it is said by the author to be
very near C. galenus, Fabr., I locate it here provisionally.
39. C. MoxHEzrI, Waller.
Pierygospidea mokeezi, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Acad. Handl. 1857 ;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54. :
Tesperia amaponda, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i.
p. 405. .
Nisoniades mokeezi, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Aust. vol. ii. p. 316, pl. vi.
fig. 5. :
Pteryyospidea mokeezi, Trim. Butt. S. Afr. vol. iii. p. 358.
Celenorrhinus mokeezi, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 50.
Hab, Extra-tropical 8. Africa.
40, C. (?) tunHDERI, Ploetz.
Plastingia luehderi, Ploetz, 8. EH. Z. vol. xl. p. 357 (1879),
vol. xlv. p. 147 (1884).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).
The figure of this species drawn by Ploetz appears to be a crude
representation of a species of Celenorrhinus, hut the statement of
Ploetz, that there is a sexual mark or brand upon the primaries,
does not agree with this view. I am at a loas, without having the
insect before me, to say where it should be located. Mons.
Mabille’s' note upon the drawing of Ploetz, contained in one of
his manuscript comments upon the Ploetzian figures, strikes me as
very appropriate, “mihi non verisimile videtur.”
TricnoseMeta ', Holl.
41. T. susottvuscEns, Holl. (Plate V. fig. 15.)
7’. subolivescens, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1892, p. 294;
Wats. P.Z. 8. 1893, p. 53.
Hab. Matabeleland.
42, T. rerrastiama, Mab.
Ceratrichia tetrastigma, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891,
p- lxv; Novit. Lepidopt. p. 119, pl. xvi. fig. 8.
Hab. Interior of Cameroons (Staudinger).
Mons. Mabille refers this species with some doubt to the genus
Ceratrichia. With his type before me, I am able to assert that the
species is positively congeneric with the type of the genus
Trichosemia. It may even prove to be true that the two species
are the same, in which case Mons. Mabille’s name will have
priority.. There is, however, considerable difference in the colour
. - - * . 7
"1 ‘By a typographical error, printed originally as “' Tricosemeia.” ©
16 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THD AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
and markings of the underside of the secondaries, and it would
not be at all safe to merge the two forms under the same name
until we have more material.
43. T. quarenna, Mab.
Ceratrichia quaterna, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. France, 1889,
p. clvi; Novit. Lepidopt. p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1891).
Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille).
This beautiful species, the type of which is before me as I write,
is correctly referred to the genus Trichosemeia.
44, T.(?) Brierpa, Ploetz.
Antigonus brigida, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 361 (1879).
Hab. Cameroons (Good); Roorke’s Drift, S. Africa (in my
collection).
What I take to be the species named brigida by Ploetz is a
species which is more properly located in this genus than any
other at present constituted, though the secondaries lack the
characteristic hairy brand near the costa on the upperside, which
led me to give the name which I have applied to this genus.
This remark holds good also of the two following species,
45. T.(?) upreus, Druce. (Plate IV. fig. 21.)
Tagiades hereus, Druce, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 417.
Hab. Angola (Monteiro).
This species seems to be closely allied to, if not identical with,
S. brigida, Ploetz. In case of identity the name given by
Mr. Druce has priority.
46. T. (?) suBaLBrpa, Holl.
Sarangesa subalbida, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 26, pl. i.
fig. 7.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good).
In the form of the wings and the neuration, together with the
form of the antenne, this species comes nearer those which are
strictly classified in the genus 7richosemeia than to those included
in Sarangesa. The hairy brand on the upperside of the secondaries
is lacking; but in spite of this I prefer to place the species here,
rather than to leave it where I originally located it.
Taarapes, Hiibn.
47. T. risus, Fabr.
Papilio flesus, Fabr. Spec. Tus. ii. p. 185, no. 621 (1871) ; Mant.
Ins. p. 88, no. 797 (1787); Ent. Syst. iii. p. 838, no. 286 (1793).
Nisoniades flesus, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 286.
Papilio ophion, Dru, Ill. Exot. Ent. vol. iii. pl. xvii. figs, 1, 2
(1782) ; Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Exot. p. 127, pl. xxvi. figs, 4, 4 ¢
1791).
‘ bare ophion, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Aust. vol. ii. p. 313 (1866),
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDA, 17.
Pterygospideu flesus, Trim. Butt. 8. Afr. vol. iii. p. 363 (1889).
Tagiades flesus, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 54.
Hab. Africa, south of the Sahara.
48, T. rvsunARiIs, Mab.
LT. insularis, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1876, p. 272;
Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xiii. p. 352 pl. 54. figs. 6, 7, 7a.
Thymele ophion, Boisd. Faune Entomol. Madgr. p. 62, pl. ix.
fig. 4 (1833).
Hab. Madagascar.
This is the insular form of 7’. jlesus, Fabr., which is found in
Madagascar, and can scarcely be separated from the Fabrician
species.
49. T.. pactrus, Mab.
Tagiades lacteus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vii.
p. XXXix.
Tagiades dannatti, Ehrmann, Ent. News, vol. iv. p. 309; Holl.
Ent. News, March 1894, pl. iii. fig. 1.
Hab. Congo, Liberia.
My surmise that 7’. lacteus and 7. dannatti are identical, which
I expressed in my paper of March 1894, has been confirmed by
Mons. Mabille, who has compared my figure with the type.
50. T. samBorana, H. G. Smith.
Tagiades samborana, H. Grose Smith, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) vol. vii. p. 127.
Hab. Madagascar.
I do not know this species.
51. T. surruit, Mab.
Tagiades smithii, Mab. Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xiii.
p. 354, pl. 56 a. figs. 3, 3.a.
Hab. Madagascar.
The plate on which this species is to be figured has not yet been
published. I do not know the species in nature, nor by any
pictorial representation.
Eageris, Guen.
52. KE. SABADIUS, Gray.
Hesperia sabacius, Gray, Griff. An. Kingd. vol. xv. pl. 99. fig. 2
(1832).
Thymele sabadius, Boisd. Faun. Eutom. Madgr. p. 63, pl. ix.
fig. 2 (1833).
Eagris sabadius, Guen. Maill. Réun. vol. ii. Lép. p. 18 (1863);
Mab. Grandid. Madagr. vol. xiii. p. 350, pl. 54. figs. 4, 4a, 5.
Hesperia andrachne, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madgr. p. 67 (1838);
Guerin, Iconogr. Régne Anim., Ins. pl. lxxxii. fig. 2 (1844).
Antigonus andvachne, Saalm. Lep. Madgr. p. 112, pl. i. fig. 14.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. II. 2
18 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
Plesioneura hyalinata, Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1877-78, p. 87.
Plesioneura andrachne (Boisd.), Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1878-79,
p. 123. :
Hab. Madagascar.
58. BE. norroana, Waller. - :
Pterygospidea nottouna, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54.
Nisoniades sabadius, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 315.
Pterygospidea nottoana, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. ili. p. 360.
Eagris melancholica, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
. cly,
Be Eagris nottoana, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 54.
Hab. South Africa. ! aa
'The comparison of the type of 2. melancholica, Mab., shows it to
be identical with Z. nottoana, as determined by Mr. Trimen.
54. E. DECASTIGMA, Mab. - ‘
Eagris decastigma, Mab. ©. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p- Ix;
Novit. Lepidopt. p. 118, pl. xvi. fig. 7; Holl. Ent. News, Jan.
1894, pl. i. fig. 9.
Hab., Sierra Leone, Gaboon.
55. E. ruscosa, Holl. (Plate V. fig. 4.)
Eagris fuscosa, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 27, pl. i. fig. 6.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good); Gaboon (Mocquerys).
This is a somewhat close ally of E. phyllophila, Trim., but may
be readily distinguished from that species by the form of the large
spots on the disk of the primaries.
56, E. puynioraina, Trim.
Nisoniades phyllophila, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883,
p. 362. :
Pterygospidea phyllophila, Trim. S. Afr. Butt.’ vol. iii. p. 362,
pl. xii. fig. 8. meh
Hab. Natal, Delagoa Bay (Trimen).
57. EB. samusont, Sharpe.
Antigonus jamesoni, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. vi.
p- 348 (1890).
Pierygospidea jamesoni, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 106, pl. ix. fig. 25.
Caprona jamesoni, Butl. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 669.
Hab. S.W. Africa, Mashonaland.
58. E. pENuBA, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 8.)
Antigonus denuba, Ploetz, S. KE. Z. vol. xl. p. 361 (1869).
Eagris decolor, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. clv
(1889); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxviii. p. 262 (1893).
_1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 19
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz); Freetown (Mabille); Cameroons (Good) ;
Togoland (Karsch).
_ Having before me a drawing of the type of Ploetz, executed by
Prillwitz, which is reproduced in the Plate, and the type of
Mabille, loaned me by Dr. Staudinger, I am positively satistied as
to the identity of the two.
59. E. tuceria, Hew.
Leucochitonea lucetia, Hew. Ill. Exot. Butt. vol. v. Hesp., Leuto-
chitonea, pl. ii. fig. 21.
Hab, Angola (Hewitson).
Prooampera, Holl.
60. P. nara, Holl.
Procampta rara, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1892,
p- 293; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 59; Holl. Ent. News, Mar.
1894, pl. iii. fig. 7.
' Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
Carrona, Waller.
61. C. prnnaana, Waller.
Caprona pillaana, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857; Lep.
Rhop. Caffr. p. 51; Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 308 (1866) ;
8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 348, pl. xii. figs. 6, 6 @ (1889).
Stethotrix heterogyna, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
p. elxxxiv (1889).
Caprona adelica, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. vol. xviii. p. 242 (1892) ;
Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 243, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1893).
Hab. South Africa, Natal, Loko, Togoland.. .
Mons. Mabille writes me that the species of Karsch is absolutely
identical with his S. heterogyna, in which opinion, with the type
before me as I write, I am able to positively concur. But the male
of S. heterogyna is most certainly identical with C. pillaana,
Wallgr. Iam not alone in this opinion. Dr. Staudinger writes
‘me that Prof. Aurivillius has most unqualifiedly given in his
adhesion to this view on examination of specimens submitted to
him. The female, the type of which is before me, might have
served the artist for the drawing of C. adelica given by Dr. Karsch,
and differs from the rather crude figure of the female of C. pillaana,
Wallgr., given by Trimen in being paler, and having a sharply
defined black spot on the underside of the secondaries near the
inner margin. With only the female sex before me I might have
hesitated a little to make the above synonymy, but the identity of
the male with C. pillaana being so positively certain, I do not doubt
the correctness of what I have given above.
62. C. canopus, Trim.
Caprona canopus, Trim, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) vol. ii. p. 180
OF
20 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THD AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 309, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1866);
Staud. Exot. Schmett. pl. 100; Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. p. 349 (1889).
Hab. Extra-tropical South Africa.
Anxantis, THopff.
(Leucochitonea, Wallgr.; Sapwa, Ploetz.)
I cannot bring myself to differ from Trimen, and to accept the
conclusion of Watson, that L. levubu, Wallgr., should constitute the
type and sole representative of a genus. he difference between
this species and the others given below are certainly rather of
specific than of generic grade. I therefore sink Wallengren’s
genus Leucochitonca as a synonym of dbantis, Hopff., as has
already been done by Trimen.
63. A, rerrmnsts, Hopff.
Abantis tettensis, Hopf. Monatsb. k. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855,
p- 643; Peters’ Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 415, pl. xxvi. figs. 16, 17
(1862); Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 3387 (1889) ; Wats. P. Z.S.
18933, p. 63.
Hab. South Tropical and Temperate Africa.
64. A. pAnapisua, Butl.
Leucochitonea paradisea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870,
p. 499; Lep. Exot. p. 167, pl. lix. fig. 8 (1874).
Hesperia (Oxynetra) namaquana, Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon.
p- 183, pl. xxxiv. fig. 10 (1874).
Leucochitonea paradisea, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. i. pl. 100.
Abantis paradisea, Trim. 8S, Afr. Butt. p. 342 (1889) ; Wats.
P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 63.
Tfab. Southern Africa.
65, A. zAMBESIACA, Westw.
Hesperia zambesiaca, Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 183, pl. xxxiv.
fig. 9 (1574).
Abantis zambesina, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 844 (1889) ;
P. Z.S. 1891, p. 105.
Sapea trimeni, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 264, pl. xv. fig. 5.
Hab. Southern Tropical Africa.
With the figures of their species, given by Westwood and
Butler, before me and a long series of specimens labelled by
Mr. Trimen to compare with them, I am wholly at a loss to sce
what valid reason exists for separating the insect recognized by
Dr. Butler as Sapea trimeni from the insect described by West-
wood. It is true that the normal colour of the sides of the
abdominal segments of the insect is “ snow-white,” as stated by
Dr. Butler, and brought out in his excellent figure, but the fact
that Westwood says that these segments in the type were
‘luteous ” does not in my judgment furnish sufficient reason to
1896.] BUTTHRFLIES OF THN FAMILY HESPHRIIDA. 2k.
say that we are dealing here with two distinct species. “ Luteous ”
is muddy yellow, and nothing is commoner among the Hesperiids.
than the change of the white markings of the abdomen into
yellowish by greasing and other accidents. I am reluctant to
differ from my learned friend Dr. Butler on any point, but after
studying the specimens before me with the figures and descriptions
given by himself and Westwood, I am still of the opinion that
Mr. Trimen’s original identification was correct, and that the
separation of the form known to Trimen from that described by
Westwood is an unnecessary refinement.
66. A. BISMARKI, Karsch.
Abantis bismarki, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 228 (1892);
Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 242, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1893).
Hab. Togoland.
67. A. BIcotor, Trim.
Leucochitonea bicolor, Trim, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii.
p- 180 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 307, pl. 6. fig. 1
(1866).
Sapea bicolor, Ploetz, 8. H. Z. vol. xl. pp. 177, 179 (1879).
Abantis bicolor, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 340 (1889) ;
Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 63.
Hab. 8. Africa.
68. A. vpnosa, Trim.
Abantis venosa, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 339 (1889) ;
P.Z.8. 1891, p. 105, pl. ix. fig. 24.
Leucochitonea umvulensis, Sharpe, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Ilist. (6)
vol. vi. p. 348 (1890).
Hab. South Tropical Africa and Transvaal.
69. A. ELEGANTULA, Mab.
Abantis elegantula, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 32;
Novit. Lepidopt. p. 23, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1891).
Hab. Sierra Leone.
70. A. EFULENSIS, sp. noy. (Plate V. fig. 12.)
¢. Allied to A. elegantula, Mab., from which it differs by the
entire absence of the discal spots on the primaries. The second-
aries are white, with the basal third, the outer angle, and the
inner margin clouded with dark brown, shading on the costa into
orange-red. The white outer area is intersected by the veins,
which are black.
On the underside, the primaries are much paler than on the
upperside and are slightly tinged near the base and on the costa
with ochreous. The secondaries are pure white, except on the costal
margin and the outer angle, where they are layed with pale brown
shading into ochraceous. The veins on the underside are not black
22 ‘ DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON TIIH AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
as on the upperside, except those which are located near the
costa. The body is marked much as in A. eleyantula, but is
without the red spots at the end of the patagia and the red hairs
which are found on the metathorax. Expanse 40 mm.
Hab. Efulen, Cameroons.
1. A. LuucocastEn, Mab.
Abantis leucogaster, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 32;
Novit. Lepidopt. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1891).
Hab. Sierra Leone.
72. A. tevuBu, Waller.
Leucochitoneu levubu, Waller. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 52; Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii, p. 306.
Abantis levubu, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 345, pl. xii. fig. 5.
Hab. Southern Africa.
Hesprrta, Fabr.
(Pyrgus, Hiibn.; Scelothrix, Ramb.; Syrichtus, Boisd.)
73. H. spiro, Linn.
Papilio spio, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 796, no. 271 (1767) ;
Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 535, no. 400 (1775); Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. i.
fig. 5 (1800-3).
Hesperia spio, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 354, no. 348 (1783) ;
Westw., Don. Ins. Ind. 2nd edit. p. 79, pl. 50. fig. 5 (1842) ;
Aurivillius, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand). vol. xix. no. 5, p. 124, tab. i.
figs. 3, 3a, after Clerck (1882).
Papilio vindex, Cram. Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pl. eccliii. figs. G@, H
(1782); Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 65.
Pyrgus vindex, Hiibn. Verz. p. 109, no. 1178 (1816) ; Hopf.
Peters’ Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 421 (1862); Trim. Rhop. Afr.
Austr. vol. ii. p. 287 (1866); S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 280 (1889).
Hesperia vindew, Latr, Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 785 (1823) ; Westw.,
Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. lxxix. fig. 6 (1852),
Syrichtus vindex, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53 (1857).
Hab. Southern Africa,
T had long been led to question whether this species had been
‘found in the western tropical parts of Africa. I have never
received it from Gaboon, Cameroons, Sierra Leone, or Liberia,
though I have charged my collectors to make special search for the
Hesperiidw, and have received thousands of specimens from them.
‘The species identified for me as H. spio, L. (vindew, Cram.), by
several European authorities, is very different from the S.-African
insect, of which I have numerous examples received from Mr.
Trimen and others. It is H. ploetzi, Auriv. My doubt as to the
existence of the species on the Tropical West Coast has been,
however, put to rest by the discovery of a specimen from
Monrovia in the collection of Dr. Staudinger.
1896.] © BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID&. 23
‘74, H. promus, Ploetz. »
Pyrgus dromus, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm,. u. Riig.
1884, p. 6; Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 283 (1884).
Hesperia dromus, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 65.
Hab. South Africa (? North of the Congo).
' This species is generally confounded in collections with the
preceding, but by attending to the differences so clearly pointed
out by Mr. Trimen they may easily be separated. Ploetz states
that his type was from the Congo, and Mr. Trimen, upon the
authority of G. Geynet, gives the “‘Gaboon River” as a habitat.
I am inclined to question the correctness of the reference of this
species to these localities. I may be in error, but am inclined to
think that it does not range further north than Angola on the
West Coast.
75, H. prorrar, Auriv.
Syrichtus spio, Floetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig.
1884, p. 21.
Pyrs gus spo, Mab. Ann. Soe. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 30, pl. iii.
fic. 9 (1890).
” Hesperia ploetzi, Auriv. Ent. Tidsk. 1891, p. 227.
Pyrgus ploctzi, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 245
(1893).
Hub. Gaboon, Liberia, Sierra Leone, Togoland.
76. H. sarasprs, Trim. ;
Pyrgus sataspes, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. tard, (3) vol. ii. p. 178
Cees Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 290, pl. v. fig. 7 (1866)
8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii, p. 289 (1889).
Hab. South Africa.
77. H. piomus, Hopff.
Pyrgus diomus, Hopf. Monatsber. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berl.
1255, p. 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 420, pl. xxvii.
figs. 9, 10 (1862).
Hab. Tropical East Africa,
78. H. rprox, Wallgr..:
Syrichthus ferox, eee Wien. Ent. Monatschr. 1863, p. 137.
Pyrgus vindex, Cram.? var., Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr, vol. ii.
pp. 287-288 (1866).
eae (Syrichthus) diomus, Wallgr. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Forh
1872, p. 50.
Pyr a diomus, Méschl. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 286.
Hesperia sandaster, Staudgr. Exot. Schmnett. vol. ii. pl. 100
(1888).
Pyrgus diomus, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 287 Ce:
Hesperia diomus, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 65.
Hab, Southern Africa, :
24 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRIOAN {Jan. 14,
“T have come to the conclusion that Pyrgus diomus, Hopff., is
really distinct from P. ferox, Wallgr., ulthough Wallengren
himself in 1872 sank the latter in favour of the former. None of
the South-African specimens that I have seen agrees with Hopffer’s
description and figures in the important point of the white bands
on the underside of the hind wings, which markings are always
much more oblique in the southern examples. The other day I
received a pair from Zanzibar, which exactly agree with Hopffer’s
figures. So I think we may call the abundant southern form
P. ferox. By the way, what Dr. Staudinger figures as my P. san-
daster is apparently P. ferow.” (R. Trimen, in Literis, 1894.)
79, H. asreropta, Trim.
Pyrgus asterodia, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii. p. 178
(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. il. p. 289, pl. v. fig. 6 (1866) ;
8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 284 (1889).
Hesperia asterodia, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 65.
Syrichthus asterodia, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u.
Riig. 1884, p. 21.
Hab. South Africa.
80. H. TRANSVAALIA, Trim.
Pyrgus transvaahe, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 286 (1889).
Hab. South Africa,
Allied, according to the author, to H. spio, Linn, (vindea, Cram.),
and dromus, Ploetz.
81. H. aayra, Trim.
Pyrgus agylla, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 286 (1889).
Hab, South Africa.
This species is unknown to me except by the description of
Mr. Trimen.
’ 82. H. wara, Trim.
Pyrgus mafa, Trim, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 386, pl. vi.
fig. 12; 8S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii, p. 284.
Hab. South Africa.
Doubtfully distinct from H. spio, Linn.
83. H. sanpaster, Trim.
Pyrgus sandaster, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 92,
pl. v. fig. 9; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 291 (1889).
Hab. South Africa,
84, H. nanus, Trim.
_Pyrgus sataspes, var. A. Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 290
(1866).
Pyrgus nanus, Trim. 8, Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 290 (1889).
Hab. South Africa.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THN FAMILY HESPERIID®. 25
85. H. srorssus, Trim.
Pyrgus secessus, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1891, p- 102, pl. ix. fig. 22.
Hab. South-western Africa.
86. H. cotorss, Druce. (Plate I. fig. 11.)
Pyrgus colotes, Druce, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 416.
Hab, Angola (Monteiro).
87. HI. nora, Ploetz.
Pyrgus nova, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig.
1884, p. 7
Hab. Loango (Ploetz).
This species is unknown to me, and may be identical with some
other species. The description is very unsatisfactory. In some
respects it applies to H. secessus, Trim.
88. HH. zarra, Ploetz.
Pyrgus zaira, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig.
1884, p. 6.
Hab. Congo (Ploetz).
This species is only known to me by the brief and unsatisfactory
description of Ploetz.
89. H. apsconpita, Ploetz.
Syrichthus abscondita, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm.
u. Riig. 1884, p. 21.
Hab. Africa (Ploetz).
The description is too slight to base any conjecture upon it as
to what the author intended thereby.
90. H. Proro, Hsp.
Papilio proto, Esp. Eur. Schmett. i. 2, pl. 123. figs. 5, 6 (1806 ?).
For synonymy ef. Staudinger and Wocke, Kirby, Syn. Catalogue,
&e.
Hab. Morocco.
91. H. axi, Oberth.
Syrichthus ali, Oberth. Etud. Entom. vi. 3, p. 61, pl. ii. fig. 3
(1881).
Hab. Algeria.
92. H. tavzex, Oberth.
Syrichthus leuzee, Oberth. Etud. Entom, yi. 3, p. 60, pl. iii.
fig. 10 (1881).
Hab. Algeria,
26 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
93. H. atvnus, Hiibn., var. onoporp1, Ramb.
Syrichthus onopordi, Ramb, Faun, And. pl. viii. fig. 18 (1839).
For fuller synonymy ef. standard works on the Lepidoptera of
the paleurctic faunal region.
Hab. North Africa.
94. TH. (?) orzuvus, Linn.
Papilio oileus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 795, no. 269 (1767).
Hesperia otleus, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. bis (1871).
Hab. Algeria (Kirby),
~ This is a doubtful species, and it does not appear that any one
has been able to discover exactly what Linneus intended to
designate by his name and description. Nominis umbra!!
Carcnaropvs, Hiibn.
(Urbanus, Hiibn. ; Spilothyrus, Dup.)
95. C. atcex, Esp.
Papilio alcee, Kur. Schmett. i. 2, pl. li. fig. 3 (1780).
For further synonymy see standard works on the Lepidoptera
of the palwarctic faunal region.
Hab. North Africa.
96. C. exata, Trim.
. Pyrgus elma, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond, (3) vol. i. p. 288
(1862) ; Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 291, pl. v. fig. 8 (1866) ;
8. Afr, Butt. vol. iii. p. 293.
Gomalia elma, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 67.
' Pyrgus elma, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 245, pl. vi..
fig. 12.
Hab. Southern Africa.
_I place this insect in the genus Carcharodus, Hiibn., rather than
in the genus Gomalia, Moore, to which it has been assigned by
Mr. Watson, because the differences of a structural character
which separate it from its near allies, C. alcew and C. lavatere, are,’
in my opinion, too slight to warrant the subdivision. In fact, I
call in question the propriety of retaining the name Gomalia as a
generic designation, it being founded upon differences which
appear to'me to be rather specific than generic. I am quite
persuaded that Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, the type of his genus,
belongs to the older genus of Hiibner, and I think Gomalia should
be sunk as a synonym of Curcharodus.
The figure given by Karsch is by no means characteristic. The
checkered character of the fringes is not made to appear, and
were not the identification made by Karsch so positive, I should
think we were dealing with some other species, belonging, perhaps,
to a different genus. ‘
1896.] BUTIPRELIES OF THH FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 27:
97. C.(?) mtpna, Walk.
‘ Pelopidas midea, Walk. Entomologist, oa v. p. 56 (1870).
Erynnis? midea, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p- 830 (1877).
Hab. Cairo.
_ I know nothing of this species. Mr. Kirby’s reference to
Erynnis leads me to place it here. Mr. Butler could not find the
type in the British Museum. I fear that in this, as in so many
other cases, we shall never be able to know exactly what Mr. Walker
intended by his specific appellation.
Subfam. PaMPutrinz.
TRapezites, Hiibn.
The following species, all but one occurring in Madagascar, I
allow to remain in the genus 7’rapezites, where they have been for
the most part located by Dr. Butler and Mons. Mabille. “Lieut.
Watson states that the genus Z’rapezites, in the strict sense, 1s
confined to the Australian region. Unfortunately I have not
sufficient material at hand to justify the attempt by dissection and
bleaching to determine whether these species are really separable
from the genus in which they have hitherto been placed. It is
much to be wished that some capable collector, who has an eye for
the more obscure forms, might soon visit and’ thoroughly explore
the field which is awaiting his labour in the great island east of
Africa,
98. T. pMPyREUS, Mab.
Cyclopides empyreus, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285
(1878).
Trapezites empyreus, Mab..Grand. Madgr.. vol. xviii. p. B56,
pl. lit. figs. 1, 1 a, 2 (1887).
Hab. indepen
99. T. Fasruosus, Mab.
Cyclopides empyreus (pro parte), Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii.
p- 285 (1878).
Trapezites fastuosus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxviii.
p. clxxxvi (1884); Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 338, pl. hii.
figs. 9, 9a (1887). °
” Hab. Madagascar,
100. T. carmipEs, Hew.
Cyclopides carmides, Hew. Decartat, One Hundred New Hes-
perid. p. 41 (1868); Exot. Butt. vol. y. pl. Cyclopides, fig. 1
(1874).
Trapezites carmicdes, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 332,
pl. iii. figs. 8, 3. @ (1887).
Hab. Madagascar. :
28 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON HH AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
101. T. watonvs, Mab.
Cyclopides malchus, Mab. Bull. de la Soc. Philomat. p. 136
1877
Hee ypsilon, Saalm. Lep. Madgr. p. 110 (1884).
‘Lrapezites malchus, Mab. Grandid. Maden vol. xviii. p. 332,
pl. liii. figs. 5, 6 (1887).
Hab, Madagascar.
102. T. eritras, Mab.
Pamphila gillias, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285
(1878).
Trapezites kingdont, Butl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vol. iv. p. 232
(1879).
Trapezites gillias, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 335,
pl. hii. figs. 8, 8a (1887).
Hab. Madagascar.
103. T. Hova, Mab.
Cyclopides howa (err.), Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. v.
p- eexv (1875).
Trapezites hova, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 335, pl. liii.
figs. 7, 7 « (1887).
Hab. Madagascar.
104, T. carooatinus, Mab.
Cyclopides catocalinus, Mab, Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285
(1878).
Trapezites catocalinus, Mab. Grandid. Mader. yol. xviii. p. 339,
pl. liii. figs. 4, 4 @ (1887).
Hab. Madagascar. (Erroneously? labelled in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection as from the Gold Coast.)
105. T. panorcuus, Mab.
Trapezites paroechus, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 334,
pl. lii. figs. 1, 2, 2 @ (1887).
Hab. Madagascar.
106. T. (?) cHTRaLaA, Trim.
Pamphila chirala, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 76, pl. vi. fig. 18, 9.
I place this species here provisionally, as, both from the figure
and the description, it seems more nearly allied to the species in
this group than to any others,
Aotrnos, Mab.
107. A. tnucopy@a, Mab.
Cyclopides leucopyga, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1877, p. 101.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDZ. 29
Acleros leucopyga, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xiii. p. 347, pl. liv.
figs. 3, 3a (1887); Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 76.
Hab. Madagascar.
This species may be distinguished from A. ploetzt, its near ally,
by the broader extent of the white markings upon the outer
margin of the secondaries, and the paler, more irregularly clouded
underside of the secondaries. There are two specimens in the
collection of Dr. Staudinger labelled as taken at Gaboon by
Mocquerys, which are almost identical’ with examples from
Madagascar. They were taken in September. (Are the locality-
labels correct in these cases ?)
108. A. pLorrzt, Mab. (Plate IT. fig. 7.)
Apaustus leucopygus, Ploetz, 8. EK. Z. vol. xl. p. 360 (1879).
Acleros ploetzt, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. elxviii
(1889).
Hab. Aburi, Victoria, W. Africa (Ploctz); Gaboon, Cameroons
(Good).
Mons. Mabille has very properly suggested the name ploetzi for
this species, in view of the fact that the specific name leucopyga
had already, in 1877, been applied by him to a closely allied species
from Madagascar.
109. A. MACKENII, Trim.
Pamphila ? mackenii, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 95,
pl. vi. fig. 8.
Ancylozypha mackenti, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iti. p. 331
(1889).
Hab. Southern Africa.
This species is very closely allied to A. ploetzi, Mab. (leucopygus,
Ploetz), but may be distinguished by its somewhat larger size, and
by the fact that the underside of the primaries is much darker,
and by the two subtriangular spots of white standing out boldly
upon this dark ground near the inner margin.
110. A. phacipus, Ploetz. (Plate II. fig. 19.)
Apaustus placidus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 360 (1879), vol. xlv.
p- 157 (1884).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).
The figure of the type given in the plate accompanying this
article suggests that the original specimen is somewhat faded. I
am greatly inclined to the view that it represents a somewhat
rubbed specimen of the species since named A. biguttulus by
Mons. Mabille, and which may also be identical with the species
named A. substrigata by me. In a very long series of specimens,
numbering nearly one hundred, I find specimens more or less
worn, which agree well with the figure and description of placidus,
and otbers which are undoubtedly very close to, if not identical
with, diguttulus, and still others, bright and fresh, which are
30 . DR.W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
unmistakably separated from the others by the markings of the
underside of the secondaries as represented in the photographic
representation of substrigata given by me in the ‘ Entomological
News’ for January, 1894. Whether all of these belong to one
and the same species remains to be proved, but the presumption
seems to me to be in favour of this view. I do not, however, sink
Mabille’s species and my own as synonyms of placidus in the
present paper, although inclined strongly to take this view.
. 111. A. Brevrrunus, Mab.
Acleros biguttulus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
p- clxvii (1889).
Hab, Freetown, W. Africa (Mabille). °
From the brief description of the species given by Mons.
Mabille, this species appears to me to be very near A. placidus,
Ploetz (q. v.).
112. A. supsrricata, Holl.
Acleros substrigata, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 28, pl. i.
figs. 10, 11.
Hab. Valley of the Ogoveé.
This is possibly a form of placidus, Ploetz, as’ I have intimated
above.
113. A. otaus, Ploetz.
Apaustus olaus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 156 (1884); Karsch,
Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 260.
Hab. Loango (Ploetz), Togoland (Karsch).
Ploetz in his catalogue of the species of Apaustus, given in the
Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1884, places A. olaus immediately before his
leucopyga, which is strictly congeneric with the species described
under the same name by Mabille, and made the type of the genus
Acleros. A good copy of Ploetz’s drawing, pl. 744, shows that in
form and pattern of marking olaus is indeed very near to leuco-
pyga, Ploetz (ploetzi, Mabille); the main difference being the
spots in the primaries noted by Ploetz in his original description.
“An examination of the figure’of Ploetz makes it plain, furthermore,
that the type was a female. It seems do me quite possible that
the insect described was a female of the species previously
described by Trimen as Pamphila (?) mackenix. Karsch appa-
rently is not sure of his identification of this species as given in
his article in the Berl. Ent. Zeit. quoted in the synonymy above.
114. A. insvaBitis, Mab.
Acleros instabilis, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
p. elxviii (1889).
Hab. Zanzibar (Mabille).
There are two females in the collection of Dr. Staudinger,
'1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THY FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 31
which are labelled as from Loko, which are plainly referable to
this species, which is doubtfully distinct from -A. ploetzi, Mab.
(leucopygus, Ploetz). The specimens are smaller in size than is
usual in the case of the female of A. ploetzi, Mab., and the outer
angle of the primaries on the lower side is lighter. The white
‘spots on intervals two and three in the primaries are very large
and distinct, more so than in females of A. ploctzi, observed b
me. Still this may be only a local variety of A. ploctzi. By
GonreYRa, gen. nov. -
Antenne long, slender; club small, gradually thickened, taper-
ing to a fine point;- terminal portion bent, but not hooked. Palpi:
first joint short; second joint long, profusely clothed with hair,
erect, and rising almost or quite to the vertex; third joint long,
subconical, porrect, clothed with fine closely appressed hairs.
Fore wing: inner margin a little longer than the outer margin,;
cell about; one-half the length of the costa; vein 12 reaching the
costa before the end of the cell, veins 7 and 8 from before the end
of the cell; the upper and middle discocellulars form an obtuse
angle at the end of the cell pointing inwardly, the middle and
lower discocellulars form au angle with the apex pointing out-
Head and neuration of Gorgyra abure, Ploetz, J. 3.
wardly ; vein 5 is nearer vein 4 than 6; vein 3 well before the
end of the cell; vein 2 twice as far from the end of the cell as
from the base of the wing. Jind wing: the outer margin is
evenly rounded and slightly excavated before vein 1 6; cell not quite
reaching the middle of the wing; vein 7 well before the end of the
cell, twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars faint, nearly
erect; vein 5 wanting or but faintly indicated; vein 3 just before
the end of the cell; vein 2 beyond the middle of the cell; veins
“1aand 16 curved; vein 16 clothed on either side with a bundle
32 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
of long hair-like scales; hind tibie almost naked and with two
pairs of spurs.
Type G. abure, Ploetz.
115, G. anurm, Ploetz.
Apaustus abure, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 359 (1879), vol. xlv.
p. 153 (1884).
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
G. DIVERSATA, var. nov.
This form differs from typical G. abure, Ploetz, in being pre-
valently lighter in colour on the underside of the primaries and
the dise of the secondaries, the darker outer third of the second-
aries remaining as in the typical form, and giving the appearance,
therefore, of a dark diffuse hind marginal border to the wing.
This form is quite common. About one-half of the specimens
collected for me in the Valley of the Ogové belong to it, but I
cannot lead myself to believe that it represents a species. Save in
the colour modification noted, the specimens otherwise agree
absolutely with G. abure, and there are a number of intergrading
forms. (See next species.)
116. G. HeTEROcHRUS, Mab.
Pamphila heterochrus, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x.
p- 31, pl. iii. fig. 7 (1890); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 116, pl. xvi. fig. 4
1893).
Gastrocheta diversata, Mab. MS., in coll. Staudinger.
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
The figure of G. heterochrus in the ‘ Novitates,’ was drawn from a
specimen in the Staudinger collection, which has been labelled
Gastrocheta diversata by Mons. Mabille. Another specimen
which does not at all agree with the figure in the ‘ Novitates,’ and
the duplicate of which was pronounced by Mons. Mabille himself
to be a hitherto undescribed species, is labelled in the Staudinger
collection as the type of G. heterochrus. There hag plainly been
a misplacement of the labels. I have therefore taken the liberty
of applying the name proposed by Mons. Mabille to this new
form, of which there are numerous examples in my collection,
and which is plainly a mere colour variation of G. aburw, Ploetz
(vide supra).
117. G. sonnstoni, Butl. (Plate IL. fig. 6.)
Aeromachus (?) johnstoni, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 673.
Hab. British Central Africa (Butl.); French Congo (Good).
I have several specimens of this little species from the Valley of
the Ogové, agreeing absolutely with the type. It is closely allied
to the species described herein as G. minima, Holl., but may be
distinguished at once by its somewhat larger size, and the fact
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF YHE FAMILY HUSPHRIIDA. 33
that the anal extremity of the abdomen is white, which is not be
case in G. minima, Holl.
118. G. susracatus, Mab. (Plate IT. fig. 11.)
Cobalus subfacatus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
p- elxviii (1889).
Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille).
This little species is not white at the end of the abdomen, nor
has it the interrupted white line along the inner margin of the
secondaries which is conspicuous in G. abure, Ploetz. The lower
side in the type, which is before me, is more prevalently tawny on
the costa and at the apex of the primaries, as well as on the disk
of the secondaries. Otherwise it closely approximates G. abure,
Ploetz, var. diversata, Holl.
119. G. Minima, sp. nov. (Plate LY. fig. 24.)
3. Primaries and secondaries on the upperside black. The
primaries are ornamented by two minute spots near the end of the
cell, of which the lower one is the larger. Immediately below this
spot, in interval 2, is a moderately large sublunate transparent
spot, and beyond this in the same series, in intervals 3 and 4, 2
small spot in each interval. Beyond the cell there is a minute
subapical spot. The secondaries have a very small and obscure,
scarcely visible, translucent spot at the end of the cell. The
primaries and secondaries on the underside are blackish, with
The the inner margin of the primaries slightly laved with fulvous.
secondaries are obscurely marked with purplish hoary scales. ‘The
cilia, both on the upper and lower side, are pale yellowish fuscous.
The palpi are black on the upperside, yellowish underneath. The
thorax and abdomen on the lower side are blackish.
Expanse 19-20 mm.
Hab. French Congo (Mocquerys).
This small species is allied to G. subfacatus, Mab., but appears
to be quite distinct.
120. G. MocQuERYSII, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig 10.)
é. The upperside of the body, the primaries, and the second-
aries are black. The primaries are ornamented with three
minute subapical spots in the usual position. In some specimens
these spots have a tendency to become obsolete. There are two
-minute white translucent spots at the end of the cell in the
_ primaries, and just below them in interval 2 a subquadrate spot.
On vein 1, near the middle in interval 1, is a small subtriangular
spot, in interval 3, beyond the end of the cell, a moderately large
subquadrate spot. In the male on the secondaries there is a lar ge
translucent spot at the end of the cell, aud two similar elongated
spots beyond the end of the cell on either side of vein 3 at its
origin. On the underside the primaries are greenish ochraceous,
with the inner balf of the wing broadly laved with blackish,
Proo. Zoox. Soc.—1896, No. III. 3
34 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
shading into fuscous at the outer angle. There is a series of
marginal black spots near the apex, and the translucent subapical
spots are defined outwardly by blackish markings. There is a fine
marginal black line. The cilia are blackish, checkered with
whitish on the intervals. On the upperside the cilia are whitish,
checkered with blackish at the ends of the nervules. ‘The
secondaries on the underside are greenish ochraceous, with the
anal angle broadly marked. with fuscous. There are three
distinct black subcostal spots, a series of black marginal markings,
and the translucent spots are narrowly defined by fine blackish
lines.
©. The female is like the male, but lacks the translucent spot
at the end of cell of the secondaries.
Expuanse g 9 25-27 mm.
‘Yypes in coll. Staudinger.
Hab. Krench Congo (Mocquerys).
This species is very closely allied to G. heterochrus, Mab., from
which, however, it may be easily distinguished by the markings of
the cilia, and the absence of the patch of light colour which
prevails in the secondaries at the anal angle of that species, and
by the fact that the lower side of the abdomen is not bright
yellowish as in @. heterochrus, but greenish ochraceous. There are
other distinguishing markings, but these points will suffice at once
to separate these species,
121. G. suBFLAvipus, Mab. MS., sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 16.)
Pamphila subflavidus, Mab. MS., in Staud. coll.
o. Primaries and secondaries on the upperside blackish ; cilia
of secondaries narrowly white. ‘The primaries are ornamented by
a small roundish subapical translucent spot just below the end of
the cell, by a small subquadrate spot of the same character in the
cell near the lower angle, and by three larger spots on intervals
1, 2,and 8. The spot on interval 1 is subtriangular, on interval
2 subquadrate, and on interval 3 sublunate. ‘he secondaries are
ornamented by two translucent wedge-shaped spots on either side
of vein 3 near its origin, the ‘uppermost spot being produced
beyond the lower. On the lower side the primaries are black,
with a small white ray at the base, and with the apical extremity
marked with greenish ochraceous. ‘here is a fine marginal black
line, two minute blackish spots near the apex, and on either side
of vein 5, near the outer margin, whitish markings. The secend-
aries on the underside are pale straw-colour, with the outer
margin and the costa clouded with darker brown markings. On
interval 2 there is a dark brownish spot about halfway from
the base. A small black spot is found below the costa near the
origin of the subcostal nervures, and there is a similar small black
spot near the end of the cell. The palpi on the upperside are
black, on the lower side straw-yellow, as is also the entire lower
side of the thorax and the abdomen. ‘The abdomen towards its
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 35
anal extremity is annulated on the lower side with brown, and at
the anal extremity there is a tuft of blackish hairs.
Expanse 28 mm.
Type in coll. Staudinger.
Hab. Usagara, East Africa.
This species is somewhat allied in its markings to G. aretina,
Hew., from which, however, it is abundantly distinct. It is
undoubtedly a good species.
122. G. arrrina, Hew.
Ceratrichia aretina, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i.
p- 343 (1878).
Apaustus dolus, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358 (1879), vol. xlv.
p. 151 (1884); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 260 pl. vi.
fig. 13.
nohenecnere albiventris, Mab. MS., in Staudinger coll.
Hab. Old Calabar (Hew.); Gaboon (G'oud) ; Togoland (Karsch) ;
Loko (Staudinger).
I have compared the specimens in my collection with the type
of C. aretina, Hew., and find them to be identical. The repre-
sentation of Apaustus dolus, Ploetz, given by Karsch, is a most
excellent representation of G. aretina, as is shown both by com-
parison with the insect and with a carefully executed figure of
the type made for me by Mr. Horace Knight, of London. Mons.
Mabille identified the specimens I took with me to Paris as his
Gastrocheta albiventris, comparing them with the type so labelled
in the Staudinger collection, which is now again before me as I
write. I cannot find any record of the publication of this name by
Mons. Mabille, but it may possibly have eluded the vigilance of
the compilers of the ‘ Zoological Record’ and others engaged in
similar work.
123. G. mnpustaTA, Mab.
Hypoleucis indusiata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p- cxiti (1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 117, pl. xvi. fig. 6 (1893).
Hab. Cameroons.
This insect is not cougeneric with the type of Hypoleucis, which
is at best a very doubtful genus. It appears to be more correctly
referred to the genus Gorgyra. With the exception of the type
and a single specimen contained in my collection I do not know
of any others in the museums of the world up to the present time.
The type is in the Staudinger collection.
- 124. G. rupuscens, sp. nov. (Plate IV. figs. 175, 189.)
¢. Antenne black, marked with white below before the end of
the club. Palpi black on the upperside, pale yellow beneath.
Upperside of thorax and abdomen dark brown ; lower side of thorax
and abdomen obscure ochraceous. The primaries on the upperside
are bright rufous, with the costa and the outer margin broadly
OF
36 . DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
black. There are two translucent spots at the end of the cell, the
upper small, the lower linear, fused with each other. There are
two translucent wedge-shaped spots on intervals 2 and 3 on either
side of vein 3 at its origin, and there are three translucent sub-
apical spots in the usual position, the lower one the largest and
elongated, the two upper ones inclined to obsolescence. These
translucent spots are only visible when the specimens are held up
to the light. The secondaries are bright rufous, like the primaries,
with the costa very broadly, and the outer margin more narrowly
bordered with black. A long black ray runs from the base to the
outer margin before the anal angle. There is a wedge-shaped
translucent: spot at the end of the cell near its lower edge, and
two similar spots on either side of vein 3 at its origin. These
spots, like those in the primaries, are only visible when the
specimen is held up to the light. On the underside the primaries
are dull reddish fuscous, with a pale yellow suffused spot on the
inner margin about the middle. A black elongated spot extends
from the base outwardly on the ceil as far as the inner margin of
the translucent spots. These spots are defined outwardly beyond
the cell by broad black markings. Near the apex, on the inter-
costal interspaces, there is a series of submarginal fuscous
markings, and the margin is defined by a fine marginal line. The
cilia are fuscous. On the underside of the secondaries the
prevalent colour is fuscous ochraceous, the translucent spots
being distinctly defined on this side, and having a reddish waxy
colour. There is a curved series of black submarginal markings
extending round the wing, the spots below the costal margin
being most conspicuous. ‘There is also a series of small marginal
black spots, and a fine black marginal line. The anal angle is
touched with dark brown. ‘The black ray running from the base
to the outer margin is obscurely indicated on the lower side and
interrupted before the anal angle by a blackish annulus, pupilled
with pale yellow.
Q. The antenna, palpi, and body are marked as in the male,
but the underside of the body is paler, the lower side of the palpi
and the end of the abdomen on the underside being very pale
straw-yellow. The primaries on the upperside are black, clothed
with greenish scales at the base, along the costa, and the inner
margin. The translucent spots in the primaries are bright yellow,
standing out conspicuously upon the black ground-colour. The
secondaries are marked as in the male, but the black border of the
costa is broader and blacker, and the light portions of the wing
are bright straw-yellow instead of rufous. The cilia on the upper-
side at the inner angle both of the primaries and secondaries are
whitish. On the underside the ground-colour is bright yellow-
ochraceous, with all the black markings as in the male, but broader
and more clearly defined upon the pale ground-colour. ‘The spots
on the secondaries, which are prevalently bright yellow-ochraceous, .
are very sharply detined. The black ray on the secondaries
running from the base to the inner angle is replaced by three
1896.] BUTTHRFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID 2. 37
spots—a fine linear spot near the base, a conspicuous round black
spot about the middle, and a geminate black spot near the outer
margin, all on interval 1.
Tixpanse, d 26 mm., 9 28 mm.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good, Mocquerys).
The very great difference in the coloration of this species from
that of other species referred by me to the genus Gorgyra, and
the dissimilarity between the male and female, analogous to that
which is found in the various species contained in the genera
Osmodes and Pardaleodes, have long led me to hesitate in referring
this species to the genus in which I have finally placed it. A
careful anatomical investigation made with bleached specimens
under the microscope has made it plain to me that there is almost
no structural difference. The form of the palpi, the antenne, and
the neuration is identical with that of the other species referred
to Gorgyra. ‘The species constitutes a section of the genus
separate from its allies on account of the distinct coloration and
the diversity in facies between male and female.
Gastrroomzra, Mab. MS., gen. nov.
Antennx slender, moderately long, reaching beyond the middle
of the costa; club moderate, gradually thickened, tapering to a
fine point, terminal portion bent, but not hooked. Fore wing:
in the male produced at apex, in the female somewhat more
rounded and broader ; the inner margin a little longer than the
outer margin. ‘The cell two-thirds the length of the costa.
Vein 12 reaching the costa a little beyond the end of the cell.
Neuration and palpi of Gastrocheta meza, Hew. 3.
The upper end of the cell is rounded between veins 11 and 6, and
these veins are given forth from this rounded extremity. The
upper and middle discocellulars form an obtuse angle with each
other pointing inwardly. The middle and lower discocellulars
form an obtuse angle with each other poiuting outwardly. Vein 5
is slightly nearer vein 4.than vein 6; vein 3 from a little before
the end of the cell; vein 2 a little beyond the middle of the cell.
88 . _-DR.W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
The secondaries are suboval, with the outer margin evenly rounded.
The costal and inner margins are straight between the angles.
The cell is long, reaching a little beyond the middle of the wing.
Vein 7 before the end of the cell, twice as far from 6 as 8; disco-
cellulars faint, erect; vein 5 present, equidistant from veins 4 and
6; vein 3 before the end of the cell; vein 2 twice as far from
the base as from the end of the cell; veins 1@ and 16 straight.
Between veins 1 a and 18 there is a narrow fold heavily clothed
with long tufts of hair-like scales. Interval 1 is likewise clothed
heavily with long scales. Pualpi: first joint short, second joint
long, both heavily clothed with scales; second joint erect, rising
to the top of the vertex; third joint short, obtuse, slightly porrect,
clothed with fine minute closely appressed hairs.
Type G. mabille:, Holl.
Mons. Mabille has designated a number of species by the
generic name Gastrocheta in his own collection and in the col-
lection of Dr. Staudinger, ag well as in my own collection. I
discover, however, that he has nowhere published an account of
this genus. In the ‘Entomological News,’ vol. v. p. 28, I pub-
lished a species under this name as Grastrocheta mabillei. As this
was the first time that the name appears to have been published, the
species to which I have applied it must stand as the type of the
genus. In many respects there is a superficial resemblance
between the species pra in this genus and those included in
the genus Gorgyra, some of the species of which Mons. Mabille
has labelled in the Staudinger collection as belonging to that
genus. An examination of the palpi and the neuration, however,
instantly reveals the difference. ;
125. G. MaBriiiet, Holl.
Gastrocheta mabillei, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p, 28, pl. i.
figs. 15, 16 (1894).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
126. G. meza, Hewitson. (Plate II. fig. 9.)
Hesperia meza, Hew. Ann, & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xix. p. 79
(1877).
Apaustus batea, Ploetz, 8. B. Z. vol. xl. p. 359 (1879), vol. xlv.
p- 153 (1884).
Pamphila bubovi, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 251,
pl. vi. fig. 10 (1894).
Gastrocheta varia, Mab. MS., in Staudinger coll.
Hab. Tropical West Africa, from Angola (Hew.) to Togoland
(Karsch). Very abundant at Gaboon.
This species was originally determined for me by Mons. Mabille
as Gastrocheta varia, Mab., upon comparison with specimens
so labelled in his collection and that of Dr. Staudinger, but I
cannot find that he has ever published a description under this
name.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 39
127. G. oybeutns, Holl.
Gastrocheta cybeutes, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 94, pl. iii.
fig. 15 (1894).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
G. oysnures, Holl., var. PALDIDA.
_ There are two specimens contained in the Staudinger collection
in which the markings on the underside of the secondaries are
quite obscure, and the general coloration of these wings on the
underside is paler. I propose the name pallida for this varietal
form.
OxyPaALPus, Wats.
128. O. r¢n1TA, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 12.)
3. Pamphila igmta, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vii.
p- xl (1877).
Hesperia pyrosa, Ploetz, 8. HE. Z. vol. xl. p. 356 (1879), vol. xliv.
p: 200 (188:3).
S (2). Pamphila gisgon, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891,
. elxxii.
: 9. Pamphila gisgon, Mab. Novit. Lepidopt. p. 95, pl. xiii.
fig. 6 (1893).
Oxypalpus ignita, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 78.
Hab. Eningo (Ploetz) ; Ogové Valley (Good).
Mr. Watson. has properly cited P. yisgon, Mab., as the female
of P. ignita, Mab. All the specimens of P. ignita I have ever
seen, some fifty or more, have been males, and all of P. gisgon have
been females. I had an opportunity of seeing the type of P. gisgon,
and of pointing out to Mons. Mabille that it is a female. In the
‘ Novitates’ he cites it in the plate as of this sex. On the under-
side P. ignite and P. gisgon agree very well. There are two forms,
probably seasonal, one smaller and more tawny, the other longer
and darker. Both are represented in my collection and that of
Dr. Staudinger.
129. O. annutirur, Holl. - (Plate III. fig. 11.)
Oxypalpus annulifer, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1892,
p. 293.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
130. O. Ruso, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 13.)
Pamphila ruso, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. elxxxiii
(1891).
Oxypalpus ruso, Butl. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 669.
Lab. Bagamoyo (Mabille); Zomba (Butler).
The type L saw in the collection of Mons. Mabille. The species
is not contained either in my own collection or that of Dr. Stau-
dinger. The figure in the plate was drawn from the type.
40 “DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN [Jan. 14,
TernorHinvs', Holl.
Neuration of Teinorhinus watsoni, Holl., do. }-
131. T. watson, Holl. (Plate IIT. fig. 10.)
. 7. watsoni, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1892, p. 292.
Hab. Gaboon.
Osmopzs, Wats.
- This is a well-marked genus, the males of which may be distin-
guished at a glance by the patch of glandular raised scales located
on the secondaries near the cell. The females differ greatly from
the males upon the side, and in several species seem to be very closely
related to each other in the pattern of the markings. In fact it
is in many cases possible to discriminate between them only by
paying the most careful attention to small points of difference, and
by having specimens taken in coitu. Fortunately I have been able
to satisfactorily solve most of the puzzling problems which the
difference of the sexes present, thanks to the possession of vast
series of specimens, carefully collected and accompanied by satis-
factory observations in the field. It may be said that it seems to
me that there is strong probubility that several of the species are
dimorphic. But further research upon the ground is necessary to
establish this supposition.
132. O, taronta, Hew. (Plate IV. figs. 13,22.)
O. laronia, Hew. Descript. Hesper. p. 35 (1868).
Plastingia laronia, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 356 (1879), vol. xlv.
p. 145-6 (1884).
Osmodes laronia, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 78.
Hab. Gold Coast, Gaboon.
This species is labelled Plastingia bicuta by Mons. Mabille in
Dr. Staudinger’s collection, but the name has never been published.
133. O. THoRA, Ploetz. (Plate IV. figs.33,59.)
Plastingia thora, Ploetz, 8. K. Z. vol. xlv. p. 145 (1884).
Osmodes thora, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 79.
Hab, Guinea (Ploetz), Gaboon (Good).
1 By a misprint in the ‘ Annals,’ originally published as “ Tentorhinus.”
1896.] BUTTHRFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPERIIDE, 41
This species is much paler and brighter on the underside than
any other in the genus known to me. It is barely possible that the
species named by me in this paper Osmodes thops may be a seasonally
dimorphic form of thora, The males agree almost perfectly upon
the upperside, but on the underside thops is invariably darker,
and the female of thops has the orange spots on the upperside
larger and differing materially in outline.
134. O. apon, Mab. (Plate IV. figs. 13g, 159.)
Pamphila adon, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1889, p. exlix.
Hab. Sierra Leone, Gaboon.
The description given by Mons. Mabille is based upon a specimen
in which the lower side of the secondaries shows but two silvery
spots. I’have a series of about one hundred specimens, which reveal
that there is variation in this respect from specimens which have
no silvery spots at all to those which have five or six. The type
specimen in Mons. Mabille’s collection is one which I had the
pleasure myself of communicating to him, and represents a less
spotted form than is quite common. A similar specimen in the
Staudinger collection he has designated asa‘ type.” This species
is undoubtedly dimorphic. I have specimens, larger in size than
the typical form, in which the deep black basal portion of the
primaries is not invaded near the inner margin by a narrow ray of
the bright orange of the median band, as is the case in the type.
But, aside from this, I find no distinction worthy of consideration.
135. O. curysavan, Mab. (Plate IV. fig. 7.)
Pamphila chrysauge, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. elxxii ;
Novit. Lepidopt. p. 93, pl. xiii. fig. 4 (1893).
Hab. Loko (Mabille), Cameroons (Good).
This species resembles O. laronia, Hew., at first sight, the sub-
apical orange spot being confluent with the orange-coloured discal
area of the primaries. But the black marginal band on the
primaries is even on its inward margin and not deeply incised at the
nervules, as is the case in laronia. The costal margin of the second-
aries is also much more broadly marked with black. Compared with
adosus, a closely allied species, it may be observed that the raised
patch of scales on the secondaries is oval in chrysauge, and not so
nearly circular as in O. adosus, and is blackish, not reddish, as in the
latter species ; there is a small, linear, velvety mark near this spot
upon the inner margin, which is entirely lacking i in adosus. Besides
the ground-colour in O. chrysaugeis slightly paler than in 0. adosus,
and the black inner marginal border is narrower in the secondaries
than in the last-mentioned species.
136. O. avosus, Mab. (Plate IV. fig. 10.)
Pamphila adosus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
p- exlix (1889).
Q. Pamphila argenteipuncia, Mab. MS.
42 "DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
Hab, Sierra Leone (Mabille); Gaboon (Good).
I have the figure of a female Osmodes to which Mons. Mabille
has affixed the name argenteigutta, and to the original type of which
in the Staudinger collection he has attached the name urgentei-
puncta, It is undoubtedly the female of the species named
adosus by him. I know this because I have specimens of the two
taken in coitu.
137. O. tux, Holl. (Plate LV. figs. 23g, 259.)
Osmodes lux, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1892, p. 291.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
138. O. staUDINGERI, sp. noy. (Plate IIT. fig. 20.)
@. Antenne, upperside of head, upper and lower side of thorax,
and abdomen dark brown. The palpi on the underside are yellowish.
The thorax on the upperside is clothed with a few obscure
greenish scales. The primaries and secondaries on the upperside
are dark brown. There are two bright yellow confluent spots on
the cell near the end, three subapical spots which are situated in
the usual place, and a series of spots extending from vein 1 to the
subapical spots constituting a sharply defined macular band upon
the disc. ‘Che lower spot of the series in interval 1 is subtriangular.
The spot in interval 2 is elongated, subquadrate, and the largest
of the series. The spot in interval 3 is the same form as the spot
in interval 2 but smaller. The spots in intervals 4 and 5 are
minute, elongated. ‘lhe lower subapical spot is larger and elong-
ated. The two upper subapical spots are small.’ In the
secondaries there is a small circular yellow spot at the end of the
cell, and beyond it an irregularly curved series of five discal spots
likewise bright yellow. On the underside the primaries and
secondaries are more obscure in colour than on the upperside, the
spots and markings being, however, identical in form and position.
Txpanse 30 mm.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
Type in ny collection.
I do not know the male of this species. The solitary female in
my collection is, however, so totally distinct from every other
species known to me that I do not hesitate to describe it as a new
form.
139, O. BANG-HAASIT, sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 9.)
¢o. Antenne black. Upperside of palpi, head, thorax, and
abdomen rufous-brown. Lower side of the palpi, thorax, and
abdomen of the same colour, somewhat more obscure. The pri-
maries on the upperside have the ground-colour bright rufous. The
apex, the outer margin, and the outer half of the inner margin are
broadly deep black. Beyond the end of the cell there is a broad
irregular black spot. The costal margin and the base of the wing
as far as the middle of the cell are fulvous, shading outwardly
about the middle of the wing into blackish. The secondaries are
1896.] BUTTDRELIES OF THN FAMILY HESPERIID®. 43
bright rufous, with the costal margin broadly black, the inner
margin somewhat broadly margined with black, the outer margin
defined with a moderately broad black marginal line. ‘The cilia are
rufous. On the cell is a broad oval patch of raised scales, dark
brown in colour. On the underside the wings are more obscurely
marked, the spots of the,upperside reappearing upon the primaries,
but much less sharply defined. The secondaries lack the black
costal border and are marked on the dise by a number of minute
silvery spots, surrounded by fuscous shadings. Of the spots, the
one at the end of the cell is the most conspicuous.
. The female presents the usual broad divergence from the
male which is characteristic of the genus, and superficially does not
apparently differ very widely on the upperside from the female of
O. adosus, Mab., an allied species. On the underside, however, it
agrees almost absolutely with the male in the style of marking.
Expanse, ¢ 26 mm., 9 29 mm.
Types in coll. Staudinger.
Hab. French Congo (Mocquerys).
This is one of the most distinctly marked species in the genus.
140. O. pistincra, sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 16.)
3. Very closely allied to O. chrysauge, Mab., of which it may
be a small variety. It differs from the type of O. chrysauge in
having the apex more broadly black, the subapical yellow spots not
being confluent with the broad orange-yellow discal tract as in
chrysauge. he outer marginal black border is also relatively
wider than in chrysauge, and the raised patch of scales on the cell
of the secondaries is bright fulvous, not dark brown as in chrysauge,
elongated, and not broadly oval asin the latter species. On the
underside of the secondaries the outer margin is not so broadly
marked with fulvous as in chrysauge.
Expanse 22 mm.
Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys).
141. O. rHops, sp. nov. (Plate LV. figs. 4g, 69.)
3. Closely allied to O. thora, Ploetz, from which it is to be dis-
tinguished by the fact that the black margin of the primaries is
narrower than in thora and not irregular inwardly as in thora,
but uniform, and by the fact that the underside of the secondaries
is dark brown over the greater portion of the area, whereas in
thora it is light, the outer margin being pale yellow in thora, and
the basal half pale glaucous clouded here and there with darker
brown.
Q. In the female the spots upon the primaries are broader than
in the female of thora, while on the secondaries the fulvous spot
in thops is smaller than the corresponding spot in thora.
I have a long series of both males and females, some of the
examples taken im cottu, and it is perfectly plain that the two
species are distinct, though superficially thops and thora show
considerable likeness to each other.
44 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
RHABDOMANTIS, gen. nov.
Antenne: moderately long, nearly two-thirds the length of
the costa from the base ; club moderate, the terminal portion fine,
bent back at right angles. The palpi are as in the genus Osmodes.
Neuration of Rhabdomantis galutia, Hew. .
Primaries: the cell somewhat less than two-thirds the length of
the costa; in the male the outer margin is very little less than the
inner margin; in the female the outer margin is much less than
the inner margin; vein 12 terminating on the costa before the end
of the cell ; vein 5 nearer 4 than 6; upper discocellular long, out-
wardly oblique ; middle discocellular very short ; lower discocellular
short; vein 7 arising a little before the upper angle of the cell,
vein 2 originating nearly twice as far from vein 3 as vein 3 is from
vein 4. In many specimens of the male there is a remarkable
sexual brand composed of androconia arranged in a narrow band
extending across the disc in almost a straight line from the middle
of interval 5 beyond the end of the cell to the inner margin before
the outer angle. This is wanting, however, in some specimens,
which otherwise are absolutely indistinguishable from the type
(vide infra var. sosia). Secondaries: the cell about half the width
of the wing; the discocellulars faint, erect; vein 5 absent; vein
3 originating a little before the end of the cell; vein 2 originating
beyond the middle of the cell; vein 1 6 widely separated from
vein 2; vein 1 @ near its extremity dilated and marked by a
distinct sexual brand; vein 7 originating about two-thirds of
the distance from the base. The outer margin is evenly rounded
as far as vein 2 and much produced at the extremity of vein 1 6,
then excavated between the extremities of vein 16 andla. The
female has the neuration like the male, but the wings are longer,
relatively narrower, and there is of course an entire absence of the
sexual brands or markings. The style of maculation in this sex
closely approximates that of the females in the genus Osmodes.
Type ft. galatia, Hew., =rhqbdophora, Mab.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THN FAMILY HESPHRIID A. 45
142. R. gaara, Hew. (Plate ILI. figs. 89, 15¢.)
Hesperia qalatia, Hew. Descript. Hesper. p. 36 (1868).
Pamphila rhabdophorus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
p. cxlix (1889).
Dimorphic var. 2. sosia, Mab.
Pamphila sosia, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. clxxi.
Hab. Old Calabar (Hewitson) ; Gaboon (Good) ; Mozambique
(Mabitle).
I have an enormous series of specimens of this insect, both males
and females. It is absolutely impossible to distinguish between
the females of 2. galatia and &. sosia. Sosia merely differs from
galatia in being without the raised velvety brand of scales upon
the primaries below the end of the cell. Some vestiges of this
sexual mark, however, appear in a few specimens. I am perfectly
convinced that the insects do not specifically differ from each
other, and that we are simply dealing here with dimorphism
affecting the sexual stigmata of the male sex. This is a singular
fact, and, so far as my observation extends, hitherto unobserved.
PAROSMODES, gen. nov.
Closely allied to the genus Osmodes, from which it differs princi-
pally in the form of the palpi, the third joint of which is long and
porrect, whereas in typical Osmodes the third joint is short and
suberect.
The antennez are moderately long, exceeding the middle of the
costa. The neuration of the primaries and the secondaries is as in
Osmoces, and there is likewise at the origin of veins 2 and 3 of the
secondaries a raised patch of scales as in Osmodes. The primaries,
as in the latter genus, have also a long tuft of bairs about the
middle of the hind margin; these hairs are ordinarily folded
forward against the under surface of the primaries as in Osmodes.
Type P. morantii, Trim.
143. P. Moranti, Trim.
Pamphila morantii, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 122.
Pamphila ranoha, Westw. App. Oates’s Matabeleland, p. 353
(1881).
Pamphila morantii, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 311, pl. xii.
fig. 3 (1889).
Osmodes runoha, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 670.
Hab. South Africa and South Tropical Africa.
144. P. rorpria, Mab.
Pamphila icteria, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. clxxx
(1821). ;
Pamphila zimbaso, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 74, pl. vi. fig. 17 9.
Hab. Manica-land (Trimen) ; Transvaal (Mabille).
46 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THD AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
The type of icteria is before me as I write. Ib is strictly con-
generic with morantit, Trim.
145. P. Hanona, Westw.
Pamphila harona, Westw. App. Oates’s Matabeleland, p. 353
(1881); Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 74.
Hab. Manica-land (Z'rimen); Valls of the Zambezi ( Westwood),
OsPHANTES, gen. nov.
Antenne moderately long, slender; club gradually enlarging
and terminating in a fine point, the terminal portion being recurved.
The palpi are short, appressed, suberect, the first joint short, the
second long, both densely covered with thick scales. The third
joint is minute, conical. The hind tibie are armed with a double
pair of spurs. The primaries have the inner margin strongly
angulated about the middle and clothed with along bundle of hairs
on the elongated portion of the hind margin, which is as long as
the outer margin. Vein 5 nearer 4 than 6. Vein 12 terminating
on the costa before the end of the cell. The cell more than halt
the length of the costa. The secondaries have the neuration as in
Osmodes. On the lower edge of the cell and about the origin of
veins 2 and 3, the cell of the secondaries is naked, marked by an
opaque tract, suboval in form, having a glazed appearance. Jm-
mediately behind this naked glazed tract is a pocket-like depres-
sion on the upperside lying between vein 1b and the lower margin
of the cell near the base. The primaries on the underside have
the basal portion almost naked toward the base, covered with
shining closely appressed scales.
Type O. ogowena, Mab.
I was inclined originally to refer this peculiar species to Osmodes,
to which it is allied, but the very peculiar structure of the hind
wing shows such a great divergence from the typical species of
Osmodes that I feel constrained to erect « new genus for its recep-
tion. Furthermore, the coloration of the insect differs in many
important particulars from that of typical Osmodes. The figure of
the insect given in the ‘Novitates’ by Mabille is sufficiently charac-
teristic, though the spots on the underside are not delineated as
they are in the examples before me. They recall somewhat in the
specimens I have the maculation of Padraona zeno, Trim.
146. O. ogowrna, Mab.
Plastingia ogowena, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. exxi;
Novit. Lepidopt. p. 94, pl. xiii. fig. 5.
Hab. Valley of the Ogove.
This species was evidently placed by Mons. Mabille with doubt
in the genus Plastingia, in which he has put a number of other
African species. The type of Plastingia is flavescens, Feld., with
which this species has but little in common, save the general style
of coloration. It does not agree with any other African species
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 47
known to me, though coming nearer certain species of Osmodes
than any others. I have therefore not hesitated to erect a new
genus for its reception.
Hyvronnuctis, Mab.
147. H. rrrpuncrata, Mab.
Hypoleucis tripunctata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixix.
Hypoleucis titanota, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 254, pl. vi.
fig. 5.
Hab. West Africa. Common in the valley of the Ogové.
I have specimens determined by Mons. Mabille and compared
with his type, which show that the form figured by Karsch in his
excellent plate is identical.
148. H. opniusa, Hew.
Hesperia ophiusa, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii.
p: 497 (1866); Exot. Lep. vol. v; Hesper. pl. v. figs. 46-48
(1873).
Iypoleucis ophiusa, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. ]xix
(1891); Wats. P.Z.S. 1893, p. 82-3; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit.
vol. xxxviii. p. 254 (1893).
Hab. Tropical Western Africa.
149. H. creracea, Snell.
Goniloba cretacea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Entom. 1872, p. 27, pl. ii.
figs. 4, 5, & 6.
Hesperia camerona, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 356 (1879),
vol. xliv. p. 48 (1883).
Pamphila leucosoma, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. 1877,
. 114.
i Pamphila camerona, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 250, pl. vi. fig. 9
(1893).
Hab. Tropical West Africa. Common at Gaboon and on Congo ;
Togoland (Karsch).
The female differs from the wale in not having the extremity of
the abdomen white and having the wings broader. The figure of
G. cretacea given by Snellen exaggerates slightly the pale markings
on the underside of the secondaries, while that given by Karsch
does not show them as they are commonly found. I have speci-
mens, however, which agree nearly with both representations, and
which reveal that there is considerable variation in the distinctness -
of these markings. My collection contains a series of forty
specimens taken at different times and places.
150. H.? mnanria, Karsch. (Plate II. fig. 17.)
Hypoleucis enantia, Kursch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 255
(1893).
Hab. Togoland (Karsch).
48 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
The species was described froma headless example. My convic-
tion is, from the examination of a careful drawing made by Herr
Prillwitz, which is reproduced in one of the plates accompanying
this article, that we are dealing here with a species of Ceratrichia
allied to, and perhaps identical with, C. stellata, Mab.
Cyctoripzs, Hiibn.
151. C, merits, Linn.
Papilio metis, Linn. Mus. Lad. Ulr. p. 325 (1764) ; Syst. Nat.
ed. xii. p. 792 (1767); Dru. Ill. Exot. Ent. vol. ii. p. 28, pl. xvi.
figs. 3, 4 (1773); Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 528 (1775); Cram. Pap.
Exot. yol. ii. p. 103, pl. clxii. fig. G (1777); Fabr. Spec. Ins.
vol. ii. p. 182 (1781); Wulfen, Ins. Capens. p. xxxiii (1786) ;
Fabr. Mant. Ins. vol. ii. p. 85 (1787); Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. 5,
p- 2355 (1790); Thunberg, Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804).
Hesperia metis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 829 (1793) ; Latr, Ene.
Méth. vol. ix. p. 776 (1823).
Cyclopides metis, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816); Trim. Rhop. Afr.
Austr. vol. ii. p. 293 (1866); S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 266 (1889).
Heteropterus metis, Wallgr. Rhop. Cafir. p. 46 (1857); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. p. 623 (1871); Auriv. Kongl. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
Bad. xix. no. 5 (1882); Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 100
(1888).
Cyclopides metis, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 90.
Hab. 8. Africa.
152. C. mane@acna, Boisd.
Steropes malgacha, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 67 (1838).
Hesperia limpopana, Wallgr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 1857;
Lep. Rhop. Catfr. p. 50 (1857).
Cyclopides malgacha, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 294,
pl. v. fig. 10 (1866); Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 344, pl. lit.
figs. 6, 6 a (1887); Trim. S, Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 268 (1889);
Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 90.
Hab. 8. Atrica, Madagascar.
153. C. zerpan, Trim.
Cyclopides egipan, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 94,
pl. vi. fig. 9; 8S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p.271 (1889); Watson, P. Z.S.
Lond. 1893, p. 90.
Hab. 8. Africa.
154. C. wituemt, Waller.
Heteropterus willemi, Waller. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 47 (1857).
Cyclopides? willemi, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 296
(1866).
Cyclopides cheles, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Species
1896.] BUTTHRELIES OF THY FAMILY HUSPHRIIDE. 49
Hesp. ii. p. 42 (Gee); Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. 59. figs..12, 13
(1874).
Cyclopides So, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 273 (1889) ;
Watson, P. Z. S. Lond. 1893, p. 90.
Hab. 8. Africa, North and South Tropical Africa.
155. C. MEeninx, Trim.
Cyclopides menine, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 121,
pl. i. fig. 12.
Th ymelicus menine, Wallgr. Gifv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1875,
p- 92.
Cyclopides argenteostriatus, Ploetz, S. EB. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 110
(1886); Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 90.
Hab. 8. Africa.
156. C. syrinx, Trim.
Cyclopides syrinx, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.: 1868, p- 93,
ol. v. fig. 8, 1870, p. 387; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 269 (1889)
Hab. Cape Colony.
157. C. aBsuora, Snellen.
Cyclopides abjecta, Snell. Tijd. voor Entom. 1872, p. 52, pl: ii.
figs. 15, 16.
Steropes furvus, Mab: Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. clvi
(1889).
Cyclopides uniformis, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 245.
Hab. Guinea (Snellen); Sierra Leone (Mab.); Togoland
(Karsch).
I think the above synonymy will be found to be correct. The
type of Mons. Mabille appears plainly to agree in all particulars
with the figure of Snellen, and also with an 1 excellent drawing of
Cc. uniforms, Karsch, kindly provided by the author.
158. C. rormosus, Butl.
" Heteropterus formosus, Butl. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pl. lx. fig: 8.
Hab. Zomba, British Central Africa.
' 159. C. quapRistanarus, Butl. :
Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 670, pl. lx.
fig. 9.
* Hab.’ Zomba; British Central Africa,
160. C. mips, Butl.
Cuore midas, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 671, 1895, p. 265,
pl. xv. fig. 6.
Hab.. Doan Be Central Africa (Butler).
Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1896, No. IV. 4
50 _ DE. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
161. C. LEPELEDIERI, Latr.
Hesperia lepeletier, Latr. Enc. Meth. vol. ix. p. 777 (1828).
Cyclopides lepeletierii, Trim. (part.) Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii.
p. 295 (1866); 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 274 (1889).
Baracus lepeletierti, Watson, P. Z.S 1893, p. 114.
Hab. Southern Africa.
It is with some hesitation that I decline to accept the reference
of this and the two following species to Moore’s genus Baracus,
made by Mr. Watson. The thoroughness of Mr. Watson’s work
should give great weight to his opinions, but in this case, after a
careful examination of typical specimens of C. lepeletierii and its
three congeners, which have been placed in Baracus, I am com-
pelled to conclude that the differences are too slight in fact to
warrant such a departure from the hitherto received classification
of the insects.
162. C. rvornatus, Trim. ;
Cyclopides inornatus, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) vol. ii.
-p. 179 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 295, pl. v. fig. 11
(1866) ; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 277.
Baracus inornatus, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 114.
Hab, South Africa.
163. C. anomaus, Ploetz. (Plate I. fig. 6.)
Apaustus anomeus, Ploetz, S. HE. Z. vol. xl. p. 358 (1879),
vol xlv. p. 152.
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).
The type is preserved in the Berlin Museum. A good specimen
is contained in the collection of Dr. Staudinger, to which Mons.
Mabille has affixed the manuscript name “ acosimus.”
164, ©. rsrra, Trim.
Cyclopides tsita, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 386,
pl. vi. fig. 13; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 276.
Baracus tsita, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 114.
Steropes monochromus, Mab. C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxiv.
Hab. South Africa.
165. C. anezenrnogurra, Butl.
fig. 8.
Hab. Nubia (Butler).
From the figure given by Dr. Butler it appears a little doubtful
whether this species is a true Cyclopicdes.
166. C.(?) paota, Ploetz.
Cyclopides paola, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. pp. 391-2 (1884).
Hab. Angola (Ploetz).
1 doubt the reference of this species to Cyclopides. The
Cyclopides argenteoguita, Butl. Lepid. Exot. p. 188, pl. xiv.
1896.] BUTIBRELINS OF 'THH FAMILY HESPORIIDA. 51
description seems to me to point to a form belonging to some other
genus.
167. C.(?) BRuNNEOsTRIGA, Ploetz.
Cyclopides brunneostriga, Ploetz, S. EH. Z. vol. xlv. p. 392-3
(1884).
Hab. Pundo Ndongo (Ploetz).
This is probably not a true Cyclopides.
168. C. rom1, Robbe.
Cyclopides romi, Robbe, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxvi. p. 133
(1892) ;
Hab. Congo.
I cannot make much out of the brief description of Dr. Robbe.
The description would apply perfectly, so far as it goes, to Cyclo-
pides syrinz, Trim.
169. C. ammna, Grose Smith.
Cyclopides amena, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)
vol. vii. p. 127 (1891).
Hab. Madagascar.
This species is compared by its author to C. pardalinus, Butl.,
which Mr, Watson has referred with its allies to the genus
Ampittia, but which, after examining the types, I prefer to restore
to Cyclopides.
170. C. RHADAMA, Boisd.
Steropes rhadama, Boisd. Faune Madgr. p. 69, pl. ix. figs. 10, 11
(1833).
Heteropterus rhadama, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 623 (1871).
Cyclopides rhadama, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 343,
pl. lvi. a. figs. 2, 2 a (1887). :
Ampittia rhadama, Watson, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. Madagascar.
171. C. PARDALINA, Butl.
Cyclopides pardalina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vol. iv.
p. 283 (1879).
Heteropterus pardalinus, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 345,
pl. li. figs. 7, 7 @ (1887).
Ampitiia pardalina, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. Madagascar.
172. C. mirza, Mab.
Cyclopides mirza, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 342, pl. lii,
‘figs. 3, 3 a (1887).
i Ampittia mirza, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
! Hab. ‘Madagascar.
4*
52 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIGAN [Jan. 14,
173. C. BERNIERI, Boisd.
Steropes bernieri, Boisd. Faune Madgr. p. 68, pl. ix. fig. 9 (1833).
Oyclopides berniert, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 342,
pl. li. figs. 5, 5a (1887),
Ampittia bernieri, ‘Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. Madagascar,
174, C. pispar, Mab.
Cyclopides dispar, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vii.
p- Ixxiii (1877). yi
Heteropterus dispar, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 346,
pl. lil. figs. 8, 8 a, 9, 9a (1887).
Ampittia? dispar, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Hab, Madagascar.
175, C. sactavus, Mab.
Cyclopides saclavus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. cvii
(1891).
Hab. Madagascar.
176, C.(?) pHiIpyity, Walker.
Cyclopides phidyle, Walker, the Entomologist, vol. v. p. 56
(1870).
Hab. Hor Tamanib (Walker).
I cannot make out this species. I cannot discover where the
type is, if it still exists. The insect remains to be rediscovered.
177. C.(?) uynx, Moeschler.
Cyclopides lynx, Moeschl. Verhandl. d. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, Bd. xxviii. p. 210 (1879).
Hab, Africa?
Moeschler with some degree of doubt assigns this species to the
African fauna. It may be Asiatic. Ido not know it except by
the description referred to above.
178. C.(?) srunuata, Mab.
Ceratrichia stellata, Mab, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixv;
Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 673.
Cyclopides mineni, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 72, pl. vi. fig. 16.
Hab. Mombasa (Mabille); British Central Africa (Butler) ;
Manica (Trimen).
The type is in the collection of Dr. Staudinger. It is a female.
There is also a cotype, a male, which is much smaller and badly
worn, lacking altogether the cilia on the wings and minus the
poteune. ‘The original reference of this species to the genus
Ceratrichia, which has been followed by Dr. Butler and others, is
1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPBRIIDZ. 53
not correct, nor is the reference of the species to the genus Cyclo-
pides made by Mr. Trimen much better, though certainly more
natural than the original location. I have been tempted to erect
a new genus for the reception of this and the following form, but
with the insufficient material at my command for a close anatomical
study I refrain. Manifestly the much shorter antenna, with
obtuse clubs, the long cilia of the primaries and the secondaries,
the rounded apex of the primaries, and the different general outline
of the wings point to a different generic location than that given
by the author of the species.
179. C.(?) punorunaTA, Butl.
Ceratrichia punctulata, Butl. P. Z.S. 1895, p. 265, pl. xv. fig. 7.
Hab. British Central Africa (Butler).
I think it very doubtful whether this is more than varietally
distinct from the foregoing species.
PROSOPALPUS, gen. nov.
Antenne relatively long, reaching beyond the middle of costa;
slender, with a moderately thick and elongated club terminating in
a fine point, the terminal portion for a short distance bent, not
hooked or recurved. Palpi: first joint short; second joint very
long, produced for half of its length beyond the front ; both second
and third joints heavily clothed with scales; the third joint is
long, produced, acute, almost naked. The hind tibiw have a
double pair of spurs. In the primaries the cell is moderately long,
its end reaching fully to the middle of the wing; vein 12 termi-
nating slightly before the end of the cell; vein 7 from end of the
cell; vein 5 very slightly, if at all, nearer vein 4 than vein 6. The
primaries are relatively broad, the outer margin and outer angle
evenly rounded. Secondaries: cell short, not reaching to the
middle of the wing; vein 5 present, equidistant from veins 4 and
6; vein 7 from before the end of the cell, four times as far from
vein 8 as from the end of the cell ; vein 8 from very near the base;
veins 3 and 4 both from the end of the cell; vein 2 from before
the end of the cell; veins 1a and 16 curved; fringes very long ;
secondaries evenly rounded on the costa and the outer margin to
the anal angle; the inner margin nearly straight.
Type P. duplex, Mab.
The small species which I have chosen as the type of this
genus is very distinct in general appearance from all other species
which appear to be in any wise related to it. In the structure
of the palpi it approaches somewhat the genera Gorgyra and
Parosmodes. In the form of the wings, broad and evenly rounded,
as well as in the almost uniform black coloration, it is widely
different from all the species included in those two genera.
Instead of being’ robust, as those species are, it wholly differs,
esembling more closely in some respects in the form of its wings
54 _ DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
the genus Oyclopides. It is worthy of remark that the palpi are
wanting in the type specimens of P. duplea which are contained
in the collection of Dr. Staudinger. I have relied for the descrip-
tion of the palpi upon specimens contained in my own collection,
which in their remarkable length obscurely suggest the genus
Libythea.
180. P. pupnEex, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 17.)
Oobalus duplex, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. clxix
(1889).
Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille); Gaboon (Good).
181. P.(?) pusriis, Ploetz.
Apaustus debilis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 860 (1879), vol. xlv.
p. 158 (1884).
Hab. Guinea (Ploetz).
I place this species here on the ground of the near relationship
of the preceding species to it, as stated by Mons. Mabille.
Amprtt1a, Moore.
182. A. cariatn, Hew.
Cyclopides cariate, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Hesperid.
p- 44 (1868); Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. Cyclopides, fig. 8 (1874); Mab.
Grandid. Mader. vol. xviii. p. 341, pl. lii. figs. 4, 4 a (1887).
Ampittia cariate, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. Madagascar.
183. A. coroLtr, Boisd.
Hesperia coroller, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p, 66, pl. ix. fig. 8
(1833).
Pamphila coroller, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 364,
pl. liv. figs. 1, 1 @ (1887).
Padraona (?) coroller, Wats. P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 102.
Hab. Madagascar.
Kupestxs, Wats.
184. K. pupanoa, Waller.
Hesperia lepenula, Wallgr. K. S. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ; Lep.
Rhop. Caffr. p. 50.
Pamphila? lepenula, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 298
(1868).
Cyclopides chersias, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xx.
p- 327 (1877).
Thymelicus lepenula, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 300, pl. xi.
fig. 6 (1889).
Kedestes lepenula, Wats. P. Z. S, 1893, p. 96,
Hab, Southern Africa,
1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 55
185. K. macomo, Trim.
Cyclopides macomo, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i.
p. 405 (1862)
Pamphila macomo, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 297, pl. vi.
fig. 6 (1866).
Thymelicus macomo, Staud. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 100, 2
(¢& error) (1888); Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 302 (1889).
Kedestes. macomo, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. Southern Africa.
186. K. oappnas, Hew.
Cyclopides capenas, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Hesperid.
p. 43 (1868) ; Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. Oyclopides, figs. 2, 3 (1877).
Cyclopides derbice, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xx.
p. 327 (1877).
Kedestes capenas, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Thymelicus capenas, Trim. P. 4.8. 1894, p. 73.
Hab. Manica.
187. K. onaoa, Trim.
Pyrgus chaca, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 118, pl. ik
figs. 9, 10; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 296 (1889).
Kedestes chaca, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. South Africa ; South Tropical Africa.
188. K. rucusa, Trim.
Pyrgus tucusa, Trim. Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 359 ;
§. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 297 (1889).
Kedestes tucusa, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. South Africa.
189. K. monozutTza, Waller.
Hesperia mohozutza, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 50.
Pyrgus mohozutza, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 291, pl. v.
fig. 9 (1866); S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 294 (1889).
Kedestes mohozutza, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.
Hab. South Africa ; South Tropical Africa.
190. K. oantiones, Hew. :
Cyclopides callicles, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Hesperid.
p. 42 (1868); Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. Cyclopides, figs, 10, 11
(1877).
Pamphila callicles, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 309 (1889).
_ Kedestes callicles, Wats. P.Z.S. 1893, p. 96.
Hab, South Africa ; South Tropical and North Tropical Africa,
€
56 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN... _— (Jan. 14,
191. K. Barsara, Trim. eke Shirl) US RY
. Cyclopides barbere, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 120,
pl. i. fig. 11; 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 8306 (1889).
Hab. Cape Colony ; Mashonaland.
192. K. waLLENGRENII, Trim.
Thymelicus wallengrenti, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883,
p. 361; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 304, pl. xi. fig. 7 (1889).
Hab. Natal; Mashonaland. :
193. K. nivEostrica, Trim.
Pamphila? niveostriga, Trim. Trans.-Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii.
p. 179 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 298, pl. vi. fig. 7
(1866); Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1870, p. 389.
Thymelicus niveostriga, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 303
(1889).
Hab, 8. Africa.
194, K. renestRatvs, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 16.)
Baracus fenestratus, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 673.
Hab. Zomba, British Central Africa.
This species is. very closely allied to, if not identical with,
K, wallengrenii, Trim. Sal
195. K.(?) tenTIGINosA, sp.nov. (Plate IV. fig. 22.)
. On the upper surface having the general appearance of a
female of the genus Osmodes, to which genus, however, it plainly
cannot. be referred, owing to the form of the palpi, which are more
nearly those of the genus Kedestes. The palpi, head, thorax, and
abdomen are black. On the underside the palpi are ochraceous,
and the lower side of the abdomen is ochraceous. The primaries
are black, marked with two moderately large subapical yellow spots
in the usual position, two small confluent yellow spots at the end
of the cell, and three moderately large discal yellow spots forming
a diminishing series extending from intervals 1 to 3 below the
cell. The secondaries are crossed beyond the cell on the middle
by a broad curved yellow discal band, diminishing inwardly toward
the base. The primaries have the costal margin and the apex
broadly ochraceous. The cell and the lower half of the wing are
broadly black, upon which the two spots at the end of the cell and
the three forming the discal transverse series on the upperside
reappear sharply defined against the dark ground. The secondaries
‘are uniformly pale greenish-ochraceous, marked by a few distinct
round black spots, one on the cell near its upper margin between
veins 6 and 7 beyond the end of the cell, one on either side of vein
3 halfway between the cell and the outer margin, one on interval 1
below the cell near the base, a larger one on the same interval
halfway between the base and the outer margin, The cilia- of the
“
1896.] : BUTTDRFLINS OF THH FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 57
primaries brown, on the underside of the secondaries pale ochra-
ceous touched with dark brown near the end of vein 2. Expanse
26 mm.
Type in collection of Dr. Staudinger.
Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys).
Avopza, Billberg.
(Pelion, Kirby.)
196. A. tHAUMAS, Hufn.
Papilio thaumas, Hufn. Berl. Mag. ii. p. 62 (1776).
Q. Papilio flavus, Miill. Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. 115 (1776).
Papilio linea, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776).
@. Papilio venula, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 666-669 (1803-
1818).
Thgmelicus thaumas, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 609 (1871).
Hesperia thaumas, Staud. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).
Adopea thaumas, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820); Wats. P. Z.S.
1893, p. 98. -
(For fuller synonymy see works on palearctic Lepidoptera.)
Hab. North Africa.
197. A. LovEoLA, Ochs.
Papilio lineola, Ochs. Schmett. Eur. i. p. 230 (1808).
Papilio virgula, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 660-663 (1803-
1818).
Thymelicus lineola, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 609 (1871).
Hesperia lineola, Stand. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).
Adopea lineola, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 98.
(For fuller synonymy see works on palearctic Lepidoptera.)
Hab. Mediterranean coasts of Africa.
198. A. scrzon, Esp.
Papilio acteon, Esp. Schmett. vol. i. pl. xxxvi. fig. 4 (1777);
Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 30 (1777).
Papilio acteon, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 488-490 (1798-
1803).
Thymelicus acteon, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 609 (1771).
Hesperia acteon, Staud. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).
Adopea acteon, Wats. P. Z.S8. 1893, p. 98.
(For fuller synonymy see works on palearctic Lepidoptera.)
Hab. Mediterranean coasts of Africa.
199, A. HAMza, Oberth.
Hesperia hamza, Oberth. Etud. Ent, i. p. 28, pl. iii. figs. 2a, 2b,
2c (1876).
Hab, Algeria,
58 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THR AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
Gzennus, Hiibn.
(Philoddus, Ramb.)
200. G. Nostropamus, Fabr.
Hesperia nostrodamus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 328 (1793).
Papilio pygmeus, Cyr. (nec Fabr.) Ent. Neap. pl. li. fig. 5 (1787) ;
Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 458-460 (1798-1803).
Papilio pumilio, Hoftm. Til. Mag. iii. p. 202 (1804).
Hesperia lefeburii, Ramb. Cat. Lép. And. p. 90, note (1858).
Pamphila nostrodamus, Kirby, Syn. Cat, p. 598 (1871).
Hesperia nostrodamus, Staud. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).
Gegenes nostrodamus, Wats. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 104.
(For full synonymy consult works on European species.)
Hab. Mediterranean coasts of North Africa.
201. G. Horrentora, Latr.
292. Papilio niso, Linn. Mus. Ulr. Reg. p. 339 (1764); Syst.
Nat. i. 2, p. 796 (1767).
3. Hesperia hottentota, Latr. Encye. Méth. vol. ix. p. 777
(1823).
Hesperia letterstedti, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.
Pamphila letterstedti, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 300
(1866).
Pamplhala hottentota, Staud. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 99 (1888).
Pamphila hottentota, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 314 (1889).
Gegenes hottentota, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 104.
Q. Thymelicus brevicornis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 290
(1884).
Hab. Southern and Western Africa as far north as Senegambia.
I follow Mr. Trimen in disregarding the somewhat forcible plea
of Prof. Aurivillius for the identification of Latreille’s species with
the Papilio niso of Linneus, and the substitution of the latter
name. ‘The copies of Clerck’s figures given by Prof. Aurivillius do
not carry conviction with them. They may apply to several other
obscure African forms as well as to the species named by Latreille,
and the description given by Linnzus is wholly inadequate. We
shall for ever be in the dark as to the species intended by Linneus.
The identification defended so learnedly by Prof. Aurivillius lacks
altogether that positiveness which in such a case is essential, and
is at best merely opinionative. In letters and orally Mons. Mabille
has stoutly maintained to me the identity of Latreille’s species
H. hottentota with the species recently described by Mr. Trimen
under the name obumbrata (see p. 59). The females of G@. obumbrata
are positively undistinguishable from the females of @.hottentota, and
I am inclined to think that the form characterized by Mr. Trimen
is a dimorphic variety. Typical males of G. hottentota and males
of the form obwmbrata are found in my collection, having been
taken on the same day and in the same locality ix cottu with
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID 2. 59
females which are absolutely inseparable from females _ of
G. hottentota received from Mr. ‘Trimen and taken at the Cape.
It is worthy of note that all specimens of G. hottentota taken in
Angola and northward, so far as they have come under my obser-
vation (I have seen several hundreds of specimens from various
localities), are prevalently smaller than specimens from the Cape.
202. G. oBUMBRATA, Trim.
Pamphila obumbrata, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 103, pl. ix.
fig. 23, g.
Hab. Angola, Gaboon, Liberia, and tropical West Coast of
Africa generally.
This species is excessively common about Gaboon, and, as I
have remarked under G. hottentota, appears to be a dimorphic form
of that species. Typical hottentota occurs in company with it at
the same places, and the females are absolutely indistinguishable.
203. G. atBieurra, Mab.
Pamphila albiguita, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 357
pl. liv. figs. 2, 2 a (1887).
Hab. Madagascar, Natal (in coll. Staudinger).
The specimen labelled P. albigutta by Mabille in the Staudinger
collection is from Natal. It is badly rubbed and worn, but shows
likeness to my subochracea (see p. 56). It is doubtfully the insect
figured in Grandidier’s ‘ Madagascar.’
204. G.(?) aamproa, Mab.
Pamphila gambica, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Ent. vol. ii. p. 233 (1878).
Hab. Senegambia.
I place this species here without any knowledge of it other than
that derived from the description, in which the author states that
it is very near G. hottentota, Latr.
205. G.(?) occutra, Trim.
Pamphila occulta, Trim. P. Z.8. 1891, p. 103.
Hab. South-western Africa, Transvaal.
I place this species here provisionally. Mr. Trimen states that
it is allied in some respects to G. hottentota, but fails to describe
the antennew and palpi, without a knowledge of which the generic
location must be temporarily doubtful. It may turn out to be a
Parnara or a Baoris.
Papraona, Moore.
206. P. zno, Trim. (Plate III. fig. 6.)
_ Pamphila zeno, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) vol. ii. p. 179
(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol,ii. p. 301 (1866); 8S. Afr. Butt,
yol. iii. p, 313, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1889).
‘60 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
Pamphila splendens, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Ent. vol. ii. p. 114
(1877). :
Padraona watsoni, Butl. P. Z.8. 1893, p. 671.
Hab, South Africa, British Central Africa, Somaliland (in. coll.
Holland).
I have in my possession most beautifully executed drawings of
the male and female of the insect recently described by my valued
friend Mr. Butler as Padraona watsoni, but I am _ utterly
unable to detect any differences of specific value between this
form and typical specimens of P. zeno which I have received from
Mr. Trimen.
A specimen of Pamphila splendens, Mab., so labelled by the late
Mr. Hewitson, which is found in Dr. Staudinger’s collection,
confirms the view I had reached by the study of Mabille’s
description that it is the same as P. zeno, Trimen.
207. P. (?) conarrus, Ploetz.
Apaustus collatus, Ploetz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxix. p. 229.
~ Hab. Delagoa.
This species is known to me only by the copy of the figure of
Ploetz, which I have been permitted to examine through the
courtesy of Mons. Mabille. Judging from this representation, it
is a not distant ally of P. zeno, Trimen, differing principally in the
narrower fulvous markings of the upperside, and the darker
colour of the underside of the wings, which in the drawing are
quite black except at the base of the wings. The fulvous spots
stand out in bold contrast upon this dark ground.
Cuapnra, Moore.
208. C. marutas, Fabr.
Hesperia mathias, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798); Latr.
Ene. Meéth. vol. ix. p. 751 (1828).
2? Celenorrhinus thrax, Hiibn. Samml. aussereur. Schmett.
(1816-1841).
Hesperia havei, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 64 (1833).
Hesperia insconspicua, Bert. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bologna (1849-
50), p. 15, pl. i. figs. 4, 5.
Hesperia thrax, Ledr. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, vol. v. pl. iv.
figs. 9, 10 (1855).
Hesperia mahopaani, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. (1857) ;
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48 (1857).
Pamphila micipsa, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i. p. 290
(1862).
Pamphila mohopaani, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 304
1866).
‘ Epargyreus mathias, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 275, pl. iii.
fig. 8 (1870). ‘ :
Pamphila elegans, Mab. Bull, Soc. Zool. France, p. 232 (1877),
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HUSPHRIIDE. 61
Chapra mathias, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, vol. i. p. 169, pl. 70. figs. 1,
1 a (1880-81).
? Pamphila ibara, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 88 (1883).
Pamphila octo-fenestrata, Snalm. Lep. von Madagascar, p. 108
(1884).
Pamphila mathias, var. elegans, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii.
p- 356, pl. lv. figs. 4, 4 a, 5 (1887).
Pamphila mohopaani, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 324 (1889).
Pamphila insconspicua, Butl. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 672 ; Trim. P. Z.S.
1894, p. 76.
Hab. Africa south of the Sahara, Madagascar, and adjacent
islands.
After a very full and thorough study of a great collection of
specimens in my possession, coming from all parts of the African
continent, including examples from Abyssinia, Zanzibar, the Cape
Colony, Angola, Gaboon, and Sierra Leone, and after a diligent
comparison with long series before me coming from various parts
of continental Asia and the adjacent islands, I am forced to the
conclusion, which has already been cautiously maintained by others,
that the African insect commonly labelled in collections as
mohopaani, Wallgr., is identical with the insect named mathias by
Fabricius. The differences which exist are in most cases merely
differences of size, and without locality-labels to show whence the
particular specimens come from it would be impossible to
distinguish them. The specimens from the region of the Cape are
generally a little larger than Indian examples, but I have not a
few specimens among the three or four hundred examples of the
African forms before me as I write which are as small os any I
have from India.
Indeed C. lodra, Ploetz, which Mons. Mabille maintains, in his
correspondence with me, to be simply a small form of C. mathias,
is smaller than any Indian examples I have in my possession. I
do not, however, quite agree with Mons. Mabille in his view, and
prefer to still maintain Jodra in this catalogue as a distinct species
(v. infra).
209. C. topRA, Ploetz.
Pamphila lodra, Ploetz, 8. EB. Z. vol. xl. p. 355 (1879), vol. xliv.
p- 45 (1884).
Hab. Tropical West Africa (Gaboon, Cameroons).
This is a diminutive reproduction at first sight of C. mathias,
Fabr., but while the markings are exactly the same as in that
species, it may be easily and invariably separated by attending to
the fact not only that it is so small, but that the fringes are
pure white, and the undersides of both the primaries and secondaries
are dark hoary greyish brown. It may be that this form is, as
has been suggested, a mere variety or local race of C. mathias, but
until we know more about the facts I hesitate to sink the name of
Ploets as a synonym. ;
62 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THB AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
210. C. sinnis, Mab.
Pamphila sinnis, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Ent. vol. ii. p. 285 (1878).
Hesperia weymert, Saalm. Lep. von Madagascar, p. 107 (1884).
Pamphila sinnis, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 361 pl. lv.
figs. 1, 2, 2 a (1887).
Pamphila albirostris, Grand. Mader. vol. xviii. p. 361 (1887),
pl. lvi. a. figs. 4, 4 a (plate not published at date of June 1st, 1895).
Hab. Madagascar.
I have the type of P. albirostris before me: it is the male of
C. sinnis, Mab. The characteristic sexual brand on the primaries
shows that the insect is a true Chapra.
211. C. wamso, Ploetz.
Hesperia wambo, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 97 (1886).
Hab. Africa (Ploeiz).
From the description this species would appear to be closely
allied to mathias, Fabr. The description is not definite enough to
base any very exact conclusions upon it.
Parwnara, Moore.
I have brought together into this genus an assemblage of species
which are very closely related structurally, and seem to me to be
more properly assigned to Parnara than to any other existing
genus. At the same time, it is proper to observe that this
arrangement is in some respects merely tentative. In several
cases the species depart somewhat widely from the type, yet I am
not prepared on this account to separate them, and set up new
genera for their reception.
212. P. Borzbontoa, Boisd.
Hesperia borbonica, Boisd. laune Ent. Madgr. p, 65, pl. ix.
figs. 5, 6 (1833).
Hesperia fatuellus, Wallgr. (nec Hoptt.) K. Sy. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48 (1857).
Pamphila borbonica, Trim. (part) Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii.
p. 303 (1866) ; Mabille, Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 360, pl. lv.
figs. 6, 6 « (1887); Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 8322 (1889),
Hab. South Africa, Tropical Africa, both Hast and West, and
the adjacent islands.
This species is very common at Gaboon and at Cameroons,
213. P. eumEetta, Mab.
Pamphila gemella, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxviii.
p- clxxxvii (188+).
Hesperia ellipsis, Saalm. Lepidopt. von Madagascar, p. 109
(1884).
Pamphila gemella, Mab. Grandid. Madagascar, vol. xviii. p. 359,
Gegenes gemella, Mab. 1. c. pl. lv. figs. 7, 7a (1887).
Hab. Madagascar ; Seychelles (Addott).
1896.] BUTTBRFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID”. 63
, 214. P. routimnt, Boisd.
Hesperia poutiert, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 65 (1833).
Pamphala poutier?, Mab. Grandid. Madagascar, vol. xviii. p. 363.
Gegenes poutieri, Mab. |.c. pl. lv. figs. 8, 8 a, 9, 9 a (1887).
Hab. Madagascar ; Seychelles (Abbott).
215. P. purucra, Trim.
Paumphila detecta, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. vol. xli. p. 141,
pl. viii. fig. 12 (1893).
Pamphila fallatus, Mab. MS.
Hab. Natal (Trimen) ; Cameroons.
I have several specimens of this species which were taken at
Batanga, Cameroons, by the late Dr. A. C. Good. The insect
laballed Pamphila fallatus in the Staudinger collection by Mons.
Mabille, of which I can find no. published description, is the
same.
216. P. sUBOOHRAOBA, sp. nov. (Plate LV. fig. 11.)
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous, clothed with greenish
hairs. Underside of palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale greenish
ochraceous. The primaries and secondaries on the upperside are
dark brown, with a slightly purplish lustre toward the outer
margin. The cosia and the inner margin near the base of both
wings are clothed with greenish hairs. There is a minute elongated
translucent white spot in the cell on its upper margin toward its
extremity. There are two minute subapical spots beyond the end
of the cell. There are three discal spots on intervals 2, 3, and 4
below and beyond the cell, the spot on interval 4 being minute,
the spots on intervals 3 and 2 being subhastate, the latter the
largest. All these spots are translucent. On the secondaries
beyond the end of the cell are three small subhastate semi-
transparent discal spots, pale in colour. On the lower side the
primaries are dark brown on the cell and beyond it on the disc on
intervals 2, 3, and 4. The inner margin is fuscous grey. The
costa and the apical area are tawny ochraceous. The secondaries
are uniformly tawny ochraceous, marked with a dark spot at the
end of the cell and a discal series of dark spots accentuating the
outer extremity of the three limbal spots beyond the end of the
cell. The cilia are pale ochraceous both on the upper and under
side. All the spots of the upper surface reappear on the lower
side in both wings, but less distinctly defined than on the upper
surface. Expanse 31 mm. ~
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
217. P. MIOANS, sp. nov. (Plate III. fig. 19.)
d. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright Mars-brown. Underside
of abdomen pale ochraceous. The primaries aud the secondaries
are bright Mars-brown, with the costal margin of the secondaries
dark brown. There are two minute subapical spots in the usual
64 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON ‘THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
position, and below and beyond the cell two discal spots, subquadrate
in form, on either side of vein 3 near its origin. The lower of these
_spots is the larger. They are both translucent and waxy yellow in
colour. There are two small obscure semi-transparent spots of like
colour on the secondaries on either side of vein 3 a little beyond its
origin. The margin is slightly darker brown than the body of the
wing, and the fringes are paler. On the underside the wings are
uniformly pale reddish ochraceous, except the inner margin of the
primaries, which is darker, inclining to plumbeous. The spots of
the upper surface reappear on the lower side, but far less distinctly
defined. Expanse 30 mm.
Hub. Valley of the Ogové.
This very distinct species is represented in my collection by a
single specimen.
218. P.(?) ursuLA, sp. nov. (Plate IT. fig. 4.)
3. This insect is obscurely brown all over, without any spots
or markings whatever.
Q. The female is coloured like the male, but has three elongated
subapical spots in the usual position, and two obscure translucent
spots on either side of vein 3 of the primaries a little before its
origin. The spots are subquadrate.
Expanse, ¢ 26 mm., 2 30 mm.
Hab. Hast Africa.
The types of the males are found in my collection and in the
collection of Dr. Staudinger. The only female I have ever seen is
contained in the collection of Dr. Staudinger. I refer this insect
with some measure of doubt to the genus Parnara, with which it
in the main agrees in neuration as far as I have been able to
ascertain. The insect, however, is not so robust as the other
species referred to this genus. The primaries are more rounded
‘on the outer margin and the secondaries somewhat more excavated
before the anal angle, in the case of the female. I cannot,
however, with the material before me, venture to separate this
species from the genus Parnara.
SmMALBA, gen. nov.
Antenn and palpi as in the genus Baoris. Primaries: cell
about half the length of the wing; vein 5 much nearer 4 than 6;
vein 12 terminating on the costa before the end of the cell; vein
7 slightly before the end of the cell; vein 2 one-third of the
distance from the base; vein 3 a little before the end of the cell.
Secondaries: cell short; vein 5 wanting; discocellulars faint,
erect ; vein 7 originating well before the end of the cell; vein 3
a little before theend of the cell; vein 2 originating beyond the
middle of the cell; the outer margin evenly rounded ; the -costa
slightly produced before the base. The two species referred to
this genus are characterized by peculiar sexual markings. In the
case of the male of S. pulvina, Ploetz, the type of the genus, there
1896.] BUTTERFLIBS OF THE FAMILY HESPHRILDA. 65
is a broad patch of long silky hairs upon the upper surface of the
secondaries at the end of the cell, almost entirely covering the cell.
and the origin of the median nervules. In addition, on the under-
side of the primaries there is a broad patch of moditied scales,
and the inner margin has a fringe of long hairs, which, ordinarily,
Neuration of Semalea pulvina, Ploetz. }.
a. Underside of primary ; 5. Upperside of secondary.
are folded back upon the under surface of the primaries. In
S. now, Mab., the patch of scales on the upper surface of the
secondaries is wauting, but upon the primaries on the upper
surface there is a broad oval sexual band at the origin of vein 2
below the cell.
Type S pulvina, Ploetz.
I have brought these two species together, because of the
absolute identity of their neuration and the structure of their palpi
and antenna, and in spite of the wide divergence in the sexual
stigmata. At first glance, without a microscopic examination, the
two insects look wonderfully alike. There is, however, a remark-
able divergence in the sexual stigmata as indicated above. I am,
however, more and more inclined to the belief that sexual stigmata
cannot be always accepted as the basis of generic subdivisions, in
which opinion [ know I differ from some authors.
219. S. punvuna, Ploetz, (Plate II. fig. 14.)
’ Hesperia pulvina, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 353 (1879).
Trichosemeia pulvina, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 53.
Cobalus carbo, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. clxix
(1889).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz) ; Gaboon (Good) ; Sierra Leone (Mabille).
“I do not agree with Lieut. Watson in placing this species in my
genus Zrichosemeia. Tho broad patch of velvety scales upon the
upper surface of the secondaries is the principal point of resem-
blance between this species and the type of the genus. In the
form of the wings and the antenn»w and the structure of the legs
it differs. The female is without the velvety area on the second-
Proc. Zoou, Soo.—1896, No. V. 5
66 DR, W, J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN [Jan. 14,
aries, and, I strongly suspect, is the insect described by M. Mabille
as Cobalus atrio (cf. genus Cobalus). A figure of C. atrio, lent me
by the author, heightens the probability of this supposition, but
without the type before me I will not attempt to express a positive
opinion. The insect in the Staudinger collection labelled Cobalus
carbo in the handwriting of Mons. Mabille is a normal specimen
of S. pulvina, Ploetz, 3.
220. S. nox, Mab. (Plate IV. fig. 20.)
Pamphila nox, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. clxviii.
Hab. Lagos (Mabille) ; Gaboon (Good).
This species is apparently very abundant in the valley of the
Ogové. I have a large series of specimens.
Baorts, Moore.
221. B. raruniivus, Hopf.
Pamphila fatuellus, Hopff. Monatsber. k. Akad. Wissensch.
Berl. 1855, p. 643; Hopff. Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 417,
pl. xxvii. figs. 3, 4 (1862).'
Pamphila borbonica, Trim. (part.) Rhop. Afr. Austr. yol. ii.
pp. 303, 304 (1866).
Hesperia caffraria, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 43 (1883).
Pamphila fatuellus, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 323 (1889).
Pamphala cinerea, Mab. MS.
Hab. Natal, Zanzibar, Gaboon, Cameroons.
This species is very common at Gaboon, and, I think, has
generally been confounded with P. borbonica, from which, however,
it may well be separated, as pointed out by Mr. Trimen. A worn
female in the Staudinger collection has been labelled Pamphila
cinerea by Mons. Mabille.
222, B. MaroHauit, Boisd.
Hesperia marchalii, Boisd. Faune Ent. de Madgr. p. 66 (1833).
Pamphila marchalii, Mab., Grandid. Madagascar, vol. xviii.
p. 362, pl. lv. figs. 83, 3@ (1887).
Hab. Madagascar. ”
Both from the figure and the description I am inclined to think
that this species is very near to, if not identical with, P. fatuellus,
Hopff., in which case Boisduval’s name has priority.
223. B. Luanns, Hopff.
Pamphila lugens, Hopff. Monatsber. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berl.
1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 418, pl. xxvii.
figs. 5, 6 (1862); Trim. 8. Afr. Butt, vol. iii. p. 318 (1889).
Halpe tugens, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 673.
Hab. Delagoa Bay, East Tropical Africa.
The genus Halpe is not represented in Africa, and Dr. Butler’s
reference of this species to that genys is in error.
1896.] BUTTERFLINS OF THN FAMILY HESPHRIIDA, 67
224. B. 111As, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 17.)
Hesperia ilias, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 355 (1879).
Hab. Guinea (Ploetz) ; Gaboon.
What I take to be the Hesperia clias of Ploetz—forming my
conclusion from the description of the species given by the author
and from a copy of his unpublished drawing of the same—is the
insect figured on the Plate, It comes nearer meeting the require-
ments alike of description and of figure than any other West-
African species known to me in nature.
225. B. xytos, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 13.)
Pamphila xylos, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 31,
pl. iii. fig. 8 (1890).
' Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons, Sierra Leone.
Mons. Mabille (7. c.) states that he has sufficiently characterized
this species in the ‘ Bulletin’ of the preceding year, and contents
himself therefore with a figure. By reference to the ‘ Bulletin ’
for 1889, I discover that his memory was at fault. He did not
describe P. aylos in the ‘ Bulletin’ of the year before. Our only
knowledge of the species, therefore, must be derived from the
figure given in the plate, which, fortunately, is quite recognizable.
It represents a damaged male of a species which is quite common
on the tropical western coast of Africa. I have a long series of
specimens in which, singularly enough, the females are more
numerous than the males. The figure given by Mons. Mabille is
. that of a male minus the abdomen. The female which is repre-
sented in the plate does not differ materially in the location and
style of the marking from the male, but is generally much larger.
I discovered that Mons. Mabille had mingled with this species, in
his collection and that of Dr. Staudinger, specimens of the
following species, which is abundantly distinct, though presenting
a superficial likeness.
226. B. ALBERTI, sp.nov. (Plate II. fig. 21.)
3. Body and appendages black. Abdomen produced beyond
the anal angle of the secondaries. The wings on the upperside
are black, with whitish fringes, those of the primaries checkered
with black at the ends of the nervules. There are no spots on
the secondaries. The primaries are ornamented with three small
subapical spots in the usual position, by two large and conspicuous
subquadrate spots, one on either side of vein 3 at its origin, the »
upper one being the smaller of the two. In many specimens
there is also a small and faint spot on cell 1, just below the large
subquadrate spot on cell 2. On the underside, the wings are
marked precisely as on the upperside, save that the inner margin
of the primaries is pale, and in some specimens there are traces cf
an obsolete series of pale submarginal markings on the secondaries.
Q@. The female is marked like the male, save that on Bie under-
6
68 _ DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
side there is a well-defined row of pale submarginal markings on
the primaries, and a less well-defined series of similar markings
on the secondaries. The wings in this sex are broader, more
rounded, and less produced at the apex of the primaries than in
the male, and the abdomen is stouter and shorter than in that sex,
not reaching beyond the anal angle of the secondaries.
Expanse, ¢ 26-29 mm., 9 32-34 mm.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové, Cameroons, Sierra Leone.
I name this species in honour of my little friend Albert Good,
the only child of Dr. A. C. Good, one of the heroes of the Dark
Continent, whose death last November, a few days after his return
from a long and trying journey into the interior of the Cameroons,
has filled the hearts of a host of friends and admirers with pro-
found sorrow. “Bertie,” though not yet in his teens, is repre-
sented in my collections by numerous specimens taken by his own
hands, and is no doubt the youngest entomologist who has thus
far collected amidst the jungles of ‘“ Gorilla-land.”
227. B. arwia, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 20.)
Hypoleucis arela, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixix.
Hab. Gaboon, Ogové Valley.
This species, for the identification of which in my collection I
am indebted to Mons. Mabille, is quite common about Gaboon.
Mons. Mabille had affixed the name atimus to several specimens of
this species in his collection at the time I visited him. They were
undoubtedly arela.
228, B. arayRropes, Holl.
Parnara argyrodes, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 93, pl. iti. fig. 11
(1894).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
229. B. masma, Holl.
Parnara mabea, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 92, pl. iii. fig. 12
(1894).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
230. B. nnucorH®A, Holl.
Parnara leucophea, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 93, pl. iii. fig. 14
(1894).
Hab, Valley of the Ogové.
231. B. unistrica, Holl.
Parnara unistriga, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 30, pl. i. figs, 18,
14 (1894).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDA. ‘69
232. B. Metpuis, Holl.
Parnara melphis, Holl. Ent. News, 1894, p. 31, pl. i. fig. 18.
Hab. Valley of the Ogove.
233. B. MatTuina, Hew.
Hesperia malthina, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p- 457 (1876).
Pamphila euryspila, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p- elxxix (1891).
Proteides euryspila, Mab. Novit. Lepidopt. p. 117, pl. xvi. fig. 5
(1893).
- Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille) ; Gaboon (Good).
The only specimen of the female which I have ever seen is
contained in my collection, and was taken at Batanga, Cameroons.
It does not differ materially from the male, save that there is an
additional translucent spot upon the fore wing in cell 1, and the
large white spot on the underside of the secondaries is much larger
than in the male, extending farther outwardly and inwardly.
234, B. statima, Mab.
Pamphila statira, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. clxxx
(1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 114, pl. xvi. fig. 2 (1893).
3. The type of this species was a female contained in the
collection of Dr. Staudinger. The collection also contains a male,
which differs from the female on the upperside in lacking the spot
in the cell of the primaries, and in having, in the example before
me, the uppermost of the three subapical spots obsolete. In
the secondaries, the spots at the end of the cell which are con-
spicuous in the female on the underside and faintly appear on the
upperside are also lacking, and the discal spots are somewhat
smaller than in the female.
Hab. French Congo (Mocquerys).
235. B. STATIRIDES, sp. noy. (Plate V. fig. 6.)
Q. Palpi on the upperside, head, thorax, and abdomen on the
upperside black, clothed with fuscous scales. Palpi on the under-
side whitish; thorax and anal extremity of the abdomen pale
fuscous. Primaries black on the upperside, with two widely
separated minute elongated spots near the end of the cell, two
subapical spots in the usual position, and a discal series of four
spots, the lowermost of the series on interval 1 cuneiform, the
next on interval 2 subquadrate, and the largest of the series, and
the two succeeding ones on intervals 3 and 4, subquadrate, the last
smaller than the one preceding it. The secondaries beyond the
cell are adorned with a broad irregularly curved white macular
band, running from before the end of the cell inwardly and
widening to vein 1b. The primaries on the underside are black,
with the spots as on the upperside. The secondaries are creamy
white, with the outer margin broadly black. There is a con-
70 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
spicuous patch of black raised scales situated on interval 1 below
the cell, and extending outwardly on either side of vein 2 at its
origin. Expanse 34 mm.
Type in collection of Dr. Staudinger.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Mocquerys).
236, B. nurorua, Hew.
Hesperia netopha, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i. p. 345
(1878).
eens roncilgonis, Ploetz, 8. B. Z. vol. xliii. p. 450 (1882).
Pamphila roncilgonis, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. vol. xli.
p. 139, pl. viii. fig. 11 (1893).
Pamphila cojo, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 250,
pl. vi. fig. 7 (1898).
Var. nyass#, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 8.)
Hesperia nyasse, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i.
p. 345 (1878).
Hab. Natal, Mashonaland, Angola, Gaboon, Cameroons,
Togoland.
This is one of the most singularly coloured species of the group.
T have a good series of specimens from Gaboon and Cameroons,
which agree very well with specimens received from Mr. Trimen,
who obtained them from Mr. I’. C. Selous, who took them in
Manica. The type of Hesperia nyasse, Hew., I think is a female.
It is larger and paler on the underside than any specimens I have
seen from other localities. I cannot, however, bring myself to
believe that it is anything more than a variety of B. netopha. It
is worthy of note that there is much variation in the ground-colour
of the underside of the wings in this species. No two specimens
in a series of ten or twelve are exactly of the same shade, and the
ground-colour runs from a pale yellowish ochraceous to a pale
reddish brown, tinged with pink. The three small subapical spots
which appear in a majority of specimens are wanting in others.
They are variable.
237. B. Monast, Trim.
Pamphila monasi, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iti. p. 317.
Hab. Natal.
238. B. raraon, Mab.
Pamphila tarace, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. elxxix
(1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 114, pl. xvi. fig. 1 (1893).
Hab. Sierra Leone.
939. B. supnotata, Holl.
Parnara (?) subnotata, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 94, pl. iii.
fig. 13 (1894).
Pamphila rufipuncta, Mab, MS. in Dr. Staudinger’s collection,
Hab, Valley of the Ogové,
1896.] BUTTHRFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPHRIIDA. 71
240. B. nivptcornis, Ploetz.
. Hesperia niveicornis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 3 (1883).
Hab, Angola.
I only know this species from the figure of Ploetz. It is very
remarkably ornamented upon the underside of the wings, and the
description given is sufficient to enable its identification.
241. B.(?) nnopa, Mab.
Pamphila neoba, Mab. C. BR. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p. clxxxviii (1891).
Hab. Cameroons (Mabille).
I only know this species from the description and the drawing
of the type furnished me by Mons. Mabille. It is impossible
from either to be sure of the species or its generic location.
242, B.(?) zppHoRA, Ploetz.
Apaustus zephora, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 156 (1884).
Hab. Angola (Ploetz).
Ido not know this species save by the description. It does
not seem to apply to any of the species known to me in nature.
243. B.(?) BaunRi, Ploetz.
Hesperia bauri, Ploetz, 8. EH. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 98 (1886).
Hab. Aburi. :
I do not know this species, and locate it here provisionally.
244, B. (?) mur@a, Mab.
Pamphila murga, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 31
(1890). ,
Hab. Caffraria (Mabille).
Mons. Mabille compares this species with P. natalensis, Ploetz.
I cannot discover that Ploetz ever published a species under the
name of natalensis. From the description, the insect seems to be
possibly a Baoris, but it may be a Pardaleodes. I locate it here
provisionally, as I am unable to learn anything about it from the
author of the species.
245. B. (?) Honrzi, Ploetz.
Hesperia holtzti, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 48-4 (1883).
Hab. Angola (Ploetz). a) ake
I can make nothing out of either the description or the figure
of Ploetz. The insect represented seems both to myself and to
Mons. Mabille to be @ possible variety of C. mathias-mohopaani.
I am, however, very strongly inclined to the opinion that it is the
same insect recently described by Mr. Trimen under the name
Pamphila monasi (q. v.).
72 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
246. B.(?) avEusi1, Trim. aay
Pamphila ayresii, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 321, pl. xii.
fig. 1 (1889).
Hab, South Africa ; South Tropical Africa.
PLATYLESOHES, gen. nov.
Allied to Parnara, Moore. The thorax and head are very broad,
and the general appearance of the body is more robust than in
Parnara, The antennae are more than half as long as the costa
of the primaries, slender, terminating in a stout club, with a
strongly recurved hook at its end. The palpi are broad, flattened
horizontally, appressed, heavily clothed with long scales upon the
first and second joints, and with the third joint (which is minute,
acute, and situated on the outer edge of the horizontally widened
second joint) naked. The wings are relatively somewhat narrower
than in the genus Parnara, with the outer margin of the primaries
nearly straight, or, as in P. picanini, Holl., slightly excavated
above the outer angle. The secondaries are more or less lobed at
the anal angle in the male. The neuration of the wings does not
materially differ from that in Parnara, so far as I have been able
to determine with the limited material at my disposal.
Type P. picanini, Holland.
247. P. prcantnt, Holl.
Parnara(?) picanini, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 91, pl. iii. fig. 9
(1894).
Pamphila grandiplaga, Mab. MS. in Staudinger collection.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
248, P. morrrin1, Waller.
Hesperia moritili, Wallgr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 1857; Lep.
Rhop. Caffr. p. 49 (1857).
Pamphila (?) moritili, Trim, Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 305
(1866).
Hesperia neba, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xix. p.84
(1877).
Pamphila moritili, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 319, pl. xii.
fig. 4 (1889).
Hab. South Africa; South Tropical Africa.
249, P. aatmsa, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 7.)
Pamphila galesa, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xix.
p. 79 (1877).
Hab. West Africa.
T only know this species from the type, which is preserved in
the British Museum. It is a very robust insect, and very closely
allied to H. nigerrima, But),
1896.] BUTTHRFLIDS OF THE FAMILY HESPHRIIDA. 73
250. P. nieerrima, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 12.)
Halpe nigerrima, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 672.
Hab. British Central Africa.
This species is exceedingly close to P. galesa, Hew. The only
difference I can detect is in the form of the macular band on the
upperside of the secondaries, which is more irregularly curved in
galesa and has a slightly different direction, and in the presence
in nigerrima of a narrow white costal streak on the underside of
the primaries at the base. This last feature seems to be lacking
in galesa.
251. P. oHAM#LEON, Mab.
Pamphila chameleon, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p- clxxix (1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 115, pl. xvi. fig. 3 (1893).
Hab. Sierra Leone.
Mons. Mabille compares this species with his P. grandiplaga,
which in his letter he identifies as my P. picanint. Grandiplaga
is apparently » MS. name. My learned friend is in the habit of
affixing names to specimens coming into his possession, and has
given them currency now and then in his papers and through
collections which he has labelled, without having published a
description of the species. This has led to a great deal of be-
wilderment on my part in several cases and an inordinate con-
sumption of valuable time in quest of the place in literature where
the supposed description, which ought to have been published, might
be found. Unpublished names of species should not be referred
to, except it be with a distinct statement that they are such,
252, P. amApuv, Mab. (Plate V. fig. 11.)
Pamphila amadhu, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p- elxxviii (1891),
Pamphila heterophyla, Mab. 1. c.
Baoris? amadhu, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 672.
Hab, Transvaal, Natal (Mabille); British Central Africa
(Butler).
I have before me the types of P. amadhu and P. heterophyla,
belonging to Dr. Staudinger, and am satisfied of the identity of
the two forms. The type of P. heterophyla is simply a dwarfed
and somewhat worn example of P. amadhu. The insect is closely
allied to P. morztili.
958. P. paTanes, Holl.
Parnara batange, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 92, pl. iii. fig. 10
(1894).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
254, P. NIGRIOANS, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 15.)
¢- Antenne black, marked with white before the extremity on
74 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN {Jan. 14,
the upperside. The uppersides of the head, thorax,and abdomen are
black, with the anal extremity of the abdomen white tipped with
a tuft of black hairs. The palpi and the pectus on the lower side
are white. The lower side of the thorax is grey. The lower side
of the abdomen is black annulated with white. The primaries on
the upperside are black. The cilia on the primaries are black
marked with white at their extremities near the outer angle. The
cilia of the secondaries are white, very conspicuously so near the
anal angle. The primaries are marked with two subapical spots
in the usual position, two elongated minute spots on the cell near
its end, one on its upper margin and one on its lower, and by a
transverse discal series of four spots, of which the one on interval 1
is minute and subtriangular, situated on vein 1, the spot on interval
2 is subquadrate, excavated externally, and separated from the
other spot in the cell by the median nerve. Beyond this spot
on intervals 3 and 4 are two smaller spots. The secondaries are
crossed, about the middle by an irregularly-curved series of five
or six white semi-translucent spots. On the underside, the
primaries are black, darkest at the base. There is a fine white
costal ray near the base. The spots of the upperside reappear,
but less distinct than on the upperside, and above and beyond
the spot on interval 1 is a white curved ray uniting on its curved
upper margin the twolower spots of the discal series. Thesecondaries
are black, most conspicuously so in the region of the anal angle.
The inner margin and the outer margin from the outer angle to
the extremity of vem 2 are sprinkled with grey scales, and the
nerves are likewise clothed with grey scales, causing them to be
picked out distinctly upon the dark background. The white discal
series of spots reappears on the underside, the terminal spot of
the series located on vein 16 being the most conspicuous, whereas
on the upperside it is least conspicuous and appearing as a large
triangular white patch.
@. The female is like the male, but with broader and more
rounded wings.
Expanse, ¢ 28mm., 9 30 mm.
Types in coll. Staudinger.
Hab, Freetown (Preiss) ; Gaboon (Mocquerys).
The male is labelled in the Staudinger collection P. leucopyga,
Ploetz, but this determination is wholly in error. Leucopyga of
Ploetz is an Acleros and a wholly ditferent insect. This species is
closely related to P. moritili and its allies.
Karruvs, Wats.
255. K. sounstoni1, But]. (Plate II. fig. 18.)
Astictopterus johnstonii, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 573.
Katreus johnstonii, Watson, P. Z.8. 1893, a 115; Holl. Ent,
News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig. 8.
Hab, Cameroons, Gaboon,
1896. ] BUITBRFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPHRIIDZ. 15
PaRpatEopss, Butl.
256. P. pprpus, Cram.
Ke . Papilio edipus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceclxvi. figs. H, F
(1782).
Pardaleodes edipus, Butl. Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. vii. p. 96 (1870);
Irby, Syn. Cat. p. 625 (1871).
Plastingia edipus, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358 (1879),
vol. xlv. p. 148 (1884).
Pardaleodes edipus, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 117.
Q. Cyclopides sator, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. Ixxix.
fig. 4.
Pamphila? sator, Westw. 1. c. p. 523 (1852).
Pardaleodes sator, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 625 (1871).
Plastingia sator, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358, & vol. xlv.
. 148.
; Pardaleodes sator, Watson, P. Z. §. 1893, p. 117.
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
After a very close study of the matter in the light of long
series of specimens, consisting of several hundreds of examples,
I am satisfied that this is the correct synonymy of this species,
which is very closely allied to the next, and with which it has
been no doubt, so far as the female of that is concerned, frequently
confounded. ‘The crucial test for discriminating between the two
species is the fact that in P. incerta, Snell., the anterior wings in
both, sexes show no translucency in the spots above vein 2, whereas
in P. edipus the spots between veins 2 and 3and 3 and 4, the spots
at the end of the cell, and the three small subapical spots are
invariably translucent. By holding the specimens up to the light,
it is always possible to decide to which of the two species they
belong.
’ Tam at a loss to account for the fact that several authors report
the male and the female of both P. edipus and P. sator to have
been contained in collections examined by them. ‘This is done by
Ploetz in his paper upon the Lepidoptera collected by Buchholz.
So far as my observations extend, every specimen of P. sator,
correctly determined to be such by comparison with the very good
figure given by Doubleday and Hewitson in their work, has been a
female. I have seen hundreds of specimens, and many pairs
taken in coitw, and am sure of this determination.
257. P. rnopRTA, Snellen.
3. Pamphila incerta, Snellen, Tijd. voor Entom. 1872, p. 29,
pl. 10. figs. 10, 11, 12.
9. Hesperia coanza, Ploetz, 8. BE. Z. vol. xliv. p. 232 (1888).
Pardaleodes coanza, Watson, P. Z.8. 1893, p. 117.
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
The female of this species resembles the male of the preceding,
P. edipus, but the point of discrimination enables an easy decision
-to be made.in all cases, as I have already shown.
76 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
258. P. neritus, Hopff.
Pamphila herilus, Hopft. Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
Berl. 1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 419,
pl. xxvii. figs. 7, 8 (1862).
Hab. Querimba, East Africa (Hopffer).
Hopffer states that the types of this species were males. From
the figure, I should say that they were females. The figure repre-
sents apparently a dwarfed female of P. edipus, and closely resembles
such which I have from Gabvon.
259. P. REIOHENOWI, Ploetz. (Plate LI. fig. 18.)
9. Plastingia reichenow?, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 357 (1879),
vol. xlv. p. 147 (1884).
3. Pardaleodes festus, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x.
p. 33, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1889).
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
There is not a particle of doubt of the correctness of the above
synonymy. Ihave specimens taken in coitu of the male and female
of this species. The males have been repeatedly determined for
me as P. festus by Mons. Mabille, and agree perfectly with the
figure he gives. The females agree with Ploetz’s type of P. reiche-
nowt, which is preserved at the Berlin Museum, and is represented
in the plate accompanying this paper.
260. P. xanrHorePius, Holl. (Plate III. figs. 99,169.)
Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. x.
p- 289 (1892).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
261. P. BuLH, sp. nov. (Plate. III. fig. 21,3 9.)
Allied to P. reichenowi, Ploetz = festus, Mab.
3. Primaries deep black, slightly clothed with greenish scales
-near the base. The wing is marked with eleven spots as follows :—
two small oval spots at the end of the cell, one above each other,
and above them a minute linear spot; three small oval subapical
spots forming a series curving inwardly; a small round spot in
interval 4; a triangular spot in interval 3; a large subquadrate
spot in interval 2; (these three spots form a transverse series
running inwardly towards the margin). The large spot is followed
in interval 1 by a triangular orange-yellow spot, diminishing
towards the inner margin. There is also an obscure orange-
yellow spot in interval 1 towards the base. All the spots are
translucent, except the two in interval 1, which are opaque.
The secondaries are bright orange-yellow, paler than in P. festus,
with the costal margin and outer angle broadly black. The cell »
near the base and the inner margin are clothed with fuscous
hairs.
On the underside, the primaries are blackish, the spots of the
1896.] BUTTBRELINS OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDA, 17
upperside reappearing, but pale ochraceous. The costa is, further-
more, laved with pale ochraceous from the base to the region of
the subapical spots, and in interval 5 there is a pale ochraceous
area, in the middle of which there is a minute white dot circled
with blackish. A pale yellowish-grey ray connects the lowermost
spot of the discal series with the outer angle. The secondaries
are pale ochraceous, with the costa on the inner two-thirds marked
with irregular blackish spots. ‘There is a subtriangular blackish
spot near the outer angle, a black spot in interval 1 6 near the cell,
and a smaller similar spot surmounted with a V-shaped blackish
mark on the same interval near the anal angle. The innermost of
these last two blackish spots is supplemented on the side of the
base with a small chalky-white spot. There are in addition a
number of obscure transverse brownish lines and obscure sub-
marginal hastate markings.
. The female is like the male, except that it wholly lacks the
markings on interval one in the primaries, and the markings on
the underside of the secondaries are not so distinct. The out-
line of the wings, furthermore, is broader.
Expanse, ¢ 2 36 mm.
Hab. Bulé country, Cameroons.
This species may be easily distinguished from P. reichenowt by
the deeper black of the primaries, the smaller size of the spots,
and the fact that none of them are confluent, as in P. reichenow?.
There is no black border on the inner two-thirds of the second-
aries and no yellow spot in the cell of the secondaries, the yellow
of the hind wing running almost to the base. A further dis-
tinction is the absence of the checkered fringes of the primaries
on the upper surface. The fringes are slightly checkatarl on the
underside.
262. P. astraPe, Holl. (Plate IV. fig. 12.)
Pardaleodes astrape, Holl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. x. p. 290
(1892).
Pardaleodes parcus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 258
(1898).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good) ; Togoland (Karsch).
263. P. artnL, Mab.
Pamphila ariel, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285 (1878).
Pardaleodes ariel, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 340,
pl. liii. figs. 10, 10a, 11 (1887).
Hab. Madagascar.
264. P. pustetna, Mab.
Pardaleodes pusiella, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 237.
Hab. Landana (Mabille).
I cannot find out anything about this species.
78 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
265. P. tigoRa, Hew.
nye ligora, Hew. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xviii. p. 450
(1876).
Carystus thersander, Mab. Ann. Soc, Ent. France, (6) vol. x.
p: 80, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1890).
Carystus? thersander, Moll. Hut. News, vol. v. pl. i. fig. 17 (1894).
Hab, Angola (Hew.); Sierra Leone (Mab.); Cameroons (Good).
After a careful examination of the structure of this species,
although it greatly exceeds in size any other species of Pardaleodes
known to me, and the primaries are more pointed than in the type
of the genus, I cannot find anything to justify its separation from
Pardaleodes. With P. xanthioides, Holl., and P. wanthias, Mab., it
forms a small sub-group in the genus.
266. P. xanruias, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 7.)
Carystus wanthias, Mab. OC. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. exvii (1891).
Hab. Lagos (Mabille); Gaboon (Good).
This species is intermediate between P. ligora, Hew., and
P. wanthioides, Holl.
267. P. xanrutoipes, Holl. (Plate IV. fig. 14.)
Pardaleodes xanthioides, Holl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. x.
p. 290 (1892),
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
268. P. vinius, Hew.
Astictopterus vibius, Hew. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vol.i. p. 343
(1878).
Pamphila rega, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. cxlix
(1889); Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 31, pl. iii. fig. 7, 2
(1890).
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
269. P. stprR=, sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 19.)
¢. Allied closely to P. vibius, Hew. Instead, however, of
having the reddish-orange spot on the primaries defined on the
lower margin by vein 1, as in that species, this spot extends to the
inner margin and likewise inwardly toward the base, being inter-
rupted at the base by a linear patch of raised scales, extending
along the lower edge of the cell at the origin of vein 2. The
secondaries also are paler on the upper surface, and are marked
beyond the cell by an obscure series of yellowish spots. On the
underside the wings are much paler than in vibius, the secondaries
of which on the underside are uniformly black ; in this species
they are ochraceous, clouded with fuscous and defined externally
by a fine black marginal line. This may be a local form of vibius,
but is sufficiently distinct to deserve description. Expanse 25mm.
Type in coll. Staudinger.
Hab. Sierra Leone.
1896.] BUTTHRFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPDRIIDA. 79
270. P. FAN, Holl.
Osmodes (?) fan, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 91, pl. iii. fig. 8 (1894).
Hab. Interior of Cameroons.
After a very careful microscopical stydy of the anatomical
details of the structure of the three preceding species, I can find
nothing of generic value to lead me to separate them from the
species included in the genus Pardaleodes, though in general
appearance they present widely different features. The total
absence of translucent spots on the primaries, the broader and
more rounded character of the wings, and the general style of the
markings at first sight appear to reveal such a difference as to have
led me for some time to have been inclined to refer these species
to the genus Koruthaiulos, Wats., but the palpi, the neuration, and
the antenne are so exactly in agreement with those of the genus
Pardaleodes, that I am constrained, in spite of the facies, to place
them in the latter genus.
Cprratricaia, Butl.
271. C. noruus, Fabr.
Papilio nothus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 88 (1787).
Ceratrichia nothus, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. pl. iii. fig. 15
(1870) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 117.
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
This species is not nearly so common as the two following.
272. C. puooton, Kahr.
Papilio phocion, Fabr. Spec. Lus. ii. p. 138 (1781).
Ceratrichia phocion, Butl. Cat. abr. Diurn. Lep. pl. iii. fig. 14
1870).
Cyclopides phoceus, Westw., Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep.
p- 251 (1852).
Ceratrichia semilutea, Mabille, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxv.
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
This species appears to be very common on the Ogové. The
female has the primaries profusely spotted in some specimens, and
the secondaries more or less suffused with brown, almost obscuring
the broad yellow middle area. Ceratrichia semilutea, Mab., the
type of which is before me as I write, is a. slightly dwarfed speci-
men of the male. Another male, in the Staudinger collection, has
been designated as the type of an unpublished species by Mons.
Mabille, to which he gives the MS. name C. punctata. It is a
male with the primaries more spotted than is quite usual, though
in a long series of specimens, such as I possess, numerous ex-
amples of this form are sure to be found.
278. CO. ruava, Hew. (Plate III. fig. 14.)
od. Ceratrichia flava, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i. .
p. 343 (1878).
80 DBR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
Plastingia charita, Ploetz, 8. B. Z. vol. xl. p. 356 (1879).
_ 9. Apaustus argyrosticta, Ploetz, S. BE. Z. vol. xl. p. 358
(1879); id. ibid. vol. xlv. p. 156 (1884); id. l.c. A. argyrospilu,
Ploetz, MS.
Ceratrichia argyrostidta, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 117.
Hab. Cameroons, Valley of the Ogové, Aburi (Ploetz).
This is a very common species. I have an enormous series,
taken at different times and places. There is not a shadow of
doubt in my mind that the above synonymy is correct. The
females are very variable upon the upperside of the wings, but
agree very well with the males on the underside, though in both
the male and the female sex the silvery centres of the spots on the
underside are often suffused with dark brown, and the silvery
colour is rendered obsolete.
Coxatus, Hibn.
274. C. (?) convinus, Mab.
Cobalus corvinus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. clxix
(1889).
Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabiile).
T allow this species to remain in this genus, to which it has been
assigned by its author, though it is quite plain to me that it does
not really belong here. I have the type before me as I write, but
as it is unique and in poor condition, so that I cannot without
great risk of further injury make a close anatomical investigation,
I must leave its location undecided. It seems superficially to show
a general relationship to pulvina, Ploetz, and now, Mab., but the
wings are more fragile and relatively longer, and the insect is not
so robust.
275. C. (2) atrio, Mab.
Cobalus atrio, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxxxii.
A figure of the type kindly lent me by Mons. Mabille suggests
that this is the female of Semalea pulvina, Ploetz (g.v.). It is
certainly not a Cobalus, as that genus is South-American.
ANDRONYMUBS, gen. nov.
Antennz more than half the length of the primaries, slender ;
club moderate, fusiform, slightly recurved at the tip. Palpi
divergent, with the first and second joints heavily clothed with
scales, the third joint naked, aciculate, erect, as high as the vertex
of the head. Fore wing elongated, with the inner margin con-
siderably longer than the outer margin, blunt at the apex, and
slightly excavated between the extremities of veins 1 and 3. Cell
narrow, elongated, nearly two-thirds the length of the costa; vein
12 reaching the costa before the end of the cell ; upper discocellular
short, but distinct, at right angles to the upper margin of cell ;
middle discocellular relatively long, curved inwardly ; lower disco-
1896.] BULTERFLIES OF THY FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 81
cellular short, forming an obtuse angle with the lower margin of
the cell; lower margin of cell slightly bent outwardly at origin of
vein 2, which is located near the middle of the cell. Vein 3 nearer
to vein 4 than to vein 2. Hind wing with costal margin nearly
straight ; outer margin and inner margin rounded; outer and anal
angles broadly rounded. On the upperside of the wing, on the
middle of the fold between veins 7 and 8 near the origin of vein 7,
is a small pencil of Jong hairs, and vein 6 just beyond the end of
Neuration of Audronymus philander, Ploetz. 3.
the cell is clothed on the underside with a closely appressed bunch
of thick hair-like scales. Discocellulars and vein 5 very faint, if
not quite obsolete. The wings are marked with translucent spots,
those on the primaries being located in the usual order, those on
the secondaries being four in number—a large one at the end of
the cell, and three just below it, one between the origins of veins
2 and 3, and one on either side of this spot, separated from the
central spot by veins 2and 3. Hind tibise with two pairs of
spurs.
ETrype A, philander, Ploetz.
276. A. pHILANDER, Hopff.
Pamphila philander, Hopft. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855,
p- 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 416, pl. xxvii.
figs. 1, 2 (1862).
Carystus philander, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 590 (1871).
Acleros philander, Butl. P. ZS. 1893, p. 669.
' Ancyloxypha philander, Trim. P. Z.8. 1894, p. 78.
Carystus evander, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 30,
pl. iii. fig. 4 (1890).
Hab. Tropical Western and Central Africa.
277. A. LEANDER, Ploetz.
Apaustus leander, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 360 (1879).
Hab. Tropical Western Africa.
This species may be readily distinguished from A. leander, its
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. VI. 6
82 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
very near ally, by the yellow colour of the light markings upon
the wings.
278. A. NuanpuR, Ploetz. (Plate IT. fig. 23.)
Apaustus neander, Ploetz, 8. EH. Z. vol. xlv. p. 154 (1884).
Ancyloxypha producta, Trim. 8. Afr, Butt. vol. iii. p. 334 (1889).
Hab. Tropical West Africa; Delagoa.
I have a long series of this species, concerning which Mr. Good
wrote me that at the time of capture they appeared to be engaged
in migratingin vast numbers. Only upon the occasion of this migra-
tion did he observe them during a residence of eight years upon the
banks of the Ogové River. Mr. Trimen confirms, after examining
specimens I sent him, the opinion 1 had before communicated to
him, that this species is the one named producta by him.
Hivani, Dist.
279. H. omntra, Hew. (Plate IT. fig. 3.)
Hesperia cenira, Hew. Exot. Butt. vol. iv. Hesperia, pl. ii.
figs. 15, 16 (1867).
Pamphila cenira, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 606 (1871).
Q@. Hesperia cals, Ploetz, 8. Eh. Z. vol. xl. p. 354 (1879),
vol. xlili. p. 828 (1882).
Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons.
The description given by Ploetz of his species named Hesperia
calpis is unmistakable, if care be taken to make the comparisons
which he suggests. I have also been able to identify his species
by means of a copy of the figure contained in his plates. Tor
many years I have kept H. calpis apart from the older species named
Hesperia ceniva by Hewitson, but upon examination I discover
that every specimen of 4. calpis in my collection, several dozens of
them, are females, and all of the specimens of typical H. cenira ure
males. J'urthermore, there is such absolute agreement in the
markings and coloration of the primaries on the underside of the
two forms, as to convince me that they are sexes, and I have
accordingly united them as above. The female varies in some
instances. I have one specimen in which there is a manifest
tendency to an enlargement of the white spot on the primaries,
so that the marking approximates more nearly that of the male
than is usual.
* 280. H. tarmrcuxus, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 15.)
Proteides laterculus, Holl. Ent. News, vol. i. p. 156 (1890).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
281. H. micoror, Holl. (Pilate I. fig. 5.)
Proteides tricolor, Holl. Eut. News, vol. i. p. 156 (1890).
Hab, Valley of the Ogové.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 83
Prurorernon, Wats.
(Lanyptera, Mab.)
282. P. LAUFELLA, Hew.
Hesperia laufella, Hew. Exot. Butt. vol. iv. Hesp. pl. ii. figs. 28-
30 (1867).
Carystus laufella, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 591 (1871); Staudgr.
Exot. Schmett. pl. 99 (1888).
Tanyptera laufella, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, p. 260 (1877).
Pteroteinon laufella, Wats. P. Z.S, 1893, p. 124.
Hab. Vropical West Africa.
Cnrorisronrurna, Mab.
283. C. aPioALis, Mab. (Plate V. fig. 1.)
Choristoneura apicalis, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.
p- elvi (1889).
' Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille).
This very remarkable insect is entirely unlike any other species
which I have ever seen from the African continent, and recalls
in general appearance some of the species of the S. American genus
Entheus. At the time Lieut. Watson prepared his Revision of the
.
EN
Neuration of Choristoncura apicalis, Mab. }.
genera of the Hesperiide, no specimen of this insect was available
by him for purposes of study. I take pleasure in incorporating a
cut giving the neuration. rom this it will be seen by the student
84 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THD AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
that the neuration is quite peculiar, and that Mons. Mabille, the
author of the genus, was abundantly justified by the facts in
erecting it for the reception of the typical species.
Gamia, gen. nov.
Antennw long, slender; club robust, tapering gradually, pro-
duced at the apical extremity to a fine point, which is slightly
recurved. Palpi: first joint short; second joint long, both
heavily clothed with hair; the third joint long, produced and
conical, almost naked ; the hind tibie with a double pair of spurs,
and heavily clothed with long hair. Fore wing: inner margin longer
than outer margin ; the costa evenly rounded ; the apex obtuse ;
the outer margin slightly excavated above the outer angle; cell
more than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaches the
costa before the end of the cell ; vein 5 very slightly nearer vein 4
than vein 6; vein 7 from the end of the cell, very near vein 6;
vein 3 very near vein 4, from near the lower angle of the cell;
Antenn and palpi of Gamia yalua, Moll. 3.
vein 2 from one-third of the distance from the base to yein 3.
Secondaries: costal and outer margins evenly rounded, produced
at the anal angle and slightly truncated at anal angle; vein 5
present and distinct; vein 4 from the lower angle of the cell;
vein 3 slightly before the lower angle; vein 2 twice as far from
vein 3 as the latter is from vein 4; vein 7 from about the middle
of the cell.—The insects belonging to this genus are large in size,
dark in colour, with the primaries and secondaries ornamented
with large translucent yellow spots. G. buchholzi is the largest
of all the African Hesperiidw, with the exception of 2’hopolocampta
ithis. They are distinctly separate from the genus Cenitdes, to
which they are apparently allied by the peculiar form of the palpi.
Type G. galua, Holl.
. 284. G. aatua, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 1, 9.)
Proteides galua, Holl. Ent. News, vol. ii. p. 3 (1891).
Hesperia zintgrafi, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. vol. xviii. p. 178
(1892).
? Proteides ditissimus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p. exii (1891). -
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
A comparison of my species with the type of H. zintgraffi,
Karsch, shows the two to be identical. I am also strongly
inclined to the opinion that P. ditissimus, Mab., is the same insect.
Unfortunately I have not seen the type of P. ditissimus. Mons.
Mabille affirmed the identity of the two species when examining
my type, but has since expressed in letters a different opinion.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDE. ‘85
285. G.(?) pirissrmus, Mab.
Proteides ditissimus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p- exii (1891).
Hab, Sierra Leone (Mabille).
Very probably the same as the foregoing species (q. v.).
286. G. BucHHOLZzI, Ploetz.
Q. Hesperia buchholzi, Ploetz, 8. EB. Z. vol. xl. p. 354 (1879),
vol. xliii. p. 330 (1882).
Gangara(?) basistriga, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 29, pl. i.
fig. 12 (1894).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz); Ogové (Holland). ;
Strangely enough, none but females of this species have been
found thus far. The type was a unique female in the collection
made by Buchholz. There is another specimen in my collection,
and another still in the hands of Mons. Mabille, to which he has
affixed the MS. name “ robustus.”
C2ENIDES, gen. nov.
Antenne long, slender; club moderate, long, produced at the
apical extremity to a long fine point, bent back at a right angle.
Palpi: first joint short, second joint long, erect, reaching the tip
of the vertex, both densely clothed with long hair; third joint
minute, erect, and almost concealed by the hairy vestiture of the
second joint. Primaries with the inner margin longer than the
outer margin, or, in some species, subequal. Cell slightly less
than two-thirds the length of the costa; vein 12 of the primaries
terminating before the end of the cell; vein 7 arising slightly
before the end of the cell ; vein 5 much nearer 4 than 6; vein 3
near vein 4; vein 2 from about the middle of the lower margin of
the cell. The secondaries with vein 5 obsolete, or very faintly
visible; discocellulars faint, angulated, with the point of the angle
turned toward the base; cell short. Legs armed with double sets
of spurs on the hind tibise.
The species of this genus, which is a large one, may be arranged
in four groups. The first is represented typically by C. dacela,
Hew., in which the primaries of the male have a sexual curved
stigma below the cell crossing veins 3 and 2, and a large oval patch
of raised, glossy hairs upon the outer end of the cell of the
secondaries, covering the origin of veins 2, 3,and 4, and extending
beyond toward the outer margin. The second group is represented
by species in which the large oval patch of raised scales on the
secondaries is absent, or at most represented by a tuft of loose
and not conspicuous hairs. The discal band of the primaries is
present. This group is composed of species of which C. maracanda
and C. leonora are typical. ‘Che third group is composed of species
in which the sexual brand of the primaries in the male is absent,
while the large oval patch of hairs in the secondaries remains.
86 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THD AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
This division of the genus contains C. benga and possibly others.
The fourth group is composed of species in which both secondaries
and primaries are without sexual brands or marks of a conspicuous
and easily discernible character, the brands and patches of raised
scales being revealed in some of the forms only after bleaching and
microscopic examination, and then as merely obsolescent.
Neuration of Cenides dacela, Hew. 3.
In the species of all these four groups the antenne, the palpi,
the neuration, and the outline of the wings are the same. They
are differentiated into groups by the sexual markings of the male
sex, so far as my studies have informed me. Most of the species
have been hitherto referred by writers to the genus Proteides, to
which they manifestly do not belong.
287. C. pacria, Hew. (Plate II. fig. 2,3 ; Plate V. fig. 18, 9.)
Hesperia dacela, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p. 451 (1876). Baal ‘
Hesperia nydia, Ploetz, 8. EB. Z. vol. xl. p..353 (1879), vol. xliii.
p. 826 (1882).
Q. Plastingia podora, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 150 (1884).
As to the identification of the male of this species with the insect
described by Ploetz as Hesperia nydia, there is not a shadow of
doubt in my mind. The insect described by Ploetz as Plastingia
podora was contained in the Berlin Museum. The insect labelled
as such was examined for me both by Dr. Karsch and Dr. Scudder,
and is represented in the plates accompanying this article, being
reproduced after a careful drawing by Von Prillwitz. It is unmis-
takably the female of C. dacela. Unfortunately, however, the
description given by Ploetz of his P. podora does not tally with the
1896.] BUITERFLIES OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDA, 87
insect which, bearing his own manuscript label, is accepted as the
type. Ihave been puzzled to find a satisfactory solution of the
difficulty, but have resolved to accept the authenticated type
specimen as the key to the problem, and have therefore given the
synonymy as above. Of course it is quite possible that a mis-
placement of the original label may have taken place, but at this
distance, both of space and time, I am not in a position to clear up
the difficulty. The description given by Ploetz is, as usual, not
clear enough to help to a positive conclusion as to what he meant
by it.
288. C. sorirta, How. (Plate I. fig. 9.)
3. Hesperia soritia, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p- 453 (1876).
Q. Proteides xychus, Mab. C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p- exi (1891).
' Proteides xantho, Mab. C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. cxi
(1891).
Hab. Gaboon, Sierra Leone.
Upon a comparison of the types of P. aychus and P. xantho,
Mab., with the type of H. soritia, Hew., it becomes plain that they
are one and the same species. ‘The females vary in the amount of
maculation on both the upper and under side of the secondaries.
Some specimens have a distinct pale discal spot at the end of the
cell upon the lower side of the secondaries, followed by a discal
curved series of similar small spots, frequently obscurely visible
upon the upper surface; other specimens are almost devoid of
these markings, which are generally more or less obsolescent.
A female with these markings more distinct than usual was selected
by Mons. Mabille as the type of his wantho. It is before me as I
write, and I cannot feel justified in regarding it as separate from
C. soritia. In a long series of specimens of soritia, such females
are not at all uncommon.
289. C. KANGVENSIS, sp. noy. (Plate I. fig. 10.)
3. Body with palpi and antennz, as well as legs, brown, the
under surfaces slightly paler than the upper surfaces. The wings
are brown, somewhat inclining to tawny fuscous at the base. The
cilia are pale fuscous. he primaries are marked with three
minute subapical spots, arranged in a curved series, by a large
quadrate spot at the end of the cell, which is notched on its outer
margin, and by two moderately large subquadrate spots, lying one
on either side of vein 3 at its origin, the lower spot being the
largest. There is a fine raphe, or sexual brand, runing along the
inner margin of this large spot and continued across interval 1
toward the inner margin. ‘The secondaries have the end of the
cell and a portion of the disc immediately beyond the end covered
by a large oval patch of raised glossy black hairs. On the under-
side the primaries are paler on the apical third, with the inner
margin broadly pale testaceous. The translucent spots of the
88 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
upper surface reappear on this side, though less distinctly defined,
owing to the paler ground-colour. The secondaries are dark
brown, slightly touched with greyish on the outer margin near the
outer angle. There are a few obscure pale discal spots heyond the
cell.
2. The female is marked like the male, but lacks, of course, the
characteristic sexual markings of the male. The wings are more
elongated and rounded, and the primaries have a translucent
yellow spot on interval 1, midway between the base and the outer
margin.
Expanse, ¢ 40 mm., 2 43 mm.
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
This species is closely related to C. soritia, Hew., but is quite
distinct.
290. C. maracanna, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 4.)
Hesperia maracanda, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Tist. (4) vol. xviii.
p. 450 (1876).
Casyapa masacanda, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Suppl. p. 817 (1877).
Hab. Angola (Hewitson) ; Gaboon (Good).
291, C. BinoEvarus, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 1.)
Proteides binoevatus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. exii
(1891).
Hab. Valley of the Ogové.
292. C. tEonorA, Ploetz. (Plate IT. fig. 5.)
Hesperia leonora, Ploetz, S. BH. Z. vol. x1. p. 355 (1879), vol. xliii.
p- 338 (1882).
Proteides wxanthargyra, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.
p. exii (1891).
Pamphila leonora, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 253
(1893).
Hab, Aburi (Ploetz); Accra (Mabille); Togoland (Karsch) ;
Valley of Ogové (Good).
The number of the small subapical spots in this species is
variable. Some specimens have but two, others three, while the
type of Ploetz is destitute of such spots. The absence of the
sexual brand on the upperside of the primaries of the male is
apparently the only mark of distinction having generic weight
which would lead me to separate this species from the foregoing
three. If there are other points, I have failed to discover them,
and I hesitate to erect a new genus for the reception of this
species without some more evident reason.
293. C. storHRI, Karsch.
Pamphila stoehri, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit, vol. xxxviii, p. 252,
pl. vi. fig. 6 (1893).
Hab. Togoland (Karsch); Gaboon (AMocquerys).
The type was a damaged male. The collection of Dr. Staudinger
1896.] BULTERFLIES OF THD FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 89
contains two perfect females of this fine species, taken at Gaboon
by Mocquerys according to the labels. ‘The female is like the
male, but larger in size, and with the underside of the wings
redder than in the figure of the type given by Karsch. It is
singular that during the eight years in which I have had a collector
constantly residing and at work for me in French Congo, this
species has not turned up. It evidently must be very rare, or
very local in its distribution.
294, C. Benca, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 13.)
Protecdes benga, Holl. Ent. News, vol. ii. p. 4 (1891).
Hab, Valley of the Ogove.
295. C. oyminpa, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 12.)
Hesperia cylinda, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p. 449 (176).
Pamphila calpis, Karsch (nec Ploetz), Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii.
p. 252, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1893).
(Proteides ruralis, Mab. MS., cf. Staudinger’s price-lists.)
Hab. Tropical Western Africa. Very common at Gaboon.
This species bas been labelled P. ruralis by Mons. Mabille in
several collections, and has been sold under this name by Dr.
Staudinger. I can find no account of the publication of the
species by Mons. Mabille, and believe the name to be hitherto
unpublished, except as stated, and as it is once or twice referred
to in the writings of Mons. Mabille. It seems at all events to
have totally escaped the notice of the compilers of the ‘ Zoological
Record’ and Bertkau’s ‘ Register,’ and, though I have twice asked
Mons. Mabille to inform me where the species is described, he
has failed to include an answer to this question with the other
information he has so kindly and generously given me. The
identification of this species with P. calpzs, Ploetz, by Dr. Karsch
is based upon specimens so labelled in the Berlin Museum ; but
these are not types, and came from Senegal, and were not labelled
by Ploetz. There is, further, no agreement whatever between the
insect figured by Karsch and the description of P. calpis given by
Ploetz. A comparison of the figure given by Karsch shows the
entire identity of the insect with Hewitson’s H. cylinda. The true
calpis is figured in this paper. It is the female of Hidari cenira,
Hew.
C. cylinda is a crepuscular insect, as I have been informed by
the late Dr. Good. It only appears at dusk in the morning or
the evening, though occasionally on dark and cloudy days it may
be seen upon the wing. I have one or two examples which were
taken at lamp-light, having flown into the room after dark.
296. C. pacena, Hew.
Hesperia dacena, Hew., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p. 453 (1876).
90 - DR. W.J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,
Proteides lewcopogon, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. cxi
(1891); Nov. Lepidopt. p. 111, pl. xv. fig. 5 (1893).
Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons.
297. C. orma, Ploetz.
Ismene orma, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 363 (1879), vol. xlv.
p- 59 (1884).
Hesperia violascens, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliii. p. 322 (1882).
' Pamphila violascens, Karsch, Ber]. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 248,
pl. vi. tig. 3 (1893).
Hub. Cameroons, Ogove Valley.
H. violascens was described, as Dr. Karsch has shown, from a
drawing of the upperside of a specimen named violascens by
Maassen. Had Ploetz seen the specimen from which the drawing
was made, he would no doubt have recognized in it his own
L. orma, ‘he underside is unmistakable. Dr. Karsch has
correctly determined the species us violascens, Ploetz, but has
failed to recognize its identity with the species described as orma
by Ploetz, and referred by him to the genus Jsmene. This
reference is sufficiently exact to suffice, though I have been
inclined to create a subdivision of the genus for the reception of
this species, owing to the fact that the antenn» are not so greatly
swollen below the tip as in the other species of the genus, and the
outer margin of the secondaries is not so strongly excavated before
the anal angle. It is worthy of note that the white band on the
underside of the secondaries varies greatly, and in some specimens
is reduced to a narrow line, and in others is almost obsolete.
298. C. conpuBa, Hew.
Hesperia corduba, Hew, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p. 454 (1876).
Proteides massiva, Mab. & Vuill. Noy. Lepidopt. p. 21, pl. iii.
fig. 4 (1891).
Hab. Gaboon, Sierra Leone.
This species is very common in the Valley of the Ogové. Thus
far, singularly enough, I have never seen a male specimen. Of
the twenty-five, or more, examples in my collection, all appear to
be females.
299. C. waa@a, Ploetz.
Telesto waga, Ploetz, S. Ei. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 108 (1886).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).
From a copy of the figure of this species contained in the un-
published collection of drawings made by Herr Ploetz, and to
which he refers in his descriptions, this insect is closely allied to
C. cylinda, Hew., and, if I am not greatly mistaken, the drawing
represents a rubbed specimen of C. cylinda; certainly specimens of
cylinda in poor condition agree extremely well with the figure of
Ploetz.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID A, 91
800. C. mnurpa, Moeschler.
Hesperia ilerda, Moeschler, Abhandl. Senckenb. naturf. Ges.
Bd. xv. p. 65, pl. i. fig. 16 (1887).
Pamphila ierda, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit.’ vol. xxxviii. p. 251
(1893).
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
I have specimens of what are undoubtedly C. cylinda, Hew.,
which agree absolutely with the figure of tlerda given by Moeschler.
Unfortunately Moeschler does not give a representation of the
underside of his specimen, and I am therefore left in doubt as to
whether the two species are identical.
301. C. nactpa, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 14.)
Hesperia lucida, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p. 453 (1876).
Hab. Gaboon (Hewitson).
The type of Hewitson is a female.
302, C. zAnmMBA, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 5.)
Telesto zaremba, Ploetz, 8. EB. Z. vol. xlv. p. 376 (1884).
Hab. Old Calabar (Ploetz) ; French Congo (Mocquerys).
There are two somewhat damaged specimens in the collection of
Dr. Staudinger. The reference to this genus seems proper, though,
in the rubbed condition of the upperside of the secondaries of
both examples, I am unable to make sure of the presence of the
tuft of long hairs upon the cell which is characteristic of most of
the species of the genus.
303. C. panunen, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 3.)
Proteides balenge, Holl. Ent. News, vol. ii. p. 4 (1891).
Hab. Valley of the Ogove.
The type is a female, and remains so far unique in my collection.
A fine male is contained in the collection of Dr. Staudinger.
These are, so far as I know, the only examples extant in the
museums of the world of this fine species, which is one of the
largest of the African Hesperiide. The female and the male do
not differ materially, except in size and the form of the wings, as
is usual.
304. C. srxrinis, Ploetz.
Hesperia sextilis, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 89 (1886);
Moeschler, Abhandl. Senck. naturf. Ges. Bd. xv. p. 64 (1887).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).
This species is stated by Moeschler to belong to the same group
as C. calpis, Ploetz, by which sigu it might be located in the
genus /idari, were it not for the fact that in some way or other
some German authors have come to traditionally regard the insect
named cylinda by Hewitson as being the one designated as calpis
by Ploetz. Moeschler is one of the authors who held this view;
92 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
and hence I place setilis in the same group as cylinda. I do not
know the species under this name at all events.
305. C. (?) proxima, Ploetz.
Hesperia proxima, Ploetz, S. EH. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 95 (1886).
Hab. West Africa (Ploetz).
I only know this species from a copy of the drawing by Ploetz.
In the form of the wings it suggests affinity to the species which
I have located in the genus Cenides, but it probably does not
belong there.
ARTITROPA, gen. nov.
1D
Antennz moderately long, more than half the length of the
costa of the primaries; club robust, elongated, terminating in a
short fine point slightly recurved. Palpi stout, erect, reaching the
top of the vertex; the second and third joints are densely clothed
with hair; the third joint is minute, almost concealed in the
vestiture of the second joint. The legs have the tibie scantily
SS
Neuration of Artitropa erinnys, Trim., d. }.
clothed with long hair; those of the posterior pair are armed with
a median and double terminal spurs. ‘The primaries have the costa
slightly rounded ; the inner and the outer margins are subequal,
evenly rounded ; the cell is two-thirds the length of the costa, with
the upper angle acute, the lower angle obtuse; vein 5 slightly
nearer vein 4 than vein 6; vein 12 terminates on the costa before
the end of the cell; vein 7 arises slightly before the end of the
cell ; vein 2 is more than twice as far from vein 3 as vein 38 is
from vein 4 and is equidistant between vein 3 and the base. The
cell of the secondaries is short; vein 5 is present and distinct;
vein 3 and vein 7 arise well before the end of the cell; the outer
margin is rounded and slightly excavated above the termination of
vein 16.
Type A. erinnys, Trimen.
T have erected this genus for the reception of the following
species, which are distinguished from all other near allies in the
genus Cenides and allied genera by the shape of the club of the
antenns, by their more robust form, and by their peculiar style
of coloration, ‘They form a well-marked group.
1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THN FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 93
306. A. BRiInNyYs, Trim.
Pamphila erinnys, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) vol. i.
p- 290 (1861); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 303, pl. vi. Ge 8
(i866); §. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 326 (1889).
Hab. Southern Africa.
307. A. comus, Cram.
Papilio comus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 391. figs. N, O (1782).
Papilio helops, Dru. Il. Ex. Ent, iii. pl. xxxiii. figs. 2, 3 (1782).
Hesperia ennius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 337 (1793) ; Latr. Enc.
Méth. vol. ix. p. 749 (1823).
Papilio ennius, Dou. Ins. India, p. 59, pl. li. fig. 1 (1800).
Proteides helops, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 265 (1869) ;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 595 (1871).
Pamphila comus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxvii. p. 249
(1893).
Hab. West Africa. (Err. “ Surinam,” Cram.; “ In Indiis,”
Drury.)
308. A. wmargaritatTa, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 2.)
Proteides margaritata, Holl. Ent. News, vol. i. p. 155 (1890).
Hab. Valley of the Ogove.
I have been inclined to regard this species as identical with
A. comus, Cram. But an examination of specimens made for me
by my good friend Dr. S. H. Scudder, at Berlin and at the British
Museum, he having in his possession at the time the drawing which
is reproduced i in the Plate, casts a great doubt upon the correctness
of this view. Dr. Scudder says, ‘* Your margaritata is most cer-
tainly not the insect labelled helops=comus in the British Museum,
and is very doubtfully the insect known as comus, in the Museum
in Berlin.” I had sunk my name as a synonym until receiving
this opinion from my learned friend, who is recognized as a very
high authority in all such matters.
309. A. Bos, Saalm.
Hesperia bosee, Saalm, Lep. von Madgr. p. 105, pl.i. figs. 15, 16
(1884).
Proteices bose, Mab. Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 329, pl. lit.
figs. 10, 10 a (1887).
Hab. Madagascar.
309 a. A. sHELLEYI, Sharpe’.
Proteides shelleyi, EB. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. vi.
p. 349 (1890).
Hab. Fantee (Capt. Shelley).
__ 1 Unfortunately this species was by an oversight omitted when the MS. was
in preparation.
94 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,
Pioerrzia, Saalm.
(Systole, Mab.)
810.. P. amyeparis, Mab. !
Hesperia amygdalis, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 234.
Systole amyydalis, Mab., Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xviii.
p- 330, pl. li. figs. 6, 6a, 7 (1887).
Ploeizia amygdalis, Saalm. Lep. Madgr. vol. i. p. 115 (1884).
Hab. Madagascar.
311. P. Frana, Butl.
Proteides fiara, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1870, p. 503;
Stoudgr. Exot. Schmett. vol. ii. pl. 99 (1888).
Pamphila fiara, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 329 (1889).
Hab. South Africa.
812. P. DYSMEPHILA, Trim.
Pamphila dysmephila, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 96,
1. vi. fig. 10.
E Here mucored, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. vol. xviii. p. 178 (1892).
Hab. South Africa, Togoland.
Through the kindness of Dr. Karsch I have been permitted to
havea carefully drawn figure of his Hesperia mucorea executed by
Herr Prillwitz, and it proves upon comparison with typical speci-
mens of the male of P. dysmephila, received from Mr. Trimen, to
be the same. The absence of the white line upon the underside
of the secondaries, which is so conspicuous in the female, and is
brought out characteristically in the figure given by Mr. Trimen, is
calculated to mislead the student who is not aware of this differ-
ence in the marking of the sexes.
318. P. cerymica, Hew.
Hesperia cerymica, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Hesp. pl. ii. figs. 20,
21 (1867).
Carystus cerymica, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 591 (1871); Trim. 8. Afr.
Butt. vol. iii. p. 329, footnote (1889).
* Hab. Tropical West Africa,
Mr. Trimen is quite right in his surmise expressed on p. 329 of
the third vol. of his ‘8. African Butterflies.’ '
314, P. quavurna'ra, Mab.
- Pamphila quaternata, Mab. Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5)
vol. vi. pp. xxvi & 268 (1876).
Hab. Senegal (Mabille).
This species is stated by the author to be very closely allied to
P. dysmephila, Trim. The type was unique.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 95:
315. P. capronnicrti, Ploetz.
Hesperia capronniert, Ploetz, 8. BE. Z. vol. xl. p. 353 (1879),
vol. xlii. p. 326 (1882).
Proteides capronniert, Mab. Aun. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x.’
p- 33, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1890).
Hab. Aburi (Ploetz), Cameroons (Mabille).
This is a very distinct species. The female lacks the broad
white anterior margin on the upperside of the costal area of the
secondaries which is so conspicuous a feature in the male.
316. P. waren, Ploetz.
Hesperia weiglei, Ploetz, S. EB. Z. vel. xlvii. p. 90 (1886);
Moeschler, Abhandl. Senck. naturf. Ges., Bd. xy. p. 65, pl.i. fig. 18
1887).
‘ Pamphila weiglet, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 253
(1893).
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
Lam strongly inclined to think that this species is only a form
of P. cerymica, Hew.
317. P. NoBILIOR, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 2.)
Q@. The antenne are marked with white on the lower side of
the club. The body above and below and the wings upon the
upperside are tawny fuscous. The primaries are marked by four
waxen yellow translucent spots in the cell near its end, and by two
similar discal spots, one on either side of vein 3 near its origin.
Of the two spots in the cell the upper one is very small and the
lower is much larger, oval, produced. The two discal spots are
subquadrate, and the lower one is thrice the size of the upper one.
The cilia are paler than the body of the wing, and the costa is also
paler toward the base. On the underside both wings are rich
dark maroon, growing paler towards the outer margin. The:
nervules are more or less white and stand out distinctly upon the
darker ground, especially at their extremities on the primaries, and
in the case of veins 6, 7, and 8 on the secondaries. The triangular
space on the secondaries between veins 6 and 7 is perceptibly paler
than the rest of the wing. The translucent spots appear upon the
lower surface of the primaries as upon the upperside, and in
addition the inner margin of the primariesis pale testaceous. ‘The
secondaries have a minute white spot in the cell near its end, and
two similar white spots, one on either side of vein 2 about mid-
way between its origin and the outer margin.
Expanse 48 mm.
Hab. Lambarene, French Congo (Mocquerys).
The type is in the collection of Dr. Staudinger.
ACALLOPISTES, gen. nov.
Antenne slender, more than half as long as the costa of the
primaries; club about one fourth the length of the entire antenna,
suddenly enlarging and then gradually tapering to the tip, gently
96 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THR AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
recurved. The palpi are short, with the first and second joints
densely clothed with hairs, the third joint minute and almost
concealed by the vestiture of the second joint. The tibia are
clothed with long hairs, and those of the hind legs are armed with
Head and neuration of Acallopistes holocausta, Mab., 5. ¢.
donble terminal spurs. The anterior wings are subtriangular, with
the inner and outer margins subequal and straight. The costa is
evenly rounded, the apex is acute. The cell of the primaries is a
little less than two-thirds the length of the costa, with the upper
angle acute and the lower angle obtuse. Vein 12 reaches the costa
before the end of the cell; vein 5 is slightly nearer vein 4 than
vein 6; veins 6, 7, and 8 rise from about the upper angle of the
cell; vein 3 is twice as far from vein 2 as from vein 4; vein 2 is
equidistant between the base and vein 3. ‘The secondaries have the
costa relatively straight. ‘The outer margin is evenly rounded to the
extremity of vein 16, at which the wing is produced somewhat
sharply. The inner margin is gently rounded and somewhat
excavated before the base. The cell is less than half the distance
from the base to the outer margin. Vein 5 is distinct. Vein 2
arises beyond the middle of the lower margin of the cell, vein 3 a
’ little before its end. Vein 7 arises from well before the end of
the cell, and vein 8 twice as far from vein 7 as from the base.
- Type -A. holocausta, Mab.
The two species referable to this genus are moderately large
insects, uniformly dark in colour and without any conspicuous
markings.
318. A. Hotocausta, Mab. (Plate V. fig. 13.)
Erinota holocausta, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. cxi.
Hab, Cameroons (Mabille).
This insect is not an Erinota, nor in any way nearly related to
the insects properly included in that genus. 1 find it more closely
1896.) BUTTURFLINS OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 9%
allied to the insects belonging to that section of the genus ihopalo-
campta which contains R. unicolor, Mab., and Zz. libeon, Druce, but
thoroughly separate from them by reason of the different structure
of the palpi and the antenne.
319. A. pimipr1a, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 7.)
6. Antenne, body, and wings both above and below uniformly
dark brown, with a slight greenish sheen on the disc of the primaries
when viewed in strong sunlight. The palpi on the lower side are
orange-coloured. Expanse 40 mm.
Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys).
The type of this insect is contained in the collection of
Dr. Staudinger and is unique. Oncomparison with A. holocausta,
Mabille, the chief points of difference are the smaller size and the
more obscure colouring, for A. holoceusta has the primaries and
secondaries somewhat plentifully sprinkled with golden-orange
scales near the base, and the general coloration is brighter. There
is no doubt in my mind as to the specific distinctness of this form
upon com porieet The facies is quite distinct, though the species
are very closely related.
Ruoratooamera, Wallgr.
320. R. RAMANETEK, Boisd.
Thymele ramanetek, Boisd. Faune Entom. Madgr. p. 62, pl. ix.
fig. 3 (1833).
Ismene ramanetek, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 581 (1871); Mab.,
Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 326, pl. ll. figs. 2, 2@ (1887).
Rhopalocampta ramanetek, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Madagascar. i
321. R. untcotorn, Mab.
Ismene unicolor, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vii. p. xxxix
(1877); Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 230.
Hesperia unicolor, Trim. 8. Atr. Butt. vol. iti. p. 375.
Hab. South Africa, Western Africa as far north as Liberia.
Very common on the Ogové River.
322. R. Lipeon, Druce.
Ismene libeon, Druce, P. Z. 8S. 1875, p. 416.
Hesperia libeon, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 375.
Rhopalocampta libeon, Watson, P. Z.8. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Angola (Druce). : ,
Closely allied to 2. wnicolor, Mab.
323. BR. Brussauxi, Mab. - , hieraemtns
Ismene brussauxi, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. ccxxi.
'\Hab. French Congo (Mabille).
This species was described by Mons. Mabille from a defective
example. It-is evidently very near 2. hibeon and R. unicolor.
Proo. Zoon, Soo.—1896, No. VU. 7
98 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRIOAN (Jan. 14,
324. R. anponernis, Ploetz.
Ismene andonginis, Ploetz, 8S. BE. Z. vol. xlv. p. 60 (1884).
Hab. Angola (Pundo Ndongo) (Ploetz). :
I do not know this species in nature, but from the description
judge it to be very near R. wnicolor and J. libeon.
325, R. =zscuytus, Ploetz.
Ismene weschylus, Ploetz, 8. B. Z. vol. xlv. p. 65 (1884).
Hab. Senegal (Ploetz).
The description applies quite well to R. chalybe, Westw., in
everything except the colour of the fringes of the secondaries, which
are said to be white shading into orange at the anal angle, and the
head, which is said to be red. I do not know the species in nature.
326. R. pansa, Hewits.
Ismene pansa, Hewits. Exot. Butt. vol. iv. Ismene, pl. i. figs. 1, 2
(Jan. 1867).
Hesperia ernesti, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 274 (1867).
Ismene pansa, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 581 (1871); Saalm. Lep.
Madgr. p. 114, pl.i. figs. 12, 13 (1884); Mab., Grandid. Madgr.
vol. xviii. p. 325, pl. li. figs. 3, 3a (1887).
Lhopalocampta pansa, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Madagascar.
327. R. aNcuIsss, Gerst.
Ismene anchises, Gerst. Gliederth.-Fauna d. Sansibar-Gebiet.
p. 374, pl. xv. figs. 6, 6 a (1873). .
Ismene taranis, Wewits. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. 4th ser. vol. xviii.
p. 347 (1876).
Hesperia anchises, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 374 (1889);
(larva described) Matthew, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 428.
Rhopalocampta anchises, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. South Africa and Eastern Tropical Africa.
328. R. sucunDA, Butl.
Hesperia jucunda, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 179, pl. xviii. fig. 8.
Rhopalocampta jucunda, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Socotra (Balfour).
This is allied to R. anchises, Gerst.
329. R. FORESTAN, Cram. ;
Papilio forestan, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexci. figs. E, F
(1782). .
Ismene florestan, Trim. (part), Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 318
(1866).
Hesperia florestan, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 368, vol. i.
1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THD FAMILY HESPHRIID®. 99°
pl. ii. figs. 6, 6a (larva and chrysalis) (1889); (larva described)
Matthew, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 429.
Rhopalocampta forestan, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893.
The species is widely distributed in all the warm portions of the
continent south of the Sahara.
330. R. aARBoGASTHS, Guen.
Ismene arbogastes, Guen., Maill. Réunion, Ann. G, p. 19 (1833).
Thymele florestan, Boisd. Faune Entom. Madgr. p. 61 (1833).
Ismene margarita, But). Cist. Eutom. vol. ii. p. 359 (1879).
' Ismene arbogastes, Mab., Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 323, pl. li.
figs. 5, 5 a (1887).
Rhopalocampta arbogastes, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.
Ismene arbagastes, Kirby, Syn. Cat., Suppl. p. 819 (1877).
Hab. Madagascar, Reunion.
Mr. Kirby in his Supplement to his Synonymic Catalogue cites
Senegal as the habitat ot this species. Thisisanerror. The form
is very closely allied to Jt. forestan, and Mons. Mabille regards it
as probably merely an insular form of that species.
331. R. pistsvRatus, Fabr.
Hesperia pisistratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ti. 1, p. 345, no. 311
(1793); Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 371, pl. xii. fig. 10 (1889).
‘Rhopalocampta valmaran, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48.
Ismene florestan?, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 319 (1866).
Ismene pisistratus, Westw. (part.), Oates’ Matabele Land, App.
p. 352 (1881).
Ismene pisistratus, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 98 (1888).
Rhopalocampta pisistratus, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. South and West Africa.
This species is very closely allied to R. forestan, from which it
may be distinguished by the different shape of the white band on
the underside of the secondaries, and the three black spots at the
inferior termination of this band.
332. R. FaRvinDA, Butl.
Hesperia fervida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. v.
p. 339 (1880).
Ismene fervida, Mab., Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 324, pl. li.
figs. 4, 4 a (1887).
Rhopalocampta fervida, Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Madagascar:
333. R. xurrHioa, Waller.
Rhopalocampta keithloa, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857,
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48.
Ismene stella, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. vol. i. p. 287
(1862). . e |
100 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN [Jan. 14,
Ismene keithloa, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii, p. 317 (1866).
Hesperia keithloa, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii, p. 372, pl. xii.
fig. 9 (1889).
'Rhopalocampta keithloa, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. South Africa.
334, R. BooaGit, Sharpe.
- Rhopalocampta bocagii, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 557.
Hab. Island of St. Thomas, W. Africa.
This species is allied to R. keithloa, Wallgr., upon the underside,
but is distinguished by the bright metallic blue of the upperside.
335. R. RaTex, Boisd.
Liye vatek, Boisd. Faune Entom. Mader. p. 61, pl. ix. fig. 1
(1833).
Ismene ratek, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. i, p. 317 (1862);
Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 581 (1871); Mabille, Grandid. Madgr.
vol. xviii. p. 326, pl. li. figs. 2, 2a (1887).
Hesperia ratek, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 373 (1889).
Rhopalocampta ratek, Watson, P. Z. 8, 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Madagascar,
Mr. Trimen calls attention in the last volume of his work on
South-African Butterflies to the fact that this species was erro-
neously cited in his former treatise as a South-African form, It
is apparently confined to Madagascar.
836, RK. Hanno, Ploetz.
I. hanno, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 363 (1879), vol. xlv. p. 63
(1884); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 266 (1893).
Hab. Guinea, Valley of Ogové River.
The insect identified as 2. hanno by Mons. Mabille, and figured
in the ‘Novitates Lepidopterologica,’ is R. necho, Ploetz, as has
been pointed out by Dr. Karsch. f. hanno is much nearer to, if
not identical with, H. seyuncta, Mab.
3837. R. nucuo, Ploetz.
- Ismene necho, Ploetz, S. B. Z. vol, xlv. p, 63 (1884).
TIsmene hanno, Mab., Vuill. Novit. Lep. fase. ili. p. 18, pl. iii. fig, 1
(1891),
Tsmene necho, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. yol. xxxviii. p, 266
(1893). :
Hab. Cameroons, Valley of Ogove.
Mon. Mabille has given us an excellent figure of this species,
which he has in error referred to R. hanno, Ploetz. The difference
is very marked on the underside of the primaries of the two species,
which in 2. necho are light on the inner margin and beyond the end
of the cell, and in 2. hanno are dark, as in Lt. seguncta, which I am
inclined to regard as identical with R. hanno.
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPERIID. 101
338, R. seyuNoTA, Mab.
Ismene sejuncta, Mab., Vuill. Novit. Lepid. fase. iii. p. 19, pl. iii.
fig. 2 (1891).
Hab. Usagara (Mab.).
Except for the slightly more extended yellowish area on the
upperside of the secondaries at the base, this species as figured by
Mabille is almost the counterpart of specimens clearly referable to
hanno, Ploetz.
339. KR. TANoRED, Ploetz.
Ismene tancred, Ploetz, 8. EH. Z. vol. xlv. p. 62 (1884).
Hab, Natal.
This species, judging from the description, may be referred to
either of the foregoing forms. It fits hanno, necho, and sejuncia
equally well.
340. R. Brxa, Linn.
Papilio bixc, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 485 (1758); Mus. Ulr.
p. 335 (1764); Clerck, Icones, pl. 42. a 4 (1764); Linn. Syst.
Nat. ed. xii. p. 795 (1767).
Ismene bixe, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 582 (part.) (1871); Auriy.
Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xix. no. 5, p. 122 (1882). ,
Rhopalocampta biae, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Tropical Western Africa.
341. R. cHanysBn, Westw.
Ismene chalybe, Westw., Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. a:
fig. 2 (1852).
Papilio bixe, Don. Nat. Rep. pl. elxv. (1826).
Ismene bixe, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 582 (part.) (1871).
Rhopalocampta chalybe, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 129.
Hesperia (Ismene) chalybe, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. XXXVIii.
p. 265 (1893).
Hee Tropical Western Africa from the Ogové River to Togs:
land.
342, R. suno, Ploetz.
Ismene juno, Ploetz, 8, E. Z. vol. xl. p. 364 (1879), vol. xlv.
p. 66 (1884).
Hab. Cameroons.
This species appears at first sight to be a diminutive form of
R. iphis.
343. R, 1PH18, Dru.
Papilio iphis, Dru. Ill. Exot. Ent. vol. ii. pl. xv. figs. 3, 4
(1773).
Papilio phidias, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 244. figs. A, B (1782).
- Papilio jupiter, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 87 (1787).
Hesperia Jupiter, Latr, Enc. Meth, ix. p. 733 (1823),
102 DE. W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRIOAN [Jan. 14,
Ismene iphis, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 582 (1871) ; ‘(larva described)
Kolbe, Ent. Nachr. vol. xiii. p. 17 (1887).
Rhopalocampta iphis, Watson, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1893, p. 129.
Hab. Tropical West Africa.
SPECIES INOBRT# SEDIS.
344, Pampniua aures, Mab. OC. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxvii.
p. Ixiv.
Hab. East Africa.
I have been unable to ascertain anything in reference to this
species beyond what is stated in the description, and cannot from
that approximate its true location. I do not recognize it from
the account given by the author among the species before me in
‘nature.
345. PaMpniua consssa, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)
vol. xix. p. 76.
Hab, Angola.
The type of this insect cannot be found in the Hewitson
collection, nor does it appear in Kirby’s List of that collection.
I have been unable to recognize it in nature from the brief
diagnosis given by the author. It does not appear to be known
to any of my correspondents.
346. Huspmria scnuuzi, Ploetz, 8S. B. Z. vol. xliii. p. 326.
Hab. Angola.
The location of this species between cerymica, Hew., and
capronniert, Ploetz, by its author would seem to imply that it is
closely related to these, and if so it would probably fall in the
genus Ploetzia. In the absence, however, of any more definite
clue, I leave it among the species the location of which is
uncertain.
SPECIES POSSIBLY HRRONHOUSLY REFERRED TO THR ATRIOAN FAUNA.
347. Husprria nwaso, Fabr.
? East Indian (vide Butler, Catalogue of Fabrician Diurnal
Lepidoptera, p. 271)..
348, HEsPERIA MANGO, Guen.
Hesperia manga, Guen. Vinson’s Voyage Madgr. Lep., p. 40
(S.-American).
349. HusPmria propiovs, Stoll, Supplément A Cramer’s Papillons
Exotiques, pl. xxxili. fig. 6 (1791).
The figure suggests H. cretacea, Snell., 2 , more nearly than any
other African species, but if it was intended for this it is certainly
very crude. The habitat is given by Stoll as the Cape of Good
Hope. Mr. Trimen ignores the species in his various works upon
1896. BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 103
the Butterflies of that region, and no doubt very properly. I have
no certain clue to its identity, but think it very probable that it is
South-American. ;
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats I,
‘Fig. 1. Gamia galua, Holl., g, p. 84.
2. Artitropa margaritata, Holl., g, p. 93.
3. Cenides balenge, Holl., 2, p. 91.
4. » maracanda, Hew., J, p. 88.
5. Hidari iricolor, Holl., 3, p. 82.
6. Cyolemides anomeus, Ploetz, p. 50.
7. Platylesches galesa, Hew., ¢, p. 72.
8. Baoris nyasse, Hew., 2, p. 70.
9. Caenides soritia, Hew., 3, p. 87.
10. » _ kangvensis, Holl., 3, p. 87.
11. Hesperia colotes, Druce, ¢, p. 25.
12. Cenides cylinda, Hew., 5, p. 89.
13. » benga, Holl, J, p. 89.
» laceda, Hew., 9, p. 91.
16. Hidari laterculus, Holl., 6, p. 82.
Puarte II.
Fig. 1. Cenides binoevatus, Mab., dg, p. 88.
2. » @acela, Hew., 5, p. 84.
3. Hidari cenira, Hew., 2, p. 82.
4. Parnara (?) ursula, Holl., d, p. 64.
5. Cneides leonora, Ploetz, 5, p. 88.
6. Gorgyra johnstonz, Butl., g, p. 32.
7. Acleros ploetzi, Mab., 5, p. 29.
8. Sarangesa astrigera, Butl., p. 6.
9. Gastrocheta meza, Hew., 5, p. 38.
10. Sarangesa lugens, Rogenhfr., ¢',p. 5.
11. Gorgyra subfacatus, Mab., 3, p. 33.
12. Platylesches nigerrima, Butl., 5, p. 73.
13. Baoris xylos, Mab., 3, p. 67.
14. Semalea pulvina, Ploetz, ¢, p. 65.
15. Platylesches nigricans, Holl., g, p. 78.
16. Kedestes fenestratus, Butl., p. 56.
17. Hopeless (?) enantia, Karsch, p. 47.
atreus johnstonii, Butl., p. 74. 4
19. Acleros placidus, Ploetz, 5, p. 29.
20. Baoris arela, Mab., 3, p. 68.
21. ,, alberti, Holl., 3, p. 67.
22. Sarangesa lucidella, Mab., 3, p. 7.
23, Andronymus neander, Ploetz, ¢, p. 82.
Prats II.
Fig. 1. Celenorhinus boadicea, Hew., gd, p. 14.
. “ medetrina, Hew., p. 12.
5 biseriata, Hew., 3, p. 13.
> 69 bo
fe maculata, Hpsn., 5, p. 13.
. 5 chrysoglossa, Mab., ¢, p. 14.
6. Padraona zeno, Trim., 3, p. 59.
. 7. Pardaleodes xanthias, Mab., 3, p. 78.
8. Rhabdomantis galatia, Hew., 9, p. 45.
9.. Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl., g, p. 76,
10. Zeinorhinus watsoni, Holl., p- 40.
104
Fig.
Fig.
DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THH AFRIOAN
11. Oxypalpus annulifer, Holl., 3, p. 39.
12. ce ignita, Mab., ¢, p. 39.
13. i. ruso, Mab., p. 39.
14. Ceratrichia flava, Hew., 3, p. 79.
15. Rhabdomantis galatia, Hew., 3, p. 45.
16. Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl., 9, p. 76.
17. Prosopalpus duplex, Mab., p. 54.
18. Pardaleodes.reichenowi, Ploetz, 9, p. 76.
19. Parnara micans, Holl., g, p. 63.
20. Osmodes staudingeri, Holl., 9 , p. 42.
21. Pardaleodes bule, Holl., § 2, p. 76.
Prats IV.
1. Osmodes loronia, Hew., 40.
” ” . 40.
3. = thora, Ploetz, 5, p. 40.
4 p thops, Holl., 3, p. 43.
5. a thora, Ploetz, 2, p. 40.
6. ‘i thops, Holl., 9, p. 43. °°
7. es chrysauge, Mab., g, p. 41.
8. Saranyesa aurimargo, Holl., 3, p. 8.
. Osmodes bang-haasii, Holl., ¢, p. 42.
10S. adosus, Mab., g,p. 41.
1l. Parnara subochracea, Holl., 3, p. 63.
12. Pardaleodes parcus, Karsch, ¢, p. 77.
= astrape, Holl. “
13. Osmodes adon, Mab., ¢, p. 41.
14. Pardaleodes xanthioides, Fr
15. Osmodes adon, Mab., °, p. 41.
16. i distincta, Holl., 3, p. 43.
18. ” ” ” g »?P. 35.
19. Pardaleodes sierre, Holl., 3, p. 78.
20. Semalea nox, Mab., 3, p. 66.
21. Trichosemeia (?) hereus, Druce, p. 16.
22. Kedestes (?) lentiginosa, Holl., 9, p. 66.
23, Osmodes lux, Holl., ¢, p. 42.
24. Gorgyra minima, Holl., g, p. 33.
25. Osmodes lux, Holl., 9, p. 42.
N=}
Puate V.
1. Christoneura apicalis, Mab., 3, p. 83.
2. Ploetzia nobilior, Holl., 2, p. 95.
3. Sarangesa theclides, Holl., 3, p. 8.’
4, Eagris fuscosa, Holl., 9, p. 18.
5. Cenides zaremba, Ploetz, 3, p. 91.
6. Baoris statirides, Holl., 3, p. 69.
7. Acallopistes dimidia, Holl., g, p. 97.
8. Eagris denuba, Ploetz, 3, p. 17.
9. Sarangesa eliminuta, Holl., ¢,p. 9.
10. Gorgyra mocquerysii, Holl., $, p. 33.
11. Platylesches amadhu, Mab., 3, p. 73.
12. Abantis efulensis, Holl., ¢, p. 21.
13. Acallopistes holocausta, Mab., ¢, p. 96.
14. Sarangesa thecla, Ploetz, 3, p. 8.
15. Trichosemeia subolivescens, Holl., d, p. 15.
16. Gorgyra subflavidus, Holl., g, p. 34.
17. Baorrs ilias, Ploetz, 3, p. 67.
18, Cenides podora, Ploeiz, 9, p. 86.
= Cenides dacela, Hew., 2.
oll., S, p. 78.
(Jan. 14,
1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 105
APPENDIX.
List of the Specific Names which have been applied to the Hesperiidee
of Africa, which are cited in the foregoing paper.
The numbers following the names refer to the serial numbers
prefixed to the species. Names sunk as synonyms are printed in
italics. Where a name has been used correctly and also incor-
rectly applied to another species as a synonym it is placed twice
in the list in order to facilitate reference.
abjecta, 157.
abscondita, 89.
abure, 115.
acteon, 198.
adelica, 61.
adon, 134.
adosus, 136.
egipan, 153.
seschylus, 325.
agylla, 81.
alberti, 226.
albigutta, 202.
albirostris, 210.
albiventris, 122.
alces, 95.
ali, 91.
alveus, 93.
amadhu, 252.
amaponda, 39.
amena, 169.
amygdalis, 310.
anchiises, 327.
andonginis, 324.
andrachne, 62.
annulifer, 129,
anommus, 163.
npicalis, 283.
arbagastes, 330.
arbogastes, 330.
arela, 227.
aretina, 21.
argenteipuncta, 136.
argenteo-gutta, 165.
argenteostriatus, 155.
argyrodes, 228.
argyrospila, 273.
argyrosticta, 273.
ariel, 263.
asterodia, 79.
astrape, 262.
astrigera, 6.
atratus, 32.
atratus, 83.
atrio, 275.
aures, 344,
aurimargo, 19.
ayresii, 246.
balenge, 303,
bang-haasii, 139,
barbere, 191.
basistriga, 286.
batange, 253.
batea, 126.
bauri, 243.
benga, 294.
bernieri, 173.
bicolor, 67.
bicuta, 182.
biguttulus, 111.
binoevatus, 291.
biseriata, 31.
bismarcki, 66.
bixe, 340.
bixe, 341.
boadicea, 33.
bocagii, 334. ©
borbonica, 212.
borbonica, 221. .
bosese, 309).
bouvieri, 15.
brevicornis, 201.
brigida, 44.
brunneostriga, 167.
brussauxi, 323.
bubovi, 126.
buchholtzi, 286.
bule, 261.
crenira, 279.
caffraria, 221.
callicles, 190.
calpis, 279, 295.
camerona, 149.
canopus, 62. _
capenas, 186.
capronnieri, 315.
carbo, 219.
cariute, 182.
carmides, 100.
eatocalinus, 104.
cerymica, 313,
chaca, 187.
chalybe, 341.
chameleon, 251.
charita, 273.
cheles, 154.
chersiag, 184.
chirala, 106.
chrysauge, 135.
chrysoglossa, 34.
cinerea, 221.
coanza, 257.
cqjo, 236.
colattus, 207.
collucens, 32.
colotes, 86.
comus, 307.
corduba, 298,
coroller, 183.
corvinus, 274.
cretadea, 149,
cybeutes, 127.
cylinda, 295.
dacela, 287.
dacena, 296.
dannatti, 49.
debilis, 181.
decastigma, 64.
decolor, 68.
denuba, 58.
derbice, 186.
detecta, 215.
dimidia, 319.
diomus, 77.
diomus, 78.
dispar, 174.
distincta, 140.
ditissimus, 284,
diversata, 115.
diversata, 116.
djeleelee, 1.
lus, 122.
dromus, 74,
duplex, 180.
dysmephila, 312.
edipus, 256.
efulensis, 70.
elegans, 208.
elegantula, 69.
eliminata, 18.
ellipsis, 213.
elma, 96.
elmina, 35.
empyreus, 98,
106
empyreus, 99.
enantia, 150.
ennius, 307.
erinnys, 306.
ernesti, 326.
euryspila, 233.
evander, 276.
exprompta, 5.
falatius, 215.
fan, 270.
fastuosus, 99.
fatuellus, 221.
fatuellus, 212.
fenestratus, 194.
ferox, 78.
fervida, 332.
Festus, 259.
flara, 311.
flava, 273.
flavus, 196.
flesus, 47.
florestan, 329.
forestan, 329.
formosus, 158,
fulgens, 26.
Jurvus, 157.
fuscosa, 55.
galatia, 142.
galena, 26.
galenus, 26.
galesa, 249.
galua, 284.
gambica, 204.
gemella, 213.
gillias, 102.
gisgon, 128.
gonessa, 345.
grandiplaga, 247.
grisea, 7.
hamza, 199.
hanno, 336.
hanno, 337.
harona, 145,
havei, 208.
helops, 307.
hereus, 45,
herilus, 258.
heterochrus, 116.
heterogyna, 61.
heterophyla, 252.
hoehneli, 31.
holocausta, 318.
holtzii, 245.
homeyeri, 38.
hottentota, 201.
hova, 103.
howa, 103.
humbloti, 37.
hyalinata, 52,
DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRIOAN
ibara, 208.
icteria, 144,
ignita, 128.
ilerda, 300.
iliag, 224.
ilustris, 28.
incerta, 257.
inconspicua, 208.
indusiata, 123.
inornatus, 162.
instabilis, 114.
insularis, 48.
interniplaga, 29.
iphis, 343.
iricolor, 281.
jamesoni, 57.
Johnstoni, 117.
johnstonii, 255.
jucunda, 328.
juno, 342.
jupiter, 343.
kangvensis, 289,
keithloa, 333.
kingdoni, 102.
kobela, 25.
lacida, 301.
lacteus, 49.
lelius, 24.
laronia, 132.
laterculus, 280.
laufella, 282.
leander, 277.
lefebvrii, 200.
lentiginosa, 195,
leonora, 292.
lepeletierii, 161.
lepenula, 184.
letterstedti, 201.
leucogaster, 71.
leucophxa, 230.
leucopogon, 296.
leucopyga, 107.
leucopygus, 108.
lewcosoma, 149.
leuzex, 92.
levubu, 72.
libeon, 322,
ligora, 265.
limpopana, 152.
linea, 196.
lineola, 197.
lodra, 209.
lucens, 33.
lucetia, 59.
lucidella, 10.
luehderi, 40.
lugens, 2, 228.
lux, 137.
lynx, 177,
mabea, 229.
mabillei, 125.
mackenii, 109.
macomo, 185.
macrostictus, 36,
maculata, 20, 30.
mafa, 82.
ajorelles 9.
malchus, 101.
malgacha, 152.
malthina, 233.
mango, 348.
maracanda, 290.
marchalii, 222.
margarita, 330.
margaritata, 308.
massiva, 298.
mathias, 208.
medetrina, 29,
melancholica, 53.
melania, 3.
melphis, 232.
meninx, 155.
metis, 151.
meza, 126.
micacea, 7.
micans, 217.
micipsa, 208.
midas, 160,
midea, 97.
minent, 178.
minima, 119.
mirza, 172.
mocquerysii, 120.
mohopaani, 208.
mohozutza, 189.
mokeezi, 140.
monasi, 237.
monochromus, 164.
morantii, 143.
moritili, 248.
morosa, 2.
motozi, 11.
motozi, 9.
motozioides, 12.
motozioides, 15,
mucorea, 312,
murga, 244,
namaquana, 64,
nanus, 84,
naso, 347.
neander, 278,
neba, 248.
necho, 337.
neoba, 241,
nerva, 18,
netopha, 236.
nigerrima, 250.
nigricans, 254,
niso, 201.
niveicornis, 240, -
(Jan. 14,
1896.] BUTTHRELINS OF THD FAMILY HESPHRIID AM. ‘107
niveostriga, 193.
nobilior, 317.
nora, 87.
nostrodamus, 200.
nothus, 271.
nottoana, 53.
nox, 220.
nyass@, 236.
nydia, 287.
obumbrata, 202.
occulta, 205.
octofenestrata, 208.
ogowena, 146,
oileus, 94.
olaus, 113.
onopordii, 93.
ophion, 47, 48.
ophiusa, 148.
ophthalmica, 21.
orma, 297.
pallida, 127.
pansa, 326.
paola, 166.
paradisea, 64.
parcus, 262.
pardalina, 171.
pardalinus, 171.
parcechus, 105.
pato, 11.
perpaupera, 4.
pertusa, 14.
phidias, 343.
phidyle, 176.
philander, 276.
philotimus, 23.
phoceus, 272.
phocion, 272.
phyllophila, 56.
picanini, 247.
pillaana, 61.
pisistratus, 331.
placidus, 110.
plistonicus, 22.
ploetzi, 75, 108.
podora, 287.
poutieri, 214,
prodicus, 349.
producta, 278.
proto, 90.
proxima, 35, 305.
pulvina, 219.
pumilio, 200.
punctulata, 179.
pusiella, 264.
pygmeus, 200.
pyrosa, 128.
quadrisignatus, 159.
quaterna, 43.
quaternata, 314,
radama, 170.
ramanatek, 320.
ranoha, 1438,
rara, 60.
ratek, 335.
rega, 268.
reichenowi, 259.
rhabdophorus, 142,
rhadama, 170.
romi, 168.
roncilgonis, 236.
rubescens, 124.
rufipuncta, 239,
ruralis, 295.
ruso, 130.
rutilans, 27.
sabadius, 52.
sabadius, 63.
saclavus, 175.
samborana, 50.
sandaster, 83.
sandaster, 78.
sataspes, 76.
sataspes, 84.
sator, 256.
schulzi, 346.
secessus, 85.
sejuncta, 338.
semialba, 16.
semilutea, 272.
sextilis, 304.
shelleyi, 309 a.
sierrm, 269.
sinnis, 210.
smithii, 51.
soritia, 288.
sosia, 142.
spio, 75.
spio, 73.
splendens, 207.
statira, 234.
statirides, 235.
staudingeri, 138.
stella, 333.
stellata, 178.
stoehri, 293.
subalbida, 46.
subfacatus, 118.
subfiavidus, 121,
subnotata, 239.
subochracea, 216.
subolivesceng, 41.
substrigata, 112.
synastalmenus, 13,
syrinx, 156.
tancred, 339.
tarace, 238.
taranis, 327.
tergemira, 27.
tetrastigma, 42,
tettensis, 63.
thaumas, 196.
thecla, 16.
theclides, 17.
thersander, 265.
thops, 141.
thora, 133.
thrax, 208.
titanota, 147.
transvaalim, 80.
tricerata, 8.
trimeni, 65.
tripunctata, 147,
teita, 164.
tucusa, 188.
umvulensis, 68.
wmbra, 1.
unicolor, 321.
uniformis, 157.
unistriga, 231.
ursula, 218.
valmaran, 331.
varia, 126.
venosa, 68.
venula, 196.
vibius, 268.
vindex, 73, 78.
violascens, 297.
virgula, 197.
waga, 299.
wallongrenii, 192.
wambo, 211.
watsoni, 131.
watsont, 206.
weiglei, 316.
weymeri, 210.
willemi, 154.
woermanni, 27.
santhargyra, 292,
xanthias, 266.
xanthioides, 267.
xantho, 288.
xanthopeplus, 260.
xychus, 288.
xylos, 225.
ypsilon, 101.
zaira, 88.
zambesiaca, 6D.
zambesina, 65.
zaremba, 302.
zeno, 206.
zephora, 242.
zimbazo, 144.
zintgraffi, 284
108 DR. A. @. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
2. On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard
Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between the Months of January
and April 1895. By Arruur G. Burier, Ph.D.,
F.L.S., &e.
(Plate VI.)
[Received December 11, 1895.}
Many of the specimens in the present consignment from
Mr. Crawshay, who remains for the present at his station, Deep
Bay, on the west coast of Lake Nyasa’, were obtained at con-
siderable altitudes, and therefore are of special interest. The only
surprising thing is that comparatively few of the species prove to
be undescribed, though some of the novelties which are in the
collection are of exceptional interest, such as a Neptis represent-
ing a new section in the genus, a pure white species of Hyreus, a
Mylothris which marvellously resembles Phrissura lasti, and a very
beautiful new species of Melittia. Nine species altogether are
described as new.
The novelties are, however, not the only species of interest in
this collection, for it contains the rare Satyrid Aphysonewria
pigmentaria, previously unrepresented in the Museum ; a variety
of Acrea johnstont, which we required; the female of Acrea
vinidia, var. tenella; specimens of A. anacreon tending to link it to
A, bomba (a seasonal form of it) ; a second example of A. periphanes
(seasonal form of A. guillemei); examples of Alena nyasse,
proving that I was correct in speaking of the buff form as a
variety; specimens of Catochrysops glauca, a very beautiful
Lycenid new to the Museum series; the trie female of Castalius
lintza, proving my C. resplendens to be a distinct species ; specimens
of Durbania hildegarda, of which we previously only possessed
one poor example; Larinopoda peucetia, of which the type alone
existed in the Hewitson cabinets; examples of Uranothauma
crawshayt in both sexes; the female of EHpamera sidus, new to the
collection ; both sexes of Teracolus opalescens ; the male of 7. mutans,
which was previously unknown; variations of Cyclopides quadri-
signatus; the female of the rare Hesperid Kedestes capenas;
specimens of Padraona watsont, linking that species to P. zeno;
and the male of JIcterodes roscovittata, which was previously
undescribed.
As with other collections obtained by Mr. Crawshay, most of
the specimens are in good condition, and therefore easily identified :
with the exception of two or three specimens (the descriptive notes
of which may have been lost when they were mounted, or may
never have been written on the envelopes) all were carefully
labelled with the exact locality, date of capture, a popular name
1 About 10° 50'S, lat. See map attached to Sir H. H. Johnston’s paper,
Geogr. Journ, v. p. 193 (1895). vie
PZ51896.Plate VI
EC.Knight del.et hth. West Newman chromo
New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land.
1896.} FROM NYASA-LAND. 109
descriptive of the insect, and any other note of interest which
occurred to Mr. Crawshay at the time.
The following is a list of the species in this consignment :—
RHOPALOOBRA.
1. NHOOANYRA YPTHIMOIDES.
Neocenyra ypthimoides, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 646.
3, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, 5th April,
1895.
Q, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
The male is noted as ‘ Black Ringlet” and the female as “ Black
Ringlet. with eyes,” the ocelli being larger in this sex.
2. SAMANTA PHRSPIOUA.
Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1873,
p. 104, pl. i. fig. 3.
@, Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.
¢ , Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd.
“ Dusky Ringlet” (2. C.).
3. MYOALBSIS RHACOTIS.
Mycalesis rhacotis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Myc. pl. viii. fig. 50
(1866).
3 6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyika, Feb. 1st, 1895.
“ Black Ringlet” (J?. C.).
4, PHYSOZNURA PIONR.
Q. Physcenura pione, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix.
figs. 2,3; ¢. Trimen, l. c. 1894, p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 1.
e Q. Periplysia johnstoni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 647, pl. Ix.
fig. 1, ¢.
° 9, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, west coast of Lake Nyasa,
April 3rd, 1895.
“ Black and white Heath” (2. C.).
5, YPTHIMA DOLETA, var.
Ypthima doleta, Kirby, Proc. Royal Dubl. Soc. 1879, separate
copy p. 44.
do, Henga, W. of Lake Nyika, Feb. Ist, 1895.
‘“‘ Brindled Heath ” (R. C.).
A single male, probably representing the dry-season form of
this species; it differs chiefly from the typical form in its inferior
size and the minute ocelli of the under surface.
6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMENTARIA.
Aphysoneuria pigmentaria, Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xx. p. 191
(June 1894). ;
Rhaphiceropsis pringlei, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. S. (Aug. 1894),
pe 336, pl. xix. figs. 1, 2.
110 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,
Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th and 11th, 1895.
This species is new to the Museum series; two examples were
obtained, one in very good condition, the other somewhat worn.
Mr. Crawshay calls it the “ Black-and-white Glade Butterfly.”
7. CHARAXES DRUCHANUS.
Charazes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p.4 (Oct. 1869); Lep.
Exot. p. 26, pl. x. fig. 4.
d, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
The single specimen obtained is the most perfect I have ever
seen, but its chief interest lies in the fact that the markings on
the under surface of the wings are somewhat aberrant; the
differences, if constant, would serve to distinguish it as a species,
but the female received from Zomba shows transitional characters.
Mr. Crawshay notes this as the “‘ Burnt-umber and Silver Swallow-
tail,” but it is one of the “ Emperor” group.
8. JUNONIA SESAMUS.
Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. iv. fig. 3
(1887).
Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, March 1895 (taken by
M. Moffat, Esq., of the Livingstone Mission); Cheni-Cheni Mt.,
6480 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th; Kambwiyi, 3800 feet alt.,
Lower Nyika, April 20th.
“ Violet, scarlet, and black Tortoiseshell ” (22. C.).
9. JUNONIA OHAPUNGA.
Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pl. i. figs. 2,3
(1864),
3, Nyankowa Mt., 5576 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
“ Black scarlet-beaded Admiral” (2. C.).
10. JUNONIA TRIMENTI.
Junonia trimenii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 4.
@, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, W. of Lake Nyasa,
Feb. 4th, 1895.
“ Salmon-coloured Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
11. JUNONIA SIMIA.
Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Hand).
1857, p. 26.
3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd,
1895.
Small Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
12, JUNONIA OALESOBNS.
Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 652.
3g, Watisi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.
“ Scarlet and black Tortoiseshell ” (22. C.).
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 111
13. JUNONIA OBRYNE.
Salamis ceryne, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 46 6 (1838).
od od, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
« British (!) Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
The trivial name is a curious one; there is certainly no British
species of Junonia: memory is a treacherous reed to lean upon.
14. JUNONIA AURORINA.
Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 3.
g, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 5th, 1895.
‘¢ Black and orange Tortoiseshell” (2%. C.).
Prof. Aurivillius considers that J. aurorina, J. milonia=kowara,
J. sinuata, and J. tugela may all be races or local forms of one
species. This is one of the very few points in which I differ from
this admirable Lepidopterist. I think it possible that J. milonia
and J. stnuata may be seasonal forms of one species, and J. tugela
and J. aurorina of another allied species; but I do not see my
way at present to uniting the western and eastern species, which
appear to be constant. Prof. Aurivillius proposes to regard
J. pyriformis as a fifth development of the species, but as both the
western and eastern forms are already provided with probable dry
and wet-season races it would be puzzling to discover under what
category to place this singularly formed type: that it is constant
in its proper locality seems to be demonstrated conclusively by
our seven examples; but it is not safe to dogmatize about the
constancy of African Lepidoptera, and therefore I do not say that
transitional links will not be discovered, which may eventually
unite it to J. aurorina, though, at present, I do not believe that
such links exist.
15. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.
Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexxxviii. A, B (1782).
6 6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. Ist, 1895.
‘« Hirsute underwinged Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).
- 16. JUNONIA BLGIVA.
- Junonia elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pl. i. fig. 1 (1864).
do, Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.
*Old-gold and black Admiral” (2. C.).
17. JUNONIA BOOPIS.
Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,-1879, p. 331.
6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. Ist, 1895.
‘¢ Blue underwinged Admiral ” (R. C.).
18. JUNONIA OHBRENE,
_ Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.
é 6, Henga, Jan. 25th, and Ngerenge, Feb. 24th.
_ “ Light brown and black Admiral” (2. C.).
112 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
19. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.
Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761).
3, Chilindi (8 miles S. of Karonga), W. coast of Lake Nyasa,
March Ist, 1895.
“Painted Lady” (R. C.).
20. HYPANARTIA SOH@NEIA,
Eurema scheneia, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329.
3, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 ft. alt., April 9th, 1895.
“ Scarlet Admiral” (2. C.).
The colouring of Hypanartia must be very fugitive ; for speci-
mens never come to hand with scarlet: bands. As I have already
suggested, this will probably prove to be a seasonal form of
H, hippomenes.
21, PsHUDARGYNNIS HEGEMONE.
Argynnis hegemone, Godart. Ene. Meth. ix. p. 258 (1819).
Jaera duodecimpunctata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 2nd ser. part 7,
pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1872).
6, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, April 5th;
9, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., April 11th, 1895.
“Silver-tipped Fritillary. 9 full of bright green eggs” (#. C.).
Nyasa-land appears to be the headquarters of this rare butterfly,
which for many years was unrepresented in the Museum collection ;
it never comes in numbers, but collections from Nyasa usually
contain one or, rarely, two examples, and, as a rule, of the male
sex.
22. HaAMANUMIDA DA&DALUS.
Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).
3, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
' “Dark grey and white Fritillary ” (2. C.).
23. NEPTIS AGATHA.
Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).
d, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 30th; 9, Cheni-Cheni
Mt., 5700 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th, 1895.
“ White Admiral. @ full of bright green ova” (2. C.).
24, Nupris InconeRuA, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)
@. Upper surface dark olivaceous brown, the fringes black at
the extremities of the veins, white between them; primaries with
a minute subcostal white point near the end of the cell, two
(elongated) immediately beyond the cell, and a fourth below the
latter in the lower radial interspace; seven white spots in three
groups crossing the dise much as in NV. marpessa—three subapical
(the first small), two on the median interspaces, and two, separated
by the submedian vein, near externul angle: secondaries crossed
beyond the middle by a tolerably regular white belt, separated by
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 113
the nervures into eight spots, the first of which is smallest: body
black; head, collar, and front of pterygodes spotted with white.
Under surface much paler than above, bronze-brown, with a paler
triangular patch at centre of outer margin of all the wings, and
with the costal area of secondaries paler to just beyond the white
belt; primaries with three white spots forming an elongated
triangle in the cell, four in a semicircle beyond the cell, and seven
crossing the disc as above, but larger; belt of secondaries as
above; pectus black, spotted with white and clothed with tawny
hair; venter fuliginous, with sordid white central stripe; legs
striped with white longitudinally, Fxpanse of wings 59 millim.
Kantorongondo Mt., 15,900 fect alt., Nyika, April 15th, 1895.
“ Black and white Admiral. Grass-green ova” (Zt. C.).
This extraordinary species is represented by a single example,
the wings of which on one side are badly shattered ; it does not
appear to be nearly related to any other species in the genus, but
perhaps should form a distinct section next to N. marpessa,
though in some respects it more nearly resembles the Australian
NN. shepherdi.
25. ATBLLA COLUMBINA.
Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ecxxxviii, A. B;
y. pl. ceexxxvil. D, E (1782).
6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 28th, 1895.
“Common old-gold Fritillary ” (2. C.).
i
=
26. BYBLIA VULGARIS.
Hypanis ilithyia, var. vulgaris, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett.
p. 106.
3, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.
“ Reddish-brown Wall” (22. C.).
This is the form which I have hitherto regarded as B. acheloza ;
but Prof. Aurivillius has pointed out to me that B. cora is that
race, a much rarer form, having the under surface of the second-
aries belted with dull reddish argillaceous. B. vulgaris differs very
little from B. goetzius of Herbst. The species of Acraine in the
present collection are, as usual in African series, well represented,
and in the present instance are of exceptional interest to us.
27. ACRZA JOUNSTONI.
3. Acrea johnstont, Godman, P. Z.8. 1885, p. 5387; 2. Butler,
P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.
Var. semialbescens, Oberth. :
6 6, Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th ; Kondowi, 4110 feet
alt., Lower Nyika, April 12th, 1895.
Var. flavescens=kilimandjara, Oberth. :
3s 6, Kondowi, April 6th and 12th, 1895.
“ Black and white Fritillary. Vlies high, generally far out of
reach ” (J?. C.). :
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1896, No. VIII. &
114 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
No two examples of this species are absolutely alike, and thus
the unfortunate creature has received the following names since
Mr. Godman first made it known :—M. Oberthiir calls it A. pro-
teina, flavescens, semifulvescens, fulvescens, and semialbescens ; Herr
Rogenhofer calls it A. telekiana, confusa, and fallaw ; and Herr
Karsch denominates it A. octobalia: the species thus has ten
names; it divides itself very vaguely into four varieties, as
follows :—
1. A. johnstoni, in which the sexes differ greatly ; the typical
male is described by M. Oberthiir as .A. semifulvescens, and the
typical female as A. proteina.
2. A. fulvescens, Oberth.= A. telekiana, Rghfr.
3. A. semialbescens, Oberth.
4, A. flavescens (if a male)=A. kilimandjara, Oberth.= A, confusa
and A, fallax, Reghfr., and A. octobalia, Karsch,
Tn the last-mentioned form both sexes have adopted the female
dress; but the male sometimes has the spots on the primaries
yellowish.
Acreu is a very variable genus, and it has been the custom of
lepidopterists to regard all the different phases of each species as
distinet ; the genus, when properly studied, reduces itself to about
a third of its supposed magnitude. The triangular black apical
patch, which has been made to serve as a specific character in
several instances, is of no value whatever, being a purely indi-
vidual characteristic dependent on presence or absence of moisture.
28. ACR#A CABIRA.
Acrea cabira, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berlin, 1855, p. 640;
Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. p. 378, pl. 23. figs. 14, 15 (1862).
3d, Chifumya, Lower Nyika, 2Uth April; 9, Munchewi R.,
Lower Nyika, April 8th, 1895.
“ Yellow and black Fritillary. Q full of orange-coloured ova ”
(R. C.).
29, ACR#A VINIDIA.
Acrea vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xi. p. 130 (1874);
Exot. Butt. v. Acr. pl. 7. figs. 45, 46 (1875).
Var. Acrwa acerata, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xiii, p. 381 (1874); Exot. Butt. v. Aer. pl. 7. fig. 44 (1875).
Albino: Acrea tenella, Rogenhofer, Ann. Hof. Mus. Wien
(1891). rf
Acrea abbotii, Holland, Entomologist, Suppl. xxv. (1892).
, Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.
“ Pale orange and black Fritillary ” (22. C.).
This species, like most of the Acree, is very variable, and
especially in the female sex; the present example is straw-yellow,
with the normal black border, subapical bar, and basal marking ;
it may therefore stand as the female of the albino form A. tenella,
a male example of which we have from Kilima-njaro.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. — 115
As an example of the inconsistency of those lepidopterists who
have been styled ‘ Lumpers,” Hewitson’s separation of two
palpable forms of the present species is noteworthy.
30. ACREA EXCELSIOR.
‘ Acrea excelsior, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 192, pl. xvii.
ig. 3.
3 6, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, April 4th and
6th; 9 9, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th; ¢, Lumpi R.
valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.
“‘ Deep-bordered orange and black Fritillary ” (2. C.).
This rare species is one of the most beautiful in the genus.
31. ACREA VENTURA.
Acrea ventura, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877).
3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd ;
2, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.
“Orange and black Fritillary.”
32. ACRMHA SERBNA, var. BUXTONI.
Acraa buatoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
p- 395 (1875).
3 6, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 14th, and
Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 1895.
“Small orange and black Fritillary ” (2. C.). <
Whether this is a race or a sectional form of A. serena can only
be decided by breeding it; but with our present extensive series
I find it impossible to regard the following as distinct species :—
A. serena=eponina=janisca = rougetii = manjaca= buatoni = per-
rupta =balina. Probably the Linnean name terpsichore should
stand over <A. serena, but there is so much doubt connected with
the identification of that species that the better-known name
seems preferable at present.
33. AORZA LYCIA, var. SGANZINI.
Acrea sganzini, Boisduval, Faune Madag. p. 34, pl. vi. figs. 6, 7
(1833).
3, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.
“ Lesser speckled brown and white Fritillary ” (R. C.).
A. lycia separates roughly into three forms, which are linked
together by numerous intergrades ; they are—
1. Acrea sganzimi, vaguely resembling Limnas chrysippus.
2. Acrea daira=usagare, like 1, but wanting black at apex.
3. Acraa lycia=braunet, pattern of 1, ground-colour white.
Every link between these varieties is now represented in the
Museum collection. A. daira appears to be an Eastern and
Central-African sport of the species, occurring together with the
two normal forms; it is completely linked to the A. sganzini
type by intergrades, and therefore cannot be regarded as a race of
gt
116 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BULTERFLIES [Jan. 14,
the species. All that can be said is, that in Central and Eastern
Africa a variety occurs which (in its extreme development) has
been named A. daira.
34, ACR#A ANACREON.
Acrea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 77,
pl. vi. figs. 3-5.
3. Var. Acrea bomba, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. ili. p. 128 (1880); Rhop. Exot. i. dcr. pl. iii. figs. 5, 6
(1892).
Acrea induna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1895, p. 184, pl. 5.
figs. 3, 3a.
6, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th; Kanto-
rongondo Mt., 7305 feet alt., Nyika, April 16th; Q, Cheni-Cheni
Mr., 7225 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th, 1895.
Intermediate grades to A. bomba:
3 dg, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 ft. alt., Nyika, April 9th and 10th;
Kantorongondo Mt., 7305 feet alt., Nyika, April 16th.
We received a typical female of A. bomba (but somewhat
melanistic) from Zomba; it is the species referred to P. Z. S.
1895, p. 262, n. 45. The black apical area and the width of the
band on under surface of secondaries are both variable characters
of no specific importance.
35, ACRMA GUILLEMET.
3. Acrea guillemei, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 19, pl. 1.
fig. 1 (1893); 9. Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 658.
Var. 3. Acrwa periphanes, Oberthiir, 1. c. p. 20, pl. 2. fig. 23
(1893).
Var. periphanes.
3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895.
‘“‘ Scarlet black-spotted and black-tipped Fritillary ” (2?. C.).
This is a rare variety of A. guillemed, differing in uothing
excepting the broad black apical patch of the primaries—a
variation which crops up in a great number of species and is,
doubtless, seasonal.
36. AOR#ZA DOUBLEDAYI.
Acrea doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378
(1847).
Acrea oncea, Hopffer, Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. pl. 24.
figs. 5-8 (1862).
Acrea axina, Westwood in Oates’s Matabele-Land, p. 344, pl. F.
figs. 5, 6 (1881).
Var. Acrea dircea, Westwood, |. c. p. 348.
2. Telchinia nero, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xii. p. 102 (1883).
3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
“Small speckled Fritillary ” (2. C.).
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 117
Var. dircea:
Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
“ Rose and black white-tailed Fritillary ” (2. C.).
This form varies, not only in the width of the black apical
patch of primaries, the position of the second spot of the central
transverse series, the width of the black border of the secondaries
with its more or less defined submarginal spots, but, curiously
enough, the terminal two-fifths of the abdomen may be either
ochreous or snow-white. As in the variety axina (Q, nero) the
submarginal spots of the primaries are wanting. ‘he specimen
now received bears a strong general resemblance to A. natulica.
In his paper, published in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1891, Mr.
Trimen lays stress upon the absence of the submarginal spots
as a good character for the discrimination of A. avina fifom
A. doubledayt: I am sure that his earlier decision was the correct
one, and that this character cannot be relied upon; in A. cecilia,
var. stenobea (9 =lgus=albomaculata) the submarginal spots are
sometimes present, sometimes absent‘.
37. AORMA NATALIOA.
Acrea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).
3 @, Foot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkamanga, W. of Lake Nyasa,
Jan. 28th and 29th; ¢, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau,
Feb. 4th, 1895.
3, “ Rose and black Fritillary” ; 9, “ Dusky Fritillary ”( 2. C.).
With our present extensive series it is impossible to keep
A, pseudegina distinct from A. natalica, of which it is only the
Western phase, the two extremes are completely linked by inter-
grades.
38. ACRHA CALDARENA.
Acrea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52
(1877).
3 @, taken 2m coitu, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.
I gave the correct synouymy of this species (if species it be) in
the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1893, p. 657. I, however, strongly suspect
it tu be merely a seasonal development of A. cecilia, var. stenobea,
from which it chiefly differs in the broad black apical patch on
the primaries.
39. AOREA ASEMA.
Acrea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Mouth. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877) ;
Trimen, P.Z.S. 1894, p. 24, pl. iv. figs. 3, 3 a.
Acrea empusa, Butler, P. ZS. 1893, p. 656.
Acrea omrora, Trimen, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 24, footnote.
9, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
“Small speckled Fritillary ” (Zt. C.).
1 My identification of A. stenobea with a S.-African male of A. digus was
confirmed by Prof. Aurivillius during his recent visit (Aug. 1895).
118 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14
This species varies in tint, from semitransparent grevish bone-
colour to almost opaque orange tawny ; the spots vary in number
and size, and the apical border of primaries in width: it is this
inconstaney in the present species which convinces me that
A, stenobea=ligus is only a bright-coloured and more opaque
phase of A. cecilia.
40. AoR#A ANEMOSA.
Acrea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. pl. 8. figs. 14, 15
(1865).
Acrea areticincta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p- 103 (1883).
3. Ndara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1898.
“ Orange and black, crimson and pink underwinged Fritillary.
Have only seen this one specimen” (J. C.).
This is a very variable species; not only does it differ greatly in
the width of the black border of secondaries (on which character
I based my A. arcticincta), but in the size and number of the black
spots on the primaries. One of our 31 examples, in addition
to the basal black patch, the bar beyond the end of cell, and the
apical patch, exhibits five well-defined discal black spots, all of
which are absent in some specimens, it also shows a conspicuous
black spot on the lower discocellular veinlet.
The Lycwnide of the collection contain a nice series of the new
genus Uranothauma and several other forms of interest.
41, ALENA NYASSA,
Alena nyasse, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 6 (1877).
Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd; Mtambwe Hill, Deep Bay,
April 3rd; Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th; Lumpi
Valley, April 13th, 1895.
“ Marbled white Skipper ” (2. C.).
These specimens are interesting, three of them being white-
banded as in typical A. nyasse, but with the subapical white spot
of var. ochracea; the fourth example has a white band across the
primaries, but a buff band across ‘the secondaries, thus proving that
I was correct in not regarding A. ochracea as a distinct species.
42, POLYOMMATUS BATICUS.
Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).
g , Kapoio, Songwi R. plain, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, eb. 26th ;
9, Nyankowi Mt., Nyika, 5575 feet alt., April 9th; ¢ Q in
coitu, April 10th; ¢, Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895,
3, “ Alexis-like Blue”; 9, ‘‘ Dull azure Blue” (2. C.).
43, CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.
Lycena osiris, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p..409, pl. 26. figs. 11, 12 (1862).
3, Lumpi R. valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.
1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 119
44, CATOOHRYSOPS HIPPOCRATES,
Hesperia hippocrates, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 288 (1793) ;
Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. 45. fig. 3 (1800).
3, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
A rare western form, which I have not previously seen from
Central Africa.
45, CATOOHRYSOPS GLAUOA.
; Lyccena glauca, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 21 (1887).
36 3, Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.
“ Chalk-hill Blue. A frequenter of open forest, very active and
restless and difficult to capture ” (Zt. C.).
This very beautiful species is quite new to us: in its pale
glittering yellow-greenish tint it stands out distinct from all the
other species of the C. parsimon group.
46. Tivnrns Jobatrns,
Lycena jobates, Wopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;
Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).
Q, Upper Leya, six miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd,
1895.
“ Orange-lower-wing Blue. Very restless” (I?. C.).
The finest example I have seen of this somewhat rare species.
47. AZANUS SIGILLATUS.
Lampides sigillata, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xviii. p. 483 (1876).
3 do, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nvasa, March 2nd, 1895.
“ Lesser Alexis-like Blue” (Zt. C.).
A rare form of the A. gamra group, originally described from a
pair received from Abyssinia; one of the examples obtained by
Mr. Crawshay agrees in all respects with A. natalensis, Trimen,
which will theretore have to sink as a synonym of my species.
48. T'ARUOUS PLINIUS.
Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1793).
Lycena pulchra, Murray, l'rans. Ent. Soc. London, 1874, p. 524,
pl. 10. figs. 7, 8.
9, Foot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkamanga, W. of Lake Nyasa,
Jan. 28th; ¢, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd;
6, Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th; 9, Cheni-Cheni Mt.,
4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th; ¢ 9, Lumpi R. valley,
Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895. i
Mr. Crawshay calls the male “‘ Double peacock-spotted hair-
tailed Blue,” and the female “ Peacock-eyed double-tailed Blue”
and ‘‘ Chequered double peacock-eye Blue.”
The species is yery common and varies a good deal.
120 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
49. CASTALIUS HINTZA.
Lycena hintza, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ser. 3, vol. ii.
p- 177 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 243 (1866).
9, Chikungurn, Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895.
“ Black and white chequered violet-tinged Blue” (2. C.).
This species differs from my female C. resplendens on both
surfaces, the secondaries of the Abyssinian form being crossed
from apex to inner margin by a continuous band above, the
markings on the under surface being also more regular, those.
crossing the disc forming a regular zigzag: the female before me
corresponds with a male from Balapye, Kama’s Country, and is
doubtless the true C. hintza; but C. resplendens appears to be a
distinct though allied form.
50. CASTALIUS CALICH.
Lycena calice, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642;
Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 405, pl. 26. figs. 4, 5 (1862).
2, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 30th, 1895; Cheni-Cheni
Mt., 4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th; g 9, Chikunguru, Lower
Nyika, April 20th, 1895.
“ Black-bordered tiny white Blue” (2. C.).
A rare species in collections.
51. LYCENESTHES ADHERBAL.
Q. Lyceena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,
p. 217.
3. Lycenesthes lunulata, Trimen, P. Z.8. 1894, p. 51, pl. vi.
fig. 12.
, Kambwiyi, 3800 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895.
“Three-tailed Blue” (2. C.). .
The finest example which has hitherto come to hand of this
beautiful species.
52. ZizERA GAIKA.
Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p- 403 (1862).
2, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.
53. PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS.
Lycena trochilus, ¥reyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).
Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Heb. 2nd; Kondowi, April 4th;
Chiwayi, 3700 feet alt., April 20th, 1895.
“Tiny dark-coloured orange-spotted Blue” (2. C.).
54. DURBANIA HILDEGARDA.
Q? Teromima? hildegarda, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 367 (1887); Rhop. Exot. i. Afr. Lyc. pl. iv.
fies. 7, 8 (1888).
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 121
Kondowi, Lower Nyika, 4110 feet alt., April Sth, 6th, and 11th,
1895.
Quite a new species to us; Mr. Crawshay calls it “ Orange,
black-barred Heath.”
55. TINGRA AMBNAIDA.
Pentila amenaida, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. Pent. & Lipt. pl. 2.
figs. 4-7 (1873).
Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 21st;
Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, April 3rd;
Kondowi, April 5th, 1895.
“ Orange and black-speckled ” (Zt. C.).
56. LARINOPODA PEUCBTIA.
Pentila peucetia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Pent. & Lzpt. pl. 1.
fig. 3.
Lumpi Valley, Lower Nyika, April 13th, 1895.
“ Black and white Wood-White with orange legs” (J?. C.).
Previously unrepresented in the general Museum series, and in
the Hewitson collection by the type specimen only.
57. LACHNOONEMA BIBULUS.
Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 307. n. 163
(1793).
3 2, Chilindi (8 miles S. of Karénga), W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, Feb. 23rd; 9, var., Lumpi R. valley, 4000 feet alt.,
Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.
“ Black and white silver-speckled underwing Blue” (&. C.)'.
Var. durbani: “ Fluffy Blue. 9, orange ova” (R. C.).
Formerly it was supposed that the two types of female
indicated distinct species, but they are probably temperature
forms. Wherever the species occurs, both types are to be found ;
the present series contains typical females of Z. bibulus and
L, durbani.
58. Hyrbus PALEMON.
Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexe. EH, F (1782).
Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th; Nyankowa Mt.,
5425 feet alt., Nyika, April 8th; Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet
alt., April 14th and 15th; Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt.,
April 18th, 1895.
“Silvery underwinged” and “ Bronze-winged Blue. @Q, ova
emerald-green ” (Jt. C.).
59. Hyrnus virgo, sp.n. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)
©. Snow-white: primaries with the base, costal and external
1 By some oversight the sexual marks are reversed on the label, the white-
banded females being labelled as males, and the uniform male as female.
122 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
borders, a transverse patch over the discocellulars, and a macular
subapical bar, sometimes confluent with the external border, black :
secondaries with a black external border, its inner edge slightly
irregular, two metallic-blue submarginal spots, between which at
extremity of first median branch the usual tail, black tipped with
white, is emitted ; fringes spotted with white: body black, margins
of eyes and a transverse line on the vertex white; antenne ringed
with white. Under surface pure white, with black markings uearly
as in Hl. juba, but more sharply defined, the central irregular band
across the secondaries only represented by a black Y-shaped costal
patch, with the V portion filled in; the marginal border barely
indicated, excepting towards anal angle, where the black spots
touched with blue and green metallic scales are well-defined, as
well as an irregular zigzag line at the back of them. Expanse of
wines 33 millim.
@ 2, Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th, 1895.
“ Black-bordered white Blue” (J?. C.).
Two examples of this very fine species were obtained; one of
which, however, was much shattered.
60. URANOTHAUMA ORAWSHAYI.
Uranothauma crawshayi, Butler, P. Z.S8. 1895, p. 631, pl. xxxv.
figs. 6, 7.
3 3, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., Nyika, April 9th, 1895 ;
@, Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet alt., Nyika, April 15th; 3,
© ©, 6975 feet alt., April 16th, 1895.
“ Giant Blue ” (2. C.).
61. SprInDASIS CAFFER.
Aphneus caffer, Vrimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 88,
and 1870, p. 368.
Aphnaus nutalensis, Wewitson (not Westwood), Ill. Diurn, Lep.
p- 62, pl. xxv. figs. 1, 2 (1865).
3, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895,
“ Orange and black-barred Blue” (2. C.).
In his ‘South African Butterflies,’ vol. ii. p. 150, Mr. Trimen
follows Hewitson in regarding this as S. natalensis of West-
wood—on the ground, principally, “of the large size of the
orange anal-angular marking in the hind wing.” We, however,
possess what is clearly the original of the figure in the ‘ Genera,’
a worn female with unusually large anal patch ; it was obtained in
1846, labelled “ Thecla natalii, Pt. Nat.,” and agrees in all details
of marking with the original figure. With regard to “the small
development of the hind marginal lunulate whitish streak,” also
referred to by Trimen, the figure and specimen are both faulty,
the latter being badly rubbed on one hind wing, and the same part
broken away on the other; the imagination of Hewitson was not
lively enough to enable him to supply this deficiency in the
whitish streak.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 123
62. SPINDASIS NYAS.
Aphneus nyasse, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 250 (1884) ;
P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 569, pl. xxxvi. fig. 4. ~
3. Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd; 9, Henga,
W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. Ist, 1895.
“Orange and black-barred long-tailed Blue” (2. C.).
63. AXIOCERSES AMANGA.
Zevitis amanga, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabele-Land, p. 351
(1881). :
3, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th; Kwereru Hill,
Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.
“Crimson-plush underwing Copper” and ‘“Spike-winged
Copper ” (2. C.).
64. AXIOOERSES PERION.
Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iy. pl. ecclxxix. B, C (1782).
Q, Menga, Jan. 80th; g, Lumpi R., Feb. 2nd; 3g, Mrali,
coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.
3, “Scarlet and black Copper”; 2, ‘Dull red Copper” (2.C.).
65. VIRACHOLA AN'TA.
Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 402
(1862). ;
@, Ngerenge Plains, Feb. 24th; Chilindi (8 miles 8. of
Karonga), March Ist, 1895.
“ Long-tailed curly-tufted Blue, black and orange spots” (Jt. C.).
66. TaruRA BUXTONI.
2. Hypolycena buxtoni, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 206
(1874).
3 Q. Hypolycena seamani, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1874, p. 332, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4.
$ 6, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
“Striped Blue with four tails ” (2. C.).
A little larger than our solitary male from D’Urban.
67. TaTURA OXOULUS.
Tolaus ceculus, Hopffer, in Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. p. 402,
pl. xxv. figs. 12-14 (1862).
2, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.
‘Grey underwing striped Blue” (2. C.).
The largest example of the female that I have seen, and almost
as bright in colouring as the male.
68. HPAMERA SIDUS.
Tolaus sidus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. ii.
p- 176 (1864) ; Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 224, pl. iv. figs. 5, 6
(1866).
124 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,
©, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, Jan, 1895.
“Taken by M. Moffat, Esq., Livingstone’s Mission, and given
to me” (it. C.).
New to the general Museum series ; unfortunately it has lost
its abdomen.
Among the Pierine, Mr. Crawshay’s collection contains several
rare and interesting species.
69. MYLOTHRIS AGATHINA.
Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eexxxvii. D, E
(1782).
3, Henga, Feb. 1st; Mtambwi, Feb. 4th; Mrali, March 2nd;
@, Vuwa sand-flats, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 3rd, 1595.
“ Seallop-shell White ” (2. C.).
70. MyLorunis Narcissus, var. ppnratus. (Plate VI. fig. 3.)
3 2. Mylothris narcissus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 95.
¢, Kaniorongondo Mt., Nyika, 5900 feet alt., April 15th,
1895.
“ Chrome-yellow underwing White” (2. C.).
The form now received differs from the typical male from
Kilima-njaro in having the costal black border continuous, only
interrupted by the upper discocellular veinlet; a diffused black
streak in the cell above the median vein, the outer border acutely
quinque-dentate ; and sometimes a little oblique black streak below
the submedian nervure and a broad apical black bar uniting the
first two marginal spots of the secondaries: in some respects it
more nearly resembles the typical female than the typical male
does, while Miss Sharpe’s MW. jacksont more nearly corresponds
with typical male AZ, narcissus. Unless we have here three very
closely allied species, it must be assumed that AL nareissus is
dimorphic; a better series will doubtless solve the problem.
71. Mynoriris orawsuayi, sp.n. (Plate VI. fig. 4.)
A very perfect copy, in both sexes, of Phrissura lasti, and there-
fore intermediate in character between IV. narcissus and M. trimeni:
in size, form, and colouring the male resembles the latter, but the
apical patch extends in an oblique curve from just: beyond the
cell to the third median branch, its inner edge being zigzag, the
remaining marginal spots not included in this patch are hastate ;
the base of the wings is slightly more heavily blackened than in
M. trimeni and the marginal spots of the secondaries reduced to
mere points ; on the under surface the apex of primaries and entire
surface of secondaries are bright lemon-yellow instead of saffron-
yellow. Expanse of wings 57-64 millim.
The female has pearl-white primaries, the cell, costal border, and
base of internal border densely dusted with smoky grey; an
- oblong patch of the same colour at external angle; the apical area
and outer border to below the first median branch smoky grey,
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 125
with sulphur-yellow internervular longitudinal lines ; inner edge
of border acutely zigzag: secondaries sulphur-yellow, with mar- _
ginal rounded black spots: body normal, blue-blackish with yellow
venter. Primaries below pearl-white, showing the upper surface
pattern through the wing, apical border slightly washed with
sulpbur-yellow ; a marginal series of black points: secondaries as
above, excepting that the base of the costa is chrome-yellow:
pectus whitish, with yellowish hairs. Expanse of wings 59 millim.
3 5, 2, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th; ¢ 6,
Kantorongondo Mt., 5000 feet alt., Nyika, April 14th and 15th,
1895.
“ Chrome-yellow underwing White. A high flier, perching on
trees high up, but of weak flight” (2. C.).
72. COLIAS BDUSA, var. ELECTRA.
Papilio electra, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 764 (1767).
3, Nyankowa Mt., 5425 feet alt., April 8th; ¢ 9, 5575 feet,
April 10th; g, Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet, April 14th; ¢ 9,
Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt., April 18th, 1895.
“ Ova oblong and yellow ” (2. C.).
The white female is only the ordinary C. helice form.
73. TERIAS CHALCOMIETA.
Terias chalconcieta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. iii. p. 190 (1879).
Q, Foot of Jakwa Mt., TWenga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th, 1895.
“ Black-tipped light-chrome Yellow; ova oblong and sharp-
pointed, not spherical” (2. C.).
This is probably a seasonal form of 7’. senegalensis.
74. TERIAS DESJARDINSII (seasonal form 7. regularis).
Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p- 486 (1876).
9, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 24th, 1895.
“ Black-bordered Yellow ” (2. C.).
An interesting example of the female, showing the dotted
margin to the secondaries characteristic of typical T. desjardinsiz.
75. TERACOLUS OPALESCENS.
re . Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 30
(1886).
The male of this form has the black more largely developed than
in any of the other members of the 7’. ers group, excepting perhaps
7. abyssinicus (the male of which is unknown to me): the pattern
of the primaries is almost the same as in 7’. eris, but the apex is
more purple in tint with the spots upon it golden ochreous, the
wings are moreover decidedly broader; the secondaries show a
marginal series of well-defined black spots; the colouring below
is milky white; the veins of the primaries tipped with black, the
126 DR. A. G, BULLER ON BULTERFLIES [Jan. 14,
first and second median branches terminating in black spots and
the spots on the disc much larger; the secondaries show a broad
bright saffron-yellow costal streak and a paler longitudinal sub-
median streak, and the nervures are tipped with black.
3, Foot of Jakwa Mt., 3210 fect, Henga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th;
3 @, llenga, Jan. 30th and 31st, 1895.
g, “ Black and gold-tipped White”; 9, Black-tipped mother-
of-pearl underwing White” (22. C.).
The female now received is smaller than the type from Delagoa
Bay, and has a broader black internal border to the primaries (in
which respect it more nearly corresponds with the male); but of
a@ pair received from the Victoria Nyanza, this border in the female
corresponds with that of the type. As more examples of these
representatives of 7’. ers come to hand, the fact that they are true
to locality seems to be gradually established on a firmer basis.
76. TERACOLUS MUTANS.
Q. Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 459 (1877).
3. Nearly resembles 7’. vesta on the upper surface, but the base
of the wings is dusted with bluish grey instead of black, the outer
area creamy ochreous (less salmon-tinted than in 7’. vestu), pattern
exactly as in the female, therefore much more yellow throughout
than in 7’. vesta.
3, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.
“ White-centred, yellow and black-mottled White. Difficult to
take and not common” (2. C.).
The arrival of this male is especially interesting to me, as Prof.
Aurivillius was inclined to believe my 7’. rhodesina to be the male
of 7. mutans, considering that the differences of pattern might be
sexual: it is now satisfactorily proved that there is no difference
of pattern between the sexes, but only in the colouring of the
outer half of the upper surface’; precisely what might have been
expected, from what we know of the sexes of 7’. hanningtonti and
T. amelia.
. 77, TERACOLUS ANAX.
Callosune anax, H.G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. iii. p. 125 (1889); Rhop. Exot. i. Call. pl. i. figs. 5-8 (1889).
Teracolus eliza, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. v. p. 441 (1890); Waterhouse, Aid, vol. ii. pl. 189. figs. 5, 6
(1890).
3, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 7th, 1895.
“ Violet-tipped White” (2. C.).
An especially well-marked specimen, with bold black spots ou
the under surface. It has recently been suggested that this may
be a seasonal form of 7. regina, of which Mr. Trimen formerly
regarded it as a variety; the only odd thing is that typical
1 This buff colouring is limited by the black band as in 7. vesta.
1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 127
T’. reyina does not come to hand from Central Africa. The collection
made by Emin Pasha contained half a dozen examples of 7. anax,
but not one of J. regina; Mr. Crawshay’s first collection, from —
Lake Mweru, contained one female J’. anax aud his present col-
lection contains one male, again 7’. anax; but perhaps this form
is the only one in Central Africa, and typical 7. regina is only
produced, as a second form, as the species ranges southwards.
78. TERACOLUS JALONE.
Euchloe jalone, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 14 (1869).
Teracolus phegyas (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1393, p. 664.
3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 25th, 1895.
“ Purple-tipped black-veined White” (Zt. C.).
This form seems so rare that it may well be mistaken for
T. phlegyas ; in all probability it is the Nyasa form of that species.
79, TERACOLUS GAVISA.
3. Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13. n. 6.
Q. Anthopsyche omphale, Wallengren, loc. cit. p. 11.
3 @. Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 105 (1885).
3, Henga, Jan. 24th; 9, Jan. 25th; 9, foot of Jakwa Mt.,
Henga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th; g Q i coitu, Henga, Jan. 30th,
1895.
Mr. Trimen (South African Butterflies, iii. p. 135) says :—
“Having examined the types of subvenosus, Butl., from Victoria
Nyanza, I find the female inseparable from that of 7’. gavisa, while
the mile, though very near the corresponding sex of the species
named, differs in wanting the inner black edging of the apical
pstch, and in the feeble development of the inner marginal blackish
bar of the fore wings and the costal one of the hind wings.”
Although I do not admit that the type of 7’. subvenosus agrees
absolutely with the typical female of 7. gavisa, inasmuch as the
oblique subapical bar on the front wings is much narrower in the
latter, I am compelled by the receipt of many transitional specimens
to agree with Mr. T'rimen that my female is only aslight variety of
Wallengren’s, and, moreover, that my male is only a better-marked
variety, though absolutely inseparable as a species. The series
received from Dr. Gregory, taken in conjunction with the five
examples in the present collection, renders the discrimination of
the two forms 7’. gavisa and 7’, subvenosus simply hopeless.
Unless 7’. hero is another variety of 7. gavisa (which I think
possible), I am of opinion that the female of 7. sipylus would be
better placed under 7. hero than under 7’. gavisa, the black veining
of the under surface being barely noticeable; the whole of these
forms might then sink under 7. achine, T. hyperides being included
as a starved form, though in some respects it more nearly resembles
1’. helle=a race of T. antevippe.
128 DR. A. G. BULLER ON BUYTDRELILS [Jan. 14,
80. TERACOLUS INFUMATUS, sp.n. (Plate VI. figs. 5, 6.)
Nearest to 7. arethusa, the male with a similar but less angular
orange or vermilion patch on the black apical area; the costa
blackened almost to the base; the spot at the end of the cell
larger, and a broad blackish streak along the inner margin as in
some females of 7’, arcthusa; the secondaries with a broad diffused
blackish border, running inward along the nervures; base and
costa almost to apex broadly blackish; body normal. Primaries
below not yellow at base, but more so at apex ;_ black diseocellular
spot larger, a broad internal grey streak ending in a blackish
diffused spot : secondaries somewhat greyish at base, costal orange
streak defined, black-dotted orange spot at end of cell larger;
female with better-defined, though small, orange dashes on the
apical area than in most females of 7. arethusa ; other black areas
extended, so as more nearly to repeat the pattern of 7. gavisa 9,
but only the two apical white spots on the border of secondaries
large and well defined, the others small and greyish: below the
colouring throughout is clearer and brighter than in T. arethusa
and the primaries show a broad internal grey streak terminating
in a blackish spot ; the costal orange edging of the secondaries, as
in the male, is bright and sharply defined. Expanse of wings, ¢ 44
nillim., Q 42 millim.
3 2, Henga, 24th, 26th, and 30th January, 1895.
“ Dusky Orange-tip ” (Zt. C.).
We have long had a single female of this very distinct species in
the Museum co!lection, from Niomkolo, Lake Tanganyika, obtained
in January 1890, and presented to the Museum by Alexander
Carson, Esq.
81. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.
Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775).
9, Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895,
“ Brimstone ” (2. C-.).
82. BELENOIS SEVERINA.
Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxxviii. G, H
(1782).
3 @ in coitu, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan, 22nd, 1895.
“ Common black-bordered White” (2. C.).
83. BnLENOIS MESEN'TINA, var. AGRIPPINA.
Pieris agrippina, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 173 (1865).
9, Henga, Jan. 22nd; Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa,
Feb. 27th; ¢, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th, 1895.
3g, “Common White”; 92, “Deep black-bordered White ”
(2. C.).
he females show almost the deep yellow under-surface colora-
tion of the form to which I gave the name of B. auriginea, but
1896.] FROM NYASALAND. | 129
the upper surface and both surfaces of the male are quite like
typical B. agrippina: possibly the yellow on the under surface of
the females may be seasonal; but if so it is characteristic of our
winter months, the only awkward fact being that it reappears in
July at Zomba; then, again, many specimens of the pale type were
collected by the late Emin Pasha at Wadelai from January to
March. Altogether the question of seasonal dimorphism in this
species becomes very complicated.
84, Hurpania BRIPHIA.
Pieris ertphia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 157 (1819).
_ 6, Foot of Jakwa Mt., 3210 feet, Henga, Jan. 29th, 1895.
. “Marbled White” (2. C.).
85. PAPILIO CORINNEUS.
, Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bologna, 1849, p. 9, pl. 1.
gs. 1-4.
« Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 28th, 18965.
“‘ Mother-of-Pearl and Black” (22. C.).
86. TaGIADES FLESUS.
Hesperia flesus, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 185 (1781).
Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th; Lumpi R. valley,
April 21st, 1895. _
“Large grey-patched Skipper ” (2. C.).
87. SAPZA 'TRIMENII.
_ Sapea trimenti, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 264, pl. xv. fig. 5. .
3 2. No label with specimens.
"88. Husparia proms.
Pyrgus dromus, Plétz, Mitth. naturw. Vereins, 1884, p. 6.
Mrali (25 miles N. of Deep Bay), W. coast of Lake Nyasa,
Feb. 22nd; Kaporo, Songwe R. plains, Feb. 26; Deep Bay,
March 16th, 1895.
“ Black and white Skipper ” (2. C.).
' 89. OXYPALPUS RUSO.
Pamphila ruso, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belge, 1891,
p. elxxxiil.
é, Lumpi R. valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.
“ Orange and black barred Skipper” (2. C.).
90. Osmopzs RANOHA.
Pamphila ranoha,- Westwood, in Oates’s Matabele-Land, p. 353
(UE), gs
3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. IX. 9
130 DR. A. G. BULLER ON BUTLERFLINS [J an. 14,
91. HrrproprErus FORMOSUS.
Heteropterus formosus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 670, pl. Ix. fig. 8.
3, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 11th ; Kamb-
wiyi, 3800 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 20th and Jan. 21st, 1895.
“Orange and black Skipper” (2. C.).
92. Hurunopranvs paciriens, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 7.)
Much resembles the preceding species on the upper surface ;
the base of the wings streaked with orange-yellow irrorations ; the
band bright golden orange; the terminal spot connected with it,
not separate as in H. formosus; the secondaries show a transverse
bar at the end of the cell, a longitudinal dash below the latter and
six or seven submarginal spots, the first, third, and fourth largest,
all orange and squamose: the body above is like that of H. for-
mosus, but below it is deep brown as above, the palpi and centre
of pectus with golden-orange hairs; the wings below are dark
brown, the primaries alone showing a golden-orange band, formed
as above, but not so deep in colour. Expanse of wings 30 millim.
Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.
“ Orange-barred black Skipper ” (2. C.).
93. CYCLOPIDNS MIDAS.
Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 671; 1895, pl. xv.
g.
3, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 11th, 1895.
“ Orange-spotted dark brown Skipper” (2. C.).
94, CyCLOPIDES QUADRISIGNATUS,
Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 670, pl. Ix.
fig. 9.
3, Nyankowa Mt., 5425 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th; Kondowi,
4110 feet, April 11th; 9, Kantorongondo Mt., 5925 feet, April
15th; g, Cheni-Cheni Mt., 5500 feet, Nyika, April 17th, 1895.
“ Orange-spotted black Skipper” (#. C.).
In the specimens now sent, which are in good condition, the
spots are bright ochreous and rather more numerous (especially on
the secondaries) than in the type: indeed they more nearly
approach typical C. metis; the wings are, however, decidedly
blacker than in that species and there are never more than seven
distinct small spots on the secondaries. This would appear to be
the representative of C. metis in Central Africa.
95. ICEDESTES CAPENAS.
Cyclopides capenas, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 43 (1868).
9, Lumpi R. valley, 3500 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 21st,
1895.
“ Orange and black speckled underwing Skipper” (2. C.).
This rave species was previously only represented in the general
collection by one male specimen.
1896.) FROM NYASALAND. 131
96. PADRAONA ZBNO.
@. Pamphila zeno, Trimen, Traus. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser.
vol. ii. p. 179 (1864); g 9. South Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 313,
Q pl. xii. fig. 2 (1889).
Var. 3 9. Padraona watsoni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 671.
Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 6th and 11th;
Kantorongondo Mt., Nyika, 6975 feet alt., April 16th, 1895.
‘Orange and brown spotted Skipper ” (2%. C.).
The specimens now received link P. watsont to P. zeno, the
orange cell-spot of the primaries, which in P. watsoni extends
almost to the base, proving it to be variable; the discal band of the
secondaries also varies in width, and the under-surface colouring
from the bright yellow with badly defined darker bauds of
P. watsoni to the duller brown banded character of P. zeno: all
the examples now received having been taken in April, the dif-
ferences cannot be seasonal.
97. GuGuNES LETTHRSTEDTI.
Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 49.
3 6, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 9th, 1895.
“Smoky green Skipper” (2. C.).
98. BAORIS FATUELLUS.
Pamphila fatuellus, Hopfter, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 417, pl. 27. figs. 3,
4 (1862).
Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th ; Cheni-
Cheni Mt., Nyika, 6430 feet alt., April 17th, 1895.
“Greenish Skipper ” (2. C.).
99. BAORIS INCONSPIOUA.
Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bol. 1849, p. 15.
Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st; Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd,
1895.
“Green Skipper (decided yellowish-green).” ‘‘ Dark green
speckled-with-white Skipper ” (/?. C.).
100. Baoris, sp. (A continental form of B. wnbrata.)
This species, which is almost certain to have been named by
either M. Mabille or Herr Plotz, differs from B. umbrata of the
Island of Johanna only in its slightly superior size, more elongated
wings, and blacker colouring ; in markings, pale fringes and palpi,
and the pale areas below it agrees, excepting that the pale colouring
is less pronounced.
®
Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 4th, 1895.
g*
132 DR. A. G, BULLER ON BUSLERFLIES [Jan.14,
101. Harr NIGHRRIMA, ‘5
Halpe nigerrima, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 672. DReES AS
Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 2nd, 1895. on oo
“Dark green Skipper (speckled with white)” (R. C.)... ° ©
102. Haren aMADHU. 8
Pamphila amadhu, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belge,
p. lxxviii (1891).
Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.
“ Greenish Skipper” (R. C.).
These species of Halpe never seem to come to hand in numbers,
one or two examples in a large collection are all that we ever
receive.
103, PERIOHARES ALBICORNIS, sp..n. (Plate VI. fig. 8.).
3. Primaries sericeous olive-brown, sometimes suffused with
purplish, the basi-costal area more or less suffused with cupreous ;
interno-basal area clothed with olive-green hairs, fringe whity
brown ; two yellowish-white superposed spots within.the end of
the cell, sometimes connate; a small more or less triangular spot
at the base of the second median interspace, a transversely oblong
spot below the latter and crossing the first median interspace ;
two or three small and yellower hyaline spots, separated by the
subcostal branches, towards apex, and an opaque bright yellow
oblong or oval spot just above the middle of the submedian vein :
secondaries deep sericeous olive-brown, central area occupied by a
slightly paler patch having a somewhat reddish tinge; base clothed
with green hairs, abdominal area with greenish and bronze hairs ;
fringe whity brown: upper surface and front of palpi, head above,
and patagia chocolate-brown; antennz pure white, emitted from
a whitish tuft on the vertex of the head. Primaries below with
the costal border and a subapical patch golden copper-brown, the
central area greyish black, the internal area paler with a large
central diffused whitish spot; hyaline spots necessarily as above ;
external border from apex to first median branch rosy greyish
brown: secondaries golden copper-brown, slightly darker on the
costa and in a small subapical patch bounded by two black dots ;
three ill-defined brown spots in a triangular position across the
basal area, a black dot on the upper discocellular and a small black
spot beyond; a dust-grey interno-median stripe commencing in a
point at base and gradually expanding to outer margin; an
irregular purplish-grey streak edged with blackish crossing the
disc from the interno-median streak and tapering to apex ; outer
border paler than the remainder of the wing, bounded internally
by an ill-defined brownish line and enclosing two or three
triangular grey marginal dots: palpi below dull straw-yellow ;
_antenne white, with a grey patch on the club; neck and edges ‘of
eyes white; pectus densely covered with dull tawny hair, venter
rufous brown. Expanse of wings 40 millim,
1896.] FROM NYASALAND. 133
3 6, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, 4110 feet alt., April 4th to 6th,
1895.
“White antenne Skipper” (2. C.). One specimen collected
by Mr. William Murray of the Livingstone Mission.
This is the species of which we received a damaged example
from Fwambo (see P. Z. S. 1895, p. 266. n. 63). M. Mabille says
that his specimen is a male; and, although this may be an error,
the number and character of the spots in the present species differ
considerably and are evidently tolerably constant: the sexes
rarely show so marked a difference in this group.
' 104. Purromarns renistenaTA, sp.u. (Plate VI. fig. 9.)
é. Purplish black; primaries with markings nearly as in the
preceding species, but the discoidal spots united into one and only
separated from the two median spots by the veins; they thus form
a single hyaline patch as in Coladenia dan; the subapical spots also
form a short transverse trifid bar, and the yellow spot near inner
margin is slightly paler; the secondaries are small, without
markings, with greenish hairs at base and white fringe; body
blackish brown in front, but the thorax and abdomen densely
covered with grey-greenish hair; antenn# pure white, with black
terminal hook. Primaries below dull black; the costal border,
which expands into a broad subapical patch, fiery copper-brown,
internal area grey, with a large central diffused dull white patch ;
external border to below second median branch rosy brown;
hyaline spots as above: secondaries fiery copper-brown, purplish
black on internal area; an indistinct blackish discal bar, parallel
to outer margin; wing crossed by a clear sharply defined white
‘ -shaped character; fringe white : palpi chalky white, as also the
front of the tibiz and tarsi of first pair of legs ; pectus blackish,
venter densely clothed with grey hairs, anal tufts whitish,
Expanse of wings 32 millim.
Kantorongondo Mt., Nyika, 5900 feet, April 15th, 1895.
This is so distinctly marked a species that, if properly described,
I could hardly have failed to identify it.
105. RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN.
Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. cccxei. E, 1D (1782).
Henga, Feb. Ist, 1895.
“ Great black, white, and orange Skipper ” (2. C.).
HETEROOBRA,.
Only thirteen Moths were in the collection, one or two of which
had unfortunately been attacked by the ier of a Micro-
Lepidopteron, which were discovered still at work after the
specimens had been’ mounted: all the species meelicless are
sufficiently well-preserved for determination. :
134 DE. A. @. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,
106. MacroGLossa TROCHILUS, var. TROCHILOIDES.
Macroglossa trochiloides, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 5.
Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, 6500 feet alt., April 9th, 1895.
“Green and orange Humming-bird Hawk ” (R. C.).
This form of AZ. trochilus appears to cross the African con-
tinent from west to east; it differs from the southern type
principally in the blacker and therefore better-defined outer border
to its secondaries. There can, however, be no doubt, from the
fact that an example of the southern type was obtained by
Mr. Scott Elliot, that the ranges of the two forms overlap in
South-eastern Africa: JM. trochilotdes therefore will probably
prove to be a dimorphic form of MM. trochilus which becomes
permanent on the N.W. coast.
107. Menrrria znuscuns, sp.n. (Plate VI. fig. 10.)
Allied to Af. natalensis; primaries slightly narrower, purplish
indigo, with the same transparent spot between the second and
third median. branches; secondaries hyaline with black veins,
narrow black margins, and dust-grey fringe paler at the edge;
head olive-brown ; antenne purplish black above, shining straw-
yellow below, and deep ferruginous in front; collar and thorax
golden brassy, with green reflections; abdomen purplish indigo,
with dorsal golden brassy transverse bauds on the front of each
segment: primaries below becoming brownish grey from beyond
the cell ; otherwise the wings are as above: palpi and face white
stained with yellow; pectus slaty black, the sides in front and the
front legs golden brassy, tibial and tarsal joints reddish; middle
legs golden to the end of the tibia, tarsus purplish black ; posterior
legs blackish brown, the tibial joints densely clothed with long
black, red, and white hairs; tarsi black externally, white inter-
nally. Expanse of wings 37 millim.
Karonga, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 28th, 1895.
“ Black-plumed Humming-bird. Taken in tent fluttering round
candle-lantern by night” (2. C.).
When in fresh condition this must be an exceedingly beautiful
insect.
108. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA.
Eusemia superba, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv.
p- 141, pl. 13. fig. 3 (1875).
3, Ngerenge Plain, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 1895.
Crimson-underwing Tiger ” (J?. C.).
The smallest example of this beautiful Agaristid that I have
seen,
109. AKGoonRA MENETA.
Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxx. D (1775).
There is no label to this example.
1896.] FROM NYASALAND. 135
110. SyNToMIS ORES.
Syntomis ceres, Oberthiir, Etudes, iii. p. 38, pl. 3. fig. 5 (1878).
Kambwiyi R., Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st and Teb. 2nd, 1895.
“ Scarlet and blue-bodied Forester” (2. C.).
111. Mararcrra rusra.
Anace rubra, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1720 (1856).
3, Kaparo, Songwi R. plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa,
Feb. 26th, 1895.
«Orange and grey striped Ermine” (2. C.).
112. ARGINA AMANDA, var, OCHLLINA.
Detopeia ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571 (1854).
©, Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.
“Orange and black spotted. Full of lemon-coloured ova”
(&. C.).
113. DniopntA PULOHDLLA.
Tinea pulchella, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 534 (1758).
Deep Bay, March 5th, 1895.
“Pink, black, and white speckled. A day-flier apparently :
taken on flowers in hot sunshine” (J?. C.).
I am surprised that Mr. Crawshay did not recognize this as a
rare British moth, usually known as the ‘“Crimson-speckled
Footman.”
114. Loppra crocata, var.?
Liparis crocata, Herrich-Schiiffer, Aus]. Schmett. pl. 24. fig. 112
(1854).
do, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.
‘ Raw silk-coloured Ermine” (2. C.).
The single example obtained appears to have been at some time
very wet, so that it is impossible to decide whether or not there
have been any of the scarcely deeper bands across the primaries
which a lens shows plainly on the front wings of ZL. crocata; the
orange spot at the end of the cell is more regularly circular than
in most examples and is not dotted with black. Until better
specimens are received, it is not safe to assume that we have to do
with a species distinct from LZ. crocata.
115. A LIMACODID MOTH.
The single specimen obtained was a female, not quite perfect:
the neuration is slightly unusual, veins 7 and 8 of the front wings
being emitted, from a footstalk, from 9. The sexes of some of the
Limacodide differ so much from the males, that it is hardly safe
to name an unpaired female, as it may subsequently prove to be
merely the other sex of some well-known male insect.
¢, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.
“Eggar moth” (2. C.).
136 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THD [Jan.14,
116. DRAsTERIA JUDICANS. ERE ai AEM 48
Ophiusa judicans, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1831 (1858). -
Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 4th, 1895.
“ Dusky grey moth” (#. C.).
117. HereraBRaXxAs ROSEOVITVATA,
Q. Heterabraxas voseovittata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, pl. xiii.
figs. 2, 3. A;
3g. The antenne have long radiating branches; the black
markings on the primaries are better defined than in the female;
the secondaries are straw-yellow, with a few scattered black spots,
differing entirely on the opposite wings. Expanse 41 millim. -
Not labelled: body eaten out by caterpillar of Tineid.
This is the example referred to in my previous paper and
figured.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Fig. 1. Hyreus virgo, p. 121.
2. Neptis incongrua, p. 112.
3. Mylothris nareissus, var. dentatus, p. 124.
4. aD crawshayi, p. 124.
5,6. Teracolus infumatus, p. 128,
7. Heteropterus decipiens, p. 130.
8. Perichares albicornis, p. 182.
9. i telisignata, p. 133.
10. Melittia enescens, p. 13d.
8. On the Intestinal Tract of Birds.
By P. Caatmers Mircue tt, M.A., F.Z.8.
[Received December 13, 1895.]
The material upon which this paper is based consists almost
entirely of birds which have died in the Society’s Gardens. The
work has been done in the Prosector’s laboratory. I have there-
fore to express my great indebtedness to the Society and to its
Prosector, Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S.
By his prolonged and beautiful investigations into the structure
and disposition of the alimentary canal in birds, Dr. Gadow' has
not only proved the taxonomic value of the intestinal conyolutions
in birds, but has described the details of structure in a very large
number of cases. Dr. Gadow paid particular attention to the
number of loops and to their disposition in the abdominal cavity.
His descriptions and figures refer chiefly to the intestines as they
are seen from the right side of the bird’s body when the right
abdominal wall has been removed. The descriptions and figures
now to follow are based on the method described in my paper
1 “Versuch einer vergleichenden Anatomie des Verdauungssystemes der
Vogel,” Jena Zeitschrift, xiii. pp. 92-171; pp. 389-403,—“ On the Taxonomic
’ Value of the Intestinal Oonvolutions in Birds,” P. Z, S. 1889.—Bronn’s
‘ Thierreich,’ Vogel, pp. 591-793. 5
1896.) : INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 137
upon Chauna'.. Iam thus able to display more clearly the relations
of the individual cases to each other and to what I take to be the |
primitive type, and to show the mesentery and the intestinal veins.
The intestinal tract was removed from the body-cavity after section
of the cesophagus and of the rectum above the cloaca. The
stomach was placed to the right with its ventral side uppermost,
and the loops of the intestine were folded outward. The con-
dition of the material made it impossible to inject the vessels in
enough cases to serve for comparison; but copious washing and
the passage of a jet of water through the canal oxygenated the
clotted blood “in the veins and made it possible to trace their
course. Where I was able to trace them, I found that the
arteries followed the veins closely ; but it is only the veins that I
describe here.
In the simplest possible condition the intestine would run a
straight course from the stomach to the cloaca, suspended to the
dorsal wall of the body-cavity by a fold of mesentery. The
intestine grows longer than the length of the body-cavity, and,
in consequence, is thrown into a series of folds. The first of
these, usually a single distinct loop, contains the pancreas ; then
follows a more irregularly folded portion, the mesentery of which
is an arc of a circle, with its diameter attached to the dorsal body-
wall, and the median point of its circumference stretching toward
the ventral body-wall in the region where the yolk-sac was attached.
The rectum is a portion of the gut which usually retains the
primitive straight condition. In fig. 1, which I drew from a dis-
Fig. 1.
Alligator mississipiensis; intestinal tract, showing a simple condition.
Ss
1 «Qn the Anatomy of Chauna chavaria,” P. Z. S. 1896, pp. 350-358,
138 MR. P. CHALMERS MITOHBLL ON THE (Jan. 14,
section I made of an Alligator, is shown such a simple mode of
increase in length.
In fig. 2, which is drawn from the embryo of an Argus Pheasant
about thirty days old, a primitive type of the avian intestine is
shown, and it is easy to compare with this the simpler Alligator
type and the more specialized arrangement in other birds. The
avian intestine consists of three divisions, each typically supplied
with a tributary of the portal vein. The first loop or duodenum
Fig. 2.
Argus giganteus; intestinal tract, from a chick after incubation for
thirty days,
is considerably elongated, and may be folded or even spirally
twisted at the free end. It contains the greater part of the pan-
creas, although in some cases the pancreas encroaches upon other
parts of the intestine. Its mesentery is simply the elongated
anterior portion of the common dorsal mesentery seen in the
Alligator, and it contains the anterior mesenteric vein, The duo-
denum, as Dr. Gadow has shown, lies most ventrally of all the
folds of the intestine, it being folded backward and downward
upon the other loops. Asa result of this position it frequently
happens that branches of the anterior mesenteric vein leave the
mesentery, and, bridging the intervening space, supply part of the
posterior region of the gut. I have found these bridging-vessels
remarkably constant in the groups in which they occur, and they
seem to present a striking instance of a feature which, apparently,
could only have arisen from the “accident” of contiguous position,
and is fixed as a normal part of the structure. For where the part
of the gut obtains its veins from this extrinsic source, the normal
vein, a branch of the middle mesenteric vein which runs backward,
is present. The bridging-vessels from the duodenum are short
circuitings which have been perpetuated.
The duodenum, usually a simple loop, is in some instances ex-
panded into a branching system of folds. This occurs in birds
. belonging to widely different groups, and must be taken as a con-
yergent resemblance, .
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 139
After it leaves the duodenum, the dorsal mesentery expands into
a great, almost circular, fold, with the middle mesenteric vein
running out to the yolk-sac in the centre of the fold. The gut is —
suspended at the circumference of this circular fold, and, in the
simple type, is thrown into a number of corrugated folds around
the circumference, which closely resemble the corrugated folds
in the Alligator. At the posterior part of this circumferential
part of the gut is the point where the ceca are attached, and the
cca run forward along the sides of the posterior part of this
loop. Ina simple case such as in this young bird the edge of the
mesentery corresponding to its line of attachment, and represented
by a dotted line in the figure, passes directly into the edge of the
mesentery of the rectum. But in most fully grown birds the part
of the gut with the attached ceca has been rotated under the
rectum, that is to say over it as seen in the diagram, until the
point of attachment of the ceca is brought close up to the
starting-point of the duodenum. Consequently, when the gut is
lying on the table with its primitive ventral side uppermost, the
rectum and the rectal vessel are covered along the greater part of
their length by the circular part of the gut. Finally, individual
folds, from among the numerous small corrugated folds of the
circular loop of gut, increase enormously in length, and Dr. Gadow
has shown that the number of the loops that grow out, and the
mode in which they lie, folded over or under each other within the
body, are characteristic of avian groups. Where the folded loops
come in contact with each other, minor short circuitings take
place in the veins, and it occasionally happens, notably with
Parrots, that secondary sheets of connective tissue, usually con-
taining masses of fat, bind loops belonging to different parts of
the circular fold very closely together. But even in these cases,
and without difficulty in most birds, these loops may be dissected
from each other, and the primitive circular loop of mesentery
becomes apparent and is seen to contain the median branch of the
mesenteric vein. The series of figures in this communication
exhibit the gut when this unfolding dissection has been per-
formed.
The rectum, or last part of the gut, in the vast majority of
cases retains its primitive straight position, and is closely attached
to the dorsal wall of the body-cavity by the posterior part of the
primitive straight mesentery. The rectal vessel or posterior
mesenteric vessel runs in this. It leaves the common stem of the
portal vein very close to the anterior mesentery or duodenal vessel,
and runs backward tothe cloaca. Justin front of the cloaca a large
median vessel leaves this and runs upward to the surface of the
kidneys. There it forks, and each fork, after receiving several
veins from the parietes, runs forward along the under surface of
the kidney.
I shall now proceed to describe the deviations from this ground-
type so far as I have had the opportunity of following them in the
main groups of birds. The kaleidoscopic variety, in which the same
140 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,
end—extension of gut—has been attained in different groups, would
seem to offer a field of enquiry that may ultimately give important
results bearing on the problem of divergent evolution. - Dr. Gadow
has shown that the modes of coiling the gut have systematic
value : so far as my material has been able to take me, it. looks as
if the divergencies were grouped indifferently around the common
type.
Ravira,
In the Cassowary (fig. 3) the common type is retained with an
almost diagrammatic simplicity. The duodenum is a short, very
Fig. 3.
Casuarius ; intestinal tract.
wide loop, and presents the peculiarity, which may have been
an individual abnormality in my specimen, that the hepatic and
pancreatic ducts open on a wide diverticulum of the distal limb of
the loop. The circular fold of mesentery has the very slightly
folded gut suspended at its circumference, and the remains of the
yolk-sac appear asa short cecum in the middle of the loop. - The
rectum is short and straight, and the cxca are in the: typical
position, The blood-vessels are absolutely typical. oe
The Emu which I examined (Dromeus nove-hollandice) wa
identical in its main features with the Cassowary, and it is
unnecessary to give a separate drawing. The duodenum was
narrower and longer, and the hepatic and pancreatic ducts opened
separately into the duodenum, not upon a common diverticulum. :
The Ostrich (fig. 4), which was the fine male known as the Queen’s
Ostrich, presented an important deviation.. The first two parts of
the intestine and the three great veins were according to type,
the yolk-sac diverticulum being conspicuous on the circular loop
opposite the end of the median mesenteric vein. The distal limb
- of the duodenum presented a short lateral diverticulum, and: the
ceea are relatively longer than in Caswarius and, as has been
1896.] > -- INTHSTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS.,’ 141
described frequently, were marked by the attachment of a spiral
valve. But the rectal part of the intestine, that supplied by the
{, Struthio camelus ; intestinal tract. #, short-circuiting vessel cut across.
posterior mesenteric vein, is expanded into an enormous coil
swung at the circumference of a semicircular expansion: of its
meseritery. Only in Chauna and in the Eagles and Petrels have
J found the slightest trace of a convergent resemblance to this
feature, but in the latter the subsidiary rectal loops, although sup-
plied by the rectal vessel, lie above the caca.
I have not yet had an opportunity of dissecting a Rhea or an
Apteryx!.
It is plain that, so far as degree of divergence of type in the
alimentary canal goes, the Ratites deserve their accepted place at
the bottom of the avian scale.
CARINATS.
CoLYMBIFORMES.
In these (Podiceps not examined) (fig. 5, p. 142) the duodenal loop
is straight and normal. The circular loop is pulled out into a series
of minor loops that are arranged almost symmetrically round the
middle mesenteric vein. . The yolk-sac vestige lies in front of the
middle point of the series. The last loop of the circular system
1 [In a Rhea americana which I have more recently examined the gut was
intermediate in form between those of Casuarius and Struthio. The anterior
portion resembled Caswarius; the rectum had an expansion recalling that in the
Ostrich, but much less strongly marked.—P. 0. M., March 1896.] ~
142 MR, P, CHALMERS MITOHELL ON THR [Jan. 14,
is longer than the others, as frequently happens when the cca
are relatively short. It is drained partly by the duodenal: vein.
Fig. 5.
Colymbus septentrionalis ; intestinal tract. ., short-circuiting vessel from
duodenal to posterior mesenteric vein cut across.
The last part of the intestine is long and straight, and the poste-
rior mesenteric vein drains the ceca and part of the region in
front of the ceca.
SPHBENISCIFORMES,
In these (fig. 6) the primitive arrangement is disguised by the
enormous length of the gut and consequent complexity of the
Fig. 6.
Eudyptes chrysocome ; intestinal tract. 2, short-cireuiting vessel cut across,
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 143
three parts. In Hudyptcs chrysocome the duodenum forms a
subsidiary system of loops ; in Aptenodytes pennanti a spiral, bearing .
a convergent resemblance to the duodenum of the long-gutted Sea-
Eagles. The circular loop is thrown into an enormous series of
minor folds, about the middle of which, but in a position similar
to that in the Divers, occurs the yolk-duct vestige. The last two
loops are supplied from the duodenal vessel. The posterior part
of the gut is quite like that of the Diver, although the czca are
still further reduced. ;
PROCELLARIIFORMES.
The Northern Petrel (fig. 7) presents several interesting modifi-
cations of the type. The duodenum is compound, the first part
being twisted round the small gizzard, the second part forming a
Fig. 7.
Xp
ZY
iy,
4,
Li?
LY,
eee
< Fone
ate
ss
q
Fulmarus glactalis; intestinal tract. <r, short-circuiting vessel cut across.
long loop containing the pancreas in the typical fashion. The
circular loop is drawn out into a number of straight narrow loops,
on the fourth of which occurs the vestige of the yolk-duct. The
last loop is drained partly from the normal source and partly by a
short-circuiting vein from the duodenum. The posterior part of
the intestine is like that of Colymbus and the Penguin, with the
exception that, as in the Sea-Hagle, the portion of the gut supplied
by the posterior mesenteric vessel, but anterior to the origin of the
cxca, is expanded into two subsidiary loops.
CICONIIFORMES,
The birds in this group that I have examined have all departed
similarly from the type. The whole intestine is enormously elon-
144 ME. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THR [Jan. 14,
gated, the greater part of the elongation -having occurred in the
circular loop. ‘The ceca are small, and lie on the third part of
the gut, some distance below where it joins the circular loop,
As usually happens when the cca are reduced, the last part of
the circular loop is pulled out into a long free loop, which, in the
natural position, is closely attached to the under surface of the
duodenum, and gives a vein to the duodenal vein. Platalea leuco-
Fig. 8.
Platalea leucorodia ; intestinal tract. x, short-circuiting vessel cut across.
rodia, the Spoonbill (fig. 8), shows the least differentiation among
those that I have examined. The duodenum is very long and is
curved far round to the left in the abdominal cavity. The circular
loop is enormously expanded, and forms a rough spiral, of which
the middle mesenteric vein, running out to the vestige of the yolk-
duct, forms the axis. The figure represents this after it has been
dissected out and is more diagrammatic than most of the drawings
I give. The most important points to which I would call attention
are: that the yolk vestige, though at the end of the spiral, is much
nearer the posterior than the anterior end of the circular loop,
owing to the greater development of the first half of the circular
loop; and the fact that on the whole the minor loops of the
‘circular loop are of similar length, with the exception of the last
loop. Itis in this respect especially that the Spoonbill has departed
less than other Ciconiiformes from the type. The veins of the gut
are almost diagrammatic in the simplicity of their arrangement,
the only peculiarity being the short-circuiting branch from the
duodenal vein to the distal loop of the circular loop.
In Pseudotantalus ibis the duodenum, which was curved in
Platalea, is very much elongated and twisted into a spiral. The
first portion of the circular loop is elongated into a separate
loop: the remainder of the circular loop is more primitive
‘even than in Platalea, consisting of a number of nearly equal
radial folds at the circumference of the whole fold.. There is a very
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. . 145
slight spiral twist, the axis of which is the middle mesenteric vein,
which runs out to the yolk-duct vestige. The last loop and the ©
third part of the intestine, and the veins, are as in the Spoonbill.
Ciconia alba, Ciconia nigra (fig. 9), Leptoptilus crumentferus,
and Leptoptilus argila show the tendency to form spirals which is
present throughout this group in an increasing degree. In these
four birds the duodenum forms a spiral which, in C. nigra, is
Fig. 9.
=
Ciconia nigra ; intestinal tract. x, short-circuiting vessel divided.
twisted with a spiral formed from the first subsidiary loop of the
circular loop. The remainder of the circular loop is elongated in
them all, and the yolk-duct vestige occurs at the elongated point.
The last loop of the circular system and the third part of the gut
and the veins occur in the fashion typical of the whole group.
Pelecanus fuscus, which is the only Steganopod I have examined,
displays a simple variety of the Ciconiiform type. The duodenum
is straight and encloses a curiously lobulated pancreas. The
circular coil begins with a short straight minor loop, and then
forms an enormous bunch of short equally sized loops, supplied by
radiating branches of the middle mesenteric vein. Upon one of
these, nearer the posterior than the anterior end, occurs the yolk-
duct vestige. The end of the circular loop is drawn out into the
usual loop, with a short-circuit vein from the duodenum, and the
third part of the gut is as in the other Ciconiiformes.
ANSERIFORMES.
The striking character of the Anseriformes is the small deviation
from the primitive type represented in their intestines. As I have
already pointed out in a communication on the anatomy of Chauna,
the gut of that bird has deviated from the avian type even less
than the gut of the Ostrich. The result is a very striking similarity
between the gut of the Struthious birds, of Chauna, and of an
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. X. 10
146 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THH {Jan. 14,
immature Gallinaceous bird. I reproduce here a cut from my
paper on Chauna (fig. 10). The duodenum is a distinct fold, and
the duodenal vein receives short-circuiting branches from the
Fig. 10.
Intestine of Chauna chavaria.
s. Proventriculus with g the glandular patch.
d. Duodenum enclosing the pancreas (the duodenum has been turned for-
ward),
7 to lL. hy large loop of the intestine, with y the yolk-sac diverticulum about
the middle of its length. This coil has also been raised up and turned
forward. ‘The remains of the ventral mesentery running from the
diverticulum are not shown, as they lie under the intestinal loop.
ec, The ceca. /.2. Large intestine. 7
rv. Rectal mesenteric vein. This dips under the mesentery of the large loop,
where its course is shown by a dotted line. It there joins with the large
central vein of the large loop and with the veins from the duodenum and
czeca, and the blood passes forward, its course being shown by a dotted
line, to the portal vein p.v.
hinder region of the circular fold, especially from one of the czca,
which, in the diagram, is represented as turned outwards. The
circular loop differs in no essential respect from the primitive
avian type, as displayed in the Ostrich and young. Argus. ‘The
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 147
resemblance to the Ostrich is heightened by the fact that in
Chauna and the Ostrich the rectum, by being thrown into a sub-
sidiary set of folds, departs in a similar way from the common type.
The resemblance between Chauna and Jthea is very striking.
The Ducks and Geese (fig. 11) display a very definite and simple
modification of the ground-type. It consists simply in the elon-
gation of a limited number, generally five, of the primitive irregular
loops of the circular loop. Ina young Bernicla magellanica, still
in its down plumage, the duodenum and the third part of the gut
were in the typical condition, but the circular loop was already
pulled out into three or four subsidiary loops, of which the longest
bore the yolk-duct vestige. In adult Ducks, Geese, and Swans
the arrangement differed in uo’ essential respect from the drawing
Cygnus atratus ; intestinal tract. 2’, sbort-circuiling vessel divided.
(fig. 11). The duodenum was simple. The duodenal vessel received |
short-cireuiting veins from the hinder portion of the circular loop.
A striking feature of the minor loops on the front part of the
mid-gut is the presence upon them of minor loops. ‘The circular:
loop had a huge median mesenteric vein, which ran out to the:
much elongated subsidiary loop bearing the yolk-duct. It gave
off three vessels to three expansions of the proximal part of the
circular loop, vessels to a long and short distal expansion, and a
vesse! to the straight part of the loop along which the ceca were
attached. ‘The rectum was straight and in the typical fashion
was supplied by a posterior mesenteric vein.
FALCONIFORMES.
I have not had the opportunity of examining any of the Catharte.
The Accipitres show a marked divergence from the common type.
The gut generally is enormously long, especially in the fish-eaters.
From the point of view of relation to type, I cannot see that there
is any special relation between the Accipitrine deviation and the
10*
148 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,
deviation among the Pelargi, although Dr. Gadow has laid some
stress on the existence of such a resemblance. In some of the
Vultures and Falcons there are spirals formed by the subsidiary
loops, just as occurs, for instance, in Ciconia (fig. 9). On the
other hand, members of both groups exhibit a much simpler
method of attaining increased length, and this seems to imply
that the spiral formation is a convergent resemblance. When
the simplest members of the groups are taken—I am speaking
of them only from the point of view of gut-formation—the special
spiral formation disappears and the relations between the groups
are only their relations to the common type. The White-tailed
Sea-Eagle (fig. 12) shows the general character of the group. Its
gut is very long, and if the spiral twists were a character of the
Vig. 12.
Haliaétus albicilla ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.
group one would expect the increased length to be displayed in
the formation of complicated spirals. This does not occur. The
duodenum is thrown into a complicated set of subsidiary loops,
thus recalling the similar modification in the Penguin. Among
the Accipitrines generally the duodenum is a very wide irregular
loop, but I have not found it thrown into secondary loops in other
cases. The circular loop forms a very extended set of minor
loops, some of which, especially on the lower side, are slightly
twisted into spirals. In other Accipitres it is more often the
upper loops of this series that are twisted. The vestige of the
yolk-duct occurs at the end of the median mesenteric vein in the
typical fashion, but is situated rather nearer the proximal end of
the loop. The last loop of the circular system is very long and
usually, as in Haliaétus, spirally twisted. It gives a short-circuiting
. vein to the duodenal vein. The part of the hind gut between the
ceeca and the circular loop is thrown into a complicated set of folds,
1896. ] INTESTINAL TRAOL OF BIRDS. 149
supplied by the posterior mesenteric vein. This structure is present
in all the Accipitres I have examined, and Dr. Gadow states that .
all the Accipitres and Cathartw have irregular kinks above the
rectum. A similar deviation occurs in the Petrels (fig. 7, p. 143).
GALLIFORMBES,
I have not had the opportunity of dissecting any Galliformes
except Galli. The figure of the young Argus Pheasant (fig. 2) may
serve as a type for the adult intestine of the Peacocks, Fowls, Quails,
Tragopans, and so forth. The three great portions of the intes-
tine and the three great mesenteric veins are always present in the
typical form. The adult shows the vestige of the yolk-duct at the
end of the middle mesenteric vein. Branches radiate off from the
middle yein to the irregular loops of the circular fold, and the last
part of the circular fold, along which the enormous czca lie, is
drained partly by a recurrent branch of the middle mesenteric vein
and partly by short-circuiting branches from the vein of the duo-
denum. The rectum is always straight.
GRUIFORMES.
Like the Galliformes, the Gruiformes closely conform to the
primitive type. The gut is short, and instead of being thrown
into a number of irregular minor loops the subsidiary loops are
Fig. 13.
Crex pratensis ; intestinal tract. <r, short-circuiting vessel divided.
few in number and definitely placed. The Common Land-Rail
(fig. 13) may be taken as typical of the Rallide. Porphryioand
Aramides are practically identical with it, and the Cranes and
Psophia differ only in minor particulars. The duodenum is a narrow
regular loop: the circular loop is pulled out into four narrow sub-
sidiary loops; upon the distal limb of the second subsidiary loop the
vestige of the yolk-duct is found. This is very large and is bound
150 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,
down by the remnant of a primitive ventral mesentery. The last
minor loop of the circular portion of the gut has the long ceca
running forward alongside it. It is drained in the usual fashion
by a branch of the mid-mesenteric vein and by short circuit branches
from the duodenal vein. At first sight there is a striking similarity
between the gut of the Rails and the gut of Pulmarus (fig. 7, p. 143);
but this is due simply to the narrowness and regularity of the loops.
The position of the yolk-duct vestige differs in the two, while the
short cca and the kinks immediately above them make absolutely
distinctive characters in the Petrel.
In the Dicholophide and the Otidide the Ralline characters are
still obvious, but the gut is still shorter and the loops more definite.
Cariama cristata (fig. 14) shows the duodenum and the rectum
identical with the Rails ; the last portion of the circular loop is
Fig. 14.
Cariama cristata ; intestinal tract. , short-circuiting vessel divided,
identical in its arrangement and veins, although the ceca are still
larger. The rest of the mid-gut is reduced, the third loop being
absent. The yolk-duct vestige is in the same place upon the
second loop, but the first loop of the circular mid-gut is partly
united with the second. In the Otidide the gut appears to be
further modified in the direction in which Cariama differs from
Orex. The duodenum, the rectum, and the last loop of the mid-gut
are as in the Rails and Cariama ; but the remainder of the mid-gut
is reduced to a single loop, corresponding to the second of that
region in Crexv, and bearing the yolk-sac vestige on its distal limb.
CHARADRIIFORMES.
_, The birds associated in this Order display a very varied series of
divergences from the type. Among those Limicole that I have
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 151
examined, Vumenius (fig. 15) certainly is nearest the common type.
The duodenum is a simple loop supplied with the usual vein; the |
circular loop is nearly symmetrical, and the vestige of the yolk-duct .
Fig. 15.
Numenius arquata; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.
occurs about the middle of its length. As in the Rails this is
remarkably large even in adult life, and frequently is bent on itself
and tied down by remains of the primitive ventral mesentery.
The long cxca lie alongside the posterior part of the circular coil,
which gives a short-circuiting vein to the duodenal vessel. The
rectum is straight. Glareola resembles Numenius, but is even
simpler. In other Limicolw the general tendency is to an asymme-
trical extension of the circular loop and to a reduction of the
eeca. The Woodcock (fig. 16) may be taken as an extreme case of
this kind of divergence. The general arrangement of the loops
Fig. 16.
Scolopax rusticola ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.
152 MR. P. CHALMERS MITOHELL ON THE (Jan. 14,
and blood-vessels remains as in Numenius; but the large subsi-
diary loop, on the distal limb of which lies the yolk-sac vestige, is
pulled out into an enormously long narrow loop, which is then
rolled up into » spiral. The distal part of the circular loop is very
much reduced, although there still remains a small loop in the
position occupied by the long exca of Numenius and giving a
vessel to the duodenal vein.
The Gulls display a type that is more divergent than Nwme-
nius, in that the ceca are reduced. Larus martnus (fig. 17) shows
that in other respects they are as primitive as Numenius. The
duodenum is a simple loop with the usual vessel. The circular
coil of the mid-gut is thrown into a series of irregular loops, which,
however, as in the Limicolw, are more developed on the side
Fig. 17.
Larus marinus ; intestinal tract. , short-circuiting vessel divided.
anterior to the yolk-sac vestige. This lies in the normal position
opposite the end of the median mesenteric vein. The last part of
the circular loop forms an extended subsidiary loop supplied by a
short-circuiting vein from the duodenal vessel. I have not found
instances myself, but Dr. Gadow states that in some Gulls spiral
folds occur in the region corresponding to the spiral fold of Scolo-
paz, Thus the Gulls and the Limicols would form a series of
divergences from the common type, but in parallel directions.
Pterocles (fig. 18) diverges in yet another direction. The ex-
tremely primitive character of the gut is obvious at once. The
duodenum, the circular loop, and the rectum are all distinct and
have the usual veins. The middle of the mid-gut is marked by
. the vestige of the yolk-sac placed at the end of the median mesen-
teric vein. As in Charadriiformes generally, the anterior portion
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 153
of the circular loop is expanded. In Pterocles it forms a long
narrow loop, the end of which is bent upon itself. The posterior |
Fig. 18.
Pterocles bicinctus ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.
part of the circular loop remains in the primitive condition, and
has the long ceca attached to it. A short-circuiting vein from
the duodenum is present. The rectum is straight.
In the Columbe which I have examined (Columba of several
species, Phlogenas cruenta) (fig. 19), it is tempting to regard the
Vig. 19.
Columba livia; intestinal tract; the spiral is figured as rather too symmetrical.
x, short-circuiting vessel divided.
154 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THD (Jan. 14,
gutas a simple derivative of the type seen in Pterocles. The duo-
denum is longer and narrower. The circular loop is enormously
expanded, but the three subsidiary loops seen in Pterocles remain.
The first of these is somewhat shortened ; the second, that bearing
the yolk-sac vestige at its end, is enormously lengthened ; the mesen-
tery is folded along the line of the median mesenteric vessel, so
that the two limbs of the loop are brought in contact with each
other, and, finally, the whole folded loop is rolled into a rough
spiral. The third subsidiary loop of the circular part of the gut
has the same arrangement and veins as in Pterocles; but the ceca
no longer run along it, but occur as very short stumps upon the
rectum.
CucuULIFORMES.
Of these, I have examined only Corythaix (chlorochlamys and
persa) and a number of Psittaci. So faras I can see, one has to go
back to the common type for both. Corythaix (fig. 20) has a
remarkably short and wide gut, in correspondence with its frugi-
Fig. 20.
Corythaix chlorochlamys ; intestinal tract. ., short-circuiting vessel divided.
vorous habits. The duodenal loop is wide and straight. The cir-
cular loop is short; its anterior portion forms a normal coil, is slung
at the circumference of the circular mesentery, and is supplied by
radiating branches of the median mesenteric vein. No doubt the
vestige of the yolk-duct occurs upon this; but in my specimens,
which were all affected with tubercular nodules on the gut, I
failed to identify it. The distal portion of the circular coil, along
which the ceca run in the primitive type, is pulled out into a narrow
subsidiary loop, the distal portion of which gives a short-circuiting
vein to the duodenal vein. The rectum is straight, and there was
_no trace of ceca. The gut appears to be directly derived from the
primitive type by shortening and by loss of the cxca, the distal
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 155
loop of the mid-gut with its special vein apparently being a remi-
niscence of the stage with functional ceca.
In the Parrots, Macaws, and Parrakeets that I have examined
the gut presents no great divergences. It is invariably very long
and slender, and the subsidiary loops are folded upon each other,
and twisted and doubled in a very perplexing manner. Moreover,
the masses of twisted gut are overgrown by connective tissue loaded
with fat, and short-circuiting connections between the veins are
common. The relation to the common type, however, is easily
made out. -Ara ararauna (fig. 21) may serve as an instance; the
Ara ararauna ; intestinal tract. x, short-circuiting vessel divided.
duodenum is considerably wider than the rest of the gut, and is a
simple loop, partly curved at the end. The circular loop is enor-
mously expanded and is pulled out into a number of subsidiary
loops, four in number, as in Ara, but numerous minor subsidiary
loops usually occur between them. ‘The first of the four is short
in Ara; the second, as in the others that I have examined, bears
the vestige of the yolk-duct at its extremity; the third and fourth
are very long, and the fourth has a short-circuiting vein to the duo-
denum, and corresponds to the part of the circular loop along which
the ceca run in the primitive type. The rectum is straight and
bears no trace of ceca. The three main veins—the duodenal, the
median, and the posterior mesenteric—occur in the typical fashion.
When the minor loops between the four subsidiary loops are
abundant, as, for instance, in Chryosotis, the gut bears a resemblance
156 MR, P. OHALMERS MITOHELL ON THH [Jan. 14,
to that of the Accipitres ; but this, I think, is superficial, and merely
due to the relation to the common type. The marked features of the
divergence from type in the Psittaci consist in the elongation of a
definite number of loops and in the matting of these loops together,
the loops being folded over each other backward and forward.
There is no trace of the formation of a loop supplied by the pos-
terior mesenteric vessel, which is the most striking Accipitrine
character.
CoRACIIFORMES.
Of the birds in this group that I have examined, the Owls (fig. 22)
and Caprimulgidw are the most primitive, and indeed differ very
little from the primitive type. ‘The duodenal loop, as in other
Coraciiform birds, is very wide, especially towards its extremity.
The circular loop of the gut remains in nearly the primitive con-
Fig. 22.
Bubo maximus ; intestinal tract.
dition, being thrown into a series of short convoluted lobes,
supplied by radiating branches from the middle mesenteric vein.
In Bubo mazimus, where the gut is relatively short, the only
subsidiary loop of the mid-gut series that is prominent is the
distal loop, along which, as in the common type, the large cwca
run forward. In other Owls there. is frequently another well-
developed subsidiary loop on the part of the mid-gut between the
duodenum and the vestige of the yolk-duct. ‘The rectum is
straight. The three branches of the portal vein, the duodenal,
median, and posterior mesenteric veins, all are in the typical
condition. I have not been able to see many of the other
birds in this group which possess long ceca. Those without
functional cxea display very simple divergences from the common
1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 157
type. The wide gut is very short: the Colies, for instance, have
shortest guts of any birds that I have examined; but the same -
general features are present in all. thytidoceros plicatus, for
instance (fig. 23), shows the duodenum as a very wide irregular
Fig. 23.
Rhytidoceros plicatus ; intestinal tract.
loop, with a pucker at its closed end. The circular part of the gut
is thrown into three simple subsidiary folds. The first of these
corresponds to that present in most Owls, but absent in the Eagle-
Owl; the second bears the yolk-sac vestige at its extremity, and
the third corresponds to the part along which the lost cmca
lay. The rectum is straight. The veins are in the typical form,
and I have not found any short-circuiting veins.
In the Woodpeckers (Gecinus) and Toucans (Ihamphastos) the
duodenum is equally wide: the three loops of the mid-gut are
present with the yolk-sac vestige on the median loop; but all three
loops are much wider and shallower than in the Hornbill. The
Fig. 24.
Colius capensis ; intestinal tract.
158 ON THE INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. (Jan. 14.
Colies (fig. 24) have the same parts, but still wider and shallower.
At first sight the gut of the Coly seems very different from that of
the Hornbill. But the vestige of the yolk-duct orients the apex
of the middle subsidiary loop of the mid-gut: the anterior and
posterior loops of the mid-gut inay then be seen as simple shallow
curves on the gut. ‘he wide duodenum and the straight rectum,
and the veins, are as in the Hornbill and Woodpecker.
PASSERIFORMES.
I have proceeded only a short way in the examination of the
members of this vast group, but those that I have examined
show a simple and identical modification of the common type.
Parus major (fig. 25) may serve as a fairly generalized example of
the Passerine type. The duodenum isasimpleloop. The circular
coil of the mid-gut shows a tendency to be spirally twisted, the
Fig. 25.
Parus major ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.
vestige of the yolk-duct forming the apex of the spiral, and the
median mesenteric vein forming the axis of the spiral. The spiral is
hardly visible in Parus; it forms less than half a turn. In the Crows
and Nutcrackers, and in a very large number of other Passeres, the
spiral is long and forms several turns. Between the spiral and
the rectum there is a subsidiary loop on the mid-gut where in the
primitive type the ceca ran forwards. This in Parus and in all
other Passeres I have examined is closely connected with the
duodenum, which is folded under it. Frequently a lobe of the
pancreas passes across and lies in this subsidiary loop. The loop
has a recurrent vein from the middle mesenteric vein, and a short-
circuiting vein or veins opening into the duodenal vein. The
rectum is short and straight, and where these are present, as in
Parus, bears the ceca. The veins are normal.
Some Passeres, as, for instance, the Nutcracker, show signs of a
subsidiary loop of the mid-gut between the spiral and the duode-
nun. In others, as, for instance, the Poé Honey-eater (Prosthe-
madera), the anterior part of the mid-gut and the spiral are reduced
to practically a simple fold, while the last loop of the mid-gut is
considerably expanded.
1896.] ON THH MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 159
CoNOLUSION,
I do not feel justified in attempting to draw any general con-
clusions as to the relations of the various divergences from the
common type that I have described: but I think that I have
brought together enough matter to show that when a much larger
number of facts has been collected, the method of investigation I
have been following may furnish another clue to that riddle of
zoology, the classification of birds. But in addition to this systematic
interest, the comparative anatomy of a group of creatures so large in
numbers and so alike in anatomical structure offers a field for the
investigation of the innumerable divergences and convergences
that have taken place in the evolution of the group. I cannot see
that interpretations of isolated characters have any value. When
we know the comparative anatomy of the greater number of
characters that make up an animal, and not only those that seem
to distinguish it as a species, the time may come for interpre-
tation. But tv those who care for discussions concerning isolated
characters, I may suggest the problem: in these loopings of the
gut in birds, there is an almost kaleidoscopic variety, and appa-
rently these varieties are of systematic value; what are their
utilities ?
4. Myology of Rodents.—Part II. An Account of the
Myology of the Myomorpha, together with a Com-
parison of the Muscles of the various Suborders of
Rodents. By F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S.,
Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s
Hospital.
[Received December 14, 1895.]
The present paper is intended to be a second instalment to the
one “On the Mvology of the Sciuromorphine and Hystricomor-
phine Redents,” which J had the honour of reading before this
Society in 1894 (see P. Z. S. 1894, p. 251). I am again indebted
to the kindness of the Society’s Prosector, Mr. F. E. Beddard, for
a large proportion of my material; indeed, it was bis suggestion
that a detailed examination of the muscles of Rodents would be
of practical value in the Dissecting-Room at the Gardens that
determined me to undertake the work in the first instance.
The first part of this paper contains an account of the muscles
of thirteen Myomorphine Rodents, and as a statement of actual
facts will, I hope, prove of some value.
The second part is devoted to a series of summaries and
generalizations founded upon the facts with which these and
previous dissections have furnished me. This part I regard as of
less value than the first, because future, dissections may make
many alterations necessary. It seems well, however, to take
stock of the mass of material from time to time as it accumulates.
160 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE 5 [Jan. 14,
The following is a list of the animals dissected for the first part
of the present: paper :—
Myoxus dryas. Mus rattus.
Gerbillus shawt. Mus barbarus.
Cricetus frumentarius, Rhyzomys badius.
Cricetomys gambianus. Georychus capensis.
Microtus amphibius, Bathyergus maritimus.
Myodes lemmus. Heteromys longicaudatus.
Mus decumanus.
Also
Lepus timidus and Lepus cuniculus
for the sake of comparison.
Accounts of the muscles of other animals by various authors
have been used and their sources acknowledged in the text.
Muscles of the Head and Neck.
Temporal.—In all the Myomorpha the three parts of the tem-
poral are more closely fused than they are in the Sciuromorpha, in
this respect resembling the Hystricomorphine arrangement.
In the Water-Vole the parietal part of the muscle is very large
and arises from the temporal fascia, as well as the parietal, maxil-
lary, and frontal bones. It runs down as a flat tendon to be
inserted, opposite the anterior molar teeth, into the mandible.
The anterior deep part of the masseter, after coming through the
infraorbital foramen, joins this tendon.
Fig. 1.
PARIETAL part of TEMP.
ANT.DEEP MAS. ae
ins
2
> ,
wey Zz “= BOST.SUP.MAS.
ANT.SUP.MAS. | Wey
: " SS st!
POST DEEP MAs.
Masticatory muscles of Vole.
TEMP.
In the Myoxidx and Muride the muscles of opposite sides are
separated by an interval which is often, as in Aus rattus, of
considerable extent. In the Spalacide, on the other hand, the two
muscles rise close together, and the superficial layer described by
Allen ' is distinct and rises by aponeurosis from the sagittal crest.
These animals, moreover, bear out the statement in Broun’s
1 Pr. Acad, Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia, vol. iii. p. 385.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODEN'S. 161
‘Thierreich,’ that the size of the temporal varies inversely with
that of the eyes, for in them the eye is rudimentary while the
muscle is very large (Jthizomys, Georychus, Bathyergus). ;
Masseter.—The four parts of the muscle already described are
present in the Myomorpha, but the posterior superficial and
posterior deep parts are usually difficult to separate satisfactorily.
The anterior superficial portion is constant and rises in front of
the infraorbital foramen, from the side of the maxilla, by a narrow
tendon. It is very strongly marked in the Spalacide, in which
the lower jaw has a broad pulley-like groove under which the
muscle passes to be inserted into the inner surface of the bone;
this arrangement is very well seen in Georychus and Bathyergus.
The anterior deep part shows an intermediate arrangement between
the Sciuromorphine and Hystricomorphine type and throws a
Fig. 2.
:ANT.DEEP MAS.
=> Seruromorphine,
Superficial dissection of Hamster’s masseter.
good deal of light on the morphology of this portion. In the
Hystricomorpha there is a large infraorbital foramen through
which the anterior deep part of the masseter passes to be inserted
by a narrow flat tendon into the mandible opposite, or just in
front of, the anterior cheek-teeth. In the Sciuromorpha the part
which I have hitherto described as “anterior deep” rises from a
vertical groove in front of the zygoma, and passes down to the
same insertion without traversing any bony canal, the infraorbital
foramen being only large enough to allow the passage of the
nerve. As the insertion of a muscle is justly regarded as of more
importance than the origin in determining homologies, I have
hitherto looked upon these two portions as homologous, but the
arrangement in many of the Myomorpha has made me change this
opinion. Inthe Myomorpha the infraorbital foramen is inter-
mediate between the arrangement found in the other two sub-
orders; it is usually present as a vertical slit, through which
passes a small bundle of muscular fibres corresponding to the
anterior deep part of the Hystricomorphine masseter; but in
addition to this there is another slip, corresponding to the Sciuro-
morphine anterior deep part, which rises in front of the zygoma
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XI. 11
162 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON TNE [Jan. 14,
and runs down to be inserted, also by a narrow flat tendon, just
external to the former and covering its insertion. This part is
especially well marked in Heteromys. This arrangement, which is
present in all the genera of the Muride that I have dissected,
shows that, as the two muscles coexist in the same animal, they
cannot be homologous, and I am now of opinion that the so-called
Fie. 3.
ANT. DEEP MAS,
| HysTricomorphine,
ran St
NS
ANT‘ SUP.MAS,
Sczromorphine.,
Masseter of Heteromys.
anterior deep part of the Sciuromorphine masseter is an extension
forward of the posterior superficial plane of fibres. The arrange-
ment in the Spalacide gives a clue to the way in which the infra-
orbital slip appears ; in these animals it is very feebly marked, rises
from the margins of the infraorbital foramen, and runs back to
blend with the temporal instead of having an independent insertion
opposite the anterior cheek-teeth.
Facial Muscles—These muscles are best developed in the
Spalacide, especially in Bathyergus. In this animal the frontalis
is continuous dorsally and laterally with the superficial panniculus,
and the muscles of the small auricle aré extensions from this.
The orbicularis palpebrarum in Bathyergus is very small, corre-
sponding to the feeble development of the eye. ‘The levator labii
superioris corresponds with the description of it in the other
Rodents'. The dilatator naris rises deep to this and passes to the
1 P. ZS. 1894, p. 253.
1896.| — MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 163
side of the nasal aperture. The zygomaticus rises behind and.
below the eye and runs to the angle of the mouth. The orbicularis.
oris is feeble, as the mouth never closes over the enormous lower
incisors, and the infra-labial muscles are hardly developed at all.
Fig. 5.
iF RONTALIS,
Lev. casi,
SUPER, __
Face-muscles of Bathyergus.
This description applies to the other animals examined, with the
exception that a depressor labii inferioris can be made out, and
that the orbicularis palpebrarum is better developed than in the
Spalacide. The other facial muscles, especially the zygomaticus,
are more difficult to separate from the facial panniculus. Windle,
however, made out a levator ale nasi, a dilatator naris, and a
levator Jabii inferioris in Hydromys chrysogaster '.
Buecinator.—-The buccinator has the normal arrangement,
except in Cricetomys and Cricetus: in the former animal I was
unfortunately unable to examine the face owing to its damaged
condition; in the latter the muscle is prolonged into a pouch
which runs back along the side of the neck as far as the scapula,
at its blind extremity a muscular fasciculus is attached to it, which
runs backward to the posterior thoracic spines parallel to the
posterior border of the trapezius, of which it seems a part, as it is
supplied by a continuation of the spinal accessory nerve coming
out of the trapezius. The action of this muscle would be to draw
back the pouch and possibly to assist in emptying it.
Pterygoids.—The description of these muscles already given
applies to the arrangement in the Myomorpha. In the Spalacide,
especially in Bothyergus, the large anterior superficial part of the
masseter is inserted into the inner surface of the mandible above
the insertion of the internal pterygoid, so that the latter seems to
stand out in a more isolated manner than is usually the case.
Digastric.—Distinct Hystricomorphine and Sciuromorphine
types of this muscle have already been described. In the
Myomorpha the type is usually Sciuromorphine, but certain
\ Pp. Z. 8. 1887, p. 54.
11*
164 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON HH [Jan. 14,
animals approach more or less closely to the Hystricomorphine
arrangement.
In Myoxus the type is essentially Sciuromorphine, there is a
distinct central tendon and a tendinous arcade connecting the
anterior bellies of opposite sides; the two anterior bellies, more-
over, are in contact in the middle line. The same arrangement is
found in Gerbillus (where, however, the posterior bellies rise from
the bulla tympani), in Cricetomys, in the Murine (Aus rattus,
M. decwmanus, and M. barbarus), and in Rhizomys among the
Spalacide. In Cricetus, Microtus, Myodes, and Hydromys (Windle)
the central tendon is reduced to a mere tendinous intersection as
in the Hystricomorpha, but the two anterior bellies are still in
close contact. In Bathyergus and Georychus among the Spalacide
a similar arrangement is found, but, as in all other cases, the
double nerve-supply of the muscle is preserved. Heteromys
approaches most nearly to the Hystricomorphine type, since the
two anterior bellies are not in contact and there is no tendinous
arcade; there is, however, a distinct constriction and fendon
between the anterior and posterior bellies.
Transverse Mandibular Muscle—This muscle is present in all
cases ; it is perhaps better developed in the Muridw than in the
other families, When the mylo-hyoid comes far enough forward
the transverse mandibular is superficial to it.
Mylo-hyoid.—The mylo-hyoid is attached posteriorly to the
tendinous arcade connecting the digastrics and to the hyoid bone.
Anteriorly the two muscles usually form a V-shaped border, with
the aperture of the V forward, and do not reach the symphysis. In
Myoxus, Microtus, the Murine (A. rattus, decumanus, and barbarus),
and in Heteromys the muscle extends farther forward than in the
rest and is then deep to the transverse mandibular.
Genio-hyoid.—The two muscles of opposite sides tend to coalesce
posteriorly as in the Sciuromorpha.
Genio-hyo-glossus.—This has the usual attachments ; it is speci-
ally large in Rhizomys.
Styloid Muscles.—The stylo-hyoid has the usual Rodent arrange-
ment in passing deep to the digastric.
In Rhizomys these two muscles are closely blended, while in
Georychus the blending seems to be more complete, for no distinct
stylo-hyoid could be made out. The stylo-glossus rises by tendon
from the posterior part of the bulla; it is very well marked in
Cricetomys, while in Georychus and Bathyergus it rises by tendon
from the stylo-hyal element of the hyoid arch. As in other rodents
the stylo-pharyngeus was not seen as a distinct muscle.
Sterno- and Cleido-mastoid.—In the Myomorpha these two
muscles are perhaps not quite so distinctly separated one from
another as in either of the other suborders.
In Cricetus, Myoxus, Microtus, Myodes, Mus barbarus, M. rattus,
and Heteromys the cleido-mastoid rises from the inner part of the
bony clavicle under cover of the clavicular insertion of the trapezius ;
it is inserted into the curyed line of the occipital bone, close to the
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODEN'S. 165
paroccipital process, by fleshy fibres. The sterno-mastoid has the
usual origin and is inserted by tendon into the base of the par-
occipital process in front of the last muscle ; it is the larger muscle
of the two. In Cricetomys the cleido-mastoid is not covered by
the trapezius at its origin, it is, however, overlapped by the sterno-
mastvid at its insertion. Inthe Gerbille the two muscles are con-
tinuous at their origin, the cleido-mastoid being the larger and
rising from the inner half of the clavicle. Rhizomys resembles
Cricetus, Myoxus, and the Murine in the origin of the cleido-
mastoid being overlapped by the trapezius, and Cricetomys in the
insertion being overlapped by the sterno-mastoid. In Hydromys*
the cleido-mastoid is the smaller muscle and is overlapped at its
insertion by the sterno-mastoid. In Georychus and Bathyergus
the cleido-mastoid is not overlapped by the trapezius ; in the latter
the two muscles tend to fuse as in the Gerbille, but to a greater
extent ; at their insertion they are completely fused and are attached
by a narrow tendon to the base of the paroccipital process.
Sterno-hyoid and thyroid.—In most cases these muscles have the
human attachments. In Bathyergus, however, the sterno-hyoid
, misses the hyoid bone and continues on to the symphysis menti,
in this respect somewhat resembling the arrangement found in
Myopotamus’. In Hydromys the arrangement seems ideutical
with that of Myopotamus °.
Omo-hyoid.—As in the Sciuromorpha the omo-hyoid is always
present in the Myomorpha; it has the same attachments, never, as
far as I have seen, being attached to the clavicle. There is no
central tendon. In Bathyergus the muscle is not attached to the
hyoid bone, but is continued forwards with the sterno-hyoid to the
symphysis menti.
evator Clavicule (Acromio-trachelian).—In all the animals
examined this muscle rose from the anterior arch and transverse
process of the atlas. Its usual insertion is into the acromial pro-
cess, but sometimes it extends to the spine of the scapula. ‘This
description applies also to Hydromys*. In Bathyergus the muscle
is very large and extends from the acromion on to the outer half
of the clavicle at its insertion, in this respect resembling the
Dipodide.
Rectus Capitis Anticus Major and Minor and Longus Colli.—
These muscles have the Hystricomorphine attachments.
Scalene Muscles.—A scalenus anticus, that is a muscle passing
to the first rib in front of the subclavian artery and brachial plexus,
was only seen in the following animals—Gerbillus, Georychus, and
Bathyergus. In these it resembled the same muscle among the
Hystricomorpha, in rising from the basioccipital bone. ‘The sca-
lenus medius and posticus of human anatomy are represented by
one mass, which rises from the transverse processes of all the cer-
vical vertebre, passes behind the brachial plexus, and is inserted into
1 P. ZS. 1887, p. 55.
2 P. Z. 8. 1994. p. 256.
2 P. ZS. 1887, p. 55.
166 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THD [Jan. 14,
the first four or five ribs. In Cricetomys, Gerbillus, Microtus, Mus
rattus, Myodes, and Heteromys the muscle rose from all the cervical
vertebre and was inserted into the first five ribs. In Myowus and
Cricetus it was only inserted into the first four ribs. In Geory-
chus the muscle came from the anterior four cervical vertebre and
was inserted into the first four ribs. In Bathyergus the arrange-
ment was the same except that it reached the fifth rib. In 2thizomys,
although there was no scalenus anticus, the scalene mass was
Fig. 6.
SJ hi... SCALENUS,
lips --- SUBGLANIAN
, ART x BRAGH, PLEX.
Scalene muscles of Rhizomys.
divisible into an anterior and a posterior part: the anterior part
rose from the second to the seventh cervical transverse processes
and was inserted into the first: rib, while the posterior part only
came from the transverse process of the atlas and went to the first
four ribs.
Muscles of the Anterior Extremity.
The Pectoral Muscles.—For purposes of description, and for
comparison with other Rodents, the same four divisions of the pec-
toral mass which have already been defined‘ will be here adhered
to. The chief differences noticed in the Myomorpha are that a is
not so oblique a muscle, and, as its fibres correspond in direction
with those of 6, the two parts are much less easily distinguished
from one another. In Cricetomys, with which Myoxus closely
agrees, a rises from the anterior part of the sternum and runs
horizontally outward to be inserted into the pectoral ridge;
1 P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 259.
1896.] " MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 167
B rises from the whole length of the sternum; y (the abdominal
fibres) are feebly marked; 6 (the part corresponding to the pec- .
toralis minor) comes from the lower true rib-cartilages and runs
forward and outward to the head of the humerus and to the cora-
coid process. Heteromys only differs from this description in
having the abdominal fibres more closely united with the panni-
culus than in any otheranimal. In the Gerbille, aand £ are fused,
while y and 6 unite near their insertion, which is into the capsule of
the shoulder and into the humerus just internal to the pectoral ridge.
The Hamster differs from the last only in having the abdominal
fibres better developed and running quite separately to the cora-
coid process. The Vole closely resembles the Gerbille, but is
remarkable for the great development of the fibres from the
cartilages (6); these fibres unite with y, and are inserted into the
coracoid.
In the Rat and Mouse the arrangement is almost identical with
that of the Gerbille.
In Siphneus Milne-Edwards describes a large and distinct pec-
toralis minor inserted into the coracoid process and coming from
the second rib; this is interesting when one notices the similar
arrangement in the Vole, an animal to which he regards Siphneus
as being more closely related than to the Mole-Rats ’.
Rhizomys resembles Cricetomys except that 9 is larger, rises from
the 2nd to the 7th costal cartilages, and is inserted into the clavicle
as well as the head of the bumerus. Greorychus has a and fused ;
y is inserted into the neck of the humerus; 6 rises from the 2nd,
3rd, and 4th costal cartilages and is inserted into the coracoid and
shoulder-joint.
In Bathyergus the pectoral mass is very large, and resembles the
last in having aand # fused; but near the insertion the posterior
fibres become tucked under the anterior and are inserted deep to
them into the pectoral ridge. The abdominal fibres (y) rise from
the end of the sternum to the middle of the linea alba; they are
inserted together with a large part of the latissimus dorsi into the
capsule of the shoulder. The pectoralis minor (0) rises from the
posterior two-thirds of the sternum and the posterior true rib-
cartilages, and is inserted into the outer half of the clavicle, having
its anterior border in contact with the posterior border of the
subclavius; between these two contiguous borders the external
anterior thoracic nerve emerges to reach the superficial parts of
the muscle.
Sterno-scapularis—In the greater number of the Myomorpha
this muscle is only represented, as in Man, by the subclavius, which
rises from the cartilage of the first rib and is inserted into the
outer half of the posterior border of the clavicle. Georychus and
Bathyergus are the only exceptions which I have met with ; in these
there is a large and distinct claviculo-scapularis, as in the Hystrico-
morpha. In Siphneus, according to Milne-Edwards, the arrange-
ment is the same.
1 «Recherches des Mammifeéres,’ tome i. p. 99.
168 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan, 14,
Deltoid.—This muscle in the Myomorpha has the usual three
parts, but the intervals between them are hardly noticeable ; more-
over, they are all inserted into the humerus at the same point. The
portion rising from the spine of the scapula, instead of being: the
smallest, as in the Hystricomorpha, is usually the largest. This
description applies to all the animals examined, with the exception
that in Bathyergus, Georychus, and Stphneus the intervals are so
ill-marked that the muscle appears single as in Man.
Supraspinatus, Infraspinatus, and Subscapularis——These resemble
the same muscles in the other Rodents in having the human attach-
ments. In some, e. g. Cricetomys, the supraspinatus is larger than
the infraspinatus ; but, as a rule, the reverse is the case. Milne-
Edwards points out that in Siphneus the supraspinatus only occupies
the anterior three-fourths of the fossa, the posterior part giving
attachment to the rhomboid.
Teres Major.—This has the usual attachments, its relation to the
tendon of the latissimus dorsi is variable, and depends on the extent
to which that muscle is wrapped round the lower border of it. In
Myoaus, Cricetus, Rhizomys, Microtus, Mus barbarus, and M, rattus
the teres major is wrapped round by the latissimus dorsi, so that
the latter is inserted anteriorly to it.. In Cricetomys, Georychus,
and Bathyergus the wrapping round is not so complete, and the
teres major is inserted in front of the latissimus dorsi. In Siph-
neus the arrangement seems to be the same.
Teres Minor.—This muscle closely agrees with the description
given of it in the other Rodents. It is very rarely a distinct
muscle, Cricetomys being the only animal in which it could be
described as well-marked. It is interesting to notice that a strong
Vig. 7.
See
INFRA.SPIN. {|
T.MAJOR!
H =
Y
eaten Hh
le Hy} iN y
WE MN
WH Hy
17 /) eh
Shoulder-museles of Phizonys.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 169
ligament was seen in Rhizomys running from the axillary border
of the scapula, between the origins of the teres major and minor,
across the latter muscle to the metacromion process. A similar
ligament has already been described in Lagostomus’.
Biceps Cubiti.—Vhere can be no doubt that, speaking generally,
one of the characteristics of the Myomorpha is a double-headed
biceps. This was noticed in every specimen which I dissected.
Milne-Edwards, however, found only one head in Siphneus, but it
is possible that further investigation may prove that this was
merely an individual variation. In Hydromys Windle does not
notice the condition of the biceps.
As a rule the insertion is into both bones of the forearm, but in
Oricetus and Myoxus the muscle only goes to the radius, while in
Rhizomys the ulna is the only bone to which it is attached. In
Georychus and Bathyergus the two heads are easily separable
down to the insertion by a little force. In the former the coracoid
head goes entirely to the radius, the glenoid head to the radius
and ulna; inthe latter both heads can be traced to both bones.
Coraco-brachialis.—In the Myomorpha the most usual arrange-
ment is to find the second and third parts, described by Wood’,
present; they are, however, fused, and the muscle has one
continuous insertion from the middle of the humerus to the
internal condyle. This description applies to Ithizomys, Siphneus,
Microtus, Myodes, Heteromys, Hydromys, and the Murine. The
Cricetine (Cricetus and Cricetomys) have the same arrangement,
but in addition the first part or rotator humeri is present. In
Gerbillus and Myoaus only the second part was seen.
In Georychus the muscle was absent, while in Bathyergus it
was very small, and was only represented by the second part.
Milne-Edwards says that the muscle is absent in “le Rat-Taupe
du Cap,” by which, I suppose, Bathyergus is meant. In all the
animals dissected, as in other Rodents, the musculo-cutaneous
nerve passes above the second part of the muscle.
Brachialis Anticus.—All the Myomorpha have the external and
internal heads of the brachialis anticus, and these are more or
less completely fused; perhaps Bathyergus shows them most
clearly separated from one another. The insertion, in every case
that I dissected, was into the ulna only, but Milne-Edwards
describes an additional feeble attachment into the head of the
radius in Siphneus.
Triceps and Anconeus.—There is no difference between the
Myomorphine triceps and that of other Rodents. In Cricetomys
it was noticed that the outer head was inserted largely into the
fascia of the outer side of the forearm. Bathyergus resembles
Castor in the great development of the muscle, and in the fact
that it is attached to both sides of the olecranon, as well as to the
top. The anconeus has the usual attachments, and shows nothing
of special interest.
1p. Z. 8. 1894, p. 263.
? Journ. of Anat. vol. i. p. 45.
170 MR. I. G. PARSONS ON ‘IID (Jan. 14,
Epitrochleo-anconeus.—This is present in all the Myomorpha ; it
is supplied by the ulnar nerve.
Pronator Radit Teres.—This muscle agrees with the description
given of it in other Rodents; in Mus barbarus and Cricetus it is
inserted into the second quarter of the radius, while in all the
other animals examined it goes into the middle of that bone.
Cricetomys resembles Scturus in possessing a supracondylar
foramen, but in it the pronator teres does not rise from the supra-
condylar arch, as it does in Sciurus.
Flexor Carpi Radialis—The attachments of this muscle were
normal in all cases. In the Vole, and, to a lesser extent, in all
Rodents, the tendon of this muscle is bound down to the flexor
surface of the radius by a fibrous pulley just below the attachment
of the pronator radii teres.
Palmaris Longus.—The muscle is present and large in Cricetomys,
Cricetus, Microtus, Georychus, Bathyergus, Mus rattus, Siphneus,
and Heteromys; it is inserted into the palmar cartilage or ossicle
and into the fascia of the palm. In Rhizomys and Gerbillus it
is only inserted into the fascia, while in Myovus it is absent.
In Mus barbarus it is developed as a slip from the surface of the
flexor sublimis digitorum, an arrangement which recalls that found
in Coelogenys and Xerus.
Flexor Sublimis Digitorum.—In all the animals examined, except
Myowus, this muscle rises from the internal condyle and forms
the flexor perforatus for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits. In Myovus
it also goes to the 5th digit. Milne-Edwards describes the slip
to the 2nd digit as a distinct muscle in Siphneus.
Flexor Carpi Ulnaris.—This muscle has the usual attachments,
except that in Hhizomys and Bathyergus the origin from the
internal condyle is wanting. The tendon is specially thick in
Georychus.
Flexor Profundus Digitorum.—The deep flexor of the fingers is
composed, as in other Rodents, of two superficial heads from the
internal condyle and of two deep heads from the flexor surfaces
of the radius and ulna. A small slip is given off to the pollex
from the front of the tendon formed by these heads in Cricetomys,
Gerbillus, Microtus, Mus burbarus and rattus, Myodes, Georychus,
Bathyergus, and Rhizomys. In Myowus, Cricetus, and Siphneus
(Milne-Edwards) no tendon goes to the thumb. In Bathyergus
the fibres derived from the different heads were traced downward
through the tendon, and it was found that the two condylar
heads join together to form the superficial part of the tendon,
which gradually winds round the outer side to eventually become
deep.. When the tendon divides into its ultimate five slips for
the four fingers and the thumb, each slip receives fibres both from
the condylar and the radio-ulnar origins. This twisting of the
tendon reminds one of the arrangement of the fibres of the tendo
Achillis’. There are usually four lumbricals which arise from
the flexor surface of the tendon at or before its point of division.
1 Author’s paper, ‘Journ, Anat.’ vol, xxvii. p. 414,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODEN'S. 71
In Microtus, Rhizomys, Bathyergus, and Hydromys, however, only
three lumbricals were seen, the radial one having been suppressed.
Pronator Quadratus.—This muscle is less well developed as a
tule than in the Hystricomorpha, never, so far as I have seen,
extending along the length of the bones. In Myoawus and Microtus
it occupies the middle third of the forearm; in Cricetomys,
Cricetus, and Mus barbarus the lower half. In the Gerbille it
attains its maximum of development, and is attached to the lower
three-quarters of the two bones. In Georychus, Bathyergus,
Rhizomys, and Siphneus it is a very feeble muscle—in the two
former being found only opposite the insertion of the pronator
radii teres, while in the two latter it is represented by a few fibres
between the lower ends of the two bones.
Supinator Longus.—This muscle was wanting in every animal
dissected. Windle found it absent in Hydromys, and Milne-
Edwards says that it is also wanting in Siphneus, Spalax, and
Hdamys. He states, however, that it is present in the Hamster,
and, although it was most certainly absent in the Hamster I
dissected, I take his statement to mean that very occasionally a
supinator longus may be found among the Myomorpha as a
reversion to the Sciuromorphine type.
Extensor Carpi Radialis Longior and Brevior.—In all the
animals examined these muscles had the usual attachments.
‘When there is any difference in size, as in the case of Myoaus,
Georychus, Rhizomys,. and Siphneus, the brevior is the larger
muscle. Milne-Hdwards says that in Georychus and Spalax there
is only one radial extensor, but he does not mention where that
one is inserted. Unless the insertion is carefully looked for the
two muscles may easily be mistaken for one, as they lie very close
to one another.
Extensor Communis Digitorwm.—The only point of interest in
the Myomorphine common extensor is whether it goes to the
fifth digit or not. In Georychus, Bathyergus, Siphneus, and Mus
barbarus no slip is given to the little finger. In Cricetomys two
tendons pass to the middle, and in Rhizomys two to the ring
finger. pail!
ptihege Minimi Digiti.—The insertion of this muscle was into
the fourth and fifth fingers in Gerbillus, Microtus, Myodes, Mus
barbarus, Hydromys, Georychus, Buthyergus, and Rhizomys. In
Bathyergus, however, the tendon to the fourth digit was very
small. In Cricetus it was attached to the third and fifth digits,
while in Myoxus and Cricetomys it only went to the fifth.
Extensor Carpi Ulnaris.—Nothing special was noticed in the
attachments of this muscle. Milne-Edwards describes it as a
double muscle in Siphneus, one tendon going to the base of the
fourth, and the other to the base of the fifth metacarpal bone,
at the same time he does not describe any extensor minimi digiti.
Considering the very constant character of the extensor carpi
ulnaris in Rodents, and the comparative inconstancy of the
extensor minimi digiti, I expect that the explanation of what he
172 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON TH [Jan. 14,
found is that the outer division of his extensor carpi ulnaris is
really the extensor minimi digiti, the tendon of which has lost its
digital attachments and has become inserted into the base of the
fourth metacarpal bone.
Supinator Brevis.—The description of this muscle given in the
other Rodents applies to the Myomorpha, with the exception that
in the latter a sesamoid bone is usually found in the tendon.
The only animals in which this bone was wanting were Bathyergus
and Georychus. The relationship of the tendon of the supinator
brevis to the external lateral ligament of the elbow is interesting,
in some cases, as in that of Buthyergus, there is a well-marked
external lateral ligament, situated behind the tendon, but in
others, of which Cricetomys is an example, the tendon itself seems
to form the lateral ligament, and bas the orbicular ligament
attached to it.
Extensor Ossis Metacarpi Pollicis—In all cases this muscle rises
from both bones, and is inserted into the base of the metacarpal
bone. In the Gerbille its tendon was double. In Cricetus and
Cricetomys it had an extra insertion into the radial sesamoid bone
or palmar cartilage.
Extensor Primi Internodii Pollicis—In every animal examined
this was absent.
Hxtensor Secundi Internodii Pollicis.—This muscle was only seen
in Georychus, where it was well-marked, it accompanied the
extensor indicis and separated on the back of the hand. This
arrangement is practically the same as that already described in
Castor.
Extensor Indicis—As in other Rodents the extensor indicis
rises from about the middle of the back of the ulna, and is inserted
only into the dorsal side of the index, In Myowus it rises from
the top of the back of the ulna close to the olecranon. In the
Vole 1 dissected the tendon had acquired a secondary attachment
to the prominent ridge on the back of the radius at its lower end,
while the part of the tendon between this and the index was
wanting.
Palmaris Brevis—When a palmar ossicle is present, which is
not so often the case as in other Rodents, the muscle is attached
to it. When there is no ossicle it is attached to the palmar fascia.
In AMicrotus and Bathyergus no palmaris brevis was found.
Flexor Brevis Digitorum Manus.—This muscle was found in
Cricetomys, Cricetus, Georychus, and Bathyergus. In the first three
it arose from the palmar ossicle, but in the last from the fascia
just external to the pisiform bone.
Muscles of the Thumb.—In almost all cases the abductor pollicis
can be made out, and has its origin from the palmar ossicle. The
flexor brevis was made out with difficulty in Myoxus, Gleorychus,
and Bathyergus; in the two latter the thumb is provided with a
pair of sesamoid bones, as in all the other fingers. Bathyergus
has a prominent cartilaginous spur on the outer and inner side of
the hand; these probably represent the prepollex and postminimus,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 173
In no case could I satisfy myself of the existencs of an adductor
or opponens pollicis.
Muscles of the Little Finger.—These are not so easily made out
as in the other Rodents. ‘the abductor is present, but is not
double. The flexor brevis is represented by the uluar slip of the
interosseus muscle to the little finger, when there happens to be a
muscle in that position. [ have never been able to find an
opponens, although Windle describes it in Hydromys.
Interosset.—In all the animals examined, except Georychus and
Bathyergus, there were eight interossei, the inner of which forined
the flexor brevis minimi digiti. In these two animals there were
no interossei attached to the fifth finger, although the two
sesamoid bones supposed to be developed in them were present.
Practically the same arrangement was found in the Beaver. In
Cricetomys, Microtus, and possibly in Cricetus, there was an '
adductor minimi digiti, which recalls the figure already published *
of the same muscle in Celogenys. In Rhizomys and Gerbillus
there is an adductor indicis. These two muscles are situated on
a plane superficial to that of the interossei, and I have not come
across any Myomorphine animal which possesses both of them,
although they frequently co-exist in the Hystricomorpha.
Muscles of the Trunk.
Panniculus Carnosus.—In the majority of the Myomorpha the
panniculus corresponds to the rodent type already described.
The sterno-facialis is always present, but seldom large. In
Georychus and Bathyergus the panniculus, especially the anterior
part, is very well developed; in the former the platysma is
very strong and rises from the angle of the mouth and from the
median raphe running back from the symphysis menti, it runs
backward and upward to be lost over the region of the shoulders,
though some of the more posterior fibres are attached to the
metacromial process. When this is removed, the whole length
of the sterno-facialis and epitrochleo-facialis comes into view,
the former rising from the posterior half of the sternum, the
latter from the internal condyle of the humerus; they both run
forward to be inserted into the fascia on the surface of the
masseter. In Bathyergus the sterno-facialis has undergone greater
development, and is continuous posteriorly with the panniculus
of the abdomen; this I have figured, and have pointed out? that it
is a possible foreshadowing of the human sternalis muscle. The
posterior part of the panniculus in Bathyergus is also well marked,
and gets an attachment to the external tuberosity of the tibia and
to the ramus of the ischium. In Heteromys among the Geomyida,
the pouch causes a good deal of modification in the facial
panniculus. The superficial part or platysma rises from the
1 P. Z, 8. 1894, p. 273.
? Journ. Anat. vol. xxix. p. xii.
174 MR. F. @. PARSONS ON TILB - (Jan. 14,
surface of the pouch, and runs backward and upward under the
ear to be lost on the back of the neck. When this is dissected
away, there is seen to be a deeper layer of muscle having exactly
the same direction, and also coming from the surface of the pouch,
By far the larger portion of the outer wall of the pouch is formed
by the sterno-facialis muscle, which is especially thick at the
orifice forming a partial sphincter; the fibres of this muscle run
downward and backward to be inserted into the anterior half of
the sternum, superficial to the pectoralis major. There is no
panniculus in the inner wall of the pouch, which consists solely of
skin covering the masseter and buccinator muscles, with the
--STER=FAG. |
--PLATYSMA.
d
4
Pouch-muscles of Heteromys.
exception of one narrow slip which rises from the mental
symphysis, runs round the inner side of the opening of the pouch,
and when it reaches the lower margin turns sharply outward,
superficial to the fibres of the sterno-facialis, to run to the side of
the neck, where it joins the platysma. This decussation of the
fibres guarding the onter and the inner side of the aperture
gives a powerful sphincteric action by which the pouch can
be closed at will. It is worth while to compare the anatomy of the
pouch in the Geomyide with that in Cricetus, and to notice that,
whereas in the former the pouch,is formed by an invagination of
skin probably perforating the platysma, so as to leave some of
1896. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 175
that muscle on the inner side of the opening, while the pouch
itself is deep to the whole of the panniculus, in the latter the
&,)-~~ OPENING
o SH » 9}-Poucn ,
\SPHINCTER, é
gey or Poucn,
STERNO FACIALIS ,
Pouch-muscles of Heteromys.
pouch is formed by an evagination of the buccinator, to the fundus
of which a slip of platysma has become attached.
Latissimus Dorsi.—Vhis muscle has the same attachments that
it possesses in other Rodents; the dorso-epitrochlearis is always
present, und reaches as far as the olecranon, though in Cricetomys
it is also inserted into the fascia of the forearm.
Trapezius—In most of the Myomorpha as in the Sciuromorpha
there are three separate parts of the trapezius. The first of these,
described by Milne-EHdwards' and by Strauss-Diirckheim as the
clavo-cucullaris, consists of the fibres passing between the occiput
and the clavicle; it is separated from the rest of the muscle by the
levator clavicula, and was found in the following animals :—
Myoxus, Cricetus, Cricetomys, Microtus, Myodes, Mus decumanus,
Heteromys, Bathyergus, and Stphneus. In Georychus and Mus
barbarus, however, this part of the muscle was not seen. The
second part, or acromio-cucullaris, consists of the fibres running
between the ligamentum nuche and the anterior thoracic spines
on the one hand, and the acromial process and spine of the
scapula on the other; it is usually separated from the third part
or dorso-cucullaris by a pad of fat. In all the animals dissected,
these two parts were separate with the exception of Cricetomys
and Myowus.
Rhomboidet.—The rhomboideus capitis is a distinct muscle,
while the major and minor are not separable one from another.
In Cricetus, Myoxus, Microtus, Georychus, Bathyergus, and
Heteromys, part of the rhomboideus capitis rising from the outer
part of the occipital curved line is separated from the rest and runs
to the inner half of the spine of the scapula, covering part of the
supra-spinatus instead of going to the vertebral border.
Serratus Magnus and Levator Anguli Scapule.—The origins of
1 « Ktudes pour servir, &e.,’ p. 94.
176
MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE
[Jan. 14,
these combined muscles in the various animals dissected are the
following :—
Myowus ....... a51910.6.0 5,0 . 2-7 ev
Cricetusi wane 3-7 4,
Gerbillus .....000+ P 2-7 ;,
INERODS “Soocoousagco00 2-7 4
MWB. 30.00000009000000 2-7
Mus barbarus............ = ames
my EMG on 6biso dboo-cOUS 2 Tees
Ehizomys ........ ee eens Bia lee ea
Georychus oo... ..eeeees 3-7 4,
Bathyergus........0e.e0 3-7 ,,
Heteromys .........0000 Qaim.
Te eee eee
Serratus Posticus.—In the Myomorpha the anterior part of this
muscle is always present and well marked ; it is usually inserted
into the ribs from the 4th to the 7th, but in Cricetomys it is
continued back to the 9th, and in Rhizomys to the 11th. In
Georychus and Bathyergus it is inserted into the 6th, 7th, and 8th
ribs. The posterior part of the serratus posticus was only seen in
Microtus, Buthyergus, and Myodes; in the first it was inserted into
the last 4, and in the two latter into the last 5 ribs.
SPLEW CaP. cue
y Bye
" ME a LEV.ANG.SCAP,
th ft fe,
eR
EZ
VEZ p
; 2 ING A :
TR.cout AGN "
Hy ee
INS Lup
TR)
S
Neck-muscles of Hamster.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. V7
Sacro-lumbalis and Longissimus Dorst.—These muscles show
nothing remarkable in their attachments.
Transversalis Capitis et Collii—In Myowus the trachelo-mastoid
or transversalis capitis was absent, in all the other animals both
muscles were found.
Splenius Capitis et Colli.—The splenius capitis rises from the
ligamentum nuche nearly as far forward as the occiput, and
almost entirely covers the complexus; it has the usual attachments.
The splenius colli was not seen at all.
Compleaus.—There is usually a slight tendency to longitudinal
division, but this is not seen in Georychus, Bathyeryus, Myoxus, or
Myodes. Cricetus shows two intersections extending across the
whole muscle, while in Rhizomys they only extend across the outer
hal€ of it.
Tail-Muscles.—In those animals which have tails, the arrange-
ment of the muscles is the same as in other Rodents.
Obliquus Externus Abdominis.—This muscle usually rises from
the posterior nine or ten ribs. ‘The description already given
of it in the other Rodents applies to the Myomorpha, with
the exception that it never runs upward to the first rib with
the rectus. The outer pillar of the abdominal ring is large
and muscular, and is inserted into the whole length of the
body of the pubes, external and parallel to the symphysis. The
inner pillar is thin and fascial. In Cricetomys five or six linez
transverse were seen extending across the muscle from the rectus,
while in Microtus the same thing was also noticed, but much less
distinctly.
Obliquus Internus and T'ransversalis.—These muscles can be
separated with great care. In Bathyergus they are very well
marked, and in that animal the relation of the aponeurosis to the
rectus can be made out, and is found to be asin Man. In Mus
rvattus the scrotal pouches are very large, and are composed entirely
of the internal oblique.
Rectus Abdominis.—In all the specimens of the family of
Muridee examined there was a decussation resembling that already
described in the Octodontide'; this was not seen in Myoarus,
Georychus, or Bathyergus, though it was found in Rhizomys.
Supracostalis.—In no Rodent was this muscle seen.
Psoas Parvus.—The psoas parvus was present in all the
specimens except the Gerbille; in Microtus, Rhizomys, and
Georychus, however, it was small.
Psoas Magnus and Ilkacus.—These, muscles have the usual rodent
attachments. i
Quadratus Lwmborum.—In most of the Myomorpha the quadratus
lumborum does not seem to rise from as far forward in the dorsal
regionas it does in the other Rodents. Itis attached toall the lumbar
vertebra except in the case of Rhizomys, where it only comes from
the first three. -
1 P.Z.S. 1894, p. 280.
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, N: o. XII. 12
178 MR. ¥. G. PARSONS ON tHE (Jan. 14,
Muscles of Posterior Extremity.
Gluteus Maximus, Tensor Fascice Femoris, and Sartorius.—The
description already given' applies perfectly to the Myomorpha; the
tensor fascie and sartorius are, however, as a rule less well marked,
and there is also a closer union between the posterior border of the
gluteus maximus and the anterior border of the biceps femoris.
The bony insertion of the gluteus maximus is into the middle of
the femur except in Cricetus, where it is also attached to the
external supra-condylar ridge of the femur, and in Fhizomys,
where it is attached almost entirely to the third trochanter in the
upper part of the bone. The sartorius and tensor fascia femoris
are best marked in Cricetus, while in Georychus they are practically
absent.
Gluteus Medius and Minimus.—These muscles present no
differences from those already described in other Rodents.
Scansorius.—The scansorius is so closely fused with the gluteus
minimus, that it is only possible to make it out as a distinct muscle
in Cricetomys, though even there the separation is not very
clear.
Pyriformis,—This muscle is also much more closely fused with
the gluteus minimus than in the other Rodents; indeed, the
Myomorpha are remarkable for the unsatisfactory differentiation
of the muscles composing the gluteal mass.
Obturator Internus, Externus, and Gemelli.imThese muscles
correspond to their descriptions in the other Rodents. The
anterior gemellus is always better marked than the, posterior
one.
Quadratus Femoris.—There is usually a very slight tendon at
the insertion, the muscle being triangular as in the Hystricomorpha
and differing from the quadrilateral Sciuromorphine type; it is
always large and distinct.
Biceps Femoris.—In Myoxus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus the
two parts of which the biceps is composed are closely united and
have one continuous insertion, as is the case in the Hystricomor-
phine Rodents. In the other Myomorpha the two parts are easily
separable, as they are in Sphingurus?. When this happens, it is
the upper part which rises from the anterior caudal vertebrae and
is inserted into the outer side of the patella and ligamentum
patellee, while the lower part rises from the tuber ischii and is
inserted into the fascia on the outer side of the leg. In certain
cases, e.g. Cricetomysand Myodes, the upper portion is very closely
connected to the gluteus maximus; while in Cricetus it is so
closely blended with that muscle, that it has already been described
as.a part of the gluteus maximus which is inserted above the
external condyle of the femur.
In Georychus, Bathyergus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys the two parts
are separate from one another and from the gluteal.
1 P.Z.S. 1804, p. 282.
2 P.Z.S. 1804, p. 284.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 179
Semitendinosus.—The normal arrangement seems to be, as in the
other Rodents, that one head should rise from the posterior sacral
and anterior caudal vertebree, while the other comes from the tuber
ischii. Hither of these heads is often wanting. In Georychus,
Bathyergus, and Mus barbarus the head from the tuberosity alone
was found, while in Mzcrotus and Heteromys only the spinal head
was present. With regard to the arrangement in Mus barbarus,
it is interesting to note that Mus ratius has both heads. The
insertion in all cases is the same as that described in the other
Rodents.
Semimembranosus.—The two parts of this muscle are always
present, and correspond. to the description already given in other
Rodents. The semimembranosus proper is quite coustant, always
rising from the tuber ischii and being inserted into the back of
the internal tuberosity of the tibia. The supracondylar slip, as
in the Hystricomorpha, is variable both in size and in origin; its
insertion, however, above the internal condyle of the femur is
quite constant. In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus the
supra-condylar portion rises from the anterior caudal vertebra.
In Cricetus it is small and comes from the caudal vertebree and the
tuber. In the other animals examined it rises from the tuber
ischii only in common with the rest of the semimembranosus
except in the case of Buthyergus, where its origin is more in
common with that of the semitendinosus from the tuber. This
supra-condylar slip is largest in Georychus, where it is greater than
the rest of the muscle; in Bathyergus it is not so large; in Rhizomys
it is only half the size of the rest of the muscle; while in Cricetus
it is quite small. In Hydromys, Windle says‘ that the semimem-
branosus is inserted into the condyle of the femur alone, that is
to say, the main part of the muscle is wanting. His dissection
must of course be repeated, to see whether he had chanced upon
ai individual variation or whether this arrangement is constant
in Hydromys. The nerve-supply of the two parts of the semi-
membranosus is as in other Rodents.
Gracilis.—This muscle is usually double and the two parts have
approximately the attachments described in the Hystricomorphine
Rodents; the anterior muscle usually overlaps the posterior a good
deal. In Myowus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys no separation was seen.
In Georychus and Bathyergus the separation was very marked,
there being quite an interval near the insertion. In Myodes the
interval is greatest at the origin. Hydromys according to Windle
agrees with Myoavus and Rhizomys.
Pectineus.—This muscle corresponds to the account of it in the
other Rodents. In Gerbillus, Cricetus, Myoxus, and Ihizomys the
muscle is double, but I am inclined to regard the inner part as
belonging to the adductor mass, possibly representing the adductor
longus.
Guin Extensor.—In all the animals dissected, the two heads
of the rectus could be made out, though in Rhizomys, Georychus,
1 P.Z.8. 1887, p. 57
12*
180 Mn. #. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14:
and Bathyergus the straight head was reduced to a minimum; the
reflected head has usually some fleshy fibres rising directly from it.
With regard to the other muscles the vastus externus is large and
separate, while the internus is small and closely blended with the
crureus.
Adductors.—The adductor mass in the Myomorpha resembles in
its complexity that of the Sciuromorpha, although one frequently
finds attempts at the more simple arrangement of the Hystrico-
morpha by fusion or non-differentiation of contiguous parts. As
in the other Rodents, the supracondylar slip has been described
with the semimembranosus, to which it undoubtedly belongs.
Perhaps the animal which shows the greatest differentiation is
Cricetomys: in it the mass consists of the following parts: —(1) The
most anterior portion from the ilio-pectineal line to the middle
of the posterior border of the femur by a narrow flat tendon.
(2) Deep to this is another bundle which has the same origin but
comes from rather more of the symphysis and goes to the whole
of the femur as low as the ligamentum patelle. (3) Behind the
last isa thin flat portion rising by tendon from the horizontal
ramus and being inserted into the lower half of the femur.
(4) Most posteriorly, there is a thick mass from the ramus and
tuber ischii which is inserted into the whole length of the back
of the femur from the insertion of the quadratus femoris to the
internal condyle.
In Cricetus (1) and (2) are fused and (4) only goes to the upper
half of the femur. In Microtus (1) and (2) are fused, as are also
(3) and (4). In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus (3) was
not identified, while (4) was only inserted into the upper half to
two-thirds of the femur. hizomys closely resembles Cricetomys.
In Georychus and Bathyergus (1) is inserted into the middle third
of the femur behind the pectineus, while the other three parts are
fused into one great mass, which in Georychus is inserted into the
middle two-fourths of the back of the femur, while in Bathyergus
it goes to the whole length of that bone. In Hydromys, according
to Windle, the adductor magnus, which apparently corresponds
to the part which I have described as (4), reaches as low as the
head of the tibia *.
Libialis Anticus.—This muscle always has the human origin ; it
never rises from the femur as in some of the Hystricomorpha.
In Georychus the tibia above the cnemial crest is flattened, and
forms a triangle with the apex downward and the surface a little
concave; from this the muscle rises. As a rule, the tendon divides
slightly below to be inserted into the internal cuneiform and the
base of the first metatarsal, the latter insertion being the smaller.
_ In Mierotus, however, the tendon divides into two equal parts.
In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, Mus rattus, and Myodes the tendon
does not divide at all, but goes entirely to the cuneiform. In
Heteromys the division is well marked, but both parts are inserted
into the cunéiform. APSE ARM, BRN A
1 P.Z.S. 1887, p. 68. '
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 181
Extensor Longus Digitorum.—As in all other Rodents, this muscle
rises by tendon from the front of the external condyle of the
femur. In Mus barbarus, however, as in Sphingurus and Dipus, a
few accessory fibres came from the head of the tibia. The insertion
is into the second, third, fourth, and fifth toes except in Mus
barbarus, where the slip to the little toe was wanting, and in
Gerbillus, where there was in addition a feeble slip to the first toe.
Extensor Proprius Hallucis—This is always present and has
the normal insertion. Its exact origin varies a good deal, and
apparently is of little importance from a classificatory point of
view. In Gerbillus, Myoxus, Mus barbarus, Georychus, and Bathy-
ergus it rises from the second quarter of the fibula; in Cricetomys,
-Cricetus, and Mus rattus from the third quarter; in Rhizomys,
Microtus, and Heteromys from the middle two quarters.
Extensor Brevis Digitorwum.—As a rule this muscle has two
tendons, one for the second, the other for the third toe; this is
the case in Cricetomys, Cricetus, Gerbillus, Ithizomys, Microtus,
Heteromys, Mus barbarus and MM. rattus. In Georychus the fourth
toe has a slip as well. In Myoaus and Bathyergus I was interested
to find a distinct but small tendon to the proximal phalanx of the
first toe, these being the only Rodents in which I have ever seen
the extensor brevis going to the equivalent of our great toe. In
no Rodent, so faras I know, is there ever a tendon to the fifth toe.
Peroneus Longus.—This is always a constant muscle rising from
the upper quarter of the fibula, and passing through a groove on
the outer side of the external malleolus anterior to the other
peroneal tendons. In no animal dissected does it call for any
remark,
Peroneus Brevis.—This arises from the middle two quarters of
the fibula and passes between the tendons of the peroneus quarti
and quinti digiti behind the external malleolus; it then runs above
the peroneal spine on the calcaneum, which is usually large, to the
base of the fifth metatarsal. It is in many cases a powerful
abductor of the little toe. ;
Peroneus Quartt Digiti—This muscle is always present, and
generally rises just above the fusion of the fibula with the tibia.
It has the usual insertion.
Peroneus Quinti Digiti—This is quite constant and rises just
above the last.
Gastrocnemius.—The gastrocnemius differs in no respect from
the description given of it in the other Rodents. The three Mole-
rats Rhizomys, Georychus, and Bathyergus have no fabellez developed
in the origin of the muscle, while in every other animal examined
one was present in each head.
Soleus.—The soleus rises from the back of the head of the fibula
and joins the tendo Achillis just below the middle of the leg. In
Myoxus, however, it rose from the middle of the fibula. The rope-
like twisting of the tendo Achillis already referred to’ is always
evident... : osc, =
1 Author's paper, Journ. Anat, vol, xxviii. p. 414.
182 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,
Plantaris.—This has the typical rodent arrangement, the only
point of interest being the extent to which the muscular fibres of
the flexor brevis digitorum are developed in the sole. In Gerbillus
three little slips of muscle are alone seen in the intervals between
the four tendens where they first separate. In Microtus the flexor
brevis has no muscular fibres at all, while in Myoxus and Myodes
there are very few. All the other animals examined had well-
developed muscular bellies to the flexor brevis.
Popliteus.—The popliteus always rises from the external condyle,
and is inserted into the upper part of the internal border of the
tibia.
Flexor Longus Hallucis (Flexor Fibularis)—This is always a
large muscle, rising from both the tibia and fibula and being
inserted into the distal phalanges of all the toes.
Flexor Longus Digitorum (Flexor Tibialis).—Dobson * states that
this muscle in the Myomorpha is always separate from the flexor
fibularis tendon in the sole. I have, however, met with two
remarkable exceptions to this generalization, viz. Rhizomys and
Heteromys. In both of these animals the tendons unite in the sole
exactly as they do in the Hystricomorpha. I should mention that
this arrangement was present in both the right and left feet. In
Georychus and Bathyergus the muscle is better developed than in
most of the Myomorpha, and ends in a bone beneath the base of
the first metatarsal which I am inclined to regard as a rudiment of
a prehallux. In all the other animals examined the muscle ends
chiefly in the fascia of the foot.
Tibialis Posticus.—This is always a small muscle and rises from
the upper part of the posterior surface of the tibia below the
attachment of the popliteus, and also very often from the back of
the head of the fibula. As a rule it has a groove of its own behind
the internal malleolus, but in Myowus it shares the groove of the
’ flexor fibularis. It is inserted into the under surface of the navi-
cular, though in Mus rattus it goes chiefly to the plantar fascia,
Muscles of the Foot.
LIumbricales.—In Georychus, Bathyergus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys
only three lumbricales are present. All the other animals dissected
have four.
Accessorius.—This muscle is very ill-developed in the Myo-
morpha. The only animal in which I found it really well marked
was in Bathyergus, although traces of it could be made out in Mus
rattus.
Abductor Hallucis.—This is usually present and rises from the
navicular in Cricetomys, Rhizomys, Mus barbarus, and M., rattus.
In Gerbillus, Cricetus, Microtus, Myowus, Heteromys, and Georychus
it came from the internal cuneiform. In Bathyergus it was well-
marked and rose from the sustenaculum tali of the calcaneum,
its proximal part forming the caleaneo-scaphoid ligament,
Journ, Anat, xvii. p. 142,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 183
Adductor Indicis.—The adductor indicis was present in all.the
animals examined except Buthyergus, Georychus, and Heteromys ;
in the latter it was replaced by an adductor hallucis, which in the
other specimens was ‘wanting, although Windle describes it in
Hydromys*.
Prof. Cunningham has pointed out (Journ. of Anat. vol. xiii,
p- 11) that the foot of Bathyergus is peculiar in the total absence
of plantar adducting and dorsal abducting muscles. This state-
ment, which also applies to Georychus, I am able to corroborate. |
The muscle which I have described as abductor hallucis corresponds
to Prof. Cunningham’s inner head of the flexor brevis hallucis,
though in his specimen the origin of the muscle was not so far
back as in mine. In no Rodent were any distinct dorsal inter-
osseous muscles found.
Interossei.—There are two interossei, or flexores breves, to each
toe inserted into the sesamoid bones beneath the metacarpo-
phalangeal articulation.
Myological Characteristics of the various Families of Myomorpha.
The animals of which the muscles have been described furnish
examples of four families of the Myomorpha, namely the Myoaide,
Muride, Spalacide, and Geomyide, Unfortunately the first and
last of these are each represented in my dissections by only oue indi-
vidual, and for this reason any generalizations must be made very
tentatively. Still it seems worth while making an admittedly
imperfect contribution in the hope that it may be added to and
corrected whenever fresh material is available.
In the first place, taking Ayoaus dryas as a type of the 1 ee
one notices that :—
1. The biceps cubiti is only inserted into the radius.
2. The coraco-brachialis is only represented by the second part.
3. The palmaris longus is absent.
4, The flexor sublimis digitorum is inserted into the fifth digit
as well as into the second, third, and fourth.
5. The extensor minimi digiti is only inserted into the fifth digit.
6. The trapezius has the second and third parts fused.
7. The trachelo-mastoid is absent.
8. The rectus abdominis does not decussate at its origin with its
fellow of the opposite side.
9. The gracilis is single.
10. The soleus rises from the middle of the fibula instead of
from the head of that bone.
11. The tendon of the tibialis posticus lies in the same groove
as the flexor fibularis instead of in one of its own.
In the Geomyide, of which Heteromys longicaudatus is the only
representative dissected, the following points are of interest :—
1. The digastrie approaches the hystricomorphine type.
2, The Semitendinosus has only the caudal head present.. ©
1 PZ. 8, 1887, p. 58,
184 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,
8. The gracilis isa single muscle.
4, The flexor tibialis joins the flexor fibularis in the sole.
5. There are only three lumbricales in the foot.
6. There is an adductor hallucis instead of an adductor indicis
in the foot.
_ Whether the rectus abdominis decussated with its fellow of the
opposite side, could not be determined owing to the large incision
which had been made for evisceration before the specimen came
_into my hands.
The family of the Muride is represented by accounts of the
dissection of nine animals, and I am only able to discover one mus-
cular peculiarity which is common to them all and at the same
time distinguishes them from other families,—this is the fact that
the rectus abdominis always decussates with the muscle of the
opposite side. When one considers what a large and hetero-
geneous family this is, and that many of the genera included in it
are only placed there provisionally, one is not surprised to find
that their musculature is not nearly so consistent as it was found
to be in the different families of the Hystricomorpha.
To my mind the fact that the latter show definite muscular
characteristics which are not found in the former, indicates that the
hystricomorphine families consist of animals which are more nearly
allied to one another than is the case in the Muride: in other
words, that the classification of the Hystricomorpha is more success-
ful than that of the Myomorpha.
While speaking of the Muride, it is worth noticing that Cricetus
and Cricetomys are the only two of the Myomorpha examined which
possess the first part of the coraco-brachialis or rotator humeri
muscle. In many particulars, however, they differ from one
another.
Tn the family of the Spalacide there are records of three animals,
Bathyergus, Georychus, and Rhizomys. The following points of
resemblance were noticed in this group :—
1. The temporals are large and meet in the middle line of the
head.
2. The stylo-hyoid and stylo-glossus are closely blended in
Rhizomys, while in Georychus the stylo-hyoid is absent or completely
fused with the other muscle.
3. The pronator quadratus is very feeble.
4, The reflected head of the rectus is ill-marked.
5. The gastrocnemius has no fabellw in its tendons of origin.
6. There are three lumbricales in the foot.
The following are points of difference between Rhizomys on the
one hand and Georychus and Bathyergus on the other :—
1. In Rhizomys the digastric has a well-marked central tendon,
in Bathyergus and Georychus there is only an intersection.
2. In R. the cleido-mastoid is overlapped by the first part of the
trapezius ; in B. and G. it is not.
3. In-B. and G. the scalenus anticus is present. In BR. it is
absent, as it is in all other Myomorpha except Gerbillus.
1896.) MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 185
4. In B. and G. the sterno-scapularis is present. In 2. it is
absent.
5. In B. and G. the teres major is inserted in front of the latis-
simus dorsi, in 7?. behind it.
6. The coraco-brachialis is absent in G., small in my specimen
of B., absent in Milne-Edwards’s specimen. In J. the second and
third parts are well marked.
7. In B. and G@. the extensor communis digitorum sends no slip
to the fifth digit. In #. a slip to this digit is present.
8. There is no sesamoid bone in the tendon of the supinator
brevis in B. and G. There is one in &.
9. The pair of interosseous muscles which should be. inserted
into the two sesamoid bones of the fifth digit of the hand are
absent in B. and G. They are present in R.
10. The rectus abdominis does not decussate with its fellow of
the opposite side in B. or G., though it does so in &.
11. The gracilis is a single muscle in R. It is distinctly double
in B. and G.
12. The flexor tibialis joins the flexor fibularis in the sole of 2.
The two tendons are separate in B. und G.
13. The adductor indicis pedis is absent in G. and B., present
in &.
It will thus be seen that, though there are six more or less un-
important points of resemblance between Ehizomys on the one
hand and Bathyergus and Georychus on the other, there are 13
points of difference, some of which, such as nos. 3, 4, 10, 12, and
13, I regard as of great importance.
The study of these marked muscular differences in animals
whose habits are so much alike, and whose external appearances
are so similar, seems to point to one of two conclusions. Either
the external appearances are acquired by the animals living under
similar conditions while the muscles tell the true tale of their
different ancestry, or else the differences in the muscles are of no
value for classificatory purposes.
Against the latter conclusion the evidence of the myology of |
Bathyergus and Georychus tells strongly ; these animals are so
alike in their habits, in their osteology, and in their visceral anatomy,
that no one doubts that they are closely related; they are also
alike in their myology with one or two trifling exceptions. This,
however, is only one instance of the close resemblance of the mus-
culature in animals which are for other reasons regarded as akin ;
and I cannot help thinking that when several important differences
occur in the muscles of two animals which otherwise seem closely
related, the muscles are trustworthy guides, because, taken as a
whole, they are less likely to adapt themselves quickly to changed
conditions than are other structures.
With regard to the position of Rhizomys, the junction of the two
long flexors in the sole has been regarded by Dobson as character-
istic of the Hystricomorpha, though I have found it in other
animals, As this characteristic is present in Rhizomys, it is worth
186 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,
while noticing that in no other respect does it approach. the
Hystricomorpha ; consequently I think that the study of the
muscles bears out the suggestion of Winge’ that Ithizomys is
distinct from the Bathyergine, and that it should be placed
among the Muride, which it resembles in the only common point
which this family has—the decussation of the rectus.
Winge' also suggests that Bathyergus is closely allied to the
Hystricide. The following points in its myology show a diver-
gence from the myomorphine and an approach to the hystrico-
morphine arrangement :—
1. The scalenus anticus is present and rises from the basi-
occipital.
2. The scapulo-clavicularis is present, as in all Hystricomorpha,
while in no myomorphine rodent was it found.
These two points alone would not of course justify one in
separating the Bathyerginee from the Myomorpha, but they show
an approach to the hystricomorphine type which is suggestive.
The Position of the Dipodide.
A review of the muscles of Rodents would be incomplete without
considering whether they lend any assistance towards determining
the vexed question of the position of the Jerboas. In my former
contribution I described their muscles with those of the Hystri-
comorpha. Now that the muscles of the Myomorpha have been
worked out, a comparison can be made between them.
In the following points the Dipodids resemble the Hystrico-
morpha :—
1. The large size of the anterior deep part of the masseter
passing through the infraorbital foramen.
2. The presence of a scalenus anticus rising from the basi-
occipital.
3. The presence of only one head of the biceps cubiti.
4, The non-decussation of the rectus abdominis at its origin
with the muscle of the opposite side.
5. The union of the tendons of the flexor tibialis and fibularis
in the sole.
The first point is only one of degree since the Myomorpha show
a small piece of the masseter passing through the infraorbital
foramen.
The second has been found in Myovus among the Myomorpha,
as well as in Bathyergus and Georychus, whose position is not
quite certain.
The third point is certainly in favour of hystricomorphine
tendencies, as I have not yet found any myomorphine rodent
without two heads to the biceps cubiti.
The fourth point, the decussation of the rectus, is not always
found in the Myomorpha, while it sometimes occurs, as in the
Octodontide, among the Hystricomorpha. :
' B® Museo Lundii, 1888, p. 109,
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 187
The union of the tendons in the sole has been already alluded
to as not being entirely confined to the Hystricomorpha.
In the following points the Dipodide resemble the Myo-
morpha :—
. The sciuromorphine arrangement of the digastric.
. The presence of a transverse mandibular muscle.
. The absence of the scapulo-clavicularis.
. The presence of the omo-hyoid.
. The absence of the splenius colli.
. The origin of the levator clavicule (acromio-trachelian) from
the atlas.
The first three of these are very important and constant
points, the latter three are sometimes noted in the Hystrico-
morpha.
On the whole I think that the myological points in favour of
myomorphine tendencies for the Dipodidw are far stronger than
those in favour of hystricomorphine.
DoF cwre
GnvBRAL SUMMARY OF MusonEs oF RopmEnts.
In order to complete my paper I propose to give a series of
lists of the different points in which the four suborders of Rodents
differ from and resemble one another, though the following pages
are only tentative, and liable to require rearrangement as further
material is added. They may, however, prove useful in directing
the attention of future observers to the muscles deserving of
special notice from a classificatory point of view, and they may
also be of service in showing the muscles that are constant in
Rodents nearly related, whatever their mode of life may be, and
that may turn out to be equally constant in nearly related groups
belonging to other orders.
In a former contribution’ the differences between the Hystrico-
morpha and Sciuromorpha are summarized.
Differences between the Myomorpha and Hystricomorpha.
1. The part of the masseter which passes through the infra-
orbital foramen is usually small in the Myomorpha, large in the
Hystricomorpha.
2. The Myomorpha have the sciuromorphine arrangement of the
digastric.
3. The transverse mandibular muscle is present in the Myo-
morpha, absent in the Hystricomorpha.
4, The omo-hyoid muscle is always present in the Myomorpha,
and may be present or absent in the Hystricomorpha.
5. The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) always rises from
the arch of the atlas in the Myomorpha. In the Hystricomorpha
it sometimes rises from the basioccipital.
6. The scalenus anticus is usually absent in the Myomorpha,
usually present in the Hystricomorpha.
1 P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 294,
188 ME, F, G. PARSONS ON TH [Jan. 14,
- 7. The claviculo-scapularis is absent in the Myomorpha, present
in the Hystricomorpha.
8. In the Myomorpha the three parts of the deltoid lie close
together. In the Hystricomorpha they are separated by distinct
intervals.
9. The biceps eubiti has two heads in the Myomorpha. In the
Hystricomorpha there may be one or two.
10, The Myomorpha seldom have the first part of the coraco-
brachialis, in the Hystricomorpha it is often present.
11. The splenius colli is never found in the Myomorpha, in the
Hystricomorpha it is sometimes seen. }
12. The two parts of the biceps femoris are usnally distinct
in the Hystricomorpha. In‘the Myomorpha they are seldom
separable. e
13. In the Myomorpha the flexor tibialis and flexor fibularis
do not usually join in the sole. In the Hystricomorpha they are
always united. F
14, In the Myomorpha the accessorius is absent or very ill-
developed. In the Hystricomorpha it is present and well
marked.
Differences between the Myomorpha and the Sciuromorpha.
1. The three parts of the temporal muscle are more closely
fused in the Myomorpha than in the Sciuromorpha.
2. A small part of the masseter passes through the infraorbital
foramen in the Myomorpha. No part passes through in the
Sciuromorpha.
3. The three parts of the deltoid are more closely fused in the
Myomorpha than in the Sciuromorpha.
4, In the Myomorpha a rotator humeri is only found in the
Cricetin. In the Sciuromorpha it is always present.
5. In the Myomorpha the flexor sublimis digitorum sends no
slip to the fifth digit. In the Sciuromorpha this slip is present. -
6. The supinator longus is absent in the Myomorpha, but is
present in the Sciuromorpha except Castor’.
7. The extensor longus digitorum always sends a tendon to the
fifth digit in the Sciuromorpha; this tendon is often absent in the
Myomorpha.
8. The rectus abdominis often decussates at its origin with its
fellow in the Myomorpha. There is no decussation in the Sciuro-
morpha.
9. The quadratus femoris is triangular in the Myomorpha,
quadrilateral in the Sciuromorpha.
10. The supracondylar slip of the semi-membranosus always
rises from the tuber ischii and is closely connected to the
adductors in the Sciuromorpha. In the Myomorpha it may rise
from the tuber or caudal vertebre and is distinct from the
adductor mass.
1 Macalister describes an exceedingly feeble supinator longus in the Beaver
(‘ Morphology of Vertebrate Animals,’ p. 289).
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 189
11. The gracilis is usually double in the Myomorpha, single in
the Sciuromorpha.
12. The accessorius is usually absent in 1 the Myomorpha, always
present in the Sciuromorpha.
With a view to comparing the myology of the Lagomorpha with
the other suborders, I dissected the muscles of a Hare and a Rabbit,
but have refrained from enlarging this paper with a detailed
description of these muscles because they have already been
described by other authors.
Differences between the Myomorpha and the Lagomorpha.
1. In the Myomorpha the different parts of the temporal are
closely connected. In the Lagomorpha the orbital part is large
and much separated from the rest.
2. In the Myomorpha the anterior deep part of the masseter
passes through the infraorbital foramen. In the Lagomorpha
there is no anterior deep part.
3. The posterior belly of the digastric is well marked in the
Myomorpha, in the Lagomorpha it is only present as a narrow
tendon.
4. The transverse mandibular muscle is present in the Myo-
morpha, absent in the Lagomorpha.
5. The omo-hyoid is present in the Myomorpha, absent in the
Lagomorpha.
6. The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) rises from the arch
of the atlas in the Myomorpha. In the Lagomorpha it rises from
the basioccipital aud bifurcates below, one part going to the meta-
cromion, the other to the clavicle and deltoid.
7. The scalenus anticus is sometimes present in the Myo-
morpha but absent in the Lagomorpha.
8. The scapulo-clavicularis is absent in the Myomorpha, except
the Bathyergine. It is present in the Lagomorpha.
9. The three parts of the deltoid are fused in the Myomorpha,
separate in the Lagomorpha.
10. The biceps cubiti has two heads in the Myomorpha, one in
the Lagomorpha.
11. Among the Myomorpha the rotator humeri is only present
in the Cricetine. In the Lagomorpha it is present in both rabbit
and hare.
12. The pronator quadratus is present in the Myomorpha,
absent in the Lagomorpha.
13. The clavo-cucullaris part of the trapezius is generally
present in the Myomorpha, absent in the Lagomorpha. ;
14. The splenius colli is absent in the Myomorpha, peta in
the Lagomorpha.
15. The rectus abdominis frequently decussates with its fellow
of the opposite side in the Myomorpha. In the Lagomorpha
theres is no decussation and the lines transverse are neh Weise.
marke e
190 MR, F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,
16. The gracilis is usually a double muscle in the Myomorpha,
single in the Lagomorpha.
The distinctions above given are possibly more numerous than
they would be if the opportunity of dissecting a Pika (Lagomys)
had presented itself.
To merely point out the differences between the various sub-
orders does not give a just idea of their muscular characteristics.
It is necessary also to lay stress on the chief points in which one
resembles another and differs from the rest.
In the first place the Myomorpha resemble the Hystricomorpha
and differ from both the other suborders in the following points :—
1. A slip of the masseter passes through the infraorbital
foramen.
2. The three parts of the temporal are more closely fused.
3. The rectus abdominis often decussates at its origin.
4, The gracilis is usually double.
5. The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus often comes
from the caudal vertebra.
The Myomorpha resemble the Sciuromorpha and differ from the
other two suborders in the following points :—
1. The sciuromorphine type of the digastric.
2. The presence of the transverse mandibular muscle.
. The constant presence of the omo-hyoid.
a The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) always rising from
the atlas.
5. The absence of the scalenus anticus in the Sciuromorpha and
in the Myomorpha except the Bathyergine and Gerbillus.
6. The absence of the scapulo-clavicularis in both, with the
exception of the Bathyergine.
7. The presence of the two heads to the biceps cubiti.
&. The presence of the clavo-cucullaris part of the trapezius.
9. The absence of the splenius colli.
10. The presence of ischial and caudal heads to the biceps
femoris, the latter being often more or less blended with the
gluteus maximus.
11. The fact that the flexor tibialis (flexor longus digitorum)
does not join the flexor fibularis (Hexor longus hallucis), except in
Ethizomys, feteromys, and partly in Pteromys.
I have been unable to find any point of importance in which
the Myomorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from the
other two suborders.
The Hystricomorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from
the other two suborders in the following points :—
1. The presence of the scapulo-clavicularis.
2. The omo-hyoid is often absent in the Hystricomorpha, anes
in the Lagomorpha.
1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. loi
3. The absence of the transverse mandibular muscle.
4. The frequent origin of the acromio-trachelian (levator
claviculs) from the basioccipital.
5. The usual presence of only one head of the biceps cubiti.
6. The occasional presence of the splenius colli in the Hystrico-
morpha and its constant presence in the Lagomorpha.
7. The basioccipital origin of the scalenus anticus when that
muscle is present.
The Sciuromorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from
the other two suborders in the following points :—
1. The rotator humeri portion of the coraco-brachialis is always
present.
2. The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus rises from
the tuber ischii in both, but while it is closely connected to the
adductor mass in the Sciuromorpha, it is separate from it and
adherent to the rest of the semimembranosus in the Lagomorpha.
On looking through these lists one cannot help being struck by
the frequency with which certain muscles, such as the omo-hyoid,
the scapulo-clavicularis, the acromio-trachelian, the scalenus
anticus, the splenius colli, the trachelo-mastoid, and the rectus
abdominis, occur again and again. It is chiefly by various com-
binations of these muscles aided by a few others, such as the
transverse-mandibular, masseter, digastric, biceps, coraco-brachialis,
&ec., that the affinities between animals belonging to the same
group are marked ; and it seems to me that one would be justified
in saying that, in Rodents at all events, the muscles of the trunk
and neck are the most valuable for classificatory purposes. It may
be urged that all these muscles are liable to individual variation;
and this of course is probably true, though I am inclined to think
that individual variations are far less frequent in Rodents than in
Man; still if five or six of these muscles are taken, the risk of more
than one being abnormal must be very slight indeed. As an
instance of this the case of the Jerboa might be cited. In all the
Hystricomorpha examined a scapulo-clavicularis had been found,
but in the Jerboa it was absent. At that time I looked upon the
. animal, with Dobson, as hystricomorphine, and I regarded the
absence of the muscle as an individual variation; as the dissection
proceeded I found other points which were different to anything
seen in the Hystricomorpha; later on I was lucky enough to get
two more Jerboas of different species to the first one, and in both
of these the scapulo-clavicularis was wanting also. Without the
confirmatory testimony of the other muscles, the absence of the
scapulo-clavicularis would probably have been passed over as of
little importance. If the long flexors of the foot are considered, it
will be found that they are not so reliable as the muscle just
quoted. Dobson says that these long flexors unite in the Hystri-
comorpha but not in the other sahoudeet ; L have found, however,
three animals—Rhizomys, Heteromys, and Pleromys—which have no
192 MIR. OSOAR NEUMANN ON A NEW (Jan. 14,
other affinities with the Hystricomorpha, but in which the union
took place.
Other facts which may perhaps be of interest to the systematist
are borne out by the foregoing lists. It is quite evident that
the myology of the Myomorpha resembles that of the Sciuro-
morpha much more closely than that of the Hystricomorpha. The
Lagomorpha, on the other hand, in their myology are much more
closely allied to the Hystricomorpha than to the Myomorpha or
Sciuromorpha, and of the two latter are nearest the Sciuromorpha.
These conclusions I believe are already recognized by systematists
from a study of other parts than muscles; and the fact that
myology bears out these conclusions is to my mind an important
plea for the value of the study of muscles as a help to settling the
position of animals.
The results of this and the preceding paper may be briefly
summed up in the following propositions :—
1. That the Myomorpha and Sciuromorpha approach one
another in their myology.
2. That the Hystricomorpha similarly approach the Lagomorpha.
3. That the Bathyergine in many respects resemble the Hystri-
comorpha.
4. That Rhizomys more closely resembles the Muride than the
Bathyergine.
5. That the Dipodide are more nearly allied to the Myomorpha
than to the Hystricomorpha.
6. That in Rodents certain muscles are valuable for classificatory
purposes and, if several are taken, are not likely to mislead.
7. That the muscles of the trunk, neck, and shoulder-girdle are
the most reliable.
5. Description of a new Species of Antelope from East
Africa. By Oscar Neumann’.
[Received January 1, 1896.]
Among the animals collected during my expedition to East and
Central Africa, in 1892-95, there are examples of an Antelope from
Uganda, Ussoga, and Kavirondo, belonging to the genus Adenota, ©
Gray. This Antelope seemed to me to be different from Adenota
ob, with which it had hitherto been united. Not having enough
material of the true West-African Adenota kob in Berlin, I took
two horns and one skin of this species with me to compare them
in Paris with Buffon’s type and also with specimens in London.
In both places I found my opinion confirmed; I also found that
both Mr. Thomas and M. de Poussarges had independently arrived
at the same conclusion—thanks to additional material brought by
Mr. Décle from Uganda, and by Captain Lugard from the Niger.
I propose to name this species, in honour of Mr. Thomas, ~
» Communicated by the Secretary.
1896.] ANTELOPE FROM EASY AFRICA; 193
ADBNOLA THOMASI, sp. nov.
Colour nearly or quite the same as Adenota kob. Size larger.
Skull and horns much larger than those of A. ob. ‘The ridges of the
horns much more rounded and less sharp than in A. kob. Colour
of the horns basally light horn-yellow, gradually becoming darker
at the points; while the horns of A. kob are nearly uniformly
blackish.
Adenota vardoni, to which the horns of A. thomas: come samiesty
although generally shorter, is distinguished by the total absence
of black colour on the legs, while A. leché is distinguished by its
far larger size and longer horns. Young specimens of A. kod,
A, thomasi, A. vardoni, and A. leché may be diflicult to distinguish.
Skull Measurements.
Adenota thomast. Adenota kob.
a. Type, 6. Lugard. a, Stevens.| >. Lugard.
Scott Htlliot. (Unyoro.) (W. Africa.)| (Niger-Benue
(Uganda.) |94.5.4.3(younger).|| 885. Junction.)
millim. millim. millim. millim.
Greatest breadth. 131 121 112 115
Basal length. ...... 267 248 235 242
Horn Measurements.
Adenota kob, Buffon.
Length
————_— |Cir__ -} Tip to
straight. round | ference. tip.
curve.
millim. | millim. } millim. | millim.
a. W. Africa, B.M. (Stevens) ......... 277 372 141 144
6. Niger-Benue Junction (Lugard)..| 305 321 131 159
Adenota thomast, O. Neum.
a. Type B.M., U oath (Scott
Hot) 6000000000 ° aog9sapecatacas9000090 369 464 178
6, Unyoro, B.M. (Lugard) ......... | 378 470 166
c. Uganda, B.M. (Speke) ......+000- 375 458 190
d. Uganda, Berlin (O. Newmann) ...) 410 512 178
Puoc, Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XIII. 13
194 MR, F, DB, BEDDARD ON BARTIWORMS [Jan. 14,
Mr. Matschie, in his excellent book on the ‘Mammals of
German East Africa,’ calls the Central-African form Adenota ob
(p. 126), but in the appendix he calls it Adenota koba, Irxl.
(p. 147).
I cannot believe that Buffon’s “ Koba ou la grande vache du
Sénégal” was an Adenota at all, and if it was one, it rather seems
to me that Buffon had had two skulls of the same species, and
that he figured the adult: specimen as ‘‘oba” and the young one
as ‘‘kob.” For he aflirms that both came from the Senegal.
Adenota thomasi is known from the northern Central-African
Lake region:—Kavirondo, Ussoga, Uganda (Speke, Jackson,
Gedge, Lugard, Stuhlmann, Newmann); Unyoro, Albert Lake
(Lugard) ; Simiu River—south-east corner of the Victoria Nyanza
(Langheld). Unyoro is the most northern known point. 1 does
not occur east of the watershed to the Victoria Nyanza (Mau
Sotik mountains). North of Unyoro is the region of Adenota
marie, Gray, and A. leucotis, Licht. (Bahr el Gazal, Sobat, Kir).
T’o the west the true A. lob occurs—Senegal and Gambia (B.M.
Type Paris Mus.), Togo (Baumann), Cameroons (Zenker), extend-
ing eastward°to the Ubangi river, whence Dybowsky brought
specimens to Paris.
Southward occur <A. leché and A. vardoni, which are both
known from British Central Africa (Lakes Mwero, Bangweolo,
Nyassa, south Tanganyika). It seems that the two species of
Adenota inet with by Bohm and Reichard west of Tanganyika
must have belonged to these last two species.
A, thomasi lives in herds of 30-50, about five times as many
females as males; its habits are those of Apyceros melampus, but
it prefers rather damp meadows near the water. Kiganda name:
Nssun.
I shall on a future occasion givea more exact comparison of the
six species forming the genus Adenota.
6. On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands collected
by Mr. R. L. Perkins; with an Appendix on some new
Species of Pericheta, &c. By Franx E. Brpparp,
V.R.S8., &e.
[Received December 16, 1895.]
So little has been done in exploring the Earthworm-fauna of
oceanic islands that I am particularly pleased at being able to offer
to the Society an account of a rather extensive collection of
Earthworms made in the Sandwich Islands by Mr. R. L. Perkins
under the auspices of the British Association Committee for the
exploration of those islands. ‘Two collections made at different
tines and kindly forwarded to me by Dr. D. Sharp, F-.R.S.,
include examples of a number of species principally belonging
1896. ] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 195
to the genus Pericheta. I am much indebted to Dr. Sharp, and
also to Mr. Perkins for his careful preservation of the specimens.
Our knowledge of the Earthworms of the Hawaiian Archipelago
is at the present time exceedingly limited: four species form the
entire list; and of these Pericheta corticts of Kinberg', though
undoubtedly a Pericheta, or at least a Perichetid, is quite unrecog-
nizable as a species, while Hypogaon havaicum of the same
naturalist is believed by Rosa? to be merely -Allolobophora putris,
a widely spread species which has been “introduced” into many
extra-Huropean countries. Two species, however, which have
been sufficiently described for identification, appear to be peculiar
to the Sandwich Islands. The first of these was made known by
Dr. Rosa’, and fully described from material existing in the Vienna
Museum, as Pericheia hawayana. The second, which is not
perhaps so certainly a distinct species, I have myself described
under the name of Pontoscolea hawaicnsis in my recently published
* Monograph of the Order Oligocheeta’ (p. 660).
In the present communication I have three new Hawaiian species
to add to this list; and I have also to record the occurrence in
those islands of a few widely distributed forms. The entire list of
Farthworms now known from the Hawniian Archipelago, excluding
only the unintelligible Dericheta corticis, is as follows—the species
peculiar to the islands being printed in Clarendon type :—
Fam. LuMBRICIDz.
(1) Allolobophora fetida.
(2) Allolobophora putris.
(3) Allolobophora caliginosa.
Fam. Purich£ri mz.
(4) Pericheta indica.
(5) Pericheta hawayana.
(6) Pericheta perkinsi.
(7) Pericheta molokaiensis.
(8) Pericheta sandvicensis.
Fam. GEOSCOLICIDE.
(9) Pontoscolex hawaiensis.
This will appear to many to be a meagre enough list, especially
when contrasted with the rich and peculiar insect, molluscan, and
avian fauna of ithe same islands. But it is a long list when
compared with those'of the Earthworms of other oceanic islands,
from very few of which have undoubtedly indigenous forms been
secured.
1 « Annulata nova,” Ofv. K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. 1866.
2 « Revisione dei Lumbrici,’” Mem. Acc. Torino, 1893.
3 Ann. d. k.k. Hofmus. Wien, Bd. vi.
13*
196 MR. EF. B. BEDDARD ON BARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,
It is early, of course, to lay down any general statements; and
were it not that Mr. Perkins has collected so many species and in
most cases so many individuals of each species, I should have
contented myself with a plain description of fact and should not
have ventured upon comment. It may be permissible, however,
to indicate the ‘‘ Oriental ” facies of the fauna and the absence of
very peculiar types. The latter statement, in fact, appears to
hold good generally for oceanic islands, so far as our imperfect
data enable us to speak. It argues their really oceanic origin and
their short existence. Even in Kerguelen and Marion Is., which
are remote from traffic and can hardly have been stocked by human
means, the one known species, Acanthodrilus kerguelarum, is only
specifically different from the Harthworms most nearly allied upon
the adjoining mainlands. And these islands are possibly among
the most ancient of oceanic islands.
Allolobophora fatida, Sav.
Numerous examples of this widely distributed species from
Halemanu, Kausi.
Allolobophora caliginosa, Sav.
Tab. Waialua, Oahu.
Allolobophora putris, Sav.
There are a large number of examples of the variety “arborea”
(smaller, and with tubercula pubertalis only upon xxix.& xxx.),which
Rosa believes to be identical with Kinberg’s “Hypogaon havuicus.”
Its occurrence, therefore, is not a new fact.
Hab. Molokai, and Kawailoa River, Oahu.
Pontoscolex hawaiensis, n. sp.
Of this apparently new specics some 8 or 10 examples were
collected.
The length of a fair sized specimen is 142 mm; the breadth at
the clitellum 4 mm., elsewhere rather less. The number of
segments is rather more than 210; after the 128th segment is
an oval swelling upon the body 3 mm. long and commencing about
90 mm. from the anterior end; this is the structure which has
been described in other species, and regarded as a growing point.
This modified region of the body appears to be constant in position;
this is shown by the following measurements of two individuals: —
A. Bz
Length of body in front of “ growing region” .... 90 80
Length of body behind “‘ growing region”........ 47 40
The intestine proper appears to begin at the end of the clitellum ;
there is here a distinct circular valve, and the intestine has a
distinct typhlosole projecting into its lumen. The calibre, however,
is not greater.
The setw of this species are, as in L?hinodrilus, ornamented
1896.] FROM THD SANDWICH ISLANDS. ‘ 197
throughout. On the very first seta-bearing segment of the body
the sete have precisely the same ridged free extremities that the
setw upon the clitellum show. At first the sete of each pair are
fairly close together. Later they get farther apart and become
irregular in arrangement, as in Pontoscolea corethrurus. On the
clitellum the ventral pairs are quite regular, although each indi-
vidual seta of the pair is farther away from its fellow than
anteriorly. This continues for a short distance behind the
clitellum. On the other hand, the lateral pairs of sete are irregular
in the clitellar region. ‘The ventral of the two sete, however, which
ison a line with the nephridiopore, is fixed in position: it is the
other which varies.
The clitellum occupies segments xiv.-xxi. with a portion of xiii.
and xxii.
The dorsal vessel is in certain respects peculiar’. Where it
emerges from the last thick mesentery it is moderately thin; it
gradually becomes thicker and at the same time moniliform; the
increased thickness is due to the fact that the dorsal vessel
becomes double; its character is that of the dorsal vessel in
Acanthodrilus nove-zelandia, i.e. the tube is single where it
traverses the septa, but separates into two halves between the
septa. In segments xiv. and xv. the dorsal vessel attains to its
greatest bulk; after this its calibre becomes suddenly diminished.
It retains, however, its double character.
In segments xi., xii. are hearts which seem to have no con-
nection with the dorsal vessel but only with the supra-intestinal.
The gizzard is in segment y.; it is followed by tour very thick
septa. In the segments following the gizzard are 3 pairs of calci-
ferous glands. Behind the first three strong septa are very small
spermatothecx, simple elongate oval pouches without diverticula,
Hab. Mauna Loa, Hawaii, and Waiahia, Oahu.
Pericheeta indica, Horst.
Dr. Michaelsen has called attention * to the fact that this species,
which is very widely distributed, is frequently without a “ prostate”
land. In five specimens which he received from Georgia and
Florida there was no trace of the gland, only the muscular duct
being present. In the 6th specimen the gland was present on
one side. Dr. Michaelsen further makes the suggestion that the
original home of the species may be Japan, where as a general
rule® the Perichete show the same character.
Among the worms collected by Mr. Perkins were 8 examples
of this species from Molokai, all fully mature; I dissected seven of
them, in none of which was there the least trace of the gland in
question ; the curved duct alone was present.
1 In one specimen of three which I examined, the dorsal vessel seemed to be
single.
Pa Die Regenwurm-Fauna yon Florida u. Georgia,” Zvol. JB., Bd. viii.
p: 177. °
3 I. E. Beddard “On some Perichextide from Japan,” ibid. Bd. vi. p. 755.
198 MR, F, H, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,
Dr. Michaelsen has also called attention to the variability of
the genital papilla.
Of my specimens four are normal (i. ¢. there are 3 pairs on vii.,
viii., ix.); in two the papillw are on vii., viii. on one side of the body,
on viii, only on the other; in the seventh specimen these conditions
are exactly reversed; in the eighth, one side of the body is normal,
on the other the papille lie on viil., ix., x.
In six specimens from Maui‘ the genital papille and prostates
were as follows :—
On Vii., viii. 0.
0. Small.
Viil., ix. 0.
On viii. (left side only). Small (on one side only, left).
0 0
OD Oe CO be
fi, aii Small (on one side only, left).
It is interesting to contrast this list with the last, on the hypo-
thesis, of course, that the islands upon which the two series were
collected are different.
There were also two individuals from Mauna Loa, Hawaii, upon
which I do not comment, as there were only two.
Perichata perkinsi, n. sp.
The length of this species (of which I have examined two
examples) is 192 mm.; the diameter is 6 mm. The number of
segments is 110.
The colour is of a light brown, darker on the paces
The prostomium is broad (25 mm.) but not long; it is cut off
from the first segment by a transverse groove.
The buccal cayity is eversible, as in many Perichete,
The first dorsal pore that I could detect lies between segments
xii./xiii.
‘The clitellum occupies the whole of segments xiv.—xvi., and is
without sete.
The oviducal pore, distinctly a single pore, is situated in the
middle of a white area upon the brown clitellum on segment xiv.
The male pores are rather wide apart, and upon segment xvili.
I counted eleven sets between them. Tach pore itself is upon a
whitish papilla, and to the outside is another smaller papilla which
is not perforated; the two are surrounded by several concentric
circular wrinkles of the integument.
There are no genital papille except the one just referred to
and upon which open glands.
The sete of P. perkinsi are not so numerous as in many other
species. he segments in the anterior part of the body have
fewer sete than those which follow. There isa gradual increase up
to the xviith segment, whence the number appears to remain fairly
! Mr. Perkins has queried tho locality.
1896.] FROM TID SANDWICH ISLANDS. — 199
constant up to the end of the body. The formula’ will read
thus :—
Segment ...... I. V. XII. XVI.
No. of setw.... 23 31 43 46
but on some seginents quite close to the tail I counted as many as
' 49 sete. The size of the sete varies on different segments and on
different parts of the same segment. The set on either side of
the nerve-cord, as is the case with other species (0. g. Pericheta
houlleti), are larger than those more laterally placed. This
difference commences to be well marked in the third setigerous
segment, anterior to which, it may be observed, is no ventral nerve-
cord, but the circummsophageal commissures. From the third
setigerous segment to the sixth (inclusive) there is this marked
difference between a few ventral setz—particularly the ventral- ,
most seta—on either side of the nerve-cord and the rest of the sets
of the segment. On the tenth segment all the sets are very
much smaller than on the preceding segments’, and those on
either side of the ventral nerve-cord are not larger. On the
eleventh segment the setw againare larger, and there is a slight
difference in size between the ventralmost two or three sete and
the rest, but not nearly so marked as on segments iv.—vii.
The clitellum is, as has been already mentioned, entirely witnout
sete ; but no doubt in the immature worm they are present. In
any case the special longitudinal muscles of the sete were quite
obvious in the mature worm. At the hinder end of the body the
set are larger than those of some of the anterior segments—a
difference which may have to do with the habit (so general
among earthworms, at least of this country) of lying outside the
burrow with the tail only concealed within.
The first septum lies between segments v./vi. The septum
between viii./ix. is missing, as is nearly universally the case with
Pericheta. The septum between ix./x. is largely defective, though
not absent; it consists chiefly of a strong muscular band on
each side, which is attached to the insertion of the next following
septum. Septa v./viii., x./xiii. are moderately thickened.
Tu the hinder part of the body were paired masses of coelomic
cells, attached on either side of the dorsal blood-vessel, such as I
have described in Pertchata. They were full of Gregarines.
The pharynx is beset with numerous salivary glands, which
extend back as far as the sixth segment. The gizzard is globular,
not in any way elongated.
The last heart is in segment xiii.
The sperm-sacs are in segments Xi., xii. ; there are, as usual, two
pairs of sperm-duct funnels.
1 This is a little different from tho scgments originally selected (‘‘On some
Species of the Genus Pericheto,” P.Z.S. 1892, p. 157); but as the number
culminates at xvi. I have thought it well to emphasize the fact by the formula.
2 In relation to this fact, it is interesting to observe that in Pericheta
caducicheta (Benham, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xvi. p. 47, 1895) the setm
upon this segment are absent.
200 MR, F, D, BEDDARD ON HARTHWORMS (Jan. 14,
The spermiducal glands extend through three segments; they
are coarsely lobate, and the muscular duct is curved like a horse-
shoe; there is no terminal sac.
The ovaries are in segment xiii., and in ‘the same segment are
a pair of rather large kidney-shaped egg-sacs.
The spermathece are four pairs in segments vi—ix. The pouch,
which is pear-shaped, is sharply marked off from the narrow duct.
The diverticulum is rather longer than the latter, and ends in an
oval dilatation.
Locality. Halemanu, Kauai.
Remarks.—This species does not possess any very marked dis-
tinctive characters, excepting, perhaps, one which will be described
immediately. On the other hand, I cannot identify it with
certainty with any of the species already known that have four
pairs of spermathecw.
I may take this opportunity of recording a peculiarity in the
sperm-ducts of Pericheta perkinsi, which is new to the genus, and
does not therefore help in the identification of this species ; indeed,
so few species of Pericheta have been examined microscopically,
that the absence of the peculiar relations of the sperm-duct to the
spermiducal gland, which I am about to describe, in the species
Fig. 1.
Pericheta perkinst.
Spermiducal gland (pr.), vasa deferentia (v.d.), and muscular duct (AZ) of
gland of Pericheta perkinsi (left-hand figure) and of a normal Pericheta
(right-hand figure).
already investigated, does not gofor much. The two sperm-ducts
retain their separateness, and perforate the duct of the spermiducal
gland at some little distance from its external opening, but at a
point where it is already wrapped up in a moderately thick
coating of muscular fibres, not so thick, however, as they will
ultimately become. The two sperm-ducts, however, do not at
1896.] FROM THH SANDWICH ISLANDS. 201
once open into the lumen of the duct; they become narrower
and somewhat triangular in section, losing at the same time their
ciliated lining. In cross-sections the two tubes are seen to lie in
close contact with each other and with the lumen of the spermi-
ducal-gland duct. Ultimately, just where the gland-duct perforates
the body-wall on its way to the exterior, the sperm-ducts open
into it.
Pericheta molokaiensis, n. sp.
This is 2 moderately small species, 81 mm. in length, and con-
sisting of 93 segmeuts.
The prostomium is small, and is continued by grooves on to first
half of first segment.
The dorsal pores commence on x./xi., and are visible upon the
clitellum.
The clitellum has a few sete on its last segment, and extends
over segments Xiv.—xvi.
There are no genital papilla.
The male pores are separated by 15 seta.
The first septum separates segments iv./v.; none are specially
thickened.
The intestine begins in xv.; the ceca are in xxvi., and are not
large.
The sperm-sacs are large, and are in xi., xiil.; the sperm-reser-
voirs (containing the funnels) in x., xi.
The spermiducal glands extend from xvii.-xxi., and are much
lobed. ‘Their duct is long and curved, but has no terminal sac.
The spermathece are four pairs in vi—ix. The pouch is sharply
marked off from the long duct. The diverticulum, ending in an
oval dilatation, is about as long as the latter.
Hab. Molokai.
Remarks.— As I have only had a single specimen of this species
at my disposal, I have been careful to injure it as little as
possible. Hence my description is in places somewhat defective.
I believe, however, that this description is sufficient to avoid
a confusion with allied forms. It is certainly not far from Peri-
cheta peregrina of Fletcher’, chiefly in the large size of its spermi-
ducal glands. Mr. I'letcher does not say how many of the
clitellar segments of P. peregrina have sete, a matter which is
apparently of some importance in the discrimination of species.
Pericheta hawayana, Rosa.
The length of the largest example of this species in 150 mm. ;
the number of segments of that individual was 97.
The colour is brown, with a pure flesh-tinge in parts.
The seta-formula is as follows :—
I. V. XII. XVI. XXI.
16 26 43 45 50
1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 1886, p. 969.
202 MR, F, B, BEDDARD ON EARTILWORMS (Jan. 14,
There are nine setw on the xvith segment of the body, 4 on one
side and 5* on the other side of the median ventral line. On the
third, fourth, and fifth setigerous segments the set are very stout,
particularly on either side of the median ventral line. Those of the
first two segments are delicate, as are those which follow the fifth.
Fourteen set lie between the male pores.
The clitellum (xiv.—xvi.), as has been already remarked, has seta
upon its last segment.
The dorsal pores commence x./xi.
The male pores lie in the line of setw; close to each, but below
the line of sete, are two or three papille in a straight line with
their fellows on each side of the body, but obliquely as regards its
transverse axis.
The first septum divides segments v. and vi.; this and the next
two are thickened ; so are the first four following the gizzard, the
last of which divides segments xiil./xiv.
The intestine begins in xv.; the caeca, which lie in segment
XXvl., are short.
The last Aeart is in segment xiii.
The sperm-sacs lie in xi. and xil.; in x. and xi. are the sperm-
reservoirs, containing funnels of sperm-ducts.
The spermiducal glund occupies segments xvii-xxi.; it is
flattened and lobulated; the duct is long and curved, narrowing
towards the external orifice, which is not provided with a terminal
sac.
The ovaries occupy the usual position. There are a pair of
elongated egg-sacs 1n both xiii. and xiv.
The spermathece are in vi., vii, vili. The oval pouch com-
municates with the exterior by a long duct longer than itself.
The diverticulum, ending in an oval dilatation, has a corkscrew-like
duct. This diverticulum, when straightened, is not far short of
the pouch in length.
Hab. Waimea, Molokai, and Mauna Loa, Hawaii.
Remarks.—I have given a description of this species because the
individuals examined by myself depart slightly and in a few
particulars from the description given of Pericheta hawayana
by Dr. Rosa. The most noteworthy difference is apparently
the existence of setw upon the last segment of the clitellum.
Dr. Rosa does not assert their absence, but would, I am disposed to
think, have mentioned their presence were they existent. On the
other hand, his description of the intestinal ceca— cine gefiederte,
durch zwei Teenonteinen vermittelte Gestalt erkennen lassen ”—
agrees entirely with my observations. Differences also in the
number of the sets in certain segments, and in the number of the
thickened intersegmental septa, will appear on a comparison of
Dr. Rosa’s account with mine.
I have marked this species as one of those indigenous to Hawaii.
1 14 or 15 altogether in another specimen, and moro still apparently in
others. 5
1896.] FROM TWH SANDWIOH ISLANDS. 203
But I possess specimens from Hong Kong which cannot be
distinguished. One of these has four papille near the male pore
of one side of the body. It therefore approaches Pericheta
bermudensis, which has a considerable number of such papille.
These two species are now hardly to be separated.
Perichzta sandvicensis, n. sp.
The largest example of this species measures 100 mm. in length,
and has 105 segments.
The dorsal pores commence xi./xii., and are visible on the
clitellum.
The seta-formula is the following :—
I. We XII. XVI.
21 33 52 53
The setz of the first two segments are small; those of the next
four are stronger, after which they again diminish. The set on
either side of the median ventral line are not longer than those
elsewhere.
The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi., and has no seto.
The male pores are separated by 18 sete. They were in most
of the specimens very prominent.
There are no genital papille.
The first septum divides segments v./vi.; this and the one
which follows are very stout, and bound to each other by
numerous muscular threads. The septum vii./vili. is not so thick.
The next two, as in other Perichete, are absent. After the
gizzard are two strongest septw; to the first of these the hinder
purt of the gizzard is attached by at least five muscular straps.
The alimentary canal presents no character of any particular
interest.
The last heart is in segment xiii.
The sperm-sacs are in segments xi. and xii. The sperm-reser-
voirs of segment xi. are much larger than those of segment x.
The spermiducal glands are much incised, and occupy about
three segments. ‘he duct is long and curved, and is without a
terminal sac.
The spermathece are two pairs in vil. and viii. The pouch has
not a very long duct. ‘The diverticulum is not very long ; it is
bent often in a zigzag fashion, and does not terminate in a suddenly
dilated extremity. .
Hab. Lanai, 2000 ft.; Mauna Lea, Hawai, Molokai.
Remarks.—The only species with which it would be possible
to confuse the present are Perichete annulata and Pericheta
japonica. In the latter, however, the male pores are described by
Horst* as lying upon aJ-shaped groove, which extends on to
segment xvil. In the former, according to the same author, the
! “Now Species of the Genus Megascoler, &c,’ Notes Leyd. Mus vol. v.
p- 182.
204 MR. F, B, BEDDARD ON BARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,
“ prostate” glands, although trilobed, are limited to the xviiith
segment.
The shape of this gland is frequently used as a specific character
in Pericheta, and as a rule apparently with some reason. The
present species, however, shows that it is necessary to be discreet
in the use of the character. In nearly all the examples which I
dissected, the gland in question occupies three or four segments
and has an ear-like shape, the lower margin curving forwards and
upwards like the lobe of the ear. In one specimen, which I do
not feel able to distinguish specifically, the gland has a quad-
rangular form, occupies four segments, and is deeply incised in
correspondence therewith.
From Hong Kong I have received specimens of a Pericheta
which I do not like to separate specifically from the above,
although they show certain differences from it amongst themselves.
In one specimen, a long and slender worm, the spermathece have
a long duct, and the spermiducal glands have the ear-like shape
characteristic of the species. The male apertures are prominent.
Other specimens, though smaller, are rather stouter worms than
the one just referred to; the duct of the spermatheca is not very
long, and the spermiducal glands are much lobulated and not ear-
shaped. Nor is there here a marked difference between the
septum immediately preceding the gizzard and those just in front
of it: there is this difference in the first mentioned specimen
from Hong Kong. In both the cca are long and slender, occu-
pying two full segments.
APPENDIX.
I take the present opportunity of describing three new species
of Pericheta, and two new dcanthodrilids, which I have recently
received.
PEXIOHETA INSULA, n. sp.
Of this new species I have a single example—a slender worm
measuring 10-3 mm.
It consists of 95 segments.
The clitellum occupies the three usual segments, but is deficient
at both ends. The last segment of the clitellum has seta.
The male pores are separated by a moderate distance.
Genital papille ave present in two regions of the body. On
the xviiith segment are 8 largish papillw, each surrounded by a
series of circular ridges upon the skin. ‘Two of these papille form
on each side with the male pore of their side a triangle; the
remaining four form a line across the segment above the line of
the sete. On segment xix., on the left side of the body, is a single
similar papilla. In addition to these papille developed in the
neighbourhood of the male pores, there are a pair near the anterior
margin of the viith segment like those of Pericheta indica.
The first septum separates segments iv./y. This and the three
following are not very much thickened, but they are tied to each
1896.] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 205
other and to the parietes by a considerable number of ligamentous
threads. The three septa which come immediately after the
gizzard are stouter than those which follow; but here, again, the
increase in thickness is not very marked.
Pericheta insule.
©, oviducal pore. , male pore.
P, papillee.
The pharyn2, as is so usual in Pericheta, is beset with numerous
racemose glands; these extend back as far as the sixth segment.
The gizzard is rather bell-shaped, diminishing in transverse
diameter anteriorly, but truncated posteriorly, where it has a
thickened rim. The intestine begins abruptly in the xvth segment
at about the middle of that segment. The ceca extend through
two segments. The last heart is in segment xiil.
The sperm-sacs, compact in form, are in segments Xi., xii. as usual.
The spermiducal glands, also rather compact, commence in xvii. and
extend as far back as xx. The duct is stout and S-shaped.
The spermathece are in vi., vii. Each has a diverticulum about
half its own length, of an elongated oval form.
Hab. Hong Kong.
PpRICHAZTA TRITYPHLA, 0D. sp.
The length of this species (after preservation in Perenyi’s fluid)
is 63 mm.; that individual consisted of about 75 segments.
The seta-formula is as follows :—
I. VI. XII. XVII.
25 38 49 49
206 MN. F. EB. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,
I give segment vi. instead of v. since I did not count the sete
with accuracy upon the latter. The setw towards the ventral side
are slightly more crowded than laterally, but there is no very
marked difference in size ; neither is there any very great variation
in size from segment to segment.
The clttellum occupies the whole of segments xiy.—xvi.; it has
no sete.
The male pores are separated by 12 sete.
There are no genital papille.
Between the spermathecal orifices are 30 sete.
There are no septa that can be spoken of as specially thickened.
The gizzard seemed to me—contrary to what is the rule with
the genus—to only occupy a single segment. At any rate, on the
right-hand side of the body a septum passes forwards from the
hinder margin of the gizzard, to be attached close to the orifice of
the second spermatheca of that side of the body. The intestine,
commencing in the fifteenth segment, is very sharply marked off
from the preceding cesophagus by its black colour (due of course
to contained earth), the cesophagus being yellowish white. The
intestinal ceca are peculiar and serve to differentiate the species.
It is well known that Pertcheta hilgendorfi, P. sieboldi, and
P. musica possess as a rule, or occasionally, 6 of these cieca on
each side of the body, arising, however, one above the other in the
same segment. The present species is not so amply provided as
are those to which I have just referred ; but it has three ceca on
each side, of which the upper is the larger.
The last heart is in segment xiii.
The sperm-sacs are large and occupy the available space of
segments xi., xil.; they also extend into x. The sperm-reservoirs
(in x., xi.) are small.
The spermiducal glands extend through segments xvii.—xxi.
They are much incised and quadrangular in form. The duct
communicates with the exterior through a large bursa copulatria.
The globular spermathece are in Vii. and viii. ; ; they open,
however, between vii./vii. and viii./ix.; their duct is short; there
isa long coiled diverticulum rather longer than the pouch, ending
in a dilated extremity.
Hab. Barbados.
PHRICHATA TRINITATIS, Nn. sp.
This is a stout Pericheta measuring 150 mm. in length and
consisting of 100 segments.
The sete upon segments vi.-ix. appeared to be larger than
those on the segments following. On the seventeenth segment
(from the stripped-off cuticle) I counted 45 sete. There are 20
between the male pores.
The dorsal pores appeared to commence on xi./xii.
The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi.
The male pores are very conspicuous and surrounded by circular
wrinkles of the integument.
1896.] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 207.
There are no genital papilla.
The first distinct septum separates segment iv. from v. This
and the three following—in fact all the septa which lie in front of
the gizzard—are strengthened not only by an increased thickness,
but by muscular strands which bind septum to septum and to the
body-wall. Following the gizzard are four thickened septa, of
which the Jast bounds the thirteenth segment posteriorly ; here
also are a few muscular threads passing between the septa and
from them to the body-walls. These threads are found as far
back as the septum lying between xv. and xvi. As is so often the
case, these bands arise from one segment and traverse another to
be attached to the septum behind it or to the body-wall between.
The direction of the muscular strands is outwards. ‘I'wo particu-
larly strong muscular bands—one on either side and latero-dorsal in
position—attach the gizzard to the septum next following.
The gizzard is round in form—ueither particularly elongated
nor bell-shaped.
The intestine begins suddenly in the xvth segment; the ceca
are simple and conical in form, extending through three segments.
The last heart is in segment xiii.
The large sperm-sacs are as usual in the xith and xiith segments.
The spermiducal glands are large and loosish in texture, owing
to their extensive lobulation. They extend through segments xvii.
to xxi. inclusive. The duct is moderately long and bent into a
curved horseshoe.
The spermathece are four pairs lying in segments vi—ix.; the
point itself is oval, with a tendency to be pointed at the tip; the
duct is short. The diverticulum is longer than the pouch and
moniliform distally.
There are egg-sacs in segments xiil.—xiv.
Hab. Trinidad.
§ The Distribution of Pericheta.
Except for accidental transference to this country and to other
temperate climates, the genus Pericheta is purely tropical in its
range, and is practically confined to the Oriental region and to the
Neotropical; from the former it reaches the Australian part of the
astern Archipelago and the continent of Australia itself. Africa
has no true Pericheta, except P. capensis, which is also Oriental.
In all parts of the Oriental region Pericheta is a dominant form, and
always constitutes a large proportion of the gatherings of worms
from such localities. It is also exceedingly abundant in some of
of the West Indian Islands, such as Trinidad, Bahamas, Grenada,
Jamaica, Bermudas, and Barbados. It occurs more rarely upon
the South American Continent. The following species are already
known to occur in both the Old and the New Worlds :-—P. indica,
P. sumatrana, P. houlleti, P. dyeri, and P. posthuma. Peculiar to
the New World, so far as published records go, are P. sancti jacobi,
P. ringeana, P, elongata, P. pallida, P. bermudensis, P. barbadensis,
208 MR. F. D. BEDDARD ON BARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,
and P. hesperidum. I am able now to alter this list, by removing
P. bermudensis, which I have received from Hong Kong’, and also
adding to the first list P. violacea and P. sinensis, which I have received
from Trinidad and Grenada, and to the second the two new species
described in this paper. The first list will then contain eight species,
and the second eight. Seeing the large number of species which
have been in all probability introduced into the West from the East,
it is in my opinion by no means to be taken for granted that the
genus Pericheta is indigenous in the West Indies and South America.
I am disposed to look upon it as a distinctly Oriental genus.
AOANTHODRILUS MACQUARIENSIS, ni. sp.
Of several specimens of this apparently new species only two
were sexually mature.
It is a small species, measuring about an inch in length, and
consisting of some 100 segments.
The prostomium is incomplete, not dividing the peristomial
segment.
The sete are distant from each other, but not equally so. The
two ventral of each side are more closely related than the two
dorsal. The actual distances are much as indicated in the
following scheme; ,
8. 1 8, 1 8, 13 8,
1
for the anterior segments of the body. Behind the clitellum the
distance separating the two ventral sets is about half that which
separates the two dorsal. Towards the xviiith segment and on
both sides of it the two sete of each ventral couple get closer
together, and on the xviiith segment these sete are closer together
than anywhere else. A similar convergence of the set# towards
the segment bearing the male pores has been noticed in various
species of the genus Microscolew. On the xviith and xixth segments
the ventral set are altogether absent, being replaced by the penial
sete.
The nephridiopores open in front of seta 3.
One of the two sexually mature individuals had no papille; upon
the other there were a pair of these structures corresponding
in position to the ventral sete. One of them was evidently
abnormally situated, for they were upon different segments, the
right-hand one upon the tenth, the left-hand upon the eleventh
segment, The clitellum occupies segments xili—xvi., commencing
at about the middle of the tormer segment. It is continuous
across the ventral surface except perbaps for the last of the seg-
ments over which it extends.
The oviducal pores are paired, and upon segment xiv. each lies
in front of seta 1.
The male pores (on xviiith) are to the outside of seta 2. The
spermiducal gland-pores correspond in position to the outer seta
1 Typical specimens, not doubtful P. hawayana ; see pp. 202-208.
1896.] . FROM THH SANDWIOH ISLANDS, 209,
of the ventral couple. The spermathecal. pores have. a position
corresponding to that of the glands. As to internal anatomy,
I could find no well-developed gizzard ; this, if present, is certainly
rudimentary. The intestine appears to begin in the xvith segment.
The last heart is in segment xii.
The sperm-sacs, very racemose in character, are in segments xi.,
xl. ‘ <- 1
The spermathece are in segments viii.,ix. Hach is an oval pouch:
with two diverticula of the same form, but smaller, one on each side.,
The spermiducal glands are not very long and but slightly coiled.;
There were two fully developed pental sete in the bundle
which I extracted for examination, and four immature ones. The
fully mature sete are ornamented upon the distal one-fourth by
sparsely scattered triangular, often rather blunt and not very large
tubercles. These were also apparent upon all the immature setz.
Hab. Macquarie I., S. of New Zealand’.
Remarks.—It will be obvious: from the above description that
the present species cannot be possibly confounded with any New
Zealand species, with which it would be natural to compare it in
the first place. There are in New Zealand no members of the
genus Acanthodrilus (s.s.) which present the following combination
of characters :—Seta distant, gizzard rudimentary, clitellum short
(xili.—xvi.), nephridia not alternating, spermathece with two
diverticula. Acanthodrili with these characters are restricted in
range to Patagonia, S. Georgia, and the Falkland Islands. The
Patagonian group thus characterized contains four species, viz.,
A. bovet, Rosa, A. georgzanus, Mich., A. falclandicus, ¥. BE. B., and
A, aquarum dulcium, ¥. E. B., which furthermore agree in being
all of small size. The only difference which distinguishes
A, macquariensis from these is the form of the penial sete and the
position of the genital papilla. It is a most interesting fact, and
one which has an obvious bearing upon the theory of a former
northward extension of the Antarctic continent, that from
Macquarie Isl., 600 or 700 miles south of New Zealand, and there-
fore so much nearer the existing southern continent, a decidedly
Patagonian and South Georgian form of Acanthodrilus should have
been met with.
BeNHAMIA INDIOA, n. sp. (Fig. 3, p. 210.)
I have received from Mr. Wroughton, through the kind
suggestion of Mr. E. H. Aitken, a number of worms which may
belong to a new genus. They are stoutish worms, the largest
reaching a length of three or four inches. Py
The prostomium is large, but does not encroach upon the buccal
segment.
The sete of the ventral couple are fairly closely approximated to
each other, those of the dorsal couple are distant. The space
“1+ Tam indebted to Prof. ‘I’. J. Parker, F.R.S., for the specimens. a
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XIV. 14
210 MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON HARTH WORMS [Jan. 14,
separating the two sete of the dorsal couple is about two and a
half times that separating the two seta of the ventral couple.
‘The sete are all grouped on the ventral surface of the body, not
extending far laterally. On the xviith, xviiith, and xixth segments
the ventral sete appear to drop out in the sexually mature worms.
In an immature specimen the xviiith segment had a pair of ventral
sete in the usual position, but small in size; on the xviith and
xixth segments were a pair of very small and quite immature
sete. I did not detect any of these on the opposite side of the
body.
Benhamia indica, Nat. size.
Dorsal pores were visible at the posterior end of the body, where
the worm was less contracted.
There are a series of genital papille in the region of the
spermathecs. A pair of large papille lie upon segment ix. ;
through it protrude the sete of the segment, which differ from
those of other segments of the body in being modified in structure.
They are like those of many Geoscolecids in being rather longer
than the ordinary sets, less curved in form, and in having the
distal extremity ornamented with elegantly disposed semicircular
ridges. Between this segment and the next, and again on the
*
1896.) — FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. - 211
boundary segments x./xi., is a single median papilla, upon the
middle of each of which is a row, concave forwards, of large pores,
which appear to correspond to glands like the capsulogenous glands
of Perichete. Such glands have. already been met with in
Acanthodrilids (in Acanthodrilus rose), another fact among many
which show the intimate relationship between the two families.
The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvi.
The nephridia are of the diffuse type.
The first septum separates segments iv./v. The next three are
moderatly thickened, and after the last of these come four, which,
though not quite so thick, are to some extent strengthened. All
these septa, beginning with the first mentioned, are attached to
each other and to the parietes by numerous tendon-like muscular
fasciculi. These latter extend for a segment or two farther back
than that which is bounded by the last thickened septum. The
last heart lies in the xiith segment. The dorsal blood-vessel is
single. Two stout gizzards immediately following each other lie
in segments v. and vi. In segments xi. and xii. are a pair of
calciferous glands. The intestine seems to begin in segment xvi.
and has a well-developed typhlosole, which, however, is not
apparent for the first ten segments or so, though it may be possibly
present earlier as a rudiment. rye
The sperm-sacs are a single pair in xii. This, however, may be
a question of immaturity. On the other hand, although I detected
two pairs of funnels belonging to the sperm-ducts, I could only see
the testes of segment xi., and the funnels of segment x. were
distinctly smaller than the posterior pair.
The spermiducal glands are very long and coiled. There appear
to be no penial sete associated with then.
The spermathece are as usual in viii. and ix. The diverticula
near to the external aperture are inconspicuous, but apparently
tri- or quadrifid.
Hab. Thana, Bombay (1500 ft. and 2500 ft. altitude).
Remarks.—Though I do not propose, for the present at least, to
create a new genus for this species, it differs in several points
from any known member of the genus Benhamia. It comes nearest
perhaps to Benhamia inermis, with which it agrees in absence of
penial sete and in the position of calciferous glands
cincteneas 14"
212: Mi. G. A, BOULENGER ON THD REPTILES AND [Feb. 4, :
February 4, 1896.
Dr. A. Gtwrunr, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January ;—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of January were 54 in number. Of these 37 were acquired
by presentation, 12 by purchase, and 5 were received on deposit.
The total number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 85.
The following acquisitions are of special interest :—
*(1) A young male Manatee from the Rio Purus, Amazons,
purchased Jan. 4th.
This animal was brought to Liverpool, from Para, by Capt.
E. J. Collings of the 8.S. ‘ Obidense,’ of the Red Cross Line. It
appears, so far as I can tell from examination of the living animal,
to belong to the Amazonian species distinguished by Natterer
many years ago as Manatus inunguis, and upon which Dr. Clemens
Hartlaub has published an excellent memoir’. —
The living Manatees previously received by the Society have
been four in number, namely :—
1. 9, purchased Aug. 6th, 1875, from Demerara. See P.Z.S.
1875, p. 529.
2. g, purchased March 2nd, 1889. See P. Z.8. 1889, p- 160.
3. 9 ad. | Presented by Sir Henry A. Blake, Oct. 19th, 1893.
4. ¢ jr. From Jamaica. See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 691.
(2) Two young King Penguins (Aptenodytes pennanti) in down
plumage, from the Macquarie Islands, south of New Zealand,
brought home by Capt. C. 8. Milward, of the 8.8. ‘Otarama,’
and purchased Jan. 7th.
Capt. Milward kindly informs us that he received these birds in
New Zealand on Nov. 1st, 1895, and that they had been obtained
in the Macquarie Islands about Oct. 15th, having been caught
only a few days previously. It was stated generally in those
islands that the King Penguins are hatched there at the latter
end of December or beginning of January, so that these birds are
probably about a year old and will shortly moult into their adult
plumage. °
The following papers were vead:—
1. Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected
by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to
Lake Rudolf. By G, A. Boutencer, F.R.S.
[Received January 7, 1896.]
(Plates VII. & VIII.)
The present list refers to the second and concluding portion of
Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collection. The first instalment, from
1 « Beitriige. zur Kenntniss der Manatus-Arten,” Zool. Jahrb. i. p. 1 (1886).
P.Z.S.1896.P1.VII.
H. Gronvold del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
AGAMA SMITHII.
5 Zn MENS 1 YAM
H.Gronvold del et lith. Mintern Bros - imp.
AGAMA LIONOTUS.
1896.] BATRAOHIANS COLLECTED BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 213
Western Somaliland and the Galla Country, received in May last,
was reported upon in 1895 (see P. Z. S. 1895, p. 530), but some
specimens collected on the same route, and which I have only now
received, are mentioned in this report. The names of species not
included in the first list are marked with an asterisk.
REPTILES.
CHELONIANS.
1. Putommpusa @atuata, Schoepfi.
_ W. of Juba R., 23.3.95; 24.3.95.
Lizarps.
*2, STHNODACTYLUS GUTTATUS, Cuv.
A single specimen from Lake Rudolf, 22.8.95.
It belongs to the stouter form described as S. mauritanicus,
differing from Oran specimens merely in the somewhat smaller
head.
This species was only known from North Africa, from Algeria
to Egypt, and North Arabia.
3. PRIsTURUS ORUCIFER, Val.
Berbera, 4.7.94; Boholgarshan, 13.7.94, 15.7.94.
4, HEMIDACTYLUS ISOLmPIS, Bler.
A single male specimen. Lake Rudolf, 10.8.95.
Differs from the one previously described in the presence of
dark brown bars across the back.
*5, TARENTOLA BPHIPPIATA, O’Sh.
A single young specimen. Sheikh Husein, 14.10.94.
6. AGAMA VAILLANTI, Bler.
A single young specimen. W. of Juba R., 7.3.95.
#7, AGAMA SMITHII, sp.n. (Plate VII.)
Head convex, slightly longer than broad. Nostril tubular,
directed upwards and backwards, in the posterior part of the
nasal, on the canthus rostralis. Upper head-scales moderately
large and smooth; a slightly elongate scale on the snout; occipital
enlarged; sides of head, near the ear, and neck with groups of
spines, the longest of which measure two-thirds the diameter of
the tympanum; latter entirely exposed, larger than the eye-
opening. Throat much plicate; no gular pouch. Body rather
depressed ; dorsal scales large, imbricate, keeled, and strongly
mucronate, the keels converging towards the vertebral line ;
lateral scales smaller; 33 scales on the vertebral line between the
origin of the fore limbs and the origin of the hind limbs; a short
nuchal crest; no dorsal crest; ventral scales small, smooth; 58
scales round the middle of the body. The adpressed hind limb
214 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE REPTILES AND [Feb. 4,
reaches the eye; tibia longer than the skull; third finger slightly
longer than fourth; fourth toe slightly longer than third. Tail
rounded ; the scales as large as the dorsals and not verticillate.
Pale olive-brown above, with traces of dark cross-bands; white
beneath, throat with dusky longitudinal streaks.
millim, millim.
From snout to vent. 110 Fore limb ...... 60
Head) cence 25 Hind limb ...... 90
Width of head.... 23 Ti biasicsaevostecioeusss 30
A single female specimen, with part of the tail missing.
Between Shebeli and Juba Rivers, 27.2.95.
This species is intermediate between A. spinosa and A. rueppellii.
8. Agama Doria, Blegr. 5
W. of Juba R.,, 21.3.95 ; L. Stephanie, 16.6.95 ; L. Rudolf.
*9, AGAMA LIONOTUS, sp.n. (Plate VIII.)
Head rather strongly depressed, as long as broad. Nostril
tubular, directed upwards and backwards, in the posterior part of
the nasal, on the canthus rostralis. Upper head-scales moderately
large, smooth ; two elongate scales on the middle of the snout;
occipital enlarged ; nine or ten upper labials; sides of head, near
the ear, and neck with groups of spines, the longest of which
nearly equal the diameter of the tympanum; latter entirely
exposed, a little larger than the eye-opening. Throat much
plicate ; no gular pouch. Body strongly depressed ; dorsal scales
small, broader than long, rounded behind, very feebly and obtusely
keeled, the keels converging towards the vertebral line; 50 scales
on the vertebral line between the origin of the fore limbs and the
the origin of the hind limbs; a small nuchal crest; no dorsal
crest ; ventral scales small, smooth ; 65 scales round the middle of
the body. The adpressed hind limb reaches the tympanum ; tibia
slightly longer than the skull; third finger a little longer than
fourth; fourth toe a little longer than third. Tail compressed
and serrated above, with large, keeled, and mucronate scales
forming annuli. Male with a row of anal pores. Dark olive
above, lighter on the vertebral line; some of the dorsal scales
yellowish ; head yellow above, sides near the ear reddish, brick-red
beneath ; belly and lower surface of limbs bluish grey.
millim. millim,
From snout to vent. 130 Fore limb ..... 61
eadh its eccecrat-aes 30 Hind limb ...... 92
Width of head.... 28 Tibia; <5 siepedehis 32
A single male specimen, with imperfect tail. §.E. of Lake
Rudolf, 2.9.95.
Most nearly allied to A. planiceps, but distinguished by the
larger spines on the sides of the head and neck, and by the very
teebly keeled dorsal scales,
1896.] BATRAOCHIANS COLLECYED BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 215
10. AGAMA ANNEOTENS, Blanf,
Webi Shebeli, 25.12.94.
11. Agama oyanoaastmr, Riipp.
Sheikh Husein, 11.10.94; 16.10.94.
12. VARANUS OCBLLATUS, Riipp.
Between L. Stephanie and L. Rudolf, 4.7.95
_ 13. Lavastia Lonercaupata, Reuss.
Between Shebeli and Juba R., 28.2.95 ; W. of Juba R., 21.3.95;
Lake Stephanie, 11.6.95, 18.6.95.
14, ERpMIAs SEXTHNIATA, Stejn.
W. of Juba R., 19.38.25; Boran Country, 24. 4.95.
15. ERBMIAS MUCRONATA, Blanf.
13.77.94.
*16. MABUIA PLANIFRONS, Ptrs.
A single specimen. W. of Juba R., 7.3.95.
17. MABura MEGALURA, Ptrs.
A single specimen. L. Abeia, 22.5.95.
*18. MABUIA QUINQUETzNIATA, Licht. i
A single young specimen. Between L. Stephanie and L. Rudolf,
95.
19. Maxnura varia, Ptrs.
Sheikh Husein, 16.9.94.
20. Mapura striata, Ptrs.
Milmil, 27.7.94.
21.. LyG¢osoMA SUNDEVALLII, Smith.
Sheikh Husein, 11.10.94; L. Stephanie, 18.6.95.
*22, ABLEPHARUS WAHLBERGII, Smith.
Smith River, 12.9.94.
23. CHALCIDES OOBLLATUS,.Forsk.
Sheikh Husein, 10.10.94.
24, CHAMELEON GRACILIS, Hallow.
Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94, 10.10.94; Furza, 12.9.94, 12.12.94,
*25, CHAMELEON BITENIATUS, Fisch,
L. Abeia, 22.5.95,
216 ON THE REPTILES ETC, COLLECTED BY DR. A.D. SMITH, [Feb. 4,
SNAKES,
*26. TYPHLOPS BLANFORDII, Blegr.
A single specimen, without label.
27. TYPHLOPS SOMALIOUS, Bler.
Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94.
*28. Eryx THHBAIOUS, Reuss,
Between Shebeli and Juba R., 16.2. g5; 18.2.95; Lake Abeia,
18.5.95 ;, L. Stephanie, 2.6.95.
¥29, TROPIDONOTUS OLIVACEUS, Ptrs.
L. Rudolf, 4.8.95.
30, Boovon LINEATUS, D. & B.
Sheikh Husein, 23.9.94; 4.10.94; 8.10.94; 19.10.94.
#31, LycoPHIpIum OAPENSE, Smith.
W. of Juba R., 28.3.95. A single specimen, ESLBUTS to the
category B of my ‘catalogue. V. 190; C. 4
32, ZAMENIS SMITHII, Bler.
W. of Juba R., 7.3.95. A single specimen, ¢, V. 171; tail
injured. Pale buff, with brick-red spots; the black bars of the
temples extend across the parietal shields.
*33. ESAT SEMIVARIEGATUS, Smith. ?
Madu, 4.3.95. A single female specimen, - V.. 178; C. 131.
34, RHAMPHIOPHIS oxyrHyNonvs, Reinh.
Lake Rudolf, 6.8.95.
35. PsamMoPuis punctuLatuS, D. & B.
Lake Rudolf, 6.8.95. A-large female specimen, 1660 millim.
long, with 184 ‘ventrals and 136 subcaudals.
86. PsAMMOPHIS BISERIATUS, Ptrs,
San Kural, 6.1.95; W. of Juba R., 19.3.95. .
*37. DispHoLipus TyPicus, Smith. -
Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94.
*38, APARALLACTUS CONCOLOR, Fisch.
Boran Country, 24,4.95. A single specimen.
*39, NAIA NIGRICOLLIS, Reinh.
Lake Stephanie, 11.6.95 ; L. Rudolf, 24.7.95,
“TIHLINS STINOGONAS
¢ MRL IO TSP ussce
(aut soudg Usqutpy
‘
5)
2a Tel WGI SZ e_l
1896.] ON THE FISHES COLLECTED BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 217
*40, DmnpRASPis ANGusTionrs, Smith.
A single specimen, without label.
*41, Birts arrrans, L.
Stonybrook, 19.8.94; W. of Juba R., 22.3.95.
*42, EoHIs OARINATUS, Schn.
Take Stephanie, 11.6.95.
BATRAOHIANS.
*], Rana oRnNnatA, Ptrs.
W. of Juba R., 22.3.95 ; 26.3.95.
2. Rana MASCARENIENSIS, D. & B.
Dawa R., 2.3.95 ; Lake Rudolf, 11.8.95.
3. Casstina oBsouRA, Blgr.
W. of Juba R., 12.83.95; 26.3.95.
4. BUFO REGULARIS, Reuss.
L. Abeia, 11.5.95; L. Stephanie, 11.6.95.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats VII.
Agama smithii, p. 213,
: Prats VIII.
Agama lionotus, with side view of tail, p. 214.
~2. Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Dr. A. Donald-
son Smith during his Expedition to Lake Rudolf. By
Dr, Arpert Ginruer, F.R.S. aah
[Received January 13, 1896.]
(Plate IX.)
Having been entrusted by Dr. Donaldson Smith with the
examination of the Fishes collected by him during his recent
‘expedition in Eastern Africa, I herewith give the result of my
examination. Owing to the great difficulties of the ‘transport
of preserving materials, the number of specimens had to be
_restricted, the entire collection amounting to 35 specimens which
“are referable to 18 species. The chief interest attached to this
collection centres in the fishes from Lakes Rudolf and Stephanie,
218 DR. A. GUNTHDR ON A COLLECTION OF [Feb. 4,
whence I believe no specimens have been received previously. I
distinguish the following eight species among them :—
Polypterus bichir.
Chromis niloticus.
tristramt.
Synodontis schal.
Citharinus geoffroti.
Alestes rueppellir.
Distichodus rudolphi, sp. nov.
Barbus, sp.
It is a noteworthy fact that five of these species belong to the
fauna of the Nile, although they are by no means limited to that
river, having been found in various other parts of Tropical Africa.
Chromis tristrami (or Acerina zillii, Gerv.) has been described from
fresh and saline waters of the oases of the Sahara; and Distichodus
rudolphi is closely allied to the Nilotic D. rostratus. The other
species enumerated in the following list were obtained en route to
Lake Rudolf or on the return journey, in various localities which
will be indicated under the head of the several species.
1. Potyrprnrus BicHiIn, Geoffr.
Two young specimens from Lake Rudolf, both belonging to the
variety with ten spines which also occurs in the Upper Nile and
West Africa.
2. CHromis niLoTicus, Hasselq.
Of this widely distributed species, the Bolti of the Nile, three
specimens were in the collection.
a. One from Lake Abeia, 24 cm. long; its.scales are somewhat
fewer in number than in typical specimens, viz. 27 along the
lateral line. D. .
b. One from Lake Stephanie, 16 cm. long. The teeth of this
specimen are equally small, as in the preceding specimen, but fewer
in number, possibly owing to its younger age and less advanced
growth of the jaws. D. i
c. A young specimen from Lake Rudolf, 10 cm. long. “D. i,
8. CoRoMis TRISTRAMI, Gthr.
Specimens from Lake Rudolf cannot be distinguished from the
types which were obtained in the oases of the Eastern Sahara.
The teeth of this species are much broader and larger than those
of the preceding species.
a, A rather large specimen, but with the hinder part of the
body decomposed, from Lake Rudolf (12.8.95). D. *
b. Another obtained in a dry watercourse, some 10 miles from
Lake Rudolf (16.8.95), 15 em. long. D. i:
1896.] FISHES MADE BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 219
4, OHROMIS SPILURUS, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p- 89.
This species was discovered by Dr. Gregory in pools remaining
in dried-up watercourses of North Giriama. Dr. Donaldson Smith
found this species (30.12.94) under similar conditions near the
Shebeli River, and (8.12.94) in water-holes near Sheikh Husein.
‘All the specimens, those collected by Dr. Gregory as well as by
Dr. D. Smith, are small, not exceeding 12 cm. in length.
5. CLARIAS SMITHI, sp. n.
Clarias lazera, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 89 (nec C. V.).
D. 70-73. A. 58-62. V. 1/9.
Vomerine teeth (Fig. 1) granular, forming a very broad band,
nearly twice as broad as that of the intermaxillary teeth, with an
obtuse, rounded projection behind in the middle of its concavity.
Transversely the intermaxillary band is wider than the vomerine.
The mandibulary dental band is as broad as the intermaxillary.
Upper surface of the head with not very coarse granulations; the
length of the head is two sevenths of the total, without caudal.
The maxillary barbel reaches beyond the root of the pectoral, the
nasal barbel being not quite half its length. The pectoral fin
extends to, or nearly to, the origin of the dorsal, the spine being
two thirds of the fin. Dorsal fin separated by a short interspace
from the caudal.
Fig. 1.
Teeth of Clarias smithii.
A single specimen, 45 centim. long, is in the collection, and was
captured in the middle course of the Shebeli. The breadth of the
intermaxillary band of teeth is 5 millim., that of the vomerine
8 millim. ; the transverse width of the former is 51, of the latter
47 millim. A fish captured by Dr. Gregory at Nyatana, and
enumerated by me under the name of Clarias lazera, is evidently
of the same species.
The African species of Clarias are extremely similar in general
appearance and most difficult to define, chiefly on account of the
uncertainty which attaches to almost all the taxonomic characters
which have been used for distinguishing them. Some of the
characters are certain to undergo considerable changes with age,
for instance the vomerine teeth, which are not likely 1o be granular
‘in very young specimens. The presence or absence of a posterior
process of the vomerine band is a more reliable character, as is
220 DR. A, GUNTHER ON A COLLECTION OF [Feb. 4,
proved by the series of C. gariepinus in the British Museum.
Peters (Reise n. Mossambique) was of a different opinion and has
attempted to prove the variability of this character, but, in my
view, he has confounded two or even more species under the naine
of C. mossambicus.
Two small specimens of Clarias collected on the Shebeli R.
(1 Febr., 1895) are not in sufficiently good condition to be deter-
mined. The form of the vomerine band is very different trom
that of the fish described as C. smithii. A collection of a large
series of specimens of all ages of any species of Clarias from the
same locality is very much needed ; but until this is done, it seems
to be safer to utilize all characters observable in apparently mature
or nearly mature specimens.
6. Eurrorius pEPREssInostris, Ptrs.—Shebeli R.
7. SYNODONTIS GELEDENSIS, sp. n.
Allied to S. serratus 1.
General form of the body somewhat elongate ; snout rather pro-
duced, subconical ; diameter of the orbit two sevenths of the length
Fig. 2.
Synodontis geledensis.
of the snout. The gill-opening extends downward to before the
root of the pectoral fin. Mandibulary teeth in moderate number,
1 T inust again draw attention to an unfortunate clerical error in Cat. Fish.
v. p. 212, where the line “ B. Mandibulary teeth not longer than the eye”
-ought. to ‘have been: placed above “ Synodontis serratus.”
1896.] FISHBS MADH BY DR. A. D; SMITH. 221
shorter than the eye, in a very narrow band. The maxillary barbels
reach to the end of the humeral spine and are lined with a narrow
membrane interiorly. Mandibulary barbels reaching to the root
of the pectoral, provided with numerous long fringes. Nuchal
carapace tectiform, obtusely rounded behind, its end reaching to
below the first soft dorsal ray. Humeral spine not quite extending
so far backward, much longer than high, with its upper margin
deeply excised, terminating in a sharp point.
Adipose fin rather long, the interspace between it and the
dorsal being less than the base of the latter. Dorsal spine ser-
rated anteriorly, shorter than the pectoral spine, which is strongly
serrated along both edges and equal to the distance of the foremost
part of the soft part of the trunk from the snout. Dorsal and
pectoral spines and the caudal lobes produced into filaments.
Coloration uniform.
DW, Agi 12) Ie,
A single specimen, 30 cm. long, was obtained on Jan. 19, 1895,
at Geledi on the Shebeli.
This fish is closely allied to S. serratus, but sufficiently distin-
guished by the different form and outline of the cephalic carapace.
8. Synopontis scHaL, Bl. Schn.
As the specimen in the collection differs in some respects from
the typical form, I give a description of it.
Fig. 8.
ahi Synodontis schal.
TDW ifs Bo 12, 12 YY;
»\ Rather stout in general habit; snout comparatively broad ;
diameter of the orbit two fifths of the length of the snout, and of
922 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A coLimcTioOn ‘or ~~‘ [Feb. 4,
the width of the interorbital space. The gill-opening extends
downward to before the root of the pectoral fin. Mandibulary
teeth in a very narrow and short row, less than 20 in number,
shorter than the eye. The maxillary barbels do not reach the end
of the humeral spine and are simple; mandibulary barbels reaching
to the root of the pectorals, sparsely provided with fringes.
Nuchal carapace tectiform, compressed into a median ridge, rather
pointed behind, its end reaching to below the first soft dorsal ray.
THumeral spine reaching equally far backward, much longer than
high, with its upper margin oblique and nearly straight, termi-
nating in a sharp point. Skin of the side of the body villous.
Adipose fin moderately long, the interspace between it and the
dorsal being less than the base of the latter. Dorsal spine short,
with a sharp anterior edge which shows scarcely a trace of serra-
ture about the middle of its length, and is probably quite smooth
in older examples ; this spine is shorter than the pectoral spine,
which is serrated along both edges and shorter than the distance
of the foremost part of the soft part of the trunk from the snout.
Coloration uniform.
A single specimen, 21 cm. long, was obtained in Lake Stephanie
- on June 11, 1895.
9, SYNODONTIS SMITHII, sp.n. (Plate IX.)
D.1/7. A.13. P.1/9.
Rather stout in general habit; snout comparatively broad, not
much attenuated in front; diameter of the orbit one half of the
length of the snout, and of the width of the interorbital space.
The gill-opening extends downward to before the root of the pec-
toral fin. Mandibulary teeth in a narrow, short series, about 25
in number, shorter than the eye. The maxillary barbels do not
reach the end of the humeral spine and are simple; mandibulary
barbels reaching to the root of the pectorals, provided with long
fringes. Nuchal carapace tectiform, compressed into a median
ridge, rather pointed behind, its end reaching to below the first
soft dorsal ray. Humeral spine reaching equally far, or even a
little farther backward, much longer than high, with its upper
margin oblique, but straight, terminating in a sharp point. Skin
of the side of the body villous, particularly along the lateral
line.
Adipose fin moderately long, the interspace between it and the
dorsal being less than the base of the latter. Dorsal spine with a
sharp, non-serrated anterior edge, equal in length to the pectoral
spine, which is strongly serrated along both edges, the inner serra-
ture being coarser than the outer. The length of these spines
exceeds somewhat the distance of the foremost part of the soft
part of the trunk from the snout. Coloration uniform.
A single specimen, 24 cm. long, was obtained.
This species is allied to S. schal, but distinguished by its
enormously long spines.
1896.) . FISHES MADD BY DR.A.D. SMITH. .- ~ 223°
10. Synopontis PuNoTULATUS, Giinth..P. Z. 8S. 1889, p. 71,
pl. viii. fig. A. ie
Aspecimen brought from the Webi Shebeli differs somewhat.
from the types which were collected on Kilima-njaro. Not only
is the upper surface of the head granular, not covered by thin skin
as in the types, but also the dorsal fins are more approximated.
11. CrITHARINUS GEOFFROII, Cuv. Bs Boe
This species extends from the Lower Nile to the Gambia and
Niger.
''wo very young specimens from Lake Rudolf.
12. ALnstHS RUPPELLII, Gthr.
Hitherto known from the Upper Nile.
One very young specimen from Lake Rudolf.
13, ALBSTHS AFFINIS, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 90.
Discovered by Dr. Gregory in the Tana River.
Dr. Donaldson Smith brought home three specimens up to
15:5 cm. in length.
a, b. From the Dawa River (25 & 28.2.95).
c. From the Shebeli River (30.8.94).
14, DisticHODUS RUDOLPHI, sp. n.
D. 21-22. A.14. L. lat. 100-108. L. transy. 18/24.
The height of the body is contained 34 times in the total length
(without caudal), the length of the head thrice or 34 times. Snout
rather pointed. Twenty-four teeth in the lower jaw. Silvery,
greenish on the back, with nine blackish cross-bars and a large
black prescaudal spot.
The two specimens being very young, only 54 millim. long, it
would not be safe to introduce more characters into the diagnosis
of this species. They were obtained from Lake Rudolf.
15. Lasro crucori, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p: 90.
Discovered by Dr. Gregory in the Tana River.
Dr. Donaldson Smith brought from the Guaso Nyiro a dried
specimen, 22 cm. long, which seems to belong to this species.
Unfortunately, the form of the mouth is destroyed, owing to the
mode of preservation.
16. BArsus BYNNI, Forsk.
A large specimen of this common Nilotic species, from the
Shebeli River.
Two very young specimens, 10 cm. long, from a stony brook
running into the Hrer R. (17 & 18.8.94), are probably the same
species.
224 ON THE BERTLES OF THE GENUS OALLianAPHA, [Feb. 4,
17. BaRBus, sp.
A very young specimen, 5 cm. long, from Lake Rudolf, cannot
be specifically determined.
18. MorMyrvs ZAMBANENSE, Ptrs.
In a specimen from Geledi on the Webi Shebeli (19.1.95) the
dorsal fin is a little more than half as long as the anal. D. 21.
A. 41,
3. Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation in
the Beetles of the Genus Calligrapha. By Martin
Jacoby, F.E.S.
[Received January 2, 1896.]
The paper which I have the honour to lay before the Society
gives a short account of a somewhat exceptional feature in the
Coleoptera, which occurs amongst the Chrysomelids in the genus
Calligrapha, but in no other families of Coleoptera to my know-
ledge. This genus has its metropolis in Central America, and is
represented by numerous prettily marked species, all more or less
closely allied. In these insects, the ground-colour of the elytra
is always pale yellow, but often assumes a golden hue when: the
insect is alive: this yellow ground-colour is marked with metallic
brown or blue, sometimes violet spots, and stripes, but in many
species this colour (if it can be so called)is replaced by reddish-fulvous
or brown, not of a metallic hue. The elytra of most Coleoptera
are impressed with more or less deep punctures, either arranged
in longitudinal rows or irregularly distributed, and even when the
elytra are pubescent the punctures will be seen when the hairs
ure removed. In no other insects of this order do the punctures
seem to be dependent on the coloration or pattern of the elytra,
or vice versa, but both go their own way ; but in the case of the
genus Calligrapha the interesting observation may be made that
nearly all stripes or spots, no matter how few or many or what may
be their shape, are bounded or surrounded at their margins by a row
of deep punctures, deeper than those of the ground-colour, beyond
which the colour does not extend. This is very remarkable, since
I know of no instance in which punctures assume a circle in other
species, much less that circular and longitudinal rows of punctures
are found in the same individual according to the design as is the
case in Calligrapha, The question which strikes one now is, how
could this coloration influence a deep punctuation or the latter the
colouring of the insect: a few instances are found in which some
of the spots or bands are free from punctures at their lower portion,
but their outlines are just as well defined as those which have the
punctures complete. According to Burmeister, the punctures of
the elytra are formed by the interruption of the chitinous matter,
causing small pits or punctures to be formed, but the regularity.
1896.] oN THE OBLIQUH SEPTA IN THE PASSERINE. 925
with which this takes place seems wonderful and to me somewhat
analogous to crystallization in inorganic matter. If the elytra are
examined from their upper surface, the difference between the
larger punctures surrounding the spots and those of the ground-
colour is very marked, the latter being irregularly and the others
regularly placed ; but if the elytra are removed and examined from
the inner side, a thin layer of skin covers the entire surface, but
the punctures shine through it and seem of nearly equal size and
much more numerous. I may further mention, that all the spots
or bands on the upper surface seem slightly convex and show
rarely any punctures except round their margins. These are all
the observations I am able to record; and I must leave to anatomists
to form any conclusions, if such are possible, as to the way in
which nature has worked here, and whether we could obtain any
clue by examining the insect in its native place, when immature
and in process of formation, so as to get some idea how colour, so
distinct from punctuation, can influence the latter or the reverse,
when this is apparently the case in so exceptional an instance as
the present. ‘Tho subject itself is not new, having been noticed
by Chapuis and myself some years ago, but I think it well to draw
attention to it again, so that more observations may be made, if
possible.
4, On the Oblique Septa (“‘ Diaphragm” of Owen) in the
Passerines and in some other Birds. By Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society,
Examiner in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy to the
University of London.
[Received December 16, 1895.]
The facts which I bring before the Society have been accumu-
lating in my notebook for the last few years, and even now there
are numbers of types of Passerine birds which I have not had, and
may never have, the opportunity of examining. Less emphasis,
therefore, must be laid upon such classificatory conclusions as
I yenture to bring forward, than upon the actual facts which I
record. There are a certain number of desirable Passerine genera
represented in the rich spirit stores of the Prosector’s department,
but not referred to in the present paper; I have thought it unwise
to make any use of them, since fresh material is so essential for the
proper study of delicate and transparent membranes.
The greater part of the present communication deals with the
divergent structure of what Prof. Huxley’ has termed the “ oblique
septum” in Passerine birds. I may therefore conveniently
commence with a description of the normal arrangement of
this structure, as it is seen for example in the Duck. And I
avail myself of Prof. Huxley’s own words?:—‘“ The second so-:
1 « On the Respiratory Organs of Apteryx,” P. Z.8. 1882.
; 2 Loc, cit. p. GL. citi Ta
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XV. 15
226 MR, F, E, BUDDARD ON THE [Feb. 4,
called ‘diaphragm’ (‘diaphragme thoraco-abdominal,’ Sappey ; '
‘diaphragmite thoraco-abdominal,’ Milne-Edwards) is a more
or less aponeurotic fibrous membrane, continuous with the
ventral edge of the median dorsal septum and suspended by it,
like the roof of a tent, across the thoraco-abdominal cavity, In
the middle line, this oblique septum slopes downward and forward
to the dorsal and anterior face of the pericardium, with which its
fibres become firmly connected on their way to their attachment
to the sternum. From the median line, the two halves of the
oblique septum slope laterally and ventrally until they attach
themselves to the parietes of the abdomen behind, to those of the
thorax more anteriorly, and to the margins of the sternum in
front.”
In fact, if we make a transverse section through a Duck or most
other birds at the level of about the middle of the sternum, the
appearances will be such as are diagrammatically represented in
the accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 227). Four membranes are
there visible—the intestines being left out of consideration for the
purposes of simplification, and as not germane to the structures
at present under discussion. The first of these is the falciform
ligament, which divides the lobes of the liver and is attached below
to the middle line of the sternum. Then there are the oblique
septum (0.8.), attached below to the sternum laterally, and above
to the parietes; and finally the horizontal septum (A.S.), which
floors the two cavities containing the liver-lobes.
This arrangement, however, does not hold good for a number of
Passerine birds; and it is possible—though I am not yet in a
position to make a definite statement about the matter—that the
arrangement which I am about to describe as characteristic of
many Passerines will be found to be distinctive of the group.
I commence with a somewhat detailed description of the oblique
septa of a Crow (Corvus capellanus) (see fig. 2, p. 227). As I have
dissected three examples of this bird, the following description
will probably be found to be free from any record of abnormal
conditions.
The right lobe of the liver is considerably larger than the left,
and extends some way beyond the margin of the sternum, in fact
about as far as to the end of the posterior intermediate air-sac. It
is separated from the liver-lobe of the left side as usual by a
vertically directed septum, the umbilical or falciform ligament ;
this falciform ligament is attached to the ventral parietes for a
distance of about an inch—from the posterior end of the sternum
to a point rather in front of that which corresponds to the
posterior margin of the liver. Anterior to the posterior edge of the
sternum, the falciform ligament is not attached to that bone; it
becomes fused with the two oblique septa, forming a roof over the liver-
lobes in this region, which is separated by a wide interval from the
internal surface of the sternum.
The oblique septa are closely attached for a considerable distance
to the liver-lobes, the adhesion being certainly not pathological.
1896.] OBLIQUE SHPTA IN THE PASSHRINES. 227
Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of » Duck.
L., L., lungs; L.L., R.L., left and right liver-lobes; 0.5., oblique septum ;
A,S., horizontal septum.
Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a Crow
(Corvus capellanus).
a, rudiments of sternal attachment of oblique septum. ‘The other
j lettering as in fig. 1.
15*
998 | MR. TE, BEDDARD ON THE. [Feb. 4,
At the posterior margin of the sternum the two oblique septa bend
inward, and join each other in the middle, becoming here, as
‘already mentioned, fused also with the umbilical ligament;
anteriorly this roof formed by the oblique septa becomes
continuous with the pericardium. The horizontally disposed
roofing membrane formed by the union across the middle line of
the two umbilical ligaments is, however, attached to the sternum on
both sides for a short space by a membrane, somewhat slight and
fenestrated (fig. 2, a, p. 227), which arises from the oblique septum
just where it is bent over to assume a horizontal direction.
The floor of the hepatic cavity of the right side, whose roof and
sides are formed of body-wall, oblique septum, and falciform
ligament, is a transparent membrane, anteriorly closely attached
to the liver ; posteriorly it covers over body-cavity, being attached
to oblique septum and to ventral parietes ; on the left side of the
body it is continuous with the floor of the left hepatic cavity,
which has corresponding attachments to the oblique septum and
parietes of its own side ; it splits so as to surround the gizzard. It
is the “horizontal septum,” ‘ pseud-epiploon,” or ‘so-called
omentum.” It follows, therefore, that each liver-lobe in Corvus
capellanus is contained in a separate cavity, the two being divided
by the umbilical ligament ; each of these cavities is considerably
larger than theliver-mass which it encloses, extending back nearly as
far as to the cloaca. It is, however, to the relationship between the
oblique septa and the falciform ligament that I desire particularly
to call attention in the above description. I find that this peculiar
arrangement of the oblique septa and the falciform ligament is not
only characteristic of Corvus capellanus, but also of other Crows
and of other Passerines. ‘The Raven and the Alpine Chough agree
absolutely with Corvus capellanus; so too Urocissa magnirostris,
Paradisea minor, Pastor roseus, Starling, Gracula intermedia,
Ptilonorhynchus violaceus, Vidua paradisea, Spanish Blue Magpie,
Hyphantornis texta, Leucodioptron canorum, Sturnella ludoviciana,
Sialia wilsoni, Turdus merula, Pitangus sulphuratus, Furnarius sp.,
Tanagra striata, Cardinalis virginianus, Fringilla teydea, and a few
others. Ina specimen of the Rook (see fig. 3, p. 229) there is a
slight difference, the oblique septa being split into two layers,
one having the normal attachment, the other the Passerine.
In Struthidea cinerea, again, I observed a slight difference in
the arrangement of these various septa coupled with a general
agreement. The point of difference was that, in the specimen of
this bird which I dissected there was on each side a thin
transparent partition arising from the falciform ligament and
attached to the oblique septum of its side. This membranous
partition did not, as it perhaps might have been expected to do,
shut off the liver from the posterior portion of the abdominal
cavity ; it arched over the liver with a semicircular free edge, one
half of the liver’ being in front of it, the other behind.
Leaving aside the characteristics of Struthidea for 1 moment, I
desire to direct attention to the general feature of such Passerines
1896.] © OBLIQUE SEPTA IN THD PASSERINES. 229 .
as I have examined—both Acromyodian and Mesomyodian it should
be observed—to the peculiarity which they show in the arrange-
ment of the oblique septa. Another distinctive feature of Passerine
anatomy is quite desirable. So far as we know at present, there
is positively only one character which is absolutely distinctive of
Passerine birds. That is, in the condition of the tendon of the
patagialis brevis muscle as it was described some years since by
the late Prof. Garrod’. Though. it is perhaps easy enough to
define the Passeres by a combination of characters, none of these
characters are everywhere present. It is therefore of more import-
ance than in some easily definable groups to add to this single
character only wanting in the Pseudoscines (Menura and Atrichia)
another which future research may possibly show to be more
universal, and which is at any rate found in several genera widely
separated from each other, ,
Abdominal and thoracic viscera of Rook displayed by removal of
abdominal muscles.
St., stomach; L., liver; O.S., oblique septa. The lobes of the liver are covered
by a membrane continuous with the dorsal part of the oblique septa.
This anatomical feature may therefore have a considerable
systematic interest. Apart, however, from this, which requires
still further proof, the conditions which obtain in the Passerine
bird remind one in some degree of the Crocodile. The liver-lobes
1 Coll, Papers, p. 356,
230 ON THD OBLIQUE SEPTA IN THE PASSERINES, [Feb. 4,
of that reptile are invested by a closely adherent membrane, which
has been thus described by Prof. Huxley ':—‘ A fibrous expansion
extends from the vertebral column over the anterior face of the
stomach, the liver, and the dorsal and front aspect of the
pericardium, to the sternum and the parietes of the thorax,
separating the thoraco-abdominal space into a respiratory and a
cardio-abdominal cavity, and representing the oblique septum of
the bird.” Both I? and Mr. G. W. Butler * have included in the
comparison which Prof. Huxley thus made the omentum of the
bird. But this does not interfere with the special likeness which
the Passerine shows to the Crocodile, in that the representative of
the oblique septum of other birds has not (as a rule) a ventral
attachment on each side to the sternum, but that it forms a
closely investing sheath to the liver-lobes ; but it is very doubtful
whether this resemblance is more than a superficial one. It is
agreed on all hands that the Passeres area much, if not the most,
specialized group of birds, standing on the very topmost branch of
the avian tree. Among them, therefore, the retention of archaic
characters, though possible, would not be so likely as among some
other groups. Besides, the arrangement of the oblique septa in
them seems to be a secondary affair on account of the fact that the
original (?) position of the attachment of those septa is indicated
by rudiments varying in degree of the portion of the septa which
was formerly inserted laterally and ventrally on to the sternum,
and the Rook has these membranes complete. This may be in the
form of a much-fenestrated membrane, or there may be but a single
tag on each side near to the posterior margin of the sternum, or, as
in an example of Prosthemadera nove-zealandic, the attachment
may have been completely retained on one side. I should be dis-
posed, therefore, in spite of certain undeniable likenesses which
the Passerines show to the Crocodilia, to regard the relations of
the oblique septa in them as a modification of the more prevalent
disposition of those parts.
In describing the septa of the somewhat aberrant Australian
Struthidea, I called attention to the fact that the liver-lobes were
partly shut off from the subomental space by membranous
partitions. The exact way in which these partitions are related to
the liver-lobes is, so far as my experience goes, unique among birds.
Bat there are other birds in which an arrangement of the same kind
exists; but with certain differences. ;
In several birds, for instance in Chrysotis guildingz, the left liver-
lobe is completely shut off from the subomental space by a vertical
transverse partition ; there is no corresponding partition on the
opposite side of the body. There are some birds in which, as in
Struthidea, there are partitions on both sides; but in them the
partitions are quite complete and entirely shut off the liver-lobes
trom the subomental space, not merely partially as in Struthidea.
1 Loo. cit. p. 568.
2 “On the Respiratory Orpen in certain Diving Birds,” P. Z.8. 1888, p. 256.
* “On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Lizards &.,” P. Z. S, 1889, p. 453,
1896.] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON DISSURA DPISCOPUS. 231
This state of affairs I have found in certain Hornbills and in many
Owls. At present I have not surveyed the principal groups
of birds from this point of view; but some years since I described
the same thing in a Penguin. Apart from this latter instance,
which I hope to have the opportunity of re-examining, it is
interesting to find a likeness between the Passeres and the Picarian
birds, and between both and the Owls.
As to the homologies of this structure outside the Class
Aves, I am inclined to liken it to what Mr. G. W. Butler
has termed the “ post-hepatic septum” in the Teiidw. This
structure, with which I am perfectly familiar from my own
dissections, is 2 transverse septum which is attached to the ventral
parietes, and nearly completely shuts off the liver-lobes from the
rest of the abdominal cavity. In the Iguanids» (Iguana, Metopoceros,
Phrynosoma) there is apparently a trace of this post-hepatic
septum in the shape of a membrane of limited extent which arises
from the end of the right lobe of the liver, and is attached to the
lateral parietes, forming thus a pocket shutting off the lung
of that side of the body. In the Crocodile the membrane
covering the liver, which represents a portion of the oblique septa,
is reflected below the liver and separates it from the adjacent
stomach ; this is probably to be also looked upon as a repre-
sentative of the structures mentioned.
5. A Note upon Dissura episcopus, with Remarks upon the
Classification of the Herodiones. By Frank HE.
Bepparpv, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society,
Examiner in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy to
the University of London.
[Received January 13, 1896.]
As is well known, one of the main points of difference between
the Ciconiide and the Ardeide is that the former possess the
ambiens muscle, while the latter donot. But the late Prof. Garrod
pointed out to this Society ‘some years since that this general rule
is not without exceptions; for in Xenorhynchus senegalensis and
Abdimia sphenorhyncha he discovered that the muscle so typical of
the Storks was absent. Another point of difference between the
Storks and the Herons is in the structure of the syrinx; in the
Storks this modified region of the windpipe curiously resembles
the syrinx of the tracheophone Passeres, while the Herons have a
perfectly typical tracheo-bronchial syrinx. I found myself some
years ago” that Xenorhynchus senegalensis, and more especially
Abdimia sphenorhyncha, offered some points of likeness to the
Herons in the structure of their syringes, which appeared to me
to have some significance when correlated with the muscular
peculiarity already referred to. In Abdimia (cf. fig. 2, p. 233),
1 “Note on an Anatomical Peculiarity in certain Storks,” P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 711.
2 “Qn the Syrinx in certain Storks,” P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 321.
232 MR. F, B, BUDDARD ON DISSURA BPISCOFUS. (Feb. 4,
contrary to what we find in typical Storks (cf. fig. 3, p. 234), the
membrana tympaniformis is well developed and the bronchidesmus
is incomplete. This Stork, however, agrees with other Storks in
the absence of intrinsic syringeal muscles and in the modification
of a large number of the last tracheal rings. In looking through
the MS. notes left by the late Prof. Garrod, with a view to a
forthcoming work upon the Anatomy of Birds, upon which I am at
present engaged, I find that the two Storks above mentioned are
not the only ones in which the ambiens muscle is absent, A third
species, viz. Dissura episcopus, is precisely in the same condition.
This bird is often spoken of as Ciconia episcopus; but it seems to
me that the anatomical peculiarity referred to justifies its generic
Syrinx of Disswra episcopus.
separation—just as Prof. Garrod thought of the species of Xeno-
rhynchus which showed the same absence of so characteristic a
Ciconiine muscle.
The discovery of this note reminded me that 1 had preserved at
the time of its death the syrinx of a specimen of Dissura episcopus.
On examining this syrinx, I found that it presented quite the same
anomaly of structure (from the Ciconiine point of view) as does
Abdimia. It is very interesting to find here also—correlated with
the deficient ambiens—a syrinx that approaches the Ardeine in its
characters. In Disswa, however, the bronchidesmus is complete
as in the typical Storks; but the membrana tympaniformis, as
may be seen from the drawing exhibited (see fig. 1), is well
developed, quite as well as in Abdimia (see fig. 2, p. 233). I need
not trouble the Society with a detailed description of the syrinx of
the bird, since the accurate drawing shows all its features of interest.
It may be generally pointed out that the terminal rings of the
trachea are Stork-like as in Abdimia, and that there are no intrinsic
muscles; but that the membrana tympaniformis is Ardeine, with a
well-developed pessulus. ‘This is, in my opinion, an additional
‘reason for placing this species of Stork in a genus distinct from
1896.) : MR, F. H. BEDDARD ON DISSURA EPISCOPUS. 233
Ciconia; and it may be possible to regard it as congeneric with
Abdimia, remembering that both are African in range. In any
case we have here a distinct relation between’ structure and
geographical distribution. ' ‘ ;
The Storks and Herons are contrasted by other structures than
those to which reference has already been made in the present
communication. I desire now to call the attention of the Society
to certain structures which have not hitherto been used in this
connection, and which indeed have been but little made use of in
the systematic arrangement of birds. ‘These characters are drawn
Fig. 2.
Syrinx of Abdimia sphenorhyncha.
from the number and ‘position of the muscles of the lungs, those
muscles which usually arise from the ribs and expand over the
pulmonary aponeurosis. To the complete set of these muscles
the term “diaphragm” has been applied. But at the present
moment I am not concerned with their general morphology, but
with their use in detailed classification.
It has been stated by Prof. Weldon’ that in the Storks “ the
pulmonary aponeurosis is not muscular.” So far as my experience
enables me to say, that statement is nearly but not absolutely
true.
In a specimen of Ciconia alba I found a single muscle on each
side of the body arising from the most anterior of the ribs bordering
upon the lung, and lying just in front of the anterior intermediate
air-sae. The rest of the pulmonary aponeurosis was perfectly free
from muscles. On the other hand, the Herons are well provided
2 “On some Points in the Anatomy of Phenicopterus,” P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 640.
234 ‘MR, F, B. BEDDARD ON DISSURA BPISCOPUS. [Feb. 4,
with special lung-muscles, as can be seen in dissections of Nycti-
corax and Cancroma. In the former bird there are four pairs
of muscles arising from the rib, each individual muscle, of course,
from a single rib. But in addition to these, two muscles arise on
each side from the bronchus just where it enters the lung-substance
and fan out over the aponeurosis; they both spring from the
posterior surface of the bronchus and diverge slightly from each
other to their insertion.
Fig, 3.
Diagram of the syrinx of Leptoptilus (see p. 232).
The orjgin of these muscles from the bronchus is interesting in
view of a very similar relationship of lung-muscles to bronchi
which I described some years ago in the Condor’; but in the
latter bird the muscles are attached at the distal end to the parietes
and not to the lung-surface, though, as in Nycticoraa, they arise
from the bronchi.
In Caneroma five pairs of ribs border the area occupied by the
lungs. From the last four of these arise slender slips of muscle
which passing forward end upon the pulmonary aponeurosis The
‘bronchi in this Heron have not the broncho-pulmonary muscles of
Nycticorax. It seems, therefore, that we have here a character
which serves to distinguish the Ardeidx from the Ciconiide.
The Syrinx of the Ardeide.—Though the syringes of such of the
Ardeidw as I have been able to examine differ but little among
themselves, it may be useful to give a short account of what I have
ascertained, since but little, so far as 1 am aware, has been published
on the matter.
1 “ Notes on the Anatomy of the Condor,” Pp. Z, 5. 1890, p. 146, woodcut
fig. 3, Sry -
1896.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THD SEA-OTTHR. 235
Nycticorax griseus may serve as a typical Heron upon which to
hang the description of such slight divergences from the normal
‘as‘exist. Reckoning as the last tracheal ring that from which the
pessulus arises in front, the intrinsic muscles, which are narrow
and do not fan out much, are attached to the third bronchial
semiring ; on the posterior aspect of the syrinx the last tracheal
ring is incomplete, the pessulus being attached to the one in front.
The widest bronchial semirings (seen laterally) are the third and
fourth ; they are also the last ossified ones. I can detect no differ-
‘ence in Ardea cinerea, A. cocor, A. agama, A. candidissima, Nyctr-
‘corax violaceus, and Tigrisoma brasiliense. In Ardea ludoviciana
each muscle is much fanned out and almost divided into two
muscles, of which one is inserted near to hinder border of rings.
6. Additional Note on the Sea-Otter.
By R. Lyprxxnr, F.R.S.
[Received January 10, 1896. ]
In reference to my note on the Sea-Otter (Lataa lutris), published
im the Nociety’s Proceedings for 1895 (p. 421), I have received
another communication from my correspondent Mr. H. J. Snow,
of Yokohama. He therein tells me that [ have misunderstood the
Sea-Otter in walking posture.
meaning of his statement that “the hind flippers are doubled
back.” In interpreting this as meaning that they were bent
236 DR. ST, GEORGH MIVART ON THB [Feb. 4,
back like those of a Seal, I found great difficulty, from the. confor-
mation of the skeleton, in comprehending how this could be
effected. Mr. Snow writes me that “the hind flippers, when
the Otter is travelling on shore, are brought under the body, but
doubled up backwards, somewhat after the manner of the rough
sketch enclosed, which, I may mention, has been drawn by a friend
—who never has seen a Sea-Otter—from my description. This
sketch [which forms the basis of the figure, p. 235] fairly repre-
sents the animal, but the hind quarters are not quite correct.
“The human hand will serve as a good illustration of the hind
flippers of the Otter, the under part of the flipper corresponding
to the palm of the hand. Imagine a hand, the fingers united by a
thin web, the whole surface on both sides, with the exception of
five small, black, naked spots on the balls of the finger, covered
with hair. The Otter apparently has little or no muscular power
in the finger part of its flippers, and when attempting to walk, or
rather jump, along on shore, this part is doubled under the portion
corresponding to the knuckles of the hand.”
7. On the Hyoid Bones of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes
discolor. By St. Grorce Mivart, M.D., F.R.S.
[Received January 15, 1896.)
In‘a paper read’ before the Zoological Society on March 5th
last, I described the structure of the hyoids of certain Lories, and
compared them with that of Psittacus ertthacus and that of Stringops
| habroptilus.
Therein I called attention to the processes which I named
parahyal processes, and which, so far as I have been able to
ascertain, seem peculiar to the Psrrraci. I pointed out that the
three genera of Lories described and figured, namely, Hos, Lorwus,
and Z'richoglossus, differed from other Parrots in having these
. parahyal processes much prolonged and distally united, each pair
forming a singularly delicate osseous structure which 1 termed the
parahyal arch.
Subsequently, when considering the form of the tongue, I
thought it would be very interesting to ascertain whether the two
. genera, the prolonged lingual papille of which have a certain
‘ resemblance to those of the Loritp#, did, or did not, also possess
a parahyal arch.
This question, through the kindness of Mr. F. E. Beddard,
‘ F.R.S8., I have lately been able to determine by examining the
' hyoid structure of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes discolor.
In the hyoid of Nestor, the basthyal (6, fig. 1, p. 237) is long and
narrow, much as in the genera of Loriip# before described. The
upper end of its anterior articular surface does not project so much
preaxiad as does its ventral lip. The latter is narrow and: pointed,
1 See P. Z. 8. 1895, pp. 162-174, figs. 1 to 6.
.1896.] HYOID BONES OF NESTOR AND NANODES. 237
while the former is laterally expanded and bears dorsally a cup-like
depression (c). The hinder half of the basihyal bears dorsally a
rounded antero-posteriorly extending ridge. The parahyal pro-
cesses arise much as they do in the Lories previously described, but
are exceedingly slender and meet together at a symphysis which
is situated about midway between the anterior and posterior
extremities of the basihyal. The symphysis is connected with the
preaxial part of the basihyal by a rather vertically broad osseous
band which passes obliquely backward to it from just behind
Vig. 1.
Hyoid of Nestor meridionalis. A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect;
C. Lateral aspect.
6. Basihyal. p. Parahyal arch.
é. Hntoglsesutn. 8, Its symphysis.
c. Cup-like concavity. hb. Hypobranchial. F
al, Anterior lateral process. cb. Oeratobranchial. oreriieey
pl. Posterior lateral process. w. Urohyal, its larger proximal part,
dl. Dorsal lateral process. ud. Urohyal, its smaller distal part.
338 DE. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 4,
the cup-like depression above noticed. Each lateral half of the
parahyal arch has, medianly, a gentle outward curve.
The urohyal is decidedly longer than in the Lories, and consists
of two parts—(1) a longer, proximal portion (u), which somewhat
expands to its termination, where it is truncated; and (2) a very
much smaller distal portion (ud), about half the length of the
proximal part.
It may well be that a distinct distal part of the urohyal also
existed in the species before described, but had become detached,
since as to several of them it was remarked that the urohyal was
truncated at the hinder end. .
The entoglossum (e) differs greatly from that of the Lorups#
before described in that it is relatively, as well as absolutely,
much longer and more slender. ach lateral half, each entoglossal,
has the part in front of the isthmus, which joins it to its fellow,
more than twice the length of the part behind the isthmus. The
anterior parts of the two entoglossals are slender, curve outward
from each other towards their preaxial ends, and terminate almost
in a point. Just in front of the median bony isthmus the ventral
border of the entoglossal sends downward and outward a marked
process (al), the anterior lateral process; behind this is a sharp
but very narrow concavity, bounded postaxially by a process (pl)
which extends slightly downward and much inward to join its
fellow of the opposite side, and so forms the concayo-convex
articular surface for junction with the concavo-conyvex articular
surface of the front end of the basihyal.
The part of each entoglossal behind the isthmus curves a little
upward and inward, and then downward and outward, termi-
nating in a slightly rounded extremity. At the summit of the
curve there is a slight prominence (dl) on the dorsal margin,
which may be called the dorsal lateral process.
The hypobranchials are about as elongated as in Lorius', but
nearly straight.
The ceratobranchials are about half length of the hypobranchials,
and are slightly curved concave mesiad.
Thus the genus Nestor shows a very interesting, but hardly
surprising, affinity to the Lorimp as regards the structure of
the hyoid. It has a parahyal arch, but that arch is remarkable
for its slenderness, as the entoglossals are distinguished by their
length and slenderness, and differ decidedly in form from those
of Kos, Lorius, and Trichoglossus. Thus considered, the Nestors
may be thought to represent the Lories in the New Zealand
region.
The interest I felt, however, in examining the hyoid of Nestor
was greatly exceeded when I turned to the examination of that of
Nanodes, formerly known as Lathamus.
The true position of this species and its relationship or non-
relationship to the Lories have been matters of controversy,
1 P.Z.S, 1885, p. 168, fig. 3.
1896.] HYOID BONES OF NESTOR AND NANODES. 239
and were considered by our former Prosectors, Garrod' and
Forbes ?.
Their opinion was against its Lorine affinity, and in my work
(now nearly complete) on the Lorimpm I have excluded it from
that family.
Hyoid of Lathamus discolor. A. Dorsal aspect ; B. Ventral aspect;
O. Lateral aspect.
b. Basihyal, Ae Parahyal process. ”
e. Entoglossum. . Hvpobranchial.
ce. Oup-like concavity. cb, Ceratobranchial.
al, Anterior lateral process. w. Urohyal.
pl. Posterior lateral process.
The hyoid of Nanodes justifies these judgments, for the parahyal
processes, though elongated, do not meet to form an arch, and the
entoglossum is peculiar and different in form from those of the
Loniip# previously. examined.
The basihyal (b) bears a singularly deep depression on its dorsal
surface on either side just behind the origin of each parahyal
process (p). The processes are long and slender, and curve
slightly towards. each other distally, but, as already said, do not
1 Seo P. Z.S. 1873, pp. 466, 634, and 1874, p. 587.
2 See P. Z. 8. 1879, pp. 168, 171, 174, pl. xvi. figs. 1, 2, 8, 10, 12.
540 = MR A. THOMSON’S RUPORT ON THE INsuCT-HOUSH. [Feb. 18,
meet. On its ventral surface the hinder part of the basihyal is
concave, the concavity being bounded on either side by a-marked,
oblique marginal ridge, these two ridges meeting to coalesce with
the wrohyal (u), which is short and straight.
The entoglossum (e) has its anterior parts rather slender, and its
posterior parts greatly expanded transversely. The anterior part
of each entoglossal has its dorsal margin slightly concave. Its
- ventral margin develops a marked anterior lateral process (al),
separated by a marked concavity from (pl) the posterior lateral
process. The posterior half of each entoglossal is greatly expanded,
and its surface, which looks outward and downward, is strongly
concave. Its dorsal margin is convex and rounded, but shows no
marked dorsal lateral process.
The hypobranchials are rather short and stout compared with
those of Nestor, but they are mainly remarkable for being deeply
grooved antero-posteriorly on their dorsal surface; they are very
slightly curved.
The ceratobranchials are extremely short bones.
My hope is to beable on some future occasion to describe certain
other Psittacine hyoids.
February 18, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., in the Chair.
Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a
series of specimens of various Insects reared in the Insect-house in
the Society’s Gardens during the past year, and read the following
Report on the subject :— ,
Report on the Insect-house for 1895.
Examples of the following species of Insects haye been exhibited
in the Insect-house during the past season :—
Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies,
' Asiatic.
Attacus atlas. - * Caligula simla.
cynthia. *Rhodia fugax.
TiCint. Actias selene.
—— pernyi. - . Cricula trifenestrata.
* Antherea mylitta.
* Exhibited for the first time. —
1896.] MR. A. THOMSON’ RUPORT ON THH INSECT-HOUSE. 241
American.
Attacus lebeaui. Telea promethea.
Samia cecropia. Hyperchiria io.
Actias luna. * janus.
Telea polyphemus.
African.
Attacus mythimna. * Urota sinope.
* Antherea wahlbergi. Cyrtogone herilla.
te belina. Lasiocampa montetri.
menippe. Eudemonia argus.
Bunea caffraria.
Diurnat Lepidoptera.
European.
Papilio podalirius. Melitea cinxia.
machaon. Vanessa antiopa.
Thais cerisyt. polychlorus.
Doritis apollinus.
American,
Papilio ajax. Limenitis disippus.
cresphontes. es ursula.
asterias.
Nocturnal Lepidoptera.
Smerinthus popult. Darapsa myron.
excercatus. *Ampelophaga versicolor,
Sphina ligustrt. * Daremma undulosa.
—— pinastri. Ceratomia amyntor.
celeus. Eacles imperialis.
Deidamia inscriptus. Saturnia pyri.
Deilephila euphorbie. carpini.
* Exhibited for the first time.
OF the lepidopterous insects which I have the honour to place
before the Meeting this evening, the following are exhibited for
the first time :—Limenitis ursula, Ampelophaga versicolor, and
Daremma undulosa, from North America; Hyperchiria janus, from
South America; Caligula simla, from India; Rhodia fugaa, from
Japan; Antherea wahlbergi, from West Africa; Antherea belina
and Urota sinope, from South Africa.
The two specimens of Limenitis wrsula were reared from hiber-
nating larve and were received along with the larve of Limenitis
disippus, of which species I generally get a supply every year.
These larvee emerge from the egg in the autumn and immediately
proceed to roll themselves up in the leaves of a species of willow,
and in that condition pass the winter. In the spring, as soon as
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XVI. 16
242 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,
the young leaves appear, they commence to feed. Last season the
young larve of L. disippus appeared on the 24th of April, and on
the 80th passed into the second stage, on the 7th May into the
third stage, and on the 13th into the fourth stage, turned to pup»
on the 18th, and the first butterfly appeared on May 22nd. It
was not until the perfect insects appeared that examples ’of another
species were to be detected amongst them, so that the larvae of
Timenitis ursula and its mode of life must closely resemble those of
L. dasippus.
I have again the pleasure of exhibiting a pair of Hudemonia
argus, from Sierra Leone, and I may here mention that, besides the
usual differences in the antenne, the male has only four spots
on the hind wings, and the female has always five.
The specimens of Ihodia fugaw emerged from cocoons deposited
in the Insect-house by the Hon. Waltcr Rothschild, 2.8. The
larvee were reared, I believe, in the neighbourhood of Richmond,
‘on willow, from ova imported from Japan. I had some ova of
this species, but the young larve would not feed and all died.
One peculiarity of this larva is, that it makes a squeaking noise
when disturbed.
The specimen of Attacus mythimna is the second example of this
beautiful species exhibited before the Society. This species was
originally described and figured, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 40, pl. vii. fig. 3,
as were also Saturnia belina and Urota sinope. Of these last two
species males only were figured. ‘The specimens exhibited are all
females.
Of Orthoptera an example of a very curious locust, Petasia
spumans, was brought home in December and presented to the
Society by Mr. Robert Ganthony, who obtained it from Krugersdorp
Falls, near Johannesburg, Transvaal. It fed upon watercress and
chewed apple, but I am sorry to say did not live very long in England.
(
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somaliland by
Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and Col. J. W. Yerbury in 1894
and 1895. By Axrnur G, Burner, Ph.D., Senior
Assistant-Keeper of Zoology, Natural History Museum.
[Received January 29, 1896.]
(Plate X.)
Although the collections now received add only a very few
species to the lists of Butterflies published in my papers on the
Lepidoptera of Aden and Somaliland (P. Z. 8. 1884 & 1885),
they are of considerable interest, inasmuch as they contain inter-
mediate forms between species hitherto regarded as distinct.
PZ.S.1896. Plate X.
TC Ruight del etlith, West, Yewman chromo
Lepidoptera from Arabia & Somali-land
1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 243
The general character of the Butterflies is distinctly East African,
the Asiatic element being chiefly represented by species widely
distributed over both Continents, or by African types allied to those
found from the Persian Gulf, through Beluchistan to Karachi.
All the specimens collected by Col. Yerbury are presented to
the Museum ; but of those obtained by Capt. Nurse only such as
are of special interest have been forwarded for examination, the
types to be retained by us: he, however, adds notes on other
species not recorded in the present consignment ; I have therefore
decided to quote these at the commencement of this paper, my
personal observations being given subsequently under the species
to which they refer.
The following are Capt. Nurse’s notes on his collections :—
‘ LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.
I have not sent any specimens of this species, but I caught and
bred all four forms. Like Col. Yerbury, I could not detect the
slightest difference in the larve, which were all found feeding on
Calotropis gigantea.
“ MEDANITIS ISMEND.
Yerbury records this from Lahej,and Aden (Journal of Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892), but I never came across a specimen.
“‘ YprHIMA ASTBROPD.
Occurs both in Arabia and Somaliland, but I have never seen
one on the Aden peninsula.
*¢ JUNONIA ILDRD.
I only found this species at Haithallim (spelt by Col. Yerbury
Haithalhim) near Lahej’.
“ JUNONIA CLELIA.
Yerbury took one in 1883, but I never saw one.
‘¢ JUNONIA CEBRENE,
Common both near Aden and Zaila.
«“ PYRAMEIS CARDUI.
Common both near Aden and Zaila: I took one on Perim
Island, the only Butterfly I saw there except Catopsilia.
‘¢ FYPANIS CASTANEA 7.
I never saw this species near Aden, but I saw three or four in
Somaliland near Zaila: Yerbury found it at Haithallim in 1883.
‘“‘ IYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.
Not uncommon, but I got only one male and five females.
1 Capt. Nurse says the meaning: of the Arabic word is “‘ Where the lime-trees
are.”
2 Capt. Nurse quotes this as H, ilithyia.
16*
244 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,
' “ AORA SEIS.
Given me by Lieut. Sparrow, 7th Dragoon Guards. Obtained
when on a shooting expedition.
‘¢ CATOCHRYSOPS CONTRAOTA.
The males do not appear to differ from specimens of the same
sex which I have from Kutch, India; but the females from Kutch
are much darker and have not nearly so much blue on the wings.
Mr. De Nicéville in his remarks on the genus Catochrysops, in
the ‘ Butterflies of India,’ says he is unable to recognize more than
three distinct species. C.contracta, of course, may be a local race of
C. cnejus,but the following notes may be of interest in this respect :—
At Shaik Othman, near Aden, C. contracta is very numerous, but
I never saw a C. cnejus there. At Lahej, 15 miles away, C. cnejus
swarms, but I never saw C. contracta there. The vegetation at
Shaik Othman is very scanty, while there is plenty of rank vege-
tation round Lahej. In Kutch I never found typical C. cnejus,
but C. contracta swarms.
‘* CaATOCHRYSOPS ASOPUS,
Common at Lahej.
‘* POLYOMMATUS BHTICUS.
Common at Zaila and Aden.
~ “ AZANUS SIGILLATUS (=GAMRA ?).
Not very common at Aden, and not seen on the Somali cvast.
‘ AZANUS ZENA.
Common at and near Aden.
‘‘ LYOENESTHES AMARAH,
Common at and near Aden.
“ TARUCUS PULOHER sive PLINIUS,
Common at Aden and Lahej.
“ TaRUOUS THEOPHRASTUS,
Common.
‘“‘ CHILADES TROCHILUS.
Not very common.
‘¢ ZIZERA KNYSNA and Z, GAIKA.
See Col. Yerbury’s remarks in Bomb. Nat. Hist. Society’s
Journal, 1892.
“ ZESIUS LIVIA.
Fairly common. I bred this species from seed-pods of Acacta
1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND, : 245
edgworthii. The larva is fat reddish one, but I did not make ,
any careful notes regarding it.
‘‘ TOLAUS NURSHI.
This Butterfly was not common, and I never saw it except at
Shaik Othman, where the few specimens I got were taken.
“ TOLAUS GLAUCUS.
These were the only specimens I took.
‘ THRIAS OHALCOMILETA.
Common at Lahej.
‘<'THRACOLUS CALAIS, var. DYNAMENE.
I suppose all these are 7’. dynamene. I found the larve on
Salvadora persica, and I also bred ,some from the egg. The
following is a description of the larva :—.
Pea-gréen, “very slightly rough; lower part lighter green; a
slightly darker mark along back. Some of the larve have two
black spots dotted with white behind the head, and on some the
first half of the streak down the back is whitish, others have it
whitish the whole length. Some of the larve have black heads,
others green heads. ~
The pupa also is very variable. Some are very pale green,.
others yellowish brown dotted with black. ;
The eggs are laid in batches of 20 or 30 on the leaves of the
food-plant, and the larve remain gregarious for at least half the
larval stage. ‘They remind one of Sawfly larve. I bred larves of
all the colours mentioned above from the same batch of eggs.
“‘TERACOLUS PHISADIA. (Plate X. fig. 13.)
Common at Aden and in the interior. I found the larva
feeding on Salvadora persica. The following is a description of
it :—
Pea-green ; when young, two black spots on back of head;: a
white mark, almost the shape of an ace of diamonds, but rather
longer, on second segment; when older the black spots on head
disappear, and the white mark gets clearer and is outlined with
black. There are two similar marks just beyond the centre of the
back, the front being the smaller, and another similar mark on
eleventh segment.
‘'THRACOLUS VI.
I did not get many specimens of this species and I could not
succeed in finding the larva, though I. searched carefully many
times.
‘ TERACOLUS PLEIONH (and T. mirtAM). (Plate X. fig. 18.)
Very common at Aden, but, like Col. Yerbury, I never saw it
elsewhere. I found plenty of the larve feeding on Cadaba
246 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTHRFLIES [Feb.18,
glandulosa, but I failed to breed it from the egg, though I tried
three or four times. The young larve never lived more than three
or four days, as I could not keep the plant. moist enough for them.
The following is a description of the larva :—
When young, brownish with black head ; when older nearly pea-
green, somewhat rough, but no hairs except tiny spines: a pale
green line along centre of back ; this line almost disappears as the
larva becomes full-grown; two rows of small black spots along the
sides, much fainter in some specimens. When full-grown about
an inch long; somewhat variable in colour. The pupa is some-
what variable, being cream-coloured with dark green markings.
The larve are much infested with two different kinds of
ichneumons.
‘ TERACOLUS LEO.
This species was not uncommon near Zaila, but I only took this
specimen, as I thought they were all of the same species as I had
got at Aden.
“TERACOLUS HALIMEDH, (Plate X. fig. 17.)
These I call 7, acuste, and I take them all to be of one species.
I bred No. 184, and also a male, from larve found on Cadaba glan-
dulosa. The larva is pea-green, with two small black spots on
segment next behind head. It has a cream-coloured line on each
side, commencing just before the centre of its length, and running
along the rest of the body; just above this line is a tiny black
spot on each segment. When full-grown it is rather more than
an inch long.
“ TERACOLUS EUPOMPE,
This was the commonest Butterfly near Zaila in May and June
1895, but there were very few Butterflies of any kind:about. I
take them to be all of one species. fl
. “ TERACOLUS PHILLIPSI.
Given me by Lieut. Sparrow.
‘ TERACOLUS EVAGORE ', ’
These all appear to me to be 7’. nowna. I cannot think that
T. saxeus is anything but the same species.
“ TERACOLUS COMPTUS.
Given me by Lieut. Sparrow,
“[THRACOLUS YERBURII. (Plate X. fig. 14.) | :
__ There is probably more than one species in this series, but I find
it difficult to separate them; I have therefore sent a good number
1 Ono of the extreme types of the female (7! jamesii) is confounded wi
T. yerburit in Capt. Nurse's notes, being santana 229, Sawa:
1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 247
of specimens. Most of them, I think, are 7’. yerburii. I bred this
species from lary found on plant No. 4 (this plant could not be
identified at B. M.) at Shaik Othman. The following is o
description of the larva :—
Head orange, lateral stripes of the same colour. Ground-colour
of back plumbeous, a darker stripe along centre, the whole faintly
dotted with white. Below the lateral orange stripe there is a
slight protuberance on each segment, black in colour with white
dots. ‘The whole larva is covered with short bristly hair.
Pupa :—ground-colour pale lilac, with a purplish stripe along
centre and yellow lateral stripes.
From all the pups emerged typical 7. yerburit, except from one
which produced 7’, nowna, much to my surprise. I did not notice
that one of the larvee was different from the others, so the larva of
T'. nouna must closely resemble that described above’.
“‘ TERACOLUS DAIRA, Q (for do, see footnote).
I have never come across this form on the Arabian side.
‘“ TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPH.
Given me by Lieut. Sparrow.
“ CATOPSILIA FLORELLA. ;
These I cannot properly separate. I bred some Cutops:lie from
larve found feeding on plant No. 5 (Cassia sp.? could not be
sutisfactorily identified at B. M.). he following is a description of
the larva :—
Ground-colour pea-green ; a black, interrupted, but very distinct
lateral stripe, and below it a broader stripe of an orange-yellow
colour. The larva is rough, but not hairy; the whole of the back
_ and head are covered with minute black dots. Length, when full-
grown, about 1} inches.
The pupa is green.
One came out typical florella 9 ; two others more like pyrene.
“ BrLpNoIs MESENTINA, var. LORDAOA.
Swarms at Shaik Othman and in the desert generally. This,
both in the larval and imago stages, seems to be the same as
B. mesentina. he larve feed on several plants, are gregarious,
hundreds being found on a single bush. They are greenish, slightly
hairy ; head black, dotted with white; a broad chocolate-coloured
stripe on each side, faintly dotted with white. Some of them
remained only five days in the pupal stage.
“ BuLENOIS LBUCOGYND.
I did not find this species at all common, and only got two or
three specimens. .
1 Starved examples of this species were separated and numbered from 252-
257 with the note :—“ This appears to be something different from T. yerburit.”
The males of 7. daira were confounded with 7° yerburii.—a. G. B.
248 DR. A, @, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,
“‘ SYNCHLOH GLAUCONOME,
Common both at Aden and Zaila. ‘he larva feeds on Cleome
paradoxa in Aden, and inland on other plants. It is greenish
yellow, dotted all over with black. Three bluish streaks along the
whole length of body. No hairs. About 1} inches long when full-
grown.
Pupa much the same colours and markings as the larva, but both
are fainter.
“ HERPANIA ITERATA,
Given me by Lieut. Sparrow.
“ NEPHHRONIA ARABIOA.
I only got three or four specimens.
‘ PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.
Given me by Lieut. Sparrow. Col. Yerbury got several
specimens of a Papilio (P. demoleus, I believe) at Lahe}j.
‘“TSMENE ANCHISES,
Two specimens at Aden and one near Zaila.
‘¢ CHAPRA MATHIAS,
Common both at Aden and Zaila.
“ GEGHNES KARSANA.
Fairly common.
‘¢ PYRGUS ADENENSIS.
Fairly common.
I think the differences in the larvee of such species of Teracolus
as I have described above are worthy of attention. The larva of
7’. yerburii is not in the least like any of the other larve I found ;
but this was the only red-tipped Teracolus larva I got, except one
of 7. nouna, which so closely resembled 7’. yerburtz that I did not
observe any difference till the imago emerged. ‘The larvae of
T. pleione and T. dynamene vary to some extent among themselves,
but in the case of 7. dynamene I bred several varieties from one batch
of eggs: I got only two or three each of 7. phisadia and 1’. acaste.
All these forms bear a kind of family likeness one to another ; and,
to some extent, this may be said of 7’. protomedia. I do not know
what Teracolus larve have been described by others; but, judging
from the larve, 7. yerburii and presumably the other red-tipped
Teracoli should not belong to the same genus as the others.”
C. G. Nursn.
Tam afraid that genera based upon larval coloration would be
very unnatural ; moreover, the fact that Captain Nurse could not
distinguish between the larva of the scarlet-tipped 7’. yerburii and
that of the orange-tipped 7. evagore (=nowna), seems to me to
1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. « 249
quash the suggestion of generic separation at once, even had it
not been shown that the same species, when taken in widely
distant countries, differs so completely in larval colouring as to be
unrecognizable in this stage of its existence. For example, larve
of Agrotis c-nigrum in Ceylon are altogether dissimilar from
European larve of the same species; the moths, however, are
absolutely indistinguishable.
List of the Species of Rhopalocera.
1. Liatyas CHRYSIPPUS.
Q. Var. dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 1-4 (1832).
3. Var. klugit, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 758.
Q, Lahej, 28th March, 1895; ¢g, Aden, 6th February, 1895
(Col. Yerbury).
2. YPTHIMA ASTEROPE.
Hipparchia asterope, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 29. figs. 11-14 (1832).
Shaik Othman, 10th February, and Lahej, 5th to 10th March,
1895 (Col. Yerbury); 14th February, 8th and 24th May, 1894;
Zaila, Somaliland, 28th May and 4th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
3. JUNONIA HERE.
Junonia here, Lang, Entomologist, p. 206 (1884).
3, Lahej, 26th May, 1894 (Capt. Nurse); 9, 14th March, 1895
(Col. Yerbury 'Y)»
4, HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
Typical female (resembling Zimnas chrysippus).
Aden, 12th October (Capt. Nurse).
Var. alcippoides (resembling L. alcippoides).
Aden, 27th February, 1895 (Col. Yerbury and Capt. Nurse).
Var. with white on secondaries (resembling Z. dorippus).
Aden, 28th February (Col. Yerbury).
_ Var. between typical H. misippus, 9, and var. inaria.
Shaik Othman, 7th April; Zaila, Somaliland, 23rd May, 1895
(Capt. Nurse).
Var. ¢naria (resembling L. klugit).
Aden, 24th September, 1894 (Capt. Nurse).
The whole of the known variutions of the female of this species’
are therefore represented in these two small collections, all the
forms having been taken either at or near to Aden.
5, BYBLIA ACHELOIA, yar. OASTANDA.
Hypanis castanea, Butler, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 759.
Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).
250 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb, 18,
6. ACR#A SEIS.
Acrea seis, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 247.
Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).
In Mr. Kirby’s Catalogue this species was erroneously recorded
as a variety of A. mahela; consequently it has since been described
by Mr. Grose Smith as A. matuapa, by Messrs. Godman and
Salvin as A. calyce, and by Vieillot as A. mhondana; it is distri-
buted over Africa from West to East, and we have one example
labelled South; the ground-colour varies from almost wholly tawny
(probably rose-red in life) to an insect having the primaries almost
entirely smoky brown. A. seis is the African representative of
the Asiatic A. vole, which it nearly resembles both in form and
pattern.
7. CATOCHRYSOPS CON'TRACTA.
Lampides contracta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 406, pl. xxxix.
fig. 3.
$ 2, Shaik Othman, 3rd March (Col. Yerbury), 21st April,
1895 (Capt. Nurse).
These Arabian examples do not differ at all from those obtained
at Candahar, Beloochistan, and Karachi.
8. AZANUS GAMRA.
Lycena gamra, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855,
p. 189, pl. i. fig. 3. .
3 9, Shaik Othman, 24th February, 3rd March ; Aden, 7th and
18th March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).
I think it probable that this may be the species referred to in
my former paper on Lepidoptera from Aden as “ A. sigillata,” the
specimens being in Col. Swinhoe’s collection: the two species are
nearly allied, but A. siyil/ata is a small (probably dry-season) form
of A. natalensis, and shows black spots and no parallel brown
bars on the under surface of the dise of secondaries; whereas in
A, gamra the brown bars replace the extra black spots.
9. LYOHNESTHES AMARAH.
Polyommatus amarah, Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 384, pl. ii.
figs. 5, 6 (1847).
¢, Shaik Othman, 24th February, 1895 (Col. Verbury).
The stronger form of wing and the two pencils of elongated
scales from the fringe of secondaries show this to be a Lycaenesthes
and not an Azanus; the pattern of the under surface is deceptively
similar in the two genera.
10, ZizpRa GarKa.
Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i, p. 403
(1862).
- §, Aden, 19th February, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).
1896.] 7 FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 251
11. Hyrnvs LINGEUS.
Papilio lingeus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceclxxix. F, G (1782).
- §, Shaik Othman, 1st April, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).
12. Zustus LIviA.
Lycena livia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 40. figs. 3-6 (1834).
3 2, Shaik Othman, 24th February; ¢, Aden, bred from seed-
pods of Acacia edgworthit, 4th March; ¢ 9, Lahej, 12th March ;
@, Shaik Othman, 5th April, 1895 (Col. Verbury).
13. CHLOROSELAS ESMERALDA.
Chioroselas esmeralda, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 765, pl. xlvii.
fig. 4.
$; Zaila, Somaliland, 23rd May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
Mr. Trimen, ‘ South-African Butterflies,’ vol. iii. p. 414,
observes :—‘* On careful comparison of two males taken by
Mr. Selous—which quite agree with Mr. Butler’s description of
CO. esmeralda—and of three very fine males taken near Durban by
Mr. Millar, with the type of A. pseudozeritis, I have come to the
conclusion that esmeralda is identical with pseudozeritis.” He
then proceeds to point out that his type and specimens from
Durban are darker below than the others, have a fuscous cloud
on the middle disc of the hind wings, the silvery spots very
brilliant, and “There are two linear tails on the hind wing,
respectively on the first median neryule and the submedian
neryure.” This, to my mind, settles the question: the Somali
examples only have one tail; they are uniformly of a buffish stone-
colour below without any clouding. JI examined an example, pre-
sumably of C. pseudozeritis, about a year ago, and decided that it
was undoubtedly distinct.
_ 14, Ionaus nuRSEI, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 16.)
- Closely allied to Z. wmbrosa (P. ZS. 1885, p. 766, pl. xlvii. fig. 6),
but the wings above bright cobalt-blue, with two whitish super-
posed spots on the dise of the primaries, close to the slaty-black
outer border ; the fringe much whiter, pure white towards external
angle: secondaries above with two or three ill-defined white discal
spots parallel to outer margin; the outer border pure white,
bounded internally by a dusky stripe, including the ordinary black
spots, and externally by a sharply-defined black line; fringe pure
white with a greyish line: wings below pearly white, the pattern
nearly identical with that of J. wnbrosa, but the bands black-brown
instead of red: other differences which exist may be variable and
therefore not worth noting. Expanse of wings 35-40 millim.
- 6 6, Shaik.Othman, 3rd March and 3rd April, 1895 (Col.
Yerbury); &, 26th February, 3 9, 31st March (Capt. Nurse).
This is doubtless the Arabian representative of the Somali
T. umbrosa; but it is a far prettier insect.
252: DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,
15. Ionavus eLavous.
. Lolaus glaucus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 766.
oS Q, Zaila, Somaliland, 23rd and 28th May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
16. TERACOLUS CALAIS, var. DYNAMENE.
Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 15, 16 (1829).
_ 9, Aden, 8th March, 1895; ¢g 9, 8th and 12th May, 3rd and
7th June, 1894 (Capt. Nurse).
17. TERACOLUS PHISADIA, var. ARNE. (Plate X. fig. 13.)
Pontia arne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 1-4 (1829).
99, 12th February; Lahej, 6th March; Haithalhim, 23rd
March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).
In my paper on Lepidoptera from Somaliland (P. Z. S. 1885),
when describing 7’. ocellatus, a species the existence of which I had
previously suspected, I observed, ‘I have also no doubt that a
species intermediate between 7’. phisadia and TY. vestalis will ere
long be discovered.” In Staudinger’s ‘ Exotische Schmetterlinge’
an African species was subsequently described and figured under
the name of Jdmais custalis, which scarcely differs from the Indian
I, vestalis, and which, as I have since discovered, exhibits similar
slight variations.
In my paper on Lepidoptera from Aden (P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 478) T
pointed out that several species of Butterflies presented simple
variations, which had become fixed as local races in various parts
of Africa and Asia; and it struck me that in the case of 7’. phi-
sadia, the female of which is extremely variable, we might still
expect to find evidence of its derivation from a black and white
type similar to those of India; I therefore asked Col. Yerbury to
look out for females of 7. phisadia having this character. In this
he was perfectly successful, the two females obtained at Lahej and
Haithalhim being indistinguishable from females of Yeracolus
ochreipennts (a species only doubtfully distinct from 7’. vestalis).
Tn this species, therefore, we still have evidence of descent from
the black and white forms of India.
18. TERACOLUS VI.
Teracolus vi, Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1884, p. 435, pl. xxxix. figs. 6, 7.
3g, Aden, 20th February, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).
_ 19. TeRacoLUs OHRYSONOMB,
Pontia chrysonome, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 9-11 (1829).
@, Zaila, Somaliland, 28th May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse). 5
20. TERACOLUS HELIOCAUSTUS.
. Teracolus heliocaustus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 768, pl. xlvii.
figs. 8, 9.
2, Zaila, Somaliland, 6th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
A much faded example.
1896.] ‘FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 253
21. TmRACOLUS LEO.
Anthocharis leo, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi.
p: 397 (1865).
¢, Zaila, Somaliland, 4th June (Capt. Nurse).
This is the form found at Kilimanjaro, where it is fairly common ;
it is very constant in all the characters which distinguish it from
T. acaste.
22, TuracoLus HALIMBDH. (Plate X. fig. 17.)
3 2. Pontia halimede, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 12-15
(1829).
Var. Q. Pontia acaste, Klug, |. c. figs. 16, 17 (1829).
Var. 3 2. TLeracolus celestis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 435,
pl. xxxix. figs. 1, 2.
$, Lahej, 9th March (Col. Yerbury), 22nd May; 9, 23rd
May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
This heavily-marked form of the species seems to be very rare
near Aden, the common types there being vars. acaste and celestis
with intergrades.
Var. acaste.
9, Aden, 21st March, 17th April; ¢, 28rd April; 9, 9th May ;
3 2, 5th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
Var. ceelestis.
@, Aden, 20th January, 1st and 6th February, 5th April; 6,
26th April; ¢ gd, 8th May; Q, 5th June, 1895; 2 9, 13th July
and 25th October, 1894.
23. TERACOLUS EUPOMPE.
Pontia eupompe, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 11-14 (1829).
3 dS, 2 Q, Zaila, Somaliland, 21st, 23rd, and 28th May, 1895
(Capt. Nurse).
Var.? Z'. dedecora, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 184 (1865).
3, Zaila, Somaliland, 18th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
24. THRACOLUS PHILLIPSI.
Teracolus phillipsi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 772, pl. xlvii.
fig. 11, 9.
é, Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).
25. TERACOLUS BVAGORE.
Q (as 3g). Pontia evagore, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 5, 6
(1829).
_ 6g. Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. iii. p. 350, pl. 1.
fig. 2 (1849).
3. Anthopsyche heuglini, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 272
(1859); Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 185, pl. xxv. fig. 4 (1865).
254 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 18,
3 2. Teracolus saxeus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 441, pl. xl.
figs. 1, 2.
3 @. Lahej, 21st and 23rd May and 13th December, 1894,
17th February, 6th and 8th May, 1895; Shaik Othman, 21st April ;
bred specimen, Aden, 31st March, 1895; Zaila, Somaliland,
21st May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
Capt. Nurse’s specimens seem completely to link the following
to 7’. evagore, which appears to be an extreme female development
of the species.
Var. Teracolus jamesi, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 771.
© 9, Zaila, Somaliland, 4th, 11th, and 21st May, 1895 (Capt.
Nurse).
26. TERACOLUS COMPTUS.
Teracolus comptus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 94.
3, Zaila, Somaliland, April 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
Described from specimens obtained at Kilimanjaro.
27, Tpracoius yrrburi. (Plate X. fig. 14.)
Teracolus yerburit, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 441, pl. xxxix.
fig. 12.
Var. Teracolus swinhoei, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 491.
Shaik Othman, 24th and 26th February and 3rd March, 1895
(Col. Verbury); 15th April, 1894; 21st and 28th April, 1895;
6th and 13th May, 3rd and 10th June, 1894; Lahej, 23rd and
24th May, 1894; Aden, bred 30th April, 1895 (Capt. Nurse) ;
25th February and 8th March, 1895 (Col. Verbury).
Capt. Nurse also has a specimen bred at Aden on the 19th
March, 1895, from larva found at Shaik Othman, and Col. Yerbury
seven examples, all of which emerged either on the 11th or 12th
April.
28. TmRACOLUS DATRA.
Pontia daira, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 1-4 (1829).
3 3, 2 , Laila, Somaliland, 21st and 28th May, 4th June, 1895
(Capt. Nurse).
29, TuRACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.
Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lep. i. p. 572, pl. 18.
fig. 3 (1836).
3, Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).
30, CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.
9. Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775); 3 2.
Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 56, pl. xxii. figs. 1, 2, 2 a (1871).
Var. Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. 1st ser. pl. 51 (1820-1).
Var. Callidryas hyblea, Boisduyal, Sp. Gén. Lép. p. 612 (1886).
1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. » 255
Var. Catopsilia alewrona, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. set. 4,
vol. xviii. p. 489 (1876). |
a. C. florella, typical, Shaik Othman, 2, 21st October, 1894 ;
Q, Aden, 15th, 25th, and 26th March, 1895; ¢, 25th October,
1894. ;
b. C. aleurona, 3 9, Shaik Othman, 3rd February, 1895; Zaila,
Somaliland, 22nd and 23rd May, 1895. 5
c. C. hyblea, 2, Aden, 21st March, 1895.
d. C. pyrene, 9, Aden, 19th March, 1895; ¢, 18th May, 1894 ;
3 2, Lahej, 18th and 28rd March, 8th May, 1895; ¢, Zaila,
Somaliland, April, 1895.
All these specimens were collected by Capt. Nurse.
31. BELENOIS MESENSINA, var. LORDACA.
Pieris lordaca, Walker, Entom. v. p. 48.
2, Zaila, Somaliland, April 1895 (Capt. Nurse).
32. HeRrPZ2NIA ITBRATA.
3. Herpenia iterata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 96.
2, Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).
33. PAPILIO DEMOLUS.
Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 214 (1764).
Lahej, 3rd, 5th, 6th, and 29th March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury) ;
Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).
The Arabian examples are slightly aberrant, the band on pri-
maries more broken up than usual, and the under surface of the
secondaries greyer ; these differences are, however, variable.
34, GHGENES KARSANA.
Hesperia karsana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 576, pl. 67. fig. 6.
Shaik Othman, 2nd April, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).
35. PyRGUS ADENBNSIS.
Pyrgus evanidus, var. adenensis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 498.
Haithalhim, 25th March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).
36. GOMALIA ELMA.
Pyrgus elma, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. i. p. 288
(1862); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 291, pl. 5. fig. 8 (1866).
Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 144; Lep. Ceyl.
i. p. 183, pl. 71. fig. 7 (1881).
3 d, Q, Lahej, Arabia, 22nd, 24th, and 25th May, 1894 (Capt.
Nurse).
The two males are very dissimilar, one being very dark and
small, the other larger and almost as pale as the female; ‘this
variability renders it impossible to keep G. albofasciata separate. _
256 ON BUTTHRELIES FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND, [Ieb. 18,
Col. Yerbury has compiled the following list of Butterflies
hitherto found at or near Aden :—
1. Limnas chrysippus. 28. Oatopsilia florella.
Var. alcippus. Var, aleurona.
Var. dovippus. Var. hyblea.
Var. klugii. Var. pyrene.
2. Ypthima asterope. 29, Teracolus vi.
3. Melanitis ismene *. 30. ‘i phisadia.
4. Hypolimnas misippus. 81. i calais.
Var. alcippoides. Var. dynamene.
Var, inaria. Var. carnifer.
5. Junonia here. 32. pp pleione.
6. » Clelig. Var. miriam.
7. » _ cebrene, 33. a halimede.
8. Pyrameis cardui. Var. acaste.
9. Hamanumida dsedalus ft. Var. coclestis.
10. Byblia ilithyia. 34. ms protomedia.
11. ,,_~— acheloia. 35. - eupompe.
Var. castanea. 36. D epigone.
12. Polyommatus beticus. 37. i evagore.
13. Catochrysops asopus. Var, saxeus.
14. ‘5 enejus. 38. 20 yerburii.
15. si . contracta. Var. swinboei.
16. Azanus gamra. 39. Belenois mesentina,
17. +4, ~—-zena. Var. lordaca.
18. Lycznesthes amarah. 40. » _ leucogyne.
19. Tarucus plinius (=pulcher). 41. Synchloe glauconome,
20. 5a theophrastus, 42. Nepheronia arabica,
21. Chilades trochilus. 43. Papilio demoleus.
22. Zizera knysna. 44. Ismene anchises ||.
23. ,, gaika. 45. Obapra mathias.
24. Hyreus lingeus {. 46. Gegenes karsana.
25. Zesius livia §. 47. Pyrgus adenensis {.
26. Iolaus nursei. 48. Eretis djxlxle.
27. Terias chalcomieta. 49. Gomalia elma.
* Not uncommon at Lahej; though no specimens have been obtained.
+ Taken by Mr. Chevallier at Haithalhim, and identified at the British
Museum.
+ A single specimen taken at Shaik Othman.
§ Col. Yerbury believes that.two species are confused under this name.—
A. G. B.
|| Col. Yerbury enumerates another species—‘‘ The Phantom Skipper ”—often
seen but never taken.—A. G. B.
{| The Adenese representative of the Indian P. evanidus.
Some further Notes on Larve from Aden.
Teracolus pleione and 7’, acaste both feed on Cadaba glandulosa ;
T. protomedia, 1. yerburii, and I’. evagore on a plant that I have
been unable to determine.
7. dynamene and phisadia, food-plant Salvadora persica,
The pupe of 7’. pleione, acaste, and protomedia (Pl. X. fig. 15) have
considerable resemblance in shape; and it is possible that further
study of the pupal stage may lead to a grouping of males with
black nervures to their wings. The pupa of 7’. dynamene, phisadia,
yerburit, and evagore are of an altogether different form.
Synchloé glauconome, food-plants Dipterygium glaucum and
Cleome paradoxa.
1896.] ON MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 257
Belenois lordaca feeds at Huswah on Caparis galeata, that is,
if this plant be conspecific with the Aden plant bearing the same
name (to the uninitiated the plants look allied, but decidedly
distinct from each other). I suspect that 7. v2 also feeds on this
plant, though I have never yet found a larva in spite of careful
search.
Catopsilia larve feed on Cassia, sp., but I have been unable to
correctly obtain the specific name of this plant; it is, however,
allied to adenensis, and may be that species.
Zesius livia.—Specimens bred from the pods of Acacia edgeworthir
collected in Gold Mohur Valley. At Haithalhim a number of
pup were found under a large stone ; from these, too, a species
of Zesius emerged.
Jamnas.—The larve feed on Calotropis gigantea.
Seasonal dimorphism does not seem to occur to any extent in
the neighbourhood; though it may possibly do so in the case of
Teracolus calais and dynamene.
The year 1883 was very wet, heavy rain having fallen in May,
consequently in July a large number of Butterflies appeared—
among others, a very brightly-coloured form of 7’. calais (all, I be-
lieve, females however): this may point to 7’. calais being the rainy-
season form and 7. dynamene the dry. I never met with this
unusually brightly-coloured form in after years.—J. W. YBERBURY.
2. On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland. By
Lord Watsincuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., and G. F.
Hampson, B.A., &e.
[Received January 29, 1896.]
(Plate X.)
The following paper contains a record of the collections made
at Aden and its neighbourhood in the year 1895 by Col. J. W.
Yerbury and Capt. ©. G. Nurse, and of a small Somaliland
collection made at Zaila by Capt. Nurse. It also includes the
Heterocera recorded from Aden in a paper by Mr. A. G. Butler
in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1884 (collected by Cols. Yerbury
and Swinhoe), and the few Moths recorded from Somaliland by
Mr. Butler in his paper on the Lepidoptera of Somaliland in the
Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1885, nearly all these species, how-
ever, being again represented in the collections now worked out.
The Aden forms show, as might be expected, a mingling of
the European, N. African, and Western Indian species, the latter
decidedly predominating. The number of species is very large for
such a barren locality, especially among the Pyralide, the number
of Phycitine being a marked feature of the fauna, whilst the
most interesting new form is the archaic genus of the Nola
group. The portion of the paper on the Pterophoride, Tortricidae,
Proo. Zoot. Soo.—1896, No. XVII. 17
258 LORD WALSINGHAM AND [email protected]. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
and Tineide is by Lord Walsingham, the remainder by myself, in
which part only such synonymy is given as is necessary to
elucidate Mr. Butler’s previous paper. The types of the new
species have been presented to the collections of the British
Husun and Lord Walsingham by Col. Yerbury and Capt. Nurse.
—G. F. H.
ARODIIDA,
Lirnostinz.
Srcusio stricata, WIk. ii, 559.
Zaila, Somaliland.
Detorra putcuaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, 884.
Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.
NYOrEroLiIn z.
Farias insutana, Boisd. Faun. Madag. p. 121, pl. 16. f. 9.
Aden; Lahej; Zaila, Somaliland.
AROTIINE,
SPILOSOMA ARABIOUM, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 25.)
Dull greyish white; legs crimson, grey, and black ; palpi black
above; antenne black, the basal joint crimson; a crimson line
behind the head and streak on shoulders; patagia with paired
black spots; abdomen crimson, with dorsal black spots; anal tuft
in female grey. Fore wing with more or less black on base of.
costa ; an antemedial series of five black spots bent inwards below
median nervure ; a black discocellular patch divided into a cluster
of spots by the veins; a curved postmedial series of spots, com-
mencing with an elongate spot below costa, and with black specks
and spots beyond it below costa and near veins 5 and 2. Hind
wing with discocellular spot, and sometimes with two or three
submarginal spots.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Hap. g 32, 2 38 mm.
Now.
Genus ARCHINOLA, nov.
Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head and thickly
sealed, the 3rd joint concealed; maxillary palpi large and tri-
angularly dilated with scales; proboscis small; antenne of male
minutely ciliated, the basal joints dilated with scales; legs and
tibial spurs moderate. Fore wing with a few scattered raised
scales; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from
upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked ; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3
from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 on a long stalk ;
8 anastomosing with the-cell to near end. 4
1896.] | -:. MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 269
The large maxillary palpi are a,most remarkable feature in this
genus, which is otherwise near Pisara, W1k., and tends to prove
the derivation of the Nolinw group of the Arctiide from the
Tineide, in close relationship with the ancestor of the Scoparine,
Schenobiine, and lower Pyralide..
AROHINOLA PYRALIDIA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 23.) ~
d. Brownish grey. Fore wing slightly irrorated with fuscous ;
an antemedial erect, fuscous, line; a postmedial line curved from
costa to vein 3, then incurved to below end of cell. Hind wing
pale fuscous. ‘ ‘
Hab. Aden (Nurse), Exp. 14 mm.
a cid Be) AGARIsTIDs”.
Evsemra rurvert, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 775.
S. of Berbera, Somaliland. , ae
Noorvip 2.
TRIFINE,
Grorruta onranTatis,-Hmpsn. Moths Ind. ii. p. 168. °
Aden. ae
Larva. Head reddish; somites French grey, the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and
terminal two light red; each somite with a black ring, the medial
ones broadest. Food-plant Pancratium tortuosum.
Hauriornis nupiepra, H.-S. Eur. Schmett. ii. p. 366.
Heliothis peltigera, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 776 (nec Schifferm.).
Aden ; Somaliland. . MONA? os ;
. ‘Hauniornis armicrra, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Noct. ii.
pl. 79, : t , BH zy . , .
Aden.
HBLI0THIS PIOTIFASCTA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 8.)
9. Grey; thorax variegated with ochreous, the patagia with
black and white streak; tarsi ringed with black; abdomen pale
grey. Fore wing with ochreous spot at base; some ochreous
specks on costa; an ochreous fascia below median nervure from
base to outer margin irrorated: with: black, and- with three blackish
marks on it; a similar fascia from middle of cell to outer. margin,
with the elongate ochreous orbicular and rounded reniform stigmata
onit ; asubmarginal series of black and ochreous lunules+; a marginal
series of black spots; cilia ochreous at,base, pale at. tips, with
series of fuscous spots. Hind wing pure white. :
Hab. Zaila, Somaliland (Nurse). Hep. 38 mm.
Eurinxia opposita, WIk. xxxii. 667. ae
Aden. Pigteecnae a aural i
17*
260 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON [Feb.18,
’ Burnexr1a conpucta, Wk. x. 296.
Perigea inexacta, Wk, xxxii. 682.
_ Aden.
Propmyia Lirroratis, Boied. Faun. Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 91,
pl. 13. £. 8.
Aden.
Propmnta minima, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 410.
Aden.
SpoporTRa MAuzItIA, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 92.
Agrotis exempta, Wik. x. 355 (var.).
Zaila, Somaliland; the var. exempta from Shaik Othman, Arabia,
and Zaila.
AMYNA SELENAMPHA, Guen. Noct. i. p. 406.
Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.
Amyna octo, Guen. Noct, i. p. 233.
Amyna stigmatula, Snell. Tijd. y. Ent. xv. p. 55.
Aden; Lahej, Arabia.
CALLOPISTRIA LATREILLE!, Dup. Lép. Fr., Noct. iv. pt. i. p. 327,
pl. 120. f. 2.
Zaila, Somaliland.
CALLOPISTRIA YERBURII, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 496.
Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.
Canaprina pxiaua, Hiibn. Samml, eur. Schmett., Noct. f. 362.
Aden. ‘The larva feeds on Zygophyllum simplex.
TATHORHYNOHUS VINOTALD, WIk. xxxiv. 1476.
Aden. c
LuvoantA SIouna, Treit. x. 2, 90.
Lahej, Arabia.
LEvoania unreunora, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 174.
Aden.
Nonaceria conrusa, WIk. ix. 105.
Lahej, Arabia; Aden.
AcONTIINE,
MEGALODES, n. sp. ;
Aden. A specimen too worn to describe.
1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 261
TARACHH NOTABILIS, W1k. xi. 669, =
Lahej, Arabia. A pale, slightly-marked specimen; fore wing
with the costal marks reduced to specks; hind wing with slight
trace of fuscous at apex only.
TARAOHE VARIA, WIk. xxxili. 772.
Aden.
TARACHH FLAVONIGRA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 522, pl. 47. £.15.
Aden. ;
ACONTIA GRELISH, Feisth. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. ps 300, pl, 12.
£. 3. ee
Zanthodes innocens, Wk. xy. 1752.
Aden; Lahej, Arabia.
AconT1a 1nstanis, Butl. P. Z.8. 1884, p. 500.
Aden.
Larva with three pairs of prolegs; dull orange with interrupted
brownish bands between the somites, the four medial bands darker
and more prominent; each somite with paired lateral spots; warty
and clothed with short bristles. Food-plant Anarrhinum pedi-
cellatum.
XANTHOPTBRA MESOZONA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 9.)
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous, the last suffused with
fuscous. Fore wing ochreous, a black spot at base of costa and
two specks beyond it; a broad medial black band; a black disco-
cellular speck; a faint postmedial line arising from a black spot
on costa und excurved below costa; a slightly sinuous silvery
submarginal line with black spot inside it on costa; a marginal
black line widening at apex. Hind wing fuscous.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Exp. 20 mm.
MARIMATHA SUBFLAVALIS, Wlk. xxxiv. 1205.
Aden,
Mauracurostis quinaria, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1881, p. 371.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
MaracHROsTIS ATRIBASALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 11.)
¢. Head and thorax black; abdomen fuscous, ochreous towards
base. Fore wing bright ochreous; the basal area black with erect
outer edge; a medial triangular black patch on costa extending
almost to lower angle of cell; outer area black with a grey
tinge, its.inner edge indented at veins 6 and 3. Hind wing pale
fuscous.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 12 mm.
This species in facies resembles Acontia insiynis and Xantho-
ptera mesozona, having the same black and yellow coloration.
262 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G.F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
EuBLEMMA BULLA, Swinh. P. ZS. 1884, p. 518, pl. 47.-£..9.
_ Aden.
The fore wing more ochreous than in Indian specimens.
EvpimmMa parva, Hiibn. Hur. Schmett., Noct. fig. 356.
Aden. aa ; -
EvsiymMa Brrasorata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 371.
Aden.
_ EupLemMs pivisa, Moore, P.Z.8. 1881, p..371.
Aden.
EUSLEMMA SEMINIVHA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 19.)
d. Head and thorax pure white; base of palpi and abdomen
yellowish. Fore wing with the basal half pure white, the costa
with two specks and its edge dark; the outer half red-brown, with
fine erect black line on its inner edge, which is slightly indented
at veins 5 and 2; a triangular white patch on costa before apex ;
some submarginal black specks; a marginal white line; the
cilia grey. Hind wing white; the outer area slightly suffused
with ochreous.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Exp. 15 mm.
. EUBLEMMA ECTHEZMATA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 6.)
6. Pure white; palpi, antenne, and abdomen slightly tinged
with fuscous; two dark specks on basal half of costa and one on
inner margin; an oblique line from middle of costa to inner
margin near outer angle, with a triangular patch of pink suffusion
beyond ‘it from costa to its apex on vein 2; an indistinct double
postmedial line forming a whorl-shaped mark at end of cell; o
submarginal series of dark specks;. cilia tinged with pink. . Hind
wing with the outer area suffused with pink; the cilia pink.
Hab, Shaik Othman, Arabia (Nurse). Hxep.18 mm. —
EUBLEMMA ABRUPTA, Wik. xxxiii, 830. nen eee
Aden ;‘Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.
'” SaRRorHRIPing.
- Proruera cniris, Moore, Lep. E. 1,0} p. 353, pl. 16. f. 8.”
Aden.
- Hypnza Purra, Cram. Pap, Exot. pl. 103. ff. D, E.
Aden.
-- CLBTTHARRA MINORELLA, Wlk. xxxv. 1730,
Aden.
1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 263
. KUTELIIN A.
Hurnnra piscistriea, Wlk. xxxili. 823.
Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.
GonoPprEriIn z=.
CosMoPHILA Musocona, WIk. xiii. 1002.
Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.
CosMOPHILA SABULIFERA, Quen. Noct. ii. p. 404.
Gonitis propinqua, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 497.
Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.
CosmMopPHinLA pRosa, Hiibn. Zutr. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii, 19,
ff. 287, 288.
Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.
CuuRiA AROUATA, WIk. xii. 779.
Zaila, Somaliland.
QUADRIFINZ.
* Nyorrpao Latona, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. 13. f. B.
Aden.
PoLYDESMA QUENAVADI, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 438.
Aden.
PonypHsMA veTustA, WIk. xxxiil. 875.
Aden.
MELIPOTIS ATROSIGNATA, Wlk. xv. 1770.
Aden. .
Ma.iroris yursuryi, Butl..A. M. N. H. (6) x. p. 327.
Aden.
MELIPOTIS MELANODONTA, n. 8p.
Head and thorax grey, irrorated with brown and black ; abdomen
brownish ochreous. Fore wing whitish, suffused with pale reddish
brown and irrorated with black ; an indistinct highly waved ante-
medial black line; an ill-defined lunulate discocellular mark ; traces
of two waved medial lines and of a minutely dentate postmedial
line excurved beyond cell, then bent inwards to the medial lines ;
a dentate submarginal line sending some dentate black marks
inwards; the marginal area rufous; a marginal series of black
strie ; cilia whitish, with three dark patches. Hind wing ochreous,
the outer area browner ; indistinct sinuous postmedial and curved
submarginal lines; -cilia white.
Hab. Aden (¥ erbury). Exp. 24 mm.
264. LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR.G.F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
Gwampronyx vitis, Wk. xxxiii. 889.
Aden.
PsHUDOPHIA BENENOTATA, Warr. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 313.
Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.
PsnuporHia DEvIA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 520, p. 48. f. 3.
Aden; Lahej, Arabia.
PsHUDOPHIA INDEOISA, WIk. xii. 829.
Aden.
PSEUDOPHIA OCHRIBASALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 31.)
Head and thorax ochreous; abdomen dirty white. Fore wing
with the basal third ochreous, the outer two-thirds fuscous; a
short waved subbasal line from costa with grey inside it; a post-
medial line excurved and sinuous between yeins 6 and 3, with
ochreous on its outer edge and ochreous discocellular spot inside
it; traces of a dentate grey submarginal line arising from an
ochreous mark on costa; a marginal series of white specks; cilia
grey at tips. Hind wing semihyaline white, with fuscous marginal
band narrowing from costa to vein 2.
Hab, Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. $ 22, 2 26mm.
SPHINGOMORPHA OHLOREA, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 104. f. C.
Sphingomorpha monteironis, Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 406.
Aden,
Opuiusa MELIOERTE, Drury, Exot. Ins. i. p. 46, pl. 23. f. i.
Achea catella, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 247.
Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.
Larva a semilooper with broad blue-black dorsal line and paired
lateral creamy-white lines; food-plant Huphorbia systyla. .
Oputusa ALaIRA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 836.
Aden.
HYPTRA LEUCOPTHRA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 1.)
White, very slightly suffused with brown and irrorated with
fuscous. Fore wing with slightly sinuous curved antemedial
black line, with fuscous suffusion on its inner edge; a postmedial
black line slightly sinuous from costa to vein 4, then bent inwards
to below end of cell, and outwardly oblique to inner margiu, its
outer edge with fuscous suffusion, broad in the sinus below middle ;
a subapical black spot and marginal series of specks. Hind wing
with slight postmedial and marginal fuscous suffusion.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 28 mm.
PLEOOPTERA REFLEXA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 430.
Zaila, Somaliland. One female.
1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 260
REMIGIA RHPANDA, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, 49, 133.
Remigia conveniens, Wlk. xiv. 1507.
Aden.
Remieia FRUGALIS, Fabr. Syst. Ent. vi. i 601.
Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia.
TRIGONODES HYPPASIA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 250, H.
Ophiusa anfractuosa, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 104,
pl. 15. £. 6
Tr ita acutata, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 283.
Aden.
GRaMMopES stonIDA, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 599.
Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.
EnromMoGRAMMA NigRicurs, Wlk. xv. 1595.
Lahej, Arabia.
THDRMESIA RUBRICANS, Boisd. Faun, Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 106,
pl. 16. f. 1.
Lahej, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
Homa cLatHRumM, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 207.
Aden.
OPHIDERES MATERNA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 840.
Aden.
PsSEUDOOALPH VAGABUNDA, Swinh. P.Z.S. 1884, p. 519, pl. 47. £.5.
Aden.
Puusta BRIOsOMA, Doubl. Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, ii. p. 285.
Zaila, Somaliland.
PLUSIA LIMBIRENA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 350.
Aden.
Piusta Ni, Hiibn. Noct. pl. 58. f. 284.
Aden.
FoornLin 2.
RaPaRNA DIGRAMMA, Wlk. xxxiv. 1170.
Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
The common form of the species at Aden is the variety lactea,
but the typical form also occurs.
RapaRNa IMPARATA, WIk. xv. 1777.
Magulaba mestalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1127.
Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.
266 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
DELTOIDINA,
PsHUDAGLOSSA FUMOSA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 26.)
d. Palpi obliquely curved; antenn# with long branches dimin-
ishing to apex. Pale brown, thickly irrorated with fuscous.
Fore wing with some.fuscous at base of costa; traces of waved
antemedial and two medial dark lines ; a discocellular black lunule ;
a rather more defined postmedial waved line arising from a dark
spot on the costa and with traces of another line beyond it; a
marginal series of dark specks. Hind wing fuscous, with two dark
marks at anal angle.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Hap. 18 mm.
Hyprna masurtaris, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 38.
Hypena obacerralis, Wik. xvi. 53.
Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.
Hypa LIvipalis, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. ff. 11, 186.
Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.
HYPmNa ABYSSINIALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 39.
Hypena jussalis, Wk. xvi. 52.
Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
Hyrena opsrraris, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. ff, 164-5.
Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
LYMANTRIIDZ.
THIAOIDAS ViILIs, Wlk. xxxii. 348.
~ Zaila, Somaliland.
Eurrocris rasorava, W1k. iv. 809.
‘Aden.
Larva highly urticating ; feeds on a creeper.
SaTURNIIDS.
SaruRNIA ouBIB, Guérin, Voy. en Abyssinie, p. 387, pl. 12.
sity Wh
Somaliland.
GHOMBTRIDE.
BoaRMiiInz.
TEPHRINA DISPUTARIA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 489.
Tephrina sublimbata, Butl. P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 502.
Aden ; Shaik Othman, Arabia.
TEPHRINA OATALAUNARIA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 108.
Aden ; Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia. . é
1896.] . MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND... 267
:» ORsonoBA cLuLia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. p. 172, pl. 288. ff. B, C.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
LARENIIN
Genus ACIDALIASTIS, nov.
Palpi minute and hardly reaching beyond the frons; proboscis
absent ; antenne of male bipectinated ; hind tibia with the medial
spurs absent. Fore’ wing with vein 2 from towards end of cell ;
4, 5 from angle; 6 from above middle of discocellulars ; 7, 8, 9, 10
stalked, 7 being given off beyond 10, and 9 near the apex; 11
becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing with vein 2 from near
angle of cell; 3,4 from angle; 5 from middle of discocellulars; 6,
7 on a long stalk; 8 anastomosing with the cell to near end of it.
ACIDALIASTIS MIcRA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 20.)
Chalky white. Fore wing with oblique brown line from upper
angle of cell to inner margin; a prominent black discocellular
spot; an oblique slightly curved brown postmedial line. Hind
wing with postmedial black speck on inner margin; both wings
with some marginal black specks.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp.10 mm.
ie _ AcwDALIINE.
CRASPEDIA ACTUARIA, WIk. xxii. 752.
Aden ; Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.
Craspupia sacra, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 526, pl. 48. f. 12.
Aden.
Aomatta TESTACEA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 863, pl. 57. f. 15.
Aden.
EPHYRA RUFISTRIGATA, n.sp. (Plate X. fig. 3.)
Pale brownish ochreous ; antennz with the shaft whitish ; wings
thickly marked with minute brown striz and irrorated with a few
dark scales ; a dark cell-speck and traces of postmedial and sub-
marginal lines. Underside thickly marked with pink strie and
with incomplete pink submarginal line.
Hab. Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia (Wurse). Hap. 22 mm.
EMMILTIS NIGRESCENS, n. 8p. (Plate X. fig. 2.)
3. Dark brown, irrorated with grey, white, and ochreous. Fore
wing with sinuous black antemedial line; a black discocellular spot
on an obscure line which is bent inwards below cell; a postmedial
line slightly bent outwards between veins 6 and 3, the area between
it and the medial line suffused with brown; a sinuous white sub-
marginal line with a more prominent and whiter sinus at middle
and dark suffusion on its inner edge. Hind wing browner, with
268 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
black cell-specks and pale waved postmedial and submarginal lines;
both wings with fine black marginal line.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. 18 mm.
Allied to #. (Fidonia) megiaria, Oberth., and its Egyptian race
obscuraria, Beth.-Baker.
GEOMETRIN &,
Nemorta soriparia, Guen. Phal. i. p. 348.
Shaik Othman and Lahej, Arabia.
N@MORIA PULVEREISPARSA,N.sp. (Plate X. fig. 27.)
@. Whitish, thickly irrorated and mottled with fuscous brown ;
both wings with indistinct discocellular spot and waved ante- and
postmedial lines. Underside whiter.
Hab. Aden. Exp, 22 mm.
Nemoria pirecra, Wlk. xxii. 535.
Aden.
Evucrostis DIspaRata, W1Ik. xxii. 567.
Aden.
SPHINGID.
Aounronria styx, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent. p. 88, pl. 42. f. 3.
Aden ; rare.
PROTOPARCE CONVOLVULI, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 798.
Protoparce orientalis, Butl. Trans, Z. 8. ix. p. 609.
Aden.
Bastorn1a Mapua, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143.
Sphinx idricus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. iii. pl. 2. f. 2.
Aden.
Darunis neni, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 798.
Aden. Larva green or orange. Food-plant Adenwm obesum.
DILEPHILA LIVORNIOA, Esp. Schmett. ii. pp. 87, 196, pl. 8. f. 4.
Aden. Larva on Berhavia elegans.
Cu#RooaMPA ALECTO, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. p. 802.
Aden; May, at flowers of Poinciana elata.
CH#ROCAMPA CELERIO, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 800.
Aden.
Larva black or green. Food-plant Boerhavia elegans.
Macroatossa rrocuiius, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 269
Loraura NANA, WIk. viii. 107.
Aden. :
Larva various shades of green or pinkish ; a prominent white
lateral stripe with a yellowish stripe above it, and some of the
ground-colour between the two; some specimens with chocolate-
coloured dorsal snake-like markings. Food-plant Oldenlandia
schimpfert.
CrPHONODES HYLAS, Linn. Mant. p. 539.
Zaila, Somaliland.
PYRALID,
GALERIINE,
ACHRG@A GRISHLLA, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 289.
Aden.
CRAMBINZ.
EroMunu oonLina, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 486.
Aden.
EROMENH PAVONIALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 28.)
Head grey; thorax white, finely mottled with black scales ;
abdomen pale, suffused with fuscous. Fore wing white, finely and
thickly mottled with black scales; traces of an erect antemedial
yellow line; a yellow band from lower angle of cell to inner margin,
with four black marks on it; a yellow spot with some black scales
on it beyond the cell ; a postmedial whitish line excurved between
veins 6 and 4. Hind wing white, suffused with fuscous towards
outer margin; a fuscous marginal line and a dark line through
the cilia.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Hwp. 22 min.
PLATYTHS IOTERICALIS, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1885, p. 876, pl. 57. f. 16.
Lahej, Arabia.
CRAMBUS LHUCOZONELLUS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 5.)
9. Head white; thorax white and grey; abdomen white.
Fore wing grey; the costa white, broadening to the subapical line;
a white fascia from base along median nervure dividing into three
branches towards outer margin, the lowest branch not reaching
the margin, a black marginal speck below each branch; the inner
margin with diffused white on it; a rufous postmedial line angled
outwards on vein 6 and inwards on vein 2, then bent inwards
to inner margin; two ferruginous lines across apex, the inner
becoming a sinuous submarginal line. Hind wing white.
Another specimen has the costa of fore wing grey; the medial
fascia much more diffused and its branches ill-defined.
Hab. Aden. Hap. 22 mm.
270 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR.G.¥F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
ANCYLOLOMIA CHRYSOGRAPHELLA, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 494.
Aden.
ANERASTIIN A.
ANERASTIA ABLUTELLA, “ail Isis, 1839, p. 177.
Aden.
Potyocora pprrEsseLta, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 876, pl. 57. £. 5.
Aden; Lahej, Arabia.
Potyoona STRIGICOSTELLA, 0. Sp.
Palpi of male with the 2nd joint hollowed out to receive the
brush-like maxillary palpi; antennw uniseriate, with a tuft of
black hair in the basal sinus ; fore wing with veins 4, 5 from cell ;
hind wing with vein 3 stalked with 4, 5.
Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, with an ochreous tinge. Fore
wing grey, all the veins defined by fine black streaks; a diffused
reddish-ochreous fascia below median nervure, and a short diffused
ochreous fascia on base of inner margin. Hind wing pure white.
Hab, Lahej, Arabia (Nurse). HEwp. 26 nm.
PHYcriInz.
Epnustta cauTetta, Wlk. xxvii. p. 73.
Aden.
EpHestia HLUTELLA, Hiibn.
Aden.
Homzosoma XANTHOrRICIA, Staud. Stett. e. Zeit. 1859, p. 226.
Lahej, Arabia.
HErnrogRaPuis eauDUaLy, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 502.
Aden.
HiTEROGRAPHIS UNIPUNCTELLA, N. Sp.
Palpi of male with the 2nd joint hollowed out to contain the
brush-like maxillary palpi; frons with a rounded prominence ;
antenns ciliated.
Head and thorax grey and fuscous; abdomen with a rufous
tinge. Fore wing grey, thickly irrorated with fuscous ; an indistinct
dark antemedial line angled inwards in cell, then becoming white,
with a fulvous patch on its inner side becoming fuscous at inner
margin; a black speck at lower angle of cell; a sinuous dark sub-
marginal line outwardly detined by white, beyond which is a fuscous
patch at apex and a fulvous patch from vein 6 to inner margin.
Hind wing semihyaline white; the veins, marginal area, and a
line through the cilia brown.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse); Punjab (Harford), Exp. 18 mm.
1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 271
HitrerogRaPHis OARNIBASALIS, N. Sp.
3. Maxillary palpi thickly scaled ; frons with a rounded pro-
minence ; antennsg laminate.
Head and thorax rufous and grey; abdomen whitish. Fore
wing with the basal area rufous, deepening to the antemedial line,
which is straight, oblique, white, irrorated with black and inwardly
edged with black; the medial, costal, and outer areas irrorated with
pink-brown scales, the rest of the medial area diffused with olive-
brown; an oblique white postmedial line irrorated with black
scales. Hind wing whitish, suffused towards margin with pale
brown.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 12 mm.
HETHROGRAPHIS PRONIPHHA, 0. Sp.
6. Maxillary palpi minute; frons rounded; antenns ciliated.
Head grey ; thorax and abdomen pale rufous. Fore wing pale
rufous, suffused with vinous purple; the costal area white, irro-
rated with purple, and tapering to base and apex; a white spot on
vein 1 before middle; an indistinct straight whitish submarginal
line. Hind wing pale brown; the cilia white.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 16 mm.
ANCYLOSIS NIGRITARSEA, n. sp.
6. Antenne with slight sinus and roughened scales on base of
shaft.
Grey; palpi white, the extremity of 2nd and the 3rd joint
black ; legs white, the tarsi and extremity of hind tibia black;
abdomen with pale rings: Fore wing suffused and irrorated with
fuscous; the costal area white, irrorated with red scales, and
tapering to base and apex. Hind wing white, with pale brown
marginal line.
Hab, Shaik Othman, Arabia (Wurse). Zap. 18 mm.
ANCYLOSIS FUSCOSPARSELLA, Zell.
Aden. Most of the specimens have vein 4 of the hind wing
given off just before the margin.
NEPHOPTERYX DIVISELLA, Dup. Lép. Fr., Suppl. iv. p. 126,
pl. 60. f. ix.
Aden.
NeEpPHOPTERYX (THYLOCOPTILA) PAUROSEMA, Meyr. Ent. Mo.
Mag. 1885, p. 106.
Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.
NaPHOPLERYX (SALHBRIA) METAMBLANA, n.sp. (Plate X. fig. 7.)
Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, the last with the terminal
segments blackish in male. ore wing grey, diffused and irrorated
with black ; the costal area whiter to the postmedial line ; a black
basal speck;. an obliquely sinuous black antemedial line, with
272 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR, G. F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
ochreous band on its inner edge, inside which is sometimes a
black spot below median nervure ; the two discocellular black
specks sometimes conjoined into a lunule and with an ochreous
and black mark on costa above them; a submarginal sinuous
black line, with ochreous band on its outer edge and diffused black
patch beyond it on costa, Hind wing white; both wings with
fine black and ochreous marginal line, most prominent on fore
wing, which has two fine dark lines through the cilia. Underside
of male with a jet-black spot at base of costa of hind wing.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 20 mm.
NupPHorTeryx (SALEBRIA) NIGRISTRIATA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 22.)
3g. Head and thorax white, irrorated with black; abdomen
brownish. Fore wing white irrorated with black, the inner area
tinged with ochreous; a short black streak below the base of
costa ; a long streak below median nervure and a short streak on
median nervure; an antemedial black line running out to an acute
angle to lower angle of cell, then interrupted; postmedial black
streaks on subcostals and veins 6, 5, and 1; a double submarginal
black line slightly excurved at middle. Hind wing ochreous white,
Underside with a jet-black spot on base of costa of fore wing.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp, 14 mm. :
PITYCITA PHG@NICOORASPIS, n. 8p.
é. Palpi with the second joint hollowed out to receive the
maxillary palpi, which are triangular aud flattened against the
frons ; antenne with a sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of
large scales. :
Head and thorax grey, irrorated with a few pink scales ; abdo-
men white. Fore wing fuscous, thickly irrorated with white and
pink scales ; a white costal fascia thickly irrorated with pink from
before middle to near apex ; an ill-defined brown antemedial band ;
an indistinct medial line excurved at middle; a brown patch at
lower angle of cell; a submarginal sinuous line with a brown
patch on its inner side. Hind wing iridescent hyaline white, with
fuscous marginal line and line through the cilia.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Eap. 20mm.
Larva gregarious ; yellow with black bands; much infested by
Ichneumons; feeds on a prickly shrub.
Puyorra POTERIELLA, Zell. Isis, 1846, p. 743.
Aden.
Epicroois (CANDIOPE) JOANNISELLA, Rag. Nouv. Gen. Phyc,
p- 14; Mon. Phye. pl. 10. f. 12.
Aden.
Erioroois (CANDIOPE) ERUBESOENS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 30.)
3. Differs from Z. joannisella in being suffused with pink. Fore
wing with the first line more medial and with a dark patch before
1896.] | MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 273.
it above inner margin, and a triangular diffused pale patch beyond
it embracing the discocellular spot and without streaks on the
veins ; marginal band pink, with a series of dark marginal specks.
9. 7 Abdomen marked with brown and black ; fore wing w ithout
the postmedial pale costal patch.
Hab, Aden (Nurse). Exp. 5 16, 2 18 mm.
EVTIELLA ZINCKENELIA, Treit. Schmett. Eur. ix. p. 201.
Aden.
PYRALiIn«.
PYRALIS OBSOLETALIS, Mann. Wien. ent. Mon. 1864, p. Bde
Aden.
CONSTANTIA VULGARIS, Butl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 621.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
ConsTantia (ZONORA) RUFIMARGINALIS, Nl. sp.
d. Head and thorax pale red-brown and grey ; abdomen pale.
Fore wing pale red-brown irrorated with black, which is thickest
on disc and before the postmedial minutely dentate white line,
which is angled outwards on vein 6, then curved to vein 2; the
outer area somewhat more rufous, with a diffused dark subapical
spot aud dark marginal line. Hind wing pale brown, suffused with
fuscous. :
Hab. Lahej, Arabia (Wurse). Exp. 20 mm.
ScH@NOBIINZ,
‘tyrmpoPHORA FuRIA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 519, pl. 47. £.13.
Aden.
HyprocaMPinz.
AULACODES PERIBOCALIS, WIk. xvii. p. 446.
Aden.
DUPONCHELIA FOVEALIS, Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 588.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
PYRAUSTINE.
ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 398. f. O.
Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
_NAcoLEIA VULGALIS, | idem: Delt. & Pyr. p. 202, pl. 6. £. 8.
Lahej, Arabia.
BocoHoRis ONYCHINALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 205, pl. 6. £.9. i
Aden.
Proo. Zoon. Soo,—1896, No. XVIII. 18
274 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR.G.F, HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
BocoHonris iInsPHRSALIS, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 33.
Desmia affictalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 191, pl. 5. f. 4.
Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.
MARA8MIA TRAPEZALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 200.
Lahej, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
Paaypa TRADUCALIS, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 54.
Aden.
GLYPHODES UNIONALIS, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 182.
Margarodes transvisalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 304.
Aden.
GuypHopes 1npr0A, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1851, p. 163.
Aden.
HELLULA Unpauis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 226.
Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia.
Crocrpotomt1a Binorazis, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 65.
Shaik Othman and Lahej, Arabia.
THe@OsTOMA COMPARALIS, Hiibn. Verz. p. 347.
Aden,
TEGOSTOMA BIPARTALIS, nl. sp.
Head and thorax yellowish white, with brown stripe on vertex ;
abdomen pale fuscous. Fore wing very pale yellow, with diffused
pale olive-brown stripes oni basal half; the outer area leaden grey
with a reddish suffusion, its inner edge oblique. Hind wing
fuscous, with traces of broad darker marginal band.
Hab, Aden (Yerbury, Nurse), Exp, 14 mm.
APoRODES FLORALIS, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 142.
Aden. :
APORODES ALBILINEALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 4.)
Grey-brown ; abdomen whitish. Fore wing with straight erect
medial white line; a discocellular white line with black speck on
it at lower angle of cell and two white specks above it on costa; »
submarginal white line angled outwards on vein 6, then incurved ;
a speck on costa near apex and marginal line, Hind wing whitish,
with brown suffusion on apical area; a fine marginal dark line and
line at base of cilia.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 18 mm.
Meoyna Poty@onatis, Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. p. 409, pl. 4.
f, 2.
Mecyna deprivalis, Wik. xix. 806.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
1896.] Ss...) MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. — 275
_ Noorpa ressaris, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 459, pl. 41. f. 18. ~
“Aden.
Noorpa BLITEALIS, WIk. xix. 979.
Aden. i ae
ANTIGASTRA CATALAUNALIS, Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 330, pl. 232.
£. 8. ;
Aden; Lahej, Arabia.
“Nomopstna NocrusLLA, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 136. -
Aden.
, PACHYZANCLA MUTUALIS, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 40.
Zaila, Somaliland.
PyRausta ARABIOA, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 500.
Aden.
Pyrausra PHanicuaLis, Hiibn. Verz. p- 348.
Lahej, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
Pyravsra rNconoRaLis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 333.
Spilodes nitetisalis, W1k. xviii. 773.
Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.
PyRaustTa PapiusaLis, WIk. xviii. 788.
Aden.
. PYRAUSTA INGLORIALIS, Zell., ? MS.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
Gen, APLECYROPUS, nov.
Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;
maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded ; antenne of male ciliated ;
mid and hind tibia with the terminal spurs’ minute, the medial
spurs absent. Fore wing short and broad, the apex rounded;
veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated
from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from
above angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost
toapexX. =
APLECTROPUS LEUCOPIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 10.)
Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown, irrorated with grey ;
tarsi pure white. Fore wing reddish brown, irrorated and suffused
with fuscous ; 2 curved dark antemedial line; a prominent round
white discocellular spot; a black line from costa neat apex with
white beyond it below apex, running, out to the margin between
138*
276 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G@,#, HAMPSON ON [Teb. 18,
veins 5 and 2, then recurved almost to lower angle of cell, and with
grey in the sinus. Hind wing fuscous, with rutous marginal band
defined by a black line and narrowing to anal angle.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. 12-18 mm.
Eurycrron nupauis, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. £. 90.
Aden; Shaik Othman and Huswah, Arabia.
EURYOREON ALBIFASCIALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 29.)
¢@. Head and thorax dark brown and grey with a cupreous
tinge; abdomen white suffused with fuscous. Fore wing cupreous
brown, irrorated with grey ; a white fascia from base below median
nervure and vein 2 to end of cell; a quadrate white spot in end of
cell, with a series of three streaks beyond it, running obliquely to
costa near apex ; the outer margin pale. Hind wing white, suffused
with pale fuscous and brown; a dark marginal line.
Hab, Aden (Nurse). Hap. 22 mm.
Dosara PALMALIS, Swinh. P. Z.8. 1884, p. 525, pl. 48. f. 11.
Aden.
Monrasia PRoranais, Wlk. xxxiv. 1403.
Aden.
LimMacopip4@.
PABASA FULVI-CORPUS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 12.)
do. Head pale yellow; collar, patagia, and metathorax fringed
with deep fulvous; thorax blue-green ; abdomen pale yellow, dorsum
deep fulvous. Fore wing blue-green, the costa pale yellow. Hind
wing pale yellow.
Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 22 mm.
LasiocaMPIDa@.
TaRagaMa acactz, Klug, Ehren. Symb. Phys. pl. ix.
Shaik Othman, Arabia.
CossipaZ.
EruMocossvs PROLEUOA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 24.)
Head, thorax, and abdomen white with slight fuscous tinge.
Fore wing brown, with broad white costal fascia hardly reaching
apex; a white fascia from base of inner margin to middle of vein 1 ;
an oblique white band from outer margin below apex, expanding
into a large patch on disc, reaching middle of median nervure.
Hind wing white.
Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. 22-32 mm.
The.larva feeds. on Acacia.
1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 277
SUSIIDA.
Genus Crinirvs, nov.
Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint
moderately fringed in front, the 3rd short; proboscis present ;
antenne of male with minute fascicles of cilia; mid and hind
tibize with medial and terminal tufts of hair; hind tarsi with the
Ist joint tufted. Fore wing with veins 2 and 3 closely approxi-
mated from angle of cell; 4,5, 6 at intervals; 7,8 stalked. Hind
wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell or shortly stalked ; 5 absent;
6 from below upper angle.
Allied to Aschistophleps and Oligophlebia, Hmpsn.
CRINIPUS LEUCOZONIPUS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 21.)
Head, thorax, and abdomen black; palpi in front, frons, and a
line behind the eyes white; tibie, tarsi, and 4th segment of abdo-
men banded with white ; some grey scales on Ist and last abdominal
segments, Wings hyaline, the veins black; fore wing with black
margins and discocellular band; both wings with the cilia brown.
Hab, Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. 14 mm.
PrpRoOPHORIDSA
TRICHOPTILUS, Wlsm.
TRICHOPTILUS OXYDACTYLUS, Wkr.
Pterophorus owydactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. xxx. 944
1864)!. :
; Aciptilia oxydactyla, Wism. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 885 (1886) ?.
Pterophorus oxydactylus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 528-9, pl. 209.
16 (1887) °*; Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind. p. 669. no. 4549
1889) *.
‘ Ie Prichoptilue centetes, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 16-
17°; 1887, p. 266°; Wlsm. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 494-5 (1892) .]
Imago. 15 II.—9 III. (Yerbury, Nurse), 1X.,? [? X15], XII
Hab. Ceylon”*; India—Poona’, Bombay*; S.W. Arabia—Aden
(Yerbury, Nurse); Lahej (Yerbury, Nurse) ; [? New Guinea—Port
Moresby °; ? Queensland °; ? West Indies—St, Vincent].
TORTRICIDS.
OLETHREUTINZ.
Pammens, Hb.
PAMMENHE PHARAONANA, Kllr.
Grapholitha pharaonana, Kllr. Wien. ent. Monats. ii. p. 154-8,
pl. v. 1-5 (1858),
Grapholitha, sp., Frfld. Ver. z.-b. Ges. Wien, ix. Abh. p. 321-3,
pl. vi. 1, pl. vii. 2 (1859)?
278. LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F., HAMPSON ON (Feb. 18,
Grapholitha pharaonana, Ld. Wien. ent. Mon. iii. p. 339 (1859) °;
iv. p. 157-8 (1860) *.
Grapholita pharaonana, Wky. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. xxvii. p. 266
(1863) °.
Larva in galls on Tamarix articulata, XII.
Imago. I1.', 20 I. ( Yerbury).
Hab. Egypt—Cairo ', Alexandria? ; S.W. Arabia—Shaik Othman
(Yerbury).
The specimen collected by Col. Yerbury has the hind wings
slightly darker than in Egyptian specimens.
GELEOHIADA,
Srrorroga, Hein.
~ S1ToTROGA OBRHALELLA, Oliv.
Sitotroga cerealella, Oliv.; Stgr. & Wk. Cat. 296, no. 2009 (1871).
Hab. Europe, N. America, Australia, Canaries. S.W. Arabia—
Aden, 18 III. 1895 (Nurse).
Gutronta, Hb.
GELECHIA MoLIToR, Wlsm., sp. n.
Antenne meal-white, faintly annulated.
Palpi somewhat flattened, closely clothed, recurved laterally to
above the head; apical joint shorter than "thes econd, gradually
tapering but not slender; meal-white.
"Head and thoraw meal-white.
Fore wings elongate, lanceolate towards the apex; meal-white
with some indication of a darker shade above the base of the fold,
a slight greyish shade spot at the end of the cell and some very
faint greyish shade spots around the termen at the base of the costal
and terminal cilia, which are also meal-white. Hap. al. 14 mm.
Hind wings somewhat iridescent, greyish white; cilia mealy
white.
Abdomen mealy whitish.
Legs a white.
» Type, 3
Hab. Aden, 12 IV. 1895 (one specimen, Nurse).
AwarsiA, Z.
ANARSIA ACACIz, Wlsm., sp. n.
Antenne greyish.
Palpi brownish fuscous externally, but with the anterior margin
hoary white.
Head hoary whitish.
' Thorax greyish.
Fore wings, hoary greyish, with numerous short longitudinal
streaks ‘of greyish fuscous intermixed with lighter and darker
shades of the ground-colour; of these the more conspicuous are
1896.) MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMATILAND. 279
one at the base of the fold and one along the upper edge of the
outer half of the fold, another at the lower edge of the discal cell
beyond the middle, almost’ joining a more slender one beyond it,
which nearly attains the termen; on the middle of the costa is a
short oblique greyish-fuscous shade; cilia greyish, tending to
ochreous along their base at the tornus, with slender darker lines
running through them. Underside shining pale greyish; ¢ with
a conspicuous tuft of jet-black hairs arising near the base of the
dorsum. ap. al. 13 mm.
Hind wings shining, somewhat iridescent, bluish grey: cilia
greyish ochreous. Underside shining pale greyish.
Abdomen greyish, inclining to ochreous at the base.
Legs pale greyish ochreous, with faintly spotted hind tarsi.
Type, 3 Q.
Hab. S.W. Arabia—Aden (8 specimens, Verbury, Nurse) ; Africa
—Algeria (one specimen, Coll. Ragonot).
Larva in seed-pods of Acacia edgworthii—excl. 7-23. III.
(Yerbury) ; Acacia farnesiana (Ragonot “No, 11387, Wlsm. 1894”).
I first received an example of this species for examination from
my late friend Monsieur E. Ragonot, who called my attention to
the peculiar tuft of black hair-scales on the underside of the fore
wing of the ¢. He had received it from Algeria bred from Acacia
farnesiana, but I am not aware that he had published any descrip-
tion of it before his death, although I told him that I quite agreed
with him in regarding it as a new species.
ELACHISTID.
Lavurna, Crt.
LAVERNA GAMBIELLA, Wlsm.
Laverna gambiella, Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 117,
pl. v. 54 (1891)".
Hab. W. Africa—Gambia' ; 8.W. Arabia—Aden, 12 IV. 1895
(Nurse).
Soyruris, Hb.
=§ Buratis, Tr.
ScyTHRIs OOHERHA, Wlsm., sp. n.
Antenne pale ochreous.
Palpi pale brownish ochreous.
Head and thorax pale. brownish ochreous.
-Fore wings and cilia unicolorous pale brownish ochreous, the
latter becoming slightly paler at the tornus.
Hind wings cinereous; cilia brownish ochreous. Kap. al. 13mm.
Abdomen greyish.
Legs pale greyish ochreous.
Type, 2.
Hab. Aden, 21 IIT. 1895 (two specimens, Wurse).
Allied to Butalis subeburnea, Wl1sm.
280 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G, F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,
Erermoonra, Z.
Erermoomra Fasorata, Wlsm., sp. n.
Antenne greyish fuscous.
Palpi dusky greyish.
Head and thorax bronzy greyish fuscous.
Fore wings bronzy greyish fuscous; with a straight, transverse,
pale whitish ochreous fascia before the middle, followed by a dorsal
spot before the tornus and a rather larger costal spot of the same
colour before the commencement of the cilia; some faint whitish
ochreous speckling on the wing-surface ; cilia brownish grey, with
a few seneous scales along their base. Hyp. al. 9 mm.
Hind wings dark grey ; cilia with a slightly brownish tinge.
Abdomen at the extreme base with a whitish ochreous band and
a dark purplish patch below it, the remainder rich reddish orange ;
the anal segments dark purptish fuscous,
Legs dark purple, with pale whitish ochreous bands at the joints ;
spurs pale whitish ochreous.
Type, 3.
Hab, Somaliland—Zaila, 2 VI. 1895 (Nurse) ; Arabia—Shaik
Othman, 21 TV. 1895 (Nurse): two specimens.
PLUTRLLIDA.
Puvreria, Schrk.
PLUTELLA ORUCIFERARUM, Z., Stgr. & Wk. Cat. pp. 281 & 425,
no. 1626 (1871).
Hab. (cosmopolitan). 8.W. Arabia—Aden, 12 IV. 1894 (Nurse).
TINBIDA,
TINEINA,
TrionopHaaa, Rag.
TRICHOPHAGA SWINHOHI, Butl.
Tinea swinhoei, Butl. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 502-3".
N. syn.=Trichophaga coprobiella, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1xiii.
p. 120-4, figg. (1894) *.
Larva in hair-tubes in camels’ dung, feeding on hair?; dogs’
dung, 7 I1.—23 II. (Yerbury).
Imago. b. 1.2, 24 I1.—8 IV. (Yerbury).
Hab. N.E. Africa—Obok (Gulf of Tajurah)?; 8.W. Arabia—
Aden! (Yerbury), Little Aden (Yerbury), Shaik Othman (Yerbury).
Monsieur Ragonot created the genus Z'richophaga to include
the three species tapetzella, L., abruptella, Wistn. (=bipartitella,
Rag.), and coprobiella, making the latter the type. Some specimens
received from Col. Yerbury, bred from larvee feeding in the dung
of dogs (and I am informed also in that of the bywna) at Aden,
caused me to compare coprobiella (of which I have a co-type) with
1896.] . MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 281
swinhoe?, Btl. Their better condition proves them to be the same,
and unites Ragonot’s and Butler’s names as synonyms. ‘The
habit of feeding on hair, which caused Ragonot to give it the name
Trichophaga, is supported by additional evidence in the case of
Col. Yerbury’s larve, for the excrement is naturally charged
with the hair of various animals forming the food of the dog or of
the hyzena, and the tubes or cases formed by the larve, which
project from the dry substance, are very similar to those which
Ragonot received with his specimens. It would be curious to
ascertain whether our common 7’. tapetzella has ever been found
feeding in the dry casts of owls or in the excrement of cats or other
animals, or forming tubes among these substances, where the
conditions would be somewhat similar to those which conduce
to this habit in the case of Butler’s species. ’. tapetzella has been
observed in great abundance on palings in the neighbourhood of
Brandon, where “ furrier’s waste ” (the trimmings of rabbits’ skins)
is much used for manuring the fields, and where I have also taken
Monopis imella, Wb., very commonly.
It is very remarkable that the peculiar neuration of 7. tapetzella,
a species described so long ago as 1758, should have remained
unnoticed until the attention of my late friend was called to it in
examining the structure of this African and Asiatic species. It
seems to form a good generic distinction, at present including only
three described species.
TRICHOPHAGA ABRUPTELLA, Wlstn.
Tinea abruptella,W\stn. Ann. & Mag. N. H. Be) ) i. 120 (1858)';
Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx. 1003 (1864)?.
Tinea bipartitella, Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent, Fr. 1892, p. Ixxxii’.
Tinea tapetzella, Rbl. Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. vii. 268-9, 283
(1893) *; ix. 17 (1894)°.
Trichophaga bipartitella, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. lxiii. 122-4
(1894) °.
Trichophaga abruptella, Wism. P. Z. 8. 1894, 5417.
Hab. Madeiras* ‘—Porto Santo”**; Canaries—Gran Canaria*’;
Tunis—Gabés*°; Egypt’; ; Somaliland— Zaila, 21 Y.1895 (Nurse) ;
S.W. eeaeeaion 30 IV. 1895 (Nurse).
Tinzota, H.-S.
TINEOLA THNIZCORNIS, Wlsm., sp. n.
Antenne stout, flattened horizontally ; pale ochreous.
Palpi pale ochreous.
Head brownish above ; face rusty ochreous.
Thorax shining pale ochreous.
Fore wings shining pale ochreous ; slightly darkened at the base
of the costa; cilia the colour of the wings. wp. al. 16 mm.
Hind oe greyish ochreous; cilia the same.
yh
Hb & Aden, 14 III. (one specimen, Yerbury)..
282 ON MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. [Feb. 18,
: This species differs from all hitherto described species of Tineola
in the form of the antennz, which are much stouter and more
distinctly flattened than in biselliella, Humm., which it also exceeds
in size. This form of antenna attains its greatest development in
Ceylon.
Putnororea, Wlsm., g.n.
($0oporords = causing injury.)
Type. Phthoropea carpella, W1sm.
Antenne less than the length of the fore wings, simple.
Labial palpi porrect, somewhat thickly clothed, apical joint
concealed.
Maxillary palpi minute.
Haustellum apparently obsolete.
Ocelli 2
Head and face roughly clothed with projecting hair-scales.
Thorax smooth.
Fore wings elongate, somewhat lanceolate, costa straight, apex
depressed. Neuration 11 veins (7 and 8 coincident), the rest
separate; 9 and 10 almost anastomosed before the costa; the fork
at the base of vein 1 apparently obsolete.
Hind wings almost 1, somewhat triangular, tapering to a narrow
point, abdominal angle developed. Neuration 8 veins, all separate.
Legs: hind tibie somewhat hairy.
PHTHOROPG@A CARPELILA, W Ism., 8p. nl.
Antenne greyish ochreous.
Palpi brownish fuscous.
Head and face ferruginous.
4 horax bronzy fuscous, with two pale longitudinal streaks.
Fore wings bronzy brownish fuscous, with a paler streak along
the dorsum and with three or four tufts of slightly raised scales
showing a little darker than the ground-colour; the first on the
middle of the fold with a smaller one above it on the disc, a second
towards the end of the fold and another at the end of the cell;
a dark fuscous line runs along the termen and another along the
ends of the cilia, which have a tendency to give an uncate appear-
ance to the apex. EHwp. al, ¢ 12 mm., 9 16 mm.
Hind wings shining pale bronzy grey ; the cilia, which are very
long about the abdominal angle, are slightly paler. Underside
shining bronzy grey, slightly paler than the fore wings.
Abdomen pale greyish ochreous, with two dark lateral spots at
the base beneath.
Legs greyish ochreous, hind tarsi faintly speckled; anterior legs
fuscous externally.
Type, Sd. -
Hab. Aden (three specimens, Yerbwury, Nurse).
Larva in fruit of Solanum, sp. (Yerbury) ; in seed-pods of Acacia
edgworthit (Nurse). oat ae
P.Z.S.1896.P1.X1.
WA F
M.I.N del. J. Sinit. hth. Mintern Bros irap.
METALLIC COLOURS OF TROCHILID4® AND NECTARINIIDA\.
a ole ins
wing ot hie
Ne
ay rentigt
atani
Irs sc) MSS JP ail
Gt
‘
25m.
MIN. del, J.Smat .lith. Mintern Bros .imp
METALLIC COLOURS OF TROCHILIDZE AND NECTARINIIDA:.
1896.
J
ON THH METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS.
283
'. °. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
Fig. 1. Hypeira leucoptera, p. 264. Fig. 16. Jolaus nursei, §, p. 251. . :
By Emmiltis nigrescens, p. 267. 17. Pupa of Teracolus halimede,
8. Ephyra rufistrigata, p. 267. : pp. 246, 253. ‘
4. Aporodes albilinealis, p. 274. 18, Pupa of Teracolus pleione,
5. Crambus leucozonellus, p. 269. p. 245. oie
6. Eublemma ecthemata, p. 262. 19. Eublemma seminivea, p. 262.
7. Nephopteryx metamelana, 20. Acidaliastis micra, p. 267.
. 271. 21. Crinipus leucozonipus, p. 277.
8. Heliothis pictifascia, p. 259. 22. Nephopteryx nigristriata,
9. Xanthoptera mesozona, p. 261. p. 272. uber
10. Aplectropus leucopis, p. 275. 23. Archinola pyralidia, p. 259.
11. Metachrostis — atribasalis, 24, Hremocossus proleuca, p. 276.
p. 261. 25. Spilosoma arabicum, p. 258.
12. Parasa fulvi-corpus, Pp: 276. 26. Pseudaglossa fumosa, p. 266.
13, Pupa of Teracolus phisadia, 27. Nemoria pulvereisparsa, p. 268.
pp. 245, 252. 28. Eromene pavonialis, p. 269.
14, Pupa of Teracolus yerburii, 29. Kurycreon albifascialis, p. 276.
; pp. 246, 254. 30. Epicrocis erubescens, p. 272.
15. Pupa ot Teracolus protomedia, 31. Pseudophia Pe rmibaesia p: 264.
* p. 26
3, Observations on the Metallic Colours of the Trochilide.
and the Nectariniide.. By Miss Marion I. Newsietn,'
B.Sc." (er,
[Received January 13, 1896.] ;
(Plates XI. & XII.)
The metallic colours of birds form a subject of great interest,
and one, moreover, which has not yet been fully investigated.
The great interest of the subject lies in the fact that metallic
colour in birds is often almost entirely confined to the male sex.
If the colours and ornaments of the male sex are, as Wallace and
others have maintained, an expression of his greater “ vitality and
growth-power,” it may reasonably be asked why this vitality
should so frequently express itself in structural colour, which can
hardly be supposed to have much physiological importance.
Although the present paper does not profess to attack the problem
of the origin in the physiological processes of the individual of
these colours, yet it is hoped that some of the points discussed
may ultimately prove of service in the solution of this problem.
» The families of the Humming-birds and Sun-birds were chosen
for two reasons. In the first place, both families include species or
genera exhibiting metallic colouring of extraordinary brilliancy,
and also other genera and species which are devoid of. all metallic
colouring. In the second place, the two families present marked,
if superficial, points of resemblance, although systematists: are all
agreed in separating them very widely. On this account it was
thought that a detailed comparison of their colouring would disclose
facts of interest. :
1 Communicated by F. E. Bavparp, F.R.S.
284 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THB [Feb. 18,
First, as to the distribution of metallic colours in the two
families.—In the Sun-birds, the metallic tints are usually, though
not invariably, confined to the male sex, and this in spite of the
fact that the nests are domed. In the male, brilliant patches of
colour frequently occur on the upper surface of the head and on
the throat. Rather less frequently the contour-feathers of both
the upper and lower surface show metallic tints (e. g., Nectarinia
femosa). On the other hand the rectrices very frequently show a
longitudinal band of colour, or, more rarely, the central two may
be wholly metallic (e. g., Hthopyga seherie). The tail-coverts are
frequently metallic, the wing-coverts only rarely so, and the wing-
quills hardly ever show any metallic colouring. Thus, in general,
the metallic tints occur on the feathers in two ways. There may
be a broad transverse band of metallic colour occupying the whole
of the visible part of the feather; this occurs especially on the
head and throat, more rarely on the general contour-feathers.
Again, the metallic tinting may occur as a longitudinal band of
varying width at the edges of the feather; this is especially seen
in the rectrices, more rarely in the case of the greater wing-
coverts. In some cases these longitudinal bands may become so
much widened as to occupy the whole of the feather: this seems
only to occur in the central rectrices.
As to the range of metallic colour in Sun-birds, it is readily seen
that the commonest metallic colours are green, blue, and violet ; a
reddish violet is more uncommon, and a pure bronze-red and a golden
yellow seem both to be absent. This last point is of interest in
view of the fact that red and yellow (lipochrome) pigments are
very widely spread in the family.
In Humming-birds metallic tints occur in both sexes, but are
usually more brilliant in the male.. They very frequently occur
on the general contour-feathers, the colour being then often a
bronze-green, which is not sharply confined to a transverse band,
but fades away gradually behind. The metallic colours which are
especially characteristic of Humming-birds, however, occur, as is
well known, in patches of extraordinary brilliancy either on the
head as a crest, or on the lower surface, especially of the throat.
The feathers forming these patches are peculiarly modified, and
may display any of the colours of the spectrum including ruby-red
and golden-yellow—the colours which are so markedly absent
from the metallic feathers of Sun-birds. The rectrices of
Humming-birds not infrequently display metallic colour, which
may be distributed over the whole feather or may be limited to a
transverse band near the tip. Longitudinal bands of metallic
colour such as those of the Sun-birds do not seem to occur.
Pigmental colours among Humming-birds are not remarkable
for brightness of tint, being usually shades of grey or dull brown.
The only marked exception is the colour called by systematists
“rich chestnut” or “cinnamon,” which is often limited to the
males, as for example in Eustephanus fernandensis g. In this
connection it may be noticed that not only are metallic tints
1896.) MEGALLIO COLOURS OF BIRDS. 285
almost invariably absent from the wings, but where, as in the
above species, the male as compared with the female is charac-
terized by the development of a special pigmental colour, this
pigment is entirely absent from the wing-quills, though present
in the wing-coverts.
Having thus described some of the special peculiarities of
distribution of the metallic tints of the two families, it may be
well to consider what is known as to this kind of colouring. The
most important paper is that of Gadow (“The Coloration of
Feathers as affected by Structure,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882,
pp- 409-421, 2 pls.; see also Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ Bd. vi. Abt. iv.
S. 575-584); but more recently there has been published a re-
search from the physicist’s standpoint (‘Die Oberflichen- oder
Schillerfarben, von B. Walter: Braunschweig, vi+122 pp.,
8 figs., 1 pl., 1895). Gadow distinguishes metallic colours as
subjective, and thus contrasted with objective unchanging structural
colours such as the green of many Parrots’ feathers. He examined
numerous feathers showing metallic colour, and found that all
looked black when the eye was placed in the plane of the feather
between the light and the feather, and also when the feather was
placed under a similar condition between the eye and the light.
In intermediate positions certain of the colours of the spectrum
could be observed in the order in which they appear in the
spectrum. Thus a feather which when looked at from above is
green, when successively moved through the positions named
above, shows the colours black, green, blue, violet, black; while a
red feather would usually show a greater, and a blue a less range
of colour. Further, on examining certain metallic feathers micro-
scopically, Gadow found that; ‘‘in any metallic feather the metallic
colour is confined to the radii which are entirely devoid of cilia,
and consist of a series of variously shaped compartments which
overlap one another like the tiles of a roof.”! The direct physical
cause of the colour Gadow considers to be the transparent sheath
of keratin which covers the compartments, and which according
to him acts like a series of prisms. Such metallic radii always
contain blackish-brown pigment (melanin).
Gadow’s theory that the metallic colour of birds’ feathers is
due to the dispersion of white light by prisms is strongly opposed
by Walter (op. cit.) on physical grounds. Walter holds that all
the structural colours of animals are “Schillerfarben.” He does
not appear to distinguish between Gadow’s subjective and objective
colours, but compares the pigments of the coloured tissues to such
colouring-matters as fuchsin and “ diamond-green.” This analogy
hardly seems to be compatible with our present knowledge of the
melanin pigments in birds, but the question is not one which
directly affects the present discussion.
Returning to Gadow’s description of metallic feathers, it is
obvious that if the type described by him is of universal occurrence,
1 A similar statement in the article “ Colour” in Newton's ‘ Dictionary of
Birds’ is qualified by the words ‘as a rule,” but no details are given.
286 MI88 NHWBIGIN ON THB [Feb. 18,
then metallic quill-feathers must be useless for purposes of flight.
Owing to the absence of cilia, the barbules are wholly unconnected,
and so can offer little resistance to the air. The unconnected
nature of the barbules may frequently be observed in metallic
feathers by the unaided eye, ¢.g., in the feathers of the Peacock.
Tn confirmation of the belief that such metallic feathers must be
useless for purposes of flight, we find that the long metallic
feathers of the Peacock or Quezal are not the tail-quills, but
merely the tail-coverts, and that the wing-quills in both cases are
non-metallic. While endeavouring to continue this chain of
reasoning, however, the writer was struck by the fact that in
Humming-birds, where the power of flight is so marked, not
only are the rectrices frequently metallic, but they displayed a
closeness of texture which seemed incompatible with Gadow’s state-
ment that cilia are always absent from the radii of metallic
feathers. The metallic feathers of Sun-birds, on the other hand,
show always a certain looseness of texture as compared with the
non-metallic. On examining the respective feathers of Sun-birds
and Humming-birds microscopically, it was found that marked
differences exist between them.
We will first describe a purple metallic feather of the Sun-bird
Cinnyris amethystina, When examined by the unaided eye (Ll. XI.
fig. 1), this feather is seen to be divided into three regions.
There is a distinct terminal band of metallic colour, distinguishable
by its deep pigmentation and peculiar structure. Next we have a
band of close texture and brown colour, which has an indentation
at its lower end. Finally, the base of the feather is of an ashy
colour and downy structure. The basal indentation of the brown
band possesses some interest, because Darwin (‘ Descent of Man,’
Qnd edition, p. 430 et seq.) regarded a similar indentation in the
centre of the ocellus of the Peacock as evidence of its origin from
two confluent ocelli.
It is possible to obtain from the feather described a single barb
which bears barbules belonging to each of the three regions: in
this way transition forms can be very readily seen.
The basal barbules exhibit the usual structure of downy barbules,
that is to say the distal portion, which from its (apparent) shape
may be called the lamina, is more or less rudimentary, while the
distal or filamentous region is greatly elongated and very slender,
has only rudimentary cilis, and consists of a series of joints slightly
overlapping one another (PI. XI. fig. 2).
The barbules of the middle region possess a well-developed
lamina and a long filamentous region furnished with cilia and, in
the case of the distal barbules, with distinct hamuli (PI. XT. fig. 3).
The barbules of the metallic region are metamorphosed into short,
wide, club-shaped bodies, supported on broad stalks (Pl. XI. fig. 4).
These clubs are deeply pigmented with brown, and show very
distinctly transverse bars—the compartments of Gadow. Although
to the unaided eye the transition between the metallic and the
non-metallic barbules is abrupt, yet microscopically it is sufficiently
1896.] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 287
gradual to show that the stalk of the metallic barbule is the
rudimentary lamina, and the club-shaped body a modification of the
distal region of an ordinary barbule. As was observed by Gadow,
the cilia are totally suppressed.
To contrast with this feather, we may take one from the bril-
liant green gorget of the Humming-bird Basilinna leucotis (Pl. XI.
fic. 7). Such a feather is comparatively short, and the especial bril-
liancy is confined toa darkly pigmented apical band. The apex of the
feather is very abruptly rounded and the barbs are closely connected
so as to give a plate-like or scaly appearance. The surface is
strongly marked with furrows, which when examined with a lens
re seen to correspond to the barbs, each of which lies as it were
atthe bottom of a trough. The sides of this trough are formed by
the two rows of barbules, which are inserted at a distinct angle.
The sides of the trough have an unequal slope, as the proximal
barbules are inserted at a larger angle than the distal. A further
point of interest is that the naked barbs are prolonged beyond the
apex of the feather, producing the appearance of a very delicate
fringe. This prolongation of the naked barb was noticed many
years ago (see the Introduction to Gould’s Monograph of the
Humming-birds), and its meaning will be explained later on.
Examined microscopically, the downy barbules of this feather
show nothing particularly worthy of notice. The remaining bar-
bules have all a well-developed lamina, and a distal region usually
well provided with cilia. Those nearest the apex of the barb, that
is those which are very brilliantly metallic, are very darkly pig-
mented (PI. XI. fig. 9). Those near the base of the upper barbs are
much less strongly pigmented, and show very little metallic colour.
Between the two extremes there are also other marked differences
(Pl. XI. figs. 8 and 9). Thus in the basal barbules there is no marked
angle between the proximal flattened region and the distal cilia-
bearing region. In the apical barbules the proximal region is widened
and has a well-marked infolding, while the distal region is inclined
to it at such an angle as to be almost invisible in surface view
(Pl. XI. fig. 10).
Microscopically, the naked tip of the barb is seen to be furnished
with rudiments of barbules.
As this type of metallic feather occurs in all the Humming-
birds of which the feathers were examined, it is obvious that Gadow’s
statement that all metallic barbules are devoid of cilia is too
universal. It is certainly true for a great number of cases (Sun-
birds, Peacock, é&c.), because in these it is the region which ordi-
narily bears the cilia—the distal or filamentous region—which is
modified into the colour-producing structure, and in the course of
the modification the cilia are lost. In the Humming-birds, on the
other hand, it is the proximal region of the barbule which is the
colour-producing structure, and in consequence the filamentous
region is not affected and may bear cilia as usual. In the feather
described above, the cilia are exceedingly well-developed in the
metallic barbules. Cee ve
Though this paper is not concerned with the physical cause of
288 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Feb. 18,
colour, it may be noticed as a fact for future investigators that, as
is indicated in the figures, the lamine in the feather described show
more or less distinctly an arrangement of cross-bars (or compart-
ments). Thisis common in the case of the Humming-birds, but it
is also sometimes distinctly visible in the laminew of the barbules of
Sun-birds (see Pl. XI. fig. 8 and Pl. XII. fig. 18), so that its signi-
ficance is somewhat doubtful. One other fact in connection with
the metallic colour may be noted. Contrary to the usual rule, the
feather of the Humming-bird mentioned under certain circumstances
exhibits metallic tints by transmitted light even under 3” objective.
When this occurs, it is clearly seen that the colour is confined to the
dark infolded part of the barbule, which alone under ordinary circum-
stances is visible (see Pl. XI. fig. 10). This irfolded part cannot,
however, be itself the cause of the metallic colour, for it is absent
from the metallic feathers in some cases (see P]. XII. fig. 19).
The ridging of the surface of the feather produced by the way
in which the barbules are inserted, though apparently a factor in
colour production, cannot be absolutely essential, for it is some-
times absent. Thus, in Calothoraaz lucifer in the brilliant throat-
patch the feathers in the middle line are very distinctly ridged and
have the usual plate-like structure, while those at the sides of the
throat are quite devoid of ridges but do not show diminished
brightness. Similarly, in Cyanolesbia gorgo the brilliant green
feathers of the crest are perfectly smooth, and have a certain hard
gloss which is absent in the ridged feathers.
The fact that in Humming-birds it is the proximal, and in Sun-
birds the distal region of the barbules which is metallic has more
effect upon the general coloration than might at first sight be
supposed. It is, in the first place, now obvious that there is no-
thing in the structure of the metallic feathers of Humming-birds
which is likely to affect their efficiency even in quill-feathers. We
can thus understand how it is that many of the tail-quills in
Humming-birds, and even the wing-quills in Hulampis jugularis,
may exhibit metallic colour and yet perform their usual function.
But this is not the only effect produced by the difference. In Sun-
birds the lamina is rudimentary in the metallic barbules ; now the
lamina tends to become rudimentary in the barbules at the bases
of the barbs, that is in downy barbules, and in the barbules at
the apices of the barbs. Downy barbules never seem to show a
tendency to become metallic, and we thus find that in Sun-birds the
metallic barbules occur only at the ends of the barbs. A little re-
flection will show that the consequence of this is, that the metallic
barbules will form, a transverse band on contour-feathers, where
the ends of the barbs stand much on the same level, and a longi-
tudinal band on quill-feathers where the rachis is much elongated.
The position of the bands of metallic colour on the feathers of Sun-
birds is thus a consequence of the kind of modification to which their
metallic barbules are subject. (See Pl. XI. fig. 1 and Pl. XII. fig.17.)
In Humming-birds there is an almost complete reversal of this,
state of affairs, In them the metallic barbules have an extremely
J
1896.] METALLIO COLOURS OF BIRDS. 289
well-developed lamina ; therefore in this case metallic barbules can
occur only towards the middle of the barb in contour-feathers, for
this is the only place where the lamina is well-developed. In
other words, in contour-feathers the metallic band cannot be, or is
not primitively, terminal. Where it seems to be terminal, as in
the feather described above, this is accomplished by a total or partial
suppression of the terminal barbules, the naked barb persisting
and forming the delicate fringe already noticed. This does not,
however, occur in quill-feathers to the same extent, because these as
a rule are characterized throughout by having barbules with very
well-developed lamingz. Thus it is by no means uncommon to
find terminal bands of metallic colour in the tail-quills of Humming-
birds, or we may find the whole surface metallic : there never seems
to be a longitudinal edging of metallic colour.
’ Conviction as to the truth of the statement here made, that
metallic bands on the contour-feathers of Humming-birds are not
primitively terminal, is best attained by considering a series of
cases.
' In Lustephanus galeritus, female, the breast is covered with greyish
feathers which have near their centre a spot of brownish pigment
which shows a faint metallic-ereen sheen. In the breast-teathers'
of Z. fernandensis, female, undoubtedly a more specialized species,
the spots are not much larger but the pigmentation is darker, and the
metallic colour is much more brilliant. This kind of metallic colour-
ing is very frequent, especially among the females of many species or
genera (cf. the species of the genus Oreotrochilus). If the barb of
such a feather is examined microscopically, it is seen that all the bar-
bules with well-developed lamin contain pigment and are metallic.
Towards the base of the barb the barbules are colourless and downy,
towards its apex they are colourless and short, the lamina is rudi-
mentary, the filamentous portion is somewhat expanded and bears
only rudimentary cilia (Pl. XI. fig. 11). Between this type and
that of the gorget-feathers of Basilinna leucotis (Pl. XI. fig. 12)
there are all stages in the suppression of these apical barbules. Thus
in Hustephanus fernandensis, female, itself the feathers of the poste-
rior region of the back are brilliant green, bet are quite distinctly
tipped with white. In the specialized crest which this female is
almost peculiar in possessing this white edging is much reduced,
but the colourless apical barbules are still quite visible with a leus.
' In general, we may say that while the feathers of the specially
brilliant patches have barbs with naked tips, the ordinary metallic
contour-features have barbs which bear at their tips a series of
non-metallic barbules. Thus the green feathers on the back even
of Basilinna leucotis have a distinct border of pale rufous colour.
This is of some interest from the point of view of the development
of the metallic colours of Humming-birds. In Phaethornis eurynome,
one of the so-called ‘hermit’ forms without any brilliancy of
colour, the feathers of the back are greyish black edged with a
broad band of yellowish colour; the dark region exhibits a very
faint greenish sheen. If we begin with a type like this, the evolu-
Proo. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XIX. 19
290 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Feb. 18,
tion of the ordinary metallic contour-feathers of most Humming-
birds has been accompanied by a reduction of this terminal band
in width and in the individual barbules forming it, a large increase
of pigment in the laming of the barbules forming the blackish-
grey part of the feather in Phaethornis, and a specialization of the
barbules of this region, of which the most obvious result is the
shortening of the filamentous portion and its inclination to the
lamina. In the feathers of the patches of especial brilliancy these
changes have been carried further, and have been accompanied by
a shortening of the feather and rounding of its tip, and a change
in the angle of insertion of the barbules. The changes in the
wing-quills seem to have been of a simpler description, and to have
been chiefly accompanied by a specialization of the lamina.
As to the meaning to the individual of this progressive change,
one suggestion may be hazarded. The Humming-birds are espe-
cially characterized by their power of flight. Now of the many
correlated variations which must occur during the gradual improve-
ment of the power of flight, an increased development of the
Jamina and of cilia and hooklets is likely to be important. It is
therefore perhaps not unreasonable to suppose that the metallic
colours of Humming-birds are due to a persistence in the same line
of variation which produced their powers of flight. If Kolliker
(“ Die Entstehung des Pigments,” Zeitsch. £. wiss. Zool. vol. xlv.) is
right in his belief that the formation of pigment is connected with
the blood-system, it is quite comprehensible that an increase in
structural specialization should be accompanied by an increase in
the amount of pigment. It might be objected that the Swifts,
which are probably nearly allied to the Humming-birds, have also
great powers of flight and yet do not show metallic colours. In
reply to this objection, it may be said that it is generally admitted
that Humming-birds have few enemies, and that therefore variations
might. occur in them unchecked which would possibly lead to
elimination in other forms. A more important objection is that
the wings do not usually show metallic colour ; it seems impossible
to suggest a reason for this beyond the simple fact that the wings
seem to be slow to vary incolour. It will be noticed that, in the
especially brilliant patches, the extreme closeness of the connection
between the adjacent barbs is a variation in the direction of the
ordinary condition of the feathers of flight.
The course of the development of metallic tints in Sun-birds offers
many points of contrast to that just described for Humming-birds.
If we take (PI. XII. fig. 22) one of the ordinary contour-feathers
of a non-metallie form, such as a female of a species of Cinnyris,
probably C.jugulars, it will be found that it presents considerable
resemblance to a corresponding feather from a “ hermit” Humming-
bird. Thus it consists of a basal downy region, a mid-region
pigmented with brownish black, and an apical region with discon-
nected diverging barbs, usually of a dull olive colour. Beginning
with such a feather, the development of metallic colour is
accompanied by an increasing predominance and pigmentation of
(1896.] METALLIO COLOURS OF BIRDS. 291
this apical band, until such a metallic feather as that of fig. 1 is
produced. The course of development of the metallic edging of
quill-feathers may be described in a little more detail. In order
to illustrate this, it may be convenient to describe im a concrete
example the differences between the sexes in the coloration of
wings and tail. The following notes were made on a female of
Anthreptes malaccensis and a male in nearly completed moult, but
the characters of the adult male were checked by reference to
Shelley’s ‘ Monograph of the Sun-birds.’ In the male the tail was
composed of black feathers with an edging of metallic violet, which
was widest in the case of the two central feathers. In the wings
the lesser wing-coverts had a broad transverse band of metallic violet,
the median coverts a similar band of dark brown, and the greater
coverts a longitudinal band of olive-yellow, which becomes brown
in a completely adult male. The wing-quills themselves were
greyish brown with olive edges. In the female the tail was dark
brown with an edging of olive-yellow. The wing-quills and wing-
coverts were ashy grey with longitudinal or transverse bands of
olive-yellow distributed in the same way. as in the male. In the
female the general contour-feathers had a broad transverse band
of olive-yellow, while in the male most of these feathers had been
replaced by others with transverse metallic bands. It must be
noted that in all these cases the olive-yellow part of the feather
has a peculiar looseness of structure visible even to the unaided
eye. It should also be observed that the yellow edging to the
quills is seen both in the rectrices and remiges of the female in
this as in numerous other Sun-birds, while in the male the edging
is replaced in the case of the rectrices by a metallic band. The
respective distributions of longitudinal and transverse bands should
be especially noticed, as showing how very closely the nature of
the stripe depends upon the nature of the feather, that is upon its
elongation.
From the above description it is obvious that some sort of relation
exists between the olive-yellow margins of the feathers of the
female and the metallic margins of the feathers of the male.
In general, we may say that there is a tendency for the feathers
with olive margins in the female to be replaced by feathers with
metallic margins in the male. It will be noticed that the change
is associated with increased pigmentation in the male; in the
median wing-coverts there is only slightly increased pigmentation
without metallic colour. Such a tendency is very widely spread
in the family, but the extent of replacement differs greatly. Thus
in the species described above the olive edging of the greater
wing-coverts and wing-quills is not replaced by a metallic edging
in the male. In Nectarinia famosa an olive edging in the same
feathers in the female is replaced in the male by a metallic edging.
In Anthrobaphes violacea the tail-coverts are edged with yellow in
the female and in most males : according to Shelley, some males as
an individual variation have this edging metallic. It is, however,
needless to multiply examples. Enough has been ade justify
9
292 . MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Jeb. 18,
the main contention of the relation between the two kinds of
feather-edging in Sun-birds. :
Microscopic examination shows that this analogy is not purely
superficial. Pl. XI. fig. 15 represents three barbules from the
yellow edging of a wing-quill of dthopyga seherie, and Pl. XI.
fig. 16 three faintly metallic barbules from the border of the tail-
quill of Anthreptes malaccensis (? represented in PI, XII. fig. 15).
With these should be compared the brilliantly metallic. barbules
from the tail-quill of Athopyga seherie (Pl. XII. fig. 20). Similarly
the barbules from the olive tip of a contour-feather of a species
cof Cinnyris (Pl. XII. fig. 24) should be compared with the metallic
barbules of Cinnyris amethystina (fig. 5 or 14)’. These figures
show that the barbules of the yellow edging of contour-feathers
or quills agree with metallic barbules in having a rudimentary
lamina and suppressed cilia, and in distinctly showing a system
of overlapping compartments. ‘hey differ from the true metallic
barbules in the absence of the great flattening visible in these,
and in the want of a considerable amount of dark pigment.
From the faintly metallic barbules of Anthreptes they seem to
differ only in the absence of pigment. The yellow colouring, at
least in the case of contour-feathers, is confined to the barbs,
the barbules are only very faintly pigmented with grey. The
metallic colouring of the Sun-birds is thus the result of an accen-
tuation of a type of feather-structure widely spread in the family.
I have noticed this occurrence of much modified barbules apart
from metallic colour also in the male Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus).
Some of the long tail-quills have here a very distinct longitudinal
edging of brownish colour and loose texture. Examined micro-
scopically, the barbules of this region show distinctly the “ metallic”
structure although there is no visible metallic colour. Similarly
the chestnut feathers of the breast have a very distinct line across
them, the distal region having a somewhat burnished surface, and
terminating finally in a dark green metallic tip. Examined micro-
scopically the barbules of the distal region show distinctly the
“metallic ” structure, and except for the absence of black pigment
seem to differ little from the green metallic barbules. The modi-
fication is probably a common one, and PI. XI. fig. 13 shows that
it is even suggested in the Humming-birds, though in this case it
does not appear to develop further.
Gadow notices that metallic colour appears only on the exposed
parts of feathers; apparently the “metallic” modification also occurs
only on the exposed parts of feathers near the apices of the barbs.
One of the most striking features of the coloration of the Sun-
birds is the almost universal absence of metallic colour from the
wing-quills, even though these sometimes have an edging of loose
structure. In Oinnyris auriceps, according to Shelley, the wing-
quills of the female have olive edgings which are absent in the
male. 1t seems reasonable to suppose that a tendency to variation
1 See also some of Gadow’s figures, ¢. g., of a red barbule of Hthopyga; no
allusion, however, is made to these in the text.
1896.] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 293.
in the wing-quills in the direction of diminished efficiency for flight
would be checked by natural selection.
' So far we have seen how the metallic colours both of Sun-birds
and Humming-birds depend in each case upon a combination of a
certain structure and a black pigment. In conclusion something
may be said as to the colours themselves. In the Sun-birds a
gveenish-blue seems to be the most primitive metallic colour, and
this is a very common tint elsewhere, e. g. Peacock, Quezal, &e.
According to Gadow, one of the reasons why any metallic feather
does not display all the colours of the spectrum is probably because
the overlapping of successive colour-producing structures cuts out
certain of the rays. If this overlapping really occurs it seems not
unnatural to conclude that the middle rays of the spectrum, those
in the neighbourhood of the green, would be least likely to be
affected, and we would thus get green as a primitive metallic
colour. The combination of this structure with a surface sculptur-
ing might produce a purple or violet tint ; the absence of red and
yellow may not improbably be a result of physical conditions.
Walter explains the rarity of red and yellow metallic colours as
due to the nature of the pigments contained in the coloured tissues,
but this again is difficult to harmonize with our knowledge of such
pigments.
There can be little doubt that in Humming-birds a greenish-
yellow is the most primitive metallic tint. It is suggested even in
the “hermit” forms, and is very widely spread on contour-feathers
elsewhere. In the absence, however, of any suggested physical
explanation of the metallic colours of Humming-birds, it would
pethaps be premature to attempt to account for the wonderful
range of colour found in the family. As to the distribution of
metallic colour one ‘or two facts still remain to be noticed. Thus
metallic colour is not always characteristic of the male. In Huste-
phanus fernandensis female metallic colour is more or less distinctly
present over nearly the whole of the upper and under surfaces,
the tail-quills show bright metallic colour, and the head bears a
special metallic crest. The male, on the other hand, has no metallic
colour except the bright crest, the rest of the body is cinnamon-
coloured and without metallic gloss. The absence of metallic
colour is apparently to be accounted for here by the absence of the
usual blackish-brown pigment. Again, a specimen marked Topaza
pella, young male, which was examined, showed metallic-greenish
feathers in the upper part of the head, a spot which in the adult
is covered with black feathers. Similarly, Salvin notices that in
Lampornis mango the throat in the young bird is covered with
glittering green feathers, and in the adult with pure black ones.
Thus apparently an excess of black pigment is as fatal to the
display of metallic colour as its total absence. As to the relation
between a black cvlour and metallic tints there are some other
interesting facts. In Cyanolesbia gorgo the tail-quills are greatly
elongated and show gorgeous metallic colour, but this is confined
to the distal end of the feathers, the proximal region being a
294 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Feb. 18,
velvety black. The black region extends further up the vane on
one side of the rachis than on the other. In mounted specimens
the overlapping of the quills occurs in such a manner that the
successive feathers cover over the black region of the feathers in
front. There seems to be no difference in the amount of pigment
present in the two regions. Remembering the, as yet, unexplained
fact that metallic colours occur only on exposed parts of feathers,
it seems impossible to doubt that the black region is associated
with the overlapping of the feathers. The tail is forked, and in
consequence it is hardly probable that the rectrices can be
separated and spread out to form the “ parachute ”-like structure
which has been described in other forms; the black area is thus
permanently covered up.
In Sappho sparganwra the conditions are almost reversed, the
exposed parts of the tail-quills are brilliantly metallic, with a band
of black at the apex. It seems most probable that in this case, as
in Topaza pella, the black colour is produced by an excess of
melanin pigment.
Summary.—From the account given above it is seen that in the
metallic feathers of Sun-birds the radii are without cilia and their
distal regions are more or less completely modified into flattened
club-shaped bodies containing a large amount of brownish pigment,
and consisting of a series of ‘overlapping compartments,” as
described by Gadow. It is also seen, however, thut the barbules
near the apices of the barbs tend throughout this family to become
modified in this way, so that the distinction between male and
female, or specialized and unspecialized forms, is less in the struc-
ture of the barbules than in the amount of brownish pigment
present, From the fact that similar conditions are observed in the
Pheasant it seems probable that this occurs not infrequently.
In the case of the Humming-birds the metallic colour is confined,
like the brownish pigment, to the proximal part of the barbules,
and its presence is not associated with any modification of the
barbules which affects their efficiency in the feathers of flight. In
their case, therefore, metallic colours may occur in the quills of the
tail or (rarely) wing without interfering with the powers of flight.
Further, as the metallic colour is associated with a specialization of
the proximal region of the barbule, it cannot in contour-feathers
primitively form a terminal band}; the apparently terminal position
is produced by the gradual suppression of the apical barbules, in
which the proximal region is never well-developed.
The exatnination of specimens upon which this paper is based
was chiefly carried on in the Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh,
and I have to record my obligations especially to Mr. Eagle Clarke
for his kindness in affording me facilities for doing so, and espe-
cially for furnishing me with several feathers for microscopic
investigation.
The systematic part of the paper is based on Shelley’s ‘Monograph
of the Sun-birds’ (London, 1876-80), and Salvin’s Catalogue of
Humming-birds (B. M. Catalogue of Birds, vol. xvi. 1892),
1896.] MBTALLIO COLOURS OF BIRDS. 295
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI. & XII.
Fig. 1. Violet metallic feather of Cinnyris amethystina, showing three zones:
a=apical metallic zone; b=brown pigmented zone with closely
connected barbules and basal indentation ; c=downy basal zone,
Fig. 2. Two downy barbules from came: /=rudimentary lamina; f=filament-
ous region, much elongated and with rudimentary cilix. Objective
#", Ocular B.
Fig. 3. Proximal radius from region 6 of same, showing well-developed lamina,
slightly pigmented and marked with cross-bars, and filamentous
region with well-developed cilia. Ob. }', Oc. B.
Fig. 4. Proximal radius of same, showing transition to metalliccondition. The
lamina is rudimentary, and the filamentous region is pigmented and
somewhat expanded. Ob. }", Oc. B.
Vig. 5. Metallic radius of same, showing shape, compartments, and peculiar
flattening. The last three figures are all of radii taken from different
levels on the same barb.
Fig. 6. Fragment of metallic barb under low power, to show position of
barbules: p=proximal radii; d=distal. Ob. 1", Oc. B.
Fig. 7. Metallic feather from gorget of Basilinna leucotis: a=naked barbs,
corresponding to zone a of fig. 1; b=metallic region of feather,
corresponding to zoned of fig. 1; c=downy region. 7 a is a diagram-
matic cross-section of a single barb, to illustrate the formation of the
suriaee Tidges of the feather: d=distal radius; p=proximal radius;
=barb.
Fig. 8. Proximal radius from the base of one of the metallic barbs of above
feather. The lamina is only faintly pigmented. Ob. 3", Oc. B.
Fig. 9. Distal radius from brilliantly metallic region of same. The lamina ia
deeply pigmented and has a folded-in edge. The filament is without
Plement. Ob. 4", Oc. B.
ragment of metallic barb of same with distal barbules only, to illus-
trate normal position of barbules. Owing to the angle of insertion of
the filamentous region, this is not visible in surface view. Ob. 3”,
Oc. B.
Fig. 11. Tip of barb of breast-feather of Kustephanus fernandensis 2, to illus-
trate apical modification of barbules. The lower barbules in the
figure are metallic. Ob. 1”, Oc. B.
Fig. 12. Tip of barb of gorget-feather of Baszlinna leucotis, with naked barb
furnished only with rudiments of apical barbules. Ob. 1", Oc. B.
Fig. 13. Barbules from three different levels on a barb of a contour-feather of
Phaethornis eurynome to show details of the modification of the original
apical barbules. Note in passing towards the apex of the barb the
reduction of the lamina and flattening of filamentous region. The
filamentous region is, however, unpiginented. Ob. 3", Oc. B.
Fig. 14. Fragment of barb of Cinnyris amethystina for comparison, and to show
junction of metallic and non-metallic regions. Ob. 1”, Oc. B.
Fig. 15. Three barbules from the yellow edging to a quill of Athopyga seherie.
Ob. 3", Oc. B.
Fig. 16. Three barbules from metallic edging of quill of Anthreptes malaccensis.
Ob. 3", Oc. B.
Fig. 17. ela of Anthreptes malaccensis(?), with metallic edging on right
side (7).
Fig. 18. Three non-metallic barbules from above. Ob. }”, Oc. B.
Fig. 19. Three metallic barbules from tail-quill of Eustephanus fernandensis.
Ob. }!’, Oo. B.
Fig. 20. Three brilliantly metallic barbules from central tail-quill of Zthopyga
seherie. Ob. 1", Oc. B. f
Fig. 21. Barbules from same quill, but much nearer rachis ; they show partial
transformation, and in their natural position exhibit a faint though
distinct metallic sheen. This partial transformation occurs chiefly in
the case of distal barbules, and produces a visible effect to the unaided
eye. Ob. 4", Oc. B. :
Fig. 10.
296 -MR. 0, W. ANDREWS ON ‘THD - [Feb. 18;
Fig. 22. Yellowish contour-feather from a species of Cinnyris, the tips of the
barbs diverge and are unconnected.
Fig. 23. ebue from above feather taken from region marked a.‘ Ob. 3",
c. B.
Fig. 24. Modified terminal barbules taken from region marked 6, showing
£ “metallic” structure. Ob. 3'', Oc. B. :
Fig. 25. Three distal barbules from a metallic quill-feather of a Humming-bird,
to show notched condition of the lamina in some cases. 25a shows
the true shape of the distal region as contrasted with its apparent one
under ordinary conditions. Ob, }+'', Oc. B.
Fig. 26. Barbule from edging of tail-quill of Pheasant, non-metallic.
Fig. 27. Dark green metallic barbule from breast-feather of Pheasant.
4. On a Skull of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major, from
Samos. By C. W. Anprews, F.G.S., Assistant in the
British Museum (Natural History).
[Received February 4, 1896.]
The existence of a member of the genus Orycteropus (the Ant-
Bear or Aard-Vark)in the Lower Pliocene of Samos was first made
known by Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major in the well-known paper’ in
which he described the results of his excavations in that island. In
this preliminary note he merely stated tbat the Pliocene species is
about one-fifth smaller than the recent forms and that the lateral
metatarsals are proportionately larger. In a subsequent communi-
cation ? he pointed out some characters in the dentition and in the
form of the skull, particularly in the size and shape of the lachry-
mal, which further differentiate the fossil from the living species.
In the present note it is proposed to give figures and a brief
description of an exceedingly perfect and well-preserved skull of
this species from Samos which has recently been acquired for the
National Museum. In this specimen the only important portion
missing is the anterior end of the snout, which has been broken off
about 5 centim. in front of the orbit and about 3 centim. from the
hinder end of the nasals. The right zygomatic arch is lost, but the
left, is complete, and the tympanic ring, frequently lost in mace-
ration in recent specimens, is preserved on both sides and on the
left retains its natural position. The mandibular rami are pressed
together so that their lower edges are in contact throughout their
length. The size indicates an animal about one-fifth less than the
living species, exactly agreeing in this respect with the type of
O. gaudryi, to which species it is referred. It will be seen that, on
the whole, the fossil resembles the northern Orycteropus cethiopicus
rather more than it does the southern O. capensis *.
* On the occipital surface the mastoid portion of the periotic is less
prominent than in the recent species, and is more overlapped by
1 Comptes Rendus de I'Académie des Sciences, vol. cvii. (1888), p. 1178.
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 239,
3 For a detailed comparison of the skulls of the recent species, see Duvernoy,
“Mémoire sur les Oryctéropes,” Ann, Sci. Nat. (Zoologie), ser. 3, vol. xix. (1853),
p. 185.
1896.] ~ SKULL OF ORYCLEROPUS GAUDRYI. +s 297
the squamosal, which forms a prominent ridge external to it. ‘ The
tympanic ring is nearly circular, instead of being oval with its long
axis directed downward and forward. The postorbital processes of
the frontals are larger, and their hinder edges are sharp and thin.
I cannot detect any difference in the profile of the upper surface of
the skulls of the recent and fossil forms, except such as may have
been caused by a slight crushing of the preorbital region; and the
difference in the size and form of the lachrymals pointed out by
Forsyth Major cannot be taken as a character of any great im-
portance, for the lachrymal in recent skulls varies yery considerably,
and in one specimen from Kassala it is extremely similar both in
size and shape to the fossil. The antorbital foramen opens above
the hinder lobe of m.', and this is also the case in the Kassala skull ;
in other specimens it is over m?.
Skull of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major.
._ A, from above; B, from side. About two-thirds natural size.
‘The mandible differs from that of the recent forms only in the
298 ON THE SKULL OF ORYCTHROPUS GAUDRYI. [Teb. 18,
position of the condyle, which is borne upon a much shorter pedicle
and has a more horizontal articular surface.
The minute structure of the teeth is precisely as in O. capensis,
so that; they give no indications of the possible origin of their
peculiar character.
In the left maxilla six teeth remain in place, and in front of them
is an empty alveolus; on the right there are five teeth and two
alveoli. The most anterior tooth preserved is pm.3 (counting
from behind forward); this is small and laterally compressed, its
flat crown slopes downward and forward. The next is similar,
but less compressed. The hindermost premolar is a stout simple
tooth ; its worn crown consists of two flat surfaces meeting in an
angle and forming a transverse ridge. The two first molars are very
similar to those of the recent species, but: the last (m.°) is rather
different. In the living forms it is somewhat variable in shape,
but usually consists of a single column and is nearly circular in
section; in one skull from Somaliland, it is, however, oval in
section and shows traces, at least on the outer side, of division
into two lobes, the hinder being much the smaller. The circular
type of tooth evidently results from the reduction of the hinder
lobe, which in the fossil is only a little smaller than the anterior
one, from which it is separated by a well-marked vertical groove on
the outer side and a less distinct one on the inner. In a young
skull of a recent species, in which the last molars are only just
coming into use, they are distinctly bilobed, so that the upper part
of the crown of the unworn tooth resembles in form the worn
molar of the Pliocene species.
In the mandible six teeth are preserved on both sides. The two
anterior ones are much compressed; the next is stouter and its
grinding surfaces form a transverse ridge. The first two molars
are similar to those of the living species: the third (m..,) is clearly
bilobed and is nearly as long asm.,. In the recent species the
division into columns is distinct only on the inner side, and the tooth
is much shorter from before backward than the preceding one.
The dimensions of the skull and mandible are :—
Skull.
Width between ends of postorbital processes.. 53 millim.
Outside width at postglenoid processes ...... 60,
Width of cranium behind postorbital processes 36 ,,
Greatest width of occipital surface........ oer) OPS «yp
Height of foramen magnum .............. 13,
Width es Bi aWEcAmbico adc oD BA
Distancebetween postorbitalprocessandzygoma 17 ,,
Mandible.
Height at coronoid process ............ .... 65 millim.
pp GON) Booococcocd0osc000000 Sr b2h ur,
Height of ramus behind last molar ...... Rt GE.
bs » infront of first molar...... 12 ,,
1896.] ON THH ANATOMY OF RHYNCHOPS. 299
Dimensions of the teeth :—
Length of upper m.3 ............... ... @5 millim.
e apy SNe aes oe oS Ub bib BOORUE tears
a Bs jing WiateioauoD soo boenes eel aes
3 7 | Witoll cooposodeooosoadee Bg)
a 1 [IB rovecoododoacc000 0 Crs
5 op) \ {Utes} cadugoslo ones onbteD ® gy
8 » pm.4 (alveolus only) .... 4 ,,
Length of lower m.3 .............0000: 10 ,
a SWI Serelecexsiateustcrersysierse Bons ean gs
‘ RM HMMM cL! (cet ayastetonoier si sieve seleenede es
3 9 bob oo coosoc Sbodacoo0a0 Slats:
‘ 99 Dito coocoov0se ca000000 6a:
7 Bio cooooboov0c0000000 B55
Length of upper molar series............. Sian,
PA lower ,, aa le arcs) oxen Aioio obi 34. —Ci«,
The very close resemblance between the Lower Pliocene and
recent species is both remarkable and disappointing, for it might
have been expected that in the former some generalized characters
- would be found that would throw some light on the probable
ancestry of this most aberrant mammal; this, however, it has been
seen, is not the case.
As Dr. Forsyth Major has pointed out, the former distribution
of the genus seems to show that it is of northern origin and that
it spread into Africa along with the rest of the Pliocene Mammalia
with which it has been found, and was not derived from any southern
land-area. Although at present it has been found only at Samos
and at Maragha in Western Persia, some twenty degrees farther
east, the accompanying mammalian fauna has a much wider range.
It has been met with at Concud in Spain, Mt. Leberon in Southern
France, Baltavar in Hungary, and Troy in Asia Minor; it pro-
bably also ranged far to the east of Maragha, since Rhinoceros
blanfordi, a species occurring in that locality, is also recorded from
Baluchistan and from Southern China, where it is associated with
a Giraffe. Although Orycteropus has not yet been discovered in
these localities, it will probably be found to have ranged far both to
the east and west of its limits as at present known.
5. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of
Rhynchops. By Franx E. Brpparp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Prosector to the Society.
[Received Febuary 4, 1896.]
So far as I am aware the existing knowledge of Rhynchops is
entirely derived from a paper by Brandt! upon its osteology. I
found, therefore, with great pleasure a specimen of this genus
among the spirit-preserved birds sent home from Western Africa
1 Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. sér. 6, Sci. Nat. iii. p. 218 (1840).
300 . MR. F,E.BEDDARD ON THE. . [Feb. 18,
by the late W. A. Forbes, upon the dissection of which the following
notes are based.
As to external characters, the pterylosis offers no salient point
of difference from that of the Gulls as described by Nitzsch. The
oil-gland is tufted. There are 12 rectrices. The bird is aquinto-
cubital. As regards the alimentary viscera the most important
fact to comment upon is the rudimentary and nipple-like character
of the ceca,
The tensores patagii are illustrated in the drawing exhibited
(woodcut, fig. 1). They are exactly like those of Rissa tridactyla,
Vig. 1.
TEE
Muscles of the patagium of Rhynchops.
tp.l., tendon of tensor patagit longus; t.p.b., tensor patagii brevis; B, its wrist-
ward slip; F, patagial fan; A, tendinous threads on ulnar side of arm.
of which I possess a drawing by Mr. W. A. Forbes. There are
two tendons to the tensor brevis, of which the anterior is for the
greater part of its length made up of three separate strands. The
hinder tendon is much slighter. The anterior tendon gives off a
little way from the forearm a wristward slip (fig. 1, B), from which,
where it joins the tendon of the extensor radialis metacarpi, a
patagial fan (F) arises which joins the longus. This fan as well as
the main tendon of the brevis are continued over to the ulnar side
of the forearm as a diffuse glistening tendon. From the point
where the wristward slip of the brevis springs there is another con-
nection with the longus, which is lettered A in the drawing (fig. 1).
1896.] ANATOMY OF RHYNCHOPS. ° 301
Rhynchops shows a peculiar feature of Larus argentatus (cf. fig. 2)
and of most Auks in the existence of these patagial tendons (A)
on the ulnar side of the arm. In Rhynchops there are two instead
of only one of these; they run side by side obliquely, or really at
right angles to the longus tendon when the wing is extended, and
end upon the eatensor metacarpi radialis muscle, on the inner side
of the forearm ; the posterior of the two is inserted at ‘a point
Vig. 2.
Patagial tendons of Larus argentatus (after a MS. sketch by the late
W. A. Forbes).
m, osseous nodule. Other lettering as in fig. 1.
almost exactly corresponding with the insertion of the wristward
slip of the brevis, though, as already said, on the opposite side of
the arm. On the opposite wing I could find only a single tendon ;
it was, however, very much longer, reaching further over the arm.
The pectoralis muscle sends a slip to the patagial tendons, which is
slightly differentiated from the rest of the pectoralis as a muscular
belly; there is also a yellowish fibroid slip from the deltoid crest of
the humerus.
I could detect no biceps slip to the patagium on either wing. I
looked, of course, very carefully for this muscle, as it is present in
all the immediate allies of Rhynchops. :
The biceps is a very slender muscle which arises from the
coracoid only. I found no trace of the missing humeral head.
The muscle is divisible into two halves, the division commencing
early in the slender tendon of- origin. ‘The outer of the two
302 ON THE ANATOMY OF RHYNOHOPS. [T’eb. 18,
halves, that which abuts upon the patagium, is chiefly tendon,
there being a belly of only about half an inch in length, strung as
it were upon a long thintendon. ‘The inner half of the muscle, on
the contrary, is muscular almost to its insertion.
I did not succeed in finding any traces of the eapansor secun-
dariorum, for which as a characteristic muscle I looked carefully.
The deltoid is not extensive. Its humeral attachment occupies
rather more than the first third of that bone. It ends exactly on
a level with the end of the attachment of the anterior section of
the latissimus dorsi.
The anconeus longus, in addition to the partly fleshy and partly
tendinous origin from the coracoid, has a longish and entirely
tendinous scapular head ; it also is bound down to the humerus by
a broad tendon.
In the leg-muscles the most remarkable divergence from the
Larine character is in the total absence of the ambiens (on both
sides of the body).
The femoro-caudal is present and has a long tendon of insertion.
The accessory femoro-caudal is broader than the latter, is entirely
fleshy, and joins it some way before its insertion.
The semitendinosus with its accessory are present.
There is nothing remarkable about the biceps or semimem-
branosus,
There is only one peroneus, whose tendon joins that of one of
the superficial long flexors.
The deep jlexors blend entirely about halfway along the meta-
tarsus ; the conjoined tendons give off no slip to the small hallux.
§ Syrins.
The syrinx of Rhynchops (fig. 3) is a perfectly typical tracheo-
bronchial syrinx with a single pair of intrinsic muscles.
Fig. 3.
Syrinx of Rhynchops; lateral view.
1896.] HH SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIN. 303
The last three or four tracheal rings are closely united, but not
fused, to form a box, and there is a well-marked pessulus. The
first bronchial semiring, to which the intrinsic muscles are attached,
is much longer from back to front, and is arched in the usual way.
After this follows a rather deep semiring, which is immediately
succeeded by several thinner bars; these latter get deeper towards
the opening into the lungs.
§ General Observations and Classification of the Laride.
In having no ambiens 2thynchops is unique among the Laridx,
but not among the Limicole in general, if, that is to say, we
include, as I think should be done, the Auks in the Limicole. In
the latter group the ambiens is sometimes present and sometimes
absent. The Gull-tribe can be conveniently (even if merely arti-
ficially) divided up as follows, Rhynchops undoubtedly belonging
to a distinct subfamily, not definitely nearer to the Terns than to
the Gulls :—
Sterning. ABXY-+'. Ceca nipples. Biceps slip present. Ex-
pansor secundariorum absent.
Rhynchopine. ABKY—. Ceca nipples. Biceps slip and ex-
pausor secundariorum absent.
Laring. AXY-+. Ceca nipples, biceps slip, and expansor
secundariorum present.
Stercorariine. AXY+. Ceca long. Biceps slip present. Ex-
pansor secundariorum absent.
I should regard Gygis as a Gull and Anous as a Tern, on
account of their leg-muscles; but then Anous has the eapansor
secundariorum. These two genera require further investigation
before they can be placed; and I am a little suspicious that they
may be found to destroy the neatness of the above arrangement.
March 3, 1896.
Sir W. H. Fuownr, K.C.B., LU.D., F.R.8., President,
in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1896 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 50, of which 20 were by
presentation, 2 by birth, 17 by purchase, 2 in exchange, and 9
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 79.
The following additions are of special interest :—
1. A young male Klipspringer Antelope (Oreotragus saltator),
presented by Commander Alfred Paget, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Dolphin,’
Port Said.
1 AXY-+ in a species of Sternula (Forbes, MS.).
304 F MR. G. E, Il, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [ Mar. 3,
Capt. Paget informs me that this animal was captured in the
Khor Abent, halfway between Suakin and Cassala. . It is new to
the Collection.
2. A Hybrid Antelope, bred between the male of Tragelaphus
gratus (received from the Hamburg Gardens, July 27, 189+) and a
female Z'rayelaphus spekit, presented by James A. Nicholls, Esq.,
F.Z.8., Oct. 14, 1890. ; ;
This curious hybrid in general appearance appears to take after
the rufous colour of the female of 7. gratus. It has a black
dorsal stripe and is spotted on the flanks. So far as we can tell,
the period of gestation in this instance was about seven months.
Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., exhibited several fresh-
looking skeletons of the Norway Lemming (Myodes lemmus),
obtained by Dr. H. Gadow in caves near Athouguia, in Portugal,
and made the following remarks :—
Karly in the year 1695 Dr. H. Gadow handed me for examination
some skeletal remains of a species of small mammal, which, on
a first inspection, appeared to be those of some species of Vole—
Microtus. Thinking the remains were those of Voles I put them
aside for a time, but later on, when I had an opportunity of
examining them more carefully, I found, to my surprise, that they
consisted of some skeletons and detached bones of the Norway
Lemming, Myodes lemmus. When first received by me the
remains consisted of a good many fragments and single bones, and
of two almost complete skeletons. These latter were completely
enveloped in the original skin, which had become so dried and
hardened that in order to enable myself to examine the skeletons
T had to get it removed. The whole appearance of the specimens
was so fresh that, unaware as I was of their true character, I had
the dried skin, which enveloped them like mummies, removed,
so. that, I regret to say, not one of these most interesting
specimens has been preserved in the condition in which I received
it. Some of the vertebrae, however, are still connected together
by the dried remains of the ligaments. This, and the whiteness
and excellent preservation of the bones, will show how easy it was
to be deceived as to their nature, and to come to the belief that
they were of recent origin and perhaps unimportant.
Nhis discovery of Dr. Gadow’s is of very great interest, as it
enormously increases our knowledge of the distribution of the
Norway Lemming in past times, and helps to throw light upon
the former climatic conditions of Portugal.
According to Professor R. Collett', the most recent authority
on the Norway Lemming, this animal has its principal home in
Norway, where it inhabits all the mountain plateau froin north to
south of the country, and in some localities is distributed down
to the sea-level. Its range includes also Swedish and Russian
Lapland, but ceases eastward on the western shores of the White
Sea, and, though the animal is spread over the greater part of the
' * Myodes lemmus, its Habits and Migrations in Norway.’ Christiania, 1895.
1896.) SKELETAL RUMAINS OF THB NORWAY LEMMING. 305
Kola Peninsula, it does not seem to habitually appear so far east-
ward as Archangel. Thus the present southern range of the
animal does not extend below about 584° North latitude. We
know, however, that in recent geological times it had a much
more southern distribution, extending at least as far as the south
of England and Saxony, since its remains have been found in the —
Somersetshire caves, six lower jaws from which, now in the
Taunton Museum, were identified by Sandford’. These bones
are said to be slightly smaller and to have the condyles more
slender than those of recent specimens, but to agree very closely
with them, especially with the skulls of young animals*. ‘Tho
only other locality where, so far as I am aware, the bones of this
species have been found is at Quedlinburg, in Saxony, where
Hensel? found it, together with I. torquatus, in 1855, among fossils
from the diluvium. The present discovery will therefore show
that the range of the Norway Lemming extended formerly to at
least nearly the south of the Iberian Peninsula, and that, too,
judging from the fresh appearance of the remains, in quite recent
geological times.
The present skulls resemble those of recent Lemmings very
closely indeed, but, like the specimens found in the Somersetshire
caves, they are smaller than those of large adult recent animals.
I cannot, however, find any characters sufficiently important to
enable me to separate the two specifically.
In conclusion, I should like to draw attention to the following
statement, which is to be found on pages 147 and 148 of Messrs.
Abel Chapman and W. J. Buck’s work on ‘ Wild Spain’ (chapter
xii.). Writing of Ibex-shooting in the Sierra de Grédos of Old
Castile, these authors remark :—‘‘One day, close to the snow-
line, we came across a fat, blue-grey, little beastie, apparently of
the Dormouse tribe (Zzron, in Spanish), but he got to earth, or
rather rock, ere we could capture him.” This description is too
vague to enable me to do more than to make a suggestion, and
the suggestion that Lemmings exist in Spain at the present
day is too startling to be lightly brought forward; but I should
like to point out that the description would apply very well to
Myodes schisticolor—a species which (if it really be a good species)
is, I believe, only distinguishable from M. lemmus by its bluish-
grey colour.
At all events, in view of Dr. Gadow’s remarkable discovery of
fresh-looking Lemming bones on comparatively low ground, it
would be interesting to know what is the true nature of the
“fat, blue-grey, little beastie”; and I venture to express a hope
that this animal will be found to be a Lemming or a Vole, and
1 W. A. Sandford, in Quart, Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxvi. (1870), p. 125,
pl. viii. fig. 3; and Dove, Somerset. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xv. (1870), p. 55.
2 Tf. P. Blackmore and Ei. ‘R. Aston, in P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 460-471.
3 Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vii. (1855), pp. 458-501; also at Wolfen-
bittel, A. Nehring in Zeitschr. fiir ges. Naturwis. Bd, xlv. p. 1 (1875), and in
Kent, E. T. Newton, Geol. Mag. 1890, p. 452, and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. I. p. 188 (1894). ie HERE Bitsyaeee ;
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XX. 20
306 MR. P. L, SOLALER ON THE [ Mar. 3,
not, as supposed by Messrs. Chapman and Buck, one of the
Dormouse tribe.
Dr. H. Gadow gave an account of the caves which he had ex-
plored in the summer of 1886. They were situated in the province
of Estremadura, in the low sierra between the villages of Athouguia
‘and Otta, the nearest town being Santarem. The geological
formation was hard white-blue limestone of the Rhatic system.
The caves lay only two or three hundred feet above the sea-level,
and the particular one which yielded the bones was choked near
the entrance with loose dry dust. About a foot below the surface
of the dust was found an unpolished flint arrow-head. The cave
was absolutely dry, and its horizontal bottom, extending for about
60 feet into the mountain, was covered with about two or three
feet of the dust, which contained bones of small Ruminants and of
Bear, besides those of the Lemmings. The Lemming-bones were
found at the far end of the cave, almost on the top of the dust.
Mr. Sclater opened a discussion on the Rules of Zoological
Nomenclature by reading the following paper :—
Remarks on the Divergencies between the ‘ Rules for
naming Animals” of the German Zoological Society
and the Stricklandian Code of Nomenclature.
Before proceeding to the immediate subject of the discussion
which we propose to hold this evening, I wish to call the attention
of the meeting to the new work, to be called ‘ Das Tierreich,’
which has been planned by the German Zoological Society. The
object of it is to give an account of all the known species of recent
animals described up to the present period. The proposed work
will embrace, as we are informed, the most important synonyms,
references to the best figures, and an account of the geographical
range added to a short description of every species. ‘his, it must be
allowed, is a gigantic undertaking well worthy of a great scientific
nation, and we must all heartily wish it success. The described
species of recent animals, as will be seen by the table (which has
been kindly compiled for me by Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S., with the
assistance of his corps of Recorders), numbers some 386,000
species'. Supposing that we admit that on the average five
1 Census Specierum Animalium Viventium hucusque descriptarum: a rough
estimate of the number of described species of animals in the sections
adopted in the ‘ Zoological Record’ :—
beeen een tec eeetnceneseenoesnesceeceaseaee
G. Mollusca .......00
7. Brachiopoda .
8. Bryozoa
Oo rene ee eereacvorenererecencscncuecsees
Carried forward......... ». 84,250
1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGIOAL NOMENCLATURD. 307
species can be got into a page (which appears to be barely possible)
and allow 800 pages to each volume, 96 volumes would be required
to complete ‘Das Tierreich.’ As, however, the great firm of
Friedlander and Son’ have undertaken the publication of the work,
and appear to have agreed to find the necessary funds to pay for
the contributions to it, we may, I think, feel tolerably certain that
the task will be undertaken, although it is probable that many of
us may not live to see its completion.
The German Rules for Nomenclature (App. II. no. 10), to which
I am about to direct your special attention to-night, are to be those
employed by the various contributors to the ‘Tierreich,’ as their
guide in determining the scientific names to be used in the work.
It will be obvious, therefore, that for this cause they are of special
importance and are well worthy of our consideration. Prof. F. E.
Schulze, who has undertaken the editorship of ‘ Das Tierreich,’
and with whom I have been in correspondence on the subject,
having courteously expressed a wish that it might be possible to
reconcile the differences between the German Rules and the Code
of Nomenclature adopted by the British Association and usually
employed in this country, I have undertaken to bring the subject
before this Society.
In order to consider whether we can agree it is necessary first
to ascertain the points of difference, and these are what I propose
to bring forward to-night. But before doing so I will commence
with a few general remarks on some of the principal codes of
nomenclature that have been put forward by modern zoologists.
As we all know, I believe, the first code that adopted the “ law
of priority” as its principal rule and originated various other
usages, to which we are now well accustomed, was that drawn up
by Strickland in 1842 (Appendix II. no.1). The Stricklandian
Code, however, although generally approved and adopted, was not
at that time formally sanctioned by the British Association.
In 1863 the late Sir William Jardine took up the subject, and,
1 The contract between the Deutsche Zoologische Gesellschaft and Messrs. R.
Friedlander and Son will be found printed at full length in the ‘ Verhand-
lungen’ of that Society for 1895, pp. 4 et segg. E
Brought forward............ 84,250
D), (QHEEEGBID — Sooodaonbeosq0oN0 boge¢0aG050G000000R00000D00 20,000
TIM), ARCAETEED denaccnces60ca590909200000000090000080000000 10,000
11. Myriopoda and Prototrachedtd ............ssereeee 3,000
ID LEREBTTE. cocapcenacboco0eqnabseqdq090000000t060000060000 250,000
13. Echinoderma . 3,000
. 14. Vermes ....... 6,150
15. Celenterata.... 2,000
16. Spongie ........... 1,500
V7. Protoz00 ...ccecesseenevens Neoossbopoon080005 nosodtdcena0 6,100
386,000
This may be compared with Dr. Giinther’s estimates of the described species
in 1830 (78,588) and 1881 (311,653), lately published in the ‘Annals & Mag,
of Nat. History’ (ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 180). s
20
308 3 MR. P. L. SOLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,
in conformity with a resolution adopted by Section D of the
British Association at Newcastle, reprinted the Rules (2). The
Committee, of which he was Chairman, was directed to consider
what changes, if any, it was desirable to make in them. Certain
alterations (six in number in all) were proposed to be made by the
Committee, as specified in their Report. This report (3) was
finally adopted by the Association in Section D at the Bath
Meeting on the 19th September, 1865. It is well to remark,
however, that the six proposed alterations of the original Code,
although specified at full length in the Report of the Committee,
were never incorporated into the text of the Stricklandian Code.
In 1878, at the request of the General Committee’ of the
British Association, I prepared for publication a new edition of
the Stricklandian Code, to which I added the Report of the
Committee appointed at the Bath Meeting. This edition (4) was
published for the Association by Murray of Albermarle Street, and
copies of it may still be had on application at the offices of the
British Association. There are some here on the table.
In 1877 the American Association for the Advancement of
Science took up the question of Nomenclature and appointed
Mr. W. H. Dall to investigate the subject. Mr. Dall made an
excellent report, which will be found printed in the volume of the
Association’s Proceedings for 1878 (5).
In 1881 the Société Zoologique de France proposed a Code of
Rules prepared by a Committee. These were published at Paris
along with a report on the subject prepared by M. Chaper (6).
In the following year (1882) the Congrés géologique Inter-
national published a set of Rules on Nomenclature (7). Both
these codes were intended to apply to Zoology and Botany alile.
The rules in both cases are few in number, but are accompanied
by valuable commentaries. ‘They do not materially affect the
special points now in question, except in rejecting generic names
previously employed either in Zoology or Botany.
The highly elaborate and precise Code of Nomenclature which
was adopted by the American Ornithologists’ Union in 1886, and
was published alone with the first edition of the ‘Check-list of
North American Birds’ (8), although generally based upon the
Stricklandian Rules, deviates from them in several material par-
ticulars. The most important of these is, the proposal to commence
Zoological Nomenclature with the tenth edition of the ‘Systema
Nature’ (1758) instead of the twelfth (1766). The operation of
this rule, which will be again alluded to presently, has, as is well
known, caused very serious differences in the names applied to
the same birds by the English and American ornithologists. The
American Code of Nomenclature is also in conflict with us upon
the two other points which are proposed for special discussion this
evening.
In 1891 the ‘ Allgemeine Deutsche Ornithologische Gesellschaft
zu Berlin’ put forward their Code of Zoological Nomenclature,
which was adopted at their General Meeting at Frankfort a. Main
1 See ‘ Report of the British Association,’ 1865, p. 25.
1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 309
in May of that year (9). These Rules follow the American Rules
very. nearly, especially as regards the three points which are
proposed for special discussion this evening.
In 1892 the International Congress of Zoology at their Moscow
Meeting adopted a set of Rules of Nomenclature, which appear to
differ little in effect from those of the Société Zoologique de
France. These Rules (11) were separately published at Paris in
1895.
We now come to the Rules adopted by the Deutsche Zoologische
Gesellschaft in 1894 (10), which are of special importance for
reasons that I have already pointed out, and to some of which,
as being in direct conflict with those of the Stricklandian Code, I
wish to call your special attention this evening. In order to
render them more easy of access upon the present occasion I have
translated and printed the text of the Rules themselves (see
Appendix I., p. 316), though I have not thought it necessary to
add to each rule the commentaries and explanations which are
appended to them, in smaller type, in the original. On reading
them through it will be seen that these rules in many particulars
conform to the excellent system originally put forward by Strickland
and now geuerally adopted by zoologists all over the world. The
usual sequence of divisions of animals into Orders, Families,
Subfamilies, Genera, and Species is recognized. The families are
to be formed ending in -ide, and the subfamilies in -ine, and though
priority is strictly enforced, corrections in orthography are not
only permitted but approved of. In fact there seem to be only
three principal points in which the Code of the German Zoological
Society differs from ours, and it is to these three points to which
I now propose to call your attention, after which I will say a few
words on two or three points of minor importance.
1. The German Rules (Sect. 1) disclaim any relation to Botany
so that, according to them, the same generic names may be used in
Zoology and Botany. This is contrary to the Stricklandian Code |
(Sect. 10).
It is quite certain that the Stricklandian Code did not allow
the same name to be employed for a genus in Zoology and in
Botany. But in the British Association revision of 1863, amongst
the six alterations proposed to be made in that Code was one
“that Botany should not be introduced into the Stricklandian
Rules and Recommendations.” This, however, L do not take to
mean that the Rule alluded to is to be repealed, but merely that
the Rules as a whole were intended for Zoologists and not for
Botanists. But in the American Code (see Principle IV.) the
contrary view was taken and it was enacted that the “use of a
name in Botany does not prevent its subsequent use in Zoology.”
We will take a salient example on this point. The Swifts until
recently have been universally called by ornithologists Cypselus,
and the family to which they belong Cypselide. Micropus of
Meyer and Wolf, which has one year’s precedence over Cypselus,
has been passed over, because Micropus is an old Linnean term for
a genus of plants. In accordance with their Rules the American
310 MR. P. , SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,
ornithologists have recently rejected the name Cypselus in favour
of Micropus and renamed the family Micropodide accordingly.
While I quite agree that it is not necessary that zoologists and
botanists should use exactly the same Code of Nomenclature, for
in many respects their practices have long been different, I think
it would be a great evil to allow Animals and Plants to be called
by the same names, as in some cases it would not be primd facie
apparent whether a particular term was intended to refer to an
animal or a plant. Besides this, we know that in some of the
lower forms it is by no means easy to decide whether certain
species should be referred to the animal or to the vegetable
kingdom. Strickland was very decided upon this subject, and I
see no reason at all why we should deviate from his practice, which
up to a recent period has been generally followed by zoologists.
2. Under Sect. 5 of the German Rules the same term is to be
used for the generic and specific name of a species, if these names
have priority. This is contrary to the Stricklandian Code (Sect. 13).
In the original Stricklandian Code (Section 13) itis enacted that
‘a new specific name must be given to a species when its old name
has been adopted for a genus which includes that species.” In the
British Association revision of the Code (Recommendation IY.) it
was proposed to reverse this Rule, and to throw aside the generic in
order to retain the specific name. It was the American Ornitholo-
gists’ Code, I believe (Canon XXX.), which first formally proposed
that specific names, when adopted as generic, should not be changed,
and this Rule has now been adopted in both the German Codes.
It should be remarked that the proposal of the B. A. revision to
alter the generic name in these cases, instead of the specific, has
hardly met with acceptance in any quarter. In Mr. Dall’s report
upon this subject (5) he well observes :—
“This innovation, the sweeping character of which the Com-
mittee cannot have realized, if carried into effect, would uproot
hundreds of the generic names best known to science, and so
familiar that the fact that they were originally specific names has
been almost totally forgotten. Its spirit is opposed to the funda-
mental principles of nomenclature, and the end to be gained is of
the most trivial character.”
. Although I was a Member of the Bath Committee that agreed
to this Recommendation, I must confess that I am strongly
opposed to it, and have always followed the opposite course enacted
by the original Stricklandian Code, that in these cases the specific
name is the one to be changed. Moreover, this last practice has,
until recently, been generally adopted by English zoologists. Of
late years, however, the ‘ Scomber-scomber” principle, as it is
familiarly called’, has met with many supporters. Though
inelegant and almost ridiculous, it has, at least, one merit. It
1 « Scomber scomber” (Linn. 8. N. ed. xii. p. 492) seems to be the only
instance in which Linnzus used the same generic and specific name for a
species. But it is doubtful whether this was not really a printer’s error, for in
the tenth edition (p. 297) he wrote Scomber scombrus, and on referring to the
two copies of the twelfth edition, formerly belonging to Linnus himself, and
1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 311
enables us to retain the original (often Linnean) name, for which
there is in many cases great difficulty in finding a substitute that
all will agree upon. Moreover, the usage of the same generic and
specific term in such cases bas now met with extensive acceptance
on the Continent. At the same time it is only right to call
attention to the formidable changes which the acceptance of the
tautonymic principle would cause in the names of some of our
most familiar animals. In order to show this clearly I give a list
of 25 species of well-known English birds for which we should
require a change of names if tautonyms are accepted’.
3. The German Rules (Sect. 7) adopt the 10th edition of the
‘Systema Naturm’ (1758) as the starting-point of Zoological
Nomenclature, whereas the Stricklandian Code (Sect. 2) adopts
the 12th (1766).
The question of the proper edition of Linneus’s ‘Systema
Nature’ to be adopted as the starting-point of the binary system of
Nomenclature appears to be the most difficult of the three principal
questions now before us to settle satistactorily, and to involve the
most serious consequences. It seems to me reasonable, on a primd
facie view, that Linnezus, having been the inventor and founder of
the binary system of Nomenclature, should be allowed the credit
and the privilege of completing his own work in the manner he
thought best. By adopting the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema
1 List of Names of British Birds affected by the tautonymic principle.
B. O. U. List. Page Tautonymic names,
Sylvia CUNCTEM .. 1... eevecsnneeceecenees ll. Sylvia sylvia.
Regulus cristatus . vee 14, Regulus rege:
Hypolais icterina ......... «.. 1%. Hypolais hypolais,
Cinclus melanogaster ...... we. 24, Cinclus cinclus,
Troglodytes parvulus ...... «.. 29. Troglodytes troglodytes.
Carduelis elegans «.. 47. Carduelis carduelis.
Serinus hortulanus ......... 49, Serinus serinas.
Coccothraustes vulgaris ... 50. Coccothraustes coccothraustes,
Pyrrhocorax graculus...... ve. 66. Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax,
Pied 7UStiCH....2ecsecerrerees s. 68. Pica pica.
Scops Gitl .......6-+ .... 89. Scops scops.
Bubo ignavus . - 90. Bubo bubo.
Buteo vulgaris... 94. Buteo buteo.
Tinnunculus alau 104, Tinnunculus tinnunculus,
Fuligula cristata............ ve 129. Fuligula fuligula,
TUrtur COMMUNIS ....s.cevcerseerecene 139. Turtur turtur.
Perdix Cineved..0....0scseeereecevsecnsee 142. Perdix perdizx.
Coturntx COMMUNIS........000.seeseree 143. Coturnix coturnix.
Lagopus Mutus ...ccecesoveereserseones 144. Lagopus lagopus.
Tetra tetrie .eccecresseessecensecsaveee 145. Tetrao tetrao.
POrzand MATUEEA ....croecceesereeenes 147. Porzana porzana.
Crea pratensis ......... wee 149. Crex crex.
Grus COMMUNIS ....0004. w.. 152, Grus grus.
Bedicnemus scolopat ..s..csoeeseereee 155. WMdicnemus edicnemus,
Vamrnellus vulgaris ...c.scecseesenneeeee 161. Vanellus vanellus,
now in the Library of the Linnean Society, it will be found that the second
scomber is altered, apparently in Linnzus’s own handwriting, into scombrus
(see note on this subject, ‘ Ibis,’ 1895, p. 168). Instead of the Scomber-scomber
rinciple it would be better to call it the ‘‘tautonymic principle,” and names
ormed upon this principle tautonyms,
312 MR. P, L. SOLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,
Nature’ as our starting-point (as is enacted in the Stricklandian
Code) we allow Linnzus this privilege. If we take the tenth
edition, as proposed by the American ornithologists, and now
adopted in the two German Codes, we deny him the right of
correcting his own work, which, under the circumstances, appears
to be obviously unfair and injudicious. Vor it is unquestionably
the case that Linneus altered some of his names in his last and
most perfect edition of 1766-68, and added others to his list. If
we acknowledge the authority of the authors who wrote between
1758 and 1766 we shall have to change some of Linnzus’s best-
known names. For example, the Horned Screamer of South
America has been universally known to ornithologists as Palamedea
cornuta, asnamed by Linnzeus in the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema,’
the genus having been omitted in the tenth edition. In the
meanwhile, however, Brisson in 1762 (Orn. y. p. 518) had used
“ Anhima” of Marcgrave ag its generic name, and Mr. Stejneger
has accordingly proposed to call the Horned Screamer Anhima
cornuta (Stand. Nat. Hist. iv. p.135). If this alteration be adopted,
the names of the family Palamedeide and of the suborder Pala-
medec will likewise have to be changed.
I will take another example of the inconvenience of allowing
Linneus’s names to be superseded. The Common Darter of
Central and South America is the Plotus anhinga of Linnwus’s
twelfth edition and is almost universally known under this name,
which also gives its name to the family Plotide. Unfortunately,
Brisson in the interval between the two editions of the ‘Systema’
proposed the generic term Anhinga for the same bird, and the
American Check-list consequently proceeds to call the Darter
“ Anhinga anhinga,” and the family ‘ Anhingide.” It must be
admitted that both these alterations, which are consequent upon
the adoption of 1758 as the commencement of binary nomenclature
in place of 1766, as well as many other changes of the same
character which I need not now cite, are matters of considerable
importance. Strickland, the founder of our modern Codes of
Nomenclature, after deliberately considering the point, adopted
the latest and most perfect edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ as
his starting-point. I think we should do unwisely to deviate
from Strickland’s views on this subject. It is true that Strickland
proposed to allow such of Brisson’s names as were additional to
those of the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ to be
retained, but he certainly did not contemplate the supercession of
any of Linneus’s names by those of Brisson or of any other
authority. On the ground of priority, therefore, I claim that, as
first decided by Strickland, we ought to adopt the twelfth and most
perfect edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ as the basis of modern
Nomenclature. Even if weadopt the tenth edition as our starting-
point, a special proviso should be made that none of the names
contained in the twelfth edition should be allowed to be disturbed.
There are two or three less important points in Zoological
Nomenclature upon which I wish to add a few words.
(1) The German Code, which we are now principally considering
1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGIOAL NOMENCLATURE. 313
(Canon X.), enacts that the name of the author, if given, should
follow the scientific name without any intervening sign. - The
prevailing practice in this country has been to place a comma after
the specific name and before the authority. But on this subject,
I must say, I think that the German Code has good reason on its
side. When, for example, we write Turdus viscivorus, Linn., we
mean in fact Vurdus viscivorus Linnei—that is, the Turdus visci-
vorus of Linneus, Linnei being in the genitive case after the
nominative Turdus viscivorus. If this view, which, no doubt, is the
correct one, is taken, it is obvious that no commais required between
the nominative and the genitive which follows it. The adoption
of this reform would save a great many thousand commas in our
zoological works. When the autbor’s name refers only to the
specific and not to the generic term, both English and German Codes
agree that the author’s name should be enclosed in parentheses.
I must remind you, however, that the invariable addition of an
author’s name to a scientific name is a modern practice, and in
many cases wholly unnecessary. It converts a binary system into
atrinary one. In familiar names, such as Jurdus viscivorus, for
example, it is obviously quite unnecessary to add any authority to
such a well-known term.
(2) Another point on which I am glad to be able to agree with
the German Code is that (see Canon Y.) it permits orthographical
corrections “‘ when the word is, without doubt, wrongly written or
incorrectly transcribed.” The American rule upon this subject:
(Canon XXXI.), and still more the American practice, is, in my
opinion, simply perverse. The rule enacts that “neither generic nor
specific names are to be rejected for faulty construction, inapplic-
ability of meaning, or erroneous signification.” They therefore con-
template, and not only contemplate but insist upon, the surrender of
the plainest rules of grammar to the principle of priority. We bave
only to turn over the pages of the ‘ Check-list’ to find abundant illus-
trations of this deformity. Géstrelata is written Astrelaia, although
it is probable that Bonaparte, who was a good classical scholar,
only spelt it this way by a slip of his pen: Azthyia is spelt Aythya,
although we know, from its obvious Greek equivalent, that this
is wrong: Heniconetta is used without the H, although the Greek
word from which it is derived, carried an initial aspirate: Pediccetes
is written Pediocetes, as originally misspelt by Baird, although
there can be no doubt that he meant by it an inhabitant (oixnrijs)
of the plain (redfov). We will not multiply examples of these
errors, but need only remark that no one with a pretence to a
classical education is likely to submit to the causeless infliction of
such barbarisms.
The German Code is quite on our side in this instance and not
only permits such corrections but gives excellent examples (see
explanation to Sect. V.) of the proper way in which they should
be carried out.
Whether corrections of obvious misstatements of fact, and the
consequent rejection of certain names, should be allowed is another
question. To me it seems absurd to call an American bird Bucco
314 MR. P, L, SOLATER ON THD [Mar. 3,
capensis, and a Tortoise not found in Chili Zestudo chilensis. I
have consequently refused to use such names, preferring accuracy
to priority. But the American Code, it is quite clear, does not
permit such alterations, and I fear that the German Code under the
explanations of Sect. V. is against my views upon this point.
On this subject, however, the original Stricklandian Code (see
explanations to Sect. X.) clearly rules in my favour.
(3) There is one point which seems not to have been touched
upon in any of the Rules hitherto promulgated. It is the last to
which I shall call your attention this evening. That is, the expe-
diency of rejecting ambiguous specific names in certain instances.
An example of such a case will best explain my meaning. I will
take a well-known one, but there are many like it. Lepus timidus
of Linnzus was probably intended by the learned Swede as the
epithet of the Mountain or Variable Hare of Northern Europe.
It has, however, until recently, been almost universally applied to
the common lowland species, Lepus europeus of Pallas’. Recent
authors having discovered the error have proposed to re-impose
the name of Lepus timidus upon the Northern species=Lepus
variabilis, Pallas. I maintain, however, that, under the circum-
stances that have happened, Lepus timidus can no longer be used
asaname atall, It is perfectly useless as a specific designation,
because when Lepus timidus is spoken of (whether ‘Linn.’ be
added to it or not) nobody can tell without further information
whether it is intended to indicate Lepus variabilis or Lepus europaeus.
Under such circumstances the specific term timidus ought to be
considered as “void for ambiguity” and the next given name
“ variabilis” of Pallas employed in its place. There are many
other cases of the same sort, but of course such rejections should
be sanctioned only in extreme cases, when it is certain that the
retention of the older name will lead to confusion.
The Canon that I should suggest on this subject would be some-
thing as follows :—
Specific names which have been applied habitually to one species
but can be proved to be properly applicable to another may be
superseded by the next oldest applicable term in both cases.
Before concluding this address I will say a few words as to my
views on the vexed subjects of trinomials. That subspecies actually
exist in nature cannot, I think, be denied by anybody who believes
in the origin of species by descent. Nearly all forms of animal
life, which have a wide distribution, show differences when
individuals from the two extremes of the range of the species are
compared. ‘These differences are in many cases united by inter-
mediate forms which occur in the more central portion of the range.
“ Subspecies ” appears to me to be an excellent term to designate
the slight differences exhibited in these cases, far better than
“ climatic ” or “ geographical ” variety, which is often used for them.
We are thus enabled to retain ‘variety ” for abnormal variations
from the typical form (such as albinisms &c.) which occur without
1 « See Bell's ‘ British Quadrupcds.’ p. 831 (1884); Blasius, Wirbelth: Europ.
p. 412 (1857).
'1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 315
reference to locality. The students of geographical variation in
America, particularly those of Mammals and Birds, may have gone
a little into the extreme in recognizing subspecies, but there can be
no question that the phenomenon occurs, and is well worthy of
record under a name of some sort. The British forms of the Coal-
Tit and the Marsh-Tit, which have been named Parus britannicus
and Parus dresser, appear to me to be good instances of subspecies.
I should propose to call them Parus ater britannicus and Parus
palustris dresser, while the corresponding forms of the continent
should be termed Parus ater typicus and Parus palustris typicus
when they are spoken of in the restricted sense only, In ordinary
cases, however, it is sufficient to say Parus ater and Parus palustris
without any reference to the subspecies. To give these slight and
in some cases barely recognizable variations the same rank as is
awarded to Zurdus musicus and Twrdus viscivorus seems to me to be
highly undesirable, and the recognition of subspecies indicated by
trinomials gives us an easy way out of the difficulty.
Finally I may be permitted to say that in questions of priority,
as in everything else, it is the extreme men that lead us into
difficulties, and that have made the very mention of “ priority ”
distasteful to some of our best workers in Zoology. Some ardent
spirits seem to take a pleasure in inventing excuses for alterations
in the best and most long-established names without considering,
and without even caring, whether subsequent writers will consent to
follow them. More moderate systematists are wise enough to let
names remain as they are, unless there is an absolute necessity for
making a change. In the ease of many of the names of the older
authors, which we are invited to associate sometimes with one
species and sometimes with another, it is often simply a matter of
opinion or, I may say, conjecture as to which out of half-a-dozen
species they were intended to refer. -Accipiter korshun of 8. G.
Gielin is a noted instance of this sort. It was first resurrectionized
in 1874 by Dr. Sharpe as the proper name of the Black Kite. Other
authors have referred it to the Golden Eagle, and even, I believe,
to one of the Owls. Surely it is better to consign such an indefi-
nite term as this to the limbo of unrecognizable synonyms. In
reviving the name Anser fubalis for the Bean-Goose—a term which
bas slept in peace ever since it was invented by Latham in 1785—
we must allow that one of our leading ornithologists had better
grounds to go upon. There can be no question that Latham
translated the name of “ Bean-Goose” into Latin as “ Anser fabalis.”
At the same time there can be little doubt that he did not consider
that in doing this he was inventing a new specific term for that
well-known bird, which, like everybody else for the last 110 years,
he continued to call Anser segetum. It is surely sufficient to quote
such uncertain names amongst our synonyms without adopting
them as definite designations of familiar species. It is, I repeat,
the extremist and the sensationalist, who strive to astonish us by
carrying out the law of priority. to its “ bitter end,” that have,
caused the disgust which many of us feel at the mere mention
of priority in nomenclature.
316 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,
Appennix I.
Rules for the Scientific Naming of Animals, compiled by the German
Zoological Society.
A. GENERAL RULES.
1. Zoological Nomenclature includes extinct as well as recent
animals, but has no relation to botanical names.
2. Only such scientific names can be accepted as are published in
print, in connection with a clear description either by words or
figures.
3. Scientific names must be in Latin.
4. Names of the same origin and only differing from each other
in the way they are written are to be considered identical.
5. Alterations in names otherwise valid are only permitted in
accordance with the requirements of Sections 13 and 22, and further
for the purpose of purely orthographical correction when the word
is without doubt wrongly written or incorrectly transcribed. Such.
alterations do not affect the authorship of the name.
6. Of the various permissible names for the same conception only
the one first published is valid (Law of Priority).
7. The application of the Law of Priority begins with the tenth
edition of Linnzus’s ‘ Systema Natura’ (1758).
8. When by subsequent authors a systematic conception is
extended or reduced, the original name is nevertheless to be
regarded as permissible.
9. The author of a scientific name is he who has first proposed it
ina permissible form, If the author’s name is not known, the title
of the publication must take its place.
10. If the name of the author is given it should follow the scien-
tific name without intervening sign. In all cases in which a second
author’s name is used a comma should be placed before it.
11. Class (classis), Order (ordo), Family (familia), Genus (genus),
and Species (species) are conceptions descending in rank one after
the other, and are to be taken in the order here given. These
terms should not be employed in a contrary or capricious relation
or order,
B. RULES FOR DESIGNATING SPECIES,
12. Every species should be designated by one generic and one
specific name (Binary Nomenclature).
- 18. The specific name, which should be treated always as one
word, should depend grammatically upon the generic name.
14. The same specific name can only be used once in the same
genus.
15. In the case of a species being subdivided, the original name is
to be retained for the species which contains the form originally
described. In doubtful cases the decision of the author who makes
the separation shall be followed.
16. When various names are proposed for the same species nearly
1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGIOAL NOMENCLATURE, 317
at the same date, so that the priority cannot be ascertained, the
decision of the first author that points out the synonymy should
be followed.
17. In the case of species with a cycle of generation of different
forms, the specific term must be taken from an adult form capable
of reproduction. In these cases, as also in species in which
Polymorphy occurs, the Law of Priority must be observed.
18. The author of the specific name is the author of the species.
19. The author’s name should be placed in parentheses when
the original generic name is replaced by another.
20. Hybrids should be designated either by a horizontal cross
between the parents’ names, or by these names being placed one
above the other with a line between. The parents’ sexes should be
stated, when known. The name of the describer of the hybrid
should be added, preceded by a comma,
C. RULES FOR THH NAMES OF SUBSPHCIBS AND OTHDR DIVERGENOES
FROM TYPICAL SPHCINS OR SUBSPHCINS.
21. When constant local forms, varieties, strains, &c. require
special names, these names should be placed after the specilic name.
The rules for such names are the same as those for specific names.
D. RULES FOR GENERIC NAMES.
22. Names of genera should be substantives, and of the singular
number. ‘They should be one word and be written with a large
initial letter. Ifa subgenus is used, its name (which follows the
same rules as a generic name) should be given in parentheses after
the generic name.
23. A generic name is only valid when a known or a sufficiently
characterized species (or several species) is referred to it, or when
a sufficient diagnosis of it is given.
24. The same generic name can only be employed once in-Zoology
Nor can names already proposed as subgeneric be employed also
as generic names in another sense.
25, Whenseveral generic names are proposed for a genus at nearly
the same date, so that their priority cannot be settled, the name for
which a type-species is given is to be preferred. In all uncertain
cases the decision of the author who first arranges the synonymy
is to be followed.
26. When a genus is separated into several genera the old name
must be retained for the type-species. If this cannot be positively
ascertained, the author who splits up the genus must select one of
the species originally in the genus as the type. When a subgenus
is raised to generic rank the subgeneric name becomes the generic
name.
E. RULES FOR THE NAMES OF THN HIGHHR SYSTEMATIC GROUPS,
27. Names for higher systematic groups of animals must have a
plural termination.
318
MR. P. L. SCLATDR ON THE [Mar. 3,
28. Names of Families and Subfamilies must henceforth be taken
from the name of one of the genera belonging to the group, and
formed from the stem of that name, with the addition of -de (plural
of -ides [Gr. -ef3ys], masc.) for the Families and -ine (fem.) for
the Subfamilies.
Apprnpix IT,
Titles of the principal Modern Codes of Zoological Nomenclature.
1.
bo:
Report of a Committee appointed to consider the Rules by
which the Nomenclature of Zoology may be established on
a uniform and permanent basis. London, 1842. [Rep.
Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1842, pt. 1, p. 105 (1848), also
printed separately. ]
. Rules for Zoological Nomenclature by the late Hugh E.
Strickland, M.A., F.R.S., authorized by Section D of British
Association at Manchester, 1842. Reprinted by Requisition
of Section D at Newcastle, 1863. Hdimburgh, 1863.
Report of a Committee “appointed to report on the changes
which they may consider desirable to make, if any, in the
Rules of Zoological Nomenclature drawn up by Mr. H. E.
Strickland, at the instance of the British Association at
their Meeting in Manchester in 1842.” London, 1866.
(Rep. Brit. Assoc. Ady. Sci. 1865, pt. 1, p. 25 (1866). ]
. Rules for Zoological Nomenclature drawn up by the late
H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.R.S. (assisted by many Zoologists,
British and Foreign), at the instance of the British
Association. [New edition with preface by P. L. Sclater.]
London, 1878.
Report of the Committee on Zoological Nomenclature to
Section B, of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, at the Nashville Meeting, August 31,
1877. [Proc. Amer. Assoc. Ady. Sci. 1877, p. 7 (1878).|
Société Zoologique de France. De la Nomenclature des
tres organisés. Regles applicables 4 la Nomenclature des
Etres organisés proposées par la Société Zoologique de
France. Paris, 1881.
. Régles & suivre pour établir la Nomenclature des espéces.
Rapport du Seerétaire de la Commission H. Douvillé. Con-
grés géologique International. Compte Rendu de la 2°
Session, Bologne, 1881. Bologne, 1882.
. The Code of Nomenclature and Check-list of North American
Birds, adopted by the American Ornithologists’ Union.
New York, 1886.
. Regeln fiir die zoologische Nomenclatur, Angenommen von
der Allgemeinen Deutschen Ornithologischen Gesellschaft
zu Berlin auf der XVI. Jahresversammlung in Frankfurt a.
M. am 12. und 13. Mai, 1891. (J. f.O. 1891, p. 315; also
published separately. |
10. Regeln fiir die wissenschaftliche Benennung der Thiere
1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 319
zusammengestellt von der Deutschen Zoologischen Gesell-
schaft. Leipzig, 1894.
11. Régles de la Nomenclature des Etres organisés adoptées
par les Congrés Internationaux de Zoologie (Paris, 1889 ;
Moscou, 1892). Paris, 1895.
A communication was read from Graf Hans von Berlepsch,
C.M.Z.8., expressing his regret at not being able to be present on
this occasion, and giving his opinion on the three points specially
discussed. He was not disinclined to give way on the first, but
maintained the necessity of the second and third alterations pro-
posed in the German Rules.
Tue Prosipnnt (Sir William Flower) said that the question of
nomenclature was a most important one in the study of Natural
History. The existing confusion was caused, not only by the
absence of definite and universally accepted rules, but also by
divergences in the mode of interpretation of such rules as were
accepted—divergences which he feared would always exist, however
theoretically perfect the rules may be made. He allowed that the
tautonymic principle, unfortunate as it was in many respects, was
the logical outcome of the system of priority, the basis of the
Stricklandian and all other Codes. . The evil arose from the use of
specific names in a generic sense, a practice which never ought to
have been permitted. With the various Codes now before us it
was sometimes difficult to discriminate between regulations for the
introduction of new names, and those applying to the treatment
of names already in use—two objects which must be kept apart.
In the former case we could not be too strict, but in the latter
Sir William Flower contended that there should be some latitude
allowed in favour of universal usage, and he objected to the
supersession of a name known to the whole scientific world by one
which had been buried and forgotten almost as soon as it was
called into existence. For instance, he did not like the revival
of Anser fabalis for the well-known A. segetum, nor of the genus
Procavia for Hyrax. With regard to the 10th or 12th edition
of the ‘Systema Nature’ for a starting-point, he had always
preferred the British Association ruling in favour of the latter,
but it was evident that the former was gaining ground, and would
probably be eventually adopted. In conclusion, although he said
he was glad that Mr. Sclater had introduced the subject, as a dis-
cussion like this must help to clear up our ideas upon it, he was
not very hopeful of an absolute agreement ever being arrived at.
Mr. Harrurrsaid that the Code of the German Zoological Society
was almost the same as that of the German Ornithological Society.
With regard to names used in Botany and Zoology, he considered
that from a practical standpoint it would be almost impossible to
create a name if the same rules applied to both, because it would
necessitate a search through botanical as well as zoological litera-
ture before » name could be settled upon. He therefore thought
Botany should be ignored, for mistakes as to whether a name was
320 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,
meant for a plant or an animal could seldom, if ever, occur. He
thought the tautonymic principle ought to be accepted. The
correct starting-point of Zoological Nomenclature, he was of
opinion, was the 10th ed. of the ‘Systema Nature,’ because in that
edition Linneus first made use of the binary system of nomen-
clature ; and as the question of justness had been mentioned he
considered that it would be unjust to authors who created names
between the dates of the two editions, if the twelfth were adopted ;
he was, moreover, of opinion that if the 12th edition were adopted,
because it contained corrections and emendations of the older
edition, it would make a bad precedent, and that any other author
might, if so inclined, claim to alter his original names after he had
created and published them, and so cause confusion. He agreed with
Mr. Sclater that the comma between the specific name and the
authority was unnecessary. With regard to the law of priority,
he thought that if that law was accepted at all it ought to be carried
out thoroughly. He followed Mr. Sclater in his opinion on
trinomials.
Prof. Lanxsstmr, F.R.S., said that the main consideration in
regard to the rules of nomenclature should be that of convenience,
and the digging up of old names ought to be avoided. He thought
the 12th edition of the ‘Systema Natures’ should be adopted as
the starting-point of Zoological Nomenclature, as a tribute of
respect to Linnzus, since it was the last edition of that work and
contained Linnzus’s revised list of genera and species. On the
whole, he was inclined to accept the tautonymic principle, but he
thought that some difficulty arose owing to the existence of doubts
in some cases as to which was the original species intended to bear
the name. He suggested that an International Committee under
the auspices of this Society should be formed, not to draw up a
code of rules, but to produce an authoritative list of names—once
and for all—about which no lawyer-like haggling should hereafter
be permitted. Rules such as those embodied in the Stricklandian
Code might be laid down for guiding the future action of makers
of specific and generic names. But with regard to the past what
was needed was, not a principle as to the application of which
everyone might argue and differ and cause confusion, but an authori-
tative declaration admitting of no appeal and of no discussion.
Let the zoologists of Britain, America, France, and Germany
agree that such a list of the names of all known animals shall be
produced once for all, and let this list take absolute and indis-
putable precedence.
Mr. Exwes said that the Rules of the Stricklandian Code,
though excellent at the time they were instituted, were not
now equally applicable to all branches of Zoology. The attempt
to make the 10th or even the 12th edition of Linnzus the
starting-point for specific names would, if applied strictly,
soon bring the nomenclature of Lepidoptera into a hopeless
state of confusion, which would result in deterring beginners
from following any rules but those of convenience. After all,
1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NoMENCLATURH. 321.
specific names were given to natural objects only in order that
naturalists might know what they were talking and writing about.
He thought that uniformity was much more important than pro-
priety, and the only way of solving a difficulty that was yearly
increasing would be to appoint International Committees in various
branches of science, which should be empowered to fix as a starting-
point for specific nomenclature some very much more recent period
than that of Linneus. Whenever a catalogue or standard work
in any branch of Zoology could be found, such as Staudinger’s
‘Catalogue of Palzarctic Lepidoptera,’ 1871, the nomenclature of
which was based on a careful study, and a sufficient knowledge of
the natural objects of which it treated, so that its nomenclature
had been almost universally accepted and adopted, he would accept
its specific names right or wrong, and look on any attempt to go
back to earlier authors, many of whom knew little or nothing of
the species they attempted to describe, as a great injury to science.
It was very often impossible to know with certainty what these
authors meant, and even when the types existed they were
frequently, as in the case of many of Walker's so-called types of
Lepidoptera, worse than useless. Such changes would not, of
course, apply to generic names, which must be altered as our know-
ledge increased. He saw no reason why names used in Botany
should not also be used in Zoology, and agreed with Mr. Hartert,
that no practical confusion resulted from this being done. With
regard to trinomials, he saw no means of doing without them,
but preferred them to be used with the prefix of var., ab., hybr., or
gen., 80 as to indicate, more precisely than could be done without
such a prefix, their relation to the species from which they spring.
Such prefixes had been employed most properly in Staudinger’s
catalogue, and their proper use was well understood, though there
was some danger of their undue multiplication without sufficient
definition. He thought that Dr. Sclater had done a great service to
science in raising this discussion, which he hoped would not be
allowed to drop without result.
Dr. D. Swarr, F.R.S., said the German Rules were not drawn
up in a way to be practically useful. In the case of each one it
should have been stated whether it was merely prospective or was
intended to be also retrospective in application ; and if limited to
the former, to what extent neglect of the rule was to disqualify a
name. If these points were not agreed on, the adoption of these
rules would add to the existing confusion. He further pointed out
that the application of the law of priority had in Entomology failed
to produce the agreement that its advocates claimed it would pro-
mote. Some names had now been in use for generations with two
different applications, naturalists being apparently divided into
two schools.
Mr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., said that nomenclature was simply
a matter of convenience, and he thought it hardly worth the labour
to draw up another code of rules, because they would be sure to be
subject to different interpretations. He objected to the use of
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXI. 21
322 GRAY VON BERLEPSCH AND M.J.S8TOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
simple trinomials for varieties of animals, and pointed out that,
besides geographical races, there were several other kinds of
variation which might be desiguated by prefixing letters to the third
name. With regard to ambiguous names, of which Mr. Sclater
gave Lepus timidus as an example, he was of opinion that Linnzus
meant to include both the Mountain Hare of Norway and the
Common Hare under this name, and he thought that Lepus tumidus
could be retained for the latter, without causing confusion.
Dr. H. O. Forsus thought that if objection were taken to tauto-
nyms—which were but the logical result of the law of priority—
the generic and not the specific name ought to be changed. The
generic portion of a name was liable to change at any time with
the increase of our knowledge, and it was evident that, if it became
necessary to place the species in some other genus, the law of
priority would demand the replacement of that name as its specific
designation. The result of this would be that, by change in the
specific part of a tautonym, there would be a constant liability to
change in both parts of the appellation of a species.
Mr. W. F. Kirsy was of opinion that botanical names should not
knowingly be used again in Zoology, and remarked that the German
Zoologists were not practically unanimous on this question. He
was inclined to think that the 10th edition of the ‘ Systema Naturz ’
was the most logical one to follow. He stated that when preparing
his ‘Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ the idea had
occurred to him of making Doubleday and Westwood’s ‘ Genera’
his starting-point for nomenclature, but he had found this im-
practicable, and was consequently obliged to revert to the strict
law of priority.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
in Central Peru. By Graf Hans von BEeRLerscn and
JEAN STOLZMANN.
[Received January 1, 1896.]
(Plates XIII. & XIV.)
Les trois riches collections envoyées au Muséum Branicki de
Varsovie par M. Jean Kalinowski, autrefois explorateur du Kamt-
schatka et de la Corée, nous permettent de présenter aux lecteurs
une liste compléte des oiseaux du Pérou central fournis par notre
infatigable voyageur*. Afin que notre article ne soit pas trop
étendu, nous l’avons divisé en deux parties, dont la premicre con-
tient les familles de Zurdide, Sylviide, Cinchde, Troglodytide,
1 Ta liste des oiseaux do la céte péruvienne était publiée par nous dans les
P. Z.S. 1892, p. 371 ff.
1D, ZS) WIG JP Il IW
J.GKeulemans del et Lith. Mintern Bros. inp
, —TYRANNISCUS FRONTALIS.
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PHRU. 323
Motacillide, Mniotiltide, Vireonide, Hirundinide, Cerebide, Tana-
gride, Fringillide, Icteride, Corvide, Tyrannide, Pipride, Cotin-
gide, Dendrocolaptide, Formicartide, Pteroptochide; et la seconde,
qui sera publi¢e prochainement, embrassera toutes les familles
restantes. j
M. Kalinowski, dans l’espace de trois années et demie (1890,
1891, 1892, et une partie de 1893), a exploré la région des hautes
Cordilléres aux environs de Tarma et du lac Junin, et a ensuite
visité la région boisée du versant oriental des Andes, notamment
la vallée de Chanchamayo et celle de Vitoc. Toute cette partie du
Pérou central avait déji été explorée par le célébre naturaliste
suisse de 1'schudi et par l’excellent explorateur polonais Constantin
Jelski, et néanmoins les recherches de Kalinowski ont été suffisam-
ment fructueuses pour nous fournir plus de vingt espéces nouvelles
et un grand nombre de sous-espéces non encore décrites. En
outre elles ont enrichi l’avifaune péruvienne d’un certain nombre
d’espéces, déja connues, mais qui ont été trouvées pour la premiére
fois sur le territoire du Pérou. Voila la liste d’espéces nouvelles
déja deécrites ou qui seront décrites prochainement par nous d’aprés
des spécimens fournis par Kalinowski :—
1. Dubusia stictocephala, nobis *. 13. Thamnophilus _ variegaticeps,
2. Buarremon poliophrys, zobis. nobis.
3. Phrygilus chloronotus, nobis. 14, Dysithamnus dubius, zobis *.
4. Pseudochloris sharpei, xobis*. 15. Myrmotherula longicauda, nobis *.
5. Spinus olivaceus, zobis *. 16. sororia, nobis *.
6. Orchilus albiventris, nobis *. 17. Myrmeciza spodiogastra, nobis *.
7. Tyranniscus frontalis, xobis *. 18. Spathura anne, nobis *.
8. Mitrephanes olivaceus, nobis *, 19. Lesbia juli, xobis MS.
9. Pipra comata, nobis *. 20. Macropsalis kalinowskii, xobis *.
10. Siptornis taczanowskii, nobzs *. 21. Dendrobates valdizani, nodis *.
11. marayniocensis, 2obis. 22. Leptosittaca branickii, nobis *.
12. Xiphocolaptes phxopygus, 23. Theristicus branickii, nobis *.
nobis, 24. Podiceps taczanowskii, nobis tT.
* Espéces décrites par nous dans l’Ibis, 1894, pp. 385-405.
+ Décrite dans I’Ibis, 1894, pp. 109-112.
Ajoutons 4 cette liste les quatre espéces décrites par nous
daprés les oiseaux de la premiére collection Kalinowski (céte du
Pérou)’, & savoir :— ;
1. Saltator immaculatus, zobis. 8. Dives kalinowskii, 2obis.
2. Molothrus occidentalis, zobzs. 4. Cinclodes taczanowskii, xobzs.
Ce qui nous donne 28 espéces nouvelles pour un pays exploré
déji soigneusement par des voyageurs habiles comme MM. de
Tschudi et Jelski. Ce résultat inattendu fait honneur 4 M. Kali-
nowski.
Parmi les oiseaux fournis par notre voyageur se trouve aussi
le type d'un nouveau genre (Leptositiaca).
Les espéces connues déja mais introduites pour la premiére fois
1 Pas encore décrite par nous. 2 Te.
21*
.
324 GRAY VON BHRLEPSCH AND M. J. S8TOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
dans la faune péruvienne par les recherches de Kalinowski sont les
suivantes :—
1. Odontorhynchus branickii, Berl. ¢ 8. Phaéthornis pygmaeus (Spiz),
Tacz. subsp.
2. Spinus eclateri (Sharpe) ? 9. Heliothrix auriculatus, Nordm,
3. Pipreola frontalis, Scd. 10. Porzana melanopheea ( Vieill.).
4. Picolaptes fuscicapillus, Pelz. 11. Aigialites occidentalis, Cab.
5. Formicivora caudata, Sc/., subsp.? | 12. Phalaropus wilsoni, Sabine.
6. Phxolwma cervinigularis, Salv. 13. Eurypyga major, Harti,
7. Campophilus pollens (Bp.), subsp.
. Notre voyageur a done enrichi l’avifaune péruvienne d’environ
quarante espéces.
La contrée explorée par Kalinowski n’est pas trés étendue, mais
elle présente une extréme variabilité de conditions par suite des
différences d’altitude. Ainsi notre voyageur a pu visiter de nom-
breuses localités situées entre 2600' au-dessus du niveau de la mer
et la limite des neiges perpétuelles. Ces différences d’élévations
nous expliquent la grande richesse de l’avifaune de cette contrée.
Pour que nos lecteurs pourraient s’orienter plus facilement, nous
allons diviser toutes les localités visitées par Kalinowski en deux
groupes: celles situées dans les parties dépourvues de foréts, c’est-
i-dire dans les régions de la Sierra et de la Puna et celles situées
dans la région des foréts (“ montana ” des péruviens).
(a) Localités situées dans la région découverte (entre 8000’ et la
limite des neiges perpétuelles) :—
Chicla—petite ville, station terminale du célébre chemin de fer de
VOroya. Chicla est située 4 une hauteur absolue de 12,300’.
Ingapirca—village au bord du lac Junin nommé aussi la Laguna
de Chinchaycocha (12,900'). Dans le voisinage se trouve Ondores
(environ la méme élévation).
Turma—capitale du département de Junin, 9735'. Le rio de
Tarma (qui plus bas prend le nom du rio de Chanchamayo) s’unit
4 un autre flenve venant du nord; au confluent de ces deux
riviéres se trouve la bourgade d’Acobamba. Sur la route d’Aco-
bamba 4 Junin est située la bourgade de Palcamayo.
Macabamba et Hacienda de Queta se trouvent aux environs de
Tarma.
Jauja—yville du département de Junin dans la vallée du fleuve
de Jauja. L’élévation moyenne de la vallée aux environs de la
ville est évaluée par Paz Soldan 4 11,000’.
Tl nous a été impossible de trouver dans l’atlas de Paz Soldan
les localités de Baitos, Canchacso et Tapo, nous pouvons seulement
affirmer qu’elles sont situées dans le département de Junin.
Kalinowski indique sur les étiquettes que Bajos est situé & la
limite des neiges perpétuelles ; pour Z'apo il évalue la hauteur 4
11,000'. Odnchacso doit étre aussi un point trés élevé & en juger
par la présence du Cinclodes rivularis.
(6) Localités situées dans la montafia (région de foréts). Nous
ayons dit que le rio de Tarma prend plus bas le nom de rio de
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 325
Chanchamayo. En s’unissant avec le rio de Vitoe et celui d’Ocsa-
bamba il forme le fleuve Péréné, qui avec le fleuve Apourimac
donne naissance au fleuve Tambo—la souche du fleuve Ucayali.
Nous voyons done que les vallées de Chanchamayo et de Vitoc sont
voisines.
Dans la vallée de Chanchamayo sont situées les localités suivantes
visitées par Kalinowski: La Merced (2600'), La Gloria (38200'), et
Borgo (2600').
La vallée de Vitoc, dans la partie supérieure, s’appelle Rio de
Aynamayo, prés des sources duquel so trouve une petite ferme
nommée Maraynioc, trés bien connue des naturalistes par l’ex-
ploration de M. Jelski, ot celui-ci a fait ses plus interessants
découvertes. Maraynioc est situé 4 la limite supérieure de la
forét, c’est-i-dire de 11,000’ & 12,000’ d’élévation. Dans la méme
vallée de Vitoc, mais beaucoup plus bas, se trouve une autre ferme
—l Esperanza —située d’aprés Kalinowski 4 3500' d’élévation.
Comme stations intermédiaires entre Maraynioc et |’Esperanza
sont situées les localités suivantes visitées par Kalinowski :—
Pariayacu, Tambo de Aza, Sarnapaycha, Huarmipaycha, Culu-
machay, Puyas-Yacu, Chontabamba, San Emilio, Tendalpata, Chilpes
et Garita del Sol. Kalinowski désigne les six premicres localités
par le nom général de “ Maraynioc ” 4 cause du voisinage de cette
ferme; les cinq autres sont toujours marquées “ Vitoc,” étant
situées dans la vallée de ce nom.
Fam. Turpip2z.
1. Tunpus niariorrs, Cab.
La Gloria (aotit 1890) et Garita del Sol (juillet et aoat 1891).
La femelle jeune est d’un brun foneé en dessus avec une teinte
roussitre au sommet de la téte et principalement sur le front.
Le croupion et les sous-caudales sont d’un ardoisé légérement
teinté de roussitre. Les cotés de la téte d’un brun roussatre avec
un sourcil postoculaire un peu plus clair 4 peine visible, les tiges
des couvertures auriculaire plus claires ou roussitres. La
gorge striée longitudinalement de brun olive sur un fond blanc
roussatre. La poitrine d’un brun olive roussatre. Le ventre et
Vabdomen d’un blanc grisatre plus pur au milieu, avec les cétés
d'un brun olivatre. Les sous-caudales d’un blanc roussatre, bordées
sur les cétés d’un gris d’ardoise. Les rémiges et les rectrices
noiratres bordées de brun roussftre. Les sous-alaires d'un brun
olive mélangé de roux-brun clair. Bec noirétre mélangé de
jaunatre, pattes d’un brun jaunatre, “iris brun foncé.”
. Long. totale 233, envergure 354, aile 110, queue 84, bec 25,
tarse 29 mm.
Une autre femelle, qui ne parait pas complétement adulte, a le
dessus d’un gris olivatre foncé, légérement marbré de noiratre; le
front est un peu plus roussatre et Je croupion plus schistacé que
le dos. La gorge d’un blanc roussatre variée de raies longitudinales
noiratres. Le menton méme est blanchitre uniforme. La poitrine
)
|
\
326 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J.8TOLZMANN oN [ Mar. 3,
antérieure et les flancs d’un gris roussdtre, moins roussitre sur les
cétés de labdomen ; le milieu de l’abdomen et les régions anales
dun blane sale; les sous-caudales grises, chaque plume portant une
ligne blanche assez large et cunéiforme le long du rachis. Laile
pliée est de la couleur du dos ; les rémiges sont d’un noir brunatre,
largement bordées de gris sur leurs barbes externes; les rectrices
noiratres, avec les bordures d’un gris foncé. “ Bec brun, pattes
d’un jaune brunatre.”
@. Aile 100, queue 76, culmen 21, tarse 27 mm.
D’aprés Kalinowski le male adulte a le bec jaune 4 la base,
brundtre dans la partie terminale ; pattes d’un jaune brunatre.
{ 2. TuRDUS PHHOPYGUS SPODIOLEMUS, subsp. nov.
Turdus pheopygioides, Tacz. (nec Seebohm) Orn. Pérou, i. p. 490,
et iii. p. 508.
T. pheopygo (Cab.) e Guiana simillimus, sed major et gula ad
jugulum usque fere omnino nigro-brunnea, marginibus plumarum
lateralibus albis tenuissimis distinguendus. 6 al. 1183,
caud. 984, culm. 19, tars. 283 mm.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki).
Un mile adulte de la Gloria du 1 aoit 1890. “Iris brun foncé ;
bec noiratre, avec la partie basale de Ja mandibule inférieure d’un
jaune olivatre ; pattes brunes.”
L’oiseau envoyé différe des oiseaux typiques de la Guyane
anglaise par des dimensions généralement plus grandes et par
la gorge plus uniformement noiratre, couleur qui est aussi plus
étendue en bas. Les plumes noiratres de la gorge ne présentent
qwune bordure trés étroite blanchatre, tandis que chez la forme
typique il y a des bordures larges d’un blane pur formant des
stries réguliéres. Quant 4 Ja couleur des parties supérieures,
VYoiseau du Pérou central s’accorde presque enti¢rement avec la
forme typique, tandis que la forme qui habite l’Kcuador oriental,
et qui est représentée dans les collections de Bogotd, se distingue par
le dos coloré d’un brun saturé ou brun de bistre (7. pheopygus
saturatus, Berl.).
3. TURDUS IGNOBILIS, Scl.
Trois males de La Merced (aot 1890 et janvier 1891). “Tris
brun foncé, bee et pattes d’un brun corné.”
Un mile comparé aux oiseaux du Pérou septentrional (Chiri-
moto et Tarapoto) s’accorde dans tous les détails sauf la queue,
qui est plus longue chez les oiseaux du Pérou central.
4. Tunpus oniauanco, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Merula chiguanco, Tacz. 1. c. i. p. 494.
Deux miles, dont lun d’Acobamba (21 septembre 1890) et
Yautre de Tarma (13 aoit 1893). ‘Iris d’un rouge brique sale,
bec et pattes jaunes.” Un jeune mile de Garita del Sol (3 octobre
1891). “Iris brun clair.”
Les deux males adultes différent de la femelle d’Ica (céte
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 327:
du Pérou) par la couleur des yeux, du bec et des pattes (voir
P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 378).
5. TURDUS GIGAS GIGANTODEs (Cab.).
Pariayacu: une paire, novembre 1891. ‘Iris rouge, bec et
pattes d’un jaune orangé, bord de la paupiére jaune.”
6. TURDUS SERRANUS, T'sch.
Un mile de Maraynioc (7000'), 24 octobre 1892. ‘Iris rouge
cannelle sale, bec et la paupiére jaunes, pattes d’un jaune brunitre.”
--7. Turpus SWAINSONI, Cab.
La Gloria et La Merced (janvier 1891): deux males et une
femelle.
Fam. SYLVIIDZz.
8. MYIADESTES RALLOIDES (d’Orb.).
Un jeune oiseau de Garita del Sol (24 mars 1893). “ Iris brun
fonce, pattes brunes, bec noir.”
9. Myrtaprstns LEUCoTIS (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: deux miles, juillet et octobre 1891. “Iris
brun foncé, mandibule supérieure et pattes noires, mandibule
inférieure couleur de rose jaunitre.”
Fam. CiInoLipsz.
10. CryoLus LnvcocEPnaAtus, Tsch.
Deux femelles, dont une de Palcamayo (juillet 1890) et l’autre
de Maraynioc (7 juin 1893). “ Tris brun foncé.”
Fam. TROGLODYTID A,
11. CrnnicprtHia PHRUANA (Cab.).
Pariayacu: deux femelles (novembre et décembre 1891), et
trois exemplaires de Maraynioc (juillet et aoit 1892, mars 1893).
Tris chez trois exemplaires marqué “rouge-brique,” chez deux
autres “ brun clair.” “ Bec plombé brunatre, pattes brunes.”
Lune des femelles de Pariayacu (de 12 décembre 1891) posséde
tout le front jusqu’au bord postérieur des yeux et le tour de l’ceil
d'un blanc presque pur. Chez une autre de Maraynioc (du 19
mars 1898) le blanc s’étend moins largement sur le front et il est
léeérement teinté de fauve. Il est & remarquer que l’apparition
du blanc sur Je front et autour des yeux se répéte souvent chez
les autres espéces du genre Cinnicerthia, comme par exemple chez
la C. olivascens, Sharpe (C. unibrunnea, Sel. & Salv., nec Lafr., voir
P.Z.S8. 1879, p. 492). Il est difficile de considérer ce caractére
sporadique comme un cas d’albinisme, puisqu’il se montre sur
différentes parties du corps, tandis que le blanc chez la Cinnicerthia
328 GRAF VON BERLBPSCH AND M. J. 8TULZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
occupe toujours soit le front, soit le tour des yeux, soit les deux
parties ensemble. I] se pourrait que ce soit un retour vers un
caractére possédé jadis par quelque ancétre de la Cinnicerthia.
Une jeune femelle de Maraynioc (13 aofit 1892) posséde le
dessous du corps, surtout la gorge, beaucoup plus claire que les
autres exemplaires. Le front chez elle est largement d’un gris
cendré, qui s’étend sous forme d’un trés large sourcil jusqu’d la
nuque. Cet exemplaire posséde en outre les raies noires de la
queue beaucoup moins nombreuses (4 peu prés 27) que les autres
(a peu prés 36). “Tris brun.”
12. Henicorura LevcoruRys (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: deux males et une femelle, juin et juillet 1891.
‘Tris brun foncé, bec noir, pattes brunes.”
La différence indiquée par Taczanowski entre une femelle de
Sillapata (Pérou central) et des individus de Tambillo (Pérou du
Nord) ne parait pas constante. Nos oiseaux de Vitoc ont les
rémiges et Jes rectrices aussi distinctement rayées que les oiseaux
de l’Kcuador occidental et de Bogoté. Il n’y a non plus de dif-
férences dans les dimensions,
13. THRYoTHORUS OANTATOR, Tacz.
La Merced et La Gloria; deux femelles, juillet 1890 et avril
1891. ‘Iris brun jaunitre, bec brun bleudtre, pattes d’un gris
brunitre.”
Cex deux exemplaires s’accordent en tout avec V’oiseau typique
du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie.
14. Trogtopyres FraveEr, Sharpe.
T. solstitialis, Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 505; id. Orn. Pérou, i.
. 521. ‘
T. solstitialis frater, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 261.
Maraynioc : un male et deux jeunes oiseaux, octobre et décembre
1891 etaotit 1892. “Iris brun foncé, bec brun avec la mandibule
inférieure blanchatre, pattes d’un brun carné,” Ces oiseaux, quant
aux dimensions, s’accordent avec le 7’. frater de la. Bolivie, mais
ils présentent la strie sourciliére d’un blanc plus roussiatre.
15. TroaLopyrEs MUSCULUS aUDAX (T'sch.).
T. audawx, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 525.
La Merced: deux femelles, aoit 1890 et février 1891. << Iris
brun foncé, bec brun en dessus, brun grisatre en dessous ; pattes
d’un brun grisatre.”
Cet oiseau se rapproche surtout de la forme du 7’. musculus qui
habite la Guyane anglaise, et ne s’en distingue que par le bec un
peu plus court et la queue plus longue. Les flancs présentent
une légére indication de stries transversales, qu’on ne voit pas
chez les oiseaux de la Guyane.
2. Aile 52, queue 44, culmen 123, tarse 183 mm.
C’est probablement le 7’. audaa de Tschudi, qui habite, dit-on, la
1896.] THA ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 329
région des foréts du Pérou nord-oriental ; mais il faudrait examiner
le type du 7’. audaa dans le Musée de Neuchitel.
—16. TROGLODYTES MUSCULUS PUNA, subsp. nov.
T. audax, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 525 (partim).
T. musculo ¢ Bahia simillimus, sed multo major et colore subtus
omnino rufescente, subcaudalibus minime nigro maculatis ; pedi-
bus fortioribus et nigrescentioribus.
Hab. in Peruvia alta.
d ad. Long. totale 142-145, envergure 193-195, aile 60-593,
queue 51-493, culmen 153-143, tarse 214-202 mm.
Ingapirea: deux miles (ant "et juin 1890); un mile et une
femelle de Vhacienda de Queta (juillet et aofit 1892 et 1893).
“ Tris brun foncé.’
Cette forme est proche du 7’. musculus, Naum., de Bahia, mais
sen distingue par sa taille considérablement plus forte, par la
couleur roussftre du dessous du corps plus uniformément répandue,
par le manque absolu de taches noires sur les sous-caudales et par
les pattes plus fortes et plus noiratres.
17. CIsTorHORUS GRAMINICOLA, Tacz.
Ingapirea: trois males du mai et du juin 1890. “Tris brun
foncé.”
Ces oiseaux, compares aux types du Musée Universitaire de
Varsovie trouvés par M. Jelski aux environs de Maraynioc,
présentent quelques différences bien marquées. La taille en
généra, est plus forte chez les oiseaux d’Ingapirca, la queue surtout
est plus longue. Les stries du pileum sont mieux prononcées
et d'une couleur roussftre au lieu de grisitre. Les stries de la
face supérieure de la queue sont plus larges. La couleur du
dessus du corps est en général plus claire et plus roussitre. La
couleur roussitre des cétés du corps et de la poitrine ‘moins
développée et plus pale que chez les oiseaux de Pumamarca et de
Maraynioc.
Dimensions :—
Maraynioc. Pumamarca, Ingapirca.
Cin dé: dé) ds. OCS.
Aile...... 48 47 54 52 49 mm.
Queue .... 45 41 56 532 53 ,,
Culmen .. 11 113 12 1) JU
Tarse .... 20 20 19 19 18
9
Nous n’avons pas eu l’occasion de comparer nos oiseaux & des
exemplaires typiques du C. polyglottus (Vieill.) du Paraguay.
18. OponrornyncHus BRANIOKII, Berl. et Tacz.
Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 22 juillet 1891. “Iris brun
foncé, bec et pattes bruns.”
-Al, 63, caud. 56, culm. 133, tars. 163 mm.
S’accorde parfaitement avec les oiseaux typiques de Ecuador
330 GRAF. VON BURLEPSCH AND M, J, 8TOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
oriental du Musée Branicki & Varsovie, sauf que les ailes et la
queue sont un peu plus longues.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
Fam. Moraortiipa.
19, ANTHUS FURCATUS BREVIROSTRIS (Tacz.).
A, furcatus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 459.
Ingapirea: deux paires, juin 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”
Berlepsch, ayant eu l’occasion de comparer les oiseaux d’Ingapirca
4 une belle série de 13 individus de lAnthus furcatus typique de
Valle Grande en Bolivie (coll. Garlepp), a pu constater que les
oiseaux du Pérou central diffcrent constamment par le blanc des
rectrices externes plus étendu, par les taches de la poitrine plus
larges et plus intenses, par le bec plus mince et par le queue un
peu plus courte. On pourrait donc les distinguer comme A. fur-
catus brevirostris (Tacz.).
20, ANTHUS OALOARATUS, T'acz.
A. correndera, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 458.
Junin; nombreux individus, mai et juin 1890. “Tris brun
foncé, bec noiritre avec la base de la mandibule inférieure carnée,
pattes d’un carné sale.”
Berlepsch avait déji démontré, en commun avec le Dr. Lever-
kiihn (Ornis, 1890, p. 8), que PA, calear atus, Tacz., différe con-
stamment de A, correndera du Chili par la couleur de la rectrice
externe de chaque cété, qui est presque enti¢rement blanche (sauf
une bordure étroite noiratre i la partie basale de la barbe interne),
par le fond de la couleur/du dessus du corps plus ochreux et par le
dessous du corps plus jaunatre, enfin par le bec et les tarses plus
longs. }
21, Anruus BocoreENes, Scl.
Une paire de Maraynioe, 15 aott et 20 septembre 1892.
La seule différence appréciable entre les oiseaux du Pérou et
ceux de |’Ecuador se voit dans la longueur du bec (un peu plus
court chez les oiseaux du Pérou). Un oiseau de Bogoté du Musée
Berlepsch (A. bogotensis typique) différe des oiseaux de l’Ecuador
et du Pérou par le manque absolu du bord interne noiratre de la
rectrice externe.
Fam. Mnioritripz.
22. CoMPSOTHLYPIS PITIAYUMI (Vieill.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle, 24 avril 1893.
23, DunDRoI0A OFRULEA (Wils.).
La Gloria: un exemplaire du janvier 1891. San Emilio; une
femelle, 14 mars 1893.
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 331
24, DmNDROICA BLACKBURNIE (Gm.)
Une femelle et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Garita del
Sol du mars 1893.
25. DENDROICA ESTIVA (Gm.).
La Merced: un male du 26 février 1891. “Iris brun foncé,
bec brun plombé, pattes olivatres.”
26. BASILEUTHRUS LUTEOVIRIDIS STRIATIOBPS (Cab.).
Myiothlypis striaticeps, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1873, p. 316.
B. luteoviridis, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 477.
Maraynioc : deux males et une femelle (juillet, aott et novembre
1892). Garita del Sol: un male (juillet 1891).
Les oiseaux du Pérou central et de Ja Bolivie se distinguent des
oiseaux typiques de Bogot# par les stries foncées latérales du
piléum beaucoup plus prononcées que chez le vrai B. luteoviridis.
27. BASILDUTBRUS BIVITTATUS CHRYSOGASTER (Tsch.).
B. bwittatus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 473.
La Merced: deux femelles, octobre 1890. “Iris brun foncé.”
Les oiseaux du Pérou central se distinguent des exemplaires
typiques de la Bolivie par les dimensions plus petites et par des
détails de la coloration, & savoir: le vert du dessus du corps est
‘un peu plus pale ou plus jaunatre ; les stries bordant le roux du
milieu de la téte sont d’un noiratre moins foncé ou plus brunatre.
Les plumes au commencement du front sont verdatres au lieu de
noirfitres ; le milieu de Vocciput est d’un vert plus jaundtre que
celui du dos, ce que n’est pas le cas chez le vrai B. bivittatus;
la strie surciliére est d’un jaune verditre plus clair, et prolongée
jusqu’au dessus des oreilles. On pourrait méme élever cette
forme au rang d’espéce.
Dimensions: 9 2: aile 59-613, queue 52, culmen 103-11},
tarse 187-194 mm. faa
28. BASILBUTERUS CORONATUS (‘Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle, juillet 1891. “Tris brun foneé,
bee noir, pattes d’un brun olivatre.” Bei
-- 29, BaASILEUTERUS UROPYGIALIS POLIOTHRIX, subsp. nov.
B. uropygialis*, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 478 (partim).
B. uropygiali, Scl., simillimus, differt pileo usque ad nucham
* Le type du B. uropygialis, Scl., est dit étre du Brésil, et peut-étre cette
indication de localité est-elle correcte. Berlepsch a eu l’occasion d’examiner
dans le Musée de Munich le type de la Muscicapa fulvicauda, Spix (Ay. Bras. ii.
p. 20, tab. xxviii. fig. 2), qui venait de l’Amazone brésilien, et a reconnu que
c'est un Basileuterus identique au B. wropygialis, Scl., ou trés voisin. Il est
done bien probable que fulvicauda, Spix, est un nom plus ancien pour le
B. weeny Gaal, Scl., mais il faut encore une réexamination et une comparaison
ae type de la M. fulvicauda avec les individus du B. wropygialis.—Beru. et
TOLZM.
332 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J.8TOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,
pure ardesiaco nec brunneo mixto, colore dorsi olivaceo etiam
clariore. Ala 684-66, cauda 563-493, culmen 12-113, tarsus
234-203 mm.
La Gloria (aoit) et La Merced (octobre 1890): deux miles.
“Tris brun foncé.”
Les deux oiseaux de Chanchamayo difftrent d’un autre de
YEcuador oriental du Musée Berlepsch et d’une femelle de
Huambo, Pérou nord-est (coll. Stolzmann), du Musée Branicki
par la couleur du dessus de la téte, qui est d’un ardoisé plus clair
ou moins brunatre, et quiest plus étendu vers la nuque. Chez les
oiseaux de |’EKcuador oriental et du Pérou septentrional les plumes
du dessus de la téte présentent des taches brunatres 4 la pointe
qui manquent complétement aux oiseaux de Chanchamayo. Le
dos est d’un vert olive un peu plus clair.
30. SYLVANIA CANADENSIS (L.).
Myiodioctes canadensis, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 468.
La Gloria et La Merced (décembre et janvier): deux femelles.
81, SEropHAGA VERTIOALIS, Lafr. et d’Orb.
La Gloria: une femelle, aoit 1890. Garita del Sol: deux
miles, aotit 1891, et une femelle, 23 avril 1893. ‘Tris brun foncé.”
Un cuf de cette espcce fourni par M. Kalinowski est ove,
attenué graduellement vers le petit bout. Le fond est d’un blanc
pur, couvert d’une fine moucheture plus dense sur le gros bout, o
elle forme une couronne. Les macules sont de différentes
couleurs; celles de la gamme inférieure sont d’un roux pale et en
général elles sont plus grosses que celles de la gamme supérieure,
qui sont d’un roux brunftre assez foncé. I] y a aussi une certaine
quantité de petites taches d’un cendré assez foncé rassemblées
surtout au gros bout, Dimensions; 181 x13 mm.
32. SETOPHAGA MELANOCEPHALA, Tsch.
Garita del Sol et Maraynioc (octobre et novembre 1891).
Vitoc (mai 1893).
Fam, VIREONIDZ.
33, VIREOSYLVIA JOSEPH®, Scl.
Garita del Sol: un mile, 2 septembre 1891.
34, CYOLORHIS GUIANENSIS (Gm.).
La Gloria: un mile, aoit 1890. “Iris d’un jaune orangé.”
Al. 723, caud. 563, culm. 174, tars. 21 mm.
Cet oiseau s’accorde parfaitement avec des individus de la
Guyane anglaise. Les pieds paraissent d’une couleur plus pile.
Fam. HrrunDInipa.
+35. Hirunpo Enyranoagastra, Bodd.
Ta Merced: une jeune femelle, 10 mars 1891.
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF OMNTRAL PERU. 333
36. TACHYOINETA ALBIVENTRIS (Bodd.).
Hirundo albiventris, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 239.
La Merced: une paire d’oiseaux jeunes, 10 janvier et 20 aot
1891. “Iris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux se distinguent des individus de Cayenne par le
blanc des barbes internes des rectrices externes plus étendu vers
la pointe.
37. ATTICORA FASCIATA (Gm.).
La Merced ; trois individus, juillet et aoit 1890. “ Iris brun
foncé.”
Un mile examiné par Berlepsch est plus petit que les oiseaux
de la Guyane anglaise, de Trinidad et de lEcuador oriental dans
sa collection. Le bec parait aussi plus petit, la bande de la
poitrine plus large, que chez les oiseaux de la Guyane anglaise.
Le type de lA. fasciata venait de Cayenne.
—-38. ATTICORA OYANOLBUCA (Vieill.).
La Merced: nombreux individus du juillet 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
39. ATTICORA MURINA (Cass.).
A, cinerea, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 243.
Acobamba: un mile du 11 juillet 1890. “Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 1124, caud. 642, culm. 64, tars. 103, caud. furcata 144 mm.
Bee plus étroit, parties supérieures, surtout le pileum, plus
verdatres, et: parties inférieures plus grisitres, moins brunitres que
chez les oiseaux de Ecuador comparés par nous.
40. Arricora ANDECOLA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Hirundo andecola, Lafr. et d’Orb. Syn. av. (1837) p. 69 (typ-
ex La Paz, Bolivia); Tschudi, F. P. Orn. p. 182; Tacz. Orn. du
Pérou, i. p. 242.
Atticora cinerea (partim), Sharpe, C. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 184
(e young ”),
Une paire d’oiseaux adultes de hacienda de Queta, prés de
Tarma, 25 décembre 1892. “Iris brun foncé, presque noir; bec
noir, pattes carnées.”
Long. tot. Al. Caud. Culm. Tars, Caudz furca.
d.... 130 123% 604 74 13 6 mm.
@.... 128 116} 55 74 12 43 ,,
Dr. Sharpe a eu tort de réunir l’A. andecola, Lafr. et d’Orb.,
a VA. murina (Cass.) (=A. cinerea auct., nec Gm.). Ce sont
évidemment deux espéces tout-a-fait distinctes.
Nos deux oiseaux de Tarma s’accordent parfaitement avec la
description donnée par Lafresnaye et d’Orbigny de leur H. ande-
cola (1. c.), de méme qu’avec deux individus recueillis par G. Garlepp
& Chililaya, lac Titicaca.
834 GRAF VON BURLEPSOM AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3:
Ts différent de lA. murina, Cass., de Ecuador et d’Acobamba,
par la queue trés peu fourchue (l’échancrure mesurant de 5
4 64 au lieu de 19 mm.), par les rectrices plus larges, les
tectrices sous-caudales beaucoup plus prolongées, les ailes plus
longues, enfin par la coloration du dessous du corps. Chez lA.
murina toutes les parties inférieures du corps sont d’une couleur
grise brundtre uniforme, tandis que chez lA. andecola la gorge est
dun noirdtre enfumé, la poitrine et Pabdomen néanmoins dun
blanchdtre sale. Les tectrices sous-caudales chez A. andecola sont
d’un brunatre pale & bordures apicales blanchatres, tandis que chez
PA. murina elles sont noirftres, terminées d’une tache d’un bleu
dacier 4 la pointe. Les parties supérieures sont d’un bleu d’acier
verdatre moins vif, surtout sur la téte.
— 41. ATTICORA TIBIALIS (Cass.).
La Gloria: un mile en mue et une jeune femelle, 6 aoit 1890.
“Tris brun foneé.”
—-42, STELGIDOPTERYX RUFICOLLIS (Vieill.).
La Merced: trois exemplaires, juillet, aott et septembre 1890.
“Tris brun foncé.”
Fam. Cerppip2.
43, Diatossa ProToRaLis, Cab.
Plusieurs exemplaires de Maraynioc (juillet, novembre ét
décembre 1891, aoat 1892, janvier et mars 1893). “Iris brun
foncé, bec et pattes noirs.’
44, Dianossa PHRSONATA (Fras.).
Maraynioc et Garita del Sol (septembre et novembre 1891,
juillet et décembre 1892).
45, DIGLOssA BRUNNEIVENTRIS, Lafr.
Nombreux individus de Palecomayo et d’Acobamba (juillet 1890),
de Maraynioc et de Tarma (novembre 1891, aoit 1892, et février—
juillet 1893). “ Iris brun foncé.”
Nos oiseaux du Pérou central diffrent d’un male de Paucar-
tambo du Musée Berlepsch en ce quils ne présentent que des
traces de stries surciliéres grisitres, qui sont bien PROLORBEES chez
le dernier.
_-46. DicLossoPIs OZRULESOBNS PALLIDA, subsp. nov.
D. caerulescens, Tacz. (nec Scl.) P. Z.8. 1874, p. 511 (Nina-
bamba); id. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 225 (Palto & Tambillo); id. P. ZS.
1882, p. 8 (Chachapoyas, Tamiapampa, Achamal); id. Orn. du
Pérou, i. p. 422.
D. cerulescenti (Scl.) simillima, sed colore supra subtusque
multo pallidiore, gula, pectore, lateribusque corporis pallide
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF ONNTRAL PERU. 335.
ceerulescenti-griseis nec saturate ultramarino-ardesiacis dis-
tinguenda. ;
Hab. in Peruvia alta, centrali et septentrionali.
Long. tot. Al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
3 do Chachapoyas
(Muséum H., y. Berl.)...... 124,129 72,734 583,65 13},12% 203 mm.
2 Chirimoto_ :
(Muséum H. v. Berl.)...... 124 69 67 13} 0)
6 Garita del Sol 0
(Muséum Branicki)......... 1244 644 624 123 204 ,,
Un mile de Garita del Sol du 7 septembre 1891.
Yeu le docteur Taczanowski avait déji’ démontré dans son
‘Ornithologie du Pérou’ (/.c.) que les individus péruviens de
Diglossopis différent des Diglossopis cerulescens typiques par la
couleur du corps généralement plus pale, surtout dans les parties
inférieures. Cette diffcrence parait tout-d-fait constante et se
manifeste principalement dans la couleur de la gorge, du haut de
la poitrine et des cétés du corps, qui est d’un gris bleudtre 4 peine
plus obscur que le milieu de V’abdomen, au lieu d'un bleu ardoisé
obscur comme chez la D. cwrulescens typique de Vénézuela. Les
tectrices sous-caudales sont plus largement bordées de blanc, le
milieu de l’abdomen plus largement blanchatre; enfin, les parties
supérieures d’un ardoisé bleuatre plus pile et plus terne.
Il est remarquable que le genre Diglossopis n’avait pas, jusqu’a
présent, été trouvé dans la république de I’Ecuador.
47, CoNIROSTRUM OYANDUM, Tacz.
Maraynioc: quatre exemplaires, novembre 1891, aout et sep-
tembre 1892. ‘Tris brun foncé, bec et pattes noirs.”
Un exemplaire du C- sitéicolor, Lafr., de San Rafael (Ecuador),
du Musée Branicki, présente des traces d’un sourcil bleu.
48. CoNnIROSTRUM FERRUGINEIVENTRE, Scl.
Maraynioc: deux paires, aoit 1892. “Iris brun foncé, bec et
pattes noirs.”
49, CoNIROSTRUM ATROOYANSUM, Lafr.
Garita del Sol (juillet 1891 et mars 1892); Culumachay (aoit
1892). Le male adulte de Garita a le dos supérieur plus noiratre,
moins lavé de bleu violacé, les parties inférieures d’un noir moins
bleuatre, et les dimensions un peu moindres qu'un male adulte de
Tamiapampa, Pérou du nord.
50. ConrRostRUM cinERnUM, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Tarma: un mile du 15 décembre 1890; Pariayacu: trois ex-
emplaires, aotit 1892. ‘Iris brun foncé.” Ces oiseaux sont tout-a-
fait identiques 4 des individus recueillis par Garlepp sur le versant
oriental des Andes de la Bolivie occidentale *.
1 Les oiseaux du littoral du Pérou (Lima, Arequipa) nommés par nous
C. cinereum (voir P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 374) se distinguent de ceux de Vorient du
336 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN oN [Mar. 3,
51. Xenopacnis partna, Cab.
Maraynioc: cing individus, octobre et novembre 1891, et un
mile, 28 aoit 1892. “Tris brun foneé, bec noir, pattes brunes.”
— 52. DACNIS CAYANA GLAUCOGULARIS, subsp. nov.
D. cayana, Tacz. Orn. Peérou, i. p. 428.
3 huic D. cayanw simillimus, sed differt gule nigredine magis
restricta necnon plumarum apicibus cyaneo-virescentibus. Q a
femina D. cayane gule plumis griseis ceruleo marginatis
distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia, Ecuadoria et Columbia.
La Gloria (aoit) et La Merced (aoat et septembre 1890): quatre
exemplaires. ‘Iris chez le mile rouge, chez la femelle d’un brun
rougeatre. Pattes carnées.”
C’est la forme occidentale de la D. cayana, qui se distingue de
la forme typique de Cayenne par le noir de la gorge du mile plus
restreint et mélangé d'un vert bleuétre aux bords des plumes.
Chez le male de la Guyane le noir de la gorge est plus intense et
presque uniforme. La méme différence se voit entre les femelles
Pérou et de la Bolivie par le piléum d’un gris cendré presque semblable a celui
du dos, au lieu d’atre sensiblement plus noiratre. En outre, chez les premiers la
atrie surciliére est plus courte et sarréte un peu en arriére de l'cil, tandis que
chez V’oiseau typique elle est prolongée jusqu’aux cétés de l’occiput. Enfin,
chez les oiseaux de l’occident les parties inférieures du corps et les cétés de la
téte sont d'une couleur plus claire et plus roussdtre, la gorge et la poitrine
jamais lavée d’un gris cendré comme chez l’oiseau de orient. Les oiseaux de
Lima ont aussi les dimensions généralement un peu moindres, surtout la queue
plus courte.
MM. Lafresnaye et d'Orbigny ont décrit le Controstrum cinerewum comme
habitant de ‘“ Yungas, rep. Boliviana, et Tacna, rep. Peruviana,” mais leur
diagnose s’applique évidemment a la forme de l’orient, car on y lit: “‘ Supra
totum schistaceo-cinereum, ‘ pileo, alis, caudaque nigris,’ subtus pallide cineras-
cens, abdomine medio anoque pallide.” Nous nous pensons done autorisés 4
décrire la forme du littoral comme sous-espéce nouvelle ;
-— CONIROSTRUM CINBREUM LITTORALE, subsp. nov.
C. cinereum, Berl. et Stolzm. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 874 (Lima).
C. ©. cinereo (ex Bolivia or. et Peruv. or.) simillimum, sed paula minor, cauda
imprimis breviore, pileo cinereo dorso concolore, nec plus minusve nigrescente
lavato, stria superciliari breviore, necnon corpore subtus magis fulvescente
tincto, gugulo pectoreque haud griseo perfusis distinguendum.
Hab. in Peruvia littorali, cireum Lima et Arequipa.
Mus. Branicki (typus ex Lima) et Berlepsch.
Al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
C. ci littoral
or ae ) 60,56, 50,46 103,93 18}, 163 mm.
C. cinereum :
1. ad. Bolivia 61} 53} 10} Wy,
(coll. Garlepp).
PO ers NG eter 0 Ue SCAT
3. 99 Maraynioc ...614,60} 523,512 103,10 ~—:194, 184,
1896.] 1H ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PHRU. 337
des deux formes. La femelle de la D. cayana typique a la
gorge d’un blanc grisatre presque uniforme, tandis que la femelle
de la D. cayana glaucogularis présente des bords bleuatres aux
plumes.
L’oiseau du Pérou central pourrait étre considéré comme type
de la D. cayana glaucogularis, parce qu’il a la gorge plus mélangée
de bleuatre que les individus du Hant-Amazone et de Bogotd.
Notons aussi que V’oiseau du Pérou central a le bec plus long et
plus fort que les oiseaux des localités plus septentrionales; il a
aussi les ailes et la queue plus longues que les oiseaux de l’Amazone
supérieur, mais les individus de Bogoté les ont en général encore
plus longues.
Dimensions :—
La Merced. Huambo. Yurimaguas.
3d. Go. - Q. dé. Q. d- G-
Aile .... 67 663 63 63 64 614 63 62 mm.
Queue .. 494 45 47 49 50 47 431 42 ,,
Culmen.. 13° 13 13 134 12 14 12f 123 ,
Tare MseatS atl y@ltibglg) 12015 9 slbue 1a,
53, Dacnis anewiroa (de Filippi).
La Merced (aott et septembre 1890), Borgofa (avril 1891),
Garita del Sol (avril 1892). “ Iris jaune.”
Les individus du Pérou central s’accordent tout-i-fait avec les
oiseaux typiques de Bogotd.
54, ARBELORHINA OZRULBA MICRORUYNCHA (Berl.).
Careba cerulea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 487.
La Merced: trois males, septembre 1890. “Iris brun foncé,
pattes jaune pile.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les spécimens de Bucaramanga et
de Bogoté nommés A. cerulea microrhyncha. Ils ne different
que par la nuance des parties inférieures, qui parait un peu plus
claire.
55, Ca@RrEBA OHLOROPYGA (Cab.).
Certhiola perunana, Tacz. (nec Cab.) Orn. Pérou, i. p. 439, part.
La Merced: deux males du septembre 1890. ‘Iris brun
Al. 634, caud. 37, culm. 123, tars. 1563 mm.
Ces oiseaux ne différent de la C. chloropyga typique de Bahia
que par les ailes plus longues et le dos un peu plus obscur. Ils
sont presque identiques 4 ceux de la Bolivie. La C. peruviana,
Cab., basée sur un oiseau 4 miroir blanc, recueilli par Warszewicz,
est peut-étre la méme que la C. magnirostris, Tacz.
56. CHLOROPHANES SPIZA CERULESCENS (Cass.).
Ch. atricapilla, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 435.
La Merced (aot 1890, janvier et mars 1891) et Borgona (juin
Prog. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. XXII. 22
338 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. sTonzmann on [Mar. 3,
1891): cing males. “Tris rouge sale, mandibule inférieure jaune
olivatre.”
— 57. CHLOROPHANES PULCHERRIMA STIGMATURA, subsp. n.
Dacnis pulcherrima, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 432.
3 mari Ch. pulcherrime, Scl., simillimus, sed differt macula alba
magna subterminali in pogonio interno rectricis externe. “‘ Iride
fusco-brunnea.”
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Garita del Sol).
3. Al. 70, caud. 463, culm. 123, tars. 174 mm.
Garita del Sol: deux males adultes, juillet et aoit 1891. Les
oiseaux du Pérou central se distinguent par une grande tache
blanche subterminale sur la barbe interne de la rectrice externe,
qui est remplacée, chez les exemplaires de |’Ecuador et de Bogotd,
par une fine bordure blanche 4 la méme place.
Nous nous sommes permis de placer la Dacnis pulcherrima dans
le genre Chlorophanes! La forme et la coloration du bee sont
presque les mémes, et il y a une certaine analogie dans la coloration
du plumage.
Fam. TANAGRIDA.
68. PROCNIAS TERSA OCCIDENTALIS (Scl.).
P. occidentalis, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 437.
Un mile adulte de San Emilio, Vitoc, 1892.
Al. 85, caud. 51, culm. 104, tars. 153 mm.
Cet individu s’accorde dans tous les détails avec les oiseaux de
la Colombie.
59. CHLOROPHONIA TORREJONI, Tacz.
Garita del Sol: une femelle, 8 novembre 1892.
60. EupHONIA NIGRICOLLIS (Vieill.).
Garita del Sel (juillet 1891) et Chontabamba (aoat 1891):
trois males.
Ces oiseaux sont identiques aux spécimens du Brésil mérid. du
Musée Berlepsch.
61, EurnHonra curysopasta, Scl. et Salv.
La Merced (aoat et septembre 1890) et Borgona (juin 1891):
cing exemplaires. ‘Iris brun foncé, la base du bec et les pattes
d’un olive bleuatre.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec les spécimens de Bogota
du Musée Berlepsch, néanmoins ils présentent des couleurs un
peu plus vives et plus claires et des dimensions un peu plus fortes.
62. EUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sundev.
La Merced: deux miles, aoit et septembre 1890; Garita del
Sol (novembre 1891). ‘Iris brun foncé.”
1896.) _ THE ORNITHOLOGY oF OBNTRAL PERU. 339
63. EUPHONIA LANIIROsTRIS, Lafr. et d’Orb.
La Merced: trois exemplaires, septembre 1890. “Iris brun
foneé.”
Espece non comprise dans ‘]’Ornithologie du Pérou’ par L. Tac-
zanowski, mais trouvée déji par Mr. Whitely 4 Marassura (Pérou
sud-est). :
Un mile adulte examiné par Berlepsch (al. 66}, caud. 393,
culm. 104, tars. 15 mm.) se distingue d’un mile adulte recueilli
par Garlepp 4 Omeja, Bolivie occid., par le bleu d’acier des parties
supérieures moins violatre, par le jaune orangé du front et des
parties inférieures plus pale, le jaune du front un peu plus étendu
en arriére et le bord noiratre du menton plus large. La F. crassi-
rostris, Scl., de la Colombie se distingue aisément par le manque
complet des plumes noiratres au menton, par Je jaune des parties
inférieures et du front plus pale, moins orangé, et par le blanc
moins répandu sur les rectrices extérieures.
64, HUPHONIA CHLOROTIOA sERRInosTRis (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
La Merced: trois individus, aoft et septembre 1890, “Iris
brun foncé.”
65. HUPHONIA RUFIVENTRIS (Vieill.).
La Gloria: un male, 3 aoit 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 593, caud. 334, culm. 104, tars. 153 mm.
Cet oiseau ne se dististingue des individus de l’Ecuador oriental
du Musée Berlepsch que par le bleu d’acier des parties supérieures
et de la gorge plus verditre, moins violacé, et par cette couleur plus
étendue vers la poitrine.
66. CaLListn cuinuNsis (Vig.)!.
Calliste yeni, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 457.
Lia Merced: nombreux exemplaires, aoit et septembre 1890.
‘Tris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des spécimens d’Iquitos (Amazone
sup.), mais ils ont les ailes, la queue et le bec un peu plus longs.
Les couleurs sont un peu plus vives.
67. CALLISTE SCHRANKI (Spix).
La Gloria (aoit 1890 et janvier 1891) et La Merced (1890):
nombreux individus. ‘“ Iris brun foncé.”
— 68. CALLISTE XANTHOGASTRA ROSTRATA, subsp. nov.
La Merced: trois spécimens (aotit et septembre 1890), et do
La Gloria (janvier 1891). “ Iris brun fonce.”
3 do. Al. 653, 654; caud. 453, 434; culm. 113, 114; tars. 17,
15? mm.
Deux males examinés par Berlepsch ont les ailes, la queue et le
1 Quoique cette espéce ne se trouve pas sur le territoire chilien, il faudra
accepter le nom chilensts comme plus ancien.—BeErt, et Stouza.
22*
340 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M, J.STOLZMANN oN [Mar. 3,
bec plus longs que les oiseaux de l’Ecuador et de Bogotd. On
pourrait peut-étre distinguer la forme du Pérou central sous le
nom de C. xanthogastra rostrata.
69. CALLIstH PUNCTULATA, Scl. et Salv.
Garita del Sol: une paire, mars 1893. ‘Iris brun foncé, man-
dibule supérieure noire, mandibule inférieure et pattes d’un plombé
bleuatre.”
3. Al. 663, caud. 474, culm. 111, tars. 172? mm.
2. ,, 63, » 472, 1 WOE gy US
Probablement les oiseaux trouvés par Tschudi dans la région
boisée du Pérou oriental et cités par lui (Fauna Per. ii. p. 203) et
par Taczanowski (Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 460) comme C. punctata (L.)
appartiennent-ils 4 cette espéce.
0
70. CALLISTE PULCHRA (Tsch.).
La Gloria (janvier et février 1891) et Garita del Sol (aoit 1891):
trois males et une femelle. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec noir, pattes
d’un plombé bleuatre.”
71. CaLListn GYRoLorpEs (Lafr.).
La Merced (aotit et septembre 1890), La Gloria (février 1891),
et Garita del Sol (juillet 1891): nombreux individus. ‘“ Iris brun
foncé.”
Berlepsch a comparé un mile et une femelle 4 des spécimens
de Bogotd. Les oiseaux du Pérou central ont les ailes et la queue
un peu plus courtes et le brun du dessus de la téte un peu plus
pale et plus terne. Ces mémes exemplaires comparés par Stolzmann
avec un mile de Chimbo (Ecuador occ.) présentent des différences
bien marquées: Vaile est plus courte de 8 mm., le demi-collier
nucal mieux prononcé, la couleur bleue du dessous plus vive chez
les oiseaux du Pérou central que chez les spécimens de |’Kcuador.
72, CALLISTE FULVIOBRVIX, Scl. et Salv.
Garita del Sol: deux paires du juillet et d’aofit 1891. “Tris
brun foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuitre.”
Nous n’avons pas eu l’occasion de comparer nos oiseaux aux
types boliviens, mais nous avons remarqué qu‘ils présentent
plusieurs différences comparés 4 la figure de MM. Sclater et
Salvin (voir P. Z. 8S. 1876, planche xxx.),
73. CALLISTE ARGENTEA (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: trois paires, juillet, aoit et septembre 1891.
“Tris brun foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé branatre.”
74, CaLLISTH BOLIVIANA (Bp.).
La Merced; deux paires, juillet et septembre 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF CHNTRAL PHRU. 341
75, CALLISTH NIGRICINCTA (Bp.).
La Merced (septembre 1890) et Borgofa (avril et mai 1891) :
trois males et une femelle. “Iris brun foncé.”
Les spécimens du Pérou central différent de ceux de l’Ecuador
et de Roraima (Guyane anglaise) en ayant les ailes et la queue plus
longues. Le bleu du croupion et des scapulaires est beaucoup plus
intense, les cétés de l’'abdomen plus lavés de bleu, les rémiges pri-
maires bordées de bleu au lieu de bleu verdatre, la gorge plus lavée
de lilacé.
Dimensions des oiseaux du Pérou central :
3. Aile 74, queue 55-54, culmen 97-103, tarse 16-15 mm.
Qo gp > ” 53, 9, 9 15 9
76. CALLISTH NIGRIVIRIDIS BERLEPSOHI (Tacz.).
Garita del Sol: quatre individus, juillet et aofit 1891.
Nos oiseaux sont un peu intermédiaires entre les spécimens
de la C. nigriviridis typique de Bogotd et ceux de Tambillo
(coll. Holzmann) qui ont servi des types & Taczanowski pour sa
C. berlepschi. ;
77. CALLISTH OYANICOLLIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
La Merced (juillet, aotit et septembre), Borgona (avril 1891),
Garita del Sol (juillet 1891), et Esperanza (juin 1891). “ Iris
brun foncé.”
78. CALLISTE PARZUDAKI (Lafr.).
Garita del Sol: un male du 2 octobre 1891. ‘Iris brun foneé,
bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuitre.”
79, CALLISTH MELANOTIS, Scl.
Garita del Sol: deux miles ad., une femelle et un jeune mile,
juillet et aot 1891 et avril 1893. “Iris brun foncé, bec noir,
pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”
80. CALLISTH XANTHOOHPHALA (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: un mile et deux femelles, juillet et aofit 1891.
“Tris brun foneé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleustre.”
81. CHLOROOHRYSA OALLIPARZA (Tsch.).
Un jeune mile de Garita del Sol, 22 juillet 1891. ‘Iris brun
foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuitre.”
Cet oiseau, comparé & des individus de la Chl. bourciert (Bp.)
de Ecuador et de la Colombie, présente les mémes différences
qu’un oiseau recueilli par Jelski. Voyez Tacz. et Berl. P. Z.S.
1885, p. 77.
82, PRoonoris ATROOZRULBA (‘T'sch.).
. Diva atrocerulea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 456. :
-Garita del Sol, deux miles, 4 septembre 1891; Maraynioc, cing
342 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
spécimens, aotit et septembre 1892 et janvier 1893. “Iris brun
toncé, bec noir avec la mandibule inférieure claire, pattes d’un
plombé bleuatre.”
83. Intpornis JELSKII, Cab.
Maraynioc: huit exemplaires, octobre et decembre 1891, juin,
juillet et aoat 1892, et janvier 1893. “Iris rouge trés foneé, bec
noir & mandibule inférieure d’un bleuatre claire, pattes d’un noir
brunitre.”
84, Tnipornis anaxis (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol; deux paires, juillet 1891. ‘Iris rouge foneé,
bec d’un olive bleuatre, noir 4 l’aréte dorsale, pattes noires.”
85. Inipornis REINHARDTI, Scl.
Culumachay et Puyas-Yacu (Maraynioc): trois spécimens, juillet
et aoit 1892.
86. DELOTHRAUPIS CASTANEIVENTRIS (Scl.).
Pipridea castaneoventris, Tacz. Orn. Péron, ii. p. 451.
Pariayacu et Culumachay (Maraynioc): sept exemplaires, aott,
septembre et octobre 1892. “Iris rouge, bec noir 4 mandibule
inférienre d’un plombé bleuitre; pattes d’un noir brunatre.”
87. PeorLoruRavris LAcRyMosa (Du Bus).
Maraynioc: cing miles et deux femelles, novembre et décembre
1891, aoit 1892, et janvier 1893. “Iris brun foncé, bec et. pattes
noirs.”
88. P&cCILOTHRAUPIS IGNIVENTRIS IGNICRISSA (Cab.).
P. ignicrissa, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 482.
Maraynioc: nombreux spécimens, juillet et septembre 1891, aoit,
septembre et décembre 1892, et janvier 1893. ‘Iris chez le male
brun foncé, chez la femelle brun clair; bec et pattes noirs.”
— 89. BuTHRAUPIS CUOULLATA CYANONOTA, subsp. nov.
' B, cucullata (Jard.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 483.
B. a B. cucullata (typica) differt dorso, alis, caudaque extus
pulchre cyaneis nec olivaceo-cerulescentibus, necnon nigredine
capitis in regione nuchali et guttural: multo magis restricta,
g. Al. 141, caud. 934, culm. 22}, tars. 32? mm.
9. » 181, 4, 882,» 21) 53) 31203
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Berlepsch).
’ Maraynioc: cing individus, novembre 1891, aoit 1892, et juin
1893. ‘Iris jaune rougeatre, bec et pattes noirs.”
Les individus de Buthraupis du Pérou central se distinguent des
oiseaux typiques de Bogoti par le dos, les tectrices sous-alaires et
les bordures des niles et de la queue d’un beau bleu pur, tandis que
lea oiseaux typiques y présentent un bleu terne olivatre. Les
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PHRU. 343
premiers ont aussi le noir de Ja calotte et de la gorge en dessous
beaucoup plus restreint.
Un jeune oiseau de Huasampilla, Pérou du sud (coll. Whitely)
du Musée Berlepsch, a le bleu du dessus encore plus clair et plus
vif et le noir de la calotte encore plus réduit, le bee plus petit que
chez les oiseaux du Pérou central. Peut-étre ces différences ne
sont-elles pas constantes.
Les oiseaux de "Ecuador sont intermédiaires entre la forme
typique et la B. c. cyanonota. Ils s’accordent avec les péruviens
dans Ja nuance du bleu des parties supérieures, mais le noir de la
calotte et de la gorge est aussi étendu que chez les oiseaux de
Bogoté. On pourrait en faire une troisiéme sous-espéce: B. cucul-
lata intermedia.
90. CompsocoMa SUMPTUOSA (Less.).
Garita del Sol: un male et deux femelles, juillet, aoiit et sep-
tembre 1391. “Iris brun rougeitre, bec noir & mandibule inférieure
d’un plombé bleuatre; pattes d’un plombé bleuftre.”
91. Dunusta sticrocEPHALA, Berl. et Stolam. (Plate XIII.)
Dubusia stictocephala, Berl. & Stolzm. Ibis, 189+, p. 386.
Maraynioc: trois miles adultes et un jeune, décembre 1891,
septembre 1892, et juin 1893.
Espéce nouvelle pour Ja faune du Pérou.
92. TANAGRA CELESTIS MAJOR, subsp. nov.
T'. celestis, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 485.
T. 7. celesti, Spix e Fonteboa, simillima, sed differt alis caudaque
longioribus, rostro quoque crassiore, necnon corpore supra subtus-
que viridescentiore, uropygio quoque minus albescente.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et septentrionali.
La Merced (juillet et septembre 1890, février 1891) et Garita
del Sol (aot 1891): huit exemplaires. ‘Iris brun foncé.”
Les oiseaux du Pérou centr. et sept. ont les ailes et la queue
beaucoup plus longues que les oiseaux typiques de Fonteboa
(Brésil)’. En outre ils ont le bec plus gros, les parties supérieures et
inférieures un peu plus verditres, et le croupion moins blanchatre.
Dimensions (oiseaux de La Merced) :—
g. Aile 99-92, queue 753-71, culmen 143-14, tarse 193-19 mm.
g. 4, 90, » 67, » 142, » 20 ”
—93. TANAGRA PALMARUM MELANOPTHRA (Scl.).
La Merced: trois paires, juillet et aofit 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des individus de la Guyane anglaise
et de Bogots, mais l’olive des grandes tectrices alaires supérieures
et du miroir parait plus foncé et le miroir méme un peu plus
etit.
P 1 Voir Berlepsch, Journal f, Ornith, 1889, p. 2,
344 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J, STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
94, TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.
La Merced (aott 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1891), et Tarma
(mars 1893).
Ces oiseaux ne différent pas des individus du Pérou du nord et
de |’Ecuador. Les oiseaux de Lima ont le bec plus gros et plus
long et le jaune de la poitrine plus pile que les individus d’autres
localités, mais il parait qu’il y a des intermédiaires.
95, TaNaGRra CYANOCEPHALA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Garita del Sol: une paire, juillet et septembre 1891.
Nos oiseaux s’accordent mieux avec ceux de |’Keuador occ.,
qu’avec les oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie. Ils se distinguent de
ces derniers par la nuance des parties inférieures, qui est d’un
cendré bleudtre un peu plus foncé,et par la couleur des tectrices
sous-caudales, qui sont plus lavées de verditre.
— 96, RHAMPHOCELUS JACAPA CONNECTENS, subsp. nov.
Rh. atrosericeus, Tsch. Fauna Per. ii. p. 206; Tacz. Orn. Pérou,
ii. p. 493,
3 huic Rh. atrosericei, Lafr. et @Orb., simillimus, sed differt pec-
tore, abdomine, dorsoque minus pure nigris, plus minusve colore
sanguineo-brunneo lavatis.
Q huic Rh. jacapw, L., simillima, sed abdomine uropygioque
similiter pallide rufescenti-brunneis, plumis dorsalibus obscure
nigris apice brunneo marginatis, capite pallide brunneo, fronte,
regione parotica, gulaque sanguineo lavatis, nec, sicut in femina
Rh, atrosericei, wnicolore brunneo-nigra.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et meridionali.
La Merced: nombreux individus, juillet, septembre et octobre
1890, et mars 1891. “Tris d’un brun café.”
-g. Al. 773, caud. 77, culm. 16, tars. 214 mm.
, ” 774, ” 78; 9 163, 204 ”
Cette forme, dont Berlepsch posséde aussi un mile de Maranura,
Pérou meérid. (coll. Whitely), parait tout-d-fait intermédiaire entre
le Rh. jacapa et le Rh. atrosericeus. Le mile ressemble davantage
4 celui du dernier, mais i) a le noir de la poitrine, du ventre et du
dos moins pur et moins intense et un peu lavé de rouge de sang
terne. Cette particularité est encore plus prononcée chez Voiseau
de Maranura, qui a presque tout l’abdomen lavé d’un rouge de
sang terne.
La femelle de cette forme s’accorde tout-A-fait dans les couleurs
avec celle du Rh. jacapa, mais elle est fort différente de celle du
Rh. atrosericeus. Tandis que cette derniére est d’un noir mat
brunfitre presque uniforme (avec seulement quelque mélange de
bordures roussatres au milieu de l’abdomen chez quelques indi-
vidus), les femelles de Chanchamayo possédent tout /’abdomen d’un
roux rougefitre, le croupion aussi fortement lavé de rouasitre, les
plumes du dos noiratres avec des bordures brunes, la téte dun
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 345
brun pale et terne lavée fortement de rouge de sang sur le front,
les joues, la gorge, etc.
Le bee chez cette forme nouvelle parait un peu plus long et
moins courbé que chez le Zh. atrosericeus.
97. PYRANGA TESTACEA TSCHUDII, Berl. et Stolzm.
P. testacea tschudiz, Berl. et Stolam. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 375.
P. azare, Tacz. (nec d’Orb.) Orn. Peérou, ii. p. 495.
La Merced: un jeune mile, octobre 1890.
98. Pyranaa AnRDENs (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: une paire, juillet et septembre 1891.
99, TACHYPHONUS RUFIVENTRIS (Spix).
La Gloria (aott 1890 et mars 1891) et Borgotia (avril 1891).
“ Tris brun fonce.”
100. THLYPOPSIS ORNATA MACROPTERYX, subsp. nov.
Th. ornata, Tacz. (nec Sel.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 507 (partim).
Th. ornate ex Ecuador occ. simillima, sed major, alis caudaque
imprimis longioribus, rostro crassiore, necnon capite, gula, pec-
tore, lateribusque corporis letius rufis distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
Maraynioc: cing exemplaires, octobre 1891, octobre et novembre
1892. “Tris gris olivatre, bec et pattes d’un noir brunatre.”
Dimensions comparatives :—
Th. ornata. Th. ornata. Th. 0. macropteryz,
Bugnal Cayandeled Maraynioc.
(Ecuador occ.). (Ecuador occ.). (Peruv.)
é. Go | OG 2. é. 9.
ASle es os 57 613 61 55 673-713 66 mm.
Queue .... 53 514 503 484 562-61 553 ,,
Culmen .. 103 103 10 10} 113-123 113 ,,
Tarse .... 183 182 202 193 203-217 213 ,,
101, THiyporsis AMAzonuUM, Scl.
Th. amazonum, Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xi. (1886) p. 229 (descr.
orig., spec. ex Amazonia sup. et Matogrosso).
La Merced: cing spécimens, juillet et aout 1890 et janvier 1891.
“Tris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec la description de
Mr. Sclater. Espéce non comprise dans 1’ ‘ Ornithologie du
Pérou’ de Taczanowski.
102. SpricossyPHA ALBocrisTaTA (Lafr.).
Tendalpata, une paire, avril 1893; Tambo de Aza, trois individus,
juin 1893.
103. CHLoRosPINaUs AURIOULARIS (Cab.).
~ Maraynioc; sept exemplaires, novembre 1891, juillet, aoft, sep-
346 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J, STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
tembre et novembre 1892, et janvier 1893. ‘Iris brun foneé, bec
brun & mandibule inférieure d’un plombeé clair, pattes d’un plombé
clair.”
104, CHLOROSPINGUS CHRYSOGASTER, Tacz.
Quatre exemplaires de Maraynioc (octobre, novembre et décem-
bre 1892). ‘Iris gris olivatre, bec et pattes d’un noir brunatre.”
Cette espéce a été décrite par feu Taczanowski d’aprés la femelle
unique envoyée par M. Jelski de Tambopata. Le mile envoyé
derniérement par M. Kalinowski nous a permis de constater
qu’il différe trés peu de la femelle, ce qui est presque général dans
le genre Chlorospingus. I] posséde les couleurs un peu plus vives ;
le cendré du sommet de la téte est plus pur, le jaune du dessous
du corps un peu plus saturé que chez le femelle; on peut dire
aussi que le bec est plus foncé—presque noir. Mais c’est par les
dimensions que le mile se distingue surtout de la femelle, comme
on verra par la table suivante :—
Aile. Queue. Oulmen, Tarse.
3 d (de Maraynioc) .. 85,913 72 12, 123 20 mm.
Q (de Maraynioc) .... 80 63 12 20 ,,
¢ (de Tambopata) 5
(d’aprés Taczanowski) go Gt nf 2
105. CHLOROSPINGUS CINEREOOHPHALUS, Tacz.
Tambo de Aza, Maraynioc: deux femelles (novembre et décembre
1892). ‘Iris blane sale, bec noir, pattes plombées.”
106. CHLOROSPINGUS LEUCOGASTER (Tacz.).
Cnlumachay et Pariayacu(Maraynioc): sept exemplaires (juillet,
aoiit, septembre et décembre 1892).
107. Psnuposrincus' xanrnopurnanmus (T'acz.).
Marayniog: cing exemplaires, novembre 1891, juin, aoit et
octobre 1898, et mars 1893. ‘Iris d’un jaune pile, bec et pattes
noirs.”
Le mile de cette intéressante forme n’était pas connu jusqu’d
présent. M. Kalinowski nous a fourni dans son dernier envoi
deux males, qui nous permettent d’en donner la description. Par
leur coloration ils sont identiques 4 la femelle; il u’y a de différ-
— } Pseudospingus, gen. nov. Tanagridarum, generi Chlorospingo affinis, sed
rostro graciliore, potius dacnidiformi caudaque alis multo longiore, necnon
coloribus distinguendum. Species :—
1. Ps. verticalis (Lafr.)= Chlorospingus verticalis (Lafr.).
2. Ps. xanthophthalmus (Lacz.).
Les espéces dle ce genre différent des espéces du genre Chlorospingus par le
bec plus mince rappellant plutét celui du genre Dacnis, par la queue trés longue,
plus longue que Juile, et par le plumage soyeux et un peu luisant.
Suivant observation de Stolzmann, les mours du Ps. aanthophthalmus
diffarent également de celles des espéces du genre Chlorospingus qu’il a eu 'o¢e
casion d’abserver au Pérou du nord, :
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 347
ence que dans les dimensions, qui sont plus fortes chez les miles
que chez les femelles, ce qui ressort de Ja table suivante :—
3. Aile 73, queue 75, culmen 13, tarse 20 mm.
© o 3”? 64, ” 72, ” 11, ” 20 ”
La seule différence que Stolzmann a trouvé entre les exemplaires
de Maraynioc et Ja femelle de Tamiapampa, Pérou du nord (coll.
Stolzmann), est que celle-ci a la ligne dorsale du bee un peu
courbée en bas, tandis qu’elle est presque droite dans les spécimens
du Pérou central.
108. Pip1orsis TRICOLOR (Tacz.).
Carenochrous tricolor, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 525.
Garita del Sol: un mile adulte et une femelle jeune, aoit 1891.
‘Tris brun clair, bec noir, pattes brunes.”
109. Prpioprsis MYSTACALIS (Tacz.).
Carenochrous taczanowskii, Scl. et Salv., Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 526.
Maraynioc: six exemplaires, novembre 1891, juillet et aofit 1892,
et janvier, février et juillet 1893. ‘Iris rouge, bec et pattes
noirs.”
110. BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle, 17 juillet 1891.
—111. BuUARRBEMON POLIOPHRYS, sp. n.
B, torquatus, Tacz. (nec Lafr. et d’Orb.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 530
(Maraynioc).
B. B. torquato, Lafr. et d Orb., simillimus, differt superciliis supra-
et postocularibus grisets, teenie verticali concoloribus, nec albis,
stria tenutssima solummodo partem anteriorem supercilii usque
ad oculum superne cingente alba ( fere ut in B. assimili).
Long. tot. 176, al. 803, caud. 842, culm. 153, tars. 293 mm.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Varsov.).
Maraynioc: deux femelles, novembre 1892 et avril 1893.
Cette espéce nouvelle se distingue aisément du 3B. torquatus,
Lafr. et d’Orb., de la Bolivie, dont Berlepsch a comparé trois
individus boliviens, par Ja strie surciliére d’un gris ardoisé sem-
blable & celui du vertex au lieu d’étre d’un blanc pur. Il n’y a
quune bordure étroite blanchatre au-dessus de la partie antérieure
de la strie surciliére, qui s’arréte au-dessus de l’cil. Par cette
particularité l’espéce nouvelle s’accorde avec le B. assimilis, Boiss.,
mais elle posséde la bande noire au haut de la poitrine comme chez
le B. torquatus, bande qui manque complétement au B. assimilis.
Il s’accorde aussi avec la B. torquatus dans tous les autres détails
de la coloration et dans les dimensions.
La description donnée par M. Taczanowski des individus re-
cueillis par M. Jelski & Maraynioc sous le nom de B. torquatus
sapplique trés bien aux oiseaux de Kalinowski.
348 GRAF VON BERLHPSOH AND M. J. 8TOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
112. Cissopis LEVERIANA MINOR (T'sch.).
C. minor, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 536.
La Merced (juillet et octobre 1890, mars 1891), Garita del Sol
(septembre 1891). ‘Iris jaune.”
Un mile examiné par Berlepsch a le bec plus long et plus
attenué vers le bout qu’un oiseau de Bogotd. Le noir du dos et
de la poitrine est plus étendu en bas et d’un éclat plus verditre
au lieu de bleuatre. Les rectrices externes moins largement
terminées de blanc.
113. Psrrrosriza ELEGANS (Tsch.).
Maraynioc: nombreux exemplaires, novembre et décembre 1891,
juillet, aotit et octobre 1892, et avril 1893.
Un mile de Tamiapampa (Pérou sept.), comparé par Stolzmann
avec les oiseaux du Pérou central, présente les dimensions plus
fortes et le roux-cannelle du visage et du crissum plus clair.
114, SatraTor suPERCILIARIS, Spix.
S. azare, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 540.
S. cerulescens, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 544 (partim).
La Merced: plusieurs oiseaux, juillet et aoit 1890 et janvier
et février 1891. “Iris brun clair.”
Un mile examiné par Berlepsch s’accorde en général avec les
oiseaux d@’Iquitos (Amazone sup.) et ne s’en distingue que par les
ailes et la queue un peu plus longues et par la couleur de la
poitrine et du haut du ventre un peu plus blanchitre ou moins
mélangée de gris roussitre.
115, Sanrator Magnus (Gm.).
La Gloria (aott 1890) et La Merced (avril 1891): deux femelles.
“Tris brun.”
116. Satrator aLBoorLtanis (Phil. et Landb.).
Pitylus albociliaris, Phil. et Landb., Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 122;
Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 549.
Saltator laticlavius, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1869, p.151; Tacz. Orn. Pérou,
ii. p. 545,
Acobamba (juillet 1890), Garita del Sol (juillet 1891) et Maray-
nioc (novembre 1891 et aoit 1892). “Tris brun, bee jaune sale,
pattes noiratres.” ,
-Tl n’y a pas de doute que le Saltator laticlavius, Scl., ne soit
synonyme du Pitylus albociliaris, Phil. et Landb. Comme le dernier
nom est plus ancien, il doit’ étre accepté pour cette espéce.
117. Scnistocuiamys atra (Gm.).
Orchesticus ater, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 547.
Le Merced : trois spécimens, juillet et aoit 1890, “Iris brun
grisatre,”
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PHRU. 349
Fam. Fringinuipe.
118. Punucricus OHRYSoGASTHR (Less.), subsp.
Plusieurs individus de Huamani (décembre 1889), de Garita del
Sol (juillet 1891) et de Maraynioc (aot 1892 et juin 1893).
“Tris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux appartiennent 4 la forme & gros bec (cf. Berl. et
’ Tacz. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 292) qu’on pourrait peut-étre distinguer
comme race locale du Ph. chrysogaster typique (habitant la région
littorale de Ecuador et du Pérou).
—119. VoLATINIA JACARINA SPLENDDNS (Vieill.).
Trois exemplaires de La Merced (juillet 1890, février et mars
1891).
Un oiseau examiné par Berlepsch a les tectrices sous-alaires
enti¢rement noires, et par conséquent appartient & la forme
splendens. I) ne différe d’un male de la Guyane anglaise que par
la queue un peu plus courte.
N.B.—La Volatinia de Lima nommé par nous V. jacarini devrait
peut-étre constituer une race distincte ; car, selon les observations
de Jelski et d’autres voyageurs, le male ne prend jamais une livrée
tout-i-fait noire. Il parait que les males de Lima ont les rémiges
et les tectrices supérieures toujours bordées d’un brun grisatre.
Les tectrices sous-alaires sont en partie blanches comme dans la
V. jacarini typique.
120. SPoROPHILA CASTANEIVENTRIS, Cab.
Spermophila castaneiventris, ‘Inez. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 2.
La Merced: quatre miles, juillet et décembre 1890 et janvier
et mars 1891. “Iris brun rougeatre, bec et pattes noirs.”
Les oiseaux du Pérou (Iquitos, La Merced et Cosnipata) exa-
minés par Berlepsch présentent des dimensions un peu plus
fortes que les spécimens typiques de la Guyane anglaise. Ils se
distinguent notamment par le bec plus fort.
121. SporoPpHiba Lucruosa, Lafr,
Spermophila luctuosa, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 10.
La Gloria et La Merced (juillet et aofit 1890, décembre 1890,
février et mars 1891): plusieursexemplaires. “‘ Iris brun foncé.”
122. CATAMBNIA INORNATA MINOR, Berl.
C. wnornata minor, Berl. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 115.
C. rufirostris (Landb.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 2L.
Maraynioc: quelques exemplaires, décembre 1891, aot 1892
et juin 1893.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central présentent des dimensions un peu
plus fortes que ceux de |’Ecuador, mais les individus écuadoriens
comparés par nous se trouvent en plumage usé.
g ad. Aile 69, queue 604, culm. 93 tarse 214 mm,
22. 5, 653-703, ,, 573-63, ,, 94-92, ,, 213
3”
350 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. 8TOLZMANN ON’ [Mar.3,
123. CaTaMENIA HoMOCHROA, Scl.
Maraynioc: trois males adultes et un jeune, décembre 1891 et
novembre 1892. ‘‘Iris brun foncé, bec d’un blanchatre carné,
pattes brunes.”
Cet oiseau (le male) s’accorde avec un mile adulte de |’Ecuador
du Musée Berlepsch.
— 124. CaTAMBLYRHYNCHUS DIADDMA CITRINIFRONS, subsp. nov.
C. diadema, T'acz. Orn. Péron, ii. p. 24.
C. C. diademati, Lafr., simillimus, sed fronte pallidiore fere
citrino- nec aurantio-flavo, corpore subtus lateribusque capitis
clare rufo-brunneis nec intense custaneis distinguendus.
dg. Al. 693, caud. 733, culm. 93, tarse 22} mm.
OF ” 663, ” 713; ” 114, or) 213 ”
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Berlepsch).
Maraynioc: cing individus, décembre 1891, septembre 1892
et janvier 1893.
Les individus de Catumblyrhynchus de Pérou central se distin-
guent au premier coup d’ceil des oiseaux de Bogota et de Ecuador
par le jaune du front beaucoup plus pale, presque citron, au lieu
d’un jaune d’or orange. Les parties supérieures et les cétés de
la téte sont d’un roux brun clair au licu d’un brun chatain
obscur. Il n’y a pas d’autres caractéres distinctifs.
125. SpopIoRNIS JARDINSI, Scl.
Spodiornis jelskii, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 42; Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. M. xii. p. 798.
Garita del Sol; une paire, février et mars 1893. “Iris brun
foneé ; bee chez le male noir, chez la femelle noir & mandibule
inférieure d’un plombé bleuitre foncé; pattes chez le mile noires
brunatres, chez la femelle carnées.”
Ces oiseaux nous permettent de déclarer l’identité de la S. jelskit
avec la S. jardinet. On sait que la description de Taczanowski du
S. jelskit était basée sur la femelle unique de Ropaybamba. Nos
oiseaux viennent d’une localité trés voisine de Ropaybamba, et
pourtant ils ne différent presque point des oiseaux écuadoriens
(S. jardinei). Tl faudra donc supprimer l’espéce de ‘Taczanowski.
— 126, PiryGILUs ONLORONOTUS, sp. nov.
Ph. gayi, Tacz. (nec Hyd. & Gerv.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 32.
? Ph. punensis, Sharpe (nec Ridgway), Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii.
p. 785 (Tinta).
Ph. Ph. punensi, Ridqw., affinis, sed dorso pure flavescenti-olivaceo
(nec brunneo) pectore abdomineque flavescentiore (minus brunneo
lavato), capite gulaque pallidius schistaceis, necnon rostro lon-
giore et crasstore (in hoc genere maximo) cdistinguendus.
3. Al. 954, caud. 683, culm.173-18, tars. 263 mm.
Ory eter ean Ols rout thee 5a
1896.} THH ORNITHOLOGY OF ONNTRAL PERU. 351
Ingapirea: trois individus, juin 1890; Tarma: six oiseaux,
octobre 1892, aotit et septembre 1893. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec
noir corné &' mandibule inférieure et & bord de la machoire prés
de la base d’un plombé bleuatre, pattes d’un carné brunatre.”
Il parait que les oiseaux de Tinta décrits par le Dr. Sharpe sous
le nom de Ph. punensis appartiennent 4 la méme forme que celui
du Pérou central, car il dit que le dos est “rich olive-yellow ”
tandis que Ridgway, dans sa description du Ph. punensis, basée
sur des échantillons du Lac Titicaca, a remarqué que le dos est
plus brunatre (ou ‘“‘rufescent”’) que chez le Ph. gayi. C'est pour-
quoi nous présumons que le Ph. saturatus, Sharpe, est le méme
que le Ph. punensis, Ridgway.
127. Puryeinus uniconor (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
“ Ph. rusticus, Tsch.,” Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 38.
Ingapirca (juin 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1892 et février
1893). “Iris brun foncé.”
128. PHRYGILUS PLUBEIUS, T'sch.
Ingapirea (mai et juin 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1892): huit
individus. “Iris brun foncé.”
129. Puryeitus rruricert (Icittl.).
Une femelle de Chicla (27 avril 1890) et deux males de Tarma
(décembre 1891 et octobre 1893). “‘ Iris brun foncé.”
130. PuryerLus aLAupINuS (Kittl.).
Tarma (1 septembre 1893) et Jauja (19 juillet 1893): deux
males jeunes.
131. Druca specuLirEera (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Une femelle de Banos (29 avril 1890). ‘Iris brun.”
Cet oiseau ne différe des échantillons de la Bolivie que par le
bec un peu plus long et plus épais.
132. PsnupocHLoRis sHARPEI, Berl. et Stolzm.
Ps. sharper, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 386.
Sycalis uropygialis, Tacz. (nec Lafr.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 58.
Nombreux individus d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890) et de Tarma
(juillet et septembre 1893). ‘Iris brun clair, bec noir 4 mandi-
bule inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre avec la pointe noiratre, pattes
d’un carné brunatre.”
133. PsEUDOcHLORIS LUTHA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Sycalis lutea, Tacz. Orn. Perou, iti. p. 56.
Sycalis chloris, Tschudi, Faun. Peruan., Orn. p. 216.
Tarma (octobre 1892 et aot 1893) et Jauja (juillet 1893): six
individus. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec d’un gris brundtre & mandibule
inférieure plus claire, pattes d’un carné brunatre.”
Al. 82-812, caud. 59-56, culm. 113-103, tars. 194-183 mm.
352 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. 8ToLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec des spécimens re-
cueillis par Garlepp dans la Bolivie occidentale.
— 184. SPINUS ICTERIOUS PERUANUS, subsp. nov.
Chrysomitris capitalis, Tacz. (nec Cab.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 49;
Berl. et Stolzm. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 377 (Lima et Ica).
Intermedia quasi inter 8. ictericum et 8. capitalem.
3 huic S. icterici simillimus, sed rostro paullo breviore, colore
corporis flavo paullo obscuriore, uropygioque minus flavo perfuso,
mecnon remigibus tertiariis grisco-albo nec flavo marginatis, a
mari 8. capitalis coloribus vividioribus, colli lateribus distincte
flavis (nec dorso concoloribus), dorso flavidiore viridi, uropygro
magis flavo perfuso, pectore abdomineque purius flavis, necnon
colore rectricum basali flavo magis eatenso distinguendus.
2 a femina S. icterici simillima, rostro breviore distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali orientali (circum La Merced et Garita
del Sol) et in occidentali (cireum Lima et Ica).
Long. ale. Caude. Oulm, Tarai.
6d .... 71 -663, 45 -42, 10-93, eos mm.
QQ .... 654-65, 413-40, 10-93, 153-14 ,,
Nombreux individus de La Merced (janvier) et de Garita del Sol
(juillet 1891).
Nous avons déji montré (J. c.) quelques différences entre les
oiseaux de Lima et Ica et ceux de l’Ecuador (capitalis, Cab.). Les
oiseaux de La Merced et de Garita del Sol s’accordent avec les
spécimens de Lima et d’Ica. Ils n’en différent qu’en ce que le
miroir alaire parait toujours moins étendu. Dans ce dernier
caractére ils s’accordent mieux avec les oiseaux de |’ Ecuador.
L’examen d’une belle série d’oiseaux péruviens et écuadoriens
nous a convaincu qu’il y a des races locales constantes, qu'il faudra
séparer. La race péruvienne parait plus proche du S. zctericus
(Licht.) du Brésil, dont elle ne différe que par le bee générale-
ment plus court, par le jaune d’or des parties inférieures un peu
plus terne, par le croupion moins lavé de jaune d’or et par les
bordures des rémiges tertiaires, qui sont généralement d’un blanc
gris4tre au lieu d’un jaune verdatre.
Du S. capitalis de ’Ecuador la race péruvienne différe par la
couleur des cétés du cou, qui est d’un jaune semblable 4 celui des
parties inférieures au lieu d’étre verte semblable 4 celle du dos.
Le jaune des parties inférieures est plus clair, moins verditre, le
croupion plus lavé de jaune, tandis qu'il est presque semblable au
dos chez le S. capitalis ; le dos aussi d’un vert plus jaunatre. Le
jaune de la base des rectrices externes plus étendu, de sorte
que le tiers noiratre de ces pennes est plus court que chez le
S. capitalis.
La femelle de la forme péruvienne, quant 4 sa coloration, ne
parait pas différente des femelles des deux races voisines, mais on
pourrait la distinguer de la femelle du S. ictericus par son bec un
peu plus court.
1896.] DH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PURU. 353
135. Sprnus ontvacnus, Berl. et Stolam.
Spinus olivaceus, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 387.
~ Gavrita del Sol: trois males adultes et une femelle, 24 juillet
1892 et 13 février 1894.
136. Spinus scuarpri (Sharpe) ?
Une femelle de Garita del Sol, 27 juillet 1891.
Cet oiseau différe des femelles du S. cctertcus peruanus par la
couleur des parties inférieures, qui est blanche grisdtre mélée un
peu de jaune olivatre.
Il s’accorde en général avec Ja description de la femelle du
S. sclateri, Sharpe (Cat. B. xii. p. 200), et avec une femelle de
Mapoto (Ecuador or.)—nommée capitalis par Taczanowski, P. Z.S.
1885, p. 85—et ne différe que par les parties supérieures plus
lavées de grisitre. On ne peut résoudre la question avant d’avoir
examiné le male provenant de la méme localité.
137. Spinus arratus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Chrysomitris atrata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 53,
Ingapirea (juin 1890), Maraynioc (février 1893), Jauja (juillet
1893) et Tarma (juillet 1893): six spécimens. ‘Iris brun fonce.”
Un mile examiné par Berlepsch a les ailes et la queue plus
courtes que les oiseaux typiques de La Paz, Bolivie.
138. AMMODROMUS PERUANUS (Bp.).
Coturniculus peruanus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 43.
La Merced: quatre spécimens, juillet 1890. ‘‘ Iris brun foncé.”
Tam. Icrmrips,
139. Osrinors ALFREDI (Des Murs).
Trois males et une femelle de La Merced (juillet 1890 et avril
1891) et de Borgaiio (mai 1891). “Iris gris bleudtre, bec blanc
jaunitre.”
140. Osrinors arrovirEns (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Deux miles de La Gloria (9 aot 1890) et de Garita del Sol
(juin 1891). <“‘ Iris cendré bleuatre ou brun, bec d’un jaune olivaire
pale, pattes noires.”
141. Osrrnors DECUMANUS (Pall.).
La Merced (19 juillet 1890): une femelle. <“‘ Iris bleu de ciel.”
142. Cassicus ALBIRosrnris (L.)'.
Tanagra albirostris, Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. ii. prodr. (1764) p.31
(typ. ex America, Mus. Ad. Frid.).
1 Les régles américaines d’aprés lesquelles on commence Ja nomenclature
zoologique 5 partir de l’an 1758 nous permettent de changer le nom impropre de
“ persicus” en ‘* albirostris,” le dernier nom étant imposé par Linné & la méme
espéce deux ans plus tot. Le Cassicus albirostris, Vieill., devra donc porter le
nom de C. chrysopterus (Vig.).—Buru. et Sronz.
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XXIII. 23
354 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON —‘[Mar. 8,
Oriolus persicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1766) p. 161.
Cassicus persicus, auct., Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 411.
La Merced (juillet et aofit 1890); six oiseaux. “Iris bleu de
ciel, bec jaune bleuatre pile.”
143. Casstcus LeuconHAMPuHUS (Bp.).
Chilpes (juillet 1891), Maraynioe (juillet et septembre 1892 et
1893) : cing oiseaux.
144, AMBLYCERCUS sOLITARIUS (Vieill.).
Cassicus solitarius, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 415.
Une femelle de La Merced (24 aoat 1890). “Iris rouge sale,
bec d’un jaune olivatre pale, pattes noires.”
145. Icrurvs OAYANENSIS (Linn.).
Un mile de La Merced (28 juillet 1890). “Iris brun.”
Al. 994, caud. 984, culm. 22, tars. 233 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé se distingue dun individu du Musée Berlepsch,
qui provenait probablement de Cayenne, par le jaune des épaules
beaucoup plus pile, presque citron an lieu d’orangé brunatre, par
les tibias mélangés un peu de jaune et par le bec beaucoup plus
long et distinctement courbé.
146. DoticHonyx oryzivorus (Linn.).
Un male non completement adulte et un jeune oiseau en plumage
de transition. La Merced (1891—mars).
Fam. Corvin.
147. XanrHoura ynoas (Bodd.).
Cyanocorax yncas, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 396.
Un mile et quatre femelles de Garita del Sol (juillet, aout et
septembre 1891).
148, XANTHOURA JOLY (Bp.).
Deux paires de Tambo de Aza (Maraynioc), septembre 1892 et
février 1893. “Iris noiritre, bec et pattes noires.”
Ces oiseaux ne different d’un male adulte de Tamiapampa, Pérou
du nord (coll. Stolzmann), appartenant au Musée Berlepsch, que
par le dos et Ja poitrine plus lavés d’un bleu violatre ou pourpre.
Fam. TYRaNnnip&,
149. AGRIORNIS INSOLENs, Scl. et Saly.
? Agriornis solitaria, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Péron, il. P- 183.
Agriornis insolens, id. ibid. ii. p. 183.
Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), Tarma (juillet 1892) et Maraynioc
aoit 1892 et février 1893): sept specimens. “Iris blanc sale,
bec et pattes noirs.”
do. Al. 1374, cand. 104 , culm. 242, tars. 344 mm.
9) an) ) 132 ’ 9 1013, ” 243, 99 33h bh)
1896.] - HH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 355
150. MyIorHERETES ERYTHROPYGIvs, Scl.
Pariayacu (Maraynioc), aott 1892: une paire. ‘“‘ Iris brun fonce,
bec et pattes noirs.”
do. Al. 1394, caud. 1053, culm. 18, tars. 313 mm.
: 2 * 99 1354, ” 99, ” 173, ” 30 ”
Ces oiseaux ne différent des oiseaux de ]’Ecuador, d’ot venait le
type, que par les ailes et la queue un peu plus courtes et par le
dos plus noirdtre, moins bruniatre.
151. MyiorHmrErns stRIATICOLLIs (Scl.).
Garita del Sol (13 aotit 1891) et Pariayacu (juillet et aott
1892) : trois miles.
152. OcHTHODLETA FUMIGATUS (Boiss.).
Un male de Culumachay (Maraynioc), 21 juillet 1892. “ Iris
brun café, bec et pattes noirs.”
Al. 113, caud. 914, culm. 21, tars. 243 mm.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central s’accordent avec les échantillons
de Bogoté et de |’Ecuador, et ne différent que par les rectrices
externes 4 bordures externes plus piles ou plus blanchatres et
par les bordures des tectrices sus-alaires plus obscures et moins
roussatres.
+153. OcHTHOSCA GNANYHOIDES BRUNNEIFRONS, subsp. nov.
Ochthoéca fumicolor, Tacz. (nec Scl.), Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 191.
Ochthoéca enanthoides (pt.), Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv. (1888)
p. 20 (Ecuador et Pérou centr.).
0. O. eenanthoidi simillima, sed paulo major, pileo anteriore
brunneo, dorso fere concolore (nec olivaceo-griseo lavato), gula
fuscescentiore, necnon stria supercihari post oculum dirstincte
rufescente (nec sordide flavescenti-alba) cistingquenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et septentrionali et in Ecuadoria.
Long. ale. Caudee. Oulm. = Tarsi.
9 (Maraynioc—Peruviacentr.). 863 763 — 24 mm,
9 (Cutervo—Peruvia centr.) . 81 714 14 221 ,,
Oiseaux de l’Ecuador ...... 94-854 814-74 15-133 24-23: ,,
Maraynioe (octobre et décembre 1891, aoiit et septembre 1892);
cing oiseaux. ‘‘ Iris brun foneé, bec et pattes noirs.”
Mr. Sclater a déj& démontré que les oiseaux de I’Hcuador ne
peuvent pas étre réunis avec !’0. fumicolor, Scl., de Bogoté, qui est
plus pale en dessous avec la gorge blanchatre, la poitrine d’un brun
grisitre fauve, Je ventre d’un brun roussitre pile, et les sous-
caudales d’un blanc sale.
La forme qui habite l’Eeuador et le Pérou du nord et central &
presque la méme coloration des parties inférieures que lO. anan-
thoides, Lafr. et d’Orb., de la Bolivie et du Pérou meéridional
(Cachupata). Elle differe néanmoins de 1’0. Cae par la
356 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
couleur du piléu a antérieur, qui est presque la méme que celui du
dos au lieu d’olive grisitre comme chez 10. enanthoides. La
différence la plus tranchante consiste dans la coloration de la strie
surciliére, qui chez 1’0. wnanthoides est d’un blanc jaunitre sale
uniforme, tandis qu’elle est fortement lavée de roussitre dans la
partie postoculaire chez la forme que nous venons de décrire.
Celle-ci a aussi les dimensions généralement plus fortes. Par la
coloration du dessus du corps la forme nouvelle ressemble plutot &
VO. fumicolor qwi VO. enanthoides.
154, OcHTHoCA PotIonora, Scl. et Salv.
Une paire d’Ingapirca (juin 1890) et un mile de Queta prés de
Tarma (29 juillet 1893). ‘ Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 92, caud. 80, culm. 134, tars. 233 mm.
Nous n’avons pas eu l’occasion de comparer des oiseaux typiques
de Pitumarea, Pérou du sud, mais il faut remarquer que nos oiseaux
onf le dos d’un brun terreux, tandis que nous lisons dans la
diagnose de MM. Sclater et Salvin “ supra cinerea.”
155, OcHTHOCA LEUCOMETOPA, Scl. et Saly.
Acobamba (11 juillet 1890) et Tarma (décembre 1890, juillet et
noit 1893): quatres exemplaires. ‘ Iris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec un spécimen typique de Paucartambo
(Pérou du Sud) du Musée Berlepsch.
-+ 156. OoHrHosca JELSKII sPODIONOTA, subsp. nov.
O. O. jelskii (ea Peruv. septentr. occ.) simillima, sed differt dorso
obscure olivaceo-brunneo (nec castaneo-brunneo), fronte etiam
aureo-flavo nulto latiore et letiore ut videtur.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (typus in Mus. Branicki).
3 6. Al. 69-663, caud. 603-574, culm. 113-103, tars. 213 mm.
Un mile adulte du 22 juin 1892 de Maraynioc, Pariayacu, et’ un
jeune male du 17 septembre 1892 de Maraynioc, Culumachay.
“Tris brun, bec et pattes noirs.”
C’est par méprise que Mr. Sclater, dans le Cat. Brit. Mus. xiv.
p. 22, réuni 1’O. jelsku, Tacz., avec |’O. pulchella, Scl., de la Bolivie,
car la derniére n’a pas de jaune au front.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central paraissent également différents de
lO. jelskii, Tacz. (dont le type venait de la Montana de Nancho au
nord-ouest du Pérou), ayant le dos d’un brun dolive 4 peine
roussitre (encore plus obscur que chez 10. citrinifrons de |’ Ecuador,
tandis que lO. jelskit est dit étre parfaitement distincte de
VO. citrinifrons par le dos plus roux. Les oiseaux de Maraynioc
différent aussi de !’O. citrinifrons par le jaune du front beaucoup plus
large et plus intense (plutét d’un jaune d’or que d’un jaune citron
pile), dont Taczanowski ne fait pas mention dans la description de
YO. jelskii. Ein outre les oiseaux de Maraynioe difftrent de 1’.
citrinifrons par le cendré de la gorge et de la poitrine un peu plus
obscur, par les sous-caudales blanches, par des bordures d’un brun
roussatre des tectrices alaires et des rémiges tertiaires, enfin par
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF CENLRAL PERU. 357
les dimensions plus grandes. Par ces derniers caractéres elle
parait s’accorder avec 1’0. jelskii.
157. OcuTHOECA LEssont, Scl.
Maraynioc (octobre 1891, juillet, aofit et septembre 1892):
cing oiseaux.
Al. 674, caud. 61, culm. 113, tars. 193 mm.
158. OcutTHo#oA THORACTOA, Tacz.
Une paire de Maraynioc (juillet et aott 1892).
L’oiseau typique du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie venait de
Chilpes—localité trés voisine de Maraynioc.
3. Al. 684, caud. 64 , culm. 123, tars. 193 mm.
Q- » 653, 5 523, 4 11g, » 183 »
159. OcHTHOLCA RUFIMARGINATA, Lawr.
Maraynioc (novembre 1891, aoitt et septembre 1892): trois
exemplaires. ;
+160. SaYORNIS CINDRACEA ANGUSTIROSTRIS, subsp. nov.
Sayornis cineracea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 204.
S. 8. cineraces (Lafr.) e Venezuela simillima, differt rostro multo
angustiore et breviore, capite, dorso, gula, pectore ventrisque
lateribus intensius nigris (nec nigro-brunneis), uropygio quoque
obscurius schistaceo, tectricthus subcaudalibus nigro-brunneis
sordide albo marginatis (nec majore ex parte albescentibus).
ITab. in Peruvia centrali (et in Ecuadoria 2).
6. Long ale 942, caud. 84, culm. 15, tars. 18 mm.
Deux miles et une femelle de La Merced (juillet 1890, janvier
et mars 1891).
_ La Sayornis du Pérou central se distingue des oiseaux de Caracas
(S. cineracea typique) par le bec beaucoup plus étroit et plus court,
par la couleur nviratre du corps plus intense (moins brunitre), et
par les tectrices sous-caudales d’un noir brun et bordées d’un gris
blanchatre au lieu d’étre presque blanches en entier comme c’est le
cas chez les oiseaux du Vénézuela.
Un oiseau de Ecuador du Musée Berlepsch a le bec petit comme
le spécimen de La Merced et parait appartenir 4 la méme forme.
Les individus de la Bolivie du Musée Berlepsch (S. latirostris,
Cab. et Heine) ont le bec large comme la S. cineracea typique
et ne s’en distinguent que par les tectrices sous-caudales noiritres
et les tectrices sus-alaires et les tertiaires plus largement bordées
de blanc. Un oiseau de Bogotd (Musée Berlepsch) ne parait
pas différent des oiseaux de la Bolivie.
161. CoPURUS COLONUS FUSCICAPILLUS (Scl.).
Copurus colonus (Vieill.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 209.
Dix individus, dont quatre males, une femelle et deux jeunes
oiseaux (en plumage complétement noir) de La Merced, de La Gloria
4
358 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
(juillet et aofit 1890, janvier et avril 1891) et de Garita del Sol
(juillet 1891). “ Iris brun foncé.”
Ties oiseaux de Bogota (C. fuscicapillus typique), de 1’ Ecuador,
du Pérou et de la Bolivie ont toujours les deux rectrices médianes
beaucoup plus longues que ceux du Brésil. La Muscicapa colonus,
Vieill., repose sur la forme du Paraguay, qu'il faudra examiner.
La femelle de La Merced se distingue des miiles adultes par le
piléum plus brundtre dans sa partie postérieure et par le ventre
mélangé de blanchatre.
162. Muscisaxicona aLBrrrons (Tsch.).
Deux miles. Cordilléres du Péron central (avril 1890). “ Iris
brun clair.”
163, MusoIsaxIcoLa CINEREA, Phil. et Landb.
Tngapirca (juin 1890): deux miles, “ Iris brun.”
Al. 1122, caud. 774-763, culm. 143, tars. 284 mm.
164, MusctsaxicoLa FLAVINUCHA, Lafr.
Ingapirca (juin 1890): six individus. “ Tris brun.”
165. MusorsaXICoLA RUBRIOAPILLA, Phil. et Landb.
Un mile de Maraynioc, 23 juillet 1892. M. Kalinowski avait
envoyé cet individu sous le nom de AM. juninensis, mais cette derniére
est une espéce tout-i-fait distincte.
166. Musorsax1coLA JUNINENSIS, Tacz.
Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), Pariayacu et Tarma (juillet et
septembre 1892, juillet 1893). ‘‘ Iris brun foncé.”
167. MUsoIsaxIcoLa RUFIVERTEX, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Chicla (avril 1890), hacienda de Queta pres de Tarma (juillet et
septembre 1893). “Iris brun clair.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-a-fait avec les échantillons recueillis
par Garlepp 4 La Paz, Bolivie.
168. MuscisaxIcoLA MACULTROSTRIS, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Ingapirca (mai 1890), Queta (juillet 1893) et Maraynioc (sep-
tembre 1892). “Iris brun foncé.”
gad. Al. 86}, caud. 633, culm. 1332, tars. 25 mm.
Le type de la M. maculirostris venait de La Paz, Bolivie, et ayant
comparé une belle série d’oiseaux recueillis par Garlepp 4 Chicani,
dans la Bolivie occidentale, Berlepsch a pu constater que les oiseaux
du Pérou central n’en différent par aucun détail.
Une femelle de Yocon, Ecuador oce. (coll. Stolamann), du Musée
Branicki, comparée 4 loiseau de Junin (Ingapirca) présente des
différences considérables. Cet oiseau a le bec plus court et plus
large & la base, et les ailes et la queue plus courtes. Les parties
inférieures sont fortement lavées et mélangées de roussitre, tandis
que chez loiseau de Junin elles sont dun blane sale lavées un peu
1896.]} THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 359
de brun grisitre sur la poitrine et d’un rosé tendre sur l’abdomen.
Les tectrices sous-alaires et les bords internes des rémiges sont d’un
ochreux vif au lieu d’un blanc roussatre.
Pour cette forme de |’Ecuador occ. nous proposons le nom de
M, maculirostris rufescens, Berl. et Stolz.
@ de Yocon. Long. al. 804, caud. 623, culm. 12, tars. 254 mm.
169. MuscIsaxICOLA FLUVIATILIs, Scl. et Salv.
Trois femelles de La Merced (juillet, aoit et septembre 1890).
‘Tris brun foncé.”
Nous n’avyons pas pu comparer nos oiseaux avec les exemplaires
typiques de l’Ucayali. Ils s’accordent parfaitement avec un oiseau
recueilli par Garlepp 4 Juntas, Bolivie. Il parait que les oiseaux
typiques de l’Ucayali auraient les bandes alaires plus marquees.
170. MuscIsaxICOLA RUFIPENNIS, Tacz.
Un jeune oiseau de Maraynioc, Pariayacu, de 15 aoait 1892.
Al. 1283, caud. 94, culm, 203, tars. 293 mm.
Cette espéce nous parait plutét une Z'entoptera, ayant le bec ia
large que les espéces de Muscisawicolu. Peut-étre faudra-t-il en
former un genre nouveau.
171. Cunrrires ongas, Scl. et Salv.
Nombreux individus d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890). “ Iris brun
foneé.” Le type venait de Tinta, Pérou du sud.
172, PLATYRHYNCHUS FLAVIGULARIS, Scl. et Salvy.
Un oiseau en mue, sans indication du sexe, de La Gloria (6 février
1891). ‘Iris brun clair.”
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski s’accorde bien avec les individus
typiques de Bogota.
Ti faut cependant remarquer que le pileum parait un peu plus
lavé de brun roussitre, et que la gorge est d’un jaune plus ochreux
ou plus saturé. Les dimensions sont peut-étre un peu plus fortes :
nile 64, queue 333, culmen 11, tarse 133 mm.
-- 173, TopIRostRUM CINEREUM (L.).
La Merced (juillet et septembre 1890, février et avril 1891), La
Gloria (aoft 1890) et San Emilio (mai 1893). “ Iris jaune pale.”
Ces oiseaux ont les ailes un peu plus longues, et la queue beau-
coup plus longue, qu’un oiseau de Cayenne. Toutes les parties
supérieures sont plus noiratres, surtout le noir du piléum plus
intense et plus prolongé vers la nuque. Le type du 7. cinereum
venait de Surinam. Les oiseaux de Bogota paraissent inter-
médiaires.
Les deux ceufs recueillis par M. Kalinowski 4 Chanchamayo sont
d’une forme ovale typique, arrondis au gros bout et graduellement
attenués vers le petit bout. La coque, d’un blanc pur, est assez
lisse, mais sans lustre. Dimensions: 163 x12, 16 x 113 mm,
360 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M.J.8TOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
174, Euscartumus pyRruors, Cab.
Une femelle de Culumachay (Maraynioc), 17 septembre 1892.
Al, 443, caud. 412, culm. 10, tars. 153 mm.
Les oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie
venaient de Maraynioc et de Tambopata.
175. Huscartumus Latinosrnis, Pelz.
La Merced: un male du 27 juillet 1890. ‘Iris brun foncé.”
Cet individu différe un peu des oiseaux typiques par les couleurs
en général plus intenses et par les tibias roux au lieu de verd-
‘tres. Ces différences pourraient étre individuelles, car ’oiseau a
le plumage trés frais.
Cette espéce était omise dans )’ ‘Ornithologie du Pérou’ de
Taczanowski, quoiqu’elle était trouvé par Hauxwell i Chamicuros
et par Bartlett i Nauta (Pérou or.).
176, EUSCARTHMUS MARGARITACEIVENTER (Lafr. et d’Orb.),
subsp. ?
Euscarthmus wuchereri, Tacz. (nec Scl. et Salv.) Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 233,
Deux paires de La Merced (juillet 1890; janvier, février et avril
1891). ‘Tris jaune orangé chez les deux miles et chez une
femelle, jaune pile chez l’autre ; bec brun & mandibule inférieure
carnée i la base, pattes d’un carné rosé.”
Ces oiseaux différent un peu des exemplaires typiques envoyés
par Garlepp de la Bolivie (Musée Berlepsch). Ils ont le milieu
de abdomen un peu lavé de jaunitre, tandis que chez l’E. mar-
garitaceiventer typique il est dun blanc pur. En outre ils ont le
dos d’un vert olive plus clair, et cet olive est plus étenda vers la
nuque, tandis que chez les oiseaux boliviens le cendré noiritre du
piléum se prolonge presque jusqu’au dos supérieur. nfin les
individus de La Merced ont le bec un peu plus long et la machoire
d’un brun rougedtre au lieu de noiritre. Les ailes et la queue sont
généralement un peu plus courtes. En cas que ces différences
seraient constantes, il faudrait peut-étre nommer les oiseaux péru-
viens Huscarthmus margaritaceiventer rufipes (Tsch.), car l’E. rufipes
de Tschudi parait s’appliquer 4 cette forme. LL. pelzelni, Scl. et
Salv., de Matogrosso, est peut-étre peu distinct des oiseaux du
Pérou.
177. Cznorricous RUFICEPS (Lafr.).
Serphophaga ruficeps, Tacz. (nec Lafr.), Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 237.
Un mile adulte de Sarnapaycha (Maraynioc), 22 février 1893.
“Tris brun rougedtre, bec noir 4 mandibule inférieure jaune,
pattes d’un gris olivatre.”
L’oiseau envoyé a des dimensions plus fortes que trois individus
de Bogotdé examinés par Berlepsch. L/aile est un peu, la queue
considérablement plus longue, le bec plus étroit que chez ley
oiseaux auxquels ils ont été comparés,
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 361
Les tectrices sus-alaires sont d’un brun olivitre presque uniforme,
au lien d’étre bordées d’un roux chitain vif comme chez les oiseaux
de Bogoté. Les rémiges et les rectrices sont bordées d’un brun
olive roussitre au lieu d’un brun chatain. Enfin le roux de la téte
est plus terne, le vert olive du dos plus lavé de brunitre, et le
milieu de abdomen d’un jaune verditre au lieu d’un jaune soufré
pur. La’ mandibule inférieure est d’un jaune plus clair sans
mélange brunitre.
Il parait donc que l’oiseau du Pérou mérite d’étre séparé, mais
avant de le décrire comme sous-espéce nouvelle il faudra examiner
plusieurs échantillons de cette région. En attendant nous lui
réservons le nom provisoire C. ruficeps haplopteryx, Berl. et
Stolzm.
3g. Maraynioc .... Al. 623, caud. 493. culm. 103, tars. 233 mm.
Specimina de Bogota. ,, 603, ,, 463, ,, 104, ,, 224 ,,
-+ 178. LopHorriccus squAMIcRIsTaTUS (Lafr.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle du 1 juillet 1891.
179. ORCHILUS ALBIVENTRIS, Berl. et Stolzm.
Orchilus albiveniris, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 389.
Maile unique de La Merced (10 septembre 1890).
180. Hapanocercus Acuriprnnis, Sel. et Salv.
La Merced: un jeune mile du 20 juillet 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
g juv. Al. 48, caud. 49, culm. 103, tars. 183 mm.
4-- 181. SmureHoPHAGA CINEREA, Strickl.
Iin Merced: deux femelles du 25 février 1891 et du 25 aoit
1890.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-i-fait avec des individus de
VEcuador, de Ja Bolivie etc. Les oiseaux de Lima ne different que
par le dos un peu plus obscur.
} 182. AWERETES PARULUS EQUATORIALIS, Tacz. et Berl.
Aneretes parulus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 239.
Acobamba (juillet 1890), Tarma (décembre 1890) et Maraynioc
(octobre 1891 et-aoit 1892). “Iris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les spécimens de |’Ecuador et du
Pérou du Nord, séparés par Taczanowski et Berlepsch sous la
dénomination d@’A. parulus equatorialis (P. Z.8. 1884, p. 296).
+ 183. CYANOTIS RUBRIGASTRA ALTICOLA, subsp. nov.
— Cyanotis azare', Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 243 (partim).
C.C. rubrigastre (Vieill.) ew Argentina, Chilia et Brasilia simillima,
differt ahs caudaque'longioribus et nigredine in parte basali
1 Te nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce est Sylvia rubrigastra (Vieill.)
(typus ex Paraguay). : 4
Ce)
Q.
362 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. 8TOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,
vexilli interni rectricum externarum mayis extensa, dimidium
basale fere occupante,
. Long. tot. 136-128, ale 57, caudx 49}, culminis 93, tarsi 19 mm.
o 128, » 55-543, ,, 48, A 93; ,, 192 ,,
Dimensions de la C. rubrigastra typique :—
Aile. Queue, Culm. Tara,
mm, mm. mm. mm,
. Chonchitas, Argentina, 25 oct., Mus. Sel. 473 42 103 +193
do. La Plata, a 10 nov., ,, 51g 453 «113198
3. 5 bi 6 nov., 4, 50 43 103 194
é. 0 a 4nov., ,, 52 464 — 193
Ad. Chili, Musée Berlepsch .............. 483 422 92 18
» Lima (Nation), Mus. Scl. ............ 50 383 11} 19}
Hab. in Peruvia centrali alta.
Huit individus d’Ingapirea (24 & 26 mai 1890), “Iris brun
bleuatre; envergure du mile 177-174, de la femelle 173-168 mm.”
Comparés aux oiseaux de la rép. Argentine, du Chili et du
Brésil méridional, nos exemplaires d’Ingapirea (Junin) présentent
une différence considérable dans la longueur des ailes et de la queue,
qui sont beaucoup plus longues que chez les oiseaux typiques. En
outre le noir sur la partie basale de la barbe interne des rectrices
externes est considérablement plus étendu, occupant presque la
moitié de la Jongueur, tandis que chez les oiseaux d’autres contrées
on ne voit qu’une petite tache 4 l’extréme base de cette barbe.
Les rémiges, surtout les secondaires, sont plus distinctement
bordées de blane 4 la pointe. Il parait aussi que le rouge de la
huppe interne et le jaune des sourcils et du dessous. du corps sont
un peu plus clairs. Le bec parait aussi plus mince.
Cest un fait remarquable qu’un individu de Lima du Musée
Sclater recueilli par le Prof. Nation appartient 4 la vraie C. rubri-
gastra. Il parait done que la forme que nous venons de décrire
serait propre aux régions trés élevées du Pérou.
184. M&cocERCULUS STICTOPTERUS TENIOPTERUS (Cab.),
Mecocerculus stictopterus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 201.
Maraynioc (novembre 1891, juillet et septembre 1892): trois
miles et une femelle.
Les oiseaux du Pérou se distinguent des oiseaux de )’Ecuador et
de la Colombie par le dos d’un olive verditre au lieu d’un olive
bruniitre (cf. ‘'acz. 1. ¢.).
185. Poaonorricous OPHTHALMIOUS, Tacz.
La Gloria: une femelle du 21 février 1891.
4-186. MioNECYES stRIATICOLLIS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).
Une femelle de Garita del Sol (septembre 1891), un jeune mile
de La Gloria (février 1891), et un mile adulte de Puyas-Yacu
(15 juillet 1892).
Les oiseaux du Pérou, de l’Ecuador et de la Colombie paraissent
‘différents des oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie par le plombé de la
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PURU, 363
téte et de la gorge plus restreint, moins pur et plus mélangé de
verditre, par les stries de la poitrine plus étroites et plus jaunatres
(au lieu de blanchitres) sur un fond olivatre moins foncé, enfin par
les tectrices sus-alaires grandes et moyennes bordées i la pointe d’un
roussitre pile produisant une sorte de bandes alaires dont l’oiseau
bolivien ne présente aucune trace. En cas que ces différences
seraient constantes, on pourrait distinguer la forme septentrionale
comme UM. striaticollis poliocephalus (Tsch.).
187. LEProPOGON AMAUROOEPHALUS PHRUVIANUS (Scl. et Salv.).
Leptopogon peruvianus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 248.
Un mile de La Merced (26 aoitt 1890). “ Iris brun bleuatre.”
Dimensions: Aile 66, queue 563, culmen 13, tarse 143 mm.
Cet oiseau a les dimensions un peu plus fortes qu’un mile de
Samiria (Amazone sup.—coll. Hauxwell) du Musée Berlepsch.
188. LEPTOPOGON SUPEROILIARIS, T'sch.
La Merced: un mile du 16 septembre 1890. ‘Iris brun clair.”
189. Lupropocon RvUFIPuCTUS, Tacz.
Un mile de Maraynioc du 24 octobre 1892. “ Iris brun foneé,
bec noir, pattes d’un gris bleuatre.”
Al. 693, caud. 64, culm. 114, tars. 144 mm.
C’est une espéce tout-i-fait distincte, peut-étre plus yoisine du
L. erythrops, Scl., que de toute autre.
190. PHYLLOMYIAS SEMIFUSCA WAGE (Tacz.).
Myiopatis wage, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 253.
Deux miles et une femelle de La Merced (septembre 1890,
février et mars 1891). “Iris brun foncé.”
Aile 592, queue 57, culmen 93, tarse 183 mm.
Ces oiseaux paraissent un peu intermédiaires entre Ja Ph. wage
du Pérou du nord et la forme de Bahia, qui doit probablement
porter le nom de Ph. semifusca superciliaris (Reinh.). Ils ne se
distinguent des specimens de Bahia que par le dos plus lavé
de grisitre et d’olivatre au lieu de roussitre.
191. TyRannisous FRoNTALIS, Berl. et Stolam. (Plate XIV.)
Tyranniscus frontals, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 390.
Garita del Sol (juillet, aotit et septembre 1891) et San Emilio
(Vitoc) (mai 1893): trois miles et une femelle.
+ 192, Tyranniscus PLUMBEICEPS (Lawr.).
Pogonotriccus plumbeiceps, Lawr.; Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv.
p- 99.
Deux femelles: La Gloria (24 janvier 1891) et Garita del Sol
(8 novembre 1892). ‘Iris brun, bec noir, pattes plombées.”
Aile 59-583, queue 59-533, culmen 83-7, tarse 15 mm.
Elles s’accordent avec les oiseaux de |’Heuador oriental recueillis
par Stolzmann. :
364 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J.SfOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,
193. EvaInna PALLATANG®, Scl.
Une femelle de Pariayacu, Maraynioc (1 aoit 1892),
Al. 743, caud. 693, culm, 93, tars. 163 mm.
194, Baten ALBIcEPS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Un mile adulte de Garita del Sol (14 juillet 1891).
Aile 774, queue 67, culmen 8}, tarse 173, “ long, totale 166,
envergure 2 $54” mm.
Avant Vavoir examiné les types de I’#, albiceps, Lafr. et d’Orb.,
et de lE. modesta, Tsch., il est impossible de dire avec certitude &
quelles formes ces dénominations s’appliqueront en réalité, Quant
i M. albiceps, Latr. et d’Orb., il nous parait que les individus de
Tacna (qui sont peut-étre identiques d ceux de Lima) et non
ceux de Rio Janeiro (qui appartenaient ou d PE. albiceps parvi-
rostris, Pelz., ou JE. pagana) ont servi de types 4 la description. '
Il se peut aussi que les oiseaux de Yungas aient servi de
types. Dans la description dela A/. modesta, Tschudi fait mention
de larges pointes blanches aux tectrices sus-alaires, ce qui s’‘appli-
querait, mieux aux oiseaux de Vorient qu’a ceux de l’occident, mais
Jes mesures données par Tschudi s’accordent bien avec celles des
oiseaux occidentaux.
En tout cas il faudra séparer les oiseaux de Vorient de ceux de
Voccident du Pérou. L’oisean de Garita del Sol se distingue de
ceux de Lima et d’Ica par les dimensions beaucoup plus petites, le
bec beaucoup plus étroit et plus faible, et par les bandes alaires
formées par les bordures terminales des tectrices les plus longues
et des médiaires plus larges et plus blanchatres, enfin par les
plumes de la huppe plus allongées et plus terminées en pointe.
L’oiseau de Garita ressemble plus & Voiseau de Chili qu’s celui
de Lima, mais celui de Chilia le bec également plus large et différe
par la couleur des parties supérieures du corps un peu plus pale et
plus uniforme et non variée par des disques plus foncés au milieu
des plumes; la gorge et la poitrine sont plus grisitres, moins
blanchatres ; enfin les ailes sont un peu plus longues. Unmilede
Fuerte d’Andalgala, Catamarca (coll. White), du Musée Berlepsch,
s’accorde le mieux avec l’oiseau de Garita, mais difftre néanmoins
par les ailes plus longues et le bec plus long et moins comprimé.
195. Exarnea aiaas, Scl. et Salv.
La Merced: une femelle (29 aofit 1890). ‘Iris brun.”
Aile 883, queue 743, tarse 183 mm.
Cet oiseau s’accorde bien avec les individus de Huayabamba
(Pérou du nord et de Bogoté) du Musée Berlepsch.
196. Enaryea opscura, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Garita del Sol (juillet et xoit 1891); deux miles.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des spécimens recueillis par Garlepp
dans la Bolivie occidentale,
1896.] THD ORNITHOLOGY OF OENTRAL PRU. 365
197. SUBLEGATUS BREVIROSTRIS (‘T'sch.).
Elainea brevirostris, Tach. Arch. x. 1 (1844), p. 274; id. Faun.
Per., Aves, p. 272; Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 272.
Empidagra brevirostris, Cab.; Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv.
p. 155. ; :
Le Merced: une femelle du 29 aott 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”
Long. totale 153, envergure 226, aile 69, queue 66, culmen 8,
tarse 162 mm.
Cette espéce est assez proche du S. platyrhynchus (Scl. et Salyv.)
du Brésil. Elle ne différe que par les ailes et la queue plus
longues et les couleurs plus vives. On peut supposer que le
S. griseocularis, Sel. et Salv., est identique 4 V’espéce de Tschudi,
dont MM. Cahanis et-Sclater ont malheureusement fait une
Timpidagra.
-+198. Leaarus aLBIcoLuis (Vieill.).
La Merced: un mile, octobre 1890. “Iris brun foncé.”
Al, 814, caud. 61, culm. 134, tars. 153 mm.
~-{|- 199. MyzoznTrres siMInis (Spix).
La Merced: cing individus, juillet 1890. ‘Iris brun olivatre.”
Ces oiseaux ont le dos un peu plus verdatre, et les rémiges moins
bordées de roussitre, que les oiseaux de Bahia. Ils sont presque
intermédiaires entre le MM. similis du Brésil et le M. tevensis
colombianus (Cab. et Heine) de Bogot#é, mais ressemblent plus au
premier.
200. RuyncHocycLus viripicers, Scl. et Salv.
Rhynchocyclus viridiceps, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 280 (typus
é Pebas).
La Merced: deux miles (27 juillet et 12 septembre 1890).
“Tris brun foncé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec la description du
Ih. viridiceps, dont le type, jusqu’’ présent unique, venait de Pebas,
Haut-Amazone. Ils différent cependant par les dimensions plus
fortes et par le manque de la strie surciliére d’un jaune orangé,
qui se trouve chez le type de Pebas examiné par Berlepsch il y a
quelques années.
Aile. Queue. Culmen. Tarse.
3 ode la Merced. . 6343-604 533-493 123-112 173-163 mm.
¢ de Pebas...... 57 44. 113 163. —sC,,
- 201. Mytopynasrus souirantus (Vieill.).
La Gloria (aotit 1890), La Merced (septembre 1890 et mars
1891), Borgona (avril 1891), et Garita del Sol (octobre 1891).
“Tris brun foneé.”
Ces oiseaux s’accordent bien avec les oiseaux typiques de Para-
guay du Musée Berlepsch. .
366 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
202. MyiopYNASTES CHRYSOCEPHALUS (T'sch.).
Garita del Sol: une femelle du 14 février 1893.
Al. 1053, caud. 89, culm. 233, tars. 173 mm.
208. Himunpivea sotatnri, Reinh.
Deux individus: g de Chanchamayo (7 février 1891), et 9 de
Garita del Sol (28 aot 1891).
-}204. Myr1opius wzvivus (Bodd.)?
La Merced: un jeune male du 20 juillet 1890. “Iris brun
foncé.”
Aile 59, queue 55, culmen 103, tarse 14? mm.
Cet oiseau s’accorde bien avec des femelles ou jeunes miles de
Bahia. Ila la huppe internerousse. I] faudra voir le male adulte
4 huppe jaune.
-/-205. Myrostus cinnamomeEus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Garita del Sol: deux femelles, juin et septembre 1891. S’ac-
cordent avec les oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie.
206. Myronius FULVIGULARIS, Salv. et Godm.
Myiobius fulvigularis, Saly. et Godm, Biolog. Centr.-Amer., Aves
(1889), p. 58 (typus ex Am. centr.).
Myiobius erythrurus, Tacz. (nec Cab.) Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 301.
Borgona: une femelle du 21 avril 1891. -
4- 207. PyrocePHaLus RuBINEUS (Bodd.).
La Merced: un jeune mile, aoit 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”
- 208. EMPrDOCHANES PHOILURUS PERUANUS, subsp. nov.
Empidochanes pecilurus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 314.
E.¥. peciluro ea Bogota affnis, differt rectricibus duabus
externis—macula anteapicali fusca excepta—fere omnino pallide
rufis, cceteris—duabus intermedius omnino fuscis exceptis—
pogonio eaterno solummodo fuscis, interno omnino rufis, necnon
abdomine ochraceo saturatiore, rostro etiam longiore.
Q de Garita: al. 703, caud. 62, culm. 113, tars. 173 mm.
Hab, in Peruvia septentr. (‘Tambillo), centrali (Garita del Sol),
et in meridionali (Cosnipata). Garita del Sol: une femelle du 23
juillet 1891.
La femelle envoyée par Kalinowski, de méme qu’une jeune
femelle de Tambillo du Musée Berlepsch (recueillie par Stolzmann),
se distingue d’un oiseau de Bogot# par la coloration de la rectrice
externe. L/’oiseau de Bogota la présente en grande partie noiritre
avec les deux tiers de la barbe interne brun roussitre, tandis que
chez les oiseaux du Pérou cette rectrice est d’un roux pile presque
uniforme 4 l’exception d’une petite tache noiratre dans la portion
terminale. Les rectrices suivantes chez les oiseaux du Pérou ont
la barbe externe noiratre, l’interne d’un roux brun uniforme, tandis
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PHRU. 367
que chez l’oiseau de Bogotd la barbe interne est en grande partie
noiritre. Enfin les oiseaux du Pérou présentent l’abdomen d’un
ochreux plus intense et ont le bec plus long. Mr. Sclater (Cat.
Birds Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 218) avait déji mentionné la différence
entre les oiseaux du Pérou et de la Colombie.
-]-209. MrrrEPHANES OCHRACEIVENTRIS (Cab.).
Mitrephorus ochraceiventris, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 315.
Maraynioc: deux miles adultes, dont un du 17 novembre 1891
et l'autre du 1 décembre 1892. “Iris brun foncé, bec et pattes
noirs.”
210. MirrEerHaNEs oLivacnus, Berl. et Stolzm.
Mitrephanes olivaceus, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 391.
Male unique de Garita del Sol (3 septembre 1891).
-|- 211, Corropus arpustacus (Lafr.),
Chanchamayo (juillet 1890) et Garita del Sol (septembre 1891):
une paire de jeunes oiseaux. ‘Iris brun foncé.”
-| 212. Conropus VIRENS RIOHARDSONI (Swains.) ?
La Merced, un male adulte du 27 février 1891, et La Gloria,
une femelle plus jeune du 19 février 1891.
g. Aile 88, queue 68, culmen 14, tarse 13? mm.
Org Sls) 15. 622, 5) 138 3) 1ls
213. Myraronus onpHatorns, Tacz.
La Merced (décembre 1890) et Garita del Sol (juillet 1891 et
ayril 1893): cing oiseaux.
214. Myiaronus TRicotor, Pelz.
Myiarchus nigriceps, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn, Pérou, ii. p. 324
(partim).
Une paire de Borgona (27 avril 1891) et de La Gloria (17 janvier
1891).
Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec un spécimen de Bahia,
Brésil, du Musée Berlepsch (IM. tricolor typique) et différent du
M., nigriceps, Scl., de ? Ecuador occidental et de Tambillo, Pérou du
nord, ayant le piléum d’un brun noiratre au lieu d’un noir intense.
Ils ressemblent le plus aux oiseaux de 1’Ecuador oriental, de
Bogota et de Bucaramanga du Musée Berlepsch.
215. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLIOUS (Vieill.).
La Merced : cing oiseaux du juillet 1890. Iris brun clair.”
Fam. Pirrip®.
216. Prexirns rscHupiI, Cab.
La Gloria (janvier et février) et La Merced (mars 1891): deux
miles et une femelle.
368 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
- Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les individus de l’Ecuador or. et de
Bogoté du Musée Berlepsch. II parait néanmoins qu’ils différent
constammeut en ayant les tectrices sus-alaires bordées a la pointe
d'un blanc olivatre au lieu de vert, ce qui forme une seconde raie
sur Vaile, tandis que les oiseaux des autres localités n’en ont qu’une.
217. Cutororiro unrIcotor, Tacz.
Garita del Sol: une femelle du 8 juillet 1891. “Tris brun
foneé, bec brun 4 mandibule inférieure d’un brun bleuatre, pattes
dun brun bleudtre.” Envergure 252, long. lat. 143, aile 753,
queue 503, culmen 144, tarse 113 mm.
Mr. Sclater dans le Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 286 a placé le
Ch. unicolor, Tacz., comme synonyme du Ch, wniformis (avec point
d’ interrogation), mais l’espéce de Taczanowski est tout-a-fait dis-
tincte. Berlepsch a comparé la femelle de Garita del Sol avec un
mile et deux femelles du Ch. uniformis de la Guyane anglaise et a
trouvé qu’elle en différe par le bec totalement différent, beaucoup
plus comprimé et plus droit 4 Varéte dorsale de la machoire trés
saillante et non arrondie comme chez le Ch. wniformis, par la
mandibule inférieure en partie blanchatre, par le vert du plumage
beaucoup plus foncé, le piléum d’un vert noiratre un peu Iuisant..
La différence la plus frappante consiste dans la couleur et dans la
forme des tectrices sous-alaires postérieures, qui chez le Ch. unicolor
sont allongées, soyeuses et lisses et d’une couleur blanc de neige,
tandis que chez le Ch. wniformis elles sont de la forme ordinaire et
d’une couleur blanchitre lavée de jaune verditre. Il y a aussi chez
le Ch. unicolor un fascicule de longues plumes soyeuses aux cétés
du corps sous laile d’un blane de neige qui manquent au Ch. uni-
formis. Du reste le Ch. unicolor est plus petit dans toutes ses
dimensions.
218. Pirra ciLorommnos, T'sch.
La Gloria (aoat 1890, janvier ct février 1891), La Merced
(septembre 1890 et mars 1891) et Borgofia (juin 1891). “ Iris
blanc jaunitre.”’
219. Prpra coma, Berl. et Stolzm.
Pipra comata, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 392. :
La Gloria (aoit 1890) et Garita del Sol (juin et aoit 1891, avril
1893).
+- 220. Pipra omRULEOCAPILLA, Tsch.
La Gloria et La Merced: cinq oiseaux, aofit 1893 et février
1891, ‘Iris brun foncé.”
221. HETEROPELMA AMAZONUM, Scl.
La Gloria: un mile du 11 aofit 1890. ‘Tris brun clair.”
Envergure 299, long. totale 185, nile 89, queue 703, culmen 127,
tarse 204 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski différe un peu d’un spécimen du
1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PERU. 369
H. amazonum, Scl., de ’Ecuador oriental du Musée Berlepsch.
Dans la couleur des parties intérieures il n’y a pas de différences,
mais les parties supérieures sont plus verditres, presque comme
chez le H. wallacei, ’ exception du piléum, qui est presque aussi
roussitre que chez le H. turdinum. Les ailes sont courtes, comme
chez le H. wallucei, la queue plus longue que chez le H. wallace: et
le H. amazonum, mais plus courte que chez le H. turdinum. Le
bec est mince, comme chez le H. amazonum.
Il faudrait voir plusieurs individus avant de décrire la forme
péruvienne comme espéce ou sous-espéce nouvelle.
Fam. Corinaip az.
-{-222. TiTyRA SBMIFASCIATA FORTIS, subsp. nov.
Tityra semifasciata, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, il. p. 353.
T.T. semifasciate simillima, sed alis caudaque longioribus, necnon
pictura rectricum externarwm maris distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et in Bolivia.
La Gloria (aoit 1890) et La Merced (janvier 1891). ‘Iris chez
le male rouge-brique sale, Ja base du bec et le tour de l’eil d’un
rouge sale; chez la femelle l’iris est rositre sale.”
3. Aile 131, queue 803, culmen 284, tarse 244 mm.
g 0 Led 131, ” 803, ” 292, ” 25 bE]
Les oiseaux du Pérou central et de la Bolivie (@ du Mus. Berl.)
comparés 4 un male de Tocantins (7. semifasciata typique) et
un ¢ Iquitos du Musée Berlepsch ont les ailes et la queue
constamment plus longues et le male différe encore par le blanc plus
étendu sur la barbe interne des deux paires des rectrices externes.
Chez la 7. semifasciata typique ces rectrices présentent une large
bande noire occupant les deux barbes sans interruption, tandis que
chez le male de la 7’. semifasciata fortis il n’a qu'une petite tache
sur la barbe interne qui n’atteint pas le rachis. Il parait aussi que
chez nos oiseaux le blanc du corps est plus lavé de grisatre.
-{ 223. PacnyrHampuus nicur (Spix).
Un mile adulte et un jeune male. La Merced (aot 1890).
“Tris brun foncé.”
Le jeune mile a les parties inférieures plus claires et ressemble
beaucoup 4 des individus du P. polychropterus (Vieill.), mais il
posséde déja quelques plumes noirétres 4 la gorge, prouvant qu’ll
porte le plumage de transition.
++ 224, PACHYRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR (Hartl.).
Un jeune male de Vitoc, Huacras, du 22 janvier 1893. Iris
brun noirAtre.
Al. 653, caud. 523, culm. 114, tars. 163 mm.
225. RUPICOLA PERUVIANA (Lath.).
La Gloria (juillet 1890 et janvier 1891), Garita del Sol (juillet
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXIV. 24
370 GBAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. StoLZMANN oN = [Mar.3,
1891) et San Emilio (1892): huit males et deux jeunes. “ Iris
blane avec un anneau autour de la pupille jaunatre, bee et pattes
dun jaune citron.”
226. PIPREOLA VINIDIS INTBRMEDIA, Tacz,
Un miile de Chilpes (30 juillet 1891) et une paire de Culu-
machay (juillet et septembre 1892). ‘Iris d’un olive bleuatre,
bec d’un rouge corail, pattes de la méme couleur mais plus claires.”
227. PrpRHOLA ELEGANS (Tsch.).
Deux miles et une femelle de Garita del Sol (juillet, aoat et
septembre 1891). ‘Iris jaune olivatre, bec d’un rouge orange,
pattes d’un brun olivatre; chez la femelle le bee est dun rouge
orangé sale.”
228. PIPREOLA FRONTALIS, Scl.
Un mile adulte, Garita del Sol (16 aoit 1891). ‘Iris jaune
olivatre, bec orangé, pattes de la méme couleur, mais plus claires.”
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
229. AMPELIO ARCUATUS (Lafr.).
Maraynioc: quatre miles et deux femelles, novembre 1891,
aoit, septembre et novembre 1892, et mars 1893.
230. Huntocuzna ruBroorisrata (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Maraynioc: trois miles, deux femelles et un jeune oisean,
novembre 1891, juin, juillet et septembre 1892.
231. HELIOCHERA RUFAXILLA (Tsch.).
Une femelle de Garita del Sol du 12 mars 1893.
232, CHPHALOPTERUS ORNATUS, Geoffr.
Chanchamayo (juillet 1890) et Borgofia (mai 1891). “ Iris
blane.”
Fam. DENDROCOLAPTIDA,
233. GEOSITTA CUNICULARIA JUNINENSIS, T'acz.
Quatre oiseaux de Bafos (avril) et d’Ingapirca (juin 1890).
“Tris brun foncé.” Comparés avec les oiseaux typiques du Musée
Universitaire de Varsovie. I] est trés probable que la G. cunicu-
lavia guninensis, Tacz., sera identique avec la G. frobent, Phil. et
Landb., mais avant de la réunir & cette espéce il serait recom-
mandable d’examiner le type de la Gt. frobent de Putre, Pérou, qui
est dit avoir la moitié basale de la queue blanche au lieu de
roussitre. __
234. GuosrTrra SAXICOLINA, Tacz.
Ingapirea (mai 1890) et Macabamba prés de Tarma (juillet
1893). “Iris brun.” S’accordent avec les oiseaux typiques du
Musée Universitaire de Varsovie.
1896.] :. THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. aA Byal
235. GHOSITTA THNUIROSTRIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), environs de Tarma (décembre 1892
et juillet 1898).
Ces oiseaux paraissent étre identiques & un mile de Vacas,
Bolivie ; peut-étre ont-ils les ailes un peu plus courtes, le dos un’
peu plus foncé, et la barbe externe des rectrices externes plus
blanchatre.
236. UPUCERTHIA JELSKI (Cab.).
Sept oiseaux d’Ingapirca (mai 1890) et un mile de l’hacienda de
Queta (8 juillet 1893). “Iris brun foncé.”
Comparés aux oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de
Varsovie.
237, UPUOBRTHIA SERRANA, T'acz.
Deux males de Palcamayo (juillet 1890) et quatre exemplaires
de l’hacienda de Queta (décembre 1892, juillet et septembre 1893).
“Tris bruw foncé.”
S’accordent avec les types du Musde Universitaire de Varsovie.
Mr. Sclater a placé YU. serrana, Tacz., comme synonyme de
VU. andecola, Lafr. et d’Orb., mais selon nous elle est bien dis-
tincte. Il nous parait que I’U. bridgesi, Scl., est identique &
VU. andecola.
238. CINOLODES RIVULARIS, Cab.
Cing oiseaux d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890) et un male de
Canchacso (17 mai 1893). “ Iris brun foncé.”
Comparés aux oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de
Varsovie.
Espéce bien distincte du Cinclodes fuscus (Vieill.).
239. CINOLODES BIFASCIATUS, Scl.
Acobamba (aotit 1890) et hacienda de Queta (décembre 1892):
deux males. “Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 112, caud. 833, culm. 213, tars. 313 mm.
240. ScHIZ@ACA PALPHBRALIS, Cab.
Synallaxis palpebralis, Tacz. Orn. du Peérou, ii. p. 130.
Maraynioc (novembre et décembre 1891, aotit 1892): trois
males adultes et un jeune. “Iris brun clair, bec noir 4 mandibule
inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre, pattes d'un plombé bleuatre.”
Al. 61, caud. 124-1132, culm. 133-13, tars. 243-24 mm.
241, Punjooryprns mpnanors (Vieill.).
Trois miles d’Ingapirca (mai 1890). “ Iris brun foncé.”
Al. 614, caud. 674, culm. 163, tars. 214 mm.
Il ny a pas de difiérence entre ces oiseaux et d’autres de Rio
Grande do Sul, Brésil du sud.
24*
372 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,
242, SYNALLAXIS BLEGANTIOR, Scl.
Synallaxis frontalis, Tacz. (nec Pelz.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 122.
Une paire de Garita del Sol (juin et juillet 1891). “ Iris brun
rougeatre, bec brun 4 mandibule inférieure d’un plombé bleuitre &
la base, pattes d’un plombé olivatre.”
Ces individus différent des oiseaux typiques de la S. eleyantior,
Scl., de Ecuador par Yabdomen presque uniformement gris, au
lieu de blanchatre au milieu, et par le haut de la gorge plus
noiratre.
243. SYNALLAXIS BRUNNEICAUDA CABANIS8I (Berl. et Lev.).
Synallawis cabanisi, Berl. et Lev. Ornis, 1890, p. 21.
Synallawxis brunneicauda, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 124.
Un miile de La Merced (septembre 1890). ‘Iris rouge-brique
sale.”
+ 244, SYNALLAXIS GULARIS RUFIVENTRIS, subsp. nov.
Synallaxis gularis (pt.), Scl. P.Z.8. 1859, p. 192 (Ecuador) ;
id. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 89 (Nanegal, Ecuador) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 16,
pt. (specimina ex Ecuador); id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 55, pt.
S.8. gulari (Lafr.) e Colombia simillima, differt corpore inferiore
collique lateribus saturate cinnamomeo-rufis (nec grisco-fuscis),
albedine gule magis restricta et inferius minus conspicue nigro
marginata, corpore superiore imprimis in pileo rufescentiore,
tectricibus subalaribus rufescentius tinctis. Long. tot. 143, al.
603, caud. 554, culm. 123, tars. 203 mm.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali et in Ecuadoria or. (?).
Un miile adulte de Maraynioe (16 novembre 1891). ‘ Iris
brun foncé, bee noir & mandibule inférieure jaundtre i la base,
pattes d’un plombé olivatre.”
Mr. Sclater a démontré (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 16) que les oiseaux de
Y Ecuador oriental se distinguent des oiseaux typiques, de Bogotd,
du S. gularis par les parties inférieures d’un brun cannelle plus
pale que le dos, tandis que les exemplaires de Bogotd l’ont plus ou
moins cendré. Mr, Sclater remarque aussi que de quatre peaux
de Bogots une ressemblait aux oiseaux écuadoriens.
Notre oiseau de Maraynioc se distingue au premier coup d’cil
d’une peau de la S. gularis de Bogoté du Musée Berlepsch par
les parties inférieures et les cétés du cou d’un brun cannelle clair
trés vif au lieu d’un olive grisatre lavé de roussitre; par le blanc
de la gorge beaucoup plus restreint (au menton) et moins bordé
de noiritre en dessous, par les parties supérieures d’un brun
roussitre un peu plus vif, surtout au piléum, et par les tectrices
sous-alaires roussitres au lieu de blanchatres. Nous nous croyons
done justifi¢és d’en faire une sous-espéce nouvelle. Les oiseaux de
Ecuador oriental appartiennent probablement 4 la méme forme.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
Sener {ITHOLOGY OF CHNTRAL PERU. 373
4
245, Siprornis HUMILIS (Cab.).
Quatre oiseaux d’Ingapirea (mai et juin 1890). ‘Tris brun clair.”
La description originale de Cabanis est basée sur les oiseaux
fournis par M. Jelski de Junin, d’ot viennent aussi les peaux
envoyées par M. Kalinowski.
-{-246. SIPTORNIS MARAYNIOOENSIS, sp. DOV.
Synallaxis humilis, Tacz. (nec Cab.) P.Z.8. 1874, p. 527; id.
Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 188 (descr. specim. e Maraynioc).
S.8. humili, Cab. (¢ Junin), valde affinis, sed paulo major,
corpore supra obscuriore, dorso pileoque distincte nigro-
branneo maculatis, tectricibus alarum superioribus minime
fulvo marginatis, macula mentalt magis extensa castaneo- (nec
fulvo-) brunnea, rectricibus externis apice minus fulvo varus
fuscescentioribus, necnon mandibula basi obscwtore distinguenda.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Maraynioc, Tarma, Canchacso). Mus.
Branicki et Berlepsch.
g. Al. 703, cand. 67, culm. 15}, tars. 263 mm.
g 2. ” 693-684, ” 683-673, ” 154, ” 253, 253 ”
Un mile et deux femelles de hacienda de Queta (Tarma) et de
Canchacso (mai et juillet 1893). “Iris brun noiratre, bee noir
corné & mandibule inférieure d'un cendre foncé dans sa plus
grande partie basale ; pattes noiratres teintées de verdatre.”
C’était par méprise que feu Taczanowski avait décrit les oiseaux
de Maraynioe sous le nom de S. humilis, Cab. Heureusement
il existe au Musée Berlepsch un individu typique de cette der-
niére espéce recueilli par Jelski 4 Junin, regu directement par
Cabanis, et qui nous permet de constater quwil y a deux espéces
trés voisines mais bien distinctes, l’une (S. humilis) yenant des
environs de Junin, l’autre de Maraynioc, de Tarma ete. Cette
derniére différe de la S. humilis par la couleur plus foncée des
parties supérieures, 4 taches noiritres sur le dos et le piléum
bien marquées quimanquent presque compléetement aux oiseaux de
Junin, par la surface de l’aile beaucoup plus foncé et sans bordures
roussitres, les tectrices sus-alaires presque uniformes et pas du
tout bordées de fauve roussAtre; par les parties inférieures moins
roussatres, par la tache rousse au menton plus étendue et plus
foncée; par la gorge et la région jugulaire plus distinctement
striées de noiraétre, par les rectrices médianes non bordées de
roussitre et par les externes plus uniformes et plus noir&tres,
moins variées de roussitre dans la partie terminale ; enfin par le
bee un peu plus court et plus large.
247. SIPTORNIS TACZANOWSKII, Berl. et Stolzm.
Siptornis taczanowskii, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 393.
Synallaaxis flammulata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 189.
Un oiseau de Maraynioc (2 décembre 1891) et une paire de
Pariayacu, prés de Maraynioc (aodt 1892 et janvier 1893).
374 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. S01! Buchs
248, SIPTORNIS GRAMINICOLA, Scl.
Une femelle de Phacienda de Queta (25 juillet 1893).
Al. 67, caud. 773, culm, 13, tars. 24 mm.
La S. graminicola se distingue de la S. wyatt: surtout par
Yextension de la couleur cannelle 4 la surface de Vaile, dont les
tectrices supérieures sont d’un cannelle vif et uniforme, par la
présence d’une strie cannelle aux barbes internes des denx rectrices
médianes dans leur moitié basale, par la couleur roussatre des
parties inférieures du corps, par le bee plus court, la queue plus .
longue, ete.
249, SrprorNiIs ALBIOAPILLA (Cab.).
Deux miles adultes et un jeune femelle de Pariayacu (juillet et
aoit 1892). ‘Tris brun ochracé, bec d’un brun clair, plus clair en
dessous, pattes d’un gris olivatre.
+ 250. PsEUDOCOLAPTES BOISSONNEAUI FLAVESOBNS, subsp. nov.
Pseudocolaptes boissonneaui, Tacz. (nec Lafr.) Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 145.
Ps. Ps. boissonneaui ¢ Columbia simillimus, sed gula juguloque
flavescenti-albis (nec pure albis), dorst maculis latioribus et rostro
breviore distinguendus.
é ad. Al. 116, caud. 104, culm. 203, tars. 263 mm.
2 ad. 99 97, 29 953, 2° 233, ” 233 ”
Hab. in Peruvia centrali(Maraynioc) et septentrionali (Cutervo)
et in Bolivia.
Maraynioe, Pariayacu: trois miles et un femelle du novembre
1891 et daoit 1892.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central et septentrional (d’ou il y a une
femelle au Musée Berlepsch, recueillie 4 Cutervo le 9 mai 1879
par Jean Stolzmann) différent des oiseaux de Bogota par la gorge
et les joues d’un blanc jaunatre au lieu d’un plane pur, pas les
taches du dos un peu plus larges et prolongées jusqu’au milieu
du dos (qui est presque immaculé chez les oiseaux de Bogots),
enfin par le bec plus court dans les deux sexes. Chez les oiseaux
de la Bolivie les plumes allongées de la région auriculaire sont
également lavées de jaunatre, tandis quelles sout d’un blanc pur
chez les oiseaux du Pérou comme chez les oiseaux typiques de la
Colombie.
Le jeune male envoyé a le piléum d’un noir uniforme et le bec
trés-court et noir en entier. Nous n’avons pas vu d’oiseaux
pareils d’Antioquia et de la Bolivie. I] parait que les miles
Pseudocolaptes ont toujours le bec plus court que les femelles.
251, PHILYDOR SUBFLAVESCENS, Cab.
Une femelle de La Gloria (23 janvier 1891). ‘“ Tris brun fonceé,
bee brun en dessus, d’un corné clair en dessous, pattes d’un olive
sale.”
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski a la strie. surciliére et une
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 375"
bande qui s’étend de la base de la mandibule inférieure jusqu’aux
couvertures auriculaires d’un roux ochreux vif. Le dessus du
corps est d’un olive plus pile et plus grisatre, et les parties infé-,
rieures sont d’un blanc jaunatre sale plus pile que chez le Ph.
ruficaudatus. Ie bec et les ailes sont un peu plus courts que chez
cette espéce. ;
MM. Cabanis et Taczanowski ont décrit ces oiseaux 4 sourcil d’un
roux ochreux comme des jewnes du Ph. subflavescens ce que est peut-
étre un erreur. Notre oiseau parait complétement adulte. En
outre Vadulte du Ph. subjflavescens, Cab., est dit-on le méme que le
Ph. ruficaudatus (Lafr. et @Orb.). Dans ce dernier cas il faudra
probablement séparer les oiseaux 4 sourcil roux comme espéce
distincte (Ph. euophrys, nob.).
Dimensions de l’oiseau de La Gloria: aile 83, queue 724, culmen
153, tarse 183 mm.
252, Puinypor suBFULvDS, Scl.?
Une femelle de La Gloria (22 janvier 1891). ‘Iris brun foned.”
‘Aile 84, queue 67, culmen 153, tarse 193 mm.
Nous ne possédons pas dexemplaires authentiques du Dh. sub-
fulvus, Scl., pour comparer 4 notre femelle. Celle-ci a les petites
tectrices des épaules d’un roux brun semblable & celui des tectrices
sous-caudales, ce qui n’est pas mentionné dans la description de
Mr. Sclater. En outre notre oiseau présente des dimensions plus
petites que celui décrit par cet auteur.
-~{- 253, ANABAZENOPS STRIATICOLLIS (Scl.)
Garita del Sol: un male du 22 juillet 1891. S'accorde en
général avec un oiseau de Bogots, mais le dessous du corps est
plus olivatre, moins roussftre, et la couleur du piléum est presque .
la méme que celle du dos, tandis qu’elle est plus foncée et différente
de celle du dos chez Voiseau de Bogoté. Il faudra examiner le
type de lAnabates montanus, Tsch., qui est peut-étre la méme
que I’A. striaticollis.
-|- 254, XUNOPS GENIBARBIS APPROXIMANS (Pelz.).
- La Gloria: une femelle du 19 février 1891.
Al. 62, caud. 47, culm. 133, tars. 144 mm.
. Peut-étre pourrait-on nommer cette forme X. genibarbis meai-
canus, Scl. Cest laforme occidentale plus grande du X. genibarbis,
Ill., du Brésil oriental.
-{~ 255. XuNOPS RUTILUS HETERURUS (Cab. et Heine).
__ Xenops rutilus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 160.
La Gloria (aéut 1890), Borgofia (avril 1891) et Garita del Sol
(septembre 1891): deux males et une femelle. “ Iris brnn.”
256. Sirrasomus aMAzonuvs, Lafr.
Une femelle de Garita del Sol (18 aéut 1891) et un mile de
San Emilio (24 mai 1893).
4
378 GRAF VON BERLEPSOH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
257. MARGARORNIS PERLATA (Less.).
Six exemplaires de Maraynioc du décembre 1891, adut, octobre
et décembre 1892, et mai 1893.
Ces oiseaux ont le blanc de la gorge, de la strie surciliére et
des gouttes plus distinctement lavé de jaunftre que les oiseaux de
Bogot#é. Les oiseaux de l’Ecuador paraissent intermédiaires.
-+-258, GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS CASTELNAUI (Des Murs).
La Gloria: un male du 18 janvier 1891.
Al. 813, caud. 753, culm. 123, tars. 164 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé est un peu plus grand (a ailes et bec sensible-
ment plus longs) et il a le plumage plus pfle (le dos moins brun-
tre) que des échantillons du Haut-Amazone.
259. DENDRORNIS ROSTRIPALLENS, Des Murs?
Une femelle de La Merced (12 mars 1891). ‘“ Iris brun foncé,
bec blanc olivatre sale, pattes d’un bleuatre sale.”
Aile 112, queue 98}, culmen 363, tarse 253 mm.
Cette femelle se distingue des oiseaux du Haut-Amazone par
la gorge et le fond du cou inférieur blanchétre (au lieu de
roussitre). Il y a pourtant sur la gorge de nouvelles plumes qui
commencent & pousser d’une nuance roussfitre comme chez les
oiseaux de Amazone. Cet oiseau présente aussi de fines bordures
apicales noirdtres aux plumes du cou inférieur qui manquent chez
les oiseaux de |’Amazone. Enfin les ailes sont un peu plus courtes.
Ces ditiérences sont probablement individuelles, car la femelle de
La Merced nous parait jeune.
+f 260. DENDRORNIS TRIANGULARIS (Lafr.), subsp.
Une paire de Garita del Sol (juillet et octobre 1891).
é. Aile 1203, queue 102, culmen 323, tarse 21 mm.
2 0 ” 111, ” 93, ” 293, ” 21 ”
Ces oiseaux ressemblent le plus aux spécimens de la Bolivie
(D. triangularis, Lafr., typique) que Berlepsch a regus du voyageur
Garlepp. Ils ne s’en distinguent que par des dimensions plus
fortes, notamment par le bec plus long.
La forme colombienne, nommée D. triangularis par Mr. Sclater,
différe de la vraie D. triangularis par le croupion moins varié de
roux et par les taches du dessous du corps beaucoup plus grosses &
bordures noiritres. Nous nommerons cette forme D. triangularis
bogotensis, Berl. et Stolzm.
La D. triangularis erythropygia, Scl., a les taches du dessous du
corps aussi grosses que la D. ¢. bogotensis, mais elle présente des
taches plus larges sur le haut du dos et le roux du croupion est
plus étendus.
}
261. DenDRORNIS CHUNOHOTAMBO (Tsch.).
Dendyrornis ocellata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 179.
Un mile et une femelle de La Gloria (aéut 1891 et janvier
1891).
,
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 377
Dimensions :—
¢. Aile 99, queue 90, culmen 33, tarse 21 mm.
g. 5 99, 4, 903, 5 33, ., 203 ,,
Avant d’avoir examiné le type de la D. ocellata, Spix, nous pre-
férons la dénomination donnée & cette espéce par M. de Tschudi,
savoir D. chunchotambo, dont Berlepsch a examiné un spécimen
typique appartenant au Musée de Kiel.
L’oiseau de La Gloria s’accorde avec un individu de Huayabamba,
Pérou du nord (coll. Garlepp) et n’en différe que par son bec un
peu plus long.
262. XIPHOCOLAPTES PROMEROPIRHYNCHUS (Less.), subsp. ?
La Gloria: une femelle d’aott 1890. “Iris brun foncé.”
Long. totale 331, envergure 441, nile 1413, queue 115,
culmen 493, tarse 323 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski se distingue des individus du
X. promeropirhynchus de Bogoté par le bec plus long, plus fort et
blanchftre, par les stries du sommet de la téte plus larges, par le
dos plus olivaétre, moins roussftre, par le roux brun du croupion
plus clair, par la couleur des parties inférieures plus olivatre et
par le menton plus blanchatre. Les stries fauves des parties
inférieures sont plus larges. Presque pas de maculature noiratre
au milieu du ventre.
Par la couleur du bec il se rapproche au X. p. compressirostris
(Tacz.), mais s’en distingue par les stries du piléum plus larges.
-}-263. XIPILOCOLAPTES PILZOPYGUS, sp. nov.
X. X. lineatocephalo (Gray et Mitch.) ea Bolivia forsan maxime
affinis, differt wropygio rufescente olivaceo-brunneo (nec castaneo),
pileo dorso concolore minime striato, gula sordidiore rufescent-
alba fusco variegata, alis caudaque fere brevioribus.
6. Al. 1883, caud. 120, culm. 422, tars. 303 mm.
Q. , 134, 4 118, 4 473, ,, 303 ,,
Hab. in Peruvia centrali circum Maraynioc (typus in Mus.
Branicki).
Une paire de Culumachay, Maraynioc, du 24 aoait 1892.
Cette espéce nouvelle est tout-a-fait distincte du X. promeropi-
rhynchus (Less.) de la Colombie, dont elle différe par la couleur
presque uniforme des parties supérieures, qui est d’un brun olive
trés pale, presque grisfitre. Le piléum est tout-d-fait de la méme
couleur que le dos et non pas noiritre comme chez le X. prome-
ropirhynchus. Il n’y a pas trace de stries claires ni sur le piléum
ni sur le dos. La différence la plus frappante consiste dans la
couleur du croupion qui est d’un brun olivatre un peu plus obscur
que !e dos au lieu d’un brun chitain. Ce ne sont que les tectrices
sus-caudales qui présentent un brun chitain pile mélangé d’un
brun olivatre. Les parties inférieures sont d’un brun olive au
lieu d’un brun roussatre saturé; les stries claires de la poitrine
sont bordées latéralement de noiratre, ce qui n’est pas le cas chez
378 GRAY VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON = [Mar. 3,
le X. promeropirhynchus. La gorge est d’un blanc roussitre plus
terne et plus variée de stries brunitres. Le bec est corné comme
chez l’autre espéce.
Le X. phwopygus parait le plus proche au X. lineatocephalus,
Gray et Mitch., de la Bolivie, dont H. simpliciceps, Lafr., est pro-
bablement synonyme.
Comparés 4 plusieurs individus de la Bolivie du Musée
Berlepsch, les deux oiseaux de Maraynioc ne different que par le
croupion d’un brun olive au lieu de chitain, par le pileum tout-a-
fait semblable au dos au lieu d’étre plus obscur ou noiratre, par le
manque complet de stries au piléum, par la couleur du dessus et
du dessous un peu plus pile, par la gorge d’un blane roussitre
plus terne et plus variée de brun olivatre, enfin par les ailes et la
queue généralement plus courtes.
264. PicoLaPrEs FUSCICAPILLUS, Pelz.
Un mile adulte de Borgofia (29 mai 1891). “Iris brun clair,
bee corné clair, pattes olives.”
Aile 964, queue 864, culmen 293, tarse18imm.
Liindividu envoyé par Kalinowski s’accorde avec la description
de M. de Pelzeln basée sur des oiseaux de Matogrosso.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
265, PrcoLaPrHs LACRYMIGHR WARSznWi0zI (Cab. et Heine).
Picolaptes warszewiezi, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 173.
Une paire de Maraynioc du 10 aoit 1892.
3. Al. 106, caud. 984, culm. 263, tars. 20 mm.
2 Ot) 104, 2”? 893, » 263, ” 193 ”
Ces oiseaux ne différent d’une femelle de Tambillo, Pérou du
nord (coll. Stolazmann, Mus. Berlepsch), que par les parties supé-
rieures et inférieures d’un olivatre plus obscur, moins roussitre,
par le bec plus court et la maichoire un peu plus pale. I faudra
réexaminer le type du P. warszewiczi dans le Musée Heinéanum
envoyé du Pérou par Warszewicz.
266. DENDROCOLAPTES VALIDUS, Tsch.
’ Borgofa: un male adulte du 23 avril 1891. “Iris brun foncé, ©
bec brun & mandibule inférieure d’un brun plombé, pattes d’un
plombé olivitre.”
Aile 1361, queue 1233, culmen 393, tarse 273 mm.
Cet oiseau parait appartenir au vrai D. validus, Tsch., dont le
type provient de la méme région. Un oiseau de Bogotd et un autre
d’Antioquia du Musée Berlepsch différent par les ailes un peu
plus courtes, par le bec un peu plus mince et plus noiratre, par
les bandes noirftres de l’abdomen, des sous-caudales et des sous-
alaires plus étroites et. par les plumes du cou inférieur marquées de
macules latérales noires au lieu de bordures. L’oiseau du Pérou
a le chaitain du croupion plus restreint et présente des bandes
noiratres sur le croupion et les scapulaires, bandes qui manquent
1896.] THH ORNITHOLOGY OF CHNTRAL PERU. = = 379
complétement aux oiseaux de la Colombie. Enfin les stries sca-
pales roussftres du dos supérieur et médian sont mieux marquees
chez V’oiseau du Pérou.
Fam. ForMICARIIDZ.
-{-267, THAMNOPHILUS MELANURUS DEBILIS, subsp. nov.
Th. Th. melanuro, Gld., simillimus, differt rostro debiliore, tarsis
attamen longioribus, rectricibus duabus utringue externis tectrict-
busque alarum superioribus maris apicibus latius albo marginatis,
necnon colore femine corporis swperioris brunneo obscurtore.
Long. ale. Caude. Culminis. Tarsi.
6 cove 96 804 283 354 mm.
© @ coo 923-92 794-783 273-274 352 ,,
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
La Merced (aott 1890 et décembre 1891): un male et trois
femelles. ‘Iris rouge ochreux, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleu-
itre.”
Ces oiseaux se distinguent d’un mile et d’une femelle de
Samiria, Haut-Amazone (coll. Hauxwell), du Musée Berlepsch,
par le bec moins large et plus court, les tarses au contraire plus
longs. Le male a les deux rectrices externes et les tectrices sus-
alaires bordées plus largement de blanc. Il présente aussi des
bordures blanches aux petites tectrices de l’épaule ce qui n’est pas
le cas chez le Zh. melanurus de Samiria. Les femelles de La
Merced différent également d’une femelle de Samiria par le roux
brun du dessus du corps plus foncé.
268. THAMNOPHILUS MELANOCHROUS, Scl. et Salv.
Thamnophilus melanochrous, Scl. et Salv. P.Z.S. 1876, p. 18,
pl. iti. (typus ex Huiro Peruvie mer.); Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 11.
Thamaophilus subandinus, Tacz. P.Z.S. 1882, p. 29 (Chacha-
poyas, Chirimoto, Tamiapampa) ; id. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 6.
Thamnophilus subandinus major, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 7
(Paltaypampa).
Six individus (¢ ¢ et 2 9) de Garita del Sol (juillet, aott et
septembre 1891). ‘Iris brun foncé, bee noir 4 mandibule infé-
rieure bleudtre, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.” °
. g. Aile 73, queue 673, culmen 164, tarse 223} mm.
©) o 39 69, te} 66, ” 163, ” 23 99
Nous n’avons pas trouvé des différences constantes entre les
oiseaux de Chachapoyas (Zh. subandinus, Tacz.), de Vitoe (Zh. s.
major, Tacz.) et un male de Huiro du Musée Berlepsch, recueilli
par Mr. Orton (Zh. melanochrous, Scl. et Salv.).
-{-.269. THAMNOPHILUS VARIEGATIONPS, 8p. Nov.
? Thamnophilus radiatus, Tacz. (nec Vieill.), Orn. Pérou, ii.
p. 20, part. : 5
g mari Th. nigricristati subradiati, Berl., ex Amazonia sup.
380 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON = [Mar.3,
simillimus, sed differt pilei crista breviore, pilec medic plumis
vexillo interno (nonnullis etiam vewillo externo) albo marginatis
vel maculatis, fasciis dorsi latioribus et equalioribus, necnon
differt rostro breviore et debiliore.
Long. ale. Caude. Culminis. Tarsi.
3d ¢.... 763-733 67-62 203-193 254-242 mm.
Dacaose 79% 674 193 263 9
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
Huit individus( 3 g et 2 9) de La Merced (juillet et aoit 1890,
janvier et avril 1891). ‘Iris jaune olivatre, bec noir 4 mandibule
inférieure bleudtre a la base.”
Cette espéce nouvelle est trés proche du Th. nigricristatus, Lawr.,
ou plutét de la forme plus grande nommée par Berlepsch 7h. sub-
radiatus (du Haut-Amazone). Le mile différe du mile de cette
espéce par la huppe de la téte beaucoup plus courte et variée au
milieu par des bordures ou macules latérales blanches vers la base
des plumes. Les raies blanches du dos sont plus réguliéres, plus
larges et plus rapprochées entre elles. C’est pourquoi le dos parait
moins noiratre. Enfin les bandes des rectrices sont plus étendues
vers la tige (presque completes et non en forme de taches),
La femelle parait distincte des femelles du Lh. nigricristatus et
du Th, doliatus par le roux brun de Ja huppe et du dos plus
fonceé, et par le roux de rouille de l’abdomen plus intense.
On peut dire que cette espéce nouvelle est & peu prés inter-
médiaire entre le Th. nigricristatus et le Th. doliatus. Peut-étre
Voiseau de Moyobamba décrit par Taczanowski sous le nom de
Th, tenwifasciatus, Lawr., appartient-il & notre Th. variegaticeps.
270, THAMNOPHILUS PALLIATUS PUNCTICHRS (Scl.) ?
Thamnophilus palliatus, Tacz, (nee Licht.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 17.
2? Lhamnophilus puncticeps, Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. (1890)
p- 17 (Bolivia et Ecuador).
Garita del Sol: une paire (aoit 1891). “ Iris chez le mile d’un
bleu _cendré, chez la femelle d’un cendré jaunitre, bec noir a
mandibule inférieure bleudtre, pattes bleudtres.
3d. Al.74, cand.683, culm. 203, tars, 243 mm.
Q. ” 743, ”? 69, ” 17 ? ed 243 ”
Les différences indiquées par Mr. Sclater entre son Th. puncti-
ceps (de la Bolivie et de l’Ecundor) et le Th. palliatus (du Brésil)
ne paraissent pas constantes. Notre mile adulte de Garita ne
différe des oiseaux de Bahia que par le brun du dos et des ailes
plus pale et par la région jugulaire moins varie de blanchatre ou
@un noiratre presque uniforme. I] ale piléum d’un noir uniforme
comme un mile de Bahia, tandis qu’un autre male de Bahia du
Musée Berlepsch y présente des taches blanches qui, selon Sclater,
seraient caractéristiques du Th. puncticeps. Les bandes noires et
blanches de abdomen sont de la méme largeur que chez les
oiseaux de Bahia,
1896.] THY ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PERU. 381
271. THAMNISTES RUFEScENS, Cab.
Un mile et une femelle de La Gloria (janvier et février 1891).
“Tris rouge, bec noir en dessus, plombe clair en dessus, pattes
d'un plombé olivatre.”
6. Aile763, queue 73, culmen17?, tarse 183 mm.
g < ” 72, ” 72, ” 174, ” 184 ”
Cette espéce trés rare se distingue du Zh. equatorialis, Scl.,
par le bec plus petit et les parties inférieures, les cétés de la téte et
les sourcils plus roussatres, le brun des parties supérieures égale-
ment plus lavé de roussitre, enfin par le piléum moins roussatre.
4-272. DysITHAMNUS SHMICINERHUS, Scl.
Trois individus de La Gloria (janvier) et de Garita del Sol
(septembre 1891).
Ces oiseaux s’accordent bien avec le oiseaux typiques de Bogota,
mais ils présentent des bordures blanchatres un peu plus larges &
la pointe des rectrices.
273. DysrrmamNnus puBius, Berl. et Stolzm.
Dysithamnus dubius, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 393.
Un mile adulte de La Merced du 26 aott, 1890. “Iris rouge
sale.”
of td
274. MyRMoTHERULA t oneteuenul eevee. a .
Myrmotherula longicauda, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 394.
Myrmotherula surinamensis, Vacz. (nec Gmel.) P. Z. 8. 1882,
p- 30.
Myrmotherula multostriata, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 39.
Un mile adulte de Chontabamba (Vitoc) du 28 aott 1891 et
deux femelles de La Merced et de La Gloria du 21 juillet 1890 et
du 14 novembre 1891. “Iris brun noiratre.”
275. MyrMorHERULA soroRtA, Berl. et Stolzm.
Myrmotherula sororia, Berl. et Stolz. Ibis, 1894, p. 396.
Myrmotherula gutturalis, Tacz. (nec Sel. et Salv.) Orn. Pérou,
ii. p. 72. :
La Gloria (juillet 1890 et janvier 1891) et La Merced (septem-
bre 1890): un male et trois femelles.
276. HErPSILOCHMUS MOTACILLOIDES, T'acz.
La Gloria (8 aofit 1890) et Garita del Sol (18 juillet et 15
aout 1891): trois males et une femelle.
Dans Ja description originale de cette espéce (P. Z. 8. 1874,
p- 187) feu Taczanowski disait: “Cette espéce est trés voisine du
H. atricapillus, mais elle s’en distingue principalement par la
tacheture de l’occiput.” Au contraire, les trois males envoyés par
Kalinowski ne présentent aucune trace de taches blanches sur
Vocciput noir, c'est pourquoi nous présumons que Taczanowski
382 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. StoLZzMaANN oN [Mar. 3,
a décrit comme male adulte un jeune mile, ou puet-étre méme
une femelle... Berlepsch, ayant fait des notes d’aprés un spécimen
typique du H. atricupillus, Pelz., du Musée de Vienne, il y a quel-
ques années, a pu constater les différences suivantes entre cette
espéce et le H. motacilloides: cette derniére ala queue beaucoup
plus longue (53 4 59 au lieu de 43 mm.), les ailes également
plus longues (54 4 562 au lieu de 51 mm.). Le mile a les parties
inférieures d’un blane fortement lavé de jaunatre au lieu d’un blane
erisitre. Les deux rectrices externes sont presque entiérement
planches 4 l’exception du tiers basal qui est noir, Au contraire
chez le H. atricapillus ce n’est que Je tiers apical de ces rectrices
qui est blanc. Les autres rectrices externes présentent également
plus de blanc et les subexternes ont la barbe externe presque
enti¢rement blanche.
La femelle parait distincte de celle du WH. atricapillus par le
front roussitre et par les parties inférieures d’un blanc jaunatre
au lieu d’un blane ochreux.
Tl nous parait donc utile de donner une nouvelle diagnose du
H. motacilloides :—
H. 3 ad. pileo ad nucham usque striaque lata ante- et post-
oculari nigris unicoloribus, superciliis capitisque lateribus griseo-
albis, marginibus plumarum nigrescentibus; dorso toto cinereo in
adultis nigro maculato, plumis nonnullis basi interdum niveis ; cor-
pore subtus tectricibusque alarum caudeque inferioribus flave-
scenti albis, gula pectorisque lateribus griseo lavatis; tectricibus
alarum nigris late albo terminatis, remigibus nigricantibus, primariis
secundariisque extus anguste griseo albo, tertiariis scapularibusque
latius albo marginatis; rectricibus externis—basi extrema nigra
excepta—albis, cwteris nigris albo terminatis, subexternis dimidio
apicali et vexillo externo—nisi in basi—albis, mediis fere omnino
nigris, vexillo externo subtiliter griseo, interno anguste albo apice-
que latius albo marginatis.
@ mari similis, sed fronte late rufescente pilei plumis ante
apicem albo marginatis, dorso olivaceo griseo, necnon remigibus
olivaceo-griseo marginatis distinguenda.
: Long, tota. Al. exp. Als. Caude. Oulm. Tars.
‘9 g. 142-140 192-185 564-54 59-53 153-14 173 mm.
@. 145 183 553 537 143 IWS ep
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
+- 277. Formicivora caupata, Scl.
Une paire de Garita del Sol du 12 mars 1893.
6. Al. 543, caud. 74, culm. 143, tars. 194 mm.
2 * 99 53, ” 75, ”? 153, ” 193 ”
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.
Le mile adulte se distingue d’un ¢ ad. d’Antioquia par le bec
et la queue sensiblement et les ailes un peu plus courtes, par les
stries noiratres de la gorge plus larges et plus marquées, les stries
des cétés de la téte et du cou également plus larges. Nous n’avons
1896.] _ HH ORNITHOLOGY OF OBNTRAL PuRt. . 883
pas examiné d’individus de Bogot#, d’ot provient le type de
Mr. Sclater.
Comparé 4 trois miles adultes de Surupata et Cayandeled
(Ecuador oce.—coll. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki) le male de La Gloria
s’accorde presque dans tous les détails et ne différe que par le bec
un peu plus court, la queue un peu plus longue et les rectrices
d’une couleur plus schistacée moins olivatre, enfin par le blanc de la
gorge et de la poitrine plus pur et par les stries noiratres de la
gorge un peu plus larges et plus prononcées.
La femelle de Garita del Sol ne différe d’une femelle de Chaquar-
pata, Ecuador (coll. Stolzmann), que par le roux du piléum plus
intense et plus étendu vers la nuque et par les couleurs généralement
un peu plus vives.
La premiére a les dimensions généralement plus fortes et le bee
plus fort et plus long que celle de Chaquarpata.
Avant de caractériser cette forme il faudrait examiner plusieurs
individus.
278. CHRCOMACRA APPROXIMANS, Pelz. ?
? Cercomacra tyrannina, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 54,
Garita del Sol (juillet, aoait et septembre 1891): trois miles et
une femelle.
3 ad. Aile 69, queue 66, culmen 173, tarse 227 mm.
.Nous n’ayons pas diindividus typiques de la C. approwimans
de Matogrosso pour comparer, mais les males de Garita différent
par plusieurs détails des miles de Mapoto, Ecuador or. (coll.
Stolzmann), que Mr. Sclater (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 266) a
placés sous la C. approaimans. Les oiseaux de Garita ont le plu-
mage plus noiritre en dessus et en dessous, les bordures blanches
4 la pointe des tectrices sus-alaires beaucoup plus étroites (presque
en forme des petits points sur les tectrices les plus grandes) et ne
présentent aucune trace de bordures blanches apicales aux rectrices
externes. les cétés du basventre, les tectrices, les sous-caudales et
le croupion ne sont pas du tout lavés d’olive. Les ailes et la
queue sont un peu plus longues. Peut-étre faudra-t-il séparer les
oiseaux du Pérou central comme forme distincte. C. hypomelena,
Scl., de Cosnipata, parait voisine ou peut-ctre identique.
279. PyRIGLBNA MAURA PronA (Cab.).
Pyriglena picea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 56.
La Gloria (juillet et aoit 1890 et janvier 1891) et Garita del
Sol (juillet 1891): trois males et une femelle.
3 6. Aile 79-77, queue 803-78, culm.183-18, tarse 32-303 mm.
Les oiseaux de Garita ne se distinguent des oiseaux de Mato-
grosso que par la queue un peu plus longue et le bec un peu plus
large. Le type de la P. maura provient de Minas Geraes.
280. Myrmrciza spopiogastra, Berl. et Stolzm.
Myrmeciza spodiogastra, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 397.
Un mile et une femelle de Borgona du 29 avril 1891.
384 GRAF VoN BERLEPSOM AND M. J. stonzaraniw on (Mar. 3,
281. HyPocoNEMIS sUBFLAVA, Cab.
Deux miles de La Merced (26 aoiit et 12 septembre 1890). “Iris
brun fonce. ”
3. Aile 58, queue 413, culmen 16, tarse 20 mn.
Ces individus se distinguent du male quia servi de type a M.
Cabanis (Musée de Varsovie) par la couleur du dessous, qui est
beaucoup plus intense, presque jatme de soufre au lieu de blanc
jaunatre. Berlepsch a aussi regu cette espéce de la Bolivie par
Garlepp.
282. Hypocnrmis Leprponora, Scl. et Salv.
La Merced (10 avril 1891): une femelle. “Iris brun foncé, bec
noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”
283. Hypoonentis scHistacna, Scl.
Trois males de La Merced (aoit 1890), de La Gloria (janvier) et
de Borgona (mai 1891). ‘ Bec et pattes noirs.”
Aile 68-67, queue 543-54, culmen 193-19}, tarse 25-243 mm.
284. HYPOCNEMIS LEUCOPHRYS (T'sch.).
La Merced: trois miles d’aofit 1890 et du mars 1891. “Iris
chez un male, rouge-cerise sale ; chez autre, brun foncé.”
Aile 723-71, queue 534, culmen 173-183, tarse 244-233 mm.
Les oiseaux de Bogots ont l’abdomen un peu plus foncé et le dos
cendré moins bleudtre ; ceux de la Guyane anglaise ont l’abdomen
beaucoup plus clair, le front moins largement blanchatre et les ailes
et la queue un peu plus courtes.
285. CHaM#zA OLIVACEA, Tsch.
Deux miles adultes de La Gloria (16 aoit 1890) et de la Esper-
anza, Vitoc (26 mars 1893). “Iris brun foneé.”
Aile 973, queue 624-65, culmen 193-273, tarse 863-383 mm.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec la description de
Tschudi de la Ch. olivacea, mais non pas avec la diagnose de cette
espéce donnée par Mr. Sclater (Cat. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 307), qui
est probablement basée sur des individus de Bogoté ou de la Bolivie.
L’oiseau de La Gloria différe au premier coup d’ceil des individus
de Bogoté du Musée Berlepsch par la couleur de la gorge et de la
poitrine, qui est d’un roux-ochreux vif au lieude blanche. Les cétés
de la poitrine sont lavés d’olive et les flancs lavés d’un roux ochreux,
ce qui n’est pas le cas chez les oiseaux de Bogoté. Les bordures
noirdtres des plumes de la poitrine et des flancs sont un peu plus
étroites. Les parties supérieures sont d’un vert olive au lieu
d’un brun olivatre. La strie surciliére bien marquée chez les
oiseaux de Bogoté manque presque complétement chez l’oiseau de
La Gloria. La bande noiratre antéapicale qui, chez les oiseaux de
Bogoti, se manifeste sur toutes les rectrices, manque complétement
sur les rectrices médianes chez l’oiseau de La Gloria tandis qu'elle
est trés-bien marquée sur les rectrices externes.
1896.} THO ORNITHOLOGY OF OBN'TRAL PERU. 385
L’oiseau péruvien a les ailes, la queue et les tarses plus longs, le
bec au contraire un peu plus court que celui de Bogota.
Il faudra done donner un nouveau nom & l’oiseau de Bogots, et
par conséquent nous proposons celui de C. columbiana, sp. nov.
286. GRALLARIA REGULUS, Scl.
La Gloria: une femelle du 6 février 1891.
-|-287. GRALLARIA RUFULA OBSCURA, subsp. nov.
Grallaria rufula, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 88.
G. G. rufule (Lafr,) simillima, sed colore supra obscuriore, magis
olivaceo vel minus rufo-brunneo, fronte imprimis minus rufescente,
necnon alis caudaque paulo longioribus distinguenda. Long. ale
90, caude 464, culminis 193, tarsi 442 mm.
Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki).
Une femelle de Maraynioc (24 novembre 1891).
Cette femelle unique présente la couleur du dessus du corps
plus olivatre, moins roussitre, que les oiseaux de Bogotd et de
YEcuador. Cette différence se manifeste surtout au front et sur
les cotés de la téte. Les ailes et la queue sont aussi un peu plus
longues que chez les oiseaux de Bogoté et de Ecuador qui nous
ont servi de comparaison.
288. GRALLARIA ANDICOLA (Cab.).
Une femelle d’Ingapirca (juin 1890) et un mile de Pariayacu
(7 aotitt 1892). “Tris brun fonceé.”
3. Al. 933, caud. 434, culm. 22%, tars. 452 mm.
Q. 5 963 ” 453 ” 213 ” 463 ”
On dit que les oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de
Varsovie proviennent de la méme contrée que nos spécimens.
-+-289. ConoPOPHAGA OASTANBEICEPS BRUNNEINUCHA, subsp. nov.
Conopophaga custaneiceps, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 88 (partim).
C. $ hue C. castaneicipitis (Scl.) simillimus, sed dorso alisque
extus obscure rufo-brunneis fere unicoloribus (dorso minime
griseo et nigro variegato), pileo nuchaque dorso concoloribus (nec
rufis), fronte solummodo rufa ; abdomine medio purius albo, gula
capitisque lateribus nigrescentioribus, rostro breviore et angustiore,
mandibula fere omnino alba (nec dimidio apical fuscescente),
necnon alis caudaque longioribus distinguendus.
Q a femina C. castaneicipitis pileo posteriore nuchaque brunneis
nec rufis forsan distinguenda.
Long. ale. Caude. Oulminis. Tarsi. ©
ais 78 49 123 283 mm.
Q9@.. 753-724 474-434 173-138} 293-281 ,,
Hab. in Peruvia centrali.
Proo. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXV. 25
386 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,
Un mile et deux femelles de Garita del Sol et de La Gloria
(aotit 1890, aoait et octobre 1891). “Iris brun foncé, bec noir &
mandibule inférieure blanchatre, pattes d’un cendré bleuatre.”
Le mile de La Garita se distingue au premier coup d’cil d’un
miile de Bogots (Mus. Berlepsch) par le dos et les ailes d’un brun
saturé et foneé, tandis que chez l’oiseau de Bogots ces parties
sont d’un olive terne ou moins brunitre et le dos varié de grisitre
4 larges bordures apicales noiratres. Chez Poiseau de Garita le
front seul est d’un roux vif, mais la partie postérieure du piléum
et la nuque sont d’un brun foncé roussatre, de méme que le dos.
Chez V’oiseau de Bogotd au contraire presque tout le piléum est
roux, seulement un peu plus foncé dans la partie postérieure, avec
bordures apicales des plumes noiratres. Ensuite chez l’oiseau de
Garita le milieu de abdomen est presque blane pur seulement un
peu varié de grisatre, tandis que chez celui de Bogota cette partie
de Yabdomen est d’une couleur d’ardoise un peu plus pile que
la poitrine. La couleur d’ardoise de la gorge et des cétés de la
téte est plus noiratre. Les ailes et la queue sont plus longues, le
bee plus petit. Enfin la mandibule inférieure est presque uni-
formement blanchatre, tandis que chez l’oiseau de Bogoti le tiers
apical en est noiratre.
Nous n’avons pas pour comparer de femelles de Bogota, mais
il nous semble, que les femelles du Pérou different par le piléum
postérieur brunatre au lieu de roux, car Mr. Sclater dit que la
femelle ressemble au mile par la coloration des parties supéri-
eures.
Un mile de Huayabamba, Pérou du nord (coll. Garlepp ; Mus.
Berlepsch), ressemble par la couleur du piléum et dans d’autres
détails & Voiseau de Bogot#. Il n’en différe que par la couleur
du dos plus brunatre sans mélange de grisiétre et sans bordures
apicales noirditres, enfin par le milieu de labdomen blanchatre
(mais moins pur et moins étendu que chez l’oiseau de Carita).
Le dernier caractére ne parait pas constant, car Taczanowshki a
décrit un oiseau de Huambo (vallée de Huayabamba—coll. Stolz-
mann), sans blanc au milieu du ventre. Par la couleur de la
gorge et la forme du bec, ainsi que par la couleur de la mandibule
inférieure, Poiseau de Huayabamba ressemble parfaitement 4 celui
de Bogoti. L’oiseau du Pérou du nord parait donc trés proche de
celui de Bogoté, ou peut-étre méme identique,
La C. castaneiceps de Sclater est basée sur un oiseau de
Bogoté ainsi que sur un oiseau du Pérou recueilli par Tschudi.
Quant 4 ce dernier on pourrait soupgonner, d’aprés la description
de Taczanowski, qu’il provenait du Pérou du nord. Taczanowski
avait déji démontré la différence entre cet oiseau et un mile du
Pérou central.
290. CoRYTHOPIS ANTIIOIDES HUMIVAGANS (Tacz.).
Une femelle de La Gloria (aot 1890), “Iris brun foncé.”
1896.] HD ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PURU. 387
Fam. PrnroprocHipz.
291. SoyraLorus FEMORALIS, T'sch.
Un ¢ ad. de Maraynioc du 28 novembre 1891. “Iris brun
foncé, bec noire, pattes brunes.”
Long. de l’aile 72, queue 493, culmen 16}, tarse 30, doigt
médian avec l’ongle 28 mm.
Cet oiseau s’accorde en général avec Ja description de Taczan-
owski (Orn. Pérou, i. p. 532) faite d’aprés un spécimen typique du
S. femoralis du Musée de Neuichatel, mais il semble que les pattes
de notre oiseau sont beaucoup plus fortes. T’aczanowski, en
parlant d’une jeune femelle de Ray-Urmana (vallée de Huaya-
bamba—coll. Stolzmann), dit que celle-ci aurait les pattes plus
fortes que l’individu typique du S. femoralis; mais notre oiseau de
Maraynioc a les pattes beaucoup plus fortes encore que la femelle
de Ray-Urmana.
Le male de Maraynioc se distingue de deux individus du
S. micropterus (Scl.) (8. analis, Lafr.?] de Ecuador par les ailes
plus longues, le bec et les pattes plus longs et plus forts, le
plumage noir schistacé trés intense au lieu d’un noir brun grisftre,
Yuropygium 4 peine lavé de brun roussatre avec des raies noiratres
peu distinctes. Les raies noiratres et roussitres des cétés du bas-
ventre plus foncées et moins répandues. La mandibule inférieure
et les pieds plus noirdtres, les ongles des doigts presque blanch-
ftres.
En cas que notre oiseau ne serait pas identique au S. femoralis,
Tsch., nous lui réservons le nom de S. macropus. ;
292. SoyTALOPUS SYLVESTRIS, Tacz.
Un mile adulte de Garita del Sol (29 juin 1891) et un autre
plus jeune de Maraynioc, Pariayacu (31 juillet 1892), “Iris brun
foncé bec noir, pattes d’un brun grisitre.”
Nos oiseaux s’accordent 4 peu prés avec la description originale
de Taczanowski du 8. sylvestris. En outre ils viennent des mémes
localités que les oiseaux typiques. Cette espéce est sans doute
trés proche du S. senilis, Lafr., de Colombie (ou au moins de
Vespéce que Mr. Sclater prend pour le S. senzlis, Lafr.), mais
elle en différe par le dessus du corps, dont la couleur générale est
ardoisée noiratre presque uviforme (au lieu de brunatre) et par la
couleur de la gorge et de la poitrine, qui est plus claire et plus
plombée et non gris noiratre comme chez le S. senzlis, par les bandes
roussitres des flanes plus foncées, plus étroites et moins répandues,
enfin par les ailes et la queue plus longues.
En général le S. sylvestris ressemble par sa coloration au S. mz-
cropterus (Scl.), mais il est plus petit dans toutes ses dimensions.
= Aile. Queue. Culmen. Tarse.
do ad. de Garita...... 59 442 Te 221 mm.
¢ juv. de Pariayacu .. 56 43 123 OBS os
25*
388 M. A. DOLLEUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
293. SoYrALOPUS ACUTIROSTRIS (T'sch.).
Une femelle adulte de Maraynioc (26 novembre 1891). “ Iris
brun foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un carné brunitre.”
Aile 513, queue 355, culmen 12, tarse 201 mm.
Cet oiseau parait s’accorder bien avec le male non complétement
adulte de Maraynioc décrit par Taczanowski (Orn. Pérou, i. p. 533)
et comme lui posséde les raies interrompues d’un brun roussatre
sur les rectrices, tandis que les oiseaux de la montata de Nancho
de la collection Raimondi ont, 4 ce qu’il parait, la queue unicolore.
Il nous semble douteux que les oiseaux de Nancho appartiennent
réellement au S. acutirostris.
Notre oiseau ressemble surtout au S. griseicollis (Lafr.) de la
Colombie, et n’en différe que par le gris ardoisé de la gorge et de la
poitrine un peu plus foneé et prolongé vers le milieu du ventre,
tandis que chez le S. griseicollis le milien du ventre devient
blanchatre. Les cétés du ventre, le bas-ventre, les tectrices sous-
caudales et le croupion sont réguliérement rayés de brun roussitre
et de noiratre, tandis que chez le S. griseicollis les flancs sont d’un
roux beaucoup plus clair sans raies ‘noiratres et le croupion d’un
brun roussatre presque uniforme. Les rectrices chez le S. acuti-
rostris sont noiritres avec des bandes incomplétes d’un brun
roussatre au lieu d’un brun roussitre presque uniforme ou variées
de bandes noiratres chez le S. griseicollis.
\
294, SoyraLoPus MAGELLANIOUS (Lath.).
Un mile adulte de Pariayacu du 27 janvier 1893.
Al. 57, caud. 403, culm. 124, tars. 203 mm.
L’oiseau envoyé a le plumage plus schistacé, moins noiratre que
les individus du S. magellanicus de différentes localités que nous
avons comparés. Par cette particularité il ressemble plutdt au
S. obscurus du Chile. Il a aussi les flancs et les sus-candales
barrées de roux brun. Néanmoins il a les pieds bruns, et pourrait
étre un mile du S. magellanicus en plumage imparfait,
2. On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans.
By M. Avrien Dottrvs’',
[Received January 15, 1896.]
[The specimens described in this paper were procured by
Mr. Herbert H. Smith, who in the years 1889-91 was commissioned
by Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., to collect Natural History
specimens in the islands of St. Vincent and Grenada, to aid the
Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the British Association
in their investigation of the Fauna of the West-India Islands.
The specimens are now deposited in the British Museum. In the
case of one or two specimens it appears that it has unfortunately
not been noticed whether they were found in St. Vincent or in
Grenada.—D. 8. ]
1 Communicated by Dr. D. Snarp, F.R.S.; on behalf of the Committee for
investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West-India Islands.
1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD ORUSTACHANS. 389
Species of Armadilloidean Isopods seem to be numerous in the
tropical regions, although they have until now generally escaped
the collector’s bottle. Their small size (seldom reaching to
10 millimetres in length), their dull colour, and above all the scarcity
of individuals have proved a good protection. The species are
remarkably localized, and none of the thirteen of which specimens
are sent to me have as yet been mentioned by any of the authors
who have described Isopods from Central America, the Antilles, or
the neighbouring parts of South America’, except A. grenadensis.
The following species are represented in the collection :—
1. ARMADILLO TENUIPUNCTATUS, 0. sp.
Fig. 1.
Da rye
Oda oy Dy
iad
Ci cvs
la. Oephalon and first two segments of pereion (upperside).
16. Cephalon and first two segments of pereion (underside). p, prosepistoma ;
f, double-jointed flagellum of antennse; c, coxopodite.
lc. Fifth segment of pleon, pleotelson, uropoda (upperside). er, exopodite of
uropoda. h
1d. The same (underside). 4, basis of uropoda ; ex, endopodite.
Body rather wide, moderately convex, slightly tuberculated on
1 For the bibliography of the terrestrial Isopods of this region consult :—
Saussure (de).— Mémoire pour servir & l'Histoire naturelle du Mexique, des
Antilles et des Etate Unis: I. Crustacés. (1858.)
Mirrs.—On a Collection of Orustacea, chiefly from 8. America, Proc. Zool,
Soc. 1877.
Bupps-Lunp.—Crustacea Isopoda terrestria. (1885.)
Id. —Landisopoder fra Venezuela indsamlede af Dr. Fr. Meinert. -
(1893.)
DoxtFvs.—Voyage de M. E, Simon au Vénézuela: Isopodes terrestres. (1893.)
390 _ M, A, DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [ Mar. 3,
the pereion. Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity,
a little depressed in the middle. Eyes middling; ocelli about 18.
Antenne short; first joint of flagellum twice as short as the second,
Pereion: first segment with two antero-median rounded tubercles ;
lateral edges slightly raised ; coxopodite hardly perceptible, as a
very small processus below the leg. Second segment without a
distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson longer than wide,
smooth, with a minute longitudinal wrinkle near the basis ; sides
feebly curved, the apex being half as wide as the basis. Uropoda:
basis nearly straight; endopodite extending to half the length of
the pleotelson ; exopodite very small, placed near the middle of the
internal edge of the basis (upperside). Colour: grey, with
irregular light markings, the sides are light and minutely punc-
tuated with black. Dimensions: 10 x 43 millim.
Hab. Mustique Island, June, “ beaten from brush.”
2. ARMADILLO DEPRESSUS, n.'sp.
Fig. 2.
ac ead
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body wide, rather depressed, granulated on cephalon and pereion.
Cephalon: prosepistoma nearly plain, fore edge a little arched in
the middle. Eyes middling; ocelli about 16. Antennz: first
joint of flagellum three times shorter than the second. Pereion:
first segment with a wide, double, antero-median tubercle ; lateral
edges not raised ; coxopodite hardly perceptible, as a feeble ridge.
Second segment without a distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson;
1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 391
‘sides of the pleon depressed; processus of the fifth segment
widening at the apex. Pleotelson longer than wide, smooth ; sides
feebly curved; apex one-third narrower than the basis. Uropoda
nearly straight; endopodite extending to two-thirds the length of
the pleotelson ; exopodite very small, placed near the middle of the
internal edge of the basis (upperside). Colour: dark grey, with
a narrow light longitudinal line in the middle of the pereion, and
light lineole on both sides. Dimensions: 9 x 44 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent, Chateaubelais, August. One example.
3, ARMADILLO DUMORUM, n. sp.
Fig. 3.
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body very convex, nearly smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma
nearly plain, fore edge straight. Eyes large; nbout 20 ocelli.
Antenn very short; first joint of flagellum twice as short as the
second. Pereion: first segment with a blunt antero-median
tubercle; lateral edges raised on the fore part; coxopodite
separated by a cleft extending to the third hind part of the
segment (underside). Second segment with a square coxopodite,
distinct on its total length (underside). Pleon, telson: pleotelson
quite as long as wide ; sides curved ; apex one-third narrower than
the basis. Uropoda: basis wide, oblique; endopodite extending
to one-third the length of the pleotelson; exopodite very small,
placed near the middle of the internal edge of the basis (upper-
side). Colour: dark grey or brown, with light dots and lineole
on both sides of the median line (pereion). Dimensions: 8 x 33
millim.
Hab. Mustique Island, found by beating brush.
392 M. A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
4, ARMADILLO CINCTUS, N. sp.
Fig. 4.
hess x CC \
JJ
iy
y 2335,
ae s JID
Fe see
4a
laa INS
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body moderately convex, rather wide, depressed on the fore and
hind parts of the segments, with a transverse range of tubercles
on each segment. Cephalon: prosepistoma nearly plain, fore
edge straight. Eyes middling; ocelli about 16. Antenne: first
joint of the flagellum twice as short as the second. Pereion:
first segment with a double antero-median tubercle; lateral edges
raised; coxopodite distinct and divergent on the third hind part
of the edge (underside). Coxopodite of the second segment
forming a narrow, quadrangular processus. Pleon, telson: pleo-
telson as long as wide, with a triangular tubercle near its basis;
sides curved ; apex one-fourth narrower than the basis. Uropoda:
basis nearly straight ; endopodite very small, extending hardly to
one-sixth the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute, placed
above the middle of the internal edge of the basis (upperside).
Colour: dark grey, with small lighter lineole on both sides of the
median line (pereion), and three light dots on the pleotelson.
Dimensions: 73X37 millim.
Hab. Near Layon (leeward side). On rotten wood, dry forest,
500 feet, October 4.
5, ARMADILLO GRENADENSIS.
Armadillo grenadensis, Budde-Lund, Entomol. Meddelel. 1893,
p. 115.
Body much convex, nearly smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma
slightly convex, fore edge feebly arched in the middle. . Hyes
rather large; ocelli about 16, Antenne short ; first joint of the
1896.] THRRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 393
flagellum three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first.
segment with a blunt antero-median tubercle; lateral edges
raised ; coxopodite distinct and divergent on the half hind part of
the edge (underside). Coxopodite of the second segment forming
a tooth-like processus. Pleon, telson: pleotelson as wide as long,
with a blunt double tubercle near its basis; sides curved; apex
nearly as wide as the basis; endopodite reaching to two-thirds
the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute, placed near the
middle of the internal edge of the basis. Colour: dark grey, with a
light median line and light lineol on the sides ; antennse whitish.
Dimensions: 14 x6 millim.
‘Fig. 5.
_ (For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. Becquia Island (June), ravine, damp ground, under rotting
leaves ; Grenada; Balthazar (windward), 250 feet, cocoa orchard,
under rotting leaves. ' Pe
6. ARMADILLO SILVARUM, Nn. sp.
Body convex, slightly tuberculated on the pereion. Cephalon:
prosepistoma plain. yes large; about 20 ocelli. Pereion: first
segment with a blunt, hardly perceptible antero-median tubercle ;
lateral edge forming a narrow raised border; coxopodite distinct:
on the entire length of the edge, and divergent on the half hind
part. Coxopodite of the second segment forming ». tooth-like,
divergent processus. Pleon, telson: pleotelson wider than long,
with a small, double, longitudinal ridge near the basis ; sides curved
near the apex; apex one-fourth narrower than the basis. Uropoda;
394 M. A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
endopodite extending to one-half the length of the pleotelson ;
exopodite minute, placed near the middle of the internal edge of
the basis. Colour: dark grey or brown, with three longitudinal
light lines, and a wide spot on the sides of each segment ; antennze
and uropoda pale. Dimensions: 16 x7 millim.
Fig. 6.
(For lettering, see p. 889.)
Hab. St. Vincent ; pretty common under rubbish, forest. below
2000 feet. Forest, dry hill-side near Chateaubelais (leeward),
under stones, 1000 feet; Cumberland Valley, damp ground, 1000
feet.
7, ARMADILLO ZIGZAG, n. sp.
Body convex, smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma plain, fore
edge nearly straight. Eyes small; about 12 ocelli. Antenna
short ; first joint of the flagellum twice as short ay the second.
Pereion : first segment with a slightly perceptible antero-median
tubercle; edges hardly raised ; coxopedite distinct on the entire
length of the edge (underside), not divergent. Coxopodite of the
second segment narrowly quadrangular. Pleon, telson: pleotelson
as wide as long; sides feebly curved; apex with rounded angles,
half as wide as the basis. Uropoda: basis oblique, endopodite
reaching to one-half the length of the pleotelson; exopodite
minute, placed near the middle of the internal edge of the basis
(upperside), Colour; yellowish, with a double median and
1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS, 395
crinkled lateral lines of dark brown; uropoda pale. Dimensions:
4x 132 millim.
Fig. 7.
7&
7E
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. St. Vincent, forest, damp ground under rubbish, 1000 feet
one example).
8, ARMADILLO PERLATUS, n. sp.
Fig. 8.
ph)
_(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body convex, covered with large, pearled granulations. Cephalon:
prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity which does not reach
quite to the front edge. Hyes very small; ocelli 3. Antenne
a
396 M. A, DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN (Mar. 3,
short; first joint of the flagellum three times as short as the second.
Pereion: first segment with two rounded antero-median granu-
lations ; lateral edges raised; coxopodite distinct on the entire
length of the edge, but not divergent. Second segment with a
large and very distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson
nearly as wide as long, with two large, rounded granulations near
the basis; sides curved; apex a little narrower than the basis.
Uropoda: endopodite reaching to two-thirds the length of the
pleotelson ; exopodite unperceivable. Colour: light grey, granu-
lations whitish. Dimensions: 43 x 13 millim.
Hab. (St. Vincent ?) Dry forest, leeward, under a log, 800 feet
(one example).
9. ARMADILLO VITICOLA, 0. sp.
Fig. 9.
5 BQ?
O55
5 5) OY
ac A
29, 3) Sana) NOR
aa
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body very convex in the middle, rather depressed on the sides,
covered with transverse lines of granulations. Cephalon: pros-
epistoma plain, fore edge slightly arched in the middle. Eyes
moderate; ocelli 12. Antenne short; first joint of the flagellum
three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first segment with
four large antero-median granulations ; lateral edges hardly raised ;
coxopodite distant from the edge, crested and ended by a tooth-like
diverging processus. Second segment with a narrow crested
coxopodite. Pleon, telson: lateral parts of the pleon narrow;
pleotelson longer than wide; sides. slightly curved; apex one-half
narrower than the basis, with rounded angles. Uropoda: basis
very oblique ; endopodite reaching to one-half the length of the
pleotelson ; exopodite a little larger than in the former species,
visible on upper and under sides. Colour: yellowish, veined and
striped with brown. Dimensions; 9x 4 millim.
1896.] NHRRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 397
Hab. Grenada; Balthazar (windward), second-growth woods,
beaten from vines and brush, 250 feet; Chantilly (windward),
hillside, edge of forest, beaten from vines and brush, 400 feet.
10. MESARMADILLO MODESTUS, nD. sp.
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body rather convex and narrow, smooth. Prosepistoma plain,
continuous with the forehead in the middle, and separated from it
on both sides by a transverse, incomplete, preocular cut. Hyes
moderate; ocelli about 16. Antenne short; flagellum very small,
first joint three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first
segment with the antero-median tubercle hardly perceivable ;
coxopodites distinct on the entire length of the edge of the
segment, with the hind part diverging and covered by the posterior
angle of the segment. Coxopodite of the second segment forming
a nearly inconspicuous ridge before the leg. Pleon, telson: pleo-
telson triangular; sides feebly curved; apex pointed. Uropoda:
basis with a large oblong processus; endopodites extending
beyond the apex of the pleotelson; exopodites small, placed
at the top of the basal processus. Colour: grey or reddish, with
small light lineole on the pereion; uropoda light. Dimensions:
6 x 22 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent, low ground S.E. of the island, under rubbish.
11. M&rsaRMADILLO AMERICANUS, 0. sp.’
’ Body convex, rather narrow, smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma
1 This genus was considered until lately to be African ; its range seems wide,
and extends from Madagascar to the coast of Guinea and the Antilles. No Asiatic
species has yet been mentioned.
398 M. A, DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,
with a small shield-like convexity ; the prosepistoma is continuous
withthe forehead in the middle and separated fromit on bothsides by
a transverse, incomplete, preocular cut. Eyes moderate; ocelli about
12, Antenne short ; flagellum small, first joint three times shorter
than the second. Percion: first segment with the antero-median
tubercle hardly perceivable; coxopodites distinct on the entire
length of the edge of the segment (upperside), forming a thick
border, slightly crossed by the posterior angle of the segment.
Coxopodite of the second segment hardly visible as a very small,
dentitorm processus before the leg. Pleon, telson: pleotelson flat,
with curved sides and rounded apex. Uropoda: basis with a large,
oblong processus, extending between the lateral part of the
5th segment of the pleon and the pleotelson ; endopodite reaching
to two-thirds the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute,
placed at the top of the basal processus. Colour: brownish, with
small light lineolw on the pereion; flagellum white; uropoda
reddish. Dimensions: 6 x 23 millim.
Fig. 11.
1a
Me. Aad
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. St. Vincent, sugar-cane field, under decaying cane-leaves,
March. Leeward, lowland near sea, under stones, May ; under old
boards, 250 feet, September ; under rubbish, shady place, 500 feet.
12, MnsaRMADILLO REFLEXUS, 0. sp.
Body slightly granulated, very convex, and narrowed backward,
the side parts of the pereion (segments 2-7) and of the pleon
bending downwards. Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like
1896.]} THRRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACHANS, 399
triangular convexity; the prosepistoma is continuous with the
forehead in the middle and separated from it on both sides by a
transyerse, incomplete, preocular cut. Eyes moderate ; ocelli about
12. Antenne short; flagellum small, first joint four times shorter
than the second. Pereion: first segment with the antero-median
tuberele hardly perceivable; coxopodites distinct on the entire
length of the edge of the segment. Coxopodite of the second segment
hidden under the bent side part of the segment. leon, telson:
the lateral parts being nearly folded underneath, the hind edge
of segments 3-5 seems straight from a dorsal view. Pleotelson
flat, with curved sides and a blunt, rather rounded apex. Uropoda:
basis with a large oblong processus; endopodite reaching to two-
thirds the length of the pleotelson ; exopodite small, placed at the
top of the basal processus. Colour: dark brown, flagellum
whitish. Dimensions: 5x2 millim. (much decreasing backward).
Fig. 12.
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Hab. Open swampy land, under rubbish, 8. end of the Island
(St. Vincent ?), September 27.
HAPLARMADILLO, gen. nov.
Very much like Synarmadilo, Dollfus'. It differs from this
African genus in its monocellated eyes, and in the flagellum being
single-jointed (this is quite an exception in Armadillos).
1 A. Dollfus, “ Voyage de M. Alluaud dans le territoire d’Assinie: Orustacés
Isopodes terrestres,” Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, pp. 388-389, pl. 7. fig. 4.
400 ur. SCLA'TER ON THD PROSPECTUS OF ‘DAS TIERREICH.’[Mar, 17,
13. HAPLARMADILLO MONOCELLATUS, n. sp.
Fig. 13.
13 C Ba
(For lettering, see p. 389.)
Body convex, smooth, and covered with minute, setose hair.
Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity. Eyes
monocellate, hardly perceivable. Antenne very hairy ; flagellum
single-jointed, with a long stiff hair at its distal end. Pereion:
first segment with a very blunt antero-median tubercle ; hind edge
nearly straight; sides feebly raised forward; coxopodite distinct
on the posterior half of the edge. Second segment with no distinct
coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson widely triangular, much
wider than long. _Uropoda with a square basis, longer than the
pleotelson ; endopodite as long as the basis; exopodite minute,
placed at the internal distal angle of the basis. Colour: dark
grey, variegated with lighter lineole and irregular stripes.
Dimensions: 9 x 4 millim.
Hab. St. Vincent; Richmond valley, under rotting leaves,
1100 feet, January 18 (one example).
March 17, 1896.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., in the Chair.
:” Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to the prospectus
of the new work ‘ Das Tierreich,’ to be published by Friedliinder
and Son, of Berlin, of which he had spoken in addressing the
Society on the subject of Nomenclature at the last Meeting. The
prospectus showed that a considerable number of zoologists were
' ; sien
Rs oe
Pa ee,
P.Z.5.1896. Plate XV,
Horace Knight admuatlith, West,Newman chromo.
Ceylonese Hymenoptera.
1896.] ‘ON ti HYMENOPTERA OF ORYLON. 401
already at work on this important undertaking of the Deutsche
Zoologische Gesellschaft, under the general editorship of Prof.
F. E. Schulze, of Berlin. The first part of the work was promised
to be ready in the beginning of 1897, and twenty-five years were
allowed for its full completion. ‘The general character of the
work was shown by the pattern treatise on the Heliozoa prepared
by Dr. Fritz Schaudinn, which accompanied the prospectus. In
this treatise of 24 pages about 60 species were described, so that
if this ratio of species to pages was an average one it would seem
that upwards of 190 volumes would be required to complete the
work.
In reference to the discussion on Zoological Nomenclature,
which took place at the last Meeting, Mr. Sclater remarked that
he had omitted to state that at the late International Congress of
Zoology held at Leyden (see Bull. trois. Congr. Int. de Zoologie,
no. 5, p. 6) a committee of five Naturalists of different countries
had been appointed with the object of endeavouring to settle the
differences between the several codes of Zoological Nomenclature.
The names suggested on that occasion by Prof. I. E. Schulze,
and accepted by the Meeting, were Prof. Blanchard of Paris,
Prof. Victor Carus of Leipzig, Dr. Jentink of Leyden, Mr. Sclater,
and Dr. W. Stiles of Washington. This subject would therefore
come very appropriately before the next International Zoological
Congress, which was proposed to be held in this country in 1898.
The following papers were read :—
1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous
Fauna of Ceylon. By Lt.-Col. C. T. Binenam, F.Z.S.,
E.E.S.
[Received February 17, 1896.]
(Plate XV.)
I know of only two published lists dealing with the Hymenoptera
of Ceylon. The first, by Walker, is given in chapter xii. of
Tennent’s ‘ Natural History of Ceylon,’ and includes Walker's
new species described in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural
History,’ series 3, vols. iv. (1859) and v. (1860). The second list,
by Motschoulsky, appeared in the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Impériale
des Naturalistes,’ Moscow, 1863. In this Walker’s list was re-
published, and several new species, chiefly Chalcidide and Ichneu-
monide, were described.
The present paper, founded on the collections made in Caled
by Col. Yerbury, R.A., and Mr. E. HE. Green, deals only with the
Aculeate, or more correctly, seeing that I have included the
Tubulifera (Chrysidide), the Monotrochous Hymenoptera found in
Proc. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XXVL. 26
402 — Lt'.-COL. 0. tf, BINGHAM ON ‘THE » [Mar.'17,
the island. Three hundred and forty-one species, of which seven
have not previously been described, are here recorded, a number,
however, far less than what must actually occur in an island with
so varied a climate and flora as Ceylon.
The species, as was to be expected, are chiefly Indian, but I
have thought it premature to enter into any detailed comparison
of the fauna with that of any other portion of the Oriental region,
more especially as, since the publication, nearly thirty years ago,
by the late Mr. Smith of his ‘ Catalogue of the Aculeate Hymeno-
ptera and Ichnewmonide of India and the Eastern Archipelago,
no comprehensive list of the hymenopterous insects of India has
appeared.
I have to add, by way of explanation, that, in the following
list, where no locality is mentioned the insect does not occur in
either Colonel Yerbury’s or Mr. Green’s collections, and has
simply been recorded or described from Ceylon, with no particular
locality indicated.
Family For micip a4, Leach.
Genus Camponorus, Mayr.
1. Camponotus sERicEus (Fabricius).
Formica sericea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 279, 9; Lepel. Hym. i.
217, 24; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi, 31, 103; Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi. (1867), 306, 54.
Formica aurulenta, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 114, pl. 3,£.93.
Lasius sericeus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 416, 4.
Formica cinerascens, Jerd. (nec Fabr.) Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci.
1851, 128.
Formica obtusa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 30, 99.
Camponotus sericeus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 675,.39; Torel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),
231, 1; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 161.
Camponotus opaciventris, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1878, 648 8 (var.).
Trincomalee.
2. CAMPONOTUS VARIANS, Roger.
Camponotus varians, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, p. 138,
10%; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 232, 2.
3. CAMPONOTUS RETIOULATUS, Roger.
Camponotus reticulatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 139, 11;
Forel, Jour. Bombay, Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 233, 7, & 431
7, var.
Formica reticulata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 307, 61.
Besides a variety of this species (C. latitans), Forel has described
(1. c. p. 431) a new race as Camponotus yerbury?.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.), :
1896.) > HYMBNOPTHRA OF CEYLON. 403
4, CAMPONOTUS BARBATUS, Roger.
Camponotus barbatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 138, 98 ;
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 233, 8. .
Formica barbata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 306, 59.
- 5. Camponotus Dorycus (Smith).
-Formicus dorycus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 96, 11 Bs
id. xi. (1867), 308, 85.
Camponotus sesquipedalis, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1863, 137,
73.
Camponotus dorycus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 32, 12; Forel, idem, 236, 13 (race. C.carin, Emery, Ann.
d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, wi (1889), 512, 74). -
Gs CaMPono1us RUFoGLAUCUS (Jerdon).
Formica pubescens, Brullé (nee Fabr.), Hist. Nat. I. Cane
ii, 84, 1.
Formica rufoglauca, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 124;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 16, 538; Jour. Linn. Soe. -xi.
(1867), 303, 11.
Formica (Camponotus) micans, ,Nyl. Ann. Sci. Nat. v. (1856),
55, 4%; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. 1892,
33, 16.
Camponotus flavo-marginatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. i
Ges. Wien, 1862, 664, 178 (var.).
Carron redtenbacheri, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 667, 25 & (var.).
Camponotus rufoglaucus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 237, 15; Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 57.
Rignenteomls (Yerbury coll.).
7. CAMPONOTUS ANGUSTICOLLIS (Jerdon).
Formica angusticollis, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 120.
Formica gigas, Smith (nec Latr.), Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.., vi.
, 45.
Formica ardens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 628. ,
Formica impetuosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 63.
Camponotus prismaticus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 669, 303.
Camponotus angusticollis, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. vii. 32, 10; Forel, idem, 235, 12; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1893, 250, 51.
Hinaduma (Yerbury coll.).
8. CaMPoNnotUs. SIMONI, Emer ry.
Camponotus simoni, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 51 ee
Cottawa.
26%
404 L't,-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
9. CaMPONOTUS ALBIPES, Emery.
Oamponotus albipes, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 253, 60 & .
Kandy.
10. Camponotus MacuLatus (Fabricius).
Formica maculata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. 491, 15; Ent. Syst. ii.
356, 25; Syst. Piez. 403, 29; Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 495, 22;
Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 283; Lepel. Hym. i. 215, 19; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 28, 96.
Formica cognata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 35, 117.
Camponotus maculatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 654,1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 30-32; Forel, idem, 240, 21; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1893, 251, 53. 4
Forel includes under the above, which is typically an African
species, a group of races of which the following have been re-
corded from Ceylon :—
a. CAMPONOTUS COMPRESSUS (Fabricius).
Formica compressa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 307, 2%; Ent. Syst. ii.
350, 2; Syst. Piez. 396, 2; Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 491; Latr.
Hist. Nat. Fourm. 111; Lepel. Hym. i. 214, 17; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 449 6; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
303, 3.
Formica indefessa, Sykes, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. (1886), 104,
pl. 13. £. 6
Formica allida, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 64; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 304, 19.
Camponotus quadrilaterus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,
136, 63.
Camponotus compressus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. vii. (1892), 30, 1; Forel, idem, 240.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
6. CAMPONOTUS TAYLORI, Forel.
Camponotus taylor, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 241.
Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).
c, CAMPONOTUS INFUSCUS, Forel.
Camponotus infuscus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 242; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 56.
Nuwara Eliya,
d, Camponotus MitTIs (Smith).
Formica mitis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 20, 698;
Walk. Tenn, Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. des Nat. Mose. 1863, 11; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. Ci
804, 24.
1896.] . HYMBNOPTHRA OF CEYLON. 405
Formica timida, Jerd. (nec Forst.), Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851,
122.
Formica variegata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 19, 68%.
Formica ventralis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 20, 70.
Camponotus agnatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 137, 8 8 .
Camponotus mitis, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 31, 3; Forel, idem, 242; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
252, 54 & 55.
Trincomalee, Huldamulla (Yerbury coll.).
Forel notes four varieties of C. mats from Ceylon :—
C. mitis, Smith (sens. str.).
C. bacchus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 21, 71.
C. fuscithorax, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),
230; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 54. ;
C. dulcis, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2,
vii. (1889), 511, 72.
' é, CAMPONOTUS THRASO, Forel.
Camponotus thraso, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 432.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
The following species, somewhat insufficiently described by
Walker in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 3rd
series, vol. iv. (1859), pp. 370-375, and by Motschoulsky in the
‘ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes,’ Moscow, 1863,
pp. 11-14, are not noticed by either Forel or Emery :—
11. Formioa LatsBRosa, Walker, 1. c. p. 371.
12. » PANGENS, “4 efile,
13. » DETORQUENS, ,, 4 372.
14. 3, DIFFIDENS, 35 . 372.
15. » CONSULTANS, ,, es
16. » INDHFLEXA, ,, | eh
17. ») PYREHOCHPHALA, Motsch. 1. c. p. 11.
18. » EUSOLOAUDA, ms a 12.
19. >> SUBPIOHA, BA 5 12.
Genus Potyracuis, Schuckard.
20. PoLYRACHIS soIssa (Roger).
Hemioptica scissa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 240, pl. 1.
f. 129 8 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 1; Emery,
Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 70.
Polyrachis scissa, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soc. viii. (1893),
27,16.
Hinaduma (Yerbury coll.),
406 LT.-COL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THB (Mar. 17,
21, PoLYRAOHIS AcULHATA, Mayr.
Polyrachis aculeata, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. aah -bot. Ges. ‘Wien,
1878, 657 @ ; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii, (1893),
28,29 ¢.
- Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
22, PoLYRAOHIS ARGENTEA, Mayr.
Polyrachis argenteus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 682, 98; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 317, 1138.
Polyrachis argentea, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 37, 29; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 66 9 ;
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 34, 43 Qc.
Kandy.
23. PoLYRACHIS JERDONTI, Forel.
Polyrachis jerdonii, Forel, Neujahrsblatt der naturf. Ges.
Zurich, 1893, 17 (footnote); Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 28,49. Hts” Higa
Trincomalee (Ye erbury coll.).
24, POLYRAOHIS FRAUENFELDI, Mayr.
Polyrachis frauenfeldi, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 687, 22 3 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. Cones 317,
120; Forel, Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 28, 7
25. PoOLYRACHIS THRINAX, Roger.
Polyrachis thrinax, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 152, 293 ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 316, 105; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 35; Forel, idem, viii.
(1893), 28, 9 2 g ; Emery, Ann. Soc, Ent, Fr, 1893, 254, 63,
Hinarub Goda (Yerbury coll.).
26. PoLyraonis cLypEata, Mayr. .
Polyrachis clypeatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 683, 12 9 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 317, 114.
Polyrachis clypeata. Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 29, 11; Emery, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, BOS 62.
Colombo, iene,
27, PoLYRAOHIS PUNCTILLATA, Roger.
Polyrachis punctillata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 152,
308 2 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 316, 106; Forel,
Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 29, 12.
28. PoLYRAOHIS CoNVEXA, Roger.
_ Polyrachis convewa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,:153, 318;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc, xi. (1867), 317, 107 ; Forel, Jour: "Bomb.
Nat, Hist, Soe. viii (1893), 29, 14,
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CHYLON. 407
29. PoLyRAOHIS MAYRI, Roger. —
Polyrachis relucens, Mayr (nec Latr.), Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, 1862, 685, 17.
Polyrachis mayri, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 198, 7;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 123; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 37; Forel, idem, viii.
(1893), 29, 17; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 69.
Kanthalai (Yerbury coll.).
30. PoLYRACHIS YERBURYI, Forel.
Polyrachis yerburyr, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 29 8 @.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
31. PoLYRACHIS RASTELLATA (Latreille).
Formica rastellata, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 1380 9.
Polyrachis rastellata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 59, 5;
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Ilist. Soc. vii. (1892), 36, 23;
Forel, idem, viii. (1893), 30, 21; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
254, 64.
Polyrachis busiris, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 98, 7%,
pl. i. f. 15; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 315, 82.
Polyrachis rastellatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 688, 23; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 310, 5.
Polyrachis euryalus, Smith, Jour, Linn. Soc. xi. (1863), 16,
249 ; idem, xi. (1867), 316, 99.
Periyakulam (Yerbury coll.).
32. PoLyRAcHIS yesiLon, Emery.
Polyrachis ypsilon, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. 2, iv. (1887), 239, 72; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soe. viii. (1893), 31, 24.
33. PoLYRACHIS HIPPOMANES, Smith.
Polyrachis hippomanes, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vi. (1862), 43,
218, pl. i. £. 20; id. xi. (1867), 315, 76; Forel, Jour. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc, viii. (1893), 31, 26; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
1893, 254, 67.
Kandy, Cottawa.
The subspecies found in Ceylon is P. ceylonensis, Emery.
34, PoLYRACHIS @prPus, Forel.
Polyrachis cedipus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 31, 29%; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 68.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
_ 35, POLYRAOHIS RUFICAPRA, Roger.
Polyrachis ruficapra, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 154,.
408 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
32 8 9 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 317, 109; Forel,
Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 33, 36.
36, PoLyRAOHIS SIMPLEX, Mayr.
Polyrachis simplex, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 682, 11 2; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1898),
34, 39 9.
Polyrachis spiniger, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1878, 653 Bg.
Polyrachis spinigera, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 37, 30; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 65.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Kandy.
87. PoLYRAOCHIS DIVES, Smith.
Polyrachis dives, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 68, 108, pl. iv.
f. 82, 833; Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, 682,
10; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 311, 10; Wroughton,
Jour. Bomb. Nat, Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 36, 28; Forel, idem, viii.
(1893), 34, 41.
Hot wells, Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
38. PoLyRaonis nxmRorra (Walker).
Formica exercita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 370.
Polyrachis exercita, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 125.
89. PoLyRacHis ILnLAUDATUS, Walker.
Polyrachis illaudatus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 373 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi, (1867), 318, 124.
40. Potyracuis nigur, Mayr.
Polyrachis niger, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 683, 139 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 317, 115.
Genus CEcopHyLia, Smith.
41, @copnyiia sMaRa@pina (Fabricius). — -
Formica smaragdina, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. 488, 29; Mant. i. 307,
3; Ent. Syst. ii. 350,3; Syst. Piez. 397, 4; Latr. Hist. Nat.
Fourm. 176, pl. iii. f. 18; Lepel. Hym. i. 218, 25; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 61; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon,
ch. xii. 454,
Formica virescens, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 392, 9 %; Spec. Ins. i. 490,
13; Mant. Ins. i. 308,16; Ent. Syst. ii. 355, 23; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 29, 97, pl. iii. 24-27.
Formica longinoda, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 184 3.
Lasius virescens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 417, 8.
Formica macra, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. ii. 202, Atlas, t. 8. ff. 1,
la, 16.
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. 409
Formica zonata, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. ii. 205 9 .
Formica viridis, Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. 4779.
Gcophylla smaragdina, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 102,
1; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, 695, 1;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 319, 1; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 41; Forel, idem, viii. (1893),
400; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250.
Geophylla virescens, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 695, 2.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.); Pundaloya (Green coll.) ; Kandy ;
Colombo; Nawalapitiya.
Fabricius’s ‘ Systema Entomologia, sistens Insectorum Classes,
Ordines, Genera, Species etc.,’ in which the name “ virescens”. for
the African species is published, bears date 1775; his ‘Species
Insectorum,’ in which the Asiatic species is described as ‘“‘ smarag-
dina,” is dated 1781, so that as the African and Asiatic species
are now considered identical, the name “ virescens” has priority ;
but as our Indian red ant is so well known under the name
“ smaragdina,” it has been considered, apparently by both Forel
and Emery, not advisable to change the specific denomination.
Genus Prunoiris, Mayr.
42, PRENOLEPIS LONGICORNIS (Latreille).
Formica longicornis, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 113 8; Smith, Cat.
Hyw. Ins. B. M. vi. 31, 104.
Formica vagans, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 124 9 ¥;
Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 106, 39 ; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 59; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 303, 15.
Formica gracilescens, Nyl. Ann. Sci. Nat. vy. (1856), 73.
Tapinoma gracilescens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 56, 4.
Paratrechina vagabunda, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 13; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 309.
Prenolepis gracilescens, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1862, 698, 4 (Novara Exp. Ceylon).
Prenolepis longicornis, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 408, 18 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 49.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Galle; Colombo.
43, PRENOLEPIS YBRBURYI, Forel.
Prenolepis yerburyi, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 409, 39 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 50.
Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).
44, PRenoLeris InDI0A, Forel.
Prenolepis indicd, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893),
409,49 S.
- Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
410 LT.-COL. C, T. BINGHAM ON THR [Mar. 17,
Genus AOANTHOLBPIS, Mayr.
- 45, AOANTHOLEPIS OAPENSIS, Mayr.
Acantholemis capensis, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
. Wien, 1862, 699, 1%; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.
(1893), 414, 2.
46. ACANTHOLEPIS LUNARIS, Emery.
Acantholepis lunaris, Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 47 8 .
Colombo.
Genus Puaciounris, Mayr.
47, PLAGIOLEPIS LONGIPES (Jerdon),
Formica longipes, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sei. 1851, 122;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 19, 67; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
1867, 304, 22.
Formica trifasciata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 27, 929 ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 306, 46.
Prenolepis .gracilipes, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 698, 5. - :
Plagiolepis longipes, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.
(1893), 415, 1; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 46.
Kandy; Galle; Matalle.
_ 48. PLAGIOLEPIS PISsINA, Roger.
Plagiolepis pissina, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 162, 45 3;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, (1867), 318, 1; Forel, Jour. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 417, 5.
Genus Aoropyea, Roger.
_ 49. Aonopy@a acurivunrnris, Roger.
Acropyga acutiventris, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 243 2 8;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 319, 1; Forel, Jour. Bomb,
Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 418.
Plagiolepis flava, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 699,19 3.
Anavadhupur (Yerbury-coll.).
Genus ANEURETUS, Emery.
60. ANHURETUS SIMONI, Emery.
Aneuretus simoni, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 4 & ;
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 462 8,
Genus DorioHopERts, Sund. ee)
51, DotronopERus TaPRoBAN (Smith). Sra RPE na
Formica taprobane, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. vi..13,.43-9 ;
1896.) - - HYMENOPTBRA OF CEYLON. 411
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d: Nat. 1863, 11; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 308, 2,
Hypoclinea gracilipes, ‘Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
(1879), 658 38.
Dolichoderus taprobane, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. ix. .
(1894), 466, 8. Alf
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
52. DoLIcHODERUS GRACILIS (Motschoulsky).
Hypoclinea gracilis, Motsch.. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
1863, 148.
Dolichoderus gracilis, Emery, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249; 42.
Genus TrcHNoMYRMnx, Mayr.
53. TECHNOMYRMEX ALBIPES (Smith).
Tapinoma albipes, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. vi. (1862), 38, 93;
id. xi. (1867), 310, 6.
Tapinoma albitarse, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose,
1863, 14; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 310, 7.
Tapinoma migrum, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien,
703,18.
Technomyr men albipes, Emery, Ann. ‘Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 443
Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 466, 1%.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
54, TachNomyrmux BicoLon, Emery.
Technomyrmea bicolor, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249,
45 8 ; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 467.
Genus Intpomyruux, Mayr.
55. In1DOMYRMBX ANOEPS (Roger).
Formica anceps, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 164, 50 ui ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 307, 64.
Tridom yrmex. anceps, Forel, Jour. Bomb. ‘Nat. Hist, Soc. ix.
(1894), 469, 4.
Genus Bornriomyrmex, Emery.
56. BotHRIOMYRMEX ‘WROUGHTONII, Forel. ”
» Bothriomyrmex.wroughtonii, Forel, Jour.. a, BEN Hist. po
ix. (1894), 470,189 ¢.
Trincomalee Oe erbur, 'y coll.).
Genus TaPINoMA, Foerst.
57. TAPINOMA MELANOCEPHALUM (Fabricius).
. Formica melanocephala; Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii..353, 13; Tatr, Hist.
Nat. Fourm.. 269; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B..M. yi. 46, 162...
412 LT.-COL, C. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
—
Formica nana, Jerd. (nec Smith), Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. (1851),
125; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 108, 44; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 15,52; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
303, 10:
. Myrmica pellucida, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. vi. 124, 41 8 ;
Jour. Linn, Soe. xi. (1867), 324, 2.
Formica familiaris, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 68, 4 9 ;
id. xi. (1867), 307, 76.
Tapinoma melanocephalum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
249, 43; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 472, 1.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
The following species recorded from Ceylon has not as yet been
noticed by Forel (loc. cit.):—.
58. Taprnoma ? (Formica?) onsourans, Walk, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859), 372.
Genus Oponromacuvs, Latreille.
59. ODONTOMAOHUS HZMATODES (Linngus).
Formica hematodes, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 965,17 3; Fabr. Ent.
Syst. ii. 364, 29; Latr. Hist. Nat. ourm. 192.
Formica maxillosa, De Geer, Ins. iii. 601, pl. 31. ff. 3, 4,5 9.
Myrmica unispinosa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 359, 39.
Myrmecia hematodes, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 425, 7.
Myrmecia unispinosa, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 423, 1.
Odontomachus hematodes, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. 128 & ;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. vi. 76,1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 51,74 ; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, 15.
Odontomachus simillimus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 80,
119; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 15 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 319, 4.
Colombo (Yerbury coll.); Kandy, Nuwara Eliya.
Genus AnooneErvs, Mayr.
60. ANOOHETUS YERBURYI, Forel (MS.),
Anochetus yerburyi, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 53, 79.
Genus Boruroronera, Mayr.
61, BorHROPONERA RUFIPES (Jerdon).
Ponera rufipes, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 119.
Pachychondila rufipes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 106,48.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896.) ~ . HYMBNOPTERA OF OHYLON. 413
62. BoTHROPONBRA TESSERINODA (Emery).
Ponera tesserinoda, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova,
1876-77, 368; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879,
661; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 6.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Kandy.
Genus DracamMa, Mayr.
63. DIAcAMMA VAGANS (Smith).
Ponera vagans, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 103, 3; id. xi.
(1867), 323, 42; Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 304, 29%.
Diacamma vagans, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 16, 482;
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892) 54, 86.
Haycock Hill (Yerbury coll.).
64. DIACAMMA GHOMBETRICA (Smith).
Ponera geometrica, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 86, 14 ¥;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 11.
Diacamma geometrica, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 301, 26.
Diacamma geometricum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1893, 242, 5.
Colombo. :
Genus Ponera, Latreille.
65. Ponnra (Sysora) tyPHta (Roger).
Syscia typhla, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 20, 75 8.
Ponera typhla, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 25.
66. Ponnra (Myiorias) AMBLYOPS (Roger).
Myopias ambliops, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 39, 120 8.
Ponera amblyops, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 26.
67. PonrRA (LUPTOGENYS) FALCIGERA (Roger).
Leptogenys faleigera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 42, 122 %.
Ponera falcigera, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 27.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
68, PonERA EXUNDANS (Walker).
Formica exundans, Walk. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 371 3; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 11.
Ponera exudans, Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc. xi. (1867), 323, 51.
69. Ponnra MERITANS (Walker).
. Formica meritans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 371 3.
_.- Ponera meritans, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 323, 52.
414 Lt;-00L, 6. tf. BINGHAM ON fH ba ‘17;
70. PONERA ARANEOIDES, Le Guillow.’
- Ponera araneoides,. Le Guillou, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. (1841),
317, 13; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc, xi. (1867), 323, 50.
Ectatomma rugosa, eiob, Jour. Linn. Soe. iii. Ce 143,
16.
71. PonERa coxaxis, Smith.
Ponera rugosa, Smith (nec Le Guillou), Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.
vi. 88, 20 9.
Ponera covalis, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 308, 43 9;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 321, 17.
72. PonERA LurerpEs, Mayr. Zi uel
Ponera lutetipes, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien
(1862), 722, 4 8 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 8.
Kandy (Yerbusy coll.).
73. PoNBRA MELANARIA, Emery.
Ponera melanaria, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 260
(footnote) ; id. ibid. 242, 7.
Colombo.
74, Ponpra PuNOoTaTIssiMa, Roger.
Ponera punctatissima, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1859, 246;
Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1878, 663; Emery,
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 9.
Ponera simillima, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 104,58.
Kandy.
75. PoNnERA @LHADOWI, Forel (MS.).
-Ponera gleadowi, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 55, 91; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 10.
“Matale.
Genus DrEPpanoenatuts, Smith.
7 6. DEHPANOGNATHUS ORUENTATUS, Smith.
Drepanognathus cruentatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi.
82, 2.
Harpegnathus cruentatus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soe. vii. (1892), 56, 93.
rae road (Yerbury coll.),
Genus Lozoretta, Mayr.
77. Losorenra prminura (Smith),
Ponera diminuta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 89, 23; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 21.
Lobopelta diminuta, Mayr,: Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1896.} : HYMENOPEDRA OF CHYLON: 415
1863, 734, 1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 58, 96; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 13.
_ Kandy (Yerbury coll.)
78. LOBOPELTA CHINENSIS, Mayr.
Lobopelia chinensis, Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gest Wien,
1870, 965 %; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 57,95; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 11.
Andankubam (Yerbury coll.).
79. LoBoPEDTA YBRBURYI, Forel.
Lobopelta yerburyt (Horel in MS. teste Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 58, 98).
Kandy road (Yerbury coll.).
80. LoBoPELTA OCELLIFURA (Roger).
Ponifera ocellifera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1861, 138 3;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 24.
Lobopelta ocellifera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.
Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 19, 535; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, 14.
Lobopelta distinguenda, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. di Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. 2, v. (1887-88), 430, 127 8.
Kandy, Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
81. Losopaira puuqurri, André.
Lobopelta peuqueti, André, Rey. Ent. vi. (1887), 292; ENON
Ann. Soc. Ent. Ir. 1893, 243, 15.
Kandy.
Genus Myororong, Roger. :
82. Myoporonn MACULATA, Roger.
Myopopone maculata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschy. 1861, 52 & 2;
Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 240, 1.
Cottawa.
Genus CantromyRMux, Mayr.
83, CBNTROMYRMEX FBX (Emery).
Spalacomyrmea fee, Emery, Aun. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. 2, vii. (1889), 491 7 %; Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
240, 2.
Peradeniya (Yerbury coll.) ; Kandy.
Genus Ooonrzs, Roger.
_ 84. OocrRmA FRAGOSA, Roger.
. Oocerea fragosa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zotac 1862, 249, t. i
16a 8; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi..(1867), 324, 1.
416 L.-OOL. 0, ft. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar, 17,
Genus Cryprorone, Emery.
85. CRYPTOPONE TESTAOHA (Motschoulsky).
Amblyopone testacea, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 15 9; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867) 324, 2.
Oryptopone testacea, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1898, 240, 3 8.
Nawalapitiya.
Genus Dorytivs, Shuckard.
86. Doryius curtsi1, Shuckard.
Typhlopone curtsti, Shuck. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, v.
(1840), 265 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 112, 11; Walk.
Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d.
Nat. Mosc. 1863, 15.
87. DoryLus ontpNTALls, Westwood.
Dorylus orientalis, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, 72; Shuck.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, v. (1840), 320, 7; Westw. Arc.
Ent. i. 80,7; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vii. 3,8; Jour. Linn.
Soe. xi. (1867), 335, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Ainictus, Shuckard.
88. ALNICTUS POROZONOIDES, Walker.
Ainictus porozonoides, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 3065; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith, Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 336, 5.
89, AZNIcrUS CEYLONICUS (Mayr).
Typhlatta ceylonica, Mayr, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
1866, 22 &.
90. AENICTUS BENGALENSIS (Mayr).
Typhlatia bengalensis, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1878, 669 §; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soe. vii. (1892),
177, 115.
Colombo (Rothney coll.).
Genus Catautacus, Smith.
91. CarauLacus TAPROBANA, Smith.
Catuulacus taprobane, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. (1853),
225, 1, pl. xx. £. 10 8; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 195, 1; Walk.
Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch, xii. 454; Motsch, Bull. Soc. Imp. d.
Nat. Mosc. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 335, 4;
1896,] ° HYMBNOPTHRA OF OBYLON. 417
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 178, 122;
Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 38.
Colombo (othney coll.); Belangoda (Yerbury coll.); Pundaloya
(Green coll.); Kandy.
92. CaTauLAcus sIMontI, Emery.
Cataulacus simont, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1898, 248, 39 3.
Kandy, Colombo.
Genus Muranoptvus, Smith.
93. MERANOPLUS BICOLOR (Guédrin).
Cryptocerus bicolor, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 425.
Meranoplus bicolor, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, il. (1853),
224,1; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 193, 2; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.
(1867), 334, 4; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 179, 123; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 37.
Meranoplus villosus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1859,
115; id. ibid. 1863, 21.
Meranoplus dimicans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 375.
Kandy (Ferbury coll.); Galle; Colombo; Cottawa. *
Genus HotcomyrMeEx, Mayr.
94. HotcoMyRMEXx oriniores, Mayr.
Holcomyrmea criniceps, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1878, 672 8; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 181, 126.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
Genus Myruioarta, Saunders.
95. MYRMIOARIA SUBOARINATA (Smith).
Bape subcarinata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. cere
73, 2; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 142, 1; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k.
maole -bot. Ges. Wien, 1863, 756, 3.
* Myrmicaria subcarinata, ‘Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 330,
4; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 183, 134,
Tani (Yerbury coll.).
. 96. Myrmrosria BRUNNEA, Saunders.
' Myrmicaria brunnea, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soe. iii. “1841), 57,
pl. v. £. 2 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 141, 1, pl. x. ff. 6
7,8; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. z0ol.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1863, 757, 1.
97. MyRMIcARIA FODIENS (Jerdon).
i7 Myrmica fodiens, Jerd. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1854, xiii. p. 55.
Myrmicaria fodiens, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 41.
Kandy. ‘
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XX VII. 27
418 11.-00L, 0. T. BINGHAM ON TH [Mar. 17,
Genus Trerramorium, Mayr.
98. TETRAMORIUM TRANSVERSARIUM, Roger.
Letramorium transversarium, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, .
181, 73 3; Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 31.
Nuwara Eliya.
99. TrTRamMortum PacrFIcuM, Mayr.
Tetramorium pacificum, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1870, 38 § 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 32.
Colombo, Kandy.
100. TETRaAMORIUM (XIPHOMYRMEX) TORTUOSUM, Roger.
Tetramorium tortuosum, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 181,
72 8 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 33.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
101. TErramoriuM (XIPHOMYRMEX) PILOsuM, Emery.
Tetramorium (Xiphomyrmex) pilosum, Emery, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr.
1893, 247, 34 8.
Kandy.
Genus Monomorium, Mayr.
102, Monomorium vastavor (Smith).
Myrmica vastator, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 71,3 8;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 325, 4,
_ Monomorium vastator, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 186, 143.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
103. Monomonrrum sPEouLane, Mayr.
Monomorium speculare, Mayr, Sitz. d. k. Akad. Wissen. 1866,
26%; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 187, 149.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
104. Monomorium @LYorPHiLuM (Smith).
Myrmica glyciphila, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 125, 458;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 15; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),
327, 39.
Monomorium glyciphilum, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,
Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 32, 876.
105. Monomorium pEsrRucTOR (Jerdon).
Atta destructor, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 105 9;
Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1863, Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 34,
971.
Monomorium destructor, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243.
Colombo. .
1896.) | * HYMBNOPTERA OF CHYLON. *: 41g
106. MonomoriuMm LAtTINoDE, Mayr.
Monomorium latinode, Mayr, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.
Genova, ser. ii. CN 152, 54 3; | BISON Ann. Soc.’ Bit Fr.
1893, 243, 19.
Kandy.
Genus Lornomyrmnx, Emery.
107. LorvomyRMnx QUADRISPINOSUS (Jerdon).
Geodoma quadrispinosa, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851,
111; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 52.
Pheidole quadrispinosa, Smith, Cat. Tym. Ins. B. M. vi. 174, 9;
Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 31,
841; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 331, 7.
ore quadrispinosus, Emery,’ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, 20.
‘Kandy.
Genus TrigtyPHoruRix, Forel.
108. TrigLyPHOTHRIX WALSHI, Forel.
Triglyphothrix walshi, Forel, Jour. Bomb: Nat. Hist. Soc. v.
(1890), 396 8 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 33.
Nawalapitiya. —
109. TrigiyPHOTHRIX OBESUM (Cone.
Tetramortum obesum, André, Rev. Ent. vi. (1887), 294.
- Driglyphothria obesum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 34
Kandy.
Genus AcanrHomMyrmux, Emery.
110. AcANTHOMYRMEX LUCIOLZ, Emery.
Acanthomyrmex luciole, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 245,
308) ie SCG he Te 8
Kandy.
Genus SoLmNopsis, Westwood.
111. Sorunogsts GEMINATA (Fabricius).
_ Atta geminata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 423, 6.
Solenopsis mandibularis, Westw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841,
vi. 87 %.
Aita clypeata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 169, 30.
-_ Solenopsis cephalotes, ‘Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. iii. (1859), 149 ; id.
ibid. xi. (1867), 333, 1.
Solenopsis geminata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 289 ;
Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe, vii. (1892), 189, 160;
Emery, Ann: Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 23...
Kandy (Yerbury coll.); Colombo. - ais Bila
27°
420 Lt,-O0L, 0. 1. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
Genus SrrumicEnys, Smith.
112, Srrumiennys LyRoussa (Roger).
Labidogenys lyroessa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 251, pl. i.
f.17a %; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe, xi. (1867), 334, 1.
113. Serumicuyys gopurrnoyi, Mayr.
Strumigenys godeffroyr, Mayr, Sitz. d.k. Akad. Wissen. 1866,
33 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 40.
Kandy,
Genus Prurporogsron, Mayr.
114, PHEerporocEeron pivErsus (Jerdon).
Ccodoma diversa, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 109;
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii, (1854), 51, 11.
Pheidole diversa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 174, 6; Jour.
Linn. Soe, xi. (1867), 331, 4. :
Pheidologeton diversus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.
Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 820; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
249, 21.
Colombo; Ratgama-Kellei.
115, PuerpoLognton LABoriosus (Smith).
Solenopsis laboriosa, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vi. (1862), 48,2 & ;
id. xi. (1867), 333, 3.
Pheidologeton laboriosus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1868, 750, 2; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 190, 163.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
116. PHEmoLognron NANUS (Roger).
Pheidole nanus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 191, 84 8.
Pheidologeton nanus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1862, 442; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 22.
Kandy.
117, PHEDDOLOGETON sILENUS (Smith).
Pheidole silenus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 176, 14 8;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 332, 12.
Pheidologeton silenus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1868, 103, 3 (‘ Novara’ expedition),
118. PuntorogEron TaPRoBANE# (Smith).
Pheidole taprobane, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 12 2;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
331, 10.
Pheidologeton taprobane, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz,
Torm.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 823. , Cairne
\
1896.]° HYMENOPTERA OF CHYLON. 421
Genus Puuripoin, Westwood.
119. PHErponn rnpi0a, Mayr.
Pheidole indica, Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1879, 679; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii. (1892),
194, 177.
Baddegama (Yerbury coll.).
120. PHEIDoLE rugosa, Smith.
Pheidole rugosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 13 & ;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
321, 11.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
121. PHEIDoLe JANvS, Smith.
Pheidole janus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 11 &,
pl. ix. ff. 18-17; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454;
Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 9.
122. PHBIDOLD suLCATIOEPS, Roger.
Pheidole sulcaticeps, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 193,
85 8 2 d; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 332, 25; Mayr,
Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879, 675.
123, Punrpo.y woop-MAsont, Forel.
Pheidole wood-masoni, Forel, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Beng. liv. (1887),
pt. 2, 180, 22; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.
(1892), 195, 185; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 28.
Haragam near Kandy (Yerbury coll.) ; Matale.
124, PHEIDOLD LATINODA, Roger.
Pheidole latinoda, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 195, 86 §;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 832, 26; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879, 675; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soe. vii. (1892), 191, 164; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1893,
243, 27. ‘
Colombo.
125. PourpoLn pipira (Walker).
Atta didita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859),
375; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith, Jour. Linn.
Soe. xi, (1867), 333, 28.
126. PHEIDOLE MEGACHPHALA (Fabricius).
Formica megacephala, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 361, 47; Latr. Hist.
Nat. Fourm. 232, t. 10. f. 67; Coqueb. Ilustr. i. t. vi. f. 9.
Orcothphora pusilla, Heer (Hausameisen Madeira’s, 5 2 ¢).
422 Lf.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THD (Mar. 17;
Myrmica trinodis, Los. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, 1834, t. 37,327.
Myrmica levigata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 121, 30.
Pheidole megacephala, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.
Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 829 ; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,
243, QE ee Ay
Colombo, Kandy.
127. PHEIDOLE Pronoratis, Forel, MS.
Pheidole pronotalis, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 244, 29.
. Kandy, Nuwara Eliya; Hakgala (Yerbury coll.).
"128, Puutpore cnynonrca (Motschoulsky).
~~ Oreothophora ceylonica, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 18; Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc, xi. (1867), 333, 29. .
Nuwara Eliya.
- Genus: Cremastocasrer, Lund.
129. Gramma RANSONNETI, Mayr.
Decrmeasionter ransonneti, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot.. Ges.
Wien, 1868, 287; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii.
(1892), 196, 192; Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr, 1893, 243, 25.
* Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).
130. Ormatastoaaster SUBNUDA, Mayr. -
Cremastogaster subnuda, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1879, 682 3; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 197, 193.
"Hakgala (Yerbury coll).
131, CREMAsTog@asTER DOHRNI, Mayr.
Cremastogaster dohrni, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1879, 682; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),
197, 196 ; "Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 24,
- Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.)
~ 182, CREMASTOGASTER CONTENTA, Mayr.
Cremastogaster contenta, Mayr, Verh. d. kk. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1879, 685 3; ee Jour. Bomb. Nat.-Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 199, 200.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
133. CREMASTOGASTER ROGENHOFERI, Mayr.
Cremastogaster rogenhofert, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1879, 683 %; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 197, 198. -
134, CREMASTOGASTER ANTHRACINA, Smith.
Cremastogaster anthracinus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii, (1858),
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CYLON. 423
75,1 %; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 1386, 5; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 329, 2.
Cremastogaster anthracina, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1878, 682.
1385. CREMASTOGASTER BRUNNEA, Smith.
sig eens brunneus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 75,
; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 138, 10; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.
ae. 329, 3.
136. CREMASTOGASTHR PELLENS, Walker.
Cremastogaster pellens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.
(1859), 374 9; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soe. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.
xi. (1867), 330, 9. '
137. CREMASTOGASTER DEPONENS, Walker.
Cremastogaster deponens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
iv. (1859), 374 9; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe.
xi. (1867), 330, 10.
138. CREMASTOGASTBR FORTIOULUS, Walker.
Cremastogaster forticulus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
iv. (1859), 375 8; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith,
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 11.
139. CREMASTOGASTER APIOALIS, Motschoulsky.
Cremastogaster apicalis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 20 §; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 12.
140. CREMASTOGASTBR BRUNNESOENS, Motschoulsky.
Cremastogaster brunnescens, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 20; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 13.
Genus Sima, Roger.
141. Sra RUFoNIGRA (Jerdon).
Eciton rufonigra, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 53 Ss;
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 53.
Pseudomyrma rufonigra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159,
24; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 4,
Sima rufonigra, Roger, Berl. ent. "Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-
Gatt. u. Art. 25, 719; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 200, 210.
Kandy (Yerbury coll.).
142. Sma niaRa (Jerdon).
Eciton nigrum, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851 112 “
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 2, xiii. (1854), 54.
424 LT.-COL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THD ~ [Mar. 17,
- Pseudomyrma nigra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159, 25;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 9.
- Sima nigra, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-
Gatt. u. Art. 25, 720; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vii. (1892), 201, 211; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 16.
Kandy.
143, Sima arrava (Smith),
Tetraponera atrata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. a, : ser. 2, ix.
(1850), 44.
Pseudomyrma atrata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159, 26 ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 1.
144, Sima ALLABORANS (Walker).
Pseudomyrma allaborans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
iv. (1859), 375 %; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith,
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 328, 11.
Cerapachys femoralis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 21.
Cerapachys ceylonica, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
1863, 22
Sima compressa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 179, 68 8;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 328, 1; Wroughton, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 202, 212.
Sima allaborans, Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr, 1893, 243, 17.
Colombo, Kandy.
The following have been recorded from Ceylon by Smith,
Walker, or Motschoulsky, but, so far as I know, not lately procured
or perhaps not identified :—
145. Myrmioa Basatis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 125, 43.
146. Myrioa contiava, Smith, id. ibid. 125, 44.
147. Myrmioa (?) constprnans, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859), 374 9 3.
148, Myrmica PatLinopis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 16 &.
149. Myrmica opsourata, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 16 8.
Family MuvTiuuip 2, Leach.
Genus Murtiya, Linneus.
150. MuriLLa zsTuANS, Gerstaecker.
Mutilla estuans, Gerstaeck. Pet. Reis. 487, pl. 31.f. 6; Radoszk.
‘& Sich. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 223, 55; Cam. Mem. & Proce,
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe, v. (1892), 116, 2,
~
1896.] HYMBENOPYDRA OF CEYLON. 425
151. Murinua anaxis, Lepeletier.
' Mutilla analis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 630, 52 ; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor.
Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 284, 125; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit.
& Phil. Soc. v. (1892), 116, 3.
Mutilla fuscipennis, Fab. Syst. Piez. 436, 35.
Mutilla rufogastra, Lepel. Hym. iti. 629, 51 ¢; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 36, 185.
152. MurinLa AvREORUBRA, Radoszkovsky.
Mutilla aureorubra, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869,
304,19 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
vy. (1892), 117, 9.
153. Murinna nerzera, Saussure.
Mutilla egregia, Sauss. (nec Klug) Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1867, 351, 1,
pl. 8. f.1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
v. (1892), a7,
154. Murinna Broicra, Saussure.
Mutilla bicincta, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 355, pl. 8. £.4;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, Vv. (1802),
117, 14.
155. MuvInba ChYLANENSIS, Radoestowsiys
Mutilla ceylanensis, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869,
247, 809 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
vy. (1892), 118, 19.
156. Muvinna onrysopHrHaLMA, Klug.
Has chrysophthalma, Klug, in Hempr. et Erenb. Symb. Phys.
Hym. 17, pl. v. £. 3; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.
1869, 239, 679 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 20.
157. Muvinia coronata, Saussure.
Mutilla coronata, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 106, 49 ; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 23.
158. Mutitia DENTICOLLIS, Motschoulsky.
Mutilla denticollis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863,
22; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),
118, 28.
159. Murinia prmipr1ata, Lepeletier.
Mutilla dimidiata, Lepel. Hym. iii. 628, 50; Radoszk. & Sich.
Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 285, 126; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 29. ;
160. Murinna uexaoprs, Saussure. Lists
Mutilla hexaops, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 169, 7, t. 8.
t
426 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
f.6; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 307, '7; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 37.
Nattan.
161. Murinna HuMBERTIANA, Saussure.
_ Mutilla humbertiana, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 353, 29,
t.8.f.2; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 305, 2; Cam.
Mem. & Proe. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 38.
Trincomalee.
162. Morita mnsvnaRis, Cameron.
Mutilla insularis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. TBR, & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, vy. (1892), 119, 42, & 133.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
163.. MuriiLa INTERMEDIA, Saussure.
Mutilla intermedia, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 354, ABs 3
Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867, 306, 4; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 43.
164. Moritrna KaANAR#, Cameron.
Mutilla kanare, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, y. (1892), 119, 44, & 134.
Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
165. Murinna KANTHELLZ, Cameron.
Mutilla kanthelle, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 45, & 124.
Kanthella (Yerbury coll.).
166. Mouriiia MacuLo-FAsoi1ATa, Saussure.
Mutilla maculo-fasciata, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 107, 59;
Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 8309; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 120, 46.
167, Muvttna METALLioa, Cameron.
' Mutilla metallica, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser, 4, v. (1892), 120, 48, & 128.
168. ~Musinta OCELLATA, Saussure.
Mutilla ocellata, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. ir. 1867, 356, 6; ; Radoszk.
& Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 307,69 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 120, 53.
169. Morinia oputenta, Smith.
Mutilla opulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 34, 180¢ ;-
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),
120, 55.
' Keanthalla (Yerbury coll.).
1896.] | HYMENOPTERA OF OBYEON. ‘427
170. Murinia supintRans, Radoszkovsky.
Mutilla subintrans, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor, Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867,
‘228, 6292 ; Cam. Mem. Se ERDE: Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 122, 75.
171. Murinra soror, Saussure.
Mutilla soror, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 353, t. 8. f. 3;
Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867, 306,39 ; Cam. Mem,
-& Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 122, 76.:
Habrouenne.
172. Morirna s1pynia, Smith.
Mutilla sibylla, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 86, 119; ;
Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1867, 22; Smith, Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi. (1867), 339, 47; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892) 122, 74,
173. MuTILLA TAPROBANZ, Cameron.
Mutilla taprobane, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, vy. (1892), 122, 81, &.125.
Trincomalee (Yerbury “coll. ).
174. Murinna yprbury1, Cameron.
Mutilla yerburyz', Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
‘ser. 4, v. (1892), 123, 87, & 135.
_ Mahaagang (Yerbury coll.).
Genus Mernooa, Latreille.
175. METHOOA NIGRA, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 4.): -
3. L. 8-11 millim. Exp. 17-20 millim.
Black and shining ; the wings broad, hyaline and iridescent, with
“the apical half faintly shaded with fuscous ; legs piceous, tarsi
“paler.
: Head about as broad as the thorax, closely and finely punctured ;
mandibles black ; clypeus much broader than high, its anterior
‘margin semicircular; antenne opaque black, thick and somewhat
fusiform. Thorax: the pro- and mesonotum above finely and
closely punctured, 'the metanotum smooth, posteriorly truncated,
with three longitudinal short: carine running from its base to the
edge of the truncation, from whence the lateral carine are con-
tinued obliquely outwards to the sides of the metathorax ; the wings
-hyaline, iridescent in certain lights, faintly shaded with light fuscous
‘especially on the anterior wing beyond the basal nervure; legs
: piceous, the tarsi paler, the anterior tibie and tarsi below testaceous.
Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured above, and slightly
1 Hither by a slip of the en or through a printer's error, Col. Yerbury’s
name is spelt ‘‘ Yerburgh,” all through Mr. Cameron’ 8 paper, consequently this
species stands as ‘“‘ Yerbur gh us pastas of Leni a in the paper. I have
. restored the true spelling... wie ey ou
428 Lt,-COL, C, T. BINGHAM ON THB [Mar. 17;
pubescent ; the basal segment about half the width of the 2nd and
curved upwards; a deep transverse sulcation close to the apical
margin of the 1st segment and another close to the constricted base
of the 2nd segment, the latter sulcation continued on the underside
of the abdomen.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Described from three specimens in my collection from various
parts of Tenasserim and from two specimens in Mr. Green’s col-
lection. This species resembles M. gracilis, Smith, from Celebes,
but this latter has the prothorax smooth, the metathorax coarsely
rugose, the legs rufo-piceous, and the basal segment marked with a
central longitudinal channel. From MM. orientalis, Smith, found in
Northern India, it differs considerably in size and coloration.
Family Soo1rii1p 4, Leach.
Genus Scoria, Fabricius.
I. With three cubital cells=Triscolia, Saussure & Sichel.
176. Sconra RUBIGINOSA, Fabricius.
Scolia rubiginosa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 280, 8 ; Syst. Piez. 241, 10;
Coquebert, Ilustr. tab. 13. f.4¢ ; Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. ii.
211, 88; Lepel. Hym. iii. 518, 2; Burm. Cat. Scol. 19, 11; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 111, 123; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen.
Scol. 45, 20; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 343, 4; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 101, 13.
Colombo, Pundaloya (Green coll.).
TI. With two cubital cells=Discolia, Saussure & Sichel.
177, ScoLta AUREIPENNIS, Lepeletier.
Scolia aureipennis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 525,99 ; Sauss. & Sich. Cat.
Spec. Gen. Scol. 109,102; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, v. (1892), 103, 25.
Scolia jurinei, Sauss. Mél. Hym. 45, 21.
Scolia instabilis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 88, 119 ¢ ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 25.
Scolia ruficornis, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 25, 8.
Pundaloya, Udagama (Green coll.).
178. Scorta CYANIPENNIS, Fabricius.
Scolia cyanipennis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 244, 35; Burm. Cat. Scol.
37, 59; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 90, 21; Sauss. Ann. Soe.
Ent. Fr. 1858, 209, 16; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 103,
91; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 345, 21; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 102, 20.
179. Scoria QUADRIPUSTULATA, Fabricius,
Scolia quadripustulata, Fabr. Spec. Ins, i, 453, 13; Ent. Syst. ii.
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. 429
234, 26; Syst. Piez. 244, 34; Burm. Cat. Scol. 36, 58; Lepel.
Hymn. iii. 528, 16; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 87, 7; Sauss. &
Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 113, 108; Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 103,
1; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 24 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 104, 30.
Larva quadripustulata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. 222, 6.
Scolia binotata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 244, 36.
Scolia bipunctata, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 35, 30 (var. 3).
Scolia fasciato-punctata, Guér. Voy. Coq. il. 254 (var. ).
Scolia fervida, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. (1852), 46
(2 var.); Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 89, 15.
180. ScoLra mnprI0A, Saussure.
Scolia indica, Sauss. Mél. Hym. 46, 22, f. 109 ; Sauss. & Sich.
Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 119, 118; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),
348, 61; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 106, 40.
Scolia igmita, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 101, 779 ; Jour.
Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 348, 64.
Somparipo (Green coll.).
181. Scon1a HIsTRiIoNnIcA, Fabricius.
Scolia histrionica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 256, 35; Klug, Web.
u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 25, 9; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 121,
1219 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 107, 43.
Scolia picteti, Sauss. Mel. Hym. 42, 189.
Scolia pulchra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 88, 12; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 26.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
182. ScoLrIA BLIFORMIS, Saussure.
Scolia eliformis, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 120, 1196;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 348, 62; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Mauch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 107, 41.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Enis, Fabricius.
I. With three cubital cells=Triels, Saussure & Sichel.
183. Eis oR1ENTALIS, Cameron.
Elis orientalis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc,
ser. 4, v. (1892), 112, 27.
Il. With two cubital cells= Dielis, Saussure & Sichel.
184, Eis rHoractca (Fabricius).
Tiphia thoracica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 254, 15; Syst. Piez,
235, 19.
Sphec albicollis, Christ, Hym. 260, ¢.26.f.19.., aa
430. LT,-OOL. 0, T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17;
. Sphex flavifrons, Christ, Hym. 261, t. 26. f.22 (non 3), & f. 3 i
yar. fulvo-villosa.
Tiphia nigra, Fabr, Ent. Syst. ii. 225, 9; Syst. Piez. 234, 13.
Campsomeris aureicollis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 499, 6 Q.
Scola aureicollis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 101, 79.
Elis thoracica, Saussure & Sichel, Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 188, 197 ;
Hym. d. Novara Reise, 104, 2; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
350, 15; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.
(1892), 108, 4.
Elis aureicollis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 350, 14.
Colombo, Pundaloya (Green coll.).
I have followed de Saussure in uniting the species with Allg
pubescence on the head and thorax (aureicollis, Lepel.) with the
species having cinereous-white pubescence on the same parts.
Smith, however, kept them distinct, and I am inclined to think he
was right, as the puncturing on the head and thorax in the two
species is different. On the other hand, Els fimbriata, Burmeister,
kept distinct by de Saussure, seems to me only a large form of
E, thoracica (vera). The specimens in Mr. Green’s collection are
midway between typical thoracica and typical fimbriata.
185. Enis ris (Lepeletier).
- Colpa iris, Lepel. Hym. iii. 547, 16 3.
Scolia iris, Burm. Cat. Scol. 26, 28 9 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins.
B. M. iii. 100, 75.
Elis phalerata, Sauss. Ann, Ent. Soc. Fr. (1858), 233, 45; Ent.
Zeit, 1859, 268 Q.
+ 2 Scolia radula, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr.i. 30,19 3.
Elis iris, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen Scol. 201, 217; Smith,
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 351, 29; Cam. Mem. & Proc. "Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, v. (1893), 110, 20.
_ Pundaloya (Green coll.).
‘ Three males of a species belonging to the subgenus Dielis, in
Mr. Green’s collection, agree fairly well with the original description
of this species by Lepeletier de St. -Fargeau. i
186. Enis LinpENir (Lepeletier).
Campsomeris lindenii, Lepel. Hym. iii, 500, 8 9.
Scolia 4-fasciata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. ‘255, 16; Syst. Piez.
242, 20.
Elis lindenii, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 204, 219 ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 351, 30 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc,
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 112, 22.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
187. Exis onyzonioa (Kirby).
Campsomeris ceylonica, Kirby, Trans. Ent. ha 1889, 452,
Elis ceylonica, Cam. Mem. & Eros. enc Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4;
v. (1892), 111, 21. . - SE
1896.]. HYMBNOPLERA OF CHYLON. 431°
Genus Trent, Fabricius.
188. TrpHIA RUFO-FEMORATA, Smith.
Tiphia rufo-femorata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 83, 7 9;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit,. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),
115, 4.
Pundaloya (Green coll).
189. TrpHta consvetA, Smith.
Tiphia consueta, Smith, Desc. New Spec. ym. B. M. 184, 2.9;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (182),
116, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
190. TipaiA DECRESCENS, Welles,
Tiphia decrescens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, iv. 1859,
376; Tennent’s Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 22.
Family. PomPrnip 2, Leach.
Genus Pomeritus, Fabricius.
191. Pompitus awatis, Fabricius.
Sphea analis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 209, 42.
Pompilus analis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 188, 4; Dahlb. Hym. Eur, i.
47 9; Lepel. Hym. iii. 489, 35; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii.
143, i24; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch..
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 24; Smith, Jour. Linn .Soe.
xi. (1867), 352, 1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. bac:
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 457, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
192. Pompitus PuRPLExus, Smith. ; ;
Pompilus perplecus, Smith. Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 147,
140 9°. }
Priocnemis perplewus, Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc. ‘xi. Cee
354, 4.
Salius perpleaus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 452, 43. ‘
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
193. Pompitus oanirEons, Smith.
Pompilus canifrons, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 146,
38 2.
Priocnemis canifrons, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, (1867) 354, 2.
Salius canifrons, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891).
Pundaloya (Green coll.), = AS ARISE i ELE OHA
432: Lv,-OOL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
I have examined the types of P. pedestris and P. canifrons,
Smith, both in the British Museum, and find that they belong to
the genus Pompilus and not to Priocnemis=Salius, Cam. (apud
Kohl).
194. Pomprnus arnoaays, Smith.
Pompilus arrogans, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, pt. ii. 187,
3 9.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Originally received from Japan, this species seems to have a
wide range; I have found it fairly common in Sikkim and Burma.
There are two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection.
195, Pompitus arroros, Smith.
Pompilus atropos, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 146,
22 9; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv.
(1891), 480.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
196. Pompinus LucipuLUS (Saussure).
Homonotus lucidulus, Sauss. Hym. d. N ovara-Reise, 50,1 9.
Pompilus lucidulus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459, 26. vs
197. PompriLus I¢NoBILis, Saussure.
Pompilus ignobilis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 60, 3 9; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459,
22.
198. PoMPILUS IGNICOLOR, sp.nov. (Plate XV. fig. 5.)
9.L.7 millim. Exp. 12 millim.
Head and thorax in front red, metatharax, legs and abdomen
black, wings hyaline with a faint fuscous cloud towards the
apex.
~ Head broad, subglobular, and opaque red, with fine close punctures ;
the clypeus twice as broad as high, its anterior margin narrowly
smooth, shining, and recurved ; front slightly convex, covered, as is
the clypeus and the cheeks behind the eyes, with a fine sericeous
silvery pile, only seen in certain lights; antenn fuscous; the
scape in front red; thorax, the pro- and mesothorax above, and
the scutellum and postscutellum red; the metathorax, sides of the
thorax, and pectus black; the prothorax rounded in front, posteriorly
arched ; the scutellum and postscutellum compressed laterally and
prominent ; the metathorax with a rounded slope to the apex ; the
whole of the thorax very finely and closely punctured ; wings
hyaline, the nervures fuscous, the anterior wings lightly infuscated
from beyond the 2nd cubital cell, the extreme apex narrowly
hyaline, the apex of the posterior wing also faintly clouded; legs
black, the anterior femora, tibie, and tarsi testaceous red, the claws
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON: 433
unidentate at their base below; the abdomen subsessile, broad and
opaque black. In certain lights the sides of the metathorax, the
cox, and the basal segment of the abdomen are seen to be covered
with a thin silvery pile.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This well-marked little species might, at first sight, be mistaken
for Pseudagenia egina, Smith ; but, beyond the difference of genus,
it can be distinguished by its red head, black metathorax, and non-
fasciated wings.
199. Pomritus norHNnBY!I, Cameron.
Pompilus rothneyt, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 460, 32 & 463.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Forms, as noted by Mr. Cameron, a transition to the Ferreolu
group of the genus Pompilus. Originally described from Bengal,
it occurs also in Burma.
200. PoMPILUS MIRANDUS (Saussure).
Ferreola miranda, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 49, 5 2.
Pompilus miranda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459, 28.
201. PoMPILUS DIMIDIATIPENNIS (Saussure).
Ferreola dimidiatipennis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 46, 19.
Pompilus dimidiatipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. &
Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 458, 13.
202. PoMPILUS GREENTI (Bingham).
Ferreola greenii, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soc. v. (1890),
240, 11 9.
Pompilus greenti, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 458, 18.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species closely resembles the preceding, and may be identical
with it, but I have provisionally kept it distinct, as the shape of
the front of the head seems to distinguish it from P. dimidiatipennis.
Genus PsnupagentA, Kohl.
203. PsEUDAGENIA BLANDA (Gueérin).
Pompilus blandus, Guérin, Voy. Cog. Zool. ii. pt. 2,260; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 143, 125.
Pompilus cyaneus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 446, 7.
Agenia blanda, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. x1. (1867), 354, 1.
Pseudagenia blanda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 436, 6; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. viii. (1893), 369, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XXVIII. 28
434 LT.-COL. C."b, BINGHAM ON ‘TILE (Mar. 17,
204. PsEUDAGENIA eGINA (Smith).
Agenia egina, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1857), 94,9 9; id.
ibid. xi. (1867), 355, 6.
Pseudagenia egina, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1894), 436, 1; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soe. viii. (1893), 368, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
205. PsEUDAGENIA ALARIs (Saussure).
Agenia alaris, Sauss. HWym. d. Novara-Reise, 62,1 2.
Pseudagenia alaris, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 4386, 2; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. viii. (1893), 368, 3.
206. PsEUDAGENIA BIPENNIS (Saussure).
Agenia bipennis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 52, 3 3.
Pseudagenia bipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, iv. 486, 5; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.
(1893), 368, 4.
207. PszuDAGENIA CONCOLOR (Saussure).
Agenia concolor, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 54,6 3.
Pseudagenia concolor, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 437, 9.
The three preceding species occur also in Burma.
208. PsnUDAGENIA INSULARIS (Saussure).
Agenia insularis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 455, 8 2.
Pseudagenia insularis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, ivy. (1891), 437, 15.
209, PsEUDAGENIA MICROMEGAS (Saussure).
Agenia micromegas, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 51, 1 9.
Pseudagenia micromegas, Cam, Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. &
Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 437, 19.
210. PsrUDAGENIA NANA (Saussure).
Agenia nana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 55, 9 Q.
Pseudagenia nana, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 25.
211. PspupaGHNiA OBSOLETA (Saussure).
Agenia obsoleta, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 56, 10 2.
Pseudagenia obsoleta, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 24.
212. PsEUDAGENIA PLEBETA (Saussure).
Agenia plebeja, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 57, 11 ¢.
Pseudagenia plebeja, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc, ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 25.
1896.] HYMBNOSTDRA OF CEYLON. 435
Genus Sautus, Fabricius.
I. Humrpnrsis= Myenimia Group.
213. SaLius cryLonicus (Saussure).
Mygnimia ceylonica, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 64, 1 9.
Salius ceylonicus, Cam. Mem. & Proe. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, iv. (1801), 443, 7.
214. SaLius FuLVippNNIs (Fabricius).
Sphex fulvipennis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 218, 84.
Pompilus fulvipennis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 198, 57; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 144, 127; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 58,
196.
Eevee fulvipennis, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. 1. 462.
Salius fulvipennis, Cam, Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 444, 16.
215. SaLius INTERMEDIUS (Smith).
? Hemipepsis flava, Dahlb. (nec Fabr.) Hym. Hur. i. 462, 3.
Mygnimia intermedia, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
xii. (1873), 257.
Salius intermedius, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 444,18; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. viii. (1893), 372, 11.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
In size this species is exceedingly variable; of thirteen females
in Mr. Green’s collection the smallest is 16 millim. in length,
while the largest is 35 millim., or more than twice the size. One
specimen, absolutely indistinguishable from the others in the
colouring and sculpture of head and thorax, has the venation of
the wings of Priocnemis: that is to say, the Ist recurrent nervure
is not interstitial with the 2nd transverse cubital nervure, but
terminates well before the apex of the 2nd cubital cell.
216. Saurus RuBIpUS (Bingham). (Plate XV. fig. 2.)
Mygnimia rubida, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vy. (1890),
238,8 2d.
Salius rubida, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 445, 27.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
217. SaLius convexus (Bingham).
Priocnemis convevus, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.
(1890), 237, 6 9.
Salius convexus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 33; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
vili. (1893), 375, 18.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species is also found in Burma.
28*
438 LY.-COL. U. T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
II. Priocnemis group.
218. SaLIUsS MADRASPATANUS (Smith).
Pompilus madraspatanus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 144,
130 2; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi (1867), 352, 6.
Salius madraspatanus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 40; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soe. viii. (1893), 375, 19.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
219, SaLius PROPERUS, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 7.)
@. L. 11 millim. Exp. 23 millim.
Black, with a thin, silky, slate-coloured pile forming fasciz on the
abdomen above; wings fusco-hyaline.
Head broad, broader than the thorax, smooth; clypeus short,
transversely oval, convex, an impressed line along and parallel to
its anterior margin, the clypeus and front of the face silvery in
certain lights and studded sparsely with black hairs; antenne
long, convolute at the apex. Thorax long, somewhat laterally
compressed; the metathorax as long as the pro- and mesothorax
together ; the scutellum large, prominent, flat in the middle above,
the metathorax with a rounded slope to the apex and delicately
marked with transverse strie. Wings fusco-hyaline, the posterior
pair clear hyaline at base ; in the-front wing the transyerse-medial
nervure strikes the externo-medial nervure well before the apex of
the 1st submedial cell, in the hind wing the cubital nervure is
interstitial with the transverse-anal nervure. Legs black; the
intermediate and posterior tibie strongly spined and serrated, the
long tibial calcaria of the posterior legs about half the length of
the metatarsus, the tarsi spinose, claws unidentate below, all the
cox on the underside with slate-coloured pile. Abdomen black,
smooth and shining, with broad bands of slate-coloured pile at
the bases of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments, the apical seg-
ment black and studded with long black hairs ; below the abdomen
is smooth and somewhat shining, with a transverse furrow crossing
the 2nd segment.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
_ Resembles S. vothneyi, Cameron, but this is a stouter and more
compact insect and has the wings hyaline with two fuscous clouds
crossing the fore wing.
220. SaLius orinirvs (Bingham).
Priocnemis crinitus, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vy. (1890),
238,72.
Salius crinitus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil Soc.
ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 35,
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
The male has not previously been described. It closely resem-
bles the female, but is a slenderer insect and is devoid of the long
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 437
golden pubescence which clothes the thorax and abdomen in the
female. Length 16 millim. Exp. 35 millim.
221. SALIUS CONSANGUINEUS (Saussure).
Priocnemis consanguineus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 62,29.
Salius consanguineus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 32.
222. SALIUS HUMBERTIANUS (Saussure).
Priocnemis humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 63,
496.
Salius humbertianus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 38.
Family SpuE@inp #, Leach.
Genus Am™MopnitA, Kirby.
223, AMMOPHILA LEVIGATA, Smith,
Ammophila levigata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iy. 215,
39 9; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 359, 4; Sauss. Hym. d.
Novara-Reise, 23, 1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 93, 8.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
224, AMMOPHITA ATRIPES, Smith.
Ammophila atripes, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, ix.
(1852), 46; id. Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 217, 43; Walk. Tenn.
Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. (1863), 23; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 359, 7;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 93, 1.
225. AMMOPHILA LONGIVENTRIS, Saussure.
Ammophila longiventris, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 24; 3 3;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1889),
CE, Bs
226. AMMOPHILA HUMBERTIANA, Saussure.
Ammophila humbertiana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 25,4 9;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889),
93, 7.
Genus Prtoraus', Latreille.
227, PELopaus JAVANUS, Lepeletier.
Pelopeus javanus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 309, 6 9; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. iy. 231, 16; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
1 Kohl has shown (Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), p. 102) that
for this genus Klug’s name Sceliphron has priority over Pelopeus, Latreille ; but:
the latter name is so well known that I am loth to make any alteration.
438 L'.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE (Mar. 17,
360, 20; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii.
(1889), 101, 7.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
228, PELOP@US SPINOLE, Lepeletier.
Pelopeus spinole, Lepel. Hym. iii. 807, 4; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. iy. 231, 19; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch, xii.
454 ; Motsch. Bull. Soe. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23; Smith,
Jour. Linn, Soe. xi. em 359, 3; Cam. Mein. & Proc. Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), "102, 12.
229. PeLora@us vioLaceus (Fabricius).
Sphea violaceus, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. 201, 12.
Pepsis violaceus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 211, 16.
Chalybion violaceum, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 21, 1.
Chaly ybion bengalensis, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 433, 2 2,
Pelopoeus violaceus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 32, 21; Costa, Prosp. d.
Imenott. Ital. fasc. i. 21, 6.
Pelopeeus flebilis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 321, 22.
Pelopaus bengalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 320, 15;
id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 360, 19; Smith and Home, Trans,
Zool. Soe. vii. (1870), pt. iii. 163, pl. xxi. f 2, 2a; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii, (1889), 101, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
I think there is little doubt that Chalybion Bengalensis of
Dahlbom=Sphea violaceus, Fabricius. Typical specimens of
P. violaceus and P, bengalensis may differ in the sculpture of the
thorax and in the colour of the wings, but the insect is a variable
one.
Genus SpHex, Linneus, pt.
230. SpHEx tosatus, Fabricius.
Sphex lobatus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 848 (1775); Kohl, Ann. des
k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. 177, 1.
Sphex smaragdinus, Drury, Exot. Ins. iii. 57, pl. 42. f. 2.
Sphea cerulea, Christ (nec Drury), Naturg. Ins, 308, t. 30. f. 6.
Sphex chrysis, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 310, t. 30. f. 7; Kohl,
Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. 173 9 ¢; André, Spec. Hym. iii. fasc. 27,
123 9 g; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
ii, (1889), 105, 1.
Sphex lobata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 206, 30.
Chlorion lobatum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 217, 1; Blanch. Hist. Nat.
Anin. Art. iii. 351; Lepel. Hym. iii. 330; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i.
24 & 435; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 237, 1; id. Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi, (1867), 360, 1.
Chlorion azureum, Blanch, Hist. Nat, Anim, Art. iii, 351, pl. vi,
f. 6; Lepel. Hym. iii. 329.
umdllayp (Green coll.),
1896.] WYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON, 439
231. SPHDX AURULENTUS, Fabricius.
Sphew aurulenta, Vabr. Mant. Ins, i. & ii. 274; Ent. Syst. ii.
201, 14; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii.
(1889), 107, 12.
Pepsis sericea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 211, 19.
Sphex sericea, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 26, 7; Lepel. Hym. iii.
341,12 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 255, 62; Jour. Linn.
Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 11.
Sphea fabricii, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 27, 11; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. iv. 253, 54; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 361, 3.
Sphea ferruginea, Lepel. Hym. iii. 354, 18; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. iv. 253, 55; Jour. Linn. Soe. 361, 4.
Sphea lineola, Lepel. Hym. iii. 353, 273; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. iv. 254, 58; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 7.
Sphea ferox, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vi. (1862), 55, 5 ¢; id.
ibid. xi. (1867), 362, 22.
. Sphew lepeleterii, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 40,8 9.
Sphex sericeus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 41, 11 9.
Sphea godeffroyi, Sauss. Stet. ent. Zeit. xxx. (1869), 57 9.
Sphee aurifex, Smith, Jott. Cruise Cur. by Brenchley, 460 2,
xliv. f. 3.
Sphex aurulentus, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 194 9 6;
Ann. d.k.k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), 392, 84 2 S.
Pundaloya, Colombo (Green coll.).
GP
232. SPHEX FULVo-HIRTUS, Bingham.
Sphex fulvo-lurta, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vy. (1890),
242, 14 9; id. ibid. viii. (1893), 379, 29, pl. i. £. 8.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
233. SpHnx umBRosvus, Christ.
Sphex umbrosus, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 293, t. xxix. f. 2 9
(1791).
Sphea fumicata, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 295, t. xxix. f. 6 6
(1791).
Sphex argentata, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 274; Ent. Syst. ii. 200, 8;
Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 25,1 9 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. iv. 252,
52; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 361,1; Taschbg. Zeitsehr. f. d.
ges. Naturwiss. Halle, xxxiv. (1869), 414; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 107, 10.
Sphex albifrons, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 207, 36; Lepel. Hym. iii.
' 337, 6 o.
Pepsis albifrons, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 212, 27.
Sphew argentifrons, Lepel. Hyin. iii. 837, 7 9; Kohl, Termesz.
Fiizetek, ix. (1885), p. 2a, 196 9 o.
Sphex carbonaria, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 247, 38 9.
Sphex ephippium, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 249, 45 9,
1. vi. £. 3.
.. Sphex opulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iy, 250, 46 ¢.
440 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THD [Mar. 17,
Sphea diabolica, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 100, 3 9;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 361, 12.
Sphex tuberculata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xii.
(1873), 291 @.
Sphex argentatus, André, Spec. Ins. iii. fase. 27 9 db.
Sphea wmbrosus, Kohl, Ann, d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. vy.
(1890), 406, 99.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
234, SpHEX NIGRIPES, Smith.
Sphew nigripes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 254, 59 9;
id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 8; Cam. Mem. & Proc, Manch.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 108, 15; Kohl, Ann. d. k. k.
Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), 421, 114 9 d.
Sphex siamensis, Taschenb. Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturwiss. Halle,
xxxiv. (1869), 413 9.
Sphex erythropoda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 108, 13 & 110 9°.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
The two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection have much darker
wings than the type which is in the British Museum, but they
agree very well with Mr. Smith’s description. Kohl unites Sphex
tyrannica, Smith, with this species. I haye examined the types of
both, and they seem to me quite distinct species, markedly in the
shape and form of the clypeus, petiole, and abdomen, and in the
colour of the wings and legs, as shown in Plate XV. figs. 1 and 3.
235, Spmex vipvuatvs, Christ.
Sphex fervens, Fabr. (nec Linné), Syst. Ent. 346 (1775) ;
Mant. Ins. i. & ii. 275 (1787); Ent. Syst. 11. 200, 5 (1793).
Sphea viduata, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 305, t. xxx. f. 4 (1791).
Sphea pubescens, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 205, 28 ; Kohl, Termesz.
Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 188 9 $; André, Spec. Hym. iii. fase. 27,
130; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch., Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser, 4, ii. (1889),
106, 8. ;
Pepsis fervens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 209, 6.
Pepsis pubescens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 212, 22.
Enodia canescens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 28, 2.
Enodia fervens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur, i. 489, 2.
Parasphex fervens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 267, 1;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 362, 1.
Sphex viduatus, Kohl, Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v.
(1890), 332, 32.
Colombo.
Being in Colombo for a couple of days, I caught, among other
insects, one specimen of this species just outside the Oriental Hotel.
236. SpHnx LUTBIPENNIS, Mocsary.
Sphew luteipennis, Mocs. Magy.. Akad. Term. .Ertek. (1883),
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 441
K. 11, 33 9; Kohl, Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. vy. (1890),
433, 115.
Sphex rufipennis, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 198 9 ¢.
Genus AMPULEX, Jurine.
237. AMPULEX COMPRESSA (Fabricius).
Sphea compressa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 275, 25; Ent. Syst. ii.
206, 32.
Chlorion compressum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 219, 7; Latr. Hist. Nat.
Crust. et Ins. xiii. 294; Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. iii. (1841), 227.
Ampulex compressa, Jur. Hym. 134; Lepel. Hym. iii. 325, 1;
Dahlb. Hym. Bur. i. 29,1; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 268,
1; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 363, 1; Cam. Mem. & Proc.
Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 116, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection are very vivid in
colouring.
238, AMPULEX (?) ANNULIPES, Motschoulsky.
Ampulea (?) annulipes, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.
1863, 24; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
ii, (1889), 117, 5.
Family Larrip 2, Leach.
Genus Pison, Spinola.
239. Pison (PARAPISON) AGILE (Smith).
Parapison agile, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1869), 300, 4; Kohl,
Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1884), 186; Cam. Mem. &
Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 117, 1.
Genus TrypoxyYton, Latreille.
240. TRYPOXYLON PILEATUM, Smith.
Trypoxylon pileatum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 377,
5 9; Journ. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 368, 1; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 206; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit.
& Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 119, 11.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
241. TRYPOXYLON INTRUDENS, Smith.
Trypoxylon intrudens, Smith, Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. (1872), 188,
1°@; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 205; Cam.
Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 119, 7.
Genus Larna, Fabricius.
242. LARRA EXTENSA (Walker).
Larrada eatensa, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3 (1860),
442 - LT.-COL, 0, T. BINGHAM ON THE {Mar. 17,
305; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 24.
Larra extensa, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
243; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889),
125, 5.
‘ Genus Norogonta, Costa.
243, NoroGoNIA SUBTESSELATA (Smith).
Larrada subtesselata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 277, 119;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 364, 7.
Larra subtesselata, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1884, 248.
Notoyonia subtesselata, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 130, 4.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
244, Noroconta DEPLANATA, Kohl.
Notogonia deplanata, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1883, 358, 29; id. ibid. 1884, 75; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch,
Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 130, 3.
245. NotoGgonta JAcuLatTor (Smith).
Larrada jaculator, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 279, 15 @ ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 364, 11.
Larra jaculator, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
244,
Notogonia jaculator, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soe. ser. 4, 11. (1889), 129, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
246. Norogonta LABORIOSA (Smith).
Larrada laboriosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 278, 12 @ ;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 364, 8.
Larra laboriosa, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 245 ;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889),
125, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
247, Notoconra viGiILans (Smith).
Larrada vigilans, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 279, 169.
Larva vigilans, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
248.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection agree fairly well with
Smith’s description, so far as it goes. The insect was originally
described from China. It occurs in Sikkim and also in Burma.
248. Noroaonta TistPHOND (Smith).
Larrada tisiphone, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii, (1858), 103, 5 9;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 364, 15,
1896.) HYMENOPTERA OF CHYLON. 443
Larva tisiphone, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
248; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii.
(1889), 125, 10.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Liris, Fabricius.
249, Linis HHMORRHOIDALIS (Fabricius).
Pompilus hemorrhoidalis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 198, 55.
Lyrops savignyi, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838), 476, 26.
Liris orichalcea, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i, 135,
Liris savignyi, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 471, 2.
Tachytes wludens, Lepel. Hym. iii. 249, 12.
Larrada hemorrhoidalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 280,
17.
Liris hemorrhoidalis, Kobl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1884, 256,19 ¢; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 131, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
There are sixteen specimens in Mr. Green’s collection, none of
them typical; all want the rich golden pubescence on the abdomen,
which gives specimens from Western India the wonderful tesse-
lated appearance.
250. Liris auratus (Fabricius).
Sphea aurata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 213, 64.
Pompilus auratus, Fabr. Eut. Syst. Suppl 250, 25.
Liris aurata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 228,3; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i.
1385; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 241.
Lyrops auratus, Guér. Icon. Régn. Anim. iii. 440.
Tachytes opulenta, Lepel. Hym. iii. 24692 3.
Larrada aurulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 276, 6;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 363, 1.
Livis auratus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. ‘Morel Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, ii. (1889), 131, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
251. Liris DUOCALIS (Smith).
Larrada ducalis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vy. (1860), 84,1 ¢ ;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 365, 23.
Liris ducalis, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,
243.
Pundsloya (Green coll.).
Also found in Burma.
Genus Pragzria, Ritsema.
252. PIAGETIA FASCIATIIPENNIS, Cameron.
Pragetie fasciatiipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.
Soc, ser, 4, ii, (1889), 16; id. ibid. p. 134.
444 LT.-COL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THU [Mar. 17,
Genus Pataruvs, Latreille.
253. PaLARUS ORTENTALIS, Kohl.
Palarus orientalis, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
1884, 422,25 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.
ser. 4, li, (1889), 148, 1.
Family Nyssonip #, Wesmael.
Genus Srizus, Latreille.
254, Svizus prismaricus (Smith).
Larra prismatica, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 103, 1 2 3;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 367, 10.
Stizus prismaticus, Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 142; Handl.
Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1892, 55, 21.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Goryrss, Latreille.
255. GoRYTES GREENII, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 8.)
@. L.14 millim. Exp. 32 millim.
Brownish red variegated with yellow; wings flavo-hyaline, the
fore wing with a large dark brown macula on the costal margin at
the apex.
Head not so broad as the thorax, smooth, or with only a few
scattered punctures, covered witha thin sericeous golden pile only
seen in certain lights; mandibles yellow, ferruginous at apex ;
clypeus light brownish red, transversely oval and convex ; antenne
brown above, fulvous red below ; the scape in front and an abbre-
viated line on the inner margin of the eyes yellow; front slightly
concave ; the ocelli in a broad triangle on the vertex, a shallow
furrow from the anterior ocellus to a little above the antenne.
Thorax brown ; prothorax smooth and shining, its posterior margin
broadly yellow; mesothorax above very finely longitudinally
striated, carrying two short parallel carine on the disc anteriorly ;
scutellum, postscutellum, and the sides of the thorax somewhat
coursely striated, a broad fascia onthe scutellum, a narrower one
on the postscutellum, and a spot under the base of the wings
yellow; metathorax posteriorly rounded, roughly reticulated, the
triangular enclosed space at its base longitudinally striate. Wings
yellowish hyaline and iridescent ; the front wing with a large dark
brown spot occupying the whole of the radial cell, and extending
below into the 2nd and 8rd cubital cells; the 2nd cubital cell,
receiving both recurrent nervures, is at base about two-thirds the
length of the 3rd cubital cell; the 1st and 38rd cubital cells sub-
equal; tegule and stigma testaceous, nervures brown. Legs reddish
brown, paler on the underside. Abdomen petiolated, brown,
smooth and shining, a broad yellow fascia on the posterior margin
of the 2nd and Sth segments above; the base and apex of the
1896.] HYMBNOPTBRA OF UBYLON. 445
petiole and the posterior margins of the 3rd and 4th segments
light red ; underneath the abdomen is brown, with the posterior
margins of all the segments reddish.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This large and well-marked species I have ventured to name
after Mr. Green. It is not closely allied to any species of Gorytes
known to me. At the time of capture of the type she was
carrying off a Homopterous insect with which to store her nest.
Genus Bumpex, Fabricius.
266. Bamprx suLeHuRESCENS, Dahlbom.
Bembea sulphuwrescens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 180, and 491, 24;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 328, 46; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.
(1867), 366, 3; Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 141; Handlirsch,
Sitz. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1893, 897, 137.
257. BaMBnx TREPAWDA, Dahlbom.
Bembex trepanda, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 181, and 490, 23;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 328, 45; id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 366, 2; Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 141; Cam. Mem. &
Proce. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iii. (1890), 247,2; Hand-
lirsch, Sitz. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1893, 736, 19.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
258. BeMBEX INDIOA, Handlirsch.
? Bembex glauca, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 285, 5; Oliv. Encyel.
Méthod. iv. 291,69; Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 249 9; Syst. Piez. 224,
8; Dahlb. Hym. Bur. i. 4919 3
“Bazilbas indica, Handlirsch, sits d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien,
1893, 771, 39.
259. BaMBEX BORREI, Handlirsch.
Bembex borret, Handlirsch, Sitz. d.k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien,
1893, 866, 102.
Family Cnroprip «, Wesmael.
Genus Crrcnris, Latreille.
260. CERCERIS NOVAR#, Saussure.
Cerceris novare, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 92, 9 9 (1867),
pl. iv. f. 54; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
iii. (1890), 249, 14 & 257.
? Cerceris fervens, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Ilist. ser. 4, xii.
(1873), 411; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
ili, (1890), 249, 6 & 256.
. Pundaloya (Green coll.).
One specimen, a male, in Mr. Green’s collection has the yellow
bands on the abdominal segments very narrow, and interrupted in
the middle above.
446 LT.-COL, 0. 1. BINGHAM ON THE [ Mar. 17,
261. CERCERIS INSTABILIS, Smith.
Cerceris instabilis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 452,74 5 9;
id. Jour. Linn. Suc. 370, 6; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 92, 10;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890),
249, 11.
Cerceris veloc, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 413.
This species occurs abundantly in Burma and Sikkim. From
Ceylon, it is recorded by de Saussure.
262. CERCERIS HUMBERTIANA, Saussure.
Cerceris humbertiana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 97, 4 2;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890),
249, 10.
Cerceris rufinodis, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 41.
Cerceris viscosus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 40.
263. CrERcERIS EMORTUALIS, Saussure.
Cerceris emortualis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 98, 20; Cam.
Mem. & Proe. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ili. (1890), 248, 4.
Cameron considers this species as a variety only of C. hum-
bertiana. :
Genus Prinanrutvs, Fabricius.
264. Pianruus Basatis, Smith.
Philanthus basalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 473, 17 9;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23; Smith, Jour. Linn, Soc. xi. (1867),
371,5; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii.
(1890), 248, 6.
Family CraBronip #, Leach.
Genus Crasro, Fabricius.
265. CRABRO PALITANS, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 6.)
9. L. 11 millim. Exp. 18 millim.
Black variegated with yellow, the wings hyaline, fore wing
yellowish brown along the costal margin.
Head black, broad, quadrate, the mandibles with a yellow stain
on their outer side, the clypeus covered with dense golden pile,
more than twice as broad as high, a short perpendicular carina
down its middle, its anterior margin waved; the antenne with
the scape yellow in front, the flagellum piceous; the face up to
the ocelli closely punctured and covered with golden pile; the
vertex, the back of the head, and behind the eyes smooth and
shining, with a narrow fringe of golden pile along the orbits.
Thorax black; a line on the posterior margin of the prothorax,
interrupted in the middle, a spot on the propleure, a long tri-
angular mark on the mesopleura, the scutellum, a spot on the
1896.] HYMENOPLERA OF OLYLON, 447
tegule, and a line on the postscutellum posteriorly, yellow; the
prothorax anteriorly smooth and shining, the mesothorax above
closely and finely punctured, and the metathorax posteriorly
rounded and rather closely and coarsely punctured, the punctures
running into oblique divergent strie ; the wings hyaline, the front
wing brownish yellow along the costal margin. Legs black, the
anterior and intermediate femora and tibie marked with yellow on
the outside, the posterior tibiw yellow, black at the base ; the tarsi
piceous. ‘he abdomen sub-petivlate, broadly oval, black, smooth
and shining; the basal segment and the base of the 2nd segment
above finely punctured, the 2nd to the 5th segments with lateral
yellow macule at their bases, the apical segment and the abdomen
beneath black.
Pundaloya (Gireen coll.).
This species is closely allied to C. fusctpennis, Lepeletier, but is
abundantly distinct in size, in colour of the wings, and in the
markings.
Genus Dasyrrocrus, Lepeletier.
266. DAsYPROcTUS CEYLONICUS, Saussure.
Dasyproctus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 85 9,
tab. iv. £. 51; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,
iti. (1890), 275, 1.
Recorded by de Saussure from Ceylon, occurs also in Sikkim
and Burma.
Genus Oxysetus, Latreille.
267. OxyBELus tnsuLaRis, Kohl.
Oxybelus insularis, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, viii. (1834), 109 9 ;
Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iii. (1890),
276, 7.
268. OXxYBELUS LDWisI, Cameron.
Oxybelus lewisit, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
ser. 4, ili. (1890), 282. ‘
Genus Stiemus, Jurine.
269. Stiemus niger, Motschulsky.
Stigmus niger, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species is very close to the ordinary S. pendulus, Panz.,
found in Europe.
270. Stiamus coneruENs, Walker.
Stigmus congruens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 304; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii, 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 23.
448 LT.-OOL, 0. 'T, BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
Family VEsP1p 4, Stephen.
Genus Lasvus, Saussure.
271. LaBUs HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.
Labus humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 4,2 ? 3.
Genus Zeruvs, Fabricius.
272. ZETHUS CEYLONIOUS, Saussure.
Zethus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 5,1 9.
Genus Eumenrs, Latreille.
973, Bummnns prrionata (Fabricius).
Vespa petiolata, Fabr. Sp. Ins. i. 467; Mant. Ins. i. 292; Ent.
Syst. ii. 278, 37; Oliv. Encycl. Méth. ii. 670.
Eumenes petiolata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 284; Latr. Hist. Nat. Ins.
iii. 360 ; Westw. Ins. India, 90, t. 5. f. 2.
Eumenes petiolatus, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 47, 28.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
274. Bumenns ruavoriora, Blanchard.
Eumenes flavopicta, Blanch. Dict. d’Hist. Nat de Ch. d’Orb.
Ins. Hym. pl. ii. f. 2; Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 65, 52 9 ; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vy. 22,18; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
371, 7.
Eumenes arcuata, Westw. Ins. Ind. 90, t. 57. f. 3.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
275, EUMENES HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.
Eumenes humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 6,2 9 db.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Ruynoutum, Spinola.
276. Ruyncutum oarnaticum (Fabricius).
Vespa carnatica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 261, 21; Syst. Piez.
258, 22.
Rygchium carnaticum, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 112, 17.
Rhynchium carnaticum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 44, 8;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 374, 6.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
277, RHYNCHIUM METALLICUM (Saussure).
Rygchium metallicum, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 114, 21 9 dg.
Rhynchium metallicum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 45, 9;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 375, 7.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896 | HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 449
Genus Opynervs, Latreille.
278. ODYNERUS OVALIS, Saussure.
Odynerus ovalis, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 215, 122 ¢ ; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 59,58; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 376, 4.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
279. ODYNERUS HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.
Odynerus humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 13,
11926.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
280. OpYNERUS OnYLONIcUS, Saussure.
Odynerus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 12, 10 2 d¢.
281. Oprnprus FistuLosus, Saussure.
Odynerus fistulosus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 11, 79.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
282. ODYNERUS SICHELI, Saussure.
Odynerus sichelii, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol., Suppl. 206, 949 ;
Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 58, 55; id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 375, 1; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 8,19 ¢.
283. ODYNERUS TINCTIPENNIS, Walker.
Odynerus tinctipennis, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 304.
Aneistocerus tinctipennis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat: Mosc.
1863, 23.
284. ODYNERUS INTENDENS, Walker.
Odynerus intendens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 304.
Ancistocerus intendens, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
1863, 23.
Genus Iscunoaasrer, Guérin.
285. IsclinoGasrmr Eximius, Bingham.
Ischnogaster eximius, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. v.
(1890), 244, 176.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Vespa, Linnaus.
286. Vespa crnota, Fabricius.
Vespa cincta, Fabr. Syst. Ent. x. 362, 1; Spec. Ins. 458, 1;
Mant. Ins. i. 287, 1; Ent. Syst. ii. 254, 6; Syst. Piez. 253, 1;
Lepel. Hym. i. 505, 1; Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. 152, 37 8; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. y. 118, 12; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
382, 2. f
Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. XXIX. 29
450 ti.-cot. o. t, BINGHAM ON THB (Mar. 17,
Sphea tropica, Sulz. Die Kenn. d. Insect. t. 27. f. 5.
Vespa wnifasciata, Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 677, 39.
Vespa tenebrionis, Christ, Hym. 216.
Pundaloya (Green coll.). ie
The remarks in Tennent’s ‘ Natural History of Ceylon,’ ch. xii.
p. 417, evidently refer to this insect, and not to Sphea ferruginea,
Lepel.=aurulentus, Fabr.
287. VESPA OBLITERATA, Smith.
Vespa obliterata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. new ser. ii. (1852-53),
47; Saussure, Mon. Guépes Soe. 149, 329 ; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. v. 119, 18; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 383, 8.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Pottsrss, Latreille.
288. PowistEs stiama, Fabricius.
Vespa stigma, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 275, 78.
Vespa tamula, Fabr. Ent. Syst, Suppl. 263, 78.
Polistes stigma, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 261, 41; Sauss. Mon. Guépes
Soe. 64, 219 ; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 102, 9; Jour.
Linn, Soe. xi. (1867), 381, 5.
Polistes tamula, Vabr. Syst. Piez. 274, 27.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Icarta, Saussure.
289. IoaRia FERRUGINEA, Fabricius.
Vespa ferruginea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 280, 95.
Polistes ferruginea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 277, 39.
Icaria ferruginea, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. 38, 17 2 ¥, pl. v.
f. 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 97, 20; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.
(1867), 378, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
290. Icanta mMarGinata, Lepeletier.
Epipona marginata, Lepel. Hym. i. 541,33 o.
Icaria ferruginea, Sauss. (nec Fabr.), Mon. Guépes Soc. 38, 17
(var.).
Icaria marginata, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. App. 2387 3; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vy. 97, 21.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Family ANDRENID&, Leach.
Genus Prosoris, Fabricius.
291, Prosopis MoniLicornis, Motschulsky.
Prosopis monilicornis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.
(1868), 24, 245; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 385, 6.
1896.} HYMENOPTHRA OF OBYLON. 451
Genus Noma, Latreille.
292. Noma oarrrata, Smith.
Nomia capitata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 54,16.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
293. Nomi carinata, Smith.
Nomia carinata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 57, 82.
294, Nomis oHALYBHATA, Smith.
Nomia chalybeata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 59, 14 Qd,
pli.f.5¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
295. Nomra quapripmnrata, Smith.
Nomia quadridentata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 58, 11 Qs,
pl. ii. £.6¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
296. Nomia rusrioa, Westwood.
Nomia rustica, Westw. apud Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 90,
2163 ; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
297. Nomta vincra, Walker.
Nomia vincta, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v. (1860),
305; ‘Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
inp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Genus Haticrus, Latreille.
298. Havicrus AGREsris, Smith.
Halictus agrestis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.i. 61, 729; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 386, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
299. HALIOTUS AMGENUS, sp. nov.
@. L.8 millim. Exp. 14 millim.
Black, the head, thorax in front, and the basal segment of the
abdomen piceous; wings sordid hyaline; legs with glistening
fulvous pubescence, the tarsi light testaceous.
The head finely and closely punctured, and covered with a thin
fulyous pubescence; the clypeus broad, its anterior margin friuged
with long fulvous hairs and marked with a few deep coarse
punctures, the space above it convex, from which a short per-
pendicular carina runs up between the base of the antenne; the
front of the face subconcave; the ocelli in a broad triangle on the
vertex; the antenne piceous, lighter on the scape in front.
Thorax, the mesothorax above broad, convex, finely, aun closely
452- Lt.-COL. C. I. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,
punctured, an abbreviated longitudinally impressed line on either
side on the disc close to the tegulw; the scutellum raised and
prominent; the postscutellum with close short fulvous pubescence ;
the metathorax opaque black, thinly pubescent, flattened laterally,
with the apex abruptly truncated, an enclosed triangular space at
its base subconcave and closely punctured. ‘The wings sordid
hyaline, the tegule and nervures testaceous brown. Legs testaceous
brown, covered with a glistening fulvous pubescence ; the tarsi light
testaceous. Abdomen black, the basal segment above piceous, very
smooth and shining; the remaining segments finely and closely
punctured. at their base, their posterior margins smooth, shining,
and narrowly testaceous. Beneath the abdomen is black and
thinly pubescent.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Described from four specimens in my own collection, from
Sikkim and Tenasserim, and two specimens in Mr. Green’s
collection. It is nearest to, but perfectly distinct from, the
recently-described H. amitinus, Vachal, from the Karen Hills, in
Burma. From this species it differs in the sculpture and shape
of the metathorax, and in wanting the pubescent white bands on
the abdomen.
300, ILanicrus VerNALts, Smith.
Halictus vernalis, Smith, Dese. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 30, 29.
301. Hatiorus timipvs, Smith.
Halictus timidus, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 31, 39.
Genus Anprena, Fabricius.
302. ANDRENA BXAGENS, Walker.
Andrena exagens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 305; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.
Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Family A rip #, Leach.
Genus Mucacuitn, Latreille.
303. Maeacuitn LANATA, labricius.
Apis lanata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 335, 90.
Anthophora lanata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 372, 1.
Megachile lanata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 342, 169 ; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M.i. 177, 97; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 387, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
304. Mueacuinn consuncra, Smith.
Megachile conjuncta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 175, 90 5 2;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 388, 19.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. + 453
305. MucacniLr anpEns, Smith. wt
Meyachile ardens, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 67, 199.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
306. MErGACHILE CEYLONICA, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 9.)
¢. L.11 millim. Exp. 18 millim.
Black, the face, thorax below, and legs with white pubescence,
the pubescence on the thorax above and the fimbria on the
abdominal segments ochraceous. Head very broad, closely and
finely punctured ; mandibles large, black, channelled and coarsely
punctured in front; ocelli prominent, placed in a curve on the
vertex ; clypeus covered with thick white pubescence. Thorax
piceous black, finely and closely punctured, covered with a thin
ochraceous pubescence ; wings brownish hyaline, darker along their
costal margins ; legs stout, black, thickly fringed below with long
white pubescence, claws bifid at the tip. Abdomen black, the
margins of all but the two apical segments with narrow bands of
ochraceous pubescence widening somewhat at the sides, the two
apical segments shining, closely and very finely punctured, the
extreme apex notched.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
This species may be the male of MW. ardens, Smith, but it differs con-
siderably in form and in the colour of the pubescence. It resembles
M. laticeps, Smith, but differs in the colour of the pubescence on
the head and face, which is white, not golden-yellow.
Genus Lituuneus, Latreille.
307. Lirnuraus atratus, Smith.
Lithurgus atratus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 145,7 9;
Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 390, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Crocisa, Jurine.
808. Crocisa scUrBLLARIS, Fabricius.
Nomada scutellaris, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 346, 2.
Melecta scutellaris, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 387, 4.
Crocisa histrionica, Latr. Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. 172.
Crocisa scutellaris, Lepel. Hym. ii. 453, 7 9; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 276, 2.
309. Crocisa ramosa, Lepeletier.
Crocisa ramosa, Lepel. Hym. ii. 451, 5 9 §; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 277,7; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454 ;
Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
454 - LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE (Mar. 17,
310. Croorsa pMarcinata, Lepeletier.
Crocisa emarginata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 449, 3 9 3; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 277, 5; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 390, 3.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Attoparn, Lepeletier.
311, ALLODAPH MARGINATA, Smith.
Allodape marginata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 280, 7 9;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1868, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),
390, 1.
Genus Cexioxys, Latreille.
312, Caioxys oaPitara, Smith.
Celiowys capitata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 267, 34 2 3;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1868, 25.
313, CaLioxys conFusus, Smith.
Celioxys confusus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 50 2.
Pundaloya (Green coil.),
Genus Sreuis, Panz.
314, STBLIS CARBONARIA, Smith.
Stelis carbonaria, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B.M. ii. 275,9 2 3;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Tmp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.
Genus Curatina, Latreille.
815. CuRaTINA VIRIDIS, Guerin.
Ceratina viridis, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 444, t. 73. f£.6; Smith,
Cat. Hym. Ins. B.M. ii. 224,9; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon,
ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose, 1863, 25 ;
Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 391, 1.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
316. Curatina Prora, Smith.’ ~
Ceratina picta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 224, 10 9;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
391, 2.
317. CeraTina sIMILLIMA, Smith.
Ceratina simillima, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 225,11 6;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch, Bull. Soc.
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. . 455
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),
381, 3.
Genus Nomapa, Fabricius.
318. Nomapa Lusoa, Smith.
Nomada lusea, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 243,58 9; Jour.
Linn. Soe. xi. 391, 2.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Originally described by Smith from the Philippine Islands, this
species occurs also in Burma and Sikkim. It is a somewhat
variable insect, and Smith’s description is insufficient. I have,
however, examined the type in the British Museum, with which
the Burmese specimens agree exactly; the Ceylon and Sikkim
specimens are darker, and the former has a dull yellow spot on
each side, at the base of the 2nd abdominal segment. In Sikkim
specimens these two spots coalesce above and form an obscure band
at the base of the segment.
Genus ANTHOPHORA, Latreille.
319. ANTHOPHORA ZoNATA (Linnzus).
Apis zonata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 955.
Andrena zonata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 311, 19.
Mejilla zonata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 331, 13.
Anthophora zonata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 25, 1; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 336, 90 ; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 392, 1; Sich.
Suppl. Hym. Novara Reise, 153.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
320. ANTHOPHORA VIOLAOCEA, Lepeletier.
Anthophora violacea, Lepel. Hym. ii. 80, 47; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 338, 96.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
321. ANTHOPHORA OINGULATA (Fabricius).
Andrena cingulata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 314, 30 2.
Megilla cingulata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 332, 18.
Anthophora cingulata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 46 9; Sich. Suppl. Hym.
d. Novara Reise, 153.
822. ANTHOPHORA FALLAX, Smith.
Anthophora fallax, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 120,
3.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Only one specimen in Mr. Green’s collection, which is not
quite typical, as it wants the fulvous fasciz on the underside of
the abdomen. Originally described from Natal, it is a wide-spread
species, occurring throughout India.
456 LT.-COL. 0,1, BINGHAM ON THE [ Mar. 17,
323. ANTHOPHORA INSULARIS, Smith.
Anthophora insularis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 48, 2 9;
id. ibid. xi. (1867), 392, 7.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Originally described from Borneo, this species is common in
Burma and in Sikkim. A. vigilans, described three years later by
Mr. Smith from the Celebes, seems to me only a large form of
A, insularis.
Genus XytooaPa, Latreille.
324, XyLooaPa LATIPES (Drury).
Apis latipes, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii, 98, t. 48. f.2 3; Fabr.
Ent. Syst. ii. 314,19.
Apis gigas, Degeer, Mém. Hist. Ins. iii. 576, pl. 28. f. 15.
Nylocapa latipes, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 337, 1; Lepel. Hym. ii. 203,
51 9 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 43; Walk. Tenn.
Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii, 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 392, 1; Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1874, 267, 40.
325. XYLOOAPA TENUISCAPA, Westwood.
Xylocapa tenuiscapa, Westw. Nat. Libr. xxxviii. 271, t. 23.
{.2 $; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 41; Walk. Tenn.
Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.
Mose. 1863, 25 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 393, 6; Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1874, 268, 41.
Xylocapa latreillii, Lepel. Hym. ii. 206, 55 2 ¢.
Xylocapa viridipennis, Lepel. Hym. ii. 205, 54 2 var.
Pundaloya (Grcen coll.).
326. XyLocaPa FENESTRATA (Fabricius).
Apis fenestrata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 273, 3 2.
Xylocapa fenestrata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 339, 6; Lepel. Hym. ii.
184,15 9 ¢; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 46; Jour.
Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 393, 10; Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 269,
44 9¢.
Xylocapa indica, Klug, Mag. d. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin
(1807), 264.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
327. XyLooAPA COLLARIS, Lepeletier.
Xylocapa collaris, Lepel. Hym. ii. 189, 26 9; Smith, Cat. Hym.
Ins. B. M. ii. 853, 47; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, 393, 11; Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1874, 270, 46 2 g.
Xylocapa dejeanti, Lepel. Hym. ii. 209, 59 9; Smith, Cat. Hym,
Ins. B. M. ii. 357, 62; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. 394, 21.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 457
828. XYLOOAPA ALBO-FASCIATA, Sichel.
Xylocapa albo-fasciata, Sich. Suppl. Hym. d. Novara-Reise,
1549; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 268, 42.
329. XYLOCAPA IGNITA, Smith.
Xylocapa ignita, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 276, 62 9.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
830. XYLOOAPA NIGROOEZRULBA, Smith.
Xylocapa mnigrocerulea, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 279,
02
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
One specimen which with some doubt I refer to this species ; it
agrees fairly well with Smith’s description, so far as this goes.
331. XYLOCAPA BRYORUM (Fabricius).
Apis bryorum, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. 321, 28 3.
Bombus bryorum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 348, 28.
Xylocapa dimidiata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 199, 44 9; Smith, Cat.
‘Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 357, 66; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 394, 25.
Xylocapa bryorum, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 275, 59 2 ¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
332. XYLOOAPA DISSIMILIS, Lepeletier.
Xylocapa dissimilis, Lepel. Hym. ii. 180, 9 9 5; Smith, Cat.
Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 356, 58; Sich. Suppl. Hym. Novara-Reise,
155; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 394, 19; Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1874, 268, 48 9 o.
Xylocapa lunulata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 184, 14 3 var.
Genus Aris, auctorum.
333. APIs DorsATa, Fabricius.
Apis dorsata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 328, 64; Syst. Piez. 870, 7 ;
Lepel. Hym. i. 405, 9 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 415, 5;
Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 396, 1.
Apis nigripennis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.) 170, 4,
t. 13. £. 7.
Apis bicolor, Klug, Mag. d. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin,
1807, 264, t. 7. £. 3.
Apis zonata, Guér. (nec Linn.), Bélang. Voy. Ind. Orient. 504,
pl. 4. f. 6. a
\
Apis testacea, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 49, 5 (im-
mature).
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
334, Apis InDIOA, Fabricius.
Apis indica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 274, 59; Syst. Piez. 370
4; Lepel. Hym. i. 403, 5 §; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. ii,
458 ON THE HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. [Mar. 17,
416, 7; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.
Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.
xi. (1867), 396, 4. 3
Apis peronii, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.), 173.
Apis socialis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.), 172.
Apis delessertii, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 461.
Apis perottetti, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 461.
Pundaloya (Green coll.); Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).
835. APIS FLORALIS, Fabricius.
Apis floralis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 373, 6 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.
xi. (1867), 396, 6.
Apis andreniformis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 49,48.
Apis lobata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 416,10 ¢.
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Tricona, Jurine.
336. TRIGONA IRIDIPENNIS, Smith.
Trigona iridipennis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 413, 42 8;
Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch, Bull. Soc.
Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25,
837. TRIGONA PpRETHRITA, Walker.
Trigona preterita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.
(1860), 305 ; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 25.
Family CoHRyYsipi1p4a#, Leach.
Genus Srizpum, Spinola.
338. StrLBuM oyANURUM (Forster).
Chrysis cyanura, Forst. Noy. Spec. Ins. 89 (1771).
Chrysis nobilis, Fuesl. Mag. d. Ent. i, 222.
Stilbum splendidum, Blanch. (nec Fabr.) Hist. Nat. iii. 297, 2,
t. ii. f. 3; Brullé, Hym. iv. 15, 1; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874,
4699s.
Chrysis splendida, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 357, 1 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. 1,
454; Mant. Ins. i. 282,1; Ent. Syst. ii. 238,15; Syst. Piez. 170, 1.
Chrysis spinole, Montr. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1864, 249.
Stilbum calens, Ab. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1879, 40.
Stilbum cyanurum, Mocs. Mon. Chrysid. (1889), 190, 202 (var.
splendidum, p. 193).
Pundaloya (Green coll.).
Genus Curysts, Linnzus.
339. CHRYSIS FUSCIPENNIS, Brullé.
Chrysis fuscipennis, Brullé, Hym. iv. 38, 24 9; Mocs. Mon,
Chrysid. 370 9 S.
HT B.admnat del.
MP Parker lth.
British Medusae.
PZ.S.1896. Plate XV1.
West, Nevmnan imp.
ey
4m iy hin
ages:
5 Lt
{ i i
De
ie i at
|
, since mh ey }
| RY oe ijaynday i fell
i ‘ge AGP arin a oa. s
ad ply ay er A ‘ be f
Ri peatintto EMER, Op tiie res i
A ve
hi ee
_ ‘i ; ant “hdteh Fa bh Ay: are Nediwe ! P Gielen " f a
7 nimble Ref * pay t 7” lo us Rs i Laknhiet,. . a
meri ved mls, ee y eyefey La med. . ; | , :
‘(tix hei ars ‘Tt, rye : . Li r 7 nt :
Fas a We xv |
PZ.S 1896. Plate XVII.
£..T.Badnat del. ch
MP Parker hth. West Newman imp.
British Medusae.
1896.] ON BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MHDUSZ. 459
Chrysis pulchellus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.
XXvl. (1887 , 10.
340. CHRYSIS OCULATA, Fabricius.
Chrysts oculata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 357, 3; Ent. Syst. ii. 239, 5;
Syst. Piez. 171, 6; Dahlb. Hym. Eur, ii. 310,176; Smith, Jour.
Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 398, 7; Mocs. Mon. Chrysid. 543,
638, 29s.
Pyria oculata, Brullé, ya iv. 19, 1.
341, CHRYSIS PRINCIPALIS, Smith..
Chrysis principalis, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 461, 13 9;
Moes. Mon. Chrysid. 559, 659 9 ¢.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XY.
Fig.1. Sphex nigripes, Smith, p. 440.
B a. rs front of face and clypeus.
. Salius rubidus, Bingh., p. 435.
3 Sphex ees Smith, 440.
a, front ‘of face and clypeus.
. Methoca nigra, sp. nov., p. 427.
. Pompilus ignicolor, sp. nov., p. 482.
. Crabro palitans, sp. nov., p. 46.
. Salius properus, sp. nov., p. 436,
. Gorytes greenit, sp. nov., p. 444.
. Megachile ceylonica, ep. nov., p. 453.
0 ONIS Sr Coc
2. On British Hydroids and Meduse. By Epwarp T.
Browne, B.A., F.Z.S., Zoological Research Laboratory,
University College, London.
[Received March 14, 1896.]
(Plates XVI. & XVIL.)
ConrEnTs.
IntRoDuction, p. 460.
Part L—HYDROIDS AND THEIR MEDUSA.
(Hyproiwa GymnoBiastEA.)
Oorymorpha nutans, p. 463.
Hybocodon prolifer, p. 466.
Lar sabellarum, p. 468,
Gemmaria implexa, p. 461.
Perigonimus repens, p. 462.
Podocoryne carnea, p. 463.
Part I.—_MEDUSA WITHOUT OR WITH UNKNOWN
HYDROID FORMS.
ANTHOMEDUSZ.
Dipurena halterata, p. 473.
Dipurena, sp., p. 473.
Euphysa aurata, p. 474,
Awphinema dinema, p. 475.
Lizzia blondina, p. 276.
Margellium octopunctatnm, p. 477.:
460 MR, E. T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
LepromEpus2.
Thaumantias hemispherica, p, 480. Phialidium temporarium, p. 489.
Laodice cruciata, p. 482. Phialidium cymbaloideum, p. 491.
Euchilota pilosella, p. 484. Eutima insignis, p. 492
Epenthesis cymbaloidea, p. 487. Saphenia mirabilis, p. 493.
Phialidium variabile, p. 487. Octorchis gegenbauri, p. 494.
Phialidium buskianum, p, 488.
TRACHOMEDUSE,
Liriantha appendiculata, p. 495.
NARcoMEDUSA.
Solmaris, sp. ?, p. 496.
INTRODUCTION.
These notes refer chiefly to Meduse taken at Plymouth during
September 1893, and from the middle of August to the end of
September 1895, and also during April and May 1895, in Valencia
Harbour, on the West Coast of Ireland.
I published, last year, a few notes on the Medusw taken at Port
Erin, Isle of Man, and have avoided in this paper, so far as possible,
a repetition of those notes, but have revised the nomenclature in a
few cases. Ihave not yet made sufficient progress with the study
of our Meduse to justify the publication of anything more than
a few selected notes on the species which are best known to me.
The double system of classification, with one name for the
hydroid and another for the medusa, I no longer intend to use.
In cases where the hydroid form of the medusa is known I have
used both the generic and specific names of the hydroids, without
any alteration; but in cases where the medusa only is known I
have given the generic names as used by Haeckel in his monograph,
but not always his specific names. It is my intention to transfer
these medusw to their hydroid names as soon as the hydroid forms
are discovered.
In some instances the free-swimming medusa has been described
before the hydroid form was known, but I do not feel justified
in changing the specific names of the hydroids, which are now
so well known, as it would lead to a considerable amount of
confusion.
The introduction of formaldehyde as a preserving fluid instead
of alcohol is of great importance to the marine naturalist, especially
when working in localities where it is difficult to obtain a supply
of good spirit. I first tried formaldehyde for preserving marine
animals at Valencia last year. The results both for hydroids and
medusx were far superior to those obtained by means of alcohol.
The colour, however, is not permanently preserved. Specimens
preserved in formaldehyde, even when killed with the usual re-
agents, are practically useless for histological work. The best
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MBDUSZ. 461
results with hydroids and medusw@ have been obtained when the
specimen has been killed by a fixing reagent, and then placed first
into a 24 p. c. solution and finally into a 5 p. c. solution of form-
aldehyde.
I owe my sincere thanks to Professor Weldon for allowing me
the use of a table in his Research Laboratory at University College,
and for the aid and kind advice which he has 60 often generously
given. To Mr. EH. J. Allen, Director of the Marine Laboratory at
Plymouth, I am indebted for his kindness in arranging expeditions
for the collection of specimens during my visit to Plymouth.
Parr I.—HYDROIDS AND THEIR MEDUSA.
(HypRo1pA GYMNOBLASTEA.)
In the first part of these notes the Medusx come under their
hydroid names, and are arranged according to Allman’s classifi-
cation. The synonyms are divided into two sets: the first set
contains the names given to the hydroid form, and includes, also,
the references to the medusa whilst attached to the hydroid, or
reared from the hydroid in confinement. The second set of
synonyms refers only to free-swimming meduse taken in the sea,
which have been usually described under other names.
Fam. SYNOORYNIDA,
GuMMARIA IMPLDxA (Alder),
Tubularia implexa, Alder (1857).
Coryne pelagica, Alder (1857).
Coryne briareus, Allman* (1859).
Coryne impleaa, Wright (1859); Alder* (1861).
Zanclea implexa, Allman* (1864) ; Hincks* (1868).
Gemmaria impleaa, Allman* (1872); Haeckel* (1879).
* References marked with an asterisk denote that medusa-buds upon the
hydroid are also referred to.
Two specimens of the medusa were taken at Plymouth on
Aug. 31st, 1895. Both were about 1 mm. in diameter, and corre-
sponded to the figures given by Allman in his monograph. The
hydroid form has not yet been recorded for the South of England.
The medusa of Gemmaria implexa is very much like a medusa
described by McCrady as Gemmaria gemmosa, found in Charleston
Harbour, U.S.A.
» Disrripurton. Scotland—Forfarshire, Allman (H'). Firth of
Forth, Wright (H); Allman (1).
England—30 miles E. of Holy Island, Alder (H). Cullercoats,
Alder (HI); Seaham Harbour, Hodge (H); Plymouth, £, 7. B.
(M"').
1 H = Hydroid form, with or without medusa-buds.
M = Free-swimming medusoid form only.
462 MR. E. 'T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Fam. BOUGAINVILLID 2.
PERIGONIMUS REPENS (Wright).
Hydroid Form,
Atractylis repens, Wright* (1858) ; Alder* (1862).
Perigonimus repens, Hincks* (1868) ; Allman* (1872) ; Winther
(1880); Duerdin (1893); Garstang* (1894).
Perigonimus minutus, Allman* (1863) ; Hincks* (1868); Allman*
(1872).
Medusoid Form.
Perigonimus repens, Crawford (1895).
At Plymouth, on September 2nd, 1893, I placed a colony of
Perigonimus repens in a jar of sea-water. On the following day
about a dozen meduse were budded off. On the 13th another two
dozen were swimming in the jar from the same colony. None of
the meduse showed any signs of further development after their
liberation from the hydroid colony.
The umbrella of the medusa is about $ mm. in length and width.
There are two opposite perradial tentacles and two opposite per-
radial bulbs, without tentacles. Some of the specimens have a
knob at the aboral end of the umbrella. The knob varies in size
and shape in different individuals, in a few it is absent.
Mr. W. Garstang sent me a colony from Plymouth, on March
17th, 1894. On the 19th two meduse were budded off, one with
a short knob at the aboral end of the umbrella, the other without
aknob. Unfortunately 1 was not able to keep these meduse
alive long enough to observe any further changes. Wright (1861)
states that he has kept the medusa until it had four perradial
tentacles and four interradial bulbs.
Allman (1863) described another hydroid, Pertyonimus minutus,
which, he states, is very much like Pertgonimus repens. The chief
difference is in the shape of the medusoid, which has a constriction
across the aboral end of the umbrella. The figure given by
Allman of this medusa agrees with the specimens with a conical
knob, bred in my jars. Hinclis (1868) has placed Perigonimus
minutus as a synonym of Perigonimus repens; but Allman (1872)
has again separated them into two distinct species. As I have
obtained from the same colony meduse similar to Wright’s figures
of Perigonimus repens and to Allman’s figures of Perigonimus
minutus, I do not now see any reason for their separation into two
distinct species.
Disrrisution. Denmark, Baltic Sea, Winther(H). Heligoland,
Hartlaub (41).
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Allman (H). St. Andrews, Craw-
ford (M). Firth of Forth, Wright (H).
England—Cullercoats (Northumberland), Alder (H). Plymouth,
Garstang and E. T. B. (H). Ilfracombe, Hincks (H).
Treland—S.W. Coast, Duerdin (H).
1896.] BRITISH HYDROLDS AND MuDUS. 463
Fam. POoDOOORYNIDE,
PopocuRYNS OARNDA, Sars.
Hydroid Form.
_ Podocoryne carnea, Sars* (1846); Hincks* (1868); Allman*
(1872) ; Duerdin (1893); Garstang* (1894).
Podocoryne albida, Sars (1846).
Medusoid Form.
Podocoryne carnea, Crawford (1895),
Dysmorphosa carnea, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
Lizzia blondina, Bohm (1878).
Sars first described both the hydroid and medusoid forms of
Podocoryne carnea. Haeckel has, however, given the name
Dysmorphosa carnea to the medusa. The medusa of Podocoryne
carnea must not be confused with Dysmorphosa minima, Haeckel,
which I believe to be the earliest stage of Lizzia blondina, Forbes.
The latter has its stomach upon a peduncle, and medusa-buds are
usually present upon the walls of the stomach in the early stages.
At Plymouth, in September 1893, and again in 1895, I tried to
rear the young meduse budded off from the hydroid colonies kept
in glass jars. ‘The experiments did not yield any results, as the
medusa died off within a week.
The young meduse do not all leave the hydroid colony with the
same number of tentacles. All have four single perradial tentacles,
but the number of interradial tentacles shows variation. The
usual number is either two or three, but I have seen a specimen
with only one tentacle. The interradial tentacles do not appear
in any definite order. In some specimens the two interradial
tentacles are opposite one another, in others they occupy adjacent
quadrants of the umbrella.
I have not seen a specimen with eight tentacles amongst those
reared in my jars, but have taken specimens in the tow-net.
At Valencia, on April 10th, 1895, I took a specimen of the
medusa with eight tentacles.
Distrrpurion. Norway, Sars(H). Naples, Sars (H).
Scotland—St. Andrews, M‘Intosh (M); Crawford (M). Firth
of Forth, Allman (H).
England—Plymouth, Garstang and E, T. B. (H, M). Isle of
Man, Browne (M).
Treland—Long Island Bay, Duerdin (H). Valencia Island,
E. T. B. (M).
Fam. CORYMORPHIDS.
CoryMorPHA NUTANS, M. Sars. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)
Hydroid Form.
Corymorpha nutans, M. Sars* (1835); Forbes and Goodsir
(1840); Johnston (1847); Sars* (1859); Hodge* (1861);
Allman * (1863) (1864); Hincks* (1868); Allman * (1872);
464 MR. E. T. BROWNE ON { Mar. 17,
Sars * (1877); Haeckel (1879); [medusa=Hybocodon nutans]
Haddon (1885) ; Hincks (1886); Hartlaub (1894); Allen* (1895).
Corymorpha galanthus, Haeckel (1879).
Medusoid Form.
Corymorpha nutans, Allman (1863); Garstang (1894); Crawford
(1895).
Steenstrupia rubra, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Haddon
(1885) ; Browne (1895).
Steenstrupia flaveola, Forbes (1848).
Steenstrupia galanthus, Haeckel (1879) ; Hartlaub (1894).
The hydroid form of Corymorpha nutans with medusa-buds was
first described by Sars from specimens taken on the Norwegian
coast. Forbes and Goodsir a few years later added the hydroid to
the British list by finding specimens off the Orkney Islands.
Hodge has described specimens from Seaham Harbour and Allman
from the Firth of Forth.
Allman, Hincks, Hodge, and Johnson consider the British species
to be that described by Sars, and call it Corymorpha nutans.
Haeckel, however, states that the Norwegian species is quite
distinct from the British species. He retains the name Cory-
morpha nutans for the Norwegian hydroid and calls the medusoid
Hybocodon nutans. The English species has been given the new
name of Corymorpha yalanthus and its medusoid called Steenstrupia
galanthus ; under the latter name Haeckel places the medusoid
Steenstrupia rubra, Forbes, as a synonym.
This separation is entirely based upon the shape of the umbrella
of the medusa. Sars described the young medusa upon the hydroid
as haying an oblique margin to the umbrella, like Hybocodon pro-
lifer. This has led Haeckel to place the medusa in the genus
Hybocodon.
Haeckel apparently, judging from his references, has only read
the description of the English species in the monographs by
Hincks and Allman, In these, the margin of the umbrella is
described and figured as occupying its normal position at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the umbrella, and no mention is
made of the obliqueness of the margin of the umbrella of the
medusa whilst attached to the hydroid. But in the original papers
published by Hodge (1861) and by Allman (1863) on the hydroid
Corymorpha, the medusa is described with an oblique margin to
the umbrella; it therefore corresponds with the description given
by Sars. Hodge gives figures of the medusz upon the hydroid,
and the margin is shown to be distinctly oblique. He not only
ficures the meduse upon the hydroid but gives an excellent
figure of the free-swimming form, just liberated from the hydroid
kept in his aquarium. The free-swimming medusa, as figured by
Hodge, has the margin at right angles to the longitudinal axis
of the umbrella ; therefore it cannot be oblique. Allman (1863),
in his original description of Corymorpha, on the development of
the medusa states :—‘ The four peripheral processes continue to
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MHDUSZ. 465
elongate and are soon seen to be dilated into bulb-like expansions at
their extremities. The bulbs increase in size and come in contact
by their sides; while one of them, enlarging much more rapidly
than the other three, gives a marked preponderance to its side
of the bud and makes the distal end of the bud appear obliquely
truncated. It then begins to extend itself beyond this distal end
into a thick hollow tentacle.”
Allman also obtained free-swimming meduse from his hydroids,
which he has described and figured in his monograph. These are
similar to the figures given by Hodge, and have a margin at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the umbrella.
From the description given by Allman of the development of the
medusa, it appears that the rapid growth of the large tentacle-bulb
extends the length of the umbrella more on that side than on the
other, and in this way the margin becomes oblique, as one side of
the umbrella is longer than the other. It is clear from the de-
scriptions given by Hodge and Allman, that the obliqueness must
disappear before the medusa is liberated, as they figure the free-
swimming form with the margin in the normal position. I think
that these observations on the obliqueness of the margin of the
umbrella strengthen the view that the British and Norwegian
specimens belong to the same species, and I have again united
them under the old name of Corymorpha nutans.
Forbes has given only two species in his medusoid genus Steen-
strupia, namely S. rubra and S. flaveola. I agree with Haeckel
in considering that these are not distinct species. The character-
istic features of these meduse are similar to those of the medusa of
Corymorpha nutans. ‘Ihe figures given by Forbes of Stcenstrupia
show the characteristic points of the species, but they are not
good figures of a healthy specimen of the medusa of Corymorpha.
Hodge recognized the similarity between Steenstrupia and the
medusa of Corymorpha, but was led by Forbes’s figures to consider
the latter as another species.
Allman states the medusa of Corymorpha “belongs to a form to
which Forbes has given the generic name of Steenstrupia.” Sars
(1877) writes, ‘It is even not improbable that when disconnected
from the parent animal, they (the meduse) may develop themselves
into the species described by Forbes under the name of Steenstrupia
rubra.”
During my visit to Valencia Island in 1895, I found meduse
corresponding to the descriptions and figures given by Hodge and
Allman of the medusa of Corymorpha nutans (Pl. XVI. fig. 1). They
were often exceedingly abundant during April and May, and some
occasions many hundreds could have been quickly collected. One
day I thought that a lovely Siphonophore had entered the net, but
closer examination showed some dozens of these meduse, caught
by the tentacle, on a piece of cotton about an inch and a half long.
The umbrella is bell-shaped, nearly twice as long as wide; the
aboral end of the umbrella is extended into a spine-like process,
which is always present, and is a characteristic feature of the
Proo. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XXX. 30
466 MR. BE, T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
medusa. By this it may be distinguished from another uni-tenta-
cular medusa—Euphysa aurata.
The aboral end of the umbrella varies in shape. In some speci-
mens it is round, and the process is conspicuous by its spine-like
appearance ; in others there is a gradual slope from the side of the
umbrella to the apex of the umbrella, forming a cone-shaped
summit. The manubrium is about two-thirds the length of the
umbrella-cavity ; occasionally, when fully expanded, it may reach
a little way beyond the margin. The mouth is round, without
lips, The stomach is attached to a short peduncle. From the
base of the stomach an apical stalk is always present and runs up
into the spine-like process of the umbrella. On the margin of the
umbrella there is only one large perradial tentacle, ringed with
nematocysts, and when fully expanded is about four times the
length of the umbrella. Three other perradial bulbs, long and
narrow, without tentacles, curl over the margin of the umbrella.
The colour of the medusa shows little variation: the tentacle,
bulbs, and stomach are usually of a light pinkish colour, but some-
times reddish brown. In some of the largest specimens the
extreme apex of the spine-like process may be slightly tinged with
a pinkish colour. The size of the umbrella varies according to
age; the youngest specimens taken in the net measured about
1 mm. in length, the umbrella of the largest measured 6 mm.
Many were taken about 5 mm. in length and 3 mm. in width.
Disrrisurton. Norway, Sars (Il). Heligoland, Hartlaub (11,M);
Haeckel (M).
Scotland—Orkney Islands, Forbes & Goodsir (H). Shetland
Islands, Allman (H); Forbes (M). St. Andrews, Crawford (M).
Firth of Forth, Allman (H, M).
England—Seaham Harbour, Hodge (H). Plymouth, Heape (11);
Allen (H, M); Garstang (M). Fowey, Alder (11); Peach (M).
Penzance, Forbes (M). Mersey Estuary, Mincks (11). Isle of Man,
Alder (11); Browne (M).
VN geaeamaras iy Haddon (H, M). Valencia Island, #. 7. B.
(M).
Fam. HYBOCODONIDS.
Hysocopon PROLIFER, Agassiz.
Hydroid Form.
Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz * (1862); Allman * (1872).
Corymorpha prolifer, Haeckel (1879) [Medusa= Hybocodon
prolifer}.
Medusoid Form.
Hybocodon prolifer, Bohm (1878) ; Crawford (1895).
Coryne (Corymorpha) fritillaria, Steenstrup (1842).
Diplonema islandica, Greene (1857).
Steenstrupia owenti, Greene (1857).
Steenstrupia globosa, Sars, M. (1859); Sars (1877).
Amphicodon fritillaria, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
1896.) BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 467
Amphicodon globosus, Haeckel (1879).
Amphicodon amphipleurus, Haeckel (1879); Garstang (1894);
Allen (1895).
The different, stages in development of this medusa having been
taken in localities far apart, and the wrong hydroid form assigned
to one of them, has led to six distinct species being recorded.
Haeckel retains four of these and places two amongst the synonyms.
I have recently given an account of this interesting medusa in
the Report on the Meduse of the Isle of Man, and here only givea
summary with some additional notes on the occurrence of the
medusa at Plymouth and Valencia Island.
The great abundance of this medusa at Port Erin during 1893
and 1894 enabled me to identify the early stages as species already
described.
The first stage has only one tentacle, to which belongs Steen-
strupia (Amphicodon) globosa, Sars, but only those specimens
described with one tentacle.
The second stage has a single group of two tentacles, to which
belongs Coryne (Amphicodon) fritillaria, Steenstrup.
The third stage (adult) has a single group of three tentacles, to
which belong certain specimens of Steenstrupia (Amphicodon)
globosa with three tentacles and Amphicodon amphipleurus, Haeckel.
The medusa first reproduces by means of numerous buds at the
base of the tentacles, and when gemmation is about to cease ova
or spermatozoa appear upon the walls of the stomach. The sexes
are separate, and the ovum finally develops into a Corymorpha-like
hydroid. The development takes place inside the umbrella-cavity,
and the hydra remains attached to the wall of the stomach until
two verticils of tentacles are formed. Steenstrup described the
medusoid Coryne fritillaria from free-swimming specimens, and
also dredged a hydroid having a single verticil of tentacles, and
meduse attached to it, without tentacles, but with an oblique
margin to the umbrella—one of the characteristic features of the
free-swimming meduse. He naturally considered this hydroid to
belong to the medusoid Coryne fritillaria. It is clear, however,
from the development of the hydroid within the umbrella-cavity,
that the hydroid must have two verticils of tentacles.
The hydroid has not yet been taken in the British area, but it is
evident from the distribution of the medusoid form that it must
exist in more than one locality. It may be difficult to recognize
the hydroid form without its medusa-buds ; but with meduse, the
presence of the five longitudinal bands of nematocysts upon the
ex-umbrella of the medusa ought at once to establish its identity
and to distinguish it from Corymorpha nutans.
Valencia.—On the first day of tow-netting, April 5th, a single
specimen was taken, and about two dozen more during the next few
days, but not one was seen after April 16th. The specimens were
similar to those taken at Port Erin. Some had ova upon the wall
of the stomach; others had young hydre either attached to the
stomach or free within the umbrella-cavity. j
30
468 MR. 8. 1, BROWNB ON _ [Mar. 17,
Plymouth.—Garstang (1894) has recorded this medusa for
Plymouth. It was taken on a few occasions during April 1894.
Mr. E. J. Allen kindly sent me five specimens alive, on March
19th, 1895.
Two possessed a single tentacle and three had two tentacles.
Medusa-buds were present at the base of the tentacles in some of
the specimens. ‘The five specimens showed a great variation in
colour: one had the endoderm of both tentacles of a pinkish colour ;
two specimens had the mouth, tentacle-bulbs, and medusa-buds of
a brilliant crimson colour, and another specimen with the same
parts coloured reddish orange. One specimen showed the mouth
and tentacle-bulbs of a crimson colour and the medusa-buds
colourless.
DIstripurion :—
Hydroid Form.
North America, Massachusetts Bay, Agassiz.
Medusoid Form.
Iceland, Steenstrup. Norway, Sars. Heligoland, Bohm. Trance,
Granville, Haeckel.
Scotland—St. Andrews, Crawford.
England—Plymouth, Garstang and Allen. Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Dublin Coast, Greene. Valencia Island, #. 7. B.
Tam. IYDROLARID A,
LAR SABELLARUM, Gosse. (Plate XVI. figs. 3, 4.)
Hydroid form.
Lar sabellarum, Gosse (1857) ; Hincks * (1872); Allman (1872).
Medusoid Form.
Willsia stellata, Forbes (1848); Cocks (1849); Peach (1849) ;
Gosse (1853).
Wilka stellata, Agassiz (1862); Haeckel (1879); M‘Intosh
(1890) ; Garstang (1894).
The remarkable hydroid Lar sabellarum was first described by
Gosse (1857) from a colony, found growing upon the tube of a
Sabella, in an aquarium. The odd appearance of the hydroid and
the absence of gonophores justified Allman’s statement, ‘‘ We are
almost tempted to regard it as an abnormal condition of some other
form.” Fifteen years after its first appearance in Gosse’s aquarium
another colony was dredged by Ilincks at Ilfracombe. Hincks
(1872) not only confirms the description given by Gosse, but de-
scribes the reproduction in the following words :—
“The fertile polypites of Lar are distributed along the creeping
stolon, amongst the alimentary zooids, and bear a strong general
resemblance to those of Hydractinia. They are slender, somewhat:
filiform bodies, destitute of tentacula, and terminated at the free
extremity by a globular enlargement, in which many thread-cells
are imbedded; they are generally inferior in size to the alimentary
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS#. 469
polypites. The reproductive buds are borne in clusters of three or
four on the upper portion of the body, and when matured detach
themselves as free medusiform zooids (planoblasts) ; they are desti-
tute of an ectothecal covering, and are therefore freely exposed to
the surrounding water. In an early stage of development the buds
are much elongated, and take on their hemispherical form as they
approach maturity. he planoblast, at the time of its liberation, is
almost hemispherical in form; the umbrella is perfctly colourless
and destitute of thread-cells. The digestive sac or manubrium is
very mutable in shape; normally it is subcylindrical, and some-
what swollen at the base, with a slightly lobate mouth. Six radi-
ating canals traverse the umbrella, terminating on the margin in
as many oval bulbs of a brownish colour, from which six smooth
tentacles originate. Both ocelli and lithocysts are wanting; but
halfway between every two tentacles a minute sac occurs on the
margin of the umbrella, containing two or three glittering bodies,
which appear to be thread-cells. The planoblast, when detached,
bears with it a portion of the peduncle which had formed the bond
of connexion between it and the parent stock; this survives as a
somewhat conical process above the base of the manubrium, but
it is no doubt absorbed after a time. Six is an unusual number for
the radiating canals ; amongst the British Hydroida it is met with
only in Clavatella (which has also occasionally four) and in the
genus Willsia of Forbes.”
I have every reason for believing that the young medusa of Zar
is the first stage in the development of the medusa which has
been described by Forbes as Willsia stellata.
At Plymouth in September 1893 the medusoid Walla stellata
was fairly abundant, and sufficient specimens were obtained to trace
its connexion with 2 medusa which exactly corresponds to the de-
scription and figures given by Hincks of the medusa of Lar sabellarum.
During April and May, 1895, I again met with Willia stellata iu
Valencia Harbour, Ireland, and was able to confirm the observations
made at Plymouth.
Forbes first discovered Willsia stellata at Oban in 1845, and
dedicated the genus to Dr. Willof Erlangen. Agassiz changed the
spelling to Wellia.
Forbes has described the adult form of medusa. The early forms
of it may be naturally divided into three distinct stages, according
to the number of tentacles :—
First Stage. Stu uniform tentacles. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)—
Umbrella, about one millimetre in length and width, varying slightly
in shape but usually subhemispherical, with a broad velum. The
manubrium reaches about halfway down the umbrella-cavity. In
some specimens taken at Valencia the apical stalk (“Stielcanal ” of
Haeckel), which connected the medusa to the hydroid, was still
visible in the mesoglcea of the umbrella, runuing from the base of
the stomach nearly to the ex-umbrella. In most specimens the
apical stalk had disappeared. :
470 MR. B, T, BROWNE ON [Max. 17,
The stomach is on a very short peduncle, and has six short pro-
longations or lobes from which the radial canals start. The mouth
is variable in shape, being either round or with four to six lips.
Six radial canals run from the lobes of the stomach direct to the
ring-canal without giving off any branches. Six tentacles, equal in
size, on the margin of the umbrella, one opposite the termination
of each radial canal. The basal bulb of each tentacle is large and
conspicuous, containing dark brown or blackish pigments. Midway
between every two tentacles a small cluster of nematocysts is situ-
ated on the ex-umbrella just above the margin.
This stage corresponds to the description given by Hincks of the
medusa of Lar sabellarum.
Second Stage. Twelve uniform tentacles.—The commencement of
the second stage is indicated by the growth of six small bulbs on
the margin of the umbrella, midway between the primary tentacles.
From each of these bulbs a tentacle grows until it resembles in size
the tentacles belonging to the first stage. A bulb on its first ap-
pearance is of a yellowish-brown colour, but when fully grown it
becomes dark brownor black. As soon asa bulb makes its appear-
ance on the margin of the umbrella, a branch is given off from the
radial canal and joins the ring-canal opposite the bulb.
The branch is always given off from the same side of each
radial canal, and leayes the canal about the middle of its course on
the side of the umbrella. The six lobes of the stomach have now
become more conspicuous and extend over the upper part of the
sub-umbrella. It is on the sides of these lobes that the repro-
ductive cells develop. The clusters of nematocysts belonging to
the first stage still remain, and twelve new clusters appear close to
the margin, one midway between every two tentacles. Meduse
belonging to the second stage are about 2 mm. in diameter.
Third Stage. Highteen uniform tentacles. (Plate XVI. fig. 4).—
This stage commences with the growth of another set of six bulbs,
which develop tentacles in the same manner as in the previous
stage.
The new bulbs are not on the same side of the main radial canals
as those belonging to the second stage, but on the opposite side. A
new branch leaves each radial canal nearly opposite the junction of
the first branch and runs down to the bulb on the ring-canal. In
this stage each radial canal has two branch canals, one on each side
of it, the whole forming a kind of three-pronged fork, with a ten-
tacle at the end of each canal. At this stage the reproductive cells
are clearly visible, and are situated along the six lobes of the stomach
and arch over the top of the sub-umbrella, forming a star-like pat-
tern of a yellowish-brown colour, hence Forbes’s specific name of
the medusa.
The clusters of nematocysts belonging to the first stage, and
probably some belonging to the second stage, have now disappeared,
and a new cluster is developed midway between every pair of ten-
tacles, ‘The clusters of nematocysts form an excellent mark for
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 471
measuring in length the growth of the umbrella. Each series
arises either on or very close to the margin, and as the umbrella
grows in length so does the distance increase between the margin
and each series.
If all the clusters were present, they would form, at the adult
stage, four rows, one above the other—the uppermost set, with
six clusters, representing the first stage, and the lowest, with twenty-
four, belonging to the adult stage.
Forbes does not mention the clusters of nematocysts in his
description of the species. Gosse has again described the adult,
and states that five or six clusters are usually present. He gives
pdigure of acluster, and of a nematocyst which has discharged its
thread.
Adult Stage. Twenty-four uniform tentacles—The addition of
a fourth set of six tentacles brings the young medusa to its adult
stage. The new tentacles develop just like the previous ones, and
each one occupies a position midway between the tentacles
belonging to the first and third stages. I have only seen one
specimen which shows the connexion between the third stage and
the adult form. In this specimen the third branch does not leave
the main radial canal like the first two branches, but is given off-
from the second branch (the branch developed in the third stage)
and runs down between the main radial canal and its second branch
to the ring-canal, opposite the new bulb. The subsequent growth
of the umbrella so separates the branches as to give the appearance
of each canal dividing, about the middle of its course, into four
branches, each branch running to one of the tentacles placed about
equal distances apart on the margin of the umbrella.
athe characteristic features of the different stages may be stated
thus :—
First Stage.—6 tentacles ; 6 unbranched radial canals; 6 clusters
of nematocysts.
Second Stage.—12 tentacles; 1 branch to each canal ; 12 clusters
of nematocysts.
Third Stage.—18 tentacles; 2 opposite branches to each canal ;
18 clusters of nematocysts.
Adult.—24 tentacles ; 3 branches to each canal; 24 clusters of
nematocysts.
Each set of tentacles usually appears about the same time and
some grow faster than others. Forbes states that some of his
specimens possessed only twenty tentacles.
Abnormal Forms.—First Stage. One specimen with seven
radial canals, tentacles and clusters of nematocysts. Valencia,
1895.
Second Stage. One specimen with seven radial canals, each
with one branch ; fourteen tentacles and fourteen clusters of nemato-
cysts. Plymouth,18938. #8 —=——sss—s«sw
It is clear beyond all doubt that the hydroid Lar sabellarum
472 : MR, DB, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
belongs to the Gymnoblastic group of Hydroids. The Medusoid
Willia stellata has been always considered a Leptomedusa and
was placed by Haeckel among the Cannotide. As I did not know of
any clearly proved case of a gymnoblastic hydroid having a medusa
which must be classified with the Leptomeduss, I examined by
means of sections the exact positions of the gonads. It is one of
the characteristic features of the Anthomeduse to have the
reproductive cells on the wall of the stomach, and of the Lepto-
medusz to have the reproductive cells upon the radial canals.
When I first saw Willia I certainly regarded it as a Lepto-
medusa. At the base of the stomach six broad canals are given
off; these run along a short peduncle and over the top of the
sub-umbrella; along this portion the gonads are situated; at the
point where the gonads terminate the canals suddenly decrease in
diameter and become somewhat inconspicuous. The question arose
whether to consider the broad part of the canal upon which the
gonads are situated as a prolongation of the stomach or as a part
of the radial canal itself. ‘To determine this point, I cut several
series of sections of meduse belonging to the second and third
stages. All the sections clearly show that the endoderm-cells of the
stomach are continued, without any change in size or shape, along
the whole length of that portion of the canal upon which the gonads
are situated. At the point where reproductive cells terminate the
canal suddenly decreases in diameter, and the endoderm-cells
become very small and flat. I think that portion of the canal
upon which the gonads are situated may reasonably be regarded as
a prolongation or lobe of the stomach, and that the true radial
canal commences at the end of this lobe.
The sections also show reproductive cells at the base of the
stomach itself, before it branches into the six lobes.
I think this medusa is as interesting as the hydroid is remark-
able. It shows a kind of transitional stage between the Antho-
meduse and Leptomedusew. The continuation of the endoderm-
cells, without change, into the lobes, and also the continuation of
the reproductive cells from the base of the stomach itself along the
lobes, strongly point to Willa belonging to Anthomedusz, and not
to the Leptomeduse.
DistTRriBUrion :—
Hydvroid Form.
England—Ufracombe, Hincks *.
Medusoid Form.
Scotland—St. Andrews, M‘Intosh. Oban, Forbes.
England—Plymonth, Garstang and EF. T. B. Fowey, Peach.
Falmouth, Cocks. Penzance, Morbes. Ilfracombe, Gosse.
Treland—Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 473
Part I1— MEDUS WITHOUT OR WITH UNKNOWN
HYDROID FORMS.
These Medusz are arranged according to Haeckel’s ‘System der
Medusen.’
ANTHOMEDUS.
Fam. CopDONID &, a
Dipuranya HALTDRATA (Forbes).
Slabberia haltercta, Forbes (1848); Cocks (1849).
Dipurena halterata, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
I have occasionally met with one or two specimens of this
interesting medusa.
I saw one specimen at Plymouth on 25th September, 1893.
The specimen was unfortunately in a bad condition, the umbrella
being turned inside out. The basal bulbs of the tentacles were of
a dark brown colour with a single deep crimson ocellus. At the
free end of each of the four tentacles there was a very large knob-
like cluster of nematocysts, and the upper half contained a dark
brown pigment.
A single specimen was taken at Valencia on 10th April, 1895.
Unnbrella about 1 mm. in length.
Forbes describes and figures the gonads as slight swellings upon
the radial canals. This statement requires confirmation. Haeckel,
however, has taken a specimen at Jersey, which corresponded to
Forbes’s description, except that the gonads were upon the
manubrium. Haeckel describes three swellings on the manubrium,
one above the other, filled with sperm, the lowest swelling reaching
nearly down to the mouth.
Distrisution. Jersey, Haeckel.
England—Plymouth, Z. 7. B. Valmouth, Cocks. Mounts Bay,
Forbes. Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Valencia Island, H. 7. B.
Drrurena, sp.? (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)
During my visit to Plymouth in September, 1895, I obtained
upon the 10th two specimens of a medusa which certainly belongs
to the genus Dipurena. I regard them as early stages on account
of medusa-buds being present upon the stomach. I have already
shown in the cases of Amphicodon fritillaria, Margellium octo-
punctatum, and Lizzia blondina, that it is a characteristic feature of
the young stages to bud off medusa, and in the adult stage to have
gonads upon the stomach. I believe that Codonium gemmiferum and
Sarsia prolifera, now regarded as distinct species, will be ultimately
proved to be only early stages of other known species.
I have not yet been able to trace these early stages of Dipurena
474 MR. DB. T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
to any known species, as none belonging to the genus have been
described with medusa-buds.
The specimens were very much alike, but one was twice as
large as the other. The umbrella of largest specimen about 1 mm.
in diameter, globular, about as long as wide; at the aboral end
there is a slight rounded swelling, formed by a mass of mesogloa.
The manubrium reaches nearly down to the velum ; stomach large
and situated upon a stout peduncle, nearly as long as the stomach ;
mouth round, not divided into lips. Four medusa-buds upon the
stomach (one bud nearly fully developed, the four tentacles visible
with brownish basal bulbs). On the margin of the umbrella four
tentacles, when fully expanded about twice the length of umbrella,
with blackish basal bulbs. At the free end of each tentacle a very
large brownish bulb containing nematocysts. Nematocysts are also
scattered along the whole length of each tentacle. Cells are present
on the peduncle which may be nematocysts. The margin of the
umbrella between the tentacles is nearly straight, giving a quad-
rangular appearance, with a tentacle at each corner. Velum broad.
Eurnysa aunata, Forbes.
Euphysa aurata, Forbes (1848) ; Haeckel (1879) ; Holt (1891);
Crawford (1891); Maas (1893) ; Browne (1895).
Euphysa mediterranea, Haeckel (1879).
Up to the present time this medusa has not been recorded from
many localities. It had only been found in the northern portion
of the British area until this spring, when I found it at Valencia.
In the ‘ Report on the Meduse of the Isle of Man’ I have given
a description of several specimens, and have shown that a great
variation in colour occurs in some specimens, and that Huphysa
mediterranea is only a brilliantly coloured form of Zuphysa aurata.
At Valencia this medusa was first taken on April 16th, 1895,
and after this date it was often seen in the tow-net, especially
towards the end of May, when it became more abundant. Most
of the specimens belonged to the early stages, and were much
smaller than any taken at Port Erin.
The smallest specimens were about ? mm. in length, and the
average-sized ones about 1-1} mm. in length.
The shape of the umbrella, of the tentacle-bulbs, and of the
large tentacle is similar in all the stages: thus there is no difficulty
in identifying the earliest forms. The smallest specimens usually
possess very little colour, a few are quite colourless, generally the
tentacle-bulbs have a pale yellowish tint, but in a few specimens a
bright yellowish colour existed.
The specimens 2-3 mm. in length saree more colour. One
specimen 3 mm. in length had yellowish tentacle-bulbs, with a
deep orange-coloured centre.
Many of the early naturalists described the pigmented basal
bulbs as ocelli. I prefer to retain the term ‘ ocellus’ for definite
eye-spots, as clearly seen in Sarsia, which also has pigmented
basal bulbs.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 475
Haeckel gives Corymorpha nana, Alder, as the hydroid belonging
to Luphysa aurata, Iam still of the opinion that this is not the
right hydroid, as the meduse are quite distinct.
Disrrizurion. Mediterranean, Haeckel. Atlantic, about 50
miles N.W. of Scotland, Maas.
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes. St. Andrews, Holt; Craw-
ord.
England—Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Valencia Island, #. 7’. B.
Fam. TIARID&.
AMPHINEMA DINEMA (Péron et Lesueur).
Oceania dinema, Péron et Lesueur (1809); Eschscholtz (1829).
Dianea diadema, Lamarck (1817).
Campanella dinema, Blainville (1834).
Saphenia dinema, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Cocks (1849).
Saphenia titania, Gosse (1853).
Stomotoca dinema, Agassiz (1862).
Amphinema titania, Haeckel (1879) ; Garstang (1894).
At Plymouth I found this species fairly abundant during
September 1893. Many of the specimens which I took were
immature, about 1 mm. in length. One specimen measured 3 mm.
in length and 2 mm. in width. The tentacles of this medusa are
able to expand to a great length, often to ten times the length of
the umbrella. The larger specimens have about two dozen minute
marginal bulbs. Stomach yellowish brown. The base of the
tentacles is of a crimson or purplish colour.
J again took a few specimens at Plymouth during September,
1895, but not so many as in 1893.
Disrrisution. Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes.
England—Portland, Forbes. Plymouth, Garstang; E. T. B.
Cornwall, Forbes. Fowey, Peach. Falmouth, Cocks. Ilfracombe,
Grosse.
Fam. MARGBLLIDA
LizzIA BLONDINA, Forbes.
Lizza blondina, Forbes (1848) ; Peach (1849) ; Haeckel (1879) ;
McIntosh (1890); Vallentin (1893); Browne (1895).
Iizzia claparedei, Claparéde (1860); Haeckel (1879).
Dysmorphosa minima, Haeckel (1879) ;\ Browne (1895).
The specimens taken at Plymouth in 1893 and 1895, and at
Valencia in 1895, clearly show that the earliest stage is similar to
the medusa described by Haeckel as Dysmorphosa minima. The
chief difference between Dysmorphosa minima and Lizzia blondina
exists in the number of tentacles, which increase in number
during the growth of the medusa.
Dysmorphosa minima has four single perradial tentacles and
four single interradial tentacles,
476 4 MM, B, T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Lizzia blondina has, in the adult stage, four perradial groups of
three tentacles and four single interradial tentacles. The increase
of new tentacles is shown in the following list.
Specimens collected by Mr. Garstang at Plymouth during July
and August, 1893 :—
Perradial tentacles.... 1111
Interradial tentacles... 1111
Perradial .... 1112 2211 2121 99992
Interradial ... 1111’ 1111’ 11117’ T11T
On my arrival at Plymouth at the end of August, 1895, I found
Tnzzia fairly abundant in the tow-net, but no specimens were taken
after the second week in September.
The following list drawn up from these specimens shows the
increase of the tentacles :—
Perradial.... 1112 2121 2221 9922 2993 3332
Interradial.. 1111’ 1111’ 1111’ 1171’ 11117’ 1111
(9 specimens).
At Valencia, 1895, Lizzia appeared in the tow-net a few days
before my departure at the beginning of June. I only obtained
a few specimens, which possessed the following number of
tentacles :—
Perradial.... 2222 2223 3333
Interradial.. 1111’ 1117 1111
The umbrella of the earliest stage is about 1 mm. in length and
nearly as wide, with a slight transverse constriction above the
sub-umbrella. The largest specimens are about 13 mm. in length.
Nearly every specimen belonging to the early stage has medusa-buds
upon the stomach. One of the largest specimens taken at Plymouth
had a mass of ova surrounding the walls of the stomach. The
budding of medusa is followed by sexual reproduction, just as in
many other meduse.
There are always four simple oral tentacles, each terminating
in a large cluster of nematocysts. J have never seen more than
one cluster of nematocysts upon each oral tentacle, and always
four single interradial tentacles. These points distinguish Lizzia
blondina from Margellium octopunctatum.
Abnormal Spectmen.—An abnormal specimen was taken at Ply-
mouth on 31st August, pra with 3 radial canals, 3 oral tentacles,
3 groups of perradial t¢gntacles, with 2 tentacles in each, and 3
single interradial tentacles.
Claparéde described and figured a form of Jizzia, which
Haeckel has regarded as » distinct species and has placed it in
his monograph under the name of Lizzia cluparedex. The medusa
has four perradial groups of two tentacles, and four single inter-
radial tentacles; four simple oral tentacles, each terminating in a
cluster of nematocysts. Ova upon the walls of stomach. The
shape of the umbrella resembles that of Zizzia blondina,
-1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MMDUSA. 477
Claparéde discovered it off Arran Island, in the Firth of Clyde,
during September 1859.
I do not think that Claparéde’s medusa is a distinct species, but
a stage in the development of Lizzia blondina.
Disrerurion. Heligoland, Haeckel.
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Yorbes. Bell Rock (Hast coast),
MIntosh, Arran Island, Claparede.
England—Plymouth, #. 7..B. Fowey, Peach. Falmouth, Val-
lentin. Isle of Man, Browne.
Ireland —Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.
MAnrcrELuiuM ocropUNCTATUM (Sars).
Cytais octopunctata, Sars (1836) (1846).
Inzzia octopunctata, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Agassiz
(1862); Bohm (1878) ; Clubb (1886); M‘Intosh (1890) ; Vallentin
(1893).
Tnzzia grata, Agassiz (1865).
Rathkea octopunctata, Haeckel (1879) ; Giard (1888); Garstang
(1894); Allen (1895).
Margellium octopunctatum, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).
Margellium gratum, Haeckel (1879).
The medusa first reproduces itself by means of buds upon the
stomach, and when it reaches the adult condition either ova or
spermatozoa appear upon the wall of the stomach ; the sexes being
separate. What becomes of the ova after leaving the medusa is
at present unknown. The ovum may give rise to a hydroid form
or develop directly into a medusa. The young meduse on leaving
their parent have not always the same number of tentacles. There
are usually three tentacles in each of the four perradial groups, but
occasionally only two; the interradial groups may have either two
or three tentacles, rarely only one. As the medusa grows the
perradial tentacles increase to five in each group, and the inter-
radial tentacles to three in each group. The change in the
number of tentacles has led to some of the early stages being
described as distinct species. Sars first described the medusa
(Cyteis octopunctata) from specimens with three tentacles in all
the groups (=athkea of Haeckel). Forbes described specimens
(Inzzia octopunctata) having either two or three tentacles in tho
perradial groups, and three tentacles in the interradial groups.
Forbes regarded these specimens as belonging to the same species
as those described by Sars. Haeckel, however, has separated these
specimens into two genera : those with two tentacles in the perradial
groups are placed in the genus Margellium; the others in the
genus Itathkea.
J have already shown, in the Report on the Meduse of the Isle
of Man, that Forbes was right in regarding his specimens as
identical with the meduse described by Sars as Cyt@is octopunctata.
Garstang has also shown that Haeckel was wrong in separating
these meduse into two distinct genera.
478 MR, 2,1, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Agassiz (1865) has described a medusa, Lizziagrata(=Margellium
gratwm, Haeckel), which has five tentacles in each of the four
perradial groups and three tentacles in each of the four interradial
groups. Irom the specimens collected at Valencia, I have every
reason for believing that Lizza yrata is the adult form of
Margellium octopunctatum.
The early stages of Margelliwm octopunctatum were fairly
abundant in Valencia Harbour at the beginning of April, but
decreased in number during May. Most of the specimens taken
during April and the early part of May had one to four
medusa-buds upon the stomach. About the middle of May
specimens were taken with either ova or spermatozoa upon the
wall of the stomach. The reproductive cells first begin to appear
upon the perradial ridges on the outside wall of the stomach, and
ag they increase in size they form a mass covering the wall of the
stomach. As soon as the reproductive cells begin to appear, the
budding of meduse ceases. The compound basal bulbs of the
tentacles show little variation in colour, being usually dark brown
or black. One specimen, however, had reddish-brown bulbs.
The specimens taken at Valencia resemble those taken at Port
Erin. I have no doubt that they belong to the same species, and
as they were taken in a distant locality it may be of interest to
record some for comparison with those taken at Port Erin. The
following list shows the number of tentacles in each perradial and
interradial group of 16 specimens taken at Valencia. It is also
arranged to show the increase in the number of tentacles during
the growth of the medusa.
Perradial 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3334
Interradial 1112’ 3231’ 2999 2333’ 3333’ 33337
Perradial 4843 5334 5344 64383 5444 4454
Tnterradial 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333 3333’
Perradial 5454 5553 5554 5555
Tnterradial 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 33337
The above series corresponds very closely with a series given in
the Report on the Isle of Man Medusa.
The umbrella of the earliest stage is about 1 mm. in length, and
that of the adult from 3 to 4 mm.
Not only does the medusa increase the number of its tentacles
as it grows, but also the number of clusters of nematocysts upon
the oral tentacles, which are four in number. Though some of the
specimens taken off the Isle of Man possessed the same number
of tentacles as Margelliwm gratum, the clusters of nematocysts
upon the oral tentacles were fewer in number. Until I had seen
an exact similarity in every detail, I did not feel justified in placing
Margellium gratum as the adult of Margellium octopunctatum. At
Valencia I specially examined the oral tentacles of every specimen
’
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MBDUS 4. 479
taken, and found a few specimens agreeing with Agassiz’s
description of Margellium gratum, both in the number of marginal
Pentel and in the number of clusters of nematocysts on the
oral tentacles. I think this removes all doubt concerning the
identity of the two species.
In the Valencia specimens the clusters of nematocysts develop
in the following order :—The earliest stage has each oral tentacle
terminating in a single cluster of nematocysts. A second cluster
appears near the first cluster upon a short stalk; the tentacle then
appears bifurcated, each branch terminating in a round cluster of
nematocysts. Two more clusters, each on a short stalk, make
their appearance, one on cach side of the tentacle, about the middle
of itslength. This was usually the appearance of the oral tentacles
in all the large specimens taken at Port Erin and at Plymouth.
At Valencia, in a few of the largest specimens, with four or five
tentacles in each perradial group, I observed on each oral tentacle
a second pair of lateral clusters of nematocysts, below the first
pair. One specimen had a fifth cluster on a short stalk situated
midway between the two terminal clusters. This agrees with the
development of the clusters described by Agassiz in Maryellium
gratum. Another specimen, however, showed a variation in
development, by possessing three terminal clusters and only a
single pair of lateral clusters.
Allman (1859) has described and figured a Calyptoblastic hydroid,
Laomedea tenuis | = Leptoscyphus tenuis, Hincks (1868)], which he
found at Stromness. ‘The hydroid has gonothece each containing
a medusa. Allman has not given any description of the medusa
inside the gonotheca, and from the figure it is impossible to
identify it, chiefly on account of its being at a very early stage in
development. Allman found inside the jar containing this hydroid
a number of young medusz which he believed to be closely related
to the genus Lizzia. From the description given of these meduse I
believe they are probably an early stage of Margelliwm octopunctatum.
Allman regards these free-swimming medusw as the medusa of the
hydroid in the jar. This observation has never been confirmed,
and if it be true, then a case is established in which a Calypto-
blastic hydroid produces Anthomeduse.
Allman does not state that he has seen a single medusa leave the
hydroid nor show in any way that the medusa inside the gonotheca
resembles the free-swimming Zizzia. I do not think that there is
sufficient evidence to prove that the medusz came from the hydroid,
and I hesitate to accept the statement until the observations have
been confirmed. It is quite possible that the young Lizzia
entered the jar along with the sea-water.
Distrinurion. America—Massachusetts Bay, Agassiz. Norway,
Sars. France—Wimereux, Guard.
Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes. St. Andrews, M‘Intosh.
England—Plymouth, Garstang; Allen. Fowey, Peach.
Falmouth, Vallentin. Isle of Man, Browne.
Ireland—Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.
480 MR. B, T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
LEPTOMEDUS/.
Fam. THAUMANTID &.
THAUMANLIAS HEMISPH ERICA, Eschscholtz.
The naturalists who studied marine life at the end of the lust
century and at the beginning of the present one worked under
many difficulties which have now passed away, mainly owing to
the improvements in lenses and in the advancement of the
chemical methods of preservation.
The descriptions and figures of the jelly-fishes given by the
pioneers of marine zoology usually lack the details necessary at
the present day for the identification of the species.
The marginal sense-organs or marginal vesicles, which require
the use of a microscope to show their presence and structure, have
been in most cases omitted, and now recent researches show that
they are very important organs for the identification of the species.
The early workers on Meduse apparently did not recognize the
fact that Medusz, like many other animals, pass through various
stages of growth and that the early stages are often unlike the
adult forms.
This led to the early stages of Meduse being described as
distinct species, which together with the vague descriptions given
and inaccurate drawings has led to much confusion.
I do not think that any good is to be obtained by retaining
inaccurate descriptions of Meduse, and by burdening our litera-
ture, already overloaded, with long lists of useless synonyms.
Medusa hemispherica was first described by Gronovius (1760)
from the coast of Belgium. Miiller (1766) described a medusa,
as M. hemispherica, from the coast of Denmark, and in a later
publication (1778) placed Gronovius’s medusa as a synonym of it.
The descriptions and figures given by these authors are too vague
and inaccurate for the identification of the species.
Péron and Lesueur (1809) separated the above meduse into
two species—M. hemispherica, Gronovius, and Oceania danica
(Miller). Fleming (1828) changed the generic name to Geryonia,
and Eschscholtz (1829) again changed it to Thawmantias and
united both species under the name of Thaumantias hemispherica,
Lesson (18438) has copied from Hschscholtz, without adding any
fresh information.
Macartney (1810) described two species of medusw taken at
Herne Bay in 1804. The one he called Medusa scintillans, which
is described and figured. This is clearly the common protozoon—
Noctiluca miliaris. For the other he suggested the name Medusa
lucida, but stated that it may be a variety of Medusa hemispherica,
Gronovius. It is not possible to identify Macartney’s medusa
from his description. In the same paper Macartney described and
figured a large Scyphomedusa under the naine of Medusa pellucens,
This medusa was taken by Sir Joseph Banks. “On a passage
from Madeira to Rio de Janeiro the sea was observed by Sir Joseph
1896.] BRITISH HYDROips AnD MEDUSA. 481
Banks to be unusually luminous, flashing in many parts like
lightning. He directed some of the water to be hauled up, in
which he discovered ....a large species of medusa, to which he
gave the name pellucens. The Medusa pellucens measures about
six inches across the crown or umbrella.”
This is clearly from the figure and description a Scyphomedusa.
Shaw (1812) has copied the figure given by Macartney.
Lesson (1843) has not only given Thawmantias hemispherica as a
distinct species, but also /haumantias lucida, Macartney. Amongst
the synonyms of the latter Lesson has placed Medusa scintillans
(= Noctiluca scintillans) and Medusa pellucens (=Banks’s Scypho-
medusa), but in the description of the species he only gives
Macartney’s description of Medusa lucida. Haeckel apparently
has copied from Lesson, without referring to the original papers,
as he has placed as synonyms under Thawmantias hemispherica
both Medusa scintillans and Medusa pellucens.
Forbes (1848) next described Thaumantias hemispherica. It is
first, however, important to consider Forbes’s views upon the
value of sense-organs or marginal vesicles for the identification of
the species.
Forbes, in 1841, gave the following advice on the identification
of species belonging to the genus Zhaumantias :-—
‘1st. The number of tentacula (always a multiple of four).
2nd. The presence, absence, size, and colour of the eyes at
their bases.
3rd. The colour of the cross-vessels and proboscis.
4th. The shape of the umbrella.
5th. The shapes of the clubs of the vessels.
6th. The form and lobation of the oral proboscis or peduncle.
“T have mentioned these sources of character in what I conceive
to be the order of their respective importance, but all should if
possible be noted.”
I may here say that Forbes’s statement that the tentacles are
always a multiple of four is not correct. The multiple system is
also adopted by Haeckel, and it leads to the assumption that
Medusee have a most wonderful symmetry. The statement holds
good up to thirty-two tentacles, but above that number the
tentacles, when carefully counted, show odd as well as even
numbers. I found, out of 47 mature specimens of Obelia lucifera,
only two specimens showing an equal number of tentacles in each of
the quadrants, and only nine specimens possessing a number that
could be equally divided by four. Twenty-six specimens have an
even number of tentacles, and 21 specimens an odd number.
Forbes included in his genus Thaumantias several Medusw which
have since been transferred to other genera, viz.:—
Thaumantias pilosella (= Euchilota pilosella).
Thaumantias lucifera (= Obelia lucifera).
Thaumantias melanops (=Tiaropsis multicirrata).
All these have certain characteristic features by which they may
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XX XI.
482 MR, BE. ". BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
be easily recognized. The other fourteen species of Thawmantias
form a miscellaneous group, which, owing to their vague descrip-
tions, have caused a considerable amount of trouble to recent
writers on Medusa.
Haeckel has divided these species amongst two families—
Lhaumantide and Hucopide—the former characterized by the
absence of marginal vesicles, and the latter by the possession of
them. Forbes has omitted the vesicles in the descriptions and
figures of nearly all his species, and according to his views
they were worthless for specific characters. If Forbes had only
added these important organs to his drawings, which have been
rendered almost useless by their omission, the present confusion
would never have arisen. It is clear that Forbes has seen the
marginal vesicles in some of the species, as in his monograph (p. 9)
he writes:—‘I have observed the vibration of the otolites
distinctly in more than one species of Uhaumantias.”
After the publication of Forbes’s monograph the name of
Thaumantias hemispherica appeared on most lists of Medusa,
usually without any description of the medusa.
Since the appearance of Haeckel’s monograph the name has
gone out of fashion, and Phialidium variabile has taken its place.
For three years I have searched for Thaumantias hemispherica
and the allied species, also without marginal vesicles, but without
any success. Hvery specimen, which has the slightest resemblance
to one of Forbes’s figures, possesses marginal vesicles.
I may here add that specimens preserved in alcohol are not to
be relied upon for the absence of marginal vesicles in the living
medusa; the vesicles often shrivel up and the otoliths disappear.
Laopior crvorata (Forskal).
Haeckel has placed under the name of Laodice cruciata no less
than twenty-five synonyms, which are divided into two groups—
one for the Mediterranean form of Laodice cructata, and the other
for the Atlantic form.
The synonyms of the Atlantic form may be divided into two
sets, one referring to Medusa cquorea, Baster (1759), the other to
Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes (1848).
Medusa equorea, Baster (1759); Linnzus (1767).
Callirhoé basteri iana, Péron and Lesueur (1809); Bschscholtz
(1829); Blainville (1834).
The original descriptions and figures of this medusa given by
Baster, and copied by other writers, without any additional
information, appears to me to be too yagne for the purpose of
identification. The drawings clearly show that the sub-umbrella
has been injured, as the stomach and some of the bands of gonads
on the radial canals are in a damaged condition. Whatever kind
of medusa Baster had under observation, the description and
figures appear to be too vague to identify it with any species
known to us at the present day.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 483
The second set of synonyms of the Atlantic form refers to
Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes. This medusa I lave taken and
have been able to clearly establish its identity. The history of
this species is given under Huchilota pilosella in these Notes. It
possesses marginal vesicles and belongs to the Hucopide, and has
no connection whatever with the genus Laodice. Agassiz (1862)
first placed Thaumantias pilosella in the genus Laodice as a
synonym of Laodice stauroglypha.
The synonyms of the Mediterranean form of Laodice cruciata
may be divided into three sets. The first set belongs to the
synonyms of Medusa cruciata, Forskil (1775); the second to
Oceania lineolata, Péron and Lesueur (1809); and the third set to
Thaumantias mediterranea, Gegenbaur (1856).
Medusa cruciata, Forskl (1775).
? Aurelia rufescens, Péron and Lesueur (1809).
Aurelia crucigera, Risso (1826).
Medusa crucigera, Uischscholtz (1829).
Oceania cruciata, Wagner (1841).
? Medusa cacuminata, Modeer (1791).
? Oceania cacuminata, Eschscholtz (1829).
Laodice crucigera, Lesson (1848).
Thaumantias corollata, Leuckart (1856).
Forskal’s description and figures of Medusa cruciata do not
possess any characteristic features by which they may be identified
with any medusa described by recent writers.
Péron gives a vague description of Aurelia rufescens, and believes
it may be identical with Medusa cruciata, Forskil.
Eschscholtz believes that, Medusa cacuminata, Modeer, may be
identical with Forskal’s medusa.
_ Lesson unites all the above synonyms (except Zhawmantias
corollata) under the naine of Laodice crucigera.
It appears that all the early observers were either Aecatlinary
one species, or if two existed they were not able to Geese
clearly one from the other.
Leuckart describes Thaumantias corollata as a new species, and
from the description and figure given it seems to be closely elven
_ to Forskal’s medusa.
The second set of synonyms refers to Aurelia lineolata, Béron
(1809) and Dianea lineolata, Lamarck (1817).
Péron refers to a “ variety of medusa,” Borlase (1758). I have
looked up Borlase’s description and figures: he clearly had under
observation a specimen of Aurelia aurita.
The third set of synonyms refers to a species called Thawmantias
mediterranea, described by Gegenbaur in 1856. ‘This species was
again described by Haeckel in 1864 under the name of Cosmetirg
purctaa. It is quite distinct from Phaumantias pilosella, Vorbes,
It is without marginal vesicles, and possesses both filiform and
club-shaped cirri between the tentacles.
I have taken at Valencia three specimens of a medusa. canal
'31*
484 MM. 2. . BROWNE ON Mar. 17
’
corresponds with the characteristic features of the genus Laodice
in possessing filiform and club-shaped cirri between the tentacles,
and in the absence of marginal vesicles. }
The other species of the genus Laodice (L. mediterranea,
Gegenbaur, Z. calcarata, Agassiz, and L. ulothrix, Haeckel) appear
to differ so slightly from one another, that I am inclined to regard
them as one species.
The species which have been vaguely described by the early
naturalists had better remain provisionally under the name of
Laodice cruciata (Forskal). I think for the present, until more is
known about the genus, that Thaumantias mediterranea had better
be regarded as a distinct species—Laodice mediterranea (Gegen-
baur),—and Cosmetira punctata as a synonym of it.
T do not intend publishing a description of the Valencia Laodice
until I have collected more specimens, which may then throw
some light upon the other species.
Fam. EUcoPID aA,
EUcHILOTA PILOSELLA (Forbes). (Plate XVI. figs. 7 & 7a.)
Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes (1848); Gosse (1853).
Laodice pilosella, Agassiz (1862),
Laodice stawroglypha, Agassiz (1862).
Laodice cruciata, Garstang (1894).
Forbes has given a fairly complete description of this species,
omitting only the marginal vesicles. These important organs
were apparently not considered by Forbes of any importance in
the specific description of a medusa. Gosse found this medusa
very abundant at Ilfracombe, and described it again under the
name Vhawmantias pilosella, with eight marginal vesicles.
At Valencia, during April and May, I found four specimens of
a medusa which is identical with the Thawmantias pilosella of
Forbes and Gosse.
Forbes in his description of the species states :—‘ The umbrella,
which sometimes measures nearly two inches in diameter, but
more usually one, or one and a quarter, is hemispheric, and
shaped like a watch-glass, but much more convex. It is trans-
parent and smooth, except on the sides towards the margin, where _
it is as if woolly, being invested with minute epidermic hairs
composed of fibrous cells. These, though sufficiently conspicuous,
may escape the observer who is not aware of their presence, in
consequence of their transparency.
‘“‘ The margin is fringed by very numerous (100) extensile (but
usually borne rather short), pale pinkish tentacula, with bulbous
bases. The bulbs are ocellated, with dense crescentic masses of
purple pigment-cells. When the margin is much magnified, it is
seen to be bordered by a narrow band or thread of fibrous cells,
from which the tentacles spring, and between each pair there are
six or seven short, fine, secondary tentacles, without ocelli at their
bases... . The sub-umbrella is depressed, and on its surface run the
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 485
four radiating vessels, with a long, linear, somewhat clavate ovary,
of a bright pink colour, commencing very near the centre, and
terminating close to the margin in the course of each. The
stomach is very short, but wide, of a rose colour, and has four
lanceolate, fimbriated lips, bordered by a compact edging of
fibrous cells.”
Gosse’s description differs slightly from that given by Forbes.
His specimens appear to belong to a younger stage, about three-
quarters of an inch in diameter, and with about fifty tentacles. No
mention, however, is made of the ‘‘minute epidermic hairs com posed
of fibrous cells” near the margin of the umbrella. The following
is the description given by Gosse of the marginal vesicles :—
‘‘ Besides these organs (tentacles), the margin is furnished with
others..... They consist of cells, usually more or Jess globose,
each containing one or more spherical bodies of high refrecting
power. Prof. Forbes has not noticed them in his description of
this species ; they are, however, large and peculiar: first in shape,
being semi-elliptical swellings of the substance of the marginal
canal, and secondly in the number of their spherules. The
spherules are arranged in a double crescentic row, those which
form the middle being generally larger than those at the
extremities. The capsules are eight in number, two in each
quadrant, nearly equally distributed ; but not holding any fixed
relation of position to the tentacles.”
The specimens which I took at Valencia have not only the cirri
on the margin of the ex-umbrella (=“ minute epidermic hairs
composed of fibrous cells”) as described by Forbes, but also the
eight adradial marginal vesicles with numerous otoliths, as described
by Gosse. The other details of the species agree with the
description given by Forbes and Gosse.
An early stage was taken at Valencia on May 4th. Umbrella
‘ bell-shaped, 2 mm. in length and width. Four perradial and four
interradial tentacles; and also eight adradial bulbs, from which
tentacles will develop in a later stage. A few cirri on the margin
between the tentacles and bulbs, but none on the edge of the ex-
umbrella, Hight marginal vesicles, each with 4 to 6 otoliths.
The basal bulbs of the tentacles and the bulbs without tentacles
are alike in coloration. There is a yellowish centre nearly sur-
rounded by a deep purplish band, which does not meet on the
inner side of the bulb.
A specimen was taken 15 mm. in width and 11 mm. in length.
Apparently all the large watch-glass shaped medusa are in their
earliest stages bell-shaped, the umbrella being about as long as
wide. The umbrella gradually grows broader; the tentacles at
the same time increase in number.
A. specimen was taken on April 23rd, at Valencia, with the
umbrella 20 mm. in diameter and shaped like a deep watch-glass.
The stomach short, and mouth with four fimbriated lips. On the
margin of the umbrella 28 large tentacles, and between every pair
& large bulb, the commencement of another large tentacle.
486 ue MR, E, 'f, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
Between every bulb and tentacle six to ten cirri, very small and
colourless, Scattered on the ex-umbrella, just above the margin,
are numerous cirri, such as Forbes described.
Hight adradial marginal vesicles, with about twelve otoliths in
each. The gonads are upon the four radial canals, extending from
the stomach nearly to the margin of the umbrella.. The basal
bulbs of the tentacles and the large bulbs without tentacles are
alike in colour; a yellow. centre nearly surrounded by a purplish
band.
I sent to Mr. E. J. Allen, at Plymouth, a description of these
meduse@ taken at Valencia, and asked him to collect specimens for
me. He kindly sent me seven specimens, alive, and some more in
formaline, on June 28th. They were similar to the specimens
taken at Valencia. The marginal vesicles contained a few more
otoliths, arranged in some specimens in two rows. The stomach,
mouth, and gonads purplish in colour. The tentacle-bulbs were
coloured exactly like those of the Valencia specimens. There were
cirri upon the ex-umbrella near the margin, and also between the
tentacles. Diameter of the umbrella 10 to 15 mm.
During a visit to Plymouth, in 1893, I saw some specimens
of’ a medusa, labelled Laodice cruciata, taken by Mr. Garstang.
Some of these specimens are now in my collection. They show
the cirri on the ex-umbrella near the margin, and agree in other
details with the description given by Forbes. The marginal
vesicles are not to be seen, as the specimens are in alcohol. I
have proved over and over again that the marginal vesicles
often shrivel up in spirit-specimens. Therefore, the absence of
vesicles in spirit-specimens does not prove their absence in living
specimens.
During a visit to Plymouth in September, 1895, 1 found in the
tow-net a very young medusa, which I believe, from the coloration
of the tentacle-bulbs, may possibly be the earliest free-swimming
stage of Muchilota prlosella. (Pl. XVI. figs. 7 & 7a.)
Umbrella bell-shaped, about 1 mm. in length and width. Eight
marginal vesicles, with a single otolith in seven of them and two
otoliths in the other one (the number of otoliths increases with
age). Two opposite perradial tentacles, very short, and two
opposite perradial bulbs, without tentacles. The basal bulbs of
the tentacles are alike in coloration, a yellowish centre with a
purplish band; the bulbs without tentacles colourless.
The mouth has four lips, and the stomach extends into the
substance of the umbrella, terminating in an apical stalk, which
shows that the medusa has not long been liberated either from
another medusa or from a hydroid colony, in this case probably
from the latter. I placed this medusa in an aquarium ; nine days
later the apical stalk had disappeared, but the tentacles remained
in same condition.
I think there should be no difficulty in identifying Huchilota
pilosella, The cirri upon the ex-umbrella near the margin and
the eight marginal vesicles distinguish it from any other species,
1896.] | BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSE. 487
Mitrocomella polydiadema (Romanes) is very much like Huchilota.
ptlosella to the naked eye; but it has sixteen marginal yesicles
and no cirri upon the ex-umbrella.
Disrrizurion. Scotland—Shetland Islands, Jorbes.
England—Plymouth, Garstang, Allen. Falmouth, Alder.
Ireland—Valencia Island, Z. 7’. B. ;
EPENTHESIS CYMBALOIDEA, Haeckel.
This is another mysterious medusa which has been handed down
to us by the ancient naturalists. Slabber first described it under the
name of Medusa cymbaloidea in 1775, and Shaw (1789) has copied
Slabber’s figures and also changed the name to Medusa campanella.
To judge from the figures given, the medusa appears to be very
much like Thaumantias hemispherica (Gronovius) with fewer
tentacles. The generative organs occupy the outer half of the
radial canals. The medusa was caught by Slabber in the act of
swallowing a fish, tail foremost, of which a figure is given:
Lamarck (1817) has copied Slabber’s description, and Eschscholtz
(1829) changed the generic namo to Thaumaniias.
Blainville (1834) has given again Slabber’s account of the species
and copied his figures, but has left out the wonderful fish.
Haeckel (1879) has placed all these references under the name
of Epenthesis cymbaloidea, a genus of the Eucopidx,and characterized
by the possession of 16 marginal vesicles and 16 tentacles,
Amongst the synonyms Haeckel has placed Thawmantias
thompsoni, Forbes, which is also given as a doubtful synonym of
Thaumantias forbesit, Haeckel (Thaumantide, Haeckel). The
figure of Slabber’s medusa bears no resemblance to I’orbes’s species,
which is more like Phialidium buskianum (Gosse). It only requires
the addition of the necessary marginal vesicles to make the identi-
fication complete. These Haeckel has added.
Eucope gemmigera, Keferstein (1862), is also given as a synonym
by Haeckel of Epenthesis cymbaloidea. According to Keferstein
this medusa has a ciliated medusa-bud upon the stomach. I
prefer for the present to regard this medusa as a distinct species.
The medusa-bud is not described in detail and the figure shows —
the external shape only. It may bea young stage of the parasitic
Halcampa, which often attaches itself to the stomach or the
generative organs of meduse.
Epenthesis cymbaloidea, Haeckel, and its synonyms have no
connection whatever with Phialidiwm cymbaloideum (Van Beneden).
PHIALIDIUM VARIABILE, Haeckel.
Under this name Haeckel has united several species which I
consider to be quite distinct. He gives no less than 26 references
which are divided into two sets, one for the Mediterranean and
the other for the Atlantic Ocean.
Just as in the case of Thaumantias hem:spherica, the early
writers omitted the marginal vesicles, which amongst the Eucopide
488 SE MR. B. 'T. BROWNE ON ; [Mar. 17,
are of the greatest importance for the identification of the
species.
Péron and Lesueur (1809) first described two medusze— Oceania
flavidula from Nice [ = Dianea flavidula, Lamarck (1817); Phiali-
dium flavidulum, Haeckel (1877)}, and Oceania phosphorica from
the English Channel [=Dianwa phosphorica, Lamarck (1817) ;
Oceania phosphorica, Agassiz (1862); Phialidiwm phosphoricum,
Haeckel (1877)]. These Haeckel has given as synonyms of
Phialidium variabile. The original descriptions appear to me to
be too vague for the identification of the species, as the marginal
vesicles have been omitted, —
Two other meduse are placed amongst the synonyms by Haeckel
viz. Hucope variabilis, Claus (1864), and Thawmantias buskiana,
Gosse (1853). They may belong to the same species, but I perfer
to keep them apart until their hydroid forms have been recognized,
as Lucope variabilis belongs to the Mediterranean (Trieste), and
Thaumantias buskiana to the British Seas.
Thaumantias buskiana I consider a distinct species, and refer to
it in this paper under the name of Phialidium buskianum.
Claus (1864 and 1881) has given an excellent description with
figures of the growth of the medusa Phialidium (Hucope) variabile.
It is quite possible that Geryonia planata, Will (1844), from
Trieste, Thaumantias dubia, Kolliéker (1853), from Messina, and
Phialidium viridicans, Leuckart (1856), from Nice, may be stages
in developmeet of Phialidium variabile (Claus).
T have recognized as a distinct species Z’hawmantias cymbaloides,
Van Beneden (1861). It possesses only eight marginal vesicles,
by which it may be easily distinguished from the other species.
T refer again to this species under the name of Phialidium cymba-
loideum (Van Beneden).
I have found another species which apparently has been mixed
up with Phialidiun cymbaloideum (Van Beneden). I cannot find a
good description of this medusa by which it may be distinctly
recognized from the other species. To prevent confusion I propose
to call this species Phialidium temporarium. It is very much like
Phialidium ferrugineum, Haeckel (1864), from the Mediterranean.
Tt may be the same species, but I prefer to keep them apart until
the hydroid forms of both have been clearly identified.
According to Hincks (1868) there are four distinct species of
hydroids,viz. Clytia johnstonii, Alder, Campanulina acuminata, Alder,
C. repens, Allman, and C. turrita, Hincks, which liberate medusx
almost identical in form. These, I have but little doubt, will even-
tually be proved to be connected with meduse# belonging to the
genus Phialidium. At present the rearing of these young meduse
has not been carried to the stage which is necessary to connect
them for a certainty with the free-swimming Phialidium.
PHIALIDIUM BUSKIANUM, Gosse. (Plate XVI. figs.6 & 6a.) |
During wy visit to Plymouth in September 1893 and 1895, I
collected many specimens of a medusa in various stages of develop-
3
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 489
ment. Owing to the ripe state of the ova in some of the specimens,
I was able to distinguish the species as Thaumantias buskiana,
Gosse. It is quite distinct from Phialidium temporarium and
Phialidium cymbaloideum, as the generative organs never extend
along the outer half of the radial canals, and are always round
or slightly oval in shape.
It may be difficult to distinguish this species in its early stages
from Phialidiam temporarium. I have not yet met with the two
species together; the latter appears in the spring and the early
part of the summer, and the former in the autumn.
Gosse named this species after Busk (1849), who described a
similar medusa (without giving it a specific name) taken in the
Solent during the autumn of 1848.
Unfortunately Busk’s figures of the medusa are useless for
identification. I believe that Busk took specimens of this species
and also of other species which he has confused with it.
Gosse was the first to give this species a description by which
it may be readily identified. The following is an abstract of the
description :—Umbrella when young globose, when older hemi-
spherical or shallow campanulate, from 2 to 6 mm. in diameter,
transparent and colourless. The margin of the umbrella fringed
with 20-32 tentacles, very slender and extensile, with yellowish
basal bulbs. A marginal vesicle between every two tentacles; some-
times two vesicles present, and occasionally a vesicle has two
otoliths. Ovaries small, oval, on the radial canals, containing
globular ova in various degrees of development. Stomach small
and quadrangular. ‘Taken at Ilfracombe in the autumn.
The Plymouth specimens agree with the description given by
Gosse.
The species closely resembles Phialidium variabile (Claus), from
the Mediterranean. I prefer to keep them separate for the
present until the hydroid forms have been identified.
Italso closely resembles the figure given by Forbes of Thaumantias
thompsoni, which was taken by Forbes on the coast of Cornwall
and in Roundstone Bay on the west coast of Ireland.
Bohm (1878) has described the medusa under the name of Clytia
johnston from Heligoland.
Hartlaub (1894) has recorded Phialidium variabile (Claus) (not
Haeckel) from Heligoland.
PHIALIDIUM TEMPORARIUM, Browne, (Plate XVIL. figs. 4, 5, 6.)
I find it is necessary to give a specific name to one of the
commonest medusx on our coasts. It is probable that Forbes
_ described this species under the name of Thaumantias hemispherica,
but as Haeckel has taken Thaumantias hemispherica as the type of
the genus Thaumantias, and many other naturalists have placed
the species upon their lists, it is necessary to retain it. I have
already described some specimens of this species under the name
of Phiakidium variabile, Haeckel, in the ‘ Report on the Isle of
Man Medusw’; but I have since discovered that Phialidium
490 : MR. D, ’, BROWNE ON [ Mar. 17,
variabile, Haeckel, consists of several distinct species, one of them
being Phialidium (Hucope) variabile (Claus), a species probably
identical with Phialidiwm buskianum (Gosse).
Béhm (1878) has given Campanulina acuminata as the name
of this species, which he has described and figured in the adult
stage, taken off Heligoland. Béhm has not reared the medusa
from the hydroid, and does not show that the young medusa from
the hydroid Campanulina acuminatu develops into the medusa
which he has described under the same name in the adult condition.
No doubt the young meduse from the hydroid Campanulina
acuminata do develop into one of the species belonging to the
genus Phialidium. Yor this reason I have not used Bohm’s specific
name of the adult medusa, as it may not belong to the hydroid
Campanulina acuminata.
I give here a description of the various stages of Phialidiwm
temporartum :—
. Ist Stage. Four tentacles. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)—The earliest
free-swimming stage, which I have seen, was taken at Valencia
in May 1895. Umbrella bell-shaped, about ? mm. in length and
width. Four perradial tentacles and four interradial tentacle-bulbs.
Hight marginal vesicles with a single otolith in each. Tentacle-bulbs
and the basal bulbs of the tentacles yellowish brown, Stomach
short; mouth with four short lips. In one specimen the apical
stall, ‘or the prolongation of the stomach into the substance of the
umbrella, was still present, indicating that the medusa had not
long been liberated from its hydroid. The generative organs form
@ minute round or oval swelling, one on each radial canal, about
halfway down.
2nd Stage. Hight tentacles —The interradial bulbs belonging to
the first stage develop tentacles, and a little later some of the
adradial bulbs begin to appear. It may be sometimes difficult to
distinguish at this stage this species from Phialidium cymbaloidewm,
as both possess eight 1 marginal vesicles, but in the latter species I
have always seen at least two otoliths in all the vesicles. In
Phialidium temporarium occasionally two otoliths may be present
in one vesicle, but never in all the vesicles.
3rd Stage. Siateen tantacles and 16 or more marginal vesicles.—
The adradial tentacles appear in no definite order, so that one
quadrant sometimes contains more tentacles than another. The
marginal vesicles also increase in number, one is always present
between every two tentacles, occasionally two may be present.
The umbrella grows faster in width than in length, being about 6
to 7 mm. in width and 4 to 5 mm. in length. The generative
organs grow downward towards the margin and become oval-
shaped. The colour of the generative organs shows slight variations,
usually yellowish brown, occasionally reddish brown.
Adult Stage. (Plate XVII. figs. 5 & 6.)—The largest Specimen
which I have measured was 21 mm. in width and 11 mm. in length,
with 38 tentacles, ‘'wo or three marginal vesicles between every
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSE. 491
two tentacles, with a single otolith in each. - This specimen was
taken off the ale of Man. ,
Another specimen, taken at Taleo measured 20 mm. in width
and 11 mm. in length, with 39 tentacles. One to three vesicles
between every two tentacles, with a single otolith.
_ Thirty-nine tentacles is the maximum number which I none
counted in one specimen, and I have not seen more than three
marginal vesicles between’ two tentacles. One or two vesicles are
“usually present between every two tentacles in specimens possessing
80 to 35 tentacles, and one to three vesicles in specimens with more
than 35 tentalces. The stomach is short, of a yellowish-brown
colour; and mouth with four lips. The generative organs occupy
nearly the whole length of the lower or outer half of each radial
canal, and terminate very close to the ring-canal. In mature
specimens the generative organs hang in folds and are usually of a
yellowish-brown colour. I have noticed in some specimens belong-
ing to the intermediate stages that the generative organs have a
greenish appearance, and occasionally the stomach and tentacles are
greenish too. The greenish colour is not due to a green pigment,
but to the reflection of light upon the organs.
Many specimens ‘taken at Valencia were infested with a species
of Cercaria which lives in the mesoglea. Halcampa usually selected
this medusa, and was often seen attached to one of the generative
organs, which showed a remarkable decrease in size compared
with the others.
PHIATIDIUM CYMBALOIDEUM (Van Beneden). (Plate XVII. figs.1,
2, & 2a.)
Van Beneden first described this medusa in 1866 under the
name of Thawmantias cymbaloides. I have changed the specilic
name from the Greek to Latin form, in accordance with the rules
on nomenclature. This species has no connection whatever with
Medusa cymbaloidea, Slabber, and the synonyms connected with it,
which Haeckel has placed under the name of Epenthesis cymba-
loidea.
I first recognized this medusa antine: my visit to Valencia in
1895, and was able to see many stages in development. As it
often occurred along with Phialidium er eran I was able to
compare the different stages.
Van Beneden has not given a figure of the species, but his
description is sufficiently good to recognize without doubt its
identity with the meduse taken at Valencia.
lst Stage. Four tentacles. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)—Umbrella bell-
shaped, about 14 mm. in length and about 1 mm. in width, with
thick walls ( thicker than in the corresponding stage of Phialidium
temporarium). Four perradial tentacles, fairly long, and four inter-
radial tentacle-bulbs. The basal bulbs of the téntacles and the
tentacle-bulbs of a yellowish or reddish-brown colour. Hight
adradial marginat vesicles, cach with two 0 or three otoliths. The
492 MR, E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
reproductive organs form a small oval swelling about halfway
down each of the four radial canals. In some of the specimens
belonging to this stage the stomach is prolonged into the substance
of the umbrella. The prolongation or apical stalk disappears in
the later stages, but its presence indicates in some species that the
medusa has not long been liberated from its hydroid. The mouth
has four small lips.
Qnd Stage. Hight tentacles—The interradial tentacle-bulbs_
belonging to the first stage develop tentacles, and a few adradial
tentacle-bulbs begin to appear. The marginal vesicles never exceed
eight even in the adult form, but the otoliths show an increase in
number. At this stage sometimes four otoliths may be present,
but usually two or three. Width of the umbrella about 3 mm.
and slightly less in height.
3rd Stage. Siwteen tentacles—The adradial tentacles appear in
no definite order, and when they reach nearly their full size other
tentacle-bulbs commence to grow. The generative organs form a
long oval patch upon the radial canals. The otoliths in each
vesicle vary from two to four. Diameter of the umbrella 4 to
5 mm.
Adult Form. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)—I place under this head all
specimens with more than 16 tentacles. ‘They increase in number
until 32 is reached, but this number may not be the maximum,
though it is the most I have seen in a specimen, The marginal
vesicles always remain eight in nurber, one of the characteristic
features of the species and by which it may be distinguished from
‘Phialidium temporarium. The otoliths in the vesicles show con-
siderable variation even in the same individual. Three or four
appear to be about the usual number present but sometimes more.
One specimen had five to eight otoliths, The umbrella becomes
very thick especially at the aboral end. By the thickness of the
umbrella I could usually recognize this species in an aquarium
when in company with Phialidium temporarium.
The generative cells, which in the earliest stage form a small
oval patch about halfway down each radial canal, gradually grow
downwards or outwards but do not touch the margin. Usually
of a yellowish-brown colour.
The largest specimen seen measured 13 mm. in width and 4 mm.
in height. During my visit to Plymouth in September 1893 I
saw several specimens of this medusa, belonging to the Istand 2nd
stages, and some early stages at Port Erin in May 1894.
According to Haeckel this medusa, possessing only eight mar-
ginal vesicles and no cirri, ought to be placed in the genus Tiaropsis.
But as the medusa is more like the species belonging to Phialidium
than Tiaropsis, I prefer to place it temporarily in the genus Phia-
lidium until its hydroid has been found, rather than make a new
genus.
Evrima instanis (Keferstein).
Siphonorhynchus insignis, Keferstein (1862),
1896.} BRITISH WYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 493
Entima insignis, Haeckel (1879); Garstang (1894); Browne
(1895).
A single specimen taken at Plymouth on 3rd October, 1893.
Umbrella 7 mm. in width and 33 mm. in Jength. Stomach
about 2 mm. long, situated on a peduncle 7 mm. long. Mouth
with four Jarge lips. Four very long perradial tentacles, about
20 mm. in length when fully expanded, with a pair of cirri at the
base of each. About 30 marginal bulbs, each with a pair of cirri.
Eight adradial marginal vesicles, each with 2-5 otoliths. ‘The
gonads are on the lower half of the peduncle along the radial
canals. The medusa is perfectly colourless.
Another specimen taken at Plymouth on 7th September, 1895.
Umbrella 8 mm. in width and 4 mm. in length. Thirty-nine
marginal bulbs, which are not evenly distributed upon the margin
of the umbrella ; the four quadrants of the umbrella possessing 9,
13, 7, and 10 bulbs. The gonads are just commencing to develop
upon the radial canals, close to the stomach. The marginal
vesicles with 3-4 otoliths. In other details the specimen resembles
the one described above.
Disrripution.—France, St. Vaast, Keferstein.
England—Ply mouth, Garstang; £. 7. B. Isle of Man, Browne.
SAPHBNIA MIRABILIS (Wright). (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)
Goodsirea mirabilis, Wright (1859).
Saphenia mirabilis, Haeckel (1879); Cunningham (1891); Bles
(1892) ; Garstang (1894); Browne (1895).
Cunningham obtained some hundreds of specimens off the
Hddystone, at night, on 16th July, 1891. The Jargest 12 mm. in
diameter.
At the end of September 1893 I found two specimens at
Plymouth having the umbrella about 6 mm. in diameter, and eight
marginal vesicles each with three otoliths. During September 1895
I met with a few more specimens at Plymouth. One specimen
5 mm. in width and 5 mm. in length. Eight marginal vesicles
with 1-5 otoliths, but the majority possessed 3 otoliths. Two
long opposite, perradial tentacles, with a pair of cirri at the base
of each. Thirty-nine marginal bulbs, not evenly distributed
between the radial cauals ; a pair ofcirri usually present on each
bulb. Manubrium very long. Medusa colourless.
A very small medusa taken on 16th Sept., 1895, may possibly be
the earliest free-swimming stage of Saphenia (Plate XVI. fig. 5 and
fig. 5a). Umbrella bell-shaped, slightly longer than wide; about
2 mm. in length. Manubrium about one quarter the length of
the umbrella-cavity.
The stomach is not on a peduncle, but has a short conical knob
at its base extending into the mesoglea of the umbrella and
terminating in a short apical stalk, which does not reach to the
ex-umbrella.
On the margin of the umbrella, two opposite, perradial tentacles,
with a pair of cirri at the base of each; two opposite, perradial
494 / MR, B. , BROWND ON [Mar. 17,
bulbs, without tentacles; one of the bulbs has a short cirrus; and
also four interradial and eight adradial bulbs, without cirri. . Hight:
marginal vesicles, with a single otolith, situated close to the
perradial canals,
This medusa is clearly a very early stage, not long liberated
from a hydroid. The presence of cirri tends to show that it may
develop into a medusa like Saphenia, or may bud two more ten-
tacles and become like Hutima. As it resembles Saphenia in its
present condition, I have placed it here until the hydroid form
is identified.
At the end of May 1895 I found two specimens in Valencia
Harbour. The smaller 4 mm. in diameter. As this medusa has
been so little described, I give the characteristic points of the
largest specimen (Pl. XVII. fig. 3):— Umbrella 9 mm. in width and
5 mm. in length. Manubrium about 10 mm. long. The two
opposite, perradial tentacles about 15 mm. in length, when fully
expanded ; twelve to fifteen marginal bulbs in each quadrant
of the umbrella ; the tentacles and all the bulbs with cirri.
Eight marginal vesicles with 3-5 otoliths, The medusa is com-
pletely colourless, except fora delicate pinkish tinge on the stomach
and lips.
Disrripution. Scotland—Firth of Forth, Wright.
England—Plymouath, Cunningham; Bles; Garstang; E. T. B.
Isle of Man, Browne.
Treland—Voalencia Island, #. 7. B.
OcrorcHIS GEGENBAURI, Haeckel.
Octorchis gegenbauri, Haeckel (1864) (1879).
A. single specimen of this medusa was taken, for the first’ time
in British Seas, at Plymouth on 7th September, 1895. Only two
species—O. gegenbauri and O. campanulatus—are known and are
only recorded from the Mediterranean. ‘The Plymouth Octorchis
does not correspond exactly to the descriptions given by Haeckel
of either the above species, but appears to be an intermediate
form, a kind of connecting link between the two species. As it is
more like O. gegenbauri, I have placed it under that name.
_ Umbrella bell-shaped, 6 mm. in length and.9 mm. in width.
Manubrium when fully expanded 12 mm. long. Peduncle quad-
rangular, about five times as long as the stomach; mouth with
four large, crenate lips.. Hight tentacles (4 perradial and 4 inter-
radial), about 10 mm. long when expanded, about 2 mm. long when
contracted, without cirri at the base. About 60 bulbs, or warts,
eyenly distributed on the margin of the umbrella, nearly every
one with short spiral cirrus. Eight marginal yesicles, adradial,
with 6 to 10 otoliths in two rows. On each of the four radial
canals, about the middle of the peduncle, there is an oval mass of
ova, and also a genital band, probably containing spermatozoa,
extending along the radial canals from the base of the peduncle
nearly to the margin of the umbrella.’ Medusa perfectly
colourless, ere nite! Sha ilisseley.3 eee
1896.} BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MBDUSZ. 495
TRACHOMEDUSA.
Fam. GHRYONIDS.
LIRIANTHA APPENDICULATA (Forbes).
Geryonia appendiculata Forbes (1848).
Lnriope appendiculata, Gegenbaur (1856) ; Agassiz (1862).
Xanthea appendiculata, Haeckel (1864).
Liriantha appendiculata, Haeckel (1879).
This medusa was exceedingly abundant at Plymouth during the
whole of September and the early part of October, 1893. As
most of the specimens belonged to the early stages, I was able to
trace its development.
Furst Stage-—Uwbrella sub-globose, from 1 to 2 mm. wide, and
about as long. Velum very broad. On the margin of the
umbrella there are four interradial tentacles, about half the length
of the umbrella, and are usually carried in an upright position
alongside the ex-umbrella. On the inner side of these tentacles
there are rows of nematocysts, which are directed outwards when
the tentacle is alongside the umbrella. These tentacles remain
throughout life. On the ex-umbrella, about one-third the distance
from the margin, are situated four little, perradial, primary
tentacles; each consists of a large cluster of nematocysts upon a
short stalk. Within the bulb containing the nematocysts there is
a fine whip-like tongue, which I have seen occasionally protruded
and after moving rapidly about in every direction withdrawn again
inside the.bulb. These primary tentacles disappear later in life.
The characteristic features of this stage are the primary per radial
tentacles and the absence of a manubrium.
Second Stage.—During this stage the manubrium commences to
grow downwards, a continuation of the edge of the circular
opening in the first stage. At the same time four perradial
tentacles commence to grow from the margin of the umbrella.
They differ considerably from the interradial tentacles, and are
not carried in an upright position, but hang down or trail behind
the umbrella when the medusa is in motion and can be extended
to a considerable length. Hach tentacle has numerous rings of
nematocysts. The lateral primary tentacles on the umbrella are
usually present, but one or two may be absent: Medusx belonging
to this stage may be characterized by possessing four perradial
tentacles on the margin of the umbrella, and a short manubrium,
not reaching to the velum. Umbrella about 3 mm. in diameter
-and colourless.
Third Stage.—This is really the commencement of the adult
stage, as-the gonads begin to develop upon the radial canals. The
lateral tentacles disappear and small scars mark their former
position upon the ex-umbrella. The manubrium extends slightly
beyond the cavity of the umbrella. Umbrella about 4 mm. in
diameter. I have divided the early. stages into these three
496 MM, E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,
divisions, as most of the specimens taken could thus be separated
in the process of sorting; but the whole collection formed one
continuous series.
The Adult Stage.—Forbes first described the adult form from a
few specimens which he obtained at Dartmouth (Aug. 31, 1845),
at Portland, and about 15 miles off the Devonshire coast. I have
not seen any other records of the capture of this medusa. I do
not think it is a native of our seas, but rather an occasional visitor.
It was very abuudant in 1893, but I did not see a single specimen
during my visit to Plymouth in September 1895. Its home may
be in the Mediterranean or in the warmer parts of the Atlantic.
The description given by Gegenbaur of Liriantha mucronata from
the Mediterranean corresponds very closely to the British species.
I do not intend here to give a complete description of the adult,
as it may be easily identified from the description and figures
iven by Forbes. It possesses the usual eight sense-organs
(“‘ Hérbliischen”), The heart-shaped generative organs are
nearer the margin than Forbes’s figures show them to be. Haeckel
places great importance upon the glossoconus (“ Zungenkegel ”),
which is the conical termination of the peduncle inside the stomach.
He divides the genus Liriantha into two subgenera, one with and
the other without the glossoconus. Forbes’s Liriantha is placed in
the subgenus without the glossoconus, as Forbes never described
it; but I have seen it in the Plymouth specimens. Unless
specially looked for, it may be easily passed over.
Mr. E. J. Allen, in a letter from Plymouth dated 9th January,
1896, informs me that specimens of Liriantha appendiculata were
taken at Plymouth on 7th and 8th of January. It is very
interesting to note the occurrence of this medusa in the middle of
winter.
NARCOMEDUS&.
Fam. SOLMARID &,
SoLMARIS, sp. ?
Two early stages of a medusa belonging to this genus were
taken about three miles south of Plymouth on 7th September,
1895. The umbrella of the largest specimen about 2 mm. in
diameter, with 15 lappets. There is a brownish sense-organ
(“ Hérkélbchen”) in the centre of each alternate lappet. Vifteen
tentacles, one between every two lappets. No genital ring present.
Umbrella and tentacles colourless. The other specimen, about
1 mm. in diameter, with 14 tentacles, 14 umbrella-lappets, seven
sense-organs, one on each alternate lappet. The figure (pl. xx.
fig. 7) given by Haeckel of Solmaris coronantha is very much like
the appearance of the young meduse taken at Plymouth.
The medusw belonging to the genus Solmaris are not natives
of our cold seas. Most of the species inhabit the tropical seas;
three, however, have been found in the Mediterranean, and one
(S. coronantha) off the Canary Islands.
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 497
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Agassiz, A. 1865. North Amevican Acalephe. (Cambridge, Mass.)
Aeassiz, L. 1862. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S.A., vol. iv. (Boston.)
Auprr, J. 1857. ‘Catal. Zoophytes Northumberland and
Durham.” | Trans. Tyneside Field Club, vol. iii. pp. 100-162,
pls. iti.-x. (Newcastle.)
——. 1862. ‘Suppl. Catal. Zooph. Northumberland and
Durham.” Trans. Tyneside Field Club, vol. v. pp. 225-247,
pls. vili.—xi.
Auten, E. J. 1895. “Taunistic Notes.” Journ. Mar. Biol.
Assoc. vol. iv. pp. 48-52. (Plymouth.)
Atiman, G. J. 1859. “ Notes on Hydroid Zooph.” Ann. Nat.
Hist. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 48-35.
—. 1863. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi. pp. 1-12.
1864. “On the Construction and Limitation of Genera
among the Hydroida.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xiii.
pp. 345-380.
——. 1871-72. Mon. Gvmn. Hydroids. Ray Soc. (London.)
Baster, J. 1759. Opuscula Subseciva etc. Harlemi.
Bonupen, Van. 1866. Recherches sur la faune littorale de
Belgique. 4to. (Bruxelles.)
Buarnvitin, H. M. 1834. Manuel d’Actinologie. (Paris.)
Buss, E. J. 1892. “Notes on the Plankton.” Journ. Mar. Biol,
Assoc. vol. ii. pp. 840-43. (Plymouth.)
Béum, R. 1878. “ Helgolander Leptomedusen.” Jena. Zeitschr.
f. Naturw. vol. xii. pp. 68-203, Taf. ii.—vii.
. Bornase, W. 1758. Nat. Hist. Cornwall. (Oxford.)
Browns, E.T. 1895. “ Report on Medusw of L.M.B.C. District
(Isle of Man).” ‘Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. ix. pp. 243-
286. Reprinted in ‘Fauna of Liverpool Bay,’ vol. iv.
(Liverpool.)
Busx, G. 1849. Trans. Microsc. Soc. London, vol. iii. p. 22,
pls. vii., vili.
Craparkps, EB. 1860. “ Beitrige zur Fauna der schottischen Kiiste.
Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. x. pp. 401-8, Taf. xxii. (Leipzig.)
——. 1863. Beob. iiber wirbelloser Thiere. (Leipzig.)
Cuaus, C. 1864. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xiv. p. 389,
Taf. xxviii: (Leipzig.)
—. 1881. Arb. Zool. Instit. Wien, Bd. iv. p. 23, pl. iv.
Cuuss, J. A. 1886. ‘List of Medusa.” Fauna of Liverpool
Bay, vol. i. pp. 114-119.
Cooxs, W.P. 1849. ‘Fauna of Falmouth.” Rep. Roy. Cornwall
Polytech. Soc. pp. 38-101.
Crawrorp, J. H. 1891. “Notes on Medusew of St. Andrews
Bay.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. pp. 295-297.
1895. “ Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay.” Ann. Nat. Hist,
ser. 6, vol. xvi. pp. 256-262.
CunnineHam, J. T. 1891. “On Saphenia mirabilis.” Journ,
Mar. Biol. Assoc. vol. ii. p. 194. (Plymouth.)
Proc. Zoon. Soo.— 1896, No. XXXII. 32
2
498 ' M2, B,T. BROWNE ON © {Mar. 17,
Duerpin, J. KE. 1893. “ Hydroida of the S.W. Coast of Ireland.”
Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. ser. 3, vol. ili. pp. 137-150, (Dublin.)
Escusouorrz, J. F. 1829. System der Acalephen. (Berlin.)
Fiemine, J. 1828. British Animals. (Hdinburgh.)
Fores, E. 1841. Contrib. to Brit. Actinology. Ann. Nat. Hist.
vol. vii. p. 81-85, pl. i.
——. 1848. Brit. Naked-eyed Medusw. Ray Soc. (London.)
Yorsxin, P. 1775. Descriptiones Animalium. (Hauniz.)
Garsranc, W. 1894. ‘“ Faunistic Notes.” Journ. Mar. Biol.
Assoc. vol. iii. pp. 210-235. (Plymouth.)
GreEyBaur, C. 1856. ‘Versuch. Syst. Medusen.” Zeitschr.
f. wiss. Zool. Taf. viii. pp. 202-273. (Leipzig.)
Garp, A. 1888. “Fragments Biologiques.” Bull. Sci. France
et Belg. tom. xix. (ser. 3, vol. i.) pp. 317-8, pl. xxi. (Paris.)
Gossn, P. H. 1853. Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire
Coast. (London.)
——. 1857. “On a new form of Corynoid Polypes.” Trans.
Linn. Soe. yol. xxii. pp. 113-116, pl. xx. (London.) ,
Groene, J. R. 1857. *‘ Acalephw of the Dublin Coast.” Nat.
Hist. Review, vol. iv. pp. 242-250, pls. xiv., xv. (London.)
Gronovius, L. T. 1760. Acta Helvetica, vol. iv. p. 38. (Basilia.)
Hlappon, A. ©. 1885. “Tauna of Dublin Bay.” Proc. Roy.
Trish Acad. ser. 2, vol. iy. pp. 523-4381.
Haroxnn, FE. 1864. ** Beschr. Medusen Golfe yon Nizzia.” Jena.
Zeitschr. Naturw. Band i. pp. 325-42.
1879. Das System der Medusen. (Jena.)
Harrnaus, C. 1894. “Coelenteraten Helgolands.” Arbeiten
Biol. _Anstalt Helgoland (1893) (Wiss. Meeresuntersuch- |
ungen, n. I’. Bd. i. Hf. L), pp. 161-206. (Itel.)
Hicks, J., and Herpman, W. A. 1886. Hydroida. Fauna of
Liverpool Bay, vol. i. pp. 95-113. (Liverpool.)
Hinexs, T. 1861. “On Clavatella.”’ Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3
vol. vii. pp. 73-81, pls. vii.—viii.
——. 1868. Brit. Hydroid Zooph. (London.)
—. 1872. “On Lar sabellurum.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. x.
pp. 313-317, pl. xix.
Hoper, J. 1861. “Mar. Zool. Seaham MWHarbour.” ‘Trans.
_ ‘Tyneside Field Club, vol. v. pp. 78-82, pl. ii. (Newcastle.)
Horr, E. W. 1891. “Invert. Fauna St. Andrews Bay.” Ann,
Nat. Ilist. ser. 6, vol. viii. pp. 182-184.
Jounsron, G. 1847. Brit. Zoophytes. (London.)
Kroun, A. 1861. “On Eleuthera.” Arch. f. Naturg. Bd. xxvii.
pp. 157-170, (Berlin.)
Kurursrprn. 1862. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xii.
Koériicur, A. 1853. Zeitschr.f. wiss Zool. Bd. iv. pp. 299-370. °
Lamanrcg, J. 1816. Hist. Nat. Animaux sans Vert. vol. ii. (Paris.)
Lusson, R. 1843. Acaléphes. (Paris.)
Luvckarr, R. 1856. “ Beitr. Medusenfauna Nizza.” Arch. f.
Naturw. Bd. xxii. pp. 1-40, Taf. i., ii. (Berlin.)
Linnaus, C. 1767. Systema Nature. dit. xii.
?
1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSH. 499
Maas,O. 1893. Crasped. Medusen. Plankton Exped. (Leipzig.)
Macarryry. 1810. Phil. Trans. p. 262, pl. xiv. fig. 3. (London.)
M‘Inrosn, W. C. 1890. St. Andrews Mar. Lab. Rep., No. xi.
Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. pp. 296-306.
Moprrr. 1791. Nova Acta phys. Med. vol. viii. (Stockholm.)
Minter, O. F. 1766. Zool. Danice et Norvegix, 8vo. (Havniz.)
1788-1806. Zool. Danica. 4 vols. folio. (Havnie.)
Pracu, C. W. 1849. Report Roy. Instit. Cornwall, pp. 43-53.
Péron and Lesunur. 1809. ‘Tableau de Méduses.” Mus. Hist.
Nat. Annal. xiv. pp. 825-366. (Paris.)
Quarreraces, A. 1842. “On Lleutheria.” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2,
tom. xvii, pp. 270-283. (Paris.)
Risso, A. 1826. Hist. Nat. de Nice, vol. v. (Paris.)
Sars, M. 1835. Beskrivelser og Iagt. ete. (Bergen.)
1846. Fauna littoralis Norvegie, i. (Christiania. )
——. 1859. “On the genus Corymorphe” (forhandl. i Vid.
Selsk. i Christiania, 1859). Transl. by Dallas: Anu. Nat. Hist.
ser. 3, vol. vill. pp. 353-360.
——. 1877. On Cwlenterates. auna littoralis Norvegia, iii.
pp. 1-48, ‘Taf. 1-1.
SHaw. 1789. Nat. Miscell. vol. vi. pl. 196.
- 1812. Nat. Miscell. vol. xxii. pl. 956.
Strasser. 1775. Physikalische Belustigungen. 4to. (Niirnberg.)
Sreensrrur, J. 1842. Generationswechsel. Transl. by Busk:
“ Alternations of Generations.” Ray Soc. 1845.
Vautentin, R. 1893. “ Pelagic Life of Falmouth.” Journ. Roy.
Instit. Cornwall, pp. 1-23. (Truro.)
Waener, R. 1841. Leones Zootomice. (Leipzig.)
Witt, ¥. 1844. Hore Tergestine. 4to. (Leipzig.)
Wintuer, G. 1880. Naturh. Tidssk. Bd. xii. pp. 223-278.
(Copenhagen.)
Wricut,T.8. 1858. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. i. pp. 447—
455, pls. xxil., xxiii.
—. 1859. Hdinb. New Phil. Journ. vol. x. pp. 105-114,
2 plates.
——. 1861. “Brit. Zoophytes.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
vol. vill. pp. 120-135, pls. iii—-v.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XVI.
Fig. 1. Corymorpha nutans, adult 9, x 10; p. 463. Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 2. Dipurena, sp.?, probably a young stage, X 60; p. 473. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 3. Lar sebellarum (Willsia stellata), let stage, X 25; p. 468. Plymouth,
1893.
Fig. 4. Lar sabellarum (Willsia stellata), 3rd stage, X 15; p. 468. Plymouth,
1893.
Fig. 5. Saphenia mirabilis (?), an early stage, x 40; p. 493. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 5a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella.
Fig. 6. Phialidium buskianum, adult, X 8; p. 488. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 6a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella,
Fig. 7. Euchilota pilosella (?), an early stage, X 25; p. 484. Plymouth, 1895.
Fig. 7a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella. ane
O
500 MR, A, SMITH WOODWARD ON DXTINCT [Mar. 17,
Pruate XVII.
Fig. 1. Phialidiwm cymbaloideum, earliest free-swimming stage; p. 491. Val-
encia, 1895. Pays :
Fig. 2. Phialidium cymbaloideum, adult, x 8; p.491. Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 2a, Diagram of, the margin of the umbrella.
Fig. 3. Saphenia mirabilis, an intermediate stage, x 6; p. 493. ‘ Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 4. Phialidium temporarium, earliest free-swimming stage, X 22; p. 489.
Valencia, 1895... . ! ; 4 Ay
Fig. 5. Phialidium temporarium, X 8; p.489. Valencia, 1895.
Fig. 6. Phialidiwm temporarium, adult, x 6; p. 489. Port Erin, 1894.
3. On some Extinct Fishes of the Teleostean Family Gono-
rhynchide. _ By A. Smrrn, Woopwarp, E.Z.S.
[Received March 13, 1896.]
(2. > (Plate XVIIL.)
Tn his well-known work ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles’
Baron Cuvier describes several fossil remains of fishes from the
Upper Eocene gypsum of Montmartre, near Paris, which he briefly
discusses with only provisional results and no definite names.
Most of these have been redescribed by subsequent observers, who
have had additional specimens and more satisfactory materials for
comparison; and the systematic position of some of them is now
determined with a considerable degree of certainty. One nearly
complete specimen, however, which still remains incerta sedis, has
not hitherto received the attention it deserves; for it and a closely-
allied form from the Eocene marls of Aix-en-Provence seem to
belong to a nearly extinct family of Teleosteans (Gonorbynchide)
which has not previously been known to occur in the European
area.
This fossil is first described in the second edition of the work in
question (1822), and exhibits remains of all the skeletal parts of a
fish about 0:2 m. in length. As. Cuvier himself remarks, the
disposition of the fins is very suggestive of that in the ‘‘Gono-
rhynque (Cyprinus gonorrynchus, Gron.)”; while.“‘the parts of the
head which are observable indicate a Cyprinoid with prominent
nose, such as the Gonorhynque, the Cyprinus nasus [= Chondro-
stoma], or a similarform.” The sinall mouth, extended premaxille,
and absence of teeth are also noticed.
_A more.imperfect example, not improbably of the same species,
from Montmartre, had previously been described by de Blainville
‘under the name of Anormurus macrolepidotus* ; and its scales were
said to be remarkably similar to those of a larger fish made known
at the same time from Aix-en-Provence and referred to a new
species of Cyprinus, namely C. squamosseus. The dorsal fin was
described as remote and comprising 14 or 15 rays. The jaws
appeared .to be toothless, and five broad branchiostegal rays could
be counted.
‘In 1844 the so-called Cyprinus squamosseus of de Blainville
- 1 Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. (1818), p. 374.
P.Z.S.1896.Pl. XVII.
me ee
5 =
Ky piece.
*)
OBS ste
TEL.
Pes
T™oo7--br.
FH Michael del. et hth. Mintern Bros.imp.-
EXTINCT GONORHYNCHID FISHES.
Pe aR
‘bitty
rgkedy
ey
1896.] FISHES OF THE FAMILY GONORHYNCHIDA. 501.
became the type of the genus Sphenolepis of Agassiz’, and was
then referred to the Esocide. The Montmartre specimen described
and figured by Cuvier was also placed in the same genus under the
name of Sphenolepis cuvieri ; and since that date both these fishes
seem to have been always quoted as related to the genus Esow.
A recent examination of the specimens of these two fishes in the
British Museum has now convinced the present writer that Cuvier’s
original comparison of Sphenolepis cuviert with Gonorhynchus was
correct; that Sphenolepis squamosseus certainly belongs to the same
genus; and that both these fishes are generically identical with
Notogoneus osculus from the freshwater Green River Shales (Hucene)
of Wyoming, U.S.A., which Professor Cope referred to the
Gonorhynchidew eleven years ago®. As the only surviving genus,
Gonorhynchus, seems to be exclusively restricted to the seas border-
ing Japan, South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand, the discovery
of an extinct freshwater ally both in Europe and America is one of
some interest. It is thus important that the principal osteological
characters of the known fossils should be clearly stated to justify
the comparisons made.
1. Norogonnvus oscutus. (Plate XVILI. figs. 1, 2.)
1885-86. Notogoneus osculus, E. D. Cope, Amer. Nat. vol. xix.
p- 1091; Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. vol. iii. p. 163, pl. with figs. 4, 5.
Formation and Locality. Green River Shales (Eocene); Wyoming,
US.A.
The North-American form Notogoneus osculus has already been
well described by Cope, who also publishes a diagrammatic figure.
A beautiful new specimen, however, lately acquired by the British
Museum, permits the determination of a few additional features.
The head in this fossil, shown of the natural size in Pl. XVIII.
fig. 1, is exposed directly from the side, and thus does not exhibit
the hinder part of the cranial roof, which is fortunately well seen
in the original specimen figured by Cope. The large and character-
istic right frontal bone (fr.) is distinct, while the upper part of the
otic region (ot.) is shown to be well ossified, and is evidently not
entirely covered by the squamosal. The much-expanded hyoman-
dibular (Am.) is exposed, except at its lower end; but the other
elements of the suspensorium, as also those of the pterygo-palatine
arcade, are too much crushed and fractured to be distinguishable.
The articulation for the mandible, however, is distinct below the
front border of the orbit, and portions of both rami are preserved,
that of the left side thrown upwards a little above the right ramus.
Though imperfect the bones here indicated can readily be deter-
mined by reference to the corresponding elements in the existing
Gonorhynchus (Pl. X VILL. fig. 5). The articulo-angular bone (ag.) is
almost fan-shaped, extending upwards immediately in front of the
articulation into a large, bluntly-pointed process. The dentary (d.)
is much larger than the latter element, truncated in front, with
very short oral border, aud rising into an enormous upwardly-
1 Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. ii, (1844), p. 87.
2 American Naturalist, vol. xix. (1835), p. 1091.
502 MB. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON EXTINCT (Mar. 17,
directed process. The left maxilla (mz.) is completely preserved,
slightly arched in form, with a small ascending process near its
anterior end, and a little expansion posteriorly. Of the right
maxilla only a fragment of the anterior end remains, The pre-
maxilla are not shown, but the bone labelled “? barbel axis” in
Cope’s original specimen may be one of them. No teeth are
exhibited in any part of the mouth. The preoperculum (p.op.)
has a large lower limb and is much expanded at the angle. The
operculum (op.) is imperfect above, but evidently trapezoidal in
form and somewhat deeper than broad. The suboperculum (s.op.)
is deeper behind than in front, and exhibits four deep clefts in the
lower half of its hinder border. Small scales can be observed
enveloping all the head and opercular bones.
The vertebral centra are much constricted and strengthened
with small irregular longitudinal ridges. The ribs are remarkably
slender, apparently supported by stout processes from the centra ;
while the separate neural spines in the anterior half of the
abdominal region are expanded into thin narrow lamine. The
last vertebra of the tail (PI. XVIII. fig. 2) bears an upwardly-turned
double style, and there are seven expanded hemal arches at the
base of the caudal fin, the lowest apparently connected with the
penultimate vertebral centrum, the next three with the last
centrum, and the upper three with the terminal style. It is also
worthy of note that the neural arch in the three vertebre pre-
ceding the last is forked from the base. Intermuscular bones are
seen above the vertebral column throughout, and below it in the
caudal region.
The fins are as described by Cope, except that the pelvic pair is
much larger than indicated in the original specimens. The scales
are precisely similar in shape and denticulation to those of the
existing Gonorhynchus.
2. Noroconrus squamogsrus. (Plate XVIII. figs. 3, 4.)
1818. Cyprinus squamosseus, HW. D. de Blainville, Nouy. Dict.
d@’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. p. 371. He
1844. Sphenolepis squamosseus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v.
pt. i. p. 13, pt. ii. p. 87, pl. xlv.
Formation and Locality. Upper Eocene; Aix-en-Provence, France.
The so-called Cyprinus or Sphenolepis squamosseus is represented
in the British Museum by several specimens, which, taken together,
display nearly all its essential characters. The head with opercular
apparatus is relatively much larger than in Notogoneus osculus, its
length exceeding the maximum depth of the trunk, and contained
only about four times in the total length of the fish; the vertebral
centra are also much shorter ; otherwise its specific characters seem
to be identical with those of the American fish.
The best-preserved head belongs to a specimen wanting part of
the abdominal region and the caudal fin, and is shown of two-
thirds the natural size in P). XVIII. fig. 3. It is unfortunately
very imperfect, but the enveloping small scales (s.) are exposed
in a narrow band, both above aud below. The much-fractured
1896. ] FISHES OF THH FAMILY GONORHYNCHIDA. - 5038
cranium is seen from above, but the only clearly distinguishable
remains are those of the great pair of frontals (fr.). Some
characteristic portions of the small mouth are observable forwards
below; one of the maxille (ma.), a dentary (d.), and apparently a
fractured articulo-angular element (ag.) being distinct. The bone
(x) above the maxilla may perhaps be part of the large preorbital
cheek-plate seen in Gonorhynchus (fig. 5). The right operculum
(op.) and suboperculum (s.op.) are displaced upwards above the
head, and the last-mentioned bone exhibits the four deep clefts
in its hinder border. Remains probably of four large branchio-
stegal rays (b.) occur below the head just in front of the rather
obscure pectoral arch.
The total number of vertebra cannot be definitely ascertained,
but seems to be between 50 and 60. The centra resemble those
of the American fish, though a little shorter in proportion to their
depth; and the state of preservation of one specimen (Brit. Mus.
no. P. 3884) suggests that each centrum was pierced mesially by
the notochord. The delicate ribs are borne by stout processes
from the centra, as noted by Agassiz, and as well shown in the
specimen of which the head has been described. The neural
spines are expanded in the anterior part of the abdominal region,
as also shown in the same specimen and indicated by Agassiz
in fig. 3 of his plate representing the species. ‘he extremity of
the vertebral column is formed precisely.as described above in
NV. osculus, the lowermost expanded hemal spine at the base of
the caudal fin being distinctly supported by the hinder border of
the penultimate centrum; this, however, must be displaced for-
wards, for both the penultimate and the antepenultimate centrum
bears its own hemal arch, comparatively stout but not expanded.
The fins appear to resemble those of WV. osculus, but there are
only eleven supports in the dorsal (clearly shown in Brit. Mus.
no. 43436), the foremost with a wing-shaped expansion indicating
its composite character. It is difficult to count the rays them-
selves, the two halves of each being so loosely apposed that in
crushing they frequently slip one behind the other.
The scales are comparatively thick, and in their crushed state
they rarely exhibit the posterior fringe of denticles. Careful
examination of many specimens, however, shows that they pre-
cisely resemble those of Gonorhynchus. A detached scale from
the hinder end of the caudal region is represented of the natural
size in Pl. XVIII. fig. 4. The radiating grooves in its deeply over-
lapped portion are distinct, and the hinder fringe is partly restored
from an adjoining scale.
‘3. NOTOGONDUS CUVIERI.
(2) 1818. Anormurus macrolepidotus, H. D. de Blainville, Nouv,
Dict. d@ Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. p. 374.
1822. “Cyprin,” G. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ed. 2, p. 346, pl. lxxvii.
fig. 15. : :
1844. Sphenolepis cuviert, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. i.
p- 13, pt. ii. p. 89, pl. xliv. figs. 1, 2 (? figs. 4-12, nec fig. 3).
504 UXTINCT FISHES OF THD FAMILY GONORHYNOHID&. ([Mar. 17,
’ Formation and Locality. Upper Hocene (Gypsum); Montmartre,
Paris. i
This is a smaller and more slender species than either of the
above, and the single specimen of it in the British Museum adds
only one new fact to the description by Cuvier and Agassiz. The
remains of the squamation above and behind the anal tin distinctly
prove that the scales are identical with those otf Gonorhynchus
and Notogoneus, not only in form, but also in their characteristic
posterior denticulation.
It must, however, be remarked that the large head provisionally
ascribed to this species by Agassiz is proved by its large den-
tigerous mandible to belong to a distinct fish; while the other
fragmentary remains placed here are at least problematical.
The three fishes thus briefly noticed are so closely similar to the
recent Gonorhynchus that it is difficult to realize their dating back
to the earliest Tertiary period; but their interest becomes even
greater when it is remembered that the three formations yielding
their remains are proved by other associated fossils to be of fresh-
water origin. So far as known, indeed, these Eocene fishes can
only be distinguished generically from Gonorhynchus by three
characters. Firstly, they seem to be entirely toothless, whereas
the recent fish has large teeth on the pterygoid and hyoid bones.
Secondly, their suboperculum exhibits some deep clefts in its
hinder border. Thirdly, their dorsal fin is in the middle of the
back, while that of Gonorhynchus is much more remote. The
extinct freshwater Gonorhynchid of France and Wyoming thus
requires a distinctive generic name, and there are three from
which to select, namely, Anormurus (Blainville, 1818), Sphenolens
(Agassiz, 1844), and Notogoneus (Cope, 1885). ‘The first was too
imperfectly defined for recognition, while the second is pre-
occupied (Sphenolepis, Nees, 1834); Notogoneus may therefore be
adopted as in the foregoing notes.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
Fig. 1. Nofogoneus osculus; right lateral aspect of head and opercular appa-
ratus.— Eocene; Wyoming, U.S.A. ag., articulo-angular; d., dentary ;
fr. frontal; hm., hyomandibular; m2., maxilla; op., operculum ;
ot., otic region; p.op., preoperculuin; s., scales; s.op., suboperculum,
[P. 7491.]
Fig. 2. Ditto; three terminal vertebre and hypural of same specimen.
Fig. 8. Notogoneus squamosseus; lelt lateral and partly superior aspect of im-
erfect head and opercular apparatus, two-thirds nat. size. Upper
Bocene; Aix-en-Provence. 7., branchiostegal rays; 2, preorbital
cheek-plate; other letters as above. [8052.]
Fig. 4. Ditto; scale of caudal region of same specimen.
Fig. 5. Gonorhynchus greyi; right mandibular ramus, upper jaw, and pre-
orbital cheek-plate of recent fish: pmsx., premaxilla; other letters as
above.
Unlees otherwise stated the figures are of the natural size. The numbers in
square brackets refer to the Register of the Geological Department, British
Museum, where the fossils are preserved. :
1896.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MBNAGERIE. 505
April 21, 1896.
Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Societv’s Menagerie during the month of March 1896 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of March were 86 in number. Of these 33 were acquired
by presentation, 38 by purchase, 8 were born in the Gardens,
8 were received on deposit, and 4 in exchange. The total number
of departures during the same period, by death and removals,
was 83.
Amongst these special attention was called to:—
1. A fine young female Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla),
purchased March 6th. This animal (brought home by one of the
African Steamship Company's vessels to Liverpool) was obtained
at N’gove or Iquela in French Congoland. It is apparently from
three to four years old, and is in excellent condition and fairly
tame and good-tempered. The only specimen of the Gorilla
previously living in the Society’s Gardens was the young male
acquired in 1887 (see P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 559).
Head of female Gorilla, drawn by Frohawk.
(Reduced from ‘Field, yol. lxxxvii. p. 481, 1896, by kind permission.)
506 ON THE HORNS OF ANTILOPE TRIANGULARIS. [Apr. 21,
2. A young male Markhoor (Capra megaceros), from the vicinity
of Peshawar, British India, presented by Col. Paterson,
March 18th.
3. A pair of a rather scarce species of Duiker Antelope
(Cephalophus coronatus), from West Africa, received in exchange,
March 23rd.
4. A Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama), from Cape Colony,
presented by C. W. Southey, Isq., of Culmstock, Schoombie
Station, South Africa.
' Mr. Sclater exhibited some of the specimens from Nyasaland
lately sent home by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., to be transmitted
to the British Museum. Amongst these was a very fine head of a
male Sable Antelope (Hippotragus niger), from the Zomba Plains,
of which the horns measured 39 inches along the curve; and a
fine specimen of a peculiar form of the Brindled Guu (Connocheetes
gorgon), shot at the south end of Lake Chilwa by Mr. H.C.
McDonald, of the British Central African Administration. This
was believed to be the first example of the Gnu sent home from
British East Africa.
Amongst the birds sent on this occasion (as kindly determined
by Capt. Shelley) were examples of Grus carunculata from the
Shirwa Plains, not previously transmitted from Nyasaland, and
of Saurcidiornis melanonota from Lake Shirwa.
Mr. Sclater also exhibited a fine pair of horns of the so-called
Antilope trianqularis (Giinther, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 73), Doratoceros tri-
angularis (Lydekker,, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) viii. p. 192; id.
‘Field,’ Ixxviii. p. 180 (1891)), belonging to Mr. Justice Hopley of
Kimberley. Mr. Justice Hopley, who had purchased these horns
at Kimberley, stated that they were said to have been obtained
somewhere on the Zambesi. Mr. Sclater was of the opinion (which
was now generally prevalent) that they were abnormal horns of a
cow Eland.
[P.S., April 24th.—Since I exhibited these horns I have compared
them with the typical specimens of Antilope triangularis in the
British Museum. There can be no doubt that both pairs belong
to the same species of Antelope, but Mr. Justice Hopley’s pair
are not quite so long, rather more incurved backwards, and leas
broadly spread; they are also smoother at the base, showing but
slight appearances of corrugations.
On comparing these horns, and the portion of the skull attached
to them, with the horns of the ordinary female Eland, Oreas canna,
I see nothing whatever to negative the idea that they are abnormal
horns of that Antelope, which for some reason or other have grown
without making the ordinary twist characteristic of Oreas and
other genera of the Tragelaphine.—P. L. 8.]
q
ii i
uy
TAN i
ah Saas
bay,
j ' vai desk gore {
Eee Mne AU Kiro 2) Ge
‘@
eee
°P.Z.S.1896.P1. XIX.
J.Snut delet bth Mintern Bros. imp.
PUDUA MEPHISTOPHILES.
“INOULSUACOS SANOAHLOI
chin: sozg: wrap : WAT 7 [ep mz
206 Met Oe SZ el
1896.] ON SOME MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. — 507
The following papers were read :—
1. On some Mammals from Ecuador.
By W. E. pe Win7on, F.Z.S.
[Received March 17, 1896.]
(Plates XIX. & XX.)
In the absence of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, I have been entrusted
by Sir William Flower with the working out of a small collection
of mammals from Ecuador, presented to the British Museum
by Mr. Ludovicio Séderstrom, H.M. Consul at Quito. The
collection consisted principally of a large number of beautifully
prepared bird-skins, chiefly Humming-birds ; but though only three
mammals were included, these furnish us with a knowledge of two
very interesting species new to science. One is a distinct species
of small deer of the genus Pudue. Since Bennett described the
type in the P. Z.S8. 1831, p. 27, from a female then living in the
Society’s Gardens, as Cervus humilis, no additional species have
been discovered; and as this animal has been found only in the
forests of Chili and on the adjacent island of Chiloe, the more
northern habitat of an allied species is of special interest. The
second specimen in the collection adds a third species to the genus
Ichthyomys, the curious fish-eating rodents, described by Oldfield
Thomas in the P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 337-340, hitherto known only
from the great eastern slope of the Andes. The third specimen is -
one of the well-known Water-Opossum (Chironectes minimus), of
wide range in tropical South America.
Very little is known of the mammalian fauna of the country
from which this collection was made; but we may hope,. with
the kind assistance of such a good collector and keen naturalist
as our present Consul, before long to considerably improve our
knowledge, and I have great pleasure in naming one of the
species in his honour. ;
Quito has the distinction of being the highest capital in the
world, situated between the Eastern and Western Cordilleras in
a lofty valley about 9000 feet above sea-level. The Paramo
of Papallacta, whence the new Pudu comes, lies east of Quito,
only just south of the Equator, and forms the roof of the great
Amazonian water-shed: it is a vast tableland abont 11,000 feet
above the sea, with mountains of between 18,000 and 19,000 feet
to north and south of it; these are the summits of the Eastern
Cordilleras and are mostly active volcanoes. The Rio Machan-
gara, where the Ichthyomys. was obtained, is the stream upon
which Quito is built; it joins the Rio de San Pedro a little
further north, and this river, draining the yalley between the
two ranges, is thence known as the Guallabamba, which, cutting
through the Western Cordilleras, flows into the Pacific Ocean.
The Opossum comes from the banks of the Nanegal River, which
is to the west of Quito and joins the Guallabamba lower down, its
course being entirely on the west of the Cordilleras..
508 MR. W. B. DH WINTON ON SOME [Apr. 21,
1. Pupva MEPHIsTOPuILES, sp.n. (Plate XIX.)
The hair of the body is long and coarse, its basal portion
peculiarly brittle and pith-like; the terminal half is black with
ferruginous tips, producing a rich brown colour. The dorsal
region is darker than the flanks, owing to the hairs having broader
black bands with correspondingly reduced coloured tips; on the
neck the tips are paler and longer, the black being much reduced,
which gives a tawny appearance; towards the head the black
again increases, till the shorter hairs of the ears, face, and ebin
are almost black. The ears are thickly covered inside and out
with hair, that on the inside being broadly tipped with white.
The fore and hind-feet are black, most of the hairs being
minutely tipped with buff; the inner sides of the legs and the
abdomen are clothed with long yellowish hair of a finer and more
ordinary character. There is no turn in the hair of the face, the
hair growing upwards from the nose. The ears are very short
and partially concealed by the rough hair. The rhinarium from
the nostrils down is deep. ‘ail entirely wanting.
Measurements from skin (type @ juv. no. 96, i. 28. 3, in
Brit. Mus.) :—
Height at withers, about ........., 320 millim.
Length of hind foot (without hoof).. 136 ,,
GAP coconcocvnuod00009 53
female described by Bennett, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 27, for comparison,
so far as it is possible, the basal portion of the skull being
unfortunately damaged.
Table of Measurements.
PB. mephisto- humilis,
philes.
Greatest length, in straight line [points of millim. inillim.
p-mx. to base]...... Bogogobd aco gon 160 —
Greatest breadth [across zygomatic process
of squamosal] ...................065 Th 61
Nasals, greatest length ................ 41 40
ey) 4 bread te ee ea inis 22 16-5:
Points of premaxille to end of nasals.... 27 28
Breadth of antenarial opening .......... 16 14
Point of premaxilla to anterior rim of orbit 72 64
Antorbital fossa, breadth............ a okte 10 8
ah a MlLUANW Galo waco wag 5 adioiaD 15 14
Basifacial length.................... enELO2 —
Basicraniall 57st etiG ea PAA ort ae , 39 —
Length of molar series ................ 50 45
Distance between p.ms.42 .............. 23 19:5
x 3 TNS Boer wereusdreee ces eee ans 29 28°5
Fe * AN See gel ie even Vereen: 34 27
Front of molar series to point of premaxilla 46-5 28:5
Palatal incisive foramina, length ........ 19 20
5 brendth........ 12 10
Miandibles inissing.
1896.] MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, . 509
Hab. Paramo of Papallacta. Taken by the Indians. Very
rare there (L. S.). :
The general colouring of the animal is very distinct from the
type species P. humilis, for whereas the latter is a bright chestnut
with duller neck and very bright-coloured back, feet, and forehead,
the new animal is black-brown sprinkled with fire-red, bright
tawny-coloured neck, and almost black head and legs. The ears
are very much shorter and are covered with much longer fur
especially on the inner side, where they are white, this spot being
very conspicuous among the dark surroundings. The tail is
wanting, whereas in P. humilis it is fully an inch Jong. It is
much to be regretted that the specimen is so young, but I think
there can be no doubt that it is very nearly full-grown; the last
molar is rising, though the milk-teeth are still unshed. This
species is no doubt considerably larger than P. humilis, judging by
the size of the skull, but I do not think its height can be more
than 14 or 15 inches at the shoulder; it is a peculiarly thick-set
. rough-haired little animal, and looks rather like the kid of a goat
with very fine legs.
In the skull the lachrymal pits are very deep, but have sloping
sides, not descending nearly so abruptly asin P. humilis, in which
species this is a very constant character even in quite young
individuals. The nasals are very broad and are completely ossified
far forward as in Coassus. The ascending rami of the premaxille
rise abruptly, and, expanding very considerably in their upper
half, fit into wide notches in the nasals, broader than in any
Coassus skull which I have examined. The greater length of the
molar series amounts to about ove tooth, but the most striking
difference is the shape of the rows: in P. humilis these are always
bowed, in most specimens being strongly convergent before and
behind, but I have seen one skull in which they do not narrow
posteriorly: at the same time they do not widen, though much
bowed in front; but in the new species they are set in two almost
straight lines, slightly and gradually converging postero-anteriorly
as in Furcifer and Coassus. There are many minor points in which
the skull of this animal differs from P. humilis, and most of these
are characteristic of one or other of the genera mentioned, or of
both. The lachrymals and frontals are joined for a greater length,
reducing the size of the antorbital vacuities, the lachrymal bone
extending over a space 7 mm. wide all round the upperside of the.
pit; the infraorbital ridge is very thick and is cut off very abruptly,
leaving sharp edges above and below; the squamosal portion of
the zygomatic arch is more horizontal, not being bowed upwards,
as in P. humilis, The foramen magnum is very large. The palatal
bones differ somewhat in not having side processes extending
towards the back of the last molars; the roof of the maxillary
portion of the palate is much arched, particularly in the narrow
part anterior to the molars: this forms very sharp edges to the
sides.
Sir Victor Brooke, in his paper ‘‘On the Classification of the
510
MR. W. BD. DD WINTON ON SOMH
Fig. 1.—-Side view of the skull of Pudua humitis.
» 2,—Side view of the skull of Pudwa mephistophiles.
» 3—Palatal view of skull of Pudua humilis,
» 4,—Palatal view of skull of Pudwa mephistophiles,
1896.] MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, 511
Cervide,” P. Z. S. 1878, p. 926, defining the genus Pudua, says
“ascending rami of the premaxille reaching the nasals”; I do not
know what specimen he had before him, but I cannot find this
character in any of the skulls in the collections of the British
Museum or of the Royal College of Surgeons ; and I should like here
to express my thanks to Professor Stewart for kindly placing this -
latter collection at my disposal. This character has unfortunately
been laid down by subsequent writers as distinguishing the genus
Pudua craniologically from Coassus, whereas it is more particularly
coassine. Gray, Cat. Mamm. iii. 1852, p. 240, says “Intermaxillary
short, not reaching near to the nasal.” Garrod, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 13,
says “the gap being filled up by the appearance, superficially,
of portions of the nasal turbinal.” The situation is explained in
these two passages, but Professor Garrod ought to have added that
the gap is more often filled up by an anteriorly projecting process
of the maxilla: I find the space filled up in the two different ways
in other genera, and also the premaxilla reaching the nasals, or
not, even in members of the same species; there are instances of
this in the Museum Collection, in deer both of the Old and New
World. I write this to show the worthlessness of this point
as 2 generic or even a specific character; and, indeed, Sir
Victor Brooke says he thinks Gray made too much of it; so
there is no doubt that if he had examined a larger number he
would have seen how extremely variable it is; but having found
out as much as he had, I think it is a great pity he followed suit
in making so much of this character. I have examined the feet,
and osteologically they agree with P. humilis, the ectocuneiform
and navicular-cuboid bones being all in one.
It will be seen that I have eradicated almost every dis-
tinguishing craniological character between this genus and
Coassus, the much deeper lachrymal pit and the narrower middle
incisors (a character | am unable to prove in the new species)
alone remaining; so that if this animal is to be retained in the
genus Pudua, Gray’s definition will have to be modified to include
both forms of skull as well as the outward differences in structure ;
but I do not consider these characters of sufficient weight to
justify a new genus being formed, for if this were done, the Pudus
would have to be placed in a separate subfamily to do fair justice
to the osteology of the feet, in which respect they differ so widely
from all other New-World Cervide ; but this could not be justified,
seeing that craniologically they are scarcely generically separable
from either Furcifer or Coassus, wide as these two are apart inter se
in the form of their horns, texture of the coat, and growth of the
hair on the face, and in the tarsal tufts. Gray says the Pudus
have tarsal tufts; I have failed to find any trace among the
specimens in the Museum collection.
The genus Pudua may therefore be thus defined :—
New-World group of Cervide: Telemetacarpi.
A complete septum divides the nasal cavity into two. distinct
chambers.
512 ON SOME MAMMALS FROM EOUADOR. [Apr. 21,
Genus Pupva.
Size very small. Hair coarse and brittle. Horns simple spikes.
Metatarsal and metacarpal joints short. ‘Tail very short or
wanting. Ears short and rounded. No turn in the hair of the
face. Infranarial portion of the rhinarium deep. Canines absent.
Middle pair of incisors not broadly spatulate. Ascending rami of
the premaxillw may or may not reach the nasals. Lachrymal pit
oval and very deep. Auditory bulle not inflated. Jctocuneiform
and navicular-cuboid bones united. Metatarsal bone not twice
and metacarpal bone not 13 the length of the upper molar series.
2. IcHTHYOMYS SODERSTROMI, spn. (Plate XX.)
The general colour of the whole of the upper parts dark olive- -
brown, the main coat of black-brown fur being narrowly tipped
or having a subterminal band of dull yellow; thickly interspersed
are longer shining black hairs, these being longest on the hind
quarters, where they are broadly tipped with silvery white. On
parting the fur the only colour found is soft grey, all the main fur
having long fine footstalks, so that the whole coat below the
surface, save for the few coarse shining hairs, is of a uniformly
fine texture and very dense. ars same colour as the head. The
tail, which is thickly haired, is entirely dark brown or black, the
fringe of longer hairs on the lower side being of absolutely the
same colour; the fore feet are covered with short black hairs, with
a few longer white hairs at the base of the claws; the hind feet
are black above and below, excepting a few grey hairs round the
claws and on the inner side of the tarsus the fringe of stiff hairs
is white; the whole of the underparts from the chin to the vent
are dirty white, the under-fur being grey and the outer silvery
white; the inner sides of the fore and hind limbs are of a more
pure white; the whiskers are black or white according to the
poe in which they grow on the face, those placed high up
eing black, and there are a few particoloured ones in the middle
growth. Palate-ridges 3-3. Mamme 6: one pair on the breast
and two pairs on the belly.
Measurements of type skin( 9 ad. no. 96, i. 28.2,in Brit. Mus.):—
Head and body 180 mm. Tail 150 mm. Hind foot 31:5 mm.
Ear 8°5 mm, Forearm and hand 31 mm.
Skull_—Greatest length 31:5 mm.; greatest breadth 16 mm.
Nasals—length 12 mm.; breadth 3:9 mm. Intertemporal—
breadth 4:9 mm. Interparietal—length 2 mm.; breadth 3 mm.
Basal—length 29 mm. ; basi-facial 18-5 mm.; basi-cranial 10-5 mm.
Palate—length 16 mm.; breadth, outside ™!6mm.,inside = 3 mm.;
diastema 8°5 mm.; foramina 5°5 mm. Upper molar series—
length 4:3 mm. Lower jaw—condyle to incisor tips 20-5 mm.
Hab. Rio Machangara, Ecuador. ‘ Water Rat. Feb. 1895”
(L. 8.).
The skull is remarkably delicate and fragile for such an old
animal (the teeth being much worn), and is smaller and narrower
1896.] ON BUTTERELIES FROM THH WEST INDIES. 513
than that of LZ. stolemanni, the type of which is a very much
younger individual ; the facial portion is narrower, and there is a
marked difference in the shape of the interparietal bones, as will
be seen by the measurements: in J. stolzmanni this bone forms
nearly 2 perfect parallelogram, while in the new species it is aluost
diamond-shaped. The zygomatic arch differs considerably, the
maxillary processes being broader and standing out at a greater
angle; the squamosal process appears rather slighter, but is more
horizontal, not drooping so much as in the type species; it will
therefore be seen that the “ greatest breadth” given of the skulls
is the same in both species, though the width across the brain-case
is much less in the species now being described.
The mandibles are decidedly smaller, with very small and almost
round condylar processes, whereas these are large and oval in
I, stolzmanni. 9
In all particulars of structure of feet, ears, and tail this species
seems to agree with the type of the genus J. stolzmanni, Thomas,
P. Z.8. 1898, p. 339; the most conspicuous outward distinction
being the difference in the coloration of the tail and feet. I think
the make-up of the skin has largely to do with the greater length
of head and body in the specimen under consideration, as the size
of the feet and measurements of the skull do not bear out the
supposition of its being a larger animal. i
LI am unable to throw any light on the cause of the large infra-
orbital foramen ; but I can say that no muscles pass through it,
and that the nerve seemed very small when relaxed after it reached
the Museum in a dry state.
3. CHIRONEOTES MINIMUS (Zimm.). te
& jr. Nanegal; alongside the rivers (no date) (Z. S.).
2. On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
adjoining Islands of the West Indies. By F. DuCane
Gopman, F.R.S., and Osserr Satvin, M.A.; F.B.S,
[Received March 27, 1896.]
The collection of Rhopalocera upon which the following notes are
based was formed by Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the West-Indian
islands of St. Vincent and Grenada and in soine of the small islets
called the Grenadines, situated between the two larger ones. A
few specimens were also obtained from Barbados. Mr. Smith’s
skill as a collector is well known, and as he spent a considerable
time in both St Vincent and Grenada, and visited all parts of each
island, we may fairly conclude that the present list embraces the
name of nearly every species found in them.
The result proves, we think conclusively, that the Butterfly fauna
Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XX XIII. 33
514 MESSRS, GODMAN AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 21,
is a very poor one, and there is now no likelihood of any important
additions being made.
In 1884 (P. Z.S. pp. 314-320) we wrote a short paper on the
Rhopalocera of the island of Dominica,and gave an account of the
27 species enumerated, together with a general view of the relation-
ship of the Butterfly fauna of the island to that of the adjoining
regions. The present list entirely confirms the conclusions
arrived at and points to the great poverty of this portion of the
West-Indian fauna. The Danaine are represented by two species
of Danais, the Ithomiinw being wholly absent. Of Nymphaline
we find only eight species of six genera, all of them more or less
common continental species. Heliconine are absent, and so are
Satyrinz, Morphine, and Brassoline. Erycinide are unrepresented,
but Lycenide show eight species, of which we now describe
three as new, all of thém slight modifications of widely
spread southern forms. Of Pierina (seven species), Pieris virginia
is the only one peculiar to the Antilles and is also found in
Dominica. The only Papilio is apparently P. eurydamas, which
also occurs in Martinique. Of Hesperiidew we find thirteen species,
and of these we give new names to three, two of which have not
been found elsewhere.
Comparing the Butterflies of the two islands, we find little to
notice. Grenada has, as might be expected, a slight preponderance
of southern forms, of which Cystineura cana is an example.
DaNAInez.
1. Dawais PLExippus (Linn.).
Danais plexippus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p.1; P.Z.S. 1884,
p. 315.
Three examples from St. Vincent (both windward and leeward
sides), with white subapical spots, agreeing with South-American
specimens.
2. DANAIS ERESIMUS (Cram.).
A South-American species of wide range, occurring in Hispaniola
and Jamaica. a
“Swampy forest by the sea-shore north of Granville, Grenada L. ;
common in this locality. Also Telescope Estate, windward side,
April.”
NyYMPHALIN A.
3. CoLznis suLta (Fabr.).
Several specimens agreeing with South-American examples,
having the oblique submarginal dark band on the primaries well
developed. The Dominica species is much nearer Cramer’s
C. cillene, but differs in some respects. All these island forms
require revision.
“St. Vincent; very common in open lands below 1000 or 1500
feet.”
1896.] BULLERFLIES FROM THH WEST INDIES. 515
4, AGRAULIS JUNO (Cram.).
Agraulis juno, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 170.
Not previously noticed in the West Indies.
“Grand Etang, Grenada, June 2, 1900 feet. Open weedy shore
of the lake and edge of the forest.” Also St. Vincent, below 1000
feet.
5. AGRAULIS VANILLE (Linn.).
Agraulis vanille, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 171; P. Z.8.
1884, p. 315.
“ Balthazar, Grenada, 250 feet, May 25, open weedy place.” Also
St. Vincent, below 1000 feet.
Found on most of the West-[udian Islands and the greater part
of the mainland.
6. JuNonrIA czNIA, Hibn.
Junonia cenia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 220; P. Z.S. 1884,
p- 316.
St. Vincent and Granville, Grenada.
Several specimens agreeing with the northern form found in the
Greater Antilles and Central America.
7. ANARTIA IATROPHE (Linn.).
Anortia iatrophe, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 221; P.2Z.S.
1884, p. 316.
St. Vincent and Granville, Grenada.
“Common in open weedy places below 1000 feet.”
8. ANARTIA AMALTHEA (Linn.).
Barbados.
A single specimen of this common South-American species. Not
previously noticed from any West-Indian island.
9. CYsTINEURA OAWA, Erichs.
Cystineura cana, Schomb. Reise n. Guiana, iti. p. 601.
“St. Vincent ; Balthazar, Grenada, May 8, 250 feet, open weedy
places ; Barbados.”
Several specimens agreeing Eleselys with others from British
Guiana which are doubtless referable to C. cana. The light spots
forming a band across the secondaries beneath are smaller and con-
sequently more isolated, and the dark lines across the base of those
wings more distinct: otherwise there is little difference.
10. AgantsriHos orion (Fabr.).
Aganisthos orion, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 324.
Grenada.
Two specimens of this common species, which is also found in
Hispaniola, but rio other West-Indian island that we know of.
516 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 21,
LYcCH# NIDA.
11. Timcna CYBELK, sp. n.
T. margysx (Linn.) similis, sed alis supra omnino cyanescentioribus :
subtus maculis nig igris omnibus lete albicanti-ceruleo distincte
mary ginalis ; anticis area tota ad marginem internum leete cyanea ;
posticis ad angulum analem cerulescentioribus, macula submar-
ginali nigra intra ramos medianos anguste ovali nec fere rotunda
distinguenda.
Q a femina T. marsyx eodem modo differt.
Hab. St. Vincent.
“Windward and leeward sides Wallibon Valley, 400 to 500 feet,
edge of forest, June 10.”
This species seems sufficiently distinct from the Continental
T. marsyas to require a name. Mr. Smith obtained a series of
specimens on St. Vincent both on the windward and leeward sides
of the island.
12. THECLA PIPLEA, sp. n.
T. pioni prowima, sed alis subtus saturatioribus ; posticis macula
coccinea submarginali inter venam medianam et ramum suum
secundum nulto majore, fascus duabus maculosis transversis
magis approximatis.
Hab. St. Vincent.
os Serubby growth on Sufriere volcanos 2500 feet, Jan. 5-10, near
the craters.”
This species is closely allied to 7’. pion of Central America (Biol.
Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 56, pl. 54. ff. 28-30), and the male has the
small tuft of hair on the upperside of the secondaries near the base
of the subcostal nervure characteristic of this group of Thecla,
Mr. Smith obtained a series of specimens in good condition.
13. THECLA ANGERONA, Nn. sp.
T. angeliw similis et supra via differt anticis medialiter via cas-
tuneis ; subtus posticis macula submarginali rubra magna, fasciis
transversis duabus nigris inter ramos medianos attingentibus,
Hab. St. Vincent, Grenadines, and Grenada.
“Common all the year in all parts of St. Vincent in open land
at the edge of the forest up to 8000 feet. Wallibon Valley, 500
feet, Jan. 10.”
“Mount Gay Estate and Balthazar, Grenada; Mustique Island,
Grenadines. ”
Mr. Smith has sent a large series of specimens of this Z'heclu,
which appears to be quite common in St. Vincent. It is closely
allied to the Cuban 7’. angelia, Hew. (Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 162, pl. 63.
ff. 439, 440).
14. THECLA TELEA, Hew.
Thecla telea, Bio]. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 82.
“ Edge of forest Wallibon Valley, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 10,”
1896.] BUTTERFLIES FROM THH WES INDIES. 517
and ‘open land near Barrodallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 12.”
“St. George’s, Grenada.”
Three males and a female of this beautiful little species. The
colour of the space between the eyes is dark in some examples and
rufous in others, so that this must beconsidered a variable character.
In the tint of the blue of the upper surface of the wings they agree
with Central-American specimens rather than with the lighter
brighter Amazonian types.
15. THerona simzruis (Drury).
Thecla simethis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 81.
Bulthazar, Grenada.
Several female specimens agreeing with our mainland series.
Drury’s type came from the island of St. Christopher.
16. THecLA RUFO-FuUSsCA, Hew.
Thecla rufo-fusca, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. P. 196, pl. 78. ff. 627,
628; Godm. & Salv. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 91.
‘Open land near Barronallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 12.”
Several specimens agreeing with the series from Guatemala and
Pernambuco referred to in our work.
17. THEoLa ruRyruLus (Hiibn.).
Thecla eurytulus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 96.
‘Open land near Barronallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 13, and
Wallibon Valley, edge of forest, 500 feet, Jan. 10.
“ Mount Gay, Granville, Balthazar, St. George’s, Grenada.”
Many specimens agreeing with our series of this common
widely spread species.
18. Lyczna Hanno (Stoll).
Lyceena hanno, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 106.
St. Vincent; Mustique and Unign Is., Grenadines ; Balthazar,
Grenada.
Several specimens of this common widely ranging species.
PAPILIONIDA.
PIBRIN#.
19. Terras typiA, Feld.
Terias lydia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 170.
«Botanical Gardens, Kingstown, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 20.
Open places.”
Mount Gay Estate, Balthazar and Granville (Aug. 6), Grenada.
Most of the males of Mr. Smith’s series agree with the type of
T. lydia, Feld., from Venezuela, but one example from St. Vincent
differs in having the dark border of the secondaries nearly con-
centrated at the apical angle, and the submarginal dark line near
the inner border of the primaries decidedly narrow ; the underside,
518 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 21,
.too, is more fulvous. We are still reluctant to unite 7. lydia to
the Cuban 7. palmyra, Poey, but are strongly of opinion that it
will not be possible eventually to keep them separate.
20. Tnrias rrmaia, Feld.
Terias limbia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 164.
Lerias deva, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 240; Godm. & Salv. P. Z.8.
1884, p. 317. :
“St, Vincent below 1000 feet, common in open places; Mount
Gay Estate above 500 feet, Sept. 15; Granville, Grenada ;
Barbados.”
21. Tertas atputa (Cram.).
Terias albula, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 166.
“St. Vincent, Wallibo Valley, 500 feet, Jan. 10, edge of forest,
also near the sea-level.”
22. Prpris vireinia, Godt.
Pieris virginia, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 317.
““St. Vincent, Rabacca Estate, near the sea-level, Jan. 2, rare.”
A male agreeing with the specimens from Dominica referred to
in our notes on the Butterflies of that island.
23. PiEris MonvstH (Linn.).
Pieris monuste, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p, 132.
Union I., Grenadines; Granville, Grenada.
These specimens do not quite agree with the variable P. monuste
of the continent; the secondaries beneath, especially in one of
the females from Union Island, are strongly tinged with ochre,
thus showing a variation in the direction of P. virginia.
24, CALLIDRYAS BUBULA (Linn.).
Callidryas eubule, Biol. Centr.-Am,, Rhop. ii. p. 141.
‘St.Vincent, below 1000 feet, common in open places ; Mustique
I., Union I., Grenadines; Grenada, Mount Gay Estate, Gran-
ville’; Barbados.”
25, Pua@Bis aRGANTH (Fabr.).
Pheebis argante, Biol. Ceutr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 144.
“Union I., Grenadines; St. Vincent, Caliveny Hstate, scrubby
growth on hillsides near the sea-level.”
PaPILIONINA,
26. PariLio EURYDAMAS, Roger.
Papilio ewrydamas, Roger, Bull. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, i. p. 36
(18286).
“St. Vincent, 3500 feet, pretty common; Balthazar, Grenada,
250 feet, March 23.”
A male and two females agreeing fairly with Roger’s description,
1896.] BULTERFLINS FROM THH WHST INDIES. 519.
but their determination cannot be considered final until they are
compared with Martinique specimens, whence Roger’s types came.
In Dominica another form (P. neodamas, Lucas) is found (see P.Z.9.
1884, p. 318), differing inter alia in the greenish-yellow band of
the secondaries crossing nearer the middle of the wings and away
from the outer margin.
HESPDRIIDS.
27. Hupamus Prornus (Linn.).
Eudamus proteus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 277.
Thymele proteus, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 318.
St. Vincent ; Mustique I., Grenadines ; Granville and Mount
Gay Estates, Grenada.
28. Eupamus santTraGgo, Lefeby.
Hudamus santiago, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 318.
“St. Vincent, very common in open places 2000 to 3000 feet
above sea-level; Union, Mustique, and Canouan Is., Grenadines ;
Mount Gay, Grenada.”
Many specimens agreeing with Dominica examples, and ap-
parently referable to this Cuban species.
29. Goniurus TaLus (Cram.).
Goniurus talus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 288.
“St. Vincent, windward side, May.”
30. Prornipus ANGASI, Godm. & Salv.
Proteides angasi, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 318, pl. 25. fig. 2.
“St. Vincent, rare in open places in the forest up to 1500 or
2000 feet, July.”
Several specimens agreeing with the types from Dominica.
81. AcoLAsTUS AMYNTAS, Fabr.
Acolastus amyntas, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 304.
Hesperia ? amyntas, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
St. Vincent.
32. TELEGONUS ANAUSIS, Sp. 0.
Telegonus anaphus, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
T. anapho similis, sed posticis angulo anali omnino fusco, fulvo
minime notato: subtus quoque fere omnino fuscis, Lineola brevi
fulva submarginali notatis.
Hab. St. Vincent; Balthazar and Chantilly Estate, Grenada.
This is an island form of the common Telegonus anaphus of the
Continent, distinguished by the absence of the tawny margin to the
anal angle of the secondaries. Besides the series before us from
Mr. Smith’s collection, we have specimens from Dominica and
Hispaniola. :
520 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM ‘tHE WEST INDIES. (Apr. 21,
33. Husperta syriontus, Fabr.
Pyrgus syrichtus, Godm. & Saly. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
“St. Vincent, the commonest of the Hesperiidw in open places
up to 3000 feet, Richmond Estate, Dec. 14; Union I., Grenadines ;
Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate, Grenada.”
- 34. Husprrra ?asycuts (Cram.).
“St. Vincent; Mustique I., Grenadines; Balthazar, Grenada,
roadside 1250 feet, August.”
35. CaLPoDES ETHLIus (Cram.).
Pamphila ethlius, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
St. Vincent; St. George’s, Granville, and St. John’s River,
Grenada.
36. CaLpopns coscinta (H.-S.).
Gonturus coscinia, Herr.-Sch. Corresp.-Blatt. Regensb. xix. p. 54.
“St. Vincent, near Barronallie, 500 feet, open lands, Jan. 13;
St. George’s, Mount Gay Estate, and Chantilly Estate, Grenada.”
37. PRENES DUGEON, sp. n.
P. panoquin, Scudder, affinis sed minor, alis magis ochraceis ;
anticis minus elongutis, macula hyalina inter ramos medianos
fere rotunda, minime sagittiformi: subtus ochraceoribus.
Hab. Union I., Grenadines ; Granville and St. George’s, Grenada.
M. Mabille, to whom we sent a specimen of this species, writes
to say that it is near to the insect he described as Pumphila
parilis, which again appears to be close to P. punoquin. So far as
we can see, the differences pointed out above distinguish it from
both these forms. Mr. Smith captured one of his specimens on
the sea-shore about a mile from St. George’s on 19th October.
38. HyitErHita PHYL#zusS, Drury.
Pamphila phyleus, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.
“St. Vincent, on flowers, open land near Barronallie, 500 feet ”;
St. George’s, Granville, and Mount Gay Estate, Grenada.
89. HyYLEPHILA DICTYNNA, sp. n.
Alis rufescenti-fulvis nigro extrorsum marginatis, ciliis fulvis ;
anticis stigmate obliquo nigerrimo leviter arcuato, ultra illud
lineola incerta nigra ad cellule finem: subtus rufescenti-fulvis
fere unicoloribus, anticis plaga basali et macula ad angulum
analem nigris ; palpis et pectore ochraceis.
Hab. St. Vincent, common in open places up to 2000 feet;
St. George’s, Balthazar, Grenada.
Many specimens, all males. H. vibev seems to be the most
nearly allied species and has the alar brand similarly shaped; but
the colour and the absence of spots on the secondaries beneath at
once distinguish it.
1896.] ON DRAGONFLIDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 521
3. On some Dragonflies obtained by Mr. and Mrs. Lort
; Phillips in Somali-land. By W. F. Kinsy, F.L.S.,
F.ES., &e.
[Received April 21, 1896.]
Two days were devoted by Mr. and Mrs. Lort Phillips during:
their stay in Somali-land to the capture of Dragonflies, and
examples of six species were obtained. Five of these belong to
the Libelluline, and one to the Aschnine; and though three are
common and well-known species, I am able to describe the others,
which I refer provisionally to the genus Orthetrum, as apparently
new to science. It is, however, somewhat to be regretted that I
have only single specimens before me at present.
1. PANTALA FLAVESCENS, Fabr.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895. aN
A common species in most parts of the world, except Europe.
2. TRITHEMIS ARTERIOSA, Burm.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.
Bichen, Somali-land, Feb. 5, 1895.
A common African species.
3, ORTHETRUM BREVISTYLUM, sp. n.
Long. corp. 38 millim.; exp. al. 52 millim.; long. pter. 2:7
millim.
Male. Head testaceous, more greenish above, occiput dull orange
above, with two black spots on each side; prothorax blackish, but
marked with large yellow spots above and on the sides; mesothorax
and metathorax olivaceous, slightly pulverulent, especially behind,
the former with the front carina and an incomplete shoulder-stripe
on each side black; pleura with two oblique. glaucous stripes,
bordered above with black; abdomen pulverulent blue, with some
yellowish markings on the basal segments, which are considerably
thickened vertically, central carina black; terminal upper append-
ages about twice as long as the last segment, very hairy, shghtly
thickened beyond the middle, and pointed at the extremity ; lower
appendage very broad, two-thirds as long as the others, and slightly
upcurved at the extremity. Legs black.above and slightly pulve-
rulent; testaceous below. Wings clear hyaline, even to the base ;
membranule pure white, edged with black below on the hind wings.
Neuration black; the front of the costal nervure, the lower ante-
nodal cross-nervures, and the nodal cross-nervure for two spaces
below the upper antenodal space, testaceous. Fore wings with 11-12
antenodal cross-nervures (the last continuous), and 8-9 postnodals,
the first 2 or 8 not continuous; nodal sector distinctly waved ;
space between the nodal and subnodal sectors with two rows of cells
towards the hind margin. Sectors of the arculus springing from'a
Proo. Zoon. So0o.—1896, No. XXXIV. 34
522 ON DRAGONFLIES FROM SOMALI-LAND. [Apr. 21,
point or very short stalk; triangle traversed, 3 rows of post-trian-
gular cells increasing; 3 cells in the subtriangular space; one
cross-nervure in the lower basal cell; no supratriangular nervules.
Hind wings with the base of the triangle on a level with the arculus ;
pterostigma yellow, between thick black nervures.
This species much resembles O. ccerulescens, Fabr., and, O. subfas-
ciolatum, Brauer; but the almost unstalked sectors of the arculus on
the fore wings remove it from anv of the allied species. Itis, how-
ever, an Oniicenan in its essential characters, and, except in this one
particular, exhibits no resemblance to Leptetrum. It .is curious
that of the three new species in the present small -collection, none
seem to agree exactly with the described genera; and as I am
unwilling to establish new genera on single specimens, I place them
provisionally in Orthetrwm, to which they seem perhaps most
nearly allied.
4, ORTHETRUM PHILLIPSI, sp. n.
Long. corp. 35 millim.; exp. al. 51 millim.; long. pter. 2:2-3
nillim.
Male. Head greenish, the frontal tubercle darker, and the adja-
cent parts of the upper orbits, as well as the occipital triangle,
black ; occiput black above, yellow beneath. Thorax and abdomen
wholly pulverulent blue, the sutures and carinw lined with black,
and the front of the mesothorax with incomplete black shoulder-
stripes. Abdomen rather slender, moderately inflated at the base.
Legs black; the front legs yellowish on the outside, the others with
the cox and a stripe on the femora yellowish. Lower anal ap-
pendage fully $ as long as the upper ones. Wings narrower than
in the last species, clear hyaline, the base stained with yellow,
especially on the hind wings; membranule: white, not. bordered
with blackish below. Neuration and pterostigma coloured as in
the last species; nodal sector and space between the nodal and
subnodal sectors similar. Fore wings with 11 antenodal cross-
nervures, the last continuous, and 8 postnodals, the first two at
least not continuous; sectors of the arculus distinctly stalked ;
triangle traversed, 3 rows of post-triangular cells increasing ;
3 cells in the subtriangular space ; one supratriangular nervule.
Hind wings with the base of the triangle distinctly within the level
of the arculus.
An unusually slender species, much resembling the last super-
ficially, but very distinct.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.
5. ORTHETRUM LORTI, sp. n.
Long. corp. 32 millim. ; exp. al. 55 millim.; long. pter. 4 millim.
Female. Head greenish yellow, the mouth and lower parts darker.
Thorax greenish yellow, with a yellowish-white stripe on each
shoulder, bordered below by a darker greenish-brown space than
the rest of the coloration. Abdomen moderately short and
broad, tawny, with a black central carina commencing on the
1896.] ON LEPIDOPTHRA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 523
third segment, and expanded into a spot in the middle of the
eighth; there is also an indistinct brown stripe on each side of the
abdomen. Legs testaceous, with blackish spines, and the tibia
shading into dark brown towards the extremity. Wings hyaline,
with brown nervures, the cross-nervures towards the costa, and
the costal and subcostal nervures between the nodus and the
pterostigma, yellow. Base strongly tinged with yellow on the
hind wings, but only slightly so on the fore wings. Pterostigma
very long, yellow, between slender black nervures. Fore wings
with 11 antenodal cross-nervures, the last not continuous, and 9-10
postnodal cross-nervures, the first two not continuous ; the nodal
sector very slightly waved, and the row of cells below only doubled
for the last 2 or 3 before the hind margin. Sectors of the arculus
distinctly stalked ; triangle traversed, followed by three rows of
cells increasing ; three subtriangular cells ; one cross-nervure in
the lower basal cell; no supratriangular cells. Hind wings rather
broad at base, with the base of the triangle on a level with the
arculus.
Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.
There seems no reason to regard this insect as the female of
either of the foregoing. It differs from typical Orthetrum in the
last antenodal cross-nervure being discontinuous.
6. HEMIANAX EPHIPPIGHR, Burm.
Bichen, Somali-land, Feb. 5, 1895.
A common species in the warmer parts of the Old World.
4, List of Lepidoptera collected in Somali-land by Mrs. E.
Lort Phillips. By Emmy Mary Swapper.
[Received April 21, 1896.]
Mrs. E. Lort Phillips accompanied her husband on his recent
expedition to the Goolis Mountains in Somali-land, in the spring
of 1895, and formed a collection of Butterflies which have furnished
an interesting supplement to that made by Dr. Donaldson Smith
during his recent travels in Somali-land. For a full account of
the country traversed by Mr. Lort Phillips, I must refer my
readers to the paper published by the last-named gentleman on the
Birds obtained during the expedition (cf. ‘ Ibis,’ 1896, pp. 62-87,
pl. ii.).
Family DAaNAID az.
=
LimMnas OHRyYSIPPUS (L.).
. 6. Gotten, April 6. 6. 9. Dobar, Goolis Mts., Feb. 4.
g
5
2. Limnas poriprus (Klug).
. 2. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. ¢. Dara-as, March 5.
34*
a
524 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA (Apr. 21,
8. Limwnas KiUGtII, Butler.
a, b. &. Dobar, Feb. 4. c. Hammer, Feb. 13. d,e cd 9.
Gotten, April 7.
Family SavryRip a.
4, AMEOERA MADERAKAL (Gueér.).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13.
5. Ypruima poueta, Kirby.
a. Bichen, Feb. 5. 6. Gellokur, Feb. 9. c. Dara-as, March 8.
d. Darra-surree, March 13.
Family ACR HID &.
6, Aorma CHILO, Godman.
a. &. Gellokur, Feb. 9. 0,¢. 3; d. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.
e,f. 2. Gotten, April 6.
7, AORHA BRESIA, Godman.
a. Gotten, April 7.
8. Aon@A sGANzINtI, Boisd.
a. Gotten, April 6.
9. PaRDOPSIS PUNCTATISSIMA (Boisd.).
a-e. Hammer, Feb. 13. jf. Wardi, Feb. 25. g. Dara-as,
March 5. h. Woob, March. i. Gotten, April 6.
‘ Family NYMPHALID&,
10. Pyzamuis carpul (L.).
a, 6. Wataba, April 7.
11. Junonra cneria (Cram.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. b,c. 6 3; d. 9. Hammer, Feb. 10. ¢, f.
3 2. Gotten, April 7.
12. JUNONIA CREBREND, Trimen.
a,b. 3 2. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c,d. ¢ 9. Dara-as, March 6.
e. 6. Gotten, April 7.
‘13. Precis sesamus, Trimen.
a—d. Dara-as, March 5. e. Darra-surree, March 13.
14, Precis amesrRis (Drury).
a. Dara-as, March 5.. 6. Darra-surree, March 13.
15. Precis canusomns (Butler).
a,b. Wardi, Feb. 25. c¢, Dara-as, March 5.
1896.) FROM SOMALI-LAND. 525-
16. PREOIS TAVETA, Rogenh.
a-c. Dara-as, March 5. d. Gotten, April 6.
17. Bybura 1irayra (Drury).
a, 6. Hammer, Feb. 13. c. Dara-as, March 5.
18. Byprra castanzA (Butler).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
19. HYPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS (L.).
a, b. 3d. Bihen, Feb. 5. c. 9. Dara-as, March 5. d. 9.
Woob, March. ¢, f. 3. Gotten, April 7.
20. CHARAXES CASTOR (Cram.).
a, 6. Dara-as, March 5.
Family Lyo @NID &.
21. LyomNna Moriqua (Wallengr.).
a. do. Wardi, Feb. 25. 6,c,d. d; ¢. 2. Darra-surree, March 12.
22, LyomNA BzTIOA (L.).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
23. Lyomna Linenus (Cram.).
a, 6. Wardi, Feb. 25.
24, Lyomna GarKa (Trimen),.
a. Gellokur, Feb. 9. 6, c. Hammer, Feb. 13.
25, Lyo=NA KNYSNA, Trimen.
a, b. Gellokur, Feb. 9. c. Hammer, Feb. 13. d. Dara-as,
March 5.
26. LyozNA TROCHILUS (Frey.).
a. Bihen-andola, Feb. 7. 6. Darra-surree, March 13.
27. TaARUCUS THHOPHRASTUS (Fabr.).
a. d. Dobar, Feb. 4.. 6. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.
28. LYOHNESTHES, sp.
a. Hammer, Feb. 13.
29. LYOENESTHES, sp.
a,b. Hammer, Feb. 13.
30. LyomNESTHHS AMARAH (Guér.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4.\ 6. Dara-as, March 5.
31. CasTaLIus LAOTINATUS, Butler.
a. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. 6, c, Dara-as, March 5.
526 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA (Apr. 21,
32. Tatura UMBROSA (Butler).
a. Darra-surree, March 13.
33. TATURA PHILIPPUS (Fabr.).
a. Gotten, April 7.
34, Drvpboryx Livia (Klug).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Darra-surree, March 13.
35, Druporyx anta (Trimen).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6. Woob, March.
36, SPINDACIS sOMALINA, Butler.
a, Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13.
37. CALLIPsYcHE Lana (L.).
a. Darra-surree, March 18.
38. ARGIOLAUS SILAS (Westw.).
a. Woob, March.
39. AL#Na JOHANNA, E. M. Sharpe.
a,b,c. Woob, March. d, e. Dara-as, March 5. f,g. 5 9.
Darra-surree, March 18. h. Wataba, April 7.
Family PIERID &.
40. Trertas zon (Hopff.).
a, b. Dara-as, March 5. c,d. d 9. Darra-surree, March 12.
41, Tertas Briarrra (Cram.).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
42, Tentas cerns, Butler.
a. Hammer, Feb. 18. 6. Sahana-sahada, Feb. 17.
43. Mytoruris acaTHiya (Cram.). —
a-c. Dara-as, March 5. d. Darra-surree, March 13, e. Doo-
loob, March. jf. Gotten, April 6.
44, Pieris rnripa, Butler.
a. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6,¢. d 9. Dara-as, March 5.
45, Prents erpica, Godt.
a, b. d 2. Bihen-andola, Feb.8. ¢. d. Darra-surree, March 14.
46. Hprr=NIA MELANARG®, Butler.
a,b,c. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. d,e. Hammer, Feb. 15.
47, Ipmats oasTatis, Staud.
a, 9. Dara-as, Feb, 5,
1896.] FROM SOMALI-LAND. 527
48. TERACOLUS CALAIS (Cram.).
a-g. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.
49, TuRACOLUS CHRYSONOME (Klug).
a. Dedjainio, March 29.
50. TERACcOLUS ARNE (Klug).
36 @. Dobar, Feb. 4. d-f. 6 2. Gellokur, Feb. 9.
g- 2. Dara-as, March 5.
51. TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA (Klug).
a. Bichen, Feb. 5.
52. TERACOLUS H#THRA (Gerst.).
a. &. Dobar, Feb. 4. b,c. 6 9. Dara-as, March6. d,e. 2.
Darra-surree, March 13.
53. THRACOLUS LORTI, sp. 0.
Allied to 7. hetera, Gerst., and 7. puniceus, Baier!
This species is smaller than either of the allied forms, but the
crimson apical patch is very much larger.
Fore wing. Costa, basal area greyish; the hind marginal border
black suffused with grey; veins distinctly black. The crimson
patch near the apex commences just above the discoidal cell,
extending to the second median nervule.
Hind wing. Rather more grey at the base, the veins black, but
having no black spots on the marginal border as in 7, hetera.
Underside similar to 7’. jobina, ‘Butler.
Expanse 2°3 inches.
The females are represented in the red and white varieties.
They resemble the female of 7. puniceus, but differ in having a
row of three hastate marks on the apical portion of the fore wing.
The black marginal border on the hind wing is not so heavily
marked as in 7’. puniceus.
Underside similar to that of above-mentioned species, but
somewhat redder. It is most likely a dry-season form.
Expanse 21 inches.
a. 6. Dara-as, Goolis Mts., March 5, 1895.
b,c. 9. Darra-surree, March 13, 1895.
54, TpRacoLus MILES, Butler.
a,b. &. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.
d. g. Wardi, Feb. 25. ¢ 9. Dedjainio, March 29.
55, TERACOLUS BVENINA (Wallengr.).
a-c. 3. Gellokur, Feb. 9. od. 9. Wardi, Feb. 25. ¢ 9.
Gotten, April 6.
56. TuracoLus THEOGOND (Boisd.).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13.
52
8 MISS SILARPN ON LUPIDOPTHRA [Apr. 21,
57. TmracoLus Nouna (Lucas).
a,b. 6 @. Hammer, Feb. 18. ¢,d..¢ 9. Wardi, Feb. 25.
e f,g. 3; h. 2. Dara-as, March 5.
58. Tnracotus tanirmr, Butler,
a,b. Dara-as, March 3.
_ 59. Tpracoius Puiniipsi, Butler.
a-c. 6; d. 9. Gellokur, Feb. 9.
60. Trracotus LEO, Butler.
a. &. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.
61. Cortas ELEoTRA (L.).
a,b, 3; c¢. Q. Dara-as, March 2.
M
62. SyNOHLOB GLAUcoNomn (Klug).
a, Bihen, Feb. 5. 6. Woob, March. ¢,d. Dedjainio, March 29.
63. CaTOPSILIA FLORELLA (Fabr.).
a-c. Dobar, Keb. 4. d. Hammer, Feb. 13. e, f. Dara-as,
arch 5.
64, NuPHERonta caPEnsis (Hopii.).
a,b, Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.
65. NEPHERONIA ARABICA (Hopff.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13.
Family PaPprInLIonip 4.
66. Papitio pEMoxLEus, L.
a. Darra-surree, March 14. 6. Woob, March.
67. Paritio pspuDonineEvs, Feld.
a. d. Dara-as, March 5. 6. Dooloob, March 24. ¢, d. 3 9.
Gotten, April 7.
68. Papitio anvrnorit, Oberthiir.
a,b. 3; ¢,d. 9. Dara-as, March 7.
Family HusPariipa7.
69. SaRaNGEsa PERTUSA (Mabille).
a,b. Dara-as, March 5.
70. Gomaxia numa (Irvin).
a. Woob, March.
71. Pyreus vinpDEx (Cram.).
a. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6, Wardi, Feb. 25. c. Darra-surree,
March 138,
1896.] — FROM SOMALI-LAND.
RHOPALOCERA HETEROCERA.
Family SPHINGIDE.
72. LOPHOSTETHUS DEMOLINI, Angas.
a. Dobar, Feb. 4.
73. MacroGiossa TROCHILUS, Hiibn.
a. Dara-as, March 5. 6. Darra-surree, March 18.
Family Nooruip sz.
74. SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA (Cram.),
a,b. Dobar, Feb. 4.
75. G@NAMPTONYX VILIS.
a, 6. Dobar, Feb. 4. |
76. CHROOALA, sp.
a,b. Dedjainio, March 29.
77. GRAMMODES STOLIDA (Fabr.).
a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Dedjainio, March 29.
78. PoLYDESMA UMBRICOLA, Boisd.
a. Dobar, Feb. 4.
Family AGARISTID &,
79, AEGOCERA TRICOLOR, Druce.
a,b. Gotten, April 6.
80. ASGOOERA RECTILINEA, Boisd.
a. Dedjainio, March 29.
Family LitHosiip 4,
81. D5IOPBIA PULOHELLA, L.
a, 6. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c,d. Dara-as, March 5.
March. f,g,h. Gotten, April 7.
Family GuomMETRIDE
82. STERRHANTHIA SACRARIA (L.).
a. Dara-as, March 5.
Family PyRaLID az,
83. NoraRoHA, sp.
a. Gotten, April 6.
Family PsyYoHIDa.,
84. MonDA DELIOATISsIMA, Walker. -
a. Dara-as, March 5,
e.. Woob,
530 MISS SHARPR ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,
5. List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith
during his recent Expedition to Lake Rudolf. By
Emity Mary Swarpe.
[Received April 21, 1896.]
For the description of the country traversed by Dr. Donaldson
Smith through Western Somali-land, I may refer to my father's
paper on the Birds collected during the expedition (P. Z. S. 1895,
pp. 457-520).
Although but two new species of Butterflies appear to have been
obtained, the facts connected with the geographical distribution of
many species are of considerable interest.
Family DaNAIDA, -
1, TiruMALA PETIVERANA, Doubl. & Hewits.
lex. d. Meo, Oct. 25, 1894.
2. Lionas Kiet, Butler.
lex. 9. Lafarook, July 7, 1894.
lex. 9. The Hand, July 22, 1894.
Tex. 6. Sheik Husein, Sept., Oct. 1894.
Family SatyRripa,
8. Munanrris BANKIA (Fabr.).
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30, 1894.
4, Myoansis persricua, Trimen.
3 ex. d 2. Sheik Husein, Sept., Oct.
5, Yprumma pourra, Kirby.
4 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-26.
6. NEOOZNYRA RUFILINHATA, Butler.
lex. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
Family Ack #1D 4.
7. ACREA MENIPPE (Drury).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
8. AORZA NEOBULE (Drury).
lex. The Haud, July 23.
2ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.
9. Aorma tyora (Fabr.). .
4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 3.
1896.] FROM LAKD RUDOLF.
10, ACR#ZA DOUBLEDAYI, Guerin.
8ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23-25.
11. AcR#A BRzsIA, Godman.
lex. 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.
12. Parpopsis PUNCTATISSIMA (Boisd.).
lex. Luku, Sept. 18.
4 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
Family NYMPHALIDA,
13, ATELLA COLUMBINA (Cram.).
1 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26.
14, PYRAMBIS OARDUI (L.).
2ex. Berbera, July 4.
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
8 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 16 to Oct. 2.
15. Junonia Bo6ris, Trimen.
2ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25.
* 16. Junonta cumnia (Cram.).
lex. d. Darar, Sept. 15.
4ex. d 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2
17, JUNONIA OREBRENE, Trimen.
lex. g. The Haud, July 23.
lex. gd. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
5ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 1.
18. Precis spsamus, Trimen.
lex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19.
19, Preots ooravia (Cram.).
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.
20. Precis Tavera (Rogenh.).
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19, 24.
21. Precis croanrHa (Cram.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
lex. Sheik Mahomed, Oct. 28.
2 ex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 4, 19.
22. PRECIS MICROMERA, Butler.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 1..
531
532 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Apr. 21,
23. Prucis ortHosta (Godt.).
4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 2.
24, Hurywnia DRYOPE (Cram.).
5 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept, 26 to Oct. 2.
lex. Darro Mountains, Noy. 18.
25, Horyrnna HIARBAS (Drury).
2 ex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 6.
26. Bypita mitayia (Drury).
13 ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20 to Oct. 2.
27. Nepris agatHa (Cram.).
lex. Meo, Oct. 25.
lex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19.
28. Nupris MaRprssa, Hopff.
lex. Sheik Husein, Oct. 2.
29. Hamanumipa D=patLvs (Fabr.).
1 ex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 4.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
30. HypoLimnas Mistppus (Linn.).
lex. 6. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
5 ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2.
31. PANOPBA WALENSENSIS, sp. 0.
Allied to P. coromana, Oberthiir, but differs in the white mete
ings on the fore wing.
Fore wing.—The two spots on the apical portion are more square
in shape; the discal row of white spots, from the inner margin to
the third median nervule, are larger in size and only separated by
the brown nervules. Two spots, one in the cell, and the second
_ between the third median and second radial nervules, close to the
third discocellular nervule, are very distinctly marked. A sub-
marginal row of white spots, commencing above the submedian
nervure, and extending, between each nervule, to the third median
nervule; these spots are rather more distinct than in P. coromana.
Hind wing : similar to that of the allied species, the submarginal
row of white spots being more distinctly marked.
Underside.— White spots more clearly defined, with the submar-
ginal spots mentioned on the upperside well marked. The whole
of the basal half of the hind wing white, with eight black spots at
the base. A marginal border, pale brown, not so distinct as in
P. coromana, and with a submarginal row of round white spots
between each nervule.
Expanse 2-7 inches.
Hab. Walenso, Oct..26, 1894.
1896.] FROM LAKD RUDOLF. ‘533
32, SALAMIS ANAOARDII (L.).
2 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26. .
33. CHARAXES CANDIOPH (Godt.).
lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
34, CHARAXHS HOLLANDII, Butler.
3 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26.
35. CHARAXES ZOOLINA (Doubled.).
lex. gd. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
lex. 6. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
36. CHARAXES NEANTHES (Hewits.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19. !
Family LYo# NID.
37. ZuRITIs PuRion (Cram.).
lex. The Haud, July 27.
38. Duvuporyx i1via (Klug).
lex. Ahdeh, July 14.
39. Lyozna puLonRA, Murray.
lex.. Argeisa, July 18.
1 ex. Shebeli, Sept. 1.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.
40, Lyomna sopates (Hopft.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
41, Lyomna TuropHRastus (Fabr.).
lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 18.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28 to Oct. 2.
42. CaTOCHRYSOPS ASTERIS (Godt.).:
1 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.
43. LyozNA LinGEus (Cram.).
1 ex. Sheik Husein. :
44, LyomNA Moriqua (Wallengr.).’
lex. Argeisa, July 18. —
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29.
45. LyomNa Bzri0A (L.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
534 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA
46, Lyomna GarKa (Trim.).
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 29.
47, LyceNnusTuus Lanypas (Cram.).
2 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
Family Prprip &.
48, Tertas zon (Hopff.).
lex. 9. Argeisa, July 18.
10 ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-28.
49, TeRIAS REGULARIS (Butl.).
lex. ¢. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
Qex. dG. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
50. Terras BIstnvaTa (Butler).
lex. Smith River, Sept. 16.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20 to Oct. 1.
51. Mynoruris agaraina (Cram.).
3 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24 to Oct. 2.
lex. dg. Meo, Oct. 25.
52, Preris erproa (Godt.).
5ex. d6 @. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-25.
(Apr. 2),
The males are typical P. gidica, but the female would be con-
sidered by most entomologists to be P. abyssinica, Lucas. My
impression is that these two species are identical.
53. Pruris spvERina (Cram.).
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. Smith River, Sept. 16.
4 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23 to Oct. 2.
54, Preris torpaca (Walker).
lex. d. Sibbe, July 7.
Qex. d. The Haud, July 25.
lex. 2. Dachetu, Aug. 9.
lex. 9. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
55, Preris rayso (Hopff.).
2ex. Meo, Oct. 10, 25.
56, HerPZNIA MELANARGS, Butler.
lex. The Haud, July 22.
lex. Sassabane, July 31.
lex. Sibbe, Aug. 4.
lex. Fussa, Sept. 12.
1896.) ROM LAKD RUDOL. 535
57. THRACOLUS AURIGINEUS, Butler.
4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-28.
58. THRACOLUS CHRYSoNOMn (Klug).
lex. Ahdeh, July 14.
3ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24, 28.
59. TERACOLUS cATOCHRYsops, Butler.
2ex. 6 9. Darro Mts., Nov. 19.
60. Tmraconus CALAIS (Cram.).
2ex. Ahdeh, July 14.
lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
lex. 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25.
61. TERACOLUS OCELLATUS, Butler.
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30.
62. TmRAcoLUS PROTOMEDIA (Klug).
lex. Silou, Aug. 7.
lex. Ehrer River, Aug. 16.
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 24.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29.
63. TBRACOLUS PHLNGYAS (Butler).
1 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.
64. TERacoLus Pu@nNivs (Butler).
2ex. dQ. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20, Oct. 2.
65. TERACOLUS MILES, Butler.
lex. g. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. g. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
66. TERAcoLUS agoyH, Wallengr.
2ex. The Haud, July 25.
3ex. Silou, Aug. 7.
67. THRACOLUS OMPHALE (Godt.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.
68. THRacoLus JaoKsont, HE. M. Sharpe.
4ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2.
69. TRAcoLUS BVENINA (Wallengr.).
lex. Ahdeh, July 14.
lex. Sheik Husein, Oct. 1.
70. THRACOLUS ANTEVIPPE (Boisd.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.
536 MISS SHARPH ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,
71. Tnraconvs suBvENosus, Butler.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.
72, TERACOLUS SIPYLUS, Swinh.
5ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23 to Oct. 2.
73. THRACOLUS MINANS, Butler.
2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-26.
74, TBRACOLUS PHILLIPSI, Butler.
lex. ¢. Ahdeh, July 17.
4ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 1.
75. Turacous crrenvs, Butler.
4ex. d 2. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. 6. Stony-brook, Aug. 29.
lex. d. Meo, Oct. 25.
76, TERACOLUS HELIOOAUSTUS, Butler.
lex. Sibbe, Aug. 4.
77, THRacotus LEO, Butler.
lex. 9. Shebeli, Aug. 24.
lex. d. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
78. Coutas ELEcTRA (L.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23.
3 ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 6-19.
79. Eronia oLeopora, Hiibn.
lex. Dabulli, Sept. 16.
lex. Sheik ILusein, Sept. 24.
80. Eronra Lupa, Doubled.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
lex. Meo, Oct. 25.
81. CaTopsILIA FLORELLA (Fabr.).
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
7 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24 to Oct. 2.
82. SYNOHLOE GLAuconomn (Klug).
lex. The Haud, July 22.
Family PAPILIONIDS.
83. Papinuio pEMotnUS, L.
lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.
3 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 12-28.
lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.
1896.] FROM LAKH RUDOLE, 537
84. PAPILIo BRontus, Godman.
lex. Meo, Oct. 25.
lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 10.
85. PAPILIO DONALDSONI, sp. n.
Allied to P. nireus, but differs in the brilliant blue band on the
fore wing.
Fore wing.—The blue band ending below the median nervure
much narrower in width and distinctly separated by the black
nervules. The two blue spots near the apex clearly defined but
smaller. Hind wing: similar to P. nireus, but the band not so
wide and terminating above the anal angle.
Underside-—With the exception of the yellow submarginal
band on the hind wing, there is no other difference from P. zeus.
This band is almost united from the apex to the first median
nervule, the outward lines or edges being almost straight.
©. Similar to the female of P. mireus in colour, but the blue
band terminates below the discoidal cell, as in the male. Under-
side entirely brown, without the yellow submarginal border
on the hind wing.
Expanse: ¢ 3*2 inches, 9 3°6 inches.
3 ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 6.
2ex. Meo, Oct. 25.
86. Papinio antrnorit, Oberthiir.
2 ex. Walenso, Oct. 25.
2ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4-16.
Family HBsPHRIID #.
87. IsMENH FoRESTAN (Cram.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.
88. HESPERIA VINDEX (Cram.).
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.
89. PAMPHILA INconsriouA, Bert.
lex. Argeisa, July 18.
lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
90. NisoNIADES DIELELE (Wallengr.).
lex. Goura, Sept. 14.
lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.
91. NisonIADES WESTERMANNI (Latr.).
6ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-26.
Proo. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XXXYV. 35
538 MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON THI [Apr. 21,
6. On the Anatomy of a Grebe (Aichmophorus major),
with Remarks upon the Classification of some of the
Schizognathous Birds. By Franx I. Beppaxrp, M.A.,
F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.
[Received March 17, 1896.]
As so few of the Grebes have been dissected, I took the
opportunity offered, by the death some months since of a specimen
of Achmophorus major, to make some notes upon the principal
viscera and muscles, which I now lay before the Society.
As is well known, birds differ very much in the extent of a
horizontal membrane which is attached laterally to the oblique
septa and posteriorly and ventrally to the abdominal wall. This
membrane has been variously termed ‘“‘ Omentum,” ‘“ Pseudepi-
ploon,” and “ Horizontal septum.” When the abdominal viscera of
the Grebe are exposed by cutting carefully through the body-wall
at some distance behind the sternum, the cavity which contains
them is seen to contain only the intestines. As is the case with
many other birds, with many Passeres for instance, the duodenal
loop is very extensive, reaching right to the end of the abdominal
cayity. This cavity, containing the intestines, is shut off from the
anterior part of the abdominal cavity by an almost vertical septum,
which isthe reduced equivalent of thehorizontalseptum. This septum
cuts off from the intestinal cavity another cavity which incloses the
gizzard and the liver, and is again divided into right and left halves
by the falciform ligament. The right cavity thus formed contains
as usual only the right lobe of the liver. I should mention also,
as a fact of some systematic importance, that neither the gizzard
nor the entire extent of the liver is sheltered by the sternum;
they lie nearly altogether behind it. In this particular Hchmophorus
differs from Psophia, Cariama, and the Rallidw; but the Grebe
agrees with those birds as well'as with the Ducks in the small
extent of the horizontal septum.
§ Myology.
T have only made notes upon the more important muscles from
a classificatory point of view.
The arrangement of the tendons of the tensores patagii is
characteristic. The tensor brevis is early divided into two separate
tendons which run down the patagium to be inserted as usual on
to the forearm. They do not, however, as in the majority of birds,
form well-defined narrow tendons, but are thin and ill-defined
sheets of tendon. The division which lies nearest to the humerus
is particularly thin and difficult to delimit. The outer band has a
thickened strand on the side nearest to the humerus; it thins off
gradually on the outer side. The nerve to the hand passes under
1896.] ANATOMY OF ZCHMOPHORUS MAJOR: 589
the inner tendinous band and the thickened inner strand of the
outer band, but above the rest of the tendon. The tensor longus
tendon, as usual, dilates at the middle of the patagium into a
yellowish thickened nodule of different appearance from the rest
of the tendon. From this, or from its immediate neighbourhood,
arise a few strands of tendinous tissue arranged in a fan-like
fashion, which become collected into a thin tendon running
obliquely across the patagium to be inserted on to the tendon of the
extensor metacarpi. One of the thin strands which make up the
patagial fan is directly continuous with the biceps slip. The
muscle in fact appears to end in this tendon, and not to be inserted,
as is more usually the case, into the tendon of the tensor longus.
The biceps is less fleshy than this muscle often is. The tendons
of origin and insertion are continued over the greater part of the
muscle as superficial tendinous sheets. The muscle has practically
only one head of origin, that from the coracoid ; there is, however,
what I believe to be the remains of the humeral head in the shape
of an attachment to the under surface of the pectoralis major.
The deltoid has an insertion upon the humerus of no great
extent. It is attached to that bone for rather less than a third of
its length.
The anconeus has a humeral head which is a somewhat narrow
tendon arising'close to the insertion of the latissimus dorsi.
The eapansor secundariorum appeared to be totally absent.
The pectoralis major is rather a thin muscle; it is, however, for
a portion of its extent divisible into two layers. The superior
margin of the muscle, 7. ¢. that furthest away from the carina
sterni, is largely tendinous. The insertion of the muscle on to the
crest of the humerus is tendinous throughout for about the last
eighth of an inch.
The pectoralis minor is, as usual, a bipinnate muscle, but the
lower side is much wider than the upper. Its origin from the
sternum and the carina extends rather more than halfway down.
The latissimus dorsi is as usual divided into two muscles, with a
branch going to the skin (not always present in birds). This is
the dorso-cutaneous of Fiirbringer. The last mentioned overlaps
the entire origin of the posterior half of the muscle and is
continuous with the origin of the anterior.
The gluteus maximus consists of two separate parts. In front
of the acetabulum is a not very wide (3 inch) strap-shaped band
about the same size as the sartorius, which it partly overlaps. From
the acetabulum to the very end of the ilium arises a sheet of
muscle which completely covers the underlying biceps, and is
inserted on to the fascia covering the leg from the knee to nearly
halfway down.
The gluteus medius is incompletely divided into two halves.
They run side by side, and are inserted each by a separate tendon
of insertion which are connected by a muscular part.
The gluteus minimus is completely hidden by the last muscle ;
it is small and entirely flesby and arises from the ilium only.
30*
540 Mh. Bf, BUDDARD ON THD [Apr. 21,
The biceps is large and fleshy, about an inch across at its origin.
The tendinous sling through which it passes to its insertion is
formed of two strong ligaments attached to the femur; one of them
is identical with the head of the gastrocnemius. In addition to
these two, there is a broad coarsely fibrous band running from the
bottom of the loop to one of the flexors of the foot.
The ambiens, the femorocaudal, and the accessory semitendinosus
are absent.
The accessory femorocaudal is a thin muscle tendinous at both
origin and insertion.
The semitendinosus and the semimembranosus appear to form one
intimately conjoined muscle, which gives off before its insertion a
very delicate tendinous slip to the gastrocnemius.
Only one peroneus is present in Aichmophorus. The origin
of this overlaps that of the tibialis anticus. The tendon in which
it ends is inserted into the mass of fibro-cartilage at the ankle
through which the flexor tendons bore their way.
_ The tibialis anticus has a tendon which is bifid at its insertion ;
just in front of the point at which the tendon divides, a tendinous
slip is given off which runs for some way down the foot and is
finally fixed to skin.
The extensor communis digitorum divides into three tendons for
the toes. That supplying digit II. remains a single tendon. The
tendon supplying digit ILI. divides into three separate tendons ;
while the tendon supplying digit IV. divides into two.
The gastrocnemius has the usual three heads. The inner is
much the largest, and its origin commences at the very summit of
the great cnemial crest of the tibia and extends halfway down the
leg. The outer head arises, as has been already mentioned, in
common with the tendinous sling of the biceps. These two heads
end in tendons at precisely the same level below. Shortly after
this (about 4 inch) they join. The third head arises in common
with the tendinous insertion of the outer of the two adductors ;
its tendon (ossified) joins that of the inner head some way in front
of the junction of the inner and outer heads.
Flexores perforati.—There are the usual three muscles supplying
the three digits. ‘Their tendons are not connected with each other,
or with the tendons of the flexor perforatus et perforans, in any
way.
Flexor perforatus et perforans.—Only one digit (II1.) is supplied
by this. The tendons of the flexor profundus digitorum and of
the flexor longus hallucis are intimately fused for a considerable
length. From the conjoined tendon no slip is given off to the
hallux. Each of the other digits has its own slip. The tendon
supplying digit II. arises first; then the rewaining part of the
tendon divides into two, each half supplying digits III. and IV.
§ Comparison of ASchmophorus with other Colymbi.
My information as to the myology of other Grebes is derived
1896.) ANATOMY OF ZCHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 541
from the works of Garrod’, Fiirbringer*, and Gadow*, and from my
own dissection of J odicipes cristatus. ‘These observations only refer
to various species of Podicipes (P. cornutus, P, cristatus, P. minor,
P. nove hollandie), The differences between these forms and
Aichmophorus are not great. The tendons of the tensor brevis
are, however, a little different, judging from the figure which
Fiirbringer (loc. cit. pl. xix. fig. 4) gives of Podicipes cornutus. In
that Grebe the tendon of the brevis and the recurrent tendon, the
longus, appear to form a continuous sheet of tendon covering a
good deal of the patagium. In P. cristatus the biceps slip joins
the brevis tendon. The biceps is two-headed in some other Grebes,
but single in P. cristatus. The expansor secundariorum is not entirely
absent in other Grebes, but is rudimentary. I did not look for it
with a microscope in Achmophorus, so there may be a faint
rudiment. I could not find one, however, in P. cristatus.
The syrinx of Aichmophorus (fig. 1) has a very incomplete
bronchidesmus, a very wide space between the two bronchi existing
above its anterior edge. The last two tracheal rings are fused to
form a long box, into the composition of which it appears to me
that the first bronchial semiring enters. In any case, if that be not
UIT
t =
mm"
om ——
rr —nr?
7
or
—
Fig. 1.—Syrinx of Achmophorus : 4, intrinsic muscles.
Fig. 2.—Syrinx of Tachybaptes: 7, intrinsic muscles.
so, the first bronchial semiring has the unusual relations shown in
the drawing, which are perfectly consistent with the belief that the
ring is the second bronchial. The intrinsic muscles are attached to
the third tracheal ring in front of the tracheo-bronchial box. The
1 Collected papers passim.
A 6 Untersue ungen zur Morph. u. Syst. der Vogel.’
3 “Aves” in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,
542 MN. F. B. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 21,
bronchial semirings are fairly ossified, but have rather wide mem-
branous interspaces.
In Podicipes cristatus there is the same failure of the intrinsic
syringeal muscles to reach even the end of the trachea. A box is
formed by fusion at the end of the trachea, into which it appears
to me the first bronchial semiring does not enter. The bronchial
semirings are deeper and closer ,together, and the whole bronchus
is more ossified, than in the last genus. The bronchi, too, are longer.
In Podicipes coronatus the syrinx is much the same, but of course
smaller. The first free semiring of the bronchus seems to be
No. 2. There is a wider membranous interval between it and the
antecedent tracheo-bronchial box than in the last species.
Tuchybaptes fluviatilis (fig. 2, p. 541) has a different syrinx.
The last three tracheal rings are only fused in front, though they
are closely united laterally. These rings are much ossified. The
insertion of the intrinsic muscles is remarkable. They run obliquely
forward, converging, to be inserted into the last three tracheal
rings. The first bronchial semiring is arched, and ossified in front
where it is fused with the tracheal box; otherwise it and the
succeeding rings are cartilaginous. It is clear, therefore, that the
syringeal characters justify the generic distinction here adopted.
§ On the inter-relationships of Podicipedide, Laride, and Alcide.
By some, e.g. by Mr. Sclater, the Grebes and the Auks are
referred to one order. By others, e.g. by Dr. Gadow, the
Laridw are placed in the immediate neighbourhood of the Auks,
both being separated from the Grebes and Loons. In preparing a
general treatise upon the Anatomy of Birds, upon which I am now
engaged, I have had to gointo this matter. I propose to give now
such new facts as I have ascertained for myself, and extracted
from the note-books of Mr. Garrod and Mr. Forbes, which bear
upon this question.
It appears to me to be quite necessary to separate more widely
the Alcide from the Laridz,than the Laride from the Charadriidee
(s. 1.). Dr. Gadow, in the classificatory part of his account of the
Birds in Bronn’s ‘Thier-Reich,’ does not define the Lari by one
single character of importance that distinguishes them from all of
the remaining Limicole. Nor are any such characters forthcoming
from the elaborate tables of Prof. Fiirbringer. In attempting to
justify the separation of some such group as the Longipennes, I
have, on the contrary, found additional evidence for a closer union
between the Gulls and the Ployers. I should regard the former,
in fact, as merely forming a family of Dr. Gadow’s Liticole,
equivalent, for instance, to Chionididw, (dicnemide, &c. And this
family will have to be defined wholly by external characters.
Limagined for some time that the remarkable condition of the
biceps brachii in the Gulls would prove a fact of classificatory value.
In Gulls the biceps is divided into two distinct muscles, corre-
sponding to the humeral and coracoidal heads of the more normal
1896.] ANATOMY OF ECHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 543
biceps of other birds. The coracoidal part of the muscle again
divides into two parts, of which one supplies the radius, and the
other the ulna. Dr. Gadow mentions, upon the authority of
Meckel, that in Aimantopus and Scolopaa the biceps is divided. I
find in a specimen of Himantopus nigricollis the following
arrangement of the several parts of this compound muscle. The
muscle has two distinct portions—one, which may perhaps corre-
spond to the entire biceps of other birds, has the two normal heads,
one arising from the humerus, the other from the coracoid. In
addition to this is a distinct coracoidal portion which has a common
origin from the coracoid with the coracoidal half of the double
head of the muscle. In Cursorius J also found the biceps to be
double much in the same way; but the division only commenced a
little way below the level of the humeral attachment. Finally, in
Lobivanellus there were indications merely of the same division by
a superficial furrow extending for some way up the muscle.
In the Gulls proper (the Zarine of Howard Saunders) there is a
syrinx of a more typical form than in any Limicoline bird known
to me. Its more “ typical” character consists in the fact that the
single pair of intrinsic muscles are attached to the first bronchial
semiring, and that that ring is bowed and closely attached to the Jast
of six or seven slightly modified tracheal rings. In the Limicole,
on the other hand, the intrinsic muscles are frequently absent
(Himantopus, Hematopus, Squatarola), and when present do not as
a rule extend down as far as the bronchi; they end upon a tracheal
ring at a variable distance from the end, though in some cases at
least they may be continued as far as the bronchi by fibrous tissue.
Lestris, however, has a syrinx which differs from that of the Gulls
in that the intrinsic muscles end at the last tracheal ring, being
attached partly to this and partly to the two in front; the muscle,
in fact, is inserted rather obliquely. No very distinct line can there-
fore be drawn between the two groups in the structure of the syrinx.
Some justification for the association of the Laride with the
Alcide is to be found in the disposition of the tendons of the
tensor patagii brevis. In the Gulls, as in Limicoline birds generally,
the tendon of the brevis muscle is double from the commencement,
while the anterior of its two parts gives off just before its attach-
ment a wristward slip from which passes upward obliquely the
patagial fan to be inserted on to the tendon of the longus. There is,
too, in both groups invariably a biceps slip, which may be inferred
from Prof. Fiirbringer’s statement: as, however, I am acquainted,
from my own dissections and from the sketches left by my two
predecessors, with a larger series of both Laridw and Limicole than
were known to Dr. Fiirbringer, the fact seems tobe worth emphasizing.
In Larus argentatus there is, as is shown by a sketch of Mr. Forbes’s,
a peculiar tendinous slip passing from the tendon of the longus
patagii to the flexor side of the forearm, which is quite distinct
from the patagial fan already referred to. This has not been
observed in any Limicoline birds but Charadrius pluvialis; it is
highly characteristic of the Alcide. It may therefore be useful to
544 MR. F, B, BEDDARD ON THE ({Apr. 21,
reproduce one or two of the late Mr. Forbes’s sketches in illus-
tration of the tensores of those birds, which have been but little
described. The simplest form perhaps is to be seen in Synthlibo-
rhamphus antiquus. Here (fig. 3) there is but one tendon to the
Tig. 3.
a, slip to ulnar side of forearm.
(From a MS. sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)
brevis muscle, which is inserted on to the forearm and passes
over its muscles to be attached below to the ulna. This single
tendon appears to correspond to the anterior of the two invariably
present in Gulls and Limicoline birds: this is to be inferred from
the fact that it gives off just the merest apology for the wristward
branch found in those birds; there is no patagial fan connecting
this tendon with the longus tendon; but a thin tendon runs from
the longus and is attached to the flexor side of the forearm.
Fiirbringer’s figure of these tendons in Alca torda shows no trace
of this peculiar slip; but it seems to occur at least in the majority
ofthe Alcide. Its presence and the rudimentary character of the
wristward branch of the main tendon of the brevis are the special
peculiarities of the patagial tendons in the Alcidw. There are,
however, as many as three separate tendons all running parallel in
some species. In Lunda (see fig. 4), Cerutorhina (fig. 5), Brachy-
vhamphus, and Uria this is the case. In Fratercula and Alca
there are only two. In a few species (in Fratercula for instance)
where there is a patagial fan, a small ossicle as in the Petrels is
developed. It seems clear, therefore, that the patagial muscles of
the Alcids do not on the whole favour the close relationship of the
Alcidx to any other Limicoline birds, the resemblance to the Gulls
1896.] ANATOMY QF CHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 545
Fig. 4.
Tensores patagii of Lunda cirrhata. a, as in fig. 3.
(From a MS, sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)
Tensores patagii of Ceratorhina monocerata. a, us in fig. 3.
(From a MS, sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)
546 ON THE ANATOMY OF HCHMOPHORUS MAJOR. ([Apr. 21,
and to the Plovers being only seen in one species of each group and
in the aberrant Rhynchops. There is, moreover, the same amount of
likenessto the Limicols proper in a small point which may be regarded
as of equal importance. The bicepsslip, always present in the Alcide,
has, at least as a rule, rather unusual relations, ‘hus in Alca
torda Fiirbringer figures it as attached partly to the patagial
membrane and partly to the inner of the two brevis tendons. In
the Gull the insertion is the more normal one, 7. é. on to the longus
tendon. In Fratercula arctica the muscle is inserted upon the
middle of the three brevis tendons. Now ina specimen of Trinya
canutus (doubtless individual variation), I found a second biceps
slip in addition to the usual one, which was inserted on to the outer
of the two brevis tendons. This tendon I take, for reasons already
explained, to correspond to the middle of the three tendons of
Pratercula.
I have carefully studied the windpipe of a number of Auks, and
can find no reasons for associating them especially with the Gulls
from an examination of this organ. The syrinx is seen in its most
characteristic, even exaggerated, form in Ceratorhina monocerata,
In this Auk (fig. 6) the first bronchial semiring is the shape
of half an ellipse—a gross exaggeration of the generally arched
form of this ring in the avian syrinx; the same form is shown by
the second bronchial semiring, which lies as it were inside the first
Vig. 6.
Fig. 6.—Syrinx of Ceratorhina monocerata : 7, intrinsic muscles.
Fig. 7.—Syrinx of Lomvia troile: i, intrinsic muscles.
and is concentric with it. The intrinsic muscles are attached to
the first. Nothing of this kind occurs in any Gull or Limicoline
bird known to me. In other Auks, however (fig. 7), the syrinx
is decidedly more typical in form. It is an interesting fact
that we can arrange the family into two subfamilies according to
1896.] RONTGEN-RAY PHOTOGRAPHS OF A SNAKE. DAT
the modifications of the syrinx and the muscles of the leg. In
Alca, Phaleris, Lomvia, Uria, and Synthliborhamphus the syrinx does
not show the extraordinary modification described in Ceratorlina
and occurring also in Lunda and Fratercula. In the three latter
genera the ambiens is present, but the accessory femorocaudal is
absent. The exactly reversed condition characterizes four of the first
mentioned genera’. Uria columbia, however, has a syrinx which is
an approach towards that of the more differentiated types.
May 5, 1896.
Dr. Joun Anpurson, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of April were 99 in number. Of these, 82 were acquired
by presentation, 80 by purchase, 6 were born in the Gardens,
30 were received on deposit and 1 inexchange. ‘The total number of
departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 141.
Amongst these attention was called to a young male Indian
Elephant (Zlephas indicus) from Burmah, purchased of Mr. Cross
of Liverpool, April 10th’.
Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A., exhibited some photographs of a snake
in the act of swallowing a mouse, taken by aid of the Réntgen rays,
so that the skeleton tissues of both animals were clearly shown.
The snake in question was a common grass-snake (Z7opidonotus
natrix), belonging to Mr. V. H. Sugden, of the Owens College,
who kindly superintended that portion of the experiment connected
with it. As the snake did not appear hungry, its mouth was
opened and the mouse pushed down its throat; when about two-
thirds of it had passed between the jaws the first exposure was
made, but this failing owing to movement on the part of the snake,
ether was administered and complete repose thus secured.
Three exposures were subsequently made—one from above and
one from the side,—in which the expansion of the jaws to take in
the comparatively large prey was well shown. ‘The third exposure
was made when the mouse was completely within the snake's
throat, and the contrast between the natural and the distended
diameter of the body was very marked. By the kindness of
Prof. Schuster, F.R.S., the experiments were made in the Physical
Laboratory of the Owens College, and the electric apparatus was
superintended by Mr. A. T. Stanton.
1 Phaleris is exceptional in having neither ambiens nor accessory femoro-
caudal. _
? This Elephant, on the 4th of June, was found to weigh 11 ewt. 1 qr. 7 lbs,
548 MR, G, A, BOULENGER ON LEPYLE-ICNOWN [May 5,
The following papers were read :—
1. On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasus.
By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S.
[Received May 4, 1896.)
(Plates XXI. & XXII.)
Ten species of Batrachians have been recorded from the Caucasus,
viz. Rana esculenta, L. (var. ridibunda, Pall.), R. macrocnemis,
Bler., R. camerani, Blgr., Bufo viridis, Laur., B. vulgaris, Laur.,
Hyla arborea, L., Salamandra caucasica, Waga, Molge cristata,
Laur. (var. karelinii, Strauch), M. vulgaris, L. (var. meridionalis,
Blgr.), and MV. vittata, Gray. To these 10 species an important
addition has recently been made: Pelodytes caucasicus, Blgr., the
second species of a genus believed to be confined to Western
Kurope.
Considerable material having reached the British Museum of
late, chiefly through the kindness of Dr. G. Radde, Director of the
Tiflis Museum, I am able to give detailed descriptions and figures
of, or notes upon, five species which are still imperfectly known,
viz. Rana macrocnemis, R. camerant, Pelodytes caucasicus, Sala-
mandra caucasica, and Molge vittata.
RANA MAOROONEMIS.
Rana macroenemis, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 22, pl. iii.,
and Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 596; Boettg. Ber. Senck.
Ges. 1892, p. 186.
This species was originally described from a single male specimen
collected at Brusa, Asia Minor, by the late Baron von Maltzan.
Tt has since been recorded from near Tiflis. The following de-.
scription is taken from three Tiflis specimens in the British Museum,
viz. two from the Tortoise Lake, received from the Senckenberg
Museum; the third from Rijut, 4200-4300 feet, presented by
Hr. W. Wolterstorff, of Halle. As observed by Prof. Boettger,
the snout is often more elongate than in the type from Brusa,
approaching in shape that of Rana agilis, and the inner metatarsal
tubercle a little shorter ; otherwise the agreement is complete.
The vomerine teeth form two small oblique groups, close
together, entirely behind the level of the choanw. Head a little
broader than long; snout rounded or obtusely acuminate, not
prominent,'with the lores rather oblique; nostrils nearly equally
distant from the eyes and the end of the snout, the distance
between them much greater than the interorbital width, which is
also much less than the width of the upper eyelid ; tympanum one
half to three fifths the diameter of the eye, from which it is rather
remote. ore limb very strong in the breeding male, just as in
R. temporaria, and with the inner finger provided with a still
stronger pad, which is not divided by a transverse groove. The
first finger extends slightly, but distinctly beyond the second.
e
P.Z.5.1896.P1.XxX1.
H.Grénvold del.ct lith. Weoeaaieer fap
1.RANA CAMERANI. 2.PELODYTES CAUCASICUS
fe ne iL
TE ig 2) WEG IPN ROM,
har
AN.
N.Groénvold del.ct hth Mintern Bros.imp
LSALAMANDRA CAUCASICA.2.MOLGE V1ITTATA
1896.] BATRACHIANS FROM THB CAUCASUS 549
The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the end of the snout or
beyond, and the length of the hind limb between the vent and the
tibio-tarsal articulation exceeds the length of head and body; the
tibia is a trifle shorter than the fore limb, and nearly equals the
length of the foot. The web between the toes, during the breeding-
season, is developed to the same extent as in 2. temporaria: in the
male it reaches to the base of the penultimate phalanx on the
inner side of all the toes but the last, which is webbed to the very
tip; whilst in the female the last two phalanges of the fourth toe
are free on both sides, and the distal phalanx is free on the outer
side on the three inner toes and on the inner side on the outer toe.
The free border of the web is deeply notched in the female, nearly
rectilinear in the male. In the male post nuptias the palmation is
as in the female. The subarticular tubercles are feebly or
moderately developed; the inner metatarsal tubercle is small, oval,
soft, rather more developed than in &. temporaria aud somewhat
less than in 2. agilis; its length is not quite half that of the
inner toe; a small tubercle is present at the base of the fourth toe.
’ As in R, temporaria, the skin of the back in the breeding male
is swollen through the great development of the lymph-cells,
whilst in the female pearl-like granules are scattered on the sides,
on the pelvic region, and on the hind limbs. The glandular lateral
folds are feebly prominent; the distance between them, on the
scapular region, equals one fifth to one sixth the length from
snout to vent.
The specimens, which have been for some time in spirit, are
pale brown above, with large dark spots on the back and sides, and
regular cross-bars on the hind limbs; a dark canthal streak, a
large temporal blotch and a dark streak along the upper lip; a
more or less distinct light streak between the latter and the canthal
streak. Lower parts white, with small dark spots on the throat.
As noticed before, the male is provided with a pair of internal
vocal sacs.
3. d. Q.
millim, millim. millim.
From snout to vent ...... 70 67 64
Lenpthof head .......... 20 20 18
Width of head .......... BR} 2 OP) 20
Diameter of eye ........ 6°5 7 6
Interorbital width ........ 3:5 3°5 35
From eye to nostril ...... 5 4:5 4
» end of snout .. 9 9 8
Tympanum.............. 3°5 4 3
From eye to tympanum.... 25 2 2:5
Forelimb .............. 45 42 37
Hind limb .............. 129 120 108
WOR sooopoccsc0b0d apeo ey 38 35
INDE Gooocngc0gd0d0d0G0 41 39 35
Inner toe .......-...... 8:5 8 75
Inner metatarsal tubercle .. 35 3:5 3
550 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON LITTLN-KNOWN [May 5,
Rana oaMERANI. (Plate X XI. fig. 1.)
Rana camerani, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 597 ;
Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 134.
First described from four specimens collected by Dr. Oscar
Schneider on Lake Tabizhuri, 8000 feet, and at Achalkalki, and
preserved in the Berlin Museum, this species has been rediscovered
in the Karabagh Mountains, around Lake Gokcha, and near Tiflis,
where it occurs together with 2. macrocnemis. Thanks to the
kindness of Professor Boettger, the British Museum has received
three specimens—one male from Gilli, L. Gokcha, and two young
from the C. Karabagh—in exchange from the Senckenberg Museum.
Their detailed measurements are recorded below.
R. camerani is very closely allied to R. macrocnemis, and more
material is required before they can positively be pronounced to be
distinct species. The affinity to J?. arvalis is also very great, but
the small size of the inner metatarsal tubercle in 2. camerani is
sufficient for distinction. g
The yomerine teeth do not differ from those of &. macroenemis.
The snout is more pointed and more prominent, as in a typical
R. arvalis ; the interorbital space is very narrow, one half to two
thirds the width of the upper eyelid, and considerably narrower
than the distance between the nostrils; the tympanum measures
hardly half the diameter of the eye, from which it is separated by
a distance equal to at least two thirds its diameter. The first and
second fingers are equal, or the first extends very slightly beyond
the second; the subarticular tubercles are strong, and the inner
metatarsal tubercle is oval, measuring two fifths to one half its
distance from the end of the inner toe; the web between the toes
is as much developed asin 2. macrocnemis; the male in breeding
attire is, however, still unknown. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the eye or the nostril; the length of the hind limb between
the vent and the tibio-tarsal articulation equals the length of head
and body minus the whole or half the length of the snout; the
tibia is as long as the foot or the fore limb. The glandular lateral
folds are strong and very prominent; the distance between them,
on the scapular region, equals two ninths to one fifth the length
from snout to vent.
The coloration is in every respect that of 2. arvalis, and
handsomely striped specimens are also of frequent occurrence ; the
light moustache is strongly marked, extending from the tip of the
snout to the shoulder.
3. Yg. Yg.
millim. millim. millim.
From snout to vent .... 45 .o4 32
Length of head........ 15 11 105
Width of head ........ 16... 115 11
Diameter of eye ...... 5. 35 3°5
Interorbital width....... OR no B 2
From eye to nostril .... 3 2 2
1896.) BATRACHIANS FROM THD CAUCASUS. 551
é- Yg. Yg.
millim. millim., millim.
From eye to end of snout 6:5 5 4:5
Tympanum .......... 2:5 2, 1:5
From eye to tympanum . 2 15 15
Fore limb ............. 12 165 15:5
Hind limb ............ 7 52 49
TPAD aa aye eke eye aves cosgedenes 24 16 15:5
INDO Sides doldicdeo coo 24 16°5 16
Inner toe ............ 5 3 3
Inner metatarsal tubercle 2 15 15
PuLopyrEs CAucAsioUS. (Plate X XI. fig. 2.)
Pelodytes caucasicus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.
May Ist, 1896, p. 406.
Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique transverse groups between
the choane. Head slightly broader than long; snout subacumi-
nate, as long as the diameter of the orbit, with moderately distinct
canthus; tympanum feebly distinct, two thirds the diameter of the
eye. First finger as long as second; toes webbed at the base and
fringed; subarticular tubercles strong; a very small inner meta-
tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of
the snout. Body covered with strong warts, some of which are
confluent into longitudinal folds; a parotoid-like fold above the
tympanum. Olive above, white beneath, all the warts covered with
a black horny layer in the male. Male with an internal yocal sac;
the fore limbs very strong, with rugose black plates as in P. punc-
tatus ; similarly with black rugosities round the lower jaw, on the
breast, belly, and under the limbs, especially on the subarticular
tubercles.
millim. millim,
From snout to vent .. 47 |Fromeyetoendof snout 7
Isiga@al coo 065 coG00000 15 |Tympanum .......... 3
Width of head .... 16 | Forelimb............ 25
Diameter of eye .... 465 | Hindlimb............ 81
Interorbital width .... 45 | Tibia................ 26
From eye to nostril .. 4 | Foot................ 56
This species, described from a single male specimen from
Mt. Lomis, 7000 ft., received from Dr. Radde, is very closely
related to the Pelodytes punctatus of Western Europe, agreeing in
the extraordinary development and distribution of the nuptial
horny excrescences on the yentral surfaces in the males, to ‘which
attention was drawn by me in 1881 (Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1881, p. 73, fig.). Here, however, the excrescences extend also to
the warts and ridges of the upper surfaces, so that P. punctatus
must be regarded as the Batrachian in which these temporary
attributes of the males reach their highest development.
__P. caucasicus is distinguished from its congener in the longer
hind limbs and the slightly different disposition of the vomerine
552 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON LI'TLE-KNOWN [May 5,
teeth. The toes are not so strongly fringed in the male, and the
fore limbs are more robust.
The skeleton of Pelodytes punctatus is very peculiar. It was
desirable to ascertain whether the new species conforms in this
respect to the systematic position assigned to it. Yet it would
have been a pity to damage in any way an unique specimen.
Skeleton of Pelodytes caucasicus, from a sciagraph, upper and lower view.
Thanks to the Réntgen rays, the difficulty was overcome, and I
have much pleasure in introducing what I believe to be the first
practical application to herpetology of this startling discovery. I
wish to thank Mr. J. William Gifford, who, through the mediation
of my friend Prof. Stewart, kindly undertook to photograph the
specimen, and to whom I am indebted for the sciagraph from
which these figures are drawn.
1896.] BATRACHIANS FROM THD CAUCASUS. 553
It will be seen that the new Frog agrees with its Western con-
gener in the large frontoparietal fontanelle ; the absence of pala-
tine bones; the very strongly dilated transverse processes of the
sacral vertebra and the forward direction of the three anterior to
them; the curved coracoids and precoracoids; the bony style to
the sternum; the fusion of the two outer bones of the second row
in the carpus; and especially in the fusion of the astragalus and
calcaneum to a single bone, resembling the fused radius and ulna
or tibia and fibula of tailless Batrachians.
[Since the reading of my paper, I have received, July 24th,
through the courtesy of the author, M. Nikolski, a copy of the
description of a new Pelobatoid, named Pelodytopsis caucasica.
The genus and species are established on two female specimens
from Lagodekhi, Transcaucasia, obtained by M. Mlokossewicz,
apparently the same collector who first discovered Salamandra
caucusica, This Frog is no doubt the same as my Pelodytes cauca-
sicus, which has priority, M. Nikolski’s paper being signed June
1896. There is no foundation for the new genus, the species
being, as I have stated above, very closely related to Pelodytes
punctatus. |
SALAMANDRA OAuoasica. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)
Exaeretus caucasicus, Waga,Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1876, p.326, pl. xvi.
Salamandra caucasica, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Caud. p. 5 (1882);
Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 132.
Thanks to Dr. Radde, the British Museum now passesses a good
series of specimens of this rare Salamander, from Mount Lomis,
7000 feet, from which the following description is drawn up.
The series of palatine teeth extend forwards far beyond the
choane; they converge and are narrowly separated from each
other in front, after being angularly bent and enclosing a rhom-
boidal space ; in the middle the series are closely approximate and
parallel; behind they strongly diverge again; in some specimens
the angular bend does not exist and each series may be described
as S-shaped.
The tongue is large, covering nearly the whole floor of the
mouth, free at the sides only.
The head is much depressed, and the eyes moderately large and
prominent; the snout is semicircular in outline and does not
project beyond the lower jaw. The parotoid glands are flat, not
sharply limited as in the other species of the genus. A strong
gular fold is present.
The body is much elongate and feebly depressed, with 12 strong
costal grooves between axilla and groin; the skin is quite smooth
and shiny, without any warts.
The limbs meet or slightly overlap when pressed against the
body. The digits are moderately elongate and depressed ; the first
toe is the shortest, the fourth the longest, slightly longer than the
third, the fourth and fifth are equal. The tail is subcylindrical,
slightly compressed, and longer than head and body.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XXXVI. 36
554 ON BATRACHIANS FROM TH OAUCABUS, [May 5,
Male specimens (8 in number) have a large compressed dermal
tubercle, pointed and directed forwards, on the base of the tail,
just above the posterior border of the cloaca. This tubercle, I
suggest, may assist in clinging to the female during the pairing.
Shining black above, with two more or Jess regular series of
round, oval, or elliptical greenish-yellow spots; blackish brown or
dark plumbeous grey beneath, with or without small greyish-white
spots or dots; these small spots constantly present on the throat.
millim, millim. millim.
Total length.......... 182 155 142
From snout to cloaca.. 66 63 62
Head! ee eee ae 13 13 12
Width of head........ 9°5 9-5 9
Fore limb............ 20 21 19
Hind limb .......... BP) 23 22
Pian Nth oa arse ca ee Mit 116 92 80
The lungs are short, as much developed as in S. maculosa.
The skull is quite typical of a Salamandra, only not so broad as
in S. maculosa and S. atra. There are 17 precaudal and 53 caudal
vertebre, against 16 and 25 or 26 in S. maculosa.
Motce virrara, Gray. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)
This handsome Newt is now represented in the Museum by a
fine series, consisting of 14 specimens from Brusa, Trebizonde,
and Borshom in Transcaucasia. The dorsal crest of the males
may be deeply toothed, as in IV, cristata, which this Newt resembles
in the shape of the head, the notch in the crest on the lumbar
region, and the long, slender digits. A dermal fold runs along
the outer edge of the crus and tarsus in the males. In the Trans-
caucasian specimens the vertical black bars on the dorsal crest are
of equal breadth; a whitish band extends along the middle of the
muscular portion of the basal third of the tail, becoming wavy and
broken up further down.
The following measurements are taken from five specimens from
Borshom :—
3. Go 3. 3. OF
wnillim, millim. millim, millim. millim.
Total length .......... 125 120 119 119 1138
From snout to cloaca .... 60 59 60 59 59
Beads ocean ee Oia 14 14 14 14 13
Width of head.......... 10 10 11 105 10
Morevlimby sce eee. 25 26 25 26 22
JG INI t eae Ama rho eh oEiE 12 12 115 12 9
Hind limb ............ 28 27 27 28 21
MOO bess eisceos Greta neni 14 14 14 14:5 10
Ja Dall oa aciustaichen one ReRache 65 61 59 60 54.
An outline figure of the skull has been given by Alfred Dugés
in his paper on the Urodeles of France, in 1852. Otherwise
nothing is known of the osteology of this species. I have there-
1896.] ON THE PYHRYLOSIS OF THN BARBETS AND TOUCANS. 555
fore had the skeleton of a male specimen prepared, and noted the
following points :— :
The skull is devoid of ridges, such as are present on the snout
in M. vulgaris and palmata, and the ethmoidal fontanelle is large ;
the fronto-squamosal arch is bony and slender; the pterygoids
considerably fail to reach the maxillaries.
The ilium is suspended from the fifteenth vertebra, as in
M. vulgaris and palmata, and the caudal vertebra number 32.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Prats XXI.
Vig. 1. ana camerani (p. 550). Upper view.
a 5 i Side view of head.
2. Pelodytes caucasicus (p. 551), Upper and lower view.
DH 95 ” Open mouth.
Puate XXII.
Fig. 1. Salamandra caucasica (p. 653). Upper view.
la “D nN Skull, upper and lower view, x2.
16 Side view of base of tail of g, X2.
2, Molge vittata (p. 554). Side view.
2\Canse fh Skull, upper and lower view, x2.
2. Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part II.' A Note upon the Pterylosis of the Barbets
‘and Toucans. By Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Prosector to the Society.
[Received May 4, 1896.]
In a short article mainly referring to the peculiar “ intestini-
form” gall-bladder of the Toucans and Barbets, the late Mr. Forbes
took occasion to point out other resemblances between - these
families of birds? to each other and to the Woodpeckers. With
regard to the pterylosis, however, Mr. Forbes contented himself
with remarking that ‘“ Nitzsch, from pterylographical grounds. ...
long ago pointed out this connection.” Nitzsch undoubtedly
placed in one group Picine, the Barbets, Toucans, and Wood-
peckers; but he included with the former in almost inextricable
confusion the Bucconide, and furthermore observed that ‘this
group also has no general pterylographic character, at least none
belonging to itself alone.” His plate fully bears out this state-
ment to my mind. Nevertheless it seems to me that there are
pterylographic likenesses between the Barbets and the Toucans:
I find, in fact, that the pterylosis of such Barbets as I have had the
opportunity of examining do not agree altogether with Nitzsch’s
figures. ‘I'he species that I have studied are Megalama asiatica,
M. hodgsoni, M. javensis, Cyanops franklini, and Xantholema, rosea.
1 See P. Z.S. 1889, p. 587, for Part I.
2 “Note on the Gall-bladder &c. of the Toucans and Barbets,” P. Z. S. 1882,
p. 94.
36*
556 ON THH PTERYLOSIS OF THH BARBETS AND TOUCANS. [May 5,
Of these species the last only (under the name of Bucconides roset-
collis) is figured by Nitzsch, and, as I believe, inaccurately.
Feather-tracts of Megalema astatica,
The right-hand figure shows the ventral aspect, the left-hand figure the dorsal.
The accompanying drawings illustrate the pterylosis of Mega-
lema asiatica, The drawings are copied from the late Prof. Garrod’s
MS. As will be seen on comparing them with Nitzsch’s figures
of Megalema armillaris, there are considerable differences, which
of course may possibly exist between allied species. My own
observations upon the first four species of my list and those of
Mr. Forbes (in MS.) upon Alegalema virens agree so entirely with
each other and with Garrod’s sketch that I cannot but think that
Nitzsch has fallen into error.
The chief difference between us—it will be observed—concerns
the spinal tract. In all the species of Megalema and Cyanops to
which I have referred the posterior part of that tract is, as
Nitzsch has correctly indicated, not in connection with the anterior
fork ; but instead of being a straight band ending at the base of
the oil-gland, it forks some little way in front of that gland and
surrounds it. Another peculiarity of Megalema (not figured by
Nitzsch in M. armillaris) is a lateral band on either side which
commences at the fork of the anterior part of the dorsal tract and
runs down to a point about ona level with the middle of the poste-
rior fork. This is quite distinct from the more conspicuous
femoral tract, excepting in M. astaticau, where the lateral tract
joins the femoral posteriorly. This lateral tract is figured by
PZS1896 Plate XXIII.
Peart
waa eaa It
PEST OLM SOR
ig! 10,508 aeee
GM Woodward adnat.lth, West, Newman imp.
Development of the teeth im the Insectivora
‘1 ‘ ny
DEO ie
PZ.S 1836. Plate XXIV.
GM Woodward ad natith. j West, Newman tmp.
Development of the teeth m the Insectivora.
Ma
My ar’ ay '
ay : |
Yo chisbant ‘aha
: . pi al ai ne
| . a aw,
| } WMS
Rie a
PZ.S.1896. Plate XXV.
GM Woodward ad natjith. West,Newman imp.
evelopment of the teeth 1m the Insectivora.
#iiney boa 4%
iat fe
Sag HP
bo Be
iw i
watt
PZ.S.1896, Plate XXVL.
i5---
aoe Poesy SSS
erase Pe eRt OES
ex 2
RY
35x 8 .
36x 6 Dies
West. Newman imp.
G.M Woodward ad nat ith
Development of the teeth im the Insectivora.
1896.] ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 557
Nitzsch in Z'rachyphonus and Picus and it also exists in Iynw and
Rhamphastos.
A further likeness between the three families of birds concerned
is in the surrounding of the oil-gland by the spinal tract. This
occurs, as will be seen from Nitzsch’s figures, in both Picus and
Rhamphastos.
If. Nitzsch’s figures of Capito (Micropogon) cayennensis are
correct, we may have in the pterylosis a means of differentiating
the Old World from the New World Barbets. For in the latter
the posterior part of the spinal tract is separated from the anterior
and is composed of two distinct limbs which only join just at the
oil-gland. I would further point out that the identity in the
pterylosis of Megalema and Cyanops is against their generic separ-
ation. On the other hand, the pterylosis of Xantholema rosea is
very different from that of Megalema, which justifies its retention
as a genus.
There is the usual interscapular fork, but there is no break, a
rhomboidal apterion being enclosed, as is so far correctly shown in
Nitzsch’s figure; but although the two halves of the spinal tract
do join, the junction is produced only by their lying close side by
side and they immediately diverge to end at the sides of the oil-
gland. The tract, in fact, has an hourglass-like shape, which is
merely an exaggeration of that which, according to Nitzsch’s figure,
characterizes the Toucans.
In the lateral and femoral tracts Xantholema agrees with Mega-
lema. I find, after examining Selenidera maculirostris and Aulaco-
rhamphus prasinus, that all the Toucans do not agree with Nitzsch’s
figures of Rhamphastos erythrorhynchus. In the two just-men-
tioned birds there is no break in the spinal tracts, which are thus
more like those of Xantholema. The femoral tracts do not arise
from the spinal tracts so high up as is figured by Nitzsch, and the
lateral tract, apparently absent altogether from Aulacorhamphus, is
very rudimentary in Selenidera, consisting of only three or four
feathers. i
3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—
Part II. On the Teeth of certain Insectivora. By M.
F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College
of Science, London.
[Received May 5, 1896.]
(Plates XXIII.-XXVLI.)
In their general organization the Insectivora are undoubtedly
very primitive, consequently one might reasonably expect to find
their dentition in a similar lowly state. This at first sight appears
to be the case, at least so far as the pattern of the molar teeth is
concerned, for if we accept the tritubercular form as the primitive
1 For Part I., see P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 450.
558 MR, M, F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
one for those teeth, then we find this type apparently preserved in -
all its purity in certain living Insectivores (Centetes, Hriculus, and
others), a condition almost unique amongst living mammals; in
addition, some Insectivores exhibit molar teeth which are supposed
to be but slightly in advance of this, having acquired a small heel
above and below, thus presenting to us the trituberculo-sectorial
type (well seen in the upper molars of Z'upaia, Sorex, &ec., and in
the lower molars of the Centetide and Chrysochloris).
On the other hand, in many respects the dentition of this order
cannot be regarded as primitive, for the ante-molar teeth are
obviously specialized both with regard to their form and number.
The molars, too, in many genera are clearly moditied from a
tritubercular standpoint, the upper molars being often quinque-
tubercular, while below the heel inay attain equal importance with
the trigon and develop numerous cusps; in others the paraconid is
lost, thus producing a quadritubercular crown, an admittedly
specialized type of lower molar.
As a whole the teeth of this order are characterized by the
strong development of their cusps, a condition closely associated
with their insectivorous diet; this, perhaps, accounts for their
resemblance to the teeth of the early Jurassic mammals, it beg
highly probable that the latter were also insectivorous. If this
was the case, then the presence of these supposed primitive tooth-
patterns among living Iusectivores may be due rather to the similar
nature of the food of these two groups, so widely separated in time,
than to an actual persistence of the unmodified tritubercular
molar from Mesozoic times until to-day.
Until recently it was generally supposed that the Insectivora
were quite normal in their tooth change, Owen (18), Rousseau
(21), Dobson (8), and others describing a full milk-dentition
in some genera. But at the same time, it was known, from the
researches of Spence Bate (1) on the Mole (Zalpa), that the milk-
dentition might be very transitory. A
Recently Leche (7 & 9) has published the results of an inves-
tigation concerning the relationships of the milk and permanent
sets of teeth in a number of genera, adopting the more modern
methods of microtomy to aid him in his researches, which were
extended to foetal as well as numerous stages after birth, until the
full adult dentition was acquired.
Tn his first and preliminary communication, Leche (7) came to
the most interesting conclusion that in the anterior tooth-region
of the adult Hrinaceus a mixture of milk and successional teeth
was to be met with. The adoption of these results unfortunately
led me to put forward the view (30) that Hrinaceus, in respect to
the relation of its sets of teeth, was intermediate between the
marsupial condition with its persistent milk set and the typical
diphyodont placental stage. This now turns out to be quite
erroneous, for Leche, in his later and complete work (9), shows
conclusively that Hrinaceus possesses vestiges of two complete
dentitions,‘and that. those anterior teeth, which are apparently only
1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 559
represented in one set, belong to the replacing series, being pre-
ceded by tooth-vestiges referable to the milk-dentition. This last
conclusion I can now entirely confirm and strengthen, for the
specimens which I have investigated exhibit these features much
better than Leche’s embryos did’.
Both Leche and myself have investigated Hrinaceus, Ericulus,
Sorex, and V'alpa, and he has further studied Crossopus, Scalops,
and Condylura, whilst I have independently investigated Centetes
and Gymnura. These are unfortunately representatives of only 5
out of the 9 families of lying Insectivora (Flower and Lydekker, 4),
thus leaving at least 4 other families, some of which are extremely
interesting, still to be investigated.
In addition to studying the relations of the two sets of teeth,
I have attempted to trace the origin of the cusps of the molar
teeth, noting especially the order of development of those struc-
tures in the light of the researches of Osborn, Rose, and Taeker.
ERINACEUS EUROPUS.
Of our common English Hedgehog I have examined two speci-
mens intermediate in age between Leche’s stages E and F, that is
between his oldest foetus and his new-born young. Fur ther, I
have examined a large series of dried skulls, including those in the
collection at the British Museum.
The statements concerning the milk-teeth of this genus and
allied forms in many, especially the older, text-books are most mis-
leading, and even in more modern works we find the whole group
described as diphyodont. This, though strictly true, was not based
on any detailed examination ‘of the various genera, but rather
hastily concluded from the knowledge that one form was found to
exhibit this condition, or else copied from some old and unreliable
accounts, as, for instance, that of Rosseau (21), who stated that
Erinaceus had a deciduous dentition composed as follows, viz.:—
i. 2, pm. 4, which were shed at the age of 7 weeks. Dobson (3)
also speaks of a full milk-dentition, but it is obvious that he simply
described as milk-teeth all those teeth which were visible in the jaw
of the young Hedgehog at birth, and that he had never seen any
actual replacement. He states, in contra-distinction to Rosseau,
that at 6 weeks all the permanent teeth were present,
The erroneous nature of these conclusions has been pointed out
by Leche (9); and it may be ascertained by anyone, from the study
of a few young skulls, that the only milk-teeth recognizable by the
ordinary methods of dissection or examination of dried skulls are
i. 2, c. (4), pm. 2. The remainder being only to be made out, and
then with difliculty, by the examination of serial sectiuns of footal
jaws, a method not adopted by the earlier observers.
1 Tt is just possitle that our English Hedgehog differs in respect to the
wnount of development of these mitk-tooth vestiges from its continental cousin,
although they are considered as one species; on 1 the uther hand, my two speci-
mens may represent individual variations.
560 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
The discovery by Leche (9) of the extremely variable nature of
the upper deciduous canine (Plate XXIV. fig. 9, de.) forms the key
to his conclusions, for this enabled him to perceive that the milk
set were in part undergoing reduction, and to formulate the belief
that the kuob-like labial growth of the dental lamina which he found
in connection with i.3 was the last trace of the enumel-organ of the
milk predecessor of that tooth: from this he concluded that the
milk predecessors to the following teeth eT had been
entirely suppressed.
The conclusions may seem very bold, but their correctness is
proved beyond a doubt by the two stages which I have been for-
tunate enough to obtain.
Taking as a starting-point the upper canine, I find that
in my younger stage the enamel-organ of the permanent canine
(pe.) is in a very backward condition, whereas labially a small
tooth is developing (fig. 1, de; see also Leche, Taf. iv. figs. 41
-50); from the condition of this latter structure it is possible that
it might develop into a small functional milk-tooth (fig. 9, 4¢.),
and from its position and general relationship it is obviously the
milk-canine. In the older stage we note (fig. 1a, pe.) that the
enamel-organ of the permanent canine is more developed, and that
attached to the labial side of the neck of this structure, i. e. the
dental lamina, is a slight outgrowth, indenting which is a small
irregular calcification (dc.); this is in the position of the germ of
the deciduous canine of the younger stage, and evidently repre-
sents that tooth in a more advanced condition, z.¢. as regards
calcification, but at the same time retrograded, for it is so small aud
irregular that it could not become a functional tooth and probably
would not even cut the gum. Thus we see that the canine may
vary from a functional tooth (Leche) to a minute irregular cala-
fication of no physiological importance (cf: figs. 9 & 1a, de.).
Considerable doubt has been expressed at one time or another
concerning the exact homology of the first upper maxillary tooth
of Frinaceus, its form in the permanent series being so unlike that
of a typical canine, for the reason that it possesses indications
of two fangs; moreover, it is apparently situated a considerable
distance behind the premaxillo-maxillary suture. If, however, a
young skull be examined (fig. 9), we tind that the deciduous canine,
when present as a conspicuous tooth, bears but a single fang and is
situated close to the suture, as also is the developing permanent
canine, the apparent change in position of the latter tooth being
due to the forward extension of the maxilla, growing so as to
embrace the premaxilla both labially and on its palatal border
(tig. 9 a); thus the external premaxillo-maxillary suture in the adult
is apparently situated far in front of the canine tooth. The
true position of this tooth can be ascertained even in an adult skull
if the palatal aspect of the latter be examined, then the canine
is seen to be situated almost within the true suture and certainly
not far behind it.
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 561
The Upper Incisors.
1.1 &i.2 are present as functional teeth both in the milk and
replacing dentition, but the latter (pi. 1 & pi.2) develop late, and in
my sections are only indicated by well-marked lingual growths of
the dental lamina. Pi.2 is the most variable in the different
species, and in the younger stage examined no signs of it are yet
visible. I.3 as a functional tooth is known only in the adult
dentition. Leche refers ‘this to the replacing series, because he
finds a bud-shaped labial outgrowth of the dental lamina related
to the enamel-organ of this tooth. In both my specimens I find
a calcified structure connected with this labial growth (fig. 2, di.3) ;
this in the younger stage is a distinctly cup-shaped dentinal body,
while in the older specimen (fig. 2 a) the condition is more like that
figured by Leche (Taf. vii. fig. 52, Jd. 3), save there is a small calci-
fication indenting his Jd. 8 from behind. A comparison of this
labial calcification (di. 3) with the reduced de. (fig. 1 a) shows that
these two structures evidently belong to the came order, 2.¢. are
reduced teeth of the milk series, the incisior being more vestigial.
This confirms Leche’s view that the adult i138 belongs to the
replacing series, and is the true pi. 3,
‘
The Lower Incisors.
The first enlargement of the dental lamina in the lower jaw is
situated in front of the enamel-organ of the first functional incisor ;
it is a very conspicuous structure in the younger stage, being
slightly bell-shaped and possessed of a small labial outgrowth
(Plate XXIII. fig.3); this evidently corresponds with what Leche
believes to be a remnant of the true i-1 (see Taf. ii. figs. 13 & 14),
which is here possibly represented both in the milk and permanent
series.
The second incisor, 2.¢. the anterior functional one, is a very
large and highly differentiated tooth in both specimens, and
exhibits a strong lingual growth of the dental lamina, which even-
tually forms the enamel-organ of the successor, this tooth 1,2 being
well developed in both dentitions.
The posterior functional incisor 1,3 is very backward in its
development and variable, for it is larger in the younger of the
two specimens examined. A long, narrow, cord-like (in section)
band of cells grows out from the neck of the enamel-organ of this
tooth on its labial side (fig. 4, di.3), being sometimes swollen at its
free end and slightly indented ; this evidently represents the last
trace of an earlier dentition, and from a comparison with di.3 in
the older stage, one is justified in concluding that it represents the
enamel-organ of di.3 undergoing suppression.
Between i. 3 and ¢. the dental lamina is very strongly developed,
and suggests the possible presence of the last trace of one of
the missing Marsupial incisors.
The lower canine is represented by a bell-shaped enamel-organ
attached to the buccal epithelium by a well-marked neck of dental
562 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
lamina; growing out from this labially is in both stages a small
bud-like mass of cells (fig. 5, de.), in one case swollen at its free
end, close to which is a small irregular calcification similar in
appearance to the often vestigial de, but smaller in size; this is
obviously the vanishing milk-tooth de. the canine of the adult
belonging to the replacing series.
The Premolars.
In the upper jaw there are three premolars, which Leche
believes to be the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th respectively. It is true there
is a slight gap between the canine and the anterior of these pre-
molars, but there is a more conspicuous one between the two
posterior teeth, and in this latter gap the dental lamina has a
slight tendency to become specialized and enlarged (Plate XXIII.
fig. 6b) ; but it is perhaps hardly large enough to be regarded as a
tooth anlage, and, further, we know that when suppression alfects
the premolar series in the Placentalia, the Ist tooth of that series
generally suffers suppression earliest.
In the lower jaw there are only two premolars, but between
them is a long stretch of dental lamina, which exhibits a most
distinct development from its adamantine face; this growth is
sliyhtly indented by a specialized mass of mesoblast (fig. 7 6), the
whole structure presenting a great similarity to a developing tooth :
this, I believe, represents the last trace of a suppressed tooth,
corresponding with the middle premolar above.
The two posterior upper, and the posterior lower, premolars
are present as functional teeth in both dentitions ; but the middle
upper one is very variable, and is often wanting in some adult
skulls, while in Z. micropus and #. pictus it is very minute.
The anterior premolar, above and below, in both my stages,
* exhibits a large enamel-organ, bell-shaped in the older specimen ;
attached to the dental lamina forming the necks of these struc-
tures, on the labial side, is in each case a mass of epitheloid cells
(figs. 8 and 8a, dpm. 2); the free ends of these buds are swollen
and flattened: closely applied to these is, in each case, an irregular
calcification, resembling the most reduced stage of de.; these are
evidently reduced milk-premolars, the anterior functional premolars
being then, as Leche supposed, replacing teeth.
With regard to the last premolar, its milk representative
resembles a molar in form, thus differing markedly from its
successor ; a feature so characteristic of the 4th premolar of other
Placentalia, that I think we may be quite safe in homologizing
these two teeth with one another.
If we examine the mutual relations of the 4th premolar and its
successor during their development, we find that the replacing tooth,
ppm.4, originates almost entirely in front of its supposed milk
predecessor from the dental lamina between dpm.3 and dpm. 4,
the enamel-organ of ppm.4 being more conspicuous in the sections
in front and in the anterior region of dpm.4 than in its posterior
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 563:
region, thus resembling the condition which I described in the
Macropodide (28. p. 467). -
The antero-external cusp (protocone of Scott) of dpm. 4 develops
first, the antero-internal or deuterocone second, and the tetaro-
cone third, the tritocone being wanting.
The Molars.
Of the three molars of the adult, Pare : a
in my specimens. The enamel-organs of these two teeth, both
above and below, exhibit slight lingual continuations of the dental
Janina; consequently these teeth do not develop in connection,
with the most deeply-seated portion of the dental lamina, but in
relation to that situated nearer to the surface of the gum. The
presence of this lingually-placed continuation of the dental lamina
indicates that there is latent in the jaw the structure essential for
the production of a second set of molars.
In addition to this lingual growth, we find also a slight but
constant labial outgrowth from that portion of the dental lamina
connecting the enamel-organ of the functional molar with the oral
epithelium. If this labial growth be compared with the vestiges
of the milk-dentition seen in connection with i.3 and [-Q, it is
found that it is impossible to distinguish these structures from one
another, they being precisely similar in their relations to the
dental lamina and to the adjacent teeth, differing only in the fact
that the labial growth connected. with the molars is the most
reduced.
We find, then, in the molar region indications of three sets of
teeth—a labial vestigial set, then a functional set, and lingual to
this a structure capable of producing one or more rgplacing sets.
Further consideration of these sets will be found in my general
conclusions.
are alone developed
The Molar Cusps'.
Erinaceus in the adult condition has three molar teeth in each
jaw, the first of these being large, while mS are reduced.
The first two upper molars are quinquetubercular, being pro-_
vided with two well-developed external cones, the paracone and.
metacone, two internal ones, the protocone and the hypocone,
together with a small central metaconule, this last being the most,
variable constituent. In addition there is a slight but complete
cingulum.
The lower molars (1 & 2) are also quinquetubercular, being
modified trituberculo-sectorial teeth, in which the heel has
1 In the descriptive portion of this paper Osborn’s nomenclature of the
molar cusps (13) is used, but I do not linge imply that I believe in all cases
the homology of the cones has been correctly interpreted ; in fact, in the general
summary I endeavour to show that the cusp usually termed the protocone in
the Insectivorous molars is not homologous in all the genera,
564 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
attained equal importance with the trigon and developed two
large cusps, an internal entoconid and an external hypoconid.
This tooth is further specialized in the partial suppression of the
paraconid, the antero-internal cone of the trigon, while the pro-
toconid (antero-external) and the metaconid (postero-internal) are
very large.
Taking the case of the upper molar first, in both my specimens
m.1 was fairly advanced, showing indications of four cones, viz.,
the para-, meta-, proto-, and hypo-cones, here mentioned in order
of size ; the hypo-cone was obviously the last of the four to develop,
as it is only just recognizable in the younger specimen ; in the
older stage these cones are larger, and the first trace of the meta-
conule is here apparent. Thus in m.1 we can say for certain that
the metaconule appears last and the hypocone next to last, but
the trigon was too advanced in my specimens to determine the
developmental order of its cones. But where m.1 fails us m.2
comes to our rescue: in the younger stage two cones only were
apparent, viz., the two external ones, the para- and metacones,
and of these the former was much the largest and must obviously
have developed first ; immediately internal to this was a low shelf,
in the position of the future protocone, but at present no cone was
recognizable, In the older stage of this tooth the protocone has
appeared in this position, and a faint indication of the heel is
visible. We may thus state with certainty that the order of cusp
ontogeny is as follows :—
1. Paracone
2. Metacone | aie
3. Protocone
4, Hypocone.
5. Metaconule.
In the lower jaw, as in the upper, the first molar was too far
advanced, all five cones being recognizable, but nevertheless
differing greatly in their relative sizes ; the following is their order
according to size, viz., proto-, meta-, ento-, hypo-, and paraconid,
the last being only just recognizable. An examination of m.2
throws more light on the subject, for here only three cones are
developed as yet, viz., the proto-, meta-, and entoconid, a slight
antero-internal extension of the tooth-germ indicating the position
of the future paraconid, while a similar but larger postero-external
platform marks the hypoconid. The protoconid is larger than the
metaconid at this stage, and the metaconid than the entoconid,
the probable order of development being :—
1. Protoconid.
2. Metaconid.
3. Entoconid.
4, Hypoconid.
5. Paraconid.
The ordinal position of the paraconid in the ontogeny may
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 565
seem rather strange, but we must bear in mind the fact that this
cusp is apparently of little importance in Hrinaceus, as it is very
small in adult and may be almost wanting on m. 2.
A further consideration of these cusps will be found at the end
of this paper.
The relations of the milk and permanent teeth of Brinaceus may
be represented as under, the reduced teeth being indicated in
italics, those which never cut the gum and are entirely functionless
being enclosed in brackets, while the functional ones are repre-
sented by ordinary figures (Winge, 26) :—
12 3 1 irmgeoniuuer 2 4 (1 2
1 2 (8), tm 0 (2) 3 4. (1) 2 (8) 4. J
= @® 2)? C. @? P.< — mn or ——__—; M.
ase Oa las gl lO OB Aa 4
GYMNURA.
So far as I am aware, no young specimens of this genus have been
examined in the flesh for their tooth change. Thomas (23) has,
however, published a bare statement of two dentitions in this genus,
_ based, I believe, on a young, dried skull in the British Museum
collection ; but there is a good deal of uncertainty attached to this
method, for although the jaw has been cut to expose the underlying
tooth-germs, no actual germs are visible, and one can only surmise
their existence from the presence of cavities at the roots of the
functional teeth (Plate XXIV. fig. 12), and by a comparison of
these teeth with those of an adult specimen.
The dentition, according to Thomas, is :—
(i 2 3 1 (1 2 3 4 (1 2 3
7 4
Lown o. iy ener '
LSet cat P< —= 34; ns
Ll 2 3 (1 ll 2 3 4 (lal 2
di. 3 and dpm. 2 being vestigial.
The specimen examined by me was a feetus, with a head length
of about 49 mm. and a total length of 205 mm.
The Incisors.
1.1 &i.2 are large and well calcified, each showing a marked
lingual development of the dental lamina, indicative of a suc-
cessional tooth. On the other hand, i-3 is more specialized, and
only present in the permanent set of teeth. In my foetus this
tooth was very backward in its development, its enamel-organ being
but slightly differentiated (pi-3), and exhibited on its labial side a
large irregular calcification (fig. 10, di.3), provided with a reduced
enamel-organ; this is evidently the milk predecessor of i.3, and: ©
0 (7%) 6 # @ &) # ie
1 2
506 MR. M. Fe WOODWARD ON [May 5,
probably would not cut the gum, although at times it may do so
(Thomas, 23)..
There is a complete replacement of the lower incisors, but the
successors develop at very different times, pi.1 and pi.3 maturing
long before pi.2. Consequently in my foetus no sign of the future
pi.2 was visible, although the enamel-organs of pi.1 and pi.3 were
just recognizable. Asa matter of fact pi.2 is, | believe, the last
permanent ante-molar tooth to cut the gum, appearing soon after
the eruption of ppm.3.
The Canines.
The milk-canines possess single roots, and are but slightly
larger than the incisors (fig. 13); whereas the permanent canines
are very large teeth, with pointed crowns, and each provided with
two fangs.
The Premolars.
Pai ate said to be present in one dentition only. If this be the
case these teeth would appear to belong to the milk-dentition, for
there is present on the lingual sides of their enamel-organs well-
marked continuations of the dental lamina, precisely similar in
their relationship to that seen by the side of de., which gives rise
to the enamel-organ of pe., only the inner ends of the former are
perhaps a trifle less swollen. It is just possible that these
structures may give rise to the enamel-organs of successors at a
late period, for the first premolar of the adult skull appears to be
a slightly stonter tooth than that of the young animal.
The lingually situated dental lamina in both the upper and
lower jaws gets smaller and more irregular behind pm. 1, but soon
becomes definitely swollen, and forms the commencement of an
enamel-organ (figs. 11 & 12, ppm. 2); this, from its position and
backward condition, is evidently that of a successional tooth, viz.,
ppm. 2. This identification is rendered more certain by finding on
the labial side of this structure a small calcified tooth (dpm. 2),
devoid of enamel, but possessing a much reduced enamel-organ '.
In the case of the upper tooth this reduced enamel-organ is
attached to the gum close to, but independent of, the swollen,
lingually-situated dental lamina above reterred to(ppm.2). In the
lower jaw, however, the enamel-organ of the vestigial tooth
(fig. 12, dpm. 2) is apparently attached to the corresponding lingual
swelling of the dental lamina, thus exhibiting the normal relation-
ships of a milk and a replacing tooth.
‘he deciduous 2nd premolar is then reduced and early lost,
while its successor is somewhat precociously developed (¢f. fig. 11,
Pmn.1
m0.
1 In a preliminary note, read before the British Association, 1895 (27),
T stated that there were traces of five premolars in Gymnura: this is not the
case ; the error arose through a misinterpretation of a curious development of
the pulp of this tooth, dpm. 2 (see Pl. XXIV. fig. 11, p), which was muis-
taken for a successor.
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION, B67
ppm.2, and fig. 14, ppm.3). The upper dpm. 2 is larger than dpm. 2,
possibly at times it cuts the gum ; it is well seen in a specimen in
the British Museum (fig. 13, dpm. 2), probably the one Thomas
described ; no trace of dpm.2 is seen in that specimen, and it is
probable that this tooth is either shed im utero or absorbed.
oe are quite normal, the milk representative being large, and
the lingual growths of the dental lamina, which give origin to the
enamel-organs of their successors, being conspicuously swollen
(fig. 14, ppm.8). This tooth is somewhat similar in the, two
dentitions, but distinctly larger in the adult.
bm 4.—These are the largest and most complex of the pre-
molars, and both exhibit conspicuous lingual specializations of the
dental lamina, the enainel-germs of their successors. These germs
are developed in front of the deciduous teeth, and although the
lingually-placed dental lamina is continued back by the side of
dpm. 4, it is uo longer swollen to form an enamel-germ.
The Molars.
In the stage examined two molars were present, above and
below, but save in the case of ™. 1 no labial or lingual developments
of the dental Jamina were to be seen. M.1, however, exhibited
both a lingual and a slight labial growth, similar to those seen in
Erinaceus.
The Cusps.
Tho molar teeth of Gymnura reseinble those of Lrinaceus in
pattern ; like that genus they exhibit five cusps, which are strongly
developed, and in the upper jaw a well-marked cingulum, with a
small anterior and posterior cusp, is present in addition; in the
lower jaw the paraconid is less developed than in Lrinaceus.
My foetal specimen was rather old for an exact determination of
the cusp ontogeny, most of the cusps being well-formed. In m.1
all five cusps were present, and had attained nearly their full
development; the following is their order in size: proto-, meta-,
para-, and hypocones, the smallest being the metaconule. M.2
was less developed, and here the para- and metacones were the
most strongly developed, while the protocone was present in the
form of a large antero-external shelf, but hardly as yet developed
into a distinct cusp, though the hypocone and metaconule had
done so.
Probable order of cusp-deyelopment :—
. Paracone.
. Metacone.
. Protocone as a shelf.
Hypocone.
. Metaconule.
. Protocone as a cusp.
ao whe
568 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
In the lower molar the protoconid evidently develops first, but
it is closely followed by the metaconid, the entoconid, and the
hypoconid, the reduced paraconid being. last, the order being
identical with that seen in Hrinaceus.
The relation of the milk and permanent dentitions may be thus
expressed :—
(Ql 2 & (1 eB 2 i 2} 8
I |
(3), 1 Vio 8.8,
al, ese ae 6 aye @ a4 M.< ———
{1 2 3 al \? 2 3 4 iL Be
Sorex.
The Shrews are generally regarded as possessing one dentition
only, but both Owen (18)and Trauber (25) stated definitely that there
was a minute calcified milk-dentition present, Owen ascribing to
Crocidura : milk-teeth, while Trauber states that in S. vulgaris
there are! and in Crossopus fodiens § deciduous teeth. Leche
(9) believes that these authors mistook the calcifying cusps of the
replacing teeth for a set of minute milk-teeth—he himself coming
to the conclusion, from the material at his disposal, that only one
dentition is present in Sorea and Crossopus; this he regards as
the successional set, the milk-dentition having been suppressed.
My own observations are based on the examination of one stage
only, but it appears to be in a very interesting condition and shows
distinctly traces of two dentitions.
The specimen measured 32 mm. long, the head length being
8 mm., while from the crown of the head to the posterior flexure
of the body it was 13 mm., being just 1 mm. shorter than Leche’s
youngest stage.
The Incisors.
+4 —These in the adult are two enormous procumbent teeth,
and in my foetal specimen are much in advance of the other teeth.
The enamel-organs of these two teeth exhibit strong lgual growths
of the dental lamina (Plate XXV. fig. 15, d.l.), so large and
swollen, indeed, as to suggest the development of a successor ; but
such a condition could not possibly have been overlooked for it
would involve the replacement of a large tooth at a comparatively
late period, whereas the only suggested milk-teeth (Owen and
Trauber) are said to be minute.
The 2nd upper incisor is backward in its development, but its
enamel-organ exhibits a marked labial growth (fig. 16, di-2); this
latter being swollen at its free end and slightly indented, evidently
represented the enamel-organ of a predecessor to i. 2 in a vestigial
condition. A similar but non-indented labial growth is found
related to i.3 (fig. 17), this condition being repeated in connection
1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 569
with the fourth tooth, the so-called i.4, but here the labial enamel-
organ is more marked and bell-shaped (Plate XXV. fig. 18, dc.). The
gap between the premaxilla and maxilla at this stage is so extensive
that the germs of several teeth ure contained within it, it being
quite impossible to identify the future boundary line between
maxillary and premaxillary teeth (fig. 19). But even if it be a
fact, as Brandt states (1a), that the four anterior upper teeth are
situated within the confines of the premaxilla', I fail to see that it
is proven that these teeth are the homologues of the four incisors
seen in the Polyprotodont Marsupials, but would rather be inclined
to regard Brandt’s fourth incisor as a canine, abnormally situated ;
for among the Insectivora this tooth is very variable in its relations
to the premaxillo-maxillary suture, due probably to the variations
in relative extension of these two bones, the canine itself remaining
constant in its position.
The 2nd and 3rd lower incisors were in a very backward con-
dition ; both, however, exhibit labial growths of the dental lamina,
that connected with 7.2 being the most marked (fig. 20). The 3rd
lower incisor is, however, a vanishing structure and does not
develop into a functional tooth (fig. 21).
In the upper jaw the tooth which I regard as the anterior
premolar, usually called the canine (Brandt), was difficult of identi-
fication, it being hardly differentiated from the dental lamina
(fig. 19, pm. 2?).
OE the two undoubted premolars the posterior is the largest and
the most advanced in development, the enamel-germ of the anterior
tooth being still in the club-shaped stage, but possessing a well-
marked cup-shaped labial (fig. 22) enamel-organ belonging to its
vestigial predecessor. A similar structure to this, but more
highly differentiated and of still larger size, is attached to the
posterior premolar (fig. 23, dpm.4), which, from its large size and
close proximity to the molar teeth, is probably the true 4th pre-
molar (ppm. 4),
These three teeth I regard as premolars; in all probability they
represent pm. 2, 3, & 4.
The enamel-organ of the single lower premolar, like ppm. 4, was
large and highly differentiated (fig. 24); it also exhibits the labial.
enamel-organ of its vestigial predecessor.
The Molar Teeth.
m. 1, m. 2
m.1,m.2
not very advanced in their development; = exhibited slight
In the foetus examined by me were distinguishable, but
lingual continuations of the dental lamina.
1 A reference to Brandt's figures will show that it is only in Crossopus
(fig. 2) that the 4 anterior teeth are quite within the limits of the propane in
Sorex (fig. 1) the premaxillo-maxillary suture is so represented that the fourth
tooth is situated in the gap between the two bones, a condition characteristic of
the 4th tooth or canine of many Placentals.
Proo. Zoou, Soc.—1896, No. XX XVII. 37
570 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
Cusps.
The molar teeth of the adult belong to the trituberculo-sectorial
type, the upper ones have square crowns bearing four cusps, 2. ¢.
3 large equal ones belonging to the trigon and a small postero-
internal cusp or hypocone. The lower molars are elongated, con-
sisting of a trigon and a very large heel with two conspicuous
cones (hypo- and entoconid) ; the cones in the lower trigon are
not equally developed, the protoconid being much larger than the
other two.
My specimen was too young to determine with any certainty
the ontogeny of the cones, as only one of the main cones had
made its appearance, the dental germ presenting the appearance
of a high cone with a large posterior heel (metaconal region) and
a slight internal extension. A plan of the dental germ at this
stage shows that structure to be roughly triangular, the main and
only cone being situated at the anterior extremity and slightly
nearer the external border. From the position of this cone and —
from a comparison with the cusp ontogeny as seen in the molar
of TLalpa, with which it is identical in pattern, I think one may
conclude that this single cusp is the paracone, the posterior
extension representing the metacone, while the internal shelf
indicates the position of the future proto- and hypocone.
In the lower jaw the main cusp is antero-external in position,
and may be identified as the protoconid ; a slight inward extension
of the dental germ alone indicates the para- and metaconid, while
a faint backward development foreshadows the future heel with its
two cones.
The probable order of cusp-development is thus shown :—
1. Paracone. 1. Protoconid.
2. Metacone. 9 Paraconid.
3. Protocone. Metaconid.
Entoconid.
4, Hypocone. 3 | Fico
A general examination of the Shrew’s teeth shows that with
the exception of = and the almost undifferentiated 1st premolar,
all the anterior teeth, viz. : e i bed ides — "e exhibit the
labially situated enamel-germ of a predecessor, some of these being
in a highly developed condition, possessing marked dentinal germs
but no calcification. These structures, from a comparison with
the teeth of other Insectivora, must be regarded as vestiges of
that earlier developed set of teeth the milk-dentition: this homo-
logy is very striking when they are compared with the reduced
milk-teeth seen in Hrinaceus, and is rendered still more certain
when we remember that there is indication of no other tooth
replacement in the Soricide.
3 1 .
The relations of a are very confusing, for the large develop-
1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 571
ment of the lingually-placed dental lamina would certainly suggest
that they should be regarded as persistent milk-teeth ; but against
this view we have the fact that all the other anterior teeth (incisors,
canine, and premolars) are now shown to be permanent teeth with
vestigial milk predecessors, and also that in all other cases among
the Placentalia where the teeth (especially the incisors) undergo
great enlargement, as is the case with fa of the Shrew, it is
invariably the permanent teeth which are enlarged, and not unfre-
quently the corresponding milk-teeth are reduced and even
aborted (Lepus &e.). This condition is so universal that I am
inclined to believe that in the Shrew, in the case of = as with
the rest of the incisors &c., the milk set has been reduced, but
that here this reduction has been carried further until all trace of
di. 1 has been lost, this being due to the large size and earlier
development of pi. 1, these latter being developed far in advance
of the posterior teeth. The lingual growth of the dental lamina
is comparable to that which has been observed in connection
with the successional teeth in so many forms (Seal (6), Dog (24),
&c.), and which is there regarded as evidence of the existence of a
3rd or 4th set of teeth which might replace the permanent set, and to
which the term postpermanent dentition has been applied. This
structure may owe its greater development in the Shrew to the
early appearance of the permanent set and to the complete loss
of the milk series.
The relations of these teeth may be expressed as follows,
bearing in mind that the milk-dentition is functionless and
probably uncalcified :—
“as Aes ip 2(c) 3 4 (1 2 3
| @e. Jo Dy «)
The = oe ee eee
Lil B®) Lo MOO. O.4 laa
CENTEIES.
My material for the study of this interesting form consisted of
two foetal specimens of different ages, measuring respectively in
total length 36 mm., head length 12 mm., and 70 mm. with ahead
length of 20 mm., together with young and adult dried skulls in
the teaching collection of the Royal College of Science and the
more numerous specimens in the British Museum.
The relations of the milk and permanent teeth of the Tanrec
are fairly well known, the most striking being the non-replacement
of the 3rd upper incisor. This is especially interesting on account
of what we have seen in Gymnura and Erinaceus, where that tooth
is likewise only functional in one dentition ; but here the resem-
blance seems to stop, for in G@ymnura and Erinaceus the functional
third incisor undoubtedly belongs to the replacing os permanent
e 7*
572 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON {May 5,
series, whereas in Centetes this tooth is developed nearly as soon
as the undoubted milk-teeth and is shed about the same time as
the members of that series.
On investigating the development of i.3 no indication whatever of
areduced successor is to be met with, the dental lamina being com-
pletely fused with the enamel-germ of this tooth, and consequently
exhibits no lingual development. On the other hand, a slight out-
growth from the enamel-organ itself is visible on the labial side
(Plate XXV. fig. 25, ”), very similar to that figured by Kiikenthal
(6) in the Walrus (Taf. iii. fig. 7, rvz.), and which he there regards as
the remains of an earlier dentition. One might therefore be justified
in regarding this structure in Centetes as the last trace of di.3,
and the functional tooth though early lost as pi-3. I am, however,
very doubtful as to the advisability of basing a conclusion upon
such slight evidence, more especially as I have never observed an
undoubted reduced labial tooth in such a position, vestiges of an
earlier dentition being always, so far as I am aware, related directly
to the dental lamina, 7.¢. to the neck of the enamel-organ of the
replacing tooth and not to the modified body of that structure.
Nevertheless, from the entire absence of any trace of a successor
to this tooth and from the fact that the milk-dentition appears to
be undergoing reduction in most Insectivores, and especially from
the condition of the 3rd incisors in Gymnura and Lrinaceus, J
venture to suggest that this single i.3 of Centetes belongs to the
permanent dentition, but that it is very early developed and shed
with the milk-teeth.
It is interesting to note that in the closely allied genus Hemi-
centetes a 3rd upper incisor is present in the adult dentition; but
although we know a little of the tooth change in this form (3. p. 75),
yet we do not for certain know if this tooth is preceded by a
functional milk-incisor.
PE RRE
The remaining incisors i112 gbogether with the canines and the
three premolars above and below are all present as functional
teeth in both dentitions.
A very marked gap is noticeable between the canines and the
first functional premolars both above and below: this tends to
confirm the generally accepted view that the missing premolar is
the 1st of that series. Unfortunately the dental lamina has been
completely aborted from this gap in both stages examined, so that
no indication of a missing tooth could be found.
The diastemata between these teeth are inuch more pronounced
in the older stage and still more so in the adult; and from what
T have seen in this and other long-nosed mammals (polyprotodont
Marsupials), I am led to conclude that this elongation of the
jaw is a secondary one, acquired since the reduction in the tooth
series. This to my mind accounts for the absence of all vestiges
of the suppressed teeth, for, when recently suppressed, tooth-
vestiges are generally found even in short-nosed forms. The
presence of four upper molars in this form appears to point to a
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 573
very late elongation of the jaw, not to the retention of a primitive
character.
The Molar Teeth.
In the younger of my two specimens m.1 alone was developed,
while in the older stage two molars were present above and below ;
in the latter specimen a very strong lingual development of the
dental lamina was noticeable in relation to — that connected
with m.1 being specially large (Plate XXV. fig. 26, d..), and a less
marked but similarly related structure was observable in connec-
tion with m. 2.
«- he Cusps.
The posterior premolars and all the molar teeth belonging to
the upper jaw of this genus exhibit a high triangular crown
surrounded by alow cingulum, this latter being most marked in the
postero-internal region of the tooth (Plate XXVI. fig. 34); the
trigon is characterized by the presence of 3 cusps, of which the
antero-internal (5) is the dominant and is connected by an oblique
ridge with the cusps usually regarded as the paracone and metacone
respectively (2, 3)--this tooth apparently presenting an almost pure
tritubercular type’. On examining ™.1 in my oldest specimen,
this tooth was found to be composed of a prominent main cone
slightly inclined inwards, undoubtedly the protocone of the
adult tooth; while growing out low down from the external surtace
of this main dental germ were two smaller cones—a slightly more
pronounced anterior one occupying the position of the future
paracone, and a less developed postero-external cone situated well
behind the main cone, 2. ¢. the exact position of the metacone.
The order of cusp-development is given below :—
1. Protocone.
2. Paracone.
BN StACane } Nearly simultaneous.
In the deciduous 4th premolar likewise the protocone develops
first, but here the metacone is in advance of the paracone.
The lower molars and posterior premolar are beautiful examples
of the trituberculo-sectorial tooth, consisting of a high trigon and
a low slightly developed heel ; the three cusps of the trigon are
pronounced—the protoconid (antero-external) being the largest,
the metaconid is next in size and almost hidden by the former as
it lies immediately internal to it, the paraconid being the smallest
and most anterior cusp.
The development of these cones is well seen in m.1&m.2 of my
older specimen, and it is at once obvious that the protocunid is the
original dentine germ, the other cusps being later outgrowths from
1 The upper cheek-teeth of Hemicentetes should be examined by trituber-
culists, for in this genus a complete transition between the triconodont
premolars and the trituberculate molars can be seen.
574 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
it; indications of the paraconid and metaconid are just visible as
antero- and postero-internal shoulders to the main outwardly
inclined cone (protoconid) ; of two former cones the metaconid
appears to develop a trifle the earliest, as in m.2 the paraconid is
not yet visible; in neither teeth had the hypoconid yet made its
appearance. The order of development is thus shown to be :—
1. Protoconid.
2. Metaconid.
3. Paraconid.
4, Hypoconid.
This same order of development is presented by the cusps of
dpm. 4.
The probable relation of the dentitions is as follows :—
(kOe al OO Pa AY BS) 2
li 2 0 Ly
C pjo_2 8 4
ae Shi TOmmommsmrd ian:
U
Nee 20-8 teal Opa) 4 Lil Bee
ERICULUS SETOSUS.
The dentition of this genus is somewhat specialized, inasmuch as
there is a distinct reduction in number of teeth, the 3rd incisor
above and below being, in addition to the 1st premolar, completely
wanting. In the case of the functional teeth possessed by
Ericulus, the replacement is complete and may be represented as
follows :—
fee al oe Bae Al oS
i 20. Ja, OO 8 a J
1412 9, 04 53 Pa g-g-qi Me ———
lr 20 AMANO CONeuNS) eas) glbai\ely ONES
Tn a foetal specimen examined, 78 mm. long with a head length
of 23 mm., » slight differentiation of the dental lamina in the
lower jaw was observed between i,2 and ¢., indicating the last
trace of i, 3; but above the reduction is more complete, for although
there was a conspicuous gap present between i.2 and ¢., yet all
trace of the dental lamina was lost.
The caninés develop close to the 2nd premolar, and no indication
of the missing 1st premolar was to be found.
Examination of the 4th premolar shows that ppm. 4 develops
conspicuously in front of dpm. 4, the former being distinctly
between dpm. 3 and dpm. 4, but on their lingual side.
Only a slight lingual development of the dental lamina was
F 4 med
observed in connection with ——.
The upper molars, like those of Centetes, are of trituberculate
form, but possess in addition one slight antero-external cingulum
1896.) — MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 575
cusp. The protocone is the largest cusp, while the para- and
metacone form the outer border of the tooth and are separated
by a slight notch only.
In the foetus, in m. 1 the protocone forms the main mass of the
tooth, while the para- and meta-cones form two rounded external
shelves not at present conical; in m.2 the protocone and a small
antero-external paracone are alone visible. ‘The order of formation
being :—
1. Protocone.
2. Paracone.
3. Metacone.
The lower molars are trituberculo-sectorial, the heel being larger
than in Centetes but still very low; here also the protoconid is the
first to develop, but it is quickly followed by the paraconid and
later by the metaconid; the hypoconid appears as a low backward
continuation of the dentine germ, 2. e. of the protocone, for it is a
direct backward continuation of the base of that cone. The cusps
develop in the following order :—
1. Protoconid.
2. Paraconid.
3. Metaconid.
4, Hypoconid.
In describing the upper molars of Centetes and Ericulus, I have
regarded them, as is usually done, from a tritubercular standpoint ;
it is perhaps more correct to describe them as presenting a crown
consisting of a large V-shaped internal cone sloping gently towards
the external border of the tooth in the form of two ridges, which
end in an external serrated margin consisting in Centetes of 4
small cusps (Plate XX VI. fig. 34, a & , 1, 2,3, 4), two of which
(2 & 3) are regarded as the paracone and metacone. Internal the
main cone (5) dips sharply down to an internal cingulum, which
is slightly expanded posteriorly (7).
TALPA EUROPA.
It may seem unnecessary to reinvestigate the relationship of
the milk and permanent teeth of the Mole, considering that all
the details relating to these teeth appear to have been recorded by
Spence Bate (1) as early as 1867, and that these have apparently
been confirmed by Leche (9), who used the more modern method of
serial sections; but unfortunately the former appears to have per-
petrated one serious error, and the latter, owing to the fact that
the specimens he examined where too young, has failed to rectify
it. ‘The point in question is the supposed presence of a needle-
like deciduous first premolar in both jaws.
Reference to Bate’s figures will show that he represents reduced
but elongate needle-like predecessors to all the incisors, canines,
and premolars, that preceding the 4th premolar alone being two-
fanged and non-spicular in form.
576 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
On making an examination of the clarified jaws (Plate XXVI.
fig. 29) of ayoung animal (hairless), one is immediately struck with
the correctness of the greater part of these figures, but in respect to
the first premolar they appear to be incorrect, for no trace is obsery-
able of Bate’s dpm. 1. In order to be certain that I was not dealing
with an abnormal specimen, I examined the clarified jaws of three
specimens of about the same age as that studied by Bate, two others
being cut one into horizontal and the remaining into frontal
sections ; three younger animals were also examined by the section
method?. In all 10 half heads were investigated, and as these,
obtained from various localities, all agreed amongst themselves in
respect to the relations of the 1st premolar, I cannot but come to
the conclusion that Bate’s observations on this point are erroneous,
dpm. 1
dpm. 1
In the younger specimen all the deciduous teeth save the 1st
premolar were well calcified, but the germs of the permanent teeth
though distinct were but little differentiated. An examination
of a horizontal section at this period (figs. 27 and 28) shows pm. 1
developing in a position precisely similar to that occupied by the
reduced deciduous incisor, canines, and premolars; and, as is the
case with the latter, the former exhibits a specialized portion of
the dental lamina on its lingual surface, the only observable differ-
ence being that dpm. 1 is larger, uncalcified, and generally more
backward than the other milk-teeth ; also that the germ of ppm. 1
is slighter but might well be thought capable of developing at
a later period. That this is not the case is seen from an examina-
tion of the older stage: here all the deciduous teeth are strongly
developed and even dpm. 1 is now calcified (fig. 31); it is,
however, very large and not at all of the nature of a vestigial
needle-shaped tooth such as figured by Bate, but rather presents all
the characteristics of the tooth regarded by him as ppm. 1. The
permanent incisor, canines, and premolars (fig. 30) are now highly
differentiated, with large enamel and dentine germs : a comparison
of one of these with the indication of the germ of ppm. 1
(Plate XX VI. fig. 31,d.1.), shows that the latter is now less marked
than in the earlier stage and is obviously aborting ; consequently we
may safely assert that it never attains any degree of specialization,
but remains merely a slight swelling of the dental lamina.
The entire absence of any labial development from that portion
of the dental lamina between the large enamel-organ of this tooth
(dpm. 1) and the epithelium of the mouth, taken together with the
position occupied by it, viz. one similar to that of the true milk-
teeth, and the specialized thickening of the dental Jamina on its
lingual side, exactly resembling in appearance and position the true
have no existence.
and that the teeth which he describes as
1 In all 8 stages were examined, including two specimens of stage 1, one of
the 2nd, and five of the 3rd stage, all being older than Leche’s stages,
(1) 55 mm. total length ; 17 mm, head length.
(2) 68 4 5 oy 1%, » »
(3) 95 ” ” ” 30 ” ” ”
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 577
successional teeth, shows conclusively to my mind that the first
premolar is present as a calcified tooth in one dentition only, viz.,
in the milk-dentition ; the milk-tooth @ ~ ;
persisting in the adult along with the permanent teeth, a slight
trace only of its successor being visible at a very early stage and
only for a short period.
I must further conclude that the teeth figured by Bate as
dpm. 1
dpm. 1
teeth.
I can only imagine that Bate was misled by the presence of the
small needle-like teeth seen in connection with all the other ante-
molars into the belief that he had lost a similar one in connection
) being very large and
have no existence, his peut being in reality persistent milk-
ppm. 1 8 uy
m 1
Leche, while accepting Bate’s account, which he was bound to
do from the limited material at his disposal, states that pm. 1 was
much more backward than the other milk-teeth, for while the
latter had well differentiated enamel-organs, that belonging to
pm. 1 was still club-shaped or only slightly advanced. Thus his
specimens form with mine a perfect series, which together show
that at no time is there more than one representative of pm. 1
differentiated as a tooth, 2. e. dpm. 1, and only forashort period is
there any indication of ppm. 1.
with eal during dissection.
General Consideration of the Homology of Pm. 1.
Although there is undoubtedly but one calcified representative
of pm. 1 present in the Mole, it is possible that some may be
inclined to regard that tooth as belonging to the permanent rather
than to the milk series; in that case the lingual growth of the
dental lamina would have to be regarded as the representative of
the post-permanent series, similar to that seen in connection with
the permanent incisors and canines (fig. 28, pe. dl.). Such an
interpretation has been adopted by Tims (24) for pm. 1 of the Dog
and Pig’, this author further stating his belief that in those cases
(Hyrax, &c.) in which pm. 1 is duplicated, the two teeth repre-
sent the permanent and post-permanent series, and not the milk
and permanent sets as one might suppose them to do. Against
this possible interpretation of pm. 1 in the Mole may be urged in
1 With regard to Tims’s description of the 1st premolar of the Pig, in which
he figures traces of three dentitions, I believe that, there has been a mistake in the
identification of the teeth, for which I am partially responsible, the sections and
rough identification of the teeth being mine. On making a fresh and more care-
ful examination of the sections, and comparing them with an older specimen,
I find a very backward tooth-germ present between the canine and the supposed
Ist premolar: this backward germ I take to be the true pm. 1, the tooth
figured by Tims boing dpm. 2; in that case the enormous development and
swollen nature of the lingual growth of the dental lamina is accounted for, it
being the germ of ppm. 2, while the labial growth must represent a trace of the
pre-milk dentition.
578 Ml. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
addition the entire absence of any labial growth in connection
with pm. 1, which one might naturally expect to find if the func-
tional pm. 1 was ppm. 1, andif Bate’s specimen was an exceptional
one in which dpm. 1 had been retained.
One of the greatest difficulties met with in the study of tooth
ontogeny is the want of a sure method for the determination to
which set a given tooth belongs, for we may be dealing with a
retarded member of an early set or an accelerated development of
a later series, and, so far as I can judge, the identification can only
be made through a study of the comparative morphology and
phylogeny of the tooth, and not by its ontogeny alone. That the
time of appearance of ‘the enamel-organ does not help us is well
seen in the Mole, where the germ of pm. 1 appears after the other
milk-teeth and at the same time as pe. ; but this latter tooth appears
long before the other permanent teeth, so that if we took the time
of appearance of these tooth-germs as a criterion we should have
to conclude that the deciduous incisors, canines, and three posterior
premolars belonged to one set, the 1st premolar and permanent
canine to a second set, and the other permanent teeth to a third
series, a conclusion which, I think, condemns itself in the mind of
all those who have studied this subject. Such a suggestion was
put forward many years ago by Wortman (31), who regarded the
four molars of the Placentalia as belonging to four distinct sets
of teeth; this view does not appear to have met with any general
recognition, it being more natural to suppose that the dental
lamina though temporarily fused with the germs of the anterior
molars yet retains its individuality and grows back with the elon-
gation of the jaw to form fresh teeth belonging to the same series
as the more anterior molars.
The only doubt arising in my mind as to whether I am right in
referring the first premolar, in the Mole and in all animals where it
is only known in one dentition, to the milk-series and so terming
it dpm. 1, is due to the appearance seen in Mrinaceus ; for if in
that genus the apparent tooth-vestige which I have mentioned (ante,
p 562) as occurring between the two posterior upper premolars really
represents a lost premolar, then the anterior premolar of Hrinaceus
is the true pm. 1; and as further I have shown that the deciduous
predecessor of that tooth is a vestigial structure, the functional
tooth must be referred to the replacing dentition. Consequently,
if the above premises be true, we have here an example of the
suppression of dpm. 1 and a persistence of ppm. 1, a conclusion
antagonistic to that which I have arrived at concerning this tooth
in the Mole, and I could only suppose that the homology of this
tooth (pm. 1) varies in different and closely related animals.
1 have thought it only fair to give this possible objection to my
view here, but, as I have already mentioned, this supposed vestige
of pm. 3 in Erinaceus is very slight and has not been observed by
Leche in any of his stages ; so it is highly probable that this struc-
ture has no morphological importance, and Leche’s identification
of the lst functional premolar in this genus as pm. 2 may be quite
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 579
correct, in which case the above objection would not hold, and the
non-replaced pm. 1 may be regarded in all cases as a persistent
milk-tooth. ’
The presence or absence of the 1st premolar appears to be inti-
mately connected with the development of the canine, for in
mammals, other than the Insectivora, it is commonly wanting or
much reduced in all those forms possessed of a large canine tooth,
while in those forms in which it is present in both dentitions the
canine is either vestigial (Hyraa) or separated from the premolars
by a wide diastema (Vapirus indicus). In the case with no suc-
cession to pm. 1, I should imagine that enlarged deciduous canine
caused a slight decrease in size of dpm. 1, while the enormous
permanent canine, which always develops early, caused a total
suppression of ppm. 1; on the other hand, in those cases where
pm. 1 is replaced, the non-development of the canines or their
early removal forward allows the germ of ppm. 1 to mature
and become functional. In forms such as the Pecora, in which
both the canine and pm. 1 are wanting, this latter tooth was
probably suppressed in some ancestor in whom the canine was well
developed, and probably all trace of its germ has been lost, so that
the subsequent loss of the canine has not caused pm. | to reappear ;
besides in these forms, as also in Hquus, the posterior premolars
have been so much enlarged that the anterior cheek-teeth became
functionless and aborted.
Osborn (82) on paleontological evidence regards the single
pm. 1 as a persistent milk-tooth.
The Molar Teeth of the Mole.
The lingual development of the dental lamina in relation to S
is most conspicuous, it being more strongly developed in the Mole
and Centetes than in any other animals I have examined, so much
so that it is highly suggestive of a rudiment of a successional
tooth (Plate XXVI. fig. 32, d.l.); a similar but slighter growth
is found in relation to m. 2.
The Cusps.
The molar teeth belong to the trituberculo-sectorial order; in the
lower molars the heel is very large and bears two strong cusps;
the heel in m. 1 is larger than the trigon, but in m. 2 and m. 8 it is
smaller ; in all the protoconid is the largest and the paraconid the
smallest of the main cusps ; a small posterior cingulum-cusp is seen
in m, 1, while m. 2 bears in addition a similar anterior cusp, in m.3
the anterior one alone is present. Ihe upper molars (Plate XX VI.
fig. 35) are mainly tritubercular, but a very small hypocone (8) is
present; the protocone (7) is small, whereas the paracone and
metacone (6 &«), especially the latter, are very large and show a
tendency to become crescentic or V-shaped, the summit of the
cone being situated some distance from the outer border of the
580 MR. M. I, WOODWARD ON | iayis;
tooth; at the horns of the crescents, 1. ¢. at the anterior and
posterior extremities of the outer border, and in the middle of
this edge where the two crescents meet, slight additional cones are
raised up; these, however, appear very late (Plate XXVI. fig. 35,
a & b, 1, 2, 3, 4).
Though no less than four stages were examined, yet it was not
quite possible to determine which cusp was the first to appear,
for even in the earliest stage of m.3 two slight prominences were
already visible corresponding to the paracone and metacone. In
the case of m.1 and m.2, three cusps were present in all stages,
but of these the two external were alone conspicuous in the
younger stages, the antero-external (paracone) being the largest,
though in the adult it is smaller than the metacone; this, I think,
shows that the paracone is the first to develop. he internal pro-
tocone (7) appears late as a low inward extension from the base of
the paracone (fig. 32) and cannot possibly be regarded as the original
axis of the tooth. The 4th cusp to appear is the small anterior
external cusp, which is connected with the anterior slope of the
paracone, the hypocone evidently appearing very late.
In the lower molars the protoconid forms the main axis of the
dentine germ, and develops long before any of the other cusps, the
next in order being the metaconid, followed by the hypoconid and
entoconid, and lastly the paraconid. The heel itself minus its two
cusps is developed very early before even the metaconid. The
paraconid is especially late in its development; consequently
the molar tooth before this cusp appears presents a very curious
rare the entire antero-external region of the dentine germ being
absent.
Upper molars. Lower molars.
1. Paracone. 1. Protoconid.
2. Metacone. 2. Metaconid.
3. Protocone. 3. Hypoconid.
4, Small antero-external. 4. Entoconid.
5. Hypocone. 5. Paraconid.
GENERAL COMPARISION OF RESULTS.
The Ath Premolar.
The homology of the 4th premolar of the Placentalia with the
posterior premolar of the Marsupialia was first pointed ont by
Thomas, and there can be no doubt that this tooth in the two
groups presents certain constant and striking features ; thus dpm. 4
is nearly always molariform, whereas ppm. 4 is often almost unique
in its pattern, being a highly specialized tooth, which in those
cases where it resembles any other tooth has a striking similarity
to dpm. 3 (Aypsiprymnus, Canis, &c.).
Some time ago I pointed out that in Mucropus the so-called
ppm. 4 developed from the dental lamina between dpm. 3 and
dpm. 4 (28, pl. 36, fig. 19), and was evidently serially homologous
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 581
with those teeth, but differed from them in being retarded in its
development.
While investigating the development of dpm. 4 and ppm. 4 in
the Insectivora, I have kept the above conclusion in mind, and
allowing for the differences in the condition of the dentition in these
two groups (Insectivora and Diprotodont Marsupials) I find a
strong confirmation of this view, that ppm. 4 represents a tooth
originally situated in front of dpm. 4, but retarded in its
development, and subsequently displaced backwards or overgrown
by dpm. 4.
This condition is more marked in the upper jaw, where in three
of the genera investigated ppm. 4 develops distinctly in front of
dpm. 4, in two slightly so, while only in one does it develop distinctly
lingual to dpm. 4 (this is in Sorea probably a specialized form).
The molariform condition of dpm. 4 is well marked, but while in
some Insectivora ppm. 4 is distinct in pattern, in others it is also
molariform—the former condition being more marked in other
groups of mammals, in some of which (Carnivora and Marsupials)
ppm. 4 is so distinct in the characters of its crown from its
predecessor that, taken in connection with the developmental
features above recorded, I am forced to the conclusion that dpm. 4
is a true molar accelerated in its development and growing forwards
over the top of the retarded true 4th premolar, or, in other words,
dpm. 4 is the only true deciduous molar, while the tooth usually
termed ppm. 4 is really the milk, but non-deciduous 4th premolar.
The above would account for the striking differences in character
between the supposed deciduous and permanent 4th premolars of
the “ Kangaroo Rats,” where dpm. 4 is molariform, and ppm. 4
that marvellous compressed cutting-tooth, identical in pattern with
the anterior premolardpm.3. So also in the Carnivora with regard
to the upper carnassial tooth. I think it is easier to conceive that
the anterior molar should be accelerated in its development in order
to supply the young animal with a crushing-tooth, than to believe
with Cope (2) that the mere fact of a tooth-germ being shifted in
its position relative to the angle of the mouth would cause such a
total change in the character of two tooth-germs which were
supposed to develop side by side as sisters from the same region of
the dental lamina.
It is only fair to state that Leche (9. pp. 103 and 139) after
considering the views put forward by me in a former paper (28),
still concludes that the successor to dpm. 4 is the true represen-
tative of that tooth in the permanent series.
The Molars.
I have already described in my detailed account of the
development of the molar teeth the presence of outgrowths
from the dental lamina, to which structure the enamel-organs on
these teeth are attached and from which they have arisen, both of
the labial and lingual side of these teeth ; these outgrowths, though
582 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
more constant in connection with the 1st molars, yet were also
found in the region of the 2nd molars in several genera.
The lingual continuation of the dental lamina was found in all
six genera examined, whereas the labial growth was more irregular
and only observed in three forms; this latter growth was most
conspicuous in Hrinaceus, where it was constant from the beginning
of m. 1 to the end of m. 2,
A great deal of stress has been laid upon the presence of these
structures, especially that of the lingual one, its presence having
been said to prove that the molar teeth belonged to the milk-
dentition. There is no doubt that if we simply compare such a section
as fig. 26 (Plate XXVI.), representing the molar tooth of Centetes,
with a developing milk-tooth which is known to have a successor,
we should certainly conclude that the lingual growth of the dental
lamina in the two cases was the same structure; and as it can in
one case be shown to give rise to the enamel-organ of a replacing
tooth, we might apparently be justified in concluding that in the
case of the molar it represented a reduced enamel-germ of a
permanent tooth, and that the molar tooth belonged in consequence
to the milk-dentition. But it is now well known that we have
in the Mammalia traces of three or four sets of teeth; and as it is
highly probable that the Mammalia are derived from poly phyodont
ancestors, it is possible that there might at any time appear traces
of a polyphyodont dentition. It appears, then, to me that presence
of a lingual continuation of the dental lamina does not necessarily
imply that the labial tooth belongs to the milk-series; it might
equally well belong to the permanent orto the post-permanent series,
all traces of the earlier labial sets being lost, the lingual growth
being not merely the enamel-germ of a successor, but the free end
of the undifferentiated dental lamina, which may go on growing
and producing fresh sets of teeth, as it does in the polyphyodont
reptile, where it is the “ anlage” of numerous enamel-organs.
Compare for a moment these two diagrams (p. 583): fig. 1 repre-
senting a section of the dental lamina of a reptile with a practically
unlimited succession, while fig. 2 represents the milk-tooth of a
mammal with a lingual development of the dental lamina, which is
here known to give rise to a permanent tooth; we should not in
this case be justified in concluding that “m” in fig. 2 was the
homologue of 3 in fig. 1, merely because of the presence of this
similar development of the dental lamina on its lingual side ; we
must either conclude that m is the homologue of 1 and the
permanent tooth of 2, or perhaps 1 or both 1 and 2 have been
completely suppressed, and therefore m is the homologue of 2 or 3
as the case may be. In fact we must start with the dental lamina
from the gum, looking most carefully for labial rudiments, so as to
be perfectly sure that none of the earlier sets of teeth have
disappeared, before we can homologize the functional teeth, and we
must naturally expect to find a lingual growth of the dental lamina
constantly present, whether we are dealing with the Ist, 2nd, or
3rd sets, there being no reason to believe that there is an ultimate
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. _ 583
set which terminates the series. This is borne out by the discovery
by numerous authors (5, 7, 9, 20) of a lingual growth of the
dental lamina by the side of the germs of the permanent teeth.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
Vere oR
1
dl
al
2
3 H mm
Fig. 1.—Diagram of the tooth-succession in a polyphyodont Reptile: 1, 2, 3,
successive tooth-germs; d./, dental lamina.
Fig. 2.—Diagram illustrating the relation of a molar tooth-germ (mm) to the
dental lamina (@./).
' Taking the above into consideration, the presence of true and
definite outgrowths from the dental lamina nearer the gum than and
thus labial to the molar germs is extremely interesting and suggests
that possibly at least one set of teeth preceding the functional
molars has been suppressed. These vestiges are, it is true, minute
and variable, but when compared with the obvious vestiges of
the anterior milk-teeth seen in Hrinaceus it does seem rash to
conclude that these labial growths in the molar region are the last
indications of an earlier set of teeth.
If this is the case, then the molar teeth are not to be referred to
the 1st, but rather to the 2nd dentition.
The question then arises, is the milk-dentition the 1st set of
teeth ? This has been answered in the negative by Leche, and I
hope shortly to publish a further confirmation of this view.
Leche (7 a) has discovered in the anterior region of the jaw of
Myrmecobius a minute set of teeth which precede the functional
set; and as the latter set are now usually regarded as the milk-
dentition, this vestigial series is termed the pre-milk series, and
may be compared with those small embryonic teeth seen in the
Crocodile (19 a) and Iguana (8)'.
1 Rése (‘‘Das Zahnsystem der Wirbeltiere,” Ergebnisse d. Anatomie u. Ent-
wickelungsges., 1894) refers to traces of a pre-milk dentition in Man ond
suggests even an earlier set of teeth in the Vertebrata, a remnant of the placoid
tooth-papilla, describing in all 5 sets, traces of at least four of which are
found in the Mammalia.
584 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
I have adduced reasons elsewhere (29) to support the view that
this pre-milk set, i. ¢. the first in order of time, has been completely
lost in the molar region, and that these labial outgrowths of the
dental lamina represent the now much reduced milk-dentition—the
adult molars belonging to the 3rd or replacing set of teeth, the
lingual continuation of dental lamina representing a potential 4th
dentition, the post-permanent series.
The Molar Cusps.
On comparing the details of the molar cusp development in the
various Insectivores which I have examined, one is immediately
struck with fact that the lower molar cusps in the different forms
are more constant in the order of their appearance, the protoconid
developing first in every case, than those of the upper molars:
these latter fall apparently into two groups—in one the paracone is
the first to appear, while in the second it is the protocone which
develops first. A closer inspection shows that a similar subdivision
of the lower molars can be made; thus in those forms where the
paracone appears first in the upper molars, we find the supposed
homologue of this in the lower teeth (the paraconid) * is the last to
develop, while those exhibiting the protocone as the first developed
cusp above show the paraconid as second or third in order of
development below.
These facts may be roughly tabulated thus :—
Group I. (4 genera). Group II. (2 genera).
1. Paracone. 1. Protocone.
2. Metacone. 2. Paracone. olteeether
3. Protocone. 3. eee tere
4. Hypocone.
(5. Metaconule.) i
1. Protoconid. 1. Protoconid.
2. Metaconid. 2 or 3. Paraconid. ? tovetl
3. H {ie 3 or 2. Motuconid. f Se
. Heel. i
Yipe-
4, Paraconid. 4, Hypoconid.
A further examination of these groups reveals the fact that they
are separated from one another by a second feature, which is
possibly of greater importance than that of cusp ontogeny ; I refer
to the fact that the members of group I. possess either quadri- or
quinque-tubercular upper molars, while in group II. these teeth
are trituberculate.
Tt will be seen, then, that in the only living mammals believed
to possess unmodified trituberculate teeth (molars and posterior
premolars) which have been examined developmentally, the order
of cusp ontogeny is in entire accord with the supposed order of
1 The condition of this cone in Sorex is uncertain,
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 585
cusp phylogeny as advanced by the supporters of the Cope-Osborn
tritubercular theory. This is a very striking and important fact,
and one which will no doubt be considered by trituberculists as
strongly supporting their theory, especially as it is generally stated
that these trituberculate Insectivores most nearly, amongst living
mammals, approach the Jurassic Trituberculata in the character
of their molars. This statement is certainly true for the lower jaw,
but can be hardly said to hold for the upper molars, there being no
resemblance between the teeth of the upper jaw of Centetes, Hriculus,
and Chrysochloris ' and those of Peralestes, and only an apparent one
with Kurtodon (Stylodon), for Osborn (16) himself states that this
latter is not trituberculate but ridged’.
Turning now to the first group and examining it in the light of
the supposed primitive nature of the protocone, we find here that
the upper molar teeth are more complex, possessing 4 or 5 cusps,
that the outer cusps (the para- and meta-cones) are more strongly
developed than the inner ones; and in accordance with this we find
both these cusps developing before the protocone—an anomalous
condition when we remember that the last-named cusp is sup-
posed to be the primitive axis of the tooth, the remaining cusps
being mere outgrowths from it. Perhaps, if these Insectivora
were the only forms possessed of such a condition, we might agree
with Osborn (15) that this is merely a case of accelerated
development; but they are not alone in this respect, for in Man
(19), in some Ungulates (22), and in certain polyprotodont
Marsupials (20), the paracone invariably develops first, the
protocone being either 2nd or 3rd in order of appearance. In fact,
in every mammal so far examined, with the exception of the two
Insectivores before mentioned, the paracone develops directly from
the primitive dental germ and before either the protocone or meta-
cone. The constancy of this condition is such that I do not think we
can pass over it so lightly as Osborn does, as may be seen from the
following quotation (15. p. 503): “In fact the external cusps not
only appear before the internal cusp, which palzontology shows to
be the more primitive, but they assume the crescentic form earlier,
In other words, their development is accelerated.” (Italics mine.)
If the protocone represents the summit of the original protodont
tooth of the ancestor of the Mammalia, it must be the direct con-
tinuation of the primitive dentinal germ, and as such should be found
to develop in a line with the axis of that structure. That this is not
the case is well seen in fig. 32 (Pl. XXVI.), where the paracone (5)
is found to be identical with the primitive dentinal germ and the
protocone (7) appears as a mere internal ledge growing out from
1 Chrysochloris is trituberculo-sectorial, possessing a small heel, and not a
pure trituberculate as usually stated. Lydekker (10) compares Peralestes and
Chrysochloris, but I fail to see the resemblance.
2‘Tt is very difficult to ascertain Osborn’s views regarding Kwrtodon, for in
his large memoir (16. p. 210) he states that there is no real homology between
the Kurtodon and Chrysochloris. dentition, whereas in his additional notes (1 6 @)
he appears to regard Kurtodon as one of the Trituberculata.
Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. XX XVIII. 33
586 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
the base of this structure, the metacone and subsequently the:
hypocone being similarly derived from a backward extension of
the base of the primitive dentinal germ. ‘This primitive dentinal
germ has, I believe, primarily a somewhat conical form in all cases,
and one of the cusps of the adult tooth appears to be the direct
continuation of this primitive cone, the remaining cusps being
outgrowths usually from its base. It is not customary to find a
blunt expanded table-like dentinal germ from which the cusps
arise as secondary outgrowths—a condition which, it appears to
me, must be necessarily assumed to support Osborn’s view that
the protocone is primary but retarded and the paracone its lateral
derivative accelerated.
If it be the case that the paracone in the majority of Mammalia
- is the direct continuation of the primitive dentinal germ, and
therefore of the single cone of the protodont mammalian ancestor,
then we have the apparent anomaly of this primary cone giving
rise, in the majority of forms, to the so-called paracone, i. ¢. the
antero-external cone, while in a few it persists as the so-called
protocone (antero-internal cone), a condition which suggests that
the usually accepted identification of the cones of the wpper molars
is not in all cases the correct one.
It may be possible that in the above too much stress is laid on
the ontogeny of the molar cusps; but, on the other hand, do we
know sullicient of the phylogeny, as deduced from palzontological
evidence, to prove that the primitive cone has in all cases been
correctly identified in the upper molars? For though we have,
thanks to the researches of Owen (17), Osborn (16), and Marsh (11),
knowledge of a great number of Mesozoic mammals, yet the molar
teeth found are nearly all lower ones, and but few upper molars (save
multituberculate ones) are known until we reach Tertiary times’,
when the teeth have assumed forms whose cusps can be more
easily homologized with those of living mammals than with the
cusp or cusps of the Reptilian tooth or with that of the ancestral
mammal. So that with regard to the evolution of the upper
anolars we are almost completely in the dark, for we know of no
Triassic or Jurassic protodont upper molars, but three maxilla
(1 believe) containing triconodont teeth, and but a few which,
according to Osborn, contain trituberculate teeth.
T have tried to ascertain the exact number of upper jaws of
Jurassic mammals possessing tritubercular molars or teeth approxi-
mating to that type, but have been unable to disperse the mystery
‘which seems to envelop them. In England we certainly possess
one specimen, which was described by Owen (17) as Peralestes
longirostris, and is preserved in the British Museum; with this
Owen associated a lower jaw which is now separated by Lydekker
(10) from this form and assigned to Amblotherium mustelula, Owen
also described four upper jaws,which he referred to Stylodon pusillus ;
1 Several isolated upper molars are known from the Upper Cretaceous rocks
of N. America; some of these are said to be trituberculate (Osborn, “ Mammals
of tthe Upper Cretaceous Beds,” Bull. Amer, Mus, Nat. Hist. 1893, p. 311),
notably Didelphops, but this, though triangular possesses at least 6 cusps.
od
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 587),
these have been separated from the lower jaws which Owen described.
under that name and placed in the genus Kurtodon (Athrodgn) by
Osborn (16), who first stated that they were not tuberculate, but now
(16 a) apparently regards them as examples of trituberculate molars,
In America, Marsh (11) has published the briefest note of
the discovery of two upper jaws of Dryolestes and a single upper.
jaw of Diplocynodon (1 c, 8 cheek-teeth) ; these he has not figured,
and his descriptions fail to show that they are tritubercular ; in the
case of Dryolestes he does not mention the cusps, while in Diplo-
cynodon he mentions 5 cusps the arrangement of which does not
suggest trituberculy.
Jn 1888 Osborn (16 & 16a) described the upper molars of
Kurtodon (see ante), Peralestes, Diplocynodon, and also of the Styla-
codontia, under which latter head he places Dryolestes, but on
referring to this genus he states that the upper jaw is unknown !
In a later work (14) he only mentions the upper molars of
Spalacotherium and of all the Amblothertide as being trituberculate ;
evidently he refers Peralestes to Spalacotherium, as suggested by
Lydekker (10), and Kaurtodon to Amblothertum (Owen). These
remarks will show what little material we have upon which to
base the existence of the Jurassic tritubercular upper molar which
is an essential feature in the tritubercular theory.
A perusal of Osborn’s (16) description of the upper molars of
Peralvstes shows, however, that they are anything but typical
trituberculate teeth, for instead of possessing one internal and two
external cusps arranged i ina triangle, the inner cusp forming the
apex, we find two internal cusps’, of which the anterior is the largest,
and a serrated ridge extending along the external border bearing
several small cusps ; and as the anterior of these is slightly enlarged
Osborn terms it the paracone, calling the two internal cones respec-
tively the protocone (anterior) and the metacone (posterior). Now,
according to the tritubercuiar theory, the metacone should be
external and in a line with the paracone, not internal in a line with
the protocone. Moreover, an examination of Osborn’s figure and
of the specimen shows that what he terms the paracone is here
developed as an enlargement of the external cingulum and is not
in any sense serially homologous with the metacone.
A comparison of Osborn’s two published figures of these teeth
shows considerable differences in them, and on examining the actual
specimen one finds that the figure in his large monograph (16) is
the most accurate, the more frequently copied figure (13) being
rather exaggerated in favour of trituberculism ; but with all he
seems to have overlooked a small cusp on the antero-external
shoulder of his protocone and between this main cone and this
external paracone, which, to my mind, far better suggests the anterior
homologue of the metacone (see Pl. XX VI. fig. 33) and consequently
the paracone from a tritubercular standpoint, although I believe this
tooth to be capable of a totally different interpretation.
If this tooth be compared with the molar teeth of the living
Insectivora (figs. 84-36), it appears that the tuberculate external
1 The specimen shows three internal cusps, see fig. 33.
33*
588 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
cingulum seen in Peralestes is comparable with the similar structure
so frequently present in this group, and well exemplified in the
upper molars of Zalpa. If so, it becomes further evident that the
two larger cusps of Peralestes represent the paracone and metacone
of these living forms, these cusps being commonly developed quite
a long distance from the external border of the tooth (Talpa, fig.
35). Consequently the internal shelf, which we have seen in living
Tnsectivores bearing the proto- and hypocone, is not developed in
upper molars of Peralestes.
It this comparison is correct, we are justified in concluding that
the upper molars of this fossil form were not tritubercular in
the sense understood by the supporters of the Cope-Osborn theory,
and, further, those of Kurtodon being undoubtedly ridged and
not tuberculate, while those of Dryolestes and Duplocynodon
are either undescribed or possess 5 cusps, we consequently have
no paleontological evidence to support the assumption that a
tritubercular stage was passed through by the mammalian upper
molar in its evolutions from a protodont or possibly a triconodont
tooth. Under these circumstances I see no reason to believe that
the primitive cone must necessarily occupy an antero-internal
position such as Osborn’s protocone does.
Paleontological evidence being then wanting or so fragmentary,
we are obliged to fall back on the less torn pages of ontogeny.
On doing so, we find that the upper molar cusp, which develops
first and asa direct continuation of the dental germ in the majority
of the Mammalia, is the antero-external or paracone: this I think
is strongly in favour of the view put forward by Rose (19),
that the paracone is the most primitive cusp, though I think it
would be rather confusing to apply Osborn’s term “‘ protocone ” to
it, seeing that this term has been already applied to another cusp
in the same tooth.
Of the primitive nature of the paracone we have slight palwon-
tological evidence if, as I have suggested, the largest cone of the
Peralestes upper molar (Osborn’s protocone) is the homologue of the
paracone of living Insectivores. But if we further include the
molariform premolars in our study, we find this view is supported
both by ontogenists (22) and palxontologists, for Scott (21 a) has
proved, and Osborn and Wortman (32) have accepted his con-
clusions, that the antero-external cone in these teeth is the
primitive one from a palzontological standpoint, and Taeker has
shown in the Ungulates, and I myself in the Insectivora, that this
antero-external cone in the premolars develops first in the onto-
geny of the premolar cusps.
With regard to the tritubercular upper molars of the Centetide
&e. (fig. 34, « & b), I should conclude that the main cone of this
type of tooth, usually termed the protocone, was really the paracone:
the whole tooth representing only the antero-external triangle of
such a form as 7'alpa (fig. 35, a & b), 2. e. the crescentic paracone with
its two external cingulum cusps, the two last named being commonly
but incorrectly described as the para- and meta-cone in Centetes ;
¢ that in the Centetide no marked indications of the protocone
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. : 589
or metacone are as yet visible, while in Chrysochloris (fig. 36. 7) the
first indication of the protocone has appeared, viz. the internal shelf.
This attempt to homologize the main cone of the upper molars
of the Centetide and Chrysochloris with the paracone of other
Insectivora is a modification of the view put forward by Mivart in
1868 (12). He regarded the tricuspid triangular crown of the
molar teeth of Centetes as a concentration of the eight cusped teeth
of Talpa. An examination of his figures and description will show
that he believed the so-called paracone and metacone of Centetes and
Chrysochloris to be external cingulum cusps, the main cone of these
teeth being formed by a fusion of cones corresponding to the para-
and metacones of Z'ulpa, while the protocone and hypocone of the
latter he regards as represented by the small internal lobe seen in
Chrysochloris'. This view accords in its most important respects
with mine, but I do not think that the ontogeny of the tritubereu-
late insectivore molar justifies Mivart’s fusion theory, but rather
suggests that this tooth corresponds only with the paracone
triangle of the Mole’s tooth.
Such an interpretation would bring these forms into entire accord
with the other Insectivores and the Mammalia in general, and we
should then find that the cusp which directly continues the dental
germ, and consequently is the first to develop, is in all cases homo-
logous, though unfortunately the same name has not been applied
to it in all cases.
Thus the primitive cone of the upper cheek-teeth of the ancestral
mammal finds its homologue in the protocone of the premolar, in
the paracone of most molars, but in the protocone of the molars of
the trituberculate Insectivores and Peralestes. This has been proved
ontogenetieally for both the premolars and molars, phylogenetically
also in the former, while in the latter the phylogeny of the
primitive cusp is still doubtful.
The evolution of the primary cusp of the premolars and molars
is now brought into harmony, and it is no longer necessary to
suppose that the cusp arrangement of two teeth such as pm. 4 and
m. 1, often identical in pattern, have evolved upon different lines.
To briefly recapitulate my conclusions :—
(1) The antero-external cone, or paracone above and proto-
conid below, is the primitive cone both in the molars and
premolars.
(2) The protocone is borne on an internal shelf of secondary
origin (internal cingulum).
(3) The metacone is a similar backward development of the
paracone, arising very early long before the protocone.
(4) The hypocone stands related to the metacone as the
protocone does to the paracone.
(5) The paracone as the primary cone in the upper molars
finds its homologue in the protoconid below °.
1 Unfortunately the cones have been incorrectly lettered in his figure of the
upper molar of Chrysockloris, as may he seen on reference to his description.
2 A paper by Winge (26) in Danish evidently upholds the same view, viz.,
that the paracone is the homologue of the protoconid; unfortunately I am
unable to read the paper, but his lettering in his plate and diagrams are very
clear on Chis point.
590 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,
(6) The evidence advanced in support of the tritubercular
theory. is insufficient to prove that the upper molars
primarily evolved on the lines of that theory.
(7) Owing to want of material, trituberculists have been led
to assume that the upper molars of the early Mammalia
passed through similar stages to those which they have
determined for the lower teeth, and consequently they
have in most cases incorrectly identified the primary cone
(save in Peralestes and the living Centetide and Chryso-
chloris).
(8) That as regards the primary cone, its ontogeny recapitu-
lates its phylogeny.
. I do not mean to deny for one moment the occurrence of the
tritubercular type of upper molar tooth, nor even to underrate its
phylogenetic importance ; for no one who has studied cusp ontogeny
can fail to notice the frequency of its appearance, and the fact that
often (though not always) the three cones of the trigon are the
first to appear during development. What I desire to point out
is, that there is no evidence to show that this type of upper molar
arose in the way suggested by trituberculists, and that they have
in most cases overlooked the true primary cone.
If the triconodont tooth be a stage in the evolution of the mamma-
lian molar, then I should believe that the anterior cone disappeared,
the main cone becoming enlarged as the paracone and the posterior
one as the metacone. At this stage the upper teeth overhang and
bite outside the lower molars, and the future antero-internal cone
(protocone) was developed as an internal shelf acting as a mortar for
the cusps of the lower teeth, and at a much later period developed
acusp. The hypocone arose in a similar way with the elongation
of the teeth.
The function and origin of the external cingulum with its
numerous cusps (2-4) is difficult to understand, for in the living
Mole it is quite outside and free from all contact with the.lower
molars ; possibly it is of use to insect-feeding animals, giving them
greater hold of their slippery prey.
In the Centetide and Peralestes, the upper molars could not have
overhung the lower ones to the same extent, consequently no in-
ternal lobe bearing the protocone was developed and the external
cingulum was very largely developed.
I have purposely left out all reference to the multituberculate
and concrescence theories, having restricted my researches to
endeavouring to ascertain whether the trituberculate theory respect-
ing the upper molars rested upon any solid basis, and whether one
of the molar cusps was more primitive in its mode of origin than
the others.
Ontogenetically, I have failed to find any support for the con-
crescence theory, neither do I consider that any of the evidence put
forward by Rése and Kiikenthal is at all conclusive in its favour.
On comparing the several families which grouped together
1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 591
compose the order Insectivora, we find a considerable variation in
their dentition, both as regards the number of their teeth and the
specialization of the individual members of the dental series.
Thus in Gymnura and Talpa we find in the adult the full pla-
cental dentition of 44 teeth, while in two Shrews (Diplomesodon
and Anurosorex) the dentition is reduced to 26 teeth, other families
presenting numerous stages intermediate between these two. If
primitive, the supposed presence of 4 upper incisiors in Sorea and
the 4 upper molars of Centetes must be of great interest, but the
former I believe is capable of being interpreted differently, and the
latter to be a secondary character.
A. closer examination of these dental variations shows that they
can be grouped under four heads :—
(1) A tendency for a suppression of the 3rd incisor above and
below, di. 3 disappearing first. .
(2) A suppression in the premolar series, pm. 1 in the Cen-
tetide, pm. 2 in Selenodon.
(3) A suppression of the posterior molars, the number vary-
ing from 4 to #, the normal uumber being 3.
(4) A tendency for reduction in the functional importance of
the milk dentition.
Although representatives of only 5 out of the 9 families of the
Insectivora (Flower and Lydekker, 4) have been systematically
examined, this last variation is so marked, that one is forced to the
conclusion that the order as a whole is tending to lose its milk-
teeth.
Among the forms examined, probably only Hriculus and Echinops
possess the same number of functional milk and permanent
antemolar teeth, but these forms have already a reduced dentition.
Of those provided with 44 teeth, viz. Gymnura and Talpa, we find
di. 3, dpm. 2
dpm. 2
omitting the 1st premolar, all the remaining milk-teeth are reduced
and though cutting the gum can hardly function (if at all) for
more than a week or two.
The remaining genera examined show this reduction in a varying
degree, the maximum being attained in Sorex, where in all
probability the entire milk series is reduced and functionless.
If then it be a fact, as is now generally believed, that the milk
dentition preponderates in the early Mammalia and in the living
Marsupials, then we must come to the conclusion that the living
Insectivora are specialized forms tending towards a Monophyodont
condition in which the preponderating dentition is the replacing
or permanent set.
in the former reduced and functionless, while in Z'alpa,
List or REFERENCES.
1. Barn, §.—‘ On the Dentition in the Mole.” Trans. Odont.
‘ Soc. 1865-67, p. 261.
la. Branpt, E.—Ueber d. Zahnformel der Spitzmiiuse. St.
Petersburg, 1878.
592 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,
2. Corr.— ‘The Mechanical Origin of the Sectorial Teeth of the
Carnivora.” Proc. Ather. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1887, p. 254.
3. Dozsson.—A Monograph of the Insectivora. London, 1882.
4. Frowrr & LypEKxer.—Mammals, living and extinct. London,
1891.
5. Kixenruan.— Kinige Bemerkungen iib. d. Siiugetier-Bezahn-
ung.” Anat. Anz. 1891, p. 364.
6. Ktxenrnat.— Entwickl. Untersuch. am Pinnipedien-gebisse.”
Jen. Zeit. f. Naturwiss. 1893, p. 76.
7. Lecue.—‘ Studien iiber d. Entwick. d.. Zahnsystems b. d.
Siiugethieren.” Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1893, p. 502.
ae Also Morph. Jahrb. xx. p. 113.
8. Leone— Uber d. Zahnentwickelung yon Iguana tuberculata,”
Anat. Anz. 1893, p. 793.
9. Leone.—Zur Enwickelungsgeschichte des Zahnsystems der
Saugethiere. Stuttgart, 1895.
10. Lyprxxer.—Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia in the British
Museum. Part V., 1887.
11. Marsu.—“ Notice of new Jurassic Mammals.” Amer. Journ.
Sci. & Arts, 1879 & 1880.
12. Mivaxr.—<On the Osteology of the Insectivora.” Journ.
Anat. & Physiol. vols. i. & ii. pp. 281 & 117.
13. Osporn.—< Evolution of Mammalian Molars to and from the
Tritubercular type.” Amer. Nat. 1888, p. 1067.
14. Osnorn.—‘The History and Homologies of the Human
Molar Cusps.” Anat. Anz. 1892, p. 740.
15. Osnorn.— Recent Researches upon the Succession of the
Teeth in Mammalia.” Amer. Nat. 1893, p. 493.
16. Osporn.—< The Structure and Classification of the Mesozoic
Mainmalia.” Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. ser. 2, vol. ix.
p. 186, 1888.
16a. Osnorn.— Additional Observations upon the Structure and
Classification of the Mesozoic Mammalia.” Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philad. 1888, p. 292.
17. Owrn.—Mesozoic Mammalia. Paleont. Soc. London, 1870.
18. Ownn.—Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Vertebrates,
vol. iii. London, 1868.
19. Rise. Uber d. Entstehung und Formabinderungen der
menschlichen Molaren.” Anat. Anz. 1892, p. 392.
19a. Risr.—Uber d. Zahnentwickelung der Krokodile.” Morph.
Arbeit. Bd. 3, 1893.
20. Rése.—Uber d. Zahnentwickelung der Beuteltiere.” Anat.
Anz, 1892, p. 693.
21. Rossrav.—-Anatomie Comparée du Systéme Dentaire. Paris,
1839.
21 a. Scorr.—* The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the Mam-
malia.” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 405.
22. Tarker.—Zur Kenntniss die Ontogenie bei Ungulaten.
Dorpat, 1892.
23. THomas.—* On the Insectivorous Genus Echinops.” Proce.
Zool. Soe. 1892, p. 500.
1896.] . MAMMALIAN DENTITION 593
24. Tims.— Notes on the Dentition of the Dog.” Anat. Anz.
1896, p. 537.
25. Traubprr.—‘Om Tandsaet og Levernaade hos de danske
Flagermuus og Insektaedere.” Naturhistorisk Tidskrift,
Bd. 8, 1872-73.
26. Wincx.—‘‘ Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte isaer med Hensyn til
Taendernes Former.” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den Naturh.
Foren. i Kjébenhavn, 1882, p. 15.
27. Woopwarp, M. F.—“ On the Development of the Teeth in
certain Insectivora.” Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1895, p. 736.
28. Woopwarp, M. F'.—‘“‘ On the Development of the Teeth of
the Macropodide.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 450.
29. Woopwarp, M. F.—* On the Milk Dentition of the Rodentia.”
Anat. Anz. 1894, p. 619.
30. Woopwarp, M. F.—‘“On the Succession and Genesis of
Mammalian Teeth.” Science Progress, vol. i. 1894, p. 438.
31. Worrman.— Comp, Anat. of the Teeth of the Vertebrata.”
Amer. Syst. Dentistry (Philadelphia, 1886), p. 153.
32. Worrman & Osnorn.—‘ Mammals of the Lower Miocene
White River Beds.” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. ist. 1894,
pp. 197-228.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIII.-XXVI.
In all cases the teeth represented are from the left side, and when shown in
section the anterior surface is represented, so that the left side of the Plate
represents the lingual and the right the labial side of the jaw.
Prats XXIII.
Figs. 1-8 a. Erinaceus.
Fig. 1. Frontal section of the developing canine. dc., upper deciduous canine ;
pe., germ of permanent canine. ie,
la. Ditto. Older stage. Deciduous canine calcified.
2. Frontal section of the developing 3rd upper incisor. di. 3, vestigial
milk-incisor; pi.3, germ of permanent tooth. a
2a. Ditto. Older stage. Vestige of di. 3 and neck of the enamel-organ
of the functional tooth (pi. 3). rae
. Frontal section of vestigial lower incisor, @. 1.
. Germ of 8rd lower incisor (77.3). di.3, probable last trace of deciduous
tooth.
. Developing lower canine (pc.) with its vestigial milk pradecessor (dc.).
. Three sections through the dental lamina between the 2nd and 3rd
See upper premolars. (These should incline from left to
right.
. Ditto between the two lower premolars; pz. 3, germ of missing premolar.
. Germ of Ist functional upper premolar (ppm.2) with vestigial milk
predecessor (dpm. 2).
8a. Germ of dpm. 2 and ppm. 2.
Oo moO
car
Puate XXIV.
Figs. 9, 9a. Hrinaceus.
Fig. 9. Upper jaw of a young Hrinaccus, side view. After Leche.
9a. Ditto. Palatal aspect of adult.
Fig. 27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
382,
Fig. 33.
34,
35.
36.
ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, [May 5,
: . Figs. 10-14. Gymnura.
Developing 3rd upper incisor (pi.3) with calcified vestigial milk
predecessor (di. 3),
. Germ of 2nd upper premolar ( ppm. 2) with reduced milk predecessor
(dpm. 2).
. Germ of znd lower premolar (ppm. 2), milk predecessor (dpm. 2) still
more reduced.
. Upper jaw of Gymnura showing milk dentition and cavities occupied by
germs of permanent teeth. 1.1, first molar ; dpm.2, 2nd deciduous
premolar.
. Germ of dpm.3 and ppm. 3, the latter just appearing.
Puate XXY.
Figs. 15-24. Sorex.
. Developing 1st lower incisor (pz. 1), lingual growth of dental lamina
(d.L.)
. Germ of pi. 2 with labial vestigial milk predecessor (di. 2).
. Ditto, pi.3; ditto, di. 3. ae
. Ditto, permanent canine, pe. (i. 4); ditto, de.
. Plan of enamel germs of upper teeth in relation to the dental lamina
and to the jaw-bones (pm, and mz.).
. Germ of pi, 2 with labial vestigial milk predecessor (di, 2).
. Ditto of pi. 3 and di. 3 (vestigial).
22. Ditto of ppm. 3 and dpm. 3 (vestigial).
. Ditto of ppm. 4 and dpm. 4 (vestigial).
. Ditto of ppm, 4 and dpm, 4 (vestigial).
Figs. 25-26. Centetes.
. Germ of 7. 3. ;
. Germ of m.1, showing specialization of lingually placed dental
lamina (d./.).
Pratu XXVI.
Figs. 27-32. Talpa. 5
Horizontal section of the upper jaw, showing the tooth germs in
relation to the dentul lamina; the milk-teeth ore well developed,
while the germs of the permanent teeth are just visible as swellings
of the dental lamina.
Enlarged drawing of a deep horizontal section passing through the
germs of dc., dpm.1, dpm.2, dpm. 3, and those of their successors
in the permanent series. pe. very advanced ; ppm.1 transitory,
never becoming more developed.
Clarified jaw of a very young Mole (hairless), showing the milk and
permanent dentitions zz situ.
Frontal section of a specimen about the same age as the last, showing
dpm. 2 well calcified and the germ of ppm. 2.
Ditto, ditto, passing through the first premolar (dpm. 1), showing last
trace of the lingual dental lamina (d.2.),
Ditto of a young stage, passing through the germ of m. 1, showing the
primitive dentine germ giving rise to the paracone (5), and the first
trace of the protocone (7), also a very prominent swollen lingual
development of the dental lamina.
(a) palatal, (6) external aspect of an upper molar (7.) tooth of Peralestes,
Ditto, ditto of Centetes (m.1),
Ditto, ditto of Zalpa (m. 2).
Ditto, ditto of Chrysochloris (m.),
The numerals attached to the last 4 figures represent an attempt to
homologize the cusps.
1896.] ON THD BREEDING OF THE SURINAM WATER-TOAD. 595
4. Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad (Pipa
americana) in the Society’s Gardens. By A. D.
Barriert, Superintendent.
[Received May 5, 1896.]
In the early part of last year we were surprised to find one of the
females of the Surinam Water-Toad in the warm tank at the
Reptile House with her back covered with eggs, the uniform and
Surinam Water-Toads tz copuld.
regular arrangement of which caused us a considerable amount of
speculation as to how they had been placed there’. The old
story of the female depositing her eggs on land and afterwards
1 See Mr. Sclater's remarks on this subject, P.Z.S. 1895, p. 86.
596 ON THN BREEDING OF THE SURINAM WATER-TOAD, [May 5,
having them arranged on her back by the male was at once dis-
missed as a fable, as we now know that these animals do not
voluntarily leave the water. Along with Mr. A. Thomson, the
head keeper, and the two keepers at the Reptile-house (Tyrrell
and Tennant), I therefore determined, should the opportunity
Fig. 2.
Surinam Water-Toud (Q) after deposition of eggs.
again occur, to watch constantly with the hope of being able to
solve this unknown problem. About the 28th of April of the
present year the males of this species become very lively, and were
constantly heard uttering their most remarkable metallic, ticking
call-notes. On examination, we then observed two of the males
clasping tightly round the lower part of the bodies of the females
1896.] ON A PORTRAIT OF ANTHROPOPITHECUS GORILLA. 597
(see fig. 1, p. 595), the hind parts of the males extending beyond those
of the females. On the following morning Tennant, the keeper,
arrived in time to witness the mode in which the eggs were
deposited. The oviduct of the female protruded from her body
more than an inch in length, and the bladder-like protrusion being
retroverted passed under the belly of the male on to her own back.
The male appeared to press tightly upon this protruded bag and to
squeeze it from side to side, apparently pressing the eggs forward
one by one on to the back of the female. By this movement the eggs
were spread with nearly uniform smoothness over the whole surface
of the back of the female, to which they became firmly adherent
(see fig. 2, p. 596). On the operation being completed, the males
left their places on the females, and the enlarged and projected
oviduct gradually disappeared from one of the females. In the
other female, the oviduct appears not to have discharged the whole
of the eggs. At any rate it remains distended, as shown in the
figure, but is gradually shrinking in size '.
May 19, 1896.
Sir W. H. Fnowsr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a Daguerreotype portrait of what was
believed to be the first Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla) that was
ever brought alive to Europe. This portrait had been lent to
Mr. Bartlett by Mr. Alexander Fairgrieve, formerly connected
- with Wombwell’s Menagerie. The animal in question was im-
ported to Liverpool from the Congo by the late Mr. Hulse, animal
‘dealer, in 1855. It was a young female, and was called “Jenny.”
Mr. Hulse sold it to Mrs. Wombwell, who kept it several months
and made a pet of it. On its death the body was sent to the late :
Charles Waterton of Walton Hall, who preserved the skin and sent
the skeleton tothe Leeds Museum. Out of the skin of this Gorilla,
Waterton manufactured a figure with two horns on the head, which
he called Martin Luther, and exhibited in his gallery at Walton
Hall. Mr. Bartlett, on seeing this stuffed figure at Walton Hall,
had immediately recognized it as being that of a young Gorilla.
Mr. Sclater called attention to the fact that the large chalk
drawing of the Gorilla hung in the Society’s Meeting-room re-
presented this same specimen, which was stated on the label of the
picture to have been living in Mr. Wombwell’s Menagerie.
1 [May 22nd.—This specimen died, and was sent to the British Museum.
Mr. Boulenger examined it and kindly reports as follows:—‘ The uterus con-
tained a good number of ripe ova, so that only a few could have been laid when
the male abandoned the female. The ovipositor, formed by the cloaca, was
still protruding and much inflamed. It may be deduced from the observation
made by Tennant, that fecundation must take place before the extrusion of the
eggs, and it is probable that the ovipositor serves in the first instance to collect
the spermatozoa which would penetrate into the oviducts, the eggs being laid
in the impregnated condition, as in tailed Batrachians.’—P. L. S.]
598 ON THE "LETH OF THE FINLD VOLE, » [May 19,
The following papers were read :—
1. On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a specimen
of the Common Field Vole. By G. EK. H. Barrerr-
Hamuitton, F.Z.S.
[Received April 27, 1896.]
The pattern of the molar teeth of the Voles has always been
regarded as an important feature in the classification of these
animals. Of these teeth the first lower and third (last) upper
show the most important specific and subgeneric characters. The
remainder vary much less among the various species and subgenera
than do the above, and of these the first upper is undoubtedly the
most constant. As will be seen from the figure (a), the first upper
molar has five cement-spaces with three external and three internal
angles. The first cement-space is placed anteriorly, the second and
fourth on the inside, and the third and fifth on the outside of the
tooth. This is the form of the tooth throughout the genus Microtus,
and the same pattern occurs also in the allied genera Euotomys,
Synaptomys, Myodes, Fiber, Neofiber, and Ellobius. In Siphneus the
pattern is indistinct, and Cuniculus has seven cement-spaces.
R L R L
a &
First upper molars.
Diagram of typical teeth of Diagram of abnormal teeth of
Microtus ayrestis (for comparison). Microtus agrestis.
This tooth is, therefore, singularly constant in its pattern, and
the variation described in the present paper, occurring in a speci-
men of Microtus agrestis, is on that account of some interest, as
there is little doubt that had the specimen been received from
some unknown or distant region, it would probably have formed
the basis of a new species or perhaps even of a new subgenus.
The variation, which occurs in the first upper molar on each side,
is well shown in the figure (6) and requires only a few words of
description. It consists of an extra small, but distinct internal
cement-space, formed by an additional folding inwards of the
enamel. The first molars in this specimen have therefore six
1896.] GEOGRAPHICAL RACES OF THE COMMON FIELD VOLE. 599:
cement-spaces, with four inner and three outer angles. It is
interesting that this variation should occur in a species in which
the presence of five cement-spaces in the second upper molar (as
distinguished from jfowr in nearly all other Voles) is characteristic.
' ‘The specimen in which the variation occurs is now in. my
collection (no. 75). It is a very large male, and was killed by
Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote, at Jerkin in Norway, on July 28, 1895.
2. On the Existence in Europe of ‘Two Geographical Races,
or Subspecies, of the Common Jield Vole. By G.I. H.
Barrert-Hamitton, F.Z.S.
[Received May 18, 1896.]
I wish to call attention to the existence in Europe of two
distinct forms of the Common Field Vole (Microtus agrestis, Linn.).
My own attention was first drawn to this fact on the receipt of
some Voles, which Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote was good enough to collect
for me in Norway. These Voles, although differing externally,
especially in size, and in cranial characters from English specimens,
possess dental characters which are identical with those of the
Common Field Vole as found in England.
The existence of these two forms appears to have been noticed
so long ago as 1841, in which year Jenyns' described as a new
species (thus confirming the opinion of William Thompson of
Belfast, to whom he wished to give the credit of the discovery)
under the name of Arvicola neglectus, Thompson, some Voles
collected by Thompson in Perthshire and Inverness-shire. Writing
in 18417 and 1847° De Selys-Longchamps made the suggestion
that M. agrestis and M. neglectus might be only local races of the
same species, but preferred to regard the two as distinct until
their characters could be further studied. He stated that
M. agrestis was to be found in Sweden and Norway, from Scania
to 66 degrees of north latitude, but not in the high mountains;
and that it was also reported from Denmark and Finland. J.
neglectus, on the other hand, had a more southern distribution,
embracing England, Scotland, Belgium, France north of the
Seine and west of the Moselle, and possibly the Pyrenees. In
1856 Dehne reported it from Saxony; but subsequent writers,
including Blasius*, Fatio’, and Bell®, have regarded it as a variety
of M. agrestis, although the latter recognized the difference
between the two forms, for however distinct the extreme forms of
Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. pp. 270-274 (1841).
» Bull. Acad. Sci. Bruxelles, Sept. 1841. In this paper the differences
between M. agrestis and M. arvalis, formerly confused, appear to have been first
clearly pointed out.
3 Revue Zoologique, Oct. 1847, pp. 805-312.
4 Saugethiere Deutschlands, pp. 369 & 372 (1857).
5 Les Campagnols du Bassin du Léman, p. 70 (1867).
6 British Quadrupeds, ed. 2, p. 326 (1874).
[May 19,
MR, G. E. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON THB
600
‘umord Ayn jou ere suemroads se][eus ogy, “LF ‘ou ‘suemmoads ysylag Aur Jo ysadav] ey} uesa fq poryenba
oq plnom faq4 alojeq [wap Jeers @ paonper eq WYsIUI syDoUIeInsvet soj;OYUOg “aT :S[MHS et} Jo (380) Joys yonu w) os[e pus suIys a4} Jo
couviseddes oq} wos} 430q ‘sono esr] L10A ouom s[eUUTUB oY} 4844 yQnop OU st e1eq3 Inq ‘eAlsseoxe eq 07 avedde syuemMeansvout 8.9304 “IPL _
“
‘uosa[spoyy ‘puspuer
“ “cs
"492J OOLG ‘Aemsony ‘uopSpAqoyyorge
“
“£eMION ‘UTxIOL
“SqyTe00T
“
“
“
it
‘BOUB[ON avysny
“
“peIntOouL, “AN
“
‘ojoquog simerTy “p,
*10909][0D
LI
LI
LY
91
61
06
ooy PUA TEL Pp
cg FOL
68 ISI
18 SEI
9¢ FEL
Ig sgl
86 ell
8 I01
OF col
cg O9L
c EST
“Spoq
ae pvepy
“WUUL UI suOIsuamTI
*(Zuno&
}
duoyyons) &
*(danod
Suypyons) }
"kag
96/6/11
ey
ce/e/e 0 2
c6/6/¢ =
3 | 26/6/11 2
£ | G6/6/F _)=
2 | e6/s'6s |-77708
3 | 96/L/6o |) GL
5 | g6/t/eo OL
P| 6/L/8e foe
P| ¢6/L/26 fo FL ON
en | Re
*(jeatd 44) sxsabn snzoxoupy
601
GEOGRAPHICAL RACES OF THE COMMON FIHLD VOLE,
*ToNsaT[o9 SIq UT yseSIv] Oy} oe PUT UOWUIAA OP “A “M “AT 4q om 09 quo] Aypury orem sny} paysen suemioeds egy, y
cl 91 LI LI srtteesceseeseeseererces (BTOSAZ 4) q9pveiq 38098015)
ixd be G-LE GZ SeagOUNIT] Tea UI T]NYs JO yISae] 4soqve.1
“LP ON 98 “-M “ON “CL ON ‘PL ON :
‘sngoap bow sujsasbo “py “stgsasbp "y
—: uo spueg Ae] pnoo [ Torq sueutioads
Geng ysesiey] ey} Jo om9 pue waA0} WOT IION OY} JO S[[MYS OMY U9EMJEq OEZIS UI EOUSIOHIP Oy} MOYS [[IM syUEUIEINSvOU SuIMOT[OY EOI, eR
1896. }
) ssnpombau srsatby snjotor
2) i "4
hueyuig “usu ‘H-d ‘Ha “D ht 86 06 P 66/61/16 |" 86
> (T1e0 “sn “31q)
“SIETBD op seq ‘souINy ‘semOgT, PleYPIO LT 4) SOL £ c6/c/os | 81°99 'F6
cd S 91 GG * 801 ro) 96/c/oz |" SST bd
oD S 81 0g SOT 2 96/T/FI | 96 ie
‘ e 1 1G GIL 2 ge/g/og |" 19 5
‘eatqsupooury | “qaley uojeD “A “D cod 83 SII ro) e6/c/6t |" ¢9 a
YE S 91 ras) GIT Ko) P6/S/6T |" SE" AAx iS
« s GI eg GI ro) #6/9/86 |" 8 “Mx (9) 5
“erTyspsojoroyy ‘UOJUIMA CP “A MA | GOT Ge FIL £ 46/9/96 |" €8°Mx 2
“ear1qseqQ *paeaoy “Y “f LT &¢ SIT ‘2 46/9/61 | 9F “ON ton
-aalyspiojoro py ‘Lanquoyerg “UOJULAA OP “HT “AA 81 68 OI £ ¥6/9/66 |" 98 “Mx I
‘oatysey ysvqy ‘eyepuesuory “PIBAOD “VY “L LI ee. SEI P F6/G/TE |\° LEON 3
ee =
“q00} PUI, “T°, oe 8
“£y1pB00rTT *10}99T[0D ee “xg ag “wOHOeTICO ‘
fm m1 ‘ony >
¢ “mul UL SUO1sUOMICT Aw
602 GEOGRAPHICAL RACES OF THA COMMON FIELD youn. [May 19,
M. agrestis and MW. neglectus may be, there can hardly fail to exist,
in countries on the boundary-line of their respective ranges,
intermediates whose presence would render it impossible to regard
the two as distinct species. No doubt this was the right course to
take so long as there was only open to naturalists the binomial
system of nomenclature. It seems to me, however, that there is
here a good case for the use of the trinomial system, especially as
it can be done without inventing any new name.
The Voles constitute so difficult a genus that it is not surprising
that the distinguishing characters laid down by even such good
naturalists as Jenyus and De Selys-Longchamps are not very
clear, especially as they appear to have been given partially with a
view to distinguish JZ. neglectus from the Continental species
M. arvalis, which was at that time supposed to occur in Great
Britain, or to be represented there by a supposed nearly allied
species M. britannicus; while, to further add to the confusion of
ideas, the differences between I. agrestis and M. arvalis were very
imperfectly recognized, if at all. I think, however, that De Selys-
Longchamps’s remarks show that he applied the name of neglectus
to one of the forms to which this paper refers: hence, if it be
considered desirable, as I submit it is, to distinguish these two
distinct forms by different names, the British and Southern form
should, I think, be distinguished as A. agrestis neglectus, Jenyns,
while the name of M. agrestis (Linn.) should be restricted to the
more Northern form.
The following are the characters of the two forms or sub-
species :—
Microrvs acresris (Linn.).
This is a large Vole reaching when adult a length (head and
body) of 130 millimetres and upwards, It differs in coloration
from the Southern form, the upperside wanting the reddish tinge
of British specimens, and the underside being of a purer white
colour, most British examples having the underside washed with
yellow. The skulls of the Northern form are much larger and
stronger than those of the Southern, and the postorbital and other
crests are more prominent. The whole skull is very Lemming-
like in appearance, being much flattened and having the zygomatic
arch very deep.
Mr. Bonhote informs me that the Norway Voles were very
Lemming-like in appearance when alive and he found them in-
habiting the same burrows as Lemmings.
Microtus AGRESTIS NEGLECTUS, Jenyns.
This is a smaller animal, not averaging more than about 110
millims. when fully grown. It may be distinguished by the cha-
racters given above, viz., the size, cranial characters, and coloration.
There is usually a reddish tinge on the upper surface of the adults
and a yellowish wash to the belly, especially in summer, which,
when present, is yery distinctive.
1896. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE KINGFISHERS. 603
Distribution.—These two subspecies seem to be distributed,
roughly speaking, in the manner stated by De Selys-Longchamps
in 1847, in fact it would be impossible to add to or correct what
he has said on this point without examining more specimens than
are at present available. The fact that the two French specimens
which I have been able to examine are of the neglectus form is
very interesting and confirms De Selys-Longchamps’s statements.
There are no German specimens in the British Museum collection,
but Dehne' has stated that MM. agrestis neglectus occurs fairly
commonly in Saxony, near Penig and Léssnitz, while Fatio found
it in the Hasli Thal, in Switzerland.
To show the differences in size between the two races, I give the
dimensions (see pp. 600, 601).
The measurements are taken from the ten largest British
specimens IJ could lay hands upon, and I have added to them those
of the only two I’rench specimens which were available.
In all cases, except those of Mr. Bonhote’s specimens, the measure-
ments of the tails were taken so as not to include the last hairs. The
specimens kindly collected for me by Messrs. Coward and Caton
Haigh were measured by Mr. I. Metcalfe of Cambridge; the
dimensions of the remainder were taken by the collectors. It
will be seen that the length of an average British specimen runs
to about 106 millimetres, while anything above that must be
regarded as large. The two largest British specimens I have
been able to examine are my own no. 47, sent me by Mr. Coward
from Cheshire, and Mr. de Winton’s no. W. 86 from Herefordshire.
These two somewhat approach the younger Norway specimens in
size and characters, and these are the only two that do so out of
numerous specimens examined.
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—
Part III. On some Points in the Anatomy of the
Kingfishers. By Frank E. Bepvarp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Prosector to the Society.
[Received May 18, 1896.]
The family Alcedinidee shows more structural variation within
its own limits than any other family of Picarian Birds.
The first to call attention to this was Prof. Garrod, who re-
marked in describing * the tensores patagii of various Passerine and
Picarian Birds—‘“ In the Alcedinide the differences are so con-
siderable in the several genera that I reserve the description of
the muscle in this order for a future occasion.” Again, in referring
to the course of the leg-veins he pointed out the abnormal con-
1 A, Dehne in ‘ Allgemeine deutsche naturhistorische Zeitung,’ new series,
vol. ii. pp. 212 and 223 (1856).
2 «On some Anatomical Peculiarities which bear upon the Major Divisions
of the Passerine Birds.—Pt. I.,” P. Z.S. 1877, p. 512.
39*
604 MR, F. H, BEDDARD ON SOME POINTS [May 19,
ditions obtaining in Dacelo’. Prof. Garrod never carried out the
intention expressed in the above quotation. I propose in the
present paper to supply this deficiency and to bring before the
Society other facts in the anatomy of the group.
Pterylosis.
The Kingfishers have for the most part a tufted oil-gland. But
I find that in Cittura cyanotis and C. sanghirensis the oil-gland is
distinctly nude, and I have a note by Mr. Forbes to the effect that
that is also the case with three species of Lanysiptera. In the
latter genus, moreover, there are only ten rectrices; in other
Kingfishers (including Cittura) twelve. -
According to Dr. Gadow’s table’, the Alcedinidw and Cypselidie
are the only families of Picarian birds in which the 5th cubital
remex may be either absent or present.
Dacelo, Ceryle, and Sauropatis are aquintocubital ; Cittura, Alcedo,
and Halcyon are quintocubital.
The feather-tracts of a few species have been examined by
Nitzsch. I have studied those of a few others. In the majority of
Kingfishers the ventral tract branches in the pectoral region on
each side into a stronger outer and a weaker inner branch, the
latter being continuous as far as the cloaca. Nitzsch remarks of
“A. collaris” (=:Sauropatis chloris) that it is ‘ strikingly distin-
guished by having the outer branch of the inferior tract very near
the main stem.” I find that a broad pevtoral tract, barely, if at
all, distinguishable into two branches, characterizes the following
species of Sauropatis, viz.: S. sordidus, S. vagans, and S. chloris ;
it is very possibly a mark of the genus.
In this genus, as in Dacelo (figured by Nitzsch), in Halcyon and
in Cittura there is a very long gap sparsely feathered which lies
between the anterior and posterior closely feathered parts of the
spinal tract. In Alcedo ispeda, on the other hand, the trunk part
of the spinal tract is closely feathered throughout. I find in
Ceryle americana an intermediate condition, the dorsal gap being
but slightly marked. ;
It will be observed that these various divergences in the
arrangement of the pteryle correspond in every case to a missing
5th remex.
Tendons of the Wing.
The tendons of the tensor patagii brevis show three modifica-
tions among the Kingfishers, which are shown in the accompanying
drawings (figs. 1-3) by the late Mr. W. A. Forbes.
In Alcedo ispida, Fiirbringer (Unters. z. Morph. u. Syst. Vogel,
Taf. xxiii. fig. 17), we have the simplest conditions. The tendon in
question is perfectly simple, without branch or complication of any
kind. Alcyone lessoni is precisely the same.
1 Ibid. p. 516.
* “ Aves” in Bronn’s ‘‘Thier-Reich,’ Syst. Theil, p. 82.
1896.] IN THE ANATOMY OF THE KINGFISHERS. 605
In Halcyon rufa (fig. 1), H. sp., Ceryle alcyon (fig. 2), and
C. americana there is only a single tendon, but it gives off a for-
wardly running wristward slip. The main tendon, as in Alcedo, is
continued over the muscles of the forearm to the ulnar side. In
Ceryle (fig. 2) there is this difference, that the main tendon is
very wide and diffused. Sauropatis sordidus (somewhat unex-
pectedly) agrees with Halcyon in its single tendons.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3.
Fig 1.—Haleyon rufa. 'Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.
Fig. 2.—Ceryle alcyon. Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.
Fig. 3.—Sauropatis albicilla. 'Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.
In Dacelo, Sauromarptis, Pelaryopsis, Sauropatis (fig. 3) (sanctus,
albicilla, vagans, chloris), Cittura (sanghirensis, cyanotis), and
Tunysiptera the tendons are more complicated. There are two
separate tensor patagii brevis tendons which often converge, and
very nearly if not quite meet at their insertion onto the forearm ; g
the anterior of these, which is alone continued onto the ulnar side
of the arm, has a wristward slip.
Syma agrees with these genera in having two parallel tendons,
but differs from them in having no wristward slip.
To another myological peculiarity of some Kingfishers attention
was first called by Dr. R. O. Cunningham. He pointed out the
existence in Ceryle stellata of a tendinous link uniting the two
biventres cervicis muscles, and the absence of this link in Alcedo.
I have examined the genera mentioned in the table at the end of
this paper (p. 606), with the exception of Syma and Tanysiptera
(upon which I have a note by Prof. Garrod), and find that there
are quite as many genera which have this tendinous link as there
608 ON THE ANATOMY OF THD KINGFISHRS. [May 19,
are which have it not. The expansor secundariorum is another
muscle which is sometimes absent and sometimes present.
In marked contrast to the muscular anatomy (excepting the leg-
muscles, of which the formula seems to be always AX—), and to
the external characters, is the syrinx. I have examined this organ
in Alcedo, Dacelo, Cittura, Ceryle, Halcyon, and Sazropatis, and
find it to be most uniform in structure. In all it is of the typical
tracheo-bronchial form, without a complete coalescence of the last
rings of the trachea, except sometimes in front. The intrinsic
muscles (a single pair) are well developed and fan out considerably
at their insertion onto the first, or apparently sometimes the first
and second bronchial semirings. In Dacelo cervina it is quite
plain that there are two pairs of intrinsic muscles. The most
anterior of these is the more slender; the wider muscle arises
from the trachea just where the extrinsic muscles are given off ; it
covers over the insertion of the first muscle and is pyramidal in
form, the first muscle being an elongated strip arising in common
with the extrinsic muscle.
The Kingfishers being a group which shows so much diversity
in structure, the following tabular statement may be of use :—
Exp. bth Biventer Oil-
= Remex. AODCOE [RNS LEN link. gland.
Dacelo............ + - 2 tendons + ant. slip. — tufted.
Tanysiptera ...) +- 608 ' op + nude.
SYM ...01er0000- + 006 2 tendons; no ant. slip. -
Cittura weer. + + 2 tendons + ant. slip. + nude.
Alcedo........044. 0 + 1 tendon. - tufted.
Pelargopsis ...) + dod 2 tendons + ant. slip.
Lodirhamphus..) + ee ” ”
Alcyone .....60.- 600 000 1 tendon.
Ceryle......covee + - 1 tendon + ant. slip. + tufted.
Halcyon ver... + + " 0 - tufted.
Sauropatis...... - - 2 tendons + ant. slip. -! tufted.
Sauromarptis..| ... wa is ae
1 + in one of two specimens of S. vagans,
The above table not only displays the variation in structure of
the family but shows the impossibility of a subdivision of the
family, at least without further facts—for it is unnecessary to
point out specially the lacune in the above table.
Halcyon is perhaps to be regarded as the simplest form, while
Dacelo and Sauropatis are at the opposite extreme. The necessary
separation of Sawropatis and Halcyon is the classificatory fact upon
which I would lay the greatest stress. It may be that the black-
billed species will turn out to be Sauropatis, and the red-billed
the true Halcyon.
I would also point out the somewhat disappointing fact that no
particular results seem to be obtainable from a comparison of the
quintocubital with the aquintocubital genera.
al
id 5! all [By
: ies
P.Z.S.1896.Pl. XXVII.
J.Smit del.et lith. MinternBros.imp.
LOPHUROMYS ANSORGE I.
1896.] ON A NNW RODENT OF THE GHNUS LOPHUROMYS. 607
4. On a new Rodent of the Genus Lophuromys from British
East Africa. By W. E. pz Winton, F.Z.S.
[Received May 15, 1896.]
(Plate XX VII.)
In a small series of mammals presented to the National Col-
lection by Dr. W. J. Ansorge, Medical Officer to Her Majesty’s
Government in Uganda, who is now home on leave, [ find two
specimens of a very handsome mouse of the genus Lophuromys new
to science, which I propose to name in honour of the collector.
LoPHUROMYS ANSORGEL, sp.n. (Plate XXVIL.)
' The whole of the upper parts of the head and body smooth
dark chocolate colour, with no markings whatever ; the underparts
uniform pale cinnamon; the feet dark above and below; the tail
black-brown, slightly greyer beneath, especially basally, rather short
and thick, covered with hair, but not densely enough to conceal
the scales; ears moderate, rounded, covered with close short hairs.
On parting the fur of the upper parts. it will be found that the
tips only of the hairs are dark, shading gradually into bright tan
at the bases; there is no underfur; all the hairs are perfectly
straight, of a uniform length and of very much the consistency of
a stiff camel’s-hair brush.
Mensurements taken from dried skin:—Henad and_ body
135 mm.; tail 49 mm.; pes 22 mm.; forearm and hand 33 mm.
Skull: greatest length 33:5 mm., greatest breadth 17 mm. ;
basifacial length 20 mm.; basicranial length 10 mm.; incisive
foramina—length 6°5 mm., breadth 2-8 mm.; nasals—length
15 mm., breadth 3°5 mm.; upper molar series 5:5 mm.; lower molar
series 5 mm.; mandibles, from condyle to incisor tips, 24 mm.
Hab. Mumia’s, Kavirondo, N.E. of Lake Victoria.
Type no. 96. V. 8. 1, in Brit. Mus.
The nearest ally of this species is most likely Z. stkapusi from
West Africa, but it is easily distinguished by its rather larger size
and much darker and handsomer colouring.
Seen through a lens, each hair is flattened like a blade of grass,
tapering abruptly to a sharp point at either end; some of the
hairs are flat, others have the edges turned over so that the cross
section forms the:segment of a circle. The claws are long and
straight : these and the hairy nose and other peculiarities of the
genus are well described by Mr. F'. W. True (Proc. Nat. Mus.
Washington, 1892, vol. xv. p. 460), in his description of Mus
aquilus, which no doubt should be referred to this genus. I
should like also to suggest that Mr. True’s name should be altered to
aquale, asit was derived from the fact of the specimen having been
killed by a bird of the eagle tribe. I may mention that there is
in the British Museum a specimen which seems to agree with the
608 TILE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS 10 1H MENAGERIB, [June 2,
description of AZus aquilus: this is a smaller animal, freckled with
light tips to the hairs, and is otherwise very distinct from the
animal now under notice, but shows that Mr. True’s specimen was
about full-grown, and that the tail was not materially shortened by
the injury mentioned.
Dr. Ansorge has been hitherto known in connection with
zoology as a collector of insects, but he gives me an interesting
account of the accident which put him in possession of this collec-
tion of mammals. The site of a long disused village had been
purchased for the purpose of building the new Government
Medical Hospital, and in clearing the long grass and scrub in the
usual manner of surrounding it and burning towards the centre,
as the circle narrowed it was discovered that there were a large
number of small mammals enclosed. It being observed that there
were ‘rats of all colours,” a selection of pairs of different sorts was
made, with the result that some ten or a dozen specimens were
obtained. Dr. Ansorge describes the Rhizomys heaving up the
ground like giant moles; many of the new Lophuromys, quite
twenty, were left on the ground.
The two specimens agree in every particular and are said to be
male and female, but are not labelled.
The other species represented in the collection are Rhizomys
eee Riipp., Gerbillus afer, Gray, Mus (Isomys) abyssinicus,
Riipp., and Mus (Leggada) minutoides, Peters.
June 2, 1896.
IF. DuCanz Gopman, Esq., I'.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
. _ The Seeretary read the following report on the additions to the
Soviety’s Menagerie during the month of May :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of May were 154 in number. Of these 52 were acquired by
presentation, 62 by purchase, 14 by exchange, 4 were born in the
Gurdens, and 22 were received on deposit. The total number of
departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 86.
Amongst the additions the following are worthy of special
notice :—
1. A Red-naped Fruit-Bat (Pteropus funereus), purchased May
Ist. This Australian animal is new to the Society’s list.
2. Four examples of a Tortoise belonging to the group of
Gigantic Tortoises, deposited by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.,
May 26th. These Tortoises are believed to be referable to
Daudin’s Tortoise (Testudo daudini), from the Aldabra Islands,
which is a species peculiar for the form of its carapace, the two
anterior and the two posterior marginal plates being strongly
reverted (see Giinther, ‘ Gigantic Land-Tortoises,’ p. 33, pl. 5).
1896.] ON EUROPEAN AND ASIATIC BUTTERFLIES. 609
3. Two Riippell’s Vultures (Gyps rueppelli), received in exchange
May 28th, from the Zoological Gardens, Cairo. These fine birds,
which I saw at,Cairo when there last year (see P. Z.S. 1895, p. 400),
are said to have been obtained in the Western Desert of Egypt,
and are of much interest, as the species has not been previously
noticed within the confines of Egypt proper. The authorities of
the Gizeh Gardens have kindly parted with them in our favour.
Mr. Selater exhibited the skin of a species of Cercopithecus which
had been received, living, by the Society on the 20th September 1895,
and had died in the Menagerie on the 23rd of April last, and a
water-colour drawing of the same animal by Smit. Mr. Sclater
had been uncertain as to the correct determination of this specimen
(which had been obtained by Mr. John M. W. Pigott, when
Acting-Administrator for the I. B. E. A. Company at Mombasa,
Hast Africa, from a native who had caught it) in its lifetime, but now
believed that it must be referable to his Cercopithecus stairsi (P. Z. 9.
1892, p. 580, pl. xl.), as shown by comparison with one of the
typical specimens. ‘The present specimen, which was a female,
agreed in nearly every respect with the male presented by
Mr. F. Hintze, June 7, 1893 (see P. Z.S. 1893, p. 612), except in
being of smaller size, which was of course attributable to its sex,
and in having the bright rufous spot on the temples not so clearly
marked although plaiuly visible. The short erect hairs on the
front of the forehead were also more stained with rufous than in
the male specimen.
Mr. Sclater remarked that this distinct species of Cercopithecus
had now been received from three different spots on the East Coast
of Africa—Chindi at the mouth of the Zambesi, Mozambique, and
British East Africa.
Mr. Selater exhibited a series of 12 water-colour drawings of
African Antelopes, taken partly from specimens in the Natural
History Museum and partly from examples living in the Society’s
Gardens, executed by Mr. Edmund Caldwell, of 41 Clifton Gardens,
Maida Vale.
A communication was read from Mr. Henry J. Elwes, F.Z.S.,
and Mr. Edwards, containing a revision of the European and
Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperiidae. The species treated
of in this paper were about 450 in number and were divided into
about 100 genera.
This paper will be printed in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’
610 MR. 0. DAVIES SHERBORN ON A PROPOSED (June 2,
The following papers were read :—
1. Explanation of the Plan adopted for preparing an “ Index
Generum et Specierum Animalium.” By C. Davixs
SuHerzorn, F.Z.S.
[Received June 2, 1896.]
The following description of the work of preparing an Index to
the generic and specific names of animals, both recent and fossil,
which was commenced by the author in July 1890, has been pre-
pared for the Society, at the request of Sir William Flower,
Mr. Sclater, and Dr. Henry Woodward :—
The difficulty of finding accurate and reliable lists of the species
of any particular genus was pointed out by Darwin years ago, and
impressed itself so strongly on that naturalist that he personally
endowed the undertaking which we know as the ‘ Index Kewensis,’
recently brought to so successful a conclusion by Benjamin Daydon
Jackson. In this book of reference there are some 600,000 generic
and specific names of flowering plants. The botanist has now a
key to the literature of Phanerogams for 150 years within covers,
and all difficulty in keeping pace with present and future descrip-
tions of new phanerogamic plants has been removed.
It is quite otherwise with zoological generic and specific names.
Agassiz, Marschall, Scudder, and others have partially catalogued the
genera ; Waterhouse has listed the genera of birds; H. G. Bronn,
John Morris, and, more recently, R. Etheridge have provided lists
of fossil species. But no one book including references to all
names that have been given to fossil and recent animals has yet
been attempted. ‘The vastness of the record is appalling, but
given time all difficulties disappear.
The work now commenced by the German Zoological Society,
which was described before this Society at a recent meeting, and
known as ‘ Das Tierreich,’ will be familiar to all present; and it
has been suggested that a brief account of the ‘Index Generum et
Specierum Animalium’ should be put on record in the same
manner.
In May 1890 a letter appeared in ‘ Nature’ and in ‘ La Feuille
des Jeunes Naturalistes,’ from the author, setting forth a scheme
for the compilation of such a work, and inviting suggestions for
improved details or other matter. Beyond friends interested at
the British Museum, those who offered valuable suggestions were
David Sharp, Alfred Newton, Sven Loven, and Victor Carus. It
was therefore obvious that the details were satisfactory to those
interested, and work was commenced on July Ist, 1890.
Since that date recording has steadily progressed (circumstances
have restricted the time at disposal to an amount equivalent to three
years) and a total of 130,000 slips have been stored away in the
alphabetical order of genera. Notices of the progress of the work
have appeared in ‘Nature,’ vol. xliv. p. 207 (1891), and ‘ Natural
Science,’ vol. iii. p. 379 (1893), and the manuscript has been
1896.] ‘‘INDHX @BNERUM ET SPECIDRUM ANIMALIUM.” 611
frequently referred to by those in need of information at the
British Museum and elsewhere.
The following is a reprint of the original set of rules :—
(1) The earliest reference is to date from the twelfth edition of
Linneus, 1766.
(2) The last reference to close with December 31, 1899.
(3) The names of genera and species to be given in one
alphabetical sequence, and accompanied by a reference to the
original source.
(4) The names of species of each genus to be also quoted in
alphabetical order under that genus.
(5) No attempt at synonymy to be given; but, to assist
reference, the various genera in which a species has from time to
time been placed to be indicated under that species.
(6) Pre-Linnwan names to be quoted as founded by the author
first using them after 1766 :—e. g., Echinocorys, Leske, 1778 (ex
Klein, 1734). Should a pre-Linnean species or genus have been
re-named after 1766, before the post-Linnewan use of that pre-
Linnzan name, the new name is to stand. [References will be
given to Artedi, Brisson, and Scopoli, in accordance with British
Association rules. ]
As soon as the work commenced it was found advisable to adopt
the 10th edition of the ‘Systema’ as a starting point, instead of
the 12th. The reasons for this adoption need not be discussed here ;
the use of the 10th edition is fast becoming universal. This
alteration caused a slight modification of several of the proposed
rules. At the same time a reference is also given to the 12th edition
of the ‘Systema,’ as it will be convenient to many people and will
not increase the number of slips in any appreciable degree.
Each genus name and each species name is recorded on a
separate slip, the original reference being quoted ; and every time a
species name is transferred to a new genus a separate slip is used,
the quotation including a reference back to the original genus in
which the species was first placed.
Each slip is made out in duplicate: one set being sorted up in
alphabetical order of genera; and a second set being kept tied up
as an index of the contents of the particular book quoted.
References are taken from one book at a time—.¢. a book is
gone through from cover to cover—every genus and species, and
every change of genus, being systematically recorded; thus com-
pletely disposing of that particular book, and ensuring the almost
absolute certainty of every reference being taken. This system
proves far more exact than the recording of any special group of
animals at one time. It further permits of the printing from type
of a reference to that particular book on each slip, and thus
ensures the absolute accuracy of the reference with the sole excep-
tion of the page. The entries are made in black-lead pencil and
black or blue carbon paper—both methods having proved to be
quite indelible.
A particular paper has been chosen, known as ‘white rope,”
which presents the requisite stiffness for an edge-on arrangement
612 MR. C. DAVIES SHERBORN ON A PROPOSED (June 2,
of slips, the toughness necessary for constant handling, a surface
equally convenient for pencil and carbon paper, and a cheapness of
1s, 2d. per 1000 slips. The size of slip employed is 127 x 63 mm.
(5 x 23 inches).
Nomina nuda are distinguished by the letters [n. n.].
Nomina nuda accompanied by figures by the letters [n. et f.].
In those cases where an author has described and figured a
species some time after printing his nomen nudum, a reference is
also given to the nomen nudum, when possible.
Particular attention has been paid to the date of publication of
books, periodicals, and serials. This is a part of the work which
demands considerable time and patience, but the results obtained
fully justify the labour. The more important results as to dates
already arrived at and published are :—
Pallas, P. S., Icones Insect. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, vii.
p- 236, 1891.)
Pallas, P.S., Nov. spec. Glir. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, vii.
p- 236, 1891.)
Schreber, J.C.D.,Siiugthiere. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 587.)
Sowerby, Genera Recent Shells. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, xiii.
p- 370, 1894.)
Encyclopédie Méthodique. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 582.)
Jardine and Selby, Ilustr. Ornith. (See Ibis, 1894, p. 326.)
Moore, F., Lepidopt. Indica. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, xi. 1893,
p. 260, and ser. 6, xiv. 1894, p. 464.)
Siebold, P. F. von., Fauna Japonica. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895,
p- 149.)
The date of publication of a species is taken to be that date on
which the print in which the name appears is offered for
public sale or public distribution.
No author’s copy, and no excerpt from any publication distri-
buted privately before such publication is offered for public
sale or public distribution, has been accepted.
In the case of privately printed books, entries taken from them
are distinguished by the words [auct. typ.].
In all cases where the date is doubtful and cannot be definitely
ascertained, the date figures are enclosed in brackets [ ], or have
some other distinguishing mark—e. g., ?—placed against them.
In the case of plates appearing before the text, the date of each is
given if ascertainable (e. g., Schreber’s ‘ Siiugthiere’), but in no case
is the date of a plate accepted in preference to the date of text, for
the reasons which follow :—
The figure depicted on a plate may, or may not, be the drawing
intended by the author; it is the work of the artist, who
is also responsible for the descriptive legend. In numerous
instances the descriptive legend on a plate is quite erro-
neous, and has been repudiated by the author in his text.
Until the text descriptive of a plate appears, the names on
the plate must be considered as nomina nuda, and it is open
to anyone to describe and rename such nomina nuda,
1896.] ‘“‘INDEX GHNDRUM EY SPECINRUM ANIMALIUM.” 613
Species ‘‘indett.,” if figured, are included in the index.
Misprints are quoted only if considered liable to cause confusion.
The following is an example of the Index as proposed to be
carried out. ‘The inclusion of an alphabetical list of species under
each genus name is a matter for consideration, if ever the MS.
comes to the printing office. It can be adopted or rejected at
option, and if adopted the duplicate set of slips will be available
for the purpose.
In arranging the Index for printing it is proposed to print one
alphabetical list from beginning to end; the species names and the
genus names falling into one order according to the arrangement
of their spelling. The following are the reasons for arranging
the work under species and not under genera, as in the ‘Index
Kewensis ’:—
1. No synonymy of species is attempted: that depends on the
idiosyncrasy of the systematist.
2. Any attempt at specific synonymy would be fatal to progress,
as experience shows that vast changes may tale place in a
single year.
3, An arrangement under species permits of a generic synonymy,
for by running the eye down the second column of the
printed work, it will be possible to ascertain the various
generic naines with which a particular species name has been
connected.
Acervulina, M. Schultze, Org. Polyth. G7. Rh. 1854.
[acinosa ; crete ; globulosa ; inberens.|
acinosa Acervulina, M. Schultze, Org. Polyth. 1854, 67.
acuta Alveolina, Savi g Mencghini, Cons, geol. Tosc. 1851, 206.
Alveolina, A, D. @’Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii. 306. Rh. 1826,
[acuta ; boscii; bulloides; compressa; costulata; cylindrica;
decipiens ; depressa ; ellipsvidalis; elliptica ; elongata; eximia;
fortisii; etc. ]
Archiacina, Munier-Chalmas, B. S. géol. Fr. [8] vii. 445. Rh. 1879.
{armorica ; munieri. ]
armorica Archiacina (d’Arch.), Munier-Chalmas, B. S. géol. Fr. [8] vii.
1879, 445. [Cyclolina.]
—— Cyclolina, d'Archiac, B. S. géol. Fr. [2] xxv. 1868, 376.
Cyclolina, A. D. d’ Orbigny, Foram. Vien. 139. : Rh. 1846.
[armorica; carinata ; cretacea ;dufrenoyi ;impresea; pedunculata ;
prealta.]
The group and date of the genus are shown by the “ Rh. 1854” =Ruizopopa,
1854.
From this description of the ‘Index Generum et Specierum
Animalium,’ it will be seen that a manuscript comprising 130,000
references is already in existence and is available for daily reference.
Sir Wm. Flower, Dr. Giinther, and Dr. Woodward took so
much interest in the original scheme that they at once offered the
necessary space and cabinets for the storage of the manuscript at
the British Museum (Natural History)—an offer of considerable
value, as it not only renders the MS. easily accessible to those
wishing to consult it, but ensures safety from fire and other destruc-
tive agencies. The General Committee of the British Association
614 MR, @. A, BOULENGER ON THE [June 2,
have been generous enough to assist the work by a donation of
£70. This has been of considerable assistance in the purchase of
paper, material, &e.
A manuscript of this nature is necessarily imperfect for any one
genus until the whole literature has been gone through. As taras
possible it is compiled from 1758 upwards, but often a side issue
takes the compiler on even into the present year. Every book
when completed is ticked off in some well-known Catalogue, and a
catalogue slip is made, so as to allow of an alphabetical register.
It is believed that the plan adopted for preparing an ‘ Index
Generum et Specierum Animalium ’ is so arranged and so carried out
that the work is completed day by day so far as it goes, and that
it would be easy for any individual to continue the carrying out of
the scheme to-morrow should there be occasion to do so.
2. Remarks on the Dentition of Snakes and on the Evolution
of the Poison-fangs. By G. A. Boutenarr, F.R.S.
[Received May 26, 1896.]
By the researches of Mr. G. 8. West on the buccal glands of
Snakes, the results of which appeared in the last volume of these
‘ Proceedings’ (1895, p. 812), a further blow has been dealt to the
taxonomic division of Snakes into poisonous and non-poisonous, a
division I may claim to have been the first to abandon’.
Certain statements in the above-mentioned paper, concerning the
dentition, call for criticism. In the Introduction to the first volume
of the ‘ Catalogue of Snakes,’ it was pointed out that the indication
of the number of teeth should refer to the full set in each maxillary,
as “ few specimens show the complete dentition, gaps occurring here
and there, but shallow sockets in the bone indicate the bases of
the missing teeth.” This has not been taken into consideration
by Mr. West, who erroneously ascribes diastemata between the
solid teeth to Leptodira, these being simply due to loss of teeth
in the specimen examined by him; the maxillary teeth form an
uninterrupted series in that genus. Besides, it will be seen, by
comparing his statements and figures with the indications in the
‘Catalogue of Snakes,’ that, in most cases, the number of teeth
given by him is lower than the actual full set. The error I point
out is an important one, since, were the teeth counted in that
manner, hardly any two specimens of the same species would show
the same number. It even often happens that every alternate
tooth having dropped out, the jaw appears, on a superficial exami-
1 My views have been accepted by Prof. Oope, who, in his latest classification
(Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xviii. 1895, p. 186), observes: ‘‘ One result is that I am
able to confirm the conclusion of Boulenger, ¢. ¢. that the Colubriform venomous
Snakes, the Proteroglypha, do not differ in any fundamental respect from the
non-venomous Colubridx.” Dr. Giinther (Biol. C.-Am., Rept. 1895), on the
other hand, still adheres to the old arrangement, as evinced by his continuing
to intercalate the Boidw, the most generalized of all Ophidians, between the
Opisthoglypha and the Proteroglypha.
1896.] DENTITION OF SNAKES. 615
nation, to possess only half the real number. As early as 1856,
the late Dr. J. G. Fischer (Verh. Naturw. Hamb. iii. p. 23) warned
observers against such a fallacy. With a little experience, it is
easy enough to ascertain whether teeth are accidentally missing or
whether true diastemata are present.
The author further mentions that the grooved teeth in the
Opisthoglyphs vary in number from one to three. It should have
been added that examples of as many as five grooved teeth occur in
the genus Oaybelis.
With regard to the Proteroglyphs, it is a matter for regret that
Mr. West should not have had an opportunity of examining speci-
mens with all the maxillary and some of the mandibular teeth
grooved, such as we find in the genus Distira. The presence of
grooves on the posterior “solid” teeth was first pointed out by
Thomas Smith (Phil. Trans. cviii. 1818, p. 472), and later by J. G.
Fischer (l.c. p. 21). In 1890 (P. Z.S. p. 618) I recorded the
presence of grooves on the mandibular teeth in a specimen of
Distira, and I have since found them in another genus of Hydro-
phines, Atpysurus (Cat. iii. p. 803) and in an Elapine, Glyphodon
(t. c. p. 313). It would have been highly interesting to ascertain
whether any connection exists between the poison-gland and the
small grooved maxillary teeth, and whether any correlative modifi-
cation of the sublabial glands obtains in those forms in which the
mandibular teeth show grooves. .
-I have previously expressed the opinion that the Vipezrine
maxillary may be regarded as derived from the Opisthoglyph. In
order to trace the probable evolution of the maxillary in Snakes,
it suffices to survey the multitudinous modifications offered by the
existing forms, for although possibly not one of them represents
the actual groups through which evolution has taken place, they
show clearly enough the various steps connecting the extreme
types and the probable derivation of one type from the other.
In the first place, the hypothetical primitive Ophidian dentition
is exhibited by Xenopeltis (Cat. i. p. 168), in which the maxillary,
premaxillary, and dentary are armed with very numerous, closely
set, equal solid teeth. Next we have Polyodontophis (t. c. p. 181),
which only differs in the absence of teeth on the premaxillary
bone. From this type numerous and gradual modifications arise
through reduction in the number of teeth and irregularity in their
size, leading to Boodon (t.c. p. 327) among the forms with persis-
tent hypapophyses throughout the vertebral column, in which some
of the anterior teeth, situated near the palatine process of the
maxillary, become enlarged and fang-like, although still devoid of
rooves. From such a type we may reasonably assume the Elapines,
which still retain the hypapophyses, to have been derived through
abbreviation and suppression of the portion of the maxillary
anterior to the palatine process concurrently with the develop-
ment of grooves in the anterior fangs. In the series now reached,
the Elapinez (Cat. ili. p. 310), the groove becomes deeper and
deeper, the margins of the tooth ultimately coalescing to form the
616 MR. SCLATER ON THB [June 16,
“perforated ” fang of Hlaps proper (¢.c. p. 411), in which all other
maxillary teeth have disappeared and the palatal and mandibular
teeth are much reduced in number. In other genera of the same
group the posterior maxillary teeth persist and may all acquire
feeble grooves, as well as the anterior mandibular teeth (Glyphodon,
p- 313). In the Proteroglyphs adapted to life in the sea, a similar
series of modifications takes place. From the Aglyphodont forms,
in which the teeth increase in size posteriorly, we are gradually led
to the Opisthoglyphs, which are only to be distinguished by the pre-
sence of more or less deep grooves on the posterior fang-like teeth,
the series culminating in such forms as have the maxillary bone much
abbreviated, the solid teeth reduced to two or three, and the fangs
extremely large and deeply grooved (Afiodon, t. c. p. 250). If we
then turn to the skull of the least specialized among the Viperidxw
(Causus, t. c. p. 466) we see that the poison-fangs are situated on
the posterior extremity of the maxillary, close to its articulation
with the ectopterygoid, a condition which is identical with that of
the Opisthoglyphous Colubrids. It is therefore clear to me that
the Viperids have been derived from the Opisthoglyphs, and that
there is no direct genetic relationship between them and the Pro-
teroglyphs, contrary to the old view which represented the Elapines
as forming the passage between the Colubrines and the Viperines.
We have thus traced a nearly complete filiation, so far as the jaws
and teeth are concerned, between the Colubridi aglyphe and the
prcteroglyphz on the one hand, and between the former and the
Viperide on the other.
Mr. West points to structural differences in the poison-glands
between the Opisthoglypha and the Proteroglypha. It will be a
matter for future investigation to ascertain whether he is justified
in his assumption that the gland is homologous in these types or
whether it has not been independently developed.
June 16, 1896.
Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B.; LL.D., F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing (Plate XXVIII.) of the Gnu
of Nyasaland, taken by Mr. Caldwell from the specimen recently
transmitted to him by Sir H. H. Johnston (see above p. 506), and
now placed in the British Museum. Mr. Sclater pointed out the
differences between this form and the ordinary form of the
Brindled Gnu (to which the specimens now living in the Society’s
Gardens belonged), which consisted mainly in the generally
brownish colour of the fur and the broad whitish band across the
face above the eyes, and proposed for it the subspecific name Con-
nochetes tauwrinus johnston. From the British-East-African form
INOLSNHOC SONIWDNVL SHLAYHIONNOD
‘dun-sosg usequmy AGH 48S5e 12P) 11S SPreo a
WAXX Id 9681 S’'Zd
1896. ] GNU OF NYASALAND. 617
(C. t. albo-jubatus) it differed in having the mane black, as in C. ¢.
typicus.
Mr. Richard Crawshay, C.M.Z.S., made the following remarks
on this subject :—
“This Gnu from British Central Africa is most interesting,
especially to naturalist-sportsmen like myself who have visited
the country.
“The existence of a Gnu in the Protectorate has, of course, long
been known: for instance on the Mlanji Plains, to the S.E. of
Matope, on the Upper Shiri, there are a few; and to the W. of
Lake Nyasa, in the Loangwa R. valley, which drains into the
Upper Zambesi, there are also some. Ilitherto, however, only two
specimens have been shot by Europeans, so far as I know. ‘These
are the one of which we have this very pretty drawing; and one
other, also a fine male, lately shot by Mr. Carl Wiese on the left
bank of the Ruo R., not far from Chiromo, on the Lower Shiri R.
Passing through Chiromo, about two months ago, I was shown the
skull and magnificent long silky tail of this Gnu of Mr. Wiese’s:
both are in Mr. Hillier’s possession at Chiromo.
“The specimen now forwarded by Sir H. H. Johnston was shot,
if I recollect rightly, by Mr. Macdonald, of the Administration, on
the Mlanji Plain. I think he told me he saw three in all—a bull,
a cow, and a calf; he secured the bull the second time he saw
it by a long shot.
“‘ During thirteen years’ residence, off and on, in what is now the
Protectorate, I have never myself actually seen Guus; the nearest
I have been to them is to see their spoor, about four or five miles
out from Matope, on the Upper Shiri R.
“The tribes round thé southern half of Lake Nyasa all know the
Gnu by name: some people that I have heard describe the animal
say it has horns like a Buffalo.
“The Anyanja know it as ‘Nyumbu’; the Yaos (Ajawa) as
*Sindi,’ though I did not know this when I wrote my paper on
the Antelopes of Nyasa six years ago. Intermixing as they do
very much with the Anyanja, the Yaos often use Manganja words,
especially with Europeans, who mostly speak Manganja.
“The Yaos of Cape Maclear at one time used the tail-hairs of the
Gnu to string beads on their prettily worked hair-combs; I think
I must have some of these combs by me even now.
“Being traders and great travellers, these Yaos, I imagine,
have accompanied Arab caravans on their journeys into the Lower
Loangwa valley, and got their Gnu-tails there. During August
and September last year I madea journey into the Upper Loangwa
valley, seven days or so 8.W. from Karonga. There I saw a
great deal of game, but no Gnus, though the Wasenga, I found,
are well acquainted with this animal.
“‘ They told me I should find Gnus two or three days to the 8S. of
where I then was, at Msongozi’s; they said I should see plenty jn
the neighbourhood of Kambombo’s town. Wishing very much
indeed to verify this statement and to secure a specimen of tlie
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XL. 40
618 MR. P. ONALMERS MITCHELL ON THE (June 16,
Gnu,-I left Msongozi’s on the
Loangwa R. and struck down the
valley with the object. of making
Kambombo’s. But I had only
gone one day’s journey to Mwan-
kanka, when we were fired on by
a colony of slave-traders settled
there under a half-bred Arab, and
further progress was quite out of
the question.”
Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited
and made remarks on a fine shed
antler of the Circassian Red
Deer (Cervus maral), which had
been shipped with a cargo of
bones and horns from Tiflis, on
the Black Sea. The antler had
9 well-developed points, weight
9 lbs. 2 0z., its length of beam
41 inches, length of brow-tine 18
inches.
Mr. Holding also exhibited, on
behalf of W. Burton, Esq., F.Z.S.,
an abnormal pair of horns of the
Wild Goat from the Caucasus,
having a curious inward spiral
form (see figure).
Abnormal horns of Wild Goat
from the Caucasus.
The following papers were read :—
1. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Opzstho-
comus cristatus). By P. Cuatmers Mircneiy, M.A.,
ZS.
[Received June 2, 1896. ]
The material upon which this communication is based consists of
several specimens of the Hoatzin, preserved in spirit, and kindly
given me by Mr. F. V. McConnel, whom my friend Mr. I’. W.
Headley told that they would be of service to me. 1 am indebted
to the Society and to its Prosector for the continued use of the
1896.] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN, 619
laboratory at the Gardens in the course of my investigations into
the anatomy of birds. A number of important memoirs have
appeared upon the Hoatzin, but, in the present condition of our
knowledge of the relations among the groups of birds, additional
details concerning the structure of a type so aberrant may prove
useful.
Alimentary Canal.
The extraordinary crop and the general characters of the gizzard
and intestines have been sufficiently described by L’Herminier’
and Gadow?. Yollowing the method which I have described in a
former paper’, I dissected out the coils of the intestine and the
Intestinal convolutions of Opisthocomus cristatus.
x, bridging-vessel divided ; v.m., mesentery of the yolk-sac vestige.
great veins in a well-grown chick and in three adults. As shown
in figure 1, the duodenal loop is unusually short and wide, and is
much less specialized than in most other birds I have examined.
1 “Recherches anatomiques sur quelques genres d’oiseaux rares ou peu
connus,” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2, Zoologie, viii. Paris, 1837.
2 “Qn the Taxonomic Value of the Intestinal Convolutions in Birds,”
P. Z. S. 1889, p. 303.
3 “On the Intestinal Tracts of Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 186.
40*
620 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,
The mid-gut is thrown into three well-marked locps: the first of
these is long and narrow; the second is long, is much more open,
and shows a tendency to be thrown into a very rough spiral. In
the chick and in two adults I found no trace of the yolk-sac
diverticulum, but its place of attachment was marked by a distinct
and strong remnant of the ventral mesentery ; in a third adult, as
shown in the figure, this mesentery ran to a minute vestige of the
yolk-sac, placed nearly at the summit of the middle loop. The
third loop of the mid-gut is wide, and along it the ceca run in the
fashion characteristic of birds in which these are functional; where
the duodenum lay over this third loop, a bridging vein ran from
the cea to the duodenal branch of the mesenteric vein. The
rectum is very long and is thrown into secondary folds.
It is obvious that the gut of Opisthocomus exhibits a definite
divergence of a simple nature from what I tried to show, in the
paper referred to above, to be the primitive type of avian intestines.
The chief character of the typical intestinal folds is that the mid-
gut, from the duodenum to the insertion of the long ceca, is a
simple loop, thrown into short folds at the circumference of an
almost circular expansion of the mesentery, and bearing near
its median point a vestige of the yolk-sac. Such a condition
occurs alinost unmodified in the Struthious birds, in the Gallidi
and Cracidx, and, among aquintocubital birds, in Chauna and
Palamedea, in Himantopus, Glareola, and Caprimulgus. So far
as I have had opportunity of examining them, and I have now
more than doubled the material wpon which I first formed
the conclusion, nearly every group of birds contains members
approaching this primitive type. The divergences consist in the
stretching out and twisting of secondary loops of this primitive
circular loop, while the direction of the divergences is, on the whole,
identical in each group. Opisthocomus, inasmuch as its mid-gut
displays differentiation into three well-marked subsidiary loops,
has advanced beyond the Gallidw, Cracide, and Struthious birds.
Its mode of divergence differs from that of the Tinamou, in which
the first and third subsidiary loops are very long, but in which the
region hearing the yolk-sac vestige and corresponding to the median
loop is not expanded. Neglecting the fact that Pterocles and the
Pigeons are aquintocubital, while Opisthocomus is certainly quinto-
cubital, the latter from the form of the gut is intermediate between
Pterocles and the Pigeons. In these three the mid-gut has three
loops, the central loop bearing the yolk-sac vestige: as in Pterocles
the cxca are long; the middle loop shows a trace of the spiral
formation which is characteristic of the higher Pigeons. Among
quintocubital birds Opisthocomus shows the closest resemblance to
the Cuculidi, in which also the cwca are long and the mid-gut is
thrown into three loops, the median loop bearing the yolk-sac
vestige. So far as argument may be based upon the formation of
the mid-gut, either Huxley’s’ suggested relationship between
1 “On the Classification and Distribution of the Alectoromorphe and
Heteromorphw,” P. ZS. 1868, p. 294.
1896.] ANATOMY OF THH HOATZIN. 621
Opisthocomus, Fowls, and Pigeons, and Garrod’s' suggested relation-
ship with Fowls and Cuckoos, is borne out. But the Gallinaceous
birds are more primitive in the character of their mid-gut, and from
this point of view Opisthocomus must be regarded as less primitive
than them, while both Huxley and Garrod from other considerations
regard it as more primitive.
The subsidiary looping and consequent length of the rectum or
large intestine between the insertion of the ceca and the cloaca is
a striking feature found only in few birds, all of which have the
intestines otherwise primitive: it reaches a maximum in the Ostrich,
giving the intestine of that bird a curiously mammalian aspect ;
it is absent in Casuarius, Dromeus, Apteryx, and Ithynchotus; it
is well-marked in Ithea, Chauna, Palamedea, and in O)vsthocomus.
I am unable to correlate it with any degree of development of the
ceca or with habits or food.
Muscles of the Visceral Skeletal Apparatus.
Although many papers have been written which include myo-
logical descriptions of Opisthocomus, I can find no account of the
muscles of the jaws and hyoid. Ina large number of birds the
hyoid muscles in particular are difficult to isolate and dissect ;
many of them are extremely delicate, and the fasciw of adjacent
muscles blend with each other at many points. In Opisthocomus
these muscles are particularly stout and free from each other; on
removal of the skin covering the space between the mandibles they
may be dissected out (see fig. 2, p. 622) with great ease.
Mylohyoid anterior.—This pair of muscles forms a broad trans-
verse band stretching between the inner edges of the rami of the
mandible. The fibres from the opposite sides pass straight across,
not meeting in a median raphe as occurs in Chauna and the Goose ;
but the muscle is not, as in Palamedea and the Goose, divided into
an auterior and posterior portion. It is much stouter than in a
typical Pheasant like Lophophorus impeyanus.
Mandibular Glands.—Behind the symphysis, and with their
proximal border just covered by the mylohyoid anterior, lie a pair
of large ovoid glands, opening, as in the similar glands of Chauna?,
by a number of small apertures into the floor of the mouth, where
the mucous membrane reaches the horny edge of the lower jaw.
In the Pheasant (Lophophorus) these glands are very large and
lobulated.
Mylohyoid posterior.—This, as in all birds that I have examined,
or of which I can find record on the point, is a large muscle dividing
almost immediately into an anterior deeper layer and a posterior
more superficial layer. In Opisthocomus there is a large common
origin from the outer side of the ramus of the jaw, immediately
anterior to the insertion of the depressor muscle. From this
comes the whole of the posterior, more superficial division of the
1 “Qn the Anatomy of the Hoatzin,” P. Z.S. 1879, p. 109.
2 “ Anatomy of Chauna chavaria,” P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 350.
622 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,
muscle, which spreads anteriorly and posteriorly over the lower
surface of the space between the jaws, reaching forwards nearly to
the posterior border of the mylohyoid anterior, and meeting its
fellow from the other side in the middle line. The anterior or
deeper division of the mylohyoid posterior has its origin partly in
Vig. 2.
S
YW Yi ff L
hth
EF
BLP) &
HALE
PER) Rpt
~
EMAL ea
eens
ret:
Dissection of hyoidean muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus.
1. Geniohyoid, posterior division. 2. Geniohyoid, anterior division. 3. Mylo-
hyoid anterior. 4. Mylohyoid posterior, posterior division. 5. Mylohyoid
posterior, anterior division. 6, Ceratoglossus. 7. Ceratohyoid. 8, Depressor
mandibule, G/., Mandibular gland.
comimon with the foregoing division, but also extending a consider-
able distance over the inner surface of the ramus, a condition that
{ have not found in any other bird. In the Pheasants the origin
is normal, a narrow nearly yertical line in front of the depressor
mandibule attachment.
1896. ] ANATOMY OF THH HOATZIN. | - 623
Geniohyotd.—This muscle is in two distinct portions. The
posterior division arises from the outer side of the ramus of the
jaw, behind the anterior mylohyoid; it passes dorsally to both
divisions of the posterior mylohyoid, and, running inwards and
backwards, wraps round the ceratohyal to the tip. The anterior
portion arises from the inner side of the ramus of the jaw, its edge
being superficial to the mylohyoid anterior; it then runs forwards
and inwards alongside the posterior division of this muscle, and is
inserted to the ceratohyal, partly under and partly distally to the
insertion of the posterior division. Gadow (‘Das Thierreich,’ p. 313)
states that tho geniohyoid is double in Nectarinia, Otis, Parrots,
and Ithea; single in Corvus, Anser, Procellaria, and Spheniscus.
Beddard and I found it single in Palamedea; I myself have found
it single in Chauna, Rhytidoceros, Cygnus, Pelecanus, and Lopho-
phorus; double in Struthio, Dromeus, Rhea, Rhynchotus, and Ciconia.
It appears as if this muscle were comparable with the latissimus
dorsi; originally a diffused sheet it tends to break up into two
discrete bands, but there are not sufficient data to draw any infer-
ences of taxonomic value from its double condition in Opisthocomus.
The researches of Garrod showed that, in the case of certain
notable thigh-muscles, completeness of muscle formule was, on
the whole, primitive, while incompleteness was secondary. In the
attempt to extend this view to other muscles it is necessary to
remember that many muscles are in process of splitting, and that
in these cases increase in number is a sign, not of primitive, but of
derivative character.
Genioglossus.— At the most this is represented by a few fibres.
Ceratoylossus.—This is 2 very strong muscle, arising from the
outer side of the ceratohyal, anterior to the gentohyoids; it passes
forwards, superficially to the anterior division of the mylohyoid
posterior, and deeply as regards the mylohyoid anterior; ending in
a round tendon, it is inserted along the side of the tongue almost
to the tip. There is no trace of the division into two, which occurs
in Fowls.
Ceratohyoid.—This is a strong wide muscle running from the
inner side of the ceratohyal, opposite the insertion of the foregoing
muscle to the urobhyal.
The hypoglossals and the system of the sterno-hyoid were
present, but the individual muscles were not segmented from each
other.
Depressor mandibule.—A. single very large muscle, of which the
internal portion is more tendinous, runs from the lateral posterior
and under surface of the occiput to the posterior and ventral part
of the lower jaw. In Ducks and Geese this muscle is represented
by three distinct portions, all of which Beddard and I found in
Palamedea', and described as biventer and digastric. In the Fowls
there are at least two portions separable; in Opisthocomus the
tendinous inner portion no doubt represents an inner portion,
' “On the Anatomy of Palamedea cornuta,” PB. ZS. 1894, p. 536.
624 Mk, P, CHALMERS M1TOHELL ON THD (June 16,
which is separate and muscular in Palamedea, separate and
tendinous in Gallus. :
Temporalis—The superficial portion of this muscle is very large
and inseparable into layers; it arises from the whole temporal fossa,
and from the external and internal surfaces of the mid-temporal
process ; it runs forwards and downwards under the quadrato-
maxillary bar to the outer upper surface of the lower jaw; internal
to this, and arising from the deeper region of the temporal fossa,
is a strongly marked pyramidal muscle, which ends in a stout
tendon inserted to the inner surface of the lower jaw. A still
deeper portion runs across from the forward process of the
quadrate to the inner side of the ramus. Lastly, a wide band of
muscle bridges the narrow interval between the inner edge of the
forward process of the quadrate and the wall of the orbit behind
the optic foramen.
Pterygoid.—A superficial portion, similar to that found in Ducks
and Geese runs from the ventral, posterior end of the lower jaw to
the palatal membrane. It is not so tendinous as in the Ducks and
Geese. The deeper portion of the pterygoid is an almost continu-
ous mass of muscle, inseparable into regions, from the pterygo-
palatine area to the lower jaw.
Muscrss or tHE Lec.
Variations in the Conditions of the Ambiens.
In the musculature of the leg there are several points (illus-
trated by figure 3, p. 625, and figure 4, p. 626) to which I wish
to refer. As Garrod showed, the four muscles which he called
A, B, X, and Y, the femoro-caudal and its accessory, the semiten-
dinosus and its accessory, are all present. The interconnections
between the muscles at the back of the knee differ so in birds that a
description of their exact condition in Opisthocomus may be placed
on record, although I have not yet sufficient material to make
comparisons of any value.
The adductors have no insertion to the tibia, but send a strong
slip to the middle head of the gastrocnemius. The semimem-
branosus, the most posterior of the thigh-muscles, runs straight in
to the tibia, unconnected with the tendon of the semitendinosus.
The accessory semitendinosus is very broad and strong, but does
not nearly reach the tibia, being separated from that by the middle
head of the gastrocnemius. ‘The semitendinosus, after being
joined by its accessory, sends in one fibrous slip to the tibia,
proximal to that of the semimembranosus; while the greater mass
of the muscle ends in a strong tendon, which runs down alongside
and soon fuses with the middle head of the gastrocnemius, before
that reaches the tibial head.
The condition of the ambiens muscle is still more interesting.
Garrod (see paper referred to above) examined the legs of three
specimens of Opisthocomus. In all cases he found the ambiens
small, but normal, above the thigh. In five of the six legs it was
1896. ] ANATOMY OF THH HOATZIN. 625
lost in the tendon over the knee, through which, in the normal
condition, it passes. I dissected carefully for the ambiens in each
leg of two of my specimens. In one case the ambiens was
completely absent above the knee, and there was no trace of its
tendon in the fascie# and tendon over the knee. But in each of
these legs(as shown in fig. 4, p. 626)a strong round ligament left the
fibula, in the position in which the ambiens tendon of a bird with
anormal ambiens crosses the fibula. This tendon passed down
and sent a branch to each of the three perforated flewors of the
Fig. 3.
i SART. yastus US ees
ry
AN
A
ONE
wo
—— W
SEAN. SEMI-TEND.
=
vo) UNL. -
FLEX. COM.
Thigh-muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus ; posterior view.
Sart., Sartorius. Vast.int., Vastus internus. Adduc., Adductors. Semitend.,
Semitendinosus. Semimem., Semimembranosus. 4G.t., Gastrocnemius,
tibial head. G.m.,,Gastrocnemius, middle head. G.e., Gastrocnemius.
external head. Sol., Soleus. Flex.com., Flexor communis digitorum,
I. Flexor longus hallucis. :
digits. In a second specimen I found the ambiens above the
knee. The tendon was lost at the knee-joint, but a rudiment
slightly different from that in the first case was present in each
leg below the knee. From the fibula, immediately distal to the
attachment of the biceps tendon, three fibrous slips passed
respectively to the perforated flexor muscle for the second, third,
and fourth digits. It is well known that Garrod regarded the
626 MR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THD [June 16,
presence or absence of the wmbiens muscle as of primary import-
ance. He divided birds into the Homalogonate, which possess the
muscle, and the Anomalogonate, in which it is absent. Here and
there among groups which certainly must be associated with the
Homalogonatous birds there are instances in which the ambiens
is absent, and in which Garrod believed the ambiens to have been
present, but recently lost. It is of great interest therefore to
1?)
»>
:
p
° Mi
tay
z- \
. !
I PER.2.
"FLEX. GOM.
Leg-muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus showing vestigial ambiens.
Glut. 2, Attachment of gluteus medius. Glut: 3, Attachinent of gluteus tertius.
Glut. ané., Gluteus anterior. II. 2. Flexor perforans et perforatus indicis.
TIT. 2, Flexor perforans et perforatus medii. Per. 2, Peroneus secundus.
I. Flexor longus hallucis. II. Flexor perforatus indicis. III. Flexor
perforatus medii. IV. Flexor perforatus quarti.
find a species different individuals of which show so great
variations in the condition of the ambiens muscle, reaching from
the normal complete condition found by Garrod to the extremely
vestigial condition in the specimen from which fig. 4 was drawn.
Some time ago, in a paper communicated to this Society’, I
recorded the discovery of vestiges of the ambiens in the case of two
1 «On the Perforated Flexor Muscles in some Birds,” P. Z. S. 1894, p. 495.
1896.] ANATOMY OF THD HOATZIN. 627
birds which, although they are certainly to be placed among the
Homalogonat» and have close allies in which the ambiens is normal,
are themselves without it. In Mycticorax gardeni the ambiens is
absent; but in two specimens that I have dissected I found a slip
to the flexor muscles from the fibula, similar to that in the
Opisthocomus here figured, although it arose rather lower down the
fibula. In Eclectus roratus, which again is devoid of an ambiens,
although many Parrots are provided with it, I found a vestige
almost precisely similar to that present in my second specimen of
Opisthocomus, in which the ambiens ended on the knee. The
vestige in Lelectus, as in the second Opisthocomus, consisted of
three slips from the fibula to the flexor tendons. This additional
evidence appears to me to strengthen the case for the taxonomic
value of the ambiens considerably. While there were known
only the rudiments described by me in Kelectus and Nycticorax,
it might have been open to doubt whether or no these really were
vestiges of an ambiens. Now that there have been found in different
individuals of Opisthocomus graded vestiges linking my rudimentary
condition with a complete ambiens, there seems no room to doubt
that some, at least, of the Homalogonatous birds devoid of an
ambiens have once possessed it. On the other hand, I may inention
that although Dissura is a Stork without an ambiens, while other
genera of Storks possess it, in two specimens of Dissura episcopus
I have recently dissected I could find no trace of the vestige.
Apart from possible systematic value, it is of interest to find
variations of so great magnitude in a few specimens of a bird.
Prof. Weldon has recently shown, after examination of an ex-
ceedingly large number of individuals of the shore-crabs, that very
slight deviations may be associated with a larger death-rate. In
the case of creatures so difficult to shoot as is Opisthocomus it may
be the case that those actually examined have, from the greater
magnitude of their variations, been less able to escape. .
In conclusion, I may place on record three minor points in the
myology of Opisthocomus, the only remaining features which seemed
to me worth recording at the present time.
Tendons of the perforated and of the perforated and perforating
flexors of the third digit—In most birds the tendons of these are
connected by a short stout vinculum immediately before they
reach the foot. Gadow mentions that this occurs in Ratites,
Fowls, and in Péerocles. Ican add to this a very long list of birds,
including Rhynchotus, Chauna and Palamedea, Balearica, Psophia,
and Fulica. The slip is absent in Opisthocomus; the only other
cases that I remember in which this occurs are Aso otus and
Rhytidoceros plicatus.
Short flexors from the deep plantar tendons.—The tendon of the
flexor longus hallucis is connected with the tendon of the flexor
perforans by a strong vinculum and then supplies the thumb.
A strong muscular slip, certainly absent in most birds, leaves the
longus hallucis tendon immediately distal to the vinculum and runs
to the fourth digit. A similar muscular slip leaves the tendon of
628 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLHGHL’S GAVIAL. [June 16,
the flexor perforans and runs to the third digit. These slips are
in addition to the ordinary short flexors, and it is possible that
they throw light upon the origin of the very peculiar modes of
distribution of the hallucis tendon in some groups of birds, as it
has been repeatedly shown that a tendon may be the homologue of
a muscle. i
Entepicondylo-ulnaris.—This muscle, which according to Gadow
is present only in Rasores and in the Tinamou, is absent in
Opisthocomus, This is another of the innumerable points separating
Opisthocomus from Fowls.
2. On the Occurrence of Schlegel’s Gavial (Tomistoma schle-
geli) in the Malay Peninsula, with Remarks on the Atlas
and Axis of the Crocodilians. By G. A. Boutencrr,
F.R.S.
[Received May 29, 1896.]
A Gharial-like Crocodile, Tomistoma schlegelit, described by
Salomon Miller in 1838, was, until lately, believed to be peculiar
to Borneo. In 1890, however, its occurrence in Sumatra was
recorded by Max Weber (Zool. Ergebn. p. 176). The Malay
Peninsula may now be added to its habitat.
A few months ago, the British Museum received, from Mr. L.
Wray, Curator of the Perak Government Museum, a fine half-
grown specimen, with the following remarks :—
“The specimen was caught at Pulau Tiga, in the Perak river, in
June 1895, and I kept it in a pond until the end of December,
when it was killed. For months it would eat nothing but a few
small fish, but during the later portion of the time it would eat
freely of any meat or fish given to it. It also became quite tame
and would remain at the surface of the water with its head on the
bank while people stood near it.
“So far as I have been able to ascertain, no Crocodile belonging
to the Gavial group has ever been recorded from the Malayan
Peninsula, so that the following particulars will be of interest.
“T first heard of the occurrence of 2 Gavial in the State of
Perak in 1889, and in the same year Mr. Cecil Wray, the then
Acting Superintendent of Lower Perak, obtained a skull from the
Perak river, and sent it to the Perak Museum; the animal was 7
feet long. A second was caught in the Kinta river, near Batu
Gajah, in 1893 or 1894. It was secured by Capt. H. C. Metcalfe,
of the Perak Sikhs, and the skin is now in his possession. It
measures 6 feet 8 inches, but the tail is very short, having pro-
bably been injured when young; the head measures 18 inches, the
upper jaw 30 inches, and the lower jaw 23 inches. A third
was taken from the Batang Padang river near Tapah, and was
seen by Mr. Page, the Inspector.of Police at Tapah. It was
1896.] -° MR. G.A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGHL’S GAVIAL. 629
stated to have been a small one, only measuring about 4 feet long,
and, unfortunately, it was not preserved.
“Mr. J. P. Rodger informed me that, when he was British
Resident in Pahang, he bad seen the skull of one belonging to the
late Mr. E. A. Wise, that had been caught in the upper part of the
Pahang river. The fifth was trapped in the Perak river at Pulau
Tiga, some 64 miles from the mouth. This animal measured 8
feet 9 inches, and is the largest yet seen.
““T was imformed some years ago that one was taken to the
Police station at Telok Anson for the reward, measuring 19 feet
in length. The Police Inspector showed me where it was buried,
but I failed to find it. Four skeletons were dug out, but they all
proved to be common Salt-water Crocodiles (Crocodilus porosus).
There is therefore considerable doubt about the accuracy of this
information, and probably the animal was only a rather narrow-
headed common Crocodile and not a Gavial at all.
“These are all the instances of its occurrence that I have been
able to collect, and so far the evidence would go to show that it is
confined to the Perak and Pahang rivers and some of their larger
tributaries; though it is probable that it will hereafter also be
found in the Kelantan and possibly in the Telubin river.
“Tt is called by the Malays ‘ Buaya Jinjulong,’ or the Long-
snouted Crocodile; but from its rarity there are only a very few
who have ever either seen or heard of it. ‘There are two other
crocodiles frequenting the coasts and rivers of the Peninsula, viz.
the Salt-water Crocodile (Crocodilus porosus, Schn.) and the Marsh
Crocodile (C. palustris, Less.). These are called respectively
‘Buaya’ and ‘ Buaya Katak,’ or the Frog Crocodile, by the Malays.
‘Buaya Tembaga,’ that is the Brass Crocodile, is a name often
heard, but it only has reference to the colour, being indifferently
applied to all yellowish-tinted ones without regard to their species.
“The Malayan Gavial would appear to be essentially a freshwater
animal, and it is said by the natives to often frequent the swamps
and marshy lands on the banks of the rivers. It this is really the
case, it differs somewhat in its habits from the Gavialis gangeti-
cus, which is much more aquatic than the Crocodile. In the
ordinary way, so far as my observations have gone, only the upper
part of the end of the nose and the two eyes are above the water.
On the approach of anyone the eyes slowly and quite silently sink
beneath the surface and nothing but a small portion of the nose
remains : on a nearer approach this also quietly disappears. This
doubtless accounts for the fact that the animal is so very rarely
seen.
‘The irides are yellowish brown and the pupils vertical. The
upper surface is pale dull olive-green, finely and closely spotted
with dark brown. The ground-colour becomes lighter on the sides
and is nearly white beneath. The tail has six dark bands, formed
by the spotting of the scales on the sides and lower surface with
dark brown. In the living animal the upper jaw projects nearly
an inch beyond the under jaw.
630 MR. G, A, BOULBNGHER ON SCHLEGHL'S GavIAL. [June 16,
“Tt is possibly referable to Tomistoma schlegeli, the Bornean
Gavial, but the very meagre description of that species in my
possession is insufficient to identify it.”
The specimen sent by Mr. Wray has been stuffed, and is now
exhibited in the Reptile Gallery of the Natural History Museum.
As the bones were sent with the skin, I am able to add some
remarks on the osteological characters, of which we know nothing,
except of the skull, which has been well described and figured.
There are 24 presacral, 2 sacral, and 35 caudal vertebrw. The
Fig. 1.
Atlas and axis of Tomistoma, ventral and side views,
(Lhe posterior condyle of the axis is omitted.)
c. Centrum. na. Neural arch.
ha. Uypapophysis. r. Rib.
1896.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL’S GAVIAL. 631
hypapophyses on the cervical and anterior thoracic vertebre are
less developed than in the other recent Crocodilians, and are not
directed forwards; they are not developed beyond the eleventh
vertebra (twelth or thirteenth in the others). The chevron-bones
are all open dorsally. The first pair of ribs are inserted on the
sides of the proatlanto-atlantic hypapophysis, or lower part of the
atlas-ring, and separated from each other at the base by a wide
interspace. The second rib differs from that of all Crocodilians I
have hitherto examined (including the Gavial, of which I have
examined the bone on a young specimen in spirit, and also the
atlas and axis preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons,—the Gavial-skeleton still being a desideratum in the
British Museum Collection), Osteolemus excepted ; it is attached
to the centrum of the atlas (odontoid bone), near its suture with
the axis, by the capitulum only, the tuberculum being merely
indicated by a small upward process at a distance from the base
of the bone, and without any connection with the vertebra.
It is well known that in Ichthyosaurus the atlas bears a forked
rib, same as the axis and the other vertebra behind it. It seems
that one Crocodilian at least presents an approximating feature.
The late Mr. Hulke has first pointed out in Metriorhynchus (P. Z. 8.
1888, p. 419) the presence on the “ lateral pieces ” (neurapophyses)
of the atlas of a tubercle situated in the level of the diapophysis on
the epistropheus, and he concludes that this tubercle should rank
as an upper atlantal transverse process or diapophysis. I have
been able to verify the correctness of this statement on several
well-preserved atlases of Metriorhynchus, still undescribed, from
the Leeds Collection, which my colleague Mr. Andrews has kindly
shown me in the Geological Department of the British Museum ;
and I quite agree with Hulke that ‘the position of this little
process in serial line with the upper transverse processes of the
other cervical vertebree speaks distinctly in favour of its diapo-
physial character.’” We are, in consequence, justified in assuming
that, although, as we know from one specimen, the first rib is not
forked, it must have been connected with the diapophysis by
ligament, its head being attached to the side of the hypapophysis
(‘‘ basilar piece”) of the atlas, or rather between the latter and the
centrum (odontoid bone); and such a condition may be regarded
as the most primitive known among Crocodilians, and as one from
which, as Hulke has shown, the abnormal position of the first rib
of recent forms may be derived and explained.
The second rib in Metriorhynchus was attached by its capitulum
to the anterior border of the lower surface of the centrum of the
axis, or between the latter and the centrum of the atlas, and by its
tuberculum to a process (diapophysis) of the neurapophysis of the
axis.
As regards recent Crocodilians, the information to be derived
from books appears contradictory, principally from the fact that
the various authors have dealt with different genera, and have in
some cases generalized. their observations to the whole group.
632 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCMLEGEL'S GAVIAL, [June 16,
Cuvier (Ossem. Foss.) describes and figures the second rib in
Crocodilus porosus as single-headed and attached to the odontoid
bone. Owen (Osteol. Cat. Mus. Coll. Surg.) ascribes to the same
rib, in Gavialis gangeticus, a forked head attached to two transverse
processes of the odontoid bone. According to Stannius (Zoot.
Amph. p. 26), the rib is forked and the two branches are attached
on the limit between the odontoid bone and the centrum of the
axis. Brihl (Skel. Crocod.) figures, in Caiman palpebrosus, the rib
as forked, with capitulum and tuberculum on the odontoid bone,
near its suture with the axis. In Huxley’s ‘Anatomy of Ver-
tebrated Animals’ it is described in Crocodilians generally as
attached to the os odontoideum and to the second centrum by
distinct capitular and tubercular processes. Baur (Amer. Nat.
1886, p. 228) was the first in attempting to show what, if any,
differences exist between the genera with regard to the shape of
the second rib and its attachment to the vertebre. Iam not able
to confirm his statements regarding Gavialis and Alligator. In
the case of the latter, the more forward position assigned by him
to the costal capitulum may be due to individual variation; but I
cannot help thinking the author is mistaken in attributing a rudi-
mentary diapophysis to the neural arch of Gavialis. In the
specimens I have examined two very distinct processes are present
on the axis-centrum, and I have satistied myself on a specimen in
apt that the ligamentous capitulum is attached to the upper of
these processes, which.is widely separated from the supposed
diapophysis figured by Dr. Baur.
I have examined the atlas and axis in Gavialis gangeticus,
Tomistoma schlegelk, Crocodili niloticus, americanus, and porosus,
Osteolemus tetraspis, Alligator mississippiensis, Caiman sclerops and
C. latirostris, and find important differences, which are deserving
of notice.
In Alligator, the first rib is attached to the lower surface of the
hypapophysis and in contact with, or narrowly separated from, its
fellow at the base ; the second rib, in the adult, is deeply forked and
attached by its capitulum to the centrum of the atlas, by its tuber-
culum to the anterior part of the centrum of the axis, which,
however, does not develop any tubercle or transverse process. Tn
a new-born specimen I find both capitulum and tuberculum
inserted on the axis, showing the rib to shift forward with age, a
further confirmation of the view that this rib, usually attached to
the first vertebra, really pertains to the second.
In Caiman, the first vib is‘as in the preceding, but the second,
deeply forked, is entirely on the centrum of the atlas, without the
latter bearing processes for its attachment.
In Crocodilus, the first rib is more on the side of the hypapo-
physis and widely separated from its fellow; the second is but
feebly notched in its proximal portion, and the somewhat ill-defined
capitulum and tuberculum join two strong knob-like processes on
the centrum of the atlas.
In Gavialis, the first rib conforms to the preceding type, but
1896.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEE’S GAVIAL. 633
the second is deeply bifurcate, the tuberculum ligamentous, and
attached to two processes on the centrum of the atlas.
Tbertetonen has been noticed abaye. Osteolemus, curiously, agrees
with it.
We thus see that Metriorhynchus represents the most gene-
ralized condition, and that the recent Crocodilians, each depart-
ing in its way from the primitive type, cannot be arranged in a
continuous series in this any more than in several other parts of
their structure. Whilst more generalized in respect to the second
rib! than the true Crocodiles, the Alligator is more specialized in
the more aberrant position of the first rib; the Gavial agrees
with the Crocodile in the position of the first rib, and with the
Alligator and Caiman in the strong bifurcation of the second ; and
Tomistoma and Osteolemus present the highest specialization in
the condition of the second rib with rudimentary tubereulum.
P.S. June 18, 1896).—T wo days after the reading of my paper,
I received Dr. Gadow’s memoir on the Vertebral Column af
Amphibia and Amniota (Phil. Trans. clxxxvii. B. pp. 1-57). In
this he gives an account and a diagrammatic figure of the atlas
and axis of Metriorhynchus, which differ entirely trom what I have
observed. I at once re-examined the specimens, and particularly
that described by Hulke and figured by Dr. Gadow, and find
Fig, 2.
Atlas and axis of Metriorhynchus.
na, Neural arch.
c. Centrum.
t, Tubercular facet (diapophysis).
cp. Capitular facet.
ha. Hypapophysis.
the latter’s statement tobe erroneous. What is figured as the first
centrum is a portion of the first neural arch, the posterior portion
of which has passed, on the figure, into the second vertebra; the
tubercle (¢!), to which allusion is made, is on the neural arch. I
append (fig. 2) a corrected sketch of the specimen figured by
Dr. Gadow.
1 Another character in which Alligator is more generalized than Caiman
and Crocodilus exists in the proatlas, the arches of which are distinct or show
at least a trace of separation, which is not to be found in the other genera, even
in quite young specimens.
Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. XLI. 41
634 MR, W. SCIIAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
38. On Walker’s American Types of Lepidoptera in the
Oxford University Museum. By W. Scnavs, F.Z.S.
[Received April 30, 1896.]
The following notes on Walker’s American types in the Oxford
University Museum are to be followed by others, wherein the
complete synonymy will be given of many of the species, and
references will also be made to those species which as yet remain
unidentified. My special thanks are due to Prof. E. B. Poulton,
F.R.S8., for the trouble he took in selecting the American Moths
from the Hope Collection, and sending them family by family to
the British Museum to be compared with the collections there and
with my own collection; and to Mr. G. F. Hampson for his
untiring kindness and assistance. ‘Those species marked with an
asterisk are represented in my own collection; those of which I do
not possess specimens, and which are not in the British Museum
either, have been figured in duplicate, one set of figures being
placed in the Entomological Department of that Museum. ‘The
species described by Walker in parts 27-30 of his Catalogue, and
in the corresponding portions of the Supplement, as being in
“Coll. Saunders ” never forraed part of the Hope Collection of the
Oxford Museum, but have lately been purchased by the British
Museum, where the types are now to be found.
The references given refer to Walker’s ‘ List of the Specimens of
Lepidopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum.’
Vor. IIT.
P. 775. *Norape puella described from the I'ry coll. is now in the
Saunders coll., and is the same as Archylus pectorals,
Walk.
Vou. IV.
P. 801. Sarsina purpurascens. I have not yet been able to find
the type.
P. 895. *Darala falcata=Lonomia submacula, Walk.
P. 957. Jsychagrapha floccosa. Not identified.
Vot. V.
P. 1046. *Naprepa camelinerdes is a distinct species belonging to
the Notodontide.
P.1115. Larwna heterogenca is a distinct species, the genus
being the same as Hydrias.
P. 1152. MNesara apicalis belongs to the genus Ocha, Walk.
P. 1155. *Pamea excavata and Pamea notata are the sexes of one
species.
P. 1155. *Pamea vittata belongs to the genus Carthara, Walk.
P.1170. Rosema deolis is not Cramer’s species, and I therefore
propose the name of It. walkeri for it; the species is
well described by Walker.
-1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 635
Vou. V. (continued).
P. 1176.
P. 1195.
Vor. VI.
P. 1264.
ae]
- 1800.
1301.
1301.
1303.
1313.
1326.
1329.
1338.
1364,
1402.
1402.
1403.
None h He rh
. 1507.
1598.
1601.
1602.
1602.
1603.
1603.
1604.
1606.
1606.
1607.
1608.
1609.
1610.
1611.
1613.
1615.
1617.
1617.
1618.
1619.
1619.
1620.
HWW RA i og
*Tepila biluna is the same as Phecada confinis, Walk.
*Tonomia albigutta is a well-known species, but will no
doubt sink as a synonym of one of Cramer's species.
Tropea dictynna. Evidently a distinct species and not
a mere var. of 7’. luna.
*Hyperchiriamemuse. A good species allied to H. leucane,
Hbn.
*Hyperchiria cinerea. The Q of H. janeira, Westwood.
Hyperchivia pyrrhomelas is a good species.
*Hyperchiria submacula has been redescribed by Bois-
duval as H. dioxippus.
* Hyperchiria vagans is a species of Dirphia,
Rhescynthis meander. This is well figured by Maassen
and Weymer.
* Dysdemonia glaucescens. A distinct species.
Mimatlo plana belongs to the genus Perophora.
*Dirphia multicolor is a distinct and well-known species.
*Hydrias albidifascia. A distinct species.
*Hydrias plana, A distinct species.
Hydrias confusa. The type is the only specimen I have
seen of this species.
Hydrias tenebrosa. Not identified.
ou. VII.
Seryda cincta. Not identified.
Pseudomya consolata belongs to the genus Lamochuris.
Pseudomya desperata. Closely allied to P. tipulina, Hiibn.
Gymnelia byuncta. Subsequently described by Walker
as G. consociata.
Gymnelia simplex. A distinct species.
*Gymnelia xanthocera. A distinct species.
Isanthrene odyneroides is a species of Erruca.
Pecilosoma sperans belongs to the genus Marzssa.
Peecilosoma insperata also belongs to the genus Marissa.
Pecilosoma gaudens belongs to the genus Dycladia.
*Lagavria acuminata. Redescribed and figured by Schaus
in Lep. Am. as Gartha dalsa.
Lemocharis contracta belongs to the genus Erruca.
Ilipa tenthredoides. Also in B. M.
Ilipa scita=S. hilaris, Walk., in B. M.
Cosmosoma marginatum is a distinct species.
* Kurata transiens= Dycladia lucetius, Cr.
* Hunomia vacillans is a good species.
* Hunomia abdominulis= Corematura chrysogasira, Perty.
Eunomia separata. Not identified.
Pseudosphea: consobrina. Also in B. M.
Pseudosphex cognata=Ps. fasciolata, Butl., in B, M,
Myrmecopsis apaca= Ps. vespa, H.-S., fig. 426.
41*
636
MR. W. SOHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. VII. (continued).
P. 1627.
P. 1628.
P. 1629.
P. 1629.
P. 1634.
P. 1635.
RA A
RE Sh
RHR HHS
. 1635.
. 1636.
1636.
. 1688.
1638.
1639.
1639.
1640.
1640.
1644.
1645.
1647.
1647.
1648.
1649.
1650.
1651.
. 1652.
. 1652.
1654,
. 1655.
. 1656.
. 1657.
. 1657.
. 1659.
. 1661.
. 1661.
. 1662.
. 1663.
1677.
1678.
. 1679.
. 1693.
. 1698.
. 1701.
1702.
1704.
Calonota perspicua. A distinct species.
Calonota interrupta. Allied to the preceding.
*Pampa acuminata. Redescribed and figured by Schaus
in Lep. Am. as Sychesia hartmannt,
Pampa fusiformis = Scepsis trifasciata, Butl., in B. M.
* Automolis angulosa =A. flavicinctus, II.-S.
Automolis saturata. Vigured by Felder in the ‘ Reise d.
Novara,’ t. cii. f. 5, as A. preteata.
Automolis basalis. A distinct species.
* Automolis chrysomelas= A. geometrica, Feld.
*Automolis leucomela. Figured in the ‘ Biologia Centr.-
Amer.’ by Druce as Pterygopterus superba.
+ Automolis reducta = Sutonocrea incertus, H.-S.
Eucerea rhodophila. A distinct species.
*Kucerea latifascia= EH. archias, Stoll.
Eucerea mitigata= E. reticulata, But)., in B. M.
*Hucerew albiceps. Gen. nov., allied to Pseudapistosiu,
Mésch.
* Hucerea discolor. A. very distinct species.
Consoprium divisum. Also in B. M.
*Josia mitis. Also in B. M.
*Scea puella. Belongs to the Chrysaugine, and was
described by Warren as Semniomine albiapicalis.
Scea infans. A good species.
Ephialtias simplea= HE, abrupta, Hibn.
Leucopsumis guttipalpis. A distinct species.
Corydalla cryptoleucu. A distinct species.
Euagra discalis. A distiuct species.
Agyrta secta is » Pyralid=Lrilusa dioptalis, Walk.=
E. pseudauvo, Weld.
Agyrta nana. A distinct species.
Pericopis larvata. A good species.
Pericopis disjuncta. Not identified.
Lyces plagifera. A. distinct species.
Lyces albiventris belongs to the genus Flavinia, Walk.
Flavinia fusifera. Also in B.M.
Avela diversa. Not identified.
*Qaralisa editha. Genus allied to Charidea.
*Sangala beata. A well-known species.
Melanchroia subvittata=Rhosus posticus, Walk.
Arina obtusa, A distinct species.
Pheochlena quadricolor. A distinct species.
*Spiris nigrilinea. A distinct species.
* Pagara venosa= Agorea longicornis, H.-S.
*Daritis marginalis= Pericopis lycaste, Klug.
*[sia intricata. Genus allied to Ecpantheria.
*Pithea ferruginea. Genus allied to Phagoptera.
Aloa lanceolata. Gen. nov., allied to Halisidota.
Amastus mesorhoda. A distinct species.
1896.]
Von. VIL. (continued).
P. 1704.
1705.
1706.
1706.
1706.
1707.
1707.
1707.
P.
P
Re RW RAR Wi
rd rd hd ed bd he
P.
1708.
1708.
1709.
1709.
1709.
1710.
1710.
1712.
1714.
1726.
. 1727.
1728.
. 1737.
1749.
1761.
AMBRICAN TYPUS OF LEPIDOPTERA, 637
*Opharus basalis. A distinct species.
Halesidota flavescens. Genus allied to Zdalus.
*Halesidota apicalis. A good species.
Halesidota discalis. Not identified.
Halesidota catenata=Phegoptera flavopunctata, Walk.
Halesidota corticea. Not identified.
* Halesidota semivaria. Gen. nov.
*Halesidota basipennis=Phegoptera subtilis, Butl.=
Sychesia fimbria, Mosch.
alesidota semirufa. A good species.
*Halesidota antica. Belongs to the genus Luchetes.
*Halesidota niveigutta. A distinct species.
*Halesidota binotata, gen. nov. ‘This species was
described by Boisduval as Phag. cinnamomea.
*Halesidota disciplaga. Redescribed by Walker as H.
breviuscula.
* Halesidota cingulata. Belongs to the genus Mazeras.
*Ambryllis neurophylla. Redescribed and figured by
Dognin as Lepantheria hebona.
* Minara pardalina=Drymonia histrionica, H.-S.
* Podalia vesta= Megalopyge orsilochus, Cr.
Eloria mesta. A distinct species.
Eloria lucida. Also in B. M.
*Simena luctifera. A well-known Geometrid.
*Colabata lineosa= Andriasa marginalis, Walk.
Notodonta plagiata. Not identitied.
Candyba punctata. A distinct species.
Vor. VIII.
P. 47.
P. 55.
P. 5a.
P. 115.
P. 190.
Aigeria buprestiformis. A good species.
Algeria panisciformis. A good species.
Aigeria blaciformis = Sesia equatus, Walk., in B. M.
Einys prominens. Figured by Felder in the ‘ Reise d.
Novara,’ t. Ixxxii. f. 5, as 7’. smerinthoides.
* Pachylia inconspicua=P, resumens, Walk.
P. 197. *Oryba robusta=O. uchemenides, Cr.
P. 2338.
Vor. IX.
P. 61.
P. 195.
P. 235.
Von. X.
P. 268.
P. 269.
P. 401.
P. 430.
*Lapara bombycoides = Ellema harris, Clem.
Noorvuip#.
* Acronycta declaratu= Mamestra adjuncta, Bdy.
* Prodenia latifascia= Prodenia variolosa, W1k.
*Mamestra crista=MM. obscurus, Dogu.=M. infernalis,
Schs.
*Celena plagiata belongs to the genus Perigec.
*Celana expuncia belongs to the genus Oligix.
*Graphiphoru inaja= Noctua major, Gu.
*Tcemocampi subsocia. A. distinct species.
638 _ MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Von, XI.
P. 588. Hadena subjecta. A distinct species.
P. 606. Casandria emittens. Not identified.
P. 629. *Xylina bipunctata. A good species.
P. 737. Agrotis emittens belongs to the genus Acanthodica, Schs.
P. 739. Agrotis hirtipalpis, A distinct species.
Von. XII.
P. 787. Acontia decisa. Not identified.
P. 819. *Xanthoptera aurifera. A distinct species.
P. 819. *Xanthoptera furcatu. A distinct species.
P. 848. *Palindia punctangulata= P. alabastrariu, Hiibn.
P. 917. *Plusia admonens=P. basigera, Walk.
P. 977. Lymphorta unilinea, Not identified.
1007. Scedisa designans. Not identified.
1034. *Chabuata ampla. A good genus and species.
1058. *Homoptera configurata. A distinct species.
1094. *Cenipeta illustrans=C, suttea, Gn.
1094. Ccenipeta abscondens. Not identified.
1132. Stictoptera subaurata. Also in B. M.
1171. Coronta surrepens= Melipotis strigifera, Walk.
Graphigona antica. Not identified.
1251. Brujas basicincta= Ramphia evinga, Gn.
1255. *Brujas laticincta= Letis magna, Gmel.
1271. *Letis implens=Letis cortex 2, Gn.
1273. *Letis integra= Letis cortex $,Gn. The type of L. integra
is now in the B. M.
1274. *Letis albicans. The type of this species is also in the
B. M.; it is in very poor condition, but represents, I
believe, a very distinct species, of which 1 possess
several perfect specimens.
1284. *Latebraria quadriplaga=R. evinga 3, Gn.
. 1323. Hypopyra configurans. Not identified.
1472. *Poaphila revoluta= Hypena scabra, Fabr.
Jou. XV.
1555. Orthogramma perseverans. A distinct species.
1568. *Thermesia signans= Azeta uncas, Gn.
1569. Thermesia tripunctifera= 0. perseverans, Walk.
1572. *Thermesia lenis= Epidromia pannosa, Gn.
1584. Selenis amans. Not identified.
1620. Hypernaria integrans =H. augusta, Cr.
1620. Hypernaria interponens=H. augusta, Cr.
1629. *Plaxia falcigera. A distinct species.
1632. Palyna metagona=Galapha sublineata, Walk.
1640, Edyma significans. Genus allied to Thermesia.
1642. Pessida interlineata, Not identified.
1644, *Ausava triplaga. A good genus and species.
DS Wend Pee
we
(sy)
pear
mie
=
POOH ytd hd hd do
1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 639
Vou. XV. (continued). ;
RSW or
TN HR OH OW
. 1646
- 1647.
1653.
1657.
1659.
1663.
1669.
1669.
1677.
1677.
1685.
1687.
1690.
1690.
1694.
1694,
1699.
1711.
1714.
1718.
1719.
1725.
1726.
17380.
17381.
1733.
1742.
1742,
1754,
1767.
1768.
1773.
1774.
1782.
1784.
1785.
1788.
1790.
1793.
1796.
1799.
1799.
1800.
1800.
1814.
*Qymatophora temperans = Orthodes infirma, Gn. |
* Bryophila expetita. A distinct species.
Molynda humeralis = Oroatis signata, Butl., in B. M.
Eragisa lanifera. A Notodont allied to the genus
Elymiotis.
*Leucania cinereicollis. A distinct species.
* Alpesa villicosta. Also in B. M.
*Egabra certissima = Azelina hedularia, Gu., a Geometer.
*Becula chromatophila=Dyops ocellata, Cr.
*Laphygma congresse = Dantona discerpta, Walk.
*Laphygma trientiplaga =Oligia expuncta, Walk.
*Mamestra dentistrigata belongs to the genus Perigea, Gu.
Celena inquieta, A distinct species.
Celena tetera. A distinct species.
*Celena subobliqua. A distinct species.
Caradrina distans = Celena inquieta, Walk.
*Caradrina laphygmoides =Perigea concisa, Walk.
* Agrotis interferens. A distinct species.
*Cirredia satellifera=Anomis exaggerata, Gn.
*Dianthecia eros. Also in B. M.
*Valeria angulipluga. A distinct species.
*Angitia directa. A distinct species.
*Hadena vacillans=Perigea fidelia, Druce, figured in
‘ Biol. Centr.-Amer.’
* Hadena pennitarsis =H. tessellata, Sepp.
*Acroria villipes= Dargida niphanda, Druce, figured in
‘ Biol. Centr.-Amer.’
Lithomia buddhe. A distinct species.
* Xylina patefacta. A good species.
*Nasia mesta. A distinct species.
* Nystalea equipars=NV. seminivea, Walk.
Pastona rudis. A good genus and species.
Palindia spectabilis= P. perlata, Gn.
Palindia ceruleilinea. Also in B. M.
* Agraga fimbripes. A good genus and species.
*Penicillaria abscondens. Well figured in the ‘ Biologia
Centr.-Amer.’
* Abrostola interrumpens= Edema nana, Walk.
* Adrana pseudopsis =Ingura fuscescens, Walk.
* Plusia intracta=P. basigera, Walk.
Thyria aurifundens. A distinct species.
*Gonodonta ditissima. A good species.
*Cosmophila punctifera=Gonitis editrix, Gn.
*Selambina trajiciens. Also in B. M.
* Homoptera separabilis belongs to the genus Campometra.
* Homoptera hadenoiles belongs to the genus Venta.
*Homoptera stipatura belongs to the genus Phosplula.
Homoptera indecidens belongs to the genus Homopyralis
Stibera hostiks. Mot identified.
640 MR, W. SCIHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. XV. (continued).
1819. Letis discopalina. New genus near Homoptera.
1844. *Phurys asseverans. A good species.
1845. *Onoba trogonoides=Baniana pohli, Feld.
1846. *Phuphena fusipennis = Perigea ? trilinea, Schs.
1851. Hscua extollens. Belongs to the ‘hermesiide.
1852. Cervania clandestina. A Deltoid.
1856. Amphigonia postponens. Also in B. M.
1856. *Thermesia imitatura belongs to the genus Physula.
1857. Thermesia bigutia. A distinct species.
1857. Obucola expandens belongs to the genus Peosina, Gn.
1858. Capnodes extima. A distinct species.
1859. Donacesa miricornis. Allied to Orthogramma, Gn.
. 1860. *Hypernaria discessura. A distinct species.
bo Ad bd PP bP DD
Derorz and PyraLip#.
Vou. XVI.
P. 80. *Hypena acclinalis= Hypena anicina, Druce, Biol. Centr.-
Amer., Het. i. p. 434 (tab. xxxv. fig. 13).
P. 81. *Hypena mestalis belongs to the genus Rejectaria, Gn.,
and is allied to R. cocytalis, Gn.
P. 81. *Hypena hastatalis. Subsequently described by Walker
as Crymona receptalis, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd
ser. i. p. 117. ‘The species will stand as Crymona
hastatalis.
P. 186. *Bocana orionalis = Simplicia tibialis, Felder, ‘ Reise d.
Novara,’ t. exx. fig. 43.
P. 190. Ipnea erebusalis belongs to the genus Ceromacra, Gn.,
of the Mocilline.
P, 242. *Bleptina proliferalis. A distinct species.
P. 251. Galandu hebrusalis, A good species belonging to the
Hypenida.
Vou. XVII.
P. 438. *Cataclysta? pegasalis belongs to the genus Dicymolomia,
and was redescribed by Walker as C. princzpalis, Cat.
Het. B. M. vol. xxxiv. p. 1333.
P. 442. Cataclysia pantheralis. A good species.
P. 443. Cataclysta phedralis belongs to the genus Ambia.
Vor. XVIII.
P. 513. *Prakellura dardusalis=Mesocondyla stiqmatalis, Led.
Wiener ent. Monatsch. vol. vii. t. 13. fig. 3.
P. 513. *Phakellura eumeusalis belongs to the genus Sestia.
P. 522, Margaronia argealis= M. aquarialis, Led. MS., in B, M.
P. 523. Margaronia ianthealis belongs to the genus Sozoa, Walk.,
and was redescribed by Walker as Sozoa costalis, Cat.
Lep. Het. B. M. vol. xxxiv. p. 1373.
P, 523. *Margaronia hypheusalis, A good species.
P. 536. Chromodes armeniacalis. A good species.
P. 593. Botys mnemusalis. Not identified.
1896,]
AMERIOAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 641
ee XVIII. (continued).
P. 595.
a
°
RR WW oR ont
595.
596.
597.
600.
601.
602.
609.
610.
610.
611.
615.
615.
617.
617.
618.
622.
623.
626.
627.
627.
628.
629.
. 631.
Botys eubulealis belongs to the genus Hyalea.
* Botys nerissalis belongs to the genus Phlyctenia, and is
allied to P. cuneifera, Warr., in B. M.
* Botys cyprealis=Tanaure sublutalis, Warr., in B. M.
* Botys remusalis = Anarmodia inscriptalis, Gn.
Botys pyrrhusalis. Not identified.
* Botys chlorisalis belongs to the genus Pantographa, Led.
* Botys melitealis= Blepharomastia colubralis, Gn.
* Botys quirinalis =Sylepta pactolalis, Gn.
Botys thalloalis= Allactostigma inguinalis, Gn.
* Botys peranthusalis= Lulepte concordalis, Gu., in B. M.
Botys niavialis. Not identified.
Botys elathealis belongs to the genus Celorhyncidia,
Hamps., Hydrocampine.
* Botys sylvialis = Hyalorista myopicalis, Led.
*Botys agenoralis= Microthyris prolongalis, Gn.
Botys dumonalis belongs to the genus Sylepta.
Botys pandaralis belongs to the genus Clorhyncidia.
* Botys evippeulis belongs to the genus Syllepis.
Botys persiusalis= Phostria confluentalis, Warr., in B. M.
Botys asiusalis=romalis, Druce, belongs to the genus
Massepha, Walk.
* Botys odiusalis belongs to the genus Sylepia.
*Botys preralis=Azochis gripusalis, Walk. vol. xviii.
. 542.
*Botys turnusalis=Prenesta scyllalis, Walk. vol. xviii.
. 565.
*Botys claudiusalis belongs to the genus Calamachrous.
*Botys sabalis= Hedylepta vulgalis, Gn.
Vou. XIX.
P.
P.
P.
P.
ih td
833.
835.
835.
836.
. 837.
. 838.
. 839.
840.
841.
842.
842.
Geroda xeneusalis, A Noctuid belonging to the T'rifine
near the genus Amyna.
*Nachaba congrualis. A distinct species of the Chrysau-
gine. mahal
Nachaba oppositdis. A distinct species of the
Chrysaugine.
*LDicha undilinealis= Leucania cicatrix, Feld. Reise d. Nov.
t. cix. fig. 8.
Lancia phrontisalis. Not identified.
Pterhemia otusalis=P. uneinalis, Hiibn.
*Lascoria phormisalis belongs to the genus Tortricodes,
and is figured in Biol. Centr.-Amer., Het. i. t. 38.
figs. 14, 15.
* Hypena deldonalis. Very similar to Britha hirtipalpis,
Walk.
*Hypena xenaresalis. A distinct species.
Hypena lyrcusalis. A distinct species.
*Hypena lysoalis=H. exoletalis, Gn.
642 MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. XIX. (continued).
843. *Hypena degesalis. A distinct species.
844, *Hypena subbasalis. A distinct species.
846. *Mursa calisalis. A distinct species.
846. Gisira endeisalis. Not identified.
847. Hormisa abelucalis=Phurys basilans, Gn.
850. *Langasa perillalis, A good genus and species.
851. *Hydara biconalis= Psaliodes paleata, Gu., a Geometrid.
857. *Herminia meonalis. A very distinct species belonging
to a new genus.
857. *Herminia apisalis belongs to the genus Palthis.
858. *Herminia asteralis= Palthis aspisalis, Wall.
859. Hermina baresalis=Mustygophorus epitusalis, . Walk.
vol. xvi. p. 150.
862. *Bleptina metopcalis=B. confusalis, Gn.
863. Bleptina pollesalis. Apparently a faded specimen of
B. confusalis, Gn.
863. *Bleptina bogusalis belongs to the genus Heterogramma,
Gn.
864. *Bleptina opiteralis= Tortricodes phormisalis, Walk.
864. *Bleptina oppialis = Heterogramma endorealis, Gn.
865. *Bleptina bizialis=Palthis agroteralis, Gn.
866. Bleptina styrusalis. A distinct species.
866. *Bleptina cepioalis= Het. bogusalis, Walk.
867. *Bleptina fadusalis=also Het. bogusalis, Walk. -
868. Bleptina ophelasalis= B. styrusalis, Walk. p. 866.
868. *Bleptina ceusalis= Het. bogusalis. Walk.
869. Bleptina abarusalis. Nota Bleptina. Near the genus
Catada. f
869. Bleptina stalemusalis. A distinct species.
870. *Bleptina pagasusalis. A distinct species.
870. *Bleptina bogesalis= B. confusalis, Gn.
871. Bleptina eatusalis, A good species.
880. *Renia? decelusalis=Bleptina pagasusalis, Walk.
881. Renia? lytocalis. A distinct species.
881. *Renia? borgesalis belongs to the genus Meguchyta.
885. Megatomis euphrionalis. A good species.
893. *Pyralis antenoralis belongs to the genus Bradina.
893. Pyralis thiastoralis belongs to the genus Lthodoneura.
894. Pyralis ninniusalis belongs to the genus Hypolamprus of
fam. Thyridide.
894. Pyralis? byzesalis. Not identified.
896. *Pyralis? atialis belongs to the Tineids#, genus Tortrico-
morpha=varipes and vescatilis, Walk.
923. *Ihodaria probalis=Hamatia panopealis, Walk.
927. Desmia pisusalis=reconditalis and minualis, Walk.,
belongs to the genus Diathrausta.
928. *Desmia bulisalis = D. ufeus, Cr.
. 928. Desmia nerinalis belongs to the genus Diathrausta.
936, *Samea calonalis belongs to the genus Sciorzsta.
ri Wh WH RN ON NO ON NS
1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTHRA. 643,
Vou, XTX. (continued).
. 937,
944,
945.
948.
949.
949,
950.
PHN Ri ld
a
o>
Vou. XX.
P. 23.
P. 45.
*Samea luccusalis=S. ecclesialis, Gn.
*Hymenia? phrasiusalis= H. perspectalis, Hiibn.
*Tsopterya? staiusalis=Phlyctenia scitalis, Led.
Tineodes peridialis, Notidentified. .
*]Tydrophysa adiantialis. A good species.
Hydrophysa cepiosalis belongs to the genus Parthenodes,
Gn.
Olig gostigma scuthesalis belongs to the genus Aulacodes,
and is the same as A. psyllalis, Gn.
. *Oligostigmd iasusalis. A distinct species.
Cataclysta eglesalis. A distinct species.
. *Cataclysta cesoalis. A distinct species.
: ae ealis, A distinct species.
*Cymoriza etalis. Nymphula lotialis, Feld., ‘Reise d.
Novara,’ t. exxxv. fig. 4.
Cymoriza bocusalis. A good species.
Cymoriza badiusalis belongs to the genus Ni ymphula.
- *Cymoriza narcissusalis belongs to the genus Musotime.
Cymoriza abrotalis. A distinct species.
Cymoriza bolusalis=C. damescalis, Gn., in B. M.
Zebronia lacrinesalis belongs to the genus Conchylodes.
. *Zebronia deicoonalis belongs to the genus Arpana.
Zebronia celiusalis. Not identified.
. *Zebronia bunusalis= Aripana levinia, Cr.
Zebronia? bialis. Not identified.
Zebronia? abronalis=Platytes pusillalis, Hiibn.
. *Botys tytiusalis belongs to the geuus Jsosalbia,
. *Botys autoclesalis belongs to the genus Notaspis, Led.
. *Botys azionalis= Dolichosticha cochrusalis, Walk. p. 959.
. *Botys dimichealis belongs to the genus Tegostoma.
. *Botys graviusalis=Samea paolinalis, Warr., in B. M.
Botys imbrexalis belongs to the genus Cer: catoclasis, Led.
. *Botys nocmonalis=Phlyctenia nerissalis, Walk. vol. xvili.
p- 595.
Botys acilialis. Not identified.
. *Botys gelliasalis =Steniodes lutealis, Snell., in B. M.
. *Hbulia? iaks belongs to the genus Hapalia.
. *Pionea cemaroalis belongs to the genus Pholeria.
Pionea ademonalis. A distinct species.
. *Illice batialis. A Lithosid; also in B. M.
Davara azonaxsalis. A Phycyta.
. *Dantona busalis—=N. discerpta, Walk. ‘Thisis a Noctuid,
and will stand as Dantona discerpta, Walk.
. *Motya abseusalis. A good species.
GBOMETRID A.
* Cherodes invariaria = dischropterye tetragonata, Gn.
*Clysia absconditaria= Rio form of C. tasima, Cr.
644
MR. W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,
Vou. XX. (continued).
P.
P.
P.
P.
DTN rrr
RWHP hs
rit
bo
(So)
Go
52.
*Oxydia noctuitaria =O. vitiligata, Feld.
Cherodes assyllusaria. Not identitied.
* Mucronodes oricusaria=Oaydia trychiata, Gn.
- *Oxydia alpiscaria=Oxydia apidania, Cr.
Oxydia cariaria, A distinct species.
. *Drepanodes agronaria. A distinct species.
. *Gynopteryx telysaria=G. rhombaria 2, Gn.
b *Apica rhumata=A. sea Gn.
Apicia nazadaria. A distinct species.
. *Apicia uxiaria= Gynopteryx ser varia §, Gn.
. *Apicia alphiusaria. A distinct species.
. *Apicia? g gaumaria= Drepanodes hamulata, Gn.
. *Nematocampa varicata. A good species.
. *Caberodes curcearia=C. fundaria, Gn.
. *Azelina asilasaria=A. denticulata, Butl.
Azelina amyclaria. Not identified.
. *Urapteryax palindiaria= Aischropterya onustaria, Hiibn.
. *Cherodes contemnaria=Certima muscistriyata, Gn.
Oxydia nerisaria. A distinct species.
. *Drepanodes arnataria=D. pholata, Gn.
. *Drepanodes excavaria. A distinct species.
}. *Drepunodes apertaria=Pyrinia erythrocephalata, Gn.
3. *Drepanodes grata. A. distinct species.
. *Drepanodes diffundaria. A distinct species.
Pyrinia madiaria. A. distinct species.
. *Pyrinia mephasaria. A distinct species.
. *Pyrinia alcandraria. A distinct species.
. *Apicia epaliusaria= A, spinetaria g, Gn.
* Apicia significaria= Renodes brevipalpis, Gn.
Apicia incrassata. Not identified.
. *Apicia extumaria, A Boarmid of the gen. Hetropis, Hiibn.
.. *Apicia atillaria = ltenodes brevipalpis, Gu.
Apicia molusaria. Not identitied.
. *Apicia anseraria belongs to the genus Drepanocdes.
. *Apicia inficitaria=Apicia asopia, Druce.
Epione allutiusaria. Not identified.
Epione ardysaria. Not identified.
. *EHpione mitranaria. A distinct species.
. *Hpione relictaria. A distinct species.
. *Angerona expulsaria=Alana transttaria, Gn.
. *Nematocampa nyparia belongsto thegenus Znictes, Warr.
* Caberodes asanderaria. A distinct species.
Dasmeuda alcimusata. A distinct species.
4, *Husenea eniasaria. In B. M. under the genus Azelina.
. *Azelina fusaria=A. stolidatu, Gn.
. *Halesa enetusaria = H. glauca, Butl.
. *Laudosia buddloraria = Cirsodes acuminata, Gn.
. *Bassania amethystata. A good species.
Berambe gallaria, Not identified.
1896.]
AMERICAN 'TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 645
Vou. XXI.
pada aca dy abd)
. 296. *Meticulodes xylochromaria=M. axylinaria, Gn.
354.
304.
307.
357.
358.
359.
360.
Boarmia contraria belongs to the genus Luctenectropis.
*Boarmia vacillaria=B. vacillaria, Gn.
Boarmia mollearia. A distinct species.
*Boarmia detractaria=Tephrosia dimidiaria, Gn.
*Boarmia guttularia= Bryoptera leprosata, Gn.
Boarmia defimaria belongs to the genus Huctenectropis.
*Boarmia delinquaria. A distinct species.
. *Boarmia larentiata= Pterocypha wmbrinata, Gn.
. *Boarmia denticularia= Tephrosia hyberniaria, Gn.
363. Boarmia consimilaria. A. distinct species.
363. Boarmia locupletaria belongs to the genus Plerocypha.
. 363. Boarmia stigmaria. Not identified.
P. 411. * Tephrosia incongruaria = Bryoptera leprosata, Gun.
gid
Ss
De
= 0
. *Tephrosia ineffectaria= Tephrosia responsaria, Walk.
. *Paraphia macariata=Semothisa pernicata, Gn.
Paraphia epioneata, A distinct species.
P. 482, Giazena divulsa. A distinct species.
Vou. XXII.
P. 503.
P. 503
P. 512.
P. 583
P. 583.
P. 5938.
P. 662.
P. 732
P. 742.
* Achlora veniliata=Cambogia insiynata, Walk.
. *Achlora catenularia. A distinct species.
Geometra basiplaga. A distinct species.
. *Racheospila margimplaga= RK. ocellata, Cr.
*Racheospila satisfacta. A distinct species.
Thalera distracta. A distinct species.
Hyria subtectata. Not identified.
. *Acidalia obliniaria. A distinct species.
Acidalia justata. Not identified.
“Von. XXII.
RNAs
839.
839.
841.
844.
5. *Krosia subsignaria. A distinct species.
. *Paloda dentifera= Erosia acutangularia, Walk.
788. *Acidalia indecretaria= A. obliviaria, Walk.
788. *Acidalia responsaria, A distinct species.
789. *Acidalia suffusaria=Certima muscrstrigata, Gn.
799. Timandra viridiplaga. A distinct species.
827. *Ratiaria argentilinea = Urapteryx platinata, Gu.
828. Ratiaria metaxantha. Not identified.
*Krosia leucospilaria. A distinct species.
*Erosia senilaria belongs to the genus Schidac.
*Erosia lacerataria. A. distinct species.
Erosia distincta belongs to the genus Psaliodes.
910. *Macaria subitaria=Semiothisa triplicaria, H.-S.
911. Macaria mandata. A distinct species.
912. *Macaria concisaria. A distinct species.
913. *Macaria percisarta =Semiothisa gambaria, Hiibn.
. *Macaria continuaria=Semiothisa pernicata, Gn.
. *Macaria eaternaria=S. pernicata, Gn.
. *Macaria fractaria=S. nervata, Gn.
646 ' MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S (June 16,
Vou. XXIV.
P. 1069. Aspilates perlineata. A distinct species.
P. 1081. Alydda lignosata. Not identified.
P. 1100. Gustiana subflewata is a Deltoid.
P. 1264. Thera perarcuata. A distinct species.
Von. XXY.
P. 1310. *Coremia lateraria=C. fringillata, Gn. +
1338. *Phibalapteryx mediata=Plemyria fluviata 2 , Hiibn.
1339. *Phibalapteryx intrusata=P. fluviata , Hiibn.
1351. Scotosia nitidulata=Gazena divulsa, Walk.
1369. *Pterocypha divulsata=P. floccosaria 9, Walk.
1370. *Pterocypha celerata. A distinct species.
1396. *Cidaria perspicuata=C. emberizata, Gn.
1396. *Cidaria patulata. A distinct species.
1397. Cidaria eductata=C, emberizata, Gn.
. 13897, *Cidaria intercalata. A distinct species.
ot. XX VI.
1486. Lagyra? dentilineata. Not identified.
1490. Pyrinia reflectaria. A distinct species.
1491. © Pyrinia concisata. A distinct species.
1492. Pyrinia subaurata. A distinct species.
1493. Pyrinia saturata. A distinct species.
1493. Pyrinia radiolata. Not identified.
1499. *Rumia defizata=S. deprivata, Gn.
1502. Hyperetis tessellata. A distinct species.
1502. *Hyperetis quadrilineata = Semiothisa contorta, Druce.
1505. Endropia? subapicata. Not identified.
1515. Tetracioinequaria. An Apicia allied to cayennaria, Gn.
1533. *Boarmia perspectata=B. vacillaria, Gn.
1534. *Boarmia subapicata=B. syrniaria, Gn.
1534. Boarmia tenerata is the ¢ of B. mollearia, Walk.
1553. Cariprea mendaciaria. Not identified.
1560. *Thalassodes glauculata. A distinct species.
1578. *Anisodes congruaria. A distinct species.
1579. Anisodes fimbripedata. Not identified.
1579. *Anisodes ordinata=directata=A. urcearia, Gn. ?
1587. Hyria gavisata. A distinct species.
1587. Cambogia albopunctata, A distinct species.
1599. Acidalia calidata. Not identified.
1600. *Acidalia tepidata. A distinct species.
1600. Acidalia indignaria=Cambogia marcearia, Gn.,in B. M.
1626. Erosia integrata. A distinct species.
1627. Erosia subtruncata. Not identified.
1627. *Erosia quadruncata=Phyllodonta caninata, Gn.
1628. *Erosia subpatulata=Epiplema incolorata, Gn.
. 1629. LErosia bipartaria. Not identified.
P. 1638. Carmala flewata. Not identitied,
P, 1636. *Arcobara, microniata=Pigia teryeminaria, H.-S.
NNT NAR RRR ss PSE
Wirth
1896.]
AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 647
Vou. XXVI. (continued).
P.
NNW NNN
1643.
1657.
1658.
1659.
1687.
1690.
1702.
1710.
1718.
1723.
1730.
Macaria vitriferaria, A distinct species.
Tephrina signataria. A distinct species.
*Tephrina responsaria. A distinct species.
*Tephrina albipunctata. A. distinct species.
Cadyanda lugens=Calospila posthumaria, H.-S.
*Budara conversata. A distinct species.
Larentia inquinata=Hammaptera perturbata, W1\k., 3.
*Lobophora bifiliferata belongs to the genus Nola.
_Phibalapteryx erosiata. Not identified.
*Scotosia spilotata = Homopyralis indecidens, Walk.
Cidaria effrenata. Not identified.
1737. LEubolia vicaria. Not identified.
1754. *Cambogia porphyrinata. A distinct species.
1755. Cambogia turbata. A distinct species.
1755. Acidalha illiturata. Not identified.
Acidalia isographata. A distinct species.
. *Erosia niveinotata belongs to genus Dagassa,
Stegania quadrinotata. A distinct species.
SUPPLEMENT.
Vou. XXXI.
P. 21.
P. 142.
P
12
P.
. 257
. 304.
. 317.
Cotena mediana. A distinct species and good genus.
Gerra hyelosioides= Gonora heliconiata, Walk.
. *Aucula jostoides belongs to the Agaristide.
Llysius signatus. A distinct species.
* Addua inclusa= Pericopsis parnassioides, Walk.
Vou. XXXII.
P.
P.
1
339
. 545.
. 579.
. 579.
. 681.
*Eloria canescens belongs to the genus Hyalospila.
382. *Compsa saturata=Tarchon trilunula, H.-S.
411.
. 439.
. 441.
. 442.
. 442.
. 442,
. 442,
442,
. 487.
. 491.
. 516.
. 517.
* Notodonta scitipennis=N. stragula, Grote.
*Parathyvis ennomoides belongs to the genus Olceclostera.
*Gopha miatipennis. A distinct species.
*Blera cerruroides. A good species.
*Rifargia xylinoides. A good species.
*Nagidusa xylocampoides. A good species.
Inca herbida. Allied to Heterocampa.
*Phastia basalis. A good species.
Limacodes concolor. Not identified.
Athrula saturnioides == Rolepa delineata, Walk.
Siculodes annuligera. A distinct species.
Vadata macropterana. A distinct species ; the species
figured under this name in the ‘ Biologia Genti Adee
is a new species.
*Sosxetra grata. A Noctuid.
*Cistissa expansa=Megalopyge fuscescens, Walk.
*Batatara fusifascia= Hylesia approximans, Walk.
Perigea adornuta. Not identified.
648
MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKERS [June 16,
Vou. XXXII.
731.
a laHaHia- ala acla- la-la-la-la)
(oo)
(on)
—
rg ES gd PD
me
=
—
Vo)
= —
v ij
—_ _
=) =)
a =]
ao Gs
Wir:
a
i=)
ie)
ica)
*Hadena subapicalis=Heterochroma eriopioides, Gn.
Azamora basiplaga= Az. tortriciformis, Walk.
. *Xanthoptera alboflava. A distinct species.
. *Callopistria vittata=Oligia subobliqua, Walk.
. *Penicillaria areusa belongs to the genus Ingura.
. *Hemiceras illucens=:H. barina, Gn.
. *Gonitis reversa=G. exaggerata, Gn.
Coruncala latipennis. Not identified.
Homoptera discalis= Platydia mollealis, Walk.
Homoptera gratiosa, Not identified.
. *Homoptera punctilinea. A distinct species.
3. *Homoptera privata= H. exhausta, Gn.
Homoptera phoeleuca. Not identified.
. *Homoptera parvula. A good species.
Carthara albicosta. Not identified.
. *Phurys partita belongs to the genus Capnodes.
Thyridospila compta. Not identified.
. *Thyridospila quadriocellata. New genus.
Thyridospila amena= Mulelocha calligramma, Hiibn.
. *Thermesia absumens = Euthermesia inexacta, Walk.
. *Thermesia caliginosa= Mulelocha easiccata, Walk.
Thermesia brevistriga. Not identified.
Thermesia divulgata. Not identified.
Thermesia subfica belongs to the genus Ztenodes, Gu.
Thermesia conficita. Not identitied.
Thermesia inficita. Not identified.
Selenis stipata=S. humeralis, Walk.
Capnodes basalis= Bleptina proliferahs, Walk.
Capnodes schizospila, A distinct species.
. *Capnodes concianula, A distinct species.
Cupnodes mundicola is near the genus Dagassa.
Ctypansa obtusa. Not identified.
Hypernaria rudis. Not identified.
. *Hypernaria chlorospila = H. discessura, Wk.
. *Hypernaria leucospila = Thermesia gemmatalis, Hiibn.
Hypernaria punctulosa, Not identified.
Hlixoia subocellata. Not identified.
Vou. XXXIV.
P. 1129.
. 1132.
. 1132.
1134.
. 1135.
1145,
. 1158.
. 1158.
. 1160.
. *Bleptina penioillalis belongs to the genus Mastyyophorus.
aac Na-Naca-acaclas)
~
—
—
for)
o
Gaal dispunctalis= Gustiana subflewata, Walk.
* Hypenc bisignalis. A distinct species.
*Hypena pyralalis== Psaliodes paleata, Gn.
* Hypena disseptalis=H. ancara, Druce.
* Hypena dissutalis=H. scabra, Fabr.
*Boana semialba. A distinct species.
* Herminia inostentalis= Megachyta borgesalis, Walk.
Herminia figuralis=Gustiana subflexata, Walk.
*Bleptina responsalis= Palthis aspisalis, Walk.
1896.] AMDRICAN TYPHS OF LEPIDOPTERA. 649
Vou, XXXIV. (continued).
1161. *Bleptina diruptalis= Megachyta borgesalis, Walk.
1167. Bertula excelsalis belongs to the genus Mastygophorus.
1174. *Gizama anticalis= Renia deceleusalis, Walk.
1180. *Bononia niveilinea=Licha undilinealis, Walk.
1180. *Crymona receptalis= H. hastalalis, Walk.
1181. Bolica armata. A distinct species.
1181. *Sorygaza didymata. A distinct species.
1191. Orocala distentalis. Near the genus Notarcha.
1192. *Alicurda veaatilis=A. atialis, Walk.
1199. *Zibracana xanthialis. A distinct species.
1224, Maguza albiquttalis= Pastona rudis, Walk.
1225. Pyralis intermedialis= Hypsopygia sodalis, Walk.
1225. * Pyralis externalis= Hedylepia antenoralis, Walk.
1225. *Pyralis varipes=Alicarda atialis, Walk.
1232. Pyralis crassipes is the Q of Tosale pyralidoides, Walk.
1262. *Zarania cossalis=Ethnistis munitalis, Led.
1283. *Rhodaria directalis = Hyalorista teniolahs, Gu.
1303. *Samea obliteralis=Sameodes niceusalis, Walk.
1331. Oligostigma amenalis belongs to the genus Glaphyria.
. 1331. Oligostigma exhibitalis. A distinct species.
1354. Glyphodes rutilalis=G@. suavis, Feld.
1361. Margaronia auricostalis=M. argealis, Walk.
1390. *Botys additalis= Acharana pheopteralis, Gn.
1390. *Botys ineffectalis = Blephoramastix colubralis, Gn.
1400. *Botys fuliginalis=Stenomeles agavealis, Walk.
1400. *Botys cellatalis= Acharana pheopteralis, Gn.
1466. *Scopula permixtalis belongs to the genus Phlyctenia.
1492. Bouchis scoparioides belongs to the genus Hthnistis.
1497. *Scoparia stupidalis= Illice batialis, Walk., of the family
Lithosiide.
NHN NNSA
ou. XXXYV.
1543. Pyrinia wantharia belongs to the genus Capnodes.
1549. * Azelina imnvundaria= A. stuposaria, Gn.
1639. Ceronaba cinctaria= Molybdophora concinnaria, H.-S.
1702. Lephana tetraphorella belougs to the Noctuide. Type
in B. M.
1743. Gabaleca bilineatella belongs to the genus Erupa. Type
in B. M. :
. 1769. Zolca congruella belongs to the genus Erupa. Type
in B. M.
1783. Pandemis securiferana. Type in B. M.
1800. Torda metamelana= Tosale pyralidoides, Walk. Type
in B. M.
1958. Celena canifimbria belongs to the Noctuide. Type in
B.M
1963. Acontia quadrata. Type lost.
- 1971. Thyridospila ceca. Type lost.
The remaining references are to species described in the Trans-
actions of the Entomological Society for 1862 :—
P. 76. *Cingilia humeralis = Caterva catenaria, Cr.
Proo. Zoou. Soo,—1896, No. XLII. 42
i RN OW ANN SH
650 "MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNHAN LYCENIDE, (June 16,
. 79. Heterocampa thyatiroides. Not identified.
. 82. Miresa divergens=Lithacodes fasciola, H.-S.
. 90. Gora equalis. Not identified.
. 94. Erysthia obliquata (locality doubtful). Not identified.
. 95. Cottobara concinna. A Notodont.
. 95. Gaphara sobria. Allied to Celena tetera.
. 97. *Nenia signiplena belongs to the genus Pesula.
101. *Asthana erecta = Pesula transversaria, Walk.
101. *Asthana directa belongs to the genus Pesula.
102. Baniana inequalis. A distinct species.
103. Gammace magniplaga. Not identified.
104. *Remigia consistens=Renodes brevipalpis, Gn.
104. Gangra atripustula belongs to the Thermesiide.
105. Focilla abrupta belongs to the Thermesiide.
. *Marthama conspersa= M. squamivaria, Walk.
109. *Hypena murina= H. exoletalis, Gn., in B. M.
115. *Bocana marginalis=B. orionalis 3, Walk.
122. Salbia varialis belongs to the genus Phostria. In B.M.
122. <Asopia depressalis. Not identified.
124. Cataclysta insulalis. A distinct species.
126. Scopula desistalis belongs to the genus Lbulea.
127. Scoparia fascialis= Hapalia illibalis, Hiibn.
259. Hadena opima. Not identified.
260. Poaphila plagiata. Not identified.
260. Pouphila figurata. Not identified.
260. Phurys mensurata. Not identified.
260. *Hypena scissilinea belongs to the genus Saserna and is
well figured in the Biol. Centr.-Amer.
271. Rhagonis bicolor. Not identified.
277. *Pacilocampa plurilinea=Tolype opalina, Walk.
TO OT gl
S
2)
4, Further Contributions to our Knowledge of the Bornean
Lycenide. By Hamiuron H. Drucs, F.Z.S., F.E.S.
[Received June 15, 1896.]
(Plates XXTX.-XXXI.)
Since June last year, when I had the honour of bringing before
the Society a paper! dealing with this family of Butterflies, a large
amount of fresh material has come to hand.
Dr. Staudinger has received many more specimens from his
collector Waterstradt, and Mr. D. Cator has placed in my hands
for examination a number of specimens captured by himself and
procured from collectors in the island. Amongst these I have
found several of considerable interest, which are now recorded here
for the first time. Mr. Cator writes me that the places at which
he captured specimens are:—Segalind and Sapagaya, which are
rivers falling into different parts of Sandakan Bay; Melikop
1 See P. Z.S. 1895, p. 556.
1896.] MR. H, H. DRUOB ON BORNBAN LYOENIDA, 651
(=Penungah) and Tanganak and Banguey, all three small islands a
few miles off the coast belonging to the British North Borneo
Company.
Some 42 species are now recorded here for the first time from
Borneo, a list of which will be found below. 19 of these are
described as new.
List of Species not recorded from Borneo in P. Z. S. 1895.
Those marked * are described as new.
*Gerydus um probue Hi. H. Druce. *Arhopala borneensis, Bethune-Baker.
Logania malayica, Distant. ieee labuana, Bethune-Baker.
Hypochrysops celisparsus, Butler. Obit F waterstradti, Bethune-
Zarona jasoda, de Nicév, Baker.
Simiskina solyma, de Nicév. Hor es moorei, Bethune-Baker.
* deva, Bethune-Baker.
Cyaniris camens, de Nicév.
* , _ sonchus, H. H. Druce.
Nacaduba hermus, Fe/d.
ai noreia, Feld,
*Lampides daones, H. H. Druce.
*Arhopala tamonnga, Bethune-Baker.
r meander, Botsd.
eas somperi, Bethune-Baker,
eee dajagaka, Bethune-Baker.
ie drucei, Bethune-Baker.
A vihara, Feld.
5 pseudomuta, Staud.
malt kounga, Bethune-Baker.
bella, Bethune-Baker.
* OK
m9 diardi, Hew.
a morphina, Distant.
a havilandi, Bethune-Baker.
. sandakani, Bethune-Baker.
Acesina, sp. ?
Ouretis insularis, Horsf.
Tajuria blanka, de Nicév.
* , borenis, H. H. Druce.
Oharana mandarinus, Hew,
*Moantoides licinius, H..H. Druce.
Thrix gana, Distant.
Marmessus boisduvali, Moore, var.
atra, nov.
Lehera anna, A. H. Druce.
Deudorix diara, Swinhoe.
Leelee strephanus, H. H. Druce.
Rapala suffusa, Moore.
» abnormis, Elwes.
Virachola smilis, Hew.
The two following species from adjacent localities are also de-
scribed as new :—
Paragerydus melos, from Cagayan.
Tajuria dacia, from Java.
Guryropts, Boisd.
GUERYDUS IMPROBUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. figs. 1 3,2 2.)
gd. Allied to G. innocens, mihi. Upperside: fore wing with
the white area more extensive over the cell and with the usual
swollen median nervule; hind wing wholly black. Underside:
colour and markings much like G@. innocens, but with a large reddish-
brown patch on.outer margin of the fore wing about the middle
and also in a similar position on the hind wing, where it decreases
in intensity inwardly.
2. Upperside differs only from the male in the white area of
the fore wing being slightly more extensive, and in the hind wing
being paler. Underside: ground-colour paler than in male, with
the reddish-brown patches brighter and more conspicuous. Cilia
in both sexes reddish brown on both surfaces, but more conspicuous
in the female.
Expanse, g 9, 1,4 inch.
42"
652 MR. H. H. DRUOD ON BORNDAN LYOEZNIDZ. [June 16,
Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud.
This species appears to be quite distinct, and the black hind
wings above and the reddish-brown patches below should at once
separate it from its allies *.
Paragerypvs, Distant.
PARAGERYDUS PYXUS.
Paragerydus pyxus, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. vol. lxiii. no. 1, p. 27,
pl. v. fig. 2, ¢ (1894).
Labuan (Wahnes); Sandakan, Sapagaya, and Melikop (Cator).
Dr. Staudinger has sent me several specimens which appear to
be referable to this species, and Mr. D. Cator has also captured it.
PaRaGERypDus watmrstrapti, H. H. Druce.
Mr. Cator captured this species at Sapagaya.
Mr. Cator has also obtained a long series of specimens of an
allied species from the island of Cagayan, which I believe is un-
named and have ventured to describe below *.
PaRAGERYDUS APHOCHA.
Allotinus aphocha, Kheil, Rhop. Ins, Nias, p. 28, pl. v. fig. 30
(1884).
1 Mr. de Nicéyville is mistaken in supposing that the Miletus zymna, Doubl. &
Hew., is a true Gerydus (see J. A. S. B. Ixiv. p, 445, 1895), as the structure of
the legs at once proves that it is not congeneric. Dr. F. Karsch has lately
placed this species, together with another from W. Africa (A. metalewcus,
Karsch), in the genus Megalopalpus, Rober (Berlin. entom. Zeits. 1893, p. 217).
We possess specimens of Mf. zymaa, and on examination I find that they agree
with the figures given by Herr Rober so far as the legs and palpi are concerned,
but that the neuration does not exactly correspond with the neuration as there
figured. I, however, still hold the same opinion as I expressed in P. Z.S.
1895, p. 561, footnote. On the other hand, Mr. Grose Smith has recorded
Miletus zymna, Doubl. & Hew., from Sumatra, but Mr. de Nicéville and
Dr. Martin did not obtain specimens. ‘There is some confusion with regard to
Megulopalpus, which I regret I cannot clear up.
An examination of the types of Gerydus boisduvalit, Butler (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. 1884, p. 194), proves that they are synonymous with G. eos,
Guér., the female of which is well figured in the ‘ Voyage de La Coquille’ (pl. 18.
fig. 8, 1829)—the specimens which Dr. Butler referred to G. Jeos being the
recently described G. maximus, Holland, from Celebes. Of course, G. boisdu-
valii, Butler, could not in any case stund, as Mr. Moore, 80 long ogo as 1867,
described another species under the name Loisduvali, with which its Amboinese
species is strictly congenerio.
2 PaRAGuRYDUS MELOs, sp. n.
Closely allied to P. horsfieldi. :
d. Upperside much darker brown, with the discal patch paler and more
conspicuous ; underside pale grey, with the marginal rows of spots in each
wing dark and distinct.
Q. Dark brown above, very slightly paler on the disc of the fore wing;
underside as male, but ground-colour paler. The outer margin of the hind
wing is much more dentate than in that sex of P. horsfieldi.
Expanse, ¢ 1,4-14 inch, 9 1, -1} inch.
Hab. Cagayan. Types Mus, Cator and Druce.
A number of specimens were obtained in June, which vary only in size.
PZ.S1896 Plate XXIX
W.Purkhss hth, : West, Newman wy,
Bornean Lyczenide.
PZS1896 Plate XXX.
W.Purlkiss hth. West, Nevanan imp,
“Bornean lyceende.
PZ51896 Plate XXAl
i
W.Purkiss lth West, Newman imp
Bornean |yesenidae
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUOH ON BORNHAN LYOENIDR. 653
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Wahnes has also sent several more specimens of this species to
Dr. Staudinger.
ALtotinvs, Feld.
ALLOTINUS SUBVIOLACEUS, Feld.
Mr. D. Cator captured several specimens at Sandakan in March.
Loganta, Distant.
LOGANIA MALAYIOA, Distant.
Mr. de Nicéville records this insect from S.E. Borneo (J. A.S. B.
vol. xiii. pt. 2, no. 1, p. 29, 1894); and Mr. D. Cator captured it
at Sandakan in January.
LoGANIA REGINA, Druce.
Melikop and Banguey Is. (Cator).
The two specimens obtained by Mr. Cator have less white along
the inner margins of the fore wing below than in the type, and
thereby approach LZ. sriwa, Distant. They were taken in the
month of October.
Loaanta opscura, Distant & Pryer.
Mr. Cator obtained two females at Sandakan in April which
may possibly belong to this species. On the upperside they differ
from that sex of Z. staudingeri in having the disc of the fore wing
white, in its base being dusky, in the costal margin being much
more narrowly brown, and in the hind wing being dull brown,
very slightly dusted with whitish.
In the figure given in P. Z. 8. 1895, pl. xxxi., of L. staudingeri g,
the disc of the fore wing. appears pure white ; this is incorrect, it
should be pale greyish blue.
Cyanrniopgs, de Nicév.
Cyaniniopus L1pnaA, Hew. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3, 3.)
Mr. Cator has kindly lent me the specimen described in P. Z. S.
1895, p. 565, to figure, which is in his collection. He captured it
in June 1894, about 8 o’clock in the morning, flying in a cocoanut
plantation.
Hyproonrysors, Feld.
HYPOOHRYSOPS CHLISPARSUS, Butler.
Miletus celisparsus, Butl. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p. 159 (1883).
Hypochrysops celisparsus, H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1891,
p- 188, pl. x. figs. 10, 11.
654 MR, H. I, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYoaNIDE. [June 16,
Sandakan and Libaran I. (Cator).
Mr. Cator was fortunate in capturing two fine specimens of this
beautiful species, which is recorded now for the first time from
Borneo. They are larger than the type, and differ from it in the
band beyond the cell in the fore wing below being somewhat less
straight and rather more broken up. But this difference appears
to me much too slight to constitute it a distinct species.
Zanona, de Nicév.
Zanona sasopa, de Nicéy.
Zarona jasoda, de Nicéy. J. A. S. B. vol. lvii. pt. 2, p. 280, pl. xiv.
fic. 5, ¢ (1888); id. Butt. Ind. etc. p. 34, pl. xxv. fig. 144, d
(1890).
Sandakan.
Mr. D. Cator captured a single male specimen in July, which is
the only one I have seen from Borneo.
Poritra, Moore.
Portria SUMATRA, Feld.
Brunei ( Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger’s collector has obtained examples of this species
on the mainland. In Sumatra, Mr. de Nicéville states that, with
P, philota, Hew., it is less rare than the others belonging to the
genus.
Porit1a PHALUKE, H. H. Druce.
Mr. D. Cator procured both sexes at Sandakan in April and in
August.
Snmausxina, Distant.
Simiskina Prauena, ITew.
When referring to this species, I placed it in the genus Poritia ;
but as it is without the tuft of hair near the base of the submedian
nervure in the hind wing, it is perhaps better placed in Simiskina,
where it has been included by Mr. de Nicéville. The second tuft
of hair in all the specimens I have examined is hardly discernible ;
and is entirely absent in all specimens of S. pharyge, Hew., that I
have before me'.
These facts seem to point to the conclusion that in this case the
absence or presence of these tufts is not of generic importance,
and that Simiskina cannot stand. Mr. de Nicéville has lately
described and figured the female of S. phalenu, Hew. (Journ.
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. p. 270, pl. O. fig. 13, 1895), so that I
appear to have quite incorrectly considered his S. solyma to be
the female. The general resen,blance of the undersides and the
receipt of the two sexes from the same locality led me to believe
that they belonged to the same species. Mr. D. Cator has sent
me for examination two females taken at Sandakan in July.
1 See also my remarks on Poritia philura, mihi, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 569,
1896.} MR. H, H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 655
SIMISKINA SOLYMA.
Simiskina solyma, de Nicéy. J. A. S. B. vol. Ixiii. pt. 2, p. 29,
pl. iv. fig. 10 (1894).
Labuan ( Waterstr.).
The female only is known.
Neoprrunooers, Distant.
N2oPITHICOPS ZALMORA, Butler.
Mr. de Nicéville states that ‘ Cupido talmora, Butler” of Druce,
P. Z.8. 18738, p. 348, is a synonym of NV. zalmora (see J. A. 8. B.
vol. lxiv. p. 451). The name talmora appears to me to be so clearly
a misprint that comment is unnecessary.
Cyantrris, Dalman.
CYANIRIS OAMENE.
Cyaniris camene, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix.
p. 278, pl. O. fig. 22 (3).
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
C. camene is very close to C. selma, mibi, but differs in the
darker shade of its blue, in the spots on the underside being
about equally conspicuous, and in its considerably larger size.
CYANIRIS SONCHUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4, g-)
3. Allied to C. cossea, de Nicév. Upperside blue, of a darker
shade, and with the black margins distinctly wider. Fore wing
with a black mark partially closing the cell; hind wing entirely
without the white fascia at the apex, and with the costal margin
wholly black. Underside creamy white, with the spots arranged
as in C. cossea, but more prominent, especially those forming the
marginal and submarginal series.
Expanse 14 inch.
§.E. Borneo (Wahnes). Type Mus. Staud.
O. sonchus, together with C. cossea', de Nicéy., and C. plauta’?,
mihi, form a small group in the genus, which can be at once dis-
tinguished by the yellowish-white ground-colour of the underside.
Cyaniris pLautTa, H. H. Druce.
Dr. Staudinger has received a specimen ( ), taken at an altitude
of 3000 metres on Kina Balu, in which the white patch on the
apex of the hind wing above has almost disappeared, and on the
underside the spots are smaller and the ground-colour greyer.
C. plauta usually has a black spot on the costal margin of the
hind wing below, over the spot in cell as in C. cassaa, but this
spot is not always present and in the example figured is absent.
1 ©. cossea, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. pl. O. figs. 14,
15 (1895).
2 C. plauta, H. H, Druce, P. Z, §. 1895, p. 574, pl. xxzit. figs. 8, 9.
656 MR, H, H. DRUOB ON BORNBAN LYOEZNIDE, (June 16,
Nacapusa, Moore.
NaoaDUBA HERMUS, Feld.
Iycena hermus, Feld. Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Math.-nat. Cl. xl.
p. 457. no. 33 (1860).
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Mr. de Nicéville has examined Felder’s type, and states that
NV, viola, Moore, is a synonym of this species.
NACADUBA NOREIA.
Lycena noreia, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. 1868, p. 282.
Labuan ( Wahnes),
Dr. Staudinger has received the tailless form of WN. ardates,
Moore, which according to Mr. de Nicéville (he having seen the
type of L. noreia at Vienna) equals that species.
Naoabusa atura, Druce.
I think it is most probable that the species V.nanda described by
Mr. de Nicéville in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 34, pl.S8.
fig. 23 (1895), is the same as NV. aluta, N. aluta has the prominent
white anteciliary thread in the three anal interspaces as described
by Mr. de Nicéville, but on the underside of the fore wing the
anteciliary line only is straight, the other two lines being lunulated,
both much to the same extent, the spaces between the lines being
darker, as described in NV. nanda!},
LAMPIDES DAONES, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 5, ¢.)
6. Upperside pale shining silvery blue, appearing of a greenish
shade in some lights. Fore wing: costal margin very narrowly,
apex and outer margin broadly, dull black. Hind wing dull
black, with the blue colour extending just over and around the
cell only ; inner margin paler ; a marginal row of irdistinct black
lunules edged with sordid white, the one between the lower
median nervules being large and distinct, followed by a black ante-
ciliary line. Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia of fore wing
dull black, of hind wing sordid white, black at the extremities of
the nervules. Underside pale greyish brown, with white lines
arranged exactly as in L. elpis, Godt., but in the hind wing rather
straighter. Thorax and abdomen above and below concolorous
with wings. Antenne black, spotted with white.
Expanse 13 inches.
Penergah. Mus. Cator and Druce.
On the upperside this butterfly appears to be allied to Z. mara-
1 Mr. de Nicéville states, in the list of Sumatran Butterflies, that he thinks
N. perusia, Felder, is probably a synonym of N, atrata, Horsf. This is not
We possess specimens from Amboyna which I have compared with the
type in the Felder collection. On the eppereide N. perusia is much like
atrata, but on the underside is quite different, the white lines, excepting
those at the bases, are further apart, and have the ground-spaces between them
white, bordered on each side by a brown line,
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUOH ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 657
kata, de Nicéville', but on the underside is quite different and
appears to belong to another group. I have not seen L. mara-
ata, and can only judge from the description. Mr. Cator
captured LZ. daones in December.
LAMPIDES OSIAs, Rober.
Banguey I., N. Borneo (Waterstr.).
L. osias certainly occurs in Sumatra, although it is not given by
Mr. de Nicéville and Dr. Martin in their list. We possess speci-
mens. from the N.E. It is closely allied to LZ. swidas, Feld., of
which I have examined the type, but is a paler shade of blue on
the upperside, and the white markings of the underside show
through more than usual, especially on the hind wing. On the
underside the lines of Z. suédas are broader and straighter.
From some remarks made by Mr. de Nicéville in the Journ.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 38 (1895), it is evident that he has
not seen the type of L. cleodus, Feld., as he writes of it as “‘azure-
blue.” It is paler than L. celeno, Cr.,in fact almost white, shining,
and with a slight greenish tinge; and, from some remarks further
on, on the same page, I do not feel certain that he has identified
L. ostas correctly.
We possess many specimens of Z. osias, one of which was iden-
tified by Herr Rober.
LAMPIDES Livipus, H. H. Druce.
Kina Balu (Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger has received a single male specimen of this
species, which agrees well with the type from Labuan, but is
slightly stronger in colour on both surfaces.
Tuysonotis, Hiibn.
THYSONOTIS SOHABFFERA, Esch.
We have lately received specimens of this species captured at
Sandakan.
ARHOPALA, Boisd.
Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, who has been working at this genus
for some three years, has prepared the following additional list of
Bornean species, and has sent me descriptions of those which he
considers to be new,whilst I have added new localities to some few
species which I have previously referred to. Mr. Bethune-Baker
is entirely responsible for all the new species of this genus here
described.—H. H. D.
Through the kindness of Mr. H. H. Druce I have recently been
enabled to examine several specimens of the genus Arhopala
which are evidently new, and these, together with a number of
others now in my possession, kindly lent me by Dr. Staudinger and
Herr Georg Semper, show that there is plenty of work yet to be
L L. marakata, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. eto. p. 174, footnote (1890).
658 MR, 1, H, DRUOE ON BORNEAN LYCzNIDA, [Junel6,
done in the island of Borneo, for out of quite a small number of
the genus there are twelve new species, most of which are strongly
marked forms. As I am gradually preparing a monograph of
the genus, it will be unnecessary for me now to do more than
enumerate and describe the species.—G@. T. B.-B.
ARHOPALA MEANDER, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 76 (1832).
One very magnificently marked (underside) specimen from the
collection of Herr Ribbe from South-east Borneo.
ARHOPALA TAMEANGA, sp.n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXIX.
figs. 7 6,8 2.)
Tameang-Lajang (S.E. Borneo).
Expanse, ¢ 57, 2 54 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings dark bluish purple, in some lights
almost indigo colour, and having a brownish patch in a certain
light, with an almost linear black costa and outer margin to the
primaries, and on the secondaries a broad brown costa and very
fine black outer margin ; abdominal fold grey; submedian area very
densely clothed with brown hairs; tail black, tipped with white,
lobe scarcely developed at all. Underside: both wings very warm
ochreous brown, with darker spots margined with creamy. Pri-
maries with three very dark, large, slightly increasing cell-spots,
below the third being another equally dark rather large spot, over
the third a small spot near the costa; subdiscal area dark brown,
with a slightly purplish tinge; submedian area pale; transverse
branch composed of six oval spots, the first four outwardly oblique,
each spot projecting beyond its predecessor, especially the fourth ;
fifth and sixth spots shifted well inwards and below each other ;
submarginal band indefinite, but fairly distinct. Secondaries
rather darker than primaries, with a dark spot at the basal costal
extremity, three dark basal spots below each other, and a fourth
shifted right beyond the internal nervure; these are followed by
three more spots below each other, the third being very large and
irregular ; cell closed by a largish spot, below it being another con-
necting it with the lower of the three spots; transverse band
consisting of eight spots, the second being large and shifted out-
wards on to its outer margin, the third shifted right out, detached,
fourth further out, fifth inwards, sixth outwards; seventh angular
spot well inwards (not detached), almost broken into two at the
angle, and confluent with the long eighth spot ; submarginal row
very indistinct ; anal spot black, with a very plentiful scaling of
bright pale greenish metallic scales, with one edged above by a
dark line to the internal nervure; this line has some metallic
scales therein.
Q. Upperside: both wings pale bluish violet; primaries with
broad brown costa, broader outer margin, and very broad apical
area, cell closed by a darkish spot; secondaries with very broad
margins all round, especially the costa. Underside precisely as in
the male, but rather paler, and with the submarginal bands rather
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUOH ON BORNEAN LYOENIDA. 659
more distinct, whilst the second and third spots of the transverse
band of the secondaries are not dislocated.
This is a well-marked species, and will follow A. agnis, Feld. A
male and female, e mus. Herr G. Semper.
ARHOPALA SEMPERI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XX1X.
figs. 9 §, 10 2.)
3, Tameang-Lajang (S.E. Borneo); 9, Kina Balu.
Expanse, ¢ 54, 2 50 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings dull violet; primaries with costa
blackish, of medium width, and posterior margin rather broader ;
cell closed by a distinct, black, curved, narrow spot, and nervures
intersecting the surface with black. Secondaries with broad brown
costa, rather narrow posterior margin, increasing broadly at the
anal angle; abdominal fold grey; nervures darkly intersecting
the surface. Tail longish, black, tipped with white; the closing
of the cell is slightly darkened. Underside: wings ochreous
brown, with darker spots encircled with whitish. Primaries with
three large increasing cell-spots, the third vein very irregular and
large; below this is another large spot in the lower median angle,
above it is a trace of a minute spot on the costa; subdiscal area
slightly darker, edged very distinctly with whitish, whilst below
the second cell-spot is a light V-shaped mark in this area; trans-
verse band composed of six longish spots, the upper four being
distinct ovals, a small one near the costa; the second shifted right
outwards, the third a little further out, but, on account of its
larger size, its inner margin is shifted inwards also; fourth shifted
outwards again, fifth and sixth spot below each other and shifted
well inwards; below these is a trace of a small spot below the
lower median nervule ; submarginal row indefinite and indistinct.
Secondaries with a fair-sized spot at the basal extremity of the
costa, and four longish basal spots below each other, the upper
three being very close together, the fourth shifted right inwards
and being in line (horizontally) with the third ; following these
are three large spots below each other; cell closed by a large
irregular spot, below which is a larger spot than usual occupying
the lower median angle ; transverse band composed of eight spots
in pairs; the lower of the first pair is shifted outwards, the second
pair is shifted right out and detached, the lower of these two being
further out than the upper; the third pair well inwards, the lower
of these two being shifted slightly outwards; seventh angular spot
shifted right inwards and confluent with the eighth spot, which is
unusually long, extending close up to the fourth basal spot; submar-
ginal band distinct, sublunar; lobe-spot black, edged above with blue
metallic scales, a black spot on each side the tail, with superimposed
blue metallic scales, which are more plentiful on the inner spot.
Q. Upperside: both wings violet; primaries with broad brown
costa, broader posterior margin, and very broad apical area;
secondaries with broad brown margins all round, diminishing
slightly in the anal area.- Underside like the male, but paler and
660 MR, H, H, DRUOE ON BORNHAN LYOmNIDA. [June 16,
less distinctly spotted, and the transverse band has a longish spot
below the lower median nervule; the secondaries are likewise less
darkly spotted, especially the transverse band, which is continuous
without a break, and with spots more quadrangular.
This is a very distinct species and will come after A. tameanga.
gd emus. Semper; ? e mus. Staudinger.
ARHopALa DAsagaKa (Ster. MS.), sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate
XXIX. figs. 11 g, 12 2.)
Kina Balu, Labuan, Tameang-Lajang.
Expanse, ¢ 9, 55 to 56 millim.
g. Upperside: both wings bluish purple, with a very slight
brown tinge in side lights. Primaries with costa and outer
margin finely black. Secondaries with broad brown costa and
narrow black outer margin ; abdominal fold grey; no tail, but a
slight tooth-like projection at the end of the lower median nervule ;
no lobe. Underside brown with an ochreous tinge, with dark
spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots,
below the first and second a large spot, sometimes divided into
two, below the third a spot in the lower median angle; transverse
catenulated band composed of six spots—the first, on the costa,
small; second, third, and fourth shifted well outwards and out-
wardly oblique ; fifth and sixth below each other, shifted inwards
but outwardly oblique; submarginal row indefinite; submedian
area paler. Secondaries with a spot at the extreme costal basal
extremity; four basal spots of fair size below each other, the
second shifted slightly inwards, the fourth right inwards, followed
by three more spots below each other ; cell closed by a large sub-
ovate spot, below which is a smaller one connecting it with the
lower of the previous three ; catenulated band composed of eight
spots, all of which (except the eighth) are completely encircled
by a pale margin and are arranged in a fairly even semicircle; the
first and second are detached from each other and from the others,
all of which touch each other (in one specimen before me I notice
the third and fourth spots are not quite completely encircled with a
pale margin); submarginal row rather indefinite; anal spot black;
a dark spot on each side the lower median nervule, over which are
superimposed bright pale blue metallic scales, as also over the anal
spot ; this scaling is rather plentiful.
2. Upperside: both wings bright violet. Primaries with a
dark patch beyond the apex of the cell; costa not very broadly
brown ; outer margin with deep scollops of brown between the
nervules, apex broadly brown. Secondaries: costa broadly brown,
outer margin with brown border of medium width ; abdominal fold
greyish. Underside as in the male, but paler; but the catenu-
lated band of the primaries has an additional spot below the lower
median nervule, and the same band in the secondaries has not
the spots so completely palely margined as in the male.
This species will precede .4. anamuta, Semper.
Mus. Staudinger, Semper, G. T. B.-B.
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCH ON BORNHAN LYOENIDA. 661 |
ARHOPALA DRUOBI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.
1 g,29.)
Kinu Balu.
Expanse, ¢ 55, 9 50 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings purple, quite dull or somewhat
bright according to light; costa and outer margin of primaries
narrowly brown ; costa of secondaries broadly, outer margin nar-
rowly, brown; tail long, tipped with white, lobe fairly distinct,
abdominal margin grey. Underside: both wings ochreous brown,
with darker spots palely margined, those before the transverse
lines being the darkest. Primaries with three good-sized increasing
cell-spots, above and below the third is another spot; subdiscoidal
area dark, with an indefinite pale lunular mark in the upper part
at the centre ; transverse catenulated band composed of six con-
fluent spots, below which is a double spot like the figure 8; the
upper four spots are slightly curved outwards, the fifth and sixth
have their inner margins shifted well inwards, but the outer
margins very slightly so, and these two spots have an outward
inclination ; submarginal row indefinite but fairly distinct; sub-
median area paler. Secondaries with a small spot at the basal
upper extremity; four basal spots below each other, second shifted
slightly inwards, fourth well inwards outside the internal nervure ;
beyond these are three larger spots below each other; cell closed
by a long subquadrate spot, below which is a small spot in the
lower median angle; transverse band beginning below the upper
discoidal nervule, composed of six laterally-edged spots, the second
shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth inclined outwards, fifth
angular spot right inwards; sixth long spot very irregular in shape,
slightly outwards, but extending up to the internal nervure; just
above and between the uppermost spot of this series and that
closing the cell are two confluent spots occupying ,the interspaces
between the costal, subcostal, and upper discoidal nervures, the
lower of which is the longer of the two; submarginal row inde-
finite but fairly distinct ; anal area occupied by bluish metallic
scales over a blackish patch ; tail brown, tipped with white; lobe-
spot velvety black, edged above with metallic blue.
9. Upperside: both wings bluish purple, not nearly so deep as
in the male, with broad margins all round, the apical area being
the broadest. Underside: both wings rather darker than in the
male; in the primaries the transverse band has no 8-shaped double
spot, but ceases ou the lower median nervule. In the secondaries
the transverse band just touches the lower of the two spots on the
costa, and the three upper spots of the transversal series are
nearly (not absolutely) confluent, whilst the fifth and sixth are
confluent.
In spite of these little differences, the two insects look so pre-
cisely similar in general pattern and tone that I do not doubt their
being sexes of the same species, which will come next to A. adatha,
Hew. There are a male and two females before me, all taken on
Kina Balu, and kindly lent to us by Dr. Staudinger.
662 MR. H, if, DRUCH ON BORNMAN Lyo#NIDA, [June 16,
. ARHOPALA VIHARA.
Arhopala vihara, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 395 (1860);
Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 228, t. 29. fig. 7 (1865).
Labuan and Tameang-Lajang.
Two typical specimens, e mus. Dr. Standinger and Herr Semper.
ARHOPALA PSEUDOMUTA, Ster. Iris, ii. p. 125.
Hab. Malacca ; Borneo.
Expanse, g¢ 46, 9 47 millim.
od. Upperside: both wings rather dull violet; primaries with
narrow brown costa, and less narrow, but still narrow, black outer
margin; secondaries with broad brown costa and narrow outer
margin ; abdominal fold greyish; tail brown, longish, tipped with
white. Underside: both wings warm ochreous brown, with
darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-
spots, below the third another in the lower median angle ; trans-
verse catenulated band composed of six spots—the first three very
oblique outwardly, the fourth inclined (not shifted) inwards so as
to form a sharp curve with the lowest of the three, fifth shifted
well inwards, sixth inclined outwards; submarginal row rather
indefinite ; submedian area paler, subdiscal area darker. Second-
aries with a small spot at the basal costal extremity ; four basal
spots, the third shifted slightly outwards, the fourth well inwards,
followed by three larger spots below each other; cell closed by a
subquadrate spot, below which is a small one touching the lowest
of the three; catenulated band composed of eight spots—the second
shifted outwards and detatched from the first and the third, third
and fourth shifted right outwards, fifth well inwards, sixth out-
wards, seventh right inwards and detached, confluent with the long
eighth spot ; submarginal row sublunular and well defined; anal
spot velvety black, preceded by two black spots, which are almost
covered over with pale blue metallic scales; the anal spot is also
edged above by the same coloured scales.
Q. Upperside: both wings pale violet; primaries with rather
broad costa, very broad apical area, and broad outer margins, all
brown ; secondaries with broad brown costa, narrow brown outer
margin, increasing slightly towards the anal angle. Underside
similar to the male, but much paler, and in the secondaries the
fourth spot of the catenulated band is projected more outwards.
A male from North Borneo is decidedly bluer than those from
Malacca, and the outer margin of the secondaries is rather wider.
I have thought it well to fully describe this species, as Staudinger’s
desoription (Iris, ii. pp. 125 & 126) is almost purely comparative.
—G. T. B.-B.
ARHOPALA KOUNGA, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.
35,4 2.)
Kina Balu.
Expanse, ¢ 41, 9 37 millim.
1896.] MR, It. H. DRUCE ON BORNHAN LYOENIDA. 663
3. Upperside : both wings bright rather deep blue tinged with
purplish, with a slight brownish lustre in one light ; costa and outer
margin of primaries very finely black, almost linear; costa of
secondaries broadly, outer margin very finely black; abdominal
fold greyish ; tail fairly long, black tipped with white, lobe slightly
developed, with small white spot on its interior and exterior mete
Underside: both wings olivaceous brown, with darker spots palely
margined. Primaries a little paler than secondaries, with three in-
creasing cell-spots, above and below the third being another spot ;
transverse maculate band composed of six spots, the upper four
slightly curved outwards and uninterrupted, the fitth shifted
slightly inwards, sixth outwards and terminating on the lower
median nervule; below this in the pale submedian area is a trace of
another small indefinite detached spot; submarginal row rather in-
definite and indistinct, subdiscal area dark. Secondaries with four
basal spots below each other, the third shifted outwards ; following
these three larger ones below each other, the third one being again
shifted outwards; cell closed by a large subquadrate spot, below
which is a smaller triangular one connecting it with the lower of
the three spots, whilst above it, touching its outer apex, are two spots
over each other, the lower of which is the larger, having its outer
margin shifted outwards, the upper one touches the costal nervure;
the transverse maculate band commencing on the upper discoidal
nervule consists of six spots—the first three almost confluent, but
each curved very slightly beyond its predecessor, fourth shifted
outwards, fifth angular spot right inwards and just detached,
sixth long irregular spot almost confluent with it ; submarginal row
fairly distinct, sublunular ; a black spot on the lobe and on the
margin on each side of the tail; anal area covered with bright pale
blue metallic scales, over which is a pale dusting up to the inner
margin ; tail brown, tipped with white.
@. Upperside: both wings slightly bluer than the male; pri-
maries with broadish costa, broad outer margin, and broader apex
of black ; cell closed with a very distinct black spot, and the apex of
the blue area beyond the cell has three deep black spots in the
nervule interspaces: secondaries with broad costa, less broad
outer margin of black; abdominal fold greyish; tail black, tipped
with white. Underside very much greyer than in the male, and
in the secondaries the transverse maculate band just touches the
outer lower margin of the two costal spots, and the fourth spot is
shifted less outwards.
This species is nearest to A. aroa, Hew., but that insect is much
more purple on the upperside, and the arrangement of the three
upper spots of the transverse band of the secondaries is different,
and in the very large series of A. aroa now before me I find they
follow the same pattern throughout. The female of A. kounga is
quite different as to upperside and colour of underside, as already
described.
Types, e mus. Staudinger.
664 MR. H. H. DRUOH ON BORNHAN LYO#NIDE. (June 16,
ARHOPALA BELLA, sp.n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.
6 3,7 2.)
Kina Balu.
Expanse, ¢ 55, 9 48 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings brilliant lustrous purple around the
margins, the whole of the inner area being lustrous brown, shading
in certain lights into dull rather shining deep violet, somewhat as
is seen in violet-coloured specimens of A. allata, Stgr., but much
more beautiful. The secondaries show much more of the brilliant
purple than the primaries and they have the abdominal fold
brownish grey. In the single specimen before me there is a trace
of a tail broken off, but it appears to have beena fine one. Extreme
margins with a very fine lineal black line. Underside: both wings
brown, slightly tinged with lilac, with dark spots laterally edged
with very pale lilac. Primaries with three large cell-spots, the
outer two very large, below the third in the lower median angle is
another largish spot, whilst over the third are two very small
spots, the lower one being shifted inwards; transverse band com-
posed of six spots, the upper four shifted very oblique each beyond
its predecessor, fifth spot shifted well inwards; sixth spot, the
largest, ending on the lower median nervule and shifted outwards ;
a trace of the submarginal row ; subdiscoidal area dark, submedian
area rather paler. Secondaries with a spot at the extreme basal
apex, four basal spots below each other, followed by three large
ones ; cell closed by a large subquadrangular spot, below which is a
sinall triangular one connecting it with the lower of the three
spots just mentioned, this spot being very irregular in shape; above
the spot closing the cell and touching it, but shifted outwards, are
two spots over each other, reaching the costal nervure, whose inner
margins are confluent, but the outer margin of the lower and
larger spot is shifted outwards ; the transverse macular band begins
below the upper discoidal nervure and is composed of six spots—the
first one shifted right out, with its upper inner angle just touching
the lower and outer extremity of the lower of the two spots above,
second spot shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth outwards, fifth
angular spot inwards, sixth long spot slightly inwards again; a
trace of a submarvinal sublunular row ; anal area with bluish-green
lustrous metallic scales ; lobe-spot black ; lobe scarcely developed at
all.
9. Upperside: both wings lustrous azure, in certain lights
rather dull violet. Primaries with costa somewhat narrowly and
outer margin broadly dark brown ; the apex of the cell has a short
black line at its upper extremity, showing rather plainly in the blue
area. Secondaries with all the margins broadly brown; tail fairly
long, brown tipped with white. Underside precisely as in the
male, but tinged more with pinkish violet than lilac.
This very beautiful and (in the male) very unusual-looking species
will probably come near to A. acestes, de N., but may at once be
recognized by its large size, its brilli»nt purple margins, and its
lustrous brown inner areas ; the macular transverse bands are also
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN LYOENIDZ, 665
somewhat different, and A. acestes is much more spotted in appear-
ance beneath than A. bella. I have a fine pair of this species before
me, both taken on Kina Balu, from Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
ARHOPALA HAVILANDI, sp. u., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX.
figs.8 g,9 Q.)
Kina Balu.
Expanse, 5 2, 47-48 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings brilliant deep purplish blue, in some
lights looking dull purplish, whilst with a side light there is quite
a brownish lustre over the one side; costa and outer margin of
primaries very finely black; secondaries with costa broadly and
narrowly black ; tail fine, black tipped with white ; abdominal fold
greyish. Underside: both wings cinnamon-brown, with a pinkish-
violet tinge, with darker brown spots very palely margined. Pri-
maries with three good-sized increasing cell-spots—a very small spot
being over the second and third close to the costa, and another be-
tween and almost touching them (2. ¢. the cell-spots), this spot varies
much in sizo; below the third is a good-sized spot occupying the lower
median angle; subdiscoidal cell dark, submedian area paler: the
transverse band is composed of seven spots, the upper four being
outwardly oblique, the second being shifted well beyond the small
first one, the third very slightly inwards, the fourth right outwards,
the fifth and sixth almost confluent, shifted well inwards but out-
wardly inclined, and below this is a smaller eighth spot, which is
sometimes indistinct; submarginal row indistinct, sublunular.
Secondaries with a small spot at the extreme basal angle of the
costa, four basal spots below each other, the second and fourth
shifted inwards, followed by three larger ones below each other ;
cell closed by a large spot laterally edged ; transverse band begin-
ning below the upper discoidal nervule and composed of six spots—
the second shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth outwards, fifth
angular spot quite detached and shifted far inwards and confluent
with the long bottle-necked sixth spot ; touching the outer margin of
the spot closing the cell and the inner margin of the first spot of
the transverse band are two spots confluent over each other, the
upper one reaching the costa and the lower one as described but
with its inner margin shifted right inwards, and being therefore
the larger of the two; the submarginal row is sublunular and
indistinct ; anal area black, with bright bluish superimposed metallic
scales ; lobe-spot small, black : lobe scarcely developed at all.
Q. Upperside: both wings brilliant, lustrous azure-blue, dull
violet in some lights and with the peculiar brown lustre in others.
Primaries with somewhat narrow costa, broad outer margin, and
very broad dark brown apical area ; at the margin of the blue patch
beyond the upper apex of the cell are three or four deep black spots
in the interspaces of the nervules. Secondaries with all the
margins broadly dark brown; the outer margin being less broad
Proo. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XLII. 43
666 MR. H, 1, DRUOW ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. [June 16,
than the others; tail fine, brown tipped with white. Underside
precisely as the male, but a little duller in colour.
I have two males and two females before me, all from Kina Balu ;
they are nearest to A. aida, de Nicév., but can at once be recognizcd
by their much larger size and yery different upperside—the black
margins being linear and blue, quite different in colour. I have two
specimens of A, aida before me from Labuan, which are about half
as small again as my species.
Anworata arpa, de Nicév. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. iv.
p- 168, pl. A. fig. 1 (1889).
Two specimens from Labuan—a male like the type, and a female
small and violet-coloured.
ARHOPALA DIARDI, Hew. Cat. Lycwnid. B. M. p. 9, figs. 51, 52
(1862).
Two ordinary specimens from Labuan and 8.E. Borneo, from
the collections of Dr. Staudinger and Herr Ribbe respectively.
ARHOPALA MoRPHINA, Dist.
Panchala morphina, Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv.
p- 201 (1884).
One specimen of this lovely insect, taken at Labuan, from
Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
ARHOPALA BORNEENSIS, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX.
fig. 5, 3 -)
Borneo (Kina Balu, Tameang-Lajang) ; Malacca.
Expanse, d 42 to 46 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings brilliant lustrous green, not so brassy
as A. aurea, Hew., having in a side light a bluish tinge, with linear
brown costa and outer margin to the primaries: secondaries with
the green only occupying the central part of the wing, the rest of
the wing being brown, this colour invading the outer margin of the
green area, so as to make it irregularly hollowed; the tail at the end
of the lower median nervule is short. Underside : both wings dirty
dull brown, all the markings being most indistinct, the pattern
being slightly darker, with very faint pale edgings. Primaries with
a trace of three increasing cell-spots, followed by an equally indis-
tinct transverse band composed of five spots, the upper three being
outwardly strongly oblique, the lower two inwardly oblique ; there
is a trace of a spot below that closing the cell ; subdiseal area dark ;
submedian area pale. Secondaries with spots rather more distinct,
four basal below each other, followed by three larger ones below
each other ; cell closed by a largish spot, below which is a small one
in the lower median angle, and above il, almost confluent but shifted
very slightly outwards, are two spots above each other, the upper
smaller one reaching to the costa: transverse band less distinct,
composed of six spots from the upper discoidal nervure ; the third
1896.] MR. H.H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. 667
is shifted slightly inwards, fourth outwards, fifth angular spot in-
wards and confluent with the eighth spot; submarginal row very
indistinct ; two or three dark spots at the anal area superimposed
by unusually blue submetallic scales.
This species will come between A. trogon, Dist.,and A. aurea, Hew.;
it is nearest to the latter in the underside colour, but to the former
inthe pattern. Ihave one specimen before me from 8.H. Borneo in
which the pattern is much more distinct than in the other two from
Kina Balu and Malacca.
ARHOPALA LABUANA, sp.n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.
12 g,18 @.)
Labuan ; Mindanao.
Expanse, ¢ 49, 2 44 millim.
do. Upperside: both wings dark bluish purple, in some lights
very dull violet, and with a side light having that iustrous brown
gloss which appears not uncommon in the Bornean Arhopale ;
primaries with narrow black costa and rather broader outer margin ;
secondaries with broad brown costa and narrow blackish scolloped
outer margins; abdominal fold greyish. The lower median nervule
is produced into a longish tooth-like projection; but after having
carefully examined it, I do not think it has ever been a tail.
Underside: both wings greyish ochreous brown, with distinct dark
spots and fascia edged with cream-colour. Primaries with three
increasing cell-spots, below the third are two spots in the nervule
interspaces, that touching the third spot being exceedingly small;
transverse maculate band composed of six subovate spots, that on
the costa being very small, the upper four are arched slightly out-
wards, the fifth inclined slightly inwards, and the sixth, ending on
the lower submedian nervule, inclined outwards ; submarginal row.
indefinite, but distinct ; submedian area greyish ; subdiscal dark,
with a pale linear edging. Secondaries with four tair-sized spots
below each other, the third shifted slightly outwards, beyond these
are four larger spots similarly arranged; cell closed by a large
subquadrate spot, below which are two other spots in the nervule
interspaces, the upper of these being minute and discernible by its
pale outer margin, the lower touches the third spot of the second
row of four: transverse maculate band composed of seven spots—a
pair (one above the other) on the costa, the lower one being the
larger, which touches the spot closing the cell; the third spot is
shifted right outwards, its inner margin just touching the outer
margin of the second spot ; fourth spot shifted very slightly out-
wards but inwardly oblique; fifth spot well inwards, sixth well
outwards; seventh angular spot well inwards and terminating
just beyond the submedian nervure; submarginal crescentic row
distinct, with its inner pale margin distinct from the costa to the
internal nervure ; three black spots at the anal area, with pale blue
metallic scales over them, these having a sharp Junular black,
interior edging, which follows the line of the pale inner margin of
the submarginal row.
43*
668 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16, -
Q. Upperside : both wings bright violet-blue; primaries with a
dark spot at the end of the cell and exceedingly broad brown
margins all round; costa brown to the cell, and almost to the
upper median nervule; secondaries with exceedingly broad costa
and very broad outer and abdominal margins. Underside exactly
like the male, but darker in colour.
This species will precede A. arsenius, Feld.
ARHOPALA WATERSTRADTI, sp.n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX.
figs. 10 g, 11 @.)
Kina Balu.
Expanse, ¢ 42, 2 40 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings lustrous bright blue tinged with
violet, in some lights the colour being dark violet-blue ; primaries
with costa narrowly, and outer margin less narrowly black ;
secondaries with costa less broadly than usual, and outer margin
very narrowly black. Underside brown, with slightly darker spots
palely edged. Primaries with pattern rather indistinct, with three
increasing cell-spots, the first near the base, below the second is an
indistinct and indefinite spot, and below the third is a small indis-
tinct one: transverse catenulated band composed of six spots,
ending on the lower median nervule; the upper four are each
inclined obliquely outwards, but not fractured; the fifth is shifted
inwards very slightly as to its outer, but more so as to its inner
margin; the fifth is shifted outwards; submarginal band very
indistinct ; submedian area paler. Secondaries with pattern more
distinct than in primaries; four basal spots below each other, the
third shifted outwards, followed by three larger spots below each
other ; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small
spot in the lower median angle: transverse catenulated band com-
posed of eight spots from the costal nervure ; the second largish,
shifted well outwards and slightly dislocated from the third, which
is shifted right outwards; fourth shifted outwards again; fifth
inwards, and having a very oval exterior margin; sixth outwards,
with a straight margin; seventh angular spot dislocated right
inwards, eighth slightly inwards ; submarginal row fairly distinct ;
anal area darker, with superimposed pale bluish-green metallic
scales.
Q. Upperside: both wings bright lustrous azure; primaries
with rather broad costa and very broad black outer margins ;
secondaries with broad even black margins all round; abdominal
fold greyish. Underside just like the male, with two exceptions,
viz., that there is a trace of a spot on the costa over the third cell-
spot in the primaries, and in the secondaries the second and third
spots of the transverse band are not dislocated. All the other
markings are exactly the same in every particular.
This species will follow A. metamuta, Hew., but it can easily be
distinguished by both wings being the same colour.
Types, e mus. Staudinger.
1896.] MR. H, H. DRUCD ON BORNHAN LYCENIDE. 669
ARHOPALA MOORHI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXXI. fig.
13.)
Labuan; Kina Balu; Malacca.
3. Upperside: both wings bright purplish blue, rather deep in
tone; primaries with very narrow black costa and broad black
outer margins; secondaries with broad black borders of almost
equal width all round ; abdominal fold dark grey; no tail. Under-
side: both wings dirty brown, with very slightly darker spots
palely edged. Primaries with all the markings very obscure ; three
increasing cell-spots, the third the most obscure, with a trace of a
small one below: transverse catenulated band composed of five
spots, the first on the discoidal nervure, the upper three are very
oblique outwardly, the fourth is shifted decidedly inwards, and
the fifth outwards ; submarginal row exceedingly indistinct ; sub-
median area pale. Secondaries with pattern distinct ; four basal
spots, the second and fourth shifted inwards, followed by three
larger spots below each other, the two lower ones being near
together ; cell closed by a large spot, below which is another small
one: transverse catenulated band composed of eight spots, the
upper two distinct from the others but not disconnected, the
second spot is shifted well outwards, the third right out again,
the fourth rather further out still, fifth inwards, small, sixth
outwards; seventh angular spot right inwards(sometimes dislocated),
eighth almost confluent with it ; submarginal band indefinite; anal
area with two dark spots, over which are imposed bluish or bluish-
green metallic scales.
Q. Upperside: both wings of paler blue than the male, with
short broad black costa, very broad outer margin, and excessively
broad apical area; secondaries with very broad black borders all
round, the costa being the broadest. Underside precisely as the
male in every respect.
This species, with A. waterstradti, will come between A. metamuta,
Hew., and A. hypomuta, Hew. Itcan readily be distinguished from
the former in that the colour of both the wings is the same without
the purple gloss, and darker altogether than the colour of the
hind wings of that species; the borders are also narrower than in
A, metamuta; whilst the bluer colour and the broad borders separate
it from A.hypomuta. From A. waterstradti it differs in being a smaller
insect with broader borders and of a deeper and more purple-blue.
T have two specimens, kindly lent me by Herr Ribbe, from Malacca,
which, though larger than Bornean specimens, yet cannot be
referred to anything but this insect.
Mus. Staudinger, Bibbe, G. T. B.-B.
[We also possess two males of this species from Sumatra.—
H, H. D.)
ARHOPALA DBVA, sp.n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. fig. 3, 3.)
N. Borneo, Sandakan.
Expanse, d 40, 2 40 millim.
6. Upperside: both wings purple, with black linear costa and
670 MR, 1. H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN Lycanipm, [June 16,
yery fine quter margin in the primaries; in the secondaries the
costa is broadly brown, the outer margin yery narrowly black;
abdominal fold dark grey; no tail. Underside: both wings
dull ochreous brown, with spots slightly darker, palely edged.
Primaries with three small increasing cell-spots, below the third a
small spot, and a trace of a spot above on the costa: transyerse
maculate band composed of five distinct spots, beginning below
the third subcostal nervule ; the second spot is shifted inwards and
the third outwards, these first three all being outwardly oblique ;
fourth spot shifted well inwards and being almost dislocated ;
fifth spot inclined outwards and ending above the lower median
nervule ; submarginal row indistinct and indefinite; submedian
and subdiscal area greyish. Secondaries with pattern rather plainer
than in the primaries; four basal spots below each other, the third
shifted outwards, followed by three somewhat larger spots below
each other; cell closed by a subovate spot, below which is a small
triangular one: transverse maculate band composed of eight spots,
the first six being distinct spots, the second shifted outwards,
third outwards, fourth outwards again, fifth well inwards, sixth
outwards, seventh angular spot dislocated right inwards, eighth
long spot almost confluent with this; submarginal row more dis-
tinct than in primaries; lobe-spot black, and a trace of a black
spot in each of the next two nervule interspaces, over which are
imposed bright greenish-blue scales.
@. Upperside: both wings brown, slightly tinged with purple ;
primaries with a patch of violet over the cell, the subdiscal area,
and half of the median area; secondaries with the violet almost
confined to the cell. Underside exactly like the male, but with
the pattern slightly more distinct.
This is nearest to A. antimuta, Feld. (davisoni, de Nicév.), but
is a larger insect and purpler in colour, whilst beneath the colour
is different and the transverse maculate bands are differently
arranged, as described. In the female the violet patch is of quite
a different colour and occupies less space in the primaries, and in
the secondaries there is not a quarter so much as in A. antimuta.
Its correct position will be between A. hypomuta, Hew., and
A, antimuta, Feld.
A male from N. Borneo (H. G. Smith) ; female from Sandakan
(G. J. B.-B.).
Female also in Mus. Druce, from Sandakan.
AnHopaLa rnopura, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXIX. fig. 6, 3.)
Thave figured the type male. [We have recently received a male
from Sandakan.—H. H. D.]
ARHOPALA SANDAKANI, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2, g.)
Sandakan ; Java.
Expanse, g 35-45, 9 42 millim.
3. Upperside: both wings bright bluish purple, rather dull in
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCH ON BORNDAN LYCENIDA. 671
some lights, with a very narrow black costa and broader outer
margin to the primaries; secondaries with a very broad costa
and much narrower outer margins; tail black with white tips ;
anal angle with a small whitish spot. Underside: both wings
ochreous, with darker spots margined withcream-colour. Primaries
with the usual three increasing cell-spots; above and below the
third is another spot, that on the costa being quite small; sub-
discal area dark : transverse band composed of six or seven sputs,
the second one larger than that on the costa and shifted outwards,
third very slightly outwards but inclined decidedly inwards, fourth
both shifted and inclined outwards, fifth perpendicularly inclined
with inner margin shifted inwards, sixth shifted well outwards; a
trace of a small spot below this; submarginal row fairly distinct ;
submedian area pale. Secondaries with a small spot at the costal
basal extremity; four basal spots, second and fourth shifted
inwards, followed by three larger spots below each other, the second
of which is shifted inwards ; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below
which is another connecting it with the lowest of the three spots :
transverse band composed of seven spots, the upper two being
detached from the others and just touching the cell-spot, the
third spot is shifted right outwards, fourth outwards again, fifth
with its inner margin only shifted inwards, sixth well outwards,
seventh angular, and eighth spot confluent, being joined by a nar-
row neck and extending to nearly halfway up the internal nervure ;
submarginal row distinct, subannular; a black spot on the very
ill-developed lobe and just beyond the tail, the intervening area
filled with metallic green scales, which also edge the spots above.
@. Upperside: both wings purplish blue, with a black spot at
the end of the cell in the primaries, the costa being broadly blackish,
the outer margin broader, and the apical area still broader.
Secondaries with very broad margins all round, the costa being
the broadest, and the outer margin slightly decreasing in width
near the tail. Underside as in the male.
This species will come near to A. vikari, Feld. I have before
me three males—one from Java, in which the spots are very dark
indeed; but in none of these, though evidently the same species,
is the transverse band of the primaries precisely similar: in that
from Java the upper four spots are strongly but evenly outwardly
oblique ; whilst in a very small specimen from Sandakan the first
five make an almost even curve, and in one wing of the male type
there is a minute spot almost touching the inner upper corner of
that closing the cell.
E mus. Druce (Sandakan, 2 ¢, 19). o, Java, e mus.
Staudinger.
' ARHOPALA CnNTAURUS, Fabr,
Kina Balu (Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger has received a single female specimen of the
form pseudocentaurus, D. & Hew.
672 ME. H.H. DRUCH ON BORNBAN LyomNIDE. [June 16,
ARHOPALA APIDANDS, Cr.
Banguey I., N. Borneo (Waterstr.).
Waterstradt has also sent this species from the Island of Balabae.
ARHOPALA FARQUHART, Distant.
Kina Balu (Waterstr.).
Aorstna, Moore.
Dr. Staudinger has sent me a single specimen of this genus from
Kina Balu, which is in poor condition, and which I am unable to
refer to any named species with certainty. On the upperside it is
much like the figure given by Mr. Elwes of A. ariel, Doherty’, in
P. Z. 8. 1892, pl. xliv. fig. 9, but on the underside appears quite
different.
Grains Hiibn.
CURETIS TAGALIOA, Feld.
Banguey I. ( Waterstr.).
The specimen obtained from this island is more like the typical
specimens than those from the mainland.
Curtis xsorus, Fab.
Labuan (Wahnes) ; Sarawak (Platen).
I have received specimens of this form in which the basal brown
area on the hind wing has entirely disappeared.
CuRETIS InsULARIS, Horsf.
Phedra insularis, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 125 (1829).
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger has sent a male which agrees exactly with Javan
specimens in our collection.
C. insularis appears to be a smaller and slighter built insect than
its congeners.
Prartapa, Moore.
Pratapa catounis, H. H. Druce.
Possibly this is the same as Camena cretheus, de Nicéy. Journ.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 294, pl. P. fig. 35 (1895), but the
linear band on the fore wing below appears much more bent
outwards than in P. calculis; but there appear to be no other
differences.
Tasurra, Moore.
TAJURIA JALINDRA, Horsf.
Waterstradt has obtained both sexes of this insect from Kina
Balu, and I find that the blue area of the typical Javan form of
female is replaced by a smaller white area crossed by brown veins,
1 A. ariel, Doh, J. A. 8. B. lx. pt. 2, p: 33 (1891),
1896. ] MR. H. H. DRUOH ON BORNBAN LYCENIDR. 673
much as in 7’. ¢ndra, Moore, but has a much larger white area than
any females we possess from Continental India.
Tasuria Dominus, H. H. Druce.
This may be the male of 7’. iseus, Hew., Hewitson’s male
T.. iseeus being in fact Britomartis cleoboides, Elwes, as pointed out by
Mr. de Nicéville in the Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 307.
Dr. Staudinger has sent me a male from Malacca which is very
close to 7’. dominus, but has a greener shade of blue on the upper-
side and the orange at the anal angle below is more yellow. I have
also received a female 7’. dominus from Kina Balu, and note that
the blue on the upper surface is more shining and that the outer
margin of the fore wing is certainly more convex than in the
female from Malacca. If Mr. Distant’s type male of 7’. relata
should prove to be a female, then most probably the male referred
to above from Malacca is the male relata; but for the present I do
not think it is advisable to sink 7. dominus.
I, however, fail to see how Mr. de Nicéville can form the con-
clusion, from the possession of a female 7’. relate from Perak that
agrees exactly with Hewitson’s fig. 14, pl. xix., that ‘‘ Hewitson
was correct in the first instance in calling his original type a male”
(vide J. B. N. H.S. vol. ix. p. 308).
Mr. de Nicéville has described the genus Britomartis as having
only two subcostal nervules to the fore wing, and his B. buto is also
described as having but two; in the figure given of this species
(J. B. N. H.S. vol. ix. pl. P. fig. 41), three subcostal nervules are
distinctly shown, doubtless in error.
Colonel Swinhoe has lately described Zajuria valentia', which,
according to Mr. de Nicéville, is the same as Britomartis cleoboicles,
as that species is the 7’. mantra of the ‘ Butterflies of India, ete.’
TAJURIA BLANKA ?
Tajuria blanka, de Nicéy. J. A. 8. B. vol. xiii. p. 39, pl. iv.
fig. 4, 9 (1894).
Kina Balu ( Waterstr-.).
Dr. Staudinger has sent a fine female specimen which agrees
well with Mr. de Nicéville’s figure and with his description in all
points, excepting as regards the thorax below, which he describes
as drab; in the specimen before me it is white. Dr. Staudinger
writes that it is certainly the female of Pratapa lucidus, mihi.
The female of P. cippus is, I believe, unknown, so that we cannot
judge by analogy; but, despite the different appearance of the
underside, I think it is quite possible that Dr. Staudinger is right.
Mr. de Nicéville and Dr. Martin record two specimens of Camena
cippus, Fabr., from Sumatra, but there is no note as to their sex.
Can these be specimens of my P. lucidus, which certainly occurs
in Sumatra? If, as I suspect, these two specimens should turn
1 Tajuria valentia, Swinh. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 358 (1896).
674 MR. H, H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,
out to be P. lucidus and Tajuria blanka to be its female, the insect
must stand under the latter name, unless 7’, blanka is the female
of the true P. cippus. But, I think, before we can arrive at a
correct conclusion, we must await the arrival of more specimens.
I note that the thorax beneath, in all the specimens I have seen of
P. cippus and P. lucidus, is white.
Tasuria Donarana, de Nicéy.
Kina Balu (Waterstr.); Banguey I. ( Waterstr.).
The specimen obtained on Banguey I. has the blue rather duller
and its areas rather reduced.
TAJURIA BERENIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 6, ¢.)
d. Upperside bright pale blue, colour of Purlisa giganteus, Dist.,
paler on the dise of the fore wing: fore wing—costal margin
black ; apex broadly black, reaching to just below the lower median
nervule, apparently blacker at the end of the cell; inner margin
straight; cilia black, except at outer angle where it is greyish:
hind wing—costal margin whitish, darker towards the apex, which
is narrowly black; anal fold whitish; a black anteciliary line ;
cilia greyish; lobe with a black spot partially covered with blue
scales and crowned with a small red spot. Underside grey, colour
of 7’. thyia, de Nicév.’, indistinct lines closing the cells in both wings
as in that species ; the ultra-median linear band much as in [. thyia,
but much bowed outwards in the fore wing and straighter in the hind
wing. The anal markings are arranged as in 2. thyia, but the
black spots are larger and the yellow areas darker in colour and
more extensive; cilia grey. Head, thorax, and abdomen con-
colorous with wings on both surfaces. ‘I'wo tails of about equal
length, black, bordered and tipped with white.
Expanse 14 inch. Types Mus. Stand. & Druce.
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger has received two males of this species which are
identical. Although I have compared it with 7. thyia, it is not by
any means closely allied to it. ‘The outer margin of the hind wing
in 7. thyia is much straighter, and the wing is much more produced
anally than in 7. berenis.
T thought at first sight that this species might come into Mr. de
Nicéville’s genus Ops *, as it appears to have a darker black spot at
the end of the cell, but on a closer examination I cannot detect
that these scales present a different aspect to any others on the
wing. I have not seen any species of Ops at present.
Below will be found described a beautiful new species of Tajuria
from Java’®.
1 Tajuria thyia, de Nicéy. J. B. N. H.S. vol. vii. p. 336, pl. H. fig. 11 (1892),
2 Ops, de Nicéy. id. vol. ix. p. 296 (1895).
3 PajuRIA DACIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXT. figs. 4d, 5 9.)
d. Upperside rich shining ultramarine blue: fore wing—costal and outer
margins and wpex broadly deep black, much as in 7. dieus, Hew. ; cilia black,
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCH ON BORNHAN LYOENIDA. 675
Suasa, de Nicéy. '
Suasa Liris, Staud.
Suasa suessa, de Nicéville', described from the Malay Peninsula,
appears to be a close ally of this species, if, indeed, it is distinct,
but unfortunately I do not possess specimens for examination.
Cui1arta, Moore.
~ Cunrania sxapang, H. H. Druce.
I put this insect at first in the genus Hypolycana, but on
further examination I think it is better placed in Chhiaria.
Canaria pHEemis, H. H. Druce.
I find that this species again is better placed in the genus
Chliaria than in Hypolycena. It is close to C. amabilis, de Nicév.,
but the black spots at the anal angle of the hind wing below are
differently placed.
greyish at outer angle: hind wing—costal margin narrowly greyish from the
base to the apex, which is narrowly black; a black anteciliary line ; cilia white.
The tail on the lower median nervule, linear, black, and tipped with white,
that on the submedian nervure about twice as long, black, edged and tipped
with white ; the lobe dark red, with a black anteciliary line and a small black
spot dusted with blue scales. Underside pale grey: fore wing with a broad,
even, straight brown band commencing on the 2nd subcostal nervure, rather
less than halfway between the end of the cell and the apex, and running
obliquely to the lower median nervule, where it becomes somewhat attenuated
and reaches the submedian nervure; a submarginal indistinct line darker
towards the outer angle, the ground-colour being rather darker between this
line and the margin; cilia brown: hind wing with similar bands as described
above, the darker one being broken up and angled at the lower median nervure,
and running disjointedly to the.anal margin; a black spot between the lower
median nervules faintly crowned with orange ; lobe deep black, bearing towards
the submedian nervure a large crescent of bright blue scales; there are also a
few blue scales in the submedian interspace close to the lobe; cilia greyish,
white towards the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish above
clothed with greyish-blue hairs; beneath concolorous with wings; legs grey,
with black spots ; antennz black, with reddish-brown tips and white spots.
do. Upperside violaceous blue, of almost the same shade as Cyaniris puspa,
Horsf., §: fore wing—apex, outer and costal margins black asin male, and with
a white spot on the disc beyond the cell, clearest towards the upper median
nervule: hind wing—costal margin whitish, grey along the subcostal nervule ;
outer margin narrowly black, breaking up into spots in the median and sub-
median interspaces; a large white apical spot, clearest towards the costal
margin. ‘Tails and lobe as in male ; cilia of both wings white; the dark bands
of the underside can be seen-through on the upper. Underside differs only
from the male in the ground-colour being white; the cilia of both wings are
white except towards apex of fore wing, whichis brown. There is also a brown
anteciliary line to the fore wing, and also to the hind wing, which becomes
stronger towards the anal angle. ~ :
Expanse, ¢.14, Q 13 inch.
Gede, W. Java (Prélw). Types Mus. Staud.
This lovely insect is allied to Zujuria dieus, Hew., but is quite distinct.
1 Suasa suessa, de Nicév. J. B. N. H.S. vol. vii; p. 337, pl. H. figs. 8, 9 (1892).
676 MR. H, H, DRUCW ON BORNEAN LYCENIDR.. [June 16,
CHuiIARIA Mimima, H. H. Druce.
The specimens I referred to from N.E. Sumatra, P. Z. 8. 1895,
p. 605, are I think, the C. tora, Kheil. C. mimima is very close to
that species, but besides the less extensive blue area above, there is
a slight difference on the underside, the large black spot on the
outer margin of the hind wing of C. tora being surrounded on all
sides except its outer edge with yellow, whilst C. mimima has this
yellow on its inner and anal sides only. I am inclined to believe
that the insect which Mr. de Nicéville has described and figured as
the female of C. tora, Kheil', is not that sex of C. tora but of
C. amabilis, de Nicév.?
We possess a female from N.E. Sumatra which on the under-
side is exactly like that of C. tora d, and like that possesses a
small black spot on the costa of the fore wing and a large and a
small black spot on the costa of the hind wing. These spots are
distinctly shown in Herr Kheil’s figure. On the upperside the
fore wing is dull brown, immaculate, and the costal half of the
hind wing is of the same colour, the anal half being dull greyish
white, with a marginal row of indistinct blackish spots between the
nervules increasing in size towards the anal angle, a black ante-
ciliary line inwardly bordered by a narrow white line ; cilia white.
Tails short as in male.
The very worn female specimen referred to by Mr. de Nicéville
(op. cit. p. 312), from Borneo, is doubtless that sex of the species I
have named C. phemis. Dr. Staudinger has sent me a male Javan
specimen of C. amabilis, which has the tails considerably longer
than are shown in Mr. de Nicéville’s figure.
Cuanana, de Nicéy.
CuaraNa Manpanrinus, Hew.
Myrina mandarinus, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycen. p. 28, t, 11.
figs. 6, 7 (1868).
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger has received a single female specimen, which
differs from any Indian females I have seen by having a greater
area of white on the hind wing above and by the yellow on the
hind wing below being nearly all replaced by white; the black
angular markings and spots towards the anal angle are larger and
more prominent, so it may possibly represent a different species,
but until the male is discovered it is impossible to be certain.
Manzo, de Nicév.
Manto, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 312,
March 1895.
Pseudomyrina, H. H. Druce, P. Z.8. October 1895.
The name which I proposed must be sunk as a synonym.
1 ©. tora, de Nicév. J. B. N. H. 8. vol. ix. p. 311, pl. P. fig. 43, (1895).
2 @. amabilis, de Nicéy. id. p. 306, pl. P. fig. 42, 5 (1895).
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCEHNIDA. 677
Mr. de Nicéville makes Myrina hypoleuca, Hew., the type, whilst
mine was Myrina martina, Hew.
MANTrOIDES, gen. nov.
Allied to Manto, de Nicév. Fore wing with three subcostal
nervules as in that genus; inner margin longer and deeply bowed
outwards just before its middle ; a large tuft of long hairs attached
to the inner margin where it is thus bowed and lying over a patch
of differently placed scales. Hind wing with a very large shining
patch from the costal margin extending to the lower wall of the
cell, bearing upon it a small patch of differently formed, shining
scales, placed at the junction of the subcostal nervule.
Type, Mantoides licinius.
This genus belongs to the group which has the inner tail the
longest. It differs from Charana and Jacoona in the possession
of secondary sexual characters, and from Manto in these characters
being differently placed—the tuft of hairs being situated on the
underside of the inner margin of the fore wing, whilst in that
genus it is on the upperside of the hind wing.
MANTOIDES LICINIUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 10 ¢, 11 9.)
o. Upperside: fore wing blackish brown, slightly paler towards
the base: hind wing blackish brown, with the anal third pure
white ; a very large smooth paler shining patch extending all over
the costal margin down to the lower wall of the cell, and reaching
to the apex, and bearing on it at the base of the subcostal nervule
a small steely-grey patch of roughened scales; a rather small
black spot in the lobe and two larger marginal black spots, one in
the submedian interspace, the other in the lower median inter-
space; an anteciliary black line to the white area, thickening into
spots at the termination of the two median nervules; anal margin
greyish. Underside: fore wing yellowish buff, darker towards the
outer margin; inner margin broadly shining greyish, with a darker
central spot covered by the tuft of buff-coloured hairs: hind
wing paler buff; anal area whitish, and, as on the upperside, with
the addition of an inner band composed of four black disconnected
irregular markings divided by the nervules; the black spot on
the lobe being larger than on the upperside and crowned with a
few blue scales. Thorax and abdomen above brown, beneath buft-
coloured; legs buff; antennz black above, white-spotted below.
and with pale brown tips.
Q. Differs only from the male in the upperside being a paler
shade of brown and in the absence of the shining patch on the
hind wing, and in the pale inner margin of the fore wing below
being without the gloss. (Lhe inner margin of the fore wing,
ag is usual in all this group, is nearly straight.)
Expanse, ¢ 154, Q 12 inch.
Kina Balu ( Watersi. and Everett). Types Mus. Staud.
This interesting species is remarkable for the close similarity of
678 MR. Il, I. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,
the sexes. Dr. Staudinger writes me that he has received a pair
only, and we possess a female specimen obtained by Mr. Everett,
which I think is referable to this species, although the three black
anal spots are larger, and on the underside are all dusted with
bluish scales.
M., licinius may perhaps turn out to be the same as Mr. de Nicé-
ville’s Neocheritra nisibis’ from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra,
which is described from females only, but I do not think it is
likely. However, I am of opinion that it is a mistake to describe
insects of such groups as these from females only.
Turix, Doherty.
This genus is very nearly allied to Virgarina, mihi, and is distin-
guished from it by the possession of an additional (fourth) subcostal
nervule in the fore wing, and by the glandular patch being placed
somewhat nearer to the inner margin ; and it is with much pleasure
that I am able to record a species belonging to it trom Borneo.
Trix cama, Distant. (Plate XXXI. fig. 13, ¢.)
Neocheritra gama, Dist. Rhop. Malay. p. 462, fig. 128 (1886).
Labuan ( Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger’s collection contains a single male, which I refer
to this species, and which I have figured.
Tt differs somewhat from Mr. Doherty’s description in having the
basal area of the fore wing slightly dusted with blue. The tuft of
orange hairs also cannot be said to be placed in the middle of the
fore wing, but is much nearer to the inner margin.
Mr. Doherty states that it apparently mimics Hodaylides tharis,
Hiibn., but the specimen before me is much more like Virgarina
scopula, Druce, but is, of course, at once distinguished from that
insect by the additional subcostal nervule.
Tt may be that this Bornean insect represents another species of
Thriv, but, unfortunately, I do not possess a specimen of 7’. gama
with which to compare it.
Neocuenitra, Distant.
NEOCHERITRA AMRIVA, var. THEODORA, H. H. Druce.
I have received a specimen of the green form from Labuan,
obtained by Waterstradt.
Jacoona, Distant.
Mr. Distant, in describing this genus in ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,’
p. 241 (1884), states that it has four subcostal nervules, the first
being anastomosed with the costal nervure, which is stated to be
short and terminating on the costa before the end of the cell.
Now these statements are all incorrect. I have before me typical
specimens of J. anasyja, Feld., 3, and, on examination, I find that
the costal neryure is long and reaches the margin considerably
1 NV, nisibis, de Nicéy. J. B. N. H. S. vol. ix. p. 316, pl. P. fig. 45 (1895).
1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCD ON BORNDBAN LYCENIDA. 679
beyond the end of the cell, and that supposing, as I do, that the
subcostal nervure reaches the margin, there are only two subcostal
nervules—the first being emitted rather beyond the middle of the
cell and entirely free for its whole length; the second being
emitted rather more than halfway between the end of the cell and
the apex.
This description of Mr. Distant’s led me to state in P. Z.8. 1895
that the females of this genus possess the same number of sub-
costal nervules as the males, which now turns out to be incorrect.
They have the same number as the females of Neocheritra (viz.
three), but the first appears to be more bent towards the costal
nervure than in that genus.
On examining the neuration of the two species which I have
described from Borneo, I find that it is as noted above.
Jacoona mMErasusA, H. H. Druce.
The figure given in P. Z. 8. 1895, pl. xxxiv. fig. 4, is not a very
good one, as it does not show the beautiful opalescent green which
is such a distinctive character of this species.
Bipuanpa, Distant.
Brpvanpa Huwrrsontl, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXXI. fig. 9, 3.)
Biduanda hewitsont, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 615.
do. Upperside dark violaceous blue. Fore wing with costa
and base narrowly, apex and outer margin broadly black. Hind
wing with the shining patch large and conspicuous and extending
over half the cell, centred by a large patch of differently-placed
cream-coloured scales; apex and anal angle black; a quadrate
white spot between the lower median and submedian nervure,
placed above the black; a small white patch outwardly bordered
by a black line between the two lower tails; lobe dusted with pale
blue scales. Cilia of fore wing black, of hind wing white, except-
ing towards the apex, which is black. ‘The underside differs from
that of the female, being of a dull pearl-grey, darker and browner
towards the apical and costal margins; otherwise as in that sex.
Expanse, ¢ 12-1,3, inch, 2 14-14, inch.
Sandakan. Type Mus. Druce.
We have received several specimens from Sandakan, and Mr. D.
Cator has also captured it at that place in March and May.
From the description this species appears to be very close to
B. cineas, Grose Smith, which I have not seen; but on the under-
side the thin metallic blue line extends over the black on the hind
wing from the apex to the abdominal margin, whilst in 2B. cineas
it appears to be only at the anal angle. The female, as described,
of B. cineas is quite different from that of B. hewitsonii.
Marmassus, Hiibn.
MarMEssus BoIspUVALI, Moore, var. ATRA, nov.
3. Upperside differs from that sex of typical M. borsduvalt in
680 MR. H. H. DRUGH ON BORNEAN LYOENIDE, [June 16,
the orange fascia on the fore wing being more extensive and
reaching along the outer half of the inner margin. On the under-
side all the bands on the hind wing are deep black, not partly
composed of black lines enclosing white areas as in MM. bowsduvali.
Q. Upperside has the orange fascia somewhat less extensive
than in that sex of AM. boisduvali. Underside as male.
Sandakan (Widmer), Mus. Druce; Sapagaya (Cator).
Mr. D. Cator took this insect in some plenty in June and in
August and September. It is interesting to be able to record the
species from Borneo, as it appears to have been overlooked until
now. Biduanda imitata, mihi (P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 617), is much
like this form on the upperside, but on the underside agrees with
M., boisduval.
Eooxyuipns, de Nicév.
Eoéxyiipus Ertas, Distant & Pryer. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12, ¢.)
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Tandjong, Sandakan (Cato).
Dr. Staudinger has sent me both sexes, which agree well with
the description and which are strictly congeneric with £. tharis,
Hiibn. It is quite a distinct species. Mr. Cator captured it
in April.
Drina, de Nicév.
Drina ntnopa, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXXI. fig. 7, 2.)
2. Upperside: fore wing uniform dark brown; hind wing—
basal and median areas and apex dark brown, a pale spot on the
costal margin beyond the middle, and immediately below it a pure
white one; anal area broadly pure white, with an anteciliary
brown line, dusted along its centre with a few brown scales, and
bearing on it, between the lower median nervule and the sub-
median nervure, a dark brown spot: cilia of fore wing brown, of
hind wing white; tail white. Underside as male, but with the
bands slightly more prominent.
Expanse 1,%, inch.
Sapagaya. ‘Type Mus. Cator.
At first sight I thought this insect represented a new and
distinct species, which opinion was strengthened by the fact that
the sexes of D. donina, Hew., are stated to be very nearly alike’,
but an examination of the underside convinces me that this is the
female of D. ninoda. Mr. Cator captured a single specimen only.
Leena, Moore.
Lenera anna, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8, 2.)
Lehera anna, H. H. Druce, Ent. M. Mag. ser. 2, vol. vii. p. 78
(1894).
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
L. anna, with the exception of Liphyra brassolis, Westw., is the
largest species in the family. I have figured the type.
1 Vide de Nicéville, Butt. Ind, ete, p. 443 (1890).
1896. ] MR. I. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYC.ENIDE. 681
Devporix, Hew.
Duvuportx para, Swinhoe. (Plate XXXI. fig. 14, g-)
Deudoriv diara, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Ilist. ser. 6, vol. xvii.
p- 357 (1896).
3. Allied to D. epijarbas, Moore; upperside does not differ:
underside differs from that species by the ground-colour being
principally sordid white, and crossed by broad bands of olivaceous
brown in place of white lines; the edges of these bands being
arranged as are the white lines in D. epyarbas, the only lines
shuwing being those on the outer margins and the usual double-
angled lines at the anal angle; black spots and metallic scales at
angle as in D. epijarbas; head, thorax, and abdomen above and
below as in D. epijarbas.
Expanse 14 inch.
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Waterstradt has sent two specimens of this very distinct looking
insect, and Col. Swinhoe has it from the Jaintia Hills.
Since the above given description was written I find that Colonel
Swinhoe has already named the insect.
Dauporix srrupnanus, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 15, 3.)
3. Upperside rich dark shining purple, with the costal apex
and outer margins of both wings narrowly dark brown; dise of
fore wing below the median nervure and median interspaces of
hind wing dusted with rich dark reddish-orange scales (in one
specimen almost absent in the hind wing); lobe very small, with a
black spot crowned with a few pale blue scales; a few pale blue
scales dusted at the base of the tail, which is black with a white
tip; anal fold pale brown; cilia of fore wing brown; of hind
wing brown, excepting at anal angle and along anal margin, where
itis pure white. Underside almost exactly as in Rapala hypargyria,
Elwes', but there appear to be four black spots in the upper
series. Head and thorax black above; frons, palpi (with black
tips), and thorax white below ; abdomen black above, white below;
antennz black above, white-spotted beneath.
Expanse 13-1,% inch.
Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud.
D. strephanus is a true Deudorix, being without the shining
patch and tuft of hairs as in D. epyjarbas, Moore, and is remarkable
for its close similarity to Rapala hypargyria on the underside.
Ravpata, Moore.
RAPALA BARTHEMA, Distant.
Waterstradt has sent a considerable number more males of this
species, some of which have a very faint indication of a cupreous
disc to the fore wing above, but none have any trace of the purple
suffusion of 22. suffusa, Moore.
1 R. hypargyria, Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 648, pl. xliii. fig. 7, 5,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896. No. XLIV. 44
682 MR. HW. H. DRUCE ON DORNDAN LYcaNnIDs. [June 16,
Rapata suFrusA, Moore.
Deudorix suffusa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 834, pl. li. fig. 8.
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Differs from the male of 2. barthema, Distant, as I understand
that species, in the distinct cupreous disc of the fore wing, and
in the beautiful purple gloss, which is quite absent in Jt. barthema.
RapaLa aABNorMIs, Elwes.
Rapala abnormis, Elwes, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 642, pl. xliv. fig. 2, g.
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger has received a single male specimen which
agrees well with Mr, Elwes’s figure. It is a very interesting
species, and bears an almost exact resemblance to Thecla duma,
Hew, described from Bogota, but has a black lobe and one tail
only, I have never seen a specimen of 7’. duma, and know it only
from the description and figure. Is it possible that there has been
some error here?
Viracnona, Moore.
ViracHora saris, Hew.
Deudoriv smilis, Hew. Ul. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 18, pl. vii.
figs. 22, 23, 9 (1863).
Virachola smilis, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ete., p. 482, pl. frontis-
piece, fig. 127, Q.
Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).
Dr. Staudinger has also received both sexes from Palawan.
The male on the upperside is unuch like that sex of V. perse, Hew.,:
but the blue areas are somewhat more restricted and of a more
purple shade; on the underside it is exactly like the female.
None of the males I have examined have the yellow spot on the
dise of the fore wing, as is sometimes found in V. perse. Mr. de
Nicéville’s figure shows the basal spots filled up more than is seen
in Mewitgon’s, and in this respect agrees with the specimens
before me. ‘The female from Palawan has a slight indication of a:
whitish patch at the end of the cell in the fore wing above.
: EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXIX,
Fig. Gerydus improbus, sp. n., 3, p. G51.
. Cyaniriodes libna, Hew., 3, p. 658.
. Cyaniris sonchus, sp.n, do, p. 655.
. Lampides daones, sp. n., 3, p. 656.
. Arhopala elopura, H. H. Druce, 3, p. 670.
—- tameanga, sp. n., d, p. 658.
9, —— semper?, sp.n., ¢, p. 659.
11. —— dajagaka, sp. n., d, p. 660.
12, ——
1 Thecla duma, Hew. 111. Exot. Butt., Lye. p. 211, pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 715 (1878).
1896.] ON TUE ANATOMY OF PETROGALY XANTHOPUS. 683
Puatn XXX.
Fig. 1. Arhopala drucei,sp. n., 3, p. 661.
2. OR
3. kounga, sp. u., 3, p. 662.
4, — OR
5. —— borneensis, sp. n., 5, p. 666.
6. bella, sp. n., od, p. 664.
7. —— SOR
8. —— havilandi, sp. n., d, p. 665.
9. —— —.,, 9, p. 665.
10. waterstradti, sp. n., d, p. 668.
11. —— 2.
12. -—— labuana, sp. n., d, p. 667.
13. —— —, 92.
Puare XXXI.
Fig. 1. Arhopala moorei, sp. n., d, p. 669.
2. —— sandakani, sp. n., S, p. 670.
3. deva, sp. n., 3, p. 669.
4. Tajuria dacia, sp. n., 3, p. 674.
5, as
6. — berenis, sp. n., go, p. 674.
7. Drina ninoda, U1. H. Druce, 2, p. 680.
8. Lehera anna, Hi. H. Druce, 2, p. 680.
9. Biduanda hewitsontt, H. H. Druce, g, p. 679.
10. Mantoides licinius, sp. n., 5, p. 677.
12. Hodrylides etias, Dist. & Pryer, ¢, p. 680.
13. Thrix gama, Distant, 3, p. 678.
14, Deudorix diara, Swinhoe, d, p. 68).
strephanus, sp.n., ¢; p. 681.
5. On the Anatomy of Petrogale xanthopus, comparea with
that of other Kangaroos. By F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.8.,
F.Z.S., F.L.8., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at
St. Thomas’s Hospital. :
[Received June 5, 1896.]
The specimen from which the following notes were made was
kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. F. E. Beddard, the Society’s
Prosector. I have been struck by the fact that of late years the
Macropodide have not received nearly so much attention as the other
members of the Marsupial order, and for this reason I have thought
it worth while making a fairly exhaustive dissection of Petrogale,
laying special stress on the vascular, nervous, muscular, and
ligamentous systems, and comparing them with the accounts of
other writers to which I have had access. The other systems,
which are already well kuown, I have passed over more rapidly,
though I am fully alive to the importance of basing our knowledge
of the anatomy of any animal on several dissections by different
observers.
44*
684. MR. F. G. PARSONS ON VILH [June 16,
The Osseous System.
Owen, in his ‘Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ has given
an excellent account of the Kangaroo’s bones, and I only intend to
draw attention to certain points which seem to me of special
interest. In the first place, the chief characteristics in which the
skull of Petrogale differs from that of Macropus are :—
(1) In Alacropus the nasal bones have an equal breadth in their
anterior two-thirds, the posterior third being only slightly broader.
In Petrogale the nasals are much more slender in comparison and
their posterior half is considerably broader than the anterior.
(2) In Macropus the fronto-nasal suture comes farther back
than the most posterior point of the fronto-maxillary in most
cases. In Petrogale the condition is reversed.
(8) In Macropus the zygomatic process of the maxilla projects
downwards below the cutting-edge of the penultimate molar. In
Petrogale it is seldom much lower than the alveolar margin of the
maxilla. Iam not inclined to lay much stress on this distinction,
since it seems that the processes of the Kangaroo’s skull increase
with age.
(4) In my specimen of Petrogale the infra-orbital canal was double
on both sides, a condition I have found in two out of five skulls.
In Macropus the canal is occasionally double on one side, but I
have not found it so on both sides once in the thirteen skulls
I have had the opportunity of examining. ~
(5) In my specimen of Petrogale a Wormian bone (0s antiepi-
lepticum) was present at the junction of the coronal and sagittal
sutures (see fig. 1, p. 685). This bone has been described by
Gruber and Howes, and I am inclined to regard it as of some little
classificatory value’. It occurred twice in the five skulls examined,
and I have never seen it in any other Kangaroo.
(6) In Petrogale the palatine process of the palate-bone is only
represented by a narrow bridge marking the posterior boundary of
the hard palate. In Macropus the palatine process is complete
and the back of the hard palate has no perforation of any size.
(7) The premaxilla of Petrogale is a larger bone in comparison
with that of Macropus, and has not the sharp angle running back
between the maxilla and nasal found in the latter.
(8) The inter-parietal bone of Petrogale has a very different
appearance to that of Macropus; in the latter it is a more or less
crescentic bone having a much greater breadth from side to side
than from before backward, while in the former its antero-posterior
measurement equals its greatest transverse, so that the bone forms
either an isosceles triangle or a rough pentagon.
(9) The paroccipital processes are better developed in Aacropus
than in Petrogale.
As special stress is laid on the condition of the centres of
ossification of the various bones, it will assist in determining the
animal’s age if the state of the teeth is noticed here. The anterior
1 See the author's paper on Atherwra africana, P.Z.S8. 1804, p. 677.
1896. ] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS, 685
molar is calcified and can be seen by cutting away the maxilla; it
has not yet replaced the two premolars. ‘he last (4th) molar is
being cut.
Fig. 1.
Skull of Petrogale, showing os antiepilepticum. |
The Atlas agrees with that of most Kangaroos in wanting the
foramen in the transverse process and in the incomplete ventral
arch, which is ligamentous for about one-sixth of an inch.
In an older specimen of the same animal I found this space
reduced to a mere suture. The only Kangaroos in which I have
found anything like a complete foramen in the transverse process
‘are Hypsiprymnus and Bettongia.
In the Awis the vertebrarterial foramen is incomplete, and I
found a similar condition in an older animal. On looking at the
686 . MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THD [June 16,
dorsal surface of the body of the axis, a line of cartilage was seen
running transversely across just behind the level of the anterior
articular facets ; this evidently corresponded to an inter-vertebral
dise, and it is interesting to notice that, if the two parts of the
bone had been separated here, the anterior would have corresponded
very closely to the odontoid bone of Ornithorhynchus. In the older
specimen of Petrogale with which I compared my own there
was no indication of this separation, but in the disarticulated
skeleton of a young Labillardiere’s Wallaby the two parts of the
axis were quite separate.
|
|
i !
Axis of Petrogale.
A, line of union of two parts.
The following is the vertebral formula :—C. 7, T. 13, L. 6, S. 2,
C. 24.
The spines of the cervical vertebre are short, and the neck is
kept in an extended position by the very strong ligamenta subflava.
The transverse process of the 6th cervical vertebra has a very
prominent ventral tubercle, which forms quite an antero-posterior
ridge.
The thoracic spines are Jong, there being quite a sudden
transition from the short 7th C. to the long 1st T. There are
thirteen ribs, all of which except the first articulate with two
vertebral centra, and all of which are supported by a transverse
process. They are divided into 7 vertebro-sternal, 8 vertebro-
costal, and 3 vertebral.
On the ventral side of the body of the 1st lumbar vertebra and
just to the right of the mid-ventral line there is a single triangular
bone fastened by its base to the centrum, while its apex projects
ventrally ; it seems to be developed in the anterior commonligament,
and is more closely attached to the posterior than to the anterior
part of the vertebra. From its unilateral position I regard it as
one of a pair of hypapophyses or intercentra which has worked
forwards from the ventral side of the dise and which may possibly
-be homologous with the projection from the ventral side of the
centrum of the Ist lumbar in the Hare, although that process is
median and has no separate centre of ossification.
The lumbar transverse or costal processes have a sharp curve
bh
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALD XANTHOPUS. 687
towards the head at their ends; they are small on the Ist and 2nd
vertebra, but rapidly increase afterwards.
The anapophyses begin on the last three thoracic vertebra and
disappear on the last two lumbar.
Fig. 3.
tues a Gs 4
we | ,)
1st lumbar vertebra of Petrogale, with hypapophysis (I).
The Clavicle has the usual single forward curve. The Scapula
resembles that of MJacropus im the absence of any sign of a
metacromial process; a small metacromion is, however, found in
Hypsiprymnus.
The Humerus is chiefly remarkable in that it shows all or almost
all the centres of ossification; they consist of the following :—
1, head; 2, greater tuberosity ; 3, lesser tuberosity (quite distinct);
4, shaft; 5, imternal condyle; 6, trochlea and capitellum ;
7, external condyle. The centre for the internal condyle takes no
part in the bridge of bone enclosing the supra-condylar foramen.
The Radius and Ulna show all the epiphyses, but that for the
upper end of the radius is nearly united to the shaft. ‘I'he upper
epiphysis of the ulna merely torms a cap to the olecranon.
The Carpal bones correspond to Owen’s description.
In the Pelvis the three parts of the os innominatum are completely
fused, but there is an epiphysis on the crest of the ilium and on
the tuberosity of the ischium, the latter stretching along as far as
the subpubic bone, with which in more adult animals it coalesces ;
there is also a slight ossific deposit in the centre of the pubic
symphysis. No special centre is seen for the origin of the rectus
femoris.
The Femur shows the following epiphyses:—1, head; 2, great
trochanter; 3, upper part of lesser trochanter; 4, shaft; 5, lower
extremity. The epiphyses for the head and great trochanter meet
on the upper surface of the neck. The outer side of the posterior
‘ part of the external condyle is lipped and forms a groove for the
reception of the elevation on the posterior part of the head of the
fibula during extreme flexion of the knee-joint. The Patella is
almost entirely cartilaginous, but a small bony deposit is seen in
the centre. The 7%bia shows the following centres :—1, head ;
2, upper part of cnemial crest where the ligamentum patelle is
attached ; 3, shaft; 4, lower extremity. In studying the ossifi-
688 MR, F,G, PARSONS ON THE {June 16,
cation of older bones, I find that the centre for the attachment of
the ligamentum patelle first unites with that for the head, and
then with the shaft before the latter is united with the head.
The bula has an upper and lower epiphysis. In the foot the
bones are the same as in Macropus giganteus. On the planta
surface of the base of the fourth metatarsal there is a . facet
articulating with a triangular bone, which probably is the rudiment
of the first metatarsal; this bone is in close contact with the
internal cuneiform, though it does not articulate with it.
The Articular System.
Clavieular Articulations.—The outer end of the clavicle is attached
to the tip of the acromion by a ligamentous band about 2 inch
long, so that there is no synovial cavity between these bones. In
addition to this there is a coraco-clavicular ligament about 4 inch
long, which connects the outer end of the posterior border of the
clavicle to the small coracoid process; this ligament passes above
the origin of the biceps, with which some of its deeper fibres are
continuous.
The Shoulder-joint has no openings at all in the capsule, the
biceps tendon passing entirely superficial to it. It is not specially
thickened at any point. When the posterior part of it is cut and
the bones separated, a gleno-humeral ligament is seen running
* obliquely downwards and outwards from the base of the coracoid
process towards the lower part of the lesser tuberosity. This
so-called ligament is in reality only a fold of the synovial
membrane, the free border of which is crenated and projects into
the joint cavity ; it is best marked near the scapula.
The Elbow-joint is remarkable for allowing a good deal of lateral
movement when it is flexed. The anterior ligament has two
strengthening bands, the external of which is oblique and rung from
the external condyle downward and inward to the radius just above
the tubercle ; it helps to limit pronation when the elbow is extended.
The other band is vertical and runs down from in front of the
internal condyle to just below the coronoid process of the ulna.
The internal lateral ligament consists of two thickened bands
arranged in the form of an inverted V, the anterior runs from the
internal condyle to the coronoid, the posterior from the internal
condyle to the olecranon process; the interval between these is
filled in by a thin membrane. The external lateral ligament is a
single strong band, which passes from the external condyle to the
orbicular ligament and neck of the radius; it is inseparable from
the supinator brevis tendon, and from its joint surface there is a
pyramidal synovial and fatty projection which occupies the
triangular non-articular gap in the outer side of the great sigmoid
notch where the olecranon joins the coronoid process. The
posterior ligament is thin and lax.
The Superior radio-ulnar joint has an orbicular ligament; it
1896.] ANATOMY OF PHTROGALE XANTHOPUS. 689
allows pronation and supination to the extent of rather less than
a quarter of a circle.
The Jnterosseous membrane is present between the lower two-
thirds of the bones; it is strong and has the normal direction.
The Inferior radio-ulnar joint has no synovial cavity, and there
is no triangular fibro-cartilage.
The Wrist-joint consists of two separate synovial cavities ; the
first between the radius and scapho-lunar is normal, in the second
the peg-shaped lower end of the ulna fits into a deep concavity in
the cuneiform.
The Sacro-tliac joint consists of a crescentic articular surface on
the sacrum and ilium, with the concavity forward, 2. e. towards
the head. In front of this articular surface the bones are very
rough for a considerable area and are bound together by very
powerful sacro-iliac ligaments. There is a diytinct synovial
cavity between the cartilage-covered surfaces, so that the joint
cannot be described as a synchondrosis. Considerable gliding
movement is allowed by which the crescentie surface of the ilium
describes a small segment of a circle over the similar surface of the
sacrum, the centre of the circle being about the middle of the
sacro-iliac ligament, the fibres of which are lax enough to allow a
certain amount of play. The mobility of this joint is no doubt
connected with the great size of the psoas parvus ventrally ©
and the erector spina. dorsally, and is an adaptation to the
Kangaroo’s mode of progression. Before taking its leap the
animal probably flexes the pelvis on the sacrum by means of the
psoas parvus, after which it suddenly straightens its hack and
extends the pelvis by means of the powerful erector spine, in this
way assisting the leg-muscles in taking the spring. It is worth
mentioning that the left sacro-iliac joint of the animal I dissected
was affected with extensive tubercular disease ; Mr. Bland Sutton
tells me that he has met with this condition on more than one
occasion, and considers that it is connected with the mobility of
the joint.
The Pubic symphysis is formed by a strong cartilage which
connects the pubic bones of opposite sides and has no synovial
cavity. At the posterior part of the joint the cartilage divides
like an inverted Y to include the triangular subpubic bone.
In the Hip-joint the capsule is attached above to the margin of
the great trochanter, the whole upper margin of the neck of the
femur being covered by articular cartilage. Below it is attached
to the margin of the head and neck. Anteriorly much more of
the neck is included in the capsule than posteriorly. The ilio-
femoral band is present, but the thickest part of the capsule is the
upper. and back, which is doubtless an adaptation to the usual
position of the joint in the Kangaroo, a position of extreme flexion
and external rotation. The cotyloid ligament is much thicker
posteriorly than elsewhere ; it is continued into a triangular trans-
verse ligament across the very deep cotyloid notch. The liga-
690 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,
mentum teres is a very strong fibrous band, which, in the usual
position of the joint, passes upward and outward to the head of the
femur and takes the greater part of the strain of the jomt; above
it is a synovial fold containing fat.
The Knee-joint, like the hip, is never fully extended, the capsule
is strengthened by strong lateral ligaments; the external lateral
runs downward and backward from the external condyle to the
front of the head of the fibula; its anterior fibres are continuous
with the origin of the extensor longus digitorum. The popliteus
also performs the function of an external lateral ligament, since it
is attached above to the femur and fabella, and below to the
external semilunar cartilage and the head of the fibula. During
extreme flexion, which is the usual position of the joint, the
Vig. 4.
Knee-joint of Petrogale laid open.
Pat. Patella. P.C. Posterior crucial ligament.
F. Head of fibula. P. Popliteus tendon.
Q. E. Quadriceps. E.S. External semilunar cartilage.
S.M. Synovial me mbrane. LS. Internal do.
L.M. Ligamentum mucosum. HL. External lateral ligament.
A.C. Anterior cr ucial ligament. I.L. Internal do.
1896. ] ANATOMY OF PETROGALH XANTHOPUS. 691
fabella articulates with the head of the fibula. The internal
lateral ligament extends down the inner side of the head of the
tibia for about an inch below the level of the joint; its anterior
fibres are attached highest and its posterior lowest. The two
crucial ligaments are strong and have the usual attachments. The
external semilunar cartilage is attached anteriorly to the tibia just
behind the anterior crucial; posteriorly it turns up to be attached
to the posterior part of the external surface of the internal condyle
some way behind the attachment of the posterior crucial ligament.
Externally the popliteus tendon is connected to the convex margin
of the cartilage. Besides the above-named posterior attachment
of the external semilunar cartilage there is a narrow band which
binds it feebly to the posterior margin of the head of the tibia.
The synovial membrane of the joint is continued upward under
the quadriceps tendon for about half an inch above the top of |
the articular cartilage of the trochlea. The ligamentum muco-
sum is well marked and contains a pad of fat in its lower part ;
above it is continued up as a narrow tube of synovial membrane
to the posterior margin of the trochlea. The internal semilunar
cartilage is attached anteriorly nearly opposite the external,
posteriorly it is fixed to the tibia in front of the posterior crucial
ligament.
Fig. 5.
ALES
L CRIS SUS Ns ST
Lower end of femur of Petrogale, with ligaments attached.
(Same lettering as fig. 4.)
The Tibio-fibular Articulations.—The lower half of the fibula has
a concave surface where it is in contact with the tibia and is bound
to that bone by fairly strong interosseous ligaments. The upper
half of the fibula allows the head to glide backward and forward on
the external tuberosity of the tibia for about 3 inch. During
internal rotation of the leg on the thigh the head of the fibula is
pressed back by the external condyle of the femur and forms a
spring-like buffer to check that movement. The superior tibio-
692 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,
fibular joint has anterior and posterior ligaments; its synovial
cavity is in direct communication with the knee-joint.
The Ankle-joint has feeble anterior and posterior as well as
strong lateral ligaments. The internal lateral consists of a super-
ficial and a deep portion; the former is a narrow flat band which
passes from the back of the internal malleolus downward and
forward to the navicular ; the deep is much broader and stronger
and runs downward and backward from the anterior part of the
side of the malleolus to the sustentaculum tali, forming an X with
the superficial part. The external lateral ligament consists of
three bundles—superficial, middle, and deep ; the superficial passes
from the back of the external malleolus to the outer side of the
calcaneum just behind the articulation with the cuboid ; the middle
is thicker and stronger, and runs downward and backward from the
anterior part of the malleolus to the prominent tuberosity on the
outer side of the caleaneum, crossing the superficial bundle to form
an X; the deep band runs almost directly backward from the
posterior part of the malleolus to the outer side of the astragalus.
Fig. 6.
Ankle-joint of Petrogale, from the inner side.
In the Moot there are two calcaneo-cuboid ligaments, the outer
of which is very strong and runs from the under surface of the
calcaneum to the cuboid and on to the bases of the fourth and
fifth metatarsals. The inner is much smaller and passes from the
sustentaculum tali to the bases of the second and third metatarsals
and slightly to the cuboid. As the inner longitudinal arch of the
Kangaroo’s foot is not developed, the. calcaneo-navicular ligament
is not very strong. The mechanism of the Kangaroo’s foot is
interesting, and I hope to deal with it more fully in a subsequent
paper.
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 693
Tun Muscunar System.
Muscles of the Head and Neck.
The Z'emporal has the usual attachments ; it rises as far back as
the occipital curved line and as far forwards as the level of the
postorbital process of the zygoma; the two muscles of opposite
sides do not meet in the middle line of the head.
The Masseter is divisible into anterior and posterior portions ;
the former, which corresponds to the anterior superficial part of
Rodents, rises by tendon from the projecting zygomatic process of
the maxilla and is chiefly inserted into the inflected angle of the
mandible ; it is not very satisfactorily separated from the posterior
part, which shows signs of being divided into a postero-superficial
and a postero-deep portion by a layer of tendon.
The Internal Pterygoid is very large while the external is quite
small.
The Sterno-mastoid runs from the front of the presternum to
the paramastoid process.
The Cleido-mastoid rises from the middle of the clavicle and is
inserted just behind the last, with which it is unconnected ; it is
pierced by the spinal accessory nerve.
The Sterno-hyoid and Thyroid are normal ; the latter has a ten-
dinous intersection about its middle.
The Omo-hyoid is a flat ribbon-like muscle which has the usual
attachments to the scapular and hyoid bone; it, as well as the last
two muscles, are supplied by branches from the Ist and 2nd
cervical nerves direct, instead of through the medium of the hypo-
glossal. There is no central tendon.
The Digastric rises from the tip of the paroccipital process and
is inserted into the mandible midway between the angle and the
symphysis. There is no distinct tendon, but a small fibrous patch
exists above and below, about the middle. It has the usual double
nerve-supply.
The Stylo-glossus is the only styloid muscle which is well marked ;
it rises from a tubercle on the anterior border of the paroccipital
rocess.
The Mylo-hyoid extends almost as far forward as the symphysis.
There is no Transverse mandibular muscle.
The Hyo-glossus rises from the hyoid bone and from the raphe
in front of it ; it lies deep to the genio-hyoid, but superticial to the
genio-hyo-glossus.
The Acromio-trachelian rises from the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th cer-
vical transverse processes, and is inserted into the acromion and
outer third of the spine of the scapula; itis entirely covered by the
trapezius, into which some of its superficial fibres are inserted.
Macalister’ says that it rises from the first three cervical vertebra
in Bennett’s Wallaby, and from the first two in the Great
Kangaroo.
1 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, v. p. 154 (1870).
694 MR, F. G, PARSONS ON THD [June 16,
There is no Scalenus anticus ventral to the subclavian artery
and brachial plexus.
The Scalenus brevis rises from the posterior two or three cervical
transverse processes and is inserted into the first rib behind the
vessels.
The Scalenus longus rises with the last and is inserted into the
outer surfaces of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th ribs.
The Rectus capitis anticus major rises from the 3rd to the 7th
cervical transverse processes as well as, by an internal origin,
from the bodies of the anterior four thoracic vertebre. Its
insertion is normal. On the outer side of the last muscle, sepa-
rated by it from the longus colli, is a muscle which rises from the
ventral part of the posterior four cervical transverse processes to
be inserted into the body of the axis and the ventral arch of the
atlas.
The Longus colli is normal, and extends as far back as the 4th
thoracic vertebra.
The Rectus capitis anticus minor and lateralis are normal ; the
‘former comes from the transverse process of the atlas, lying
external to the major, and ventral to the rectus lateralis.
-- The Splenius capitis is normal and entirely covers the com-
plexus.
The Splenius colli is continuous with the last, and is inserted
into the transverse processes of the anterior three cervical
vertebra.
The Trachelo-mastoid is yery well developed; it is inserted into
the outer part of the curved line of the occipital bone, into the para-
mastoid process, and into the transverse processes of the anterior
cervical vertebre. Its insertion is tendinous, and there are two
other tendinous intersections further back.
The Lransversalis colli is large and is inserted into the posterior
five cervical transverse processes.
The Cervicalis ascendens is inserted into the last three cervical
transverse processes.
The Rectus capitis posticus major is distinctly bilaminar, a con-
dition I have also found in the Guinea-pig *.
Muscles of the Anterior Extremity.
The Z'rapezius rises, as in the Great Kangaroo and Bennett’s
Wallaby, from the ligamentum nuche and anterior six thoracic
spines; it has a continuous fleshy origin except opposite the first
thoracic spine, where it is aponeurotic. It is inserted into the
clavicle as tar as the origin of the cleido-mastoid, into the acro-
mion, the spine of the scapula, and the fascia over the infra-
spinatus.
The Latissimus dorsi rises from the 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th
1 Proceedings of the Anatomical Society, February 1892, p. x.
1896.) ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 695
thoracic spines, and from the 9th, 10th, and 11th ribs. The most
anterior fibres are connected with those of the trapezius over the
infraspinatus, becoming gradually lost in the aponeurosis; the
more posterior fibres wrap round the teres major, as in Man, to be
inserted into the humerus.
The Dorso-cpitrochlearis is small, and does not quite reach the
olecranon. ‘
The Rhomboid muscles are in one continuous layer; they rise
from the ligamentum nuche close to the skull, as far back as the
8rd thoracic spine. They are inserted as in Man. Macalister '
describes a rhomboideus capitis in the Great Kangaroo, as well as
in Bennett’s Wallaby.
The Levator anguli scapule and Serratus magnus are, as usual, in
one layer, which rises from all the cervical transverse processes
and from the anterior seven ribs. The slip which rises from the
transverse process of the atlas is inserted into the inner third
of the spine of the scapula; the rest of the muscle goes to the
vertebral border of that bone.
The Pectoral mass is divided into four distinct parts: (a) the
superficial part rises from the whole length of the sternum and
from the inner part of the clavicle, it is inserted into the middle
of the humerus with the deltoid ; (/3) rises from the 2nd and 3rd
costal cartilages, and is inserted into the upper part of the
pectoral ridge; (y) comes from the first cartilage, and is inserted
just above the last, it is supplied entirely by the internal anterior
thoracic nerve; (6) is the pectoralis quartus, and comes from
the linea alba to be inserted with the ventral panniculus just
below y.
Possibly 6 and y correspond to the human pectoralis minor.
The Subclavius is large, has the usual origin, and is inserted
into the whole length of the posterior border of the clavicle.
The Deltoid has the three constituent parts—clavicular, acromial,
and spinous—fused as in Man; the insertion is into the humerus
above the middle. The circumflex nerve supplies the whole of
the muscle. ,
The Supraspinatus is smaller than the infraspinatus, as in
Bennett's Wallaby. In the Great Kangaroo the two muscles are
equal, according to Macalister.
The Yeres minor is easily separable from the infraspinatus, as it
is in the Wallaby, but not in the Great Kangaroo.
The Leres major is normal ; its lower border is wrapped round
by the latissimus dorsi tendon.
The Coraco-brachialis, as in all the Kangaroos, consists solely of
the rotator humeri. Meckel says that the muscle is entirely
absent in these animals, but the rotator humeri, if not specially
looked for, is very easily missed. According to Macalister the
rotator humeri-is divided into two slips in Macropus rujicollis.
1Op. cit.
696 MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16, ©
The Biceps has one broad head, which rises continuously from
the coracoid and the top of the shoulder-joint; it is entirely
outside the capsule of the shoulder. The innermost fibres, those
coming from the coracoid, are inserted into the tubercle of the
radius, the others pass to the ulna. Macalister describes two
separate heads, coraco-radial and yleno-ulnar, in the Great Kan-
garoo and Bennett’s Wallaby. Meckel’s account of the muscle in
the Great Kangaroo seems to.correspond with my own.
Fig. 7.
pe eee sierra oes PEELE UW AU es ee test SEA OSL
Pectoral muscles of Petrogale.
A. Superficial part of pectoral. '_¥. Subelavius.
B&C. Deeper parts of pectoral. F. Deltoid.
D. Pectoralis quartus. |
The Brachialis anticus consists of two parts: the outer comes
from behind the surgical neck of the humerus and from the outer
part of that bone; the inner, which is small, rises from the lower
third of the anterior border. The two heads unite to be inserted
into the ulna with the deep part of the biceps.
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 697
The Triceps is large and has the human attachments.
The <Anconeus and Epitrochleo-anconeus are well marked and
normal.
The Pronator radii teres has only the condylar head, which is
inserted just above the middle of the radius.
_ The Fleaor carpi radialis is normal.
The Palmaris longus is large and ends in the palmar fascia,
from the inner side of which a muscle rises, ending in tendons for
the proximal and distal phalanges of the little finger; this I regard
as the abductor minimi digiti.
“The Flexor carpi ulnaris rises from the internal condyle and
from the posterior border of the ulna; but there is no distinct
head from the olecranon; the absence of this is also noticed by
Macalister in the Great Kangaroo and Bennett’s Wallaby. The
tendon is inserted into the pisiform bone, over which a sesamoid
cartilage is situated.
The Flexor sublimis digitorum is small, and rises from the
surface of the flexor protundus; it quickly divides into three
small muscular bellies, the tendons of which pass to the index,
medius, and annularis. ‘Ihe descriptions of Meckel and Macalister
agree with this, except that they found tendons to all the fingers.
The Fleaor profundus digitorum rises from the internal condyle,
from the flexor surfaces of the radius and ulna in their upper
halves, from the inner side of the ulna, and from the olecranon
process. The mass divides intu five strong tendons for the thumb
and fingers. aa
The Lumbricales are arrauged as in Man, except that the one
between the annularis and minimus tendons is wanting. This
description differs from the one given by Young’. He describes
four lumbricales in Petrogale, oue of which is furnished to the
thumb.
The Pronator quadratus is very thick, and occupies the lower
two-thirds of the forearm. .
The Supinator longus is inserted into the dorsum of the scaphoid,
Macalister describes it as being inserted into the first metacarpal
in the Wallaby, and into the trapezium and first metacarpal in the
Great Kangaroo. Meckel also states that it is present in the
Kangaroo.
The Extensores carpi radialis longior et brevicr were present and
normal. Macalister says that they form a single muscle, which
is inserted into the 2nd and 3rd metacarpals. I have so often
seen this description of these muscles by different authors in
various animals, and, on trying to verify it, have always found the
two muscles separate, though closely adherent,.that I cannot help
suspecting that they are normally separate in the Kangaroos.
The Extensor communis digitorum is normal, and goes to the
four outer fingers. ’
; salen Muscles of the Mammalian Hand,” Journ. Anat. vol. xiv.
p- 156. :
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. XLV. . 45
698 - MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,
The Extensor minimi digiti goes to the minimus and slightly to
the annularis.
The Extensor carpi ulnaris has the usual human attachments.
‘ The Supinator brevis consists of only one layer, which is super-
ficial to the posterior. interosseous nerve; its tendon forms the
external lateral ligament of the elbow, and has an orbicular liga-
ment attached to it. It is inserted into the upper quarter of the
radius.
' The Extensor ossis metacarpt pollicis rises from the ulna as high
as the lower margin of the lesser sigmoid cavity, also slightly from
the radius. It has the usual insertion. :
There is no Extensor primi internodii pollicis.
The Extensor secundi internodii and H.xtensor indicis form one
muscle, which sends tendons to the pollex, index, and medius.
The Palmaris brevis is large.
The Abductor and Mewor brevis pollicis are small and united.
‘There is no Opponens pollicis.
The Abductor minimi digiti has already been described with the
palmaris longus.
The Flexor brevis and Opponens of the little finger are present,
and rise from the pisiform bone and the sesamoid cartilage over it.
+ The Intrinsic muscles of the hand are arranged in three layers,
as described by Cunningham and Young. The superficial and
deep layers correspond to Young’s description of Petrogale, but
the intermediate layer has more muscles in it.
Muscles of the Trunk.
The Serratus posticus is only represented by the anterior portion,
corresponding to the serratus posticus superior of human anatomy ;
it is well developed, and is inserted into the anterior ribs from
the third to the ninth.
The Erector spine is very strongly developed, but presents
nothing unusual.
The External oblique rises from the third to the thirteenth ribs ;
the marsupial bones are developed in it, while the external abdo-
minal ring lies on the outer side of the middle of the marsupial
bones. There are three tendinous intersections—one between the
11th and 12th ribs, one between the 12th and 13th, and one
below the 13th.
The Internal oblique is inserted into the last three ribs; dorsal
to the lateral line of the body it is fleshy, while ventrally it
becomes aponeurotic and blends with the transversalis.
The Transversalis rises from the lower six ribs as well as the
lumbar fascia and iliac crest. In the anterior two-thirds of the
abdomen it passes deep to the rectus; in the posterior third it
splits to enclose that muscle.
The Rectus abdominis rises from the body, crest, and pectineal
line of the pubes behind the inarsupial bone. It is inserted into
the first rib by a very short, flat tendon, as well as by its inner
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 699
border into the cartilages of the second, third, and fourth ribs.
It has a few indistinct intersections.
The Pyramidalis rises from the inner side and tip of the mar-
supial bone, and from the fascia over the lower part of the rectus.
About midway between the pubes and xiphoid it blends with the
linea alba.
The Supracostalis rises from the sternal ends of the cartilages of
the 3rd, 4th, and 5th ribs, and is inserted into the first rib just.
external to the attachment of the rectus. It is well marked, and
continues the plane of the external oblique, lying. between the
rectus and the pectoral.
The Quadratus lumborum is present, but is extremely difficult to
separate from the erector spine.
The Psoas parvus is very large, and rises from the bodies of all
the lumbar vertebre except the last; it is inserted into the pro-
minent ilio-pectineal eminence.
The Psoas magnus is smaller than the last, and rises from the
transverse process and side of the body of the last lumbar vertebra,
as well as from the anterior part of the sacrum; it joins the
iliacus to form a very broad ilio-psoas, which is inserted into the
flat lesser trochanter.
Muscles of the Tail.
These muscles are by no means easy to distinguish one from the
other, but the following seems the most satisfactory division.
The Extensor caude externus rises from the accessory processes
of all the lumbar vertebrae, from the sacrum, and from the caudal
vertebra nearly as far as the middle of the tail. The tendons,
which are very long, are inserted into the transverse processes of
the caudal vertebre, those which rise most anteriorly being inserted
first. Meckel! describes this muscle as being distinctly divided
into two.in the Kangaroo, but I was unable to make out. the
division satisfactorily.
The Extensor caude internus is fleshy, and rises from the spines
of the sacral and caudal vertebre; short tendons pass to the
transverse processes of the vertebr close bebind.
he <Abductor caude eaxternus rises from the ischium, and is
inserted into the transverse processes of the 5th, 6th, and. 7th
caudal vertebree.
The Abductor caude internus is simply a continuation of the
intertrausversales muscles.
The Flexor caude externus comes from the ventral surface of
the sacrum and tail, and is inserted into the ventral surface of the
transverse processes by long tendons, which are arranged in the
same manner that was noticed in Sphingurus “—that is to say the
most superficial tendons are first inserted, and the deeper onea
reach the surface round the inner side of these.
1 * Anatomie comparée,’ vol. vi. p. 177.
-2 “ Myology of Rodents,” P. Z.S. 1894, p. aoa.
700 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,
The Flexor caude internus is inserted by long tendons into the
ventral surface of the roots of the transverse processes, the most
internal tendons being first inserted, while the deeper ones reach
the surface round the outer side of them.
The Flexor caude profundus is fleshy, and runs along the
ventral surface of the tail close to the middle line, being concealed
by the last muscle and separated by a nerve from the flexor
caude externus.
Muscles of the Posterior Extremity.
The Gluteus maximus or Ectogluteus is a small thin sheet of
muscle rising from the sacral spines and fusing anteriorly with
the sacro-lumbalis. It is inserted just below the great trochanter.
The Giluteus medius is much larger than the last, and rises from
the greater part of the gluteal surface of the ilium by two per-
fectly distinct layers, of which the superficial is inserted by flesh
and the deep by tendon into ihe outer side of the great trochanter.
The Gluteus minimus is small, and is covered by the medius ;
it is inserted by tendon into the front of the great trochanter.
The Gluteus quartus or Scansorius is very distinct and comes
from the ventral border of the ilium; it is inserted into the
anterior surface of the femur just below the great trochanter.
The Z'ensor fuscie femoris and Sartorius are inseparable, the
latter part being feebly marked; they rise from the anterior
ventral spine of the ilium and are inserted into the fascia of the
thigh nearly as far as the patella. This sheet of muscle is
supplied entirely by the anterior crural nerve.
The Pyriformis is well marked and normal.
The Obturator internus is normal ; on its deep surface the tendon
is divided into three bands.
The Gemelli are represented by one continuous muscle, which
rises from the ventral margin of the lesser sciatie notch; it is best
seen when the obturator internus is cut and reflected. Meckel!
states that these muscles are absent in the Kangaroo.
The Quadratus femoris is a large triangular muscle, which is
inserted by tendon into the second quarter of the femur.
The Obturator externus is large and normal.
The Biceps consists of two parts, though I am doubtful whether
the part described first should not rather be included with the
gluteus maximus. The anterior portion rises from the posterior
sacral and anterior caudal spines and transverse processes ; it. is
inserted by a narrow tendon into the outer side of the patella.
The posterior part is large and rises from the ischial tuberosity as
well as by a small origin from the caudal vertebra; it is inserted
into the fascia of the upper half of the leg.
The Semitendinosus rises from the tuber ischii with the biceps,
and is inserted into the cnemial crest of the tibia.
The Semimembranosus is a small muscle ; it rises from the tuber
1 «Anatomie comparée,’ vol. vi. p. 364.
1896.] ANATOMY OF PHYROGALE XANTHOPUS. 701
ischii and is inserted into the internal tuberosity of the tibia, deep
to the internal lateral ligament of the knee. Meckel says that it
is more or less fused with the semitendinosus.
The Rectus femoris rises from the ventral border of the ilium and
from the posterior ventral spine by two distinct heads ; there is
no origin from the usual place in front of the acetabulum.
Macalister found only one head in the Great Kangaroo and
Bennett's Wallaby.
The Vastus eaternus is a large muscle and rises from the great
trochanter by two heads, which embrace the insertion of the
gluteus quartus.
The Vastus internus and Crureus are small and normal.
The Gracilis comes from the whole length of the symphysis and
from the subpubic arch, nearly as far as the tuberosity; it is
inserted into the cnemial crest above the semitendinosus.
Macalister found it rising from the marsupial bone, a condition
which he regards as normal in all Marsupials.
The Pectineus is normal.
The Adductor longus is represented by a small muscle, which
rises from the outer part of the base vf the marsupial bone; it is
inserted into the second quarter of the femur and is separated from
the rest of the adductor mass by a branch of the obturator nerve.
The Adductores magnus et brevis form one large mass which
cannot be satisfactorily separated. The femoral artery pierces it,
but the part of the muscle which lies superficial to the artery, and
which corresponds to the supracondylar slip of many mammals,
cannot be separated from the rest. According to Macalister the
adductor magnus can easily be separated from the brevis in the
Great Kangaroo and Bennett’s Wallaby.
The Ischto-femoral muscle lies behind the adductors and is quite
distinct from them ; it rises from the whole length of the tuber-
osity and ramus of the ischium, and is inserted by a triangular
tendon into the middle of the back of the femur. It is supplied
by the nerve to the hamstrings.
The Tibialis anticus comes from the upper quarter of the
external surface of the tibia and is inserted into the entocuneiform
by a single tendon. In the Great Kangaroo, Macalister found it
inserted into the two inner metatarsal bones.
The Extensor proprius hallucis rises from the outer tuberosity of
the tibia by a small fusiform belly ending in a long tendon, which
runs to the inner two of the four toes. This is another instance
of the much greater persistence of the extensor tendon of the
hallux than of the hallux itself; it is curious, however, that it
should have transferred its attachments to the next two toes, and
reminds one somewhat of the arrangement of the extensor indicis
in the anterior extremity. 1t should, moreover, be borne in mind
that the latter muscle is often one with the extensor secundi inter-
nodii pollicis.
The Extensor longus digitorum comes from the front/of the head
and upper third of the fibula, a strong tendon continues this origin
702 | MR. F. G, PARSONS ON TILE [June 16,
up to the external condyle of the femur; but, as the muscle has
contracted attachments similar to those found in Man to the fibula,
the upper tendinous part of its origin takes on the function of a
ligament. The muscle is inserted in the usual manner into the
two outer toes.
The Peroneus longus rises from the head and upper quarter of
the fibula, as well as from the ligament already mentioned,
belonging to the extensor longus digitorum. It is inserted into
the entocuneiform.
The Peroneus brevis is absent. Macalister, however, found it in
the Great Kangaroo and Bennett's Wallaby.
The Peroneus quarti digitt is very small and runs from the
second quarter of the fibula to the great fourth toe.
The Peroneus quinti digiti equals the peroneus longus in size; it
rises from the upper third of the fibula and runs to the outermost
toe. All three peroneals pass through the same synovial sheath
and groove on the back of the external malleolus.
The Gastrocnemius has the usual two heads, the outer of which
has three origins: (1) a small head from the outer side of the
patella; (2) larger, from the same place, and separated from the
last by the external popliteal nerve; (3) from the large fabella
over the external condyle and from the external semilunar
cartilage. The inner head is normal in origin and has no fabella
developed in it.
The Soleus is absent, unless the origin of the gastrocnemins
from the semilunar cartilage Resse it. Meckel also describes
it as wanting.
Macalister found the fibular head in the Great Kangaroo and
Bennett’s Wallaby.
The Plantaris comes from the external fabella and the back of
the external condyle; it soon forms a tendon which passes round
the tuberosity of the calcaneum, after which it divides into a large
internal and a small external portion. The small slip runs to the
outer toe, is pierced by the flexor longus digitorum tendon, and is
inserted into the outer side of the second phalanx. The large
inner portion gives off a tendon from its outer side which is
attached to both sides of the proximal phalanx of the outer toe,
being perforated in its course by the last-named slip as well as by
the tendon of the flexor longus digitorum to that toe. The main
part of the inner portion goes to the peel and distal phalanges
of the great fourth toe.
The Flevor longus digitorum (Flexor tibialis)—There is only one
deep flexor at the back of the leg, which comes from about a third
of the tibia and fibula below the popliteus. In the sole it divides
into three tendons, of which the innermost again subdivides for
the two small inner toes. There are only two Lumbricales.
The Popliteus rises from the external condyle, partly from in
front of the groove and partly from the groove itself, which is deep
and narrow, and not adapted for the tendon to lie in. The muscle
also has an origin from the external semilunar cartilage and from
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 703
the head of the fibula. There is the usual insertion into the upper
part of the inner border of the tibia.
The Rotator fibule lies deep to the last, with which it is partially
blended ; it rises from the posterior surface of the tibia in its upper
part, and is inserted into rather less of the back of the fibula. Its
fibres run obliquely upwards and outwards.
Muscles of the Sole-—There is no muscular flewor brevis digitorum
‘or accesorius. The intrinsic muscles form three layers, the first of
Fig. 8.
SERIES |
ite |
Muscles of the Sole of Petrogale.
Abdr. Abductor minimi digiti. F1.B. Flexores breves.
Addr. Adductor do.
which consists of one adductor, which rises from the third meta-
tarsal bone and runs to the proximal phalanx of the fifth toe. The
704 : MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THB ‘ {June 16,
middle layer consists of three double-headed flexores breves, the
innermost serving for the two small inner toes. The deep layer
contains two abductor muscles, one to the fourth, the other to the
fifth toe. :
The Vascular System.
The Heart in Petrogale agrees in most respects with Owen’s
description of the organ in the Great Kangaroo’; I propose,
however, to describe it a little more in detail. On opening the
right ventricle the ventral wall is seen to be covered by columnz
carne of the second and third kinds; these are so broad and
numerous that the wall ‘presents quite a smooth appearance, the
intervals between the column appearing as small rounded pits.
There are no musculi papillares or chord tendinew attached to
this wall, nor is there any moderator band. The right auriculo-
ventricular valve has four cusps, one of which is much larger than
the rest and lies against the septal wall, to which its free edge is
connected by a large number of short chorde tendinew without
any musculi papillares. There are only two (Owen says three)
musculi papillares in the right ventricle; they are attached to the
septal wall, the larger about halfway down, the smaller dorsally
and above, _ Each of these sends chorde tendiner to two cusps,
and in this way the three anterior segments of the right auriculo-
ventricular valve are stayed.
In the left ventricle the auriculo-ventricular or mitral valve has
orly two cusps, one of which is close to the aortic opening, the
other away from it. There are numerous chordw tendinese which
spring from several large musculi papillares arranged in two
groups. The aortic and pulmonary valves have the normal human
arrangement, the corpora Arantii being well marked. The right
auricle is elongated transversely, at its right extremity is the
opening of the posterior vena cava; in the dorsal wall close to this
and a little to the left is the opening of the left anterior vena cava.
The right anterior vena caya opens on the upper part of the dorsal
wall about the junction of the left third with the right two-thirds.
At the left extremity of the auricle are the openings of two
appendages, one of which projects ventral to the aorta, the other
dorsal. Owen describes the right auricular appendage as being
notched, but in Petrogale the notching is so deep that there are
two distinct appendages. There are many and well-marked
musculi pectinati in the right auricle, which are best developed on
the ventral wall. The right auricle, as Owen points out, is
remarkable for the absence of all traces of foetal structures; there
are no signs of the Eustachian or Thebesian valves, nor is there any
indication of the fossa or annulus: ovalis. The left auricle has
musculi pectinati only in the appendage, which is large and forms
a great part of the cayity. Owen describes it as being notched,
but this I failed to make out. The two pulmonary veins open
close together into the dorsal wall.
1 «Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 517.
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS: 705
The Uhyroid body consists of two separate oval lobes about
2 inch long, lying one on each side of the trachea without any
isthmus connecting them.
The Arch of the Aorta has only two branches, the innominate
and the left subclavian ; the former gives off the right subclavian,
soon after which it divides into right and left carotids.
The Subclavian arteries pursue a normal course and give off
vertebral, internal mammary, and transverse cervical branches, but
no inferior thyroid or superior intercostal were seen. The common
Carotid gives off the superior thyroid and, at the anterior margin
of the larynx, divides into external and internal carotids, the
former giving off lingual, facial, and occipital branches, and
ending almost entirely in the internal maxillary, the temporal
being very small. The superior laryngeal branch comes off from
the lingual.
The Awillary artery gives off well-marked thoracic, subscapular,
and circumflex branches. The Brachial gives off a small superior
profunda which accompanies the musculo-spiral nerve, as well as
a large nutrient branch to the humerus. About the middle of the
arm, at the place where the median nerve is finally formed, a
superficial branch comes off, which possibly represents the inferior
profunda though it does not accumpany the ulnar nerve. The
brachial artery then passes through the supra-condylar foramen,
after which it gives off some muscular branches and soon divides
into posterior interosseous and median.
The posterior Interosseous passes to the back of the forearm
between the two bones, giving off a large posterior interosseous
recurrent branch; while the median accompanies its nerve into the
palm of the hand, where it divides into four digital branches for
the clefts between the digits. There is no radial or ulnar artery
and no deep palmar arch. Owen! describes the artery which I
have called median as the ulnar, and says that there is also a
radial artery.
The Thoracic aorta shows nothing worthy of special notice.
The Abdominal aorta gives off the celiac, mesenteric, and two renal
arteries close together, just behind the opening in the diaphragm.
OF the two renals the right is a little in front of the left. There is
no posterior mesenteric artery, a condition which Owen has noticed
in all Marsupials. The aorta trifurcates opposite the disc between
the fifth and sixth lumbar vertebre into the caudal and two
external iliacs. The internal iliacs are given off from the caudal
opposite the posterior part of the sixth lumbar vertebra, as has
been pointed out by Owen.
The Eaternal Iliac gives off a large ilio-lumbar branch, and, just
before reaching the brim of the pelvis, a common trunk, which
divides into obturator and deep epigastric.
The Common Femoral soon after its commencement gives off an
external circumflex branch, which runs outward between the super- -
1 « Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 541.
706 MR. F, @. PARSONS ON THB [June 16,
ficial and deep divisions of the anterior crural nerve. ' A little
lower down an internal circumflex comes off, which divides into a
large transverse and a small ascending branch. The femoral
artery then continues down. Hunter’s canal, but no profunda
femoris is given off. At.the lower part of the canal it divides into
two large branches, of which the anterior accompanies the internal
saphenous nerve to the inner side of the leg. A little above the
internal malleolus it divides into anterior and posterior, the former
passing in front of the malleolus and deep to the tendon of the
tibialis anticus, to supply the inner side of the dorsum of the foot,
the latter supplying the sole of the foot, though no distinct
external and internal plantar arteries are present. The posterior
of the two branches of the femoral in Hunter’s canal is the
popliteal, this passes between the semimembranosus and the femur,
and divides into superficial and deep. The superficial is a muscular
branch to the calf-muscles and runs down between the gastrocne-
mius and plantaris. The deep passes deeply to the plantaris, pierces
the interosseous membrane to become the anterior tibial, and runs
down along the outer side of the tendon of the extensor longus
digitorum to the dorsum of the foot, the outer side of which it
supplies. As soon as it reaches the commencement of the dorsum
it gives off a communicating branch which passes superficial to the
extensor longus digitorum to join the anterior branch of the
internal saphenous artery already mentioned.
The Internal Iliac artery divides into gluteal, pudic, and sciatic,
of which the last is the largest.
The Veins correspond fairly accurately with the arteries, the
chief points worthy of notice being the large size of the external
jugular, the presence of two anterior and a single undivided
posterior venz cave, also of a single azygos vein, which lies on the
right side and receives the intercostal veins from both sides of the
thorax.
The Nervous System.
As the animal was not received in a perfectly fresh condition,
I made no attempt to examine the brain and spinal cord.
The Cranial Nerves differ but slightly from those of Man: the
chief points of divergence noticed are:—(1) That the seventh
nerve only divides into three chief branches on the face; (2) that
the depressor nerve is separate from the vagus and comes off from
the superior laryngeal as in the Rabbit; (3) that the eleventh
nerve pierces the cleido-mastoid after supplying the sterno-mastoid
and then passes on to the trapezius ; (4) that there is no descend-
ing branch from the hypoglossal corresponding to the descendens
cervicis of human anatomy, but the omo-hyoid, sterno-hyoid, and
sterno-thyroid are supplied by a well-marked nerve which comes
off from the 1st and 2nd cervical and corresponds to the com-
municans cervicis.
The Cervical Plexus is formed by the first four cervical nerves ;
there is the usual loop on the ventral side of the transverse process
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALD XANTHOPUS. 107
Fig. 9.
Cervical and Brachial plexuses of Petrogale.
8.M. Sterno-mastoid. 8.Sc. Suprascapular nerve.
P.M. Pectoral muscle. M. Median nerve.
T.M. Teres major. : 8, 8’, 8’. Snbscapular nerves.
C.B. Coraco-brachialis. C.N & Ay. Cireumflex nerve and
L.0. Longus colli. artery.
L.D. Latissimus dorsi. M.S. Musculo-spiral nerve.
B. Biceps. - I.M.Ay.: Internal mammary artery.
G.A. Great auricular nerve. U. Ulnar nerve.
Sp.A. Spinal accessory nerve. V.Ay. Vertebral artery.
D.B. Descending branches. I'L. 1st thoracic nerve.
Ph. Phrenic. 3
708 MR.F,G.PARSONS ON THE {June 16,
of the atlas from which communicating branches are given off.
From the 3rd cervical a single large nerve passes to the auricle
and occiput, which evidently corresponds to the small occipital and
great auricular. From the 3rd also come two superficial cervical
nerves, which supply the skin over the anterior and posterior
triangles of the neck respectively. The 4th cervical nerve -com-
municates with the upper part of the 5th, and from the junction
come off descending cutaueous branches to the skin of the arm
and shoulder. From the deep part of the plexus branches are
given off to the surrounding muscles, a small communicating
spinal accessory coming from the 4th.
The arrangement of the Brachial Pleaus corresponds very closely
with that of Man; it is chiefly remarkable for the fact that the
subscapularis is supplied by three separate twigs, one of which is
Dae from the suprascapular nerve and the other two from the
posterior cord. There is no distinct musculo-cutaneous nerve, the
coraco-brachialis, biceps, and brachialis anticus being supplied by
the outer head of the median. The suprascapular comes off after
the junction of the 5th and 6th cervicals. The external anterior
thoracic is given off from the outer cord after the junction of the
7th cervical, but has no communication with the internal anterior
thoracic. The outer head of the median is, as in Man, derived
from the 5th, 6th, and 7th; it is not joined by the inner head,
which comes from the 8th cervical and 1st dorsal, until it reaches
the middle of the arm. ‘he trunk formed by the union of the
two heads passes through the supracondylar foramen and just
below the elbow divides into two branches, the outer of which
corresponds in its distribution to the human radial nerve, that is
to say it supplies the three and a half outer fingers on their dorsal
surfaces ; in its course down the forearm it lies superticial to all
the muscles. The inner of the two branches gives off twigs to the
tlexor muscles of the forearm and accompanies the median artery
to the hand, passing deep to the pronator radii teres, palmaris
longus, and flexor carpi radialis, In the hand it supplies the
thenar muscles as well as the skin of the outer three and a half
fingers on their palmar surfaces. There is no distinct anterior
interosseous branch. ;
The ulnar nerve separates from the inner head of the median
just above the middle of the arm; it at once gives off two internal
cutaneous branches for the inner side of the forearm and then
pusses deep to the epitrochleo-anconeus, which it supplies. Im-
mediately after this it gives off a branch to the flexor carpi ulnaris,
but none to the flexor profundus digitorum, and passes down the
forearm under cover of the flexor carpi ulnaris to the radial side
of the pisiform bone, giving off, at the junction of the middle and
lower thirds of the forearm, a dorsal cutaneous branch, which
supplies the back of the inner one and a half fingers. At tke
pisiform the main stem of the ulnar divides into superficial and
deep branches, the former supplying the skin of the ulnar one and
a half fingers on their palmar surfaces, the latter passing between
~
1896. ] ANATOMY OF PEYROGALD XANTIOPUS. 109
the layers of the adductors and flexores breves to supply these as
well as the interosseous muscles.
The internal anterior thoracic nerve is not nearly as large as it
is in animals with a better developed pamniculus: it rises by two
roots from the 8th cervical and 1st thoracic nerves respectively ;
these roots unite and supply the posterior and deep parts of the
pectoral mass as well as the ventro-lateral panniculus.
The musculo-spiral nerve is formed by the union of two branches
in front of the teres major muscle; the upper of these comes from
the 5tb, 6th, and 7th cervical, the lower from the union of the 8th
cervical and 1st thoracic nerves. The musculo-spiral winds round
the back of the humerus, giving off branches to the triceps and
dorso-epitrocblearis as well as « descending branch to the anconeus,
but no filament to the brachialis anticus or cutaneous twigs. In
front of the external supracondylar ridge a branch to the supinator
longus is given off, after which the nerve passes deep to the
supinator brevis and supplies all the muscles of the back of the
forearm, as well as a cutaneous branch to the skin of that region.
The circumflex nerve is given off from the upper branch of the
musculo-spiral and so can only obtain fibres from the 5th, 6th,
and 7th cervical nerves; it accompanies the circumflex artery
through the quadrilateral space, giving off branches to the teres
minor and shoulder-joint; it then gives off a large branch to the
skin of the outer side of the arm and finally supplies the three
parts of the deltoid.
The phrenic nerve comes from the junction of the 5th and 6th
cervicals, and runs back ventral to the plexus and subclavian
artery, to pursue its usual course through the thorax to the
diaphragm.
The posterior thoracic nerve cannot be seen in the axilla until
just before its distribution ; it rises from the 4th and 5th cervicals,
and runs back in the substance of the scalenus longus to the
serratus magnus.
No intercosto-humeral nerve was seen.
In studying the foregoing nerves the arrangement of the radial
is worthy of special attention, because it is opposed to the law
laid down by Paterson in his most interesting paper on the limb
plexuses of Mammals’. In that paper the following passage
occurs :—‘“ In the case of the fore limb the nerves of distribution
are derived from the inferior primary divisions of the hinder
cervical and first thoracic nerves. The nerves entering the plexus
divide into ventral and dorsal parts, the ventral divisions of the
nerves combining to form one set, the dorsal divisions combining
to form another set of nerves of distribution. In no case do
ventral divisions ever combine with dorsal divisions of adjacent
nerves. In no case does a nerve of distribution derived in one
animal from ventral divisions, in another spring from dorsal
divisions and vice versa.” The musculo-spiral is rightly described
‘t Journ. Anat. vol. xxi. p. 622.
710 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,
by Paterson as derived from the dorsal divisions of the plexus,
the median as derived from the ventral. In all the animals
dissected by Paterson, and in all that I have hitherto dissected,
the radial nerve came from the musculo-spiral; in this case,
however, the radial rose on both sides from the median, although
no connection between that nerve and the dorsal roots was observed
in the plexus.
The arrangement of the Lumbar Plewus of the Rock-Kangaroo
closely resembles that of the Cuscus described by Cunningham ';
it is formed by the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and a large part of the 5th
lumbar neryes, the 1st lumbar being distributed to the abdominal
walls.
The genito-crural nerve is very small and rises from the 2nd
and 3rd lumbar, whence it runs down to supply the cremaster, no
crural branch being seen.
The anterior crural comes from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th lumbars,
and emerges from the outer surface of the psoas, soon after which
it gives off the external cutaneous to supply the skin of the outer
‘side of the thigh. As soon as the nerve has passed under
Ponpart’s ligament it gives off a cutaneous branch to the skin of
the front and inner side of the thigh. Soon after this a branch
runs outwards to supply the sartoriug, and from this a twig enters
the superficial surface of the rectus femoris. The next branch is
the long saphenous which comes off from the inner side of the
nerve, passes superficial to the external circumflex artery, and
supplies the skin on the inner side of the leg below the knee.
The rest of the branches of the anterior crural pass deep to the
external circumflex artery and supply the quadriceps extensor set
of muscles. The obturator nerve comes from the anterior divisions
of the 4th and 5th lumbar, passes to the obturator foramen, and
divides into a brush of branches which supply the adductor
muscles as well as the gracilis. No distinct division into super-
ficial and deep parts was noticed.
In the plexus, branches to the psoas come from the 2nd and
8rd as well as the junction between the 4th and 5th lumbar
nerves.
The Sacral Plexus is formed by the 5th and 6th lumbar and the
greater part of the first sacral nerves, which all unite to form the
main trunk of the great sciatic. J'rom the junction of the 5th
and 6th lumbar nerves the superior gluteal is given off, as is the
case in the sacral plexus of the Cuscus; this nerve supplies the
gluteus medius, minimus, and quartus. The inferior gluteal
comes off in common with the small sciatic after the union of the
1st sacral with the cord formed by the 5th and 6th lumbar (lumbo-
sacral cord) ; it supplies the gluteus maximus and the anterior part
of the biceps. The small sciatic supplies the skin of the back of
the thigh as usual.
The pudic nerve is formed by the part of the Ist sacral which
1 Journ, Anat, vol. xv. p. 265.
1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS.
oS
ime be
Gs ‘ip
Lumbo-sacral plexus.
I.H. Ilio-hypogastric.
LI. Hlio-inguinal.
PS. Branches to Psoas.
E.C. External cutaneous,
G.C. Genito-crural.
A.C. Anterior crural.
Obt. Obturator.
8.G. Superior gluteal.
+ Inferior gluteal. .
. Small sciatic. .
. Great sciatic.
. Internal pudic.
. 1st lumbar vertebra,
. Ist sacral vertebra.
. Lst caudal vertebra.
Rea
QnFttnnQ
712 MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THD [June 16,
does not enter the sciatic trunk, joining the 2nd sacral ; it supplies
the pelvis and perineum.
The great sciatic nerve leaves the pelvis through the great sciatic
foramen, passing superticial to the pyriformis; just before
reaching that muscle it gives off a large nerve to the hamstrings,
which passes deep to the pyriformis and supplies the posterior
biceps, Ssemimembranosus, semitendinosus, and the ischio-femoral.
In the upper third of the thigh the great sciatic gives off the short
saphenous which supplies the skin of the outer side of the leg
from the knee to the ankle. About the middle of the thigh the
sciatic divides into external and internal popliteal branches, the
former of which winds round the outer side of the head of the
fibula, where it divides into the musculo-cutaneous and branches to
supply the peroneal and extensor groups of leg-muscles.
The musculo-cutaneous runs down the outer side of the leg and
divides at the ankle into an outer and an inner branch; the outer
of these supplies the cleft between the fourth and fifth toes as well
as the outer side of the fifth, the inner goes to the inner side of the
large fourth toe as well as to the two small inner toes, that is to
say to the second, third, and half the tourth toes, the first toe being
absent. It will thus be seen that there is no anterior tibial nerve
in the Kangaroo, a fact which might be predicted when one
remembers that there is no cleft between the first and second tocs
nor any extensor brevis digitorum muscle for it to supply.
The internal popliteal nerve gives off branches for the gastrocne-
mius, plantaris, popliteus, and rotator fibula ; it passes through the
popliteal space and runs down, between the superficial and dcep
muscles of the calf, to the back of the internal malleolus, being
unaccompanied in the leg by any artery. Soon after passing the
internal malleolus it gives off a small deep branch to the muscles
of the sole, which apparently corresponds to the greater part of
the human external plantar nerve. After this the main trunk
supplies the plantar surfaces of all the four toes, the branch for
the outer one and a half coming off in the anterior part of the
sole and passing deep to the plantar fascia.
Digestive System.
The roof of the Aard Palate has eight transverse ridges, the
anterior two of which are curved, with the convexity forwards.
In the anterior half of the palate there are many tubercles
between the ridges, a condition which has been described by
Flower in the Didelphyide’. The Soft Palate is smooth on both
its nasal and buccal surtaces ; it ends posteriorly in a deep sharp
notch, and there is no sign of a uvula.
The Tongue has four transverse ridges rather behind the
centre of the dorsum. There are backwardly directed filiform
papille all over the surface, while the fungiform papillz are best
1 Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of Digestion of the
Mammalia, College of Surgeons, 1872, Lecture XII.
1896. ] ANATOMY OF PHTROGALE XANTHOPUS. 713
marked on the posterior part of the dorsum. Foliate papille are
present in their normal position but are feebly marked. There
are three circumvallate papilla, the central one being well marked,
while the lateral ones are indistinct and situated just in front of
the papillz foliate. The Tonsils answer to Owen’s description *;
each consists of eight or ten nodules of lymphatic tissue about the
size of a pin’s head lying in a well-marked fossa just beneath the
soft palate. The Parotid Gland, as is usual in the Macropodida, is
very large and reaches from the root of the ear along the side of
the neck, dorsal to the external jugular vein, almost to the scapula.
The Submawillary Gland is small and oval, and is situated on the
ventral side of the external jugular vein just clear of the angle of
the jaw.
The Sublingual Gland is very small.
The @sophagus is long and narrow and has a considerable course
in the abdomen.
The Stomach of Petrogale penicillata has been carefully examined
by Beddard and contrasted with that of Dendrolaqus bennetti?.
The stomach of Petrogale wanthopus agrees with his description
and I shall content myself with mentioning that it measured
24 inches along the greater curvature and 13 along the lesser.
The Spleen differs from that of Dendrolagus and resembles the
normal marsupial arrangement in being distinctly A-shaped ; the
stalk and posterior limb of the A together measure 53 inches, the
anterior limb 2 inches. The stalk and posterior limb evidently.
correspond to the spleen of other mammals, because the gastro-
splenic omentum is attached along them. Apart from the place
‘where the extra limb comes off there are no notches in the
spleen.
The Liver of Petrogale penicillata has been figured by Beddard :
the arrangement of its lobes agrees very accurately with that of
P. xanthopus ; the same notch is present in the Spigelian lobe,
though it is less well marked.
The Pancreas is about 6 inches long, its head is surrounded by
the duodenum, while the long thin tail reaches the spleen.
The Small Intestine is 8 ft. 6 in. long, the Large, 3 ft.8 in. ; this
is about the same proportion that Beddard describes in Dendro-
lagus. Garrod ® says that in Dorcopsis lugtuosa the large intestine
is one-third the length of the small; in Petrogale, however, the
proportion is greater. The bile-duct opens into the duodenum
3 inches from the pylorus, the pancreatic duct just beyond. In
the Great Kangaroo, Owen says that the bile and pancreatic ducts
unite and open 5 inches from the pylorus.
The Caecum is 6 inches long, and is not sacculated as Owen
' describes it in the Great Kangaroo; its calibre is greater than that
of the rest of the colon; the ileum joins it at an acute angle, and
1 «Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 385.
2 Pp. Z. S. 1895, p. 131.
3 P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 56.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XLVI. 46
714 ON THH ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. [June 16,
the two portions of gut are connected by a fold of peritoneum
which reaches almost to the extremity of the cecum.
The Genito-wrinary System.
The male genito-urinary organs answered so well to Owen’s
description that I refrain from making any remarks about them.
The Respiratory System.
The Larynx is remarkable for the great size of the arytenoids,
which, as Owen points out’, are situated at the side instead of on
the dorsal surface. The part of these cartilages which points
towards the head of the animal is a broad convex border instead of
forming the apex of a pyramid; from the anterior end of this
border the short vocal cords pass to the thyroid. There are no
false vocal cords or ventricles. The epiglottis is large, and is
deeply notched in the middle of its freeedge. The ventral part of
the anterior edge of the thyroid cartilage curls over towards the
cavity of the larynx and forms a little pouch just behind the stalk
ot the epiglottis.
The Trachea is a little over 4 inches long; the cartilaginous
rings form rather more than complete circles, so that one end
overlaps the other on the dorsum: this arrangement allows a
considerable dilatation of the tube.
The Zhyroid Gland is described in the account of the vascular
system.
The Lungs are remarkable, as is usual in Kangaroos, for the
small amount of lobulation which they exhibit. The right lung is
much larger than the left and has a well-marked azygos lobe;
from the ventral border of this lung a long triangular process
projects, in front of which are two notches. The left lung has
one notch on its ventral border, but, like the right, is undivided by
fissures. Owen? states that in Macropus major the right lung
has two notches in its anterior (ventral) border, while the left is
undivided ; in Mf, parryi both have one or two notches ; in another
Kangaroo he found the right lung divided into four lobes and the
left into two. On neither side is there any eparterial bronchus.
1 «Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 584.
» © Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 577.
t \
a
»
bot hove werk
‘palit ge
cn iar nes you's
Albee, apd dethk bal A. ertnt Fs
it wry 4" Bo ira. ay te
" Cs | ae i
. She W a us
Toke. uaa tayor i
‘ Shing a ie Pa
P.Z.S.1896. Pl. XXXII.
een EG
ie)
ME Durham del. P.Smuit hth. Mintern Bros, imp.
DASYPELTIS SCABRA.
. -
1896.] ON THE FEEDING OF DASYPELTIS SCABRA. 71d
6. Notes on the Mode of Feeding of the Egg-eating Snake,
(Dasypeltis scabra). By Miss M. Enitn Duruam'. |
[Received June 8, 1896.] :
(Plate XXXII.)
The following observations were made on a specimen of this
Snake from South Africa, presented to the Society’s Gardens by
Mr. J. Matcham, C.M.Z.8., of Port. Elizabeth, and measuring
18:8 inches in length.
The snake, on perceiving the egg, glided round it and examined
it frequently with its tongue (fig. 1); it then raised its head and
made a rather feeble, ineffectual snap at the egg. Finally, how-
ever, if opened its mouth very widely, and suddenly seizing the ege
by the smaller end, the jaws and the skin under them expanding.
enormously, swallowed it quickly aud with a strong effort (fig. 2).
The egg being now in the cesophagus, the snake remained still
with its head raised, its spine strongly arched, and the whole throat
greatly distended (fig. 3).
It then, slowly and with evident effort, lowered its head till it
rested on the ground (figs. 4 and 5), straightening its spine by,
degrees and thus driving the spinal “teeth” into the egg and
crushing it. The ege gradually flattened, and the snake resumed its,
natural proportions in about 15 minutes from first seizing the egg.
It lay still for a quarter of an hour, exserting its tongue occasion-,
ally, the body and tail still maintaining the position shown in fig. 3.
It then suddenly and violently began to press the portion of its
throat containing the egg against the ground (fig. 6), at the same,
time arching its body behind it and raising its head. These efforts
appeared violent and convulsive, and were repeated several times,
in succession, the snake meanwhile crawling about restlessly.
Then, pausing, it raised its head, swayed it slightly to and fro,
gave a violent lateral wriggle, opened its mouth widely, and with a
effort ejected the crushed egg-shell (see fig. 7), 1 hour and ? after
first seizing the egg. :
The process of swallowing and disgorging has been the same
every time I have witnessed: it, but has sometimes been quicker.
I have never seen the subject of these observations take.
anything larger than a hedge-sparrow’s or a canary’s egg, but very
large specimens can even swallow hen’s eggs—witness the specimen
preserved in the British Museum with the uncrushed egg still in
the esophagus. The power of disteution of the jaws and throat is
very great, the circumference of the egg being nearly three times’
that of the neck of the snake in its usual condition. -
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.
Figs. 1-5. The various stages of Dasypeltis scabra in the act of swallowing an
ogg, as described above. i 4 :
Figs. 6 & 7. The rejection of the shell.
1 Communicated by Dr. Joun Anpurson, F.R.S., Vice-President. On this
subject see Mr. Tegetmeier’s article in ‘ Field, vol. lxxx. p. 204, July 30th,
1892.—P. L.8.
46%
716 __-MR. F, 0. PICKARD OAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
7. On the Theraphoside of the Lower Amazons: being an
Account of the new Genera and Species of this Group
of Spiders discovered during the Expedition of the
Steamship ‘Faraday’ up the River Amazons. By
Frepx. O. Pickanp CamBriner, B.A."
[Received June 16, 1896.]
(Plates XX XTII.-XXXY.)
The Spiders described in the present paper form a first small
instalment of the collection made by Mr. Austen and myself during
our expedition up the Lower Amazons in the s.s. ‘ Faraday, under
the charge of Mr. Alexander Siemens. The idea of publishing
the zoological results of the expedition in book-form by the
Museum of Natural History has, I believe, been definitely
abandoned. This being the case, I have availed myself of the
generosity of tbis Society, and shall endeavour to publish my
account of the Araneidea in small sections, as opportunity offers.
The identification of members of this order is by no means the
easy matter one would suppose; for not only does the material
itself offer great difficulties, but almost every point of classifica-
tion has to be reinvestigated ab initio.
- Of the total number of species represented in the collection
I am, of course, unable to speak with certainty at present, but I
should probably be within the mark if I were to estimate it at
about 200. How many of these may be new it is impossible to
say, though they will scarcely perhaps bear the proportion of
eleven new species to fourteen described, as has been the case in
the present paper in the family Theraphosida.
The district of the Amazon Valley may be broadly divided into
three fairly well-marked regions. First, the alluvial region of the
river itself, including the countless islands and vast tracks of
luxuriant river-margin..
Second, the higher and drier Campos districts, sandy regions
clothed with grass and spangled with flowers soon after the com-
mencement of the rainy season, about the month of March or
April.
iDhind, that vast region significantly termed by the natives “Terva
Firma,” clothed for hundreds and hundreds of square miles by the
impenetrable forest.
And to these three regions I must add what I may term the
“Lago district,”—the Lake district so-called—where acres of
rushes, sedge-grass, and water-weeds furnish a habitat frequented
by a fauna evidently peculiar. Here almost every form seems
to be adapted for a semi-amphibious existence. Large Spiders
1 Communicated by the Secretary.
PZ.S.1896 Plate XXXII.
Bred §0 Pickard Cambridge del . West,Newman chromo
New Theraphosidee from the Lower Amazons.
PZS 1896. Plate XXXIV.
TAGE ggg WM
‘
16
Fredk.O. Pickard Cambridge del et lith West, Newman ump
New Theraphosidas from the Lower Amazons.
PZ.S.1836. Plate. XXXV.
© ©coeeedo
lredk.O. Pickard Cambridge del.ethth. West,Newman imp.
New l'heraphosidee from the Lower Amazons.
LEE aN Rota
ja
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THH LOWER AMAZONS. 717
of the group Triclariine vie with the essentially semi-aquatic
Dolomedes in displaying their skill in running upon and diving
beneath the surface, out of sight and out of reach of enemies in
pursuit.
Throughout the three first-mentioned regions there are, of
course, certain Spider forms found sprinkled equally over each—
as, for instance, the ubiquitous Avicularia, the “Aranha caran~
juejira,” the crab-spider par excellence of the native Brazilian.
But there are also many special forms, each of them peculiar to
their special district.
Here one finds, too, 4000 miles on the other side of the globe,
beneath an equatorial sun, forms strangely familiar to the English
naturalist in districts of similar physical character at home.
The sandy campos, for instance, furnish us with a Lycosa, in
colour adapted to its environment, and curiously similar to the
Lycosa picta of our English sand-dunes.
In the forest, Epeirids, Theridide, and Salticids swarm, of every
shape and hue. ‘Thomisids, too, the majority very similar to
European species in general character, to which the pure white
waxen /Zripus, lurking in some snow-white blossom, is 2 notable
exception.
One must not, however, have the impression that the Spider-
fauna of tropical America is much the same as that of England.
We have nothing, for instance, to compare with the curious
Gastracanthids, the crimson-spined Micrathena schreibersi, or the
numerous species of the thorny-backed genus Gastracantha. We
have nothing to match the huge Nephila with her diminutive
husband, or the lovely Argiope argentata stretched on the white
silken cross in the centre of its orbicular snare. Except an Atypus
or two, we have nothing to take the place of the 250 species and
upwards of the Mygalomorphe which are found in Southern and
Central America. So that, although many a familiar form will
meet the eye of the Euglish arachnologist on the Amazons, yet
there are countless forms differing in size, in structure, and in
colour from anything that he can find amongst the Spider-fauna of
Northern Europe.
One must confess, too, that at the present time arachnologists
still know newt to nothing of the Spiders of Brazil. Nor do I
speak only of differences specific, a more extended knowledge of
which merely multiplies the known species ten or a hundredfold:
nor only of a knowledge which enables us with certainty to pair
this female with that male which, according to the laws of Nature,
rightfully belongs to her-—a matter of no little difficulty even to
specialists. I refer rather to our knowledge of almost everything
which has to do with their habits and domestic economy. We
must confess, for instance, that we do not yet know the staple
diet of so common and so well-known a Spider as the huge
Avicularia. Though I was out night after night, and though
I watched, on several ovcasions the whole night through, the
tunnels of twenty and upwards of the sand-burrowing “ Mygale,”
718 UMR. F. 0. PIOKARD OAMBRIDGH ON . [June 16,
so common in the neighbourhood of Santarem, yet not once could
I detect a Spider in the act of seizing her prey or even venturing
beyond the entrance of her burrow.
I accentuate these deficiencies in our information, because one
so often hears of a traveller neglecting to collect material, or make
observations of habits, on the grounds that the “ Authorities ” at
home nowadays know everything and that the trouble taken would
be but labour lost.
Among the more interesting incidental discoveries made during
the work of classification, I might mention that. of the stridulating-
organs found in three species of the subfamily Diplurine. These—
to which I have given the names lyra and pecten (the former
referring to a row of chitinous keys on the inner side of the coxa
of the pedipalp, the latter to a row of spines on the mandible)—
are very similar to the musical boxes found in certain Oriental
groups of Mygalomorphe by Mr. Pocock. Of what may be their
real use, and of what their ultimate significance in systems of
classification, it is perhaps a little too soon to speak.
Before concluding these few remarks by way of preface to the
more technical and less interesting descriptive matter, I would like
to take the opportunity of giving my hearty thanks to the many
kind friends from whom I received both encouragement and actual
assistance during our expedition up the Amazons.
Had it not been for the courtesy of Mr. and Mrs. Alexander
Siemens, I should probably not have visited Brazil at all. Nor
must I forget to thank Mr. Brocklehurst, of Parad, through whose
kind introduction I fell into the hands of Mr. Wallace, an American
gentleman resident in Santarem. For my fortnight’s excursion
in the forest I am entirely indebted to Mr. Wallace, who
courteously placed his country residence at my disposal and
gave me every assistance in his power to render my sojourn a
complete success.
To the many other friends whom I came across both afloat and
ashore, too numerous to mention by name, | must give my thanks
en masse.
Bibliography relating to the Theraphoside of South America.
1726. Madame Murian.—Insect. Surinam.
1746. Kiremann.— Résel’s Insects.
1758. Linnaus.—Syst. Nat. ed. 10.
1764. Linn mvus.—Mus. Ludovic Ulrice.
1820. Durour.—Ann. Sci. Phys. Nat.
1830-1844. M. Prrty.—Delectus Animalium Articul. que in
: itinere per Brasiliam coll. J. B. de Spix et C. F. Ph. de Martius.
1831-1848. C. W. Haun and C. L. Koon.—Die Arachniden.
_ Niirnberg.
1838. Gurrin.—Rey. Zool. p. 10.
1850-1862. H. Lucas.—Expédition scientifique dans l’Amérique
du Sud Centrale, de Rio 4 Lima et de Lima i Paria,
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THN LOWER AMAZONS. 719:
1854. Nicoumt.—Gay’s ‘ Historia de Chile,’ Zool. iv.
1862-1863. J. Buackwant.—Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, vol. x. pp. 348, 421, & vol. xii. p. 264. ‘* Descrip-
tions of newly-discovered Spiders captured in Rio de Janeiro.”
1870. Rev. O. P. Camprinen.—P. Z.S. p. 101. “Mon. Genus
Idiops.”
1871-1875. A. Aussurur.— Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Arach-
niden-Familie der Territelarie,’ Verbandlungen der k.-k.
zool.-bot. Gesellschaft in Wien.
1875. Aussrrnr.—Verhandl. k.-k. zool.-bot.Ges. in Wien, p. 125.
1878. L. Broxnr.—Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. xxii.
1880. Pu. Burrxav.—Verzeichniss der von Prof. Hd. van
Beneden in Brasilien 1872-1873 gesammelten Arachniden.
Briissel, 1880.
1880. Karscu.—Zeitschr. ges. Naturwiss. liii. p. 386.
1880. BrertKau.—Mém. Acad. R. Belg. xliii. Art. no. 2.
1881. O. P. Campripen.—Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 765.
1881. Horumprre.—Roea’s ‘ Expedicion al Rio Negro (Pata-
gonia), Zoologic.
1882. Houmpura.—Bol. Acad. Nat. Science Argentina, iv. p. 153.
1886. Karsou.—Berl. ent. Zeitschritt, xxx. p. 92.
1886. HE. Simon.—Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 558.
1886. ‘s Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 593.
1887. Pei a Fs p- 369.
1888. & es a p- 203.
1889. 55 3 p- 173.
1889. = Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xlii. p. 399.
1889. O. P. CamBrrpen.—Biol. Centr.-Amer., Fauna.
1890. T. THornin.—Ann. Mus. Genov. ser. 2, viii.
1890. E. Simon.—Act. Soe. Linn. Bordeaux, xliv. p. 307.
1891. 5 Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 5.
1891. E. Kauyspriine and G@. Marx.—Die Spinnen Amerikas.
Vol. iii. Brasilianische Spinnen, von Graf EK. von Keyserling,
edited by Dr. George Marx. WNiirnberg, 1891.
1891. E. Stuon.—Proce. Zool. Soc. p. 549.
1892. Histoire Naturelle des Araignées. Hd. 2,
tome i. fase. 1.
1892. E. Simon.—Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 271.
1892. E. Gornp1.— Zur Orientierung in der Spinnenfauna Bra-
siliens,” Mittheilungen der naturforsch. Gesellschaft des *
Osterlandes in Altenburg (Sachsen), Festschrift, V‘* Band,
1892, pp. 200-249.
1892. K. Gornp1.—Zur Orientierung in der Spinnenfauna Bra-
siliens, pp. 200-249.
1893. I. I. Pocock.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xi.
1894. E. Gonnp1.—Boletim do Museu Paraense, pp. 32-39.
Para, 1894.
Amongst the many useful handbooks on zoology issued from
time to time by Dr. EB. Goeldi of the “ Museu Paraense” at Pard,
will be found two on the “Spider-fauna” of Brazil. The first,
720 MR. F. 0, PICKARD OAMBRIDGN ON [June 16,
published in ‘Sonderabdruck aus Mittheilungen aus dem Oster-
lande,’ neue Folge, V. Band, pp. 200-248, while Dr. Goeldi was
still in the neighbourhood of Rio Janeiro, deals with the general
question of the state of knowledge of the Spider-fauna of Brazil
at the time he wrote. This pamphlet, entitled “ Zur Orientierung
in der Spinnenfauna Brasiliens,” falls into four sections, the third
of which is divided again into four subdivisions.
I. “ Der Stand der Kenntnis der brasilianischen Arachniden vor
1880.”
II. “ Erweiterungen seit 1880.”
III. “Versuch einer Charakteristik der Spinnenfauna der mittleren
Kiistenprovinzen Brasiliens.”
’ A. “Die Spinnenfauna der Stadt Rio de Janeiro, beziehungsweise
ibrer niichsten Umgebung.”
B. “ Die Spinnenfauna des Urwaldgebietes der heissen Nieder-
ung.”
C. “Die Spinnenfauna des Urwaldgebietes des Orgelgebirges
(Provinz Rio de Janeiro).”
D. “Spinnen aus dem Sertao der Provinz Sio Paulo.”
IV. “Hinige Beobachtungen iiber das Geschlechtsleben einzelner
Epeiriden Brasiliens.”
This short though comprehensive treatise forms a valuable intro-
duction to the subject, and is written in the German language.
1894. Gortp1, Dr. E.— Estudos Arachnologicos relativos ao
Brazil,” Boletim do Museu Paraense de Historia Natural e
Ethnographia, Pard, 1894, pp. 32-39.
This short paper is the first of what Goeldi hopes will be a series
of papers dealing with the whole known Spider-fauna of Brazil.
It contains Section I. ‘ Revisao das Territelarias Brazileiras,’
divided into seven subdivisions, each of which contains a brief
summary of the species of Teraphoside described by the various
authors who have written on them.
A. “Territelarias de viagem Spix e Martius (1817-1820) elabo-
radas por M. Perty.”
(Six species and two new genera, Idiops and Actinopus.)
B. ‘“ Territelarias na grande obra de Hahn e Koch sobre os
Arachnidos (1831-1848).”
(Twenty-four species, subgenus Mygale, and Actinopus tarsalis.)
C. “Territelarias de viagem do Conde Francois de Castelnau
elaboradas por Lucas (1843-1847).”
(Six species, three new, subgenera Mygale and Actinopus.)
D. ‘ Territelarias brazileiras citadas no trabalho monographico
de A. Ausserer, 1871-1875.”
(Thirty species and seven doubtful under sixteen genera.)
E. ‘“ Territelarias de viagem do Prof. E. yon Beneden, descriptas
pelo Dr. Ph. Bertkau (1830).”
(Eleven species, all new ; one new genus, Z'halerothele.)
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THH LOWBR AMAZONS. 721
¥, “Territelarias braziléiras descriptas na grande obra do Conde
Eugen von Keyserling sobre as ‘ Aranhas da America
(1892).”
(Fourteen species, four new ones.)
G. “Territelarias brazileiras segundo a obra do Dr. Eugéne
Simon, ‘ Historia natural dos Arachnidos’ (1892-1894).”
The total number of species belonging to South America is com-
puted at 248. i
These brief extracts from Dr. Goeldi’s paper, which is written in
Portuguese, will give some idea of its value to students in Brazil
desirous of becoming acquainted with work already done amongst
the Theraphoside of South America. 1 have to thank Dr. Goeldi
for the opportunity he has given me of perusing these publications
during my brief visit to the Para Museum in January 1896.
Suborder MYGALOMORPEHA, Pocock, Oct. 1892.
It is not altogether easy to decide which of the various subordinal
names proposed for this group of Spiders is the most suitable and
therefore to be retained. We have first of all the ancient division of
the order by Walckenaer into two large suborders under the names
“ Thérophoses” and ‘ Araignées” (Ins. Apt. tome i. 1837, p. 38).
These are of the same value as the “ Mygalées” and “‘ Aranées”’ of
Dugés (“Observation sur les Aranéides,” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2,
tome vi. 1836, p. 162). Next we have the subordinal division made,
under the names of “ Quadripulmonaires” and “ Bipulmonaires,” by
Dufour (“ Arach. Quadripulmonaires,” Ann. Gén, Sci. Phys. vol. iv.
1820), equivalent to the Zetrapneumones and Dipneuwmones of
Latreille, these names being of course based upon the possession
of one pair or two pairs of lung-books.
Later, in 1870, we find the whole order subdivided into seven
suborders—the Orbitelarie, Retitelarie, Tubitelarie, Territelarie,
Citigrade, Laterigrade, and NSaltigrade—by Dr. Thorell, corre-
sponding, as he himself tells us, with the almost similarly named
families of Latreille, of which the suborder Yerritelarie corresponds
to the Thérophoses, Mygalées, and Tetrapneumones of the earlier
authors.
In his Hist. Nat. Araign. i., Oct. 1892, p. 61, M. Simon recognizes
two suborders under the double names “ Araneew Theraphose” and
“ Aranee Vere” —the former including Liphistius and the families
Aviculartide and Atypide; the latter the Hypochilide (a tetra-
pneumonous form) and every other known family.
In October of the same year Mr. R. I. Pocock, in a paper on
the Classification of Spiders (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, x.
p- 306), has divided the order Aranew into two main divisions—
the Mesothele, including the family Liphistiide, and the Opistho-
thele, including every other known family. These two divisions
are based upon the position of the spinning-appendages in the
middle of the ventral area or at the distal end of the abdomen.
722 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGH ON” [June 16,
The division Opisthothele is subdivided into two suborders similar
in their extent to those of M. Simon, for which Mr. Pocock has
selected the names Mygalomorphe and Arachnomorphe.
So recently as March 1, 1895, Dr. Thorell (‘ Descript. Catalogue
of the Spiders of Burma °) has selected two new names for two
similarly constituted suborders—Parallelodontes and Antiodontes,
referring of conrse to the articulation of the mandibles. ‘These
two suborders are apparently equivalent to M. Simon’s ‘“ Aranee
Theraphose” and “Aranee Vere,” and to Mr. Pocock’s ‘‘ Mygalo-
morphe” (excluding Liphistius) and ‘* Arachnomorphe.”
Which of these names are most suitable? One might suppose
that those which referred to some important character would be
the most convenient ; but such is not necessarily the case, since,
for instance, the division into Tetrapnewmones and Dipneumones
was entirely suitable until the discovery of “ Hypoch?lus,” with four
lung-books, and the fact that “‘ Vops” had no lung-books but four
tracheal stigmata 5 so that, although Dr. Thorell’s terms ‘“ Paral-
lelodontes” and ‘* Antiodontes” are suitable as referring to an im-
portant differential character of the two groups, yet these, too,
are liable to be laid aside, when perhaps some: form is discovered
offering in itself characters proving it to belong to both suborders.
As a matter of fact, the names which have less direct reference
to such characters are in reality after all more convenient, and
indeed suitable, and certainly a single name ia more convenient
than a double one—“ Mygalomorphe” than ‘“Aranee Theraphose,”
for instance.
- For these reasons I have retained the terms “ Mygalomorphe”
and “ Arachnomorphe” in the present paper; while I can see no
reason for substituting the new family name Aviculariide of
M. Simon for the older and quite as suitable name Vheraphoside
of Thorell, following Walckenaer.
Family Truravriwosip 4, Thorell.
List of Genera, Species, and Subspecies from the Lower Amazons
from January to March, 1896—including twelve genera,
fourteen species, and one subspecies: of these, four genera
are new, eleven are new species, one a new subspecies, and
one the male sex of which is new to science.
Subfam. Paratroripin&,
Genus Paratropis, E. Sim. Species P. papilligera, n. sp.,d 2, p. 723.
,, Anisaspoides, new. » 4. gigantea, n. sp., 9, p. 726.
ACTINOPODINE,
Genus Actinopus, Perty. Species A. wallace?, n. sp., 2, p. 728.
CTENIZINE.
Genus Acanthodon, Guérin. Species A. santaremia,n.sp., 9, p. 733.
BaryYcHELIné,
Genus Homeoplacis, E. Sim. Species H. austeni, n. sp., 5, p. 735.
AVICULARIINA.
Genus Acanthoscurria, Auss. Species A. geniculata, O.K., 9, p. 787.
A, brocklehursti, n. sp., 9,
[p. 739.
” ” ” ”
1896. ] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 723
Genus Avicularia, Lamarck. Species A. avicularia, Linn.,9, p. 741.
” ” . » A. a, variegata, n. subsp., 2,
[p. 743.
», NSantaremia, new. » 8. pococki,n. sp. 2, p. 746.
-Subfam. Dieturina.
Genus Harmonicon, new. Species H. rufescens, n. sp., 2, p. 756.
», Melodeus, new. » WM. sanguineus,n.sp., 2, p. 758.
a a a » M. niger, n. sp., 9, p. 759.
» Fufius, W. Sim. » . auricomis, E. Sim., ¢ (new),
@: p. 750.
» Ischnothele, Auss. » I. siemensi,n. sp., 9, p. 762.
Genus Neodiplura',n.g. Species NV. jelskii, n. sp.. 5 9, p. 755.
» NSantaremia', n. g. » 8. longipes, n. sp., 9, p. 749.
Family THERAPHOSIDS.
Genus Paratropris, H. Simon.
Type. P. seruposa”, B. Sim.(Q ), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, pp. 214,
215. ab. Upper Amazons. 14 mm. long.
PARATROPIS PAPILLIGERA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 1, 6, 7,
8, & 23, aud Plate XXXYV. fig. 17.)
6 2. Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons. 6 12:75 mm. long ;
Q 12:5 mm. long. Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.
6 .—Carapace almost circular, purple-brown, entirely and
minutely granulate. Cephalic ridge bearing three longitudinal
lines of fine rufous hairs; ocular region more densely clothed
with similar hairs; thoracic area clothed with converging lines
and margin of carapace fringed with rufous hairs. Cephalic and
thoracic impressions distinct. Central fovea deep, procurved. Base
of carapace slightly emarginate, fringed with short bacilliform
hairs. Cephalic area almost two-thirds the length of carapace.
Abdomen dull brown, bearing four longitudinal dorsal rows of
eight to nine small tubercles, each emitting from its summit a
rufous, plumose, bacilliform hair. Lateral area finely tuberculate,
furnished with scattered rufous hairs. Ventral surface pale rufous,
rugulose. Spinners four: posterior pair pale, straw-yellow, dusky
above, three-jointed, one-third total length of abdomen; basal
joints equal, apical joint twice the length of basal: anterior pair
equal in length to basal joint of posterior pair, almost contiguous,
half a diameter apart.
Ocular tumulus tuberculiform, globular. Anterior row of eyes
slightly procurved. Anterior centrals largest, one-third their
diameter apart and from anterior laterals. Diameter of latter
almost equal to that of former. Posterior centrals smallest, almost
1 Neodiplura jelskti was taken in Peru by Dr. Jelski; while Santuremia
longipes is a native of Trinidad.
* ‘Lhe specific name under which the type is described in op. cit, is “ seru-
posa,” not “‘scrupea” as accidentally quoted in Hist. Nat. Araign. 1892, i. 1,
p. 78.
724 MR, I. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON {June 16,
in contact with posterior laterals and anterior centrals. Laterals
of both rows almost in contact.
Mandibles purple-brown, clothed along ridge with rufous hairs ;
sides with single band of short hairs, more numerous below.
Fang-groove fringed on outer margin with row of curving rufous
hairs, those on inner margin similar but less dense. Floor of
groove bearing two rows of conical teeth of irregular size and
length. Inner row, commencing at base of fang, composed of 14,
outer row, commencing between numbers 4 and 5 of inner row,
composed of 10 rather stouter teeth.
Sternum broader than long, smooth, almost circular, pale fulvous,
exhibiting before base of labium a low transverse ridge. Sigilla not
distinct; 1st, 3rd, and 4th pairs visible. Labiwm quadrate, oblique,
not distinctly impressed at base by sigilla; entire anterior margin
studded transversely with numerous minute cusps. Coxa of pedi-
palp pale fulvous, its anterior apical angle elongate, pointed ; inner
margin fringed with rufous hairs, and inner surface studded with
numerous minute cusps, clustered towards inner basal angle.
Legs. Coxe fulvous ; i. and ii. brown ; iii. and iv., femur, patella,
and tibia brown; protarsus and tarsus pale fulvous. Femur of i.
and ii. bearing a few minute spines, those of iii. and iv. more
numerous. Patella and tibia of Ist pair incrassate, the latter
bearing beneath a few setiform hairs; of ii., ili., and iv. slender,
bearing numerous setiform hairs beneath. Protarsus and tarsus
of all four pairs furnished with numerous setiform hairs, spines on
iii. and iv. Tarsus of all four pairs without a true scopula, but
bearing beneath numerous, scattered, scopuliform hairs. Tarsi 1.
and ii. with three claws, superiors with a single tooth below the
middle, inferior claw minute; tarsi iii. and iv. with two claws,
superiors with a single submedian tooth, inferior claw obliterated.
Pedipalp dull brown. Patella geniculate; tibia broad, fringed
on outer side with stiff setiform hairs ; tarsus one-third the length
of tibia, short, globular ; bulb compressed, pyriform ; stylum curved
downwards and outwards, a little longer than tibia.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— g . Carap. 6°75 long.,
6°75 lat. Abd. 6 long., 3°5 lat. Ceph. area 4°5 long. Stern.
3:75 long., 4:5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2°5 long., 1 lat. Pedes, long.
i. 26—ii, 21—iii1, 18—iv. 25. Artl. i. long. 3—1—6—2—5-75—5
—2:5. Artl. iv. long. 2:6—2—6—2—5—55—3. Postr. mam.
2 long; artl.-56—5—1, Antr. mam. °75 long.,:5 separ. Mandib.
2°5 long.
.—Carapace, abdomen, and legs almost entirely encrusted with
minute grains of grey grit, concealing the purple-brown colour
and the granular surface of the carapace, save here and there.
The encrustation also obliterates or conceals the rufous hairs,
and many of the bacilliform hairs as well. Underside compara-
tively free from encrustation, fulvous. Abdomen, sternum, eyes,
labium, and coxa of pedipalp similar in character to those of the
male. Anterior row of eyes, however, slightly recurved.
Legs shorter and stouter than in the male; tarsus i. furnished
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THD LOWER AMAZONS. 725
. with a double series of from 6-7 small cusps, on either side,
beneath ; tarsus ii. without any spines, but furnished with nume-
rous spiniform hairs; tarsi iii. and iv. without spines, but armed
with spiniform hairs. Protarsus i. furnished with numerous stout
cusps beneath; protarsus ii. with a few apical and a few other
spines on the underside; protarsi iii. and iv. furnished with
numerous spines. Tibiw i. and ii. armed beneath with numerous
bacilliform spines. Tibiz iii. and iv. armed with numerous spines
beneath. ‘Tarsi i. and ii. three-clawed, superiors with single sub-
median denticle; tarsi iii. and iv. two-clawed, superiors with single
submedian denticle, inferior claws obliterated.
Spinners four: posterior pair less than one-third the length of
abdomen ; basal joints equal; apical joint double the length of
basal: anterior pair very short, equal to basal joint, half a diameter
apart.
EPG dae furnished on both sides with a row of stiff rufous
hairs, those on the outer margin coarser. Floor of groove studded
with a double series of conical teeth, on the inner margin 14, on
the outer margin 10, the Jatter being the longest. ‘Tooth no. 9
on outer margin is inserted opposite tooth no. 14 on the inner
margin,
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 2. Carap. 5:5 long.,
5:5 lat. Abd. 7 long., 5 lat. Ceph. area 4 long. Stern. 2°75
long., 3 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2°5 long., 1 lat. Pedes, long. i. 18
—i. 14-5—iii. 14—iy. 20. Artl. i. 2°5—1—4:5—2—3:5—3—_2.
Artl, iv. 2:25—1—5—- 2—3:5—4—2, Postr. nam. 2 long. ; artl.
*5—5—1. Antr. mam. ‘5 long., 25 separ. Mandib. 2°5 long.
In both sexes there are present on each of the last three joints
of all four pairs of legs, on median line of tarsi, at base of protarsi,
and at base of tibia on both sides, several small round tubercles,
from whose summit there issues a single, long, fine ‘‘ sensory hair.’
The male and female described above were taken together beneath
a damp decayed log of wood in the low-lying part of the forest
south of Santarem, on the Lower Amazons. The female was
partially buried in the soil beneath the log, the whole body being
apparently bedewed with fine drops of moisture. She remained
perfectly motionless, and appeared as though dead and in process
of decomposition through what appeared to be a minute tungus.
The supposed fungus, however, proved tc be only the papilliform
hairs, each with several drops of moisture on its surface. There
appeared to be no tube or nest of any kind, and one is led to
suppose that the hairs are used for perceiving the passage of an
insect over the spider as it lies buried in the mud. Whether this
is so or not one cannot, of course, pronounce with certainty; but
the encrustation of the spider with grains of grit, rendering it
almost invisible when half buried in the earth, would seem to point
to some such habit. The male, which was lying with its legs
gathered together, close to the female, is, however, nut so encrusted
with grit, though the plumose papilliform hairs are very noticeable.
726 MR, ¥, 0. PIOKARD CAMBRIDGE ON: [June 16,
I am unable to satisfy myself that P. scruposa, BE. Sim., 2, op.
cit., is identical with the species now before me. ‘The description
shows that they are undoubtedly closely allied; but of P. scruposu
M. Simon says: “ Zarso 2 paris intus, prope apicem, aculeo unico
instructis.” The tarsi of the second pair in P. papilligera have °
not this apical spine. He also says: “ Abdomen—aculeis bacilli-
formis fulvis elevatis paucis, in series transversas parum regulariter
ordinatis, munitum,” and makes no mention of the regular trans-
verse rows of tubercles, each of which bears a bacilliform hair. I
have therefore considered it more prudent, and less liable to cause
subsequent confusion, to describe the present species as new. In
any case the male is unknown to science, and would, on that account,
merit a careful description.
Note.——Since writing the above another female, 13 mm. long, and
a smaller one have come to hand from amongst my captures in the !
forest at Santarem. These specimens entirely bear out the dis-
tinctions made between Paratropis and Anisaspis, while at the
same time proving how inconstant are the number and position
of spines and cusps, and how unreliable, as a character, is even
the dentition of the mandibles. The eyes are closer together; the
spinners four in nwmber; the legs longer in proportion. The
anterior tarsi have only a single row of cusps on either side,
but the cusps are more numerous than in the female above de-
scribed. The fang-groove is furnished with 16 teeth on the inside
and 2 supplementary ones towards the apex, and 14 on the outer
margin. ‘The number of teeth is thus greater by 2 in each row than
in the type female. The female described above must still be held’
as the type, although the other is a finer specimen, for both male
and female were found side by side under the same piece of wood.
One cannot be thoroughly satisfied concerning the differential
characters of these Spiders until more material is available for
careful comparison.
ANISASPOIDES, gen. nov.
Generic Characters.
Mamille two. Lerminal joint nearly double the length of basal.
Inferior claw present on tarsi i. and ii., absent on tarsi iil. and. iv.
Fang-groove furnished with two rows of 7-14 teeth respectively.
ANISASPOIDES GIGANTEA, n.sp. (Plate XX XLV. figs. 2 & 22.)
@. Hab. Breves, Lower Amazons. 12°75 mm. long. Type in
coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
@ .—Carapace a little longer than broad, purple-brown, finely
granulate, and so closely encrusted with fine grit as to almost
entirely obliterate all traces of the fine rufous hairs, of which there
are three converging lines on the cephalic ridge, converging lines
on the thoracic area, and a marginal line round the carapace.
Central fovea deep, transverse, procurved.
* Abdomen encrusted with grit; bearing four rows of tubercles,
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THN LOWER AMAZONS. 727,
each emitting from its summit a single, long, fine bacilliform hair.
When first captured these were perfect ; they have since, however,
become effaced, except at the base of the abdomen.
Ocular tumulus tuberculiform, globular. Anterior central eyes
slightly smaller than anterior laterals; a little more than the radius
apart, nearly one diameter from anterior laterals. Anterior row
straight. Posterior centrals very small, one diameter from anterior.
centrals, almost in contact with posterior laterals; the latter
ellipsoidal, one quarter of its axis from anterior laterals, which is
greater than the diameter of either of the anterior central or
anterior lateral eyes.
Sternum broader than long; sigilla encrusted and scarcely
visible. Zabiwm quadrate, apex transversely studded with numerous
minute cusps. Cowa of pedipalp produced at anterior apical angle
into a long spur-like prominence ; its anterior surface studded with
minute cusps, clustered more closely towards basal anterior angle ;
the joint is stouter, longer, and more thickly fringed with ratous
hair than in Paratropis papilligera, 2 .
Legs. Tarsi and protarsi i. and ii. furnished beneath with
two series of paired teeth, each pair obliquely situated ; but their,
position is not absolutely regular. Tarsi and protarsi iii. and iv..
with two series of long stout spines beneath.
Tarsal claws. Three on tarsi i. and ii., superiors with single
denticle towards base; inferior claw present. T'arsi iii. and iv.
with two superior claws, each with a single denticle towards base,
inferior claw obliterated. Glandular tubercles on tibie. Protarsi
and tarsi similar in position to those of P. papilligera, 9.
Spinners, two only ; posterior pair less than one-half the length
of abdomen ; basal joints equal in length, apical joint one-fourth
longer than basal joint. Anterior pair of spinners obsolete.
Mandibles similar to those of P. papilligera in character, but the
two rows of teeth with which the fang-groove is furnished differ
somewhat in number und arrangement. Outer row containing 7
stout teeth; inner row containing 14 teeth of snialler size. Tooth
no. 7 in outer row stands opposite tooth no. 14 of the inner row,
whereas in P. papilligera it stands opposite no. 12 of the inner
row.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 9 . Carap. 6-75 long.,
6 lat. Abd. 7-5 long., 5°75 lat. Ceph. area 5:25 long. Stern.
3 long., 3°75 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3 long., 1°5 lat. Pedes, long.
i, 20—ii. 15—iii. 13—iy. 20. Artl. i. long. 3—1—5—_2—4—3—_
175; iv. 2:5—1-75—5—2—4—45—2. Postr. mam. 3 long.;
artl. 1—1—1-25. Antr. mam. absent. Mandib. 3 long.
A single female, agreeing almost entirely in general appearance
with the female of Paratropis papilliyera, was taken under a log in
the damp forest at Breves, on the Lower Amazons, near the Island
of Marajo.
728 MR. F, 0. PIOKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
Genus Anisaspis, E. Simon.
Type. A. tuberculuta, E. Sim. (Q ), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 549.
Hab. St. Vincent, West Indies. 4-6 mm. long.
Types, three females in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.’ (Plate
XXXIV. figs. 3, 4, 5.)
Having carefully examined the three specimens referred to
above, I find that, doubtless owing to an oversight by the author,
they do not entirely agree with the generic diagnosis given
in Hist. Nat. Ar. i. 1, 1892, p. 78, in, at anv rate, one very im-
portant character—* Cephalothorax humilis et fovea carens.” This
character is certainly not distinctive of the type specimens. Being
encrusted with grit, a feature which seems to be common to the
females of this subfamily, and the central fovea being filled up, it
doubtless escaped observation. From two of the three specimens
however, this grit was carefully removed, and a distinct, deep
fovea laid bare.. The other specimen certainly to all appearance
merits the description “ Cephalothorax humilis et fovea carens” ;
but it is only in the appearance that it does so.
There are three characters, however, in which these type
specimens differ from the female to which I have assigned a new
generic position (Anisaspoides), as wellasfrom Paratropis. Simon
says of them :—“ Mamillee due—ultimo medio multo breviore et sub-
rotundato”; “ parte labiali apice arcuata et remote spinulosa” ; and
“ pedum ungue inferiore nullo.”
Whether the last of these characters is of any real significance
for purposes of classification in a group in which there is evidently
a tendency towards obliteration of the inferior tarsal claw, I am
not in a position to judge ; but, for the present, one would scarcely
be justified in including in a genus, of which one of the chief
characters lies in the total absence of the inferior tarsal claw, a
spider which possesses a distinct inferior claw on the tarsi of the
first two pairs of legs.
A, Mamillo four ........cccccesseseeceeeserees 14000000000060000000 Paratropis, Sim.
B. Mamille two
Genus Acrinorvs, Perty, 1833.
(Type, A. tarsalis, Perty.)
ACYINOPUS WALLACEI*, n. sp. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 18.)
©. Hab, Santarem. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.
Colowr.—Carapace pale testaceous brown, cephalic area darker.
Base and centre of thoracic area pale testaceous. Base of man-
dibles very dark brown, clothed along the ridge and over the apex
1 The specific name under which the type is described in op. cit. is “ tuber-
culata,” not “ bacillifera” as quoted, no doubt by an oyersight, in Hist. Nat.
Ar. 1892, i. 1, p. 78.
2 T have much pleasure in connecting this species with the name of Mr. W.
Wallace (senior), of Santarem, through whose courtesy I was enabled to spend
a fortnight in the heart of the forest, lodging in his plantation at the Sitio
Andirobal.
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THN LOWHR AMAZONS, 729
with long pink hairs. Abdomen pale ochre-yellow, almost naked,
clothed with fine short scattered hairs. Sternum pale testaceous ;
labium, coxe of legs and pedipalp, and upperside of legs darker ;
underside of legs paler testaceous.
Carapace 8 mm. long; 7 mm. broad; 3 mm. wide at base.
Cephalic area very prominent and raised above the thoracic area ;
broad in front, narrowed and compressed behind, with a deep
impression on either side. Thoracic area bilobate behind, with a
deep impression on either side towards basal angles. Anterior
row of eyes slightly procurved; centrals very small, two diameters
apart, six from laterals. Lateral anteriors within one transverse
diameter from margin of clypeus. Anterior row very slightly
wider than posterior. Central posteriors reniform, their axis
usually distinctly longer than diameter of posterior laterals ; rather
over one transverse diameter from the latter. (These proportions
are variable.) Base of mandibles with a rdteau in front, furnished
with numerous spicules. Fang-groove armed with 4 stout teeth
on the outer margin, 6 on the inner, with intermediate cusps
between the two rows.
Sternum, including labial plate, 7 mm. long, 4 mm. broad. Five
pairs of sigilla clearly marked: Ist pair at base of labium, on
either side; 2nd pair at base of labium behind, coalesced to form
a deep longitudinal furrow; 3rd, 4th, and 5th longitudinal ;
central convergent, far remote from margin, coalescing to form
a deep central depression. Spinners four, posterior pair three-
jointed ; basal joint longest, terminal very short, tuberculate.
Labial plate not distinct from rest of sternum ; longer than broad,
its apex studded with a few minute cuspules. Cowa of pedrpalp
as long as broad; its anterior distal angle produced; anterior basal
angle and whole of inner margin of disc studded with minute
cuspules. Patella armed on outside with 2 small distal spines, on
inner side with 5 or 6 long spines; tibia and tarsus armed on
both sides with numerous longer and shorter spines.
Legs. Tarsus and protarsi i. and ii. armed on outer sides with
numerous spines. Tibia i. with one or two minute spines or
none on inner side; outer side with afew. Tibia ii. with none
on inner side; with numerous spinules on outer side. Patella
and tibia iii. with numerous spines on either side and along the
anterior margin at apex. Protarsus and tarsus iii. with numerous
spinules on either side. Patella iv. with numerous spines on
outer side, and 5 or 6 along apical outer margin; protarsus iv.
with one or two at apex; tarsus iv. with several on either side.
Measurements in millimetres.—Carapace 8 long, 7 broad. Total
length, including base of mandibles, 25. Sternum, including labial
plate, 7 long, 4 broad. Pedipalp 15 long. Legs i. 16, ii. 16,
ii. 16:5, iv. 20 long: all from base of coxa.
Two specimens (Q) were taken from the sand on the campo
close to Santarem, while digging out a tube of Santaremia pocock ;
and a little later a colony of about twenty was found on the same
campo, nearer the forest. ‘These, all females, had constructed
Proo. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. XLVII. 47
730 _ Mit. F, 6, PIOKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
their tubes, six or eight inches long, silk-lined, with hinged doors
at the entrance, in the sides of a large termite mound, whose
damp walls afforded exactly the locality needed for such nests.
No males were taken.
The following species have been described which probably belong
to the same genus :—
Actinopus tarsalis, Perty, Del. Anim. Art. 1833, p. 39, fig. 6.
Brazil.
A, rufipes (Lucas), 2 (sub Pachyloscelis), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
1833, p. 361. ee
A. scalops (Sim.), 2, ceph. 10 mm. long. (sub Pachyloscelis),
Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 176. Venezuela.
A, caraiba (Sim.), 2, ‘ceph. 9:5 mm. long., Ann. Soc. Ent. Ir.
1889, p. 175. Caraccas ; Venezuela.
A, valencianus (Sim.), 2, ceph. 5:3 mm. long. (pullus), Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 177. Valencia, Venezuela.
A, rojasi (Sim. ), 2, ceph. 7 mm. long. (non plane adulta), Ann.
Soe. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 176. Caraccas; Venezuela.
A, longipalpis, C. K., g, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 102, pl. cecxxiv.
fig. 754. Montevideo. (Lype i in coll. Mus. Berlin.)
"A. natter ert, Auss., 2 (Doleschall in MS.), Verhandlungen &c.
1871, p. 189. Rio Negro.
A. liodon, Auss., § , Verhandlungen &c. 1875, p. 142. Uruguay.
(Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)
A, crassipes (Keys.), 9, Spinnen Amer. iii. p. 3, pl. i. fig. 1.
Taguara, Rio Grande do Sul. (Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)
A, luteipes (IXeys.), 2 (immature), Spinnen Amer. iii. p. 5. Rio
Janeiro. (Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)
A, insiyms, Holmberg, Ann. Soc. Argent. xi. p. 171, 1886.
Argentine Republic.
A. piccus, Auss., 3d, Verhandlungen &c. 1871, p.139. Locality
unknown.
A, hartii, Poc., 9, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi., Aug.
1895. Trinidad. (Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)
The following table may be of some assistance in distinguishing
the females of the seven species of which we have adequate
descriptions or type specimens...
The value of the characters, however, especially those drawn
from the eyes, entirely depends upon the number of specimens
compared before the character fixed upon wag set down, and for
this of course I cannot be responsible.
Out of thirteen examples of A. wallacei (2) in all stages of
development, I find that the central posterior eyes are sometimes
smaller, sometimes equal to, and sometimes larger than, the
posterior laterals. Sometimes these are almost in contact with
one another, sometimes two diameters apart. In the immature
especially, the posterior centrals are closer to, and smaller than,
the laterals. Amongst the adults, in the majority, but not in
all, the axis of the central posteriors is longer than the diameter
1896.] SPIDERS FROM TH LOWER AMAZONS. 731
of the lateral posteriors and 14 a transverse diameter of the
former from them. Taking another character—the spinulation
of tibia i.: in some of these examples there are no spines, in
some 1, in others 2 or 3; while in one ease, tibia i. left side had
2 spines, tibia i. right side had none. The central anterior eyes
are sometimes 2, sometimes 3 diameters apart; while the lateral
anteriors vary greatly in their distance from the margin of the
clypeus, in the immature being quite close’.
Given, however, : plenty of evamples of each form, I have no
doubt but that certain characters might be tabulated which would
be broadly true of the various forms, but only then to be used with
caution.
OF the three forms—A. hartii, A. crassipes, and A. wallacei—of
which I have been able tio compare the actual types, the form of the
cephalic area furnishes a good differential character, while the spinu-
lation of tibia i. furnishes another, and the form of the sternum a
third. But of these species I have seen only five examples (females)
of A. hartit and one (female) of A. crussipes. I venture to think
that no satisfactory conclusions will be arrived at until arachno-
logists are willing to hand over all available material of a particular
‘genus to some one or other who is prepared to take the trouble to
thoroughly compare every specimen and tabulate the characters.
At present there is confusion of tongues and hair-splitting dispu-
tation concerning the fraction of a difference in the distance
between particular eyes, whereas the examination of a long series
usually proves that these same disputed distances are themselves
constantly variable quantities in the same form.
The table given below will probably need considerable modifica-
_ tion when a long series of forms is subjected to examination.
A. Tibia i. with a series of 5-13 spines on inner side.
1, Anterior row of eyes a little wider than posterior.. A. caraiba, Sim.
2. Anterior row of eyes not wider than posterior.
a, Tibia i. with 5-6 spines on inner side; tibia ii.
without spines on inner side
6. Tibia i. with 9-13 spines on inner side; tibia ii.
with 1-3 spines on inner side ..............00000 . A, hartii, Poe.
A, scalops, Sim,
B. Tibia i. without any spines, or with 1-3 only on inner
side.
I. Central posteriors smaller than laterals.
1. Central posteriors scarcely smaller than laterals.
a. Tibia i. with three small spines on inner side. A. crasstpes, Keys.
6. Tibia i. without any spines on inner side ..... . A. rojasi, Sim.
2. Central posteriors much smaller than laterals... 4. valencianus, Sim.
II. Central posteriors reniform, Jarger than laterals. A. wallacci, mihi.
The characters of A. hartii and A. crassipes have been taken from
the types; the characters of the other species are taken from
M. Simon’s descriptions (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, pp. 176-177).
They must, however, be used with caution.
! Mr. Pocock has observed similar differences in the characters at different
stages of A. hartti, Ann, Mag. Nat, Hist, ser. 6, xvi. p, 195. fe
4
732 Mit. F, 0, PICKARD OAMBRIDGH ON [June 16,
A. luteipes, Keys., of which I have examined the type (a young
female), appears to me to be undoubtedly the young of A. crassipes,
Keys.; the form of the cephalic area, broad behind and only
slightly impressed at the sides, is very characteristic of the latter,
and agrees in this respect with A. luteipes, Keys.; whereas in
A. hartit and A. wallacei the cephalic area is much narrowed
behind and deeply impressed on either side.
Of A. tarsalis, Perty, A.rufipes (Lucas), and A. nattereri, Auss.
(Dol. in MS.), females, I will not venture to speak; nor can 1
deduce any satisfactory characters from those given by Ausserer.
Of the males, of which I have examined only A. liodon, Auss.,
I am at present unwilling to speak; the other males are A. longi-
pulpis, C. K., and A. piceus, Auss.
One would not be inclined to attach too great value to the
characters of A. valencianus, Sim., seeing that the specimen is
evidently quite young (‘‘ pullus,” sec. Simon).
Genus AcanrHopon, Guérin,
Type. Acunthodon petitzi, Guérin (2), Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuv.
1838, p. 10. In coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Plate XXXIV.
figs. 9, 10, 11, 12.)
This specimen, now upwards of sixty years old, is still in exist-
ence. A short description of its remains may be useful.
Curapace 10-75 long., 9 lat. ; cephalic area two-thirds the length
of carapace, gibbous, and slightly bilobate, depressed towards
the clypeus. Width (longitudinally with respect to carapace) of
ocular tumulus equal to distance from posterior margin of posterior
row of eyes to the posterior margin of anterior row of eyes. Its
length one and a half times its width. yes. Anterior centrals
half a diameter apart; posterior centrals three diameters apart,
nearly two diameters from posterior laterals; one and a half or
even more from anterior centrals. Anterior laterals set on a low,
bilobate tubercle, half a diameter apart, distant from the anterior
centrals a space equal to width of the ocular tumulus, from anterior
margin to posterior margin. ovea deep, procurved. Mandibles
with the rastellum consisting of numerous stout teeth. Fang-groove
armed with a row of 8 stout conical teeth on the inner margin ;
5 smaller ones on the floor, opposite nos. 5-8 of inner row, near
the outer margin, which is fringed with coarse rufous hairs.
Sternum too damaged to furnish any useful character. Labium
longer than broad, slightly narrower towards apex, furnished with
a single central transverse pair of cusps. Cowa of pedipalp twice
as long as broad, furnished with numerous cusps on the anterior
apical and basal angles, besides others studded on the anterior
surface. Tarsi three-clawed; superior pair armed with a single
denticle towards the base. Tarsi and protarsi i. and ii. cuspidate
on either side. The spinners are almost obsolete through age, and
several of the legs are missing.
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 733
ACANTHODON SANTARPMIA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 13.)
Q@. Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons. 16 mm. long. Type in
coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
—Colour. Carapace dull orange-brown ; mandibles the same,
darker towards apex. Sternum and legs also dull orange-brown ;
tarsi slightly darker. Abdomen dull olive-brown; spinners paler.
Carapace a little longer than broad; cephalic area more than
half as long as carapace ; strongly gibbous immediately in front of
central fovea, slightly bilobate longitudinally, gradually depressed
to margin of clypeus. Cepbalic and thoracic indentations short
but deeply impressed, especially the posterior pair. Central fovea
deep, procurved. Margin of carapace raised and sinuous towards
base, the latter truncate.
Eyes in two separate groups. Anterior laterals circular, situated
on a bilobate tubercle at the margin of the clypeus; less than half
a diameter apart. Anterior centrals and posteriors situated on a
low tumulus, two full diameters of the former behind the anterior
laterals. Anterior centrals circular, half a diameter apart, not
quite one diameter from lateral posteriors ; the latter ellipsoidal,
very narrow, and pointed behind. Posterior centrals two full
diameters apart, nearly one diameter from posterior laterals, half
a diameter from anterior centrals. Posterior row only slightly
procurved.
Mandibles furnished with a rastellum formed of numerous stout
conical teeth projecting beyond the apex. Fang-groove fringed
on both sides with rufous hairs; inner margin armed with a row
of eleven irregular stout teeth. Floor of fang-groove studded with
a short row of five small teeth opposite nos. 7 and J1 of the inner
row.
Labium as broad as long, narrowed towards apex, bears two
stout cusps situated transversely in the centre. Coxa of pedipalp
double its breadth ; anterior apical angle slightly produced and
armed with a cluster of 5 or 6 stout cusps. Anterior basal angle
armed with a curving row of 5 or 6 cusps, while the whole inner
surface is studded with numerous small cusps.
Sternum longer than broad, convex, smooth, set with stiff, black,
scattered hairs. Sigillai., ii., and iii. present; the first two mar-
ginal and indistinct, the latter submarginal, distinct, and situate
opposite the coxa of the second pair of legs.
Legs 4,1, 3,2. Femora without spines; tibia, protarsus, and
tarsus of first pair armed with cusps on both sides, more numerous
on the outer side. ‘Tibia ii. armed with numerous cusps on inner
margin only, with two long spines and two minute cusps only on
outer margin. Protarsus ii. with numerous cusps on the inner
side; on the outer several cusps and three short, stout spines, in
a longitudinal row, beneath. ‘Tarsus ii. armed on both sides with
cusps. ‘Tibie iii. and iv. without spines or cusps. Patella ii. with
cusps on outer side; protarsus iii. with spines and cusps, on
either side, above; and below in a series of 2—2—2. Tarsus iti.
with a few short cusp-like spines on either side. Patella and
734 MR. F. 0, PIOKARD CAMBRIDGH ON [June 16,
tibia iv. without any cusps or spines. Protarsus and tarsus iv.
with a few spines beneath. Pedipalp. Femur and patella without
cusps; protarsus and tarsus armed with numerous marginal cusps
on either side. Tarsal claws three, on pedipalp one only, superiors
armed with a small single denticle towards the base beneath, No
scopula at all present.
Spinners four ; posterior pair very short, less than one quarter
as long as abdomen. Second joint half the length of basal; ter-
minal half the length of the second. Anterior pair half the length
of basal joint of posterior, one diameter apart, not closely con-
tiguous.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 9 . Carapace 7 long.,
6 lat. Abd. 9 long., 6 Jat. Ceph. area 4 long. Coxa of pedipalp
2:5 long., 1:5 lat. Stern. 4 long., 3:5 lat. Pedes, long. i. 17—
ii, 15—iii. 16—iy. 21. Artl. i. long. 2.5—1—5—2—3—2. Artl.
iv. long. 2:°5—1—5:5—2—4—3:5—2. Posterior mam. 2 long.;
art], 1—-5—-25, Ant. mam. ‘5 long., -25 apart. Mandib. 3
long.
A single specimen of the female sex was taken by myself
amongst fallen mango-leaves in a clearing in the forest of Santarem
in March 1896.
Species already described from the Neotropical Region.
Of the various species of Idiops which have been already de-
scribed from South America, some of them possibly belonging to
the genus Acanthodon, the following appear to me to be quite
different from A. santaremia.
Idiops rohdei, Karsch ( ¢ ), Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 93. 9, long.
16mm. Hab. Paraguay ?—Although most of the characters given
in this diagnosis are common to the whole genus, the statement
“Jabio ad apicem irregulariter denticulato” certainly does apply
to my species.
Idiops fuscus, Perty (¢), Delect. Anim, Art. 1833, p. 197,
tab. 39. g. Hab. Piauhi, Brazil—The position of the eyes—
“oculi 8: 2 antici, 2 majores medii, et pone hos 4 in lineam
curvam dispositi”—is not the same as in A. santaremia.
Idiops argus, Sim. (2), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 180.
Q,long.16mm. Hab. Venezuela.—The description of the labium,
“ Pars labialis ad apicem spiculis 5-6 minuta,” clearly excludes my
species.
Idiops fulvipes, Sim.(Q), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 181.
Q, long. 8 mm. Hab. Venezuela.—Of this species Simon says
“ Precedenti valde affinis,” referring to J. argus, Sim.; and since
he does not refer to the armature of the labium, one must infer
that it is similar to that of the closely allied form.
Idiops bonapartei, Van Hasselt, Tijdschr. Ent. xxxi. 1888,
p- 166. 9, long. 14 mm. Hab. Surinam.—“ Labium serie
transversf 7-denticulorum armatum.” A. santaremia has but 2.
Idiops germani, Sim. (¢), Hist. Nat. Ar. 2nd ed, i. 1, p. 92
1896. ] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 739
(1892). ¢, long. 14 mm. Hab. Rio, Brazil.—Of this species
Simon says :—‘* Tarsi cuncti subtus scopulati,” and also “ Partes
oris....(omnino mutice).”
Genus Homeoprracts, E. Simon.
Type. H. pentodon, HE. Simon (9), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892,
p- 275. @ 11:8 long. Hab. Brazil, 8. Paulo de Olivenga.
HoM@oOPLACIS AUSTENI, n. sp.(¢)’. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 14,
15, 16 a & b.)
6. Hab. Manios, Lower Amazons. 12 mm. long. Type in
coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
3 .—Colour. Carapace, sternum, and legs dull orange-brown.
Abdomen mouse-grey.
Carapace marked on the caput with three dark longitudinal
lines, the central narrower, with a central and two lateral series of
stiff curving black bristles. Thoracic area with converging lines of
black bristles. Central fovea deep, procurved. Margin of cara-
pace fringed with stiff curving black bristles.
Abdomen shorter and narrower than carapace, clothed with dark
mouse-grey pubescence and black hairs. Spinners four; pale
straw-yellow; shorter than abdomen. Posterior pair three-jointed,
with pseudo-joint at base; basal joint longest, middle joint half
its length, terminal much shorter, globular. Anterior pair half
the length of basals of posterior pair, almost contiguous. Man-
dibles brown; sternum pale straw-yellow, furnished with black
hairs.
Carapace longer than broad ; cephalic area less than two-thirds
the length of carapace ; central fovea deep, procuryed.
Ocular tumulus low, quadrate, narrower in front. Eyes opaline,
set ina black ground. Anterior centrals large, half a diameter
apart, not larger than anterior laterals, these being in front and
close to the margin of the clypeus, half a diameter apart. Poste-
rior Jaterals a little smaller than anterior centrals, and nearly one
diameter from them. Posterior centrals very small, one diameter
from anterior centrals, half a diameter from posterior laterals.
Mandibles dark brown, furnished at apex with a rdteau formed
of five long stout teeth or modified hairs. Fang-groove fringed on
the outer side with a dense line of bright rufous hair; the inner
margin furnished with a row of 8 stout conical teeth; the floor
towards the base studded with a very few minute cusps.
Sternum longer than broad. Sigilla i., ii., lii., iv. present, mar-
ginal, the last three pairs scarcely noticeable.
Labiwm broader than long, globular, not furnished at its apex
with cusps.
1 [have much pleasure in associating this species with the name of Mr. H. H.
Austen, to whom I am indebted for calling my attention to the specimen when
collecting together near Manaos
736 MR. F. 0. PIOKARD OAMBRIDGH ON {June 16,
Cova of pedipalp three times its breadth, not produced at
anterior angle ; bearing on the inner basal angle three sharp black
cusps set in a curving row.
Legs 4,1, 2, 3, clothed with fine rufous hairs, black curving
bristles, and black spines. Tarsi i. and ii. with two claws and a
elaw-tult; claw armed with a minute denticle rather before the
middle, beneath ; scopulate. Tarsi iii. and iv. with two claws and
a claw-tuft, the claws bearing no denticle; very slightly clothed
beneath with scattered scopuliform hairs. Protarsi i. and ii, with
slight scopula at apex and two stout spines, one apical, the other
basal, beneath ; iii. and iv. with numerous spines. Tibiai. bearing
at its apex on the inner side, beneath, a pair of stout curved spines
set in juxtaposition to each other, with five ordinary spines,
2—1—3 beneath, and one on the inner side. Tibia iii. and iv.
with numerous spines. Jemora of all four pairs with five or six
spines above.
Pedipalp. Femur with a few spines at apex above. Tibia
fringed on either side beneath with long hair, and six spines on
the inner side, two on the outer. Tarsus short, half the length of
tibia. Bulb short, pyriform, transverse, its stylum very short,
curved, directed outwards and backwards.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— g . Carap. 6:5 long.,
55 lat. Abd. 5:5 long., 3°5 lat. Ceph. area 4 long. Stern. 3:25
long., 2°5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2:5 long., 1:25 lat. Pedes, long.
i, 25—ii, 23—i1i. 20—iv. 30. Artl. i. long. 3°25—1:25—6-5—3—
5:5—4—3, Artl. iv. long. 3—1—7-5—2—6—8-5—2:5, Postr.
mam. long. 3°65; artl. 15—1—:5. Antr. mam. 75.
My attention was called to a fine specimen, an adult male, of
this species by Mr. BH. FE. Austen when collecting in the neighbour-
hood of Manaos, Amazonas, in !'ebruary 1896, and I have great
pleasure in connecting his name with the species. The generic
characters which distinguish J/omeoplacis from Barychelus are
well marked. Cephalic fovea procurved; rastellum at apex of
mandible consisting of five separate teeth; coxa of pedipalp armed
near the base with only a few (3-4) small cusps; ocular tumulus
narrower in front.
M. Simon apparently does not know the male of the species he
has made the type of his genus, so that no mention is made of the
spines at the apex of the tibie of the first pair of legs,
Species described.—H. pentodon, Sim. op. cit. p. 275.
It is possible that the Spider described above may be the male
of the one described by Simon; but it is not easy to identify a
specimen of this sex from a description of the female. He says of
it—“ Parte cephalica vittis duabus;” of H. austeni one would
rather say—‘ Parte cephalica lineis tribus;” and again he says:
‘“‘ parte thoracica lineis radiantibus, lineaque marginali obscuriori-
bus notatis” ; whereas in my specimen there are no radiating lines
and no marginal dark line,
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 737
Genus AcAnTHosournrié, Ausserer, 1871.
Syn. 1842. Mygale, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 43, fig. 718.
1850. Scurria, C. Koch, Uebersicht, v. p. 74.
Type. A. geniculata (C. K.), d. In coll. Imp. Mus. Berlin.
Hab. America.
Generic Characters.
Legs spinose. Patella and tibia iv. shorter, or not longer than
patella and tibia i. Tibia i. of 3 armed with a single spur at apex.
Anterior row of eyes more or less slightly procurved. Femora iv.
clothed on inner side with thick short soft hairs, forming a velvety
pad. Sternal sigilla visible—lst pair at base of labium; 2nd
marginal ; 3rd submarginal ; 4th remote from margin.
AOANTHOSCURRIA GEHNICULATA (C. Koch). (Plate XXXIV.
fig. 17.)
9. Hab. Santarem. In coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.
Length 70 mm., including base of mandibles.
2 .— Colour, Carapace mahogany-brown, clothed with short grey
velvety pubescence. Clypeus fringed with yellow-pink hairs.
Mandibles black, clothed with short grey hairs and long rufous-pink
hairs. Abdomen black, velvety, clothed with long rufous-pink
hairs; black, velvety, beneath. Sternum and coxe of legs deep
black-brown. Coxe of pedipalp and Jabium pale red-brown;
inner margins fringed with fiery-red hairs and long rufous hairs.
Underside of legs black-brown, clothed with long rufous-pink hairs,
the distal end of each segment fringed with cream-pink hairs.
Upperside: femora black, with grey pubescence, outer side fringed
with long rufous-pink hairs. Patella, tibia, and protarsus and
tarsus of 1., i1., i11., iv. rich black-brown; the distal end of each
segment and of the femur broadly tipped with short creamy-pink
hairs, forming a richly contrasting annulation. Patella and
tibia i. and ii, less so of iii. and iv., marked with a pair of
longitudinal rufous-pink lines of short hairs. Protarsi i., ii., iii.,
iy. with a short basal central rufous line. The pedipalp is similarly
marked. The legs are everywhere clothed with long silky rufous-
pink hairs.
Carapace 26 mm. long, 24 mm. broad; gibbous behind eyes,
with a depression on either side. Central fovea small, slightly
recurved. Hye-tumulus longer than broad (more so than in
A. brocklehursti). Centrals a full diameter apart, nearly a diameter
from the laterals ; their diameter distinctly less than axis of anterior
laterals. Anterior row of eyes more strongly procurved than in
A. brocklehursti. Mandibles 15 mm. long. Fang short, only slightly
incrassate in middle below; fang-groove armed with a single row
of teeth on inner side, fringed on both margins with fiery-red hairs,
thickly on outer side, more thinly on inner side. Sternum15 mm.
long, 10 mm. broad; elongate oval. Four pairs of sigilla visible:
Ist at base of labial plate; 2nd marginal; 3rd submarginal; 4th
738 MR, F, 0, PIOKARD CAMBRIDGD ON (June 16,
remote from margin. Labium longer than broad, its apex studded
across entirely with cuspules. Cowa of pedipalp more than twice
its breadth; anterior distal angle produced; anterior basal angle
studded with cuspules, more scattered and fewer towards disc.
_ Legs spinose; fourth pair longest. Tarsi and almost the whole
of protarsi i. and ii. thickly scopulate; of iii. tarsus and half
protarsus, of iv. distal end, of protarsus slightly, and tarsus, scopu-
late. Femur iv. with velvet pad on inner side. ‘Tarsal claws 2 ;
inner claw with 7, outer with 3 denticles, of first pair of legs.
Spinners 4; posterior pair a little less in length than tibia i.
So far as I am aware, the female of this magnificent Spider has
never been fully described, and the specimen taken is the first of
this sex which has come into the possession of the British Museum
of Natural History. A. geniculata is apparently not a rare Spider
in the Amazonian forest. One female was found by Mr. Austen
in a hollow tree at Breves, but we were unable to secure it. I
saw, also, more than one far down in the burrows of the Termites,
underground, where it was useless to attempt a capture. The
young ones to the number of a hundred or more crowded the
entrance to one of these dens, running about over a broad thin
sheet of webbing. The specimen described was, however, taken
by myself from the hollow branch of a tree which had fallen in
the forest near Santarem, the only one I was able to secure.
Its presence was first detected by the slight white web spun
over the end of the short decayed hollow stump, while far down
within could be seen the pale banded legs of the spider. Fortu-
nately—whether it is always the case or not I cannot say—-there
was also a bolt-hole, so that, after rattling with a stick down the
hollow, out burst the spider with a strange rustle and pattering
of its padded feet. Had it not {been for the noise, I should
probably not have noticed it, for I never suspected an exit at the
other end.
With gloved hand in front and large prune-jar held open behind
her, she stopped, but made no attempt to attack or bite at the
obstacle in front. But now, when pressed, with lightning speed
she whisked off a small cloud of fine down from the back of the
abdomen on the upperside with the claws of the fourth pair of
legs. Pressing her in front, she went backwards into the jar, and
at once was secured. Mr. Bates mentions the poisonous character
of the hairs of these great Spiders, he himself haying suffered from
them; and one has often observed a bare patch on the upperside
of the abdomen, at its apex, of many of them, whence the fine
pubescence has been apparently rubbed off. Putting these two
links together, and connecting them with the action which I
witnessed, I am convinced myself—though I should need far
more proof before I would definitely assert that such was really
the case—that the spider whisks off these fine hairs in order to
rotect itself. It is true that, though I caught upwards of 150
ee Spiders, I never saw one, except the above, act in this way,
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THD LOWER AMAZONS. 739
though the Avicularias certainly scarcely had a chance, for I
usually caught them under a handkerchief or glove, when the legs
could not be used in the way described above. Still it is quite
possible that they also act in the same way, for the abdomen of
Avicularia was in many cases entirely devoid of pubescence. Santa-
remic pocockit, however, had plenty of chances, but never made
use of this method of defence, so far as I observed, nor were their
abdomens in any case bare of pubescence.
This handsome Spider is probably the Bird-eating Spider described
and figured by Bates in his ‘ Naturalist on the Amazons,’ though
I found nothing save beetle relics (Longicorns chiefly) in the bottom
of the hollow where A. geniculata lived, So far as I know no
account of the whisking off of irritating hairs by A. geniculata or
any “Mygale” has ever been published, if ever observed.
There can be little doubt but that the A. gentculata here described
is identical with the specimen in the Berlin Museum. This, a
male, has been figured by Koch, and a male specimen in the British
Museum of Natural History agrees well with the figure. The
annulations on tho legs are its chief characteristic. Whether
Ausserer saw the type male or not, [ cannot say, but he may have
taken his descriptions from Natterer’s specimen from the Rio
Branco, Brazil. The female of this species is an addition to the
National collection.
ACANTHOSCURRIA BROCKLEHURSTI, n.sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 18.)
Q@. Hab. Para. ‘Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.
Length 60 mm., including base of mandibles.
@ .—Colowr. Carapace deep brown, clothed with grey-brown
velvety pubescence. Margin of clypeus fringed with fine pink-
tipped grey hairs. Base of mandibles thickly clothed with short
grey pubescence and longer scattered rufous hairs. Abdomen
clothed with deep brown velvety pubescence and long scattered
rufous hairs ; ventral surface velvet-black. Sternum and coxe of
legs velvety, clothed with rich chocolate-brown pubescence. Labium
and coxa of pedipalp pink, clothed with long pale-orange hairs,
inner margin fringed with fiery-red hairs. Underside of base of
mandibles pink; margins of fang-groove fringed with fiery-red
hairs. Legs clothed entirely with rich chocolate-brown pubescence
and long scattered rufous hairs, apex of each segment fringed with
short cream-pink hairs. Patelle of i., ii., ili., and iy. exhibiting
two longitudinal lines of short rufous hairs.
Carapace 22 mm. long, 20 mm. broad; gibbous behind eyes,
with a depression on either side. Central fovea deep, transverse-
procurved. Zye-twmulus a little longer than broad, oval, promi-
nent. Anterior row of eyes almost straight, procurved ; centrals
scarcely one diameter apart (a little less from laterals), their
diameter distinctly greater than axis of laterals. Mandibles
13 mm. long. Fang short, incrassate about the middle. Fang-
groove with a row of teeth along inner margin; both margins
fringed with red hairs, outer thickly, inner thinly. Sternum
740 MR. F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGD ON [June 16,
11 mm. long, 7 mm. broad, elongate oval; with four pairs of
sigilla visible—Ist pair at base of labial plate, 2nd marginal,
3rd submarginal, 4th remote from margin. ZLabium broader than
long, apex armed along its entire width with cuspules. Coxa of
pedipalp scarcely twice its width; anterior distal angle slightly
produced; anterior basal angle armed with cuspules, becoming
fewer and more scattered towards the disc.
Legs spinose ; fourth pair longest. Tarsi and three-fourths of
protarsi i. and ii. scopulate; of iii. tarsi and half protarsi, of iv.
tarsi and very slightly at the apex of protarsi, scopulate. Femur
iv. with velvet pad on inner side. ‘Tarsal claws 2; inner with 7
denticles, outer with 6. Spinners 4; posterior pair as long as
tibia il.
This species is very much smaller than A. geniculata, from which
it differs, first in the relative length of the first and fourth pairs of
legs, secondly in the proportion of the anterioreyes. Its tarsi and
protarsi, too, are much less broadly padded with scopular hairs.
A single female from Para; from a native palm-thatched hut.
T have much pleasure in connecting this fine species with the name
of Mr. Brocklehurst, to whom we are indebted not only for this
specimen and many others, but also for great courtesy in rendering
every assistance in his power to further the success of the expe-
dition. This species is an addition to the National collection.
The following species have been described and their differential
characters diagnosed by M. Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892,
. 280) :—
F A, ema E. Sim., ¢, op. cit. p. 281. San Mateo, Bolivia
(Garlepp).
A, maga, BH. Sim., 3, op. cit. p. 280. America Meridionalis.
A. minor, Auss., 3, Verhandlungen &c., 1871, p. 206. Guiana.
A, insubtilis, BH. Sim., 3, op. cit. p. 282. San Mateo, Bolivia
(Garlepp).
A, ferina, B. Sim., ¢, op. cit. p. 282. Teffe, Amazonas.
Genus Avicunanta, Lamarck, 1818.
Avicularia, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vy. 1818, p. 107.
Syn. Aranea, Linneus; DeGeer; Kleemann (in part).
Mygale, Latreille; Walckenaer ; Hahn; Lucas (in part).
Type.—Figures of two males in ‘ Dissert. Gen. Metamorph.
Insect. Surinam.’ pl. xiii. (1726): Madame M. S. Merian.
Generic Characters.
Anterior row of eyes strongly procurved. Legs of first pair shorter
than those of fourth, Four pairs of sternal sigilla visible—1st at
base of labial plate; 2nd marginal; 3rd marginal; 4th sub-
marginal. Posterior pair of spinners longer than width of sternum:
Carapace nearly straight (in profile) behind the eyes. Patella and
tibia iv. longer than carapace, Protarsus and tarsi i., ii., ili., and
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. . 741
iv. broad, spatuliform. Habits arboreal ; forming silken cylinders
in hollow trees or amongst foliage.
AVICULARIA AVICULARIA (Linn.), 1758. (Plate XX XIII. figs. 10,
11; Plate XXXIV. fig. 19; and Plate XX XV. fig. 13.)
Probable synonyms.
1746. Aranea avicularia, Linn., Kleemann’s Supplement to
Résel’s Iconographie, i., pls. xi., xii.
1758. Aranea avicularia, Linn. 3, Syst. Nat. ed. x. 1. p. 622.
1764. Aranea avicularia, Linn. Mus. Ludovicw Ulrice, p. 428 :
based on figures in Madame Merian, op. cit.
1767. Avanea avicularia, Linn., Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 1034.
1778. ' Aranea vestiaria, DeGeer, Mémoires, tom. vii. p. 313,
pl. xxxvil. fig. 8.
1798. Aranea avicularia, Linn., Fabricius, Ent. System. ii.
. 424,
; 1804. Mygale avicularia, Latreille, Hist. Nat. d. Crust. vii.
p- 152, pl. 62. 1.
1805. Mygale avicularia, Walckenser, Tabl. d. Aran. p. 4.
1806. Mygale avicularia, Latreille, Genera Crust. i. p. 82.
1820. Mygale avicularia, Hahn, Monographie der Spinnen, pl. i.
fig. 3.
"1837, Mygale avicularia, Walckenaer, Hist. Nat. d. Ins., Apt. i.
. 217.
: 1842. Mygale avicularia, Lucas, Hist. Nat. Crust. &c. i. p. 335.
1848. Mygale testacca, C. K., g, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 45,
pl. ceciii. fig. 719°.
1848. Mygale scoparia, C. K., 9, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 54,
pl. ecevi. fig. 725 *.
1871. Avicularia vestiaria, DeGeer, Ausserer, Verhandlungen
&c., Wien, 1871, p. 201.
1892. Avicularia avicularia (Linn.), Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign.
i, p. 171.
AVIOULARIA AVICULARIA (Linn.).
@. Hab. Para.
Colour.—Carapace mahogany-brown, clothed with converging
lines of short grey-green hairs, Sternum, coxa of pedipalp, and
legs velvety black; inner margin of former fringed with fiery-red
hairs. Abdomen and legs clothed with black hairs beneath,
becoming rufous above; third and fourth pairs clothed with long,
1 The name vestiaria was evidently not intended by DeGeer as a specific
name, but was only used as a term in the description. Ausserer, however,
did not notice this and regarded it as a specific name, although the name
avicularia in any case has priority. Perhaps Ausserer considered it unadvisable
to have both generic and specific name the same, and the legitimacy of this
combination in practical nomenclature is still a matter of disputation amongst
scients.
2 ‘This is possibly drawn from a faded specimen of A. avicularia, for Koch
remarks that the figure is drawn from an old specimen,
3 This figure is certainly similar in coloration to numbers of young Avicularia
taken by myself in the neighbourhood of Para.
742 . MR. F, 0, PIOKARD OAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
stiff, fiery-red hairs, especially the three terminal segments. ‘Tarsi
of all four pairs tipped with a broad bar of rufous hairs. Under-
side of tarsi of pedipalp, tarsi and protarsi of first and second pairs
of legs, except extreme base of protarsi, tarsi and half the protarsi
of third and the apex of protarsus of fourth pairs, furnished
with a thick scopula. Tarsi of all four pairs and of pedipalp
broad, spatuliform. Abdomen clothed on the sides with bright
rufous, stiff and long hairs, these becoming obsolete towards the
apex of abdomen above, disclosing an undercovering of short black
hairs. Underside clothed with black hairs.
Carapace longer than broad, in proportion of 20:18; flat, not
gibbous behind eye-tumulus. Hye-tumulus twice as long as
broad, more or less prominent (variable). Anterior centrals one
diameter apart, distant from anterior laterals a space equal to
transverse diameter of latter. Anterior row only slightly pro-
curved’, Central fovea deep, recurved. Jang-groove armed with
a single row of short stout conical teeth, both margins fringed
with long hairs; floor of groove studded with minute granules.
Sternum with three pairs of sigilla visible—lst at base of labial
plate, 2nd obsolete, 3rd marginal, 4th submarginal. Labiwin
quadrate, its distal third entirely studded with minute cuspules.
Coxa of pedipalp slightly more than twice its breadth; its inner
basal angle studded with minute cuspules, as also is the basal
inner disc, only more scattered; anterior inner angle produced,
obtusely conical. Zeys of fourth pair longer than those of first.
Tarsus of pedipalp with one, of legs i., ii., iii., and iv. with two
small stout hooked claws, their inner edges plain, not armed with
denticles. Spinning mamille four; posterior pair trisegmental,
second segment shortest. The whole three segments taken
together one-third longer than width of sternum.
This is the form which is most abundant on the Amazons,
occurring at Pari, Breves, Gurupa, Monte Alegre, Obydos,
Santarem, &c., in almost any number and in all stages of develop-
ment. Amongst the foliage the little yellow-leeged immature of
this species with black tarsi, the next stage with black oblique
stripes on the abdomen, and many others, were in abundance. The
adults constructed their tubular retreat in almost any locality which
offered a more or less vacant cylindrical space. Of the hollow
stumps of the Assai palm in the neighbourhood of Para, which
had been sawn off about 3 ft. from the ground, almost every one
‘had its tenant. Further up the river, one found them in the
folded leaves of bananas, and at Obydos and Santarem abundant
in the half-grown condition in the hollow centre of the pineapple
plant. Sometimes, too, their loose white irregular cylinder of
1 Tn scarcely a single specimen are the eye-measurements the same, so
inconstant and unreliable are characters drawn from the proportional size and
separation of these ie In some specimens the anterior row is much more
strongly procurved, while the anterior laterals are distant from the centrals a
space equal to the diameter of the latter.
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 743
silk, with one or more openings at the entrance, would be con-
structed amongst the palm-leaf thatch of the native houses.
The spiders would often be seen sitting near the tube on the
outsides of the palm-stem, nor were they either very rapid in
their movements or inclined to attack those who interfered with
them; merely raising themselves on their hind legs in an attitude
of defence.
I was not successful, however, in securing any clue to the nature
of their food; no débris of any sort was to be found in the nest
itself, nor did I even surprise one in the act of seizing or devouring -
its prey.
Males, too, were apparently very scarce, for not a single
specimen of this sex was met with.
Beyond the raising themselves on the last two pairs of legs and
striking with the mandibles, I noticed no habit worth mentioning.
I might, however, call attention to the scrabbling, rustling,
pattering noise made by the spider in running upon any dry
substance. A pair of large Avicularias, striving to escape from an
umbrella into which they havo fallen from the banana Jeaves, make
a most appalling noise. Such a noise is entirely unexpected from
spiders whose feet are so well padded with soft hairs beneath; but
whether the noise is made by the claws, which I doubt, or by the
soft pad, which is difficult to believe, I am so far unable to decide.
AVICULARIA AVIOULARIA VARINGATA, subspecies nov. (Plate
XXXIII. fig. 12, 9.)
Hab. Itacoitiara, Lower Amazons.
Similar to the above in all respects except that the long hairs
are grizzled with grey at the tips, and very thick, especially on the
third and fourth pairs of legs. The apex of the tarsi, too, is tipped
with a narrow band of pink hairs, while there is a noticeable and
entire absence of the fiery-red hairs So characteristic of Avicularia
on the legs. The abdomen, too, is clothed on the sides with long
grizzled and delicate pink hairs, not fiery-red, while the whole
body is of a delicate mossy-green tint, from the green-grey pubes
cence, harmonizing well with the foliage amongst which they live.
Of this beautiful variety 1 beat two specimens, females, into an
umbrella from banana trees in the neighbourhood of Itacoitiara or
Serpa, on the north bank of the Amazons, Feb. 7, 1896.
The most interesting point about these two varieties seems to
be—judging of course entirely by the long series captured over a
distance of a thousand miles inland on the Amazons—that as we
went further west there began to be a tendency to grizzled hairs.
One specimen in particular, taken from a banana tree in a clearing
in the forest at Santarem, presents a distinctly intermediate
character between these two extreme forms, the hairs of the
first two pairs of legs being decidedly grizzled. It would have
been very interesting to compare the males of the grizzled form,
variegata, with males of the typical Avicularia; but fortune did
not favour me in this respect.
744 ML. F, 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON (June 16,
One would be inclined to consider that possibly a separate species
is in process of differentiation, and that the further westwards it
extended the more decided might be the differential characters. Of
course this is only a theory, as regards the latitudinal distribution
of the forms, which would be at once upset by grizzled specimens
from Para, for instance. The difference, however, is so striking,
that one would not hesitate to regard the grizzled form as
decidedly a different species from the red, when alive in all the
fresh beauty of its grey-green colouring; until careful comparison
proves that the difference is, so far, but one of coloration, having
apparently no structural counterpart.
Species which probably belong to the genus Avicularia.
1848. Mygale hirsutissima, C. K., 9, Die Arachn. ix. p. 76.
South America. In coll. J. Sturm, Niirnberg.
1848. Mygale leporina, OC. K., g¢, Die Arachn. ix. p.55. Bahia.
Mus. Berlin.
1848. Mygale diversipes, C. K., 9, Die Arachn. ix. p. 65.
Brazil. Mus. Berlin.
1848. Mygale leta, C. K., 9, Die Arachn. ix. p. 66. Porto
Rico. Mus. Berlin.
1848. Mygale cesia, C. K., 9, Die Arachn. ix. p. 88. Porto
Rico. Mus. Berlin.
1848. Mygale detrita, C. K., §, Die Arachn. ix. p. 86. Brazil.
Mus. Munich.
1848. Mygale walckenaerti, Perty, Del. An. Artic. p. 191, t. 38. 2.
Brazil.
1871. Avicularia vulpina, Auss., Verhandlungen &c., Wien,
1871, p. 202. Brazil.
1876. Avicularia rutilans, Auss., ¢, Verhandlungen &c., Wien,
. 184. New Granada.
1876. Avicularia metallica, Auss., Verhandlungen &c., Wien,
185. Surinam.
1889, Avicularia velutina, Sim., 9, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889,
. 213. Venezuela.
1890. Avicularia holmbergti, Thor., Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) viii.
. 399. Hab.?
1891. Avicularia glauca, Sim., g, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891,
. 312. Panama.
to} ss)
=] is} rot
Genus Taprnavcnunivs, Ausserer, 1871. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 21.)
Syn. 1842. Myyale, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 67.
1850. Hurypelma, C. Koch, Uebersicht.
Type. 2. plumipes (C. K.), ¢, Die Arachniden, ix. p. $7,
tab. ecexi. fig. 733, 1842. In coll. Mus. Imp. Berlin.
Generic Characters.
a
Anterior row of eyes straight or nearly so. Legs of first paw equal
to those of the fourth. Three pairs of sternal sigilla visible—1st at
1896.] . SPIDHRS FROM THH LOWER AMAZONS. 745,
base of labial plate ; 2nd almost obsolete ; 3rd marginal ; 4th sub-
marginal. Posterior pair of spinners a little longer than width of
sternum. Carapace quite straight (in profile) behind eyes. Patella
and tibia iv. equal to length of carapace. Patella and tibia i. equal
to length of carapace. Legs clothed with long hairs; feathery.
Protarsus and tarsii., ii, iil., and iv. broad, spatuliform. Habits
arboreal ; forming silken cylinders under bark of trees or amongst
foliage.
Never having seen the type specimen of M. plumipes, O. K., one
cannot speak with absolute confidence as to its generic characters.
Specimens of 7’. sanctt-vincenti, Walck., however, agree remarkably
with the full figure of M. plumipes and in the arrangement of the
eyes which C. Koch has given, and there can be little doubt but
that the two forms are congeneric. As distinct from Avicularia,
they may be recognized by the anterior eyes forming an almost
straight row, whereas in Avicularia they form a strongly pro-
curved line. In Avicularia the fourth pair of legs is the longest;
in Tapinauchenius the first and fourth pairs are equal’. Tibia and
patella iv. are, in Avicularia, longer than the carapace; in Z'apin-
auchenius they are equal to it. ‘The posterior pair of spinners in
both these genera are longer than the width of the sternum.
Otherwise in general cliaracters the species of these two genera
are very much alike; the anterior row of eyes, however, furnishing
the best character—so far as one can judge from the material
in hand. :
Mygate sancti-vincenti, Walck., 3, Insectes Aptéres, i. p. 216.
—Walckenaer says: ‘ La quatriéme et la premitre paire de pattes
sont presque égales”—“ les yeux forment un carré long, transverse,
dont la gibbosité est peu prononcée.” The generic characters given
above of Tapinauchenius have been drawn from specimens of this
species.
Cf. E. Simon, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 553. St. Vincent.
Species probably belonging to this genus hitherto described :—
T’. latipes, Auss. Verhandlungen zool.-bot. Gesel. 1876, p. 183.
Venezuela.
T. reduncus, Karsch, Zeit. ges. Naturwiss. p. 387, vol. liii.
Costa Rica.
Of Tapinauchenius, M. Simon says :—‘‘ Les moeurs de ces
_1 M. Simon in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 583, gives the lengths of the first
and fourth pairs of legs in 7. sancti-vincenti (2) as i. 46°2 mm., iv. 48:5 mm.
In this measurement the coxa is evidently not included ; if the coxais included,
the lengths of i. and iv. are equal, namely, 59 mm. But of course there is no
special value in the absolute lengths; nor must such characters bo held as
absolutely reliable. In an Avicularia, d,. sp. undescribed, for instance, and
in A. rutilans, Auss., f', agnin, the first pair of legs is equal to, or, if any-
thing, slightly longer than, the fourth, instead of véce versd. Whother this
character may ultimately prove to be more than of specific value or not, one
would at any rate not regard it of sectional value as M. Simon does (Hist. Nat.
Ar. i. p. 183). Many of these characters, however, must only be looked upon
as gencrally true of this or that group and subject to particular exceptions—
convenient as guides to classification, but to be used a great caution.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XLVIII. 48
746 ME, ¥. 0, PICKARD OAMBRIDGH ON [June 16,
Araignées sont assez différentes de celles des Avicularia; tandis
que ceux-ci sont assez lents, les Tapinauchenius courent avec une
excessive rapidité.”—‘ Je les ai trouvés sous des écorces d’arbres
abattus dans les défrichements.”
This is very interesting, for the habit is evidently totally different
from these of the genus Santaremia described below, and gives
an additional warranty to the goodness of the generic distinction.
In certain Spiders from the Amazons and Trinidad,which resemble
Tupinauchenius in the straightness of the anterior row of eyes,
the first pair of legs is longer than the fourth, the sternal sigilla
iii. and iy. are more removed from the margin, the legs of the iii.
and iy. pairs are more slender than those of the first two pairs, and
the legs are not clothed with long fringing hairs. On the ground
of these differences I have formed anew genus for their reception,
including two, species, Santuremia pococki and S. longipes ;
Tapinauchenius will include T. saneti-vincenti; while Avicularia
will include A. avicularia, A. walckenaeria, A. rutilans, &e.
The following characters may be found useful in distinguishing
these three genera :-—
A. Anterior row of eyes strongly procurved ............ <Avicwaria, Lam.
B. Anterior row of eyes straight or nearly so.
1. First pair of legs equal to the fourth. Legs clothed
with long hairs ..........sccseceseeetecnecersereaeens Tapinauchenius, Auss.
2. First pair of legs longer than the fourth. Legs
clothed with short hairs ...........cssscceseseesoeees Santaremia, n. g.
SANTAREMIA, gen. nov.
Anterior row of eyes straight or nearly so. Legs of first pair longer
than those of fourth. Four pairs of sternal sigilla visible: 1st ut base
of labial plate; 2nd marginal ; 3rd submarginal ; 4th remote from
margin. Posterior pair of spinners not longer than width of sternum.
Carapace gibbous (in profile) behind the eyes. Latella and tibia iv.
shorter than carapace. Patella and tibia i. equal to or longer than
carapace. Legs clothed with short hairs. Protarsus and tarsi iii.
and iv. much narrower, less spatuliform than i. and ii. Habits
terrestrial, forming silk-lined burrows in the ground.
Type. SANTAREMIA POCOOKI’, n.sp., 9 .—Hab. Santarem. Type
specimen in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896. (Plate XXXIII.
figs. 8, 9, & 13; Plate XXXIV. fig. 20; and Plate XXXYV.
fig. 12.)
Colour. Carapace dark brown, clothed with short sandy yellow-
grey hairs, rufous towards and on posterior margin. Base of
mandibles clothed with sandy and much darker brown hairs.
Abdomen rich chocolate-brown, with scattered rufous hairs, more
numerous towards spinners. Ventral area brown. Sternum, coxe
1 T have great pleasure in connecting this species with the name of my friend
Mr. R. I. Pocock of the Nat. Hist, Museum. He had already named it in MS,
from specimens taken near Pard by Mr. Bates, but kindly withdrew his claim
to the species in my favour,
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THY LOWBR AMAZONS. 747
of legs, and pedipalps rich brown. Underside of legs clothed
with sandy yellow-brown hairs. Inner margin of coxa of pedipalp
and outer margin of fang-groove nage with fiery-red hairs.
Protarst and tarsi i. and ii. entirely, $ of protarsus ii. and whole
of tarsus, 3 of protarsus iv. and whole of tarsus, furnished with a
dense pad at scopular hairs. Tarsi i., ii., iii., and iv. broad,
spatuliform, but iv. much less so. Upperside of legs clothed with
rich chocolate-brown hairs on femora, becoming more rufous along
the four distal segments. Hair on legs short (not long, as in
Aviculuria). Patelle of legs i. and ii. and pedipalp slashed with
four narrow lines of short, pale, sandy-grey pubescence, central
pair confluent towards apex of segment. Zibie i. and ii. of pedi-
palp with two widely separate pairs of pale lines of pubescence ;
each pair very narrowly separate. Protarsi i. and ii. and of pedipalp
with fine, short, central, pale basal line. Legs iii. and iv. exhibiting
a somewhat similar but less conspicuous arrangement of pale lines.
Femora of all four pairs with two faint dorsal and a pair of lateral
yellow lines on the outer side, the latter obsolete on iv.
Curmpace longer than broad, narrow, in proportion of 20: 16,
distinctly gibbous behind eye-tumulus. Central fovea deep, trans-
verse, slightly procurved. ye-tumulus twice as long as broad.
Anterior row of eyes only a little procurved. Fang-groove armed
with a single row of short conical teeth along outer margin, its ©
floor towards base studded with minute granules. Sternum with
four pairs of sigilla visible: 1st at base of labial plate, 2nd marginal,
3rd submarginal, 4th remote from margin.
Labium quadrate, a little longer than broad ; distal third entirely -
studded with minute cuspules. Coxa of pedipalp almost twice as
long as broad ; inner distal angle slightly produced, obtusely conical ;
inner basal angle studded with minute cuspules ; inner basal disc
with a few more scattered cuspules. Zegs of fourth pair shorter
than those of first pair. Patella and tibia i. equal to length of
carapace. Tibia and patella iv. shorter than carapace. Tarsus of
pedipalp with one, of legs i., ii., lii., and iv. with éwo small stout
hooked claws, their inner central edge armed with five minute
denticles. Spinning-mamille four; posterior pair trisegmental,
second segment shortest; the whole three segments taken together
not longer than width of sternum.
The habits of Santaremia pococki are well known and have been
for years. So long ago as 1879, Mr. Bates mentions the large
spiders found near Para, forming long silk-lined tubes in the sandy
soil near Nazareth.
I was unable to secure any specimens from Para myself, but met
with abundance at Santarem and at several other places on the
river, Monte Alegre.
At Santarem, their burrows, eighteen inches long, were most
numerous along the banks of the wagegon-track running across the
sandy campos to the forest. Here at any time of day, though
more especially at night, the females might be seen sitting at the
entrance of the tube, which was trumpet-shaped and meu yy over-
48
748 MR, F. 0, PIOKARD OAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
hung by a tuft or two of hairy campos-grass or arched over
behind with a few dry leaves, the first two pairs of legs, pedipalps,
and mandibles alone visible; in colour closely similar to the sur-
rounding sand. A footfall, or a shadow, and they would vanish.
What their food may be I cannot say, for no débris was ever to be
found in the burrow. Do they wait for it to come within reach, or
do they go and seek it? Ithinktheformer. On several occasions,
having sat up all night and now and again, at intervals of an hour,
been the round of the burrows, each tenant was always found in
exactly the same position; nor did I ever find one running about
at night over the campos or in the forest. They may possibly,
however, dash out a few feet and seize their prey when it passes,
but I do not think they actually go in search of it.
What the males do with themselves I am utterly unable to say,
for though I watched and searched and waited many times at night
and dug out numerous burrows, yet on no occasion did I find a
male within, nor find one, as I fully expected to do, running over
the sand outside.
Females were taken in all stages of development, though it is
quite possible I was too late for the male sex.
In spinning the trumpet-shaped mouth to the burrow, the Spider
takes up a position with the abdomen and hind legs only appearing
from the burrows, and then by rubbing the spinners backwards and
forwards covers the ground round the entrance with fine white silk.
The large white cocoon, formed of a loose bag of silk, containing
from 80-100 eggs, lies loose in the slightly enlarged end of the
burrow. When the young are first hatched, they nourish them-
selves on the moist envelopes of the eggs, whence they have just
emerged. Later they may be found crowding the entrance of the
den or below with their mother.
Contrary to one’s expectation, the temperament of these spiders
appears to be gentle; though raising themselves on the hind legs
and striking with the mandibles when irritated, yet there is no
inclination to initiate an attack. Neither in confinement,
though starving for want of food, since they would eat neither
worms, caterpillars, crickets, cockroaches, moths, nor millipedes,
did they show any inclination to attack each other nor the
young spiders which were with them. Water they drank eagerly
enough.
Nothing could be externally more unlike than the Spiders I have
included in this genus and those usually included in the genera
Avicularia and Tapinauchenius. The latter are much more hairy
and the first pair of legs are equal to or less than the fourth pair.
In the former the legs are not clothed with long hairs, and the
first pair are longer than the fourth. The cox, femora, and
patella, too, of the first two pairs of legs are very stout, while
those of the third and fourth pairs are more slender, especially
the fourth. In Avicularia and Vapinauchenius the tarsi and pro-
tarsi of all four pairs are broad and spatuliform ; in Santaremia
those of the third pair are much less so than those of the first
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THH LOWER AMAZONS. 749
two pairs, while those of the fourth pair are even less so than
the third. I should expect to find, too, that no species with
characters agreeing with those of Santaremia would be found with
an arboreal mode of life. The habit of burrowing in the earth has
undoubtedly been a factor in the differentiation of various genera
and of this genus also, though one must not speak too confidently
in the absence of data. The feathery legs and broad spatuliform
terminal joints on all four pairs of legs in Avicularia and Tapin-
auchenius are obviously the outcome of an arboreal habit 1.
Genus Harratorun.e, Lenz.
Under the generic name Harpulothele, M. Simon, in Hist. Nat.
Ar. 1892, pp. 180, 181, distinguishes three groups corresponding
to three different geographical areas. The first are those from
Oceania, which will fall under the genus Jvamadus, Sim., with
I. varia, LU. K., as the type. The second are the African species,
which fall under the genus JJarpalothele, Lenz., with H. reutert,
Lenz, as the type. The third are the more numerous species from
the Neotropical regions, which fall under the genus Jujius, Sim.,
with J’, atramentartus as the type.
The last generic name I have retained in this paper for
convenience’ sake, and have added a brief reference to the other
species of the group which have been already described from
South America.
Genus Harpanorunts, Lenz.
Type. H. reuteri, Lenz, Zool. Jahrbiicher, i. p. 397 (1886).
Hab. Madagascar.
Genus Ixatus, L. Koch.
Type. L. varius, L. K. (6 9; ¢ 14 mm. 9 15 mm.), Ar.
Austral. 1873, p. 469. Hab. Oceania.
The name Jaalus, however, being preoccupied, Simon has
renamed the genus Jxamadus.
Genus Ixamapvs, E. Sim.?
Type. J. varius (. K.), E. Sim. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1887, note,
3 9. Hab. Port Bowen, Australia.
1 9. longipes, nu. sp., 92. Hab, Trinidad. Type specimen in coll. Brit. Mus.
Nat. Hist. 1896.
Colour. Oarapace mahogany-brown, clothed with sandy-yellow hairs. Man-
dibles clothed with short sandy yellow hairs (no long ones as in pococki).
Abdomen clothed with sandy yellow-grey hairs. Ooxe of i., ii, iii., and iv.,
femora of i. and ii. deep chocolate-brown underneath ; the latter clothed above
and on sides with arly sella hairs. Underside of tibis i. and ii. clothed
with sandy-yellow hairs, glossy. Patellse and tibise of legs without longitudinal
stripes. Patella and tibia i. longer than carapace (25 mm.—21 mm.). Habits
unknown. Oarapace 21x18 mm.
? In Hist. Nat, Ar. 1892, p. 180, the name has been misprinted Zramatus.
750 MR, F. 0, PIOKARD OAMBRIDGH ON [June 16,
Genus Furtvs, E. Simon, 1888.
Type. F. atramentarius, B. Sim. (¢ ), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888,
p. 213. 17mm. long. Hab. Guatemala.
Turrus aunicomis, E. Sim. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 4, 6, 8, 16.)
3 2. Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons. 6 12:5 mm. long. ;
917 mm. long. In coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Iist. ¢ new.
3 .—Colow. Carapace and basal joint of mandibles black, clothed
with fine golden hair. Sternum, coxw of pedipalp and of first
pair of legs deep pitch-brown. Femora black, apex tinged with
pink ; patella pitch-brown ; tibiee of legs black, of pedipalp pitch-
brown; protarsi and tarsi slightly paler; 2nd, 3rd, and 4th pair
of legs pitch-brown, paler towards extremity. ‘Tibiz and protarsi
each with two dark annulations, one at the apex, the other at or
towards the base. Coxe and trochanter of pedipalpi and all four
pairs of legs clothed above with golden hairs. Abdomen pitch-
brown, with a central, dorsal band of fine golden hairs, more
scattered laterally towards apex. Ventral area brown; spinners
paler, second and third joints suffused with dark brown.
Carapace longer than broad, finely granulate; cephalic area
occupying over half the length of carapace; central fovea deep,
recurved. Cephalic and thoracic impressions well marked.
Ocular tumulus low, height double its breadth. Central anterior
eyes large, circular, half a diameter from margin of clypeus, half a
diameter apart, almost in contact with anterior laterals; less than
a quarter diameter from posterior centrals. Anterior laterals
reniform elliptic ; their axis rather less than diameter of anterior
centrals. Posterior laterals ellipsoid, their axis equal to half the
axis of anterior laterals and one quarter their axis from them.
Posterior centrals very small, their axis equal to one third the
diameter of the anterior centrals, ellipsoidal, less than half an axis
from lateral posteriors, almost two diameters of anterior centrals
apart.
Yee longer than broad, finely granulate and sparsely
tuberculate, with a longitudinal smooth central channel; its
width one third less than its length; posterior margin fringed
with stiff separate dark hairs. Sigilla well marked, especially 1st,
2nd, 8rd, and 4th pairs; 2nd and 3rd marginal.
Mandibles without rastellum. Inner margin of fang-groove
armed with a single row of eight conical teeth, its floor studded
towards the base with minute cusps; outer margin fringed with
rufous hairs, inner with a few fine hairs.
Labium longer than broad, attenuate towards apex, with two or
three minute cusps. Coxa of pedipalp twice as long as broad,
finely granulate and sparsely tuberculate, studded with numerous
minute cusps at base, clustered towards inner angle. Inner
apical angle slightly produced and studded with minute cusps.
Inner margin thickly fringed with rufous hairs. Tibia of pedi-
palp incrassate, fringed with long hairs; tarsus short, dilate,
1896.] SPIDIRS FROM THD LOWER AMAZONS, 751
clothed with hairs. Bulb short, pyriform ; stylumslender, sinuous.
The whole length of bulb and stylum one-eighth less than that
of tibia.
Legs i., iv., ti., iii. Coxa, trochanter, and femur finely granulate ;
the latter without spines below, two or three above. Patella i.
with six or eight spines beneath ; tibia i. with two series of 5—5
beneath, and two or three spines on either side; bearing at its
apex beneath a stout, sharp, conical spur, directed forwards and
outwards, not bifid. Protarsus furnished with two spines beneath
and a pair at the apex; strongly curved at base, the apical angle
of curved portion bearing a short, very stout, conicalspur. Tarsii.,
ii., lii., iv., furnished on underside with scopuliform hairs; pro-
tarsi i. and ii. slightly so on either side at apex; iii. and iv. not
seopulate. Tibia and protarsi ii., iii., and iv. spinose beneath ;
tibia iii. with one or two spines also on the upperside.
Tarsal claws i., ii., iii, iv. three-clawed; superiors with a
double row of 6-8 denticles.
Spinners four ; posteriors three-jointed, one fourth the length
of abdomen. Basal joint longer than the middle, equal in length
to the terminal. Anterior spinners half the length of the basal
joint, twice their diameter apart at base.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— S$. Carap. 6°5 long.,
5°5 lat. Abd. 6 long., 3°5 lat. Cephl. area 4 long. Sternum
3:5 long., 2:5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2°5 long., 1-25 lat. Pedes,
long. i. 23—1i. 20—iii. 17—iv. 22. Artl. i. long. 3—1—5—3
4—4-95—9-5. Artl. iv. long. 2—1—5:5—2—4-5—45—2.
Postr. mam. 3°5 long. Artl. 1:-25—1—1—1-25. Antr. mam.
-75 long., 1 apart at base. Mandib.3 long. Large male 13 long. ;
small male 10 long.
Colour. Carapace and base of mandibles dark pitch-brown ;
the former clothed with converging lines of golden hairs; base of
latter with a dorsal band, and two narrow, external, lateral bands
of fine golden hairs, and a few interspersed amongst the intervening
black hairs. Abdomen clothed with a dense coat of deep chocolate-
brown hairs, having also a dorsal clothing of golden hairs,
extending to and spreading laterally. towards the spinners,
Ventral surface rich chocolate-brown.
Carapace longer than broad; central fovea deep, recurved ;
cephalic area rather more than half the length of carapace.
Abdomen longer than carapace. Spinners: posterior pair a little
over one third as long asabdomen; basal joint longest ; apical half
as long again as middle joint. Anterior pair half the length of
basal joint of posterior pair, twice their diameter apart.
Ocular tumulus twice as long as broad. Central eyes largest,
proportionally the same as in the male, but further apart.
Anterior centrals nearly half a diameter from posterior centrals ;
same distance from anterior laterals. Posterior centrals and
laterals almost in contact ; the latter nearly their axis distant from
anterior laterals.. Anterior centrals circular, the rest ellipsoidal.
Mandibles scarcely as long as cephalic area. Fang-groove with
752 . MR. F. O. PIOKARD OAMBRIDGH ON [June 16,
2 row of eight stout conical teeth on inner margin. Floor of groove
studded towards base with minute cusps.
Sternum longer than broad, finely granulate and_ sparsely
tuberculate, with a longitudinal, central, smooth channel. Poste-
rior margin fringed with stiff, separate, black hairs. Sigilla i.,
il., ili., iv. well marked ; iii. and iv. submarginal. Labial impres-
sions very deep.
Labium longer than broad, narrower towards apex, armed with
five or six cusps; its base much depressed.
Coxa of pedipalp longer than broad, slightly produced and
obtusely rounded at inner apical angle, the latter being studded
with minute cusps. Pedipalp dark pitch-brown.
Legs dark pitch-brown ; i. and ii. the darkest. Femora blotched
beneath and also slightly above with black ; patella suffused with
black at apex ; tibie and protarsi with a dark annulus at apex and
towards or at base. Upperside and apex of coxa, femur, tibia,
and, slightly so, the tarsus enriched with scattered golden hairs.
Tarsus of pedipalp, tarsus and two-thirds of protarsi i. and ii.
densely scopulate; of iii. and iv. not scopulate. Femora of
pedipalp and legs without spines. ‘Tibiw i. and ii. with 3—3
setiform hairs beneath ; iii. and iv. with 3—3 spines and a single
spine. Protarsus iii., alone, with spines above. Protarsus of
pedipalp armed beneath with numerous spines; protarsi of leg i.
with 5 spines; of ii. with two series of 3—38 spines, besides
isolated ones; of iii. and iv. with numerous spines. ‘arsi of
pedipalp with two spines, of legs without any spines. ‘Tarsus i.
with 3 claws ; superiors armed with a double series of 6—6
denticles beneath. Tarsus ii. with 3 claws; superiors with a
double series of 6—6 denticles. Tarsus iii. with 3 claws;
superiors with a single row of 3 denticles. Tarsus iv. with 3
claws ; superiors with single row of 6 denticles.
Spinners four; posterior pair shorter than abdomen, appearing
four-jointed from above, on account of pseudo-joint; basal joint
longest, central shortest, terminal longer than the latter.
Anterior pair half the length of basal joint of posterior pair;
twice their diameter apart.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 9. Carap. 8 long.,
6 lat. Abd. 9 long., 6 lat. Cephl. area 5 long. Stern. 4-25
long., 3°5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3 long., 2 lat. Pedes, long.
i, 23-11. 21—iii, 19—iy. 23. Artl. i. long..4—15—5—3—3'5
—35—2. — Artl. iv. long. 2:5—1-25—5—2-5—4-25—4 9,
Postr. mam. 5 long. Artl. 1-75—1—1-5. Antr. mam. 1 apart.
Mandib. 4 long.
Immature 9 .—Similar in character and coloration to the adult,
but pale yellow-brown on carapace, sternum, and mandibles.
Legs orange, ornamented with black annuli and_ blotches.
Femora with a submedian and an apical interrupted annulus,
Base and apex of patella, tibia and protarsus of all four pairs
ornamented with entire, or interrupted, annuli.. Central blotch
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THN LOWER AMAZONS. 753
‘on femur iv. almost obsolete. Pedipalp variegated similarly to
the legs.
Two males and three females of this handsome Spider were
taken on the Lower Amazons, at Gurup4 and in the forest of
Santarem. They are found under loose pieces of bark; but
whether they construct any kind of nest [am unable to say. The
immature specimens are much more brightly coloured than the
adult. The male of this species was hitherto unknown. A female
too was taken by Mr. Piffard near Manios.
There are four species from the New World, described under the
names Harpalothele and Fufius, which would fall under the latter
name should the distinction made in this paper be a permanent
one.
Fufius atramentarius Sim. (2,17 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1888, p. 218. Certainly not identical with the above, as shown
by the following extract :—“Cephalothorax nigerrimus, opacus,
fere glaber.” ‘ Medii postici anticis plus quadruplo minores.”
“ Mamille ferrugines.” ‘ Pedesque nigri, sed patellis dilutioribus
et rufescentibus.” Hab. Guatemala.
Harpalothele lanicia Sim. (9, 22 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1892, p. 283.‘ Mamille atre.” “ Sternum, coxe, et partes
oris nigre.” ‘“ Pedes fusco-rufescentes, flavido-pubescentes, et
nigro-hirsuti.” Hab. Bolivia; Espiritu Santo.
The legs are not annulate as in H. auricomis.
_ Harpalothele garleppi, Sim. (2, 25 mm. long), Aun. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1892, p. 284. “ Mamille fuscw.” “ Pars labialis mutica, paulo
latior quam longior.” No mention is made of the very character-
istic colouring of the legs evident in H. auricomis. Hab. Bolivia. .
Harpalothele albovitiata, Sim.( g ), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 806.
8 mm. long. Hab. Manaos, Lower Amazons.
‘“*Cephalothorax niger, opacus, pilis longis pallide fulvo-nitidis
parce vestitus. Abdomen nigrum, linea media integra albo-
argenteo-pilosa decoratum. Chel nigre supra ad basin vitta
albo-pilosa ornatz. Pars labialis mutica.”
“Tibia 1' paris incrassata, ovata, inferne biseriatim aculeata
(aculeis 3—8, interioribus longioribus) et extus ad apicem calcare
vallido, apice inzqualiter bifido, armata. Metatarso gracili, ad
basin curvato, et inferne, in parte basali, tuberculis binis geminatis
insigniter instructo. _ Bulbo simplici, longe attenuato, aculeo gra-
cillimo brevi et curvato ad apicem munito. Mamille nigra, arti-
culo apicali testaceo.”
Harpalothele auricomis, Sim. (@ ) Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 305.
Hab. Parad, Brazil.
‘“‘Cephalothorax obscure fuscus, pilis longis, nitidis, subaureis
vestitus.” ‘“ Pedes breves, pallide fulvi, nigro-maculati et annu-
754 _ MR. F, 0, PICKARD OAMBRIDGD ON [June 16,
lati.” ‘“Tibie quatuor antice inferne aculeis setiformibus 3—3,
metatarsi aculeis validioribus 3—3 instructi, pedes postici nume-
rose aculeati.” ‘ Mamille fusco annulate.” “ Long. ceph.+abd.
13:5 mm.”
There is very little doubt, short of actual comparison of types,
as to the identity of H. auricomis, Sim., with my female adult
specimen from Santarem and with the immature females from
Gurupé. The males have not hitherto been described, but the two
obtained on the Lower Amazons undoubtedly belong to the females
taken at the same time.
Genus Dierura, C. Koch; E. Sim.
Type. Mygale macrura, C. K. (g, 6:5 mm. long), Die Arach-
niden, ix. p. 38, tab. ccc. fig. 715 (1842). Hab. San Juan, West
Indies. In coll. Impr. Mus. Berlin.
The genus Diplura was founded in 1850, ‘Uebersicht des
Arachn.” C. L. Koch, p. 75. The author says of the type,
D. macrura, “Sehr gerade ausstehende Spinnwarzen,” and in his
description of the same spider under Mygale he says “ Kopf und
Thorax rostgelb”—‘“ Der Hinterleib sammt den Spinnwarzen
braunschwarz.”
The figure on plate ccc. seems to suggest that this species is
closely allied to that described below as D. sanguinea, but the
unicolorous abdomen would prove it to be certainly a different
species. Not having seen the type of the genus, which apparently
ig still extant in Berlin, and feeling pretty sure that it will prove
not congeneric with the three species described below, I have con-
sidered it less liable to lead to confusion in the future to form two
new genera for their reception. Two of them, Melodeus sanguineus
and Al. niger, might possibly fall under Simon’s group A, while the
third, Harmonicon rufescens, would fall under group B (¢f. Hist. Nat.
Ar. i. p. 178, 1892). If, however, group A really corresponds, as
M. Simon suggests, to Bertkau’s genus 7’halerothele, then mine will
not fall into the group, for of 'h. fasciata, Bert., the type of the
genus, Bertkau says “scopula nulla”; whereas all these three species
possess very distinct scopulw on the tarsi of all four pairs of legs.
It is just possible, however, that Bertkau’s type may be immature,
in that case the scopula would probably not be developed ; but of
this I cannot speak with certainty.
Trechona' is undoubtedly a good genus, the tarsi and protarsi
1 Genus Trecuona, O. Koch.
Type. Trechona zebrata (Walck.), 1835, sub Mygale (2). In coll. Brit.
Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.
Anterior eyes almost equal, forming a slightly curved line, almost straight.
Oarapace a little raised behind the eye-tumulus. Posterior spinners one-half
shorter than abdomen; segments subequal. Legs long, robust; protarsi and
tarsi i. and ii. entirely and densely scopulate, the former with three or four
long spines lying amongst the scopule; the latter without any central series of
long set amidst the scopuls. Protarsus iii. with distal two-thirds, tarsus iii.
entirely, densely scopulate, Protarsus iv. with distal half and entire tarsus iy.
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 755
of the type female being furnished with a dense scopula. The lyra
also differs considerably in character from those of the three species
here described.
Besides these forms of Diplurina, of which the females (and
doubtless the males as well) possess the lyra and pecten, there are
before me others which, being otherwise closely allied, possess no
lyra or pecten.
A male adult and a female, apparently immature, from Peru,
present characters which, in conjunction with the absence of
stridulating-organs would seem to warrant the formation of
another genus for their reception. Whether these will eventually
prove to be congenerie with Diplura macrura (C. K.) I cannot say,
but should not be surprised if such were the case.
For the present I torm a genus Neodiplura’ for the reception of
those which possess no stridulating-organs. Of D. cousini, 9,
Sim., of which the labium is spinulose; D. equatorialis, Auss., 9,
closely allied to D. cousini (sec. Simon); D. longicauda, Auss., 9,
with spinners longer than the abdomen; and D. rogenhofer2, Auss.,
9, I cannot speak with any certainty. The characters given
would apply fairly well, from a generic point of view, to any of
the Dipluriform spiders.
HARMONIOON, gen. nov.
Posterior spinning-mamille as long as abdomen ; terminal segment
the longest. Legs longer, more slender. Fany-groove with a single
more lightly scopulate. First pair of legs a little longer than fourth. Tarsal
claws 3. Superiors armed with a double series of denticles. Fang-groove
armed on the outer side with a single row of teeth; floor of groove towards
base studded with cuspules. Coxa of pedipalp furnished on inner side with 17
long claviform spines and a thick pad of numberless smaller spines, interspersed
with claviforms. Base of mandible furnished with seven or eight stout spini-
form hairs, incrassate at base, the first five isolated. These form the lyra and
pecten of the stridulating-organs.
1 NEopIrLuRA, gen. nov.
No lyra or pecten on coxa of pedipalp and base of mandibles respectively.
Tarsi and protarsi i. and ii. fairly densely and entirely scopulate; the former
with no central series of setse; the latter with spincs amidst the scopule. ‘Tarsi
iii. and iv. densely and entirely, protarsi iii. and iv. slightly and towards apex,
scopulate. ‘Tarsal claws 3; superiors armed with a double series of denticles.
NEoDIPLURA JELSKI, n.sp.(¢ 9). Hab. Peru. Type e coll. W. Kulczynski,
Cracow. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 5, 10, 11, 14.)
Colour, Oarapace mahogany-brown, clothed with short silky yellow
pubescence ; abdomen brown, clothed with long silky yellow hairs, with a
double dorsal series of 5 or G short, transverse, dull orange bars. Sternum and
legs brown, with short silky yellow hairs,
Carapace a little longer than broad, flat, slightly raised behind eye-tumulus,
with a shallow depression on either side and a recurved groove behind eyes,
Central foven small and recurved. Hye-tumulus prominent, diameter of
anterior centrals larger than the axis of laterals; less than one diameter apart;
less than half from laterals. Anterior row almost straight, slightly procurved.
Posterior centrals smaller than. posterior laterals,.and. almost in contact with
756 _ MR, F, 0. PIOKARD OAMBRIDGH ON (June 16,
row of teeth on the outer margin and a row of fine capsules in centre
of fang-groove. Tarsi i. and ii. distinctly scopulate, with central
series of long sete. Cowa of pedipalp furnished with a lyra formed
of 5 long, curved, claviform spines. Base of mandible with 4 isolated,
incrassate bristles at the base. Diameter of anterior central eyes dis-
tinctly less than aais of laterals.
HARMONICON RUFESOENS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 3 & 6,
and Plate XXXYV. figs. 2 & 3.)
Q. 27 mm. long. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons.
2 .—Colour. Carapace dull orange, almost destitute of hairs and
pubescence. Abdomen rufous, clothed with fine black hairs, more
numerous in front; spinners rufous. Sternum and legs dull
yellowish with brown shading, clothed with spines and short black
hairs. Mandibles dull orange, clothed with black hairs.
Carapace longer than broad. Cephalic area two-thirds the
length of carapace. Central fovea only slightly recurved. Thoracic
strisa well-marked. Ocular twmulus slightly raised above the
level of the carapace, three times as long transversely as wide.
Anterior centrals circular, three-fourths of a diameter apart, less
them. Sternwm longer than broad. Sigilla well-marked: Ist pair very large at
base of labial plate; 2nd submarginal; 3rd remote; 4th more remote; each
opposite the coxa of one pair of legs. Labium broader than long, semicircular ;
apex not spinulose. Coxa of pedipalp twice its breadth, anterior distal angle
not produced, anterior basal angle studded with numerous cuspules. Legs long,
4,1, 2, 3. ‘ibie and protarsi i. and ii. spinose beneath ; iii. and iv. above
and below. ‘Tibia i. with a stout spur-like epine on outer side at apex; pro-
tarsus i. with a stout tubercle on outer side towards the base. Tarsi slender,
flexuose, much curved ; protarsus i. thickly recurved. Tarsal claws 3 ; superiors
armed with a double series of denticles. Posterior spinners shorter than
abdomen, trisegmental, segments subequal, Anterior spinners within two
diameters of each other. Pedipalp: tibia with long spines beneath, tarsus very
short, bulb short piriform, its apex prolonged into a short, stout, simple, slightly
curving spine, directed outwards and backwards. Fang-groove with a single
row of teeth on the outer margin.
g.—Oarapace 11 mm. long., 9°5 broad. Abdomen 12°5 mm. long. Man-
dibles 5mm. long. Post. spinners 9 mm. long. Legs, i. 55 mm.; ii. 50 mm.;
iii. 45 mm.; iv. 53 mm.
© (immature).—Colours and general characters the same as of the ¢.
Diameter of anterior central eyes less than axis of laterals, thus differing from
the male, the difference being possibly due to immaturity.
These specimens were kindly submitted to me by my friend Prof. Kulezynski,
of Oracow. They were taken by Dr. Constantine Jelski in Peru.
A. Coxa of pedipalp and base of mandible with stridu-
lating-organs.
1. Tarsal scopula without central series of long setse ... Trechona, O. K.
2. Tarsal scopula with central series of long setz.
a. Legs long, slender. Terminal segment of posterior
pair of spinners longer than either of the basals. Harmonicon, n. g.
b. Legs short, stout. All three segments of posterior
pair of spinners subequal.............sccecceccerereeee Melodeus, n. g.
B. Ooxa of pedipalp and base of mandible without stridu-
Vating-Organs ......escsecsossscconsssosesescesssssensscrcerseee Leodiplura, n. g.
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THB LOWER AMAZONS. 757
than half a diameter from anterior laterals. Anterior laterals
ellipsoidal, their axes one-half longer than diameter of anterior
centrals. Posterior centrals smallest, oval, less than their trans-
verse diameter from anterior centrals, only one-half the transverse
diameter from posterior laterals. Posterior laterals ellipsoidal,
their axes almost equal to diameter of anterior centrals; less than
half their transverse diameter from anterior laterals. Anterior
row procurved.
Mandibles parallel-sided ; fang-groove armed on inner side with
a series of 12 stout conical teeth; floor studded with a single
distinct row of 12 small cusps, diminishing in size towards the
base, where are also numerous irregular small cusps. Outer
margin fringed with thickly-set rufous hairs, four at the base being
stouter and separate.
Sternum a little longer than broad, smooth, set with black sepa-
rate hairs; sigilla distinct, submarginal. Labium broader than
long, convex, smooth, not studded with cusps; set with long black
bristles. Cowa of pedipalp twice as long as broad, its basal ante-
rior angle studded with a central longitudinal area of small black
cusps. Anterior apical angle very slightly produced, smooth.
Tarsus not scopulate; tarsal claw furnished with 6 denticles on
the basal half beneath. Coxa of pedipalp furnished on the inner
side, on the basal portion of the central ridge, with the “ lyra,”
consisting of 5 stout curved spines; three curving hairs towards
the anterior portion, and one small bristle towards the posterior
portion of the ridge. These 5 spines strike on the four stout,
separate, isolated bristles above mentioned as situated on the
mandible, which together form the “pecten.” These two struc-
tures, the “lyra” and the “ pecten,” together constitute the
stridulating-organ.
Legs long and slender. Femora i. and ii. without spines; iii.
with a few spiniform bristles; fourth pair of legs absent. Patella
i., i., & iii. without spines. Tibiw i. & ii. with one or two spines
beneath ; iii. with a double row of 3—8 on either side. Pro-
tarsi i. and ii. with 5 and 6 spines respectively beneath; iii. with
numerous spines. (N.B. The number of spines on the legs is not
constant.) Yarsi with three claws, superior pair armed beneath
with a double series of 5—6 denticles. Inferior claw long.
Tarsi i. and ii. scopulate.
Abdomen long-narrow. Spinners four. Posterior pair as long
as abdomen, three-jointed ; basal equal in length to the second
joint; terminal joint longer than the second. Anterior pair half
as long as the basal joint of posterior pair, nearly the full length
of one of them apart.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 9. Carap. 10 long.,
8 lat. Abd.17long.,9 lat. Cephl. area 6-5 long. Stern. 5 long.,
4 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3:5 long., 2 lat. Pedes, long. i. 42—
ii. 388—iii. 38—iv. abest. Artl.i., long..4-8—2—9-5—3-75—8—
7°75—5. Arti. iv. long.: abest. Postr. mam. 17 long. Arti,
5—5—7 long. Antr. mam. 28 long., 2 sept. Mandib. 5 long.
758 MR. F. 0. PIOKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
A single example of this fine Theraphosid, of the female sex,
was taken in a huge web of the“ Agelenoid” type in the damp low-
lying portion of the forest near Suntarem. Many more of the
webs were seen, but the tube is spun so far down amongst the
roots of the trees that it is next to impossible to secure specimens,
for they retire with lightning speed on the smallest sign of danger.
Mnopevs, gen. nov.
Posterior spinning-mamille as long as or shorter than abdomen ;
segments equal in length. Legs shorter, stout, especially the femora.
Fung-groove with a single row of teeth on outer margin and numerous
cuspules towards base. Tarsi i. and ii. distinctly scopulate’, with
central series of long setw. Cova of pedipalp furnished with from
7-10 curved claviform spines. Base of mandible with 3 or 4 isolated
bristles incrassate at the base. Diameter of anterior central eyes
equal to or scarcely less than axis of anterior laterals.
MELODEUS SANGUINEUS, n.sp. (Plate XX XIII. figs. 1, 4, 7, and
Plate XXXYV. fig. 1.)
@. 24 mm. long. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Hab, Santarem, Lower Amazons.
¢.—Colour. Carapace bright orange-red, clothed with short,
silky, rufous hairs. Abdomen black, clothed with dense pubes-
cence, furnished with erect black hairs, having on either side two
separate longitudinal bands of fine transverse obliquely dull orange
blotches, interrupted towards the ventral surfuce. Ventral area
clothed with mouse-grey pubescence. Legs short, stout, yellow-
brown, darker towards their extremities, clothed with fine black
hairs and rufous pubescence. Sternum and mandibles deep brown,
the latter darker at apex, both clothed with black hairs,
Curapace a little longer than broad; cephalic area not quite
three-quarters the length of carapace. Central fovea deep, re-
curved; thoracic strive well marked. Ocular tumulus slightly raised
above the level of the carapace; three times as long as its width.
Anterior centrals large, circular, half a radius apart, rather less
from the anterior laterals. Anterior laterals ellipsoidal, their axis
equal to the diameter of anterior centrals. Posterior centrals
smallest, oval, half their diameter from anterior centrals, almost in
contact with posterior laterals. Posterior laterals ellipsoidal, their
axis less than that of anterior laterals, almost in contact with the
latter; anterior row almost straight. (N.B. The eyes vary in
different specimens.)
Mandibles parallel-sided, slightly enlarged towards apex. Fang-
groove armed on inner side with 11 stout conical teeth; its floor
studded towards the base with numerous minute cusps. Outer
margin fringed with rufous hairs, of which 8 towards the base are
isolated, separate and thickened towards their base.
Sternum longer than broad, set with black hairs, each springing
1 In immature examples the scopula is entirely absent.
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE TOWER AMAZONS. 759
from asmall tubercle, and with rufous pubescence. Sigilla present,
submarginal. Zabiwm broader than long, clothed with hairs, not
cuspidate. Coxa of pedipalp twice as long as broad ; anterior basal
angle studded with a central band of minute cusps; anterior
apical angle slightly produced, not cuspidate: on its inner side,
about the middle, towards the inner basal angle, is situated a series
of 10 stout clavate spines, whose free ends play across the stout
separate hairs on the base of the mandible; these together con-
stitute the “lyra” and “ pecten” of the stridulating-organ.°
Legs short and stout. Femora not spinose; patelle i., ii., and
iy. not spinose, iti. with one or two spines. ‘Tibia i. and ii. with
three spines on inner side towards apex, which is scopulate ; iii.
aud iv. with a few spines on either side. Protarsi i. and ii. armed
beneath with 5 and 6 or 7 spines respectively ; of iii. and iv. also
spinose.. Tarsi i. and ii. short, slightly curved, transversely striate
above, clothed with a scopula; iii. and iv. not scopulate. Tarsal
claws 3; superior pair armed beneath with a double series of 6-7
denticles. Tarsal claw of pedipalp with a single row of 5-6
denticles.
Abdomen shorter and broader than in M. rufescens. Mamille
four: posterior pair shorter than abdomen; basal joint the longest,
second and third equal: anterior pair a little over half the length
of the basal joint of the posterior pair, almost as wide apart as
their length.
Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 9. Carap. 11 long.,
10 lat. Abd. 18 long., 9 lat. Cephl. area 7 long. Stern. 6 long.,
4 lat.. Coxa of pedipalp 4:5 long., 2°5 lat. Pedes, long. i. 35—
ii. 83—ii. 81—iv. 38. Artl. i. long. 5—2-5—8—5—6—6—3°5.
Artl. iy. long. 4:55—2:'6—8:5—4—7—85—4. Postr. mam. 11
long. Artl.4—3-5—3:5. Mandib.5:5 long: Antr. mam. 2:5 long.,
2 sept.
Numerous specimens of the female sex of this handsome species
were taken at night as they sat in the entrance of the tube of their
large “ Agelenoid ” webs in the forest near Santarem. Many were
also taken under logs of wood, where the web and tube assume
the character of those of the genus Calotcs in Europe.
MBELODEUS NIGER, un. sp. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 2, 5.)
@. 20 mm. long. ‘Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons.
2 —Colour. Carapace sepia-brown, clothed with silky rufous
pubescence. Abdomen deep brown, clothed with grey hairs;
having on the dorsal area a double series of 5 obliquely transverse
rufous bars, the last three often interrupted at their extremities ;
breaking up into irregular spots towards the spinners. Legs,
sternum, and labium deep brown, clothed with black hairs and dark
grey pubescence. Mandibles black, clothed above with rufous
pubescence.
Carapace longer than broad; cephalic area more than half
the length of the carapace. Central fovea deeply recurved;
760 Mi. I, 0. PICKARD OAMBRIDGH ON [June 16,
thoracic striw well marked. Ocular tumulus three times as long
as wide. Anterior central eyes less than a radius apart, and from
the anterior laterals their diameter distinctly less than the axis of
the anterior laterals. Posterior centrals the smallest, pyriform, half
their axis from anterior centrals, in contact with posterior laterals.
Axis of posterior laterals more than half as long as that of ante-
rior laterals, less than half their short diameter from them’.
_ Anterior row straight.
Mandibles parallel-sided. Fang-groove armed on the inner
margin with a row of 12 stout conical teeth (the number varies).
Outer margin fringed with rufous hairs, bearing towards their base
6 separate isolated hairs, thickened towards their base.
Sternum longer than broad. Sigilla i., ii., iii., iv. well marked,
submarginal. Labiwm broader than long, not cuspidate. Coxa of
pedipalp twice as long as wide. Anterior basal angle cuspidate (as
in M. rufescens and M. sangwineus), Anterior apical angle slightly
produced, not cuspidate. Inner side of joint bearing towards the
base a series of 7 stout, curved spines, and one smaller one on the
central ridge; these, together with the thickened hairs on the
hase of the mandible, constitute the “lyra” and “ pecten” of the
stridulating-organ.
Legs similar in general character to those of M. sanguineus.
Femora not spinose. Patella i., ii., iii., iv. not spinose. Tibie i.
and ii. with a few spines beneath; iii. and iv. with a few spines
at the sides and spiniform hairs below. Protarsi i. and ii. with
3-4 spines respectively beneath; on iii. and iv. more numerous.
Tarsi short, slightly curved, transversely striate above; i. and ii.
scopulate; iii, and iy. not scopulate. Tarsal claws 3; superior
pair with a double series of 6-7 denticles beneath. Tarsus of
pedipalp with a single claw, armed beneath with a single row of 5
or 6 denticles.
Abdomen similar in general character to that of AL. sangwineus.
Mamille four: posterior pair a little longer than abdomen; all
three joints equal in length; anterior pair half as long as the
basal joint of the superior pair, less than the length of one of them
apart.
V Conparadey measurements in millimetres.— 9. Carap. 9 long.,
8 lat. Abd. 11 long., 6:5 lat. Cephl. area 5:5 long. Stern. 4:5
long., 3°5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3 long., 2 lat. Pedes, long.
i. 30—ii, 29—ii1. 27—iv. 34. Artl. i. long. 4:25—2—7:5—3:25
—55—5:5—3, Artl. iv. long. 3°5—1°75—8—3—6—8-—4. Postr.
mam. 12 long. Artl. 4—4—4. Antr. mam. 2 long., 1°5 sept.
Manyexamples of the female sex only were obtained under logs in
the forest near Santarem. The web is of the “‘ Agelenoid ” type, and
is often constructed under banks along the bridle-tracks, assuming
1 The measurements of the eyes are very untrustworthy, for they vary with
almost every specimen. One female before me has the right anterior lateral
eye entirely obsolete, while the area where it would normally be placed shows
no trace of the organ. The right posterior lateral has at the same time an axis
longer than the diameter of the anterior centrala. ; ae j
1896. ] SPIDBRS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 761
in these situations the appearance of the webs of Tegenaria. No
males were met with, and the greater part of the specimens obtained
were immature.
The following species of this group have been described from
South America, but none of them appear to be identical with
those which I have met with on the Amazons :—
Lhalerothele fasciata, Bertk. (2, 14 mm. long), Verzeichniss der
Brasil. Arach. p. 24, 1880, fig. 2. Hab. Rio Janeiro; Venezuela
and Colombia.—OFf this species Bertkau remarks, “ scopula nulla ; ”
while J. sanguineus, M. wiger,and Harmonica rufescens possess the
scopula. This species also exhibits abdominal markings, so that it
cannot be identical with A. rufescens.
Diplura soricina, H. Sim. (2, ceph. 9 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr. p. 189 (1889). Hab. Caraga.—M. Simon’s note, ‘‘ Abdomen
fuscum, crebre testaceo punctatum, in medio maculis fulvis uni-
seriatis,” proves that his species is not identical with either of the
above three species.
Diplura bicolor, i. Sim. (2,15 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Wnt. Fr.
p. 215 (1889). Hab. Caraga, Brazil_—The diagnosis ‘“ Cephalo-
thorax fulvo-rufescens ”—* abdomen oblongum, atrum ”—‘“ in
parte secunda utrinque inordinate testaceo punctatum, subtus late
et crebre testaceo variegatum,” will not apply to either of the
species under consideration.
Diplura gymnognatha, Bertk. (9,19 mm. long), Verz. der Brasi-
lianischen Arachniden, 1880, p. 21.— Hinterleib mehr gelbbraun,
Bauchseite heller””—‘ Grundfarbe des Cephalothorax rothbraun.”
Certainly not one of the three here described.
Diplura longicauda, Auss.(Q , carapace 10 mm. long), Verhand-
lungen der k. k. zool.-bot. ete. 1871, p. 179. Hab. Quito. Type
in coll. Univers. Vienna.—Ausserer makes no mention of any
blotches on the abdomen ; and the spinners are far longer in pro-
portion than those of H. rufescens.
Diplura equatorialis, Auss. ( 2 ), op. cit. 1871.—Very similar to
but larger than longicauda. Hab. Cordilleras, Ecuador. ‘T'ype in
coll. Vienna University.—Central anterior eyes one-half larger than
laterals (sec. Ausserer).
Diplura rogenhoferi, Auss. (2,19 mm. long), op. cit. 1871.
Hab. Brazil— Obere Spinnwarzen so lang als das Abdomen.”
“ Abdomen braun, mit 6 nach hinten gebogenen, diinnen, weiss-
lichen Querstreiten, die sich gegen den Bauch verlieren.” Central
anterior eyes larger than laterals (sec. Ausserer).
Diplura cousini, E. Sim. ( 9 ,22-25 mm. long), Act. Soc. Bordeaux,
1889, p. 400. Hab. Quito.—Labium with spinules at apex. Central
anterior eyes a little smaller than laterals (sec. Simon).
Genus IscuhNnorurnn, Ausserer, 1876.
- Type. Ischnothele caudata, Auss., 9. Hab. Yucatan, Mexico.
Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, 1876, p. 163. Type
specimen in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XLIX. 49
762 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
In Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. p. 224, 1895, Mr. R. I.
Pocock has already pointed out that the type specimen of Ischno-
thele caudata, Auss., 1s congeneric with examples of a Spider which
have been identified by M. Simon as Alygale guyanensis, Walck.,
from the island of St. Vincent, West Indies, these being also in
the British Museum of Natural History, South Kensington.
M. Simon has, however (Hist. Nat. Ar. 1892, i. p. 187), referred
M, guyanensis to Karsch’s genus Uhelechoris, created in 1881 for a
Spider found in Madagascar, as though congeneric with it and with
1’. striatipes, Sim., also from Madagascar. The latter, M. Simon,
on the authority of Dr. Lenz of Liibeck, now regards as identical
with Karsch’s species 7. rutenbergi, the type of Thelechoris.
Whether this form is really congeneric with Jf. guycanensis, and
therefore with J. caudata, Auss.,the type of Ausserer’s genus Isch-
nothele created in 1875, I am not, of course, in a position to decide.
But even if it were, the generic name Jschnothele has priority over
Thelechoris, as Mr. Pocock has already remarked.
Whether, too, the form regarded as Al. guyanensis, Walck., by
M. Simon is really the form which Walckenaer had before him,
I am, of course, unable to say ; but from the fact that the former
is abundant in Guyana, the isle of St. Vincent, and in North
Brazil (sec. Simon), one would regard it as highly probable, though
not absolutely certain on this account.
In any case, unless M. Simon has seen the types, such an
identification must be regarded not as Jschnothele guyanensis
(Sim.), the
brackets signifying that the form was described or referred to by
these authors under some generic name other than Ischnothele,
while the ‘“‘ — (Sim.) ” indicates that the form is not necessarily
in reality Walckenaer’s form but M. Simon’s identification of it.
It may be convenient enough to regard the “ first identification ”
by an author of a form of which the type no longer exists, and the
description and figure do not furnish conclusive evidence as to its
identity, as correct. Such an identification, however, even though
universally adopted for the sake of convenience, is not, on this
account alone, of necessity the right one.
FsOHNOTHELD SIEMENSI, n. sp. (Plate XX XV. figs. 7, 9, 15.)
9.18 mm. long. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.
Hab. Lower Amazons, everywhere, from Pard—Manios.
.— Colour. Carapace testaceous brown, broadly margined with
pale rufous-yellow hairs; mandibles black-brown. Abdomen black
or deep brown, with acentral dorsal longitudinal rufous silver-white
band on the posterior three-quarters; broad in front, narrowed
behind, with four and often five short oblique branches; spinners
brown; ventral surface pale brown. Sternwm, coxa, and trochanter
of legs and pedipalp testaceous brown; the coxa of latter margined
anteriorly with yellow. Femora and patella of legs dusky black ;
tibia, protarsus, and tarsus dull orange-brown.
Carapace compressed. Cephalic area slightly raised. Bye-
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THH LOWER AMAZONS. 763
tumulus low; anterior row of eyes a little procurved (posterior
margin of laterals aligned with centre of medians); the latter
circular, half a diameter apart, the same distance from laterals,
their diameter distinctly less than axis of laterals. Laterals
ellipsoidal, distinctly separate, anterior a trifle larger than posterior.
Central posteriors very small, equidistant from central anterior
and posterior laterals '.
Sternum a trifle longer than broad; four pairs of sigilla visible—
Ist pair at base of labial plate; 2nd, 8rd, and 4th small, marginal.
Labium broader than long, not spinulose. Coxa ot pedipalp } longer
than broad; anterior distal angle slightly produced and _blutily
rounded, not spinulose; basal anterior angle and central basal
disk studded with minute cuspules. Leys 4,1, 2,3. Vemora
clothed beneath with long silky hairs; other segments similarly,
though less thickly. ‘Tibi, protarsi, and tarsi with a few spines
beneath, especially iii. and iv.
Spinners four. Posteriors as long as abdomen, trisegmental ;
two basal segments subequal, normal; terminal 1 mm. longer
than both basals taken together, flexuose, caudiform, attenuate at
Apex ; separate at base a distance equal to length of both basals
taken together. Anterior spinners 2 mm. long, separate at base
3 longer than one of them. ‘T'arsal claws three, superiors armed
with 10-11 long denticles, inferior with four or five. Outer
margin of fang-groove with 10 stout teeth, inner margin with 9; a
third row of minute cusps close to outer row on inner side at base.
Measurements in millimetres (largest specimen).— 2. Carap.
7 long., 5°5 lat. Abd. 11 long., 8°25 lat. Stern. 3 long.,
25 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2 long., 1:5 lat. Pedes 4, 1, 2, 3
—iv. 13 long. Postr. mam. 11 long. Artl. 83—2:75—5:26 long.,
4 separate. Antr. mam. 2 long., 2°5 separate. Mandibles 3 long.
This species is, without any doubt, one of the most abundant
spiders on the Lower Amazons. Jt abounds almost everywhere, -
forming its white, sheet-like web, constructed sometimes in tiers,
one sheet above the other, under the bark of trees, amongst foliage,
in the hollow centres and amongst the spikes of pine-apple
plante, and in the crevices aud crannies of ruined buildings.
Occasionally, too, they are constructed, like those of our Agelena,
on the ground. In general character the Spiders bear a strong
resemblance to this genus as well as to Tevtria, and the speed
of their rapid retreat reminds one very much of the latter Spider.
The web, too, is very similar to that of Yegenaria or Tewtrix in
character. Though so abundant, they are not easily secured on
account of their rapidity, and I was unfortunate in not securing a
single male. It occurred everywhere from Varad to Manios, along
the river margin and in the forest on the “terra firma.” Whether
it extends far north or south I cannot say, though 1 should not be
surprised to find it through the entire valley of the Amazons.
The species forms an addition to the Museum collection.
1 These characters must be used with great caution.
764 MR. F. 0. PIOKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,
The following species belonging to this genus have been described
from the West Indies, Central America, and Brazil :—
1. caudata, Auss.,9. Type of genus Jschnothele; in. coll. Brit.
Mus. Nat. Hist. Hab. Yucatan, Mexico.—Verhandlungen ete.
Wien, 1876, p. 153.
I. guyanensis (Walck.)—(Sim.), d (sub Mygale). Hab. Guyana.
—Ins. Apt. i. 1837, p. 231.
I. zebrina (EB. Sim.), 9 (sub Phelechoris), Actes Soc. LL. Bordeaux,
xliv. p. 321, 1891 & 1892. Hab. Nicaragua.
I. digitata (Cambr.), 3 @ (sub Macrothele).: Hab. Guatemala.
—Biol. Centr.-Amer., Aran. 1891, p. 92, pl. xii. fig. 3. Type in
coll. O. P. C.
I. pusilla (EH. Sim.), 6 Q (sub Entomothele). Hab. Venezuela.—
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 246.
Nore.—Thelechoris rutenbergi, Karsch, type of genus Thele-
choris, Abhl. d. naturw. Ver. Bremen, vii. 1881, p. 196, is a native
of Madagascar, and may or may not be congeneric with J. caudata,
Auss., and I. guyanensis, Walck.
Thelechoris striatipes (Sim.) (sub Entomothele), Ann. Soc.’ Ent.
Fr. 1888, p. 246, is also a native of Madagascar, and is set down
as a synonym of T. rutenbergi by M. Simon, on the authority of
Dr. Lenz, in Hist. Nat. Ar. i. 1892, p. 187.
Table of Specific Characters.
A. Carapace unicolorous testaceous brown.
1, Abdomen unicolorous ; clothed with silky rufous-
golden pubescence. (11 mm. long, 9.)......... I, caudata, Auss.
2. Abdomen with central dorsal longitudinal series
of transverse dull orange A-shaped bars, the
firet half separate, the second united on the
median line, Sides towards apex speckled
with dull orange spots.
a, Size larger, 18 min, long, 2 ......sessssseeeennee 1, digitata (Cumbr.).
6. Size smaller, 10-11 mm.long. ({*emales.)
* Abdomen black, spotted with dull testa-
ceous, and on the second half ornamented
with two rows of short, oblique, testaceous
lines, three on each side.
Anterior row of eyes, seen from above, forming
an almost straight line. Anterior centrals
slightly smaller than laterals. Laterals on
either side all but in contact with each
other, ‘he anterior lateral larger than
the posterior lateral ................cseeeeeeeee I. zebrina (. Sim.).
** Abdomen dull purple-brown, speckled with
dull testaceous spots on sides towards apex;
with central dorsal longitudinal series of 6
transverse dull orange A-shaped bars, the
first three separate, the second three united
on the median line.
Anterior row of eyes slightly procurved
(posterior margin of laterals aligned with
centre of medians). Anterior centrals
slightly smaller than laterals, Laterals
distinctly separate; anteriors slightly
larger than posteriors ............ceeneeeneeee I, guyanensts (Walck.).
bof
fort
or
1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS.
B. Carapace testaceous brown, margined with a broad
band of dull orange silky pubescence.
1. Size larger, 18 mm. long (Q).—Ceniral ante-
rior eyes slightly smaller than laterals. Ante-
rior row slightly procurved ; (posterior margin
of laterals aligned with centre of medians).
Laterals distinctly separate, subequal, anteriors
a little larger. Abdomen with central, longi-
tudinal, silver-white rufous lanceolate band,
broad in front, narrowed behind, on apical
three-quarters, with four, or sometimes five,
’ short oblique branching lines .................2.. I, siemensi, n. sp.
2. Size smallor, 10 mm. (2).—Central anterior
eyes a little larger than laterals,
Laterals scarcely separate; anteriors larger
than posteriors. Abdomen with central longi-
tudinal band of silver-white-rufous marks
(“vita”), not reaching anterior margin, broad
in front, narrowed behind, with four short
branches on either side (“quadripennata”)... Z. pusilla (H. Sim.).
Rumarxs.—The characters of J. digitata, I. caudata, and J.
siemenst are taken from the type specimens. Those of J. guyan-
ensis from females from St. Vincent, identified by M. Simon; e
coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Those of J. zebrina and J. pusilla are
taken from M. Simon’s descriptions of the two species. As to the
first four there can be no doubt about their distinctness as species ;
I am not so convinced, however, as to the distinction between
I. zebrina and I. guyanensis. M. Simon thinks that probably
I, zebrina and I. digitata are identical.
The chief distinction drawn by M. Simon between the first two
is based on the difference between the anterior eyes: “ lineam
subrectam formantibus” in zebrina; in guyanensis “ lineam leviter
procurvam.” I must confess that I am unable myself to appreciate
the distinction between “a line almost straight” and “ a line slightly
curved.” The other character, however, given in J. zebrina, “ oculis
lateralibus subwquis et utrinque juata contiguis,” as contrasted with
“oculis lateralibus distincte separatis et antico postico majore” in
I. guyanensis, may be a good one, provided it is drawn from a long
series of adult examples. The oblique bars in J. guyanensis are six
in number, the first 3 not united on the median line; of J. zebrina
M. Simon says, ‘abdomen atrum in parte secunda linets testaceis
obliquis et abbreviatis biseriatis, utrinque tribus, ornatum.”
If J. zebrina (11 mm. long) and J. digitata (18 mm. long) are
identical, the characters of the former have possibly been taken
from an immature female. J. pusilla, too, must be closely allied to
I, siemensi, though the great difference in the size furnishes a
strong presumption that they are distinct.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Puars XXXIII.
Fig. 1. Melodeus sanguineus, n. sp., 9 (p. 758). Dorsal aspect.
2. ef niger, n.sp., 9 (p. 759). Dorsal aspect.
Fig.
Fig.
ON SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, {June 16,
. Santaremia pococki, n. sp., Q (p. 746), Full figure; dorsal aspect.
Sternum.,
. Avicularia avicularia, 2 (p. 741). Sternum.
” % ” Three terminal joints of leg iv.
» variegata, n. Bp., 9 (p.743). ‘Three terminal joints of leg iv.
. Santaremia pococki, n. sp. Q (p. 746). Profile.
Prats XXXIV.
. Paratropis papilligera, nu. sp., 2 (p. 723). Spinners from beneath.
. Anisaspoides gigantea, n. sp., Q (p. 726). Spinners from beneath.
. Anrsaspis tuberculata, Sim., Q (p. 728). Spinners from beneath,
Labium, in profile.
Labium and coxa of pedipalp.
” ”
b Paratropis papilligera, n.sp., d (p. 723). Dorsal aspect.
Profile aspect.
Hye-tubercle in profile.
” ”
| Acanthodon petit, Guérin, Q, type (p. 732). Eyes from above.
Base of mandible, beneath.
Labium and coxa of pedipalp.
ae a Tarsal claws of first pair of legs.
santaremia, n. sp., 2 (p. 733). Sternum.
” ” ”
” ” ”
”
. Homeoplacis austeni, n. sp., 3 (p. 735). Eyes from above.
Apex of tibia of first pair of legs.
(a) Tarsus i, (0) Tarsus iv.
” ”
: Acanthoscurria geniculata, O. Koch, 9 (p. 787). Leg i. from in front,
brocklehursti, n. sp., Q (p. 739). Leg i. from in front.
. Avicularia avicularia, Linn., 2 (p. 741). Eyes from above.
. Santaremia pococki, nu. sp., 9 (p. 746). Eyes from above.
. Tapinauchenius sancti-vincenti, Walck. (p. 744). Eyes from above.
. Anisaspoides gigantea, n. sp., 2 (p. 726). Protarsus and tarsus i. :
profile.
. Paratropis papilligera, n. sp., 2 (p. 723). Tarsal claws of leg i.
Piate XXXV.
. Melodeus sanguineus, n. sp., 2 (p. 755). Lyra from above.
. Harmonicon rufescens, n. sp., 9 (p. 756). Base of mandible with pecten.
Lyra from above.
: Fufius auricomis, Sim., 3 (p. 750). Tibia and base of protarsus i,
. Neodiplura jelskii, n. sp., 3 (p. 755). Apex of tibia and base of
protarsus i.
. Fufius auricomis, Sim., do (p. 750). Byes from above.
. Ischnothele siemensi, n. sp., Q (p. 762). Spinners from beneath.
. Fufius auricomis, n. sp., 2 (p. 750). Spinners from beneath.
. Ischnothele siemensi, n. sp., 2
. Neodiplura jelskii, n. sp., d (p. 755). First leg, profile.
(p. 762). Dorsal aspect.
Tarsus and bulb of pedipalp of male.
. Santaremia pococki, n. sp. Q (p. 746). ‘Tarsal claws of leg i.
. Avicularia avicularia, Linn., Q (p. 741). ‘Larsal claws of leg i.
. (a) Neodiplura jelskii, n. sp., Q (p. 755), sternum. (b) Melodeus
sanguineus, n. sp., Q : sternum,
. Ischuothele siemensi, n. sp., 9 (p. 762). Base of mandible from below.
. Fufius auricomis, Sim., ¢ (p. 750). Claws of tarsus i.
. Paratropis papilligera, n. sp. d (p. 723). Sternum.
. Actinopus wallacei, n. sp., 9 (p. 728). Base of mandible from beneath,
1
eae
i,
ch th
PL. XXXVI.
1 Gado lSOG.
Mintern Bros.Chromo.
J.Green del.et. lith.
MIMETOZOON FLOWERL.
1896.] ON A NDW GHOKO FROM PHNANG. 767
8. On a new Gecko from Penang.
By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S.
[Received June 16, 1896.]
(Plate XXXVI.)
Among some Reptiles and Batrachians collected on Penang hill
(at 2200 feet altitude) by Mr. Stanley Flower, and presented by him
to the Natural History Museum, there was a new Gecko of
particular interest. At a first glance it appears to be a Plychozoon,
that curious form of parachute-bearing Geckos of which we now
know two species from South-eastern Asia, viz., P. homalocephalum,
Crey., and P. horsfieldi, Gray. But this resemblance is merely a
case of convergence, for whilst Ptychozoon is » modified form of
Gecko, the new lizard is clearly derived from Hemidactylus. The
gap between the species referred to Gecko and those on which
Ptychozoon is based is so considerable, that the latter genus has
been universally accepted by modern herpetologists. But in the
present case the matter is not quite so simple; for we have
long been acquainted with a species of Hemidactylus,—H. platy-
urus, Schn.,—which, by the presence of a well-developed fold
along the side, foreshadows the development of the parachute
of Ptychozoon; however, the scaling on these membranes does not
show any modification, and therefore I have thought it fit to found
a new genus for the species described below, which differs in the
brick-like enlarged scales covering the side-membranes, as well as
in the greater development of these membranes and the fuller
web between the digits. If Ptychozoon deserves to stand as
distinct from Gecko, it would be illogical not to allow the same
rank to the new Penang Lizard. _I therefore propose to name it
Mimetozoon floweri.
MimeErTozoon, gen. nov.
Digits extensively webbed, strongly dilated, with two rows of
lamellz beneath; the two distal phalanges compressed and slender,
rising from within the extremity of the dilated portion; all the
digits clawed. Limbs and sides of head, body, and tail with much-
developed dermal expansions. Upper surfaces covered with juxta-
posed granular scales and tubercles, the parachute-membrane
covered above with imbricate tetragonal scales arranged like bricks.
Pupil vertical. ;
MIMETOZOON FLOWERI, sp. noy. (Plate XXXVI.)
Head slightly distinct from neck; snout obtusely pointed, much
longer than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening,
once and a half the diameter of the orbit; forehead concave ;
ear-opening oval, horizontal. Body and limbs much depressed ;
digits short, two-thirds webbed, inner short; five lamella under
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. L. 50
768 MR. H. B. AUSTEN ON A RECHNY ZooLogIcAL [June 16,
the inner digit, eight or nine under the fourth ; limbs with dermal
folds, the largest extending from the vent to the fifth toe. Tail
much depressed, bordered on each side by a broad, entire, dermal
fold with fringed edge. Rostral quadrangular, broader than deep ;
nostril pierced between the rostral and four scales ; 12 upper and
10 lower labials ; symphysial triangular; two pairs of chin-shields,
the median forming a suture behind the symphysial. IlTead, back,
and limbs covered with small granules, largest on the snout ;
occiput and back with numerous small, round, smooth tubercles ;
ventral scales small, cycloid, imbricate, smooth. Tail covered
with small granular scales, the muscular portion with transverse
rows of small smooth tubercles above, with a series of transverse
shields beneath. Grey above, speckled with brown, with quad-
rangular dark spots disposed in pairs along the back, connected
by brownish bands and wavy transverse lines, and confluent into
cross-bars on the tail; a dark streak on each side of the head,
passing through the eye; pale yellow beneath, speckled with
blackish on the sides, the muscular portion of the tail coral-red.
“Tris golden brown.”
millim. millim.
Total length ...... 115 Fore limb ...... 17
Vea lye yey taba nev eere . 16 Hind limb...... 21
Width of head .... 9 Mailcaoiye yee 56
Bocliygeeemeyers cierto 43
The single specimen is a female.
9. Notes on a Recent Zoological Expedition on the Lower
‘Amazon. By E. E. Ausren, Zoological Department,
British Museum.
[Received June 16, 1896.]
In the antumn of last year Mr. Alexander Siemens, of the firm
of Messrs. Siemens, Bros. & Co., Limited, of Woulwich, being about
to proceed to the Amazon in command of an expedition for the
purpose of laying a telegraph-cable from Parad to Manaos, and
having been much interested by the perusal of the well-known
works of Bates and Wallace on the fauna of this particular region
of the South-American continent, thought that the expedition
would afford an excellent opportunity of increasing the national
collections. Mr. Siemens accordingly made a most public-spirited
offer to the Trustees of the British Museum to the effect that,
should they desire to avail themselves of the opportunity, he would
be pleased to take on board his ship, the cable s.s. ‘ Faraday,’ a
member of the Museum staff in order to make collections at the
various localities on the river with which telegraphic connection
would have to be effected. Needless to say, the Trustees accepted
the offer in the spirit in which it was made, and through the
1896. ] BXPHDITION ON HH LOWER AMAZON, 769
kindness of Sir Wm. Flower I was selected to represent the
Museum, the Trustees granting me the necessary leave of absence.
Subsequently, in order that the Museum might benefit to the fullest
possible extent, Mr. Siemens consented to take a second naturalist
in the person of Mr. I’. O. Pickard Cambridge, who, by the bound-
less enthusiasm and untiring energy with which he threw himself
into the labour of collecting, more than justified the selection.
The ‘ Faraday,’ a vessel of 5000 tons, sailed from Gravesend on
Dec. 13, 1895, and reached Pard on Vn 4, 1896, after calling on
the way at St. Vincent, in the Cape Verde Is., where we had a
most enjoyable day’s collecting on Dee. 26.
Before proceeding to offer a few remarks on some of the more
interesting species encountered on the Amazon, the Society will
perhaps allow me to give a brief outline of the course of the ex-
pedition, in order to explain the localities at which our collections
were made and the conditions under which the work was carried
out. The ‘Faraday’ remained at anchor in the Paré River, about
two miles below the city, from Jan. 4th until the 10th. We were
thus enabled to collect for several days in a clearing in the forest
about three-quarters of a mile from our anchorage, besides paying
what was untortunately a very hurried visit to the Paré Museum.
This institution, which is devoted to Natural History and Ethno-
graphy, is, of course, conducted upon purely faunistic lines, and,
although it receives but slender assistance from the State, its
zoological collections, under the energetic supervision of the present
Director, Dr. E. A. Goeldi, who at the time of our visit had only
been in charge for a year and a half, would do credit to any
European city. ‘The Museum is surrounded by a small but
beautiful botanical garden, in which there are also a number of
cages containing live animals.
On Jan. 10th we left Para for the Amazon, paying out cable as
we went, and on Jan. 13th reached Breves, a small town in the
great island of Marajo, situated near the commencement of the
network of narrow channels which connect the Parad River with
the Amazon. At Breves we had a day’s collecting, considerably
troubled by uncertainty as to the hour at which the ship would
proceed on her way. On the afternoon of the following day
(Jan. 14th) we ran aground on a mudbank at the western end of
a channel known as the Parand de Buyassu, and remained there
hard and fast until Jan. 20th, when we were towed off, only to
run aground again on the following day in almost the same place,
so that we did not get away finally until high-tide on the morning
of Jan. 22nd. This delay, however annoying from a cable-laying
point of view, was to a naturalist anything but unwelcome, and
we turned it to good account. No further mishaps occurred on
the upward voyage, and we reached Manaos, our destination, at
the niouth of the Rio Negro, about 1000 miles from Para, on
Veb. 8th, after calling on our way at Gurupd, Monte Alegre,
_Santarem, Obydos, Parintins, and Itacoatiara. At each of these
places we had from one to two days’ collecting, according to
50*
770 ' MR. H.E, AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGICAL [June 16,
the time occupied by the cable-operations, with the exception of
Santarem, where we remained for four days and a half. We left
Manaos on the downward voyage on Feb. 15th, preceded two days
earlier by Mr. Pickard Cambridge, who had decided to return to
Santarem in order to stay for a fortnight in the forest some nine
miles inland from that town, at a cottage which had been most
kindly placed at our disposal by Mr. Wallace, an American trader.
After due consideration I had decided to remain with the ship, in
order to visit other localities near the mouth of the river, and so
make the most of our opportunities by dividing our forces. On
the downward voyage we ran aground in mid-stream near Monte
Alegre, and remained there for four days before getting off. Un-
fortunatefy I was suffering at the time from a swollen foot, and
being scarcely able to walk I was unable to profit by this delay.
After another day’s collecting at Gurupd, we reached Macapd on
the northern shore on Feb. 24, and I was enabled to collect for a
day at a locality which, so far as I am aware, had not been visited
before by a European naturalist. Thence, after calling at Chaves,
in the island of Marajo,and again at Breves, we returned to some-
where near our old anchorage in the Pard River on March dth, and
the expedition was nearly at an end. Connections, however, still
had to be made with a few places in the vicinity of Para, and, as it
was expected that these operations would take at least a fortnight,
T resolved to avail myself of an opportunity which occurred on the
following day of going to stay for a time at Mosqueiro, a little
place seventeen miles below Para on the same shore, in order to
make the utmost of the time that still remained for collecting. I
remained here until March 16th, when the ‘ Faraday’ arrived, and
I returned in her to our anchorage below Pardé. During the second
half of my stay at Mosqueiro work was much interfered with by rain.
Mr. Pickard-Cambridge, who had already returned from Santarem,
now rejoined the ship, and the next few days were occupied inainly
in preparations for the homeward voyage. We sailed from Par
at 6 a.mon March 24th, and reached Gravesend on the morning
of April 14th.
On referring to my diary I find that, although we spent rather
more than eleyen weeks (79 days) on the Amazon and the Pard
River, owing to the special conditions of the expedition, the
actual number of days on which I was able to collect ashore
amounted in the ageregate to only five weeks (85 days). Then,
again, in considering results, it must be remembered that in our
flying visits to the various localities already mentioned between
Pard and Manaos we were often hampered by much uncertainty
as to the exact time for which the ship would remain, and by the
necessity for returning to the shore at a particular moment in
order to catch the launch or boat going off to the ship. On the
other hand, the days spent in steaming from place to place, and
others on which we were unable to land, were by no means wasted,
since the numbers of insects which were attracted by the ship’s
electric lights at night kept me pretty busily occupied.
- 1896.] EXPEDITION ON ‘HE LOWER AMAZON. 771
Turning now to the harvest of the expedition, I may say at
once that the collections we brought home consisted almost entirely
of Arthropods. Mr. Pickard-Cambridge naturally devoted him-
self more particularly to Spiders, since they are his speciality,
while I similarly looked after the Insects. But, apart from this,
Mammals, with the exception of Bats and Dolphins, were con-
spicuous by their absence, while, as we had no one to assist us in
skinning, it was impossible, in the time at our command, to do
very much among the Birds. Reptiles and Amphibians were by
no means abundant, and such as were met with prove, with a
single exception, to belong to well-known and widely distributed
forms. Among the Vishes it might have been possible to do some-
thing, but unfortunately a trap which I had brought with me was
lost, owing to the breaking of a rope the second time it was put
overboard.
Mammars.—The Lower Amazon and the adjacent waterways
(including the Para River and the maze of connecting chanuels)
are shut in by dense forests, in which the naturalist unaccom-
panied by a guide might easily lose his way should he venture far
from the narrow paths used by the rubber-gatherers. Around the
small towns, however, there are more or less extensive clearings,
while at Santarem there is a considerable tract of open country
(“campo”). But in the forest itself, in the short time at my
disposal, it was never possible to penetrate more than a few
hundred yards from the river’s brink. ‘I'he entire absence of
Mammals, or even of any traces of Mammals, in the forests near
the shore of the river was most striking. I had included in my
outfit a large number of traps of various kinds, but never found the
slightest opportunity of using them. The shores of the Parana
de Buyassu and the other narrow channels between the Pard
River and the Amazon are low, and the forests near the water are
consequently exceedingly swampy, which may in some measure
account for the absence of Mammals at this particular spot ; but
once in the Amazon itself the shores are much higher, though in
many places, no doubt, still liable to submergence at the height of
the rainy season.
A fair number of Bats was collected from time to time, most
of which flew on board the ship, but in the absence of Mr. Oldfield
Thomas they have not yet been examined, so that I am unable to
say anything about them.
Freshwater Dolphins (Inia geoffroyensis and Sotalia tucusi, or
S. fluviatilis) were exceedingly common, especially in the neigh-
bourhood of the Parana de Buyassu and in the furo, or narrow
channel leading up to Monte Alegre. The former species, which
is much larger than the other and generally appears to be about
seven feet in length, is either wholly pink or flesh-coloured or else
entirely black or black above and pink beneath. I often wondered
whether this difference in colour is sexual, as the two kinds are
nearly always seen in company; anyhow the point would be well
7712 MR. E. E. AUSLEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGICAL [June 16,
worth elucidating. The appearance of the pink form as it rises
to blow, seen against the pea-sonpy background of the waters of
the Amazon, is most striking. The Sotalia is black on the upper
half of the body, which is all that I ever managed to see of it. It
is stated by Bates (‘The Naturalist on the River Amazons,’ 6th
ed. p. 75) that the natives call the larger species (Inia geoffroyensis)
the ‘ Bouto,” while they term the smaller one (Sotalia) the “ Tu-
cuxi.” According to one of our Brazilian pilots, Bates has trans-
posed the native names; nevertheless I am inclined to think that
the pilot himself must have been wrong, as it is difficult to believe
that Bates, writing after eleven years’ experience of the Amazon,
could have made such a blunder. The pilot in question also stated
that the large Dolphins (Jnia) will attack a man in the water,
while the small ones (Svtalia) will defend him by making an on-
slaught on the aggressors. If there is any truth in this statement
it may be that the small Dolphin sometimes attacks the larger one,
just as, according to Mr. Hudson (‘The Naturalist in La Plata’),
the Puma attacks the Jaguar whenever he meets him; but
personally I never noticed anything of the sort, although I fre-
quently saw the two species in close proximity in the same furo.
I may add that Bates (‘ Naturalist on the Amazons,’ 6th ed.
p. 296) alludes to the number of fables that are told about the
large Amazonian Dolphin, though he considers that “ it is probable
these did not originate with the Indians, but with the Portuguese
colonists.” The difference between the two species in their method
of rising to the surface to blow is very noticeable and, as it seems
to me, is not very clearly stated by Bates (op. cit. p. 75). The
large black or pink Dolphin (Jnia geoffroyensis) thrusts itself
horizontally along the top of the water, usually showing the crest
of its flat head first, and then nearly the entire length of the back,
including the low dorsal fin ; it then dives gently down head fore-
most. ‘lhe small species (Sotalia) arches over out of the water,
showing the curve pt the back and the-dorsal fin. Sir Wm. Flower
was extremely anxious that I should, if possible, bring home a
specimen of Inia geoffroyensis, or indeed of any one of the Ama-
zonian Dolphins, and accordingly 1 made many attempts to shoot
one but without success. The fishermen cannot be induced to
harpoon them, and eventually we came to the conclusion that the
only practicable means of securing a specimen would be to have a
couple of big seine nets specially constructed for the purpose and
to shoot them across one of the narrow furos, when the Dolphins
might easily be captured.
In the creeks running out of the Rio Negro below Manaos I
found Manatees (Manatus sp. inc.) not uncommon, and on more
than one occasion I saw one make a tremendous commotion on the
top of the water. In one instance the neck of the animal seemed
to appear first, and it then turned ‘“ head over heels” as it were,
and I distinctly saw the disk-shaped tail strike the water. This
liveliness on the part of the Manatee in its natural state is
perhaps worth noting, as in captivity it usually appears to be a
1896. ] DPXPEDITION ON THD LOWER AMAZON. 173
sluggish beast ; at any rate a small specimen which I saw in the
Public Gardens at Para was particularly so.
Brirvs.— With regard to the Birds we met with I need say but
little, as most of them belonged to well-known species. Hoazins
(Opisthocomus cristatus) were extremely numerous in the bushes
fringing the Parana de Buyassu, and could be seen flapping about,
balancing themselves on twigs, and uttering their harsh cries in all
directions. In the furo leading to Monte Alegre we also found
them abundant, and here they appeared to be in better plumage,
if not to belong to a finer race than the Buyassu birds. On the
Parand de Buyassu and in the Monte Alegre furo a beautiful little
Heron (Butorides cyanurus) was common and was often flushed
out of the bushes. I may add that large white Herons, Egrets,
and a bird closely resembling Ardea cinerea were frequently seen
at various points along the shores of the river. Black Cuckoos
(Crotophaga major) were another species common everywhere ;
these birds often associate in small flocks of half a dozen or more.
At Monte Alegre I obtained a yellowish-brown Woodpecker
(Celeus ochraceus) which is possibly of some value, as I find that
we have only two other specimens of the species in the Museum
collection. The only other bird to which I need refer is a
beautiful little Goatsucker, which was one of two that I met
with on the Rio Negro, hawking in the air about three miles below
Manaos and on the opposite shore to the city. I did not observe
this species anywhere else. The specimen, which is unfortunately
a young bird, has been referred provisionally by Mr. Ogilvie Grant
to Wyctiprogne leucopygia ; however, it certainly belongs to a much
smaller race than the typical form.
Reprinus anp Ampuipians.—I have already stated that among
Reptiles and Amphibians, with a single exception (a small Frog),
we met with nothing of any special interest. Strange to say we
encountered no poisonous Snakes, and although constantly on the
look out for the ‘hideous Sucuruja,” as Bates calls the Anaconda
(Eunectes murinus), we were never so fortunate as to see one,
although wherever we enquired about it the natives invariably
assured us that it occurred. Of Alligators, too, we only met with
two or three small specimens. These creatures, though doubtless
common enough, are, on the course followed by the steamers,
extremely shy and seldom seen, although on a lagoon near
Santarem I believe Mr. Pickard Cambridge observed a number of
them.
The little Frog above alluded to (Prostherapis femoralis, Blgr.)
was captured at Monte Alegre on Jan. 26th, and is the only
specimen that has hitherto been obtained in Brazil. The species
was described by Mr. Boulenger in 1894 {rom two specimens from
Yurimaguas, on the Rio Huallaga, in Peru, and has until now
been represented in the Museum collection only by the types and
two other individuals from Ecuador.
174. MR, B, E, AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZoonogicaL [June 16,
Fisurs.—Even had our fish-trap not been lost before it had done
any service we should have had but little time to devote to fish-
collecting. As it was I was unable to make any observations
worth noting, since the colour of the water of the Amazon and
the Pardé River renders it impossible to see anything beneath the
surface. However, it may perhaps be mentioned that a species of
Cat-fish (Siluride) is extremely abundant in the Pari River, and
appears to afford the chief occupation to the numerous fishing-
boats. When landing on the shores of the Parad River or of the
lower reaches of the Amazon a small fish, looking something like
a Gurnet, is frequently seen leaping along the surface of the
water. It appears to represent a Flying-tish in a semi-evolved
condition, and is known to the English residents at Pard as the
‘‘ Uplooker,” but, as I was unable to secure a specimen, I cannot
say anything as to its affinities.
Mottusks.—The shells of two or three species of Ampullaria
were common enough in the forests near the river, but most of
them were dead and consequently of little value as specimens ;
we were told that the natives living on the banks use these great
Snails as food. ;
Insrcts.—The total number of Insects of all Orders collected
amounted to about 2500, a figure which might have been exceeded
considerably had any special attempt been made to secure Butter-
flies ; it was, however, deemed advisable to devote most attention
to the more obscure and less popular Orders. The time of year,
being at the commencement of the rainy season, was probably not
the most favourable one for Insect-collecting, as, with the excep-
tion of Dragonflies, Insects were not so abundant as might have
been expected. Of the specimens obtained of the various Orders
the Diptera form the largest individual total (476); next come
the Hymenoptera (415), the Lepidoptera [Heterocera (390), and
the Coleoptera (280), Allusion has already been made to the
number of insects that visited the ship’s electric lights at night.
Although after dark all the lighted parts of the ship formed more
or less happy hunting-grounds, two reflectors, each containing six
glow-lamps of 16 candle-power, which hung over the ‘ Faraday’s’
stern, were the must productive. These lights were always kept
going during cable-laying by night, and when we happened to be
anywhere near either shore the number of insects that visited
them was most remarkable. Of these nocturnal visitants Moths
naturally formed the largest proportion, but, curiously enough, a
small species of Horse-fly (Tebarss) also came in large numbers,
besides certain other smaller Diptera, all of which are usually
supposed to be diurnal. When we were at anchor off some of the
small towns the ‘ Faraday’s’ projector lamp, which gave a beam
of light equivalent to that of from 25,000 to 30,000 candles, was
occasionally used to astonish the inhabitants, and never failed to
attract numbers of insects, especially some of the larger Moths
1896.] EXPEDITION ON THB LOWBR AMAZON. 775
and Locusts. It was, however, noticed that as we proceeded
further up the river the number of insects that visited us by night
sensibly diminished. The reason for this I am at a loss to
understand ; but the same observation was made by Mr. Bernard
Piffard, a naturalist who passed up the river about the same time
as ourselves on board one of the boats of the Red Cross Line.
Hymenoptera.—As regards this Order my best day’s collecting
was at Obydos, where on Feb. 2nd I was fortunate in finding
a large bush in full flower and covered with specimens of a great
variety of species. At each locality visited the most conspicuous
and commonest of the large Hymenoptera were various species of
Pepsis, while the common Wasp of the Lower Amazon and the
Parad River was found to be Polistes canadensis, Linn. This species
abounds everywhere, and numbers of its stalked nests are to
‘be found attached to the rafters in every open shed or similar
building ; they were particularly noticeable inside a little mortuary
chapel in the cemetery at Itacoatiara. Here and there on the
Parand de Buyassu, as well as at Gurups and other places, a long,
white, cylindriform object was observed hanging to the branch of
a tree; this was the nest of the Card-making Wasp (Chartergus
chartarius, Oliv.). ‘The natives are extremely fond of these nests
as ornaments for their houses. Some of the Bees met with seemed
particularly inquisitive creatures: thus in clearings in the forest
Chrysantheda nitida, Perty, a small species of a brilliant metallic
green, hovers around one, or over any article one may have thrown
upon the ground, as if inspired with the utmost curiosity ; while,
when steaming about in the ship’s launch at Buyassu, a large
reddish-brown species of Zpicharis hummed round us in sweeping
curves, and by its actions led us to mistake it for a Horse-fly
(Tubanus). Among the various species of Ants the well-known
Saiibas, or Leaf-carrying Ants (Atta spp.), were by far the most
noticeable, and were abundant in the more open places everywhere.
When collecting in a clearing one frequently came upon a narrow
moving column of small green leaves, or rather segments of leaves,
crossing one’s path and meandering away in either direction as
far as the eye could trace it among the herbage, the insects them-
selves often being entirely concealed by their burdens.
Diptera were by no means so abundant as I had hoped, and the
majority of the species met with were not very striking. The
comparative scarcity of species of this Order must have been due
to the season of the year, as I failed to come across numbers of
fine species taken by Bates at the very localities we visited. Un-
fortunately none of Bates’s Diptera in the collection of the British
Museum are labelled with the date of capture. I am happy
to say that I secured a fair series of specimens, representing
a number of species, of the much-abused but rarely-collected
Mosquito (Culea:). Although in the forest Mosquitoes always made
their presence felt, the only place where I found them really
troublesome was Macapd; here they literally swarmed round me
in clouds, and collecting quickly became a source of pain and grief.
776 MR. I. H, AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGIOAL [June 16,
With the exception of one or two species of Hristalis' and
Volucella obesa, I’, scarcely any Hover-tlies (Syrphide) were seen.
Volucella obesa, a brilliant. metallie- -green species, which also has
bright green eyes when alive, is very widely distributed throughout
the Neotropical Region. Tale the Bee (Chrysantheda nitidi),
which it closely resembles when on the wing, this fly is the victim
of an overpowering curiosity, and remains poised in the air in
front of one in a way that is perfectly irritating. It seems to be
an exceedingly stupid fly, and when caught in the net its move-
ments at once become dull and sluggish. I found it very common
everywhere. In houses and on board ship the Common House-
fly of Europe (Adusca domestica, L.) was unpleasantly numerous ;
indeed I have never met with it in such swarms as on the dinner-
table of a house about two miles from Part. ‘The species seems
to be now universally distributed, and has doubtless been carried
by ships all over the civilized world. Several species of Calobata,
a narrow-bodied, long-legged fly belonging to the family Micro-
pezidée, occur in the forest at the water’s edge, and were quite the
characteristic Diptera at the Parand de Buyassu. I shall have
occasion to revert to the genus directly in speaking of Mimiery.
Of the Butterflies I can say but little, since, as I have already
indicated, not much attention was paid to them. Many of the
specimens taken were tattered and worn, a fact which scemed to
afford further proof that the best coliecting season was already
over when we arrived. Several magnificent species of Jorpho
were seen flapping majestically along forest-paths or over clearings,
but proved themselves singularly difficult to catch. I may add
that at Santarem at the end of January the beautiful Callithea
sapplira, Hiibn., was quite common.
The majority of the Moths that visited the ship’s lights were of
small size, and our series when worked out will no doubt be found
to include many new species. ‘To a different category belongs the
beautiful green-striped Urania leilus, L., which, although exceed-
ingly common, I cannot refrain from mentioning. This species is
diurnal in habits, and on our arrival at Pardé a specimen came
drifting over the ship almost as soon as the anchors were let go.
Its appearance caused immense excitement, but we soon found
that the moths kept crossing the river singly or in couples through-
out the day. If my memory serves me they all flew from the
direction of the Ilha das Ongas towards the opposite shore, that
is from north to south. These moths were also our constant
companions when the ship was in the “ Narrows” between the
Pard River and the Amazon.
Coleoptera.—One, at any rate, of the Beetles collected is of
interest. ‘This is a male of the curious little scarlet-and-black
Longicorn Erythroplatys corallifer, White, which I took at
Obydos on Feb. 2nd. ‘The species is at present represented
in the Museum collection only by the type, which is a female.
1 Eristalis vinetorum, Fabr., F. agrorwm, Fabr., and LZ. lateralis, Walk.
1896. ] EXPHDITION ON THE LOWER AMAZON. 717
For some reason we did not meet with a single specimen of
the well-known “ fire-flies” belonging to the genus Pyrophorus,
either on the Para River or the Amazon itself, although I believe
they were found by Mr. Pickard Cambridge in the forest near
Santarem. Fire-flies of the family Lampyride, however, of which
our common English Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca, LL.) is a
well-known example, visited the ship in numbers by night as we
proceeded up the river. They were especially conspicuous in the
Monte Alegre furo on the night of Feb. 17, flashing out like
sparks against the dark background of trees, and scintillating at
intervals as they occasionally floated over our launch. Most; of
the species collected belong to the genus Aspidosoma, including
among others A. maculatum, Deg., and A. hesperum, L. In the
campo at Santarem on Jan. 29 we took a handsome species of Dung-
Beetle (Phancus mimas, L.), the passage of some cattle along the
sandy road affording us an opportunity of observing the wonderful
rapidity with which these beetles appear on the scene and bury
themselves within a few minutes of the requisite attraction being
provided for them.
The only other insects to which I need now refer are the
Dragonflies (Neuroptera Odonata). As might naturally be expected
in such a land of waters this Order was perhaps more in evidence
than any other, and was particularly well represented in indi-
viduals, although the actual number of species met with was not
very great. Though some of the species, again, were exceedingly
beautiful in colour when alive, in size they in no way surpassed
our British forms. ‘The remarkable ease with which a Dragonfly,
even when coming straight towards his would-be captor, contrives
to elude the net is well known; for some reason I invariably
found the rarer species the most difficult to catch; the common
ones gave little trouble. I frequently had the opportunity of
observing how a Dragonfly drinks; hovering motionless a foot or
two above the water he suddenly makes a sharp dart forwards at
it, striking it with his mouth and the underside of the thorax, and
at once withdrawing to his. previous position; the process is
repeated several times.
Miniery.—Three cases of apparently genuine mimicry among
Insects, which came under my notice, seem worthy of mention.
The first, which has probably not been recorded before, is that
of a small Clearwing Moth (fam. Sesiide), which is an almost
exact replica of a Wasp (Polybia phthisica, I'.), of which J. obtained
several specimens at Manaos and the Parana de Buyassu. In size
and general coloration the two insects are the same, and the pattern
of orange and black stripes on the thorax of the Wasp is copied so
closely by the Moth that at a little distance it would puzzle even
an entomologist to distinguish the two species. Unfortunately, I
only obtained a single specimen of the Clearwing; it is not repre-
sented in the Museum collection, and is very probably new.
The second case of apparent mimicry, to which I wouid draw
attention, is that of the Dipterous genus Calobatu, alluded to above.
778 MR, B, E. AUSTEN ON A RECENT zoonoaicaL [June 16,
As has already teen mentioned, the flies belonging to this genus
have narrow bodies and long legs, while in many species the front
tarsi are white. A medium-sized reddish Calobata (possibly new),
which I found at the Parand de Buyassu, when at rest on a leaf
looks exactly like an Ichneumon of the genus Cryptus, holding its
fore legs in the air and waving them about just as an Ichneumon
waves its antennw. The front tarsi of this species of Calobata are
white, and since all the species of Cryptus have white-banded
antenne the resemblance is greatly increased. But as Ichneumons
are not armed with stings, while, on the other hand, they attack
larve and not perfect insects, it is difficult to see what benefit the
fly can obtain unless the species of Cryptus are distasteful to birds.
The third instance of protective resemblance belongs to a different
category. Among other Dragonflies, Zenithoptera americana, L.,
a small dark-winged Libellulid, was not uncommon. At Gurupa,
on Feb, 22, I noticed that these insects have a habit of settling on
the tips of dead twigs from five to ten feet from the ground, and
drooping their wings downwards and forwards, so that they look
exactly like bunches of dead leaves. Three or four individuals are
usually seen on adjacent twigs, and they will remain motionless in
this way for several minutes. I am informed by my friend
Colonel Bingham, F.Z.S., that he has observed similar habits in the
case of certain species of Dragonflies in India.
Since my time was fully occupied with the Insects, I cannot say
much about the remaining Classes of Arthropods ; nor is it
necessary that I should do so, since these groups (Spiders, Scorpions,
Myriopods, and Peripatus) were the special care of Mr. Pickard
Cambridge, the results of whose study of the large Hairy Spiders
(fam. Therephoside) are to be communicated to the Society to-night.
These particular Spiders, the monsters of their class, were more
or less common at most of the localities visited by us, and Mr.
Pickard Cambridge’s exertions were rewarded by the acquisition of
a large series of specimens, including, I believe, representatives of
a number of new species. On landing for the first time on the
shores of the Pard River after a slight detour rendered necessary by
the presence of a dead bullock, attended by the inevitable Urubu
Vulture (Cathartes atratus), the first object that met our delighted
gaze was one of these Spiders on the stem of a palm-tree. The
common species in the vicinity of Pardé was Avicularia avicularia,
L., of which a specimen was found in almost every palm-stump
in a clearing to which we paid several visits. These great spiders
rarely leave their retreat during the day, but seem fond of sitting
at the mouths of their holes, with the tips of their legs projecting
from beneath a protecting layer of thick web. They are very timid,
and almost invariably dart back into their holes when approached.
In the case of the individuals living in the palm-stumps, however,
a lighted match dropped into the hole was found to be an excellent
means of effecting an immediate capture. Other species live in
leaves, or in bag-webs beneath loose pieces of bark on tree trunks,
while in the campo at Santarem a new species of Vapinauchenius
1896.] BXPHDITION ON THE LOWBR AMAZON. 779
was found to be very common in holes in the sandy ground. A
number of these nests were dug up bodily and brought home in
biseuit-boxes by Mr. Pickard Cambridge, and when duly mounted
it is hoped that they will prove interesting exhibits in the Museum
galleries. Scorpions were by no means common, although by dint
of much searching Mr. Pickard Cambridge managed to secure
specimens of several species. A number of the somewhat Crab-like
Phrynidz (Pedipalpi) were obtained, and in the campo at Santarem
Iwas fortunate enough to dislodge a whole family of Tarantula
santarensis, Pocock, both young and adults, from an ant-hillock.
On thrusting a stick down the holes in the nest the ants swarmed
out in large numbers, accompanied by these strange guests, among
which was a large yellow Cockroach (Blabera sp.), more usually
met with in houses. Centipedes were neither very large nor
particularly common, but a rich harvest of Millipedes was secured,
and Mr. Pickard Cambridge also obtained several specimens of
Peripatus.
Fresiuwaren Sroncrs.—In the branches of bushes and low
trees lining the western shore of the Rio Negro below Manaos
two species of freshwater Sponges (Z'ubella reticulata, Bowerb.,
and Parmula batesit, Bowerb.) were very common, forming spiny
masses resembling suspended Hedgehogs. At the time of our visit
the water had scarcely begun to rise, and these Sponges were
consequently hanging high and dry from five to fifteen feet above
the surface. In the case of Purmula batesii the sponge network
was full of blackish seed-like gemmules. Since our return attempts
have been made to induce some of these to develop by immersion
in water at various temperatures, but as yet unfortunately without
success.
I cannot conclude without a few words of grateful thanks: in
the first place to Mr. Alexander Siemens, whose never-failing
kindness to my colleague and myself while on board his ship will
always be a pleasant memory to both of us, and who, in the midst
of the numberless cares and anxieties of an important commercial
undertaking, did everything in his power to make our part of the
expedition a success ; in the second place to Sir William Flower for
selecting me to represent the Museum ; and, lastly, to the Trustees
of the British Museum for granting me the necessary leave of
absence, which enabled me, if only for a brief space, to cease from
being what Mr. Wallace has called a “Jaboratory naturalist,” and
to get a glimpse of the appearance and habits of birds, and beasts,
and insects while they are yet living creatures and before they
become museum specimens. :
780 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS 10 THE MENAGHRIB, [Nov.17,
November 17, 1896.
Dr. St. Gorge Mivant, I'.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,
August, September, and October, 1896 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of June were 163, of which 83 were by presentation, 28 by
purchase, 21 by birth, and 31 were received on deposit. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 93.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :---
1. An Occipital Vulture (Vultur occipitalis), from South Africa,
obtained by purchase June 24th. This fine Vulture is rather scarce
in collections; no example of it has been in the Society’s Gardens
since 1865.
2. A Baer’s Duck (Fuligula baer), received from Mr. Frank
Finn, F.Z.S., of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and presented by
him, along with other birds, to the-Society’s Collection. This is
the first example of this eastern Asiatic Duck, which has recently
been ascertained to occur in India!, that has reached us.
3. A Temminck’s Pangolin (Alanis temminck:), said to have been
procured in the Transvaal, and received on deposit June 29th.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 183 in number; of these 64 were acquired by
presentation, 11 by purchase, 21 by birth, 68 were received on
deposit, and 19 in exchange. The total number of departures .
during the same period, by death and removals, was 96.
Amongst these, attention may be called to the following :—
1. A pair of Lettered Aracaris (I’teroglossus inscriptus) (probably
from Para), purchased July 7th, new to the Collection.
2. An example of Brazza’s Monkey (Cercopithecus brazzw) from
French Congoland, purchased on July 17th, being the first spe-
cimen received alive of this rare and well-marked species (see
P. Z. 8. 1893, pp. 255 and 443, pl. xxxiii.).
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 100; of these 72 were acquired by presen-
tation, 7 by purchase, 13 by birth, 1 by exchange, and 7 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
’ same period, by death and removals, was 91.
Among these, attention may be called to the following :—
1. A fine adult female of Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella loderi), from
the Western Desert of Egypt, presented by A. R. Birdwood, Esq.,
! See Finn, Proc. A. &. B, 1896, p. 61.
1896.] TH SEORETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MBNAGERIB. 781
of Cairo, and received August 6th. This species is new to the
Collection.
Head of Loder’s Gazelle, 9.
2. Three Ivory Gulls (Pagophila eburnea), from Spitzbergen,
presented by Mr. J. T. Studley, August 24th. Only one
specimen of this Arctic species has been previously received, in
1880 (see P. Z. S. 1880, p. 538).
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of September were 125; of these 75 were acquired by
presentation, 17 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 13 were bred in
the Gardens, and 18 were received on deposit. The total number
of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was
88.
782 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 17,
Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the
following :—
1. A rare Fruit-Bat (Pteropus pselaphon), from the Bonin
Islands, obtained by Capt. Kemp in China, and presented
September 2nd.
2. A Red-footed Squirrel (Scirus pyrrhopus), from Monravia,
West Africa, presented by Ellis Ndwards, Bsq.
Both these species are new to the Society’s List.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of October were 217 in number. Of these 184 were
acquired by presentation, 8 by purchase, 4 were born in the
Gardens, 9 were received in exchange, and 12 on deposit. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 112.
Amongst these, special attention is called to the following :—
1. Three Franklin’s Gulls (Larus franklini), purchased at
Liverpool, October 9th, and stated to have been received from
North America. These are the first specimens of this black-
headed Gull (kindly determined for us by Mr. Howard Saunders)
that have reached the Collection.
2. A very fine and large series of Reptiles from Burma,
collected and presented to the Society by Mr. W. G. Bligh, and
embracing specimens of 15 species new to the Collection.
The following is a complete list of the species, as kindly
determined by Mr. Boulenger, those new to the Collection being
marked with an asterisk :— :
TESTUDINATA.
11 Burmese Tortoises (Lestudo elongata, Blyth).
7 Flat-backed Tortoises * (Vestudo platynota, Blyth).
3 Ceylonese Terrapins * (Nicoria trijuga edeniana, Theob.).
4 Shielded River-Turtles * (Zmyda scutata, Peters).
SauRIA.
5 Cocteau’s Geckos (Hemidactylus coctei, Dum. & Bibr.).
12 Verticillated Geckos (Gecko verticillatus, Laur.).
6 Yellowish Monitors (Varanus flavescens, Giinth.).
6 Doria’s Lizards * (Mabuia dorie, Boul.).
3 Bell’s Lizards * (Liolepis belli, Gray).
6 Emma’s Lizards * (Calotes emma, Gray).
OpHIDIA.
1 Hamadryad (Naia bungarus, Schleg.).
1 India Cobra (Naia tripudians, Merr.).
1 Banded Bungarus * (Bungarus fasciatus, Cantor).
11 Green Pit-Vipers * (Lachesis gramineus, Shaw).
4 Grass-green Tree-Snakes (Dryophis prasinus, Boie).
2 Sharp-snouted Snakes (Dryophis mycterizans, Linn.).
2 Ornamented Tree-Snakes (Chrysopelea ornata, Shaw).
1896. ] MR. SCLALER ON CONTINENTAL MBENAGERIES. 783
5 Robed Snakes * (Tropidonotus stolatus, Boie).
2 Fishing-Snakes (Zropidonotus piscator, Schneid.).
1 Rayed Snake * (Coluber radiatus, Schleg.).
1 Condanar Sand-Snake * (Psammophis condanarus, Merr.).
2 Well-spotted Snakes * (Dipsadomorphus multimaculatus,
Boie).
2 Olivaceous Water-Snakes* (Hypsirhina enhydris,Schneid.).
1 Aulic Snake * (Lycodon aulicus, Linn.).
In reference to this collection I have received the following
notes from Mr. Bligh :—‘ These reptiles were all obtained in the
Minbu and Mague districts of Upper Burma. I held the post of
Executive Engineer P. W. D. of the Minbu district, and obtained
them by offering rewards to Burman villagers. After a few cash-
payments had been made ‘on delivery,’ these people became very
keen in hunting in the jungle for specimens. I had even house-
spiders and earthworms brought by small children. Of course,
the general impression was that the ‘Thakin’ was decidedly
demented, but at present was harmless. ‘The Burman villagers
have a great deal to do in the neighbouring woods, and conse-
quently have a good knowledge of animals. The Land-Tortoises
were principally obtained in the low-wooded hilly country near
Taungdwingyi, Mague district, and were hunted down by dogs,
which bayed on finding the quarry. The Snakesand Lizards were
generally noosed with horsehair nooses at the end of a long
bamboo. ‘The natives were a great deal more afraid of the Verti-
cillated Geckos than any others. One or two men ina village could
always be found equal to capturing the Snakes by depressing
the head with the end of a stick or fork, and seizing it by the
neck.”
Mr. Sclater gave an account of some of the more interesting
animals observed in the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne,
Diisseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, The Hague, and Rotterdam,
which he had visited in June last. ,
In Antwerp, under the kind guidance of M. L’Hoest, he had
examined the first living example he had ever met with of the very
beautiful African Monkey, Cercopithecus brazzw (see P.Z.S. 1893,
p- 443, pl. xxxiii.), from the Congo. This species somewhat
resembles C. diana in its long white beard and white haunch-
stripes, but had in life a pale blue nose, besides its conspicuous
red front. Other mammals noticed at Antwerp were a pair of
Mountain Zebras (Hquus zebra); a true Burchell’s Zebra (4. bur-
chelli typicus) without any markings on the legs ; a pair of Sea-lions
(Otaria californiana), with a young one lately born; and a pair of
the smaller Buffalo of Western Africa (Bubalus pumilus). The
pair of Hippopotamuses had now bred eight years in succession,
and reared their young one in nearly every case. Among the birds
noticed was a hen Westermann’s Cassowary (Casuarius westermannt)
in fine plumage.
Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. LI. 51
784 MR. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGHRIES. [Noyv. 17,
In the well-ordered Gardens at Cologne (under the care of
Dr. Wunderlich), Mr. Sclater had observed a fine pair of Phaco-
cherus eliant from Somaliland, five examples of Cervus davidianus
(an adult male, two adult females, and two young males), examples
of a small but very pretty Kangaroo (Onychogalea frenata), which
he had not previously seen alive, and a specimen of Bassaris
astuta from Mexico. A family of five Sea-lions (Otaria californiana)
lived together in perfect harmony along with several Cormorants.
Amongst the birds at Cologne had been noticed an example of
+- Haliaetus branickii, received in 1893, in which the base of the black
tail was just beginning to show white feathers, as in the specimen
in the Society’s Gardens’ ; also specimens of Gyps bengalensis and
Cathartes urubitinga, a pair of Cygnus americanus, and an example
of a rare S. American Heron, Ardea leucogastra.
At the smaller but well-kept Zoological Garden of Diisseldorf
(managed by Herr Inspector Goffart) there was a very fine and
large adult male specimen of Cercocebus albigena, with the long
hairs on the neck and shoulders much developed. This animal had
been obtained at Caio on the R. Luemme north of the Congo, and
presented by Herr Robert Visser eight years ago. . There was also
in the Monkey-house a fine series of Mandrills (Papio maimon) of
various ages. A male Ovis musimon had bred freely with some
ewes of the domestic Sheep (Heide-schaf ), and had produced many
hybrids which were said to be perfectly fertile inter se. There was
also in this Garden a large flock of Ovis tragelaphus—some 25 in
number—of both sexes and all ages kept together.
In the Zoological Garden of Hanover (Herr Schiiff, Director)
were two examples of the Conwrus which Mr. Sclater had described
(P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 539, pl. vi.) as C. rubritorquis. Count Salvadori
(Cat. Birds, xx. p. 190) had united this species to the Mexican
C. holochlorus, but Messrs. Salvin and Godman had recently received
examples of it from Nicaragua, and were of opinion that it was a
valid species. There was a fine adult female Hippopotamus in
this Garden—an imported specimen.
The Garden of the Royal Zoological Society, ‘Natura Artis
Magistra,” at Amsterdam (Director, Dr. Kerbert), always contained
a large and well-ordered series of animals. Upon this: occasion
the following had attracted Mr. Sclater’s special attention :—a
young male of the South-American Marsh-Deer (Cariacus palu-
dosus); a young female Sumatran Rhinoceros from Borneo
(Ithinoceros sumatrensis); a well-marked example of the Side-
striped Jackal (Canis lateralis, Scl. P. Z. 8.1870, p. 279, pl. xxxiii.) ;
a Corsac Fox (C. corsac); and a fine adult female specimen of the
Mountain-Antelope of Sumatra (Capricornis sumatrensis). The
1 Mr. Sclater took this opportunity of exhibiting a drawing of the specimen
of Branicki’s Eagle (Haliaetus branickii) living in the Society's Gardens, taken
by Mr. Smit in July 1896 (Plate XXXVII.). This bird had been acquired by
purchase from the Zoological Garden of Hamburg on Sept. 21, 1893 (see P. Z. 8.
1893, p. 613). :
IP ZS USO, lel, -OOOWAUL.
J.Smit del.et lith. Mintern Pros. imp.
JHALIZATUS BRANICKII.
1896.] MR. HILL ON INHBRITANCH OF ACQUIRED CHARACTERS. 785
last-named animal he had never previously seen alive. It was
generally black, with a white line at the angle of the mouth and
slight white tips to the ears; nearly 3 feet in height at the
shoulders. The curious long-haired, divaricated mane was slightly
mixed with whitish hairs. There were also an adult pair of
Cobus ellipsiprymnus, and two pairs of C, unctuosus, with a young
one born in the Gardens. The Giraffe-house was unfortunately
vacant. .
At The Hague Garden, Mr. Sclater had found little of interest
except an example of Canis adustus, Sund., from South Africa.
He doubted whether Dr. Mivart was correct in referring
C. lateralis, Scl., of the Gaboon district, to the same species.
At Rotterdam (Heer Van Bemmelen, Director) Mr. Sclater
found a fine new Lion-house, a new set of Offices, and other
buildings erected since his last visit. The beautiful specimen of
Cephalophus sylvicultrix which had been figured in the ‘ Book of
Antelopes’ (plate xii.) was still alive and in excellent condition.
Mr. Sclater had also noticed a pair of Anoas (Bos depressicornis)
and a young male Canis jubatus. The Ieronry of Wild Herons
in the Garden had this year contained 58 nests.
Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.Z.S., made some remarks on a
supposed case of Telegony, as shown by a Fox-terrier puppy which
possessed Dachshund peculiarities, possibly due to a known earlier
fertilization of its mother bya Dachshund. The puppy, which had
been bred by Mr. O. H. Latter, F.Z.S., was exhibited.
A discussion followed in which Sir Everett Millais, Mr. B.
Tegetmeier, and others took part. The general opinion seemed to
be adverse to the theory of Telegony.
Mr. Leonard Hill, M.B., Lecturer on Physiology, London
Hospital Medical College, and Grocers’ Company Research Scholar,
gave the following account of some experiments on supposed cases
of the inheritance of acquired characters which he had been
carrying on :—
“Tt has been recorded by Brown-Sequard that after section of the
cervical sympathetic nerve in Guinea-pigs, a droop of the upper
eyelid is acquired, and that this droop is transmitted to the
young.
“ This statement, at the request of the late Dr. Romanes, I have
put to the test of thorough experimental observation.
“In March 1895 I took six healthy normal Guinea-pigs, and in
all divided the cervical sympathetic nerve on the left side. A droop
of the upper eyelid was thus established, and this has persisted
undiminished up to the present date.
“These Guinea-pigs were allowed to interbreed. In none of their
51*
786 MR. SCLATER ON THE AUSTRALIAN LuNG-Fisn. [Nov. 17,
young born in 1895-96 was a persistent droop of the eyelid
observable.
“In April 1896 I took twelve of the young and divided the
cervical sympathetic nerve in these, and in all on the left
side.
“The droop of the eyelid was thus again experimentally
established in these twelve, and they were allowed to inter-
breed.
“Tn their young, born in the summer and autumn of 1896, no
persistent droop of the left eyelid has been observable.
“My original stock of six Guinea-pigs has multiplied to over
sixty, and the experiment has proved absolutely negative.
‘“‘T am able to exhibit to the Society one member of the original
stock, two members of the first generation, and four members of
the second generation. In the first three the droop of the eyelid
experimentally induced is perfectly obvious, and in the last. four
no such droop is apparent. It remains for me to suggest a possible
source of error in Brown-Sequard’s observations.
“ Just a day or two before Dr. Romanes’s death two Guinea-pigs
were born, in both of which a partial closure of the left eye was
observable, that is to say on the same side as the lesion in the
parents. Unfortunately these Guinea-pigs lived only a few days.
This case I briefly reported in the columns of ‘ Nature’ after the
death of Dr. Romanes.
“Since then I have seen many young Guinea-pigs which have
exhibited a partial closure of the eye for some time after birth.
This phenomenon is entirely due to conjunctivitis, and is in no
sense hereditary; for the right eye and the left eye are equally
often affected. The conjunctivitis occurs when the weather is
hottest, and may be so severe as to lead to the destruction of the
eye. In cold weather the conjunctivitis and the droop of the
eyelid are absent. The droop of the eyelid disappears when the
conjunctivitis terminates, and is not therefore persistent. Lastly,
I have actually observed the birth of the young guinea-pigs.
“On birth no inequality of the eyes is observable. After birth
the new-born lie on the ground, and while the parent licks off
the membranes, dirt collects into the eyes from the floor of the
cage, and thus the conjunctivitis is established.”
Mr. Sclater exhibited (on behalf of the Hon. H. 8. Littleton) a
coloured life-sized model of the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus
forsteri), prepared by Mr. A. Alder, taxidermist, of Brisbane; and
read a letter from Mr. D. O'Connor, of Oxley, Brisbane, offering to
supply living specimens of this Fish.
rd
1896.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON OVIS AMMON. 787
Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., exhibited, on behalf of Major C. S.
Cumberland, four heads of Ours ammon (L.) from the North-west
Altai, east of Semipalatinsk, in Central Asia (about lat. 50° N.,
long. 88° E.). Major Cumberland, during the summer of the
present year, had succeeded in shooting seven fine rams, and the
horns brought back by him far excelled any belonging to this species
that had previously, so far as was known, been seen in this country.
Of the largest pair, which had been presented by Major Cumberland
to the British Museum, each horn measured 183 inches in cir-
cumference at the base, and 562 inches in length round the curve;
whilst the horns of another pair measured 192 inches round the
base, though only 544 long. Evidently this animal exceeded the
great Tibetan Sheep, 0. hodgsoni, in size, and was the largest of all
living Sheep.
Head of Ovis ammon, from Major Oumberland’s specimen in the
British Museum.
The heads now exhibited entirely confirmed the view that
O. ammon must be regarded as a distinct species from O. hodgsoni.
As had been first pointed out by Sir Victor Brooke and Mr. Basil
Brooke, in the ‘T'roceedings’ of the Society for 1875, pp. 518-520,
the horns in 0. ammon were thicker and longer and curved much
more outwards towards the ends; and were thus intermediate
in curve between O. hodgsoni and the form of O. pol called
O. karelint by Severtzoff. O. ammon, moreover, wanted the ruff or
lengthened hair on the sides and lower surface of the neck that is
found, apparently at all seasons, in adult rams of O. hodgsont.
The rams shot by Major Cumberland in summer were very pale-
788 MR. OLDFINLD THOMAS ON THD _[Nov. 17
coloured. They inhabited undulating plateaus at an elevation of
from 6000 to 10,000 feet above the sea.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Mammals of Nyasaland : fourth Notice.
By Oxtprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S.
[Received October 28, 1896.]
(Plates XXXVIII. & XXXIX.)
The present paper contains an account of all the mammals
which have been received by the British Museum from Nyasaland
since the beginning of 1894, and forms a continuation of my three
previous papers on the subject’. As before, it is to the generosity
and scientific spirit of Sir Harry Johnston that we owe most of the
specimens referred to, but in addition some other members of the
British Administration have been good enough to contribute
specimens on their own account, and thus to further the cause of
scientific research.
Among these contributors may be specially mentioned the
names of Mr. Alfred Sharpe, Dr. Percy Rendall, and Mr. H. C.
McDonald, each of whom has been lucky enough to send home
specimens sufliciently distinct to be described as new.
In the following pages, where the name of the collector is put
in brackets the specimens have been obtained as part of his
official duties in the administration, and are to be considered as
presented by Sir Harry Johnston ; while direct donations to the
Museum are shown by the words “Presented by” before the
name of the collector. As usual, the majority of Sir Marry
Johnston’s specimens have been obtained by that indefatigable
naturalist, Mr. Alexander Whyte.
In order to make the list of Nyasa mammals as complete as
possible, I have here inserted the name of every species obtained
during the whole of Sir H. Johnston’s explorations of Nyasa-
land, with references to the places in the previous three papers
where the species are noticed or described, and, in addition, those
mentioned by Mr. Sclater in his various papers. As a result the
present paper contains a complete list of all the mammals as yet
received by the Museum from Nyasaland, numbering 82 in all.
1, Conozsus PaLtiatts, Pet.
(C. angolensis, Scl. P. ZS. 1892, p. 97.)
The receipt of more perfect Angolan specimens than were
formerly available shows that Peters’s species is, after all, distinct,
by the presence of a white frontal band, from that described by
Sclater.
1 Pp, ZS. 1892, p. 546; 1893, p.500; and 1894, p. 136.
P.Z.S.1896. Pl. XXXVI.
J.Smit del.etlith.
Mintern Bros. unp
PAPIO IARUUNOSUS.
rh ‘es ie
14S) MDG Pil NOM
WSs
Mintern Bros. imp.
J.Sinit del. et ith
RAPHICEROS SHARPET,
1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 789
2. CBRCOPITHECUS LHUCAMPYX, Fisch.
(C. pluto, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 97; C. leucampyz, Sel. P. Z. 8.
1893, p. 253.)
3. CERCOPITHECUS MOLONEYI, Scl.
(Sel. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 252.)
4, CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS, Sykes.
(P. Z. 8. 18941, p. 137.)
Three specimens from the Chiradzulu Mts., July 1895
(A. Whyte).
5. Pario prumnosus, sp. n. (Plate XX XVIII.)
a. Ad. skin, ¢. Fort Johnston, July 24,1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
“« Trides yellowish brown. Native name ‘ Nyani.’”—P. R.
Size and length of fur very much as in P. thoth, Og., to which
the species seems to be most nearly allied, but the hairs are softer
to the touch, entirely different in colour, and unannulated
throughout. General colour hoary grey, not very unlike that of
such specimens of Didelphys marsupialis as have white-tipped
bristle-hairs. Throughout, on the upper surface, there are two
sorts of hairs, the shorter about 3-4 inches in length, and the
longer about 7 inches; both have black tips about 2 to 1 inch
long, while their remainder is dirty white. In a general view the
black tips of the shorter hairs show clearly against their white
bases, but those of the longer hairs do not show at all, so that
these latter look wholly white. The general hoary colour
obtained by this mixture of black and white extends all over the
upper surface, including the head, along the outer sides of the
limbs to the metapodials, and to the end of the tail, which is,
however, rather blacker proximally and whiter terminally than the
rest of the body. Tip of tail untufted. Below, on cheeks, chin,
and belly, and on the inner sides of the limbs the black tips
disappear, the fur is then entirely dirty white. The fingers and
toes are also nearly unmixed white.
Skull very closely resembling that of P. thoth in size and
general characters, but the muzzle is very decidedly shorter.
Thus, while the distance from the orbit to the occiput is almost
identical in the two, that from the orbit to the gnathion is very
materially shorter in the new form. The muzzle is also more
tapering and less parallel-sided anteriorly. The nasals are less
flattened, and are more clearly visible in a lateral view of the
skull. Below, the palate is shorter, the tooth-rows are more
bowed in anteriorly, and the pterygoid fosse are broader.
In the lower jaw the pit below p.?&m.! is very much shallower,
indeed scarcely noticeable, and the chin is much more developed,
probably because of the shortening of the palate and consequent
vertical position of the lower incisors and canines.
1 These references refer to the three previous papers in the P. Z. 8., in 1892,
1893, and 1894.
790 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON ‘tin [Nov. 17,
Dimensions. ¢, in skin (merely approximate). Head and body
750 mm.; tail 550; hind foot 190.
Skull. Greatest length 182, basal length 131; zygomatic
breadth 103:5; gnathion to lower edge of orbit 92; occiput to
lower edge of orbit 109; nasals, length mesially 62, greatest
breadth 15-2; height of orbit 26; breadth across orbits, outside,
at fronto-malar sutures 71; nasion to occiput 110; nasion to
basion 81; palate, length 81, breadth between outer sides of
m.” 51-3, between inner sides of m.°30 ; combined lengths of upper
true molars 34:5.
Type. B.M. No. 95.12.7.8.
This remarkable Baboon is distinguished at the first glance
from every other species by its hoary colour, white belly, and
unannulated fur. It is much to be hoped that further examples
of it will be sent home, and also skulls of different ages and both
sexes, as Baboons are animals of which our knowledge is miserably
imperfect, mainly owing to the fact that nearly all the specimens
in the different museums have lived in captivity, and are therefore
quite unsuitable for scientific examination.
For this reason, Baboons from all localities, even of the commonest
species, are special desiderata to our National Museum, and no
wild-killed examples can possibly be valueless, if accompanied by
their skulls and a record of their exact locality. Skulls alone,
old or young, male or female, to any number, will also be extremely
acceptable.
6, OrogaALE kiRKI, Gray.
(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 501; 1894, p. 137.)
Three skins. Chiradazulu Mts., July 1895.
“From the Terai of the mountains.”—A. Whyte.
7. GALAGO Molo, A. Sm.
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 137.)
8, EpoMopnorus cryprurvs, Pet.
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 157.)
a, b, Zomba (A. Whyte).
9. XANTIARPYIA sTRAMINGA, Geoftr.
Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).
10. RuINoLoryus HILDEBRANDTI, Pet.
(P. Z. 8S. 1894, p. 188.)
Three specimens. ort Johnston, April 16 and Dec. 1895
(Dr. P. Rendall).
1 Dr. Rendall gives—tail 570 mm., hind-foot 210, as the measurements in
the flesh.
1896.] ’ MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 791
11. Rarnotornus LANDERI, Mart.
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 138.)
Fort Johnston, April and Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
12. RuinoLopuus capnnsis, Licht.
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 138.)
13. Hrprosiperus cAFFER, Sund.
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 138.)
a. In spirit. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
b. Skin. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895. Presented by Dr. Rendall.
14. Nyorpris uisripa, Schr.
a. In spirit. Fort Johnston, April 25 and 28, 1895 (Dr. P.
Rendall).
b. Skin. Fort Johnston, Sept. 5, 1895. Presented by Dr.
Rendall.
15. Vusppruao (Errastcus ') MEGALURUS, Temm.
(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 548; 1894, p. 138.)
16. Vusrrruco (prusicus) RENDALLI, Thos.
3 skins. Upper Shiré R., July 25, 1895. Presented by Dr.
Percy Rendall.
“Roosting during the day on the leaves of a doum palm;
caught when the tree was felled. Native name ‘ Chiputi-puti.’”
—P. Rh.
This peculiar white-winged Bat was first discovered by Dr. Percy
Rendall on the Gambia, and was described by me in 1889. It isa
curious coincidence that its second known capture, in so far distant
a country as Nyasaland, is due to the very same naturalist who
originally discovered it. There appear to be no differences of any
importance between the Gambian and Nyasan examples.
17. VESPERUGO NANUS, Peters.
(PB. Z.8. 1892, p. 548; 1894, p. 138.)
a, b. Zomba (A. Whyte).
18. ScoropHitus nienira, Schr.
@. Fort Johuston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
1 Dr. Harrison Allen (P. Ac. Philad. 1891, p. 466) has shown that the name
Vesperus is not tenable in Mammalia owing to preoccupation, and has given the
group another name—Adelonycteris, But from his own synonymies (Bats
N. Amer. ed. 1, p. 81, and ed. 2, pp. 112 & 184, 1893) it is quite clear that
Eptesicus, Raf., dating from 1820, has a valid claim to adoption. Rafinesque’s
. description is fully pertinent if the evident transposition of the words “ outside ”
and “inside” in the description of the upper incisors be allowed for. ‘he
- typical species, JZ. melanops, is said to have been already “noticed under the
head of Vespertilio phaiops,” and this latter name Dr. Allen places as a
synonym of “ Adelonycteris fuscus.” (See also J. A. Allen, Bull. Mus. Harvard
oll. no. 8, p. 208, 1869.) : : ;
792 MR, OLDFIBLD THOMAS ON THH [Nov. 17,
19. Ruynonooyon crrnut, Pet.
(P. Z.S. 1894, p. 146.)
Chiradzulu Mts., July 1895 (A. Whyte).
20. PerropRoMUS THTRADAOTYLUS, Pet.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 548; 1893, p. 501.)
21 & 22. CrocrpuRA (Croc.), spp. ince.
(P. Z.8. 1893, p. 501.)
Ad. @. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
Head and body 94 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 13°6 ; ear 10.
93, Feuis paRDuS, L.
(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 547.)
24, Funis sprval, Schr.
(P. Z.8. 1894, p. 189.)
25, Fenis OAFFRA, Desm.
Zomba (A. Sharpe).
26. Hymna oroocura, Erxl.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 548 ; 1894, p. 139.)
27. Viverra civnrra, L.
(Sel. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 97.)
Zomba (J. McClownie).
28. Gunerra TIGRINA, Schr.
(Sel. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 97.)
29, NaNDINIA GERRARDI, Thos.
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xii. p. 205 (18938).
The type specimen of this species was obtained on the Lower
Shiré by Dr. Kirk in 1861. It does not seem to have been met
with by recent collectors.
30, Herresrrs aaLpra, Erxl.
a, Ad. skin. Fort Songwe, North Nyasa, Dec. 19, 1895 (J. B.
Yule).
31. Hurrnsres cracizis, Riipp.
(P. Z.S. 1893, p. 501.)
Young. Zomba, Dec. 1895 (A. Whyte).
82. ITnrrusres anBroaupA, G, Cuv.
(Sel. P. ZS. 1892, p. 97.)
1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 793
33. RHYNOHOGALE MELLERI, Gray.
(P. Z.8. 1894, p. 139.)
Young. Zomba, Feb. 1894 (A. Whyte).
34. CROSSAROHUS FASCIATUS, Desm.
(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 501; 1894, p. 140.)
35. CANIS LATHRALIS, Scl.
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 146.)
Zomba, Feb. 1894 (4. Whyte).
Two living specimens of this Jackal were sent to the Zoological
Society of London by Sir Harry Johnston from Zomba in October
1896.
36. P@CILOGALD ALBINUOHA, Gray.
Zomba plain, Oct. 1893 (A. Whyte).
37. LurraA MACULICOLLIS, Licht.
(P. ZS. 1894, p. 140.)
Fort Johnston (A. Sharpe).
38. ANOMALURUS cINDREUS, Thos.
Aun. Mag. N. H. (6) xv. p. 188.
It is uncertain whether this can properly be termed a Nyasa-
land species, as the only locality that could be obtained for the
type was “ Upper Rovuma River, towards Lake Nyasa.”
The attention of Nyasa naturalists is particularly drawn to the
question of the occurrence of Flying Squirrels there, as if avy are
present specimens are sure to be of special interest.
39. ScluRUS MUTABILIS, Peters.
(PB. Z.S. 1892, pp. 97 & 548; 1893, p. 502; 1894, p. 140.)
4 skins. Chiradzulu Mts., July 1895.
1 skin. Zomba.
40. Scrurus PALLIATUS, Pet.
(PB. Z.8. 1892, p. 549 ; 1894, p. 140.)
4]. OroMys IRRORATUS, Bts.
(P.Z. 8. 1892, p. 549; 1893, p. 502.)
Juv. Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).
Juy. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
42, GURBILLUS AFDR, Gray.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 549; 1893, p. 502.)
43. CricrroMys GAMBIANUS, Waterh.
(P.Z.8. 1892, p. 550 ; 1894, p. 142.)
794 MR, OLDFIDLD THOMAS ON THB [Nov. 17,
44, GOLUNDA FALLAX, Pet.
(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 552; 1893, p. 502.)
45, ARVIOANTHIS DORSALIS, A. Sm.
(PB. Z.S. 1892, p. 551; 1894, p. 142.)
46, ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO, Sparrm.
(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 551.)
47. Mus rartus, L., var.
(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 550; 1893, p. 502.)
48, Mus ponicHurts, Smuts.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 550 ; 1893, p. 502; 1894, p. 141.)
Ad. 2 &2 young. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Itendall).
49. Mus nwavatensis, A. Sm.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 550 ; 1893, p. 502.)
50. Mus moprstrus, Wagn. (?).
(P. Z. S. 1892, p. 550; 1893, p. 503 (Mus musculus); 1894,
p. 141.)
51. Mus (Luaeapa) minuroies, A. Sm.
(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 550; 1893, p. 503.)
Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).
52. Dasymys Incomtus, Sund.
(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 502.)
53. Saccosromus campusrnis, Pet.
(P. Z.8. 1893, p. 503.)
54, Acomys sPrnosissimus, Peters (?).
Juv. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
Too young for exact determination.
This is the first recorded occurrence of the genus Acomys in
Nyasaland proper, but Peters’s specimens came from Bino and
Tette on the Zambesi.
It is much to be hoped that further specimens of this Spiny
Mouse will be obtained, so that its proper name may be made out
with certainty.
55. Dunprowys MESOMELAS, Bts.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 252; 1898, p. 503.)
56. Svmaromys prarynsis, Pet.
(P. Z.8. 1893, p. 503.)
1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 795
57. LOoPHUROMYS AQUILUS, True.
a. Ad. 2. Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).
b. Imm. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).
a. Head and body 120 mm.; hind foot 21:5; ear 16.
The determination of this Zophuromys is not quite certain, and
better series both from East Africa and Nyasa will be required
before ‘its identity can be definitely settled. For the information
of collectors on the spot it may be mentioned that Lophuromys
may be readily distinguished from any other rat by its peculiar
speckled chocolate colour and its curious harsh and flattened (but
not spiny) fur.
58. MyYoscaLOPs ARGENTEO-CINEREUS, Pet.
(P. Z. S. 1892, p. 552 ; 1893, p. 504.)
59. AULACODUS SWINDERENIANUS, Temm.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 553.)
Zomba Plateau, 4000 ft., Jan. 1894 (A. Whyte).
Young. Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).
[Hysrrex, sp. ine.
No Porcupine has as yet been recorded from Nyasaland, but
one is certain to occur there. Specimens are sure to be of interest,
and, as with the baboons, any number of skulls would be most
acceptable. |
60. Lupus wHytet, Thos.
(P. Z.S8. 1894, p. 142.)
a. 2. Kasitu R., Henga, S.W. of Deep Bay, Nyasa, June 21,
1895. Presented by Mr. Richard Crawshay.
I am not as yet prepared to admit definitely the identification
of the Nyasa Hare with Lepus ochropus, Wagn., as is done by
Dr. Matschie, and prefer to use the name which specially belongs
to it, until there is better evidence as to the type of ZL. ochropus
having been collected far enough north to be the present form.
61. Procavia sounstont, Thos.
(PB. Z.S. 1892, p. 553 (P. capensis); 1894, p. 142.)
62. PRocavia BRUCEI, Gr.
(P.Z.8. 1894, p. 144.)
63. Ruinocnros Bicornis, L.
(P. Z.8. 1894, p. 145.)
64, PoraAMOCHGRUS LARVATUS, I. Cuv.
(P. Z.S. 1893, p. 504.)
Zomba and Mpimbi, Dec. 1893 (A. Whyte).
796 MR. OLDIIELD THOMAS ON THB {Nov. 17,
65. PHACOCHGRUS ZTHIOPIOUS, Pall.
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 145.)
do skeleton. Zomba.
66. BuBais Lictrrenstuint, Pet.
(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 553; 1893, p. 504; 1894, p. 145.)
67. Connoci£rEs TAuRINvS, Burch.
a. Skin and skull. South end of Lake Chilwa. Presented by
Mr. H. C. McDonald.
This specimen is the type of the subspecies distinguished by
Mr. Sclater as C. t. johnstoni’.
68. CEPHALOPHUS GrimMt, Linn.
(P. Z. S. 1892, p. 554; 1893, p. 504.)
Zomba (A. Sharpe & A. Whyte).
69. OREOTRAGUS SALTATOR, Bodd.
(P. Z. S. 1892, p. 533; 1894, p. 145.)
70. OurEBIA Wasrata, Pet.
(P. Z. S. 1893, p. 504; 1894, p. 146 (Wanotragus scoparius).)
Lake Shirwa (A. Whyte).
71. RaPHICEROS SHARPHI, sp.n. (Plate XX XIX.)
a. Ad. skin: $. Southern Angoniland. Presented by Mr.
Alfred Sharpe. !
A Raphiceros with the white markings of the Grysbok, but with
the feet of the Steinbok.
Size apparently rather less than in the Steinbok (2, campestris),
General colour rich glossy fulvous rufous, much brighter than in
either of the allied species. Mixed with the fulvous hairs there
are, as in J?. melanotis, a large number of perfectly white ones.
Muzzle brown above, darkest in the middle line, but without the
common sharply-defined nose-patch. Sides of muzzle dirty
whitish ; cheeks and sides of neck fawn. Crown with a well-
marked crescentic black marking, as in R. campestris. ars
large, very thinly haired externally, the hairs mostly white, black
along the edges. Colouring of under surface and limbs as in
R. campestris, Tail short, above rufous mixed with white, like the
back; below white.
Horns of the single specimen (of the age of which I have no cranial
evidence) conical, straight, little more than an inch long, very
thick in proportion to their length, but already commencing to be
ringed basally, within an inch from their tip. They are thus,
whether young or old, quite unlike those of any other allied ante-
lope, and would alone serve to distinguish the new species.
Dimensions (approximate) of the type, a flat skin :—Length of
1 Supra, p. 616, pl. xxviii. See also p. 506.
1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 797
head and body 635 millim.; tail without hairs 25; ear-opening
(in wet state) 87 x60. Horns, length anteriorly 31; basal circum-
ference 39.
Type. B.M. No. 96.10.26.3.
This very beautiful little Antelope forms an interesting con-
necting link between the Grysbok and the Steinbok, which it has
been sometimes thought might be placed in different genera, owing
to their difference in hoof-structure. In the latter important
respect It. sharpet agrees with the Steinbok, having no supple-
mentary hoofs, but in the presence of the white hairs in its coat it
resembles the Grysbok, while its horns are equally different from
both its allies.
If the type is an adult specimen (and its digital epiphyses are
already closed), the horns are shorter in proportion than in any
other species of the group, but even if not, their great thickness
and conical shape would readily distinguish them from those of
any other known species.
Mr. Sharpe is to be congratulated on his discovery of this hand-
some little species, and will, we may hope, soon send home
further specimens of it, accompanied by their skulls.
72. Konus ELLIPSIPRYMNUS, Og.
(P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 504; 1894, p. 145.)
73. Kopus varpont, Livingst.
(Sel. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 98.)
74, Konus srneanus, Scl. & Thos.
a. Imm. 2. Senga Valley, Upper Loangwa R. Presented by
Mr. R. Crawshay. ype of species.
This interesting animal, the representative in the Senga
Valley of K. vardoni, from which it differs in its smaller size, is
fully described in the ‘ Book of Antelopes’ (ii. p. 145) and only a
passing reference to it is here necessary.
75, CHRVIOAPRA ARUNDINUM, Bodd.
(P. Z. S. 1894, p. 146.)
Lake Mweru (A. Sharpe).
The Mweru Reedbuck has a well-marked black patch on the
crown between the horns. Similar patches have been noticed by
Gray in S. African specimens.
76, AiPYonROS MELAMPUS JOuNSTONI, Thos.
(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 553; 1894, p. 145.)
77. Hiprorraaus niamr, Harr.
(P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 504.)
78. Orzas oanna, H. Sm.
(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 504; 1894, p. 145.)
798 MR. W. B. DE WINLON ON 80MB RODENTS [Noy. 17,
79. STREPSICEROS KUDU, Gray.
(P. Z. S. 1894, p, 145.)
80. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI, Angas.
(Scl. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 98.)
Zomba, 1893 (A. Whyte).
Mantanas, near Chilomo, Oct. 1894. Presented by Lieut. G.
Oliver, R.N.
81. TRAGELAPHUS SCRIPTUS ROUALEYNI, Gord. Cumm.
(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 505; 1894, p. 145.)
Two males. Top of Mount Zomba. Presented by Mr. Alfred
Sharpe.
Zomba, Dec. 11, 1893 (4. Whyte).
82. Manis rrmminckt, Smuts.
(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 554; 1894, p. 145.)
2. On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling
in Mashunaland and Mr. F’. C. Selous in Matabeleland,
with short Field-Notes by the Collectors. By W. I.
pe Winton, !’.Z.8.
[Received August 31, 1896.]
(Plate XL.)
I. Mr. Dartine’s CoLLEctrion.
By the kindness of the authorities of the British Museum I
have been allowed to work out the Rodents contained in the
collection of small Mammals made by Mr. Darling during last
year, while engaged in mining work in the Mazoe district, ‘about
4000 ft. above sea-level, on the headwaters of the river ‘of the
same name which flows N.B. into the Zambesi.
Collections from Africa with reliable data are always looked
forward to with much interest, but I think that this one, from a
district which of late has been brought so prominently before us,
has very special recommendations.
Eyery specimen has been most carefully prepared, with date of
capture, sex, and measurements, taken in the flesh, recorded, and
in almost every case the skull accompanies the skin; in the few
cases when this is missing, it is fully accounted for by having been
eaten by a hen or some evil beast; in one case the skull alone is
sent, the skin preserved with arsenical soap and stuffed with
cotton wool, having been eaten and vomited by a cat, was thought
to be not worth postage, which, by the way, is 2s. 9d. per lb.
With a further consignment we may hope to receive duplicates
P.Z.S.1896.Pl. XL.
»
J.Snut del.et lth. Mintern Bros. imp.
I.GEORYCHUS DARLINGI.2.ACOMYS SELOUSI.
1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA, , 799
of all the species in spirit, and also more extensive field-notes,
which will add very considerably to the value of the collection.
As usual, the small mammals. seem to be the last important
zoological group to come in; for although of course the larger
mammals of this region have been long known, and, alas! many
well-nigh exterminated, and the birds and insects have been
largely collected, the present is the first collection of smaller
mammals of any importance numerically that has reached the
museums of Europe.
The collection contains 47 specimens, referable to 16 species,
all belonging to the family Muride, with the exception of one
Dormouse and one Rodent Mole.
It seems strange that no Squirrel is represented, more especially
as a Galago is included in the collection. Africa south of the
Zambesi is curiously weak in Squirrels, only two species of Sciurus
being found (one of which, Se. cepapi, is peculiar to this region) ;
neither of these can be called plentiful. This may be accounted
for by the absence of any large forests, and perhaps, in a minor
degree, by the partiality shown by the natives for small Rodents
as food ; these animals, owing to their diurnal and climbing habits,
being more easily found than rats and mice, stand a very poor
chance, especially as the trees which they frequent are mainly
confined to the banks of rivers or to clumps on low-lying ground
where water most likely lies beneath.
The value of this collection can in no way be measured by its
numbers or by the excellent condition in which both skins and
skulls are found, though these reflect the greatest credit on the
collector; for among the 16 species represented there aro 7
that are entirely new to science or that if found elsewhere have
developed such well-marked characters in this geographically
distinct area as to necessitate the giving of a distinguishing
subspecific name. One of these, a Georychus, was described by
Mr. Thomas last year and named in honour of the collector, and
is here figured (Plate XL.), the remaining six are described in this
paper. At the same time one or two of these aire not in any way
confined to the Mashunaland plateau, but have simply been con-
fused with other species, and perhaps, from being rather common,
have been considered not worth sending home.
1. Myoxus (ELIOMYS) NANUS, sp. n.
Ad. skin. g§. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 21 July, 1895.
“Lives in trees and roofs of huts. Native name ‘Sinde-
wara.’”—J. ff. D.
Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.8.27.4 in
Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 86 mm.; tail 72; hind foot 15; ear 14.
Skull: length 24; breadth 13; depth, top of parietal to base
of bulla 9°5; breadth of cranium 11; narrowest intorb. 4; nasals
9x3; basal length 20-5; henselion to back of palate 8 ; palate to
foramen mag. 10:5; molar series 3; diastema 5; mandible, depth
at coronoid 6:3; tips of incisors to condyle 14:5,
Proo. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No, LI. 52
800 MR, W. BH, DE WINTON ON SOMH RODENTS [Nov. 17,
Size much less than M@. murinus. Colour above uniform grey,
the only marking being a black patch commencing among the
whiskers and extending to the eye, and continuing on to the eye-
brows; the eyelids are black; the upper lips and cheeks white,
this colour reaching to immediately beneath the eyes and ears ; all
the underparts are white; the under-fur above and below dark
slate-colour; the hands and feet very small and slender, of not so
pure a white as the belly; ears rather large, naked; tail sub-
cylindrical, bicoloured, grey drab above and dirty white beneath,
the hairs short near the base, very gradually lengthening till at
the extremity they are 13 mm. in length; the light hairs of the
underside exceed those of the upperside in length and so form
a pale margin.
The much larger ears and less bushy tail distinguish this species
at a glance from M. smithi, Thos., besides the black marks on the
‘cheeks and the greyer colour. As the tips of the hairs in this
species are pale and colourless, and only the upper part of the
tail shows any drab, it must be quite distinct from £. kelleni,
-Reuvens, as also for the same reason from #. parvus, True, with
che addition that the under-fur of the cheeks and throat is dark
slate-colour and not white. The ears are certainly not small for
a Dormouse and there is no hair on them which is perceptible to
the naked eye, so there is no colour on the borders which both
these species are described as having. I may say that the
measurement of the ear is taken from the notch, as in all specimens
in this collection.
Mr. Darling writes :—“I have been telling them (the natives)
to get me some more dormice, but they say all those animals are
gone away: I know they are scarce, but I may be able to get
some. One hut J had on a bushy hill, a little chap used to live
inside, and come down quite close and watch me reading as I lay
in bed at night; if they eat insects he may possibly haye come to
catch them at the candle, but I never saw him do so.”
2. GERBILLUS aFER, Gray.
Eight specimens of both sexes and of various ages taken at
_Mazoe, Mashunaland, between the months of April and September,
1895.
“Fairly common. Native name ‘ Bendy.’ ”—J. ff. D.
Collector’s measurements taken in the flesh, adult ¢:—Ilead
and body 155 mm.; tail 166; hind foot 32; ear 20.
This is a nice series, showing the various forms of colour from
grey to foxy red. The bright colour on the cheeks and along the
whole length of the body immediately above the white of the
underparts makes its appearance at a very early age, but may
not reach the dorsal region till long after the animal is full-grown
and the teeth worn so as to show the complete pattern of the
enamel of the first molars, and the animal has reared young ones ;
thus it seems probable that many never assume the red colouring
at all, as there are specimens almost black on the back with well-
1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA, 801
worn teeth, while others almost red-fawn have their teeth very much
less worn. In fact from this series it is impossible to say whether
age, sex, or season has much to do with the varying colour,
though there is little doubt that the immature animals are
invariably dark grey, showing the red first on the cheeks and
along the sides. The tail varies in length, but is generally some-
what longer than the head and body.
3. OTOMYS IRRORATUS, Bts.
a. Ad. sk. fg .. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 8 January, 1895.
B. Ad. sk. ¢. 45 % 4 August, ,,
2f2 Ad. sk. é. ” ” ” ”
Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and
body 197 mm.; tail 117; hind foot 28; ear 22.
“Common in marshes. Native name ‘ Nappy.’”—ZJ. ff. D.
These specimens all agree with the Cape form in the general
gold and dark brown grizzled colour.
. Mus CHRYSOPILILUS, sp. n.
Ad. sk. 9. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 14 August, 1895 (type).
14
Oh) 3 0 ” 9 2”? 3”
99 3 v 93 bb) 15 ” ”
” 3 o ” ” 19 3° bb)
4 6. - 3 17 January, ,,
55 gd imm. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 16 January, 1895.
“ Trapped in grass. Native name ‘ Maché.’”—J. ff. D.
Collector's measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.11.3.23
in Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 146 mm. ; tail 168; hind foot 28 ;
ear 19.
Skull: greatest length 38 mm.; breadth 18; breadth of brain-
case 15; nasals 14:5x4:5; frontals 12; parietals 6:8; inter-
parietals 4x 9-5; basal length 32; henselion to back of palate 16 ;
palate to foramen mag. 12°5; incisive foramina 9x25. Upper
molar series 6; diastema 9°5; depth, parietals to bulla 12;
mandible, height at eoronoid 11 ; incisor-tips to condyle 24.
The whole of the upper parts bright reddish-fawn, strongly
sprinkled with black hairs; cheeks and sides and thighs rather
paler, the dark hairs being less numerous and of a browner tint ;
the whole of the underparts, including the feet and hands, almost
pure white ; the colours of the upper and under sides being clearly
defined. All the hairs above and below dark slate-colour basally.
Ears moderate and naked, save for a few scattered rufous hairs.
Tail almost naked, but with a few very short adpressed hairs,
which increase in number and length towards the tip; scales in
rings 10 to 10 mm., shining like mica in some lights, the basal
half is indistinctly bicoloured, brown above, whitish beneath, the
terminal portion unicoloured brown.
Allied to M. kaiseri, Noack, but very distinct in colour. :
This handsome Rat is not confined to the Mashunaland plateau,
52*
802 MR, W. EB, DE WINTON ON SOME RODENTS [Nov. 17,
as the Museum has lately received specimens from the Transvaal
collected by Dr. Perey Rendall, and it is possible that its range
may extend still further south, as from the very little attention the
small mammals have received since the time of the early discoverers,
and owing to the bad state of preservation of many of the original
types, this species has been overlooked.
5. Mus AURICOMIS, sp. n.
a. Ad. sk. g. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 9 August, 1895.
p. Ad. sk. o. 5 3 19 AAG » (type).
y. Ad. sk. 9. MQ)
“Testes larger than those of the larger species” (ML. chiryso-
philus).—J. ff. D.
Collector's measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.11.3.21
in Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 113 mm. ; tail 147 ; hind foot 24;
ear 17.
Skull: greatest length 31; breadth 15; across brain-case
13:5; nasals 13 x 4 ; frontals 9:5; parietals 5 ; interparietals 4 x 9 ;
basal length 26-5; henselion to back of palate 13:5; palate to
foramen mag. 10; incisor foramina 7:5; upper molar series 5:2 ;
diastema 7°5 ; depth, parietals to bulla ree ip mandible, height at
coronoid 8:5 ; incisor-tips to condyle 20.
The whole of the upper parts yellow-fawn, strongly sprinkled
with black hairs; cheeks and sides and thighs almost pure fawn,
showing considerable contrast to the darker dorsal region; the
whole of the underparts, including the feet and hands, almost
pure white ; the colours of the upper and under parts being clearly
defined. The bases of the hairs of the back slate-colour (paler
than in M,. chrysophilus), those of the underparts being pale grey
only at the extreme bases. Wars moderate and naked, save for a
few yellow hairs, Tail almost naked, but with a few very short:
adpressed hairs, which increase in number and length towards the
tip ; scales in rings 11 to 10 mm., shining like mica in some lights,
the basal half is indistinctly bicoloured, brown above, whitish
beneath, the terminal portion unicoloured brown.
Closely resembling MM. chrysophilus in general characters, but
distinctly smaller; the colour is léss rufous and more golden, with
more contrast betw: een the colours of the back and sides, and
whereas the under-fur of Al. chrysophilus is dark slate above and
beneath, in this species it is grey-slate above and the underparts
have this colour only at the bases of the hairs, or the hairs may be
white throughout.
This Rat no doubt is closely allied to Mus namaquensis, A. Smith,
described in the 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. vol. ii. p. 160 as Gerbillus
namaquensis ; it is distinguished, however, by its shorter ears and
longer tail; the fur does not seem so soft, and is shorter. From
M. pedulcus, Sund., it is distinguished by the coarser scales on the
tail and the cusps of the molars are set in straighter cross rows,
the teeth broader,
1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA. , 803
6. Mus rartus, Linn.
a. Ad. sk. 9. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 18 May, 1895.
B- Im. sk. 3. 3 _ 18 January, 1895.
“Taken in the house, very common. Native name ‘ Gonzo.’ ”—
J. ff. D.
Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and
body 188 mm.; tail 220; hind foot 34; ear 25.
I cannot separate these two specimens from the brown form of
M. ratius. It is the common House-Rat of the district.
7-9. Munas, spp.
There are three Mice in the collection belonging certainly to two
and possibly to three distinct species, which at present I will not
venture to determine. ‘The two larger ones, male and female,
differ markedly in colour, one being nearly black and the other
brown, but they agree fairly in the skulls and dentition as well as
can be judged, allowing for the great difference of age which exists
between them; they belong no doubt to Mr. Thomas’s group which
he has so well named ‘multimammate.” The third, a male, may
possibly be 1. mariquensis, A. Smith, and belong to the group
which has 3—2=10 marne; but until further specimens are
obtained I would rather not assign any particular name to it.
10. ARVICANTHIS DORSALIS, A. Sinith.
a. Ad.sk. g. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 30 January, 1895.
B. Ad. sk. 2. + 3 13 am o
y. Juv.sk.d. i Bs 13 August, 1895.
“Trapped in grass; not uncommon. Native name ‘ Chewanga-
ranga.’ "_J. ff. 1D),
Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and
body 180 mm.; tail 184; hind foot 28; ear 17.
This species seems very constant in colour throughout its
extensive range, and there is little difference between the old and
young, the latter being generally more rufous, the inner side of the
ears more thickly clothed with short reddish hairs, and the tail more
thickly covered with hair so as to almost hide the scales. The
clearly-defined narrow black dorsal stripe seems never to vary.
The fifth finger is so small that unless examined closely there
appear to be only three toes on each of the feet; this character is
shared.by A. barbarus, L., and A. pulchellus, Gr.
11. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO DILECTUS, subsp. n.
a. Ad. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 2 August, 1895 (type).
B. Sen. sk. g. sy 4 5 3 aye
y. Ad. sk. 3. “sy i 1 as A
‘© Not uncommon. Native name ‘Shanchey.’”’—J. 7. D.
Collector’s measurements, in flesh, of type 95.11.3.25 in Brit.
Mus. :—Head and body 106 mm.; tail 82; hind foot 20; ear 14.
Skull: greatest length 27; breadth 14; basal length 23:5;
henselion to back of palate 11:5; palate to foramen mag. 10;
804 MR. W. D. DD WINTON ON SOMD RODENTS [Noy. 17;
length of upper molar series 4-8 ; diastema 7; mandible, height at
coronoid 9; tips of incisors to condyle 18.
Dorsal stripes arranged as in .A. pumilio, Sparrm., but all the
stripes more clearly defined; the general colour darker and more
dusky above and below. A dark stripe commences between the
eyes ; immediately behind the ears it widens out and branches
into two stripes, which join again just above the base of the tail ;
the median space from the neck to near the tail is more rufous
than the body-colour; outside the two dorsal black stripes, from
the neck to the rump, are two pale buff stripes, and outside these
again two black stripes commencing at the back of the ears and
running to the base of the tail; all the stripes are subequal in
width ; outside these stripes the fur is a dark rich mixture of red-
brown and black, the colour gradually fading to the paler under-
side, which is dusky, strongly washed with orange; the feet share
the general much darker grizzled colour as compared with A. pumilio
typicus. |
By the measurements it will be seen that this species is consider-
ably smaller than its Cape ally, and of about the same size as the
brightly-coloured A. pumilio diminutus, Thos., of British E. Africa.
12, DasymMys INCoMTUS FUSOUS, subsp. n.
a. Sen. sk. 9. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 4 August, 1895.
B. Ad. sk. 3d. Ps a aoa ea -
y. Ad.sk. 3. . oy 2
“ Native name ‘ Garu.’ ”—J. ff. D.
Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.11.3.14
in Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 157 mm.; tail 146 ; hind foot 32;
ear 21.
Skull: greatest length 37 mm.; breadth 20:2; basal length 35;
henselion to back of palate 20; palate to foramen mag. 13; length
of upper molar series 7-3; diastema 12:2; mandible, height at
coronoid 14; incisor-tips to condyle 27.
Size and general characters as in the type species, but differing
in colour, being of a uniform sooty black, only slightly grizzled
with yellow. Upper incisors deep red-orange; lower incisors
brownish honey-colour.
There is considerable difference in the ages of these three speci-
mens, the female being evidently very old, but all agree most
perfectly in colour, and there can be no doubt this is a well-marked
geographical race and must be distinguished by name.
60 » (type).
13. Gonunpa FaLuAx, Pet.
Skull only received.
“3. Mazoe, Mashunaland.”—J. ff. D.
. 14, Saccosromus MasHONA, sp. n.
a. Ad. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 13 June, 1895 (type).
B. Ad. sk. 3. = os 5 May, 1895.
Y: Ad. sk. 2 . >” ” 19 ” »
1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRIOA. 805;
“ Pouch-Rat. Native name ‘ Sigi.’”—J. ff. D ;
Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.8.27.10 in
Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 135 mm.; tail 35; ear 18; hind foot
(taken from dried skin) 22.
Skull: greatest length 35:5; breadth 17:3; basal length 31°5;
henselion to back of pdlate 18; palate to foramen mag. 11; length
of upper molar series 5; incisive foramina 7; diastema 11;
mandible, height at coronoid 12; tips of incisors to condyle 24.
Colour above dark iron-grey, formed by a mixture of grey-drab
and black, the sides and thighs with much less black intermixed ;
on the cheeks and along the lower margin of the dark colouring of
the upper parts there is a strong tinge of drab, which includes the
upper lips and the forearms, before passing into the cream-white
of the underparts, but posteriorly the light colouring passes along
the inner side of the thighs and only the feet are whitish. All
the hairs of the underparts are slate-grey for the greater part, of
their length, finely tipped or ringed with grey-drab ; those on the
head and back have long black tips, and there appear to be many
very fine entirely black hairs intermixed, but owing to the extreme
softness of the fur it is very difficult to give a precise description ;
the general effect is drab-grey, strongly washed with shining black.
One specimen, a very old male, does not show quite so much black
on the back, and is rather more washed with drab; but the third,
an adult female, agrees most perfectly with the type in colouring.
The animal under notice is a much larger species than S. cam-
pestris, Pet., but, besides the size, the dark grey colour at once
distinguishes it from its congeners.
The skull does not show any marked peculiarity that would not
naturally be looked for in a larger animal; but m.2 has a small
though well-developed extra outer anterior cusp, the position being
occupied by a mere ledge in S. campestris.
Tail rather thinly covered with hair, intermixed are longer very
fine hairs which stand out, recalling the tail of a Crocidura; in old
animals the tail becomes nearly naked.
. STHATOMYS PRATHNSIS, Pet.
a. oy sk. d. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 19 ce 1895.
B. Ad. sk. 3. - 5 1
“Very fat, Ba common, Native name ‘ Shana’ ay ff. D.
Collector's measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and
body 96 mm. ; tail 45; hind foot 17; ear 16.
General colour dull drab-brown, underparts white, feet dirty
white. The measurement of the ear would seem large enough for
Dr. Peters’s S. krebsi, but the colour agrees with the species to
which I have referred it, and indeed the second specimen has a
considerably shorter ear.
- 16. Guoryonus paruinel, Thos. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)
a. Ad. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 11 March, 1895.
GB. Imm.sk. 3. ,, aa Lg ”
806 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON SOMD RODENTS [Nov. 17,'
y. Juv. sk. $. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 20 August, 1895.
' 6. Ad. sk. 3. A a 5 September, 1895.
» e. Ad. sk. 3. ” ” 7 ” ”
é. Ad. sk. 2. Bs "
Collector's measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and
Boag 125 mm.; tail 9; hind foot 19.
“Common. Native name ‘Nota.’” —J. ff. D.
This Rodent was described by Mr. Oldfield Thomas in the
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Iist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. 1895, p. 239; it is dis-
tinguished by the clearly-defined triangular pure white spot on the
top of the head. The young appear to be mouse-grey and much
darker than the drab-coloured adult.
II. Mn. Srtous’s Connrcrron,
Since writing the account of Mr. Darling’s collection, the fol-
lowing Rodents, collected and presented to the British Museum by
Mr. F. C. Selous, have been received. The collection, containing
nearly fifty specimens, was made at Essex Vale, about 4500 feet
above sea-level, near Buluwayo in Matabeleland, between the
months of August and October 1895, and should have reached the
Museum in the beginning of this year, but, owing to the disturbances
in the lands of the South African Chartered Company, the case
containing it was detained at Mafeking for more than six months.
Besides additional examples of the two new species of Alus
described above in Mr. Davling’s collection, there are specimens of
two undescribed species—an Acomys, which I have great pleasure
in naming in honour of the collector, and a Georychus, named in
honour of the “ mighty hunter”; the latter animal is of particular
interest, as it clearly shows the geographical distinction in the
fauna of these two adjoining districts.
Mr. Selous had the advantage of the services of Mr. J. Notman
in collecting and preserving these specimens ; the skins are all of
a uniform pattern, thus facilitating comparison enormously, and
the skulls are in the most perfect state. I can safely say that this
is the best preserved African collection that has ever been received
by the British Museum. We may hope to have the distinguished
collector among us before long, as I am glad to say he is now on
his way home, after the gallant defence of Buluwayo. A second
collection which he had hoped to bring with him was unfortu-
nately burnt by the Matabele at the outset of the rebellion, with
the whole of the contents of the pretty homestead of Essex Vale.
1, GERBILLUs LEucoGastER, Pet.
6 skins, 7 skulls: 4.ad. $, 2ad. 9. Sept. and Oct.
“Trapped by a stream; common.’—F. C. NS.
There can be little doubt that these belong to Prof. Peters’s
species ; unfortunately they are rather young, none of them having
the teeth much worn. In contrast to the series of G. afer in
1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRIOA. 807)
Mr. Darling’s collection where no two are exactly alike in colouring,
these are all absolutely identical, soft grizzled fawn-yellow.
2. Mus rartus, L.
2 skins and skulls, 5 9.
‘‘ Trapped in house; very common.”—I. C. 8.
These two agree with those received from Mr. Darling.
3. Mus onRYsoPHiILus*, mihi.
’ 8 skins, 9 skulls: 4 ¢,3 9,1 notsexed. Aug.—Oct.
‘“‘Trapped in rocky kopje, common: but one taken near house ;
carrot for bait; very common.”—J". C. S. x
These specimens agree in every particular with those described
above from Mashunaland, and we may hope that Hssex Farm will
turn out a gold-mine, as all the specimens yet received have come
from gold-bearing districts.
4, Mus auricomis ”, mihi.
3 skins with skulls: 29,1. Sept. and Oct.
“Trapped in Rocky kopje.”—/’. C. 8.
Agreeing perfectly with the Mazoe animals described above.
5. Mus, sp.
6 skins with skulls. Sept. and Oct.
‘Trapped near house ; carrot for bait; common.”—F. C. 8.
These Mice are very uniform in colour, of a more yellow-tinted
colour than one of about the same size in Mr. Darling’s Mazoe
collection, and differing in the shape of the skull, but topotypes
of the earlier described species are necessary before we can pro-
perly unravel this difficult group. They are of the multimammate
group.
6. MUS NATALENSIS (?).
6 skins and skulls: 29,4 6. Aug.—Oct.
“Trapped in Kaffir garden by a stream ; common.”—F. O. 8S.
Unfortunately the mamme are not traceable in either of the
females.
7. ACOMYS SELOUSI, sp. nov. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)
4 skins, 5 skulls: 2 9,1 g, 1 not sexed.
“No. 33, Mouse, ¢, Matabeleland; 8 Oct. 1895. Trapped in
rocky kopje.”—F. C. 8S.
Collector’s measurements taken in the flesh :—H. & b. 83 mm. ;
tl. 92:5; h. f. 16:5; ear 14.
Upper parts smoky rufous-brown or coffee-colour, more smoky
on the face and darker on the dorsal region ; clear chestnut-brown
on the cheeks, sides, and a patch behind each ear. Whole of the
1 Above, p. 801.
? Above, p. 802.
808 ON SOMH RODENTS FROM BRITISH souTH AFRICA. [Nov.17,
underside including the upper lip and feet, pure white, line
sharply defined; ears and tail brown, naked, the latter paler on:
the underside.
Type, No. 33, 6, Essex Farm, Matabeleland; 8 Oct., 1895. |
General colour much like Mus sylvaticus, but with the smoky
bloom peculiar to the genus.
Skull, old male :—Greatest length 25:5 ; br. zyg. 12:5; br. brain-
case 11:3; nasals 10-5x3; interpar. 3x 8:5 ; basal length 21;
bk. of ins. to bk. of pal. 12-5; pal. to foram. mag. 7; ins. foram,
5°8; upper molar: series 4; outside m.1 1-6; inside m.1 3:1;
diastema 6:5. Mandible: gr. length (bone) 13:1; to tip of
incisors 16.
Near A. wilsoni, Thos., but larger.
8. GEORYCHUS NIMRODI, sp. n.
4 skins, 1 ad., 3 juv.; 5 skulls, 2 ad., 3 juv. All taken in Nov.
Size much as in G. hottentottus, Less., and G. darlingi, Thos. :
differing from the former in its drab colouring, and from the latter
in the absence of the triangular white patch on the nape. The
skull is at once distinguished from its allies by the ascending
processes of the premaxillaries not extending backward beyond the
nasals, so that the suture between these bones and the frontals
forms a simple slightly bowed line, very distinct from the com-
plicated doye-tail pattern found in most of the Georychi. The
sagittal crest is only faintly developed, the interparietal bone being
rounded. The zygomata are not so much bowed out anteriorly as
in G. hottentottus, and in this it resembles G. darling?, as also in the
thickened outer walls to the anteorbital foramina. In the type
specimen these foramina are very small, on one side indeed being
little more than a pin-hole, but this isa somewhat variable character
in this species. From the lachrymal projection the skull recedes
abruptly to the narrowest part of the constriction, with no posterior
lateral inflation of the frontals in the interorbital region. The
postnarial aperture is rather wide, the back of the palate being
slightly cut away on either side, leaving a projecting point in
the middle line; the posterior opening of the alisphenoid canal
is larger than in G. hottentottus.
I select as the type a specimen marked by the collector, “ No. 46,
Mole, ¢, caught 18 Nov., 1895. ITead.and body 147 mm., hind
foot 24:5. Kaflir garden, only appeared on surface since rainy
season began. Locality, Essex Farm, Matabeleland.’—/. C. S.
Measurements of skull of type: basilar length 31; greatest
breadth 27.
This new species is unquestionably nearly related to G. darlingi,
but outwardly as well as craniologically the two forms are easily
distinguished.
1896.} ON THD ANTELOPHS OF HASTURN ALGURIA. 809
3. On the Antelopes of the Aures and Eastern Algerian
Sahara. By Aurrep Il. Pras’.
[Received June 24, 1896.]
In the following notes I shall confine myself to the Antelopes of
those regions of Algeria which are comprised between the Aures
*Range and the borders of the countries inhabited by the Chamba
and Touareg tribes of the Sahara. Although much of my time
during the years 1892, 1893, 1894, and 1895 was devoted to hunt-
ing the Barbary Wild Sheep, I shall consider this, which is in my
opinion the most interesting of all the North-African wild animals,
outside the scope of this paper. However, in passing, I might be
allowed to say that M. Foureau, in the spring of 1895, assured
me that he had found this Sheep in great numbers in the moun-
tain-ranges of those districts he had explored in the countries of
the Touaregs, and that those he had shot were identical in appear-
ance with specimens of the Atlas and Aures and El Goléa moun-
tains in the south, though he believed they were smaller in size.
At the same time he asserted that he had made a discovery so at
variance with all preconceived ideas of the habitat of the Red Deer
(Arab Mortassa or Mustarb), and which he regarded as “ une chose
st bizarre,” that he almost hesitated, in regard for his own reputa-
tion, to make it known. His discovery was this, that he had
convinced himself of the existence of Cervus barbarus in certain
of these districts of the Ahaggar between the marshy jungles and
the mountains. The only places that I know of where the
Barbary Deer still lingers in N. Africa is to the E. of Tebessa and
in the forests to the north of Gafsa in Tunisia, where happily it
has been placed under the protection of the French Departments
of Forests. The horns that I have seen from these districts
lead me to believe that the Tunisian Deer is inferior in point
of size to the European Red Deer. The Buffalo is still to be
found in the marshes near Biserta, and is also under protection,
one native Kaid alone having the right to hunt them.
The Bubal (Bubalis buselaphus) is now extinct in the Province
of Constantine, and very rare indeed in Tunisia and in Oran. In
& journey made in 1895 through the Djereed and into the Tunisian
Aures I not only never saw one, but never could obtain any but
the most uncertain accounts of where they could be found. . If I
returned to that country I should search for them in the neigh-
bourhood of Douz and the Dahar district. In 1738, according to
Shaw, “these kingdoms” (@. ¢., the Barbary States, Eastern Pro-
vince) “afforded large herds of the Neat kind called Bekker el Wash
by the Arabs. This species,” he goes on to say, “is remarkable
for having a rounded turn of body, 2 flatter face, with horns bend-
ing more towards each other than the tame kind.”
The term Begra el Ouash (Wild Cow) is indiscriminately used
by the Arabs for both the Bubal and Addax, and travellers should
1 Communicated by the Secretary.
810 MR. A. H, PHASE ON THD _ [Nov. 17,
bear this in mind in making enquiries. The Arabs, however, use
the word “ Meha” exclusively for the Addax, though probably the
eneral run of natives are unacquainted with this name.
The Addax (Addav naso-maculatus), called by the French
“ Antilope du Sud,” by the Arabs “ Begra el Ouash” or “ Mecha,”
and by the Touaregs “ Zamita” (or T'ameeta), has been so often
described that I will not attempt any description of it myself, but
simply give such information as to its habitat and habits as I have"
been able to gather whilst travelling in the Sahara and residing at
Biskra.
I do not know of any good complete specimen in any museum,
nor have I been able to obtain one myself, though, along with
Sir Edmund Loder, I made one good bid to reach the confines of
those countries where it is to be found in great numbers. In
Vebruary 1895, furnished with all the information I could obtain
from M. Foureau and natives familiar with the Erg, we started from
Biskra to reach the couniry between El Oued Souf and Rhadamis.
After a week’s journey across the desert by way of the great Chotts
we reached the Oued Souf. At El Oued, the last outpost of the
French in the direction of Rhadamis, we were stopped till Capi-
taine de Prandiére obtained instructions from the General of
Division permitting us to goon. After a detention, made pleasant
by the great kindness and hospitality of the three I'rench officers
in command of the native garrison, we had the disappointment of
being told that we could not be allowed to proceed southwards.
At the time we thought this very hard, for though we were aware
that the Toaaregs had lacely raided the Chambas as near as Mey,
we felt that a flying visit to the country east of Bir Beresof would
be without danger, as we could be in and out again before our
presence was discovered. But a few months later M. Foureau
and a strong force were driven back from the south, though he
had reached a point far beyond our proposed destination, and I
think our hosts were entirely justified in their refusal. Our plan
had been to reach Bir Beresof, and then to strike east for Bir Aoueen,
where we should in all probability have come up with the Addax,
which visits this district in large quantities in favourable years.
The Addax country is the Erg, the great region of sand-dunes
covered more or less thickly with vegetation according to situation
and rains. This sand-dune country covers hundreds—it may be
said thousands—of miles and the Addax follows the rains. In
certain districts it is not uncommon for rain not to fall for several
years in succession. In one year the Addax are only found far
south of Rhadamis and Ain Taiba (S. of Ouargla), in other years
they follow the rain as far north as the southern borders of the
Chott Djereed in the east and the neighbourhood of Ain Taiba in
the west. Without the help of the French and a good escort of
Chambas it would be vain to attempt to reach the Rhadamis
country by way of Bir Beresof; and the wells being sometimes
nine days apart, it is a difficult route to follow.
I heard when at Touzer that a M. Cornex had obtained a
1896.] ANTELOPES OF DASTERN ALGERIA. 811
Begra el Ouash” within a few days of Douz; possibly this was
the Bubal, though I was assured that he had got the Addax.
.M. Cornex (a Swiss) had adopted the religion and dress of the
Arabs, and had therefore facilities of reaching places and avoiding
dangers that were quite exceptional.
In 1894 the Touaregs raided as far north as the southern
shores—if they can be called shores—of the Chott Djereed. In
1895 we crossed the western end of this Chott, and, so as far as we
could judge or learn, the. Chott was without water in any part;
it had been an exceptionally dry year, and the country between
the mountains and the Djereed we found absolutely devoid of
inhabitants.
Fig. 1.
Horns of “ Addax”: front view.
At El Oued there was in the fort a tame Addax familiarly
called “ Begra,” and this was the only living specimen we saw
during our journey. It was not a very good example, but. had
rather a fine pair of horns. It had been presented by some
Chambas to the Commandant.
812 Mf, A, B, PDASH ON THD [Nov. 17,
The best and strongest horns I know are a pair I purchased
from an Arab who had come to Biskra vié Ouargla (see fig. 1, p. 811).
They measure 343 inches in length, 63 in. round the base; 173 in.
between the tips, and 123 in. between the horns at the lower
outward curve.
he Chambas who have firearms shoot a great many of these
Antelopes, and assure me that when there is a wind sufficiently
strong to make the grass, broom (Genista monosperma ?), and
bushes wave, it is very easy to get them. They told me that they
could easily take me where they were “like flies,” and where I
could get as many as ever I wished.
The Touaregs hunt the Begra el Ouash or “Tamita” with
Sloughia (Greyhounds—the Saharian Greyhound is called a
“ sloughi” by the Arabs). The sloughia bring it quickly to bay,
and the men go in and spear it.
Algeria and the Northern Sahara yield three distinct kinds of
Gazelles ({ know nothing of Gazella rufina). Old works which allude
to these species are most confusing, and it is often impossible from
their descriptions and names to know to which their remarks refer.
Shaw’s accounts, so far as they go, of the wild animals of the
Barbary States are comparatively clear. In alluding to the
Gazelles, he says :—
“Besides the common Gazelle or Antelope” (i.e. Gazella dorcas)
“(which is well known in Europe) this Country likewise produceth
another Species of the same Shape and Colour, though of the
Bigness of our Roe-Buck and with Horns sometimes of two foot
long. This the Africans call Lidmee (7.¢. the Admi or Gazella
cuvieri), and may, I presume, be the Strepsiceros and Addace of
the Antients .. .”
Tt is usual to regard the Dorcas as the “common Gazelle,” but
I have no doubt whatever that the Rhime (@. lodert) is by far
the most numerous species in North Africa, and to be found over
a very much more extended area than the Dorcas. The descrip-
tion given in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (1894, pp. 467-473)
of the Algerian Gazelles is so complete that I shall confine myself
to a very brief notice of the three species that I am familiar with.
(1) The Dorcas (Gazella dorcas), called by the Arabs generally
“ Rhozal,” but when exactness is required “ Hemar.” They regard
a large Dorcas as one of a separate race, and he is called Bou
Khrouma (Large Throat), but the Bow Khrowma and Hemar are both
alike the Dorcas Gazelle. The French discriminate between the
Doreas and the Rhime (@. loderi) by terming the former “‘ Gazelle
des Plaines,” and the latter ‘‘ Gazelle des Sables.”
It is with great respect and diffidence that I object to the
Dorcas being described (see P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 467) as “the common
Gazelle of the Algerian Sahara generally,” for the Dorcas is not
met with in the Sahara proper, so far as I can learn, and in the
Eastern Algerian Sahara at least is not to be found south of
lat. 383°. The Dorcas in the Eastern Province and in Tunisia is the
common Gazelle of the plains immediately south of the Aures
1896.] ANTELOPES OF DASTERN ALGURIA. 813
‘Range, which form a sort of transitional zone between the moun-
.tains and the Sahara proper. Roughly speaking, this Gazelle is .
confined to a belt of country not more than 120 or 150 miles
wide (and generally very much narrower). It may be found in
plains, or even in low hills, within the southern mountain-chains,
and on or near some of the sand-dunes on the confines of the
Chotts. I have frequently seen it in the neighbourhood of the
Chotts, but once into the Oued Souf and sand desert and all trace
of it is lost and the Rhime takes its place. In the district of Sef
el Menadi, where I have been twice with Sir EH. G. Loder, and
where he secured the first specimen of the Gazelle (the Rhime)
which now bears his name, we found both Rhime and Dorcas on
the same ground; and this place may be marked as the most
northern limit which the Rhime ever inhabits, as it never leaves
the sand, I think, whilst the Dorcas does not go much further
south than this. Probably there are several of these isolated
islands of sand where the Rhime may be found.
The best malo Dorcas that I have shot had horns a little over
31cm. in length, the best female 25 cm. (measured along the
curve).
They vary a good deal in colour according to the ground they
‘frequent, and there is a slight variety among members of the same
band. Jn 1893 there was on the plain of Ain Naga a pure white
one, no doubt an albino; but though my hunter had frequently
seen it, he was never able to find it for me.
(2) The Rhime (Gazella loderi), Arab “ El Rhime,” Tamahaq
Hankut,” is the common Gazelle of the Sahara. Enormous
numbers are killed by the Arabs in the neighbourhood of Rhadamis,
and their skins dressed and dyed with a dye made from the rind
of pomegranates and exported from Rhadamis. They are to be
found throughout the region of the great Ergs and everywhere
in the Sahara sands where there is vegetation sufficient to
support them. The only places where they are to be met with,
I believe, north of El Oued Souf, are to the south-west of Bou
Chaama and near Sef el Menadi. A number of their horns are
always on sale at Biskra and sometimes the skins. The male
horns of the Rhime sometimes bear so close a resemblance to
those of the Admi (Gazella cuviert) that they are often sold and
bought as such. The Admi horns are much less commonly seen than
the Rhime; as a rule, they are to be distinguished. The general
character of the Rhime horns as distinguished from the Admi are,
so far as I can describe them, as follows :—
In the Rhime among average specimens the horns form in their
main outline a long evenly-tapering V, whilst in the Admi the
horns so far up from their base are more inclined to the parallel
before springing out laterally, and towards the points usually take
an inward and forward turn; this turn inward is rarer, though
not uncommon, in the Rhime, but the forward bend at the top is
common to both.
I have remarked, too, that the annulations or notches are as a
814 ON THD ANTELOPES OF BASTERN ALGERIA, [ Nov. 17,
.rule, deeper and more marked in the Admi, and stop more abruptly
_ towards the points of the horns than is the case with the Rhime,
which gradually fade into the smooth points.
Fig. 2. Fig. 2.
Horns of “ Rhime.” Horns of “ Admi.”
I think it will be found also that the line of annulations in the
Rhime is generally horizontal or depressed from front to back,
while in the Admi this line tends upwards. Besides this I have
nothing more to add to the very full description of the Gazella
lodert in the ‘ Proceedings,’ by Mr. Thomas and Sir E. G. Loder.
My best Rhime horns measure barely 35 cm. along the curve.
(3) The Admi (Gazella cuvieri) is known as Admi, V-Admi, or
VEdmi to the Arabs; it is also distinguished from the Dorcas
“ Rhozal” as “ Rhozal Djebel” (Mountain Gazelle).
This Gazelle is by no means so rare as is generally supposed,
though it is difficult to secure, its quickness and facility for
eluding observation being equal almost to that of the Larrowi
(Ovis tragelaphus). There is hardly a mountain in the southern
ranges of the Aures where they are unknown, and I have seen
them on almost every mountain from far to the N.W. of Biskra
to the Tunisian frontier at Negrine. I know that they are common
on the Djebel Cherchar, and 1 have seen them as far north as the
hills and woods of Melagon, near Chelia. I have seldom seen more
than eight in a herd, and far more frequently they are met with
singly and in pairs, or bands of three to five. While frequenting
the same difficult ground as the Larrowi, it is more usual to find
them in larger numbers on those mountains which are lower than
the highest. I have seen them on the plateaux and plains among
the mountains, and they frequently descend at night to feed on
the barley in the valleys, as also does the Larrowi. The best male
horns I have measure rather more than 36 cm. along the curve.
1896. ] ON THE GAZBLLES OF TUNISIA. 815
4. On the Gazelles of Tunisia.
By Joszren S. Wuiraker, F.Z.S.
[Received October 1, 1896.]
GaAzHLLA DORCAS (Linn.).
The common Dorcas Gazelle is to he met with throughout the
greater part of Central and Southern Tunisia, frequenting the vast
semi-desert plains abundant in those districts, but not the more
sandy inland country of the extreme south of the Regency, where
it is replaced by another species. So far as I can ascertain, the
Doreas Gazelle never occurs in the Tell country ; but I have found
it in the neighbourhood of Kairouan, which is probably the
extreme northern limit of the range of this species in the Regency.
On the extensive plains to the west of Gafsa I have found it
particularly abundant; and 1 understand it is plentiful in the
neighbourhood of the Chott Djerid, and throughout a considerable
portion of the coast-country of the south, but not in the true
desert; further inland, where sand-dunes take the place of the
stony scrub-covered plains. It may occasionally stray into the
sand country, but this is exceptional.
In winter the Dorcas Gazelle congregates in large herds, often
numbering over one hundred individuals; but in spring these
herds break up, and one then meets with the Gazelles in small
parties or singly. The female G. dorcas, I am told, gives birth to
but one young one at a time, and this generally in the month of
April.
The horns of this species vary considerably both in size and in
shape. As a rule, those of the adult male are stout, deeply
annulate, and lyrate, measuring from 10 to 13 inches in length
along the front curve; those of the female are much shorter,
straighter, smoother, and more slender.
I may here mention that I have specimens of the Dorcas
Gazelle from the country south of the Chott Djerid, which are
somewhat paler in colour than the ordinary type. No doubt this
variation in ‘colouring is due to some difference in the nature of
the soil and surroundings of the districts from whence these
particular specimens came.
GazELLa CUVviIERI (Ogilby).
The Mountain Gazelle, the Hdmi or Edem of the Arabs—the
Tunisians use the latter name—is to be found sparingly on most
of the mountains throughout the Tunisian Regency. ssentially
a mountain species, as its name implies, it never occurs, so far as I
am aware, on the plains, or at any distance from hilly country.
I have met with the Edmi, and obtained specimens of it, on
some of the higher ranges near Kasrin, in Central Tunis, and have
found it in the south near Gafsa and Tamerza. In the north of
the Regency it seems to occur on the mountains near Zaghouan,
the extreme eastern range of the Atlas, and in the neighbourhood
Proo. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. LILI. 53
816 ON HH GAZELLES OF TUNISIA. - [Noy. 17,
of Ghardimaou, on the Algerio-Tunisian frontier, from both of
which places M. Blanc, the naturalist in Tunis, tells me he has
received specimens in the flesh. I myself have also been offered
Edmi-shooting on an estate only some twenty miles or so south of
Tunis. It seems evident, therefore, that the species has a wide
range in the Regency, although perhaps it is nowhere very
abundant.
In Algeria, as shown by Mr. E. N. Buxton’ and Sir Edmund
Loder *, the Edmi occurs on the mountains of the Atlas, notably
on the Aurés range, and I myself have seen freshly-killed
specimens of it in the Biskra market; but probably the species has
a more limited range in Algeria than further east, in Tunisia,
where the character of the country, and more particularly of the
mountains, is more compatible with the requirements of this
animal.
G. cuviert is to be found either in small herds or singly, and
occasionally, though not as a rule, at a considerable elevation. On
the Djebel Selloum and Djebel Semama, near Kasrin, both of
which mountains are nearly 4000 feet above sea-level, I found the
Gazelles about halfway up. These mountains, although steep in
places and with some very rugged scarps, are in great part well-
wooded with Aleppo pines, and on the lower slopes with a thick
undergrowth of the usual maquis vegetation. In this brushwood
the Gazelles easily escape detection and are naturally not very
often seen. Although fond of cover, the Hdmi will adapt itself to
circumstances, and seems equally at home on the arid mountains
of the south, where there is but little vegetation, and that merely
of a dwarf description, affording slight shelter. In the spring,
when my hunting-trips after Aoudad (Ovis tragelaphus) and Edmi
have taken place, there has always been a little water on these
mountains; butfor some months of the year, I am told, the water-
courses are dry, and the animals then, should they wish to drink,
must travel some distance. That both these species, however,
shift their quarters constantly I feel convinced, force of circum-
stances rendering them as nomad as the Arabs themselves.
The Edmi is very much larger than the Dorcas Gazelle, its
weight being almost double. Its coat is darker in colour and
with rather longer and coarser hair, while its knees, besides having
very strongly developed brushes, show distinct callosity. The
horns in the adult male are very stout and deeply annulated, and
generally with but little curve, measuring about 13 inches, or
even more in fine specimens. Those of the female are much more
slender and smoother, but sometimes of fair length, some in my
possession measuring 11 inches.
GazeLia LoDERI, Thos. (P. Z.S. 1894, p. 470, pl. xxxii.)
This pale desert Gazelle, only recently scientifically described,
and named by Mr. Oldfield Thomas after Sir Edmund Loder, is
1 See Buxton, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 363.
* Seo Loder, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 473.
Poe
i
PZ.5.1826. Plate X].1.
West Newman chromo
EC Knight del eltith
New Lepidoptera From Nyasa-land.
Collected b VY Me Crawsh RY;
dat aT a
- Tides, §
PZS.1896, Plate ALIL.
MC Kanght del, et hth West, Newman chromo.
New Lepidoptera feom Nyasaland.
Collected by Mt Crawshay
1896.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. 817°
known to the Tunisian Arabs by the name of Ghazel abied or.
Resél abied, meaning the White Gazelle, its Algerian name Jteem
or Jézm being apparently unknown in Tunis.
It seems to be a true desert species, never occurring out of the
sand-dune country, where it replaces G. dorcas; and while the.
home of the latter species is the semi-desert country, with its vast,
stony plains, covered with scanty scrub vegetation, the habitat of:
G. lodert is undoubtedly the more arid region of sand wastes
further south.
Herr Spatz, who has resided for several years in the south of :
Tunis, and is well acquainted with this Gazelle, informs me that
it is common in the inland country of the extreme south of the
Regency, being first met with at about 25 to 30 miles south of the
Chott Djerid. In the districts where it occurs it is plentiful, and
is generally to be found in small herds; but owing to its very
pale colour, which harmonizes so well with that of the desert
surroundings, it is not easily distinguished ata distance, and being,
moreover, extremely shy and wary, a near approach is not often
possible. The nomad Arabs, however, who are nearly all sports-
men, kill a good many, and every year some 500 to 600 pairs of
horns of this species are brought by the caravans coming from the
interior to Gabes, where they find a ready sale among the French’
soldiery. SB
Herr Spatz confirms what Sir Edmund Loder says of this:
species never drinking, and, as to its food, says it subsists on the:
leaves and berries of the few desert plants to be found in the sand
wastes. The female of G@. loderi, according to Spatz, often has two
young ones at a birth, differing in this respect from G. dorcus, '
which seems to have but one.
So good a description of G. lodert has been given by
Mr. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 470), that I can add nothing
thereto, except it be merely to say that the coat of this Gazelle is
extremely fine and short-haired, and that in specimens which I:
have the knee-brushes are so slightly developed as to be scarcely
noticeable or worthy of the name.
5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.
Crawshay in Nyasa-land. By Artuur G. Butter;
Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper,
Zoological Department, British Museum.
[Received August 18, 1896.]
(Plates XLI. & XLII.)
A few days before his return to England a small collection
of Lepidoptera reached me from Mr. Crawshay, accompanied by
a letter, in which he stated that it was from quite a new locality,
“viz. from Senga, the Loangwa River valley—which, as you can
see, drains into the Upper Zambesi River, and not into this lake.
AB*
818 ‘DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
“So far as I know, only two Europeans have ever visited Senga
besides myself, one of whom was poor Mr. Glave, who died lately
when crossing the continent from east to west. No one, I think,
has ever done any natural history collecting there.
“In August and September last I had occusion to make a
journey into Senga, for the purpose of investigating the slave-
trade, and this afforded me an opportunity of shooting and natural
history collecting.
‘‘] got together a number of Antelopes’ heads, some land-shells,
and about sixty species of Butterflies—some of which I take to
be new, for I have never before seen anything like them. Had
the state of the country permitted it, 1 would have prolonged my
journey und done more; but the Senga slave-traders proved
hostile: twice we were fired on; and, having no fighting force at
my disposal, I was obliged to retrace my steps.
‘‘ However, everything taken into consideration, I am well
pleased with what little I got; the Butterflies certainly are very
interesting, and will furnish, I should think, six or seven new
species, if not more.
“ Returning from Senga, then, I revisited Henga (33 days S.W.
from this), and there I spent about six weeks for the purpose
of shooting. Jt was nota good time of year for insects, being just
the end of the dry season: however, I took a few, one a large
spotted ‘ Blue’—the largest ‘Blue’ I think I ever saw, but not
anything gorgeous, which may be something good. ‘This and one
or two other insects I will send you, all in the same box.”
We had commenced mounting the Butterflies in this very
interesting consignment when Mr. Crawshay reached. England,
bringing with him two other boxes of Lepidoptera collected by
him in or near the Deep Bay district. I have therefore thought it
best to combine the account of the two collections in one paper.
As, of late years, the minds of Lepidopterists have been greatly
exercised respecting the seasonal forms of Butterflies, I asked
Mr. Crawshay whether he could give me information respecting the
duration of the wet and dry seasons in British Central Atrica.
He now sends me the following particulars, which will doubtless
prove of considerable value to the students of dimorphism :—
“No precise limit can be laid down to define the rainy and
dry seasons throughout the whole of British Central Africa. The
seasons vary in the various localities: in the first place, latitude
has to be taken into consideration; then, again, the rains of the hills
set in earlier than those of the plains.
“Tn the Shiri highlands, which on the mean are over 3000 feet
alt., the first rains fall about the end of September or the beginning
of October, according to the phase of the moon; these are the
preliminary rains, and they last only two or three days, as a rule.
Then succeeds a dry period of some three weeks or so. After
this the heavy rains set in, and continue until the middle or end
of April—some years a little earlier or later than this.
“his year I happened to be at Blantyre at the end of April
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 819
and the beginning of May: it rained then almost every day, up to
the date of my departure on or about May 12th.
“On the Lower Shirt plains the wet season does not set in
until later: no rain falls at Chiromo, I think, before the middle
of November. The last day or two of October, 1894, when
travelling by land from Chiromo to Blantyre, I came in for light
rains on teaching the foot of the hills at the back of the Elephant
marsh.
“ Further north, on Lake Nyasa, the rains commence later by
about a month or six weeks, on the mean: much, however, depends
on locality—whether the country is plain or hilly, and, again, bare
or forested.
“Take for instance Deep Bay, about 10° 30’ S. lat., and roughly
some ninety miles from the north end of the lake. Here there
are low hills attaining a height of some 400 feet above the lake,
and behind these again is low undulating country extending some
twelve or fifteen miles inland, to the foot of the Nyika plateau,
which attains on the mean a height of 7400 feet, the accepted
altitude of Lake Nyasa being some 1600 odd fect.
‘No rain falls at Deep Bay before the middle of November,
sometimes not until later. In 1893 there was no rain before
December, when there were two or three preliminary showers.
The heavy rains did not set in until January 8, 1894. In 1895
there were some very heavy preliminary rains in November; the
heavy rains set in, in good earnest, with the waning moon in
December of that year.
« The rains continue until about the middle of May, sometimes a
week or two later; the heavy rains slack off at the end of March.
The heaviest rains of the year are between February and March ;
after that it rains fitfully, at intervals of every two or three
days.
Tn 1889 it rained all May, very heavily too during the first
half of the month. In 1893 there were two very heavy down-
pours on the 17th and 18th July, fully five or six weeks after the
dry season had set in.
“In Nyika the rains commence a good deal earlier and last
longer. It is a very moist country indeed; the higher parts of it
can hardly be said to have any dry season, as there are rainy mists
all the year through. The first rains fall about the end of
September or the beginning of October. The rainfall of these
mountains rather resembles that of Northern Europe, Ireland
especially: it rains thickly but lightly, and for days on end at
times; there are not the heavy downpours which are experienced
at lower altitudes.
‘A hundred miles or so south of Deep Bay, at Bandawe, the
rains set in earlier than at Deep Bay; this may be attributed to
the fact that Bandawe is a hilly promontory, abutting from high
mountainous country, some of the rainfall of which finds its way
down to the lake along the neck of connecting highland. If I
recollect rightly, I experienced a shower or two of rain when
820 DR, A, G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
camped at Bandawe about the last day of October, 1885. Bandawe,
I might here mention, is a terrible spot for thunderstorms,
- “In Henga, the valley of the Upper Lunyina River, 3300 feet
alt., on the mean, some fifty miles S.W. of Deep Bay, the early
rains fal! about the beginning of November and the rainy season
ends about the beginning of May, though there may be, and very
often are, a good few showers after that.
“On the Konde plains, which commence about thirty miles
north of Deep Bay and extend to the lofty Wakinga Mountains
in German territory, the rains are a week or two later than at
Deep Bay. At Karonga, the terminus of the so-called Nyasa-
Tanganyika “road” (no road in reality exists—it is only a native
track), the first rains do not fall before the beginning of December,
asarule. The dry season there commences at the beginning of
May, or possibly a little earlier, according to the phase of the
moon.
“The Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau:—rains commence in Novem-
ber, about the beginning of the month on the escarpments of the
plateau, and about a fortnight later halfway across, and last until
the end of April. The rainfall is very heavy, especially at the
extremities of the plateau: nevertheless, towards the end of the
dry season, much of it is a desert almost, for want of water.
“In the Loangwa River valley, Senga, some seven or eight
days’ journeying on foot S.W. of Karonga, the preliminary rains
commence in September; and, I believe, the rainy season lasts till
May, though I was not there to see this for myself. In August,
1895, I found the Loangwa valley completely burnt up; on
September 10th we had rain, also on one or two days subsequently.
“ In the Eastern watershed of the Congo, ?.e. on Lake Mweru,
and in Kabwiri and Itawa, the preliminary rains fall in Septeinber,
and the rainy season lasts on into May. During my period of
residence on Lake Mweru, I found the rainy season of 1891-1892
ended May 6th on the level of the Lake; a fortnight later on the
plateau to the eastward: the preliminary rains of 1892-1893
again began on September 4th, some three weeks earlier than was
the case in 1891.”
All Mr. Crawshay’s captures having been carefully dated, it will
now be possible tor any Lepidopterists, by going through my
published papers, to discover whether a form was obtained in the
dry or wet season; in any case it is certain that some of the
supposed distinctly seasonal forms were all captured at the same
spot on the same day, and (to judge by their excellent condition)
must have emerged from the pupa about the same time; but I am
told that this fact does not militate against the view that they are
dry- and wet-season forms! Personally, I fail to understand how
an insect which flies abundantly in the middle of the rainy season
can be called a “ dry-season form”; I can only suppose that the
expression ‘dry season” is not to be understood literally, but
merely as indicating a type of form and colouring prevalent
during the dry season, though often occurring during the rains,
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 821
The following is a list of the species in the two series last
collected by Mr. Crawshay, among which are twenty new to science,
some being of considerable interest.
1. AMAURIS ANSORGEI.
Amauris ansorgei, E. M. Sharpe.
Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896.
2. AMAURIS ORAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 1.)
Intermediate between A. albimaculata and A. whytei: the
primaries haying the form and pattern of the former, but the
ground-colour is much deeper, glossed with indigo; the pattern
of the secondaries corresponds with that of A. whytei, excepting
that the submarginal spots are better defined and pearl-white and
the broad belt paler and more creamy. Expanse of wings 80
millim.
3 gd, Kapora, Songwe plain, 2nd March, 1895; Nkata Bay,
W. coast of Lake Nyasa, 14th March, 1896.
3. LIMNAS OMRYSIPPUS.
Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
6, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,
1896.
4. GNOPHODES DIVERSA.
Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. vy. p. 333 (1880).
9, Mkamasi River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd,
1895.
“ White ova” (R. C.).
5. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.
Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).
9, Leya, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, June 4th, 1895
Var. fulvescens. Nkata Bay, March 14th, 1896.
“* Hmerald-green ova” (it. C-).
6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMENTARIA.
Aphysoneuria pigmentaria, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xx. p. 191 (1894).
@, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., March 3rd, 1896.
‘¢ Pearly-white coloured ova” (2. C.).
7. PHYSCENURA PIONE.
9. Physcenura pione, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix.
figs. 2,3; ¢. Trimen, 1. c. 1894, p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 1.
Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.
Seven examples were obtained; but, as we already possess a
sutlicient series of this pretty species, none were retained for the
Museum collection. ; .
822 _ DR, A. G. BULLER ON LUPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
8. SAMANTA SIMONST.
Mycalesis simonsii, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 458 (1877).
3 6d, Karonga plain, 1670 feet alt., N.W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, August 20th; 9, Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika
Road, August 22nd, 1895.
Said to be, without question, the dry-season form of S. perspicua:
this is quite possible, inasmuch as all the specimens now sent
were obtained at the height of the dry season. The difference
between the two forms is one of colour rather than of pattern or
outline; also, as might be expected, the ocelli are reduced in size.
The chief objection is thatthe nearly related S. eliasis is a native
of a humid country, and has no wet-season form corresponding
with S. perspicua.
9. CHARAXES SATURNUS, Var. LATICINCTUS,
Charaxes saturnus, var. laticinctus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 252.
do, Vuwa, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 16th, 1895.
10. CHARAXES DRUCEANUS.
Charawes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4 (1869); Lep.
Exot. p. 26, pl. x. fig. 4.
$, Lumpi River, Lower Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895.
“ Taken on a putrefying Eland’s head, while on a porter’s head”
(R. C.).
11. CHARAXES ACHAMENES.
Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446,
pl. lix. figs. 6, 7 (1867).
3, Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.
12. CiraARaXxES GUDERIANA.
3. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.
ffalle, 1879, p. 200, pl. 2. fig. 18.
2. Charaxes guderiana, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 648; Trimen,
P. Z. 8. 1894, pl. v. fig. 8.
@, Deep Bay, Jan. 17th, 1896.
“Taken feeding upon over-ripe bananas in my veranda ;”
contained a “ prodigious quantity of bright emerald-green ova ”
(R. C.).
13. CHARAXES MANICA.
9. Charaxes manica, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 43, pl. vi. fig. 9.
6, Kapora, Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895
(J. B. Yule); 9, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.
The female is larger than in Mr. ‘l'rimen’s figure, and, on the
upper surface, reminds one strongly of C. bohemanni 2 ; it isa
good deal shattered, having evidently been long on the wing.
Mr. Crawshay says of it :—‘ A rare and almost impossible insect
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 823
to take: it flies high and fast, and thus is the only specimen I
have ever had a chance of taking.” I now have no doubt that one
of the males recorded in my paper in the ‘Annals and Magazine
of Natural History,’ 1896, xviil. p. 68, as ‘‘ C. ethalion (Eastern
type),” and taken on the Upper Leya, on the same day as the
male above noted, belongs to this species; but when identifying it
I had no female for comparison.
14. CHARAXES LEONINUS.
Charaxes leoninus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 253, pl. xv. fig. 2.
¢, Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.
15. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.
Nymphalis zoolina, Westwood & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep.
pl. liii. fig. 1 (1850).
do, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896.
A much-shattered example, but the first we have received from
Nyasa-land.
16. Panorra mELiocmnrs. (Plate XLI. fig. 2.)
Panopea heliogenes, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 69 (1896).
@, Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.
17. HyYpoLIMNas MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
3 3, 2, Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, 8th, 11th, 27th, and 29th,
1896.
18. JUNONIA PELASGIS.
Vanessa pelasgis, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix., Suppl. p. 820 (1823).
Q, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.
“« Emerald-green ova ” (Zt. C.).
19. JUNONIA ARCHESIA.
Papilio archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ccxix. figs. D, E
(1782).
Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, June 26th, 1895.
20. JUNONIA CALESOENS.
Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 652.
Mtambwi Hill, January 6th; Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, 11th,
15th, and 21st, 1896.
21. JUNONIA CUAMA.
Junoma cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. figs. 2, 3
(1864).
Mtambwi Hill, July 1st, 1895.
Said to be the extreme dry-season form of J. simia, but we have
it from Zomba taken in the wet season.
824 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [ Nov. 17,
22, JUNONIA TRIMENT.
Junonia trimenii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 4.
3, 2, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
Said to be the form occurring between the wet and dry seasons ;
but, from what Mr. Crawshay says of Nyika, there ought to be no
dry-season forms there. At Zomba it occurs (in company with
J. simia) in July and (in company with both J. simia and
J. cwama) in December: indeed, if we had a larger series of each
of these species, I believe it would be possible to prove that they
always fly simultaneously. The female of J. trimenit noted above
has dry-season characters on the under surface.’
23, JUNONIA SIMIA.
Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 26.
Deep Bay, Feb. 13th and 23rd, 1896,
24, JUNONIA TUGELA.
Precis tugela, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p 334 ;
South Afr. Butt. vol. i. p. 241, pl. iv. fig. 5 (1887).
3, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.
This makes the second dated example which we have received,
the first dated specimen having been obtained in September: on
the other hand, J. aurorina (which might well be the wet-season
form of J. tugela) appears, from our dated specimens, to fly from
December to April. In South Africa Mr. Trimen records
specimens of J. tugela as taken in March and May; whether the
dry season commences so early as March on the Tugela River I do
not know.
25, JUNONIA OLELIA.
Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1779).
Deep Bay, February Ist, 196.
26. JUNONIA BOOPIS.
Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.
9, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd, 1895.
27. JUNONIA CEBRENE.
Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. London, 1870, p. 353.
Deep Bay, Feb. Sth, 8th, and 15th, 1896.
28. JUNONIA NATALICA.
Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).
.2, Deep Bay, March 10th, 1896.
“ Bright green ova” (2. C.).
1 Why a pair taken on the same day should differ in the features supposed
to characterize the two seasons, and in a country where it is never really dry,
is a riddle which I do not pretend to solve.—A. G. B.
1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 820
29. PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII.
Papilio anacardii, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).
Namitembo, Zomba Mountain, March 25th; Chiradzulu, Shiri
Highlands, March 30th, 1896.
30. HYPANARIIA HIPPROMENE.
Hypanartia hippomene, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 25.
figs. 3, 4 (1806).
Q, Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, June 30th, 1895; 3 6,
9%, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 4th, and
5th, 1896. ;
~ 9,“ Ilaving an extraordinary quantity of grass-green ova” (I?.C.).
31. HYPANARTIA SCH@NEIA.
Eurema scheneia, Trimeu, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329;
South Afr. Butt. i. p. 207, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1887).
3 3, Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd and
4th, 1896.
' My supposition (P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 727) that this might prove to
be the dry-season form of H. hippomene (since confidently asserted
to be the fact, by a practical collector) is now shown to be
incorrect, inasmuch as not only were both species caught on the
same mountain on two successive days, but at that time of year
which might perhaps be called the rainy season, were it not that
there appears to be no really dry season in Nyika.
32. EUPILEDRA NEOPHRON.
Romaleosoma neophron, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855,
p- 640; Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. y. p. 386, pl. xxii.
figs. 1, 2 (1862).
, Kapora, Songwe plain, in banana-grove, March 6th, 1895 ;
2 2, Leya, Deep Bay, June 4th; Lupembi, W. coast of Lake
Nyasa, in shady banana-grove, August 19th, 1895; ¢,2, Mpimbi,
Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.
33. HUXANTIE WAKDFIELDL. :
Godartia wakefieldii, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873) ;
Afr. Lep. pl. 6. fig. 3 (1874).
Nkata Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 14th, 1896.
34. HaMANUMIDA DADALUS.
Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).
¢, Deep Bay, Feb. 17th, 1896.
35. MBTACRENIS CRAWSILAYI.
Crenis crawshayi, Butler, P. Z.8. 1893, p. 654, pl. Ix. fig. 5.
©, Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th, 1896. \
+ ‘Full abdomen: one fully-developed ovum, pinkish-coloured ”
(R. C-). sine
826 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPYERA [Nov. 17,
36. METAORENIS ROSA.
Crenis rosa, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877).
3, Deep Bay, Oct. 17th, 1895.
“Rarely met with and very difficult to take: flies swiftly with
gliding flight, and perches high” (2. C.).
37, PSEUDARGYNNIS HDGEMOND.
Argynnis hegemone, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 258 (1819).
3, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.
38. ARGYNNIS SMARAGDIFERA.
Argynnis smaragdifera, Butler, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 629, pl. xxxv.
figs. 1, 2.
9 , Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7400 feet alt., Nyika, June 30th, 1895.
366,22, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Sept. 2nd,
1893; March Ist to 5th, 1896.
The ova of the females are said to vary from yellow to orange
in colour.
The following description of the egg of this species was made
by Mr. F. W. Frohawk from a single specimen found attached to
a female obtained by Consul Sharpe at Zomba :— “The ovum, of
the usual Argynnis form, conical in shape and measuring 3 inch
high, with about twenty longitudinal keels, irregular and varying in
length; some running for only two-thirds the distance from base
to apex, others terminating before reaching the summit, eight only
extending the entire length. It is ribbed transversely by about
twenty in number, the ribs being irregularly distributed and widely
separated near the summit, gradually becoming closer and shallower
until finally disappearing at the base.
“In general structure this ege very closely resembles that of
A, selene (very much more than that of either A. ewphrosyne or
lathonia), the number and formation of the keels and ribs being
similar in both species. It differs most from A. lathonia, A. euphro-
syne being intermediate between A. smaragdifera and A. lathonia.”
39. NEPTIS INCONGRUA.
Q. Neptis incongrua, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 112, pl. vi. fig. 2.
3 do, Kasungu Mountain, 6200 to 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March
Ist, 3rd, and 5th, 1896.
The male sometimes differs from the female in haying the
ground-colour of the under surface mahogany-red.
40. Nepris agatita.
Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).
Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.
41. PraneMa soativirrata. (Plate XLI. fig. 3.)
Planema scalivittata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xviii. p. 159 (1896).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 827
42. ACRHA ANACREON.
Acrea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 77,
pl. vi. figs. 3-5.
Var. Acrea bomba, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. ii. p. 128 (1889); Rhop. Exot. i., Acr. pl. ili. figs. 5, 6 (1892).
Typical form, Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept.
15th, 1895.
Var. Acr. bomba. Same locality and date.
43. AORZA GUILLEMEL, yar. PHRIPHANES.
Acrea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 20, pl. 2. fig. 23
(1893),
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
A somewhat aberrant example, slightly larger than usual, in some
respects intermediate between typical A. guillemei and A. periphanes,
but with the spots on the border of the secondaries strongly
developed.
44, AORHA DOUBEDAYI, var. DIno#A, Butl. (nec Westw.).
Acraa doubledayt, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378
(1847).
3, Nyika, 4500 feet alt., west of Lake Nyasa, June 26th;
Q, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Sept. 19th, 1894,
This is the form with a black apical patch, answering to West-
wood’s description; but Mr. Marshall, who has examined the type,
informs me that the latter does not differ from A. caldarena.
45, ACREA CALDARENA, var. NELUSOA.
Acrea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877).
Var. Acrea nelusca, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. iii. p. 25, pl. 2.
figs. 2, 3 (1878).
2, Deep Bay, Feb. 8th, 1896.
46. ACR@A ASEMA.
Acrea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877);
Trimen, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 24, pl. iv. figs. 3, 3a.
Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 3rd, 1895.
47. ACR#A INSIGNIS.
Acrea insignis, Distant, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 184, pl. ix. fig. 4.
Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th; and
7200 feet alt., March 5th, 1895.
48. ALANA RuTICULATA. (Plate XLI. fig. 4.)
Alena reticulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.
p: 160 (1896).
¢, Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896;
¢, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 6th, 1896.
828 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
49. PoLYoMMATUS BETICUS.
Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).
3, Deep Bay, May 2nd, 1895; 9, Feb. 15th, 1896;
3, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 9th, Henga, 3200 feet alt.,
Noy. 7th, 1895.
50. CaTOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA.
Lycena glauca, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. p. 21 (1887).
3d, 28, Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and
March 6th, 1896.
51. CATOCHRYSOPS ASTERIS.
Polyommatus asteris, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 657 (1819) ;
Trimen, South Afr. Lep. ii. pl. viii. figs. 3, 3a (1887).
9, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. Ist, 1896.
52. CarocHRYSOPS PERPULCHRA.
Q. Lycena perpulchra, Holland,‘ Entomologist,’ xxv. Suppl. p. 90
(1892); Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. xviii. p. 239, pl. vii. fig. 7
(1895).
3 Q. Castahus hypoleucus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 660.
Lycana exclusa, Trimen, P, Z. 8. 1894, p. 47.
9, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Oct. 26th, 1895.
‘“¢Caught in my hat, out in the early morning. Bright emerald-
gréen ova” (2. C.).
Now that a really good example has come to hand, I find that
this species is undoubtedly a Catochrysops of the C. asteris group.
53. EVERES JOBATES.
Lycena jobates, Hoptfer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;
Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. y. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).
3d, 9, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st ;
dg, Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Feb. 29th; 9 2, 7425
feet, March Ist and 2nd; ¢, 7200 feet, Nyika, March 5th; 9,
Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.
9, “ Light green ova” (Zt. C.).
o4. EVErns MATALLOKOENA,
Lycena mahallokocena, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 41; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, 1870, p. 366, pl. vi. figs. 7, 8.
Lisenga, 4500 feet alt.. M balizi valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th, 1895;
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
55. TARUCUS PLINIUS.
Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1798).
3, Henga, Nov. 20th, 1895; 9, Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet
alt., Nyika, March 1st; Deep Bay, Feb. 23, 1896.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 829:
56. AZANUS SIGILLATUS.
Lampides sigillatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.
xviii. p. 483 (1876).
3 6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Nov. 20th, 1895.
“« Perches on branches of trees” (it. C.).
57. NACADUBA SICHELA.
Lycana sichela, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Hand). 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caftr. p. 37.
3 d, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Nov. 20th, 1895.
“Very active on the wing” (J. C.).
In Mr. Trimen’s description of this rare butterfly the upper
surface is said to be “silky dark-violaceous”; but I find that the
colouring is particularly liable to deepen in the damping-pan (often
in patches): an example which has wholly escaped this discolora-
tion, if one sits between it and the light, is of the same beautiful
lilac as the European “ Common Blue,” ' with a narrow, tapering
blackish border to the outer margin; but if held between one
and the light, it changes to a sickly greenish grey, more nearly
approaching the colouring of Plebeus orbitulus.
58. CasTALIUS CALICE.
Lycana calice, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642;
Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 4, 5 (1861).
Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.
59. LYCENUSTUES ADHERBAL.
Q. Lyceena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,
p- 217.
3. Lycenesthes lunulata, Trimen, P. Z.8. 1894, p. 51, pl. vi.
fig. 12.
©, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
« Emerald-green ova” (Zt. C.).
60. LyC#NESTHES LIODES.
S . Lyceenesthes liodes, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1874,
p: 349.
@, Kondowi, Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1896.
61. ZizeRA KNYSNA.
Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p. 282 (1862).
3 S, Deep Bay, Feb. 24th and 26th, March 8th, 1896.
“Never plentiful; an odd one met with hereand there. A very
low flier, hovers within an inch or so of the ground, and has to be
dredged off it almost with the net” (Jt. C.).
1 J believe this species now stands under the name of Cupido tcarus.
830 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTHRA [Noy. 17,
62. ZIzERA GAIKA.
Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.
p. 403 (1862).
3 3, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd,
1895.
63. ZizERA LUCIDA.
Lycena lucida, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 348.
3, Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd ;
@ @, Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept. 15th, 1895;
Deep Bay, Feb. 11th and 24th, 1896.
64, PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS.
Lycena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).
Deep Bay, Feb. 6th, 14th, and 24th, 1896.
65. SCOLITANTIDES STELLATA,
Lycena stellata, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 349.
Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896.
CYcLynius, gen. nov.
Nearly allied to Hyrius, but with rounded wings; the second-
aries without tails; neuration as in Hyreus. Tvpe, Polyommatus
webbianus. This genus will contain the species P. webbianus
and H. equatorialis, hitherto referred to Hyreus, as well as the
following :—
66. CycLYyRIUS JUNO, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 5.)
Allied to C. webbianus, the male above lilac, bluer at base, with
broad cupreous-brown costal and external borders; fringes white,
spotted with brown at the extremities of the nervures; secondaries
with the abdominal area somewhat greyish ; an oval submarginal
black ocellus with shining lilac iris on first median interspace, and
indications of a second smaller similar ocellus near anal angle on
interno-median interspace. Body above black, clothed with silver
hair; a silvery-white line on each side of the frons, immediately
in front of the eyes; collar clothed with golden hair: under surface
of primaries golden brown, the markings not very distinct, but
consisting of two pale-edged, quadrate, slightly darker spots cross-
ing the discoidal cell, and a belt of similar character across the disc,
its uppermost division with white outer edge and followed by a
creamy white diffused subapical spot ; fringe creamy white, spotted
with blackish: secondaries white, speckled with blackish at the
base and mottled and banded with copper-brown almost exactly in
the pattern of C. equatorialis; a black oval spot, enclosing a metallic
green dash, representing the ocellus of the upper surface. Body
below densely covered with white hair or scales, the legs brownish
above, white below.—Female above cupreous brown, with fringe
and ocelli as in male; under surface with brown-centred white
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 831
marginal spots, otherwise as in the male. Expanse of wings,
dg 25 millim., 9 24 millim.
3 5, 9, Kasungu Mountain, 7075-7425 feet alt., Nyika,
March 1st and 2nd, 1896.
67. Hyrzus vireo,
Hyreus virgo, Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 121, pl. vi. fig. 1.
3, Kasungu Mountain, 5490 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.
68. HyREUS PALEMON.
Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexc. E, F (1782).
Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7400 feet alt., Nyika, June 30th;
Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Unyika, August 25th, 1895; Kasungu
Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.
69. URANOTHAUMA POGGEI.
Pleberus pogger, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur.
xli. 2, pl. xxvi. fig. 7 (1879).
3, liisenga, 4500 fect alt., Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th,
1895.
70. URANOTITAUMA ORAWSILAYI.
Uranothauma crawshayt, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 631, pl. xxxv.
figs. 6, 7.
3 2, Kasungu Mountain, Sept. 2nd, 1893, March Ist, 3rd, and
5th, 1896, Nyika.
71. CaPys CONNEXIVA, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 6.)
Intermediate in character between C. alpheus and C. disjunctus ;
the male above dark cupreous brown, with bronze reflections; the
cilia coloured as in C. disjunctus, with red basal line; the sericeous
tawny area of the primaries much smaller than in the latter species,
sometimes represented, as in C. alpheus, by a mere transverse belt,
but more often diffused basally and occasionally forming a uniform
triangular patch ; secondaries with a discal patch not reaching the
costa, hut sometimes extended downwards to the anal tail, and
occasionally an imperfect external border of sericeous tawny;
below almost as in C. disjunctus. The female is very like that sex
of the latter species on both surfaces, only the ground-colouring
aboye is lavender, shading into brown on the outer border and into
pale blue and greenish grey towards the base. Expanse of wings,
$ 36-42 millim., 9 40 millim.
3 3, Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet alt., Nyika, February 29th;
2, 5000 feet alt., March 6th, 1896.
One perfect male, four more or less worn, and a somewhat
shattered female were obtained.
72. AXIOCBRCES AMANGA.
Zeritis amanga, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabele Land, p. 351
(1881).
3, Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 25th, 1895.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LIV. 54
832 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
73. AXIOCERCES PERION.
Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceclxxix. B, € (1782).
' 9, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd,
1895; Deep Bay, Neb. 24th, 1896.
74, CIGARITIS ABBOTT.
Chrysophanus abbottii, Tolland, ‘Entomologist,’ xxv. Suppl. p. 90
(1892); Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 240, pl. vii.
fig. 4 (1895),
9, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.
* « Fmerald-green ova” (2. C.).
75. SPINDASIS CAFFER.
Aphneus caffer, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 88,
and 1870, p. 368.
3 @, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, Feb. 21st; ¢, Kasungu Moun-
tain, 5395 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.
“©, Bright green ova” (R. C.).
76. SPINDASIS HOMEYERI,
Aphneus homeyeri, Dewitz, Deut. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 429, pl. 2.
figs. 5 a—c (1886).
Q@ , Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Nov. 29th, 1895.
“Large quantity of emerald-green ova” (2. C.).
77. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS.
Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 307 (1798).
6, Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd, 1895.
78. VIRACHOLA ANTA.
Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ser. 3, vol. 1.
p- 402 (1862).
@ , Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Sept. 19th, 1895 ;
‘Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
The example from Kondowi is somewhat aberrant, of a clear
lavender, bluish towards the base, and with narrower and more
defined brown borders than usual; the bands on the under surface
are also narrow. The Luvira River example contained “ bright
green ova,” according to Mr. Crawshay.
79, RAPALA Zuma.
Hypolycena zela, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 14, pl. 5.
figs. 41, 43 (1869).
3, Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Nyika, eb. 29th, 1896.
80. Iotaus auRIcosraLis, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 7.)
Q. Nearly allied to I. philippus, above ash-grey ; primaries with
the costal margin, especially at the base, bright golden-ochreous,
veins dusky, external border smoky grey, preceded by an arched
increasing series of six whitish spots, edged in front with smoky
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 833
grey; a whitish annulus at external angle; secondaries nearly as in
L, philippus, but with a much larger, more brightly orange spot above
the outer tail; body blackish, head above and collar dusky orange:
under surface chalky whitish, with white-edged dark grey markings
tinged with orange towards the abdominal margin of secondaries ;
in general character these resemble the markings in J. philippus,
but the discal interrupted line is more incurved on the primaries
and wore irregular (approaching that of J. bowkeri in form) on the
secondaries; the orange spot above the outer tail is large and
conspicuous. Jixpanse of wings 35 millim.
, Kasitu River, Angoni country, W. of Lake Nyasa, June
18th, 1895,
Unfortunately only a single example, slightly chipped towards
the anal angle of both hind wings, was obtained.
81. Ionaus cacULUS.
Tolaus ceculus, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;
Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. vy. p. 402, pl. 25. figs. 12-14 (1862).
~ 6 6,22, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st and Dec. 1st,
1895, Jan. Gth, Feb. 20th and 22nd, 1896.
“ Fairly plentiful: a frequenter of upland forest ” (22. C.).
The Nyasa specimens seem to vary more, as regards the width
of the red bands on the under surface, than those from South
Africa.
82. [oLAUS PALLENE,
Myrina pallene, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand].
1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 36.
2 2, Loangwa River, 2160 feet alt., Senga, August 30th, 1895.
“ Bright green ova ” (it. C.).
83. MYLoTHRIS AGATHINA.
Papilio ayathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eexxxvii. D, EH (1782).
©, Deep Bay, Lake Nyasa, Feb. 5th, 1896.
“ Hnormous number of yellow ova” (2. C.).
84. MyLorHnis CRAWSHAYI.
Mylothris crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 124, pl. vi. fig. 4.
3 do, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, 7425 feet alt., March 2nd and
3rd, 1896.
85. NYCHITONA ALCESTA.
Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccclxxix. A (1782).
Mpimbi plain, Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.
The females contained ‘‘ emerald-green ova, oblong and pointed”
(R. C.).
86. Cor1as EDUSA.
Papilio edusa, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 23 (1787).
‘ Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, Sept. 2nd, 1893; Cheni-Cheni Moun-
54*
834 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Nov. 17,
tain, 6500 feet June 27th, 7400 feet June 80th; Kondowi, Lower
Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895; Kasunen Mountain, 5945 feet Feb. 29th,
7425 feet March 2nd, 7200 feet March 5th, 1896.
Most of the specimens are of the ordinary European type.
87. TERTAS LEONIS,
Terias leonis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.
p- 222, pl. v. fig. 6 (1886).
3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
This is the first example I have seen from Central Africa.
88. Trertas REGULARIS.
Lerius regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 486 (1876).
3. Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896
89. TERACOLUS MUTANS.
2. Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 459 (1877); ¢. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 126.
3 9, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.
Dry-season form.
Differs in the great enlargement of the discal series of spots on
the secondaries, these being salmon-buff tinted in the male, and
sulphur-yellow in the female; the primaries in the latter sex are
also coloured more nearly as in the male, but the salmon-buff area
is washed with yellow; on the under surface the whole colouring
of the male and the bands upon the yellow area of the female are
deeper and redder.
3, Mwankanka, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 7th, 1895;
2 , Loangwa Valley forest, Senga, August 30th, 1895.
The female contained * pale orange ova” (J. C.).
When deseribing the male of 7’. awtans 1 compared it with 7".
vesta (meaning the southern species usually so-called); but 7’, vesta
is an Abyssinian species, identical with 7’. velleda of M. Lucas, and
differs from the South-African butterfly in the much brighter
colouring, with somewhat differently formed and much redder bands
on the under surface of the secondaries: the southern species is
only the wet-season form of 7’. argillaceus, and is T. vesta of ‘Trimen
(nec Lucas); the latter, on the under surface, is much nearer to
LT. aurigineus, whereas 7’. argillaceus is certainly the southern
representative of 7’. mutans.
90. 'TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS, var. VENUSTUS,
Teracolus venustus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 94.
3S, QQ, Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Unyika, August 25th :
do, Mwewe’s town, Nyika, August 26th; 9, Kaun Guzi,
4620 feet, Unyika, August 27th; ¢, Chuona River (Mwewe’s
town), Sept. 15th, 1895.
At the last-mentioned locality Mr. Crawshay speaks of this
butterfly as being plentiful; yet he seems only to have captured
1896. | FROM NYASA-LAND. 835
one male: it is the dry-season form of 7’. aurigineus, and until
this collection came to hand was only represented by the typical
male example from Kilima-njaro in the Museam series ; nor have
I seen it in any other collection.
91, TERACOLUS OPALESCENS.
Q. Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 30
(1886); ¢. P.Z.N. 1896, p. 125.
3. Dry-season form.
On the upper surface this only differs from the male of the
wet-season form in the absence of the black marginal spots to the
secondaries; on the under surface, however, it differs in having
the apical area and costal margin of the primaries and whole
surface of secondaries flesh-pink, tinted on the costal borders and
internervular folds with ochreous; the disc of the secondaries
crossed by a series of brown dots. Expanse of wings 51 millim.
Bangara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 18th, 1895. “If
once missed, is exceedingly difficult to take ” (Zt. C.).
The arrival of this example is particularly interesting to me,
for it shows that my belief in the local constancy of some of the
named forms of the 7’. eris group is, so far, borne out, the seasonal
forms of this Eastern and Central African type being both easily
separable from the more southern examples.
The type of 7’. exis was obtained at Ambukohl, in Lower Nubia,
and is probably the true male of my 7’. abyssinicus, of which we
only possess females: the figure agrees most closely with a male
(wet-season form) received from Kilima-njaro, the orange apical
spots on the primaries being short, the outer edge of the upper
portion of the white area, beyond the cell, less oblique than in the
southern forms, or than in 7’. opalescens, and the black costal belt
of the secondaries extending on the disc to below the second sub-
costal branch ; it, however, differs in having a small white spot
near centre of outer margin of primaries, a character which may
be variable. ‘The southern forms are certainly not typical 7’. eris ;
nor can 7’. johnstont be correctly called the dry-season form of the
Natal examples presented to us by Mr. BH. C. Buxton, inasmuch as
the latter have the under surface of the wings pink, and must there-
fore themselves be the dry-season form of Mr. Trimen’s 7’. eris
(of which he says: ‘‘ Underside— Whitish or yellowish-white”) and
identical with his variety A.
If, then, certain Lepidopterists prefer to regard the representative
forms of 7. eris as mere local phases of one species, the fact that
each of them has its dry- and wet-season forms distinct from the
others gives them at least a claim to be regarded as subspecies
and to retain distinctive names.
92. TBRACOLUS SUBFASCIATUS.
3. Teracolus subfasciatus, Swainson, Ill. 2nd ser. iii. pl. 115
(1833).
3, Mweniwandas, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 15th,
1895, (Dry-season form.)
836 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
- 93. TERACOLUS REGINA.
3 9. Anthocharis regina, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
3rd ser. i. p. 520 (1863).
Teracolus regina, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. pl. xi. fig. 3, 9
(1889).
3, Loangwa Valley Pass, 4090 feet alt., Senga, August 28th ;
Q, Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th, 1895.
The female contained “ pale yellow ova”; she was somewhat
worn, having probably been long on the wing.
The receipt of these specimens, the male taken in the dry season
and the female before the rains had fairly set in, is very interesting,
as supporting the assertion that 7’. anawx is the wet-season form of
T. regina. The entire absence of the latter from any of the
collections previously received by us from British Central Africa
_ had led me to regard this statement with considerable doubt; but
now I see no reason for rejecting it.
94, TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.
Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 431, pl. xxv.
figs. 3, 3.a (1865).
Wet season, 5 3, Deep Bay, March 9th, 1896.
Dry season, 2 9, Loangwa Valley forest, August 30th, and
Ntonga, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 13th, 1895.
After carefully studying the purple-tipped species, in relation to
the question of seasonal dimorphism, I am forced to the conclusion
that there is no reason for distinguishing the Eastern and Central
African examples of 7. phlegyas from those of the White Nile:
they are slightly larger, but otherwise typical in both sexes.
1. phleyyas can hardly be a dry-season form of 1. imperator,
because the specimen of the male recorded above (and which is
fairly typical) was obtained in the middle of the rains, whilst the
females were obtained near the end of. the dry season: on the
other hand, we have a typical male of: 2. imperator taken in the
middle of the dry season.
Furthermore, 7’. imperator cannot possibly be the 7. cone of
Godart, as assumed by my friend Trimen in his ‘South African
Butterflies” Not only does the distribution of 7. imperator
render this highly improbable, but the description by M. Godart
does not at all answer to it :—
T.. tone. T. imperator.
1. Black apical border divided 1. Apical area violet, narrowly
obliquely by a violet band bordered with black.
rounded externally.
2. A conspicuous black disco- 2. A very faintly indicated dis-
cellular spot on the primaries. cocellular dot, or none at all.
3. No transverse ray on under 3. A conspicuous oblique trans-
surface of secondaries. verse ray on under surface of
secondaries.
I do not doubt that M. Godart’s description was made from a
1896.] _ FROM NYASA-LAND. 837
somewhat worn example of the South-African 7’. speciosus, to
which it approaches much more closely than to any other violet-
tipped Zeracolus: it is the only known species which can be
accurately described as having the apical black border “ divided
transversely and obliquely by a violet band, very brilliant, rounded
externally ” : it is moreover, in my opinion, worthy of consideration
that Dr. Boisduval, who (in the Piertne especially) was apt to cut
species very fine indeed, regarded the southern insect as typical
7’. ione, as there can be little doubt that the Doctor had examined
the original type.
One fact, however, must not be lost sight of:—Mr. Trimen
includes 7’. jalone in the synonymy of his 7’. ione and says that he
does not consider it to be even a marked variety. Now ’. jalone
has a conspicuous discocellular spot on the primaries, and its wet-
season form has no more ray on the under surface than exists in
7’. speciosus ; only the apical border is conspicuously dusted with _
white scales, and the violet band is too close to the inner edge of
the coloured apical area to be correctly spoken of as an oblique
band crossing the border at apex. Mr. Trimen gives ‘“ White
Nile” as the locality of my type of 7. jalone, and that certainly
was the locality on the specimen. Should not this have suggested
to him the possibility of 2’. jalone being the dry-season male of
T. phlegyas, rather than a hardly separable variation of 7’. imperator ?
We certainly baye one or two specimens which tend to link
T. phlegyas and T. julone; and the two male examples taken on
March 9th represent the spotted and unspotted types, although
neither of them has the pink under surface with transverse ray of
the typical dry-season form 7’. jalone.
95. TERACOLUS HILDEBRANDTI.
Callomne hildebrandtii, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 44, pl. 23
(1884-88).
3, Mrali, west coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 22nd, 1895.
A dry-season form of this species, which cannot easily be
confounded with any form of 7. anne, but must stand between
the latter and 7’. eupompe.
The dry-season form differs from the (typical) wet-season form
in its superior size, the scarlet instead of orange colouring and
greater width of the apical patch on the primaries, the greyer basal
area and the pinky yellowish apical area of primaries and ground-
colour of secondaries on the under surface; the black terminations
to the nervures are also almost obliterated : it comes nearest to
T. anne, var. wallengrent, but the marginal spots are too small, the
colouring below too yellow, and the scarlet above too pronounced.
96. THRACOLUS ACHIND, var. GAVISA.
Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13.
@, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896. <“ Pale
yellow oblong ova” (2. C.).
838 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [Nov. 17,
97. THRACOLUS SIPYLUS.
Teracolus sipylus, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 444, pl. xl. fig. 11.
3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
This is supposed to be an extreme wet-season form of 7’. evenin+:
Mr. Trimen’s note in his ‘South African Butterflies,’ vol. ili.
p. 128, seems somewhat contradictory. . Of 7’. sipylus he says :—
‘The male is inseparable from the larger darker specimens of male
evenina ...., though it is somewhat more heavily marked.” I
consider 7’, stpylus to be a distinct representative form.
98. TERACOLUS PROONE.
Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, Kong). Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caftr. p. 12.
Mpata, west of Lake Nyasa, August 2nd, 1895.
Probably only a varietal form of 1. theogene ; but both are dry-
season forms, of which it is extremely likely that 7'7’. ocale,
microcale, angolensis, and arethusa are more or less localized wet-
season forms.
99. THRACOLUS CINCLUS.
Teracolus cinctus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p- 105 (1883).
Dry-season form ¢ 9, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 5th and
13th, 1895.
Differs from the typical wet-season form in the reduction of the
internal black streak on the primaries, which is represented by a
greyish smear ending in a darker spot, and in the rosy colouring
of the secondaries on the under surface.
100. THracoLus SUBFUMOSUS.
Teracolus subfumosus, Butler, P. 4.8. 1876, p. 139, pl. vi. fig. 3.
3, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 12th, 1895.
This is doubtless a wet-season form of some other named
Teracolus and allied to 7. eione: it is not at all likely to be a form
of the West-African 7’. antigone, unless the latter can be linked by
a perfect series of intergrades to 7’. eione, which at present I am
not prepared to admit to be a fact. If 7. antiyone and 1’, eione are
distinct species (as claimed in the ‘South African Butterflies’), the
forms from Western Africa must be kept separate from those of
the South. Z. phlegetonia is allied to 7’. eione, but does not closely
agree with it in pattern, though both represent the extreme wet-
season types of the country which they inhabit. In like manner,
T. xanthus will probably prove to be a wet-season form of
T’. odysseus, inasmuch as both forms inhabit the White Nile, and
are so much alike that their proper females were originally trans-
posed ; the differences between them are similar to those which
exist between 7’. evone and 1’. subfumosus, or between 1’. phlegetonia
and 7’, antigone. As might be expected of West Coast forms, no
1896. ] . FROM NYASA-LAND. 839
extreme dry-season types seem to occur: the pattern of 7. antigone
represents the latter, but the rosy colouring on the under surface,
characteristic of Southern, Eastern, and Northern types, is wanting.
101. TrRacoLUs INCRETUS.
@. Teracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146
(1881).
Sb. Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 23.
2, Kawembi, N.W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 23rd, 1895.
102, BeLENOoIs THYSA, var. SABRATA.
6. Belenots sabrata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870,
p. 526.
3, Mtambwi Hill, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 20th; 9, Mpimbi
Plain, Upper Shiri River, March 2ath, 1896.
“‘ Oblong yellow ova” (It. C.).
The largest specimens of the species which I have seen, and,
apparently, the only form taken in Nyasa-land. It differs from
typical B. thysu in the narrower black border at apex of primaries
and the more dentate-sinuate (rather than zigzag) character of the
inner edge of the outer border ; the subapical spots well separated
from the border, though touching the black veins in the female.
The type of B. sabrate was an unusually small example. A very
curious female of B. thysa, with glaucous greyish apex of primaries
and ground-colour to secondaries below, was obtained on the
Chuona River (Mwewe’s), Unyika, August 26th, 1895.
103. ERonia LDA.
Dryas leda, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg., App. p. 588 (187).
3, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896.
104. PAPILIO PSEUDONIREUS.
Papilio pseudonireus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. i. p. 94
(1865).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist to 4th,
1896.
105. PAPILIO PHOROAS.
3. Papilio phorcas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. ii. B, C (1775).
3 6, 2, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st,
1896.
“ Fairly plentiful, but very difficult to take, as it flies high,
skimming the trees, and rarely comes down within reach.” The
female contained “large spherical boiled-sago-coloured ova ”
(2. C.).
All the specimens were more or less shattered, the female with
the same green bands and spots as the male; all the specimens
with the subapical patch on the primaries rather smaller than in
Western examples.
840 DR. A. G@, BULLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [Noy. 17,
106, Papinio HORRIBILIS.
Papilio horribilis, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 88, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2 (1872).
3, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist, 1896.
‘A pair only seen, floating round in the air, in an opening on
the outskirts of a vast forest ; spent something like half an hour
in waiting to capture one; the other disappeared ” (2%. C.).
107. SARANGESA ASTRIGERA,
Sarangesa astrigera, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 669; Holland,
]. ce. 1896, pl. ii. fig. 8.
Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and March 6th, 1896.
108. SARANGESA MOTOZI.
Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-
Akad. Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53.
Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd, 1895.
109. SARANGESA PERTUSA.
Sape pertusa, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.
Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, June 26th, and Loangwa River,
Senga, Sept. 5th, 1895.
“Local, frequents shady nooks, holes, and hollows” (Zt. C.).
One example nearly approaches S. motozi on the upper surface,
but differs in the absence of yellow-ochre blotches and spots on
the under surface ; other specimens barely differ (if at all) from
S. synestalmenus, Karsch.
110. Saranansa HOLLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)
3. General form of S. pertusa, excepting that the costa of
primaries is proportionately longer, and the outer margin conse-
quently less arched and more oblique. Above golden-bronze-brown ;
all the vitreous white spots small and edged with blackish:
primaries with two superposed vitreous spots at basal third of
interno-median areole, two near the end of discoidal cell forming
a broken >, two near base of median areoles, the lower one large
and irregularly diamond-shaped, two black dots below the latter,
the upper one with a white central point, three subapical spots
(the first very small), and below them two blackish spots ; fringe
buff, excepting near external angle, where it is white, varied with
blackish spots at the ends of the nervures and with a slender
blackish subbasal line : secondaries with a small spot at the end of
the cell, almost encircled by a series of ten spots, mostly with
small vitreous centres ; fringe brown at apex, sordid at anal angle,
otherwise white, spotted with blackish at the end of each nervure:
body darker than the wings, with two white dots at each side of
- the head against the eyes; antennez smoky brown. Primaries below
irrorated with pale lilac; the vitreous spots white-edged and
therefore apparently larger, those in the cell united so as to form
a perfect >; internal border whity brown: secondaries whitish
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 841
lilac, irrorated with bronze-brown on costal area and external border
almost to anal angle; vitreous spots with golden-brown margins ;
fringe as above: body below white, faintly lilacine at the sides of
the pectus and brown at the sides of the venter. Expanse of
wings 41 millim.
Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 25th, 1895.
This species has such a familiar aspect, that I had. hoped, with
the assistance of Dr. Holland’s most valuable monograph, to be
able to find a published name for it; but, not having done so, I
have taken the liberty of dedicating it to that most energetic and
painstaking Lepidopterist.
111. Tactapns FrLEsus.
Papilio flesus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135 (1781).
Leya stream, Deep Bay, June 4th, 1895.
112. EaGris JAMESONT.
Antigonus jamesoni, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. vi. p. 348 (1890).
Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept. 14th ; Tampi
River, Lower Nyika, Oct. 21st, 1895.
113. ABanris (SAPHA) TRIMENT.
Sapea triment, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 264, pl. xv. fig. 5.
Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 10th, 1895.
I wish I could agree with Dr. Holland in thinking this identical
with Westwood’s species; but, as the species most nearly allied to
the latter and this (A. pzradisea) invariably has the sides of the
abdomen ochreous, and the number of segments said by Westwood
to be luteous does not correspond with the number of segments
which are white in A. trimenz, I consider that, until specimens
of the latter are received from the same locality as that of
Westwood’s type, I still have the stronger case.
114. GorGyRra JOHNSTONI.
Aeromachus ? johnstont, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 673.
Gorgyra johnstont, Holland, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 32, pl. ii. fig. 6.
3, Deep Bay, Feb. 6th; ¢,@ taken im cottt, Feb. 15th, 1896.
@. “ Pale yellow ova ” (#. C.).
The sexes are absolutely alike.
115. OxyeaLPus RUSO.
Pamphila ruso, Mabille, C.R.Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. elxxxiii
(1891).
Oxypalpus ruso, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 669; Tolland, 1. ec.
1896, p. 39, pl. ili. fig. 13.
Mtambwi Hill, Feb. 20th; IKondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika,
Feb. 21st; Kasungu Mountain, 7426 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,
1896.
842 DR, A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
This pretty species varies a good deal on both surfaces; the
black longitudinal streak on the primaries above is frequently
divided longitudinally by an ochreous median vein, and trans-
versely by an orange-ochreous bar just before the end of the cell;
the ochreous longitudinal stripe of the secondaries is sometimes
expanded so as to leave only a narrow black costal border; on
the under surface there is occasionally a subapical decreasing series
of five cream-coloured spots divided only by the nervures (which
are dull orange), and the secondaries are cream-coloured, with
orange-tawny veins and internal streak: intergrades between the
extremes occur.
116. Cycroriprs PErExceLLuys. (Plate XLILI. fig. 2.)
Cyclopides perexcellens, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol, xviil. p. 161 (1896).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,
1896,
117. CycLoPrimEs QUADRISIGNATUS.
Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pl. Ix.
fig. 9.
Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet alt., March 1st; 7425 feet,
March 2nd, 3rd, and 6th, Nyika.
Every fresh collection brings additional evidence of the varia-
bility of this species. The example obtained on March 6th has the
two obliquely-placed orange spots just beyond the middle of the
primaries unusually large and confluent, two small costal spots
being only separated from them by the subcostal nervure. At
first sight this variety might be taken for a modification of
C. midas, but it is not only too dark, both in ground-colour and
spots, but the inner of the two costal spots (which doubtless
represents the basal orange dash in C. midas) is much too far trom
the base to be characteristic of that species, whilst the absence of
the spot in the discoidal cell of the secondaries is characteristic of
C. quadrisignatus.
118. Cyctorrprs mipas.
__ Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. S, 1893, p. 671; 1895, p. 265,
pl. xv. tig. 6.
Chuona River (Mwewe’s), Unyika, August 26th, 1895,
The damaged aberrant examples recorded under this species in
my paper on Mr. Scott Elliot’s collection prove to be extreme
forms of the preceding species: I had thought it impossible that
C. quadrisignatus could vary so much. C. midas is tolerably
constant.
119. G@EGENES LETTERSTEHDTI.
Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. © 843
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.
The only objection which I can see to G. obumbrata (=hottentota)
being a form of the above species, is the presence of a well-defined
brand on the primaries of the male: no trace of this brand is
visible on any of our examples of either the yellowish or the
smoky-brown variety of G. letterstedtt.
120. ANDRONYMUS PHILANDER.
Pamphila philander, Hopffer, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl.
1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. vy. p. 416,
pl. xxvii. figs. 1. 2 (1862).
® 2, Mtambwi Hill, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 22nd, 1896.
“ Large dark yellow ova” (Z?. C.).
T am very glad that Dr. Holland has made this the type of a
new genus; it was quite out of place in Acleros.
HErbrocnRa.
121. Curinonopes 1YLAs.
Sphina hylas, Linneus, Mantissa, i. p. 539 (1771).
3 2, Deep Bay, Feb. 16th and March 10th, 1896.
“Frequents the beds of Azineas in the fort, but is not
plentiful ” (22. C.).
The female contained “ bright emerald-green ova.”
122. MAcROGLOSSA TROCHILOIDES.
Macroglessa trochiloides, Butler, P. ZS. 1875, p. 5.
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.
A beautiful and perfectly typical example of this race.
123. BastorHEa IDRICtS.
Sphina idricus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. pl. 2. fig. 2 (1773).
2, Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1896.
‘* Day-flyer: emerald-green ova” (Jt. C.).
The most perfect specimen that I have seen of this tiny green-
winged Hawk-moth.
124. CUAROCAMPA ESON, var. GRACILIS.
Cherocampa gracilis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 8, pl. ii. fig. 2.
Q, Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1896.
“ Light sea-green ova” (it. C.).
Chiefly differs from the Southern form (typical C. eson) in its
narrower wings, with more oblique outer margin.
125, XANTIIOSPILOPTHRYX PENDIX.
Eusemia perdix, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 668.
Eusemia eoa, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 123;
Novit. Lepid. pl. xi. fig. 1 (1892).
9, Deep Bay, Feb. 11th, 1896.
844 DN. A. G. BUTLDR ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
“ About as common, perhaps, as the ‘Cream-spot tiger’ in
Great Britain. Emerald-green ova” (2. C.).
The first example that I have seen of this pretty species.
126, A°aocuRa INCLUSA.
Q. Pristocerwa? inclusa, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 357,
Taf. ii. fig. 5.
3, Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th,
1895.
“Fairly plentiful” (2. C.).
Quite new to the Museum series: Mr. Kirby is of opinion that
it is the same as Metagarista rendalli, Rothsch., and it is quite
possible that he may be correct.
127. AS@ocERA MENETA.
Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixx. D (1775).
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
128, CHaRILINA AMABILIS.
Noctua amabilis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 13. fig. 3 (1773).
Deep Bay, Feb. 10th and 18th, 1896.
129. ZANA SPURCATA.
Antheua spurcata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 298 (1864).
© , Mweniwanda’s, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 15th, 1895.
130. PHALERA LATIPENNIS, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.)
3. Broader in the wings than any other species of the genus;
the antenne broadly pectinated as in P. argentifera; the upper
radial of the primaries springing from the anterior angle of the
cell, instead of from the subcostal; general scheme of colouring
recalling P. flavescens. Primaries above creamy white ; base of
costa sprinkled with black and: brick-red scales; a band of red
scales crossing the wing at about basal third and followed imme-
diately by a band of black scales, both divided by the pale nervures ;
two or three ill-defined greyish and testaceous stripes across the
middle of the wing; at external two-sevenths is a broad belt almost
parallel to outer margin, consisting first of a subangulated oblique
series of black lunules, immediately followed by a more or less
lunulate brick-red stripe, somewhat blackish in the centre, and
lastly by a grey band irrorated with black and separating into vague:
lunules towards apex; a few ill-defined submarginal spots of black
scales: secondaries sericeous ochreous, veins dusty, becoming black
at apex and on outer margin: head, collar, and centre of thorax
brownish ochreous; antenne black; pterygodes and metathorax
white, somewhat ochreous at the sides; an oblique black bar on
the front of the pterygodes; abdomen reddish ochreous, with grey
dorsal patches on each segment. Wings below ochreous, the veins
chiefly black beyond the middle; the primaries from beyond the
1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 845
cell dusted with grey ; a submarginal series of ochreous lunules ;
a partly zigzag dusky marginal border, interrupted on the fringe
by ochreous spots : secondaries with a slender black marginal line:
body below deep ochreous; tibie, tarsi, and venter more or less
blackish. Expanse of wings 55 millim.
Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.
It is possible that this species may eventually be separated from
Phalera as the type of a new genus, but at present there does not
seem sufficient evidence of the importance of the characters which
differentiate it to warrant its being thus distinguished; the width
of the wings and the antennal characters are not uniform in the
genus, whilst the position of the upper radial is the same as in
P. sigmata.
131. PANTOOTHNIA GREMMANS.
Pantoctenia gemmans, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. pl. Ixxxii.
fig. 16 (1874).
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.
132. Tapa prasina. (Plate XLILI. fig. 4.)
Teda prasina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.
p- 161 (1896).
Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.
SCOTINOCHROA, gen. hoy.
Allied to Cosuma, neuration the same; antenna longer and more
uniformly pectinated ; palpi totally dissimilar—much longer, falci-
form, the second joint long, subcylindrical, somewhat flattened
internally, directed obliquely upwards, third joint half the length
of the second, somewhat acuminate ; tarsi of front pair of legs not
fringed as in Cosuma, and those of the second and third pairs
rather penicillated than fringed, each joint having a fairly well-
defined separate flattened tuft at the back.
133. ScorinocHROA INCONSEQUENS, Sp. Nn.
Primaries above vinaceous chocolate-brown, sprinkled with
shining, mostly leaden-grey scales ; 2 D-shaped spot at the end of the
cell, connate with an oblique irregular band from costa near apex
to inner margin, this band is narrowest and inarched at its upper
extremity, widest towards the inner margin; both spot and band
-are mostly whity brown externally and shining leaden grey in the
middle, and are bounded internally by irregular black dashes and
externally by a black line; from the cell downwards the inner
margin of the band is zigzag and the outer margin undalated, and
followed by an abbreviated similar band, which, however, has no
leaden central scales (and therefore stands out as a pale patch with
undulated outer margin): secondaries pale sericeous vinaceous,
showing slight greenish reflections in certain lights; the abdominal
border and base of fringe sienna or golden brownish; centre of
846 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON LUPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,
fringe blackish, tips shining dark vinaceous: body deep chocolate-
brown, sprinkled with shining leaden scales; the posterior edges
of the collar and bases of the metathoracic and abdominal tufts
somewhat ochreous ; antenne pale sericeous brown. Under surface
of wings sericeous pale brown, darker towards costal area, some-
what vinaceons, fringes distinctly so; primaries blackish in the cell
and with a glistening internal area: body below glossy vinaceous
chocolate-brown, the extremities of leg-joints and the last joint of
the palpi somewhat ochraceous. Expanse of wings 82 millim.
Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 1896.
134. THYRETES PHASMA, sp. n.
Q. Very close to Z. caffra, but easily distinguished from the
fact that the hyaline triangular spot in the cell of primaries fills
the upper instead of the lower angle; also the inner edge of the
hyaline belt from median vein to apex is not irregular but forms a
direct oblique line, the second division from the apex being much
elongated backwards ; the brown border of the secondaries is also
narrower. Expanse of wings 37 millim.
Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1896.
‘‘ Pale green ova” (Zt. C.).
135. ARGINA OCELLINA,
Deiopeia ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571 (1854).
3 9, Deep Bay, Veb. 27th, 1896.
“Fairly common, a day-flyer, sits on grass-stalks” (2. C.).
Dicrrnvs, gen. nov.
Allied to Setinochroa, of exactly the same form; but differing
utterly in the character of the antenne, which are solidly bipec-
tinated, the pectinations widely separated and emitting short
bristles: the primaries with only four branches to the subcostal
vein, the fork of the united third and fourth branches being longer
than in Setinochvoa and more divergent ; secondaries with the sub-
costal furca considerably shorter and the footstalk consequently
very much longer than in that genus.
136. Dicrenus Inconsrans, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)
Wings bright ochreous, the primaries with a conspicuous black
spot at the end of the cell; basal half of costal border black; the
remaining half sometimes black, as well as a broader outer border
and narrow internal border: body black, collar, pterygodes, and
metathorax clothed with ochreous hair; anal tuft ochreous: wirgs
below nearly as above, but the secondaries with a small blackish
spot at the end of the cell: body below black; tibiew and tarsi of
middle and bind legs ochreous tipped with black. Expanse of
wings 20 millim.
Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,
1896.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 847
137. LEPTOSOMA APICALE.
Nyctemera apicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 395 (1854),
2 2, Deep Bay, May 16th, 1895.
“ Light yellow ova” (Zt. C.).
138. SPILOSOMA AURICINCTUM, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)
Nearest to S. purum (Alpenus purus), but easily distinguishable
from the fact that the head and the collar are bordered at the back
with bright ochreous; the primaries are more produced, the costal
margin being longer and the black dots are few, small, and confined
to the base and costal area; the secondaries only show three
conspicuous black spots in the form of a triangle, the apex of which
is represented by a spot at the end of the cell and the base by two
submarginal spots; primaries below immaculate, but secondaries
as above. Jixpanse of wings 44 millim.
Q, Fuleriva hills, 2000 feet alt., Deep Bay, March 5th, 1896.
This species and S. purum are strikingly unlike the other Ermine
Moths from the fact that both extremities of the bright golden-
ochreous black-dotted abdomen are snow-white. Our examples of
S. purum from British East Africa show no trace of the dorsal
black dots, but otherwise are typical.
139. AROA TERMINALIS.
Aroa terminalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 794 (1854).
3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
Walker’s description, having been based upon a badly rubbed
and barely recognizable specimen, is utterly useless for the iden-
tification of the species; I therefore redescribe the insect from
Mr. Crawshay’s beautiful male example :—Primaries above deep
yellowish testaceous or bright mustard-yellow; a paler central
band with widely bisinuated outer edge, expanding within the
cell to enclose a conspicuous rounded blocd-red spot; a pale
band crossing the dise near the outer margin, its inner edge bi-
sinuated, its outer edge correspondingly biundulated ; fringe very
slightly paler than the ground-colour; secondaries deep orange-
ochreous with bright golden-yellow fringe; antenne yellow, with
vinaceous brown pectinations; body ochreous, deepest on the
abdomen: under surface bright saffron-yellow, the primaries
irrorated with smoky brown scales towards apex forming two short
divergent streaks; levs hairy, lemon-yellow. Expanse of wings
33 millim.
Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
T believe the specimen noted (P. Z. S. 1896, p. 135) as Lopera
crocata var.? is probably a very badly discoloured and faded example
of this species.
140. AROA BISTIGMIGERA, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)
3. Nearest to A. clara: upper surface dead golden, or dull
ochraceous, suffused with vinaceous greyish; fringe deep grey ;
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LY. 55
848 DR, A, G. BULLER ON LUPIDOPLERA [Nov. 17,
primaries with two conspicuous black spots at the end of the cell;
secondaries with a fairly broad smoky black border; body smoky
black; shaft of antennw, head, collar, shoulders, and anal tuft
ochreous: wings below paler than above, primaries with a large
almost semicircular subapical blackish patch from end of cell; body
below ochreous, blackish at the sides. Uxpanse of wings 27
millim.
3 3d, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.
“ Day flier” (2. C.).
The sexes in this genus differ so much that it would not greatly
surprise me to discover that the following form was the female of
A, bistiymigera: at the same time, as Sir George Hampson points
out, the pattern is so dissimilar that it would be absurd to put the
two together without trustworthy proof of their identity: then
again it is just as likely that A. ochraceata (which we have received
trom Zomba) may be the female of this species, inasmuch as it often
has two spots at the end of the cell of primaries, though in other
respects it is utterly dissimilar.
141. Anoa cuanax, Druce. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)
9. Upper surface tawny orange with broad smoky brown outer
borders, that of the primaries occupying the apical third of the
wing and crossed by blackish veins (which colouring commences on
the orange area); border of secondaries abruptly narrowed towards
anal angle; fringes sericeous, dark grey ; 2 conspicuous black spot
at the end of each discoidal cell; primaries with narrow dusky
costal margin, three small black spots across the base; antennw
and third joint of palpi black ; abdomen paler than thorax, golden
ochreous with a dorsal series of black spots: wings below nearly
as above, no subbasal spots on the primaries: body below bright
ochreous; tarsi of all the legs and tibiae of front and middle pairs
black. Expanse of wings 43 millim.
Deep Bay, April 30th, 1895.
142, LyMANTRIA BANANA, sp. n. (Plate XLIT. fig. 9.)
3. Primaries semitransparent cream-coloured, the basal third
smoky brown, bsinuated in front; costa to end of cell the same
colour confluent with a constricted Y-shaped bar which crosses
the end of the cell; an oblique zigzag smoky-brown line, incurved
towards costa, across the disc; a marginal irregular patch of the
same colour near apex, and a second at external angle, also an
intermediate small triangular intermediate spot; veins, excepting
from the end of the cell to the apex, partly brown and partly
blackish; and all the veins as they cross the zigzag line blackish:
secondaries semitransparent pale golden ochreous, more opaque and
more distinctly ochreous on abdominal two-fifths : body above
tawny ochraceous, palest at the extremities, somewhat vinaceous on
the thorax; antenn and tips of palpal joints black: under surface
of wings immaculate ; body cream-coloured, a few orange hairs on
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 849
front of pectus; sides of venter ochreous. Expanse of wings
50 millim. ;
Mpata, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 21st, 1895.
“Taken in a banana plantation” (2. C.).
We have a nearly allied species in the Museum collection from
Old Calabar.
143. MARDARA CURVIVIRGATA.
Lelia curvivirgata, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 373, Taf. iv.
fig. 3. t
3, Lower Nyika, 4200 feet alt., June 30th, 1895.
This species is closely related to my M. peculiams from Mada-
gascar, but differs in the fact that the golden-brown band across
the primaries runs to the apex instead of to the costal margin.
144. HiBRILDES NORAX.
Hibrildes noraw, Druce, P. 4. 8. 1887, p. 675.
Anengya spiritalis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 374, pl. iv.
fig. 7.
6, Mweniwanda’s, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Dec. 22nd,
1895.
145. HiBriLDES CRAWSHAYI.
Hibrildes crawshayi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. =
vol. xviil. p. 162 (1896).
2, Mwini-uruma’s town, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, be
17th, 1895.
It is of course possible that the sexes of J. noraa may be
utterly dissimilar in colour and pattern, and that this may prove to
be its female: if so, Mr. Kirby’s two new species will also be sexes.
146. PsEUDAPHELIA APOLLINARIS.
Saturnia apollinaris, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 601 (1847).
Namitembo, Zomba Mountains, March 25th, 1896.
“ Huge quautity of pale yellow ova” (2. C.).
147. ANTHEREA DOLABELLA.
Antherea dolabella, Druce, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 499, pl. xxxviii.
fig. 2.
Q, Kasungu Mountain, 7020 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist, 1896.
“Large spherical whitish-yellow ova” (2. C.).
It is unfortunate that the single example of this rare species
obtained by Mr. Crawshay was a good deal worn.
148. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA.
Phalena-Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 99, pl. ccl.
fig. EB (1782).
@, Deep Bay, March, and Oct. 18th, 1896.
“ Bright green ova” (&. C.).
55*
850 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. [Nov. 17,
149. PatuLa WALKERI.
Patula walkeri, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
p: 406.
Zambezi River, Kast Africa, April 16th, 1896.
Perhaps this ought to be included in the present paper, but it
was not sent with the Nyasa collection.
150. ARGADESA MATERNA.
' Phalena-Noctua materna, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840.
Deep Bay, Oct. 9th, 1895.
151. HamarorItHRA RUBRIFASOCIATA.
Hematorithra rubrifasciata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. xviii. p. 162 (1896).
Deep Bay, Feb. 26th, 1896’.
152. Hyria ANGUSTA, sp. n.
Primaries above dull vinaceous purple; a broad oblique central
golden ochreous band from inner margin to above the median vein,
impinged upon at its anterior extremity by a blackish spot at the
end of the cell; fringe golden ochraceous, somewhat stained with
dull purplish at the base: secondaries bright golden ochreous,
with a black dot at the end of the cell; outer border and basal
half of fringe dull vinaceous purple: body sericeous dark vinaceous
greyish; shaft of antenna silvery, slightly buffish at base: under
surface of wings nearly as above, but the basi-internal area of
primaries sericeous and somewhat silvery ; legs and centre of venter
pale buff. Expanse of wings 14 millim.
Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896.
“ Day flier” (2. C.).
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pirate XLT. Pruate XLII.
Fig. 1. Amauris crawshay?, p. 821. Fig. 1. Sarangesa hollandii, p. 840.
2. Panopea heliogenes, p. 823. 2. Cyclopides perexcellens, p. 842.
3. Planema scalivittata, p, 826. ..8, Phalera latipennis, p. 844.
4. Alena reticulata, go, p. 827. 4. Teda prasina, p. 845,
5. Cyclyrius juno, p. 830. 5, Dictenus inconstans, p. 846.
6. Capys connexiva, 3, p. 831. 6. Spilosoma auricinetum, p. 847.
7. Lolaus auricostalis, 9 , p.832. 7. Aroa bistigmigera, p. 847.
8. ,, charaz, p. 848.
9. Lymantria banane, p. 848.
’ Oaught by Mr. G. A. Taylor.
hth ah nee
ee
PZS.1896. Plate XLII.
West, Nevanam chrome
MWC Warght del ethth
New |.evidoptera fromm Nyasa-land.
Collected by Mt Yule
1896.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. ‘851
\
6. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land presented
to the Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and
collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. By Artuur G. Butter,
Ph.D., F.L.8., F.Z.S., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoolo-
gical Department, British Museum.
[Received September 7, 1896.]
(Plate XLIIL.)
From the few notes as to exact localities which occurred on the
envelopes it would seem that the present collection was obtained
partly, if not altogether, on the Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, in
1895; but so very few of the specimens are accompanied by
notes as to locality and date of capture, that I have not thought
it advisable to burden the ‘ Proceedings’ by repeating references
to descriptions and figures, most of which have already been given
in other papers on Nyasa Lepidoptera published in the Society’s
‘ Proceedings.’
The collection contains examples of five new species and of a new
form of a known species; but, in addition to these, there are several
species of interest, such as the wet-season form of Ypthima gra--
nulosa ; examples of the broad-bordered variety of Charazes saturnus,
to which I gave the name of laticinctus; a somewhat worn female
example of the rare Charaaes violetta ; the white variety of Huralia ’
mima; additional examples of Aetacrenis crawshayi; a curious
variety of the female of Alana nyusse haying the base of the pos-
terior wings white; both wet- and dry-season forms of Teracolus
opalescens; the rare Teracolus hildebrandtii; a dry-season female
of Teracolus subfasctatus, differing in its superior size, the larger
apical orange patch on the primaries being without inner blackish
limitation, and the under surface more strongly reticulated ; both
seasonal forms of Z'eracolus emini; the male of Belenois diminuta,
showing that the latter is the dry-season form of B. crawshayi; a
good series of Papilio nivinow, consisting entirely of males (as the
only example which we possess of P. taboranus is a female, it
seems probable that the differences in pattern and colouring
between these two forms of Papilio are due to sex, in which case
the name of P. taboranus will have to stand for the species);
an example in good condition of a rare Hesperiid (Cyclopides
willemi), of which the Museum previously only possessed a broken
example.
Among the Moths, the most interesting additions, apart Beem
the new species, are two male examples of LWibrildes nora.
Respecting Hibrildes we know very little at present: if the female
resembles the male, no examples have hitherto been received ; but
it is possible that the sexes may be entirely dissimilar, and that
my Hibrildes crawshayt may eventually prove to be the female
852
DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA
[ Noy. 17,
though at present we have not the least evidence in proof of such
sexual incongruity. The genus is a Pterothysanid, and the few
species of that group in which the sexes are known exhibit no
marked sexual differences of pattern and coloration.
The following is a list of the species in this collection :—
_
RHOPALOCERA.
. Limnas chrysippus, Linn., and
var. klugit, Butl.
2. Tirumala petiverana, Doudd.
3. Melanitis solandra, Fabr.
4. Samanta perspicua, Trimen.
5. Mycalesis eusirus, Hopf.
6. ena, Hewits,
7. Physcenura pione, Godm., * var.
lucida, Butl.
8. Ypthima granulosa, Butler.
9. Charaxes castor, Cramer, var.
Aavifasciatus, But.
10. saturnus, Butler, and var.
laticinctus, Butl.
ll achzmenes, Felder.
12. guderiana ¢, Dewitz.
13, —— pheus 6, Hewits.
14. violetta 9, Grose Smith,
15. —— tiridates 9, Fubr.
16. —— bohemani, Felder.
17. candiope, Godart.
18. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn., 9
=z¢naria, Cram,
19, Euralia wahlbergi, Wadlgr.
20. mima var., Zrimen.
21. Junonia sesamus, T'rimen.
22. —— simia, Wailgr.
. —— galami, Boisd.
elgiva, Hewits.
artaxia, Hewits., and var.
nachtigalii, Dewitz.
. —— boopis, Zrimen.
clelia, Cramer.
. ——— cebrene, Trimen.
natalica, Felder.
. Protogoniomorpha anacardii,
Linn.
. Eupbxdra neophron, Hopf.
. Euryphene cocalia, Fabr.
. Pseudargynnis hegemone, Godt.
. Metacrenis rosa, Hewits.
crawshayi, Bud.
. Hamanumida deedalus, Fabr.
. Catuna crithea, Drury.
. Neptis agatha, Cramer.
Atella columbina, Cramer.
. Byblia vulgaris, Saud.
. Acrsea cabira, Hopff..
serena, Fubr., var. perrupta,
Butler.
natalica, Boisd.
. Alena nyassx, var., Hewits.
. Polyommatus beeticus, Linn.
3. Catochrysops osiris, Hopff.
. Azanus occidentalis, Butler.
. Tarucus plinius, abr.
. Nacaduba sichela, Wallgr.
. Castalius calice, Hopf.
. Lycwnesthes liodes, Hewits.
. Zizera knysna, T'rimen.
lucida, Trimen.
. Lachnocnema bibulus, Fadr.
. Spindasis nyassex, Butler.
. Virachola anta, Zrimen.
. Iolaus buxtoni, Hewits.
. —— cxculus, Hopf.
. Myrina ficedula
. Mylothris agathina, Cramer.
, Lrimen.
yulei, Butler.
. Terins zoe, Hopf.
. ——- regularis, Bul.
leonis, Butl.
orientis, Buti.
. Teracolus opalescens, Butl., and
dry-season males.
67. —— hildebrandtii ¢, Staad.
68. ——subfasciatus, Swainson, dry-
season female.
69, —- anax, Grose Smith.
70. ——sipylus 3, Swinkoe,
71. —— omphale, Godurt.
72. emini, Butler, dry- and
wet-season forms, gd.
73. Catopsilia florella, Fabr. Three’
named varieties.
74, Belenois thysa, Hopf.
75 calypso, Drury.
76. ——crawshayi ¢, Butl., and
dry-season form diminuta .
77. —— imesentina, Cram.
78. —— severina ¢, Cram.
x79. Phrissura nyasana, Butler.
80. Herpenia eriphia, God¢.
81. Papilio policenes, Cram.
82 lurlinus, Butler.
83. —— porthaon, Hewits.
84, —— pylades, Madr.
85. —— nivinox, Butler.
86. —— similis, Cramer.
87 demoleus, Linz.
88. Osmodes ranoha, Westw.
, Cyclopides willemi, Wallgr.
1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 853
Hrrrroosra,
90. Chexrocampn osiris, Dalm. 99. Acontia graellsii, Fezsth.
91. Daphnis nerii, Linn. 100. Cyligramma latona, Cramer.
92. Nephele accentifera, Beauv. 101. rudilinea, Walk,
*93. Antiphella atrinotata, Butler. *102. Fodina johustoni, Butler.
94. Deiopeia pulchella, Linn. 103. Glyphodes sinuata, Fabr.
95. Argina leonina, Walk. 104. Gonodela zombina, Butler.
96. Wgybolia vaillantina, Stol/. 105. Comibsena? sp. (much rubbed ;
97. Hibrildes norax, Druce. possibly Zhalassodes scissaria,
*98. Pheegorista zebra, Butler. Feld.).
In this list the new forms are indicated by an asterisk; these
I now proceed to describe :—
PHYSOCENURA PIOND, var. LUCIDA. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)
Differs from typical P. pione, of which we have a good series, in
the larger white area on the upper surface of the primaries, the
black internal streak being abbreviated or even sometimes almost
obliterated, so that the lobe extending from the white area towards
inner margin is of at least double the width: on the under surface
the black strie are wider apart, far less numerous, and the yellow
ocelli are paler; the three black lines on outer border are not
equidistant as in typical P. prone, the two inner ones being nearer
together. Expanse of wings, ¢ 39 millim., 9 45.
Two males and one female.
It is possible that this form may prove eénstant to locality: it
is probably from near Fort Songwe, N.W. Nyasa. We have
received typical P. pione only from Zomba and Deep Bay.
Myroruris yunut, sp.n. (Plate XLIIT. fig. 2.)
g. Above milky white, slightly tinted with primrose-yellow
at the base; apical border, a very slender marginal line, and a
dot at extremity of second median branch black; costal border
towards base irrorated with blackish; secondaries with black
marginal dots at extremities of median branches and submedian
yein: primaries below golden orange (or cadmium-yellow) to
middle of cell ; apical area washed diffusedly with saffron-yellowish ;
seven marginal black dots, the last, at extremity of first median
branch, very small: secondaries creamy buff, yellower at base, the
costal areolet cadmium-yellow ; six black marginal spots, the
smallest being the fifth from anal angle or that at extremity of
radial nervure: body normal. Expanse of wings 51 willim.
The female, which I formerly supposed to be a pale variety of
M. rueppellii, differs chiefly on the upper surface in the pale saffron
flush at the base of the primaries and the still paler tint at base of
secondaries: on the under surface it agrees very nearly with the
jmale. Ixpanse of wings 59 millim.
; ‘Lhe female example in the Museum is from Kolima-njaro.
i
PHRISSURA NYASANA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 3.)
' An exact copy of Mylothris rueppellii: differing chiefly in its
854 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. [Noyv. 17,
broader wings, the presence of the apical subcostal bifurcation,
and in the form and greater intensity of the apical marginal black
spots: wings above milk-white; primaries with the basal third
bright cadmium-yellow bordered with gamboge; costal border
irrorated with black; apical border narrowly pearl-grey, the apical
furca and a series of triangular spots terminating tho nervures
intense black; secondaries faintly tinted with yellow at the base;
a marginal series of eight intensely black spots: body normal.
Primaries below white, with extreme costal margin and dots
at extremities of nervures black; base almost to end of cell
brilliant orange edged with yellow; apical border creamy buff:
secondaries creamy buff, palest over end of cell, base suffused with
orange, the costal areole brilliant orange, external border washed
with deep buff; black spots as above: body whitish. Expanse of
Wings 64 millim.
Two males.
The following Heterocera are new :-—
Lipanrip&.
ANTIPHELLA ATRINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)
Pearl-white, wings semitransparent ; primaries with three sub-
apical spots in a slightly curved series parallel to outer margin and
two spots placed obliquely near external angle, all blackish and
very small; costal margin also black, very distinctly so at basal
third: antenne pale testaceous; body of similar colouring, but
densely irrorated, rather than clothed, with white scales: under
surface as above. Expanse of wings 34 millim.
One male.
NYcrpMErip®.
Pitaconisra zpBra, sp. n. (Plate XLIIT. fig. 4.)
3d. Like P. similis, Walk. (= helcitotdes, Dewitz), but the sub-
apical patch on the black area of primaries broad and almost
wholly ochreous as in P. formosa, the spot towards external angle
algo ochreous ; secondaries orange-vermilion, with the usual black
border and white-chequered fringe: body as in P. similis. Expanse
of wings 71 millim.
One male,
Noorvipa.
Fopina JoHNsront, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)
Close to F. albicincta, but with the primaries more closely
resembling those of F. postmaculata in pattern, the wing being
crossed as in that species by an oblique buff band ending at external
angle in a greyish lobe; outer margin also buff; fringe greyish.
Expanse of wings 17 millim.
One rather poor exainple.
This is doubtless the African representative of the Ceylonese
F. postmaculata, from which the more buff-tinted markings of the
1896. ] ON A THRDE-HORNED FALLOW DHER. 855
primaries and smoky-brown secondaries with oblique ochreous
subanal line to outer margin readily distinguish it.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
Fig. 1. Physcenwra pione, var. lucida, 3, p. 853.
Fig. 2. Mylothris yulei, 3, p. 853.
Fig. 3. Phrissura nyasand, $, p. 853.
Fig. 4. Phegorista zebra, 3, p. 854.
Fig. 5. Antiphella atrinotata, 3, p. 854.
Fig. 6. Podina johnstoni, 3, p. 804.
December 1, 1896.
Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited (on behalf of Sir Robert Harvey,
Bart.) the head of a three-horned Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris),
and pointed out in his remarks that it was a good illustration of
the complete bifureation of the entire beam of the right horn—the
anterior portion carrying a small froutal tine, the second tine, and
portion of the palm; while the posterior beam, starting from an
independent burr at the base of the horn, carried the characteristic
Herd of three-horned Fallow Deer.
856 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
back tine and a larger portion of the serrated palm: the left horn
being of normal growth.
Mr. Holding also exhibited a singular case of complete sym-
metrical deformity in a pair of Roebuck’s horns.
Mr. H. E. Dresser, at the request of Mr. Thos. Southwell of
Norwich, exhibited a specimen of Pallas’s Willow-Warbler (Phyl-
loscopus proregulus), which he believed to be the first example
of this species recorded as having been obtained in Great Britain.
It had been shot at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk, by the son-in-law
of Mr. H. N. Pashley, on the 31st October last, who at once
informed Mr. Southwell that he had a new Warbler and promised
to send it to him so soon as it was dry enough. Directly he
received it Mr. Southwell forwarded it on to Mr. Dresser. The
scrub at Cley, the spot where it was shot, was the place which had
yielded so many rare migrants, the last of which was the Aquatic
‘Warbler, and there also Mr. Pashley had obtained this specimen.
Pallas’s Willow-Warbler, though it occurred annually on the
western slopes of the Ural, had only hitherto with certainty been
known to occur further west on the island of Heligoland,
where one was obtained in October 1845, and another was said to
have been seen, but not obtained, in October 1875.
Mr. Giitke had proposed to separate the form breeding in Siberia
from that breeding in the Himalayas, but Mr. Dresser, for reasons
stated in his Supplement to the ‘Birds of Kurope,’ p. 75, could
not confirm this view. ‘The present specimen, he remarked, agreed
closely with an adult bird in his collection obtained at Kultuk, in
Siberia, in the month of September.
The following papers were read :—
1. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made
in the Malay Peninsula in 1895-96 ; with a List of the
Species recorded from that Region. By Sranuuy Smyru
Frower, 5th Fusiliers.
[Received October 15, 1896.]
(Plates XLIV.-XLVI.)
Since Dr. Cantor published his ‘ Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting
the Malayan Peninsula and Islands’ in 1847, no general list has
appeared: in his Catalogue mention is made of 106 species of
Reptiles and Batrachians ; in this paper 210 species are listed. Our
knowledge of the herpetological fauna of Malaya since Cantor’s
time has been added to principally in two valuable papers by
Stoliczka in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1870,
vol. xxxix. part ii. pp. 134-228, and 187, vol. xl. part ii. pp. 111—
126), and by collections received in the British Museum from
™ Communicated by the Presipanr.
P:Z.S 1896. Pl. XLIV.
SS.F.&J.Greendeleutith.
MALAY REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.
1. Gonatodes penangensis . 2. haeophorus lexcomystece.
3.Buto melanostietus .
Mint ern Bros. Chromo.
PZ. S896 Pl. XLV.
ee eee és
3
=)
S.S.F.del. Mintern Bros. Chromo.
MALAY BATRACHIANS.
1 Rana macrodon, 2.Ranw erythrew, 3.Ronw labials.
PZ USING, Pll DADVAl,
$.S.F. del. Mintern Bros. Chromo.
MALAY BATRACHIANS.
Rana luctwsw.
4 :
he i nv
\
Wen} ales amie ph eg a
Me
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 857
Dr. N. B. Dennys, Mr. D. F. A. Hervey, Mr. H. N. Ridley,
Mr. L. Wray, etc. The specimens hitherto received have nearly
all been collected in the more settled localities of the Peninsula, .
i. e. Penang, Province Wellesley, Perak, Malacca, and Singapore :
the States of Kedah, Kelantan, Tringanu, Pahang, Johore, etc., are
practically unexplored, so that it is probable that many additions
are stil] to be made to the number of species of Reptiles and
Batrachians from Malaya. There are Museums at Taiping, Kuala
Lumpur, and Singapore: the collection in the latter place I have
had some opportunity for examining, but want of time did not
enable me to do so as thoroughly as I could have wished; the
Taiping Museum I have only paid a short visit to; the Kuala
Lampur one I have not seen: there is alsoa large private collection
of Snakes at the Prye Estate, Province Wellesley, and probably
collections at other places. When all these have been thoroughly
examined, we shall have a better knowledge of the relative
abundance, localities, and varieties of the different species.
I have to acknowledge my sense of obligation to Mr. G. A.
Boulenger for his most kind and useful advice to me both before
starting to the Hast and in working out my collection on refurning
home; also to Mr. J. C. Somerville, 5th Fusiliers, and Mr. H. N.
Ridley, Superintendent of the Botanica) Gardens, Singapore, for
assistance in collecting ; I am also indebted to Mr. A. H. B. Dennys,
of Penang, for a collection of Snakes made a few years ago in the
Province Wellesley, and to Commissioner of Police Mitchell, of
Kedah, for specimens from Kulim and neighbourhood.
In this paper the following species are recorded from the Malay
Peninsula and adjacent islands for, I believe, the first time :—
Gonatodes penangensis, sp. n., Mimetozoon floweri, Blgr., Lepidodac-
tylus ceylonensis, Blgr., Mabuia novemcarinata, Anders., Calamaria
pavimentata, Dum. & Bibr., Rana luctuosa, Peters, Ixalus pictus,
Peters, and Calophrynus pleurostigma, Tschudi; the variations of
Rana macrodon are discussed ; and the tadpoles of four species are
described.
The classification and nomenclature are according to the British
Museum Catalogues of the Reptilia and Batrachia, to which
valuable works I must refer for the complete synonymy of the
various species mentioned ; I have only quoted the names under
which they appear in the standard works referred to.
) Order CHELONIA.
Suborder ATHECA.
Family SpHareip2.
1, Drnmocuetys cortacna, L.
Dermochelys coriacea, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 10 (skull fig. p. 9).
There is a large specimen, unlabelled, in the Raflles Museum,
Singapore, supposed to have been caught in the neighbourhood.
Hab. Tropical seas ; sometimes occurs in the temperate seas.
858 _ MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THA REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,
Suborder THECOPHORA.
Superfamily CRYPTODIRA.
Family Trsrupinips.
2, Cannaaur prora, Gray.
Emys trivittata, Cantor, p. 4.
Tetraonyx affinis, part., Cantor, p. 6.
Batagur affinis, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 40, pl. iii. fig. C.
Callagur picta, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 60.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang through
Cantor ; from his account this species appears not to be numerous,
inhabiting the coasts, rivers, and ponds of Malaya.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
3. Batacur Baska, Gray.
Vetraonyx affinis, part., Cantor, p. 6.
Batagur baska, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 37, pl. iii. fig. B ;
Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 61 (skull fig. p. 62).
There is a specimen in the British Museum from the coast of
Penang through Cantor.
Hab. Bengal, Burma, and Malay Peninsula.
4, HarpELta THURGI, Gray.
Emys thurgi, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 2
Hardella thurgi, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 63 Gaal fig. p. 64, and
shell fig. p. 65).
Giinther (R. B. I. p. 25) says that according to Cantor this species
is found in Penang; but I do not find it mentioned in Cantor’s
Catalogue.
Hab, India (Indus, Ganges and tributaries), and perhaps Malay
Peninsula.
5. Bunnta orassiconnis, Gray.
Emys crassicollis, Cantor, p.3; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 28,
pl. iv. tig. E.
Bellia crassicollis, Boul. Cat. Chet etc. p. 98 (skull fig. p. 98, and
shell fig. p. 99).
Cantor says this species is numerous in the rivulets and ponds
in the valleys of Penang and the Malay Peninsula. Stoliczka
(J. A.S. B. 1870, vol. xxxix. part ii. p. 227) found it common in
the small freshwater streams of Penang.
Hab, Tenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
6, CycLEMyYs PLatTyNora, Gray.
Notochelys platynota, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 17.
Cyclemys platynota, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 130.
There are five specimens in the British Museum from Singapore
collected by Mr. A. R. Wallace. Cantor (p. 3) says that Hmys
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PHNINSULA. 859 |;
platynota inhabits the valleys of the Malay Peninsula and Penang,
but is apparently not numerous ; however, Giinther (R. B. I. p. 18)
remarks, “this was certainly an incorrect determination, as is
evident from his description”: I have not made out to what
species Cantor’s Penang Tortoise belongs.
Hab. Mergui, Malay Peuinsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
7. CycLumys pHoR, Gray.
Cyclemys oldhamiz, Giintber, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 15, pl. v. fig. B.
Cyclemys dhor, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 131.
It is stated in several works that this tortoise occurs in the
Malay Peninsula; Dr. Gray (Cat. Shield Rept. 1855, p. 43) says
that three young tortoises from Penang, described by Cantor
(p. 6) as Tetraonys affinis, were probably the young of this species ;
these specimens are now considered to belong to Callagur picta
and Batagur baska.
Hab. Northern India, Burma, Siam, Camboja, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago.
8. CYcLHMYS AMBOINENSIS, Daud.
Cistudo amboinensis, Cantor, p. 5.
Cuora amboinensis, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 12, pl. iv.
figs. A, B.
Cyclemys amboinensis, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 133 (skull fig.
p- 128, and shell fig. p. 129).
* There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca and
Singapore. Cantor says, “ This species appears to be numerous in
the valleys, in ponds, rivulets and paddy tields, Malayan Peninsula
and Singapore.” Mr. Ridley informed me he had found it plentiful
at Malacca. I found two specimens near the Ayer Htam road in
Penang: the length of carapace of the larger was 198 mm.
Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, extending
eastward to the Moluccas.
9. GEOEMYDA SPINOSA, Gray.
Geoemyda spinosa, part., Cantor, p. 2.
Geoemyda spinosa, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 18; Boul. Cat.
Chel. ete. p. 137.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang
(Cantor) and from Singapore (A. R. Wallace). Mr. Ridley has
found this species on Bukit Timah, Singapore. In January 1896
I found two specimens in the water, in streams on the south side
of Bukit Timah, Singapore; the length of carapace of the larger
was 186 mm. In captivity these tortoises spent nearly all their
time in the water; they fed daily, eating for their size large
quantities of fruit, preferrig pineapple, but also taking orange,
banana, raisins, lettuce, etc. On the 14th of May one laid an
oblong, equal-ended, white egg. These specimens are now alive
in the Society’s Gardens (August 1896).
Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
860 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dec. 1,
10. Txsrupo nays, Schl. & Mill.
Geoemyda spinosa, part., Cantor, p. 2.
Manouria enys, Ginther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 10.
Testudlo emys, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 158 (skull fig. p. 150).
Cantor records this species from the Great Ifill of Penang;
there are two Penang specimens from him in the British Museum.
In March 1896 Mr. Ridley caught a fine female specimen in the
Dindings, and brought it alive to the Botanical Gardens, Singapore ;
the length of carapace was about 520 mm.
Hab. Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and
Borneo.
Family CHELONIDs.
11. Cuntone mypas, I.
Chelonia virgata, Cantor, p. 11; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 53.
Chelone mydas, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 180.
Cantor says, “This species is at all seasons plentifully taken in
fishing-stakes in the Straits of Malacca.”
Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.
12. CuELone mupricata, L.
Chelonia imbricata, Cantor, p. 13.
Caretta squamata, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 54.
Chelone imbricata, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 183 (skull fig. p. 181);
Boul. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 49 (young fig.).
Cantor mentions this species as inhabiting Malayan seas. Dr.
Hanitsch showed me a live specimen caught near Singapore early
in 1896.
Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.
13. Tuanassoouniys carrrra, L.
Chelonia olivacea, Cantor, p. 13.
Caouana olivacea, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 52.
Thalassochelys caretta, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 184.
Cantor says, “ This species is at Penang of rare occurrence.” A
specimen (now preserved in the Raffles Museum) was caught near
Singapore in Jan. 1896; length of carapace 700 mm.
Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.
Superfamily TRIONYCHOIDEA,
Family Trronycnip 2.
14, Trionyx suBPLANUS, Geoffr.
Trionyx subplanus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49.
Lrionyx giintheri, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49, pl. iv. fig. 4.
Lrionyx subplanus, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 246 (skull fig. p. 247).
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 861
Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. A.
R. Wallace.
Hab. Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
15. TRionyx HURUM, Gray.
Gymnopus gangeticus, Cantor, p. 8.
Trionyx gangeticus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 47.
Trionyx hurum, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 249; Boul. Fauna Ind.
Rept. p. 13 (young figured).
Cantor says this species inhabits the rivers and sea-coasts of
Penang and the Malay Peninsula, but that it is not numerous.
Hab. Ganges and Malay Peninsula.
16. TRIonyx PHAYRII, Theob.
Trionye phayrii, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 251 (skull fig. p. 252).
Anderson (J. A.S.B. 1871, p. 30) mentions a specimen of
TLrionyx phayret, Theobald, in the Calcutta Museum from Penang.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula; Java, Borneo.
17. Trionyx carrinacineus, Bodd.
Gymnopus cartilaginca, Cantor, p. 9.
Trionyx ornatus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 48, pl. iv. fig. B.
Trionyx cartilagineus, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 253 (skull figured).
There is in the British Museum a Penang specimen from Cantor ;
he says, “‘ This species is numerous in rivers and ponds, Malayan
Peninsula and Pinang.”
Hab. Burma, Siam, Camboja, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
and Java.
18. PHLOcHELYs CANTORIS, Gray.
Gymnopus indicus, Cantor, p. 10.
Chitra indica, Giinther, Rept.. Brit. Ind. p. 50, pl. vi. fig. C.
Pelochelys cantoris, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 263 (skull fig. p. 262).
The type specimen is in the British Museum from Penang
from Cantor; he says it inhabits the estuaries and sea-coasts of
Penang and the Malay Peninsula.
Hab. Ganges, Burma, China, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and
Philippines.
Order EMYDOSAURIA.
Family CrocopiLipz.
1. Jomisroma scuneentr, 8. Mill.
Tomistoma schlegelii, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 276; id. P.Z.S.
1896, p. 628.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Pulo Tiga,
Perak river, given by Mr. Wray in 1896; and there is a skull
862 MR, 8.8. FLOWDR ON THE REPLILES AND [Dec.1,
from the Perak river in the Taiping Museum. I have heard of a
third specimen from Perak and also of its being found in Pahang.
Hab, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
2. Crocopiius Ponosus, Schn. :
Crocodilus porosus, Cantor, p. 16; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 62.
Crocodilus pondicerianus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 62, pl. vii.
Crocodilus porosus, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 284.
Cantor says this species is exceedingly numerous in the Malay
Peninsula, Penang, and Singapore. Stoliczka (J. A.S. B. 1873,
. 118) found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
‘Wellesley. There are several stuffed specimens and a large skull
of this species in the Raffles Museum ; one shot by Mr. Owen at
Serangoon, Singapore, measures 4°7 metres in total length. In
April 1895 I saw many Crocodiles of this species on the Kedah
river, between Kuala Kedah and Kota Star, when lying up on the
mud-banks under the trees; their markings and vivid yellow and
black colouring render them hard to see in the chequered light
coming through the foliage. I have also seen this species on the
Pandan river, Singapore. It is probably found in every suitable
locality in Malaya.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Southern China, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, North Australia, Solomon
and Fiji Islands.
3. CROCODILUS PALUSTRIS, Less.
Crocodilus vulgarus, Cantor, p. 15.
Crocodilus palustris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 61, pl. vii.
fig. A; Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 285; id. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 5
(skull fig. p. 2). :
Cantor says that this species is numerous at Penang and on the
coast of the Peninsula, but appears to be less so than Crocodilus
porosus. ‘here isa young specimen from Singapore in the British
Museum.
Hab, India, Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Order SQUAMATA.
Suborder LACERTILIA.
Family GEcKonip2.
1. GyMNODACTYLUS AFFINIS, Stol.
Cyrtodactylus affinis, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p, 167.
Gymnodactylus affinis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 42.
Stoliczka says, “‘ The only specimen I caught between the bark
of a large tree near the top of the Government bungalow on
Penang hill; ” he subsequently found it in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley (J. A. 8. B. 1873, p. 118).
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 863
2. GYMNODACTYLUS PULCHELLUS, Gray.
Gymnodactylus pulchellus, Cantor, p. 25; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 46.
Cantor says, “‘ The species appears to be rather numerous on the
hills at Penang, where the individuals obtained were captured in
houses, at an elevation of 2200'.” Stoliczka found it in the
collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley. There
are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore. I obtained
three specimens on Penang Hill at an elevation of 2200 ft. ; one was
caught in an outbuilding, the other two in caves at night.
Although so strikingly marked, they are very difficult to see in
their natural surroundings, the colouring assimilates so to the
irregular rocky walls of the caves. The largest specimen, ¢ , was
220 mm. in total length (H.B. 113, tail 107).
Cantor's description of the life coloration is very good, but, as
pointed out by Stoliczka}, there are properly five dark bands across
the neck and back (and not six). Cantor mentions these dark
bands having sulphur or chrome-yellow margins, Stoliczka speaks
of them as white-edged, and my specimens aiso had white margins.
The upper surfaces of the limbs are unitorm light yellowish brown,
like the back; and the under surfaces of my specimens were bluish
buff.
As Cantor says, they bite fiercely when handled.
Hab. Bengal to Malay Peninsula.
8. GONATODES KENDALLI, Gray.
Gonatodes kendallii, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 63,
This species, for some years only known from Borneo, was
found in Perak by Mr. Wray, who sent a specimen from Larut
(4200') to the British Museum, and in Singapore by Mr. Ridley,
who sent ¢ and 92 specimens to the British Museum. With his
assistance I obtained this species at Singapore. It is to be found
during the daytime in crevices under big rocks in the jungle on
Bukit Timah, and it was only by burning paper in the crevices
that we could get these active little Geckos to leave their retreats.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
4. GONATODES PENANGENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. tig. 1.)
This species is very similar to G'onatodes kendalli in general
appearance, but may be distinguished by the scaling of the lower
side of the digits and by the presence of preanal pores in the
male; in this character connecting G. kendall with the species,
such as G. ornatus, which have preanal pores.
Description.—Habit very slender. Head oval; snout broad and
rounded, depressed, with the canthal ridges developed, longer than
the distance between the eye and the ear- opening, nearly twice the
diameter of the orbit. Eye large. Ear-opening vertically oval.
Limbs long; digits long and slender, compressed. The character
y J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 118.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LVI. 56
864 _MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND (Dee. 1,
of the scales on the lower surfaces of the digits of both hands and
feet at once separates this species from G. kendall, in which
they are entirely covered with small transverse lamelle, while in
this species, though the basal and terminal phalanges have trans-
verse lamellw, the intermediate one is covered with small irregular
scales. ‘There is a large oval plate at the articulation of the basal
and proximal phalanges, as in G. kendalli. Upper surfaces
covered with minute granules, intermixed on the body with
irregularly arranged small tubercles, with slight keels. Rostral
large, quadrangular, not twice as broad as high, with median cleft.
Nostril between the rostral and several small scales. Nine to
thirteen upper and nine to eleven lower Jabials. .Symphysial very
large, subtriangular. ‘Two large chin-shields ; two or three mental
scales following the symphysial are slightly enlarged. Abdominal
scales very small, juxtaposed, convex, keeled. Male with five to
seven preanal pores, arranged in an obtusely angular or crescent-
shaped line. ‘Tail cylindrical, slender, with small keeled scales and
some small pointed tubercles ; but in none of the four specimens
examined are there the series of large spines which are tu be seen
in some specimens of G. kendalli.
Colow (from life). Iris orange or yellow. Above yellowish
brown, mottled with dark brown, deepest (rich red-dark-brown)
on the shoulders. Five transverse yellow bands, two anterior
very bright, three posterior more or less indistinct in some
specimens; the tubercles on the two anterior yellow bands are of
a most brilliant golden colour. Below, head and throat bright
orange, remainder purplish-grey, shading to buff on chest and
extremities of limbs. Tail with alternate bands of light and dark
brown ; in one specimen there are sixteen of these bands, and the
tubercles on the lighter bands are white. The sexes seem to be
coloured alike.
Size. The following dimensions are those of a male :—
nm,
Total length............ 93
Meade ccceicncien: 123
Width of head.......... 74
Bodner rrratrrattec.: 354
Fore Jimb.............. 20
iHindilimbmeeeeee eee 26
TBAT NO DRS ALBEE ge 45
Females seem to be of about the same size.
Locality. I found these Geckos in March 1896, numerous in two
small caves in the rocks at the ‘ Crag,” Penang, at an elevation of
2200 feet: in which they were to be found running over the walls
both by day and night; at dusk they could also be found on rocks
in the open. They are very active.
Four specimens, three males and one female, are now in the
British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
1896.] BATRAOHIANS OF THD MALAY PHNINSULA. 865
5. ASLUROSOALABOTHS FHLINUS, Gthr.
Pentadactylus felinus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 117.
Alurosaurus felinus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 73.
Atluroscalabotes felinus, Boul. op. cit. iii. p. 482.
The type specimen in the British Museum is from Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
6. HEMIDACTYLUS FRENATUS, D. & B.
Hemidactylus frenatus, Cantor, p. 23; Stol. J. A.S.B. 1870,
p- 104; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 120.
Cantor says this species is ‘‘ very numerous in valleys and hills ;.
Malayan Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.” Stoliczka says it
“occurs in Penang; I only obtained it on two occasions, both
times on the pillars of the verandah; it seems to have been
expelled from the interior apartments by the much stronger Peripia
peronit” (=Gehyra mutilata). I had not seen Stoliczka’s. paper
when I was at Penang, but arrived at the same conclusion about
the habits of this species; during a fortnight that I spent on
Penang Hill last March, I noticed that while Gehyra mutilata
swarmed in my room, the smaller Hemidactylus frenatus was only
to be found in the outer verandah. I also found this species in
Georgetown, Penang. The largest specimen I got was 106 mm.
in total length (H.B. 53 mm., tail 53 mm.).
Hab. Southern India, China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula,
islands of Western Pacific and Indian Oceans and St. Helena.
7. Hemipacryius aLnapovil, Murr.
Hemidactylus maculatus, part., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 107.
Hemidactylus gleadovii, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 129; id. Fauna Brit.
Ind., Rept. p. 86 (figured).
Giinther mentions having seen specimens from Singapore.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, and Malay Peninsula.
8. HeMIDACTYLuS DuPRrEssus, Gray.
Hemidactylus depressus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 134.
There is a specimen from Singapore in the British Museym.
Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.
9. HEMIDAOTYLUS LESOHENAULTI, D. & B.
_ Hemidactylus leschenaultiz, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 136.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Tab. India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.
10. Hemipaoryivs coorzt, D. & B.
Hemidactylus coctei, Cantor, p. 23; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 137.
Cantor observed two males in houses in the valley of Penaug.
Hab. India, Malay Peninsula.
56*
866 Mf. 8,8. FLOWDR ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,
11. Hemimaocrytus praryunvs, Schn.
Nycteridium platyurus, Stol. J. A.S B. 1873, p. 113.
Nycteridium schneideri, Giinther, Rep. Brit. Ind. p. 111.
Hemidactylus platyurus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 148.
Cantor observed this species in houses in the valley of Penang;
Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
Hab. India, Ceylon, South China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago.
12. MimeErozoon FLOWERI, Bler.
Mimetozoon flowert, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 767, pl. xxxvi.
The specimen described by Mr. Boulenger I caught at dusk,
Tunning on the ground, in the garden of the “Crag” Hotel,
Penang Hill, at an elevation of 2200’, in March 1896.
Hab, Malay Peninsula.
13. Guuyra MuTILaTA, Wiegm.
Hemidactylus peronii, Cantor, p. 22.
Peripia peronit, Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 163.
Gehyra mutilata, Boul. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 148.
Cantor observed this species in houses in the valley of Penang ;
and Stoliczka says it is the most common House-Gecko all over
the island of Penang, along the sea-coast as well as on the top
of the hill, elevation 2500’. I found this Gecko swarming in
houses qihanarae I stayed in Penang and Singapore (also in Deli,
Sumatra), and, as Stoliczka says, Som the sea-level to the top of
the hill: it is to be found both inside and outside buildings, and
I have also found it in gardens. It is very voracious, and will
attempt to seize any insect ; I have more than once seen a Gehyra
attack a full-sized Hierodula vitrea and repulsed. It shows great
ingenuity both in escaping capture and in obtaining its food.
It frequents lamps especially at night, to catch the insects attracted
by the light. Whenever these Geckos are about you hear their
cheerful noise, and also at intervals during the day when they are
out of sight in holes or under the roof. Cantor (p. 20), in describing
Gecko monarchus, says its cry resembles the monosyllable ‘tok,’
repeated 6 or 8 times with increased celerity ; I have not heard
the cry of G. monarchus, but the above description well suits that
of Gehyra mutilata.
These Geckos throw off their tails on the slightest provocation.
There was one living in the Officers’ Mess at Penang, in which the
reproduced tail had grown bifid laterally.
The young are very different in appearance to the adults, on
account of the slenderer body and tail and the coloration.
Stolicaka (J. A. 8S. B. 1870, p. 163) says “the young lizard is
brown, with numerous rather large round pale spots all over the
body ;” but I have found them pale olive-brown with distinct dark
brown spots above, and immaculate bulf beneath. They seem to
vary greatly. ‘The spots disappear as they grow larger. The adults
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 867
have the power of changing their colour to some extent (as Cantor
remarks of Gecko monarchus); they are generally buff or ash-
coloured by day and almost white by night. From measuring a
large series of specimens, I should say the total Jength of a full-
grown average G, mutilata is 120 mm., of which the head and body
and the tail are each about half.
Hab. Mascarene Islands, Seychelles, Ceylon, Burma, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea; Western Mexico.
14. LEPIDODACTYLUS CEYLONENSIS, Blgr.
Lepidodactylus ceylonensis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 164, pl. xiii. fig. 3.
This species appears not to have been previously recorded from
the Straits Settlements. I caught one female in Headquarter
House, Singapore. ‘Total length 65 mm. (H.B. 36, tail 29).
Colour. Above dark brown, spotted with brick-red and black.
Black lateral line from snout to shoulder passing through eve.
Light yellow spots on lips and behind eyes. Upper surface of
tail red with brown marks. The underpart of the body was
purplish-brown, of the tail rusty-brown and yellow, with minute
black spots.
Hab. Ceylon, Burma, Malay {SUING Borneo, Jaya, and
Engano.
15. LEprpopAcTYLuUS aeRTENS, D. & B.
Platydactylus lugubris, Cantor, p. 16. ’
Peripia cantoris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 110.
Lepidodactylus lugubris, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 165.
Cantor says a single male was captured in his house in the
valley of Penang.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, and
Polynesia.
16. GECKO VERTICILLATUS, Lawr.
Platydactylus gecko, Cantor, p. 17.
Gecko guttatus, Giinther and Stol.
Gecko verticillatus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 183.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from the Malay
Peninsula through Dr. Cantor. Stoliczka found it in the collection
he got from Penang and Province Wellesley. Miiller mentions
Gecko guttatus in the Bale Museum from Singapore; and
Dr. Blanford (P. Z.S. 1881, p. 215) mentions it in the collection he
got from Dr. Dennys from Singapore and neighbouring localities.
Hab. N.E. India, Burma, Southern China, Anam, Siam, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago.
17. GrcKxo stentor, Cant.
Platydactylus stentor, Cantor, p. 18.
Gecko stentor, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 102, pl. xi. fig. A;
Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 184.
Cantor obtained the type specimen “from the villa on the
868 MR. 8. 8. FLOWDR ON THY REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
Pentland Hills, Penang.” Stoliczka (J. A.S.B. 1873, p. 113)
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley, and also (J. A.S. B. 1870, pp. 161, 162) mentions a
specimen of Gecko smithii in the Fort Pit Museum said to be from
Penang.
Hab. Burma, Andamans, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
18. Grcxo monanouvs, D. & B.
Platydactylus monarchus, Cantor, p. 19.
Gecko monarchus, Boul. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 187.
Cantor says, “In the valleys and on the hills of Penang it is
very numerous, swarming at night in rooms, on the walls, and
under the ceiling;” he also mentions the Malay Peninsula and
Singapore as localities. Miiller records this species from Singapore
in the Bale Museum. There are specimens in the British Museum
from Penang and Singapore. I did not see this Gecko in Penang,
but I found it common about the aviary in the Botanical Gardens,
Singapore.
Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
19. PrycHozoon HOMALOOEPHALUM, Crev.
Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Cantor, p. 20; Stol. J. A. S. B.
1870, p. 159.
Ptychozoon homalocephalum (part.), Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 190.
Cantor mentions two specimens captured in a villa on Penang
Hill. Stoliczka says it is not uncommon in Penang, but from
what I heard from inhabitants it must at any rate be rarely seen.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
20. PryoHozoon HORSFIELDI, Gray.
Ptychozoon homalocephalum (part.), Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 190.
Piychozoon horsfieldi, I. Miller, Ver. nat. Ges. Basel, 1892,
p- 209, pl. iv.
The type specimen, a female, is from Singapore from General
Hardwicke’s collection. I caught a male on a wooden post in the
Experimental Gardens, Penang Hill, 1900 ft. Total length 155 mm.
(J.B. 80, tail 75). It tried to bite fiercely when handled. Both
specimens are now in the British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Family Acamipz.
21. Draco vonans, L.
Draco volans, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 256.
Cantor gives Malayan Peninsula and Penang as localities for
this species. Stoliczka says it “‘ appears to be more common in
the jungles of the Wellesley Province and near Malacca, than it is
on Penang itself.” Mr, Mitchell gave me two specimens caught
at Kulim, Kedah. In February, March, and April of this year
I found this species very numerous about Tanglin, Singapore ;
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PBNINSULA. 869
males were more plentiful than females. Of over twenty specimens
examined, the largest male was 200 mm. in total length (H.B. 77,
tail 123), and 86 mm. in extent across its extended ‘“‘ wings”; and
the largest female was 193 mm. in total length (H.B. 75,
tail118). Some of the females contained four rich-yellow-coloured
leathery-skinned eggs about 5 by 4 mm.
Mr. Ridley found this species at the Dindings.
Life-coloration.—In Cantor’s description he does not mention
the differences between the male and female; in my specimens I
found these both noticeable and constant.
Male. Front part of upper surface of head sea-green, with a
black spot between the eyes. General colour of upper surfaces
light bronze-brown, mottled all over with spots and patches of
rich red-brown, dark brown, and black; in some lights fugitive
metallic green shades are seen. Some of the markings are more
definite than others: these are a median black spot on the nape
of the neck, a cluster of black spots in front of the shoulders, two
broken transverse black bands across the body, and a pair of black
spots in front of hips.
Under surfaces of head, body, and limbs are brownish-buff
minutely spotted with dark brown, and metallic green shades are
frequent and vivid. The gular pouch is brilliant yellow.
Tail bronze-brown with rings of dark brown.
Wing-membrane—of the upper surface the portion nearest the
body is of the same light bronze-brown as the back, mottled with
dark brown, beyond this the ground-colour is orange-red, and the
markings get larger and darker, till towards the margin they
coalesce and the light ground-colour cannot be seen. ound the
margin of the parachute is a narrow border of light brown speckled
with black. The under surface varies from pale cobalt to bright
blue, with pink patches and large bars and dots of black.
Female. Differing from the male as follows :—
(i.) Front part of upper surface of head very dark brown or
grey (black spot as in male).
(ii.) The gular pouch is blue or green, minutely speckled with
black.
(iii.) Where the.ground-colour of tle upper surface of the wing-
membrane is orange-red in the male, it is rich yellow in the
female.
(iv.) The uvder surface of the wing-membrane is greenish-
yellow, there are no pink patches, and the black bars and
spots are larger.
These Lizards when at rest on the trunk of a tree, usually in a
vertical position, are almost invisible, owing to their dark mottled-
brown colour, but when darting through the air overhead they
resemble a flashing blue gem, owing to the bright colours of the
underneath of the “‘ wings.” ‘They are very active and nimble,
spreading their parachute as they leap from any point, and alight-
ing gently on all fours closing it as they touch the ground. They
870 MR. 8.8. FLOWDR ON THB RBPLTLES AND [Dee. 1,
can apparently direct their flight exactly. I have seen one slide
through the air (with its wings quite steady) for a distance of
about 20 yards, and then settle on the trunk of a tree.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
22. Draco MacuLatus, Gray.
Draco maculatus, Cantor, p. 39; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 262.
Cantor obtained four specimens from the hills of Penang.
Hab. Assam, Burma, Camboja, Malay Peninsula.
23. Draco rimpriatus, Kuhl.
Draco fimbriatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 119; Boul. Cat.
Liz. i. p. 265.
There is a specimen from Singapore in the British Museum, and
Stoliczka found a specimen in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
24, Draco QUINQUEFASCIATUS, Gray.
Draco quinquefasciatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 118; Boul.
Cat. Liz. i. p. 269, pl. xx. fig. 8.
The type specimen in the British Museum is from Penang, from
Gen. Hardwicke’s collection, and Stoliczka obtained one specimen
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
25. Draco MELANOPOGON, Blgr.
Draco melanopogon, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 492.
The types are in the British Museum; they are from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natunas.
26. APHANIOTIS FuUSOA, Ptrs.
Aphaniotis fusca, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 274.
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natunas.
27. GonyocrrHALvS HERVEYI, Bier.
Gonyocephalus herveyi, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 493.
The type specimen is in the British Musuem from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Natunas.
28. GONYOCEPHALUS BORNEENSIS, Schl.
Gonyocephalus borneensis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 288.
There are four specimens in the British Museum from Malacca,
presented by Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 871
29. GonYooEPHALUS GRANDIS, Gray.
Diplophyrus grandis, Cantor, p. 34, pl. xx.
Gonyocephalus grandis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 298.
Cantor obtained one specimen from the hills of Penang, at an
elevation of 2000 feet.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
30. ACANTHOSAURA ARMATA, Gray.
Lophyrus armatus, Cantor, p. 32.
Acanthosaura armata, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 801, pl. xxii. fig. 1.
Cantor says that “two individuals were obtained from spice
plantations in the valley” at Penang, and there are specimens in
the British Museum from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke’s
collection.
Hab, Tenasserim, Siam, Cochinchina, and Malay Peninsula.
81. Canorrs oristatatius, Kuhl.
Bronchocela cristatella, Cantor, p. 30.
Calotes cristutellus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 316.
Cantor says, “ This species is very numerous in the Malayan
countries both in the valleys and on the hills, Malayan Peninsula,
Pinang, Singapore.” Stoliczka obtained specimens from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and from Singapore (Bronchocela moluc-
cana). Dr. Blanford mentions it in the collection be got from
Dr. Dennys from Singapore. I only obtained one specimen in
Penang, but at Tanglin, Singapore, found this species very nume-
rous; the largest male was 481 mm. in total length (H.B. 113,
tail 368), the females seem to grow to nearly the same size. In
one specimen caught at Tanglin, the tail at 113 mw. from the
anus bifurcated, one branch being 109 mm. long from fork to tip,
the other 197 mm.
As Cantor remarks about this Lizard, ‘‘ the most striking feature
is the great power of suddenly changing its colours.” Both this
species and Calotes versicolor are commonly called Chameleons by
the English in the Straits Settlements. Among the Klings in
Singapore there is a belief that these Lizards have twelve different
colours, which they change during the day, a colour for every
hour.
The colours I have noticed of this species are :—
(i.) Very light yellowish-green.
(ii.) Bright grass-green.
(iii.) Bright green as above with large dark-brown patches.
(iv.) Dark green, almost black.
(v.) Dark brown, almost black.
(vi.) Dull grey-brown.
The brighter green colours are generally uniform ; but the other
872 MR. 8.8. FLOWBR ON THD REPLILES AND [Dec. 1,
colours are on the neck, back, and sides irregularly spotted or
reticulated with darker; or else there are dark bands longitudinal
on the neck and transverse on the body.; while the limbs and tail
are usually marked with transverse dark brown irregular bands.
In April the lips, cheeks, and throat of the males were very
beautiful with golden, red, and crimson shades on the scales.
Both this species and C. versicolor seem of similar habits, liking
bright: sunshine and frequenting gardens and cultivated open land
with small bushes, darting. about the grass and climbing the
branches with the utmost agility. When caught they try to
defend themselves by biting fiercely.
Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
32. CaLorEs VERSICOLOR, Daud.
Calotes versicolor, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 321, & Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Rept. p. 135, fig. p. 136.
Neither Cantor nor Stoliczka seem to have observed this species
in the Malay countries. IF. Miiller records it from Penang in the
Bale Museum, and Blanford mentions it in the collection he got
from Dr. Dennys from Singapore and neighbouring localities.
I found this species fairly common about the Sepoy Lines,
Penang ; a female caught in March contained seven white leathery-
skinned eggs, and one caught in April contained eight. In the
newly-cleared country around Kulim, Kedah, there were large
numbers of Calotes; when the jungle has been cut down, stumps
of the larger forest trees are left standing here and there, several
yards high out of the ground; on a bright sunshiny day, a Calotes
was to be seen on the summit of nearly every one of these stumps,
apparently enjoying the warmth and waiting for passing insects.
The only specimen I obtained here was of this species.
Hab. Afghanistan, Beloochistan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern
China, Sium, and the Malay Peninsula.
33. LioLEris BELLI, Gray.
Liolepis bellii, Cantor, p. 41; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 403.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang, from
Cantor and Capt. Stafford. Cantor says, “ This species appears to
be numerous, but local. ‘Twelve were at one time obtained from a
spice plantation in Province Wellesley.”
Hab. Southern India, Burma, Southern China, Siam, and Malay
Peninsula.
Family Varanipz.
34. VARANUS FLAVESOENS, Gray.
Varanus flavescens, Cantor, p. 28; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind.
p. 65, pl. ix. fig. A; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 309.
Cantor obtained a single specimen at Penang.
Hab. Northern India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PRNINSULA. 873
35. VARANUS NEBULOSUS, Gray.
Varanus nebulosus, Cantor, p. 27; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind.
p- 66, pl. ix. fig. D; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 311.
Cantor obtained one specimen in the hills of Penang ; there are
in the British Museum three specimens from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey. :
Hab. Bengal, Burma, Siam, and Malay Peninsula.
36. VARANUS RUDICOLLIS, Gray.
Varanus rudicollis, Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 313.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Philippines.
37. VARANUS SALVATOR, Laur.
Hydrosaurus salvator, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 67, pl. ix.
fig. .
Params salvator, Cantor, p. 29; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 314;
Boul. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 166 (head fig. p. 162).
Cantor says, ‘ This species is very numerous both in hilly and
marshy localities; Malayan Peninsula and Pinang.” Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. Dr. Blanford found it in the collection he got from
Dr. Dennys from Singapore. I saw many of these Lizards on the
Kedah river in April 1895, and obtained one from Blakan Mati,
Singapore, in January 1896. The English in India and the Straits
Settlements call them “Iguana,” and the Malays ‘“ Beyawh.”
The Chinese prize them highly for the supposed medicinal pro-
perties of the heart, liver,ete. These Lizards are generally infested
with ticks, much resembling one of their scales in size and colour.
A preat part of their food seems to consist of the small crabs
which abound on the mud of the mangrove swamps. In life they
are very handsomely marked—black and bright yellow. The
largest specimen obtained I shot in the Gunong Gajah tributary
of the Kedah river. It was a male—Total length 2362 mm. ; head
and body 1041; tail 1321; girth behind forearms 470; girth
round stomach 584. It is now mounted in the Reptile Gallery of
the British Museum.
Hab. Nepaul, Ceylon, China, Siam, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago, Cape York.
Family Sorvorp2z.
38. Manvuia Novemcaninata, And.
Mabuia novemcarinata, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 179.
This species was discovered by Dr. Anderson in Burma. It
can now be added to the list of Malayan reptiles, as I caught a
specimen near “the Crag,” Penang Hill, elevation 2200 ft.,in March
874 MN. 8.8, FLOWDR ON THD REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,
1896. The colour of the upper parts was bronze, a black band
along each side, and the belly pale green. Total length 205 mm.
(H.B. 92, tail 113).
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula.
39. Maxura MULTIFASorATA, Kuhl,
Euprepes rufescens, Cantor, p. 46.
Tiliqua carinata, part., Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 169.
Mabouia multifasciata, Boul. Cat, Liz. iii. p. 186.
Cantor says it is “‘ exceedingly numerous in the hills and valleys
of the Malayan countries. Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.”
Stoliczka found it common at Penang and on the coast of Pro-
vince Wellesley. This species is very common about George-
town, Penang, especially when the sun comes out after heavy rain,
large numbers are to be seen in the grass and on the stone edges
of the surface drains, enjoying the warmth and showing off their
brilliant metallic colours. I obtained several specimens at Singa-
pore, but did not see it in the same abundance as at Penang.
They vary a good deal in colour, but the most usual variety has
the upper parts uniform olive-brown or bronze, and the lower
parts pale greenish-yellow, with on either side a broad red stripe
starting from above and behind the tympanum, and continuing
either halfway down the body or to the hip; this stripe is highly
iridescent, and changes to gold, orange, crimson, and green as the
light plays on the living animal. The largest specimen obtained
(from Singapore) was 314 mm. in total length (H.B. 111,
tail 203).
Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula eu
Archipelago.
40. Lycosoma anomaopus, Bler.
Lygosoma anomalopus, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 84, pl. xi. fig. 4.
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Dr. J. G.
Fischer from Penang.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
41. Lyaosoma onivacrum, Gray.
Euprepis ernestii, Cantor, p. 47.
Lygosoma olivaceum, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 251.
Cantor mentions this species from the Peninsula and Penang.
Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley.
The young of this species is very brightly coloured, as men-
tioned by Cantor (p. 48) and by Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1873,
p- 118). Although the general scheme of marking is the same,
individnals apparently vary, so, to compare with the above accounts,
I give the colours of a specimen caught by Mr. Ridley in a coco-
nut tree at Galang, Singapore, last April. The length of head and
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 875
body was 32 mm., and the tail (of which the tip was broken)
36 mm. The upper surface of head was light brown, the scales
being edged with black lines. A black line through eye. Lips
and chin immaculate black. The back, sides, and upper surfaces
of the limbs were black, with wavy, irregular but well-defined
transverse lines, pale greenish-white anteriorly, gradually getting
yellowish further back till those across the base of the tail were
yellowish-red. The lower surfaces of the body and limbs were
greenish-white. The lower surfaces of the tues and palms of feet
were brown. The tail was bright red, paler beneath.
Ifab, Tenasserim, Nicobars, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
42. LLyGOsOMA SINGAPORENSS, Stdr.
Eumeces (Mabouya) sinyaporensis, Steindachn. Sitzb. Ak. Wien,
Ixii. 1. 1870, p. 341, pl. iv. fig. 2.
Lygosoma singaporense, Boul. Cat. Liz. ili. p. 297.
Steindachner described this species from a specimen from Singa-
pore. :
IIab, Malay Peninsula.
43. LYGOSOMA JBRDONIANUM, Stol.
Muabouya jerdoniana, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 172.
Lygosoma jerdoniunum, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 300.
Stoliczka caught the type specimen and saw others on the little
island of Pulo Tikus, Penang, and mentions having observed a
very similar, or the same species on one of the small islands near
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
44, Lygosoma Bowrinet, Gthr.
Eumeces bowringii, Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, p. 91.
Euprepes (Riopa) punctatostriatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1871,
p. 31. ; La
Lygosoma bowringit, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 308, pl. xxiii. fig. 3.
Peters records a specimen from Singapore.
Hab. Burma, Hongkong, and Malay Peninsula.
45. LyGosoMA ALBOPUNCTATUM, Gray.
Eumeces punctatus, Cantor, p. 45.
Riopa albopunctata, Stoliczka.
Iygosoma albopunctatum, Boul. Cat, Liz. iii. p. 309.
Cantor says, it “is numerous in the Malayan countries, both on
hills and in valleys. Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.” Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
Hab. India, Assam, Burma, and Malay Peninsula.
876 MR. 8.8. FLOWDR ON THY RDPTILES AND [Dec. 1,
46. Lyegosoma cHatcrpns, L.
Lygosome chaleides, Cantor, p. 49; Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 340.
Cantor obtained two specimens on Penang Hill, and mentions
a third from Singapore in the Museum of the Asiatic Society.
Hab. Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, and Java.
Noru.—In the collection sent by Dr. Dennys from Singapore,
and described by Dr. Blanford (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215), occurs
Eumeces chinensis; but as these specimens were from the Rafiles
Museum, and their locality not known, it probably was not caught
in the Malayan countries, but brought from China.
Suborder OPHIDIA.
Family Tyruioripa.
1. TypHors Linnatus, Boie.
Pilidion lineatum, Cantor, p. 50.
Typhlina lineata, Giinth. Rep. Brit. Ind. p. 171, pl. xvi. fig. B.
Typhlops lineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 15.
I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, 2200 feet. Cantor
mentions it from the hills of Penang, and there are specimens in
the British Museum from Singapore and Malacca.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
2. TYPHLors BramiInus, Daud.
Typhlops braminus, Cantor, p. 52; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind.
p- 175, pl. xvi. fig. 1; Stol. J.A.S.B. 1873, p.114; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, 1. p. 16.
I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, 2200 ft. Cantor says
it is “ numerous in hills and valleys, Pinang, Singapore, Malayan
Peninsula.” Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and the Province Wellesley. Mr. Ridley has found it at
Singapore.
Hab. South Asia; islands of the Indian Ocean; Africa south
of the Equator.
3. TYPHLOPS BOTHRIORHYNOHUS, Gthr.
Typhlops bothriorhynchus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 174, pl. xvi.
fig. G; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 23.
The type specimen is in the British Museum from Penang, from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Northern India (North-West Provinces and Assam) and
Malay Peninsula.
4. TypHLors niGRoALBUS, D. & B.
Typhlops nigroalbus, Cantor, p. 51; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind.
p- 172, pl. xvi. fig. F; Stol. J.A.S. B. 1873, p.114; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, 1. p. 24.
I obtained one specimen on Penang’ Hill, 2200 ft. Length
1896.) BATRACHIANS OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. 877
136 mm. Colour, upper parts black, highly iridescent, lower parts
pinky-grey.
Cantor found two specimens on Penang Hill; Stoliczka found
it in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley ;
and there are specimens in the British Museum from Perak and
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
Family Bows.
5, PyrHon rBvioULATUS, Schn.
Python reticulatus, Cantor, p. 55; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1878, p. 115;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 85.
Cantor says this species is “‘ very numerous in the Malayan hills
and valleys”; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the
British Museum from Penang and Singapore. I have seen
specimens recently caught in Penang, on the Krean river (Prov.
Wellesley), and near Taiping, Perak.
Hab. Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
6. Pyrnon moturus, L.
Python molurus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 205; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, i. p. 87.
Stoliczka mentions having “seen several specimens obtained in
the Wellesley province.”
Hab. India, Ceylon, Southern China, Malay Peninsula, and Java.
7. Pyruon ourtos, Schl.
Python curtus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 89, and P. Z. 8S. 1889,
pl. xlv.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca and
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
Family Inysrp2.
8. CYLINDROPHIS RUFUS, Lawr.
Cylindrophis rufus, Cantor, p. 53; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1873, p.114;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 135.
I obtained one specimen at Tanglin, Singapore. Length
483 mm. Scales in 21 rows. Colour, uniform black above, belly
black with transverse white bands, orange collar-mark on neck,
bright vermilion mark on tail. A second specimen obtained in
Singapore was 546 mm. in length. Cantor mentions one specimen
from Singapore. Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in tho
British Museum from Penang and Singapore.
Hab. Burma and Cochinchina to the Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
878 MR. 8, 8. FLOWER ON THY RUPLILES AND [Dec. 1,
9. CYLINDROPHIS LINEATUS, Blanf.
Cylindrophis lineatus, Blanford, P. Z.S8. 1881, p. 217, pl. xx.;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 137.
The type specimen, from Singapore, belonging to the Raffles
Museum, was described by Mr. Blanford in 1881.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
Family XE£NOPELTIDz,
10. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR, Reinw.
Xenopeltis unicolor, Cantor, p. 54; Peters, Monatsb. Ak. der
Wiss. zu Berlin, 1859, p. 269; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 168 (skull
figured).
Cantor mentions this species from Penang Hill, Province
Wellesley, and Singapore; there is a specimen in the British
Museum from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Peters mentions a
specimen from Princess Hill, Singapore. Of two specimens
observed by me in Singapore, the first, from Tanjong Katong, had
ventrals 188, subeaudals 34, and was 444 mm. in length ; the second,
from Tanglin, had ventrals 175, subcaudals 34, and was 875 mm.
in length.
Hab. Southern India, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
Family CoLusrips.
Series Aglypha.
Subfamily AcrocHoRDINz.
11. Acroonorpus savanicus, Hornst.
Acrochordus javanicus, Cantor, p. 58; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i.
p. 173.
Cantor mentions this species from Penang Mill and Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, and New Guinea.
12. CHERSYDRUS GRANULATUS, Schn.
Acrochordus granulatus, Cantor, p. 59.
Chersydrus granulatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 174.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor, and one from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke.
Hab. From Southern India and Cochinchina to New Guinea.
13. XENODERMUS JAVANICUS, Reinh.
Xenodermus javanicus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 175.
“Our collection contains also a specimen from Penang.’ —
F. Miller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, 1887, p. 268.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PHNINSUDA. 879
Subfamily Conusrin z.
14. PoLyoponroPHis GEMINATUS, Boie.
Herpetodryas prionotus, Cantor, P. Z.S. 1839, p. 52.
Ablabes melunocephalus, Giinther, R. B. I. p. 229.
Polyodontophis geminatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 185.
Cantor mentions a specimen from Malacca. Stolicezka! found
one example in the Botanical Gardens at Singapore, and there
are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore from
General Hardwicke and Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo.
15. PotyovonropHis saairrarius, Cant.
Calamaria sagittaria, Cantor, p. 64.
Polyodontophis sagittarius, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 187.
Cantor mentions one specimen from the Malay Peninsula.
JTab. West imalayas, Bengal, Assam, Malay Peninsula.
16. X®NOCHROPHIS OERASOGASTER, Cant.
Tropidonotus cerasogaster, Cantor, p. 92.
Xenochroplus cerasogaster, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 191.
Cantor mentions one specimen from the Province Wellesley.
Hab. Bengal, Assam, Khasi Hills, and Malay Peninsula.
17. TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGHRTIS, Boie.
Tropidonotus umbratus, part., Cantor, p. 89.
Tropidonotus trianguligerus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 224.
Stoliczka found this Snake in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Penang and Singapore.
Hab. Southern Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
Java, and Ternate.
18. TRopiponorus Piscaton, Schn.
Tropidonotus umbratus, part., Cantor, p. 89.
Tropidonotus piscutor, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 230.
Stoliczka found this Snake (7. quencunctiatus) in the collection
he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Var. A. There is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore.
Var. B. There is a specimen in the British Museum from
Penang from Dr. Cantor. I obtained one specimen from the
Racecourse, Penang. Ventrals 125; subcaudals 77.
Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago. :
1 J.A.S. B. xxxix. part ii. 1870, p. 183.
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. LVII.
SY
ot
880 MR. 8, 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND (Dee. 1,
19. Troprponotus stotatus, L.
Tropidonotus stolatus, Cantor, p. 90; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i.
p- 253.
Cantor mentions this species from the Malay Peninsula; and
there is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from
Dr. Dennys.
Hab, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Malay Peninsula, and
Philippine Islands.
20. Tropiponorus vitta'rus, I.
Tropidunotus vittatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 255.
Stoliezka mentions 1’. vittatus (Giinther’s ‘ Colubrine Snakes’) as
, occnrring in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, Celebes.
_ 21. Tropiponotus suBMINIA‘TUS, Schl.
Tropidonotus subminiatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 256.
This Snake is said to be found in the Malay Peninsula, and as
it is recorded from Tenasserim and Java it seems probable.
Hab. From the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and Southern
China to the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
22, TRoPIDONOTUS CIRYSARGUS, Schl.
Tropidonotus junceus, Cantor, p. 93.
Tropidonotus chrysargus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 258.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang Hill
from Dr. Cantor, and from Perak (hills over 3000 feet) from
Mr. Wray.
Hab. From the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and Southern
China to the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
23. TRoPIDONOTUS MAOcULATUS, Edel.
Tropidonotus maculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 260.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
24. MaonropisrHopon FLAVicEeSs, D. & B.
Macropisthodon flaviceps, Boul, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Perak
from Mr. Wray.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
25, MACROPISTHODON RHODOMELAS, Boie.
Macropisthodon rhodomelas, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.
There are several specimens in the British Museum from
Singapore, where this Snake is very common. Between January
and April 1896 I came across about fifteen specimens around
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 881
Tanglin, Singapore, mostly found in short grass and among low
bushes ; the largest was 609 mm. in length.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
26. Hexicors scnisrosus, Daud.
Tropidonotus schistosus, Cantor, p. 91.
Helicops schistosus, Boul. Cat. Suakes, i. p. 274.
Cantor mentions this species from the Malay Peninsula.
Hab. Southern India, Ceylon, Bengal, Burma, Yunnan, and
Malay Peninsula.
27. Lycopon avnious, L.
Lycodon aulicus, part., Cantor, p. 68; Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881,
p- 215; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 352.
Cantor mentions this species from Penang and the Malay
Peninsula ; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley ; and Blantord mentions it from Singapore.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Himalayas, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina,
Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
28. Lycopon EFFRENIS, Cant.
Lycodon effrenis, Cantor, p. 70, pl. xl. fig. 2; Boul. Cat. Snakes,
i. p. 356.
Cantor obtained one specimen from Penang Hill.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
29. Lycopon suscrncrus, Boie.
Lycodon platurinus, Cantor, p. 96.
Lycodon subcinctus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 359.
Cantor mentions one specimen -from Penang Hill, and there
are two specimens in the British Museum from Singapore; I
obtained one specimen at Singapore. Ventrals 202; sub-
caudals 85 ; length 635 mm.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Philippines.
30. DRYOcALAMUS SUBANNULATUS, D. & B.
Nymphophidiune subannulatum, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 219.
Dryocalamus subannulatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 371.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore
from Mr. Ridley ; and Blanford mentions a specimen from Singa-
pore belonging to the Raffles Museum; I obtained one from
Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
31. Zaoors OARINATUS, Gthr.
Zaocys carinatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 377, pl. xxvii. fig. 1.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Perak and
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
Ya
882 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND {Dee. 1,
32. ZAMENIS KoRROS, Schl.
Coluber korros, Cantor, p. 74.
Zamenis korros, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 384.
1 obtained one specimen near Taiping, Perak. Cantor records
it from Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula ; Stoliczka found it
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and
there are specimens in the British Museum from Penang and
Singapore.
Hab. Sikhim Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Western Yunnan,
Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java.
33. ZAMENIS Mucosus, L.
Zamenis mucosus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 385.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from
Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Transcaspia, Afghanistan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern
China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, and Java.
34. ZAMENIS FASCIOLATUS, Shaw.
Coluber fasciolatus, Cantor, p. 72.
Zamenis fasciolatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i, p. 404.
Cantor obtained this species in Province Wellesley.
Hab. Northern India, Madras, Malay Peninsula.
35. XENELAPHIS HEXAGONOTUS, Cant.
Coluber hexagonotus, Cantor, p. 74.
Ptyas hexagonotus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 186.
Xenelaphis hexagonotus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, 11. p. 8.
I obtained two specimens at Singapore. There are two in the
Raffles Museum labelled Pahang, the largest being 1575 mm. in
length. Cantor obtained one on Penang Lill, Stoliczka found
this species “in a pool of a fresh-water stream on the northern
side of Penang Island,” and also in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the
British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
- Note-—Peters (Monatsb. Berl. Ac. 1859, p. 269) mentions a
specimen of Coluber hewagonotus, Cantor, from Singapore.
36, CoLUBER PORPHYRACEUS, Cant. —
Psummophis nigrofasciatus, Cantor, P. Z. 8S. 1839, p. 53.
Coluber porphyraceus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 24.
Cantor obtained a specimen from Singapore.
Hab. Eastern Himalayas, hills of Assam, Burma, Yunnan,
Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
37. CoLUBER OxXYCEPHALUS, Boie.
Herpetodryas owycephalus, Cantor, p. 80.
Coluber oarycephalus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 56.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 883
Cantor obtained two specimens in the hills of Penang; Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley ; and there is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore.
Hab, Kastern Himalayas, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Note.—Peters (Monatsb.. Berl. Ac. 1859, p- 269) mentions a
specimen from Malacca.
38. CoLUBER MBLANURUS, Schl.
Coluber melanurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 60.
I obtained specimens from Province Wellesley and Singapore ;
there are several specimens in the Raffles Museum, one being
1830 mm. in length. Stoliczka found it in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and there are specimens in
the British Museum from Penang and Singapore.
Hab. Southern China, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java.
39. CoLUBER RADIATUS, Schl.
Coluber radiatus, Cantor, p. 73; Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 61.
Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the
Peninsula; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley ; and there is a specimen in the British
Museum from Penang from Gen. Hardwicke’s collection.
Hab. Southern China, Hastern Himalayas, Bengal, Assam,
Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java.
40. Gonyoruis MARGARITATUS, Ptrs.
Gonyophis margarttatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 71.
Mr. Boulenger mentions a specimen from Singapore, now in the
Indian Museum, Calcutta (Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) vii. 1891, p. 290).
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.
41. Drenpropuis Pietus, Boie.
Leptophis pictus, Cantor, p. 82.
Dendrophis pictus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 78.
I obtained this species at Kulim, Kedah, at Taiping, Perak, at
Tangiin, Singapore, and from Linga Island. Cantor found it at
Penang, and Stoliczka in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley.
Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Bengal, hills of Southern India,
Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
42, DENDROPHIS FoRMOsUS, Boie.
Dendrophis formosus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 84.
I obtained one specimen of this handsome Snake from Crangi,
Singapore, and another from Province Wellesley; the latter
1372 mm. in length. The colours of the former when. freshly.
killed were: top of head dark red-brown ; upper surface of neck:
884 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON tHE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
red; body and tail bronze-brown, each scale with a distinct black
border; a black stripe on each side of the head passing through
eye; upper lip, chin, and throat bright citron-yellow ; lower parts
olive-ereen, black lines on the lateral keels and each subcaudal
distinctly bordered with black. In the latter specimen there were
no black Jines on the lateral keels, or black borders to subcaudal
scales. There is one specimen in the British Museum from
Malacca.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
43, DENDRELAPHIS CAUDOLINEATUS, Gray.
Leptophis caudalineatus, Cantor, p. 85.
Dendreluphis caudolineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 89.
I obtained one specimen at Singapore; there is a specimen in
the Raffles Museum labelled Pahang. Cantor mentions it from
Penang Hill and Singapore ; Stoliczka caught it at Penang, and
also found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley ; and there are two specimens in the British Museum
from Singapore from Dr. Dennys, and one from Perak from
Mr. Leech.
Hab. Southern India, Mergui, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
44, SimoTEs PURPURASODNS, Schl.
Xenodon purpurascens, Cantor, p. 67.
Simotes catenifer, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 121, pl. xi. fig. 3.
Simotes dennysi, Blanford, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 218, pl. xxi. fig. 1.
Simotes purpurascens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 218.
Cantor met with this species on Penang Hill; Stoliczka found it
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley, and
also records a specimen from Johore; there is a specimen in the
British Museum from Singapore; and I obtained one specimen
from Province Wellesley. }
Hab, South China, Cochinchina, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java.
45. Srmores cyoLurus, Cant.
Simotes bicatenatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1878, p. 114.
Simotes cyclurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p: 219.
Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Bengal, Assam, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Southern China,
Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
46. SIMOTES OCTOLINBATUS, Schn.
Simotes octolineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 224.
I obtained a specimen near Taiping, Perak. Ventrals 158;
subcaudals 47. The colour was—above very dark brown, beneath
white, vertebral line scarlet and three white lines along each side.
A specimen canght at Tanglin, Singapore (ventrals 183; sub-
caudals 61), was coloured yellow, with eight black longitudinal
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 885
lines, and the space on centre of back between the two broadest
black lines was red; the belly was also bright red.
A third specimen was caught in the Botanical Gardens, Singa-
pore. Ventrals 168; subcaudals 59. Colours (from spirit) :—
Pale brown above, shading to buff underneath, with eight very
dark-brown longitudinal lines, those nearest the centre of the
back are the broadest, blackest, and most distinctly defired ; the
outer lines are narrow, light, and indistinct; the intermediate rows
are transitional in width, colour, and sharpness of outline. '
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from
Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Southern India, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
47, Simorns sienatus, Gthr.
Sumotes signatus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 215, pl. xx. fig. F;
Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 226.
There are two specimeus in the British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.
48. Srmotns orvENTATUS, Gthr.
Simotes cruentatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 121; Boul. Cat.
Snakes, ii. p. 231, pl. x. fig. 1.
Stoliczka mentions this species as being in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Burma and Malay Peninsula.
49. ABLABES TRICOLOR, Schl.
Ablabes tricolor, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 281.
Mr. Ridley has found this species in the Botanical Gardens at
Singapore; two specimens collected by him there are.in the
British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.
50. ABLABES BALIODIRUS, Boie.
Coronella baliodeira, Cantor, p. 66.
Ablabes baliodirus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 283.
Cantor obtained two specimens from the hills of Penang; I
obtained one from Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.
51. ABLABES LONGICAUDA, Ptrs.
Ablabes longicauda, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 284.
Miiller mentions a specimen from Penang in the Bile Museum
(Verh. natur. Ges. Basel, 1882, p. 143).
Hab. Malay Peniesula, Sumatra, Borneo.
52. MAoROOALAMUS LATHRALIS, Gthr.
Macrocalamus lateralis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 327.
“The only specimen known is from General Hardwicke’s Hast
886 MR, 8.8. FLOWER ON HH REPLILES AND [Dee. 1,
India collection, and is probably from the Continent” (Giinther,
Rept. Brit. Ind. p..199, pl. xviii. fig. D).
Hab. Malay Peninsula ?
53. PsruDORHABDIUM Lona@tcEes, Cant.
Calamaria longiceps, Cantor, p. 63, pl. xl. fig. 1.
Oxycalamus longiceps, Giinter, R. B. I. p. 199.
Pseudorhabdium longiceps, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 329.
The type specimen was caught on Penang Hill and is preserved
in Dr. Cantor’s collection. Stoliczka found one specimen in the
collection he got from Penang and. Province Wellesley. There are
specimens in the British Museum from Perak and from Singapore.
I obtained two specimens from Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
54. CALAMARIA ALBIVENTER, Gray.
Calamaria linnei, var., Cantor, p. 62.
Calamaria albiventer, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 336.
Cantor records this species from the hills of Penang; there are
alsv specimens from Penang in Gen. Hardwicke’s collection in the
British Museum; and I obtained one specimen from Province
Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
55. CALAMARIA SUMATRANA, Edel.
Calamaria sumatrana, W. I. Sclater, J. A. S. B. lx. 1891,
p- 233 ; Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii, p. 339.
There is a specimen from Singapore in the India Museum,
Calcutta.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.
56. CALAMARIA LEUCOCEPHALA, D. & B.
Calamaria lumbricoidea, var., Cantor, p. 61.
Caulamaria leucocephala, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 344.
Cantor records this species from the bills of Penang and
Singapore, and there is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore from Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.
57. CaLaAManra PaviMEntTava, D. & B.
Calamaria pavimentata, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 348.
This Snake appears not to have been recorded before from the
Malay Peninsula. I found one under a stone on Penang Hill,
2100 feet. Ventrals 154; subcaudals 9; length 190 mm.
Colour—upper parts reddish-brown in front, turning to dark
olive-brown on the back, with nine longitudinal black lines ; sides of
head yellow, orange collar-mark; bright yellow marks at base and
tip of tail; lower parts greenish-yellow.
1896.) . BATRAOHIANS OF THB MALAY PENINSULA. 887
)
I obtained a second specimen from the Province Wellesley ; in
coloration and marking identical with the Penang specimen.
Hab, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Canton, Malay Peninsula, and
Java.
Series Opisthoglypha.
Subfamily Homatorsivz.
58. HypsiRHINA INDICA, Gray.
Aypsirhina indica, Boul. Cat. Suakes, iii. p. 4, pl. i. fig. 1.
There are two specimens from General Hardwicke’s collection in
the British Museum, supposed to be from the Malay Peninsula.
Hab. Malay Peninsula?
59. HypsIRHINA PLUMBHA, Boie.
Homalopsis plumbea, Cantor, p. 101.
Hypsirhina plumbea, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 5.
Cantor mentions “two specimens taken in rivulets in the valley
of Penang.” There is a specimen in the British Museum from
Penang from Gen. Hardwicke. Stoliczka found it in the collection
he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
JTab, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
60. HypsirHInA BNHYDRIS, Schn.
Homalopsis enhydris, Cuntor, p. 99.
Hypsirhina enhydris, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 7.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Mr. Swinhoe. Stoliczka found
it in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China, Cochinchina,
Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
61. HypsirnHina sreBoLpit, Scbl.
Homalopsis sieboldii, Cantor, p. 98.
Hypsirhina sieboldii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 11.
Cantor obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley.
Hab. India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.
62. Homatopsis BuccaTa, L.
Homalopsis buccata, Cantor, p. 96; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 14
(skull fig.).
Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.
Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Malacca and Singapore.
I obtained two specimens at Singapore; the larger was 1130 mm.
in length,
Hab. Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
and Java.
888 MR. 8.8. FLOWER ON THE REPYILES AND [Dee. 1,
)
63. CERBERUS RHYNOHOPS, Schn.
Homalopsis rhynchops, Cantor, p. 94.
Cerberus rhynchops, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 16.
Cantor mentions this spécies from the “ Malay Peninsula and
Islands,” and there are specimens in the British Museum from
Penang from him, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley.
This appears to be a common species. I obtained one specimen
from Tanglin, Singapore, six from Changi, Singapore (sea-water),
and three from Linga Island (sea-water). Seven of these had 23
rows of scales, and three 25 rows; the ventrals varied from 139 to
150 and the subcaudals from 54 to 64; they varied in length from
470 to 670 mm.
Both Homalopsis and Cerberus seem sluggish on land, and gentle
when handled.
Hab, India, Ceylon, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago, and the Pelew Islands.
64. ForDONIA LEUCOBALIA, Schl.
Homalopsis leucobalia, Cantor, p. 102.
Fordonia leucobalia, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 21.
Cantor says this species is found in freshwater, in estuaries,
and at sea at Penang and in the Peninsula.
Hab. Rivers and coasts of Bengal, Burma, Cochinchina, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, and North Australia.
65. CanToRIA VioLacna, Gir.
Cantoria elongata, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 277.
Cantoria violacea, Boul. Cat. Snakes, vol. iii. p. 23; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 380 (head figured).
A specimen was procured at Singapore by the U.S. Exploring
Expedition, under the command of Capt. Charles Wilkes, U.S.N.
(Girard, Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1857, p. 182.)
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Borneo.
66. Hiristus HyDRiINvs, Cant.
Homalopsis hydrina, Cantor, p. 104, pl. xl. fig. 4.
Hipistes hydrinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 24.
Cantor obtained one specimen from the coast of Penang, and
two from the const of Kedah. There is a specimen in the British
Museum from Penang from Mr. Day, and Stoliczka found it in
the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Blanford mentions it from Singapore (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215).
Hab. Mouths of rivers and coasts of Pegu, Siam, and Malay
Peninsula.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF tHE MALAY PENINSULA. 889
Subfamily DrpsapoMoRPHIN£.
67. DIpsADOMORPHUS MULTIMAOULATUS, Boie.
Dipsas multimaculata, Cantor, p. 76.
Dipsadomorphus multimaculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 63.
Cantor mentions this species from the hills of Penang and the
Peninsula.
Hab. Southern China, Indo-China, Burma, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago. :
68. DirsapomorrHus GoKoon, Gray.
Dipsas cynodon, part., Cantor, p. 77.
Dipsadomorphus gokool, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 64.
Cantor obtained one specimen on Penang Hill.
Hab. Bengal, Assam, and Malay Peninsula.
69. DipsADOMORPHUS DENDROPHILUS, Boie.
Dipsas dendrophila, Cantor, p. 76.
Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 70.
Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the
Peninsula; Stoliczka found it inthe collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Singapore.
I obtained two large specimens at Kota Star, Kedah; length
1750 and 2310 mm. The yellow markings were very bright and
distinct.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
70. Divsapomorruus saspipnus, D. & B.
Dipsadomorphus jaspideus, Boul.Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 73 ; F. Miiller,
Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1882, p. 151.
There is a specimen from Penang in the Bale Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
71. D1rpsaDOMORPHUS DRAPIBZI, Boie.
Dipsadomorphus drapiezti, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 74.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey, also one from Singapore.
I saw one specimen in the jungle on Bukit Tinah, Singapore :,
ventrals 276, subcaudals 156; length 1524 mm.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
72. DirsADoMorePHUS OYNoDON, Boie.
Dipsas cynodon, part., Cantor, p. 77.
Dipsadomorphus cynodon, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 78.
Cantor obtained this species in Province Wellesley. Stoliczka
mentions Dipsas cynodon as being in the collection which he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley. There are specimens in the
890 MR, 8. S. FLOWER ON THH REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
British Museum from Malacca from Mr. Hervey, and from
Singapore from Mr. Ridley and Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
73, PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Boie.
Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 172.
Stoliczka mentions this species as occurring in the collection he
got from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and there is a specimen
in the British Museum from Kinta, Perak, from Mr. Wray.
Hab. Fastern Himalayas, Khasi and Assam hills, Burma, Indo-
China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
74, DRYOPHIS XANTHOZONA, Boie.
Dryinus prasinus, var. A, Cantor, p. 82.
Dryophis xanthozona, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 180.
There is a specimen from Penang from Dr. Cantor in the
British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Java.
75. DRYOPHIS PRASINUS, Boie.
Dryinus prasinus, part., Cantor, p. 81.
Dryophis prasinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 180.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. I obtained one specimen in Penang; butin Singapore,
about Tanglin, found this Snake in abundance, coloured either
bright green or light brown; judging from the specimens I
observed, the green variety seems to predominate and to grow to
a larger size than the brown. The longest green one I measured
was 1778 mm. iu length, but I have seen one about 2000 mm.
These Snakes are very gentle when handled.
Hab. Yastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Indo-China, Malay
Peninsula and Archipelago.
76. DryYopHIors RUBESCENS, Gray.
Chrysopelea rubescens, Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 195.
Dryophiops rubescens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 194.
Stoliczka found one specimen on Penang Mill, and also in the
collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
77. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA, Shaw.
Leptophis ornatus, part., Cantor, p. 87.
Chrysopelea ornata, Bou). Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 196.
Var. A. There are specimens in the British Museum from
Penang from Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys.
Stoliczka describes this species as common on Penang Hill in 1869,
and found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA, 891
Wellesley. I obtained one specimen from Kulim, Kedah, and two
from Singapore, the largest being 1235 mm. in length.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China,
Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
78. CHRYSOPBLEA CHRYSOCHLORA, Reinw.
Leptophis ornatus, part., Cantor, p. 87.
Chrysopelea chrysochlora, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 198.
Cantor gives Penang and the Peninsula as the localities from
which he obtained this species, and there is a specimen in the
British Museum from Singapore from Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Series Proteroglypha.
Subfamily Hypropnuna.,
79. Ilyprus PLatruRus, L.
Iydrus bicolor, Cantor, p. 135,
Ilydrus platurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 267.
Cantor obtained a single specimen from the coast of Province
Wellesley. Blanford mentions this species (Pelamis bicolor) from
Singapore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215.
Jiab. Indian Ocean, Tropical and Subtropical Pacific.
80. HypropHis C#RULESCENS, Shaw.
Hydrophis cerulescens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 275.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Bombay coast, Bay of Bengal, and Straits of Malacca.
81. Hyproruis nicrocincrus, Daud.
Hydrophis nigrocinctus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 277.
Mr. Boulenger informs me that a specimen iu the British
Museum from Dr. Bleeker is probably from off the coast of
Sumatra.
Ilab, Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.
82. Hypropuis oANtonis, Gthr.
Hydrus gracilis, part., Cantor, p. 130.
Hydrophis cantoris, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 281, pl. xiv.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.
83. HypropHis Fascratus, Schn.
Hydrophis fasciatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 281.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Cantor.
Hab. From the coasts of India to China and New Guinea.
892 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THR REPTILES AND (Dee. 1,
84. Hyprorais rorguarus, Gthr.
Hydrus nigrocinctus, Cantor, p. 128.
Hydrophis torquatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 283.
Cantor gives as locality of this species “sea of Malayan Penin-
sula, Penang, and Singapore.”
Hub, Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.
85. Distina sroxnsit, Gray.
‘Distira stokesii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 288 (skull fig. p. 286).
There are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore.
Blanford mentions two specimens (one 1626 mm. long) from
Singapore (P. Z. 8S. 1881, p. 215).
Hab. Indian Ocean, Straits of Malacca, and north coast of
Australia.
86. Disrira BRUGMANSII, Boie.
Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.
Distira brugmansii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 292.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. Persian Gulf, coasts of India and Burma, Straits of
Malacca, and the Malay Archipelago.
87. Distima oyanoctncta, Daud.
Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.
Distira cyanocincta, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 294.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. From the Persian Gulf and the coasts of India to China,
Japan, and Papuasia.
88. Distira JERDONII, Gray.
Hydrus nigrocinctus, var., Cantor, p. 129, pl. xl. fig. 8.
Distira jerdonii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 299.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab, Bay of Bengal, Straits of Malacca, and Borneo.
89, ENHYDRIS HARDWIOKII, Gray.
Iydrus pelamidoides, Cantor, p. 133.
Enhydris hardwickii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 301.
Cantor mentions “ sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands ” among
the localities of this species. Giinther (Rept, Brit. India, p. 380)
says of the typical specimen of Hydrophis hardwickit, “ several
circumstances lead me to suppose it was procured at Penang.”
There are two specimens in the British Museum from Singapore
from Mr. Swinhoe.
Hab. From the Bay of Bengal to the Chinese Sea and New
Guinea.
1896.]} BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 893
90. EINHYDRINA VALAKADIEN, Boie.
Hydrus schistosus, Cantor, p. 132.
Enhydrina valakadien, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 302.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor.
Hab. From the Persian Gulf, along the coasts of India and Burma
to the Malay Archipelago and Papuasia.
91. AipysuRuUS HYDOUXI, Gray.
Aipysurus eydouxii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 304.
Boettger mentions three specimens said to have been caught at
Singapore (Zool. Anz., 1892, p. 420).
I obtained one specimen, a male, from Sourabaya, Java, and
kept it alive in a tin of sea water for about a month, when it died
through an accident. It was gentle when handled, never attempt-
ing to bite. It could move fast, but awkwardly, on dry land, and
sometimes would crawl out of the water of its own accord. The
colours in life are very handsome—above dark olive-brown, with
bright yellow transverse stripes, the stripes and edges of the brown
~ scales outlined in black; beneath bright yellow. Ventrals 134.
Length 559 mm.
Hab. Seas of Malay Archipelago.
92. PLaruRUS CoLUBRINUS, Schn.
Laticauda scutata, Cantor, p. 125.
Platurus colubrinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 308 (skull fig.
p- 307).
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from
Dr. Cantor. Blanford mentions this species (Platurus scutatus)
from Singapore (P. Z. S. 1881, p. 215).
Hab. From the Bay of Bengal to the China Sea and the West
South Pacific.
Subfamily Evapinz.
93. BunGgarus Fascratus, Schn.
Bungarus fasciatus, Cantor, p. 113; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii.
p- 366.
Cantor mentions this species from Penang and Prov. Wellesley,
and Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and
Province Wellesley. Blanford mentions it from Singapore.
Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Penin-
sula, Sumatra, and Java.
94. BuNGaRUS CANDIDUS, L.
Bungarus candidus, Cantor, p. 113; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iti.
p- 368 (skull fig. p. 365).
Cantor mentions this species from Kedah, and there are five
894 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON TID REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,
specimens from him in the British Museum from Penang and the
Peninsula.
Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Penin-
sula, Java, and Celebes.
95. Bunaanus Fiaviorrs, Reinh.
Bungarus flaviceps, Cantor, p. 112; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii.
p. 371.
I obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley. Veuntrals
237 ; subcaudals 53, of which the first 16 were single and the
remainder double, except the 19th, 29th, 30th, 31st, and 32nd.
There were three postoculars on the right side. It was 1473 mm.
in length.
Cantor mentions obtaining one specimen on Penang Hill.
Hab. Tenasserim, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java.
96. Nata rripuprans, Merr.
Naja lutescens, Cantor, p. 117.
Naia tripudians, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 380.
Cantor says this species is found in Penang, Singapore, and the
Peninsula, and that the brown variety prevails at Penang and the
black at Singapore. Several residents in the Settlements have told
me the same thing. The largest Cobra I met with was a black
one in Singapore, 1372 mm. long. Mr. Ridley caught in the
Botanical Gardens, Singapore, a Cobra in the act of swallowing a
Macropisthodon rhodomelas. A Cobra that I obtained from Kulim,
Kedah, belonged to a third colour variety, C. 6. in Boulenger’s
‘Catalogue of Snakes,’
Hab. Southern Asia, from Transcaspia to China and the
Malay Archipelago.
97. Nara Bunaanus, Schl.
Hamadryas ophiophagus, Cantor, p. 116.
Nia bungarus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 386.
Cantor records this species from Penang Hill and Province
Wellesley, and there is a specimen in the British Museum from
Singapore from Dr. Dennys. From all accounts the Hamadryad
is still common in the hills of Penang, and I have seen several
skins of large individuals killed near Taiping, Perak.
Hab, India, Burma, Indo-China, Southern China, Malay Penin-
sula aud Archipelago.
98. CALLOPHIS GRACILIS, Gray.
Elaps nigromaculatus, Cantor, p. 108, pl. xl. fig. 7.
Callophis gracilis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 396.
Cantor records this species from the hills of Penang and from
Singapore.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
1896.] BATRAOHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 8995
99. CaLLopmis MACcULIOnPS, Gthr.
laps melanurus, Cantor, p. 106, pl. xl. fig. 6.
Callophis maculiceps, Boul. Cat. Suakes, ili. p. 397.
Cantor obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley.
Hab. Cochinchina and Malay Peninsula.
100. DotiopHis BIVIRGATUS, Boie.
Flaps bivirgatus, Cantor, p. 109.
Elaps flaviceps, Cantor, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 33.
Doliophis bivirgatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 400.
Cantor obtained this species from the hills of Penang and from
Malacea ; Stoliezka found it in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British
Museum from Penang and Singapore.
I obtained specimens from Kulim, Kedab, from Singapore, aud
from Province Wellesley, the latter 1372 mw. in length.
Hab. Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
and Java.
Note.—Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 182, records a speci-
men of Doliophis flaviceps from Singapore.
101. DottopHis 1nrustinatis, Laur.
Elaps intestinalis, Cantor, p. 107.
Elaps furcatus, Cantor, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 34.
Doliophis intestinalis, Boul. Cat. Suakes, ii. p, 401.
Of this Snake Cantor says “it is of no uncommon occurrence
in the hills of Penang, at Malacca, and at Singapore.” Stoliczka
found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. I obtained two specimens from Tanglin, Singapore, and
two from Province Wellesley, one of the latter belonging to the
variety ¢trilincatus. There are in the British Museum specimens of
the variety lineata from Penang and Singapore, and of annectens
from Singapore.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Family AMBLYCEPHALIDS.
102. HaPLOPHLTURA BOA, Boie.
Dipsas boa, Cantor, p. 78, pl. xl. fig. 3.
Haplopeltura boa, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 439.
Cantor obtained this species from the hills of Penang.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
103. AMBLYCEPIALUS L&VIS, Boie.
Amblycephalus levis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 441.
This Snake is said to have been found at Malacca, but 1 have
not been able to discover where it is recorded.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Natuna Islands, Borneo, and Java.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. LVIII. 58
896 MR. S. 8. FLOWER ON TIE RUPTILES AND Dee. 1
,
104, AMBLYCEPHALUS MALACOANUS, Ptrs.
Asthenodipsas malaccana, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1864, p. 273,
pl. —. fig. 3.
Amblycephalus malaccanus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 442.
One specimen was obtained in the neighbourhood of Malacca
(sce Peters, Ll. s. ¢.).
fab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.
Family VirEripm,
Subfamily Croraninam.
105. Lacnrsis monricona, Gthr.
Trimeresurus convictus, Stoliczka, J. A.S. B. 1879, p. 224, pl. xii.
fig. 1.
Lachesis monticola, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 548.
Stoliczka caught one specimen on Western Hill, Penang, and
there is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore.
Hab. Tibet, Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula, and
Sumatra.
106. Lacnzsis puRPURTOMACULATUA, Gray.
Trigonocephalus puniceus, Cantor, p. 122.
Lachesis purpureomaculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 553.
Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.
Var. A.—There are specimens in the British Museum from
Penang and Singapore. 1 obtained one from Tanjong Katong,
Singapore. Ventrals 172; subcaudals 57 (double, except the
2nd and 3rd, which were single). Scales in 25 rows.
Var, B.—There is one specimen in the British Museum from
Penang from Dr, Cantor.
Hab, Wimalayas, Bengal, Assam, Burma, Andamans, Nicobars,
Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
107. LacHEsis GramMIneEvs, Shaw.
Trigonccephalus gramineus, part., Cantor, p. 119.
Trimeresurus erythrurus, Stoliczka, J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 217.
Lachesis gramineus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ili, p. 554.
Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula as localities
of this species; Stoliczka obtained specimens from Penang and
Province Wellesley ; and I obtained four specimens from Province
Wellesley. Blanford mentions this species froin Singapore.
Hab. South-eastern Asia.
108. LaowEsis suMaTRANUS, Raffles.
Lachesis sumatranus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 557.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore
from Dr. Dennys.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. 897
109. LacHEsis WAGLERI, Boie.
Trigonocephalus sumatranus, Cantor, p. 121, pl. xl. fig. 9.
Lachesis waglert, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 562.
Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula as localities
of this species ; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley. There are specimens in the
British Museum from Penang, Taiping (Perak), Malacca, and
Singapore. I obtained a specimen on Bukit Timah, Singapore.
Blanford mentions this species from Singapore and Selangor.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Clas BATRACHTIA.
Order ECAUDATA.
Suborder PILANEROGLOSSA.
Series FIRMISTDRNIA.
Family Raniz.
1. Oxyatossus tia, Tschudi.
Oxyglossus lima, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 5.
This species is said to occur in the Malay Peninsula, but I have
not been able to find it recorded south of Tenasserim, though it
occurs again in Java.
Hab. Lower Bengal, Burma, Southern China, Camboja, Siam,
Malay Peninsula, Java.
2. OxyeLossus LavIS, Gthr.
Oxyglossus levis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 6.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Perak from
Mr. Wray, one from Larut, the other from Changkatjerin. I
found two specimens in the Raffles Museum, unlabelled.
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, Philippine
Islands.
3. RANA CYANOPALYcTIS, Schn.
Rana leschenaultiz, Cantor, p. 138.
Rana cyanophlyctis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 17.
Cantor mentions two specimens from the Malay Peninsula, and
says “‘ the species is apparently not numerous.”
Hab. South Arabia, Baluchistan, Cashmere, Himalayas (up to
6000 ft.), India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.
4, RANA LaviIoErs, Blgr.
Rana laticeps, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 20, pl. i. fig. 1.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from
58*
898 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND [Dee.1,
Mr. Hervey. A Frog in the Raffles Museum, Singapore, labelled
“« Malacca,” is apparently of this species, but it is in a bad state of
preservation, and the back is quite smooth, without the tubercles
which are present in Mr. Hervey’s specimen; both are females.
Hab, India, Malay Peninsula.
5. Rana Macropon, Kuhl. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.)
Rana fusca, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 115.
Rana macrodon, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 225, pl. xxi. fig. 4
(upper view of head); Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 4
(inside of mouth).
As first pointed out by Mr. Blanford, there seem to be two varie-
ties of this species, very different in appearance. The specimens I
collected at Penang are so different from those I got at Singapore,
as to appear to be of distinct species: but on comparing them
with the large series in thé British Museum from many different
localities in the East Indies, I cannot find any constant characters
by which to separate the two varieties.
Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley, but from his description one cannot tell
to which variety his specimens belonged. I. Miiller mentions a
specimen of Rana macrodon (Giinth. Cat. Batr. p. 8) from Malacca
in the Bale Museum (Verh. naturforsch. Ges. Basel, vii. 1882-85).
The following description will, I trust, be of use in identifying
this Frog: provisionally I have called the broad-headed form the
Singapore variety, and the narrower-headed the Penang variety.
Vomerine teeth on two straight ridges running obliquely back
from the anterior angle of the choan, and converging behind so as
to meet, if prolonged, nearly in a right angle, but rather widely
separated ; a strong osseous transverse ridge behind the choane ;
lower jaw with two fang-like bony prominences in tront, fitting
into hollows inside the upper jaw; when the mouth is closed, the
size to which these prominences are developed is variable.
Head large, this is especially so in the adults of the Singapore
variety. In the typical Penang variety the snout is usually
pointed, but very variable in shape; in the Singapore variety it is
broad and rounded at the end. Blanford says of the snout of the
Singapore variety, ‘‘no trace of canthus rostralis,’ but in my speci-
mens, though but slightly developed, it is at once apparent; no
constant distinction can be made between the two varieties in
regard to the amount of depression of the snout. Occiput more
or less swollen at the sides. The nostrils are nearer the end of
snout than the eye; their distance apart in the Penang variety is
equal to or greater than the interorbital space, while in the Singa-
pore variety it is considerably less: this character will be found
useful in distinguishing between the two varieties, but it does not
hold good for young specimens. In all seven Penang specimens
the breadth across the gape is about equal to the distance from
angle of mouth to end of snout, and considerably less than the
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 899
length of the hind foot; while in all the adult Singapore specimens
examined the breadth across the gape is greater than the distance
from angle of mouth to end of snout, and equal to or greater than
the length of the hind foot, but in the young of the Singapore
variety the gape is less than the hind foot. The interorbital
space in the Jargest Penang specimen is equal to, in the six others
less than, the upper eyelid, in some considerably less; in the
Singapore variety, in young specimens the interorbital space is
slightly less than the upper eyelid, in fair-sized specimens equal
to it, and in large specimens one half broader than the upper
eyelid. Blanford mentions the Singapore frog as having a smaller
eye; but if specimens of similar size of the two varieties are com-
pared, it will be seen not to be noticeable. Tympanum distinct,
slightly larger in the Singapore variety, but variable in size; it is
also variable in shape, when not circular, in the Singapore variety
it has its greater diameter in a vertical position, in the Penang
variety in a horizontal direction. In the Singapore variety a
streng, prominent fold (well-developed in even quite small
speciinens) runs from behind the eye horizontally to over the
tympanum, and then turns down at an obtuse angle and runs
straight to the shoulder; in the Penang variety this fold is much
less prominent, and instead of forming an obtuse angle forms a
curve above the tympanum; however, this character cannot divide
the two forms, as in the British Museum specimens will be found
with every gradation from the angular to the curved fold.
Fingers moderate, first much longer than the second; toes
broadly webbed, in the Singapore variety the web is more deeply
emarginate than in the Penang variety, the terminal two phalanges
of the fourth toe have only a narrow fringe of web along their
sides. ‘he tarsal fold is very variable in size, and often wanting.
The fingers and toes have slightly though distinctly swollen tips,
and the subarticular tubercles of fingers and toes are well developed;
the inner metatarsal tubercle is elongate and blunt, there is no
outer tubercle: in these characters there is no difference between -
the two varieties. The hind limb being carried forward along the
body the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches beyond the eye, usually
to the end of the snout: the Penang specimens have on the whole
longer hind legs than those from Singapore when measured in this
way.
Skin smooth above. Hinder portion of upper eyelid tubercular.
In young specimens there is a narrow glandular fold on each side
of the back, and other, both round and longitudinal, glands
scattered over the skin of the upper surfaces; these glands gradu-
ally disappear with age, but seem more persistent in the Penang
variety. Male without vocal sacs.
Blanford distinguished the Singapore variety from Jtana fusca
(Blyth) by, 1st, a much broader head; 2nd, a smaller eye; 3rd, a
larger tympanum; 4th, flatter muzzle; 5th, nostrils nearer together ;
6th, web of the hind toes less developed. Although, as mentioned
900 MR. 8, 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND { Dec. 1,
before, I can find no constant characters to separate the two
varieties, the following points should be noticed :—
(i.) Breadth of interorbital space compared to the distance
between the nostrils.
Gi.) General form of the snout.
(iii.) Shape and prominence of the tympanic fold.
(iv.) Shape of the tympanum.
(v.) Amount of emargination in the webbing of the hind
toes.
Localities. Of the Penang variety 1 collected seven specimens
in small ponds on Penang Hill, at elevations of from 2000’ to 2200',
in March 1896. They are active frogs and good swimmers, and
locally called ‘“ Koldok-ayer” (Malay). There is in the British
Museum a specimen fron Mr. Wray, from the hills of Larut,
Perak, at an elevation of between 3000’ and 4000’, which agrees
with the Penang variety in the more pointed snout, in the distance
between the nostrils being greater than the interorbital space, in
the skin having longitudinal glandular folds, and in the webbing
of the hind feet, but the tympanic fold is angular.
Of the Singapore variety I collected eight specimens from the
following places in the island—Passir Panjang, Botanical Gardens,
and Bukit Timah, at elevations of less than 400 ft., in January and
April 1896. Four large specimens from Dr. Dennys, one from the
Raffles Museum, and three young specimens from Mr. Ridley, all
from Singapore, and now in the British Museum, agree with my
specimens of corresponding sizes, and are distinctly of this variety,
the full-grown ones showing well the characteristic broad head
and angular prominent tympanic fold. There are several large
specimens of this variety in the Raffles Museum, Singapore; one
(in spirit) has a Dryophis prasinus in its mouth. This Frog seems
common but local in Singapore island, and is known as the “red
frog” or “ Koldok-merah” (Malay): it isa very handsome animal
from its athletic build, bright eye, and brilliant colour, which last,
however, helps to conceal the frog when (as I have more than once
found it) among large fallen leaves of the same bright red as itself.
When frightened, both the Penang and Singapore varieties take to
the water, diving straight in and seeking concealment immediately
at the bottom. i
Although, as far as we know, only the one variety inhabits
Penang and the other Singapore, there are specimens of both in
the British Museum from Java, and also from Borneo, where are
also intermediate forms with the angular tympanic fold, but the
distance between the nostrils greater than the interorbital space,
and with fully-webbed hind feet. There is a specimen in the
British Museum from Great Natuna Island, from Mr. Hose, which
geems identical with the Singapore variety.
Colour, from life. Specimens from Penang Hill—Upper parts
rich dark olive-brown or green, with or without a broad orange
vertebral line. Chin white. Belly and lower side of limbs pale
oruige.
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF TILD MALAY PENINSULA. 901
Specimens from Singapore.—Upper parts bright bronze or
chocolate-red, varies very much in intensity, in captivity becomes
a pale yellowish- or brownish-red. In one half-grown specimen
the upper parts were a dark olive-brown. A very narrow pale
yellow vertebral stripe seems usually present, but often very irre-
gular, not following the centre of the back. Lower surfaces
yellow, paler or bluish-white on the throat, more or less spotted
or mottled with black. Lips very pale yellow, extensively marked
with black. A black line under the fold from eye to tympanum,
continued but narrower to angle of mouth. Iris golden. Limbs
indistinctly barred with dark brown; a narrow, pale yellow,
distinct stripe down the hind leg, the skin behind this is white or
yellow, marbled with black; the web between the toes is dark
brown. Quite small specimens, of about 4 mm. in length, are
very differently coloured from the adults, and somewhat resemble
Rana limnocharis.
Size. The largest Penang specimen is 92 mm. from snout to
vent. The largest Singapore specimen I have measured is 165 mm.
from snout to vent, and the width of the head at the angle of
the mouth is 76 mm. ‘This species seems to attain a larger size in
Singapore than in any other locality.
Hab. Upper Burma, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and
Archipelago.
6. RANA PLICATELLA, Stol.
Rana plicatella, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1878, p. 116, pl. xi. fig. 1;
Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26.
This Frog was discovered by Stoliczka in the collection he got
from Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
7. RANA TIGRINA, Daud.
Rana tigrina, Cantor, p. 1389; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26; id.
Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 449 (figured).
Cantor says this species ‘‘is excessively numerous in valleys and
hills, after heavy falls of rain, Malayan Peninsula and Islands.”
Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 112) mentions Rana tigrina, var.
pantherina, in the collection be got from Penang and Province
Wellesley. There are in the British Museum specimens from
Penang, from Dr. Cantor, Major Sykes, and Sir A. Smith.
In April 1895 I found this Frog common in the evening about
Kota Star, Kedah.
Hab. Nepal, Sikhim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Formosa,
Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
8. RANA LimvocitArts, Boie.
Rana gracilis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 28; Stol. J. A.5. B. 1870,
p- 142.
Rana lymnocharis, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 116.
Rana limnocharis, Boul. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 450.
a
902 MR. 8.8. FLOWER ON IE REPTILES AND [ Dee. ],
Stoliczka says this species is very common in Penang and
Province Wellesley, and from Penang Hill (2000 ‘ft.) he obtained a
variety which he called pulla. There are specimens in the British
Museum from Perak from Mr. Wray, from the Dindings from
Mr. Ridley, and from Malacca from Mr. Hervey. This Frog was
common about Tanglin, Singapore ; usually, in April, found sitting
on the banks of ponds in the evening; it does not attempt to
escape by jumping into the water like Itana tiyrina, R. macrodon,
and £. flammea, but even if touched squats down close on the
clay, which its colour does not resemble, so is easily caught.
Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 153) mentions Bufo penangensis as
having a similar habit. The largest Tanglin specimen was 62 mm.
from snout to vent. Their usual coloration seems, pale olive-green
above, with dark green blotches and a distinct, narrow, pale yellow
dorsal stripe; the underneath being immaculate buff, except the
lips which have distinct black spots, and the throat (male) has two
large black blotches.
Hab. Sikhim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Formosa, Japan,
Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
9. Rana HAScHEANA, Stol.
Polypedates hascheanus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 147, pl. ix
fig. 3
Rana hascheana, Sclater f., P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 844.
Stoliezka says: “‘I found this species tolerably common all
through the higher forests (about 1000 feet above sea-level) in the
island of Penang;...... I have seen hundreds of specimens in
different places of the island,...... It is generally seen on the
leaves of small bushes or on the ground between old leaves.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Natuna Islands.
10. Rawa pryvurma, Schl. (Plate XLV. fig. 2.)
Limnodytes erythreus, Cantor, p. 141.
Hylarana erythrea, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 425.
Rana erythrea, Boul, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 65.
Cantor mentions having observed three individuals from the
Malay Peninsula. Stoliezka (J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 112) found it
in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Perak from
Mr. Wray. I found one individual in the Lines, Penang, in May
1895, but in Singapore in April 1896. I found it excessively
numerous about the ponds at Tanglin and in the Botanical
Gardens, in ditches near Thompson Road and in the low-lying
fields up the Singapore river, where it may be heard croaking at
night. This is a most active, agile Frog, both on land and in the
water; it can hop over the surface of a pond, much as Rana
cyanophlyctis does in India, and also jump right out of the water.
Owing to the vivid green colour of its back exactly matching the
colour of the weeds in a pond, it is often difficult to see but for its
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PRNINSULA. 903
bright golden eyes. The largest specimens were 72 mm. in length
from snout to vent.
Colour (from life).—Above the most vivid green, exactly
matching some of the water-weeds in ponds, but in other sur-
roundings the back may change to a dull green or a yellowish
brown: no specimens that I met with had “ back and sides brown
or reddish olive ” as described by Cantor, from life? A very dark
brown stripe (generally darker at the edges) runs along each side
of the head and body from the nose to the inset of the hind leg
(in one specimen these side stripes were bright green, like the
back, with black edges) ; this broad dark stripe is separated from
the green back by a distinct white or yellowish-white stripe. The
upper lip is yellow. The limbs are reddish-buff or yellowish-
brown, paler beneath. The underneath of the head and body is
immaculate, pure white. The iris is golden or golden-orange.
Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
11. Rawa nanraris, Blgr. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.)
Rana labialis, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. IL. 1887, (5) xix. p. 345,
pl. x. fig. 1.
This Frog was described from several specimens from Malacca
given to the British Museum by Mr. Hervey; specimens have
since been received there from Singapore from Mr. Ridley. I
caught two specimens at Tanglin, Singapore, in a small pond on
the 2nd of April, 1896; it appeared fairly numerous, and was
associated with Jtana erythrwa, which it resembles in colour,
having the upper parts bright green and the lower immaculate
white: this bright green in spirit becomes dull and dark.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Mentavi Islands.
Tadpole.—I found tadpoles of this species in a small pond in
the Botanical Gardens, Singapore, in the middle of April 1896.
Length of body about once and a half its width, about two-thirds
the length of the tail, Nostrils, as seen from above, nearer the
end of the snout than the eyes. Eyes on the upper surface of the
body, rather nearer the end of the snout than the spiraculum ; the
distance between the eyes twice as great as that between the
nostrils, and greater than the width of the mouth. Spiraculum
on the left side, directed upwards and backwards, situated nearer the
anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and from below.
Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower edge of the
subcaudal crest. Tail three to four times as long as deep, ends in
a rounded point, intermediate in shape between those of Mana
esculenta and Rana temporaria (Boul. P. Z.S. 1891, pl. xlv. figs. 1,
3); upper crest convex, slightly deeper than the lower, not
extending on to the back; the depth of the muscular portion, at
its base, about half or rather more of its greatest total depth.
Beak edged with black. Sides and lower edge of the lip fringed
with papille, those on the lower edge being long and prominent ;
upper lip with four series of fine teeth, the outermost is uninter-
904 MQ. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND [ Dee. 1,
rupted, the three inner broadly interrupted and very short,
decreasing in size towards the mouth, the innermost row is
sometimes very small and inconspicuous; lower lip with three
series of teeth, the two outer uninterrupted, the third narrowly
interrupted, the three rows are about the same length, but the
median is the longest and the outermost the shortest.
The colour of these tadpoles in life is brick-red above, and pale
yellow beneath, but the whole skin is very transparent, the eyes
and the intestines being clearly seen. On the back on each side
behind the eyes is a patch of granulated skin; in some specimens
there is a similar strip on the hinder part of the back on each side
parallel with the tail, and a large patch on each side of the belly,
oblong in shape, and each converging together towards the tail.
A good specimen measures 37 mm. in total length; body 15;
width of body 10; tail 22; depth of tail 6.
Depth of muscular portion of tail at its base between 3 and 4 mm.
The above measurements are taken from a spirit-specimen.
12. Rana Luctuosa, Ptrs. (Plate XLVI.)
Rana luctuosa, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 68.
This handsome little Frog appears to have hitherto only been
recorded from Borneo; in March 1896 I found it common about
certain small ponds on Penang Hill at an elevation of 2000 feet.
They were generally in long grass near the water's edge; when
alarmed they would jump into the water, but before long craw! out’
again.
Colour (from life).—Top of head and back rich dark chocolate-
brown (in very small frogs of this species the back is a very bright
red, more vermilion than chocolate), bordered on each side from
the nose to the insertion of the hind leg by a very distinct white
line. Sides of head, neck, and body are very dark brown or black.
The tympanum is dark reddish-brown. Along the lower part of
the sides of the body are a few white spots in an irregular line
from angle of mouth to thigh. Lower surfaces—chin and throat
dark brown, remainder dirty buff, darker on limbs. Limbs yery
dark brown or bluish-black, with bluish-white or very pale grey
marblings ; the black turns to brown on the toes, and the marbling
is also less conspicuous on the feet.
These colours seem permanent and not variable according to
surroundings, as is the case with many batrachians.
Adult specimens are 45 to 50 mm. from snout to vent.
Hab. Malay Peninsula; Borneo.
Tadpole, “ Koldok-ikan” (Malay). In March 1896, in a pond
of clear water (2200 ft. elevation) in the jungle on Penang Hill,
there were a large number of tadpoles of this species and little
frogs just leaving the water.
Description of the Tadpole.
Length of body once and a half its width, considerably more
than half the length of the tail. Nostrils nearer the end of the
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. 905
snout than the eye. Eyes on the upper surface of the body,
nearer the end of the snout than the spiraculum ; a well-marked
lachrymal gland from the eye to the nostril; the distance between
the eyes twice as great, or rather more, than the distance between
the nostrils and much greater than the width of the mouth.
Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards and upwards,
nearer the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and
from below. Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower
edge of the subcaudal crest. Tail between three and four times as
long as deep, acutely pointed, the tip being inclined upwards in
life ; upper crest convex, about equal in depth to the lower; the
upper crest does not extend on to the back. Depth of the
muscular portion of the tail at its base rather more than half
greatest total depth of tail.
Beak broadly edged with black. Sides and lower edge of the lip
bordered with papille. Upper lip with six series of fine teeth,
the upper uninterrupted, the remainder broadly interrupted,
decreasing in length towards the beak, the sixth or inner series in
some specimens being very small or absent. Lower lip with four
long series of teeth, the inner very narrowly interrupted, the
remainder uninterrupted.
Colour. he larva till it reaches a total length of from 35 to
40 mm. is blackish-brown above, white beneath, with a grey
mottled tail; after this the upper parts are a warm-brown,
mottled with darker brown, and the sides and lower parts yellow
also mottled with brown, but the skin of the underneath of the
abdomen is transparent and of a purple colour ; the tail is mottled
brown and yellow; the hind legs of the tadpole are grey marbled
with black, when the fore legs appear the back assumes the bright
chocolate colour of the adult frog. The iris ie golden, and the eye
bright and noticeable.
Size. Length of body 24 mm. Length of tail 44 mm. Depth
of tail 12 mm. The largest tadpole, without hind legs, I observed
was 70 mm. in total length; the largest, with hind legs but
without fore legs, was 77 mm. The recently transformed young
measure about 25 mm. from snout to vent.
13. Rana GLANDULOSA, Bier.
Rana glandulosa, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 73, pl. vii.
There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca from
Mr. Hervey and from Sivugapore from Mr. Ridley.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Palawan.
14. Riracormonvs Levcomystax, Gravh. (Plate XLIV. fig. 2.)
Polypedates leucomystaa, Cantor, p. 142.
Polypedates maculatus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 148, & 1873,
p- 112.
Rhacophorus maculatus, part., Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 83.
Rhacophorus leucomystax, Boul. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. & Batr.
p- 474. i
906 MR. §. 8. FLOWER ON THE RBPTILES AND (Dee. 1,
Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Malay Peninsula as
localities, and says ‘although it inhabits Singapore ..... it
appears not to occur in the valleys of Penang, but to affect the
hills, at an elevation of more than 2000 ft.” Stoliczka mentions
it as being “not uncommon in Penang.” I found this species
very common both in Penang and Singapore, but, contrary to
Cantor’s experience, I found it at Penang at almost the sea-level
(20 ft.), though it was certainly more numerous on the hills. It
is a cheerful little frog of most graceful build. It comes out from
its hiding-places shortly before sunset, and remains abroad all
night; the males are easily found as they sit on shrubs or trees or
on the edges of the rainwater-butts under the verandahs of the
houses, and from time to time utter a single rather musical short
croak. In March and April they can be found both by day and
night in copwld in ponds. Cantor mentions the power of changing
its colours this species possesses. It changes both its colour and
markings very rapidly and frequently, but dark bands across the
legs can always be more or less distinguished ; the lower parts are
some shade or other of buff, but the principal variations of the
upper parts are as follows :—
(i.) pale bronze, uniform ;
(ii.) pale bronze, with four longitudinal dark brown or
black lines ;
(iii.) a bright yellowish-bronze, almost orange, uniform ;
(iv.) reddish-brown, almost chocolate, mottled with darker ;
(v.) pale brownish-green or olive, with irregular dark
spots ;
(vi.) yellowish teeth mottled with darker or brown.
The Rhacophorus mentioned by Stoliczka (J. A. 8. B. 1873,
p- 112) as a separate species, Polypedates quadrilineatus, from
Penang, is not even a true variety, as the dark lines appear
conspicuously and disappear entirely in the same individual. If
killed with or without the lines visible they remain so in spirit.
In Singapore at different times I noticed many young frogs which
had just left the water all of which had the dark lines visible;
these disappear as the animal grows, only to reappear temporarily
in the adult.
The females are considerably larger than the males; the largest
male I caught was 48 mm. from snout to vent, and the largest
female 68 mm. from snout to vent.
Hab. Sikhim, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Malay Peninsula
and Archipelago, Philippines.
Yadpole. In January, February, March, and April, 1896, I
found the tadpoles of this species in several small ponds and in
rainwater-butts about Singapore; and was able to collect a large
series for the British Museum.
Description of the Tadpole.
Length of body once and a half its width, half the length of the
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 907
tail or rather less. Nostrils nearer the end of the snout than the
eyes. A strongly-marked lachrymal gland from eye to nostril.
Eyes on the side of the head, nearer the spiraculum than the end
of the snout; the distance between the eyes more than twice as
great as that between the nostrils, and much greater than the
width of the mouth.
Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards and upwards,
nearer the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and
from below. Anus opening on the right side, halfway between
the lower edge of the subcaudal crest and the muscular: portion of
the tail. ‘Tail rather more than three times as long as deep, very
acutely pointed, upper crest convex, about the same depth as the
lower, or in some specimens very markedly shallower; the upper
crest does not extend on to the back; the depth of the muscular
portion at its base rather more than half the greatest total length.
Beak black. Sides and lower edge of the lip bordered with
papille, except in the centre of the lower lip, where there is a
small setnicircular notch, devoid of papille. Upper lip with four
series of fine teeth, the uppermost uninterrupted, the second
narrowly interrupted, and the third and fourth broadly so; lower
lip with three long uninterrupted series of teeth.
Colour, Above dark brown, irregularly mottled with darker ;
beneath buff; the sides and tail buff, mottled with brown. These
tadpoles, from different localities, vary a good deal in colour, some
being dark brown above, others a light dirty buff colour.
Size. These tadpoles vary even more in size than in colour;
some exceptionally fine ones were 46 mm. in total length. Length.
of body 15:5 mm., length of tail 31, depth of tail 10.
The recently transformed young measure from 14 to 18 mm.
from snout to vent.
15. RHAcOPHORUS LEPROSUS, Schl.
Polypedates leprosus, Ginther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,
p- 315, pl. xvi. figs. A, a, a’.
Rhacophorus leprosus, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 284.
Mr. Wray obtained this species at an elevation of 4000 ft. on
the hills of Larut, Perak. He says of it:—‘‘This species......
lives in holes in trees, and the note produced by it is not so loud
as that of Phrynella, and has a more metallic ring in it.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula ; Sumatra.
Norr.—Jhacophorus dennyst was described by Mr. Blanford
(P. Z.S. 1881, p. 224, pl. xxi. fig. 3); the specimen was in a
collection sent from Singapore by Dr. Dennys, and was said to
have come from China. Since then another specimen of this species
has been received at the British Museum from Foochow; so that
there can be little doubt that the type specimen was really from
China, and that this species should not be included in the fauna
of Malaya.
908 MR. 8. 8. FLOWOR ON NIE REPLIES AND [ Dee. 1,
16. Ixanus Prcrus, Ptrs.
Ivalus pictus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1871, p. 580; Peters,
Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, iii. 1872, p. 44, pl. vi. fig. 3; Boul. Cat.
Batr. Sal. p. 99. i
A specimen of this elegant little spotted Frog, only previously
recorded from Borneo, was caught in the jungle on Bukit ‘Timah,
Singapore, in Feb. 1896, by Dr. Hanitsch, of the Rafiles Museum.
Hab, Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
17. Ixauts aspmr, Bler.
Lzalus asper, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 415, pl. xxxix. fig. 1.
This species was described from specimens sent to the British
Museum by Mr. Wray ; a pair were ‘“‘ caught breeding in the water
on Hill Garden, Larut, Perak, at an elevation of 3300 feet.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Burma.
Family EneysromatTip®.
18. CALOPHRYNUS PLEUROSTIGMA, Tschudi.
Calophrynus pleurostigma, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 158; Boul.
Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 490 (palate fig.).
I obtained one young specimen in the jungle on Bukit Timah,
Singapore; this species does not seem to have been previously
recorded from the Straits Settlements.
Hab. Burma, South China, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Natunas.
19. Micronyza acHatina, Boie.
Microhyla achatina, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 166.
There are ¢ and @ specimens in the British Museum from
Malacca from Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Tenasserin, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and
Moluccas,
20. Mioroiyna Brrpmonit, Blyth.
Microhyla berdmori, Boul. Catr. Batr. Sal. p. 166.
Boulenger (Fauna Brit. India, Reptiles p. 492) says, “ Mr. W. L.
Sclater recently communicated to me a specimen obtained by
Mr. Davison at Malacca.”
Hab. Burma, Camboja, Malay Peninsula.
21. CaLLULA PULCHRA, Gray.
Hyledactylus bivittatus, Cantor, p. 143.
Callula pulchra, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 170 (hand ete. fig.).
Cantor obtained a male from a field near Malacca; I have not
heard of its occurring in Penang.
I have been told by both English and natives that this Frog
was unknown in Singapore until some nine or ten years ago, when
it was introduced by a half-caste, why it is not known, and that it
rapidly spread about the island. It is now well-known as the
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF TID MALAY PENINSULA. 909
“ Bull-frog” by the English in Singapore, and detested for the
noise it makes at night. These rotund animals were common
about Tanglin, and could be heard croaking in March and April
(probably in other months also) every night after a rainy day.
Their voice is very loud and can be heard from some distance ;
the croak is a deep guttural “ wau-auhhbhk,” very strident and
prolonged. The males croak while floating on the surface of the
water, the mouth, head, and inflated sides of the body just above
the surface, the single vocal sac under the mouth inflated like a
globe and the arms and legs extended. They can hop well on
land, and are good swimmers. The males are easily caught, their
voice betraying their position in the dark, but I only obtained one
female. heir skin is excessively slimy: when handled the slime
comes off profusely, and dries into a sort of white gum, with a
faint aromatic smell, not unpleasant. This gum dissolves in hot-
water, and coagulates in cold.
The general appearance of these Frogs is very stout, their girth
being about twice the length from snout to vent. As observed by
Cantor (p. 144), the profile from the snout to the vent forms a
considerable arch, the highest part being the centre of the back.
As Cantor also observes, ‘‘The toes are more slender than the
fingers, and their last joint, although flattened, is not so broad as
that of the fingers, which is of a somewhat triangular form,
truncated in front.” The tongue, which is oblong in a spirit-
specimen, in life is very elastic, assuming when extended a vermi-
form shape and reaching about 40 mm. in length; this is probably
for feeding on ants, as Stoliczka (J. A.S. B. 1870, p. 155) says of
this species near Moulmein, “‘ It appeared after sunset... .crawling
on old wood and feeding on white ants.”
The pupil is round.
Coloration (from lite, April 1896).—Top and sides of head yellow-
ochre, shading to brown on the nose, and a brown band runs from
the nose to below theeye, beneath the eye it turns dark brown, and
in the vertical of the posterior margin of the eye or slightly further
back ends abruptly. The upper lipis yellow-ochre. ‘The back is a
rich dark brown, divided distinctly from the yellow of the face by a
narrow black line, from eye to eye; the upper part of the promi-
nence over the eye being parti-coloured. In the female specimen
there were ten or twelve irregular yellowish spots on the back, aud
a very faint narrow black vertical line. A broad very distinct band
of yellow-ochre runs from the eyelid to the inset of the hind leg,
with a more or less scolloped outline and bordered above with black,
also in some specimens bordered below anteriorly with black. The
sides of the belly are more or less mottled with yellow and brown.
The lower surfaces are dirty buff. The chin and throat in the
male are black, and the vocal sac, when collapsed, shows as loose
longitudinal folds of black skin under the chin. The limbs are
grey, mottled with dark brown, and with more or less distinct
patches of yellow-ochre, sometimes on the hind legs outlined with
black. The intensity of the colouring varies with individuals and
910 M.S. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,
from time to time: sometimes it is very brilliant, the contrast
between the rich dark-brown back and bright yellow face and side
stripes being very conspicuous.
Cantor’s description (p. 143) is apparently taken from a pre-
served specimen, contrary to his usual custom. Giinther (Rept.
Brit. Ind. p. 437) mentions the light band on each side of the
back being rose-coloured during life, but this was not so in the
Singapore specimens.
The male specimens varied from 64 to 76 mm. in length from
snout to vent, the female was 76 mm.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, Siam, Camboja, Malay
Peninsula.
22. PHRYNELLA PULCHRA, Bler.
Phrynella pulchra, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xix. 1887,
p- 346, pl. x. fig. 2.
The type specimens, gd ?, are in the British Museum; they
are from Malacca from Mr. Hervey.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Mentawi Islands.
23. PHRYNELLA POLLIOARIS, Bler.
Phrynella pulchra, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,
p- 313, pl. xvi. fig. B.
Phrynella pollicaris, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 37.
The type specimen, a male, is in the British Museum; it was
obtained at Perak by Mr. Wray, who says ‘they inhabit the hills
of Perak from 3000 feet upwards, and live in holes in. trees which
are so situated as to contain more or less rain-water. They have
a loud, flute-like, musical note, which they utter at irregular
intervals, principally during the night. The form and size of the
hole in which they are seem to have a great deal to do with the
loudness of the note, as specimens when extracted from their holes
have far more feeble vocal powers than they had when in them.
The pitch of the note is also much altered hy the resonant properties
of the cavity. These frogs blow themselves out with air, and
look more like bladders than anything else. When inflated they
float on the surface of the water, and will remain motionless for
a long time with legs and arms stretched out.”
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
Series A RCIFERA.
Family Buronipz.
24, NEcTOPHRYNE GUENTHERI, Bler.
, Netriras guentheri, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280, pl. xviii.
"There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore
presented by Mr. Ridley ; and in January 1896 I obtained two
specimens in the jungle on Bukit Timah, Singapore.
Hab, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natuna Islands.
1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PENINSULA. 911
25. BuFo PENANGENSIS, Stol.
Ansonia penangensis, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 152, pl. ix. fig. 4.
Bufo penangensis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 287.
This small Toad was discovered by Stoliczka at Penang: he
obtained two specimens near the great waterfall, and two in
a narrow gorge about halfway up the Penang Hill.
Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.
26. Buro mELANostictus, Schn. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)
Bufo melanostictus, Cantor, p. 142; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 306 ;
Boul. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 505 (fig. p. 506).
Cantor (p. 143) says ‘“‘in the Malayan countries this species
swarms iu valleys and hills.” Stoliczka (J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 156)
mentions this species from Penang, Province Wellesley, Malacca,
and Singapore. In the British Museum there are specimens from
Penang, Perak, and Singapore. I found this species in abundance
at Kulim, Kedah, at Taiping, Perak, in Penang, from within a
few yards of the sea to the top of the Hill (2500 ft.), and also
in Singapore.
This Toad is very common in the Straits Settlements, hiding
by day under stones or logs, in crevices, holes, etc., coming out
shortly before sunset, and remaining abroad till dawn ; it may be
met with on the roads and in the grass hopping or crawling about
in search of food—ants, bees, etc. It often utters a rather feeble,
plaintive cry when handled for the first time. It can change its
colour from a light yellowish-brown to dark brown. Malayan
specimens have not so distinct black marks on the ridges of the
head and black stars on the tubercles of the back as [ have noticed
in specimens from the North-West Provinces of India. The males
in the breeding-season sometimes have the chin coloured bright
yellow. The spawn, which resembles that of Bufo vulgaris in
England, may be seen in March and April in ponds, in long strings
twined about the water-weeds. In April the ponds at Tanglin
were swarming with tadpoles, and their margins with minute
toads. |The tadpoles are very like those of Bufo vulgaris both in
form, size, colour, and structure of mouth. The largest individual
of Bufo melanostictus I found was in Penang, and measured
115 mm. from snout to vent.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Sikhim, Himalayas (up to 10,000 ft.),
Southern China, Camboja, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Description of the Tadpole. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)
Length of body about once and a half its width and about three
quarters the length of the tail. Nostril much nearer the eyes
than the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface of the
body; the distance between them about twice as great as the
distance between the nostrils, and about equal to the width of the
mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards, nearer
the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and from
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LIX. 59
912 MR, 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND (Dec. 1,
below. Anus median. Tail from three to four times as long as
deep, broadly rounded at the end, both crests nearly equal in
depth, upper crest slightly convex and not extending on to back ;
the depth of the muscular portion of the tail about half the greatest
total depth.
Beak white, edged with black. Lips with papilla only at the
sides. In upper lip two series of fine teeth, the upper uninter-
rupted, the second series nearly as long as the upper one but
narrowly interrupted in the middle. In lower lip three uninter-
rupted rows of teeth, of about equal length, the innermost being
rather the longest, and the outermost the shortest.
Colour. Blackish-brown above, grey beneath ; muscular portion
of tail blackish-brown, crests pale grey.
Size. Length of body 10 mm.; length of tail 12:5; depth of
tail 3-5.
The recently transformed young measure from 9 to 11 mm.
from snout to vent.
27. Buro parvus, Bler.
Bufo parvus, Boul, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xix. p. 346, pl. x.
There were numerous specimens in Mr. Hervey’s collection from
Malacca, and the types are preserved in the British Museum.
Hab. Pegu, Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.
28. Buro quapriporoatus, Blgr.
Bufo quadriporcatus, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xix.
p. 347, pl. x. fig. 4; Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. Ti. 1887, (5) xx.
p. 314, pl. xvi. fig. C.
The type specimen was obtained in Malacca aud presented to
the British Museum by Mr. Hervey. Another specimen has since
been given to the Museum by Mr. Wray, who obtained two
individuals in Perak, and who says itis rare and inhabits the hills
from 800 ft. downwards.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.
29. Buro aspEr, Grayh.
Bufo asper, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 423; Stol. J. A. 8. B.
1873, p. 118; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 313; Boul. Faun. Brit.
Ind., Rept. p. 507 (mouth fig. p. 500, vertebral column and pectoral
arch fig. p. 499).
Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang
and Province Wellesley ; he says the largest specimen was 140 mm.
in length. There are specimens in the Raffles Museum, Singapore,
labelled “ Jelebu” and “ Bukit Kedondong, Malacca: 1892.”
I only saw this species at one locality, the waterfall in the
Botanical Gardens, Penang. In March and April these big Toads
may be seen sitting about on the rocks, in the shade, on the edge
of the pools of water, seeming to prefer those spots where the
air is perpetually damp with the spray from the waterfall. 1f
disturbed they jump boldly into the foaming current. They are
1896.] BATRACHIANS OF TIME MALAY PENINSULA, 913
very noticeable animals, the prominent yellow eyes and patch of
yellow skin by them showing up distinctly against the black head
and back. They are powertul and active, but if caught in the
hand will pretend to be dead, lying on their back with the forearms
folded on the chest. When alive they smell strongly of musk.
The length from snout to vent of the largest Penang specimens
was, male 108 mm. and female 165 mm.
Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
Family Peroparip2.
30. LEpropracHIUM HASSELTII, Tschudi.
Leptobrachium husselitt, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 441; Bouleng.
P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 37.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore,
from Mr. Ridley, and also larve from Larut, Perak, presented in
1886 by Dr. J. Anderson.
“Tadpoles of rather large size. These are remarkable in being
marked all over with numerous deep black dots. Spiraculumn
sinistral, equally distant from the end of the snout and from the
tail ; latter once and a half as long as the body. Length of body
25 mm.”
Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
31. Muaatopurys nasura, Schl.
Megalophrys montana, var., Cantor, p. 140.
Megalophrys montana, part., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 413.
Megalophrys nasuta, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 443.
Cantor (p.141) says :—‘Two males were at different times
captured on the Pentland Hills (Penang), at an elevation of about
1800 ft. One was found in a dark room, where it was observed
remaining motionless during several successive days. Its forms
and colours caused it at first to be mistaken for a withered leaf.
The second was taken on a tree.”
Miller (Verh. naturforsch. Gesel. Basel, vii. 1882-85) records
a male from Penang in the Bile Museum. Blanford mentions
this species as being in the collection sent by Dr. Dennys from
Singapore and neighbouring localities.
There are specimens in the Raffles Museum, Singapore, labelled
“ Malacca: September 1891,” and ‘“Johore.” There is a female
in the British Museum from Kinta, Perak, from Mr. Wray.
Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.
32. MEGALOPHRYS LONGIPES, Bler.
Megalophrys longipes, Bouleng. P. ZS. 1885, p. 850, pl. lv.;
Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xx. p. 316.
Mr. Wray obtained three specimens from the mountains of
Perak, at from 3300 to 4400 feet above the sea. It is apparently
rare and local. ‘The type is in the British Museum.
Hab. Malay Peninsula.
59*
914 ON THE REPTILES BLO, OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. [Dec. 1,
Order APODA.
Family Corp 2.
33. IcHTHYoPHIs GLurrinosus, L.
Epicrium glutinosum, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 441; Stol.
J. A.S. B. 1873, p. 113.
Ichthyophis glutinosus, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Grad. etc. p. 89,
pl. iv. fig. 2; Bouleng. Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept. & Batr. p. 515
(figured, p. 516).
Stoliczka mentions this species in the collection he got from
Penang and Province Wellesley.
Hab. Mountains of Ceylon, Malabar, Eastern Himalayas, Khasi
Hills, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.
34. IcHtaHyoPpHis MonooHROUS, Blkr.
Ichthyophis glutinosus, var. ?, Cantor, p. 137.
Epicrium monochroum, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 443.
Ichthyophis monochrous, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Grad. ete. p. 91,
pl. iv. fig. 1.
Cantor (p. 138) says: “A single individual was observed by
Dr. Montgomerie at Singapore in 1868, in whose garden it was
turned up with the earth, from about two feet below the surface,
and from whom I received the specimen.” This is now in the
British Museum.
Hab. India (Sikhim, Western Ghauts, Surat, Malabar), Malay
Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Piarze XLIV.
Fig. 1. Gonatodes penangensis, 8. Flower, p. 863.
Upper and lower view.
la. Anal region, x2.
16. Lower surface of hand, x3.
le. a foot, x3.
Fig. 2. Rhacophor us leucomystax, Gravenh. , p- 905.
Tad oer x12.
2a, Mouth, x
Fig. 3. Bufo eine Schn., p. 911.
Tadpole, x2
8a. Mouth, x 10.
Puate XLY.
Fig. 1. Rana macrodon, D. & B., p. 898.
Fig. 2. Rana erythrea, Schl., p. 902.
Fig. 3, Rana labialis, Bigr., p. 903.
Tadpole, x13.
3a. Mouth, x10.
Puare XLVI.
Rana luctuosa, Ptrs., p. 904, with tadpoles at different stages of develop-
ment. Mouth of tadpole, x ‘De
RAI 5) i ati reacts omy amen xiv ake = 4
P.Z.5.1896.P1.XLV1.
-imp-
ern 2ros
fees
Mart
a
BARILIUS GUENTHERI.
et hth.
J.Green de!
1896. ] OW NEW FISHES FROM THE UPPER SHIRE RIVER. 915
2. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Shiré River,
British Central Africa, collected by Dr. Percy Rendall,
and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry
H. Johnston, K.C.B. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S.
[Received October 9, 1896.]
(Plate XLVII.)
The collection made by Dr. Rendall during his recent residence
at Fort Johnston comprises examples of 14 species, viz. :—Chromis
mossambicus, Ptrs., C. kirka, Gthr., C. syuamipinnis, Gthr., Hemi-
chromis robustus, Gthr., I. modestus, Gthr., H. ivingstoni, Gthr.,
H. dimidiatus, Gthr., H. lonyiceps, Gthr., Labeo coubie, Riipp., and
five that are new to science and described in this paper.
The specimens are, unfortunately, all in very bad condition.
CuROMIS RENDALLI, sp. n. (Hig. 1.)
Chromis rendalli.
916 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW FISHES [Dee. 1,
Most nearly allied to C. callipterus, Gthr.’, with which it agrees
in the dentition. 22-30 teeth on each side of the outer series of the
upper jaw. Depth of body 2} to 22 in total length, length of head
3 to 34 times. Eye nearly equally distant from the upper lip and
the gill-opening, its diameter 4 times in length of head, 13 times
in interorbital width, and equal to preorbital; maxillary not
extending quite to below anterior border of eye; four series of
scales on the cheek below the eye; large scales on the opercle and
on the interorbital region; preopercular limbs forming a right
angle. Gill-rakers very short, 8 on lower part of anterior arch.
Dorsal XVI 12-18; spines increasing in length to the last, which
is 4 length of head. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the
head ; ventrals shorter, not reaching the vent. Anal III 9-10;
third spine longest, as long as middle dorsals. Caudal rounded (?).
Caudal peduncle not longer than deep. Scales rough but not
denticulate, 30-32 ag; lat. 1 eae Body without distinct
markings; snout and a spot on the opercle blackish ; dorsal fin
with blackish spots and oblique bars.
Total length 220 millim.
Three specimens.
OREOCHROMIS SHIRANUS, sp.n. (Fig. 2, p. 917.)
Teeth very small, in 5 to 7 series in the upper jaw, the outer
with notched, bicuspid, brown crowns, the others tricuspid ; 35 to
47 teeth on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Depth
of body 23 to 23 in total length, length of head 3 times. Eye
equally distant trom the end of the snout and the gill-opening, its
diameter 4 to 43 times in length of head, 1% to 2 times in inter-
orbital width, and nearly equal to prworbital; maxillary not
extending to below anterior border of eye; two series of scales
on the cheek below the eye, lower largest; opercle scaleless ;
preopercular limbs forming a right angle. Gill-rakers short,
15-18 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-X VII 10-12;
spines increasing in length to the last, which is 3 length of head
or a little less. Pectoral ? (broken); ventral reaching vent.
Anal 1V 9-10; fourth spine longest, as long as and stronger
than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle not longer than deep.
Scales rough but not denticulate, 31-32 a3 lat. 1. a Nothing
can be said of the coloration, the condition of the specimens being
too bad.
Total length 210 millim.
Five specimens.
1 A comparison with the original description (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 623) is
misleading in so far es the number of dorsal spines is given as 14, which is
exceptional, the normal number being 15 or 16. Out of the 5 type specimens,
only the one figured (from Zomba) has 14 spines; two, including tho largest
specimen received from the Rey. J. A. Williams, have 15 spines; the other
two have 16.
1896.] FROM THE UPPER SHIR RIVER. 917
Fig. 2.
Oreochromis shiranus.
Docimevvs, g. n.
Allied to Chromis, but both jaws with a very broad band of
teeth with compressed sharp-edged crowns; the outer tecth large,
with nail-shaped entire crowns or with a very small lateral cusp,
the others small and tricuspid. -
Doctmopus Jounsront, sp.n. (Fig. 3, p. 918.)
4 or 5 rows of teeth in each jaw; 10 or 11 teeth on each side
of the outer series of the upper jaw; crowns brown-edged. Depth
of body 23 to 3 times in total length, length of head 3 times.
Eye a little nearer the gill-opening than the tip of the snout, its
diameter 43 times in length of head, 13 times in interorbital
width, and equal to preorbital ; maxillary not extending to below
918 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON NEW FISHES [ Dec. 1,
anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek
below the eye; opercle scaleless; praopercular limbs forming
nearly aright angle. Gill-rakers short, 11 or 12 on lower part of
anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII 8-9; spines increasing in
length to the fifth, which is # length of head. Anal TIL 9-10;
third spine longest, as long as last or penultimate dorsal, but
Vig. 3.
Docimodus johnstoni.
much thicker. Caudal peduncle once and a half as long as deep-
Scales slightly rugose, not denticulate, 33-34 a3 lat. 1. eA
black stripe along the posterior half of the body, between the
lateral lines; soft dorsal with round dark spots.
Total length 200 millim.
Two specimens.
CorEMATODUS, g. n.
Allied to Chromis, but both jaws with extremely broad bands of
innumerable minute club-shaped teeth with compressed oblique
entire crowns.
1896. ] FROM THE UPPER SHIRE RIVER. 919
COREMATODUS SHIRANUS, sp. n. (Fig. 4.)
Vig. 4.
Cy
SN
Sa
A
ath )
Corematodus shiranus.
Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 total length. Snout
very broad, with steep, convex profile; eye a little nearer gill-
opening than end of snout, its diameter 43 times in length of
head, twice in interorbital width, and greater than depth of pre-
orbital ; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ; cheek
with 4 rows of scales below the eye; opercle and interorbital region
scaleless; limbs of preopercle forming a right angle. Glill-rakers
moderately long, 12 on lower part of anterior arch, last bifid.
Dorsal XVI 10; spines increasing in length to the last, which is
2 length of head. Anal III 8; third spine longest, as long as but
thicker than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep.
920 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON SOME [Dee. 1,
Scales slightly rugose, not denticulate, B45; lat. 1. >. Body with
traces of six black cross-bars. F
Total length 200 millim.
A single specimen.
BaRiL1us GUENTHERI, sp.n. (Plate XLVII.)
Depth of body 44 to 43 in total length, length of head + to 44.
Snout 1# to 2 times as long as’ the diameter of the eye, which is
5 to 6 times in length of head, and 2 to 23 in interorbital width ;
preorbital not much smaller than the eye; premaxillary extending
to below centre of eye. Gill-rakers very short, rudimentary, 8 or 9
on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal I 10, not quite twice as
distant from the end of the snout as from the base of the caudal
fin, Anal IL 18, originating below middle of dorsal, much deeper
than the latter, the longest rays only a little shorter than the
head. Caudal deeply forked. Scales 48-50 Y. Silvery, with
about 15 dark vertical bars; the membrane between the extremity
of the last dorsal rays black.
Total length 260 millim.
Three specimens.
This fish, which equals in size the largest Indian species,
Barilius goha, is closely allied to the West-African Barilius
recently referred by Giinther to the Leuciscus bibie of De Joannis.
3. On the Lizards of the Genus Hremias, Section Boulengeria.
By G. A. Bouenerr, F.R.S.
[Received October 9, 1896.]
Since the publication of I". Lataste’s paper in the ‘ Annali’ of
the Genoa Museum, in 1885—in which he did me the honour of
connecting my name with a division of the large genus Hremias,
characterized by a divided lower nasal shield, ventral shields in
straight series, and strongly compressed toes—our acquaintance
with these Lizards has made very great progress.
The numerous collections made within the last few years by
Révoil, Ragazzi, Robecchi, Ruspoli, Bottego, Donaldson Sinith,
and Lort Phillips in Abyssinia, Somaliland, and Gallaland, the head-
quarters of the group, have added greatly to our knowledge of them,,
not only in showing the doubtful species and variety previously
described, and which I had placed in the synonymy of Hremias
brenneri, Peters, to be entitled to specific rank, but in bringing to
light two more species, thus raising their number to five. Having
lately received, through the kindness of the Marquis Doria and
Dr. Gestro, large numbers of these Lizards, I have availed myself
of the opportunity to recast detailed descriptions of all the species,
The whole of the material I have worked from is either in the British
Museum (specimens marked *) or in the Museo Ciyico of Genoa.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THD GHNUS DRYMIAS. 921
In addition to the characters mentioned above, all the species
of this little group agree in having the head much depressed ; the
snout pointed; the nasals but slightly swollen; two prefrontal
shields; the frontal strongly grooved ; three large supraoculars ;
the lower eyelid scaly; the collar free; the scales on the upper
surface of the leg or crus much larger than the dorsals; and one
series of very large subcrural plates.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Upper head-shields smooth or nearly so; femoral
pores 15-22.
65-78 scales across the middle of the body;
ventrals in 6 or 8 longitudinal series, the
outer row, if present, formed of very narrow
shields; upper caudal scales strongly keeled ;
subocular shield usually bordering the lip ... 1. EZ. mucronata, Blanf.
58-60 scales across the middle of the body ;
ventrals in 8 longitudinal series, the outer
narrowest but very well developed; upper
caudal scales feebly keeled; subocular no
Yeaching the lip ........ccsseeceseeeeene 920000000 .. 2. E. erythrosticta, Blgr.
IL. Fes head-shields rugose or striated.
pper head-shields rugose or sculptured ; 72-82
smooth granular scales across the middle of
the body; ventrala in 8 longitudinal series,
the outer narrowest but very well developed ;
upper caudal scales strongly keeled; sub-
ocular not reaching the lip; femoral pores
Nf PA cocq60060ee990600000000009000000000009000009000009 3. E. smithi, Blgr.
Upper head-shields coarsely striated; 53-67
keeled scales across the middle of the body ;
ventrals in 8 longitudinal series, the outer
narrowest, but very well developed; upper
caudal scales strongly keeled; subocular
bordering the lip; femoral pores 13-18 ...... 4. E. striata, Ptrs.
Upper head-shields finely striated; 65-68 keeled
scales across the middle of the body ; ventrals
in 6 longitudinal series, an additional outer
row, if present, formed of very narrow
shields; upper caudal scales striated and
strongly keeled ; subocular not reaching the
lip; femoral pores 20-24 ............c.esesceeeee 5. E. brenneri, Ptrs.
1. Eremras mucronata. (Fig. 1, p. 922.)
Acanthodactylus mucronatus, Blanford, Zool. Abyss. p. 453, fig.
(1870).
Eremias mucronata, Giinther, Zool. Rec. 1870, p. 71; Bouleng.
Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii. 1891, p. 9.
Eremias lugubris (non Smith), Vaillant in Revoil, Faun. Pays
Comalis, Rept. p. 23 (1882).
Pseuderemias lineolata, Boettger, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiii. 1883,
p- 118.
Boulengeria mucronata, Lataste, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) ii.
1885, p. 117.
Eremias brenneri (part.), Boulenger, Cat. Liz. iii. p. 86 (1887).
922 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOME [Dee. 1,
Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper
head-shields smooth, or frontoparietals and parietals slightly
sculptured ; frontonasal as long as broad or longer than broad ;
anterior supraocular not bordered with granules; interparietal
small, separated from the very small occipital by one or two small
shields ; an elongate shield on the outer border of the parietal ;
temporal scales granular, smooth ; subocular usually bordering the
lip, between the fifth and sixth or sixth and seventh, rarely
seventh and eighth or eighth and ninth, upper labial shields; the
subocular, however, sometimes excluded from the labial border, its
Fig. 1.
Kremias mucronata,
point wedged in between two labial shields; the two or three
anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 6 to 12
shields. Dorsal scales granular, flat, smooth, 65 to 78 across the
middle of the body. Six or eight longitudinal series of ventral
plates, the outer series, if developed, formed of very narrow
shields; 25 to 29 transverse series. A large median preanal,
sometimes replaced by three smaller shields forming a triangle.
The hind limb reaches the eye or between the eye and the nostril ;
foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril or
the tip of the snout, or slightly longer ; scales on limbs unicarinate. -
15 to 22 femoral pores on each side. Tail twice to twice and a
half as long as head and body; upper caudal scales strongly
keeled. Whitish, pale greyish, yellowish or pale buff above, dotted,
marbled, or vermiculate with blackish or rust-red, with a more or
less distinct dark, light-edged vertebral stripe; limbs with large
dark marblings. Young with five dark dorsal stripes separated by
1896.] LIZARDS OF THN GENUS EREMIAS. 923,
whitish ones, the vertebral uniform black, the others brown or
blackish speckled with white; these markings sometimes persisting
in adult females. Lower parts white.
Cir Qo
millim. millim.
AoE TEN, Go g0000000 000000000000 162 145
1 EIGHNa lensed etaacs Ohh o CMC eR RRC EERE ECoG ior 14 12
Width of head .................... 75 7
From end of snout to fore limb ...... 22 19
* of a VOMbiateech stan sites 50 47
Horetlimibype nc ctaicnc cet os 8 hrs Sy a als
indlimbys ees aye eee a marace ae 42 40
ORE hes tactesiaeuectn mace hellane pout ee RRRRR eS cl 112 98
First discovered by Blanford in the Anseba Valley, Abyssinia,
this species has since been found in many localities along the
Red Sea, as far north as Suakin and the Sinaitic Peninsula, and
in Northern Somaliland.
The following table shows the dimensions and variations in
lepidosis and number of femoral pores in the 17 specimens
examined. An asterisk indicates that the specimen recorded is
preserved in the British Museum :—
A.| B.| OC. |D| &E. F. | G. | H. i
d. Anseba Valley (type) *.) 50) 14 |75)1] 6,7 | 67 | 9 | 25 | 18-18
» Alali 8 1} 8,6 | 71 | 12 | 28 | 16-15
» Beilul * 8 }1] 7,7!) 70] 8) 27 | 19-18
Oy ip? 8 |2] 7,7'} 78] 10 | 29 | 19-20
» Walker's Torrent * 7 |1] 6,6 | 65 | 10 | 25 | 15-16
i Gallae ee ease ssseet ae 7 1] 6,6 | 72} 11 | 29 | 22-21
», Berbera * 8 |2] 6,6 | 66] 9 | 25 | 19-20
” ou), 8 {1} 5,5 | 70] 10 | 26 | 18-18
» Laffarugh * 7 {1} 6,5 | 68] 7 | 25 | 22-99
», Sinai*....... 7511] 5,67] 68] 8 | 25 | 18-18
Mlalit -cconiecsestnoccsssnee 7 |1) 7,7'| 78 | 7 | 29 | 16-16
an SineabdpeSricconenscaconon 65 |1) 6,6 | 73) 6 | 28 | 15-16
eMBeilul Apes. eee 7 1) 7,7?) 76) 8 | 27 117-17
PCAELLE NED aneceoneonaocead 65 |1] 6,6'| 68 | 7 | 29 | 19-19
yy (Beilul™ os cceccseseecsene 55 ]1) 6,61) 75} 8 | 27 | 17-17
», Berbera * 55 11] 6,6 | 68] 7 | 27 | 29-29
We ene 55 |1] 6,6 | 65] 7 | 26 | 16-18
1 Subocular excluded from the lip on both sides.
? Subocular excluded from the lip on one side.
A. Length from snout to vent (in millim.). B. Length of head. ©. Width
of head. D. Shields between interparietal and occipital. E. Upper labials
anterior to the lower border or angle of the subocular (right and left).
¥F. Number of scales across middle of body. G. Number of shields in collar.
H. Number of transverse rows of ventral shields. I, Number of femoral pores
(right and left). ‘
924 MN. @, A. BOULUNGER ON SOMB (Dee. 1,
2. ERDMIAS ERYTHROSTICTA. (Tig. 2.)
Eremias erythrosticta, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii.
1891, p. 10, pl. i. fig. 2. .
Fig. 2.
Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper
head-shields smooth; frontonasal longer than broad ; three large
supraoculars, anterior smallest and in contact with the pretrontal,
loreal, and anterior supraciliary, but usually separated from the
second supraocular by a series of granules, same as surround
the disk formed by the second and third of these shields; inter-
parietal and occipital small, separated from each other by one,
two, or three small shields ; an elongate shield on the outer border
of the parietal; temporal scales granular, obtusely keeled ; sub-
ocular not reaching the lip, above the sixth and seventh or
seventh and eighth labials; the two or three anterior pairs of
chin-shields in contact. Collar with 6 to 9 shields. Dorsal scales
granular, round or hexagonal, juxtaposed, keeled, 53 to 60 across
the middle of the body. Wight longitudinal series of ventral
plates, the six principal broader than long, the outer narrower,
but nevertheless very well developed ; 24 to 27 transverse series.
Preanal region usually covered with several irregular shields
disposed in pairs ; an enlarged median shield very seldom present.
The hind limb reaches the eye, or halfway between the latter and
the nostril ; foot as long as the distance between the arm and the
end of the snout; crural scales feebly keeled. 15 to 20 femoral
pores on each side, usually 17 to 19. Tail more than twice as
long as head and body; upper caudal scales very feebly keeled.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS EREMIAS, 925
Adult sandy grey or buff above, with brick-red or black and red
dots; tail uniform or spotted with bluish grey and black; lower
parts white. Young with five grey longitudinal streaks, which
may be broken up by round whitish spots.
3. °.
millim. millim.
Amol ese 50660000 D0000000000000 182 145
Plead i toy tiaverertetereys fateveteiciatehavsiecens. 4 oes 15 13
Wadthvofsheadwennrieernniicinaer 9 7
From end of snout to fore limb ...... 21 18
i 55 a WEN ooh oageoo 4 47
Horevlimbieer teria cote tetehelel (eels 20 18
Bindlimib Rec aero Sik ae Al 38
Maalvcrs', Ree teee tener aseharate ctohaieis isle trestle 130 98
This species has only been obtained once, in numerous specimens,
in Somaliland, on the route from Obbia to Berbera, by the Italian
traveller Robecchi.
3 Eremias smitut. (Fig. 3.)
Eremias smithi, Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 534,
pl. xxix. fig. 4.
Fig. 3.
Eremias smithi.
Head once and a half or once and three-fifths as long as broad.
Upper head-shields rugose, sculptured and pitted, but not striated ;
frontonasal as long as broad; three large supraoculars, first in
contact with second or separate, the second and third forming
together an oval disk surrounded with granules which here and
there may be in two rows; interparietal usually separated from
the occipital by one or two small shields ; an elongate shield on
926 MR. @. A. BOULENGER ON SOMD (Dee. 1,
the outer border of the parietal ; temporal scales granular, smooth ;
subocular not reaching the lip, resting on the sixth and seventh,
rarely seventh and eighth, upper labials; the two anterior pairs
of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 7 to 11 shields. Dorsal
scales granular, juxtaposed, smooth, 72 to 82 across the middle of
the body. Hight longitudinal series of ventral plates, sometimes
with an outer series of smaller, imperfectly developed plates; 26
to 30 transverse series. Preanal region with small shields, or with
an enlarged median shield. The hind limb reaches the ear or the
eye; foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril
or the tip of the snout. 17 to 22 femoral pores on each side.
Tail twice and one-third to twice and three-fourths as long as head
and body; upper caudal scales strongly keeled. Pale reddish
brown or brick-red above, with four longitudinal rows of small
round white or bluish dark-edged spots; limbs brown, with round
pale spots.
dé. Q.
millim. millim.
Rotalilengthmec aero. 170 146
Tea dhe cies ts sche ieyee see eng crenata 11 10
Widthyotihead eerie coterie tices 7 6-5
From end of snout to fore limb.......... 18 17
Ap a 3 WETIL ir frke stsy etoleesimencets 44 44
Bore limb) cose ceeicas austivte eee 16 15
Hind limb (iaccote smote «evaelersteaie enone: 33 32
oy 0 GRP nh A Sit Aen IR Are RCN al 126 102
The type specimen, from Milmil, North-western Somaliland,
formed part of Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collection. Another speci-
men was obtained at the same place by the late Prince Eugene
Ruspoli, whilst four more were purcured at Lugh, Southern Somali-
land, by Capt. Bottego.
C.|D.| E F. |G. | H I
7 |...| 6,7 | 75 | 7 | 30 | 19-19
7 {1} 6,7 | 72) 9 | 26 | 20-20
7 |1| 6,7 | 75} 9 | 28 | 17-17
7 |1] 7,8 | 82} 11 | 26 | 20-20
75/1) 6,7 | 75 | 10 | 27 | 22-21
6:5) 2) 6,7 | 74] 9 | 30 | 18-18
A. Length from snout to vent (in millimetres), B. Length of head. C.
Width of head. D. Shields between interparietal and occipital. EE. Upper
labials below the subocular, EF, Number of scales across middle of body.
G. Number of shields in collar. H. Number of transverse rows of yentral
shields. I. Number of femoral pores (right and left).
4, Eremias srriara, (Fig. 4, p. 927.)
Fremias brenneri, var. striatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874,
p- 370.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THD GENUS BREMIAS. 927
Eremias hochneli, Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894,
p- 719.
Eremias striata, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), xvii. 1896,
p. 18.
Lremias striata.
Head once and a half to once and three-fourths as long as broade
Upper head-shields striated, but more coarsely than in 1’. brennert,
in this respect intermediate between the latter and FE. smithi;
frontonasal a little broader than Jong; anterior supraocular not
bordered with granules, the two others bordered with granules
except on their horizontal sutures; interparietal small but much
larger than the occipital, from which it is often separated by an
additional small shield ; an elongate shield on the outer border of
the parietal, variable in length and sometimes so short or broken
up as to be indistinguishable; temporal scales granular, obtusely
keeled ; subocular bordering the lip, between the fifth and sixth or
sixth and seventh upper labials!; the three anterior pairs of chin-
shields in contact”. Collar with 9 to 12 shields, usually 10 or 11.
‘Dorsal scales rhomboidal, juxtaposed, keeled, 53 to 67 across the
middle of the body. Hight longitudinal series of ventral plates, outer
narrow ; 25 to 28 transverse series. A large median preanal, some-
times followed by another or a pair, the three forming a triangle.
1 Between the fourth and fifth on one side in one of the specimens described
by Peters. :
2 Eremias hochneli is founded on a specimen which, in my opinion, repre-
sents an individual anomaly in the mental pholidosis, as Mr. Stejneger himself
has suggested. The first lower labial meets its fellow behind the symphysial,
having fused with the first chin-shield, whilst the third chin-shield has also
fused with the corresponding lower labial.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LX. 60
928 MI. G. A. BOULENGER ON TIE [Dec. 1,
The hind limb reaches the eye, or between the eye and the nostril ;
foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril or the
tip of the snout. 13 to 18 femoral pores on each side. Tail
twice and a half to three times as long as head and body; upper
caudal scales strongly keeled, basal subcaudals smooth, Cream-
colour or pale buff above, with seven brown or black stripes as
wide as or wider than the interspaces between them ; lower parts
white. Young striped black and white above; belly black or
blackish, at least on the sides.
d- oF
millim. wmillim.
Notalilencthpeee ee ere eclectic 155 154
HElead: sete rats he aeiheses Meee eer ere 11 10
IWadthiofjhead.ainaten chaste eiereneusicel: Ul 65
Trom end of snout to fore limb.......... 17 16
bp mentees NGI AN oaatatoalacko cig 43 40
Horevimby tore akicreesueuccumnickensmsie eds 15 14
Eindglimbypenaeeeeee cee kc re rel 34 31
Pate eee eet teehee aie meant St oat tial Vane 113 114
The type specimens were obtained at Brava, Somaliland, by the
late German traveller Hildebrandt. I have examined 18 speci-
mens from Lugh, Somaliland, collected by Dr. Bottego. The
dimensions and variations in scaling and number of femoral pores
in these 13 specimens are here tabulated :—
A. |B. | 0. |D| E. | F.| G.| H I
7 \1) 6 63 | 12 | 26 | 18-17
7 \|1) 6 58 | 11 | 25 | 15-15
lbodl . & 55 | 10 | 25 | 15-15
7 \1) 6,5 | 57 | 11 | 26 | 14-14
7 \1). 5 56 | 11 | 26 | 15-14
6 |...) 6 67 | 10 | 25 | 15-14
6 {1} 5 63 | 11 | 25 | 17-16
65/1) 5 65 | 10 | 26 | 15-14
6°5}...1 6 56 |} 11 | 26 | 17-17
65}...) 5,6 | 66] 9 | 27 | 15-15
65/1) 5 53 | 10 | 28 | 16-15
45/1) 5 61] 9 | 26 | 13-14
4 {1} 6 | 58 | 10 | 27 }17-18
A. Length from snout to vent (in millimetres), B. Length of head.
O. Width of head. D. Shield between interparietal and occipital. KE. Upper
labial shields antorior to subocular. F, Number of scales across middle of body.
G. Number of shields in collar. H. Number of transverse rows of ventral
shields. I. Number of femoral pores (right and left).
5. EREMIAS BRENNERI, (Tig. 5, p. 929.)
Eremias brenneri, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 432; Bouleng.
Cat. Liz. iii. p. 86 (1887) [part.]; and Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), xi.
1891, p. 8; Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 719;
Bouleng. Ann. Mus, Genova, (2), xvii. 1896, p. 18.
1896. ] LIZARDS OF THD GENUS EREMIAS. 929
Boulengerina brenneri, Lataste, Aun. Mus. Genova, (2), ii. 1885,
p. 117.
Eremias edwards, Mocquard, Mém. Cent. Soc. Philom. p. 115,
pl. xi. fig. 1 (1888).
Fig. 5.
Eremias brenneri.
Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper
head-shields closely and finely striated; frontonasal as long as
broad or longer than broad ; anterior supraocular not bordered with
granules ; interparietal small, in one specimen divided into three,
separated from the very small occipital by another small shield ;
an elongate shield on the outer border of the parietals; temporal
scales granular, keeled ; subocular not reaching the lip, wedged in
between the sixth and seventh upper labials; the two or three
anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 7 to 9
shields. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, juxtaposed or subimbricate,
keeled, some even tricarinate, 65 to 68 across the middle of the
body. Six longitudinal series of ventral plates, with a rudimentary
outer series ; 25 to 27 transverse series. A more or less enlarged
median preanal. The hind limb reaches the eye or the nostril ;
foot as long as the distance between the arm and the end of the
snout; scales on the limbs strongly pluricarinate. 20 to 22
femoral pores on each side (23 or 24 in the types of LZ. edwardsit).
Tail twice to twice and a half as long as head and body; upper
caudal scales strongly keeled and striated.
In the immature specimen (Obbia-Berbera), examined by me in
1891, the coloration resembles strikingly that of the young
Acunthodactylus boskianus. Six reddish-white lines along the
body, separated by broader black interspaces or stripes, along each
60*
930 MR, R, LYDEKKER ON A NEW Dec. 1,
of which runs a series of small round whitish spots; limbs with a
black network enclosing large round reddish-white spots; tail
striped with black at the base, uniform coralline-red in its posterior
half; lower parts uniform white. In the adult female (Brava)
now before me the upper parts are of a nearly uniform isabelline
colour, with mere traces of the dark stripes and spots of the young,
all of which, however, can still be distinguished, and the tail is
coloured like the body.
The following are the dimensions of the two specimens de-
scribed by me; both belong to the Genoa Museum :—
: Her.
millim, millim.
Motalileno thier ieee cr taser 153 155
1G Wore Re pears (ais or ants eh ot cia eatin aa ete reo 12 10
Widthyiothead een cre. ossicles cies 75 5
From end of snout to fore limb.......... 18 14
i Bt PH TEL: Sinae ORIN eEsIo IO 48 45
Hore smb asides, oeeeeae eae seeibtoneral teen susie 18 15
Mind imb ieee eet ee eee 36 30
Maal eek once: truce ote PREC oe ereretoteleaeas 105 110
The type specimen came from Brava (I?. Brenner, one of the
companions of C. von der Decken). The types of HF. edwardsi
are noticed simply as from Somaliland (Révoil). A single specimen
from the Tana River (Chanler) has been recorded by Stejneger.
T have lately been able to examine two specimens, one from Brava,
the original locality (Bottego), and one from between Obbia and
Berbera (Zobecchi).
4, On an apparently New Deer from North China, in the
Menagerie of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey.
By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.R.S., &e.
[Received September 10, 1896.]
’ (Plates XLVITI. & XLIX.)
During a visit to Woburn Abbey in August last, His Grace the
Duke of Bedford directed my attention to a large male Deer
recently purchased from a dealer, and said to have been obtained
from the neighbourhood of Pekin. The animal, although not fully
adult, is larger than any example of the Red Deer that I have seen,
but appears undoubtedly to belong to the same (Hlaphine) group
of the genus Cervus, although its antlers are only in the stage of
development permanently characteristic of the Psewdaxine group—
that is to say, they have but four tines each. At this time the
general colour of the fur—which is short, smooth, and glossy—
was bright reddish bay, and there was no trace of a light disk on
P.Z.S.1896.P1.xLVII.
J.Smut del-et hth. Mintern Bros imp.
DEER FROM NORTH CHINA.
(IN SUMMER PELAGE)
P.Z.5.1896.P1.XLIX.
J.Suut del. et lith. Mintern Byos.imp.
DEER FROM NORTHCHINA.
(LN WINTER PELAGE)
ae iG
1896.] DEDR FROM NORTHDRN CHINA. 931
the buttocks surrounding the tail. The tail is remarkable for its
extreme shortness. There was no fringe of long hair on the throat,
but this may have been due to immaturity or to season. In their
present state of development, no conclusions can be drawn from
the antlers. Something over two years may be given as the
probable age of the animal.
Such was the coloration of the specimen when I first saw it at
the beginning of August (see Plate XLVIII.). When I again
visited Woburn in the middle of September, the summer coat was
being replaced by the winterone. ‘The most extraordinary change
was the development of a large yellowish disk on the buttocks,
including all the tail. his disk was clearly produced by a change
in the colour of the hairs of the summer coat; but it appeared
to be also developing in the winter coat, The general colour of
the latter seemed to be bluish grey, or brown, with a tendency to
fawn on the neck. A distinct fringe had also developed on the
throat. This was very thin, with bands of black, and white tips
to the hairs: thus being quite different to the thick, uniformly-
coloured fringe of the Wapiti and of the type of C. luehdorfi.
Still later, the general colour of the coat became more Wapiti-like,
and the caudal disk more distinct and brighter (see Plate XLIX.).
From C. «anthopygus the Woburn deer appears sufliciently dis-
tinguished by the shortness of the tail’; while there is no evidence
that the former is ever without a caudal disk, or that the summer
and winter coats are so widely different. Still, so far as I am
aware, that form is only definitely known by the type specimen.
Apparently, the species to which the deer under consideration
approximates most closely is C. luchdorfi, although it is very
dillicult to believe that it is identical. The type specimens of
Cervus luehdorfi, which comprised two pairs, were obtained from
Transbaikalia, and were probably brought from the Bureatish
Steppe of Northern Manchuria by nomads. The original descrip-
tion’ runs as follows :—‘‘ The Isubra Deer,” as it is called, ‘is
intermediate in height between the European Red Deer (C. elaphus)
and the North-American Wapiti (C. canadensis). In size it is
closer to the former, in the shape of the antlers to the latter. Its
hair is in winter brownish grey, in summer light brown ; the throat
has a small whitish median streak ; the under-lip is whitish, with
three black spots, one small one in the middle, and two larger
ones on each side. The strong mane is like that of the Wapiti—
in colour dark chestnut-brown, in places almost black; in summer
it disappears almost completely. The eye is smaller than in the
Red Deer. The tail is much shorter than either the Red Deer or
the Wapiti; in the male it is only two-thirds of the absolute length
of that of the Red Deer; relatively it is much shorter, as the
1 T assume that Milne-Edwards's plate is correct in this particular. If it
be incorrect, and the present specimen turn out to belong to C. xanthopygus,
that species will be much more distinct from the Red Deer than has hitherto
been supposed.
2 H. Bolau, Abh. Ver. Hamburg, vol. vii. p. 38, pl. iv. (1880).
932 MR. R. LYDHKKER ON A NEW (Dee. 1,
Isubra Deer is larger. In the female it leaves the pudenda un-
covered. The caudal disk is very strongly marked, extending, as
in the Wapiti, largely over the base of the tail. In the male it is
foxy, but in the other specimens bright straw-yellow. A dark
band, extending inferiorly on to the thigh, borders the disk. In
both sexes the head is elongated, and the nose somewhat convex.
A pair of antlers sent from East Siberia’ have two forwardly-
projecting brow-tines and a middle tine. While the beam goes in
a regular curve to end in a terminal tine, there is given off a strong
hind-tine, which is likewise single. Wherever tines are given off,
the antlers are flattened, and resemble those of C. eustephanus,
as figured by Blanford *.”
It is added that the young are spotted, and it is suggested that
the species may prove identical with C. eustephanus of the Thian-
Shan.
From this description it appears that C. lwehdorft has a well-
marked caudal disk at all seasons, and this is certainly the case with
the nearly allied Wapiti, whereas in the Woburn deer the summer
coat in the second year is uniform. The colour of the summer
coat is also much redder than in the Wapiti, and, apparently, than
in C. luehdorfi. Then, again, the neck-fringe, i the present
condition of the animal, is quite different to both the others.
Moreover, the appearance of the deer is not quite that of a Wapiti,
although it seems to belong to the same group. Further com-
parisons cunnot be made till the antlers of the third year are
developed; and it is, therefore, with some hesitation that I give
the animal a name at this time, especially as it inhabits an area
not very far removed from that of C. luehdorfi. Still, I have the
support of Mr. A. D. Bartlett, who saw the specimen in August,
and regarded the Woburn deer as undoubtedly representing a new
species. In the event of its proving decidedly distinct, the name
of Cervus bedfordianus would be appropriate, and this name I
accordingly assign to it provisionally.
Whether of individual or of specific value, the late develop-
ment of the caudal disk in the summer coat of the second year is
certainly a very remarkable feature ; and this feature, together
with the bright chestnut-red colour of the coat at the same season,
must be regarded as one of the most distinctive peculiarities of
this deer. In the winter coat the narrowness and banded coloration
of the throat-fringe must likewise be noted as a well-marked feature.
Beyond this it is almost impossible to go at present in attempting
to define the presumed species.
It is quite clear that the specimen has nothing to do either with
C. davidianus or with the Psewdavine group.
The following list of the known species of Elaphine Deer, with
a few of their leading distinctive characteristics, may be found
useful in connexion with the foregoing notes :—
1 \igured in the original memoir of Dr. Bolau.
2 Proc. Zvol. Soe. 1878, p. 633.
1896.] DEER FROM NORTIURN CHINA, 933
A. Antlers cupped, normally with a bez-tine.
1. C. elaphus. Europe to Asia Minor and N. Africa, In
the Barbary form the bez-tine generally wanting. Tail
long.
2. C, maral. Caucasus, Carpathians, and Eastern Persia.
Face longer than in Red Deer, and antlers generally
simpler ; but probably only a larger form of that
species.
3. C. xanthopygus. Typically from Northern China. Not
fully defined from No. 1; and part of its area perhaps
belonging to other species.
B. Antlers normally not cupped.
a. Antlers with a bez-tine ; muzzle and chin dark, or not pure
white.
4, C. cashmirianus. Kashmir. Antlers usually with five,
but sometimes more tines, of which the bez generally
exceeds the brow in length; in form regularly curved.
Caudal disk generally small, and white, but occasion-
ally wanting. ‘Tail short. Colour brown or brownish-
ash.
C. yarcandensis. Yarkand. Closely allied to last.
6. C. afinis. Fast of Sikhim and Darjiling. Differs from
C. cashmirianus in the beam of the antlers being
much bent forward above the origin of the trez-tine ;
bez-tine sometimes larger than the brow, but less
constantly than in C. cashmirianus. Only five tines
to antlers, which are very large. Caudal disk well
developed.
7. CO. eustephanus. Thian-Shan and Altai. Closely allied
to the Wapiti, from which the antlers appear insepar-
able, although the legs are shorter.
8. C. luehdorfi. N. Manchuria. Doubtfully distinct from
the last. Grey in winter, brown in summer.
9. C. canadensis. Antlers curving backwards, but slightly
converging, and much flattened where the tines divide ;
the fourth tine very large, and the posterior terminal
tine also large and directed backwards, nearly in
the plane of the fourth. More than five tines.
Caudal disk very large, and throat-fringe greatly
developed; neck dark-coloured. Tail very short; face
short.
10. C. bedfordianus. N. China. Allied to last, but smaller
and more slenderly built. Summer coat uniformly foxy ;
winter coat dark brown, with large yellow caudal disk ;
throat-fringe thin and particoloured in autumn.
b. Antlers without a bez-tine; muzzle and chin pure white.
11. C. thoroldi. Tibet.
934 MR, A. J, NORTH ON THN HABITS OF A [Dec. 1,
In conclusion, I may take this opportunity of mentioning that
in the Park at Woburn there is a small herd of Wapiti-like deer
from the Altai, which I believe to be referable to C. eustephanus
of the Thian-Shan. Unfortunately, their antlers have been so
damaged by the voyage, that they are valueless for purposes
of comparison ; but the general appearance of these animals leads
one to think that they belong to the species in question. The big
Deer of the Altai have been generally referred to the so-called
Cervus maral, probably owing to the use of the term “ Maral”
by the natives of Central Asia. Mr. W. L. Sclater! has, however,
already pointed out that the Altai deer is in all probability identical
with the Thian-Shan stag. Accepting this identity, and also that
C. luehdorfi is specifically inseparable from OC. eustephanus, the
range of the latter species will extend from the Altai to Aimur-
land, and will thus lead on towards the habitat of the Wapiti.
These Altai deer appear to be distinctly different from C. bed-
fordianus.
Next year I hope to be able to give some further observations on
the Altai deer at Woburn.
5. On the Habits of a Cuckoo in the Gilbert Islands.
By Aurrep J. Norru, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist to the
Australian Museum, Sydney.
[Received August 19, 1896.]
At a meeting of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, in
September 1894, I exhibited a male and female of the Long-
tailed Cuckoo, Hudynamis taitensis, which had been recently
presented to the Trustees of the Australian Museum by the
Hon. C. R. Swayne, T1.B.M.’s Resident at the Gilbert and Ellice
Groups. These birds had been obtained by Mr. Swayne on Big
Makin Island or “ Butari-tari” of the natives. A short note was
also contributed relative to the distribution of this species, and to
the tradition current among the natives of the Gilbert Group,
that the female deposited her egg on a piece of palm-leaf placed
on a cloud, and left it to be incubated by the sun?.
During June of this year Mr. Swayne, who was in Sydney for a
short time while on his way to London, informed me that he had
seen this Cuckoo oust a Noddy Tern (Anous stolidus) from its nest
and take possession of it. As the habits and food of these birds
are so entirely different, and as I had never previously heard of so
remarkable an instance of appropriation on the part of a Cuckoo,
Mr. Swayne, prior to his departure, kindly sent me the following
notes :—
? Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. pt. ii. p. 184 (1891).
* See Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ser. 2, ix. p. 584.
1896.] CUCKOO IN THH GILBERT ISLANDS. 935
‘I promised to write you as to the ‘Tekabare’ (Hudynamis
taitensis), of which I sent you specimens in 1894.
“This bird is found in both the Gilbert and Ellice Islands, and
is, I believe, the only land-bird in the Gilberts, whereas in the
Ellice Islands a large light slate-coloured Pigeon’, known in Fiji
as the ‘ Thireke,’ is also found.
“During the latter part of my stay in the Gilberts, I was
always on the look-out for information as to the nesting of the
‘Tekabare, but was unable to get any from the natives.
“In August last year I was at the island of Niu, in the Ellice
Group, and while walking through the island along with the local
trader we passed a clump of ‘buka’ trees, in which, as is common
throughout the Ellice Islands, there were numbers of the Noddies
(Anous stolidus) nesting. I noticed that in one tree the birds were
wuch disturbed and apparently frightened. The trader explained
that the birds were disturbed by a ‘ Hawk.’ We remained some
time watching, and I saw our friend the Cuckoo drive a Noddy
out of the nest and take possession of it, while the old birds and
apparent proprietors tried in vain to dislodge the intruder. The
trees were high with long bare boles, impossible to climb, and if
climbed it would be difficult to get at the nests, as the wood is soft
and the branch on which the nest was built was insufficient to bear
one’s weight.
* T do not doubt that the Cuckoo was about to lay. As there are
no ‘buka’ trees in the Gilberts, the Cuckoo doubtless lays in
the Noddy’s nest on the pandanus.
“T have often watched the Noddy in the Gilberts picking up
srass and bits of coconut leaves and making its nest, which
when finished very much resembles that belonging to a land-bird.
It would be interesting to know whether the young Cuckoo is
raised on a fish-diet.
“ Although I offered rewards to the natives on many islands,
I never was able to get an egg of the Cuckoo. In the Gilberts
the people say they have never seen eggs or young, and, as I told
you, they hold the tradition that the female takes a portion
of the covering of the young palm-leaf and flying up with it
deposits it on a cloud, lays her egg on it, where it is hatched by
the sun.
“ At the island of Funafuti, where the scientific expedition now
is, the Cuckoo may be seen at the back of the town, and there are
probably half a dozen birds in the atoll. Both the Noddy and the
Man-of- War bird are kept as pets in the Ellice and Gilbert Islands,
but I could never find that the Man-of-War bird was (as has been
stated) used to carry messages between different islands. The old
men always laughed at the idea.”
Probably Globicera pacifica.
936 DR. H. J HANSEN ON CRUSTACHANS {Dec. 1,
6. On the Development and the Species of the Crustaceans
of the Genus Sergestes. By Dr. H. J. Hansen (Copen-
hagen)’. :
[Received October 15, 1896.]
Contents.
i. Introductory Remarks.................0006
ii. The History of the Genus
iii, The adult Sergestes and Mastigopus .......
iv. Synonymical and other Remarks ...............secseeeceeecseueee
v. Oonspectus of the Species ............ceseeseseceeeeceentecaseeeeeee
vi. Notes on the Species of Group IT. ...........scecseeseceeeceeecens
vii. Notes on the Species of Group IT...................00
viii. Remarks on Sctacaris and Petalidium of Bate
ix, Geographical and Bathymetrical Distribution
i. Introductory Remarks.
Three years ago the Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing, in his most useful
book “A History of Crustacea. Recent Malacostraca” (The
Intern. Scient. Ser. vol. lxxiv.), writes on the genus Sergestes :—
“The species known as adults are very numerous, of very various
SIZeS..... The account of the genus occupies eighty-eight quarto
pages and seventeen plates of Spence Bate’s ‘ Report on the
Challenger Macrura.’ It was the subject of a monograph by
Kréyer in 1856, and the interest of the subject seems still very
far from being exhausted.” That the supposition in the last line
of this quotation is correct will be proved by this little treatise.
Besides the large section of Bate’s ‘Challenger Macrnra’ and
Kroyer’s monograph, almost a score of papers contain contributions
to the knowledge of this interesting genus; but for all that no
other group or extensive genus of Decapoda has been up to this
time so incompletely studied. This will be plainly recognized when
the chief results of this paper are stated—these are that of the 59
(or 60) hitherto described species only about 20, or one-third of the total
number, have been established on adult animals, such as have almost or
entirely arrived at secual maturity ; and that almost all the other species
are true larve, and even of these a considerable portion are larval stayes
of species already established on adult specimens, while of the 20 species
founded on adult specimens 2 with good reason will be eacluded
and at least 4 must be cancelled as synonyms! The authors, who
have established new species and have avoided describing or at
least acknowledging larve as real adult species, only make mention
of large or very large specimens and, in all probability, have not
studied smaller forms.
To throw some light upon the older larval stages of the species,
distinguishing between the larve and the adults, referring a series
of the larve to the adult forms, examining the value and variation
of different characters, &c., will be the aim of this short treatise.
1 Communicated by the Rey. T. R. R, Srensina,
1896.] OF THD GENUS BERGESTES. 937
Several years ago, when trying to determine the very rich
material of pelagic forms (among them also the type specimens
of the 15 species described by Kroyer) preserved in the Zoological
Museum of the University in Copenhagen, I discovered the value
of numerous species, but I had no mind to write any preliminary
note on the question. Since then I have not had the time necessary
for working out a monograph (requiring some hundred figures) ;
but seeing now that at least during some years I shall be very
much engaged with other work, while authors continue to describe
larve as well-established new species, I have thought it convenient
to write this communication. A monograph will, nevertheless, be
extremely desirable, for of most species and larval stages new full,
and accurate descriptions and new figures, much better than the
existing ones, must be worked out. Many of the described forms
it is impossible to recognize with certainty without a re-examina-
tion of the type specimens. A monograph must also be based
upon the investigation of the collections in the few museums
which possess rich material of pelagic Crustacea; it will be rather
toilsome, but very remunerative, as at the present tine it is
scarcely possible within any other group of Decapoda to elucidate
a large portion of the development of almost two-thirds of the
species.
The genus Sergestes is now generally referred to a separate family,
the Sergestide. To this also the following genera have been
transferred’: Sciacarzs, Bate ; Petalidium, Bate; Acetes, H. M.-Edw.;
and Leucifer, Vaugh. Thomps. On Seiacaris and Petalidium some
remarks will be communicated in the following pages; the two
other genera I must omit on this occasion, though much addition
to our knowledge could be given. Jeucifer has been treated at
great length by Bate, who admits only 2 species, but 4 species are
preserved in our museums. Of Acefes 2 species are known (one
of which has not been examined since 1837), but we possess
6 species, the distinctive characters of which are very curious; it
is, however, impossible to give a good idea of the species of these
two genera without a considerable number of figures.
Before concluding these few remarks I desire to offer my sincere
thanks to Prof. Dr. IC. Brandt (Kiel) and Geheimrath Prof. Dr. R.
Leuckart (Leipzig), who lent me two type specimens, and espe-
cially to Geheimrath Prof. Dr. V. Hensen (el), who lent me
examples of 4 Plankton species, and Prof. Dr. C. Chun (Breslau),
who, on my request for the loan of type specimens of two species,
favoured me with his whole finely preserved material collected by
himself, chiefly with a closure-net, ‘“‘Schliessnetz,” at the Canary
Tslands and at Ragusa and Lesina in the Adriatic.
li. Dhe History of the Genus.
As C. Spence Bate and A. Ortmann, the last two authors who
have given an apparently but not really complete enumeration of
the known species, have overlooked several publications, and as
938 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON ORUSTAOBANS [Dee. 1,
other contributions have been published during the last few years,
it will be convenient to give a short account of all the papers
containing descriptions of new species, and, moreover, to make
some few remarks on the most important contributions treating of
the development. Papers which contain no descriptions of new
species, and generally are but of little interest for our knowledge
of the genus, are omitted.
The genus Sergestes was established by H. Milne-Edwards in
1830 (‘ Deser. d. genres Glancothoé, Sicyonie, Sergeste et Accte,”
Ann, d. Sc. Natur. t. xix.) with one new species, and in his Hist.
Natur. d. Crust. t. ii. 1837, he does not know more species.—In
1850 G. de Natale (Descriz. zool. d’una nuova specie di Plojaria et
di aleune Crostacei del porto di Messina) described and figured one
new species.—In 1855 H. Kroyer published preliminary de-
scriptions (“ Bidrag til Kundskab om Krabsdyrslegten Sergestes,
Wdw.,” Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. lorhandl. i 1855) of 15 new
species, and in 1859 his well-known monograph (“ Forség til en
monographisk Fremstilling af Krabsdyrslegten Sergestes, Med.
Bemerkninger om Decapodernes Héreorganer,” K. D. Vidensk.
Selsk. Skrifter, 5 Raekke, Nat. Math. Afd. iv. 2) containing full
descriptions and numerous figures of the same 15 species. The
descriptions are worked out with his usual care, and both these
and the plates surpass almost all subsequent contributions ; but
his scanty material of most species and complete ignorance of the
development have given rise to the error, at that time very
excusable, of treating larve as adult species. Of corrections I
shall only here mention that 3 of his species do not belong to the
genus (see later on) ; and that when he states that the examples
of S. serrulatus, S. caudatus, and S. laciniatus were captured in the
Kattegat off Denmark, this is absolutely a mistake, all 3 species
originating in the subtropical or tropical seas.—In 1861
W. Stimpson published (“‘ Prodrom. descr. animal. evertebr., quae in
Exped. ad Ocean. Pacific. Septentrion. . . .,” Proceed. Acad. Nat.
Se. Philadelphia, 1860) shorter descriptions of 5 new species, one
of which he transferred to a new genus, Sergia, which must be
cancelled as being of no value at all—In 1875 A. Metzger
(“Crustaceen aus d. Ordnungen Edriophthalmata und Podoph-
thalmata,” Jahresber. der Commission zur wiss. Unters. der
deutschen Meere in Kiel fiir die Jahre 1872, 1873: Berlin, 1875)
established one new species.—In 1881 C. Spence Bate published
(“On the Penzidea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii.)
preliminary descriptions of 4 new species (and of the new genus
Petalidium), all from the ‘Challenger’; the paper is of some
importance for the priority of at least one of the names. In
1888 Bate’s above-mentioned large contribution in the ‘Challenger’
Report, vol. xxiv., was issued. ‘Together with the species in the
preliminary paper he describes in all 24 new species of Sergestes,
but figures only 18 of them; next he gives an extract of the
Kréyerian descriptions and a new representation of 7 of Kroyer’s
species examined by himself. He indicates “Greenland” as the
1896.] OF THE GENUS SHRGESTHS. 939
locality for all the animals described by Kroyer, though only one of
Kroyer’s species was taken in that neighbourhood—a curious
mistake which has already been corrected by Ortmann. He
cancels 2 of Kréyer’s species, but one of the two, S. arcticus, is a
valid species. Bate also employs numerous pages and several
plates in the representation of larval stages (see later on). This
large contribution is of course of great importance, but unfortu-
nately neither the descriptions nor the figures are so good as could
be wished, and in numerous instances (see later on) a re-exami-
nation of the type specimens is absolutely necessary—the greater
part of the new species are but larve. Besides the genus
Petalidium he also establishes the genus Sciacaris, each of these
containing one species. The latter genus is of no value, itis but a
Sergestes-larva.—For some small but classical contributions we
are indebted to 8. I. Smith. In 1882 he gives (“‘ Report on the
Results of Dredging, und. the supervis. of Al. Agassiz . . .,” Bull. of
the Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. x.) the correct branchial formula of
S. areticus, Kr., and an excellent description with good figures of a
new species ; in 1884 (“ Rep. on the Decap. Crust. of the Albatross
Dredgings . . . in 1883,” U.S. Comm. of Fish and Visheries, pt. x.;
Rep. f. 1882) he describes a new species and gives figures of
S. arcticus, Kr., and S. robustus, Smith; in 1886 (“‘ Rep. on the
Decap. Crust... .in 1884,” U. 8. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries,
pt. xiii.; Rep. f. 1885) he communicates a plate with figures of
earlier described species.—In 1888 C. Chun (“Die pelag. Thierwelt
in gross. Meerestiefen . . .,” Bibliotheca Zoologica, B. 1) describes
and figures one new species, captured with a “ Schliessnetz,” and
in 1889 (‘“ Bericht tb. eine nach d, Canarischen Inseln im Winter
1887-88 ausgef. Reise,” Sitzungber. d.k. Preuss. Akad.d. Wissensch.
zu Berlin, Jahrg. 1889) another and very curious new species.
—In 1891 J. Wood-Mason (‘‘ Nat. Hist. Not. from H.M. Indian
Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
6th ser. vol. vii. 1891 and vol. viii. 1891) establishes two new
species; and, as a continuation of the same publication, A. Alcock
and A. R. Anderson in 1894 (Journ. Asiat. Soc. of Bengal,
vol. lxiii. 1894) describe a third new species, of which a figure
was published later on, in 1895 (Illustrations of the Zool. of the
R. Ind. Mar. Surv. Steamer ‘ Investigator’: Calcutta 1895).—In
1893 A. Ortmann (“ Decapoden und Schizopoden,” Ergebnisse d.
Plankton-Exped. d. Humboldt-Stiftung, B. ii. G. b.) gives a more
important contribution, containing descriptions and figures of 2
new species, additional notes and corrections on several earlier
known species, and the cancelling cf 3 names as synonyms; he also
tries to make up an analytical key of most of the known species,
distributing them into the genera Sergestes and Sergia, but as the
greater part are larval forms with several of the characters
changing from stage to stage, the keys are of no value.—Finally
W. Faxon in 1893 (“ Prel. Descr. of new Spec. of Crust.—Rep. on
the Dredg. Operat. off the West Coast of Centr. America. . .,”
Bull. of the Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. xxiv.) describes 3 new
940 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON ORUSTACEANS (Dec. 1,
species, In the full treatment (‘ The Stalk-eyed Crustacea.—Rep.
on an Explor. off the West Coast of Mexico...,” Mem. of the
Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. xviii. 1895) he communicates extensive
descriptions and a series of figures of the same 3 species, but he
withdraws 2 of them as synonyms to earlier known forms; one of
these, S. halia, must, however, be re-established.
The result is that of Sergestes and Sergia, taken together,
59 species have been established, of Scivacaris 1—in all 60 species,
of which 7 have been withdrawn by various authors, but only 5
with good reason; so that we have the preliminary result: 55
species.
The development of Sergestes was first and most fully eluci-
dated by C. Claus. In 1863 (“‘ Ueber einige Schizop. und niedere
Malacostraken Messina’s,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. B. xiii. 1863)
Claus describes a larva which he names <Acanthosoma, without,
however, being able to indicate its relations; but he (pp. 437-
439) correctly refers Mastigopus, Leuckart (1853), to a larva of
Sergestes. In 1876 (Untersuch. zur Erforschung der Geneal.
Grundlage des Crustaceen-Systems) he shows all the principal
features of the metamorphosis: he has found a Protozoéa-stage,
and states the zoéa described by Dohrn as Elaphocaris, Acan-
thosoma, and Mastigopus to be successive stages of the deve-
lopment. One point is of special interest, viz. his statement that
the two posterior pairs of trunk-legs, which are well developed
with long exopods in the Acanthosoma, are thrown off by the
moulting to the Aastigopus-stage, and then grow out again; they
become “ sichtbar als kurze Schlauche, die wir an grésseren und
iilteren Larven in verschiedenen Uebergangsstufen zu kleinen
Fiissen sich entwickeln sehen” (Zeitschr. w. Zool. p. 438).—Some
months before the ‘‘ Untersuchungen ” of Claus appeared v.
Willemoés-Sulm published (“ Prelim. Remarks on the Development
of some Pelagic Crust.,” Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. yol. xxiv. 1876, and
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Ilist. ser. 4, vol. xvii.) a short paper, in which
he states that Elaphocaris, Dohrn, is the zoéa of Sergestes, and that
the development passes through an Amphion-stage &c.; but on the
Mastigopus-stage and its want of the two posterior pair of trunk-
legs he says nothing.—In Bate’s ‘ Challenger’ Report 30 pages
and several plates are occupied by the representation of a series of
Llaphocaris, Acanthosoma, Mastiyopus, and considerations about the
development. On p.383 he says: “ By tracing the several stages,
we may safely conclude, from the direct structural affinities, that
Mastigopus is a young Sergestes.” This is correct, but when he
really tries to establish any limit between Mastigopus and Sergestes
he is not fortunate, nay, in the description of Serg. longispinus,
Bate (pp. 417-18), he even writes: ‘‘ The fourth and fifth pairs are
entirely absent,” and later on he is “inclined to think that their
absence is owing to the early stage of development”; thus his
Serg. longispinus is a young Mastigopus with the legs referred to
still less developed than in the form he in the earlier part (pp. 376—
77) describes as Mastig. acetiformis, Bate. Thus the differences
1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 941
between Mastigopus and Sergestes have not been apprehended by
Bate.—In 1893 A. Ortmann (in his above mentioned paper) gives
a general view of the development of Sergestes; on p. 68 he says
that the reduction of the two posterior pairs of trunk-legs in
Mastigopus ‘ist der hauptsiichliche Unterschied von der erwachs-
enen Sergestes-Form,” which in this draught is rather obscure, and
this author has also accepted the larve described by his prede-
cessors as adults, as being valid species of Sergestes.
iii. The adult Sergestes and Mastigopus.
No author has put or answered the question how to decide
whether a specimen of a Sergestes is really adult. At first sight
this does not seem to be the case. Long ago Milne-Edwards
discovered an organ only found in the adult (or subadult) male,
viz. a large and very complicated appendix on the first pair of
pleopods, the so-called ‘“‘ petasma,” and Kroyer added the peculiar
development of the exterior flagellum of the antennule. Later
on Bate, Smith, Wood-Mason, and Faxon have found similar
structures in some species. But it is interesting to observe that
all the species in which these structures have been found, or, in
other words, the species of which the male sex has been deter-
mined, are comparatively large, at least 15-25 mm.in length and
sometimes much longer, that they all possess short eye-stalks with
rather small or very small and totally black eyes, and that they have
the fifth pair of trunk-legs tolerably developed and the fourth pair
rather long and fringed with numerous long cilia ; while in most of
the described species no petasma and no transformation of the
exterior flagellum of the antennule have been found, and all these
species are rather small, rarely more than 4—15 mm. long, almost
all with rather long or long eye-stalks, rather large or large eyes,
all with the eyes either totally yellowish (or whitish) or at most with
a blackish spot in the interior, and the fourth and especially the fifth
pair of trunk-legs rather short or even rudimentary. When
Kxéyer published his monograph the development was quite
unknown, and not being able to find any male specimen of
numerous species he believed that his specimens were females.
Bate and Ortmann, who later on studied collections many times
richer than that examined by Kroyer, do not mention having
met with any male of any of the numerous smaller species!
These results suggest that the smaller species must offer some
peculiarity.
The collection of Sergestes in the Zoological Museum of the
University in Copenhagen is very large, 300 bottles and tubes
(each containing all the specimens of a species from the same
locality) ; all the animals, with extremely few exceptions, have been
collected with surface-nets. Trying to discriminate and determine
the forms, I soon took notice of the fact that among an enormous
material (98 tubes) of S. atlanticus, M. Edw., with black eyes, not
rarely were found somewhat smaller specimens with pale or
942 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 1,
yellowish eyes, which possessed a shape recalling somewhat the
very curious, ovate, and obliquely implanted, but much larger eyes
in S. ancylops, Kr. The result of further comparison was that
every conceivable intermediate stage between the small S. ancylops, Ky.
(with its abnormal eyes, its rudimentary last pair of trunk-legs,
and its dorsal spines on some of the abdominal segments, &c.),
and large, mature specimens of S. atlanticus, A.-Eduw. (8. frisii, Ar.),
was found. We possess S. ancylops from 17 localities, and
in 10 of these it was taken in company with larger transition-
stages to, or completely developed specimens of, S. atlanticus.
That typical specimens of S. ancylops and transition-stages
to the black-eyed form do not possess any petasma, scarcely
needs mention, but neither was it found in the smallest of the
black-eyed specimens. The result was that S. ancylops, Ky., must
be considered as the Mastigopus-stage of S. atlanticus, M.-Edw.,
and that the idea of Mastigopus must be extended to embrace such
stages as only differ from the Mastigopus of Claus, Bate, and
Ortmann in having the fourth and fifth pairs of trunk-legs some-
what longer, while their eyes in shape and colour have still
preserved the essential characters of the Mastigopus. And with
that I had gained a result rendering it easy to study the alterations in
shape and armature of all the various parts of the animal during its
development, and a starting-point for the consideration of other
species. Soon afterwards | made out that S. rinkii, Ky., is the
Mastigopus of S. arcticus, Kr., &e. And now let us look at the
characters of the larve in contradistinction to those of the adult
animals.
When a species is mature the male sex always possess a large
petasma and—so far as we know—a peculiar development of the
exterior flagellum of the antennule. For the females I have not
found any character of discriminative value. But while the well-
developed petasma is necessary to decide the real maturity of
the male, and the female must have reached the same length as the
adult male before it can be admitted as being mature, such
comparison is not necessary for the decision of the question whether a
specimen without a petasma has arrived at the adult stage—viz. that
its different parts, such as shield with rostrum, eyes, external maxil-
lipeds and legs, wropods, telson, gc. have almost or totally assumed
the shape to be found in the mature and sometimes unknown form—or
whether it must be considered as a larva. As declared in the
introductory remarks, about two-thirds of the established species
are but larve ; in reality they present several characters immediately
stamping them as such, and, furthermore, they show peculiarities
which indicate very different stages of metamorphosis. In a
multitude of ‘“ species” dorsal spines on some or almost all the
abdominal segments are present, and such spines only exist in the
larval stages, but in many older larve the abdomen is quite smooth.
In the adults the rostrum is rather short or very short, but,
especially in the younger Mastigopus-forms, it is most frequently
long or even very long. In the larye the fourth and fifth pair of
1896.] OF THE GDNUS SERGESTES. 943
legs are at least shorter, more slender, and with fewer hairs than in
the adults. But the best distinction between the larve and the
adults is, as hinted above, the shape and especially the colour of
the eyes: in the larvee the eye-stalks are almost always long, the
eyes are rather large, or even very large, and have an oblique and
more or less fungiform shape; while in the adults the eye-stalks are
rather short, and the eyes smaller, more regularly globular, and
sometimes but slightly thicker than the distal end of the stalk; in
all larvee the eyes are yellowish (or whitish), and black pigment, when
present, is only found in the interior and very remote from the cornea,
while in the adults the eycs are totally black. But it must be
emphasized that even when the black eyes are acquired and all other
larval characters have been lost, the animals are still immature, as
the petasma is developed somewhat later, and the petasma itself
does not become completely developed at once to its final shape.
For the rest, more or less conspicuous alterations in all parts of
the body and the limbs take place during the development from
the youngest Mastigopus-stage to the adult Sergestes, but it is
impossible to give a full elucidation without numerous figures.
Besides, the species show considerable differences in development:
thus, for instance, the dorsal abdominal spines are in some species
lost when the Mastigopus is not half-grown, while in other species
they are preserved till the Mastigopus is almost full-grown and the
colour of the eyes alters, &c. Therefore I do not attempt to
give a general picture of the metamorphosis, but I will refer the
reader to the following more special, but short treatment of the
species.
Next we arrive at three fresh considerations: (1) the separation
of the adult species from each other ; (2) the discrimination of the
larvee, so that the different stages of the same Mastigopus may be
referred to each other and separated from other larve; and
(8) the reference of any given Mastigopus to its species of Sergestes.
In the literature of the subject numerous characters have been
used, but some of them are only applicable to the adults, others to
the larval forms, and several good characters proposed by Kro er
and 8. I. Smith have been overlooked, or at least not used with
sufficient accuracy, by most authors. The whole question of the
characters must be re-examined.
For the characterization of the adult species must be used
differences in the following structures :—the shape of the rostrum,
absence or presence of supra-ocular spine, hepatic spine, and gastro-
hepatic groove on the carapace, shape and size of the eyes, the
relative length of the 3 joints of the antenn. ped.’, their size, and the
shape of the basal one, the shape of the apical part of the squama,
the length and structure of mxp.° (whether the 4 proximal joints
are similar to those in trl.° or are obviously incrassated, the arming
1 In order to abridge the descriptions, I in the following pages make use of
some abbreviations :—antenn. ped.=peduncle of the antennule, mxp.?=the
third pair of maxillipeds, trl.!-trl.°=the first to the fifth pair of trunk-legs,
ext. br. of urp.=external branch of the uropods.
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No, LXI. 61
944 DR. I, J. WANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,
or furnishing with sete or spines of the two distal joints, and the
division of the sixth joint into 4, 5, 6, or 8 subjoints, &c.), the
number and size of the branchiz or lamelle above trl.° and trl.*, the
difference in shape and the furnishing with cilia along the exterior
margin of ext. br. of urp., finally sometimes the coarseness or
slenderness of the body. Especially ma:p.3 offers most valuable and
very neglected differences. (Of course it will also be possible to
detect good characters in other parts, f. inst., in the structure of the
5 pairs of trunk-legs, and one difference is used in the following
discussion ; the petasma also exhibits characters, but this curious
organ it is impossible to describe and make use of without figures.)
It will, for the rest, be necessary to examine the animals much more
scrupulously than has hitherto been done by most authors, for
some described species are not recognizable, and at least S. edwardsi,
Kr., is collective to such a degree, that between the limits adopted
by W. Faxon it includes at least 4 species.
For the discrimination and description of the Alastigopus-forms,
characters from all the structural features mentioned to be used in
the adults can be derived, and moreover the armature of the
abdominal segments and the shape of the telson frequently offer
good characters. But it must be remembered that alterations in
almost all parts take place during the development from the
youngest to the oldest larval stage, some of the alterations being
very great, others rather small. ‘lo succeed in the double aim—the
reference of the Mastigopus to the adult Sergestes and the collocation
of all the different stages of the same Mastigopus-species, distin-
guishing them from the stages of other species—we have but one
way to go, which, in reality, is rather troublesome. (The deve-
lopment in aquaria of the various stages may be possible, but almost
all species being tropical or subtropical, and besides belonging to
the open sea, very little help from this method can be expected for
many years.) ‘lhe student must work with copious material, and
having isolated and examined and determined all the specimens with
black eyes, he must subdivide the species into groups, making use of
characters which alter very little during the older Mastigopus-stages
and the development to the adult shape; then he must search in the
collection for the oldest Mastigopus-specimens which coincide with
the adults in the characters mentioned, and try to refer them to
the adults; at last he, being especially assisted by most of the same
characters, must try to proceed backwards from the older to the
younger and then to the youngest stages of every species, wherein
he will in numerous instances be much assisted by the circum-
stance that different stages of the same Mastigopus are frequently
taken together in the same haul. (Some authors not infrequently
write in the descriptions of the small “ species” that the specimens
vary in several particulars, f. inst. in the development of the
dorsal abdominal spines, and this is often derived from the fact
that their degree of development has been somewhat unequal.)
Applying this principle it will in many instances be possible to
determine the youngest forms, which by Bate and Ortmann are
1896. ] OF TILE GDNUS SERGESTHS, 945
considered as the real Mastigopus, and even sometimes to determine
the Acanthosoma, consequently to elucidate at least one-half of the
total metamorphosis. Asa rule the differences between the same
older stage of any two species whatsoever are more conspicuous than
the differences between the species of Sergestes to which they
belong. During a long-continued study of a rich collection it will
gradually be possible to arrive at complete certainty in the
collocation of the series of stages of all species well represented,
but in too numerous instances it is impossible to refer the forms
to the representations of authors without examining their type-
specimens.
The characters which undergo very little or almost no change
during the metamorphosis from the older Mustigopus to the adult,
and for that reason offer good marks for identification, are the
following:—(1) the structure of mxp.3, viz., whether they are
scarcely longer than trl.? with the 4 proximal joints of the same
aspect (the fourth joint flattened) as in trl.* and the two distal
joints equally setaceous on both margins—or whether they are
considerably or much longer than trl.*, with the 4 proximal joints
considerably thickened and much more robust than in trl.*, and
the 2 distal joints almost or totally naked along the one margin,
while at least the sixth joint is armed with several long and a
number of shorter spines on the other margin (but only the
presence of spines, not their number, can here be taken into
consideration; (2) the proportion between the naked and the hairy
art of the external margin of ext. br. of urp.; (8) the relative
length of the 3 joints (especially the first and the third) of the
antenn. ped.; (4) the number of subjoints in the sixth joint
of mxp.*—Other characters of more secondary value will be pointed
out in dealing with the species.
The character derived from the length of mxp.°, and especially
from the aspect of their 4 proximal joints in contradistinction to
the legs and especially to trl.*, can also be used in every Mastigopus-
stage; it will even almost always be possible to refer a larva with
mxp.” broken off to one of the two groups by comparing the basal
joint, which always persists, with the basal joints of the 3
following pairs of trunk-legs.—The character from the uropods is
in most cases more or less subject to alteration during the
development, and as a general rule it may be stated, that when only
3-4 of the.exterior margin is hairy in the adult, then this part
approximates more and more towards occupying 4 of the margin
according to the youth of the specimens ; but when the margin is
hairy in the total or inc. § of its length in the adult, then the
hairy part is a little shorter in the younger, and still somewhat
shorter in the youngest Mastigopus.—The character from the
length of the joints in antenn. ped. also alters in the younger
stages, with the result that the first joint is proportionally longer
(and distally much narrower) in the younger than in the older
Mastigopus-stages.—Several instances proving these rules will be
found in the following descriptions of the species..
61*
946 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTAOHANS {Dec.1,
iv. Synonymical and other Remarks.
Before proceeding to a systematic arrangement, founded upon
the characters mentioned, it will perhaps be convenient to under-
take some reduction of the species, especially of the adult forms,
with a view to freeing the next chapter, containing notes on the
structure of the species and their larve, from these disturbing
investigations.
The single species established by de Natale, S. arachnipodus
(p. 19, Tav. ii. tig. 1), is quite unrecognizable to me, and will, in
my opinion, never be interpreted with certainty ; therefore I have
omitted it from the systematic arrangement.
Of the 15 species described by Kroyer, only 4 (S. frisii, Kr.,
S. areticus, Kr., S. cornutus, Kr., S. edwardsi, Kr.) have been
established upon adult animals. Bate, Chun, and Ortmann have
already considered S. frisii, Kr., to be identical with S. atlanticus,
M.-Edw., but when Bate (op. cit. p. 389) furthermore withdraws
S. arcticus, Kr., this is, as pointed out by Ortmann, quite wrong.
Of the remaining 11 species 8 are true Sergestes-larvee, while the
3 others, viz. S. obesus, Kr., S. caudatus, Kr., and S. serrulatus, Kr.,
must be removed from the genus. SS. obesus, Kr. (p. 257, tab. iv.
fig. 10, a-f) is a very curious form ; the single Kroyerian specimen
had been dissected and most of the pieces are preserved, but an
investigation of the type specimens of S. sanguineus, Chun (1889),
proved that this form is identical and that both species have been
established upon larve which differ so much from the Mastigopus
of Sergestes that the species must be removed from this genus, and
it will be discussed later on under Petalidium, Bate. S. caudatus, Kr.
(p. 270, tab. v. fig. 14, a-d), is a very young Peneus that has just
passed the Mysis-stage (Kréyer’s representation of the trunk-legs
is not correct, as his type specimen possesses a well-developed chela
on trl.’, behind which pair are found the basal joints of 4 pairs).
S. serrulatus, Kr. (p. 268, tab. iv. fig. 12, c-g) is a very young
Acetes, M.-Edw. Finally, S. laciniatus, Ky. (p. 274, tab. v.
fig. 15, a—e), is, as already pointed out by Ortmann, identical with
S. corniculum, Kr.
Of the species described by Stimpson only one is adult, viz.
S. pacificus, Stimps. (p. 45), and it is, in my opinion, identical with
S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., as the differences which the author states
to exist between his species and Kréyer’s description of S. frisii, Kr.,
are of no value. The fact is that the hepatic spine is placed a
little more behind than in Kréyer’s figure, in which also the
trunk-legs are delineated a little shorter than they are in the
animals. Of the other species, S. longicaudatus, Stimps., and
Sergia remipes, Stimps. (p. 46), can, in my opinion, scarcely be
recognized without examination of the type specimens.
Of Serg. meyeri, Metzger (p. 302, tab. vi. fig. 7), I have
1 T always quote the ‘ Ohallenger’ Report, not his preliminary paper ; as to
Kréyer, I refer to his monograph, omitting his earlier descriptions without
figures. 0
1896.] OF THH GHNUS SERGESTES. 947
examined the type specimen and must declare it to be a large
female of S. arcticus, Kr. Sp. Bate has in all established 24 new
species of Sergestes, of which but 3, S. prehensilis, Bate,
S. japonicus, Bate, and S. krdyeri, Bate (all briefly characterized in
1881), are decidedly adults. Of the other species,/. longicollus, Bate
(p. 421, pl. lxxvii. fig. 1), at least has almost arrived at the shape
of the adult, but it is, as pointed out by Ortmann, synonymous
with S. tenuiremis, Kr. It is impossible to me to form any idea
of S. profundus, Bate (p. 428); Bate’s specimens were very much
mutilated. The other 19 species and Scvacaris telsonis, Bate
(p. 488, pl. Ixxviii. fig. 1), are all Mastigopus-forms in very different
stages of development.— When Bate (p. 393, pl. xviii.) describes
and figures trl.* and trl.’ in S. adlanticus, M.-Edw., as very short,
this must, in my opinion, arise from an anomaly or from some other
reason of no value, if the described and tigured specimen really
belongs to this species, for I am not convinced that all the specimens
from the localities enumerated (p. 390) belong to S. atlanticus. He
states that a specimen, 50 mm. in length, was taken “off Japan ;
depth 345 fathoms,” and that 3 specimons, 43 mm. long, were
trawled “south of Australia; depth 2150 fathoms.” ‘hese 4
specimens at least must be re-examined, as among some hundred
specimens I have not found one exceeding 30 mm., and the
localities also make the determination somewhat doubtful. The
specimens of S. edwardsi, Kr. (Bate, p. 403), must also be
re-examined with the aid of my descriptions of hitherto not
recognized allied species.
S. mollis, Smith, established by that author in 1884 (Rep. Comm.
Fish and Fisheries, pt. x. p. 419), I consider to be identical with
S. japonicus, Bate (described 1881), with which it agrees in the
smallness of the eyes, the relative length and thickness of the joints
in the antenn. ped., the shape of the squama, the soft and
membranous integuments, and the number and the feeble
development of the posterior branchiz.
S. magnificus, Chun, established in 1888 (p. 33, Taf. iv. fig. 4 u.
5), is, according to my examination of one of the type specimens,
identical with S. arcticus, Kr. Kréyer also has stated that the
flagellum of the antenne surpasses the total length of the animal
about 3 times.—S. sanguineus, Chun, established in 1889 (p. 538,
Taf. iii. fig. 1), is, as stated above, identical with S. obesus, Kr.,
and will be discussed later on under Petalidium.
In 1891 Wood-Mason (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6th ser. vol. viii.
p- 394) established S. rubrogutiatus, W.-M.., a species closely allied
to S. arcticus, Kr., but the differences in the ext. br. of urp.
pointed out by the author are certainly valid specific characters.
-For the rest, I believe that it may be possible to detect more
characters. Perhaps the species is identical with S. kroyeri, Bate,
established 1881, but both species being insufficiently described,
I cannot settle the question, and therefore must support both
species.
Por the species established by W. Faxon in 1893, S. hatia, Fax.
948 DR, I, J. HANSHN ON ORUSTAODANS [Dec. 1,
(p. 217), must be mentioned ; for in the final report, 1895, he with-
draws it “as large and mature individuals of S. edwardsii,”
redescribing and figuring one of the three type specimens as this
species (p. 212, pl. li. figs. 1-1e). But his representation shows
that S. halia, Wax., must be maintained as valid, as the exterior
margin of the ext. br. of urp. is naked in almost 3 of its length,
while in S. edwardsi, Kx., it is hairy in the total length; further-
more, the rostrum, besides being somewhat differently shaped, is
considerably shorter in the last-named species than in S. hala,
Fax., a feature also observed by Faxon (p. 214). When he writes
(p. 214):—* Kroyer notes a ‘rare variety’ of S. edwardsi, dis-
tinguished by a larger rostrum,” I may remark that a preserved
specimen of this variety belongs to another species, S. penerinkt,
Bate, H. J. H.
As to this last name and some other names in the following
chapter I must say a few words. When an author in the same
work has described an adult species and ..s Wastigopus as two
species, the species, of course, retains the name of the adult. But
in some instances only the Mastigopus has been described, while
_ I also possess and briefly describe ‘he black-eyed or even the
mature form. In order to avoid new names I, in these cases, have
used the name of the Austigopus for tho adult Seryestes, thinking
that a double series of names, one for one of the not few Aasti-
gopus-stages, and another for the adult species itself, cannot be
maintained, as the Mastigopus and the Sergestes—in strong
contradistinction to the relation between the Squillide and their
larvee—are connected with even transition. ‘lo avoid misappre-
hension I, in these cases, have placed my own name (H. J. H.)
atter the name of the author who has established the Alastigopus.
lt will, I fear, in the future also be necessary to adopt the oldest
nane for a species when its Aastigopus has been described before
the adult.
v. Conspectus of the Species.
Tn the following tabular view (and added notes) all established
species are enumerated, and besides two new species are named
and later on described. The tabular view is worked out with
reference to the adults and the Mastigopus-stages, with the ex-
ception of the youngest Mastigopus-stage (in several instances=
Mastigopus, auct.), which sometimes differs very much from the
somewhat older stages.
When the black-eyed form of a species has been described else-
where or will be mentioned in my later notes, the name in the
tabular view is printed with interspaced letters; if the really
mature form is known I further mark the name with an asterisk.
_When the same stage, in most instances the adult one, has been
described under various names, they are given as synonyms following
the oldest naine, but the different stages of a species are connected
with a {.
. By this, perhaps somewhat artificial, mode of proceeding it will,
I hope, be easy to form a notion of the species.
1896.] OF THE GNNUS SERGESTES. 949
Grovur I.
Mep.* at most but little longer, sometimes shorier than trl.%, its first
joint rarely, the second—fourth joints never obviously incrassated in
proportion to the joints in trl.*, its two distal joints with numerous
bristles along both margins. (In the Mastegopus, S. longispinus,
Bate, the first joint is somewhat incrassated, the fifth joint with
but few bristles, the sixth only with sete along the one margin.)
A. On the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated part never occupies the
half of the exterior margin.
a. The body very long and slender; the distance between
the eye-stalks and the mandibles very long.
S.tenuiremis, Kr. H.J.H.
S. junceus, Bate.
S, longicollus, Bate.
b. The body shorter and less slender ; the distance between
the eye-stalks and the mandibles not very long.
a. The first joint in the antenn. ped. about as long as or
shorter than the third.
*S.atlanticus, M.-Hdw. (S. frisit, Kr.,
S. pacificus, Stimps.).
S. ancylops, Kr.
S. ovatoculus, Bate.
*S.cornutus, Kr.
{ S. longispinus, Bate.
*S.inows, Faxon.!
G. The first joint in the antenn. ped. considerably or
much longer than the third.
1. The second and third joints in the antenn. ped. stout.
®S.robustus, Smith.
*S. japonicus, Bate (S. mollis, Smith).
*§. bisulcatus, Wood-Mas. (S. phorcus,
Faxon, olim).
2. The second and especially the third joint in the
antenn. ped. slender. (The arcticus-group.)
*§. arcticus, Kr. (S. meyert, Metzger,
S. magnaficus, Chun).
S. rinkti, Kr., vix Bate.
S. dissimilis, Bate.
S. mediterraneus, 0. sp.
*S. prehensilis, Bate.
*S. krdyert, Bate.
{ S. dorsospinalis, Bate.
S. laterodentatus, Bate.
S. nasidentatus, Bate.
(S. rinkii, Bate, vix Kr.)
S. leviventralis, Bate.
*S.rubroguttatus, Wood-Mas.
1 According to the description this species must belong to this subdivision ,
but it does not agree with the figure (op. cit. pl. li. fig. 2), which shows the first
joint o little longer than the third.
950 DR. H. J, HANSEN ON CRUSTACHANS [Dec. 1,
B. On the ext. br. of .urp. the ciliated part occupies more
than the half of the exterior margin.
S.corniculum, Kr., H. J. H. (8. lacins-
atus, Kr.)
S. utrinquedens, Bate.
S. longirostris, Bate.
To this group further belong the following species: S. pracollus,
Bate, S. seniarmis, Bate, S. longicaudatus, Stimps., S. remipes
_ (Stimps.), and S. (Sciacaris) telsonis, Bate. All are but larva.
Grovr IT.
Map. considerably or much longer than trl.3, its 4 proximal joints
considerably or (generally) very nvuch incrassated or partially almost
inflated in proportion to the joints in trl.’, its two distal joints with
very short bristles or totally naked along the one margin, the
sixth joint with a number of spines very different in length along
the other margin, and afeebler armature may also be found on the
fifth joint.
A. The adult and the older larve with two branchie above
trl*., and the sixth joint of mxp.? divided into 5 subjoints.
The adult with a comb of very numerous short spines
along the one margin of the sixth joint and of the distal
part of the fifth of mxp.® The larve with short eye-stalks.
{ *S. hensen?t (Ortm.).
S. sargassi, Ortm.
B. The adult and the older larvee with one branchia and a
lamella above trl*., and the sixth joint of mxp.* divided
into 4 or 6 subjoints. The adult without any comb on
mxp.’ ‘The larvee with moderately long or very long eye-
stalks. (The edwardsti-group.)
a, On the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin is ciliated in
the whole length or (in the larve) at least in c. 14 of
the length.’
*S.edwardsi, Kr.
S. oculatus, Ky.
b. On the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin is ciliated at
most in 3 of the length.
a. The same exterior margin is in the larvew ciliated at
least in ?, in the adults in more than #4 of the length.
{ *S. vigilaw, Stimps., H. J. H.
S. parvidens, Bate.
*S. penerink?, Bate, H.J. H.
8B. The same exterior margin is ciliated in less than ? of
the length.
*S, incertus, Nn. sp.
*S§, halia, Faxon.
S. armatus, Kr,
' Here and in the following part of tho tabular view I cannot include larvie
shorter than 9-10 mm. in length, as the character employed alters in the
youngest stages (see later on).
1896.] OF THN GENUS SERGESTES. 951
To this group further belong *S.hamifer, Alc. & And., which
I am not able to recognize, and the following larve: S. nter-
medius, Bate, S. diapontius, Bate, S. fermerinku, Bate, S. spini-
ventralis, Bate, and S. ventridentatus, Bate, several of which
certainly belong to some of the species in the tabular view, but I
cannot recognize them; S. macrophthalmus, Stimps., in all proba-
bility being a younger S. vigilax, Stimps.; finally S. brachyorrhos,
Ky., which is a very young larva of S. edwardsii, Kr. (see later on).
S. arachnipodus, de Nat., and S. profundus, Bate, I have not
been able to refer to any one of the groups; to Petalidium is
transferred S. obesus, Kr. (S. sanguineus, Chun), and excluded as
not belonging to the genus are S. serrulatus, Kr., and S. caudatus,
Kr.
vi. Notes on the Species of Group I.
A.a. S. tenuiremis, Kr. The specimen described by Kroyer
(p. 255, tab. iv. fig. 11, a—b) is a hardly half-crown Mastigopus ;
S. longicollus, Bate (p. 421, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 1), is almost (or perhaps
fully) adult; S. junceus, Bate (p. 416, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 1), is the
young Mastigopus, 6 mm. long, with dorsal spines on the 4th—
6th abdominal segments. I have examined a specimen 23 mm. in
length, which had just obtained the black eyes; the species grows
at least somewhat longer before maturity, but the mature form is
unknown. ‘The obtaining of black eyes does not always take place
at the same length of the animal, as a specimen with the larger,
oblique, yellowish eyes is even 26 mm. long. The species is easily
separated from all other known forms by the combination of two
characters: the very long and slender body with the long distance
between the eye-stalks and the mouth-organs, and the ciliated
parts on the ext. br. of urp. occupying, in the older forms scarcely
3, in the younger alittle more than 4 of the exterior margin. The
quoted figure of S. longicollus, Bate (pl. Ixxvii.), gives a tolerably
correct notion of the species.
It may further be added that of the two branchie above trl.° the
first is long and the second a little more than half. the length of
the first and but a little shorter than the first branchia to trl.*,
while the second above trl.* is somewhat smaller, but still very well
developed. I have seen specimens of this species from numerous
localities in the Atlantic, northward to lat. 32° 16’ N., in the
Indian Ocean, and in the Pacific as far as the Matelota Islands
and lat. 16° 8'8., long. 111° 50’ E.
A.b.a. 8S. atlanticus, M.-Edw. As to the synonymy etc., see
above. The best representation of this very common species is
given by Kroyer (S. frisu, Kr., p. 235, tab. i. fig. 1,a-v). The
sixth joint of mxp.° consists of 6 subjoints, the 4 distal of equal
length and each of the 2 proximal as long as 2 of the distal
subjoints together. The branchial formula as in S. japonicus, Bate
(S. mollis, Smith), viz. a podobranchia and a lamella to mxp.’,
a pleurobranchia and a lamella to mxp.° and tri.'-trl.’, finally 2
pleurobranchiz to trl.*, but the branchie are longer than in S. mollis,
Smith (Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries f. 1885, pl. xx. fig. 5), and
952 DR, H. J. WANSHN ON CRUSTACHANS [Dee. 1,
the 2 branchiw above trl.* are well developed ; the statements of
earlier authors on the branchiw of this species are rather
deficient.
As stated above, S. ancylops, Kr. (p. 262, tab. iii. fig. 8,a—e), is
the Mastigopus of S. atlanticus, and 1 have seen every stage of
transition between the larva and the adult. S. ovatoculus, Bate
(p. 408, pl. Ixxiv. fig. 2), is a stage a little older than that
described as S. ancylops by Kroyer and Bate.
The stages from 7 mm. in length and more are easily dis-
tinguished from all other known larve by the shape of the eyes, of
which Krdéyer has given two good figures, and also in the still
younger stages mentioned below the eyes have a rather similar
shape ; in the older stages the sixth joint of mxp.* shows the same
subdivision into 6 joints as is found in the adult.
A small specimen examined by me is scarcely 6-5 mm. long, trl.*
is even shorter than the two proximal joints of trl.’ together; the
eyes and the eye-stalks are longer than in the stage figured by
Kroyer, reaching a little beyond the basis of the third joint of the
antenn. ped.; the first joint of this peduncle is about ;}; longer
than the third; the very long and slender rostrum occupies 4 of
the length of the eye-stalks and carries a small dorsal spine over
its basis; the inferior side of the abdominal segments is without
spines, while a rudiment of a spine is present on the dorsal side
of the third segment, and the spines on the fourth and fifth
segments are a little longer than in the following stage; the
ciliated part of the ext. br. of urp. occupies a little more than 2,
but not 3 of the exterior margin.
The smallest specimen examined by me is but 3:5 mm. long,
without the rostrum; the eye-stalks are extremely long, together
with the eyes almost as long as the carapace in the median line ;
the rostrum reaches almost to the tip of the eyes and is adorned
with a shorter dorsal spine at the basis and with some short set
on the distal part ; the supra-orbital and the hepatic spines are
considerably. elongated. The dorsal spine on the third abdominal
segment is rather long, the spines on the fourth and fifth segments
very long; the epimera of the 5 anterior segments are each
produced into a fine spine bent somewhat outwards ; the spine on
the ext. br. of urp. is placed almost before the middle of the
exterior margin, and the branch itself is extremely slender, 13 or
14 times longer than broad. This stage, thus rather diverging
from the older ones, is, in my opinion, the youngest AMustigopus,
and was taken by Prof. Chun at the Canary Islands.
Of S. atlanticus I have seen specimens from the Atlantic, north-
ward to lat. 42° N., from the Indian Ocean and from the Pacific
lat. 15° S., long. 109° 20' E., and the China Sea.
S. cornutus, Kr. (p. 249, tab. ii. fig. 2, a-l). This species is
easily distinguished from S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., by the following
characters:—The rostrum is much longer, directed obliquely
forwards and slenderly acuminated, the eyes are smaller, the
third joint of the antenn. ped. is distinctly longer than the first,
1896.] OF TIE GUNUS SURGHSTRS. 953
which, from the spina on the outer margin, is strongly tapering
towards the apex, the outer margin even being slightly concave in
outline; the sixth joint of mxp.’ is distinctly 4-jointed, the relative
length of these subjoints as in the larva (see below). Above trl.’
a well-developed pleurobranchia and a lamella, above trl.* a well-
developed pleurobranchia and a lamella with 2-5 branches at the
tip, thus a branchia very little developed and more feeble than in
any other adult species known to me.
S. longispinus, Bate (p. 417, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 2), is most decidedly
the larva of S. cornutus, Kr. It attains a length astonishing as
compared with that of the adult. Tho specimen which I am
about to describe is 18 mm. long, while the adult male is but 16
mm. ‘The rostrum is somewhat longer than in the adult, without
dorsal spine, the supra-ocular and the hepatic spines and the
gastro-hepatic groove are well developed. The eye-stalks are very
long, the large, somewhat oblique eyes lie above the basis of the
third joint of the antenn. ped., the relative length of which is
almost as in the adult. Mxp.° is but little longer than trl.’ and
constitutes in several respects a transition-form to S. edwardsi,
Ikx., and allied species ; the first joint is considerably incrassated,
second—fourth joints but little coarser than in trl.’, the fourth joint
with very few and short bristles, the fifth with few sete more
developed on the one than on the other margin, the sixth joint as
long as the fifth (a character also found in S. aélanticus, etc., while
in the edwardsi-group the fifth joint is much longer than the
sixth), divided into 4 subjoints, of which the first is 3 times longer
than the second, and this is as long as the last 2 subjoints together,
which are about equal in length, or the third somewhat longer
than the fourth; the 3 proximal subjoints each with very few
short sete, and at the end with 2 very long stiff sete or slender
spines, the fourth subjoint with one short and 3 very long apical
spines, which, however, are scarcely more robust than those on
trl.’ or trl.’, trl.* reaching a little beyond 2 of the fourth joint of
trl. Above trl.* a well-developed branchia and a lamella with 3
short apical branches. The 3 anterior abdominal segments each
with a rather short dorsal spine, which, at least on the 2 anterior
segments, is directed obliquely forward, the fourth segment with-
out any spine and the fifth and sixth each with a short spine; the
4 anterior segments haying on the middle of each epimeron a spine
directed outwards, the spine being short on the three segments
and somewhat longer on the fourth, the fifth segment with a very
long spine directed downwards and bending somewhat forwards,
and issuing from the inferior margin at a short distance from its
posterior end; the sixth segment with a small spine turned down-
wards from the posterior edge. As in the mature form, the
ciliated part occupies between 4 and } of the exterior margin of
the ext. br. of urp.
The specimen described differs considerably from the figure
given by Bate, but the form described by him is somewhat
younger. My determination is decidedly correct, as two similar
954 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,
specimens, the one determined by Chun, the other by Ortmann, are
referred by these authors to the same species.
S. cornutus, Kr., and especially S. longispinus, Bate, present
some affinity to S. edwards, Kr., and allied species, which becomes
very evident by the fact that a short process is found on the outer
side of the third joint of trl.’ and trl?
Of S. wnous, Fax., I have seen no specimens.
A.b.B.1. Of S. robustus, Smith, S. japonicus, Bate (S. mollis,
Smith), and S. bisudcatus, Wood-Mas., I have seen no specimens.
Of S. robustus we possess several stages of the Mastigopus, but
having found none of them described I will omit discussing them
in this paper.
A.b. 8.2. This rich section of adults and larvee I have called
the arcticus-group, as they are very nearly related to each other, and
S. arcticus, Kr., is the only one well described of the mature forms
and the sole species of which I am able to trace the whole develop-
ment from the Acanthosoma (incl.) to the adult. I will begin with
some remarks on the adults and on a subadult species.
S. arcticus, Ky., is well represented by Kroyer (p. 240, tab. iii.
fig. 7, a-g; tab. v. fig. 16); later on 8. I. Smith, in the various
papers (see above), communicates some additional notes and good
figures. ‘The species has been captured in the Atlantic, northward
to Greenland, and southward to lat. 38°8., long. 12° 4. (Mus.
Copenh.) ; further, in the Mediterranean near Ischia (S. magnificus,
Chun), and some older larve in the Adriatic at Ragusa and
Lesina (Chun’s collection). But, together with these last larva, I
found in Chun’s collection some young specimens and older larvae
of a new and unfortunately closely related species, S. mediterra-
neus, n. sp., which makes it necessary to present some remarks on
the two species, so that it will be possible to distinguish them
from each other. Previously no valid species allied to S. arcticus,
K., was known from the Atlantic or the Mediterranean.
The largest specimen of S. mediterrancus, m., is 19°56 mm, long,
and has almost assumed the adult shape, but the eyes are still not
black and therefore their final magnitude cannot be determined.
Of characters between this subadult stage and the subadult and
adult S. arcticus, Kr.,I have found the following :—S. mediterra-
neus is destitute of the hepatic spines and the gastro-hepatic
groove ; the supra-ocular spines are quite rudimentary; the basal
joint of the antenn. peduncle is obviously somewhat shorter than
the two following taken together, which are a little more coarse
than in S. areticus, while the basal joint from the spine near the
basis of the exterior margin is somewhat more narrow, with the
exterior margin less convex in outline than in S. arcticus; the ext.
br. of urp. is but 4 times longer than broad, with the outer margin
beyond the spine strikingly concave. In S. arcticus, Kr., the
supra-ocular and hepatic spines and the gastro-hepatic groove are
well developed; the basal joint of the antenn. ped. is (measured
with accuracy) almost or quite as long as the two following taken
together ; the ext. br. of urp. is exactly 5 times longer than
1896.] OF THD GENUS SERGESTES. 955
broad—thus conspicuously more narrow than in S. mediterraneus,
m.; and the outer margin beyond the spine but slightly concave.
The branchiw (comp. the notes of S. I. Smith in Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. vol. x. p. 96) do not seem to present any character fit for
use. S. arcticus, Kr., is smaller than the other species when the
eyes obtain the black colour.
Above I have mentioned that S. rubroguttatus, Wood-Mas., from
the Indian Ocean is, in my opinion, a valid species, as the exter.
br. of urp. is described and figured (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. viii. p. 354) to be much more narrow than in S. arcticus, Kr.,
and without the spine on the outer margin. S. kréyeri, Bate, and
S. prehensilis, Bate, are unknown to me; they have the same
branchial formula as S. arcticus, but a new investigation of both
species is much needed ; perhaps S. rubroguttatus, Wood-Mas., is
synonymous with S. kroyert, Bate.
Of S. arcticus, Kr., our museum possesses a series of all stages from
the Acanthosoma (incl.) to the mature form. One of these stages
is S. rinkii, Kr. Kroyer’s representation (p. 265, tab. i. fig. 3,
a-q) corresponds well with specimens of 8 mm. in length, rostrum
not included, and is rather good; thus he describes and figures the
eyes with their long stalks, the very characteristic antenn. ped.,
the shape of the squama, the dorsal spines on the abdomen, the
long pleopods, the uropods with their exterior branch being very
characteristic for the young Mastigopus, viz. 6°5 times longer than
broad and the ciliated part of the exterior margin considerably
longer than in the adult, finally the telson, which has a shape very
different from that found in the adult—but the representation of
the carapace is deficient (see later on) and misleading in one par-
ticular. Thus he describes the rostrum as being short, but it must
already then have been broken off in one or two of his specimens;
in reality it is about as long as the eye-stalks (without the eyes), and
adorned at the basis with a dorsal spine almost as long as the
diameter of the eye.
The largest specimen of Acanthosoma, which, however, I shall not
try to describe, is, the rostrum not included, 5-3 mm. in length,
and with the rostrum (which reaches somewhat in advance of
the eyes) c. 6-6 mm. long. Among the type specimens of Kroyer
I find two specimens, which must be the stage immediately suc-
ceeding the Acanthosoma; one specimen is with the rostrum 6-9
mm. long, but from another locality I have seen a specimen in the
same stage measuring even 8mm. ‘This stage differs considerably
from that described by Kréyer, and therefore a short account of it
shall be given. The rostrum is exceedingly long, reaching a little
in advance of the eyes, on the distal part adorned with some short
and fine sets, and at the basis originates a setaceous dorsal spine,
which is adorned with some short and fine sete and is longer than
the diameter of an eye. The supraocular spine is well developed,
and the hepatic spine exceedingly long, considerably longer than
the diameter of an eye; just in front of the gastro-hepatic groove
is observed ao short protuberance in the median line. The eyes
956 DN. if. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS (Dec. 1,
reach to the middle of the second joint of the antenn. ped.; the
basal joint of this peduncle is to the two following together as 11
to 8; trl.‘ and trl.’ are only buds. The first and second abdominal
segments each with a short dorsal spine, the third to sixth segments
each with a long spine; the first segment a little above the middle
of each side with a rather short spine directed outwards, and
besides the epimera of the five anterior segments each produced
into a rather long spine, which is directed outwards and on the
two anterior segments even bent somewhat upwards and forwards ;
the sixth segment below on the posterior edge with a shorter
spine. The ext. br. of urp. is about 8 times longer than broad,
and the spine a little beyond the middle of its exterior margin.
Telson with a long process from each of its posterior edges.
The following stage is that described by Kroyer: the rostrum is
as already mentioned, the hepatic spine has become somewhat
shorter than in the preceding stage; on the abdomen the dorsal
spines are somewhat reduced and the epimeral spines are lost, but
the spine on the side of the first segment is still visible.
During the subsequent stages a series of alterations take place.
The rostrum becomes shortened, but is, however, still during a
longer period more than half as long as the eye-stalks, its dorsal
spine and the hepatic spines are considerably shortened, the eye-
stalks become somewhat shorter; the median protuberance is pre-
served during some time; the abdominal spines soon completely
disappear. In the antenn. ped. the two distal joints together
successively are approaching the length of the basal joint, which
from being distally slender with the lateral margins slightly con-
verging obtains a considerable breadth with the external margin
somewhat convex in outline. The ext. br. of urp. becomes pro-
portionally broader and the spine more remote from the middle
of the exterior margin; the process from the edge of the telson
becomes shorter and finally disappears. One of these stages is
S. dissimilis, Bate, described by Bate (p. 437), and later on described
and figured by Ortmann (p. 35, Taf. iii. fig. 2).
The sub-adult stage of S. mediterraneus, m., is shortly described
above. The smallest larva of this species known to me is about
9-5 mm. long, and this and a specimen a little longer are easily
distinguished from the similar stage of S. arcticus, Kr. The eye-
stalks are somewhat shorter; the rostrum is rather short, not half
the length or about one-third of the length of the eye-stalks, with
a trace of a spine on its superior margin, the hepatic spine is rudi-
mentary or wanting; in the antenn. ped. the two distal joints
together are shorter than the basal one, and this presents a shape
other than in S. arcticus, as in its distal half the lateral margins are
parallel with each other; and this part is scarcely broader than the
two distal joints, which are obviously coarser than in S. arcticus; a
very short dorsal spine is present on the fourth to sixth abdominal
segments; the ext. br. of urp. is proportionally broader than in
S. arcticus, between 4 and 5, but not 5 times longer than broad.
As stated above, S. arcticus, Kr., has not been captured outside
1896.] OF TILE GENUS SERGESTES. 957
the Atlantic (incl. the Mediterranean and the Arctic sea at
Greenland). This is of importance for the reference of larval stages,
as Bate has established the species :—S. dorsospinalis, Bate (p. 394,
pl. Ixxii. fig. 1) and S. laterodentatus, Bate (p. 395), captured
“associated with” another ‘South of Australia’; S. nasidentatus,
Bate (p. 398, pl. Ixxii. fig. 2), “between Valparaiso and Juan
Fernandez”; S. rinkii, Bate, vix Kroyer (p. 404, pl. lxxiii. fig. 3),
“New Hebrides ” and “ South Pacific”; and S. leviventralis, Bate
(p. 425, pl. Ixvii. fig. 3), “ North of New Guinea”—which 5 reputed
species are all larva and all belong to two or three species closely
related to S. arcticus, Kr., or perhaps partially belong to that
species. But Bate’s representations are not sufficiently good for
the decision of such questions: thus, f. inst., the chances are that he
has overlooked the hepatic spine in some of the “species,” while
S. laterodentatus, Bate, has obviously been established on a specimen
with a long hepatic spine, which has given rise to the name. His
description of S. rinkz either involves the fault that the rostrum,
which is described and figured as short, has been broken off, or the
form must decidedly be different from S. rinkit, Kr., as a short
rostrum and dorsal abdominal spines are not coexistent in this
latter species.—In all probability Bate’s 5 species belong to two or
three of the other known species of the arcticus-group, and none
of them to S. arcticus, Kr., itself.
Further elucidation of the adults and the larve of the arcticus-
group I am not able to derive from existing literature. Yet the
result has been that 2 adult and 2 larval species have been cancelled
as belonging to S. arctzcus, Kr., and the other related forms; 3 adult
species and 4-5 larvae have been collocated into the group ; finally
one new species has been established.
B. S. corniculum, Kr.—The stage described and figured by
Kroyer (p. 252, tab. ii. fig. 4, a-e) and Bate (p. 410, pl. Ixxv.
fig. 1) is a half-grown larva. The mature form is unknown. The
adult with black eyes, 20-22 mm. long, is rather remarkable, as
the body is extraordinarily slender, with a considerable distance
between the mouth and the eyes, thus in that respect approaching
to S. tenuiremis, Kr., and being intermediate between this species
and f. inst. S. arcticus, Kr. Its rostrum is a little lower than in
S. arcticus, Kr., the supraocular spine rudimentary or lacking, the
hepatic spine short, the gastro-hepatic groove distinct. The eyes
are but a little broader than the end of the stalk; in the long
antenn. ped. the first joint is considerably longer than the third
and this considerably longer than the second. An interesting
character is that the sixth joint of mxp.’ is divided into 4 sub-joints,
the distal three of equal length and the first somewhat longer,
and each of these 4 joints is more or less distinctly divided into
2 joints: thus we obtain 8 sub-joints, of which 7 possess a long seta
or slender spine on each side near the apex, but the two spines are
not placed opposite to each other, and the last sub-joint has a pair
of slender apical spines. The branchia recall those in S. azcticus,
Kx.: above trl two bratichie, the first long, the second several
958 DR, H, J, HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 1,
times shorter and very narrow; the first branchia above trl.‘ is but
half as large as the corresponding one above trl.*, the second half
as large as the first but a little larger than the second above trl.*.
(In somewhat younger specimens with yellowish eyes all 4 branchi
are very distinct; the animals are, for the rest, relatively shorter
and stouter.) The ext. br. of urp. without any spine on the
exterior margin, of which the ciliated part occupies from a little
more than the half to about three-fifths of the length.
As to the half-grown larvee, the representations of Kroyer and
Bate will be sufficient.—A younger larva, 6-4 mm. long, coincides
fairly well with S. wtrinquedens, Bate (p. 483), in most respects,
but yet differs in several particulars from Bate’s description.
The supraocular and hepatic spines are well developed; the
rostrum is almost as long as the eye-stalks (the eyes not included),
with a short and fine dorsal spine at the base ; the eyes are much
larger and the eye-stalks longer than in the stage described by
Kréyer and Bate. The third joint of the antenn. ped. is but a
little longer than the second, and the first one as long as the two
others taken together. The fourth to sixth abdominal segments each
with a very short and fine dorsal spine, the epimera of the first to
fourth segments each produced into a short spine, while this spine
is considerably longer on the epimera of the fifth segment; the
first segment besides on the side having a spine arising from the
anterior margin and directed forwards and outwards. On the
ext. br. of urp., which is almost seven times longer than broad, the
ciliated part occupies a little more than the half of the exterior
margin, which—as in almost all young larve—is furnished with a
well-developed spine.
Of S. corniculum, Kr., I have seen numerous specimens from the
Atlantic northward to lat. 42° N., from the Indian Ocean and
ranging into the Pacific to the Matelota Island and to lat. 16° 10' N.,
long. 132° B.
Whether the above-quoted S. utrinqguedens, Bate, may be a young
larva of S. corniculuwm, Kr., or of another species I am not able to
decide.
S. longirostris, Bate (p. 415, pl. Ixxy. fig. 3).—Prof. C. Chun
has determined the small stage of S. corniculum, Kr., just described
as 8. longirostris, Bate, which is stated to be 6 mm. long and cap-
tured in “ Mid Atlantic,” and it is very possible that this determi-
nation may be correct; but Bate’s figure represents the eye-stalks
and the rostrum a little too long, and especially a different proportion
between the joints of the antenn. ped. &c. TI believe that it is
impossible to decide whether this identification is correct.
Above I have further enumerated 5 species belonging to Group I.
Of these species S. precollus, Bate (p. 423, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 2), is at
least rather nearly related to S. corniculum, Kr., from which it
seems to differ by a somewhat different shape of the ext. br. of urp.
and by having the fifth abdominal segment “ dorsally produced to
a point.” SS. longicaudatus, Stimps. (p. 46), is a larva perhaps
belonging to the arcticus-group. On the three other species, all
larve, I have no opinion.
1896.] OF THD GENUS SERGESTES. 959
vii. Motes on the Species in Group IT.
A. S. hensenit (Ortm.).—Of this interesting species I have seen
only two adult specimens, lent me by Geheimrath Prof. Dr. V.
Hensen. As the representation by Ortmann (p. 38, Taf. iii. fig. 3)
is rather deficient, I shall add some notes. The rostrum is low
and short; the supraorbital and hepatic spines are short. Mxp.°
is considerably longer than trl.5 and its 4 proximal joints, though
more slender than in the following species, are yet much stouter
than in trl’; the 2 distal joints are quite naked along one margin,
the fifth almost more than double as long as the sixth, which is
divided into 5 subjoints, the last 4 of which are equal in length,
while the first of them is as long as the two following together; at
the base of the first subjoint and at the apex of the first, third, and
fifth subjoints is found a long spine; at the apex of the second,
fourth, and fifth subjoints a spine about half as long as the long
spines; finally along the same margina fine comb of very numerous
spines about as long as the diameter of the joints; the fifth joint
of mxp.° has about 10 longer spines along the margin and on its
distal two-fifths a comb similar to that on the sixth joint, but its
spines become shorter towards the base. By this singular armature
the species is easily distinguished from all other species known to
me. Above trl.°a Jarge and a very small branchia, the latter of
which is less than a third as long and but half as broad as the large
branchia; above trl.* two branchiz, the anterior somewhat aarEEE,
the posteriur somewhat smaller than the small branchia above trl.°
thus the branchiw are very different from those in the other species
of the group. In the following species we find a well-developed
process on the third joint of trl.‘ and a similar one on trl.?, but in
this species the process in trl.' is rudimentary and wanting in trl.’
On the ext. br. of urp. no spine is found on the exterior margin,
and in the one specimen the ciliated part occupies three-fifths, in
the other specimen almost four-fifths of its length. . In no other
species have I met with any similar variation in this feature, but
it also exists in the larve (see below).
S. sargassi, Ortmann (p. 34, Taf. iii. fig. 1), is the Mastigopus
of S. henseni. As the material seen by me is rather incomplete, the
larger specimens being not very large and besides defective, I add
only a few remarks to Ortmann’s description. Mxp.? is elongated
and incrassated in proportion to the legs as in the adult, the fourth
joint at the apex and just above the articulation produced into a
large, conical process—a very good character for the species ; and
ina larva a little more than half-grown the sixth joint was already
divided into the 5 subjoints. In the largest well-preserved speci-
men, 8 mm. long, I found above tr].*a large branchia and a lamella,
comparatively somewhat larger than usual, which had begun to
develop itself into a very small branchia, above trl.! a very small
branchia and a simple lamella; the normal lamella above trl." and
trl.’ are a little larger than usual. As in the adult the ciliated part
on the exterior margin of the ext. br. of urp. occupies about three-
fifths or four-fifths of its length in specimens between 4:5 mm. and
Proc. Zoon. Soc.— 1896, No. LXII. 62
960 DR. H, J. HANSEN ON CRUSLACEANS [Dec. 1,
9-6 mm. in length, and the spine is wanting or very small, rarely of
moderate size.
Ina specimen 6-2 mm. in length the abdomen has lost its spines,
the branchial lamella to mxp.’ and to trl.'-trl.$ are very large in pro-
portion to the branchia, still being small, and above trl.* no branchia
or lamella is developed. In the older stages the eye-stalks are
short and the eyes are very large, but in the younger stages—be-
tween 4-5 mm. and 6:5 mm. in length—the eyes are still consider-
ably larger; and in specimens of 4°5-5 mm. in length the rostrum
is present as a fine and shorter or longer spine ; and there are short
or very short spines on the fourth to sixth abdominal segments.
Such a larva, 5 mm. long, is briefly mentioned and figured by Bate
(p. 428, pl. Ixv. fig. 4) as Mastigopus tenuis, Bate; the figure shows
the characteristic process on the fourth joint of mxp.°%, the rostrum
is not delineated slender enough. The smallest specimen seen by
me is, rostrum not included, c. 2°5 mm. long; the rostrum is as
long as the carapace in the median line and distally furnished with
fine spines; the eyes are of enormous size and the eve-stalks shorter
than in the older stages ; the third abdominal segment has a short
dorsal spine, the fourth and fifth segments each a very long, the
sixth segment a long dorsal spine.
B. For the following species, all belonging to the edwardsi-
group, I think it convenient to give some introductory remarks,
and next to treat the adult animals and the /astigopus-forms
separately.
Of adult animals there have been described only S. edwardsi,
Kr., and S. hamifer, Alc. & And., to which S, halia, Fax., established
in 1898, and in 1895 unjustly withdrawn by the same author, must
be added. But in our museum I have found 4 species of adult
forms and 5 species of larve, 4 of which most decidedly belong to
the 4 adult forms; thus an adult form unknown to me must exist.
One of the adult species is S. edwardsi, Kr., but I have not been
able to refer any of the three other species to S. halia, Fax., or
S. hamifer, Alc. & And.; the reasons will be given later on.
How safely I have been able—though not without a rather pro-
tracted investigation—to refer the larvae to the adults will appear
from the following case. The old larvae are very easy to separate,
and I possessed 5 species but only 3 of the adults. By the exa-
mination of the characters of the larvw L was induced to
re-examine one of the adult species and then it became apparent
that it was composed of 2 very closely allied but valid species.
Undoubtedly authors have commingled 2-3-4 species in references
to S. edwardsi, Kr., and between the limits adopted by Faxon it,
as stated above, includes at least 4 species.
The adult species are all closely related and very similar to each
other. They are all characterized by the above-mentioned powerful
development of mxp.°, which is much longer than any of the trunk-
legs; the 4 proximal joints are much incrassated and especially the
thickening of the fourth joint is most conspicuous; the sixth joint
is much shorter than the fifth, both strongly compressed and on
1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 961
the one margin furnished with extremely short spines or almost
naked, while the other margin of the sixth joint and at least of the
distal half of the fifth joint is armed with rather numerous spines,
some of which are very long and rather robust. The differences in
the armature, especially of the sixth joint, yield very good characters
for the species. . (The distal part of the fifth joint is most frequently
cut off by a secondary articulation.) The eves are middle-sized,
the supraocular and hepatic spines well developed. In the antenn,
ped. the first joint is very little longer to somewhat shorter than
the third joint, which is slender and obviously longer than the
second. On the third joint of trl." and trl. the processes represented
by Kroyer in S. edwardsi (tab. iv. fig. 9 f and 9 g) are well
developed. The branchial formula as in S. atlanticus, M.-Edw.
(see above) ; the branchiz above the trunk-legs are very long, above
trl? one branchia and a lamella; trl.‘ 2 branchiz, the first of which
is about as long as the preceding, the second somewhat shorter and
only half as broad, but yet very well developed. ‘The exterior
margin of the ext. br. of urp. without any spine or tooth at the
proximal end of the ciliated part.
S. edwardsi, Kr.—Kroyer in his representation (p. 246, tab. iv.
fig. 9, a-k) mentions a variety with longer rostrum, but this
belongs to another species, viz. S. penerinkt, Bate, H. J. HW. The
species is easily distinguished from all the other species by the
character given in my tabular view: that the ext. pr. of urp. has
the exterior margin ciliated along its whole length—-and besides
by the following features in the structure of mxp.° Zhe sixth
joint of this puir is divided into 4 subjoints about equal in length,
and each of the 2 distal subjoints is rather or very distinctly divided
into 2 subjoints, thus in all 6 subjoints; the joint ends with 2 spines
of equal or different length, but at least the one is very long; next
its interior margin is furnished with 35-38 spines of very different
lengths (and the apical spine on the first, second, and fourth of the
6 subjoints is exceedingly long); besides a very long spine is present
on the same three subjownts on the one sule near the exterior margin.
The fifth joint of mxp.® also presents some characters, which,
however, are omitted. The rostrum is shorter than in the other
species of the group, laterally compressed, and seen from the side
more or: less plainly forming an oblique triangle—Length 14—
21-5 mm.
Ihave seen specimens from the Atlantic northward to lat. 20° N.
(the larvee to lat. 23° 31' N.), from the Indian Ocean, and passing
towards the Pacific to Djilolo Isl. (c. lat. 1° N., long. 127° 5’ E.).
The three, or perhaps four, next species are easily separated from
S. edwardsi, Kr., by several characters. On the eat. br. of rp. at
least c. 3 of the exterior margin is naked. In map. the siath joint
is dwided imto but 4 subjoints very unequal in length, the third
being but half as long as the second; the joint ends with but one
spine, which is very long, and the interior margin of the joint is
armed with but 15-25 spines, and no spine exists on the side of
any of the subjoints near the exterior margin.
62*
962 DR. H. J. IANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS (Dec. 1,
S. vigilax, Stimps., H. J. H.—Only the Mastigopus has been
described (see later on). The adults of this and the next species,
S. penerinki, Bate, H. J. H., are very closely related to each
other aud easily separated from S. incertus, n. sp., and S. halia,
Fax., by the character, that on the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated part
occupies between # and % of the exterior margin. The best
character between S. vigilaw and S. penerinki is that in S. vigilax
the interior margin of the sixth joint of mxp.° is armed with 22-25
spines, of which 4 are implanted on the third subjoint, which is
but a little or scarcely shorter than the fourth ; in S. penerinki
the sixth joint is armed with c. 15 spines (the apical one as usual.
not included), of which but two on the third subjoint, which is con-
siderably shorter than the fourth. In S. vigilax the rostrum is
of medium length, strongly laterally compressed, seen from the side
rather broad and apically more or less distinctly truncated, with
an acute prolongation from the superior edge.—Length 16-27 mm.
This species is as common as S. edwardsi, Kr.; I have seen
numerous specimens of adults and larvw from the Atlantic north-
ward to lat. 42° N.; in the Indian Ocean the larve are common
and distributed eastward to lat. 24° 50’ S., long. 108° E.
S. penerinki, Bate, H. J. H.—Cnly the Aastigopus has been
described (see below). The rostrum of the adult is somewhat
elongated, seen from the side a little more narrow than in
S. vigilav and from the middle tapering towards the acute apex.
The chief character in the structure of mxp.*’ is given under
S. vigilaz.—Length ¢. 18-5 mm.
T have seen but two adult specimens, the one captured at lat. 17°
N., long. 22° W., and this is one of the specimens alluded to by
Kroyer as a variety of S. edwardsi.
S. incertus, n. sp.—Only one adult specimen, a female, has been
seen, but this is a giant in comparison with the other related
species, being 47 mm. long. On the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated
part occupies between 3 and 3 of the exterior margin. “he first
joint of the antenn. ped. is scarcely shorter than the third. The
rostrum is somewhat elongated, strongly compressed; seen from
the side the proximal half is rather broad and then it tapers
towards the acute apex. The interior margin of the sixth joint of
mxp.° with but 13 spines, two of them on the third and ore on the
fourth subjoint, which is but very little longer than the third.
The other characters are mentioned above.
The adult specimen was captured (on the surface) in Jat. 34° 50!
S., long. 4° 30’ W.; a sub-adult specimen near that locality, and a
larva in lat. 40° 4’S., long. 53° 20’ E.
S. halia, Fax.—The specimens on which this species was estab-
lished in 1893 are just the large specimens described and figured
by Faxon in 1895 as a variety of S. edwardsi, Kr. (p. 212, pl. li.
figs. 1-le). This species, of which I have seen no specimen, is
closely related to S. incertus, m., but disagrees in one character,
about which Faxon writes, p. 213; “The first and second
segments of the antennule are of about equal length, while the
1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 963
third segment is longer than the first or the second by one-balf.”
Unfortunately Faxon does not describe or figure the sixth joint
of mxp.? I think that the species will prove to be different
from S. incertus, iu. When Faxon states that 6 large pleuro-
branchiz and one smaller podobranchia are present on each side
on the body, he certainly has overlooked the 5 lamelle, which I
have found in S. incertus and the other species of the edwardsi-
group.
S. hamifer, Alc. & And., I will mention here, though I have
not been able to insert it in my tabular view. The Heeeption
(1894) and the figure (1895) plainly show that it belongs to this
group. Asin mxp.° “the propus is four-jointed,” the species cannot
be identical with S. edwards?, Kr., but it is impossible for me to
settle whether it be really valid or synonymous with one of the
other species. Only two characters 1 have been able to detect,
viz.: that mxp.° seems to be still longer than in any other species,
and that its fifth joint is curiously arcuated (see the figure); but it
is difficult to say whether these two characters are valid, for
instance, to decide whether the shape of the mentioned fifth joint
may not be due to some artificial cause. ‘The species must be re-
examined.
As mentioned above, I have examined five older Mastigopus-
forms, four of which have been elsewhere described. The older
specimens, c. 10-15 mm. in length, are easily recognized from
each other, and some few characters shall be pointed out; but the
younger stages are more diflicuJt, being more spiny, &c., and
besides the materials seen by me are rather insufticient, and the
animals difficult to characterize without the aid of figures. The
larvee ure easily distinguished from all larve in Group I. by the
elongated and vigorous mxp.*, and from S. sargassi, Ortm., by the
longer eye-stalks. In the old larve the sixth joint of mxp.® is
divided into 4 subjoints (the oldest larval stage of S. oculatus, Kr.,
is unknown to me, so that I cannot settle whether its two distal
subjoints are divided as in S. edwardsi, Kr.), but the armature
on the end and on the interior margin is very different from that
in the adults.
S. oculatus, Kr.—Kroyer has given a good representation (p. 243,
tab. ili. figs. 5, a~f) ; Bate has also described and figured it (p. 406,
pl. xxiv. fig. 1). Beth Kroyer and Bate figure, in my opinion,
the eye-stalks a little too long. The rostrum is short, seen from
the side obliquely triangular, acute, and rather broad at the base ;
the abdominal segments are dorsally smooth—even in a specimen
but 6°5 mm. long—and on the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin
is ciliated in the total or almost the total length (in a larva 10 mm.
long, c. 7;, measured with accuracy, of the length was naked).
By the combination of these three characters the older specimens
are easily recognized. The species is most decidedly the Masti-
gopus of S. edwardsi, Kr.—S. brachyorrhos, Kr. (p. 272, tab. v.
figs. 13, a—b), is the young Mastigopus of S. edwardsi, Kr. I have
examined Kréyer’s type specimen, which is about 4 mm. long.
964 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS (Dee. 1,
To his description it may be added that each of the four anterior
abdominal segments possesses in the median line on the inferior
side a protuberance or lobe, the three anterior of these ending in
a spine; on the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin is ciliated in
& of its length, thus a very short basal part being naked, but no
tooth or spine is present.
S. vigilax, Stimps.—The description of Stimpson (p. 45) agrees
rather well with the oldest MJastigopus, and no other species
known to me agrees with it; his animals were captured at the
Azores. Specimens c. 9-16 mm. in length are distinguished from
the related forms by the following characters :—The rostrum about
as in S. oculatus, Kr., but perhaps a little larger, directed upwards
and forwards; in specimens 9-10 mm. in length the apex is
produced into a short spine directed forwards. The eye-stalks are
very long, obviously longer than in S. oculatus, Kr.; the eyes large.
In the antenn. ped. the first and third joints are of about equal
Jength. The abdominal segments are dorsally smooth, yet in speci-
mens 9-10 mm, long with very short spines or traces of spines on
the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments. On the ext. br. of urp. the
ciliated part occupies from ? (in the younger specimens) to more
than 4 (in the older specimens) of the exterior margin, but the
Spine is generally obsolete. The adult form. is described above,
bearing the same name.—As already pointed out by Ortmann,
8. parvidens, Bate (p. 409, pl. Ixxiv. fig. 3), 9 mm. long, is estab-
lished on younger specimens of S. vigzlax, with dorsal spines on
the fourth to sixth abdominal segments. Bate’s figure gives a
rather good idea of this stage. S. macrophthalmus, Stimps. (p. 46),
is, in all probability, identical with the stage parvidens, Bate.
The smallest specimen seen by me (captured by Chun at the
Canaries) is (the rostrum included) 4 mm. long, and differs con-
siderably in several particulars from the older specimens, but is
more similar to S. brachyorrhos, Kr. The rostrum is about # as
long as the eye-stalks, its short basal part broad, and at its end a
dorsal spine, bevond which the rostrum is very slender. The
supraocular and the hepatic spines are considerably elongated. The
antenn. ped. extremely slender, only 2-jointed, as the second joint
is not yet separated from the first; the third is not 7 of the entire
peduncle. The posterior margin of the carapace in the median
line with a slender spine directed obliquely forwards (this spine
is still preserved in specimens c. 8 mm. long, but then shorter and
almost perpendicular). Hach of the 6.abdominal segments with a
dorsal spine, which is short and perpendicular on the first two
segments, longer on the third, fifth, and sixth, very long on the
fourth segment. Tbe epimera of the 5 anterior segments produced
into a short spine directed outwards; the same segments besides
inferiorly in the median line with a lobe, which at least on the
second segment is armed with a spme. The very narrow ext. br.
of urp. with the exterior margin ciliated in scarcely more than %
of its length, and the spine is well developed. The telson very
short as in S. brachyorrhos, Kr.
1896.] _ OF LUE GENUS SERGESTES. 965
S. penerinki, Bate.—The specimen represented by Bate (p. 418,
pl. Ixxvi. fig. 3) is rather young, 8 mm. long. I have examined a
nuinber of specimens, between 6:4 and 14 mm. in length, partly
from the Plankton expedition and partly from our museum.
Specimens from c. 7°5 mm. to 14 mm. in length are easily distin-
guished from those of the same length of S. vigilax, Stimps., by
having the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments—in the
younger specimens also the sixth segment—dorsally armed with
spines, which in larger specimens are shorter than in the stage
figured by Bate, but yet well developed; the spine on the third
segment is almost perpendicular. Iu older specimens the eye-
stalks are somewhat shorter than in S. vigilax, Stimps., but yet
long. In the older stages the rostrum is much shorter than’ in
Bate’s figure, but yet longer than in S. vigilax, and its distal part
is slender. and directed borizontally forwards; in the younger
stages it is towards 3 or more of the length of the eye-stalks and
recalls somewhat that in S. incertus, m. (see below), but in
specimens that have attained the length of 8 mm. it is destitute
ot a dorsal spine. In specimens c: 6-4 mm. long the rostrum is
about half as long as the eye-stalks, with a very short: dorsal spine
a little way from its base. In the antenn. ped. the third joint is
scarcely longer than the first. (In the young specimens the
anterior abdominal segments are ventrally armed as described by
Bate.) On the ext. br. of urp. the length of the ciliated part
varies, as in S. vigilax, in accordance with the length of the
specimens, occupying from 7 to 4 of the exterior margin; a tooth
is present in the younger, not in the old specimens. The adult
form is described above, bearing the same name.
S. incertus, m., is the Mastigopus of the adult described above.
I have seen rather numerous specimens from 6:2 to 13 mm. in
length. They are more slender than the corresponding stages of
S. penerinki, Bate, which they closely agree with in the antenn.
ped., the length of the eye-stalks, and the dorsal armature on the
abdominal segments. But they are easily distinguished from this
species by the ext. br. of py OH which the ciliated part in all
specimens occupies scarcely 5 of the exterior margin, and the spine
is rather long. Moreover, the rostrum, which in proportion to
the length of the animal is from more than the half to scarcely 4
of the length of the eye-stalks, is rather characteristic: seen from
the side the basal part is rather short and directed obliquely
forwards and upwards, and then it suddenly becomes produced
into a slender and distally very fine spine much longer than the
basal part and quite horizontal ; at the distal end of the basal part
the upper margin is armed with a fine spine, which is very short in
the older specimens, and just beyond which the margin is somewhat
concave in outline. In the young specimens the first two abdominal
segments are ventrally in the median line armed with a lobe
produced to a spine, and in these and even in specimens c. 10 mm.
long the posterior margin of the carapace is armed with an erect
spine.
966 DR. Hi. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 1,
That the referring of this Mustigopus to the above-described
adult S. incertus, n, sp., is correct is proved by a specimen ¢. 17
mm. long, which constitutes an excellent transition. The rostrum
has still essentially the larval shape, with a sharp angle as the
trace of the dorsal spine between the oblique basal and the
horizontal distal part, but the distal part is shorter than the basal
and its upper margin concave as in the true Mastigopus. The
eyes about as in the adult, but still brown, not black, the eye-
stalks as in the adult. The sixth joint of mxp.° essentially as
in the adult, with 13 spines on the interior margin. The abdo-
minal segments are dorsally smooth. On the ext. br. of urp. the
ciliated part: ocenpies scarcely more than 3 of the exterior margin,
and the spine is short.
S. arntatus, Kr.—Kréyer’s representation (p. 260, tab. iii.
fig. 6, a-e) gives a good notion of this curious larva. Here I
shall but mention some few essential characters. The rostrum is
about as long as or a little shorter than the first joint in the
antenn. ped., without any dorsal spine or angle. The eye-stalks
are of medium length, considerably shorter than in the larve of
S. incertus, m., and S. penerinki, Bate. In the antenn. ped. the first
joint is in the older specimens obviously somewhat shorter than the third.
OE the abdominal segments the second is dorsally armed with a
shorter perpendicular spine, the third to fifth with very long
oblique spines, much longer than in other species of the group, and,
besides, the spines on the fourth and fifth segments are much
curved. Sometimes a very short spine is present on the first
segment, and finally in the younger specimens a short spine on the
sixth. On the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated part occupies a little
less than of the exterior margin, and the spine is well developed.
The largest specimen is 15:5 mm. long.
That this Mastigopus does not belong to S. incertus, m., with
which it agrees in the ext. br. of urp., is decided by the shortness
of the first joint in the antenn. ped. in proportion to the third.
Thus the adult form is unknown to me. Unfortunately all the
specimens seen by me were captured in the Atlantic between
lat. 42° 5’ N. and lat. 4° 5’ N., but Bate describes and figures
(p. 401, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 1) a specimen, 8 mm. long, which seems to
be the same species, and the specimens seen by him were captured
at “ Port Jackson (Australia),” “north of the Sandwich Tslands,”
and “between Japan and Ifonolulu;” thus it may be possible that it
belongs to S. halia, Fax., captured in lat. 7° 6' N., long. 79° 48" W.
Of the 8 species enumerated at the end of the tabular view as
belonging to Group IL., S. hamifer, Alc. & And., S. macrophthalmus,
Stimps., and S. brachyorrhos, Kr., are mentioned in the notes. The
other 5 species are all larve. S. diapontius, Bate (p. 399, pl. Ixxii.
fig. 3), is very interesting, being 18 mm. long and easily distin-
guished from all other species of the group by having the second
joint of the antenn. ped. “twice as long as the first ;” this large
larva, captured in the Atlantic, must belong to an unknown adult
form—thus we obtain at least 7 valid species (S. hamifer, And. &
»
1896.] OF THD GENUS SERGESTES. | 967
Ale., not included) of Group II. The 4 other larval spevies, all
described by Bate, are established on very young specimens,
between 3:5 and 7 mm. long, and are probably all or almost all
but young stages of some of the species described above, but I
have not been able to refer them with certainty.
vill. Remarks on Sctacaris and Perautp1uM of Bate.
' To the genus Sciacaris, Bate, only one species, S. telsonzs, Bate
(p. 488, pl. lxxviii. fig. 1), has been referred, and this is a Mastigo-
pus-stage, which agrees so closely with Sergestes that I must
consider it as being the larva to a Sergestes-species, and in the
tabular view given above I have referred it to Group I.
The genus Petalidium, Bate, was established on one species,
P. foliaceum, Bate (p. 349, pl. lx.), which is very deficiently known
as the specimens were extremely mutilated, without legs and with
the uropods broken off. But the branchiz are very interesting.
Bate ascribes its arthrobranchie to mxp.° and trl.’-trl, but
according to his analytical figure I believe them rather to be
pleurobranchiw as in Sergestes; besides, he mentions and figures
large foliaceous plates to trl.’, trl.?, and trl.°, answering to the
lamella in Sergestes. I should not have mentioned this interesting
but very imperfectly known form if I had not met with rather
similar pleurobranchial lamella in S. sanguineus, Chun (Sitz.
d. k. Preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. zu Berlin, 1889, p. 538, Taf. iti.
fig. 1).
2 Nonsrding to a careful comparison between the largest type
specimen of S. sanguineus, Chun, 9°5 mm. long, and Kroyer’s
representation of his S. obesus, Kr. (p. 257, tab. iv. figs. 10, a-f),
and the fragments of his single type specimen, the two species are
identical, and the name given by Kréyer must be adopted. The
largest specimen seen by me is a Mastigopus, perhaps not more
than half-grown. For the recognition of the species it may at
once be mentioned that several very characteristic particulars have
been figured: thus Kréyer figures the eye, the antennular peduncle,
and the uropods, and mxp.° and the trunk-legs are represented by
Chun. Next I shall give a short description of the largest
specimen. The rostrum is rather short, considerably shorter
than the diameter of an eye, almost horizontal, slender, with a
dorsal spine at the basis. No supra-ocular spines, but the hepatic
spine and the gastro-hepatic groove are well developed. The eye-
stalks rather short, but the eyes nevertheless reaching beyond the
second joint of the antenn. ped., the eye-stalk with the eye, seen
from the side, inverted conical, and the distal part of the cornea
forming almost a hemisphere at the end of the cone—a shape
very different from that in the Mastigopus of Sergestes. The
antenn. ped. is short, the first joint much longer than the other
two taken together, thus longer than in any above-described
Mastigopus of the same length. Mxp.’ very short, somewhat
longer than trl.’ and very little longer than trl.?; tl.° is almost 3
968 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,
times longer and its proximal half considerably more incrassated,
near and on the apex with some long sete and without the trace
of any chela; on trl.? a feeble beginning to a chela is found. The
relative length and the structure of mxp.’ and trl.’-trl? differ
very much from that found in Sergestes. The branchie are very
interesting. A rudiment belonging to mxp.* I do not dare to
interpret : above mxp.° and trl.'-trl.° a small pleurobranchia and a
plate are present ; the plate above mxp.° is a little larger than the
branchia, and the plates are much increasing in size from before
backwards, so that the plate above trl.* is 3-4 times larger than
the branchia; above trl. a rudimentary branchia. The abdomen
is rather clumsy, dorsally smooth; the ext. br. of urp. with the
exterior margin naked in ec. 14 of the whole length, as the well-
developed spine is situated near the distal end.
The smallest specimen examined is 4-°9 mm. long, and differs
from the described stage in several particulars of not much import-
ance—a somewhat different shape of the rather short rostrum,
a well-developed supra-ocular spine, trl.* and trl.’ only buds, the
branchie not yet developed, a short dorsal spine on the fifth and
sixth abdominal segments, the spine on the ext. br. of urp. still
nearer to the apex, &c.
It is easily seen that this species cannot remain in the genus
Sergestes, but whether it should be referred to Petalidium, Bate, or
a new genus should be established for its reception is impossible to
decide with certainty. The branchial plates recall the plates
found in Petalidium, and therefore I provisionally transfer it to
that genus ; but we must call to our remembrance that the branchial
plates or Jamella may be much altered during the further growth, for
instance they may be proportionally much reduced in size (cfr. the
curious reduction of the branchial lamelle in S. henseni (Ortm.)
during its development from a Mastigopus 6-2 mm. in length to
the adult form). Unfortunately the legs and the uropods in
Petalidium are quite unknown. The species, which must receive
the name of P. obesum (Kv.), is decidedly distinct from P. folia-
ceum, Bate.
ix. Geographical and Bathymetrical Distribution,
With one single exception all the species of Sergestes are only
found in the tropical and subtropical seas, in the Atlantic reaching
northward about to lat. 42°-43° N. he exception is S. arecticus,
Kr., which ranges to the seas at the southern part of Greenland ;
but being distributed to the Mediterranean, and even to lat. 38°S.,
it is in reality no arctic species but a deep-sea form, with the centre
of distribution in all probability towards the northern tropic or
the Equator, and notwithstanding going c. 20° more northward
than the other allied species.
The limits of the geographical range of the species are still very
imperfectly known. Above I have mentioned that some of Bate’s
localities for S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., were uncertain, and that Bate’s,
1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 969
Ortmann’s, and Faxon’s specimens of S. edwardsi, Kr., must be
re-examined, as the species is collective; thus some of the localities
given in the literature of the subject are untrustworthy and
several others are, in my opinion, not quite certain. But the state-
ments given above as results of my own studies of the animals prove
with absolute certainty that at least a series of the species have a
very wide distribution: the Atlantic northward to lat. 23°-30° N.
and mostly to lat. 42° N., the Indian Ocean, and at least the most
western part of the Pacific. From the other parts of the Pacific
I have seen no material.
Bate writes on p. 352: “The species of this genus [Sergestes]
are chiefly oceanic”; and this is, I think, generally admitted. But
partly according to the foregoing investigation this statement
must be rather altered, for we must distinguish between the larva
and the really mature forms. Almost all known larve have been
taken at the surface. Yet it must be remarked that at least in short
distance from the shore some Mastigopus-species generally are met
with in considerable depths. This is proved by Prof. Chun, who
in 1889 (p. 588) writes on his “ S. longirostris, Bate”: “ Er war
der hiiufigste aller Sergestiden [at the Canary Islands] und fand
sich regelmiissig in dem Inhalt der Tiefennetze. ..... Sel-
tener erschien er an der Oberfliiche.” Later on he captured
different larger Mastwjopus-stages of S. mediterraneus, m., and
S. arcticus, Kr., with intermediate-net (‘ Schliessnetz”), near
Lesina and Ragusa at 80, 100, 400, 500, and 500-600 metres, but
all the Mastigopus-stages of S. arctwus, Kr., are not uncommon
near the surface in the northern area of the Atlantic.
- While all the larve, according to our present knowledge, are
essentially oceanic near the surface, the adult forms give another
result. I have accepted at most 14 earlier described mature forms
as valid species, and of these 8 species—S. ious, Fax., S. robustus,
Smith, S. japonicus, Bate (=S. mollis, Smith), S. bisulcatus, Wood-
Mason, S. prehensilis, Bate, S. kréyeri, Bate, S. rubroguttatus,
Wood-Mason, and S. hamifer, And. & Ale.—have only been
captured with trawl or dredge between 345 and 2574 fathoms.
The other 6 species must be treated separately. S. arcticus, Kr.,
is typically (see Metzger, Chun, and especially the long lists given
by Smith) an inhabitant of the deep sea, and only some younger
specimens with black eyes have been secured at the surface, and
one single really mature specimen (the type of Kréyer) in all
probability near the shore. Of S. hensent (Ortm.) 2 smaller
specimens (not 3, as written by Ortmann), the largest specimen
about 24 mm. in length, were captured with the vertical net
between 400 and 0 m., while a much larger specimen (35 mm.
long) was taken with the trawl from 4000 m. The depth of
S. halia, Fax., is not recorded, as the specimens were taken with a
submarine tow-net ; and if S. armatus, Kr., is the Mastigopus to it,
it is certainly no surface species, as S. armatus is not very rare in
the northern part of the Atlantic, where no adult form which can
belong to it has been secured. S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., is very
970 ON CRUSTACEANS OF THE GENUS SERGESYES. [Dee. 1,
common at the surface, but Ortmann communicates that it has
been captured in the intermediate net from 700-500 m.; and if
some of the specimens recorded by Bate (p. 390) as 38, 43, and 50
mm. long, and coming respectively from 600, 2150, and 345 fathoms,
really belong to this species, it grows considerably larger in the
deep sea, as no specimen from the surface exceeds 30 min. Finally,
S. cornutus, Kr., and S. edwardsi, Kr., are the only instances of
the 14 species which only have been captured at the surface (and
in vertical nets drawn up from 500 m. to the surface). In this
paper I have described the mature forms of S. vigilax, Stimps.,
H. J. H., S. penerinki, Bate, H. J. H., and S. incertus, n. sp.,
which have all been captured at the surface. S. tenuiremis, Kr.,
H. J. H., and S. corniculum, Kr., H. J. H., are common at the
surface in the Mastigopus-stages; above I have described the
younger black-eyed forms of both species, also captured at the
surface, but the adult stages are quite unknown and must, in
my opinion, be true deep-sea forms. Of S. diapontius, Bate, and
S. mediterraneus, m., only the AMastigopus-forms are known, and
the adults are certainly inhabitants otf the depths. (S. profundus,
Bate, from 1375 and 2550 fathoms, I omit, as the species is too
uncertain.)
Though we still know too little of the bathymetrical distribution,
it must, I think, be taken as proved that at least two-thirds of the
species inhabit the depths of the sea when the animals have quite
arrived at maturity (or at least at their fulllength, cfr. 8. atlanticus).
I can say that with two exceptions—my single adult specimen of
S. incertus, m., and Krdyer’s specimen of 8S. arcticus, Kr.,—no
specimen exceeding 30 mm. in length recorded in the existing
literature or seen by me has been captured near the surface, but all
large specimens, from 30 mm. to 113 mm. (S. inous, Fax.) in length,
have been secured with trawl or dredge coming from a considerable
to a very great depth (845-2574 fath.). Faxon writes on p. 249:
“There can be no doubt that the deep-sea Crustacea occasionally
come to, or very near to, the surface,” and he communicates
several instances; I think that, for instance, my single and large
specimen of S. incertus, m., 47 mm. long, has been secured on such
a visit. It is evident that the animals as true swimming forms do
not live on the bottom itself, but, I presume, in the water-
stratum just above it.
As will be seen from this paper, our knowledge of this rich and
curious genus is still rather imperfect. A good monograph, based
on the study of the collections in the seven or eight museums which
possess materials of importance, would be extremely valuable
and elicit numerous new facts; and future deep-sea expeditions,
making use of the trawl, intermediate net, vertical net, and surface
net, would be sure to discover new species and especially enlarge
our knowledge of the metamorphosis and distribution.
1896. ] ON A ZOOLOGICAL, EXPEDITION TO MADAGASOAR. 971
7. On the General Results of a Zoological Expedition to
Madagascar in 1894-96. By C. I. Forsyru Masor.!
[Received December 1, 1896.]
LT arrived at. Mananjary, on the east coast of Madagascar, at the
end of August 1894, and embarked at the same place almost two
years later, on July 11th, 1896. My original intention had been
to hurry on at once, by the most direct route, to Sirabé, situated on
the central plateau, at about 12 days’ journey to the N.W., in
order to profit of what remained of the dry season for the intended
excavations in the marshes. The impossibility of finding bearers
for the little-known and difficult direct route obliged me, however,
to travel first to Fianarantsoa, the capital of the Betsileo, situated
in a 8.8.W. direction, at 7 days’ distant from Mananjary. At
Fianarantsoa I bad to wait 22 days for the bulk of my luggage,
which, according to previous arrangements, ought to have arrived
before myself. I employed the time in doing such collecting
work as the circumstances would allow. In the meantime, the
news arrived of sudden complications in the political situation,
and all the Frenchmen residing in the interior left for the coast,
with the exception of my young assistant, whom, a little too late
in the day, I tried to give out as a British subject.
As there was still some hope left that the Hovas would yield
to the French ultimatum, I decided to leave for what I thought
would prove a quiet corner in the forest of the Tanala, N.E. of
Fianarantsoa, and there to await the events, and eventually the end
of the war, which it was supposed would be of very short duration.
My subsequent: difficulties with the Tanala Governor were of a
somewhat more serious nature than I wished to describe in my
letters; I have to mention it here, as it considerably interfered
with my work. The collecting work in the forest extended from
October 1894 to the beginning of February 1895, interrupted in
December by a journey to the Betsileo town of Ambositra, in
order to communicate with the few Englishmen residing there,
and by their help with the British Vice-Consul in Antananarivo.
The first six weeks of my stay in this district we were encamped
in the midst of the forest, near Ivohimanitra, at from 1000 to
1100 metres above the sea. The second stay was at Ambohimitombo,
a short day’s journey N.W. from the latter place and some 400
metres higher up. As I then supposed that later on I would have
no more opportunity to visit the forest-region, I determined to
collect everything that would come in my way. From this system’
I had completely to depart in the sequel. Being much dependent
on the cooperation of the natives, I soon found out that it was
very difficult to train them for a manifold collecting work.
Besides, I had after a while to convince myself that I was only
able to do fruitful work in what I was best acquainted with. In
my subsequent stays in the forest therefore, without leaving
1 Communicated by the President.
972 DR. 0. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [Dec. 1,
behind what of supposed interest came into my way, I chiefly
limited myself to the collecting of Mammals, which, with a little
training of the natives, came in, later on, in such abundance, that
we often found it impossible to master all the work. This is also
the reason why I shall refer this evening, so far as the recent
fauna is concerned, almost exclusively to Mammals, leaving to
my friends to make such additions as they may think proper
when all the material has been distributed.
My first collection from Ivohimanitra was to be conveyed to
Ambohimanga, the capital of this part of the Tanala country,
and from there to be sent to the coast, in accordance with previous
arrangements with the Norwegian Missionary stationed at Ambo-
himanga. We ourselves had to escort our things to the latter
place, but after all, owing to the breaking out of the war, no goods
could be sent from there to the coast; so that I was obliged to
carry back, farther in the interior, what I could, leaving ip of
the things, for want of bearers, at ‘the Mission Station.
The Betsileo town of Ambositra, on the central plateau, proved
subsequently to be a favourable central place for the forwarding of
my collections, and thither I resorted from the forest, and in the
sequel more than once from Sirabé, having generally myself to
accompany the caravans. ‘he final packing of the collections was
mostly effected at Ambositra, and had always to be done with the
greatest care; I have no reason to complain of the great amount
of time employed in packing. In the intervals of these occupa-
tions some good collecting work was carried on at Ambositra as
well. Finally, in March, I left Ambositra for Sirabé, to learn only
then, from the Rev. Mr. Rosaas, the discoverer of the fossil bones
at Sirabé, who had himself been collecting in the marshes for
over 20 years, that it would be impossible to excavate in the
marshes for the next following months, on account of the great
quantity of water. This proved to be true, so I had to content
myself for the beginning with the exploration of a small cave, and
to set to work again at collecting the recent fauna of the neigh-
bourhood, with satisfactory results in both directions. The cavern
yielded some bird-remains and egg-shells of Apyornis, but chiefly
small mammals. This exploration I have come to consider an
interesting complement to the subsequent excavations in the
marshes ; although, as was to be expected, I subsequently found
still existing in different parts of the forest most of the new
Mammals discovered in the cave.
Different attempts to begin a systematic exploration of the
marshes had always to be abandoned again, partly on account of the
season and partly on account of the unfriendly behaviour of the
population. Finally, losing patience, I left Sirabé, crossed over
the whole central plateau to the east, and settled in the forest
at Ampitambé, on the border of the Betsimisaraka country, in
the hopes to hear soon of the arrival in Antananarivo of the
French column aud of the end of the war. It happened
otherwise, however. My collecting work at Ampitambé proved
od
1896. ] ZOOLOGIOAL HXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 973
very successful, thanks chiefly to the cooperation of the
natives, Betsileos and Betsimisarakas; but the French never
came. The result was, that in the beginning of September 1895,
after having despatched my collections vie Ambositra, I returned
to Sirabé and searched earnestly for the Ajpyornis—at the best
time, with regard to the condition of the marshes; at the worst,
with regard to that of the country generally. Three times I was
compelled to interrupt the work, once for a whole week. To
make up for lost time, I engaged in the intervals as many
workmen as presented themselves, generally more than fifty.
When at last the rainy season stopped the business, I found that
after all the result was more than I had expected; my collections
were far superior to what any previous collector had brought
together in many years. I have to acknowledge with thanks the
Rev. Mr. Rosaas’s friendly help at this place, especially in using
his influence with the natives on our behalf. :
The rest of the Odysey can be told in a few words. First a
forced stay of nearly two months in the capital; a short sojourn
of some weeks in the forest of Ankeramadinika, at a day’s journey
to the east, where not much was to be done, owing chiefly to the
growing unfriendliness of the Hovas towards all Europeans. Still
some good things, including » new Lemur, were secured here.,
Later on, I travelled south again, settled in the old place Ampi-
també, with equally good results as the first time; the work, however,
was unfortunately interrupted by the unsafety of the place.
Lastly, a lengthened sojourn was made in a more southern
region, viz. near Vinanitelo, in the forest of the independent
Tanalas, 30 miles south of Fianarantsoa. Here some attempts
to make excavations were without result; but good work was
done in collecting recent mammals, as the following statement
may show:—at the end of my first stay at Ampitambé 804
specimens of recent Mammals had been collected; when I left
Vinanitelo this figure had been more than doubled.
Some genera] remarks on the results of my excavations at Sirabé
may not be out of place here. The mammalian remains found were
few, and on this account the locality cannot be said to be a very
favourable one; besides there were difficulties of various kinds
connected with the excavations and more or less inherent to the
locality. The predominant feature of the fossil fauna of Sirabé
in general is the great rarity of strictly terrestrial vertebrates.
Apart from the Hippopotamus, which is numerous in the
superficial deposit as well as lower down, the only mammalian
remains found are a lower jaw of a Centetes, scanty remains of
Rodents (which, to judge from a pelvis, belong toa Murine of con-
siderable dimensions), some bones referable to Potamocherus, and
finally the remains of two species of a remarkable new family of
Monkeys, chiefly represented by an incomplete skull, part of a
lower jaw, milk-dentition, humerus, &c., some of which I have
preliminarily described in the October number of the ‘ Geological
Magazine’ under the name of Nesopithecus. It will be more fully
974 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [Dec. 1,
described and its relationships diseussed in a paper under prepara-
tion.
The Avian collections are there to prove that if the Mammals
for which I was anxiously looking out did not come in in greater
numbers, it was not for want of careful investigation. The collec-
tion of Birds’ remains was partly damaged, partly destroyed by the
falling in of the ceiling of my house at Sirabé, in which they were
placed for drying. Fortunately there remains enough. ‘The
Zpyornis bones, some thousand in number, form the great bulk
of the collection ; the family is here represented by two species of
Afpyornis and one of Mullerornis, One smaller species is
predominant, and of this we shall be able before long to put
together an almost complete skeleton, as the smaller and rarer
parts, such as sternum, coraco-scapula, cerebral vertebra,
phalanges, &c., are all at hand. Six more or less complete skulls
of the smaller species of Hpyornis were obtained.
The Carinate are represented by several hundred bones,
belonging chiefly to aquatic birds. Mr. Andrews will be so good
as to give some further particulars about the birds’ remains. Of
the rest the collection will speak for itself. :
Of recent Birds I collected chiefly skeletons; aud I hope to have
done a useful work in bringing home over 160 birds’ skeletons.
Of recent Mammals many hundred specimens have been obtained ;
of numerous species whole series, including skins, skeletons, and
spirit-specimens.
LEMURID.
Of Lemuridz examples of 13 species have been collected, amongst
which two (Lepidolemur microdon and Chirogale melanotis), pre-
served in the National Museum, were known only by a single
specimen each. Amongst the number is one new species, a Chiro-
gale, and besides this some remarkable varieties of others.
There is a curious character in the skull of Malagasy Lemurs,
to which attention was first drawn in 1835 by a Swiss anatomist,
Hagenbach, who observed it in a species of the genus Lemur;
the same was later (in 1845) more fully described by Hyrtl in
two species of the same genus: the tympanic ring is completely
enclosed by the bulla ossea, but without osseous connection with
the same. Winge has stated that this peculiarity holds good
with regard to all the Malagasy Lemuridw which have come under
his observation, including Chiromys, and he therefore places them
in a separate family. -It is in fact of general occurrence amongst
the Lemuride of the island; and having found other peculiarities
in their skull besides, I have come to range myself with Winge’s
opinion, so that we have to consider Chirogale, Opolemur, and
Microcebus as being more nearly related to the rest of the Malagasy
Lemurs than to the African genus Gulago.
CaARNIVORA.
Examples of 5 species were collected, which for the present call
for no special remarks. ‘Che Cryptoprocta ferow is amongst them.
1896.] ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 975
INSEOTIVORA.
Of Malagasy Insectivora 14 species were known when I left
Europe, viz. 18 Centetide and 1 Crocidura, not taking in account
one Crocidwra apparently introduced from India. All of these, with
the exception of three (Lchinops, Geogale, and Microgale crassipes),
are represented in my collections. Of one species, viz. Oryzoryctes
tetradactylus, which before was known only by one immature
specimen in Paris, and one skin without the skull in London, I
have brought back upwards of 150 specimens of all ages. Of
another rare form, Microgale dobsont, known only by an imperfect
young specimen in the National Museum, there are also numerous
specimens. Besides I have come upon 9 new species, all of them
Centetids, bringing’ the number of this Malagasy family up to 23,
the number of insectivorous species brought home by myself being
20, viz.:—1 Crocidura, 1 Centetes, 2 Hriculus, 2 Hemicentetes,
1 Limnogale, 4 Oryzoryctes, 9 Microgale.
I have elsewhere! published short descriptions of most of the
new species, but have not yet begun the proper working-out of
this rich material; I therefore limit myself to a very few general
remarks,
The Tanrec, Centetes ecaudatus, which is often considered to be
the type of the family Centetide, is certainly in several respects
the least typical of them all, being very much specialized in various
directions.
One remarkable form, modified for aquatic life, for which I have
proposed the new genus Limnogale (L. mergulus), deserves special
mention. It is almost of the size of Mus ratius, furnished with
webbed toes, a powerful laterally compressed tail, short, broad,
and flattened head, large infraorbital foramen, &c. The clavicles
are present, whilst in the African Potamogale they are wanting.
Amongst the smaller species with soft hair, we meet with all
gradations from forms highly fossorial (Oryzoryctes) to others in
which the fossorial adaptation is reduced to a minimum, or may be
altogether wanting (genus Microgale). Some of these last represent
apparently the primitive stock of the family. It is from forms
not dissimilar to these that a group of highly specialized African
Insectivora may have taken their origin, whilst Centetes, itself a
specialized creature, with a brain atrophied before being quite
adult, cannot possibly have become the progenitor of fresh offshoots.
CHIROPTERA.
For want of time the Bats have been only very superficially
examined. My last collections having arrived only a short time
ago, a certain number of specimens are still enclosed in the
tin boxes.
There seem to be about 12 species represented, of which one
is certainly new for Madagascar ; only one Vespertilio being known,
whilst my collections contain specimens of two species of the genus.
1 See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. and Dec. 1896.
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. LXIII. 63
976 DR. C. I. FORSYLH MAJOR ON A [Dec.1,
PoTraMOCHERUS.
The Wild Hog of Madagascar, of which the National Museum
contains the skin of a young specimen, figures in my collections
with 11 specimens, male and female, adult and young, and complete
skeletons. The species has been named, but never described, and
will have to be compared with the P. africanus, with which it
presents more aflinity than with P. penicillatus. To judge from
the characters of the dentition, the same type is represented in
the Siwaliks (S. hysudricus) as well as in the Upper Miocene
and Pliocene of Europe, Eppelsheim, Montebamboli, Casteani, &c.
(S. paleocherus and S. cheroides).
HiIpPororaMus.
Filhol is of opinion that there are three subfossil Hippopotami
in Madagascar. ‘There are certainly two on the west coast, to
judge from the remains in the National Museum. My material
comes from Sirabé, and the species may be different from those on
the west coast. or the present, the question of one species more
or less is a secondary one to me. All the Hippopotamus remains
from Madagascar, those in the British Museum as well as those
collected by myself and those preserved in Christiania and Paris,
are certainly nearly related to each other, and this relationship
may be briefly summed up as follows:—In size they are inter-
mediate between H. liberiensis and H. palaindicus; in more
important characters they would have to be placed, according to
their greater or lesser degree of specialization, between H. siva-
lensis and H. paleindicus on one side, and H. amphibius on the
other; one end of the whole line being occupied by the most
generalized form, H. liberiensis, existing in W. Africa, and the
other by the most specialized one, H. major of the Upper Pliocene
of Europe. The whole series would be as follows :—
H. liberiensis.
H, iravadicus.
H, sivalensis.
A, paleindicus.
H. madagascariensis, H. merle, &e.
HI, amphibius.
Hl, major.
I have called the H/. liberiensis the most generalized form; this
does not hold good certainly as to the number of its incisors, in which
respect it is very much specialized. ‘The particulars of the cranium
have almost the value of family characters, as by them it approaches
the extinct genus Merycopotamus and the Suidw, and appears to
be, as was pointed out by Gratiolet, less aquatic and especially
less exclusively herbivorous than H. amphibius. Compared with
the other members, and especially with H. amphibius and H. major,
one of the most striking differences lies in the relative proportion
of the cranial and facial portion of the skull, the first being greatly
1896.] ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 977
developed in #. liberiensis, whilst in H. amphibius and the
H. major of the Upper Pliocene the cranial portion is much
reduced, the facial portion on the contrary enormously produced.
In connection with this is the great elongation of the frontal bones
of H. liberiensis, whilst they are broad and short in H. amphibius
and H. major. H. sivalensis is still very near H. liberiensis in this
respect, the antero-posterior extension of the frontal being, as was
shown by Falconer and Cautley, twice as great as in H. amphibius.
An expression of the relative proportion between the anterior and
posterior portions of the cranium is given by the position of the
orbits. The various Hippopotamus crania from Madagascar have,
in this respect, much resemblance with H. sivalensis, the cranial
portion being, however, somewhat more shortened, the facial
portion somewhat more lengthened; so that the orbit occupies a
less central position than in H. liberiensis, and, as a matter of
course, still less so than in H. sivalensis. The Malagasy forms
thus constitute a step farther in the direction of H. amphibius,
the breadth of the intraorbital region being much less than in the
African species and the same as in J/. sivalensis.
These changes are reflected by the position which the lachrymal
occupies. In I. hberiensis, as shown by Leidy, who had at his
disposal the skull of a younger animal, exhibiting distinctly all the
sutures, the lachrymal is entirely separated from the nasals by the
anterior prolongation of the frontal, which last thus comes in
contact with the maxillary. This is, with the exception of the
Ruminants, almost the rule in Ungulates. As to H. sivalensis, in
six out of seven skulls figured in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis’
the sutures are distinctly to be seen; and we find here again the
lachrymal excluded by the frontal from contact with the nasal and
joining the maxillary. The originals of most of the skulls figured
being in the National Museum, I have had an opportunity of
verifying the accurateness of the drawings, so that we may fairly
conclude that H. sivalensis had, as a rule, the character mentioned
above in common with H. libertensis. The same is the case with
regard to H. palwindicus, as shown in the I’, A.S., with the slight
difference that the anterior tongue of the frontal is somewhat
shortened.
In the Malagasy Hippopotum: we find, as a rule, the following
relations in this part of the skull. The lachrymal departs from
the orbital margin in an inward direction and reaches the nasal,
with which it unites, thus shutting out the frontal from a connection
with the maxillary. Anteriorly to the lachrymal, exactly corre-
sponding to the place which in H. liberiensis and H. sivalensis is
occupied by the foremost tongue of the frontal, we find here a
separate bone of various dimensions, interposed between the uasal
and lachrymal, and touching the maxillary in front and sometimes
the malar bone as well. In H. amphibius the lachrymal is usually
broadly interposed between the frontal and maxillary; but in
young specimens we meet occasionally with the same supra-
numerary bone; sometimes, as in H. liberiensis and H. sivalensis,
63*
978 DR. 0, I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [Dee. 1,
the frontal joins the maxillary, thus separating the lachrymal and
nasal; and, besides, there is such a variability in the size and
mutual connections of the bones in this part of the skull in young
specimens, and, to a certain extent, in adult ones as well (four
nasals, obliteration of the lachrymo-frontal suture, &c.), that we
cannot here enter into more particulars.
My purpose was to show that, in respect of the above characters
also the Malagasy Hippopotami are intermediate between H. siva-
lensis and H. amphibius, and appear to be in close relationship
with both. Occasionally young specimens are hexaprotodont, as
the Siwalik forms.
I think that, from what I have stated, we are fairly entitled to
surmise that the Hippopotami entered Africa at a time when they
were still in possession of all the characters of the Siwalik species,
and that they crossed over to Madagascar when they had reached’a
condition intermediate between H. sivalensis and H.amphibius. In
this condition they persisted in Madagascar, whilst on the neigh-
bouring continent they progressed (or retrogressed) farther in the
same direction. It is a curious circumstance that the Hippopo-
tamus major from the Upper Pliocene of Italy has gone beyond
H. amphaibius in the same specialization; this may have had
something to do with its earlier extinction.
RopEw ta.
But little attention has hitherto been paid to the Rodent fauna
of Madagascar. Although four or five more or less nominal genera
had been founded, it has been surmised that the Malagasy Rodentia
have immigrated in recent times and are not even specifically
Madagascar genera. This supposition rests on the assumption that
the Rodents are, as a rule, passively wandering (Wallace, Zittel),
and was made in spite of Peters having long ago pointed out that
Nesomys, the first known Malagasy Rodent, resembles the American
Hesperomyes in the conformation of the enamel and in the pro-
portions of its molars °.
My collections contain some hundred specimens of Rodentia,
belonging to five genera and eight species, fve or six of the
species and two genera being new, besides two new genera found
in a fossil condition. This material I have begun to work out,
and, although my investigations are far from being completed, I
do not think that the following conclusions will hereafter have to
be modified in their main points.
The great majority of Malagasy Rodents at present known, viz.
the genera Nesomys, Hallomys, Gymnuromys, Eliurus, Brachy-
1 “ Fine neue Gattung der Murinen aus Madagascar, welche in dem Zahnbau
sich am nichsten den Hesperomys der westlichen Hemisphare anschliesst, und
go ein neues Beispiel von der geographisch so merkwiirdigen Verwandtschaft
der Fauna von Madagascar mit der von Amerika liefert...... Die Backziihne
= in ihrer Schmelz bildung und Proportion ahnlich denen von Hesperomys.”
(Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, Oct, 18, 1870, pp. 54, 55.)
1896.] ZOOLOGIOAL BXPHDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 979
uromys, Hypogeomys—Brachytarsomys stands somewhat apart from
the others and requires further investigation—belong to the so-
called Cricetine group of Muriform (“ Muride,” auct.) Rodents,
of which they are the lowest of existing forms, having affinities
with some of the least specialized of the family Dipodida, as defined
by Winge, viz. to Sminthus and Zapus.
The African and Asiatic Rhizomyes, usually considered as
belonging to the Spalacide, but which the last-named author
places amongst the lowest Muride, alongside with the tertiary
Cricetodon and Lomys, are nearly related to the Malagasy group of
Rodents by means of the Abyssinian Zachyoryctes (Ithizomys) and
the Malagasy Brachywromys, the former being but a vory specialized
fossorial form of the more generalized Brachyuromys ramirohitra.
The molars are almost identical in both, only but slightly more
hypselodont in Tachyoryctes. If we divest the Tachyoryctes skull
of its fossorial characters and of the consequences of the more
hypselodont molars, we obtain a Brachywromys skull. Likewise
the skulls of the young Tachyoryctes bear much greater resemblance
to Brachywromys than the adult. There is further a great corre-
spondence in external characters if we disregard the smaller ears
and eyes of Tachyoryctes and its fossorial claws.
As to the affinities of the Malagasy Rodents with the lower
Dipodide, they are revealed by the skull as well as by the confor-
mation of the molars. The infraorbital foramen is large through-
out and especially in Brachywromys, though on the whole showing
the form characteristic for the Muride’, the posterior part of
the zygomatic arch is bent downwards, the malar bone strongly
developed and approaching the lachrymal more than in any other
Murid®, the size and shape of the incisive foramina nearly approach-
ing what obtains in the Dipodide, &c. With regard to the teeth,
the group of Malagasy Rodents, together with the Abyssinian.
Tachyoryctes, differ in 2 very important condition from the more
specialized Murine, and even from the Cricetine Rodents, in
having their molars of almost equal size and form; the two
anterior molars especially are very much like each other. This
likewise is a character in which they approach the lower Rodents,
especially the Dipodide; in the pattern of the molars there is
equally a strong resemblance of them all with Dipodide (Sminthus,
Alactaga, Zapus); in this respect the mosaic pavement-like tri-
turating surface, both in the Malagasy Gymnuromys and the
Nearctic Zapus, is especially noteworthy.
The relation of the Madagascar Rodents to Cricetus, which is
considered to be the type of the group, is viewed by me as
1 Tho mioceno Paciculus, from tho John-Day beds in N. America, is con-
sidered by Scott to stand in most respects in an intermediate position belween
Protoptychus (which Scott supposes to bo the ancestral form of the Dipodida)
and the Dipodidy, although it ihn lost all the premolars, and the lower portion
of the infraorbital foramen forms, as in the Murids, a distinct notch for the
passage of the nerve. (‘‘ Protoptychus hatcheri, a new Rodent from the Uinta
Eocene,” Pros. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, 1895, p. 269.)
980 ON A ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION To MADAGASOAR. [Dec.1,
follows :—Cricetus is a terminal form amongst its congeners, some-
what connected with the Malagasy Nesomyinw by means of the
miocene Cricetodon, from which it is probably directly derived.
LT have lastly to consider the affinities of the Malagasy Rodentia
with the American Hesperomyes, urged by Peters with regard to
the molars of his genus Nesomys. The resemblance is certainly
striking between the pattern of the Mesomys-molars and of some
of the bunodont Hesperomyes, and this resemblance extends alike
to the form of the skull in both groups (conformation of the
boundaries of the infraorbital foramen, small size of the tympanics,
&e.). There exists more agreement between these two groups
than between them and Cricetus and its Old-World allies. On the
other hand, the Malagasy Rodents present unmistakable family
features of their own, which all point in one direction, stamping
them as lower, more primitive Muride than the Hesperomyes. ‘The
two anterior, and in some cases all three, molars are more like
each other in size and pattern, although in this respect the
difference is much less striking between the American Hesperomyes
and the Malagasy Nesomyes than between the first and the Murina.
Similar remarks apply to the skull: the infraorbital foramen
is larger in the Malagasy mice, the malar bone always stronger
developed and extending farther forwards and upwards towards
the lachrymal &e.
Zittel is of opinion that all the Myomorpha of South America
are recent, having immigrated from the north towards the end of
the Diluvium’. The reasons for supposing this are, that so far
only hystricomorphous Rodents have been met with in the older
formations, the (Patagonian and) Santa Cruz beds. Here it must
be borne in mind that the presence of a premolar and the pattern
of the molars approaching the Iystricomorpha are not sufficient
criteria for assigning to these latter several small Rodents of the
Santa Cruz beds, of which the only parts preserved are the teeth.
On the contrary, if there exist forerunners of the Murida in the
Santa Cruz beds, they are likely to have possessed premolars. If
the Ithizomyes and the Malagasy Brachywromys possessed pre-
molars—and there is strong evidence that this was recently actually
the case—we would be inclined, without knowing more of them
than their molar series, to assign them to the Hystricomorpha.
As matters stand at present, it must be admitted that all
appearances speak against the ancient domicile of the Hesperomyes
in South America, whereas we have in the miocene of North
America such forms as Humys and others, which might be con-
sidered to be the ancestors of the Hesperomyes. Moreover, Crice-
todon of the European Miocene is more closely related to the
Hesperomyes than to Cricetus.
There is therefore at present not sufficient evidence of a direct
relationship between the Malagasy Rodents and the western
Hesperomyes, although it seems to me difficult to explain their
affinities as a result of mere convergence.
1 Handbuch der Palaeontologie, 1, iv. p. 556.
1896.] ON DRAWINGS IN THH KNOWSLDY LIBRARY, 581
I should again like to record my renewed thanks to the President
and Council and Committee of the Royal Society for their valuable
assistance, which has enabled me to carry on this work, aided by
the liberality, first of all, of the Hon. Walter Rothschild, as well as
of Mr. F. Du Cane Godman, Sir Henry Peek, and Mr. Alhusen.
I desire as well to express my very grateful thanks to Sir
William Flower, Director of the Natural History Museum, and all
the other officers, first of all Dr. Henry Woodward, who have
done so much to enable me to carry out the objects of the
expedition.
In conclusion it is my duty to speak in the highest terms of the
intelligence, pluck, and perseverance displayed by my young as-
sistant, Mr. Alphonse Robert, who refused to leave me when his
life was in danger from staying with me.
December 15, 1896.
Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Austnn, F'.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of November :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of November were 52, of which 31 were by presentation,
13 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 6 were received on deposit.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 126.
Amongst the additions was a fine young male of the Arabian
Gazelle (Gazella arabica) from Aden, presented, Nov. 30th, by
Mr. R. G. Buchanan.
Mr. Sclater exhibited two bound volumes of original water-
colour drawings by Wolf and Waterhouse Hawkins, belonging to
the Knowsley Library, which had been kindly lent to him for
examination by the Earl of Derby. These drawings were of very
great interest to zoologists, as containing many of the originals
from which the figures in the two volumes of the ‘ Gleanings from
the Knowsley Menagerie’ and Wolf’s ‘ Zoological Sketches’ had
been taken.
The first and larger-sized volume (29 in. by 22 in.), lettered on
the back ‘ Wolf’s Original Drawings,’ contained twenty-two water-
colour drawings by Wolf, of which a manuscript list in the
volume, written by Mr. I. J. Moore in 1871, gave the following
particulars :— :
1. Lemur. Madagascar.
2. Lemur. Madagascar.
3. Eland Antelope or Impoofo (female). Oreas canna. South
Africa. (See ‘Knowsley Menagerie,’ pp. 27, 29, 30,
982 _ MR. SCLATER ON TWO VOLUMES OF (Dee. 15,
plates 26, 27; and Cornwallis Harris’s ‘Game and Wild
Animals of Southern Africa,’ p. 24.)
. Nylghau (male, female, and young). Portaw tragocamelus.
India. (‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ pp. 28, 29, pl. 29, young.)
5. Bonte-bok (male, female, and young). Damalis pygarga.
South Africa. (‘Knowsley Menagerie, p. 21, pl. 22.
figs. 2, 3, and pl. 20. fig. 3, young; and Harris’s ‘Game
and Wild Animals of South Africa,’ p. 88.)
6. Bless-bok. Damatlis albifrons. South Africa. (‘ Knowsley
Menagerie,’ p. 22, pl. 22. fig. 1; and Harris, p. 110.)
7. Wapiti Deer (stag, hind, and fawn). Cervus canadensis.
North America. (‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ p. 58, pl. 36.)
8. Gerbille. Gerbillus. North Africa.
9
0
cs
. Chinchilla. Chinchilla lanigera. Chili and Peru.
. Long-winged Caraca Eagle. Milvago megalopterus. Bolivia
and Peru.
11. Hornbill. Buceros (nasutus?), W. Africa.
12. “ Brush-Turkey ” or Talegalla. Yalegallalathami. Australia.
13. Impeyan Pheasant (male and female). Lophophorus impey-
anus. Himalayas.
14. Fire-back Pheasant (male). Gallophasis vieilloti.
15. Japan Pheasant. Phasianus versicolor. Japan.
16, The same, crossed with the Common Pheasant, Phasianus
colchicus.
17. Californian Quail (male). Callipepla californica. California.
18. Goliath Heron. Ardea goliath. West Africa.
19. ‘Mountain Goose.” ‘“ Yadorna cana.” South Africa ?
20. Black-backed Goose (male and female). Sarkidiornis afri-
cana. West Africa.
21. Dusky Duck. Anas obscura. North America.
22, Yellow-billed Duck or “ Guil-bec.” Anas vanthorhyncha.
South Africa.
Specimens of all the above, except no. 10, and perhaps nos. 1, 2,
were living at Knowsley at the breaking up of the Collection in
1851, and these sketches were doubtless made from those specimens,
either before or after their remoyal.—T. J. Moorz, April 28,
1871.
The second volume, which was lettered on the back ‘ Knowsley
Menagerie. Original Drawings by W. Iawkins and Wolf’ (size
25 in. by 20 in.), contained sixty-nine original drawings by those
artists. There was no manuscript list attached to this volume,
but Mr. Sclater had prepared the subjoined account of its
contents.
[In the following list the writing on each plate in ink and
pencil is first given. The paragraphs added, enclosed in brackets,
are Mr. Sclater’s remarks. |
1. “ Anoa depressicornis. Drawn from the living animal at
Knowsley, Jan. 12, 1846, by Waterhouse Hawkins. Obtained
1896.] DRAWINGS IN THN KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. 983
from the Jardin des Plantes 4 Paris in exchange, but lived a very
short time.”
[This is Anoa depressicornis, apparently adult male.]
2. “ Bigured from the living animals at Knowsley, Oct. 1847, by
B. Waterhouse Hawkins. ¢ and 9.”
[This is the Bontebok, Damaliscus pygargus, 6 2. These are
the originals of the two right-hand figures in the ‘Gleanings,’
plate xxii. ]
3. “ Gazella albifrons or female Blesbok. Figured from the
living animal at Knowsley, Sept. 25, 1847, by B. W. Hawkins.”
[This is the original of the left-hand figure in the ‘ Gleanings,’
plate xxii.]
4, “ A. corrigum, 9 and young (taken by Mr. Whitfield himself
from the adjoining mother’s womb), and A. bubalzs, adult male.”
[The left-hand figure is the Korrigum, Damaliscus korrigum ;
the right-hand is either Bubalis buselaphus or possibly B. major,
as it shows blackish feet and whitish marks round'the eyes. ]
5. “ Young and adult female Dacris, so called by Whitfield, but
the last doubtful, supposed to be Ant. equina.”
“I have compared this with the Cape specimen of A. equina,
measured the ears, and can see no difference. I think it would be
well to engrave this for the ‘Gleanings.’—J. E. Gray.”
[These are the young and adult female of the Equine Antelope,
Hippotragus equinus, or of its representative species in West
Africa. |
6. “ Drawn from sketches made from the living animal on
board the ‘ African,’ Sept. 11th, 1848, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Iwo figures, side and front views of the head, apparently of
the same young male Hippotragus that was tigured in the last
plate. |
7. “Young female Dacris. From sketches made from the living
animal, Sept. 11th and 12th, 1848, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Two whole figures, apparently of the same animal as that
represented in the last plate. ]
8. “ B. Waterhouse Hawkins at Knowsley, July 8th, 1843.
Whitfield says the hair on the hip is slightly curled.”
[ Male, female, and young Kob, Cobus kob.]
9. “A. bubalis, jun.”
[Apparently Bubalis buselaphus, jr.]
10. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley by B. Water-
house Hawkins, Dec. 30, 1843.”
[Male and female Eland, Oreas canna, apparently originals of
plate xxvi. of the ‘ Gleanings.’] .
11. “Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, April 3rd,
1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Three figures, apparently female, young, and half-grown male
of Eland, Oreas canna, original of plate xxvii. of ‘ Gleanings.’]
984 MR. SOLATER ON TWO VOLUMES OF [Dee. 15,
12. “Harnessed Antelope, Antilope scripta. Knowsley, June
30th, 1843. B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Harnessed Antelope, Tragelaphus scriptus, 6 9. Original of
plate xxviii. of ‘ Gleanings.’]
18. “Coquitoun. Village of Waterloo, Sierra Leone. H.
Whitfield.
“ Cephalophus, female. ?if of the Grimm.”
[Apparently Cephalophus rufilatus, see ‘Book of Antelopes,’
vol. i. p. 169.]
14. “From the living animals at Knowsley, March 20th, 1845,
by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Male, female, and young of Addax Antelope, Addaa naso-
maculatus. Plate xviii. of the ‘Gleanings’ is partly taken from
this plate. ]
15. “Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, April 3rd,
1846, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Addax nasomaculatus, a side-figure. ]
16. “Gazelle, what species? We have called it here G. vera
or True Gazelle.”
[Three figures apparently of the Arabian Gazelle, Gazella arabica,
the originals of ‘ Gleanings,’ plate iii.]
17. “Male Gibari or Mahomet’s Antilope. Drawn from the
living animal at Knowsley, Noy. 14th, 1845, by B. Waterhouse
Hawkins. Thought very good.”
[Male Gambian Oribi, Ourebia nigricaudata (see Bk. of Ant.
vol. ii. p. 28, pl. xxvi.); probably original of plate v. of the
‘Gleanings,’ but the figure there given is reversed. ]
18. “Figured from the living animal at Knowsley by B. W.
Hawkins, Nov. 5, 1847.
“Tlair pale yellowish, tip black.”
(Probably male Crowned Duiker, Cephalophus coronatus. See
Bk. of Ant. vol. i. p. 195, pl. xxii. fig. 2.]
19. “ Figured from the living animals at Knowsley, Nov. 5th,
1847, by B. W. Hawkins.
. “Hair root-grey, middle black, tip chestnut.”
[Male and female Duiker, Cephalophus sp. ine. ]
20. “ From the living animals at Knowsley, March 14th, 1844,
by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.
“ Persian Deer received from Zoological Society in 1844. Taken
in their winter dress. The stag still living, 1846, but hind died
soon.”
[Persian Deer, Cervus maral, ¢ and 9 .]
21. “Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Sept. 13th,
1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.
“Persian Deer in his summer coat.”
[Cervus maral, male; apparently original of plate xxxix. of the
‘ Gleanings.’]
1896. ] DRAWINGS IN THH KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. | 985
22. “ Cervus, Himalayan Deer, received from Mr. McClelland,
of Calcutta; reached us stone-blind, and still continues. Water-
house Hawkins, drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Sept. 6,
1847.”
[Cervus duvauceli, male ; apparently original of plate xl. of the
‘ Gleanings.”]
23. “ Wapiti Deer, stag and two hinds, in the distance a
younger stag and pair of calves of last year. Drawn from the
living animals at Knowsley by B. Waterhouse Hawkins, Jan. 26,
1844. Very good.”
[Male, female, and young Wapiti Deer, Cervus canadensis ;
apparently original of plate xxxvi. of ‘ Gleanings.’ ]
24, “Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Dec. 20,
1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.
“Received from the Himalayas, 1842, but species not known.”
[Apparently young male of Cervus duvauceli, and original of
plate xli. of ‘ Gleanings.’]
25. “ Figured from the living animals at Knowsley, Sept. 20th,
1847, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.
“ Received from Mr. Westerman.”
[Three figures, male and two females, of a Cervus, apparently the
Javan Deer, Cervus rusa. Originals of plate xliii. of ‘ Gleanings.’ |
26. “ Barbary Deer, stag, hind, and female calf of same year.
Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, Feb. 6th, 1844, by
B. Waterhouse Hawkins. Very good.”
[Cervus barbarus, male, female, and young. Original of plate
xxxvii. of the ‘ Gleanings.”]
27. “The female C. equinus and the male a Rusa, obtained from
Amsterdam in 1845, but lived only a few months.
“ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley by B. Waterhouse
Hawkins, Novy. 25, 1845.”
[The male and female of two species of Rusine Deer, Cervus
sp. ine.]
28. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley by Water-
house Hawkins, Jan. 1844.”
(Three figures, male and female in two positions, of the
Virginian Deer, Cariacus virginianus, or of a nearly allied species.
Original of plate xlvi. of the ‘ Gleanings.’]
29. ‘ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, July 1845, by
B. Waterhouse Hawkins.
“‘ See same animals figured March 22nd, 1844.”
[Iwo figures, male and female, of an American Deer, probably
Cariacus leucurus in summer dress. Original of plate xliv. of
the ‘ Gleanings.’]
30. “ From the living animals at Knowsley, winter colour, March
22nd 1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.
‘2 What species, refer Introduction Book ; was it first considered
by us the Black-tailed kind.
986 MR. SOLATER ON TWO VOLUMES OF (Dee. 15,
“‘See same animals figured July 1845.”
[Two of same animals as figured in plate 29, probably Carzacus
leucurus in winter dress. Original of plate xlv. of ‘ Gleanings.’]
31. “ Drawn from the dried skin of a very young specimen of one
of the Brockets, but proposed to be set aside.”
[Vemale of a Brocket, Cariacus sp. inc. ]
32. “Coassus rufus, I, Cuv., male. Original of plate xlviii. in the
‘Gleanings.’ From Brazil.
“ Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, March 21st, 1846,
by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Red Brocket, Cariacus rufus, male, apparently original of right-
hand figure of plate xlviii. of ‘ Gleanings.’]
33. “Peta? Brockets. Drawn from the living animals at
Knowsley, Feb. 6th, 1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Apparently mother and two young of a South-American Brocket,
Cariacus (subgen. Coassus) sp. ine. |
34. “ No. 1, Coassus superciliaris, female. Original of a plate
of the ‘Gleanings. Habitat, South America. No. 2, male ;
3, female, Coassus rufus, I’. Cuv., pl. xlvii. of ‘ Gleanings.’
“ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley by B. Waterhouse
Hawkins, Sept. 16th, 1847.”
[Three figures, right and left male and female probably of
Cariacus rufus, originals of plate xlvii. of ‘Gleanings.’ ‘The centre
figure, female Brocket, Cariacus sp. inc., seems to be the original
of the right-hand figure of a plate in the ‘ Gleanings’ called Eye-
browed Brocket, Coassus superciliaris, without any number. |
35. “ Water Musk from W. Africa. 3B. Waterhouse Hawkins,
drawn from a dried skin at Knowsley, Nov. 9th, 1843.”
[ Male, female, and young of African Water Chevrotain, LHyo-
moschus aquaticus. Original of plate xxxi. of ‘ Gleanings.’ ]
36. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, August 1845,
by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[ Male, female, and young of Javan Chevrotain, Tragulus javanicus.
Original of plate xxxv. of ‘ Gleanings.’]
37. “ Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Dec. 31st,
1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins. Nat. size 9.”
[Iemale of Stanley Chevrotain, Zragulus stanleyanus. Original
of plate xxxiii. of ‘ Gleanings.’}
38. “ Alpaca. Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley,
July 23rd, 1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Group of Alpacas, Auchenia pacos, six figures. Original of
plate lii. of < Gleanings.’]
39. “Llama. Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley,
July 9th, 1844, by B. Waterhouse Ilawkins.”
[Group of Llamas, Auchenia glama, five figures. Original’ of
plate li. of ‘ Gleanings.’
1896.] DRAWINGS IN THN KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. 987
40. “Vicuna. From the living animal at Knowsley, October
26, 1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[Male and female Vicuna, Auchenia vicugna. See plate xlix. of
‘ Gleanings.’]
41. ** Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, September
1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[A pair of Onagers, Equus onager, apparently of the Indian
form. See pl. liii. of ‘ Gleanings.’ ]
42. “Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, June 13,
1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins. The foal born at Knowsley,
May 23, 1844.
“Male and foal still living, 1846.”
[Male, female, and foal of the Mountain Zebra, Hquus montanus.
Original of plate lvi. of ‘Gleanings.’ ]
43. “Colobus. From a dried skin marked Whitfield 8.1.43 by
_B. Waterhouse Hawkins at Knowsley Hall, Nov. 22nd, 1843.”
[Apparently Colobus polycomus. |
44, “Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, October
1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[A pair of Cheetahs, Cyncelurus jubatus. |
45. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, October 4th,
1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
[A pair of young Servals or of an allied species, possibly Felis
servalina. |
46. “B. Waterhouse Hawkins, 1847.”
[A Long-eared Fox, Otocyon megalotis. |
47. “B. W. H., Oct. 20, 1843. The specimen in Museum
marked Bates, Belize river.”
[Derbian Opossum, Didelphys lanigera. This is no doubt taken
from the type of D. derbiana, Waterhouse, which was described
from Lord Derby’s specimen: see Waterhouse, Nat. Hist.
Mammals, i. p. 495. ]
48. ‘“* Adult female (now lost), young still living. From the
living animal at Knowsley, April 22nd, 1845, by B. Waterhouse
Hawkins.”
(Two figures, mother and young, of the Philander Opossum,
Didelphys philander. |
49. “Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, Jan. 16th,
1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”
(Three figures of the Patagonian Cavy, Dolichotis patagonica. |
50. “ Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley by B. Water-
house Hawkins, June 13th, 1845.”
, [A Cavy, probably the Rock Cavy, Cavia rupestris. |
51. “In Museum at Knowsley, figured by B. Waterhouse.
Hawkins, Oct. 10th, 1843. Specimen in Museum marked
988 ON DRAWINGS IN TLD KNOWSLEY Lipnany. (Dec. 15,
J. Bates, Guitanala, Sept. 1843. Compare it with S. griseo-caudatus
figured Mamm. Voyage ‘ Sulphur.’”’
[Squirrel, one of the forms of Sciurus hypopyrrhus. See ‘ Biologia
Centrali-Americana,’ p. 128.]
52. “ B. W. Hawkins. Specimen in Museum marked Whit-
field, Sept.”
[Le Conte’s Squirrel, Scutrus lemniscatus: see Jentink, ‘ Notes
from Leyden Museun,’ iv. p. 36.]
53. “ Otenodactylus massonii, Gray, or Gundi of Tunis. H. C.
Richter, del.”
[Two figures of the Gundi Rat of Algeria, Ctenodactylus gundi
(Gmelin). |
54. “J. Wolf, Oct. 28th, 1850.”
[Group of Sambur Deer, probably Cervus hippelaphus. |
55. “J. Wolf, Oct. 7th, 1850.”
[Group, apparently of Barasingha Deer, Cervus duvauceli, in
summer pelage. |
56. “J. Wolf. Oct. 24th, 1850.”
[Pair of albino Sambur Deer, Cervus hippelaphus?, in park at
Knowsley. | -
57. “J. Wolf, Oct. 19th, 1850.”
[Male and female, with distant figures in the background of
one of the South-American Deer, Cariacus sp. inc. On the back
is written, in pencil, “Savanna Deer of Demerara and Guiana.” |
58. “J. Wolf, Nov. 9th, 1850.”
[Group of one of the Rusine Deer, perhaps Cervus equinus. ]
59. “J. Wolf, Oct. 17th, 1850.”
[Group of American Deer, probably Cariacus virginianus or
CO. leucurus, on snow. |
60. Cephalophus rufilatus, Gray, W. Africa. J. Wolf, August
16th, 1850.
[Group of the Red-flanked Duiker, Cephalophus rufilatus. See
Bk. of Ant. vol. i. p. 167, pl. xix. fig. 1.]
61. “J. Wolf, August 1850. Antilope quadricornis.”
[Group of Four-horned Antelopes, Tétraceros quadricornis. See
Bk. of Ant. vol. i. p. 215, pl. xxiv. ]
62. “J. Wolf, Oct. 14th, 1850.”
[Adult and young males of Moose or Elk, Alces machlis, in deep
snow. |
63. “J. Wolf.”
[Hybrid Bull, see P. Z.8.1849, p. 172; where the figure is
copied and the animal is described by D. W. Mitchell. ]
64. “J. Wolf, September Sth, 1850. Yak, female. Bos
grunniens, from East India.”
[Group of Yaks, Poephagus grunniens. |
1896.] ON WEBBID FHET IN ANTWERP PIGEONS. 989
65. “J. Wolf, Sept. 2nd, 1850. 4-bred between Brahmin Bull
and cow, at Fain.”
[Hybrid cattle. ]
66. “J. Wolf, Oct. 11th, 1850.
Squirrel sent from Valparaiso.”
[Squirrel, Sciurus, one of the forms of S. hypopyrrhus, probably
S. h. dorsalis. |
67. “J. Wolf, Oct. 4th, 1850.
“ Ryzena capensis.”
[Iwo figures of the Suricate, Swricata tetradactyla. |
68. “J. Wolf, Aug. 8th, 1850.”
[Group of Guans, probably Penelope superciliaris.]
69. “J. Wolf, 1850.”
[A cock and two hens of Prince Albert’s Curassow, Cras alberti.]
Mr. W. Bateson exhibited three common blue Antwerp Pigeons,
lent by Mr. I’. Doggctt, of Cambridge, showing webbing between
the toes. The amount of webbing differed in each case. All the
birds were the offspring of a single pair which were absolutely
normal. The following remarks gave the details of each case :—
I.—Right foot. Digits 2 and 3 united by a web extending nearly
to end of 2nd phalanx of each toe. Indigits 3 and 4 the web does
not extend quite so far.
Left foot. Like right foot, but the edge of the web between
digits 2 and 3, when the foot is extended, stretches more nearly in
a straight line from digit to digit, instead of being curved to form
a bay.
Il.—Right foot. Digits 3 and 4 webbed like 2 and 3 in right
foot of foregoing. Digits 2 and 3 not webbed at all.
Left foot. Like the right, but the web between digits 3 and 4
extends rather beyond 2nd phalanx and is continued up the
side of the toes on to the terminal phalanx as a narrow flap of
skin.
I11.—Both feet have the three digits completely webbed together
to the bases of the claws. Right foot has digits 3 and 4 united by
a loose web, but digits 2 and 3 are closely webbed together, so
that they can scarcely be moved independently. In the left foot
all three digits are thus closely united and the foot has a somewhat
deformed appearance. The bird can, however, sit on a perch
without difficulty.
The hallux. is normal in every case.
The web is pink, healthy-looking skin, with scaling on the dorsal
surface near the digits.
The birds I. and III. belong to one nest, but II. belongs to a later
nest. Mr. Doggett states that he had seen one or both birds with
more or less webbing in four different pairs of young reared by the
same parents. Figures showing the right foot of III. and the left
990 ON A RARD BIRD FROM TW SANDWICH ISLANDS. [Dec. 15,
foot of II. appear, together with a descriptive note by Mr. Teget-
meier, in the ‘ Field,’ 1896, vol. 88, p. 464.
Attention was called to the fact that it is not the same pair of
digits which are the most webbed in all cases ;.for in both feet of
II. the web was developed chiefly between digits 3 and 4, while in
I. the greatest development was between digits 2 and 3.
Prof. Newton, F.R.S., sent for exhibition a mounted specimen
of a rare bird from the Sandwich Islands, accompanied by the
following remarks :—
I submit for exhibition the type specimen of Heterorhynchus
olivaceus, Lafresnaye (Magasin de Zoologie, 1839, pl. x. ; Revue
Zoologique, 1840, p. 321), which has been entrusted to my
care by the courtesy of the authorities of the Natural History
Society of Boston, and the kindness of the Curator of its Museum,
Professor Alpheus Hyatt.
Soon after the return, in the winter of 1888-9, of Mr. Scott B.
Wilson from his first visit to the Sandwich Islands, he brought the
collection of bird-skins he had there made to Cambridge that it
might be worked out. I gladly gave him all the help I could, and
my applications to that end for the loan of specimens were
generously granted by the custodians of several museums. One
of the specimens I was most anxious for Mr. Wilson to see was
the type of Lafresnaye’s species above mentioned. This was
included in the lithographed catalogue of that ornithologist’s
collection (No. 5677 bis) and was presumably in the Museum at
Boston ; but all Prof. Hyatt’s efforts to find it were vain. Conse-
quently Mr .Wilson had to do the best he could without examining
it, and, as may be seen in his paper “‘ On three undescribed Species
of the Genus Hemignathus” (Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, ser. 6, iv. pp. 400-402), he followed the example already
set him by Cassin (United States Exploring Expedition, Mamm. &
Orn. pp. 179, 180), by Mr. Sclater (Ibis, 1879, p. 92), and by
Dr. Sharpe (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 4) in keeping Lafresnaye’s bird
distinct from the Hemignathus lucidus of Lichtenstein (Abhandl. k.
Akad. Berlin, 1888, p. 451, tab. 5. figs. 2, 3).
Towards the end of last summer I received a letter from Prof.
Hyatt, referring to our former correspondence and telling me that,
“Tn looking over the collection this year, one of my assistants
found the Heterorhynchus olivaceus, 5677 bis, Lafresnaye Cata-
logue. Remembering the fact that you had applied for it, and
looking up the matter and consulting your communication, I
thought it best to inform you that this specimen had reappeared.
It was misplaced, and consequently could not be found at the time
it was needed.”
At my request Prof. Hyatt obtained leave to send this specimen
to me, and before returning it to Boston it seems desirable to
-exhibit it at a meeting of the Zoological Society, as I believe that
no adult male example of this extinct species has been before seen
PZS.1896.Plate J.
aie
|
ry
\
\
i
i
\ |
iy { {
ih, ie \
a
SS
Gi del
MP. Parker lath.
West, Neva num inp
Plankton of the Faeroe Channel.
1896.] ON THD PLANKTON OF THH FAHRON CHANNEL. 991
in this country, and Mr. Rothschild has stated (Avifauna of
Laysan, p. 97) that Lafresnaye’s type is in the Paris Museum. On
this point he must have been misinformed, and the specimen he
“carefully examined ” there was probably one of the pair obtained
and presented by Néboux (Revue Zoologique, 1840, p. 289), from
which presumably the figures in the Voyage of the ‘ Vénus’ (Ois.
pl. i. figs. 1, 2) were taken. It is almost needless to remark that
had the present example been attainable by Mr. Wilson he would
{never have supposed it to be specifically identical with the bird
which he found in Hawaii; and I may observe that not one of the
five examples of the Hemignathus lucidus of Oahu at his disposal—
two from Berlin, two at Cambridge, and one in the British
Museum—was that of a male in full plumage. .
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F'.Z.S., exhibited an interesting
application of the Réntgen rays to ornithology, in the shape of an
actinograph taken from a Partridge that had “ towered ” on being
shot. The actinograph seemed to show that the “ towering ” was
caused by injury done to the lungs, and not by lesion of the brain,
as often supposed.
The following papers were read :—
1. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the
Faeroe Channel.—No. I. By G. Herserr Fowtrrr,
B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University
College, London.
[Received November 3, 1896.]
(Plate L.)
Between July 29th and August 8th of this year I enjoyed the
great advantage of a berth on H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ by the per-
mission of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, extended to
me at the request of the Council of the Royal Society. Iam glad
of this opportunity to tender my thanks, not only to both of these
bodies, but also to Capt. Moore and the other officers of the
‘Research’ for placing at my disposal every facility that lay in
their power. ;
My chief object on the cruise was an attempt to ascertain ©
whether the intermediate zones of water between (say) 100 and
700 fathoms are characterized by definite forms of planktonic life
or not; and if so, what temperature-limits form barriers to the
distribution of various species. The large number both of surface
and deep-water organisms obtained during the cruise will demand
so long a study that it seems best to publish results as soon as
obtained in the scant leisure of which a teaching post admits.
The present note forms, therefore, the first of a series, in which
Provo. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. LXIV. 64
992 DR. G, HERBERT FOWLER ON THB { Dec. 15,
the methods employed and the general questions of distribution
will be left to the last paper.
: Saqrrra wHantont, sp.n.’ (Plate L. figs. 1-3.)
' In external form this species resembles most nearly S. lyra
(Krohn), and differs from all other species yet described in the
approximation, almost fusion, of the paired lateral fins. Irom
Krohn’s species, however, it is easily distinguished by the absence
of a constriction between body and trunk and by the numbers of
the teeth and cirrhi.
The head is large, 3-4 mm. wide and 2 mm. long in a specimen
45 mm. long. It bears on each side 8-10 stout cirrhi (Greithaken),
. which are strongly curved, and of which the middle three are the
longest. The accessory teeth (Nebenkiefer) are arranged in two
series, of which the more dorsal are 38-5 in number and are short
and stont; the more ventral are 5-7 in number and are slighter
and longer. The neck is somewhat thinner than the body. The
body tapers without constriction to the tail; the latter (post-septal
region) is less than one-fourth of the total length. The lateral
fins are set rather far back, the anterior being much longer and
narrower than the posterior.
The longest specimen measured 45 mm. ‘The following dimen-
sions are taken from well-preserved straight specimens, of which
A was apparently uncontracted, B contracted considerably antero-
posteriorly :—
A. B
Total length............ 30 mm. 38 mm.
ead io sae aeons 1 2
IB Odysseus telecast 23 26
ARTE ar SAI a aloro alae nica! aio 6. 10
Neck, width ............ 15 3
Body, width at widest .... 2 4
Anterior fin, length ...... 20 18
ra » Width ...... 3 6
Posterior fin, length...... 10 7
i » Width...... 4 9
Tail-fin, width .......... 3 6
It is curious that this species should not have been taken by the
Plankton Expedition, which records * S. bipunctata from the north
of Scotland. From this it is distinguished readily by the approxi-
mation (continuity) of the lateral fins. ” :
From 8. hevaptera it is further distinguished by the size of the
head, by the slightly more backward position of the posterior
lateral fin, by the possession of more numerous cirrhi, and by the
absence of the five-rayed star on the accessory teeth (cf. Strodtmann,
loc. cit.).
1 In honour of Admiral Wharton, R.N., the Hydrographer, a steady friend
to oceanic research.
2 Strodtmann, ‘“Systematik der Chaetognathen,” Arch, fiir Naturgeschichte,
Iviii, Band i. pp. 333-376, pl. xvii.
1896.] PLANKTON OF THD FAHROH OHANNEL. 993.:
From S. bipunctata it is readily distinguished by the number of.
teeth in the accessory rows and the proportions of tail to body.
A row of stout processes is placed on the ventral side of the
rows of accessory teeth. These appear to correspond to the
* follicoli vestibolari” of Grassi; but in forming a single row they
differ from those which he figures as characterizing S. heaaptera’.
I have been unable to detect any trace of a “corona cigliata ”
(Riechorgan) on the dorsal surface of the head and neck.
- This species* appears to be present in both the “ cold” and the; ,
“warm ” areas * of the Faeroe Channel, and to be a characteristic
component of the “‘ Mesoplankton,” 7. ¢. the floating and swimming
organisms between a depth of +100 fathoms below the surface
and a depth of +100 fathoms from the bottom.
Horizontal distribution: 61° 18’ N., 4° 21’ W., to 59° 42’ N.,
7° 7 W.
. Vertical distribution :—
Greatest depth—warm area—Sta. 19 a, 480 to 350 fathoms ;
temp. 46° to 47° I".
Greatest depth—cold area—Sta. 13 g, 465 to 335 fathoms ;
temp. 31° to 33° F.
Least depth—Sta. 132, 100 to 0 fathoms; temp. 48° to 54° F’.
The least depth given above was the oniy occasion on which it
was taken anywhere near the surface, except for one doubtful and
broken specimen at the surface at midnight (Sta. 15). There is
po doubt that this species is essentially Mesoplanktonic, with a
very wide temperature range (at least 33° to 48° F.); it occurred
in every haul, but one, of those made between 530 and 100 fathoms
(i. ¢. in eight out of nine hauls); it occurred in every haul which
began at or lower than 300 fathoms and finished at the surface
(three hauls); and was taken, certainly, only once in a haul
which began at 100 fathoms and ended at the surface (once out of
twenty-two hauls).
SPADELLA (KrountA) HAMATA, Mobius. (Plate L. fig. 4.)
Having obtained a large number of well-preserved specimens of
this species, I think it worth while to give an outline (fig. 4) of
the external form, since both the original figure of Mobius * (which
has been simply copied by: Hertwig ° and by Grassi°) and also the
1 Qrassi, loc. cit. infra, pl. iii. fig. 6.
2 I am ansious to leave the discussion of the bathymetric limits of the species
taken on H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ and of the means used to determine these limite,
till the material has been more fully investigated. At the same time, in
describing a new species it is necessary to provisionally indicate the depth et
which it was taken; but remarks under this heading must be for the present
considered as provisional, except in the case of surface forms.
3 For an explanation of these areas, see Wyville Thomson, ‘ Depths of the
Sea.” London, 1874. 8vo.
4 Johresb. Commiss. wissenschaft. Untersuch. deutschen Meere, Jahrg. ii.,
iji. p. 158, pl. iii. fig. 13.
5 “ Die Chaetognathen,” Jenaische Zeitschrift, xiv. pl. ix. fig. 7.
8 «T Chetognati,” Fauna und Flora Golf. Neapel, v. pl. i. iene
99+ . DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [Dee. 15,
more recent figure of Strodtmann *, owing doubtless to ill-preserved
material, are capable of improvement in respect of the lateral fins.
There can be no doubt that the ‘ Research’ specimens are refer-
able to this species, since they agree with Mébius’s description
and figures of the cephalic armature to the minutest detail.
This species appears to be an essentially northern form. It was
originally described by Mébius from the following localities :—
N. of Ianstholmen, Korsfjord (twice), and N.W. of Skagen
. (misprinted S.W., loc. cit. p. 158) during the cruise of the
‘Pommerania,’ 1872.
It was recorded by Levinsen* from Greenland (Kronprinsens
Hiland), from 30 m. W. of Cape Farewell, and from lat. 59° N.,
long.?; lat. 57° 50' N., long. 48° 43' W.; lat. 57° 48’ N.,
long. 43° 45’ W.
Strodtmann records it from the North Atlantic Drift (“ Gulf-
stream”), Irminger (Greenland) Sea, and the Labrador Current,
2, é. from 60° to 50° N. latitude, as having failed in no single haul
made by the ‘ National’ (Plankton Expedition) in 1889.
In the Faeroe Channel it was rarely absent from a tow-net.
The deepest haul in which I obtained this species was in the
warm area—Sta. 19a, 480 to 350 fathoms; temperature 46° to
47° F. It may be regarded as having a fairly wide range of tem-
perature (eurythermal), since it was obtained from the surface at
a temperature of 53° I’. (haul 156), and at a temperature of less
than 38° F. (haul 13g, 31° to 33° I’.) in the cold area.
These four instances are, I believe, the only records of the
occurrence of the species.
In illustration of the ease with which one may fail to collect
specimens of a fairly plentiful species, may be cited two successive
hauls, made within an hour of each other:
Haul 19 a, 480 to 350 fm., gave 6 specimens of S. hamata.
” 19 b, 480 to 0 ” 0 ” ”
In other words, 6 were caught in towing through 130 fm. of
water, none in towing through 480 fm. (cf. Strodtmann, loc. cit.
p. 367) with the same net at the same place.
SaLPA ASYMMETRIOA, sp.n. (Plate L. figs. 5-8.)
As was the case with most Salpw collected on the ‘ Research,’
the specimens of this species were considerably damaged by
pressure against the tow-net, owing to the heavy rolling of the
ship when heaved to. Not all anatomical details could therefore
be satisfactorily made out, but the following appear to be good
characters :—
External cHaracrers.—Body ovoid, flattened, devoid of pro-
cesses. Apertures in solitary form terminal; apertures in sevual
1 “ Systematik der Chaetognathen,” Arch. Naturgeschichte, lviii. Bd. i.
pl. xvii. fig. 17.
* “Om nogle pelagiske Annulata,” Vidensk. Selsk. Skriften, (6) iii. 321.
1896.] PLANKTON OF THH FABRON OHANNEL. 995
form, mouth dorsal, cloaca terminal. Surface smooth. Length of
sexual form 12 mm. .
Tusr clear, transparent, thin.
Manrin.—tIn the sevual form the musculature exhibits an
asymmetry similar to that already described in S. dolichosoma-
virgula, musculosa-punctata, and magalhanica'. The mouth has a
pair of sphincters, apparently formed by splitting of two lateral
longitudinal muscle-slips. At least one sphincter surrounds the
cloacal aperture ; but the arrangement of the musculature of both
apertures was extremely difficult to make out, owing to the bad
condition of the specimens. The order, or rather the disorder, of
the main muscles is more easily appreciated from drawings than
from a description (Plate L. figs. 5, 6,a-f). In addition to these
there are two dorsal longitudinal muscle-slips, a dorsal sheet
overlying the nucleus, and a fan-like sheet on the right of the
nucleus.
In the solitary form, extracted with the placenta from the
parent, the musculature is much more regular; it consists cf
eight complete bands, two large and (?) four small circumcloacal
sphincters (the arrangement of which could not be exactly ascer-
tained), a right and a left longitudinal slip of unequal length in
connection with the two circumoral sphincters.
Enpostyxe fairly long and straight.
Dorsat tamina large (diam. in posterior third about 5 mm. in
sexual form), with strongly-marked ridges. No languet was
detected.
Dorsat TUBERCLE large, about 5 mm. in length in sexual forms
transversely marked with fine bands of cells.
ViscbRAL MASS comparatively small, brownish yellow in life.
At first it seemed probable that one was dealing merely with a
specimen curiously broken, and that the asymmetry was artificial.
But specimens of this species were taken on many occasions, and
all possibility of the above explanation was destroyed when I
obtained several specimens which presented the same asymmetry,
but in a “Spiegelbild,” namely the reversal which would be pro-
duced by a reflection in a mirror. The same reversal or “inverse
image” has been discussed at length by Apstein ’ on the basis of
the three asymmetrical genera cited above.
As the ‘Ergebnisse der Plankton Expedition’ are not readily
accessible to everyone, and as the point is novel and of some
interest, I quote Apstein’s conclusions :—“ Bei den iibrigen Salpen,
die eine symmetrische Muskulatur haben, ist Spiegelbild und
Kongruenz dasselbe, bei einem unsymmetrischen Korper aber fallen
Spiegelbild und Kongruenz nicht zusammen. Ich glaube jedoch,
dass bei allen Salpen in der Kette die Individuen der eine Reihe
gleich, d. h. kongruent sind, aber zu denen der anderer Reihe
spiegelbildlich sich verhalten, aber dass dies in der Muskulatur
1 Apstein, ‘Ergebnisse der Plankton Expedition: Die Thaliacea.—B. Ver-
teilung der Salpen,’ p. 17.
2 Apstein, loc. cit. p. 17.
996 : DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON ABNORMAL { Dec. 15,
meist nicht zu sehen ist, weil fast alle Salpenarten symmetrische
Muskeln haben.”
This adds an eighteenth species to the list of Salpm occurring in
the North Atlantic. It was obtained at two stations (four hauls)
in small quantities: Sta. 13, 60° 2’ N., 5°°49' W.; and Sta. 19,
59° 42' N., 7°'7' W.. On these four hauls it was at the surface ;
in two more hauls at the same stations it was also taken from
uncertain horizons with an open tow-net, probably at or near the
surface.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.
Sagitta whartoni, sp. nu. (p. 992).
Fig. 1. Ventral view. x 2.
Fig. 2. Dorsal view of head, showing some of the cirrhi, the two rows of
accessory teeth, and the row of sensory processes. Oam. luc. x 12.
Fig. 8. Oephalic armature. a, end of cirrhus; 0, tooth of ventral row;
¢, tooth of dorsal row. X 210.
Spadella (Krohnia) hamata (p. 993).
(Drawn by camera lucida.)
Fig. 4. Ventral view. x 2.
Salpa asymmetrica, sp. n. (p. 994).
a-f. main muscles of the mantle. en. endostyle.
at. atriopore, ne. nerve-ganglion.
cl. cloaca. nw. nucleus.
dl, dorsal lamina. pl. placenta.
dt. dorsal tubercle. st. stolon.
el. elxoblast.
Fig. 5. Sexual form, dorsal aspect. x 45.
Fig. 6. Sexual form, ventral aspect. x 4:5.
Fig. 7. Solitary form, right side. x 16.
Fig. 8. Solitary form, left side. x 16.
2. On the Occurrence of a Pair of Supernumerary Bones in
the Skull of a Lemur and on a Peculiarity in the Skull
of a young Orang. By Roserr O. Cunninenam, M.D.,
F.L.S., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History,
Queen’s College, Belfast.
[Received November 9, 1896.]
A short time ago, when taking part in an oral examination on
zoology at the Royal University of Ireland, Dublin, I was some-
what surprised to recognize in the skull of a common Lemur a
small pair of supernumerary bones intervening between the
frontals, nasals, and lachrymals. As I could not find any reference
fo such bones in any of the works on comparative anatomy at my
disposal, I wrote to Sir William Flower, as our highest authority
on the osteology of the Mammalia, to ask him if he could furnish
me with any information on the point. He kindly handed my
letter with its accompanying sketch to Dr. Forsyth Major, who
showed him a skull with exactly the same bones, observing that
1896.] i SKULLS OF A LEMUR AND ORANG. y 997
they were not uncommon in the genus Lemur, especially in young
individuals, although their existence had apparently not been
recorded. The bones in the specimen examined by me are tri-
angular in form and, as will be realized from the sketch (fig. 1), occupy
“Fig. 1.
Skull of Lemur, from above.
Fr. Frontals. x. Supernumerary bones. L. Lachrymals. N. Naaals.
_ M. Maxille.
a position corresponding with the prefrontals in a Lizard or Croco-
dile. The suture which marks their limits is very clearly defined.
It is interesting to note that corresponding bones have been
recognized in the genus Hippopotamus. Ina memoir ' contributed
to tome xvi., 1894, of the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ by
MM. Grandidier and Filhol, for a reference to which I am indebted
to Sir W. Flower and Dr. Forsyth Major, these bones are described
and figured both in the case of an extinct species, H. lemerlei,
from Madagascar and of young individuals of existing Hippo-
potami from Senegal. On examination of our only specimen of
the skull of a Hippopotamus in the Museum of Queen’s College,
Belfast, f find the same bones (regarded by MM. Grandidier and
Filhol as representing prefrontals) distinctly indicated, though the
suture separating them posteriorly from the frontals is to a con-
siderable extent obliterated.
In Sir W. Flower’s admirable ‘ Introduction to the Osteology of
the: Mammalia’ (8rd edition), the following statement occurs
(p. 162) with respect to the squamosal in Monkeys : “The squamosal
in the higher forms is developed much as in Man, but in the lower
forms it is more reduced and takes a smaller share in the formation
of the side-wall of the cranium.. It generally comes in contact at
2 “Ossements d’Hippopotames.”
998 ON ABNORMAL SKULLS OF A LEMUR AND oRANG. [Dec. 15,
its upper anterior angle with the frontal, but not in the Orang
or in the Cebidx, in which animals the union of the parietal
with the alisphenoid separates the frontal from the squamosal, as
Fig. 2A.
Skull of Orang (left side).
Fig. 2 B.
Skull of Orang (right side).
P. Paristal, Fy Frontal, §, Squamosal. A. Alisphenoid. J. Jugal.
1896.] DR. A. DUBOIS ON A NOW AFRIOAN TROGAN. 999
is usually the case with Man.” ‘That the latter is not invariably
the case as regards the Orang is demonstrated by the skull of a
young individual from Borneo, presented to me many years ago
by my friend Captain J. W. Dixon, R.N.,and now in the Museum
of Queen’s College, Belfast, of which I exhibit two drawings
(figs. 2A and 2B). It will be observed that in this skull, though
on the left side (fig. 2 A) the alisphenoid meets the parietal and
frontal, thereby separating the squamosal, on the right (fig. 2 B)
the squamosal meets the frontal, being interposed between the
alisphenoid and parietal.
3. Description d’un nouveau Couroucou africain. Par le
Dr. Aten. Dusors, Conservateur au Musée royal d’hist.
nat. de Belgique, C.M.Z.S.
[Received December 1, 1896.]
Lorsqu’ en 1886 je fis I’étude des oiseaux recueillis dans la
région du lac Tanganyika par le Major Em. Storms, j‘avais pris le
Couroucou qui fait Pobjet de cette notice pour un jeune Hapalo-
derma narina. Mais en faisant récemment une révision des Z’r0-
gonide de notre Musée, je m’apercus gue l'un des quatre sujets
rapportés du Tanganyika n’est pas un jeune H. narina, mais un
mile adulte d’une espéce distincte que je crois nouvelle, et dont
voici la description :
ITAPALODERMA RULIVENTRO, sp. nov.
H. narinw affinis, sed pulchrior, et pectore, abdomine et sub-
caudalibus isabellino-rufis.
Méle.—D'un vert doré 4 reflets cuivrés; joues nues' avec une
bande étroite de plumes vertes dirigée obliquement d’avant en
arriére ; grandes couvertures et rémiges secondaires noiratres,
vermiculées de blanc et bordées de vert cuivré ; rémiges primaires
noires, blanches 4 la base; les deux premiéres rectrices latérales
blanches mais d’un vert noirftre 4 la base, troisi¢me rectrice d’un
vert noiritre, blanche 4 son extrémité, les médianes d’un vert
olivatre sombre mais bordées de vert brillant; poitrine, abdomen
et sous-caudales d’un roux-isabelle, plus pile sur ces derniéres ;
tarses emplumés jusqu’aux doigts, ces plumes, de méme que celles
des jambes, sont d’un vert sombre varié de cendré. Bec jaune;
doigts roussatres. :
Long. tot. 280 millim., ailes 132 millim., queue 170, tarses 14.
Cet oiseau différe done de l’H. narina par le nu des joues plus
étendu, et surtout par la coloration des parties inférieures, qui sont
d’un roux isabelle sans la moindre trace de rouge.
Hab. Région du lac Tanganyika.
1 Sur la peau préparée ces parties nues sont noiratres; il est donc probable
quéelles sont d’une teinte bleudtre chez l’oiseau en vie.
1000 : DR. J. W. GREGORY ON A NEW [Dec. 15,
4, Ou Lysechinus, a new Genus of Fossil Echinoderms from
the Tyrolese Trias. By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc., F.G.S.,
Assistant in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.)..
[Received October 22, 1896.]
(Plate LI.)
I. Introduction
IL. Description of Lysechinus incongruens, gen. et sp. nov...
III, Affinities of Lysechinus and Classification of the Plesiocidaroida. 1001
IV. Affinities of the Plesiocidaroida ............0.sscssesceeeeeeeseeeeeeees 1003
I. Introduction.
The genus Ziarechinus was founded by Neumayr’ in 1881 for
a fossil from the St. Cassian Trias, which had been previously
studied by Laube, whose name, however, had not been published.
Neumayr described the fossil as an Echinoid having characters
which allied it to the Archzxocidaridw, Cidaridx, and Diadematide.
He included it temporarily iu the first-named family, but thought
it would probably be necessary to institute for it a new order,
intermediate between the Paleechinoidea and Euechinoidea. The
main characters of the genus relied on by its founder were its
large apical disc, short ambulacra, large mouth, and its having the
granulation uniform, except for four small tubercles at the oral
end of each interambulacrum. He thought that he could recognize
certain sutures by the use of glycerine, but it was reserved for
Loven? to prove that each interambulacrum consists of four
plates, three vertical plates resting on a single oral plate. This
discovery showed that Tiarechinus was even more abnormal than
Neumayr thought. Duncan*, in 1890, accordingly made it the
type of a new order, the Plesiocidaroida, in which it has since
been allowed to remain in solitary state. In the same year I found
a specimen in the Klipstein Collection in the British Museum,
which I at first regarded as a new species of Z%arechinus, an
opinion which was shared by the late P. H. Carpenter, to whom
I showed it; but a careful examination of the type specimen at
Vienna, and of others there and in Berlin, showed that it was a
distinct genus having the same type of structure.
1M. Neumayr, “ Morphologische Studien iiber fossile Echinodermen,” Sitz.
k. Akad, Wiss. Wien, Bd. lxxxiv. Abt. 1, 1881, pp. 169-176, pl. ii. fig. 4.
2 §. Lovén, “ On Pourtalesia,” Handl. K. Svens. Vet.-Akad. Bd. xix. 1883,
no. 7, pp. 12, 65, pl. xiii.
3 P.M. Duncan. “A Revision of the Genera and Great Groups oft the
Bchinoideu,” Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiii. 1890, p. 19,
PZS.1896. Plate LI.
West, Nevrman imp.
Fi Drake del et hth.
hinus & Tiarechimus.
sec
y
|
1896.] GENUS OF FOSSIL ECHINODBRMS. 1001
II. Description of Lysechinus.
LYsEOHINUS’, noy. gen.
Dracnosis.—Plesiocidaroida with the ambulacra limited to
grooves on the oral half of the test.
Description.—Test small and slightly elliptic; margins tumid ;
oral and apical surfaces flattened.
Apical system very large, and forming most of the test. The
basal ring consists of five plates, forming a closed ring. One
(? more) of these is perforated by a pore. Their form is apparently
heptagonal.
Ocular plates very large; they are hexagonal; five of the sides
are straight, but the sixth is broken by a notch for the end of the
ambulacrum.
Periproct large; an irregular pentagonal ellipse.
Ambulacra.—These occur in five (?) somewhat spoon-shaped
depressions around the mouth. There are four or five small
single pores on each side of each ambulacrum.
Interambulacra large. Apparently each consists of nine plates ;
there is a large single peristomal plate succeeded by two plates,
above which are two series each of three plates.
The ornamentation consists of granules or small tubercles
irregularly arranged. ‘The spines are short, with a stout proximal
knob.
Peristome very large, occupying nearly the whole of the lower
surface of the test.
Dimonsions.—Height................ 4 mn.
Diameter {she cea hee iaiwaees
Diameter of periproct .. 13 ,,
i », peristome .. 32 ,,
Disrrisution.—St. Cassian Schichten. Trias: St. Cassian, Tyrol.
Type SPECIES *.—Lysechinus mcongruens, n. sp. Brit. Mus.,
E 3935.
Ill. Affinities of Lysechinus and Classification of the
Plesiocidaroida.
The interpretation of the specimen on which this genus is
founded is unquestionably difficult, owing to its small size, to the
1 From Avars, dissolution or disconnection. In Prof. Bell’s ‘Catalogue of
British Echinoderms,’ 1892, pp. 14, 24, the term lissactinic is used as a synonym
of azygopodous. This is obviously a printer's error, Avots having been mistaken
for \uccos, smooth. The slipis here corrected at Prof. Bell’s request ; the word
should be “ lysactinic.”
2 There being only the one species it is impossible to say which of the
characters are specific and which generic. No specific diagnosis is therefore
possible.
1002 DR, J. W. GRUGORY ON A NEW [Dee. 15,
close union of the plates having obscured the sutures, and to
irregularity in the normal symmetry.
The small size of the specimen at once raises the question as to
whether it is mature or is only a form so young that it is useless
to found a genus upon it. If the specimen were the only
echinid in the bed from which it came, or had been associated
with echinids of normal size, it would probably have been im-
possible to give a satisfactory reply to this objection. But Lys-
echinus belongs to an echinid fauna all the members of which are
minute. Tiarechinus is smaller, while the species of Cidaris,
Hypodiadema, and Salenia are of about the same size. The
specimens of the last three genera have the characters of maturity,
in spite of their minuteness, and thus we cannot take the small
size of Lysechinus as a proof that it is a larval form.
That it is not a pathological variation cannot be so definitely
disproved. This idea seems supported by the fact that the radial
symmetry of the specimen is not perfect. One of the inter-
ambulacra is more prominent than the rest, but this malformation
is as likely to be a post-mortem accident during fossilization as an
ante-mortem variation. But we cannot ignore Lysechinus as a
mere sport until we know some echinid which may be regarded
as the form of which it is the sport. Numerous echinids are
known with some striking character which may be explained by
teratology ; but in such cases there is no doubt as to the species,
or at least the genus, from which the sport arose. There is no
known Triassic or Paleozoic echinid which resembles Lysechinus
and Ziarechinus, and from which either genus can be conceived as
having originated by a single variation. Several specimens of
Viarechinus are known, and they all agree in structure, so that
that genus is not teratological ; and until we know of some echinid
from which Lysechinus could have sprung we cannot adopt the
easy course of dismissing it as an abortion.
‘The greatest difficulty presented by the specimen is due te the
close union of the plate, whereby the recognition of the sutures
is difficult. By the aid of Lovén’s fluid I believe that 1 can see
sutures which show that each interambulacrum consists of nine
plates, arranged as follows :—
1. Adjoining the genital plate are three quadrangular plates.
2. Three quadrangular plates, each bearing a tubercle.
38. Two angular plates, each bearing a tubercle.
4, One peristomal plate.
This arrangement is not altogether free from doubt, for it is
difficult to discriminate between cracks and sutures, and they
cannot be detected in all the areas’.
1 Tho sutures could probably be exposed by the application of weak acid
but this method is not invariably successful, and so long as the specimen is
uniquo it is not advisable to subject it to any risk.
1896.] GENUS OF FOSSIL EOHINODERMS, 1003
The characters of Lysechinus which are unmistakable are the
large mouth and apical system, and the small ambulacra occurring
in grooves on the oral aspect of the test. These leave no doubt
that Lysechinus is most nearly allied to Ziarechinus, and must be
included as a second genus of Plesiocidaroida. It differs, however,
from Ziarechinus in several important characters, of which the
most remarkable are the limitation of the ambulacra to grooves on
the oral half of the test, and the greater number of plates in the
interambulacra. These differences are so important that it seems
inadvisable to keep both genera in the same family, especially as
neither genus appears to be on the direct line of descent of the
other.
I therefore propose to classify the order as follows :—
ECHINOIDEA REGULARIA.
Order PLESIOCIDAROIDA.
Dragnosts.—Echinoidea with a small rigid test; peristome
and periproct central and opposite. Periproct in the centre of an
apical system of large plates, which constitute half of the whole
test. The ambulacral areas are short and biserial. The inter-
ambulacra begin with a single peristomal plate. There are no
external gills.
Family 1. TraRECHINIDZ.
Draenosis.—Plesiocidaroida with ambulacra with biserial pores.
Each interambulacrum consists of four plates, viz., a single peri-
stomal plate, and three tall vertical plates in a horizontal row.
Genus Trarrcninus, Neumayr, 1881.
Species Ziarechinus princeps, Neumayr.
Family 2. Lysnoninip2.
Draewosis.—Plesiocidaroida with ambulacra limited to grooves
on lower surface of the test. Hach interambulacrum begins with
a single peristomal plate, succeeded by a row of two plates, and
this by one or more containing three plates.
Genus Lysrcuinus, n. gen.
Species Lysechinus incongruens, N. sp.
IV. Affinities of the PuEstocIDAROIDA.
After Loven’s skilful analysis of the test of Tvarechinus, and
discovery of the constitution of the apical area, the genus became
of great importance in Hchinoderm morphology. ‘The theory that
the apical plates of echinids and the central dorsal plates of
stellerids were homologous with the plates that form the calyx of
1004 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON A NOW [Dec. 15,
the crinoids was then in the ascendency. The strikingly crinoid-
aspect of the dorsal half of the test of Tiarechinus was held to
support this theory by showing that the apical plates were of
great functional importance in the primitive echinids.
The same line of argument would tend to connect Lysechinus
with the Stellerida ; for the ambulacra are “ lysactinic,” or limited
to grooves on the oral surface, and the dorsal surface is somewhat
like that of such an Ophiurid as Ophiopyrgus '.
But in spite of the temptation to deduce the characters and
affinities of the primitive echinid from these two genera, I am
bound to confess that they appear to give no information whatever
upon this subject. In the first place they came too late to be
ancestral; they may be primitive, but they are not primeval. The
Echinoidea began in the Ordovician. The Plesiocidaroida do not
appear till the Trias. It is idle therefore to regard the Triassic
ealiculate Tiarechinus as the ancestor of the Silurian acaliculate
Echinocystis, The Plesiocidaroida resemble the Mesozoic genera
Salenia and Acrosalenia in the size of the apical area, and Cidaris
in the arrangement of the ambulacral plates, rather than any of
the Paleozoic families such as the Archeocidariide, Melonitide,
or Paleechinide. When the order is compared with its prede-
cessors its characters appear specialized instead of primitive, and it
appears more reasonable to regard it as an aberrant offshoot from
some Paleozoic echinid, rather than a close relation of the ancestor
of the class.
This idea is quite in harmony with the evidence as to the
physical conditions under which the members of the two genera
lived. They both come from the Trias near St. Cassian. Lys-
echinus probably came from the neighbourhood of Sett: Sass, and
from the Middle St. Cassian or “Stuores zone.” The rock-
sequence of the Trias in this area? includes a variable series of
volcanic tuffs, grits, and agglomerates, massive and nodular drusy
dolomites, coral-reefs, and thin-bedded limestones. The sequence
indicates considerable volcanic disturbances and very variable
conditions ; lagoons, no doubt, occurred among the coral-reefs, and
if these became saline the animals in them would be stunted
in development. Animal life was prolific in this warm sea, but
the conditions were unfavourable to normal development. Hence.
the fossils—corals, sponges, echinids, and mollusca—are all small
and stunted. The animals appear to have dwindled in size as the
conditions became more and more adverse. As the echinids
became smaller the tests appear to have needed strengthening,
which was managed in two different ways. In the first the apical
plates increased until they covered the whole upper half of the
1 Th. Lyman, ‘“ Report on the Ophiuroidea,” Rep. Chall. Exped., Zool. vol. v.
1882, p. 33, pl, ix. figs. 16, 17.
2 See e.g. M. M. Ogilvie, ‘‘ Contributions to the Geology of the Wengen and
St. Cassian Strata in Southern Tyrol,” Quart. Journ. Geal. Soe. vol. xlix. 1893,
p- 22, and table facing p. 16,
1896.) ° GENUS OF FOSSIL EOHINODERMS. 1005
test, as in the Plesiocidaroida. In the second case strength was
obtained by the development of a plate in the centre of the apical
system, as in the Saleniids, which first appear in the St. Cassian
beds.
The last point it is necessary to consider is from what Perel
ancestor the Plesiocidaroida may have been derived. I am not
aware that any suggestion has ever been made as to the ancestry
ot Tiarechinus. As Jackson remarks, in all echinids after
Bothriocidaris there are only two plates in the second row of
interambulacral plates, except in Zarechinus, where there are
three, an arrangement which is “therefore to be looked at as a
feature standing quite by itself as a structural detail”. Lysechinus,
however, bridges the gap in this respect between Ziarechinus and
the Paleozoic echinids. All those typical genera of the latter, in
which none of the interambulacral plates pass on to the peristomal
membrane, have the oral ends of the interambulacra arranged as
in Ly ysechinus. In them a single peristomal plate is succeeded
by two plates, above which occurs a line of three. Lysechinus is
therefore the more primitive genus. The interambulacra of
Tiarechinus can easily have been produced from it by the resorption
of the second zone of interambulacral plates and increase in
height of those of the third zone, so that they are left directly
superposed on the single peristomal plate.
The St. Cassian fauna is rich in new types of structure, which
probably arose from the somewhat wild attempts of its members
to adapt themselves to unfavourable conditions of life. Hence it
appears more reasonable to regard the Plesiocidaroida as a random
offshoot rather than as an ancestral group, and as being of interest
as a biological backwater out of the main stream of echinid
development, instead of being its primary source.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.
Fig. 1a, b, & c. Lysechinus incongruens, from the Trias of St. Oassian. The
test seen respectively from above, from below, and from the side.
x 4 diam.
2a, b, & c. The same in outline; diagrammatic.
34, b, &c. Tiarechinus princeps, seen from the same aspects. x 6 diam.
(After Neumayr.)
4a, b, & c. The same in outline; diagrammatic. (After Lovén.)
5. Diagram of an interambulacrum and genital plate of Tiarechinus.
ns of the saine in Lysechinus.
RR. T. dackson, ‘ Studies of Palsechinoidea,” Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. vol. vii.
1896, p. 243.
1006 REV. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW [Dec. 15,
5. On some new and little-known Spiders (Araneidea).
By the Rey. O. Pickarp Camarines, M.A., F.R.S., &e.
[Received October 16, 1896.]
(Plate LIT.)
The four Spiders described below are from widely separated
localities—Ceylon, Borneo, and South America. For two of them
(of the families Myrmecide and Gasteracanthide) it seems to me
that two new genera are needed. Of the other two the females
have already been described, but the males, now described and
figured, are new. ‘The Spider on which one of the new genera is
based—Friula (Gasteracanthide)—is of exceptional interest; it
was received by me many years ago from the collection of the late
Mr. Wilson Saunders, with an almost illegible, and to me wholly
unintelligible, little ticket attached to it, so that I neither knew
the name of the captor nor the locality. Not long since I had an
accidental clue to it which on being followed up resulted in these
particulars being cleared up, and there is no doubt that this
Spider was found at Sarawak by Dr. A. R. Wallace. It is with
much pleasure that I have now conferred upon this singular
form the name (so well known and valued by every biologist) of
its captor.
Order ARANEIDEA.
Gen. nov. Anrius (fam. Myrmecide).
Cephalothoraw much longer than broad; lateral marginal
impressions at the caput slight; fore margin broadly but slightly
roundly truncated. Posterior extremity rather drawn out into
a somewhat tapering but truncated covering to the fore part of
the connecting pedicle, which last is long, cylindrical, and corncous.
Upper convexity moderate, profile slightly and uniformly curved ;
normal grooves and indentations very slight.
Eyes widely separated, in two transverse curved rows; the
anterior row much the shortest and very slightly curved, the
convexity of the curves of both rows directed forwards; the
posterior row is double the length of the anterior and strongly
curved. The four central eyes form a quadrangle broader than
long, and its fore side shortest. The four laterals form a very
large quadrangle whose relative proportions are similar to those
of the central one, and the line formed by the laterals on each
side is rather longer than that of the anterior row. The fore-
central eyes are largest, the hind-laterals (apparently) the
smallest. :
Legs not very long; rather slender, not very unequal in size,
4,2, 1,3. Spines few and slender. Tarsal claws 2, with a small
claw-tuft on a supernumerary or claw-joint.
Palpi short, slender; digital joints as long as, or a little longer
P.ZS,1896. Plate LI,
it Jase
Place
awe
Vea
OP&FO.PCambridge deletlith. West, Newmanimp
New or httle known spiders.
.1896.] AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. “1007
than, the radial and cubital together, enlarging or clavate at the
fore extremity, which ends with a small untoothed claw.
Falces short, moderately strong, straight, subconical.
Maxille rather long, straight; broadest, and rather roundly
truncated at their extremity, and obliquely on the inner corners.
Labium broader than long ; apex rounded. BS
Sternum longer than broad, its edges very strongly and
distinctly emarginate, with prominent angular chitinous points
running (when looked at from below) beneath the margin proper,
to and between the bases of the coxe of the third and fourth pairs
of legs; a very narrow stripe, also of a similar chitinous kind,
_runs backwards between the posterior cox from the hinder point
» of the sternum.
Abdomen connected with the cephalothorax by a long cylindrical
pedicle running into a strong circular socket, which forms part of
a large coriaceous plate including the spiracular opening and
enclosing the covering of the genital aperture. The abdomen is
of an elongate or oblong-oval form, broadest and well rounded
behind, and slightly constricted transversely at the middle;
spinners very small, compact, and enclosed in a round sheath-like
socket.
ABTIUS DECOLLATUS, sp. n. (Plate LIL. fig. 1.)
Adult female length 4 lines.
Cephalothorax black, with a short white pubescence on the sides
of the thorax, and the greater part of the thorax bright yellowish
red, leaving a broad, irregular, lateral black margin. The surface
is covered thickly with small tuberculous granulosities.
Legs orange-yellow, the femora (excepting the anterior extre-
mities, and a longish patch on the upperside of those of the fourth
pair, which are reddish) being black, the genus and tibie of the
fourth pair being also suffused with blackish. The femora are
granulose. The spines beneath the tibiz’ and metatarsi of the
first and second pairs are in a longitudinal series of 3 pairs on the
tibice and 2 pairs on the metatarsi.
Palpi yellow ; the humeral joints suffused with blackish.
Falces similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
Mazxille and labium deep brown, tipped with a paler hue.
Sternum dull orange-yellow.
Abdomen and connecting pedicle black. On either side of the
fore extremity of the upperside is a short, curved, orange-red
stripe, the convexity of the curves directed outwards; at the
posterior extremity of each stripe is a patch of white pubescence,
with a similar transverse stripe of pubescence across the middle
and down the sides, and several small spots of the same behind it,
in a central row to the spinners, just above which is a tuft of
longish white hairs; -the fore extremity also of the abdomen is
clothed thinly with white pubescence, and there is a lateral
slightly oblique stripe of the same halfway between the con-
Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. LXV. 65
1008 BBY. O, P. CAMBRIDGH ON NEW [ Dec. 15,
striction and the spinners; immediately behind the constriction
is a broad transverse band of somewhat iridescent greenish scales.
The coriaceous plate connected with the sheath of the pedicle is
mixed black and reddish, the sheath portion being covered with
coarse granulations. The underside is deep black-brown.
Hab. Ceylon.
Gen. nov. Frivuna (fam. Gasteracanthide).
Cephalothorax as broad as long, upper surface rather flattened,
profile forming a gradual, very slightly convex slope from the hinder
extremity to the eyes. Caput broad, squarely truncate before.
Height of clypeus about one-third that of the facial space.
Normal grooves and indentations fairly marked, but not excessive,
Eyes small, not differing much in size; in the usual three
Epeirid groups, forming a transverse straight line across the
whole width of the fore extremity of the caput; each group
seated on a strongish tubercular prominence. The central group
of 4 eyes forms a square; those of each lateral pair are near
together, but not contiguous.
Legs short, not very strong, subequal in length, apparently
4, 1, 2, 3, furnished with hairs only, the femora of the first and
second pairs granulose.
Falces tolerably long and strong, conical, directed backwards.
Mavzille and labium: these were difficult to be seen, owing to
the specimen having been dried and pinned and the underparts
concealed by the folding over of the legs, but they appear to be
much like those of Epeira,
Sternum heart-shaped.
Abdomen diamond-shaped, the anterior angle truncated, and the
exterior ones each prolonged into a long, strong, cylindrical,
granulose lateral spine-like projection, directed rather backwards,
and enlarged or clavate at the extremity, which ends in a group of
six or seven small conical prominences. The length of each of
these spiny projections exceeds the width of the abdomen. ‘The
whole surface of the abdomen is chitinous (like Gasteracantha),
granulose, and marked with numerous sigilliform markings, in
number and position as indicated in the figure; at the centre of
the upperside is a round shiny boss-like prominence; and the
margins of the abdomen are furnished with short tuberculiform
spines or prominences, of which the longest and most spine-like
are one on each side not far in front of the long lateral pro-
jections ; between the hinder extremity of the upperside of the
abdomen and the spinners are several strong transverse ridges,
resembling diminishing repetitions of the upperside, the inter-
mediate spines between that and the first ridge being marked,
like the upperside, with sigilliform markings. The spinners
are continued in a circular sheath about the middle of the
underside.
1896.] AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 1009
FRIULA WALLACH, sp.n. (Plate LIL. fig. 2.)
Adult female, length 33 lines; length of abdomen 22 lines;
width of abdomen slightly less than the length; total width to
extremity of the lateral projections very nearly 8 lines.
The whole of the Spider is of a dark rich reddish-yellow-brown
colour, the sigilliform markings on the abdomen being a. little
darker than the rest. It is, however, quite possible that in life
there might be other tints and colours now lost by age and
desiccation.
Although an unmistakably Gasteracanthid Spider, it seems to
me impossible to include this remarkable form in any genus as yet
characterized.
Found by Dr. A. R. Wallace at Sarawak many years ago, and
obtained from the collection of the late Mr. Wilson Saunders.
It is only lately that I have been able to ascertain (from
Dr. Wallace) that; he was the captor of this Spider, and in the
locality mentioned.
Lazpaous, Cambr.
LaBDAOUS MONASTOIDES, Cambr. (Plate LII. fig. 3.)
The female of this Spider (described and figured, P. Z. S. 1873,
p- 118, pl. xii. fig. 3) was from Rio Grande, Brazil. The male
now described resembles the female in general characters, colours,
and markings. The length is 53 lines, that of the abdomen
being 37 lines.
Cephalothoraw longer than broad, oval, truncated at each end ;
rather flattened above; profile-line to the posterior eyes level,
excepting a slight depression at the thoracic junction; height of
clypeus less than half the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes ;
lateral marginal impressions at the caput moderate. Colour
brownish yellow, with a black marginal line and dusky converging
bars.
Eyes greatly unequal in size, in three widely separated groups, on
black tubercular eminences. The lateral pairs with the hind-
central pair form a transverse curved line, whose convexity is
directed forwards. The hind-lateral eye is the largest and seated
on the outside of a strong hemispherical prominence, at nearly an
eye’s diameter from the fore-lateral, which is the smallest and
placed in front of the same eminence; the hind-centrals are
nearly, if not quite, as large as the hind-laterals, they are rather
more than a diameter’s distance apart. The four centrals form a
quadrilateral figure, whose length is greater than its breadth, and
its anterior side much the shortest.
Legs long, moderately strong, 1, 2, 4,3; colour yellow; armed
with spines, of which those beneath the tibia and metatarsi of the
first and second pairs are long, strong, and placed in a longitudinal
series of 8 or 9 pairs beneath the tibiw, and 7 or 8 beneath the
metatarsi; tarsal claws 3, springing from a small claw-joint,
6a*
1010: REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGH ON NOW [Dec. 15,
The superior claws ‘are strongly pectinate, the inferior sharply
bent downwards.
The: palpi are short, strong, similar in colour to the legs,
furnished with spiny bristles, mostly at the fore part of the digital
joint: the cubital and radial joints are very short; the latter
rather the shortest, very prominent beneath, being produced
there into a kind of apophysis from the whole underside of the
joint, whose extremity is subdivided, its outer limb being the
longest. The digital joint is of moderate size, rounded at its
hinder extremity, and rather drawn out in a somewhat finger-like
form before, and has a somewhat flat but round edged lobe at the
base on the inner side. The palpal organs beneath the hinder part
of the digital joint are prominent, complex, but tolerably compact.
Falces long, strong, straight, porrected, with several strongish
teeth on each side of the groove of the fang.
Maxille long, strong, straight, rather broadest near the
extremity, which is rounded on the outer and obliquely truncated
on the inner side, with some strong, curved, prominent bristles
along the outer sides.
Labiwm much longer than broad, at least two-thirds the length
of the maxilla. Apex slightly hollow-truncate.
Sternum somewhat elongate-oval; the anterior extremity is
truncated but not broadly, and the posterior half has its sides
straight, but converging to an angular point between the inner
corners of the coxe of the fourth pair of legs, which very nearly
meet there.
Abdomen long, narrow, nearly cylindric, slightly tapering to the
spinners, which are small and porrected. Colour dull luteous, with
a small elongate fusiform marking at the middle of the fore part on
the upperside, indicated by a dark marginal line and a prominent
point on each side, whence it tapers to a point at the extremity ;
between the extremity of this marking and the spinners is a
blackish somewhat angular spot, and along each are a few smaller
dark spots.
Hab. Amazons, where it was taken by Prof. Traill, of Aberdeen,
and included among many other Spiders kindly sent to me from
that region.
STEPHANOPOIDES, Keyserling.
STEPHANOPOIDES BRASILIANA, Keys. (Plate LIT. fig. 4.)
Count Keyserling, in‘ Die Spinnen Amerikas,’ Laterigrade,
1880, p. 167, pl. iii. fie. 92, describes and figures the female only,
from Brazil.
Adult male, length 33 lines.
Cephalothoras as Broad as long ; lateral marginal indentations at
the caput strong, sides of caput at the margin parallel, fore margin
truncated, profile-line strongly curved, most convex at the occiput ;
surface smooth and polished, norinal indentations slight ; colour
deep rich brown,
1896.] AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. AQld
Eyes unequal in size ; in two curved rows, the convexity of the
curves directed forwards, the anterior row much shortest, but more
strongly curved. ‘The fore-laterals are largest; the hind-centrals
perhaps slightly the smallest. The four central eyes form a
quadrangle longer than broad, and its fore side slightly longer
than the hinder one. The lateral pairs are seated on a strong
geminated tubercular prominence, and the interval between those
of each pair is equal to the diameter of the fore-lateral eye. The
interval between the hind-centrals is equal to 14 diameters, and each
is about 3 diameters from the hind-lateral on its side. The height
of the clypeus is less than one-third that of the facial space.
Legs very unequal in length, 2-1, 4-8, those of the first and
second pairs almost equal and much the longest; spines not
numerous nor very long nor strong; the fore half of the tibia, as
well as the metatarsi, of the first and second pairs are densely
clothed with prominent black hairs, giving them a strongly tufted
appearance. Colour of the first two pairs brown, paler than the
cephalothorax, the tarsi and a central annulus on the tibia yellow ;
the third and fourth pairs also yellow; the tarsi end with numerous
bristly hairs and a claw-tuft.
Fulces moderately strong, conical, vertical, and similar in colour
to the cephalothorax ; at their extremity on the inner side they are
densely. furnished with strong hairs.
Palpi short, strong; cubital and radial joints short and of equal
length, the latter broader at the fore extremity than at the base,
but with no apophysis, its anterior side is furnished with spine-like
bristles ; the digital joint is of moderate size and regular oval form,
pointed before, clothed with short strong hairs; the palpal organs
are simple and not very prominent, consisting of a flattened round
lobe surrounded by the almost double coil of a long black-brown
tapering spine, beginning at the base and ending at the anterior
extremity in a fine point.
Maxille long, strong, a little inclined to the labium, outer
margin hollow, broadest at the extremity, where the outer side is
obliquely truncated and the inner rounded.
Labium large, higher than wide, about two-thirds the height of
the maxille, narrowing gradually to the apex, which is truncated
and about half the width of the base; the sides of the labium are
slightly convexly curved. The colour of the maxilla and labium is
yellow-brown.
The sternum is heart-shaped, yellow-brown, darker on the
margins; it is slightly longer than broad, hollow, truncate at its fore
extremity and obtusely truncate at its hinder part. The coxe of
the fourth pair of legs very nearly meet at their hinder extremity,
which is rounded on the inner side.
Abdomen broadest towards the hinder part, where it is of a
somewhat rounded angular form, truncated before, pointed behind,
upperside somewhat flattened: it is of a luteous colour; on the
centre of the upperside are four red-brown spots forming a
quadrangle, whose length is greater than its breadth and its
1012 MR. OLDFIBLD THOMAS ON THH {Dec. 15,
anterior side shortest, the posterior spots are largest; the fore
half is bounded by a broadish lateral band of cream-colour, and
from the inner extremities of the band a curved narrow tapering
stripe of the same hue runs inwards and backwards, but their
points do not meet; following this towards the spinners is a
curved transverse cream-coloured stripe, being only linear in the
middle, close behind which again is a short curved transverse
cream line connecting the bases of two triangular patches of
the same hue; spinners short, compact, underside dusky,
margined with a cream-coloured suffused border. Colulus short,
triangular.
Received from Prof. Traill; taken on the Amazons.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII.
Fig. 1. Aetius decollatus, 9 (p. 1007). 1a. Profile. 10. Eyes from above
and behind. lc. Maxille, labium, and sternum. 1d. Sternum,
showing more clearly posterior elongation and angular points.
le. Genital aperture.
2. Friula wallacti, 2 (p. 1009). 2a. Profile. 206. Abdomen from
behind. 2c. Maxille, labium, and sternum. 2d. Lines showing
natural length and width of Spider.
3. Labdacus monastoides, § (p. 1009). 3a. Eyes. 306. Palpus. 3c.
Portion of palpus. 3d. Labium and fore part of sternum.
4, Stephanopoides brasiliana, (p. 1010). 4a, Eyes from above and
behind. 40. Palpus.
6. On the Genera of Rodents: an Attempt to bring up to
Date the current Arrangement of the Order, By
OuprieLtp Tuomas, F.Z.S.
[Received November 13, 1896.]
Just over twenty years ago, in 1876", Mr. Ti. R. Alston con-
tributed to this Society his invaluable paper “On the Classification
of the Order Glires,”’ a paper which in its broad outlines has
formed the basis for almost every Museum Catalogue, compiler’s
list, and general text-book that has been written since it appeared.
Based as it was on the earlier works of Waterhouse, Gervais,
Brandt, and Lilljeborg, Alston’s arrangement has in this way
received almost universal sanction, and the present writer is
far from wishing to alter the essential characteristics of the
scheme.
But, owing partly to Alston’s not having seen examples of many
of the genera included, and partly to the great increase in the
number of known forms that has taken place since he wrote, his
paper has gradually become somewhat obsolete in its detailed
arrangement of the subfamilies and genera, however correct his
positions for the suborders and families may still be considered
to be.
1 P.Z.8, 1876, p. 61.
1896.) _ GENERA OF RODENIS. 1013
Now, every Museum-curator when arranging his specimens, and
every writer either of a text-book or of a faunistic work, is con-
stantly being confronted by the difficulty as to where to place in
the system this or that genus of Rodents, for which he has perhaps
himself neither time, inclination, or opportunity to search out a
proper andappropriate position. It is for the object of helping such
persons that the present paper has been prepared, so bold a venture
being due to the fact that the increase in the British Museum collec-
tions has fully kept pace with the general increase of knowledge; and
that there are very few genera known from any part of the world of’
which specimens are not in that collection’. With such unrivalled
material available, the opportunities for mistaken work have been
reduced toa minimum; and in the following list it may be said that
the specimens have been allowed to sort themselves, and where
my alterations are found to be strikingly different from those of
Alston it will generally be found that the forms referred to were
not available for examination in his time *.
One recent author only has diverged much from Alston’s syste,
namely Dr. Winge of Copenhagen, who, in connection with his
work * on the Rodents of Lagoa Santa in Brazil, has written a
revised general arrangement of the Rodents. His classification,
however, is a rather one-sided one, being based almost entirely on
the structure of the masseter muscles and the bones related to them,
and, however thoughtful and clever it may be in many ways, is so
widely divergent from all previous classifications that without much
stronger reasons than he adduces I should not be prepared to
follow it. No doubt many of his alterations are admirable, such,
for example, as the reference of Sminthus to the Dipodide; but
when we find Pedetes placed with Anomalurus, and Platacanthomys
combined with Myovus in a group set over against Graphiurus,
we see that a good deal of confirmation will be needed before the
classification the world is accustomed to is abandoned in favour of
that proposed by Dr. Winge. Prof. Zittel* and Dr. Tullberg °
have also contributed to the revision of the classification of the
Rodents. The former gets rid of the difficulties by putting all the
awkward families into a separate group, the Protrogomorpha. The
latter largely follows Winge, but does not as yet enter into details.
Dr. Trouessart’s most useful list of Rodents is entirely based on
Alston’s arrangement, and is so admittedly a compilation that no
special criticism of it is here necessary.
No attempt has been made to follow Alston’s example of giving
diagnoses of the groups and genera, partly for the simple reason
4 Handb. Paleontol. p. 512 (1893).
5 Muriden aus Kamerun (Nova Acta £oc. Upsola), sec. 3, xvi. p. 4 (1893),
1014 MR. OLDFINLD THOMAS ON THD (Dee. 15,’
that the labour and time demanded would have rendered the pre-
paration of the paper at all quite impossible, and partly because such
diagnoses can never be really full and accurate unless prepared in
connection with the working out of the species of each genus.
Moreover, of all the groups he recognizes, Alston’s paper contains
diagnoses, and it would be superfluous to repeat them here.
Where I differ from his conclusions full reasons are given in the
footnotes.
Comparing the numbers of recent families and genera recognized
in the two papers, we have 18 families in Alston against 21 now,
the difference being due to the Lophiomyide being suppressed, and
the Bathyergide, Heteromyide, Erethizontide, and Pedetide added.
Of genera Alston recognized 100, as against 159 now considered
valid ; of the additional 59 just about half are formed by the breaking
up of old genera and half are altogether new discoveries.
Nomenclatural questions have of necessity cropped up here and
there, and the recent work of American authors in this respect
has been fully utilized. It is with the greatest regret that I have
had to use a good many names unfamiliar to English naturalists,
but the evidence in every case is so clear as to leave no room
for doubt, and none are mere matters of opinion. Recognizing
that the ultimate use of these names is inevitable, I think the
sooner a knowledge of them is disseminated the sooner will the
intermediate stage of confusion be passed through and done with.
Where comparatively unfamiliar names are used, the better-known
terms are placed in brackets after them, as also are any special
synonyms which it seems of importance to mention.
It should be again repeated that the special object of the list is
the proper allocation of the genera in their respective subfamilies,
and I have purposely been as conservative as possible with regard
to the groups of higher rank, following Alston wherever there has
not been very special reason for departing from his arrangement.
In regard, however, to Anomalurus and Aplodontia, both placed
by him in the Sciuromorpha, I haye had to give in my adhesion to
the views expressed by more recent authors, that these two aberrant
genera cannot rightly be placed with the Squirrels. But where
they should go is by no means clear—Winge, Zittel, and Tullberg
all differing in the matter; nor can I say that I agree with any
one of them. As it seems a pity to abolish the convenient and
time-honoured groups Sciuromorpha, Myomorpha, and Iystrico-
morpha, just for the sake of these genera, | have thought it best
to put each of them under a special group-name 4, leaving it for
further research to show their true relationships. Fortunately,
their serial position in the list, like that of Pedetes, may be left
almost exactly as in Alston’s paper.
* T have purposely not used names ending in morpha, as, apart from the
length and clunsiness of the resulting combinations, I do not think it at present
advisable to consider the groups Anomaluri and Aplodontix as of the same
rank as the Sciuromorpha and the others,
1896.) » G@HNDRA OF RODENTS. «. 1015% +
Suborder I. SIMPLICIDENTATI.
A, ANOMALURI.
I. Anomaluride.
1. Anomalurus, Waterh.
- P.Z.S8. 1842, p. 124.
2. Idiurus, Matsch.
SB. Ges. nat. Berl. 1894, p. 194.
B. SCIUROMORPHA.
II. Sciurida.
A. Scrurinz.
(a) 3. Rheithrosciurus, Gray.
Ann. Mag. N. i. (3) xx. p. 271 (1867).
4, Xerus, H. & H.
Symb. Phys. i. gg (1832).
5. Scvur ie Linn.
N. (10) i. p. 63 (1758).
6. pee ne
Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 83 (1811).
7. Spermophilus, ¥. Cuv.
Mem. du Mus. ix. p. 293 (1822).
8. Cynomys, Rat.
Am. Month. Mag. ii. £5 (1817).
9. Arctomys, Schr.
Siug. iv. p. 721 (1792).
(b) 10. EHupetaurus, Thos.
J.A.S8. B. lvii. p. 256 (1888).
11. Petaurista, Link.
Beytr. Nat. ii. p. 78, (1795). Type
“Sciurus petaurista.” [Pteromys, G.
Cur. Légons d’Anat. Comp. 1800.]
12. Sciuropterus, F. Cuv.
Ann. du Mus. x. p. 126 (1825).
B. Nannosorvrinz '.
18. Nannosciurus, Trouess.
Bull. Soe. Sci. Angers, 1880, p. 73.
IIL. Castorida. a
14. Castor, Linn.
ne Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 58 (1758).
C. APLOLONTLA.
IV. Aplodontiida.
15. Aplodontia’, Rich.
Zool. Journ. iv. p. 334 (1829).
1 See Major, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 189.
2 With regard to the insertion of the aspirate into the spelling of this aad
1016 MR. OLDFIMLD THOMAS ON THD [Dec. 15,
D. MYOMORPHA.
V. Glirida.
A, Guin 2.
16. Glis', Briss.
Régne Animal, p. 160 (1756). [Myoaus,
Schr. Sing. iv. p. 824 (1792).]
17. Muscardinus, Kaup.
Entw. europ. Thierw. p. 139 (1829).
18. Eliomys, Wagn.
Abh. Ak. Miinch. iii. p. 176 (1843). [Bifa,
Latr. Le Nat. 1885. ]
19. Graphiurus, F. Cuv. & Geoffr.
H. N. Mamm. (fol.) livr. 60 (1845).
B. PLATACANTHOMYINE ”,
20. Platacanthomys, Bly.
J.A.S. B. xxviii. p. 288 (1859).
21. Typhlomys, M.-Edw.
Bull. Soc. Philom. (6) xi. p. 9 (1877).
similar words, inquiry among pure classicists (other than zoologists) elicits the
opinion that the Latins wore so careless and irregular themselves in this respect,
that it is impossible to make a hard-and-fast rule about it, and that we should
therefore accept the original aspiration or non-aspiration of scientific names.
Personally I look with loathing on these h-less names, but I feel bound to
recognize that it is not right to alter words formed by authors who Latinized
their Greek in the very way that the Latins themselves sometimes did.
1 See Merriam, ‘ Science,’ 1895, p. 376.
? Dr. Winge has replaced Platacanthomys in the Gliride, from which it was
removed to the Muride by Dr. Peters, and in this he has been followed by
Dr. Tullberg ; and I am informed by Dr. Forsyth Major, to whom I am
indebted for much assistance in the preparation of the presont paper, that he
also holds the same view. On the whole, although I think there is enough
evidence of Murine affinity in Platacanthomys and its ally Typhlomys to make
the question rather doubtful, Iam inclined to agree to the reference of these
genera to the family Glirida, on account of the structure of their teeth and
interorbital region, the peculiar glirine twisting of their mandibular angles,
and of their (or at least the former's) want of a ceeum—a character found in the
Gliridx alone of the Rodents, and one which I am now able to record for the
first time in Platacanthomys.
As to their position within the family, I venture to think that Winge’s
combination of them into Glis, Eliomys, and Muscardinus, in a group set over
as a whole against Graphiurus, is quite astonishingly unnatural, and is evi-
dently due to the exaggerated value he gives to his pet chiaracter of the ante-
orbital structures. The Platacanthomyine form by themselves a very natural
subfamily, set over against the Dormice ; while even among the latter it might
be quite as correct to separate Glis and Muscardinus on the one side from
Eliomys and Graphiurus on the other by the pattern of the teeth,.as to separate
the last-named from the rest by the structure of the anteorbital region. An
interesting example of the occasional variability of the last-named character is
given by Blarinomys, which, obviously a modified offshoot of Acodon and
Oxymycterus, has an anteorbital region not at all unlike that of Graphiurus,
1896.
GUNHRA OF RODENTS. 1017
VI. Muride.
A. Hypromyin 2.
B.
C.
E.
F,
22. Hydromys, Geoff.
Ann. Mus. vi. p. 81 (1805).
23, Xeromys, Thos.
P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 247.
24. Chrotomys, Thos.
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 161 (1895).
RuYNCHOMYINZ,
25. Rhynchomys, Thos.
: Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 160 (1895).
PHLGOMYIN A.
26. Phleomys, Waterh.
P. ZS. 1839, p. 108.
. GHRBILLINE.
27. Gerbillus, Desm.
N. Dict. d’H. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. p. 22
(1804).
28. Pachyuromys, Lat.
Le Nat. i. p. 314 (1880).
29. Meriones, Ill. ‘
Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 82 (1811).
30. Psammomys, Cretszchm.
Riipp. Atlas nérdl. Afr. i. p. 56 (1826).
31. Lhombomys, Wagn.
Schr. Siug. Supp. iii. p. 485 (1848),
OToMYINz.
32. Otomys, F. Cuv.
Dents Mamm. p. 168 (1825).
33. Oreinomys, Trouess.
Bull. Soc. Sci. Angers, 1880, p. 111.
[Orcomys, Heugl. Reise Nordost-Afr. ii.
p- 76 (1877).]?
DENDROMYINZE’.
34, Deomys, Thos.
P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 130.
35. Dendromys, A. Sm.
8S. Afr. Q. Journ. ii. p. 158 (1834).
1 Very doubtfully distinct from Otomys.
? Three figures of molar tecth, representing those charactoristic of the Den-
dromyine, Murine, nnd Sigmodontine respecte: will be found in my paper
on Deomys (P. Z. S. 1888, p. 130, pl. v. figs.
10, and 9). On that occasion, when
describing Deomys, I had supposed the genus to form a new subfamily, not
knowing how closely its molar teeth agreed with those of the Dendromytne, in
which I now think it should be included.
1018
36.
37.
38.
MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THD [Dec.-15,
Inmacomys, Matsch. :
SB. Ges. nat. Berl. 1893, p. 107.
Steatomys, Pet.
SB. Ak. Berl. 1846, p. 258.
Malacothrix, Wagn.
Schr. Siiug. Supp. ili. p. 496 (1843).
. Munina.
39. Afus, Linn.
S. N. (10) i. p. 59 (1758).
40. Nesokia, Gray.
Ann. Mag. N. H. x. p. 264 (1842).
41. Cricetomys, Waterh.
P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 2.
42, Malacomys, M.-Kidw.
Bull. Soc. Philom. (6) xi. p. 9 (1877).
43. Lophuromys, Pet.
MB. Ak. Berl. 187+, p. 234 (1875).
44. Saccostomus, Pet.
MB. Ak. Berl. 1846, p. 258 (1847).
- 45, Acomys, Is. Geoff.
Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) x. p. 126 (1840).
46. Arvicanthis, Less.
N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 147 (1842).
[Jsomys, Sund. K. Vet.-Ak, Handl.
Stockh. 1842, p. 219 (1843).]
47. Golunda, Gray.
Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 586 (1837).
[Pelomys, Peters, Reise Mossamb., Sing.
p. 157 (1852). ]
48, Vandeleuria, Gray. :
Ann. Mag. N. H. x. p. 265 (1842).
49, Chiropodomys, Pet.
MB. Ak. Berl. 1868, p. 448 (1869).
50. Batomys, Thos. : t
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 162 (1895).
51. Carpomys, Thos.
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 161 (1895).
52. Chiruromys, Thos.
P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 237.
53. Hapalomys, Blyth.
J. A. S. B. xxviii. p. 296 (1859).
54. Pithecochirus, F. Cuy. & Geofir.
H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iv. livr. 66 (1833).
55. Crateromys, Thos.
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 163 (1895).
56. Craurothria, Thos.
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 246 (1896).
[Echiothria, Gray, P. Z.S. 1867, p.599.}
. Mastacomys, Thos.
Ann. Mag. N. TI. (5) ix. p. 413 (1882).
1896.] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1019
58. Uromys, Peters.
MB. Ak. Berl. 1867, p, 343. [Pogonomys,
M.-Edw.]
59. Conilurus, Og.
Tr. Linn. Soe. xviii. p. 125 (1839). [Hapa-
lotis, Licht. Darst. Siiug. pt. iv. pl. 29
(1829).]
Il. Lormiomyin 7.
60. Lophiomys', M.-Edw.
LInst. xxxv. p. 46 (1867).
J. Siamopontin Zz.
(a) (Palearctic.)
61. Hamster, Lac.
Mém. de l’Inst. iii. p. 495 (1801). [Cri-
cetus, G. Cuvy. Regne Anim. i. p. 198
(1817).]
(0) (African.)
62. Mystromys; Wagn. ‘
Arch. f. Nat. 1841, p. 182.
(c) (Mascarene.)
_ 63. Brachytarsomys, Giinth.
P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 79.
64. Nesomys, Pet.
SB. Ges. nat. Berl. 1870, p. 54 (1871).
65. Hallomys, Jent. ;
Notes Leyd. Mus. i. p. 107 (1879).
66. Brachyuromys, F. Maj.
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 322 (1896).
67. Hijpogeomys, Grandidier.
Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, -p. 338.
68. Gymnuromys, F. Maj.
Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 324 (1896).
69. Lliwrus, M.-Edw.
Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) xx. art. 1, bis, p- 1
(1886).
(d) (American.)
70. Onychomys, Bd.
Mamm. N. A. p. 458 (1857).
71. Peromyscus, Glog.
Naturgesch. p. 95 (1841). [Sttomys, Fitz.
SB. Ak. Wien, lvi. p. 97 (1867). Ves-
pertmus, Coues, P. Ac. Philad. 1874,
p- 178.]
? By an unfortunate accident Mr. Lydekker (Geogr. Mamm. p. 239, 1896)
transposed to the recent Lophiomys Depérct's name Trilophomys, which was
setended by its author for a renaming of his own fossil Lophiomys, 1890, nec
M.-Edw. 1867. For the recent aaimelt therefore Milne-Edwards’s well-known
name, being the earliest of all, is, of course, still available.
1020 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Dec. 15,
72. Rhipidomys, Tsch.
Faun. Peruan. p. 183 (1845).
73. Tylomys, Pet.
MB. Ak. Berl. 1866, p. 404.
4A, Holochilus, Brandt.
Mém. Ac. Pétersb. iii. p. 428 (1835).
[Wectomys, Pet.]
75. Sigmodon, Say & Ord.
Journ. Ac. Philad. iv. p. 852 (1825).
76. Oryzomys, Bd.
Mamm. N. A. p. 458 (1857).
77, Reithrodontomys, Gigl.
Ric. Distr. Geogr. Gen. p. 160 (1873).
[Ochetodon, Coues, P. Ac. Philad. 1874,
p. 184.]
78. Eligmodontia, F. Cuv.
Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) vii. p. 168 (1837).
[Calomys, Waterh., nec Geoff. Hespe-
romys (8.8.), Waterh. |
79. Neotomys, Thos.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 346 (1894).
80. Reithrodon, Waterh.
P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 29.
81. Phyllotis, Waterh.
P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 28.
82. Scapteromys, Waterh.
P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 20.
83. Ichthyomys, Thos.
P. Z. S. 1893, p. 337.
84. Acodon, Meyen.
N. Act. Leop. xvi. p. 600 (1833). [ Abro-
thrix, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 21.]
85. Oaymycterus, Waterh.
P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 21.
86, Blarinomys, Thos.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 310 (1896).
87. Notiomys, Thos.
M.-Edw. Miss. Scient. Cap Horn, Mamm.
p- 23 (1890).
J. NEOTOMIN:.
88. Neotoma, Ord.
Journ. Ac. Philad. iv. p. 346 (1825).
89. Xenomys, Merr.
P. Biol. Soc. Wash. vii. p. 159 (1892).
90. Hodomys, Merr.
P. Ac. Philad. 1894, p. 232.
K. Mrororin 2.
(a) 91. Phenacomys, Merr.
N, Am. Faun, no. 2, p. 28 (1889).
1896.] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1021
92. Evotomys, Coues.
P. Ac. Philad. 1874, p. 186.
93. Microtus, Schrank.
Fauna Boica, i. p. 66 (1798). [Arvicola,
Lac. Mém. de l’Inst. iii. p. 495 (1801).]
(6) 94. Synaptomys, Bd.
Mamm. N. A. pp. xliv, 558 (1857).
95. Lemmus, Link.
Zool. Beytr. i. pt. 2, p.75 (1795). [Myordes,
Pall. Zoogr. Ross.-Asiat. p. 173 (1811). ]
96. Dicrostonyx, Glog.
Naturgesch. p. 97 (1841). [Cuniculus,
Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1220. ]
(c) 97. Ellobius, Fisch.
Zoognosia, iii. p. 72 (1814).
L. SIpHNEINe |.
98. Siphneus?, Bts.
Het geslacht d. Muizen, p. 20 (1827).
VII. Spalacida °.
A. Ruaizomyinz.
99. Rhizomys, Gray.
P.Z.8. 1831, p. 95.
1 Mr. Gerrit Miller, to whose paper on Voles and Lemmings I am much
indebted, has thrown doubt on the validity of the Siphneine as a subfamily
(N. Am. Fauna, no. 12, p. 8, footnote, 1896), and in so far as rogards Ev/obius,
hitherto always put with Siphneus, he is apparently correct, as its differences
from the Voles and Lemmings do not seem to be much greater than those that
separate these two groups from each other, and the Voles, Lemmings, and
Ellobius may suitably form three groups of the subfamily Microtine. I have
had to reverse the order of the genera from that given by Mr. Miller, in
order to bring the Murine Phenacomys and Evotomys towards the Muride,
Synaptomys towards the Voles, and the Lemmings, as a whole, towards Ellobius.
With regard to Siphneus itself, however, I think its peculiarities are amply
sufficient to necessitate its being set over against all the rest of the group in a
subfamily by itself. The modification that its anteorbital foramen has under-
gone, in comparison with that of the Microtine, is, however, curiously paralleled
by that of the widely different Spalacide, and may be simply an adaptive
modification due to a strictly talpine life. But in any case its differences, both
external, cranial, and dental, are clearly sufficient to demand separate subfamily
rank,
2 Dr. J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 183 (1895), considers Kerr's
Myotalpa should replace Siphneus; but as the result is attained by a method
about the detailed working of which opinions are still divided, I provisionally
uso the better-known term.
3 Not only do the Bathyergine of Alston’s Spalacids of course go off to form
a separate faily, butit is very doubtful whether Spadax and Phizomys, combined
by him in the Spadacine, are rightly put even in one family, their resemblances
being perhaps more adaptive than genetic: Winge puts Ihizomys with the
Muride, and Spalax with the Dipodids, but does not give sufficient reasons
for these allocations. This is one of those cases where a myological investigation
is likely to be of much service; and the group is commended to the attention of
Mr, Parsons, whose recent papers on Rodent myology have been of much
ry
1022 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Dec. 15,
100. Tachyoryctes, Riipp.’ a:
ates [Chrysomys, Gray, List Mamm. B. M.
p- 150 (1843).]
B. Spauacin.z,
101. Spalax, Gild.
’ Nov. Comm. Petrop. xiv. art. i. p. 409
(1770).
y)
VIII. Geomyida.
is - +102. Geomys*, Raf.
Am. Month. Mag. ii. p. 45 (1817).
‘103. Thomomys, Wied.
N. Act. Leop. xix. pt. i. p. 383 (1839).
IX. Heteromyidea.
A. Diropomyinz.
104. Dipodomys, Gray. Aas
. Ann. Mag. N. H. vii. p. 521 (1841).
105. Perodipus, Fitz.
_ SB. Ak. Wien, lvi. p. 126 (1867).
106. Microdipodops, Merr.
N. Am. Faun. no, 5, p. 115 (1891).
B. Hurenomyin2.
107. Perognathus*®, Wied.
N. Act. Ac. Leopold. xix. pt. i. p. 369
(1839).
108. Heteromys, Desm.
Mamm. ii. p. 313 (1822).
(;
rervice to me, Some important observations on the relations of the Fhizo-
myine to the Mascarene Sigmodontes are given by Dr, Forsyth Major, supra
. 979. :
AG The African Bamboo-Rats, given provisionally the above name by Riippell,
-were rightly distinguished by Gray, but the distinction has been generally lost
sight of tillnow. The molars are of quite a different structure in the two
roups.
e This unfortunate that Riippell’s name has to be used for this genus, as he
deliberately rejected the idea of its being distinct (from Bathyergus!), and yet
“proposed the name in case other workers thought it valid. It is to be hoped
that there are few people now left who would do a thing like this, by which an
‘author attempts to secure priority for his own name at the expense of somebody
else’s work, while he fears to take the responsibility of describing a new form
for himself.. Some naturalists even refuse to accept such names, and I wish I
could feel justified in doing the same.
_ 2 Dr. Merriam has divided the old genus Geomys into eight genera, but for
the purposes of the present paper these may be most conveniently treated as of
subgeneric rather than generic rank, sound as their basis as natural groups no
‘doubt is, ;
3 Dr. Coues (Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 495, 1877) speaks of separate subfamilies
for Perognathus and Hetercmys; but they scem really to be very closely allied
to each other, especially if some of the larger species of the former, such as
+P. paredoxus, be compared with members of the H. alleni group of Hetcromys.
1896.] GHNDRA OF RODENTS. 1023
X. Bathyergide.
109. Bathyergus, Ill.
Prodr. Syst. Mamm, p. 86 (1811).
J10. Georychus, Ill.
Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 87 (1811).
111. Myoscalops, Thos. :
P. Z.S8. 1890, p. 448. [Heliophobius, Pet.
MB. Ak. Berl. 1846, p. 243.]
112. Heterocephalus, Riipp.
Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 99 (1842).
XI. Dipodida.
A. SMINTHIN 2.
113. Sminthus, Keys. & Blas.
Wirb. Europ. p. 38 (1840).
B. Zaropinz}.
114. Zapus, Coues.
Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. ser. 2, no. 5, p. 253
(1878).
C. Diropinz.
115. Dipus, Gmel.
8. N. i. p. 157 (1788).
116. Allactaga, F. Cuv.
P. Z.8. 1836, p. 141.
117. Platycercomys, Brandt.
Bull. Ac. Pétersb. 1844, p. 209.
118. Euchoreutes, W. Scl.
P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 610.
1 The erection of the Zapodine into a family has been advocated by
Dr. Coues (Mon. Am. Rod. p. 461, 1877), and, as a consequence, the giving to
the Dipodine and Pedetine similar rank. Not only does this seem as unnecessary
as it is inconvenient,but the characters of Smznthus,recognized as a Dipodid only
since Dr. Coues wrote, appear to make the correctness of Alston’s view more
evident than ever. For with typical Dipodine teeth, it possesses an absolutely
Zapodine skull, combined with a more Murine form than even Zapus. More-
over, the recent discovery of Zapus inthe Old World (Poussargues, Bull. Mus,
d’Hist. Nat. 1896, p. 1) removes the geographical isolation which may have
influenced Dr. Coues in the conclusion he came to. The three subfamilies here
recognized are no doubt well defined from each other, but if in any general
raising of rank all round, such as many people (Americans especially) are fond
of, these subfamilies are again made into families, it will have to be on some better
ground than the untenable view adopted by Dr. Coues, that Zapus is as nearly
allied to the Muride as it is to the Jerboas. Pedetes, on the other hand, as
appears below, should certainly be removed from the family, its differences
from all the Dipodids being infinitely greater than any of theirs from each
other.
Proo. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. LXVI. 66
1024 MR. OLDFINLD THOMAS ON THE (Dee. 15,
E. HYSTRICOMORP HA.
XII. Pedetide’.
119, Pedetes, Il.
Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 81 (1811).
XIII. Octodontide.
A. Crenopacryninal.
120. Ctenodactylus, Gray.
Spic. Zool. p. 10 (1880).
121. Massoutiera, Lat.
Le Nat. 1885, p. 21.
122. Pectinator, Bly.
J.A.S. B. xxiv. p. 294 (1855).
123. Petromys, A. Sm.
8. Afr. Q. J. ii. p. 2 (1831).
B. Ooropontin &.
124. Ctenomys, De Blainv.
Bull. Soe. Philom. 1826, p. 62.
125. Aconaemys, Amegh.
Revist. Argent. i. p. 245 (1891). [Sehi-
zodon, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 91, nee
Agass. |
126. Spalacopus, Wag].
Isis, 1832, p. 1219.
127. Octodon, Benn.
P. Z.8. 1832, p. 46.
128. Abrocoma, Waterh.
P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 30.
C. LononErin 2,
(a) 129. Dactylomys, Is. Geoff.
Ann, Sci. Nat. (2) x. p. 126 (1838).
130. Thrinacodus, Giinth.
P. Z.8. 1879, p. 144.
1 While many naturalists have noticed the Hystricomorph affinities of
Pedetes, no one in modern times (except Dobson, who transferred the whole
of the Dipodids) seems to have thought of actually placing it among them.
To me this appears to be clearly the proper course, as there seems to
be scarcely a character in its skull or teeth which is not found in one
member or another of that group. Even its lower jaw is of a partially
Tlystricino type, and in any caso is not of suflicient importance to outwoigh its
many allinitics to the Hystricomorpha, Wiegmann in 1832 placed it among
his ‘* Lagostomi” (Handb. Zool. p. 56), but that was apparently rather by
accident than good judgment, as his general classification is of a very antique
type. All other authors seem to have kept it in the Dipodidx, until Winge,
in his general alteration of positions, placed it with Anomalurus, an allocation
with which I feel quite unable to agree.
Within the Hystricomorpha it is difficult to say where Pedetes would best be
placed. Its skull is very like that of Thryonomys, its teeth like those of
Spalacopus, while it has also some resemblances to the Chinchillidx. For the
present, therefore, until further researches are made, I have put it at the
beginning of the group, where it will occupy the same serial position as in
Alston’s paper, although shifted into a different section,
1896. ] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1025
131. Cannabateomys, Jent.
Notes Leyd. Mus. xiii. p. 105 (1891).
132. Loncheres, Ill.
Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 90 (1811). [Las?-
uromys, Dey. Rev. Zool. (2) iv. p. 853
(1852). ]
(6) 133. Thrichomys, Trouess.
Bull. Soc. Sci. Angers, 1880, p. 179.
[Nelomys, Lund, nec Jourd. |
134. Cercomys, F. Cuv.
Mamm. 6° livr. (1829).
135. Carterodon, Waterh.
Nat. Hist. Mamm. ii. p. 351 (1848).
136. Mesomys, Wagn.
Arch. f. Nat. 1845, pt. i. p. 145.
137. Echinomys, Desm.
N. Dict. VH. N. x. p. 54 (1817).
D. Carromyine.
138. Myocastor, Kerr’.
Linn. An. K. p. 225 (1792). [Myopotamus,
Geoff. Ann. Mus. vi. p. 81 (1805).]
139. Capromys, Desm.
Mem. Soc. @’H. N. i. p. 44 (1822).
140. Plagiodontia, F. Cuv.
Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) vi. p. 347 (1836).
141. Thryonomys, Fitz.
SB. Ak. Wien, lvi. p. 141 (1867). [Aula-
codus, Temm. Mamm. i. p. 245 (1827),
nec Eschsch. Triaulacodus, Lyd. Geogr.
Distr. Mamm. p. 91 (1896).]
XIV. Hystricide.
142. Hysirix, Linn.
S. N. (10) i. p. 56 (1758).
143. Atherura, G. Cuv.
Régne Anim. éd. 2, i. p. 215 (1829).
144, Trichys, Giinth.
P. Z.8. 1876, p. 739.
XV. Erethizontida ?.
A. ERETHIZONTINA.
145. Lrethizon, F. Cuv.
Mem. d. Mus. ix. p. 426 (1822).
1 See J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 182 (1895).
° The wide difference between the American and the Old World Porcupines
has been realized by all naturalists, and after Mr. Parsons’ strong observations
on the differences in their myology (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 295), it seems better
definitely to separate them into two families. With regard to Chetomys, the
great difference between its teeth and those of the other Beh SORES makes it
66
1026 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON TH [ Dec. 15,
146. Coendou, Lac.
Mém. de V'Inst. iii. p. 496 (1801). [Syne-
theres and Cercolabes, F. Cuy. Mém. Mus.
ix. p. 427 (1822).]
B. Ca mromMyrn 2.
147. Chetomys, Gray.
P.Z.S. 1848, p. 21.
XVI. Chinchillide.
148. Chinchilla, Benn.
Gard. Zool. Soc. i. p. 1 (1829).
149. Lagidium, Mey.
N. Act. Ac. Leop. xvi. p. 576 (1833).
150. Lagostomus, Brooks.
Trans. Linn. Soe. xvi. p. 102 (1828).
XVII. Dasyproctide.
151. Dasyprocta, Ill.
Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 93 (1811).
152. Ceelogenys, F. Cuv.
Ann. Mus. x. p. 203 (1807).
XVIII. Dinomyide.
153. Dinomys, Pet.
MB. Ak. Berl. 1873, p. 551.
XIX. Caviide.
154. Cavia, Pall.
Mise. Zool. p. 30 (1766).
155. Dolichotis, Desm.
Mamm. ii. p. 360 (1822).
156. Hydrocherus, Briss.
Régne Anim. p. 116 (1756).
Suborder II. DUPLICIDENTATI.
F. LAGOMORPHA.
XX. Ochotonide.
157. Ochotona, Link.
Boytr. Nat. ii. p. 74 (1795). [Lagomys",
G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 132 (1798). ]
at first sight difficult to believe that it is really a member of the family ut all,
and not a relative either of Loncheres or Celogenys, as Burmeister suggested,
But further examination leads me to think that its dental resemblance to
Loncheres is only superficial, and that its closeness to Coendow in other respects,
including the identity of the structure of the feet and pterygoid regions, makes
it best placed as a peculiar subfamily of the Lrechizontide.
1 Lagomys (1798), as used for the Pikas, is doubly invalid, as it is both later
in date than Link’s Ockotona, and is preoccupied by Storr’s Lagomys (1780),
which is a synonym of Arctomys (cf, Miller, Voles, p. 13, footnote 4).
1896.]
GENERA OF RODENTS.
XXI. Leporida.
158. Ztomerolagus, Merr.
P. Biol. Soc. Wash. x. p. 169 (1896).
159. Lepus, Linn.
8. N. (10) i. p. 57 (1758).
Abrocoma, 128.
Abrothrix, 84.
Acodon, 84.
Acomys, 45,
Aconaemys, 125.
Allactaga, 116.
Anomalurus, 1.
Aplodontia, 15.
Arctomys, 9.
Arvicanthis, 46.
Arvicola, 93.
Athorura, 143,
Aulacodus, 141.
Bathyergus, 109.
Batomys, 50.
Bifa, 18.
Blarinomys, 86.
Brachytarsomys, 63.
Brachyuromys, 66.
Calomys, 78.
Cannabateomys, 131.
Capromys, 139.
Carpomys, 51.
Carterodon, 135.
Castor, 14.
Cavia, 154.
Cercolabes, 146.
Cercomys, 134.
Cheetomys, 147.
Chinchilla, 148.
Chiropodomys, 49.
Chiruromys, 52.
Chrotomys, 24.
Chrysomys, 100.
Ceelogenys, 152.
Coendou, 146.
Conilurus, 59.
Crateromys, 55.
Craurothrix, 56.
Cricetomys, 41.
Cricetug, 61.
Otenodactylus, 120.
Ctlenomys, 124.
Cuniculus, 96,
Cynomys, 8.
Dactylomys, 129.
Dasyprocta, 151.
Dendromys, 35.
Deomys, 34.
Dicrostonyx, 96.
Dinomys, 153.
Indea of Generic Names.
Dipodomys, 104.
Dipus, 115.
Dolichotis, 155.
Echinomys, 137.
Echiothrix, 56.
Eligmodontia, 78.
Eliomys, 18.
Eliurus, 69.
Ellobius, 97.
Trethizon, 145.
Euchoreutes, 118.
Hupetaurus, 10.
Kyotomys, 92.
Geomys, 102.
Georychus, 110.
Gerbillus, 27.
Glis, 16.
Golunda, 47.
Graphiurus, 19.
Gymnuromys, 68.
Habrocoma, 128.
Habrothrix, 84.
Hallomys, 65.
Tlumsier, 61.
Hapalomys, 53.
Hapalotis, 59.
Haplodontia, 15.
Heliophobius, 111.
Hesperomys (s.s.), 78.
Heterocephalus, 112.
Heteromys, 108.
Hodomys, 90.
Holochilus, 74.
Hydrocheerus, 156.
Hydremys, 22.
Hypogeomys, 67.
Hystrix, 142.
Ichthyomys, 83.
Idiurus, 2.
Isomys, 46.
Lagidium, 149.
Lagomys, 157.
Lagostomus, 150.
Lasiuroinys, 132.
Lemmus, 99.
Lepus, 159.
Limacomys, 36.
Loncheres, 132.
Lophiomys, 60.
Lophuromys, 43.
Malacomys, 42.
1027
Malacothrix, 38.
Massoutiera, 121.
Mastacomys, 57.
Meriones, 29.
Mesomys, 136.
Microdipodops, 106.
Microtus, 93.
Mus, 39.
Muzcardinus, 17.
Myocastor, 138.
Myodes, 95.
Myopotamus, 138.
Myoscalops, 111.
Myoxus, 16.
Mystromys, 62.
Nannosciurus, 13.
Nectomys, 74.
Nelomys, 133.
Neotoma, 88.
Neotomys, 79.
Nesokia, 40.
Nesomys, 64.
Notiomys, 87.
Ochetodon, 77.
Ochotona, 157.
Octodon, 127.
Onychomys, 70.
Oreinomys, 33.
Oreomys, 33.
Oryzomys, 76.
Otomys, 32.
Oxymycterus, 85.
Pachyuromys, 28.
Pectinator, 122.
Pedetes, 119.
Pelomys, 47.
Perodipus, 105.
Perognathus, 107.
Peromyscus, 71.
Petaurista, 11.
Petromys, 123.
Phenacomys, 91.
Phlaomys, 26.
Phyllotis, 81.
Pithecochirus, 54.
Plagiodontia, 140,
Platacanthomye, 20.
Platycercomys, 117.
Pogonomys, 58.
Psammomys, 80.
Pteromys, 11.
1028 Dit. J. W. GREGORY ON THE OLASSIFIOATION
Reithrodon, 80.
Reithrodontomys, 77.
Rheithrosciurus, 3.
Rhipidomys, 72.
Rhizomys, 99.
Rhombomys, 31.
Rhynchomys, 25.
Romorolagus, 158.
Saccostomus, 44.
Scapteromys, 82.
Schizodon, 125.
Sciuropterus, 12.
Siphneus, 98.
Sitomys, 71.
Sminthus, 113.
Spalacopus, 126.
Spalax, 101.
Spermophilus, 7.
Steatomys, 37.
Synaptomys, 94.
Synetheres, 146.
Tachyoryctes, 100.
Tamias, 6.
Thomomys, 103.
Thryonomys, 141.
Triaulacodus, 141.
Trichys, 144.
Tylomys, 73.
Typhlomys, 21.
Uromys, 58.
Vandeleuria, 48.
Vesporimus, 71.
Xenomys, 89.
Xeromys, 23.
Xerus, 4.
Zapus, 114.
[Dee. 15,
Sciurus, 5.
Thrichomys, 133.
Sigmodon, 75.
Thrinacodus, 130.
7, On the Classification of the Paleozoic Echinoderms of
the Group Ophiuroidea. By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc.,
F.Z.8.
[Received November 5, 1896.]
For fifty years after Forbes, in 1840 [3. p. xiv], proposed to
rank the Ophiuroidea as one of the classes of Hchinoderma they
were divided into two groups—the Ophiure and Euryale of
Joh. Miiller, the Ophiuride and Huryalide of Th. Lyman. In
1867 Dr. Axel Ljungman [7] divided the first group into six
families (the Ophiodermatide, Ophiolepididw, Amphiuride, Ophio-
myxide, Ophivcomid, and Ophiothricide), but Mr. Lyman [10], in
his description of the Ophiurids collected during the ‘ Challenger’
Expedition, made no use of family divisions. He simply divided
the Ophiuride into three groups, of which the first two were
unnamed, and the third was merely described as comprising
“Astrophyton-like Ophiuroids.” Hence Lyman’s great monograph,
the richest mine of information in the whole range of literature on
the Ophiurids, did not contribute so much to their classification as
to our knowledge of their anatomy.
As neontologists were in difficulties owing to the lack of a
satisfactory arrangement of the recent species, paleontologists
were naturally in a worse state ; for the anatomical characters of
the fossil Ophiurids had been in but few cases satisfactorily deter-
mined. We have only to refer to Wright’s introduction to the
British Jurassic Starfish [20], or to Liitken’s [9. pp. 70-75, 78]
heroic attempt to improve the generic nomenclature of the Neozoic
Ophiurids, to see how unscientific the existing systems were. In
1886 and 1890, Herr B. Stiirtz, in two important memoirs [15, 16],
described the anatomy of several genera from the Devonian of
Bundenbach, in the Bavarian Pfalz. The fossils are pseudomorphs
in iron pyrites; owing to the exceptional preservation of the
specimens and the skill and patience with which Stiirtz dissected
them from their clay-slate matrix, their anatomical structure was
well displayed. Stiirtz’s two papers are a great advance on any
previous work dealing with Palwozoiec Ophiurids ; but the author
1896.] OF THH PALEOZOIO OPHIUROIDHA, 1029
retained Joh. Miiller’s two orders, as he did also in his latest
paper.
Jn 1892 a short and pregnant paper by Prof. F. J. Bell [1]
lifted the classification of the Ophiurids on to a different plane.
Bell recognized the great importance of the vertebral ossicles and
that they are of three main types: (1) the ‘“ streptospondyline,”
where the vertebral ossicles articulate by saddle-shaped surfaces,
which do not bear lateral processes or pits; (2) the ‘‘ zygospondy-
line,” where lateral processes and pits on the articular surfaces of
vertebral ossicles limit the power of movement ; (3) the “clad-
ophiuroid” (or astrophiuroid), where the vertebral ossicles articulate
by hourglass-shaped surfaces.
Bell therefore proposed to divide the Ophiurids into three
groups: (1) the Streptophiure, for those with streptospondyline
ossicles; (2) the Cladophiura, for those with hourglass-shaped
ea ; (8) the Zygophiurey, for those with zygospondyline
ossicles.
The definition of these three orders was no doubt a great
improvement on any previous arrangement of the Ophiurids. There
is, however, considerable difficulty in applying this system to
the fossil forms, especially in the case of the Streptophiurx. It
appears doubtful whether even some recent genera, as Ophiohelus,
can be correctly described as having vertebral ossicles articulating
by ball-and-socket joints. But this statement certainly cannot be
made of many Paleozoic Ophiurids, which represent a more
primitive condition than that of the recent species; they are indeed
so primitive that they cannot be made to enter into any of Bell’s
orders.
The two most striking characters of these Palwozoic genera are
the absence of ventral arm-plates* and of true vertebral ossicles.
The latter are represented by free paired plates, like the ambu-
lacral ossicles of Asterids.
The ambulacral ossicles are the most important plates in the
arms of both Asterids and Ophiurids, so that it is @ priort probable
that they offer a better basis for classification than the external
arm-plates. As we descend from the Zygophiure, first to the
Cladophiura, and then to the Streptophiure, we notice a decrease
in the complexity and completeness of the vertebral ossicles. It
is not therefore surprising, when we go back to Paleozoic times,
to find Ophiurids with an arm-structure still simpler than anything
found in the Streptophiure. In these early forms the central
arm-ossicles occur as a double series of free plates, below which is
an open ambulacral groove. Hence the arms appear, at first sight,
to be Asterid rather than Ophiurid in arrangement.
Hence I propose to found a fourth order of Ophiuroidea to
include those without vertebral ossicles, but which have in each
arm a double series of free ambulacral plates, which articulate like
1 This character is also found in the genus Ophioteresis of Bell, one of the
most primitive of living Ophiurids; it has, however, vertebral ossicles with
streptospondyline articulations. :
1030 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON tHE CLassivioation [Dee. 15
those of Asterids and of the Echinid Pal@odiscus. As the two
elements which have fused to form the vertebral ossicles of later
Ophiurids are unattached in the members of this order, I propose
for it the name Lysophiurse’.
No one has worked at the Paleozoic Ophiurids without being
impressed by the unsatisfactory nature of many of the genera.
In my earliest paleontological paper (1889) I pointed out that
Protaster would have to be split up into more than two genera
(5. p.27]. Stiirtz, both in 1890 [16. p. 245] and 1893 [17. p. 19],
also insisted that Protaster includes a miscellaneous group of
species, and that the Protasters of Forbes, Billings, Hall, and
myself are distinct. I shrank from the task of dismembering this
genus in 1889, as I hoped for better specimens of the type species.
None such, however, have been forthcoming. As I am now
bound to attempt to indicate the relations of the fossil and recent
forms in an account of the Ophiuroidea for Prof. Lankester’s
‘Oxford Natural History,’ I delay no longer. In order to
simplify my task in that place, I offer the following synopsis of
the classification of the Paleozoic Ophiurids, with diagnoses of
some of the genera.
Order I. LYSOPHIURZ.
Diagnosis.—Ophiuroidea of which the ambulacral ossicles are
alternate and are not united into vertebral ossicles. There are no
ventral arm-plates, and the underside of the arm is occupied by an
ambulacral furrow.
Remarks.—This order includes a group of Palzozoic Ophiurids
in which the arm-structure is on the same plan as in the Asterids ;
for there are no ventral arm-plates, there is an ambulacral groove,
and the ambulacral plates are in double series. The members of
the order differ from the Asterids by having the arms sharply
marked off from the disc ; while the alimentary canal was, in all
probability, entirely limited to the disc.
So far as is known at present, the order was limited to the
Paliozoic period; but it is necessary to consider whether a few
recent forms ought not to enter it. In Ophiohelus and Ophiotholia
the ambulacral plates occur as pairs of rod-like plates, instead of
as vertebral ossicles. They therefore, in this respect, resemble
Lysophiurids. On application to the: Zoological Department of
the British Museum, I find that both genera are represented only
by the small single specimens dredged by the ‘Challenger.’ It is
too great a responsibility to subject these fragile type specimens
to the risk of re-examination, especially as the nature of the
articular surfaces could not be determined without dissection.
Both specimens are so small, that, as Prof. Bell suggests, it is quite
possible they are not mature.
The members of the two genera, however, differ from the
Palozoic Lysophiure in three respects: they have the ambulacral
1 From Avots, dissolution, unattachment.
1896.] OF THN PALMOZOIC OPHIUROIDHA. 1031
plates opposite one another; they have dorsal and ventral arm-
plates; they have no ambulacral groove. To include these genera
among the Lysophiure would limit the diagnosis of that order to
the single character of the unfused nature of the ambulacral plates.
It is therefore advisable to retain Ophiohelus and Ophiotholia
among the Streptophiuree and attribute the character of their
ambulacral plates either to immaturity or degeneration. Support
to this conclusion is given by the fact that even among the Zyg-
ophiure the ambulacral ossicles begin as pairs of simple free bars
(Ludwig, 8. Bd. ii. p. 94, pl. x. figs. 2-5).
Vamily 1. ProvasvERipas,
Diagnosis.—Lysophiure which have boot-shaped ambulacral
ossicles. Hach of them consists of a “body” lying beside the
middle line of the arm, and of a lateral “ wing” projecting
transversely from the body of the ossicle.
Genus 1. Prorasrnr, Forbes, 1849 [4. pl. iv.].
Synonyms :
Protaster, Hall.
Protaster pars of Salter, Billings, Miller, Gregory, Stiirtz.
Non Protaster of Meek and Worthen, Dewalque, Davy.
Diagnosis.—Protasterids with a well-marked disc; long, tapering,
very flexiblearms. Some of the adambulacral ossicles are Y-shaped.
Scales of the disc fairly large.
Type species.—Protaster sedgwicki, Forbes, 1849. Silurian,
Westmoreland. (lig. 1a, 8, ¢.)
Wie y La el es a
@ b e
Protaster sedgwicki, Forbes: the structure of the arm; @, near the distal end ;
6, in the middle; ¢, at the proximal end.
Ttemarks.—This genus was founded by Forbes on specimens
from the Ludlow rocks of Kendal, Westmoreland, which are in
the Cambridge Museum". Forbes’s figures of the arm-structure are
not satisfactory, and the accompanying diagrams will help to
explain it.
1 [ must express my thanks to Prof, T. McKenny Hughes and Mr. H. Woods
for facilities in examining the type. I am indebted to Mr. E. T. Newton and
Mr. If. Allen for the opportunity of seeing the actual mould which was studied
by Forbes, and also for that of describing the following species.
1032 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 15,
Forbes’s figure represents the ambulacral ossicles as being
alternately large and small. It is quite possible that each small
pair represents a segment, and that the smaller ossicles have been
reduced by absorption in order to give space for the podia. his
explanation, however, seems improbable; for in that case there
would be only one podion, instead of a pair, to each segment. The
correct explanation appears to be that the smaller pieces are only
triangular, distal portions of the ambulacral ossicles, apparently
separated from the proximal portion by a groove. The ambulacral
plates of Cheiroptaster giganteus, Stiirtz [16. pl. xxx.], for example,
are forked, and the junction is depressed ; if we only knew this
genus from internal casts, it would appear that the two prongs of
the forked piece were separate. Many old figures represent
Paleozoic Ophiurids as having the ambulacral ossicles alternately
large and small; but it is quite possible that the explanation
suggested will account for all such cases.
PROTASTHR BIFORIS*,n. sp. (Figs. 2, 3, p. 1033.)
Diagnosis—Dise fairly large; interbrachial outlines concave.
The syngnaths? are simple, prominent, and stout. The ambulacral
ossicles consist of a thick body and a stout curved wing. The
distal margin of the ossicles is notched by a depression for a
yentral muscle-field, which also cuts into the proximal margin of
the adjoining ossicle. Owing to these muscular depressions the
arm has apparently two series of pores.
The adambulacral ossicles are massive and taper slightly to their
distal ends; they are closely attached and form a regular series of
marginal plates.
Arms very flexible.
Dimensions :
Length of longest arm.............-.+- 18 mm.+ a.
Diameter of arm at the base ............ HS) ey
= arm near the distal end ...... 1 a
x MI WHN ooogedduodabouadsa oO i Sse
Length of syngnath ................-. ey Hs
Width of ambulacral furrow at edge of disc. 1°25 ,,
Distribution Wenlock Shale. Castell Dinas, Bran, near
Llangollen. Mus. Pract. Geol. No. VI. | 58.
Affinitics—This species of Protaster differs from P. sedgwick,
Forbes, in having concave interbrachial outlines and roughly
triangular adambulacral ossicles, and also by the character of the
ambulacral ossicles. The species is of interest as showing that
the flexibility of the arms is due to the great development of some
ventral inter-ambulacral muscles. Thereby the arms could be
rolled up ventrally and the ambulacral furrow thus protected.
1 Biforis, having two holes or openings; a character due to tle hole-like
appearance of the ventral muscle-pits.
2 «“ Syngnath,” the united piece formed of mouth-frame and jaw. The “Mund-
ecksteck.”
1896.] OF THN PALHOZOIO OPHIUROIDHA. 1033
This new species differs from Protuster forbest, Hall [No. 6.
pp. 293-294, pl. ix. figs. 5, 6], by the interbrachial margins of the
disc being concave: in P. forbesi, moreover, tho adambulacral ossicles
are free distally, and each bears a single large spine: the ambu-
lacral ossicles of the two species are also differently shaped.
Fig, 2.
Protaster biforis: diagram of the arm-structure.
It was suggested in the description of P. sedgwicki that the
apparent alternation of large and small ambulacral ossicles in that
species and some other genera was probably due to a series of
depressions across the ossicles. The present species suggests a
possible explanation 'of the nature of those depressions, for they
probably had the same function as the deep pits in the ossicles of
the new species ; and these, in all probability, were for the lodg-
ment of the ventral muscles which moved the arms.
Genus 2. Bunpenzacuta, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 83].
Diagnosis.—Dise soft and delicate ; covering-plates apparently
small and thin. Ambulacral ossicles with a dumbbell-shaped body
and thin tapering wing. The body of the ossicle is apparently
divided into two pieces by a transverse depression. ‘The adambu-
lacral plates are small and narrow, and support a triangular spine-
bearing plate.
The syngnaths are curved, narrow bars.
1034 DR. J, W. GREGORY ON 1HE ChASSIFICATION [Dec. 15,
Type species.—Bundenbachia beneckei, Stiirtz.
Remarks.—The diagnosis of this genus is based on specimens in
the British Museum received from Herr Stiirtz. The diagram
(fig. 4) has been prepared from specimen B.M. No. BE 3495.
Bundenbachia: arm-structure,
Bundenbachia differs from Protaster by the irregular nature
and soft plating of the disc, by the presence of spine-bearing
plates attached to the adambulacral ossicles, and by the different
form of the ambulacral ossicles.
Family 2. PALMOPUIURIDE,
Diagnosis—Lysophiure in which the ambulacral ossicles are
long and bar-shaped, with the longer axis parallel to the arm.
Remarks.—This family agrees with the Protasteridie in uot
having the ambulacral ossicles of each segment placed opposite
one another. It differs by having the ambulacral ossicles longer
than wide, and never divided transversely by muscular depressions.
The ambulacral ossicles are either bar-shaped or thickened to a
subquadrate form. They are never boot-shaped.
Genus 1. Panxorurura, Stiirtz, 1890 [16. p. 233].
Diagnosis—Palxophiuride with the disc surrounded by rod-
shaped marginal ossicles. The ambulacral ossicles are rods lying
parallel to the arm. :
Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.
Type species.—Paleophiura simplex, Stiirtz.
Genus 2. SrurrzuRaA, nov. gen.
Diagnosis—Paleophiuride having thick, subquadrate, ambu-
lacrat ossicles and narrow adambulacral plates. The disc is fragile,
and its plates are small and thin: it has no marginal plates. The
mouth-frames are narrow and separate.
Distribution.—NSilurian, England and Australia.
Type species.—Sturtzura brisingoides (Gregory), 1889 [5].
Remarks.—This genus differs from Paleophiura, as the ambu-
lacral ossicles are thick and subquadrate, instead of being in the
1896.] OF THB PAL EOZOIC OPHIUROIDHA. 1035
form of narrow bars; also by the absence of the strong marginal
plates round the disc. The genus contains two species, S. brisin-
goides (Greg.) and S. leptosoma (Salt.) (13. p. 331, pl. ix. fig. 5],
both of which were originally placed in Protaster.
The genus differs from Protaster by the family character of
having bar-shaped instead of boot-shaped ambulacral ossicles.
I haye pleasure in naming this genus after Herr Stiirtz, whose
careful dissections have added so greatly to our knowledge of the
Palseozoic Ophiurids, and who has previously pointed out [17] that
these two species are generically distinct from Protaster.
Genus 3. TNIURA, nov. gen.
Diagnosis.—Palwophiuride with a small pentagonal disc, not
bounded by marginal ossicles. The ambulacral furrow is broad.
The oral skeleton is conspicuous and the syngnaths each composed
of two separate pieces. The two jaws of each oral angle are
closely attached; the mouth-frames are separated and each of
them is a short, thick, slightly bent bar.
Distribution.—Trenton Limestone, Ottawa.
Type species—Teniura cylindricus (Billings) [2. pp. 81-82,
pl. x. figs. 4a, 46].
Remarks.—This genus differs from Paleophiura by the absence
of marginal ossicles from the disc, and from Sturtzura by the
smaller size of the disc and the form of the syngnaths. In
Sturtzura the jaws end bluntly against a jaw-plate, whereas in
Teniura they appear to taper to a point and have no jaw-plate.
This genus is necessary for the second species included by
Billings in his genus Z’eniaster. The genus was described as disc-
less, which in respect to the type species S. spinosus is correct.
In that species the oral skeleton consists of five pairs of large
adambulacrals as in ordinary Asterids. ‘The affinities of the true
Teniaster appear to me to be with such forms as Faleaster
ruthvent (Forbes) [4. dec. 1, pl. i. fig. 1]. It is asteroid in the
oral armature, in its alternately arranged ambulacral ossicles', and
in the absence of a disc. I therefore consider Teniaster a genus
of Asteroidea. The second species placed by Billings in this
genus has, however, a well-marked disc *, and has the oral arma-
ture composed of five pairs of Ophiuroid syngnaths. It must
therefore be included among the Ophuiroidea.
Genus 4. Eveasrer, Hall, 1867 [6. p. 290, pl. ix. figs. 7, 8].
Diagnosis.—Paleophiuride in which the ambulacral ossicles are
subheptagonal in form, the central suture along the arm being
zigzag, while the outer angles of the ossicles are cut away for the
1 Billings in his description (2, p. 81) attributes the alternation of tho
ossicles in Teniaster spinosus to distortion; but this explanation is not con-
sistont with his figure. If distortion had separated the pairs of ambulacral
ossicles it ought also to have displaced the syngnaths; but those of each pair
are left precisely opposite.
? Billings, op. cit. pl. x. fig. 4a.
1036 DR. J, W. GREGORY ON THH CLASSIFIoATION _—[Dec. 15,
reception of the podia. The adambulacral ossicles have a flat
base, and thence bend forward crescentically. The mouth-frames
are massive, and those of each pair meet along the middle line of
the oral angle.
Distribution.—Hamilton Series, Middle Devonian, Madeson
County, New York.
Type species. —LEugaster logani, Hall. j
Remarks.—This genus I only know from Prof. Jas. Hall’s
figures, and in spite of their clearness I feel much doubt as to the
wisdom of diagnosing it from these alone. Its affinities are
clearly with the Paleophiurids, but it approaches the Protasterids
in one respect: for, owing to the deep depressions in the outer
angles of the ambulacral ossicles, the outer side forms a short
rudimentary wing. The genus differs from all the Protasteridz
by the absence of a muscular groove across the ambulacral ossicles.
Among the Paleophiuride it differs from Palwophiura by the
absence of marginal ossicles, and from Sturtzwra and Teniura by
the massive nature of the mouth-frames.
Genus 5. Prinonaster, Hall, 1867.
Distribution:—Chemung Series, Upper Devonian, Cortlandville,
New York State.
Type species —Ptilonaster princeps, Hall, 1867 [6. p. 292, pl. ix.
fig. 9].
SDs Oat genus is an ally of Hugaster, as Liitken [9.
pt. iii. p. 82] has already remarked; it is, however, generically
distinct. I only know it from Hall’s figures, and therefore prefer
to leave the preparation of a formal diagnosis to an American
palaontologist.
Order II, STREPTOPHIUR, Bell, 1892.
Diagnosis.—Ophiuroida in which the ambulacral ossicles are
opposite and are generally fused into vertebral ossicles. In such
cases the vertebral ossicles articulate by a more or less simple ball-
and-socket joint. The covering-plates of the arms are more or
less regularly developed, and consist of a superior, an inferior, and
a pair of lateral arm-plates to each segment. The lateral arm-
plates generally bear spines.
Remarks.—The main character of this order is that the ambu-
lacral ossicles are paired, but primitive. The order differs from
the preceding by having the vertebral ossicles always opposite
instead of alternate. In some of the simplest members of the
order, as Ophiurina, the ossicles are not fused, there are no ventral
arm-shields, and an ambulacral furrow runs along the ventral side of
the arm. In the next higher family, asin the genus Lapworthura,
the ambulacral ossicles are fused, but have plain articulating
surfaces, and there is an ambulacral furrow. In recent members
of the group the vertebral ossicles are of » more complex type, but
the articulating surfaces are streptospondyline; in some, such as
1896.] OF THD PALEHOZOIC OPHIUROIDHA. 1037
Ophioteresis (Bell, 1. pp. 178-9, pl. xi. figs. 1-5), there are no
ventral arm-plates, but this is very exceptional among recent
members of the group.
Family 1. OPHIURINIDE.
Diagnosis.—Streptophiura with ambulacral ossicles, only slightly
united, and without ventral arm-plates.
Genus 1. Ornturina, Stiirtz, 1890 [16. p. 232].
Diagnosis—Dise circular, with marginal plates. Ambulacral
ossicles long, narrow bars. Syngnaths rod-shaped. Adambu-
lacral plates absent or altogether lost from the fossil.
Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.
Type species. —Ophiurina lymani, Stiirtz, 1890.
Genus 2. Trematasrmr, Worth. & Mill. 1883.
Diagnosis.—Disc with concave interbrachial outlines. No mar-
ginal plates. Ambulacral ossicles short. Adambulacrals present.
Distribution.—Chester Limestone, Lower Carboniferous, Illinois.
Type species.—Tremataster difficilis, Worth. & Mill. 1883 (19.
p. 380, pl. xxxi. fig. 3]?.
Family 2. LAPWORTHURIDS&.
Diagnosis.—Streptophiuroida without ventral arm-plates or
buccal shields; ambulacral ossicles fused, but their articulating
surfaces are plain. Madreporite dorsal.
Genus 1. LaPwortTHuRA, nov. gen.
Diagnosis.—Dise circular, well-marked. Arms very flexible,
broad ; at first uniform in width and then tapering slowly. Ambu-
lacral ossicles with the distal and proximal margins parallel ; with’
lateral wings curving round the podial pores. Madreporite large.
Distribution.—Ludlow Series, Silurian, Ludlow.
Type species—Lapworthura miltont (Salter), 1857 [13. p. 330,
pl. ix. fig. 4; 14].
The arm-structure is shown in fig. 5.
— 5.
Sace
=e |
Lapworthura: diagram of the arm-structure, seen from ventral side.
1 The Protaster dechent. Dew. (Ann. Soc. géol. Belg. vol. viii. 1880, pp. 52-54,
pl. iii. figs. 1-2), is probably also a member of this genus.
1038 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON THU OLASSIFIOATION [Dec. 15,
Genus 2. Furoasrer, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 79].
Diagnosis.—Dise circular small. Arms short, narrow, slightly
flexible, tapering gradually. Ambulacral ossicles of a long central
body and two short wings, which are attached only to the anterior
corner of the ossicle.
Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.
Type species.—Iurcaster paleozoicus, Stiirtz’.
Remarks.—In Stiirtz’s description he refers to the existence in
this genus of ventral arm-plates, and even figures them. His
type specimens are now in the British Museum, but I cannot
verify the existence of any ventral arm-plates. His type (B.M.
Fi 3805), for example, seems to me to show almost conclusively
that an open furrow ran along the underside of the arm.
Genus 3. Patasrnorroren, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 88].
Diagnosis.—Dise circular, large (badly preserved in the speci-
mens ; probably originally soft and irregular). Arms thick, broad,
and somewhat lanceolate in shape. Ambulacral ossicles narrow,
the lateral wings resting on the whole body of the ossicle.
Distribution.— Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.
Type species.—Pulastropecten zitteli, Stiirtz, 1886 [15].
Aganaster, sp., Miller & Gurley [12. p. 57, pl. ix. figs. 10,
11], seems to me to be allied to Lapworthura, and at least a
member of the same family. It apparently has no ventral arm-
plates, but an open furrow, and thus differs widely from Aganaster
Jt is probably a new genus.
Family 3. Eonurpipa.
Diagnosis.—Streptophiure with the ambulacral ossicles united
to form vertebral ossicles. Ventral arm-plates present, but there
are no buccal shields. (Dorsal arm-plates present only in the
highest genus.)
Remarks.—This family includes three Devonian genera, which
differ from the previous families of this order by the presence of
ventral arm-plates and by having vertebral ossicles, which arti-
culate (?always) by simple rounded pits and processes. The
family differs from living Streptophiure by the absence of buccal
shields and the simplicity of the oral armature.
Genus 1. Eonurpra, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 89].
Diagnosis.—Dise rather large; the interbrachial outlines are
deeply concave. Hach synguath consists of pairs of mouth-frames
and jaws; a jaw-plate is present. ‘he vertebral ossicles are small
and the union of the two lateral elements incomplete ; the lateral
1 The Protaster daoulasensis, Davy (Bull. Soc. géol. France, ser. 3, vol. xiv.
pp. 182-187), is an ally of Furcaster,
1896.] OF THE PALZOZOIO OPHIUROIDBA. 1039
wings are thin, The adambulacral plates are triangular and each
of them bears several spines. The pores for the podia occur at
the middle of the lateral margin of the ventral arm-shields.
Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.
Type species.—Holuidia decheni, Stiirtz, 1886.
Genus 2. EosPonDYLUS, nov. gen.
Diagnosis.—Dise circular. Ambulacral ossicles completely fused
into vertebral ossicles, each of which, however, is traversed by a
pore. The adambulacral ossicles are somewhat pear-shaped. ‘The
podial pores are at the posterior angles of the ventral arm-plates.
Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.
Type species.—Hospondylus primigenia (Stiirtz), 1886 [15.
p: 77).
Genus 3. MiosronpyLUs, nov. gen.
Diagnosis. —Dise circular. Ambulacral ossicles completely
united; each half of the vertebral ossicle is boot-shaped. ‘The
oral angles each consist of a pair of syngnaths without jaw-plate.
The ventral arm-plates are small, and are not notched by podial
ores.
e Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.
Type species.—Miospondylus rhenanus (Stiirtz), 1893 (17. p. 29,
pl. i. figs. 1-3].
Remarks.—The two genera Hospondylus and Miospondylus are
both founded on species described by Stiirtz, and included by him
in Ophiura. It is impossible that they can remain in this genus,
and Stiirtz, no doubt, only placed them there provisionally. They
agree in family characters with Holuidia, but differ from it in the
structure of both the ambulacral and adambulacral plates. ‘The
differences between them would certainly rank as of generic value
among recent Ophiurids. To leave the two species in Holuidia
wolild only encourage the neglect of specific characters and a
looseness of description which has already greatly retarded the
study of the fossil Ophiurids.
Genus 4. Acanastrr, Miller & Gurley, 1890.
Syn. Ophiopege, Bohm.
This genus was proposed by its authors to include a species
described as Protaster gregarius by Worthen and Meek. It has
nothing to do with Protaster and is clearly a member of the
Streptophiure. As far as its characters are known to me it must
be included among the Holuidide. It differs from the rest of this
family by the presence of dorsal arm-plates.
Without the opportunity for the examination of more specimens
than there are in the British Museum, I do not care to attempt a
new diagnosis. Improvements on the original diagnosis of Miller
and Gurley wust be left to American paleontologists.
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. LX VII. 67
1040 DR. J. W. GRAGORY ON M1 CLASSIFIOATION (Dee. 15,
Bohm has founded the genus Ophiopege on the type species of
Aganaster [2 a. p. 159}.
The genus Cholaster of Worthen and Miller [19. pp. 328-329,
pl. xxxi. fig. 4] appears to be allied to Aganaster, but the structure
of the ambulacral ossicles is unknown.
Family 4. ONYOMASTURIDA,
Diagnosis.—Streptophiure with well-developed vertebral ossicles,
and with very flexible, contorted, unbranched arms; there are no
external arm-plates, the integument containing granules only.
-Distribution.—Keokuk and Burlington Stages, Lower Carboni-
ferous, Iowa and Illinois.
Genus Onycuaster, Meek & Worth.
Type species.—Onychaster flewilis, Meek & Worth. [Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phil. 1869, p.83; 11. pp. 526-528; 11a. p. 510, pl. xvi.
fig. 3]. :
Remarks.—This interesting genus has hitherto been placed,
among the Euryalidex, of which it has been regarded as the best
known fossil representative. As Prof. Bell, however, has re-
marked, Meek and Worthen’s clear figures of the vertebral ossicles
show that the articular surfaces are Streptospondyline and not.
Cladiophiuroid.
Family 5. HuoLaDr1ipa.
Diagnosis.—Streptophiure with contorted branching arms.
There are five pairs of large plates (? radial shields) on the abacti-
nal side. The madreporite is large and dorsal in position. ‘The
arms have no external arm-plates, but are covered by a granular
integument. Ambulacral ossicles primitively Streptospondyline.
Genus Evonapra, If. Woodward, 1869 [18].
Type species.—Eucladia johnsoni, H. Woodward, Lower Ludlow,
near Dudley.
Remarks,—The affinities of this magnificent Starfish have been
left in some doubt owing to the absence of information as to the
‘structure of the vertebral ossicles. It has generally been assigned
to the Euryalide, owing to its granular integument and branching
contorted arms. Fortunately, however, I have found the articular
surface of the vertebral ossicles exposed on the side of the block
of limestone containing the specimen. ‘The articulation is truly
Streptospondyline of a rather primitive type (fig. 6a, b, p. 1041).
The ossicle is egg-shaped in section, with the broader end above.
Two broad muscle-fields occur, one at each of the quadrants of
the ossicle. On the central line just above these there is a small
knob. The upper half of the ossicle is occupied by two pairs of
depressions separated by simple ridges.
1896.] OF THA PALEHOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA, 1041
The structure is on essentially the same plan as that of Ony-
chaster and it is clearly Streptospondyline in character. The genus
Fig. 6.
a & b, articular surfaces of the vertebral ossicles of Hucladia, 3°.
is therefore to be included among the Streptophiure, the resem-
blances to the Euryalidew being homoplastic modifications to suit its
mode of life.
The Homologies of the Madreporite.
The madreporite in Zucladia is certainly dorsal, as Dr. Wood-
ward correctly stated; it has been suggested that this character
removes the genus from the Ophiuroidea. In that case Lap-
worthura and probably Protaster will also have to be excluded
from this subclass. But in most Echinoderms the water vascular
aperture opens on the aboral surface. According to Bury [2 0.
pl. xxxvii. fig. 2, pp. 422-423], the water-pore of the Ophiuroidea
originally occupies this position. It is therefore not unreasonable
to suppose that in the earliest Ophiurids the water-pore was
originally dorsal, and that it subsequently worked round to the
ventral side, as it does during the development of the Spatangoida.
Hence one cannot use the dorsal position of the madreporite in
Paleozoic Stellerids as a proof that they are not Ophiurids.
It follows from this, however, that the madreporite (or plate in
which the water-pore opens) of Lapworthura and Hucladia is not
homologous with the madreporite of recent Ophiurids, which
belongs ontogenetically to the oral system. Carpenter and Bury
have both adduced strong reasons to show that the madreporite of
Ophiurids is not homologous with that of Asterids. The evidence
of the Paleozoic genera of both groups shows that this plate is not
homologous in all the members of even the same subclass. It
is certain that in some Ophiurids the madreporite is oral, and
that in others it is not. Hence it is quite possible that in those
Asterids with a ventral madreporite, the plate may be a member
of the oral system.
Although, therefore, the madreporite may originate ontogeneti-
cally on an oral, it does not do so phylogenetically, and the situation
of the water-pore on an oral plate has resulted only from a secondary
modification,
67*
1042 DR, J. W. GREGORY ON THE CLassiricarion = [Dee. 16,
Synopsis of Classification.
- Class STELLEROIDA.
Subclass OPIHIUROIDEA.
Order I. Lysophiure.—Ambulacral ossicles alternate, free. No
yentral arm-plates.
Fam. 1. Prorastertp®. Boot-shaped ambulacral ossicles.
Genera.—Protaster, Forbes.
Bundenbachia, Stiirtz.
Fam. 2. Pangzornrurip™. Long bar-shaped ambulacral
ossicles.
Genera.—Siurizura, Greg.
Paleophiura, Stiirtz.
Teniura, Greg.
Eugaster, Wall.
Ptilonaster, Hall.
Order IT. Streptophiurz. Vertebral ossicles present, with more or
less Streptospondyline articulations
Fam. 1. Orniurttp®. Ambulacral ossicles _ slightly
united and no ventral arm-
plates.
Genera.— Ophiurina, Stiirtz.
Tremataster, Worth. & Mill.
Tam. 2. Larworruurtpm. Ambulacral ossicles fused.
No ventral arm-plates.
Madreporite dorsal.
Genera.—Lapworthura, Greg.
Furcaster, Stiirtz.
Palastropecten, Stiirtz.
Fam. 3. Eorurpipm. Vertebral ossicles. Ventral arm-
plates, but no buccal shields.
Genera.— Holuidia, Stiirtz.
Hospondylus, Greg.
Miospondylus, Greg.
Aganaster, Mill. & Gurl.
Cholaster, Worth. & Mill.
Fam. 4. Onyonastnrip®. Contorted unbranched arms,
Tntegument granular.
Genus.—Onychaster, Meek & Worth.
Fam. 5. Evcuapip2. Contorted branched arms. In-
tegument granular,
Genus.—LHucladia, H. Woodw.
1896] OF THH PALEOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA. 1043
References.
1. Botr, F. J.—“ A Contribution to the Classification of
Ophiurids, with Descriptions of some new and little-known
Forms.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, pp. 175-183, pls. xi., xii.
2. Brrurnes.— On the Asteriade of the Lower Silurian Rocks
of Canada.” Canad. Org. Rem. dec. iii. 1858, pp. 75-85,
pls. viii.—x.
2a. Boum, G.—‘ Ueber fossile Ophiuren.” Zeit. deut. geol.
Ges. Bd. xlv. 1893, pp. 158-161.
2b. Bury, I1.— “Studies in the Embryology of the Hchino-
derms.” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxix. n. s. 1889,
pp: 409-450, pls. xxxvil.—xxxix.
2c. Canpentur, P. H.—‘‘ Notes on Echinoderm Morphology.
No. V. On the Homologies of the Apical System, with
some Remarks upon the Blood-vessels.” Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci. new ser. vol. xxii. 1882, pp. 871-386.
3. Forsns, Ep.—A Ilistory of British Starfishes and other
Animals of the Class Hchinodermata.. London, 1840 and
1841, 8vo, pp. xx, 270.
. Forses, Ep.— Figures and Descriptions illustrative of
British Organic Remains.” Mem. Geol. Surv. dec. i. 1849.
. Grucory, J. W.—‘*On a New Species of the Genus
Protaster (P. brisingoides) from the Upper Silurian of
Victoria, Australia.” Geol. Mag. dec. 3, vol. vi. 1889,
pp. 24-27.
6. Hatt, Jamus.—“ Note on the Genus Paleaster, with
Descriptions of some new Species.” 20th Reg. Rep. State
Cab. New York, 1867, pp. 282-3083, pl. ix.
7. Louneman, Axnn.—“ Ophiuroidea viventia hue usque
cognita.” ifvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866, no. 9,
pp. 303-336.
. Lupwie, P. H.—“ Morphologische Studien am Hchino-
dermen.” Bd. ii. Ht. 2, 1882.
. Livxun, C. F.— Additamenta ad historiam Ophiurid-
arum. Pt. III.” Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. ser. 5, vol. viii.
1869.
10. Lyman, Tu.—‘ Report on the Optiuretien dredged by
H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-1876.” Rep.
Chall. Exped., Zool. vol. vy. 1882.
11. Merk, F. B., and Worrnen, A. H.—“ Paleontology of
Dlinois.” Geol. Surv. Ill. vol. iii. 1868, pp. 289-565,
pls. i.-xx.
lla, Mounx, I. B., and Worvunn, A. IT.—‘ Vossils of the
Keokuk Group.” Geol. Sury. ll. vol. v. 1873, pp. 483-
529, pls. xii.—xix.
12. Mittrr, 8. A., and Guriny.—Description of some new
Genera and Species of Echinodermata from the Coal
Measures and Subcarboniferous Rocks of Indiana, Missouri,
and Iowa.
x of
o oo
1044
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
CLASSIFICATION OF THH PALZOZOIC OPHivROIDBA, [Dec. 15.
Satrnr, J. W.—*On some new Palzozoic Starfishes.”
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. 1857, pp. 321-334,
pl. ix.
Satrer, J. W.— Additional Notes on some new Palwxozoic
Starfishes.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. viii. 1861,
pp. 484-486, pl. xviii. ;
Sxinez, B.—“ Beitrag zur Kenntniss palozoischer See-
sterne.” Palwontogr. Bd. xxxii. 1886, pp. 75-98, pls. vili.—
xiv.
Sxrirrz, B.—* Neuer Beitrag zur Kenntniss paleozoischer
Seesterne.” Paleontogr. Bd. xxxvi. 1890, pp. 203-247,
pls. xxvi.—xxxi.
Striinrz, B.—‘* Ueber versteinerte und lebende Seesterne.”
Verh. nat. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. ser. 5, vol. x. 1893, pp. 1-92,
pl. i.
Woopwanp, H.—“ On Zucladia, anew Genus of Ophiuride,
from the Upper Silurian, Dudley.” Geol. Mag. vol. vi.
1869, pp. 241-245, pl. viii.
Worruen, A. H., and Mitiur, 8. A.A— Descriptions of new
Carboniferous Echinoderms.” Pal. Illinois. Geol. Surv.
Ill. 1883, vol. vii. pp. 327-338, pl. xxxi.
Wricerr, T11.—British Fossil Echinodermata of the Oolitic
Vormations. Vol. ii. pt. i. On the Asteroidea. Pal. Soc.
1863. For Palwozoic genera, pp. 22-37.
APPENDIX.
LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE
Jan.
DURING THE YEAR
1896.
1. 1 Common Marmoset (IZapale jacchus). Presented by Capt.
Pickthorn. ;
4 Pratincoles (Glareol« pratincola). Presented by Lord. Lilford,
F.ZS8.
4 Marbled Ducks (Afarmoronetta angustirostris). Presented by
Lord Lilford, 1.2.8.
2 Passerine Parrakeets (DPsittacula passerina), VPyesented by
Mrs. Robert M¢Cabe.
2. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palcornis torquata), 2. Presented
by Mrs. It, Parrot, :
4, 1 Amazonian Manatee (Manatus inunguis), ¢. From the Rio
Purus, Amazons. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 212.
1 Southern River-Hog (Potamocherus africanus), Q. Pre-
sented by Wm. Anthony Morgan, Esq.
1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (Aéeles geoffroyt), 2. Purchased.
2 Graceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia cuncata). Purchased.
1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
B. T. Frere, Isq.
- 6. 2 Polecats (Mustela putorius), § 2. Presentedby A. H. Cocks,
Eisq., F.Z.S.
7. 2 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pullaria). Presented by
Mrs. Otto Fell.
2 King Penguins (Aptenodytes pennanti, jr.). From Macquarie
Island. Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 212.
9. 1 Crowned Duiker-bok (Cephalophus coronotus), 9. Purchased.
10. 1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Presented
by Lieut.-Gen. Arthur Lyttleton-Annesly, J'.Z.5.
11. 1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), §. Presented by Sir
F. Greswolde- Williams.
18, 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), $. Pre-
sented by Miss Louisa Hutt.
1 ue Seder (Bits arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,
sq.
14, 2 Golden-crowned Conures ( Conurus awreus). Deposited.
1046 APPENDIX.
Jan. 15. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (MWacacus nemestrinus), $. Presented by
W. Engelhardt, Esq.
16, 2 Black-headed Caiques (Cuica melunocephala). Purchased.
17. 1 Green-checked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigenalis). Purchased.
20, 1 Saltwater Terrapin (Aalacoclemmys terrapin). Presented by
J. Lea Smith, Iusq., 1.2.5. ‘
21. 1 Black-fuced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), 9. Presented
by E. Mitchell, Isq., M.A.
22, 2 Indian Jerboas (A lactaga indica). Purchased.
1 piuaayan Bear (Ursus tibetunus), Q. Présented by Capt.
ale.
1 Slow Loris (Nyctieebus tardigradus). Presented by Capt.
J. W. Carrothers, r
24, 6 Gallot’s Lizards (Lacerta galloti). Presented by HU. B.
Ilewetson, Iisq., M.R.C.S., 1.2.8.
1 Sharp-headed Lizard (Lacerta dugcsi). Presented by II. B.
Ilewetson, Hsq., M.R.C.S., F.Z.8.
1 Delalande’s Gecko (Turentola delalandi). Presented by H. B.
Hewetson, Esq., M.R.C.S., F°.Z.S.
27. 1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). From Trinidad. Presented
by E. A. Cumberland, Esq.
28, 1 Isabelline Antelope (Cervicapra isabellina). Deposited.
1 Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
30. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
Kdward Sheriff, Esq.
31. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), Deposited.
Feb. 1, 2 Banded Fruit-Pigeons (Ptilopus fasciatus). Deposited.
1 Sharp-snouted Snake (Dryophis mycterizans). Purchased.
3. 1 Klipspringer (Oreotragus saltator), g. From N.E. Africa.
Presented by Commander Alfred Paget, R.N. See P.Z.5.
1896, p. 303.
1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Palgornis longicauda), 3. Received in
Exchange.
1 Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus). Purchased.
1 Gould’s Monitor (Varanus gouwdi). Presented by R. 11. W.
Leach, sq.
. LIndian Wolf (Canis pallipes), 3. Presented by Duncan
Darroch, Msq., 93rd Highlanders.
1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Bernard R. White,
Tisq., F.Z.5S.
1 Curlew (Nuwmenius arquata). Purchased.
. 1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (pyprymnus rufescens), 2 $. Born
__ in the Menagerie.
1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus americanus). Presented
by Arthur P. Cohen, Esq.
. | West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), §. Presented
by Mrs. Roberts.
1 Alpine Marmot (Arctomys marmotta). Deposited.
10. 4 Japanese Teal (Querguedula formosa),2 $,2 9. Purchased.
1 Common Viper ( Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. S. Ockenden.
11. 2 Smews (Mergus albellus),2 3. Purchased.
1 Purplish Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Deposited.
1 Punctulated Tree-Snake (Dendrophis punctulatus). Deposited.
. 1 Hybrid Pleasant Antelope (between Zrageluphus gratus, 3 , and
Tragelaphus spekii,?). Born in the Menagerie. See
P.Z.S. 1896, p. 804.
‘=
oO
NN &
1
bo
ADDITIONS TO THD MUNAGBRIN. 1047
Feb. 15, 1 Black Lark (Melanocorypha yeltoniensis). Purchased.
17.
18.
1 Wood-Lark (Alauda arborea). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
F.Z.8. E
1 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra). Presented by J. Young,
Esq., F.Z.S.
1Common Squirrel (Secwus vulyaris). Presented by Mrs.
Herbert Morris.
1 Black Tanager (Zackyphonus melaleucus), 9. Presented by
Madame Cats.
. 1 Rhinoceros Hornbill (Buceros rhinoceros), S$. Deposited.
2 Common Pheasants (Phastanus colchicus),2 9. Purchased.
1 Long-cared Owl (Asio otus). Purchased.
20, 2 Black-necked Stilt Plovers (Himantopus nigricollis). Pur-
chased,
. L Lion (Felis leo), $. Presented by Rowland Ward, Fsq.,
E.Z.S
25. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula), 9. Presented by
Messrs. Multon and Wallis.
2 Spiny-tailed Mastigures (Uromastix acanthinurus). Presented
y Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.
26. 1 Spiny-tailed Mastigure (Uromastiz acanthinurus). Deposited.
1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Dendrocopus major). Pre-
sented by W. If. St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Rusty Urubitinga Hawk (Urubitinga meridionalis). Pur-
chased.
1 Collarless Pheasant (Phastanus decollatus), 3. Deposited.
27. 3 Punjab Wild Sheep or Urials (Ovis vignei), 16,29. Pre-
S
Mar. 2.
sented by Capt. R. A. Ogilby, D.L., F.Z.S.
1 Fraser’s Hagle-Owl ( Bubo poensis). From Ashanti. Presented
by Major H. M. Sinclair, R.E.
1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco pereyrinus). Purchased.
.» 1 Canada Goose (Bernicla vanadensis), $. Received in Exchange.
2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus), ¢ 2. Purchased.
1 Eland (Orias canna), §. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Presented by A. H.
Robinson, Esq.
1 Lesser Kestrel (Tinnunculus cenchris). Presented by Mr. A.J.
Leith.
1 Puff-Adder (Bitis arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,
Esq.
1 Hoary Snake (Pseudaspis cana). Presented by J. H. Matcham,
Esq.
. 2 Fennec Foxes (Canis cerdo). Presented by Dixon Bey.
1 Ea Genet (Genetia senegalensis). Presented by W. H. Boyle,
usq.
2 Home's Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Presented by W. H.
Boyle, sq.
1 Ered Cinixys (Ciniays erosa). Presented by W. H. Boyle,
sq.
1 Delalande’s Gecko (Zarentola delalandii). Presented by
W. H. Boyle, Msq.
1 Great Black-backed Gull (Zarus marinus). Presented by
Mr. G. Smith.
4 Shielded Death-Adders (Notechis scutatus). Deposited.
5. 1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis nasica). Presented by
John J. Sapp, Esq., J.P.
APPENDIX.
. ‘6. 1 Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla), 29. From French Congo-
10.
11.
19.
28s
al
land. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 505.
. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Mrs.
_ Hillier.
1 Iawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris). Presented by C. Bates,
Kisq.
. 1 Maguari Stork (Dissura maguari). Purchased.
1 Guira Cuckoo (Guira pirivigua). Purchased.
1 Burrowing-Owl (Speotyto cunicularia). Purchased.
1 Brown Milvago (Milvayo chimungo). Purchased.
1 Ruff (ALachetes pugnax). Purchased.
1 Northern Lynx (felis lynz), 6. From Ladakh, Cashmere.
Presented by F. W. H. Walshe, Esq., Lt. R.A.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), S. Presented
by Miss Lilian Frost.
2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by
J. KE. Matcham, Isq.
1 Puff-Adder (Bitis arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,
Tisq.
1 osacer (Sarcorhamphus gryphus), 9. Deposited.
_6 Mexican Quails (Callipepla squamata). Purchased.
. 8 Scarlet Ibises (Zudoctmus ruber). Purchased.
2 Scarlet Tanagers (Ramphoceelus brasilius), §. Purchased.
. 2 Redshanks (Totanus calidris). Purchased.
1 Algerian Tortoise (Testudo iberw). Presented by Mrs. Powell.
. 1 White-crowned Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops), §. Deposited.
1 Guillemot (Zomvia troile).. Presented by J. L. Palmer, [sq.
. 1 American Tapir (Z'apirus americanus . Presented b
Z ]
Basil J. Freeland, Esq.
. | Markhoor (Capra megaceros), 6. From Peshawar. Pre-
sented by Col. Paterson. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 506.
2 Amherst’s Pheasants (Zhawmalea amherstia),2 9. Received
in Exchange. :
2 Swinhoe's Pheasants (Zuplocamus swinhoiz), 2. Purchased.
1 Bar-tailed Pheasant (Phasianus reevesi), 9. Purchased.
1 Hybrid Japanese Pheasant (Phastanus versicolor x P, colchicus),
®. Purchased.
2 Great American Eprets (Ardea egretta). Purchased.
1 Porto Rico Pigeon (Columba corensis). Purchased.
1 Vinaceous Pigeon (Columba vinacea). Purchased.
3 Canarian Laurel Pigeons (Columba laurivora). Presented by
E. G. B. Meade- Waldo, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), $. Presented by Capt.
Edgar EK. Bernard, A.S.C.
2 Grey Ichneumons (Herpestes griseus). Deposited.
2 Rosy Parrakeets (Palcornis v0sq), ¢ 2. Purchased.
1 Common Mynah (Aeridotheres tristis). Presented by Mrs.
Sibyl E. Kennedy.
2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), 6 2. Born in the
Menagerie.:
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Dr. E.
Goddard: — -
2 Musky Lorikeets (Glossopsittacus concinnus), SQ. Pur-
chased... : : g
2 Crowned -Duiker-boks (Cephalophus coronatus), 62. Re-
ceived in Exchange. See P, Z. 8, 1896, p. 606.
Mar, 23.
10.
11.
13.
14,
1b.
16.
17.
18
21.
ADDITIONS TO THN MPNAGERIN, 1049
1 Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama). Presented by C. W.
Southey, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 506.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by 8. C.
Fisher, Esq.
. 1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeaterr), Presented by
Miss E. S. Young.
. 2 Elliot's Pheasants (Phasianus elliott), 6 Q. Purchased.
2 Bar-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevest), § 9. Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Mr.
TJarmer.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),?2. Presented by C. Tre-
velyan Winson, Jisq. .
1 Raccoon-like Dog (Canis procynides). Purchased.
2 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana peposaca),2 $. Purchased.
. 1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), $. Presented by
Mrs. Polini.
1 Barnard’s Parrakeet (Platycercus barnardi). Deposited.
1 Antillean Boa (Boa divinilogua). From Dominica. Presented
by W. Weldon Symington, Esq.
. 1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chioroptera). Presented by
Eugene If. G. Jones, Iisq.
. | Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 3. Presented by Owen L.
Hancock, Esq.
2 Red-beaked Weaver-birds (Quelea sanguinirostris). De-
osited.
1J: va Sparrow (Padda oryzivora). Deposited.
1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans). Deposited.
1 Rose- breasted Grosbeak (Hedymeles ludovictanus). Deposited.
1 Lesser Bleck-backed Gull (Lars fuscus). Deposited.
1 Indian Elephant (Zlephas indicus), g. Purchased. Sce
P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 647.
1 Tigrine Cat (Helis tigrina). Purchased.
I Dusky Duck (Anas obscura?), 2. Presented by W. Il. St.
Quintin, Esq., 1.2.8.
4 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Red-faced Ouakari (Ouacaria rubicunda). Presented by
Ernest E. Austen, Esq.
2 Maholi Galagos (Galago maholi). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Nankeen Night-Heron (Wycticorax caledonicus). Purchased.
1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by
R. H. Biddell, Hsq.
1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by R. H.
Biddell, Esq.
1 Indian Civet ( Viverricula malaccensis). Purchased.
1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis). Received in Exchange.
20 Midwife Toads (Alyées obstetricans). From Westphalia.
Purchased.
1 Lion (Felis leo), g. Deposited.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Vasua rufa). Presented by Capt. Hyde.
1 Hing wiled Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by James:Green,
isq. :
1 Natal Python (Python scbe natalensis), Presented by J. E.
Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.
6 Hoary Snakes (Pseudaspis cana). Presented by J. KE: Matcham,
Esq., C.M.Z.8.
Apr. 21.
27.
29,
30.
APPENDIX.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Zirimerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). Presented by J. i.
Matcham, Tisq., O.M.Z.S.
5 PulAdders (Litis arietuns). Presented by J. E. Matcham,
Hisq., C.M.Z.8.
. 1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus cgyptius). Presented by F. J.
Pringuer, Ksq.
2 Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna cornuta). Purchased.
. 8 Red Kangaroos (Macropus rufus),2 3,192. Deposited.
4 Black Wallaroos (Macropus robustus), 4 3g. Deposited.
. 1 Brown Mouse Lemur (Chirogaleus nulii ?). Deposited.
1 Polecat (Mustela putorius). Presented by F. D. Lea Smith,
Esq.
1 Alexandra Parrakeet (Polytelis alevandre). Presented by
W. Pritchard Morgan, Isq., M.P.
1 Alexandra Parrakeet (Polytelis alevandre), 3. Deposited.
1 Wamadryad (Nata bungarus). Deposited.
1 Fennee Fox (Canis cerdo). Presented by J. G. Mackie,
Ksq.
1 Great Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), 2. Deposited.
. 1 Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus). Presented by A. Kemmis-
Betty, Esq.
5 Meyer's Parrots (Peocephalus meyert). Deposited.
1 Brown-throated Conure (Conurus @ruginosus). Deposited.
2 Alario Sparrows (Passer alario). Deposited.
2 Brazilian Tortoises (Zestudo tabulata). Deposited.
1 Lace Monitor ( Varanus varius). Deposited.
1 Blue-tongued Lizard (Liliqua scincoides), Deposited.
1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 2. Purchased.
1 Canadian Skunk (Mephitis mephitica). From Mexico. Pre-
sented by Henry Heath Cochrane, Esq.
1 Gould’s Fruit-Bat (Pteropus gouldi). Purchased. - See P.Z.8.
1896, p. 608.
1 Short-nosed Bandicoot (Perameles obesula), 9. Purchased.
2 Spotted Tinnamous (Nothura maculosa). Purchased.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by Mr. EB.
Turnham.
1 Canary Finch (Sertnus canarius). Presented by H. B. Hewet-
son, Hsq., F.Z.8.
1 African Tantalus (Tantalus ibis). Presented by Capt. Dug-
more.
1 Leopard Tortoise (Zestudo pardalis), Presented by Capt.
Dugmore.
. 2 West-Indian Agoutis (Dasyprocta cristata). Presented by
W. Weldon Symington, Isq.
2 Blue-headed Pigeons (Starnanas cyanocephala). Purchased.
2 Auriculated Doves (Zenaida auriculata), $ 9. Purchased.
2 Picui Doves (Columbula picui), 8 2. Purchased.
4 Cape Doves (Gna capensis), 2 ¢,29. Purchased.
. 8 (Young) Cheetahs (Cynelurus jubatus). From Somaliland.
Presented by Kenneth Foster, Esq.
1 Spotted Ichneumon (Henpestes auro-punctatus). Deposited.
2 Crowned Pigeons (Goura coronata), Purchased.
1 Chinese Goose (Anser cygnoides), d. Presented by L. G.
Leyerson, Isq., F°.Z.8.
May 65,
6,
12.
13.
16.
18,
ADDITIONS TO THH MBNAGHRIE. 1051
1 Porose Crocodile (Crocodilus porosus). Presented by A. W.
Richmond, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by F.
Greswolde- Williams, Esq. © i
1 Southern Fruit-Pigeon (Crocopus chlorogaster). Purchased.
. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Mrs. J.
Hicks.
2 Hamadryads (Nata bungarus). Purchased.
. 1 Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata). Purchased.
1 White-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua alba). Presented by
Mrs. Crofts.
2 Pennant’s Parrakeets (Platycercus pennanti). Presented by
Clifford Brooks, Esq.
1 Nicobar Pigeon (Cal@nas nicobarica). Purchased.
. 1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), Purchased.
2Sambur Deer (Come aristotelis), 2 $. Presented by F.
Greswolde-Williams, Hsq. .
2 Bennett’s Wallabies (AMacropus hennetti), 6 9. Deposited.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by F.
Greswolde- Williams, Esq.
8 Esquimaux Dogs (Canis fanuliaris). Deposited.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by EI. L. C. Barret,
Kisq.
1 Lesser Kestrel (Zimnunculus cenchris). Presented by Miss
M. J. L. Spaull.
2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Oves tragelaphus). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
. 1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons), §. Presented by
Ii. A. Pardoe, Esq.
. 2 Undulated Grass-Parakeets (Melopsitiacus undulatus), 3 2.
Purchased.
1 Grison (Galictis vittata, jr.). Presented by J. J. Quelch,
Bsq., C.M.Z.8.
2 Brazilian Tortoises (Testudo tabulata). Presented by J. J.
Quelch, Iisq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Scorpion Meee (Cinosternon scorpioides). Presented
by J. J. Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Rough Terrapin (Mcorta punctularia). Presented by J. J.
Quelch, EHsq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Pied Crow Shrike (Strepera graculina). Purchased.
2 Whooper Swans (Cygnus musicus). Purchased.
1 Natal Python (Python sebe natalensis). Presented hy W.
Champion, Iisq.
1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by W.
Champion, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by
Sir William Call.
1 Blue-bearded Jay (Cyanocorax cyanopogon). Presented by
Capt. H. C. T. Beadnell, F.Z.5.
4 Puff-Adders (itis arietans). Presented by J. KE. Matcham,
Esq., 0.M.Z.S.
2 Ring-hals Snakes (Scepedon hemachates). Presented by J. E.
Matcham, Isq., C.M.Z.S. i
1 Yellow Cobra (Naia flava). From Port Elizabeth. Pre-
sented by J. H. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
3 Cape Vipers (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E,
Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.8.
1052
May 18,
27.
20.
31.
June 1.
APPENDIX,
1 Cape Bucephalus (Taepholiaus typus). Presented by J. E.
iWieaaiere Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Infernal Snakes (Beodes infernalis). Presented by J. EB.
Matcham, Iisq., C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Grey Ichneumon (IHerpestes griseus), Deposited.
. 1 dapanere Deer (Cervus stka), §. Born in the Menagerie.
.1Ni
otic Monitor (Varanus niloticus). Presented by J. I.
Matcham, Iisq., C.M.Z.S.
. 2 Indian Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna javanica). Purchased.
. 1 Ash-coloured Falcon (alco concoler), 3. Purchased.
1 Large-billed Hawk (Asterina maynirostris). Purchased.
. 1 Marsh-Deer (Cariacus paludosus), 3. Deposited.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulyaris, jr.). Vresented by Henry
Laver, Esq.
4 Gouldian Grass-Finches (Poéphila gouldie),2$,2 9. Pur-
chased..
2 Crimson inches (Lstrelda phaéton). Purchased.
4 Daudin’s Tortoises (Zestudo daudini). Deposited. Seo
P. Z. S..1896, p. 608.
1 Caracal (Felis caracal). Presented by Capt. E. F. Carter.
2 Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps indica). Purchased.
2 White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota). Purchased.
4 Alligators (Alligator mississtppiensis). Deposited.
b il Sceemmerring’s Gazelle (Gazella semmerringi), 3. Received
in Exchange.
2 Striped ITyienas (Hyena striata), Received in Exchange.
1 Bgyptian “Iehneumon (Zlerpestes ichneumon), Received in
ixchange.
2 Libyan Zorillas (Ictonyx lybica). Received in Exchange.
2 Fennec Foxes (Canis cerdo). eceived in xchange.
2 Riippell’s Vultures (Gyps rueppelli). Received in | Exchange.
See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 609.
4 Tigyptian Vultures (Neophron percnopterus). Received in
Exchange.
1 Spotted Cavy (Calogenys paca). Presented by Dr. F. G. C.
amian.
2 Thick-tailed Opossums (Didelphys crassicaudata). Purchased.
1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by
Mrs. Browning.
. 7 Shovellers (Spatula clypeata), 8 3,4 2. Purchased.
4 Golden-eyes (Clangula glaucion), g 36,29. Purchased.
6 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca),6 2. Purchased.
1 Anomalous Snake (?thadinea anomala). Purchased.
1 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratephrys ornata). Purchased.
2 Brown-throated Conures (Conurus eruginosus). Presented by
Mrs. Harry Blades.
1 Yellow Tree-Boa (Zpicrates tmornatus). Presented by J. J.
Bowrey, Esq.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus siku), 3. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Mrs.
Bouverie.
2 Natal Pythons (Python sebe natalensis). Deposited.
. 2 Slow Lorises (Wycticebus tardigradus). Presented by Stanley
8. Flower, Esq.
1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roscicapilla). Presented by
Stanley S. Flower, Esq.
June 2,
e co
2S
10.
11.
13.
14.
ADDITIONS TO THD MENAGERIE. 1053.
1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua Ne ea). Pre=,
sented by Stanley S. Flower, Esq.
2Spinose Land-Emys (Geoemyda spinosa). Presented by
Stanley 8. Flower, Esq. |
1 Black-spotted .Tond (Bufo melanostictus). Presented by
Stanley 8. Flower, Esq.
1 Rough Toad (Bufo asper). Presented by Stanley S. Flower,
Esq.
. 1 Japanese Deer (Cer vus stka), 3. Born in the Monae
. 2 airy Armadillos (Dasypus viliosus), 6 9. Presented by
Messrs. FitzHerbert, Bros.
1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardals). Deposited.
1 Cunningham's Skink (Zyernia cunningham). Deposited.
. 2'Thars (Capra jemlaica),2 9. Born in the Menagerie.
1 ILuanaco (Lama huanacos), 6. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Javan Porcupine (white variety) (Hystrix javanica). De-
osited.
1 Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Ernest Brocklehurst, Esq.
2 Ilerring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by ‘Baron
Ferdinand de Rothschild.
2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Baron
Ferdinand de Rothschild.
. 1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Short-toed Eagle (Cireaéius gaillicus). Presented by Dixon
Bey.
y
. 1 Harnessed Antelope (Z7agelaphns scriptus), ¢. Deposited.
2 Fat Dormice (Myoxus glis). Presented by John G. Haggard,
Esq.
2 Short-eared Owls (Asio brachyotus). Presented by Capt. R. A.
Ogilby, F.Z.S. ;
3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Miss
Jessie M. Hudson.
1 Noe ee Engle (Aquila verreauat). Presonted by J. Clark,
Kis
2 Ga Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by Capt. J. G.
Jones.
1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by Mr. G. K.
Candy,
. 6 Upland ‘Geese (Chloephaga magellanica). Bred in the Mena-
perie.
8 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Presented by Stanley 8.
Flower, Isq.
2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Presented by Stanley S.
Flower, Esq.
1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates, hoolock), 9. Presented by Mrs.
Firman.
1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock), 2. Deposited.
2 Indian Drongos (Chebia hottentota). Deposited.
1 Indian Chevrotain (Zragulus meminna). Presented by the Hon
Sidney Parker.
1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanica). Presented by the Hon.
Sidney Parker.
2 Tigers (Lelis tagris), § 2. Purchased.
5 5 Shags (Phalacrocorax graculus, jr.). Presented by the Mac-
laine of Lochbuie. .
9 Green Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by J. C. Adlam,
usq
1054
June 14.
16.
16.
17.
18.
20.
to
bo
24,
25.
APPENDIX.
2 Axolotls (Amblystoma tigrinum). Presented by W. Temple,
Ksq.
1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus). Deposited.
1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Péeropus poliocephalus), Purchased.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus aed) , 6. Presented by
Mr. Vernon E. Barrett.
1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 9. Deposited.
1 Black-headed Conure (Conwrus nanday). Presented by Mrs.
Baird.
2 Common Peafow] (Pavo cristatus) (albinos), ¢ 9. Presented
by F. A. Noyce, Esq.
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 9. Bornin the Menagerie.
2 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pullaria). Deposited.
1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), S. Presented
by Miss Smith. :
2 Golden Eagies (Aquila chrysaétus), Presented by the Mac-
laine of Lochbuie.
2 Peregrine Falcons (falco peregrinns, jr.). Presented by the
Maclaine of Lochbuie.
2 Wood-Owls (Syrnium aluco). Presented by A. Farquhar
Wilson, Esq. i
1 Short-eared Owl (Asio brachyotus). Presented by A. Farquhar
Wilson, Esq.
1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by
8. Osborn, Esq.
2. 1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata). Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Spotted Pigeons (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.
2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtu vinaceus). Bred in the
Menagerie, -
1 Japanese Greenfinch (Chloris kawarahib:). Bred in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Peba Armadillo (Tatusta peba). Deposited.
1 Maximilian’s Terrapin (Hydromedusa maximiliana). De-
posited.
1 Occipital Vulture (Vultur occipitalis). Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1896, p. 780.
2 Burmeister’s Cariamas (Chunga burmeistert), Purchased.
2 Crowned Partridges (Ztollulus cristatus). Purchased,
2 Chilian Teal (Querquedula creccoides). Purchased.
12 Spotted Tinamous (Nothura maculosa). Purchased.
8 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinivys bedliana). Deposited.
1 Madagascar Boa (Boa madagascariensis), Deposited.
1 Madagascar Tree-Boa (Corallus madagascariensis). Deposited,
8 Indian Stock-Doves ( Columba eversmannt). Presented by Frank
Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Baer’s Duck (Fuligula baert). Presented by Frank Finn, Esq.,
F.Z.8. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 780.
3 Dussumier’s Hemipodes (Zrnzx dussumiert). Presented by
Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Plaintain Squirrels (Sciwrus plantant). Purchased.
2 Schamas (Cittocinela macrura). Purchased.
1 Malabar Green Bulbul (Phyllornis aurifrons). Purchased.
1 Schokari Sand-Snake (Psammophis schokarr). Purchased.
ADDITIONS TO THH MPNAGHERIE. 1055
June 25. 2 Hissine Sand-Snakes (Psammophis sibilans). Purchased.
28. 1 Common Squirrel (Sczwrus vulgaris). Presented by Mr. H.
Morris.
29. 1 Temminck’s Pangolin (Manis temmunchi). Deposited. See
P.Z.S. 1896, p. 780.
80. 2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus), ¢ 2. Deposited.
2 Hamadryads (Nata bungarus). Deposited.
2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited.
2 Spotted Salaanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
Philip Gosse, Esq.
July 1. 3 Clouded Iguanas (Cyclura carinata). Deposited.
2 Pratincoles (Glareola pratincola). Bred in the Gardens.
2 Red Ground-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Deposited.
1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata). Deposited.
. 1 Black-hended Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by James
Boorne, Esq.
1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Purchased.
. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Lalco peregrinus). Presented by T. W.
Ifubble, Esq.
1 Collection of Sea-Anemones. Presented by Charles Moss,
Jisq.
1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), §. Purchased.
4, 2 Virginian Deer (Cartacus virginianus), 6 2. From Canada,
Presented by Richard R. Dobell, Isq.
1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Presented by A. E.
Corsbie, Esq.
1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciurus variegatus). Presented by Mrs,
Sheana Pullen.
1 Great-billed Rhea (Rhea macrorhyncha). Deposited.
8 Horsfield’s Tortoises (Homopus horsfieldi). Deposited.
2 Giant Toads (Bufo marinus). Deposited.
2 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinelius). red in the Menagerie.
3 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna cornuta), 1 3,29. Purchased.
- 1 Iceland Falcon (Hierofalco islandus). Deposited.
2 Lettered Aracaris (Pteroglossus inscriptus). Purchased. See
P. Z.S. 1896, p. 780.
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis bur7hel). Born in the Menagerie.
. 3 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Presented by Robert
KE. Graves, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Hamster (Cricetus frumentarius). Presented by Miss filton.
. 1 Striped Hysena (Hyena striata). Presented by C. A. Osborne,
Esq. From Jedda, Arabia.
1 pias Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by E. Kirby,
sq.
10. 1 Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), §. Presented by R. C.
G. Pollock, Esq., F.Z.S,
1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis). Purchased.
. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Deposited.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi). Presented by Henry
Russell, Hsq. :
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). Pre-
sented by Sir Gilbert Carter.
1 White-throated Monitor (Varanus albigularis). Presented by
Sir Gilbert Carter.
13. 1 Passerine Owl (Glaucidium passerinum). Presented by Miss
Bloxam.
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. LX VIII. 68
bo
a]
7)
_
oo
i<o)
1
_
1056
July 13,
14,
16.
16.
17.
20.
21.
23.
24.
25.
27,
APPENDIX.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothriz sciwrea). Presented by Mrs
‘Turner-Turner.
7 Peruvian Snakes (Tachymenis peruvianus). Deposited.
9 Slender Liolems (Liolemus tenuis). Deposited.
5 Gay's Frogs (Calyptocephalus gay). Deposited.
6 Bibron’s Frogs (Paludjcola bibroni). Deposited.
1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Deposited.
1 Patagonian Conure (Conurus patagonus). Purchased.
1 Hluanaco (Zama huanacos), g. Presented by J. F. Schwann,
Ksq.
1 aay (Galictis barbara). Purchased.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Deposited.
1 Brazza’s Monkey (Cercopithecus brazze), 9. Purchased. See
P.Z.8. 1896, p. 780.
4 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltzs scabra), Presented by Mr.
Frederick A. Storey.
1 Lineated Boodon (Boodon lineatus). Presented by Mr.
Frederick A. Storey.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (7rzmerorhinus rhombeatus). Presented
by Mr. Frederick A. Storey.
1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalandit), Presented by Mr.
Frederick A. Storey.
1 Agile Wallaby (Macropus agilis), 9. Purchased.
1 Raven (Corvus coraz). Presented by Wm. Soper, Esq.
1 Yellow-headed Conure (Conurus jendaya). Deposited.
1 Boobook Owl (Minoz boobook), Presented by Dr. R. Broom.
. 6 Garter Snakes (Zropidonotus ordinatus). Received in Ex-
change.
6 Dekay’s Snakes (Ischnognathus dekayi). Received in Exchange.
3 Spotted-headed Snakes (Ischnognathus occipitomaculatus).
Received in exchange.
3 Grass-Snakes (Contia vernalis), Received in exchange.
1 Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platyrhinos). TReceived in Ex-
change.
1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Deposited.
1 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Presented by A. Greaves, Esq.
1 Barbary Ape (Macacus muus), 2. Presented by IX. G, Walls,
Ksq.
1 Bonnet Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Deposited.
1 New-Zealand Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus nove-zealandia).
Presented by Miss A. Maleslint ;
1 Bare-eyed Cockatoo (Cucatua gymnopis). Presented by Mrs.
M. E. Huntley.
1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by H. O. Nicholls, Esq.
2 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonicus). Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Ypecaha Rails (Avamides ypecaha). Bred in the Menagerie,
6 Purple Death-Adders (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Deposited.
3 Brown Death-Adders (Diemenia textilis). Deposited.
6 Shielded Death-Adders (Notechis scutatus). Deposited.
2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolyus),g 2. Presented by
Mrs. Williamson.
1 Black-tailed Flower-bird (Anthornis melanura). Presented by
the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.
2 Amaduvade Finches (Lstrelda amandava), Presented by Miss
M. von Laer.
July 27.
28.
29,
31.
Aug. 1,
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ADDITIONS TO THAD MENAGHRIN. 1057
1 Paradise Whydah-bird ( Vidua paradisea). Presented by Miss
M. von Laer.
1 Martinique Gallinule (Jonornis martinicus). Presented by
A, W. Arrowsmith, Esq.
8 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thauwmalea amherstie). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus tmpeyanus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis). Bred in the
Menagerie.
5 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea), Presented by G. W.
Winwhite, sq.
1 Capo Viper (rune rhombeatus). Presented by J. E. Matcham,
Jusq. OM. 5.
1 Puft-Adder (Bites arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,
Esq., C.M.Z.S8.
1 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). Presented by J. E.
Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
6 Tloary Snakes Cecudanpis cana). Presented by J. EH. Matcham,
Eisq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J. I.
Matcham, Msq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by V.
Lloyd, Esq.
4 Common Terns (Sterna hirundo). Presented by Col. Davies
ooke.
4 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans). Presented by Prof. Gus-
tave Gilson.
1 Gentoo Penguin (Pygosceles ieniatus). Deposited.
1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalandit). Presented by J. I.
Matcham, Isq., C.M.Z.S. :
1 Defenceless Lizard (Agama imermis). Presented by J. FE.
Matcham, Iisq., C.M.Z.S.
4 Crossed Snakes (eareinoplis crucifer). Presented by J. E.
Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S. :
6 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira hotambeia). Presented by J.B.
Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
3 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra). Presented by J. E.
Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
4 Rhomb-marked Snakes (7>imerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
Ludwig Mond, Esq., F.R.S. :
1 Raven (Corvus coraz). Presented by A. H. Cullingford, Esq.,
2 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonica). Bred in the
Gardens.
2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.
1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanopus), 3. Presented
by G. T. Wills, Esq.
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocoraz carbo). Presented by
Miss G. Howell.
2 Passerine Parrots (Psitéacula passerina). Presented by Miss L.
Scott Moncrieff.
68*
1058
Aug. 6
10.
11.
13,
14,
16.
26.
27.
APPENDIX,
1 Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella leptoceros), 9. Presented by A. R.
Birdwood, Esq. From Egypt. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 780.
1 Dorcas Gazelle (Gazella dorcas, jy.). Presented by Dixon
Bey.
2 Hairy-footed Jerboas (Dipus hirtipes), Presented by Dixon
Bey.
1 Spot-bellied Snake (Zamenis ventrimaculatus), Presented by
een Bey.
1 Ocellated Xind-Skink (Seps ocellatus), Presented by Dixon
Bey.
1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithi). Deposited.
1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Bred in the Gardens.
1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Purchased.
2 Sclater’s Curassows (Craa sclatert). Presented by i, Sumead,
Iisq.
1 Osman Sandpiper (Tirngotdes hypoleucus). Presented by
K. C. Sprawson, Hsq.
1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by F. Leathly
Holt, Esq.
8 Common Blue-birds (Sialia wilsonit). Presented by A. T.
Binny, Esq.
2 Stone-Curlews (Cidicnemus scolopax). Presented by W. J.
Kidman, Esq.
4 Malabar Squirrels (Sciurus mavimus). Presented by W. J. —
Stillman, Esq.
2 Common Blue-birds (Stahka wilsonii). Presented by Percy
Cockshut, Tisq.
3 Common Adders (Vipera berus). Presented by A. Old, Esq.
3 Peruvian Snakes (Zachymenis peruvianus). Presented by
Mr. A. Ei. Jamrach.
. 1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 3. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Virginian Fox (Canis virgyinianus). Presented by F. A.
Pellas, Esq. From Nicaragua.
2 Brush-Turkeys (Zalegalla lathami). Purchased.
4 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocedlatus). Bred in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara). Presented by I’. W.
‘Yemperley, Isq.
1 Black-necked Grackle (Gracupica nigricollis). Presented by
Dr. Nowell.
1 Salt-water Terrapin (young) (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Pre-
sented by Miss Hole.
1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus), var. Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Pautel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciwrea), Presented by A. C,
youda, Tisq.
3 Ivory Gulls (Pagophila eburnea). From Spitzbergen. Pre-
sented by J. I’. Studley, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 781.
1 Richardson’s Skua (Stercorarius crepidatus), From Spitz-
bergen. Presented by J.T. Studley, sq.
1 Brown Mynah (Acridotheres fuscus), Received in Uxchange.
1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 9. Deposited.
2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata), 2. Presented
by Sir Walter L. Buller, K.O.M.G., C.M.Z.S.
2 Common Otters (Lutia vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Cassowary (Casuarius sp. inc.). Deposited.
Aug. 27,
28.
29.
30.
31,
Sept. 1.
ADDITIONS TO THN MENAGERIE. 1059
2 Streaky-headed Grosbeaks (Loliosnza gularis). Presented by
Miss Jessie Porter.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by W.
Stevens, Esq.
1 Oyster-catcher (Himantopus ostralegus). Presented by R.
Gurney, Esq., F.Z.8.
4 Cayenne Lapwings ( Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Deposited.
1 African Wild Ass (Zguus tentopus), 9. Born in the Mena-
gerie,
1 Bordeaux Snake (Coronella girondica). Presented by HE. A.
Minchin, Tisq.
1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natriv, var.). Presented by
E. A. Minchin, Isq.
1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), Q. Presented by
F. Wyville Thomson, Esq.
2 Garnett’s Galagos (Galago garnetti). Presented by Rear-
Admiral H. H. Rawson, C.B.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Deposited.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Presented by Miss
Cissie Wade.
. 1 Tairy-footed Fruit-Bat (Pteropus pselaphon). Presented by
Capt. Kemp. From the Bonin Islands. See P. Z.S. 1896,
p. 782.
1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla), 9. Presented by the Rev.
Wilfred Fisher.
. 8 Painted Terrapins (Chrysemmys picta). Presented by Dr. A.
H. Hallen.
3 Ainerican Green Frogs \ Rana halecina), Presented by Dr. A.
Il. Ifallen.
1 Carunculated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus niveus). Purchased.
1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus), ¢. Presented by
Bryan Godfrey Faussett, Esq., Lieut. R.N. From Van-
couver Island.
1 Llama (Lama peruana), S. Presented by the Executors of
the late Col. J. T. North. :
1 Alligator (young) (Alhgator mississippiensis). Presented by
Hugh Mytton, Esq.
. 1 Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lamprotornis eneus). Pur-
chased.
2 Yellow-backed Whydah-birds (Coliopasser macrurus), § 2.
Purchased.
1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo zbera). Presented by Mrs. Fraser.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Mrs. Fraser.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mr.
John Hart.
1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 9. Received in Exchange.
1 Heyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Deposited.
2 Lanner Falcons (Zalco lanarius), Presented by W. Glynes
Bruty, Esq.
1 Glaucous Gull (Lars glaucus). Presented by the Jackson-
Harmsworth Polar Expedition.
. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Purchased.
I
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Mr.
Frederick Tomlin.
1060
APPENDIX,
Sept. 10. 3 Capoeira Partridges (Odontophorus dentatus), 1 3, 2 Q.
11.
12,
14.
Purchased.
1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by O. L. Pegler, Msq.
1 Bonnot-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by E. E.
Tfodglins, Isq.
2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 White-backed Pigeon (Columba leuconota). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Half-collared Doves (wrt semitorquatus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-
sented by A. C. Jackson, Tsq.
1 Rat-tailed Serpent or Fer-de-Lance (Lachesis lanceolatus).
Presented by ‘Thomas J. Mann, Esq. From St. Lucia, W.I.
1 Rhesus Monkey, ¢ (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Mr. W.
J. Drake.
2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Walter J.
Hammond, Esq.
1 Lioness (Felis leo). Presented by C. A. Osborne, Esq.
2 Pumas (Felis concolor). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Salt-water Terrapins (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Presented
by Master and Miss Wilcox.
1 Spotted Cavy (Caloyenys paca). Purchased.
. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
16.
17
18.
19,
Herbert Blair, lsq.
1 Pye waied Cassowary (Casuarius bicarunculatus). De-
posited.
1 W hite-crowned Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops), 3. Pre-
sented by Capt. B. Parmeter.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by Capt.
B. Parmeter.
1 Common Tare (albino) (Lepus ewropeus). Deposited.
1Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulyaris). Vresented by
Mr. I’. W. Roberts.
1 Need trond Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis), Pur-
chased.
1 Nightingale (Daulias luscinia), 6. Purchased.
1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by C. A. Lowes, Esq.
2 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Mrs.
Robinson,
1 Leyaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata). Deposited.
4 Common Quails (Coturniv communis). Presented by J.
Rooney, Esq.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 3. Presented by
T. Cubitt, Ksq.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Mrs, Matcham.
8 Western Chipping Squirrels (Zamias asiaticus). Presented
by Alfred If, Speer, lsq., I°.Z.8.
1 Viverrine Cat (Felis viverrina). Purchased.
1 White-crested Touracou (Z'uracus corythaiv). Presented by
Gambier Bolton, Hsq., F.Z.S.
1 Little Grebe (Zachybaptes fluviatilis). Presented by Mr.
Howard Bunn,
1 Ariel Toucan (Rhamphastos ariel). Purchased.
3 Maguari Storks (Dissura maguart). Deposited.
Sept. 21
22
23,
24,
26.
28,
29.
30.
ADDITIONS TO THE MBNAGERIN, 1061
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Mis Madeline
Ks. Clarke.
1 Orange-cheeked Amazon (Chrysoéis autumnalis), Presented
by Mr. Baratti.
. 2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), 2 2. Presented by
Mrs. Strutt.
1 Short-tailed Wallaby (Macropus brachyurus). Deposited.
1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by Ii. J. Poyser,
Esq., F.Z.8. ews
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
J. Laverack, Hsq.
1 Red-footed Squirrel (Sciwrus pyrrhopus). From Monrovia.
Presented by Ellis Edwards, sq. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 782.
6 Rough Terrapins (Nicoria punctularia). Presented by Dr. Ks.
A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S.
1 African Lepidosiren (Lepidostren annectens). Received in
Exchange.
4 Montagu’s Harriers (Circus cineraceus, juv.). Presented by
W. J. Laidlay, Esq.
8 Black-hbellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius). Presented
by G. P. Torrens, Esq. From Spain.
2 Ruffs (Machetes pugnar), 6 9. Purchased.
1 Masked Paradoxure (Paradoxurus larvatus). Yrom China.
Presented by J. D. De La Touche, Esq.
1 Levaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillant:). Purchased.
7 Pratincoles (Glareolg pratincola). Deposited.
1 Pin-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 9. Presented by
Mr. Edward Good.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mr.
Edward Good.
1 Ethiopian Hedgehog (Lrinaceus giaopiats Presented by
J. U. Coxen, Ksq. From the Wrkomit Hills, 1. Soudan.
1 Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lamprotornis eneus). Pur-
chased.
3 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Mr. E. Palmer.
1 King Parrot (Aprosmictus scapulatus), §. Presented by
Mrs. Lyons.
1 Australian Wild Duck (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the
Menagerie.
4 Mandarin Ducks (4x galericulata), Bred in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Rosy-billed Duck (Metopiana peposaca). Bred in the Mena-
erie.
2 Algerian Tortoises (Testudo tera). Presented by A. J.
Aitchison, Esq., F.Z.S.
Oct. 1. 1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), 9. Presented by W.S
Gilbert, Esq.
1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus),$. Born inthe Mena.
erie.
1 Yarrell’s Ourassow (Crax carunculata), §. Purchased.
1 Black Francolin (L’rancolinus vulgaris), $. Vyesented by
Admiral Sir M. Culme-Seymour, Bt., K.C.B.
2 Brazilian Tortoises (Zestudo tabulata). Presented by Thomas
Otway, Esq. From Grenada, W. 1.
1 Kite (Milvus ictinus). Presented by H. A. Wilson, Esq.
1062
Oct. 1.
11,
APPINDIX,
1 Asiatic Wild Ass (Hquus onager), 2. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Red-fronted Lemur (Zemur ari ‘ons), 3. Presented by Sir
H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.,
1 Serval (Lelis serval). om eat Presented by Sir
H. WH. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8.
2 Side-striped Jackals ( Canis later alis), Tvom Nyasaland.
Presented by Sir II. I. Johnston, 1.C.B., F.Z.8.
1 Pale Genet (Genetta senegalensis). From ” Nyasaland. Pre-
sented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8.
1 Vociferous Sea-Kagle (Haliaétus vocifer). Fyom Nyasaland.
Presented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z
1 Black-and-White Sparrow-Hawk (A ceipiter melanoleucus).
From Nyasaland. Presented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.,
FZS.
1 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra). Presented by John Young,
Esq., F.Z.5.
1 Redstart es phenicurus), Presented by John Young,
Kisq., F
1 Blackeap (8 (Sylvia atricapilla). Presented by John Young,
Esq.
1 Swallow: (ie undo rustica). Presented by John Young, Esq.,
EZ
1 Ca ihe. Vi EES. (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by F. V. Kirby,
ug
1 Ruteoene Snake (Leptodiva hotambeia). Presented by F. V.
Kirby, Esq., T°
. 2 Globose Cees (Crax globicera), 9. Presented by
Mrs. Sedgwick.
2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
. 2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus), Deposited.
1 Peba Armadillo (Tatusta peba). Deposited.
2 Maguari Storls (Dissura mayuart). Purchased.
38 Franklin’s Gulls (Larus franklina). Purchased. See P. Z. 8.
1896, p. 782.
2 Lions (Jelis leo), § 9. Presented by C. A. Osborne, lisq.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca). Presented by A. I.
T. Jourdain, I’sq.
. 5 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandia maculosa). Presented by
Miss Mink.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Dr.
Allen M. Cleghorn.
1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur vanthomystax). Deposited.
1 Wild Cat (Felis catus). Presented by Lord Lilford.
1 Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris). Presented by Lord Lilford.
3 Prairie Marmots (Cynomys dudovicianus). Presented by Lord
Lilford.
1 Grey Coly Shrike (Hypocolius ampelinus). Presented by
Lord Lilford.
1 Cat-bird ( Galeoscoptes carolinensis). Presented by Lord Lilford.
1 Sulphuy Tyrant (Pitangus sulphuratus). Presented by Lord
ilfor
2 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Larus marinus). Presented by
Lord Lilford.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Lord Lilford.
1 Bln headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Lord
ilfor
Oct. 18.
14,
15.
16,
20.
21.
ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGURIN. 1063
2 Wybrid Gulls. Presented by Lord Lilford.
2 Avocets (Recurvirostra avocetta), Presented by Lord Lilford.
2 Wyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Lord Lilford.
7 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by Lord Lilford.
2 Tigers (young) (Zvlis tigris),2 Q. Presented by H.H. The
Gaekwar of Baroda,
2Nylehaies (Boselaphus tragocamelus), 69. Received in
Exchange.
2 Grey Francolins (Francolinus ponticerianus). Presented by ~
Lieut.-Col. D. IK. Robertson.
1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo ibera). Deposited.
1 Loggerhead Turtle (Zhalassochelys caretta). Presented by
Miss A. Steer.
3 Purple-faced Monkeys (Semnopithecus leweoprymnus). Pre-
sented by W. G. Bligh, Esq.
1 Hise Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by W. G.
igh, Esq.
1 Bay Danoo-Bat (Rhizomys badius), Presented by W. G.
igh, Esq.
1 Mouse (Mus, sp. inc.). Presented by W. G. Bligh, me
38 ones Doves (Turtur douraca), Presented by W G. Bligh,
isq. :
11 Burmese Tortoises (Zestudo elongata).
7 Flat-backed Tortoises (Zestudo platynota).
3 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys triuga,
var. edeniana).
4 Shielded River-Turtles (Zmyda scutata).
5 Cocteau’s Geckos (Hemzdactylus cocteaui). |
12 Verticillated Geckos (Gecko verticillatus).
6 Yellowish Monitors (Monitor flavescens). |
6 Doria’s Lizards (Mabwia dorie), LS in by W.
3 Bell’s Lizards (Lrolepis belliana). G. Bligh, sq.
6 Emme’s Lizards (Calotes emma). See P.Z.8.1896,
1 Hamadryad (Nata bungarus). p. 782
1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians).
1 Banded Bungarus (Bungarus fasciatus).
11 Green Pit-Vipers (Lachests gramineus).
4 Grass-green Tree-Snakes (Dryophis pra-
sina).
2 Sharp-snouted Snakes (Dryophis mycter?-
zans).
2 Ornamented ‘Tree-Snakes (Chrysopelea
ornata).
5 Robed Snakes (Zropidonotus stolatus).
2 Fishing-Snakes (Zoptdonotus piscator).
1 Rayed Snake (Coluber radiatus).
1 Condanar Sand-Snake (Psammophis con- | Presented by W
danarus). G. Bligh, Esq.
2 Well-spotted Snakes (Dipsodomorphus See P.Z.8.1896,
multimaculatus), p. 782.
2 Olivaceous Water-Snakes (Hypsirhina
enhydris).
1 Aulic Snake (Zycodon aulicus).
1 Blainville’s Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma blainvillii), Pre-
sented by Miss Noyes Lewis.
2 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi). Purchased.
2 Virginian Eagle-Owls (Bubo virginianus). Purchased.
1064
Oct. 21.
27.
30.
31.
Nov. 2.
10.
APPENDIX.
1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo ibera). Presented by Mr. R. M.
C. Souper.
. 1 Black Wallaby (Macropus ualabatus), g. Presented by
Malcolm Watson, Faq.
1 Black Lemur (Lemw macaco), g. Presented by Capt. II.
Talboys.
1 Great Fagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Received in Exchange.
. 1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystaz), Presented
by Il. O. Townshend, Iisq.
1 Smith’s Dwarf Lemur (Mcrocebus smitht). Presented by
Dr. Hubert E. J. Biss.
1 Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus), 9. Presented by G. A.
einenler, Esq.
1 Cassowary (Casuarius sp. inc.). Deposited.
2 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna cornuta). Received in Ex-
Cc hange,
8 Mandarin Ducks (4vx galericulata). Received in Ix-
change.
1 White-faced Tree-Duck (Dendiocygna viduata). Received in
Exchange.
. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-
sented by Dr. John Archibald.
1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans), §. Presented by
the Rey. Lawson Forfeitt, F.R.G.S.
1 Garden Dormouse (Myzxosus quercinus). Presented by W.
II. St. Quintin, Isq., F'.Z.8.
1 Night-Iferon (Nycticoraa griseus). Deposited.
2 Purple Herons (Ardea purpurea). Deposited.
4 Wuropean Tree-I'rogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mrs. Knee-
shaw.
2 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Presented by Miss Agnes
Woodroffe.
1 Black-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina tibicen). Presented
by Charles G. Murrell, Tsq. :
2 Black-spotted Teguexins (Z’upinambis nigro-punctatus). De-
posited.
2 Chacma Baboons (Cynocephalus porcarius), § 9. Presented
by Capt. Baker.
2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus). Purchased.
. 1 One-streaked Hawk (Melierux monogrammicus), Presented
by Mrs. Palmer.
. 1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Presented by Miss
Beatrix Martin.
. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Deposited.
2 Ortolan Buntings (Emberiza hortulana), Presented by John
Young, Esq., F.Z.8.
2 Coscoroba Swans (Coscoroba candida). Purchased.
. 2 Choughs (Pyrrhocorax graculus). Deposited.
o al Gramtl
Galago (Galago crassicaudata). Presented by Mrs. Le
Poer Richardson.
. 1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), g. Presented by Alfred
W. Alcock, Esq., M.B., C.M.Z.S.
3 European Pond-Yortoises (Emys orbicularis). Presented by
Arthur Baring, Esq.
1 Virginian Opossum (Didelphys virginiana). Presented by
Edward Johnson, Ksq.
Nov. 10.
IL.
28.
30.
Dec. 1.
»
. 1 Great Ing’
. 1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciwrus variegatus). Presented by
ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGHRID. 1065
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by Mrs. 'T.
Skottowe.
1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), Presented by
Mrs. T. Skottowe. ’
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgug), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Mouillot.
. 1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigena). Purchased.
1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda), §. Purchased.
1 Cocteau’s Skink (Macroscincus cocteaui). Received in Ex-
change.
1 Gay’s Frog (Calyptocephalus gayi). Received in Exchange.
e-Owl (Bubo marimus). Deposited.
James Meldrum, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. Presented by
Mrs. Gooding. ;
1 White-fronted Lemur (Zemur albifrons), Presented by
Richard A. Todd, Esq.
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Deposited.
. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Presented by James
V. Wells, Esq.
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula), 9. Presented by
George Turner, Esq.
1 Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). Presented by J. Culling, sq.
. 2 Brown Mynahs (Acridotheres fuscus). Presented by Geo. I.
Nowell, Iésq., M.B. ‘
. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus), 2. Presented by Surg.-Major N.
Manders.
. 2 Tigers (Helis tigris), 25. Presented by Capt. Alex. W.
Thorneycroft, Royal Scots Fusiliers.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Purchased.
1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.
1 Scolopaceous Courlan (Az amus scolopaceus). Purchased.
3 Violaceous Night-Herons (Nycticorax violaceus). Purchased.
1 Malabar Syuirrel (Scvews marimus). Presented by G. W.
Vidal, Esq.
1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus), 9. Purchased.
1 Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), §. From Aden. Pre-
sented by R. G. Buchanan, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 981.
2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by F.
Beaumont, sq.
1 Hybrid Common Pintail and Wigeon (bred between Dajila
acuta Q and Mareca penelope $). Presented by Sir
Edward Grey, Bart., M.P.
1 Thick-necked Tree-Boa (Epicrates cenchris). Deposited.
1 Green Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea, var. meridionalis). Deposited.
1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by Lord Arthur
Cecil.
1 Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented hy Lord Arthur Cecil.
2 Raccoons (Procyon lotur). Presented by Lord Arthur Cecil.
. 6 Wyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by P. Goupille,
gq. ;
2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.
2 White-thighed olobus (Colobus vellerosus), 6 2. Presented
by Capt. H. D. Larymore, C.M.G.
12.
14
16,
APPENDIX.
- 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), §. Presented
by Capt. C. H. Armitage.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented by
pane C. H. Armitage.
. 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), g. Presented by
Miss Baird,
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.
Presented by Miss Baird.
. 2 Maned Geese (Chenonetta jubata), 6 9. Purchased.
. 2 White’s Tree-Frogs ue cerwea). Presented by F. FE.
Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Changeable Tree-Froe (Zyla versicolor), Presented by F. E.
Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Grey Tefmeumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Col.
mythe.
8 Te Field-Rats (Zsomys variegatus). |
8 Parser Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus pyrami-
um
9 Lesser ‘Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus egyptius).
3 Long-eared Hedgehogs (Erinaceus auritus). Hom Lay ne
46 Egyptian Geckos (Turentola annularis). ethane
5 Fan-footed Geckos (Ptyodactylus lobatus).
1 Grey Monitor (Varanus griseus).
5 Cerastes Vipers (Cerastes cornutus),
6 Square-marked Toads (Bufo reguluaris).
1 Rufescent Rat-Kangaroo (Apyprymnusrufescens). Presented
by Capt. N. Allan.
1 Jelerang Squirrel (Sciuus bicolor). Presented by Capt. G. C.
Candy, R.N.R.
2 Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius). Presented
by Gerard P. Torrens, I’sq., F.Z.S. From Spain.
. 2 Nicobar Pigeons (Calenas nicobarica), § 2. Deposited.
1 Canarian Pigeon (Columba laurivora). Deposited.
. 3 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. W.
Wilkes, Isq.
. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Deposited.
. 1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis levaillanti), Presented by
Joseph Francis, Isq.
11 Ilarvest-Mice (Mus minutus). Presented by Capt. Salvin.
. 1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysuétus). Presented by the Lord
William Beresford, V.C.
2 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Master
Kneeshaw. -
1 Raven (Corvus corav). Presented by J. Callingham, Usq.
. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus ertthacus). Deposited.
. 1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), 2. Presented
by Miss I. N. Tuely.
. 2 Grooved Tortoises ( Testudo aay Deposited.
6 Grooved Tortoises (Testudo calcarata). Deposited.
1 Bearded Lizard (Amphiboluraus barbatus). Deposited.
7 Muricated Lizards (Amphibolurus muricatus). Deposited.
2 Blue-tongued Lizards (Tiliqua scincordes). Deposited.
8 Labillardiere’s Lizards (Lygosoma labillardieri). Deposited.
6 Lesueur’s Water-Lizards (Physignathus lesuewt). Deposited.
4 Limbless Lizards (Pygopus lepidopus). Deposited.
1 Death-Adder (Acanthopis antarcticus). Deposited,
1 Purplish Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Deposited,
1 Shielded Death-Adder (Wotechis scutatus). Deposited.
8 Australian Banded Snakes (Diementa nuchalis). Deposited.
Abantis
bicolor, 21.
bismarki, 21.
efulensis, 21, 104.
elegantula, 21.
lencoyaster, 22.
levubu, 22,
paradisea, 20, 841.
tettensis, 20, .
venosa, 21.
zambesiaca, 20.
(Sapa) ¢rimeni, 841.
Abdimia
sphenorhyncha,
233.
Ablabes
baliodirus, 885.
longicauda, 885.
melanocephalus, 879.
tricolor, 885.
Ablepharus
wahlbergii, 215.
Abrostola
interrumpens, 639.
Acacia
edgworthii, 251.
Acallopistes, gen. nov.,
95.
dimidia, 97, 104.
holocausta, 96, 97, 104.
Acanthodactylus
boskianus, 929.
mucronatus, 921.
Acanthodon
petite, 732, 766.
santaremia, 722, 732,
734, 766.
Acanthodrilus
aquarum-duleium, 209.
bovei, 209.
falclandicus, 209.
231,
georgianus, 209.
kerguelarum, 196, ¢
macquariensis, 208, 209.
INDEX.
Acanthodrilus
nove-cedalandia, 197.
rose, 211.
Acantholepis
capensis, 410.
lunaris, 410.
Acanthomyrmox
luciole, 419.
Acanthosaura
armata, 871.
Acanthoseurria
brocklehursti, 722, 737,
739,766.
ferina, 740.
geniculata, 722, 737,
738, 739, 740, 766.
insubtilis, 740,
maga, 740.
minor, 740.
musculosa, 740.
Accipiter
korshun, 315.
Acerina
zillii, 218.
Acesina
sp., 651.
Achxa
catella, 264.
Acharana
pheopteralis, 649.
Acherontia
stya, 268.
Achlora
catenularia, 645.
ventliata, 645.
Achreea
grisella, 269.
Acidalia
calidata, 646.
illiturata, 647,
indecretaria, 645.
indignaria, 646,
tsographata, 647.
Justata, 645.
Acidalia
obliviaria, G45.
responsaria, 645,
suffusaria, 645,
tepidata, G46.
testacea, 267.
Acidaliastis, gen. noy.,267,
micra, 267, 283.
Aciptilia
oxydactyla, 277.
Acleros
biguttulus, 29, 30.
instabilis, 30.
leucopyga, 28.
mackenit, 29,
olaus, 30.
philander, 81.
placidus, 29, 103.
ploetzi, 29, 31, 103.
substrigata, 29, 30.
Acolastus
amyntas, 519,
Acomys
selousi, 807.
spinosissimus, 794.
wilson, 808.
Acontia
decisa, 638.
grellsit, 261, 853.
insignis, 261.
quadrata, 649,
Acreea
abbotiz, 114.
acerata, 114.
albomaculata, 117.
anacreon, 108, 116, 827.
anemosa, 118.
arctictncta, 118,
asema, 117, 827.
axina, 116, 117.
balina, 115.
bomba, 108, 116, 827.
bresia, 524, 531.
braune?t, 115,
1068 ’
Acrsea
buctoni, 115.
cabira, 114, 852.
cecilia, 117, 118.
caldarena, 117.
—, var. nelusca, 827.
ealyce, 250.
chilo, 524.
confusa, 114.
daira, 115, 116.
dircea, 116, 117.
doubledayi,116,117,531.
—, var. dircea, €27.
empusa, 117.
eponina, 115.
eacelsior, 115,
fallax, 114.
flavescens, 113, 114.
Sulvescens, 114.
guillemez, 108, 116.
—,var. periphanes, 827.
induna, 116.
insignis, 827.
janisea, 115.
Johnstont, 108, 113,114.
kilimandjara, 113, 114.
ligus, 117, 118.
lyoia, 115, 580.
—, var. sgunzini, 115,
mahela, 250,
manjaca, 115.
matuapa, 250.
menippe, 30.
mhondana, 250.
natalica, 117, 852.
nelusca, 827.
neobule, 530.
nero, 117.
ochracea, 118.
octobalia, 114.
omrora, 117.
oncea, 116.
_periphanes, 108, 116.
“perrupta, 115.
proteina, 114.
pseudegina, 117.
rougetit, 115.
seis, 244, 250,
semialbescens, 118, 114.
serena, 852.
—, var. buxtoni, 115.
—, var. perrupta, 852.
. sganzini, 115, 624.
stenobea, 117, 118.
telekiana, 114.
tenella, 114.
usagare, 115.
ventura, 115,
vinidia, 114.
—, var, tenella, 108.
viole, 250.
INDEX.
Aorochordus
granulatus, 878.
javanicus, 878.
Acronycta
declarata, 637.
Aoropyga
acutiventris, 410,
Acroria,
villipes, 639.
Actias
luna, 241.
selene, 240.
Actinopus
caraiba, 730, 731.
crassipes, 730, 731.
hartii, 730, 731, 732.
insignis, 730.
liodon, 730, 732.
longipalpis, 730, 732.
lutetpes, 730, 732.
nattereri, 730, 732.
piceus, 730, 732.
rojast, 730, 731.
rufipes, 730, 732.
scalops, 730, 731.
tarsalis, 720, 730, 732.
valencianus, 730, 731,
732.
wallacei, 722,728, 730,
731, 732, 766.
Addax
naso-maculatus, 810,
984.
Addua
inclusa, 647.
Adclonycteris
fuscus, 791.
Adenota
kob, 192, 193, 194.
leché, 193, 194.
leucotis, 194.
marie, 194,
thomasi, 193, 194,
vardoni, 193, 194.
Adopxa
acteon, 57.
hamza, 57.
lineola, 57.
thaumas, 57.
Adrana
pscudopsis, 639,
Atich mophorus
major, 538.
Aigeria
blaciformis, 637.
buprestiformis, 637.
panisciformis, 637.
Algialites
occidentalis, 324,
Aigocera
inclusa, 844.
Aigocera
meneta, 134, 844.
rectilinea, 529.
tricolor, 529,
/Elurosaurus
Selinus, 865.
/#luroscalabotes
JSelinus, 865,
Minictus
bengalensis, 416.
ceylonicus, 416.
porozonoides, 416.
ABipyceros
melampus, 194, 797.
Aeromachus
Johnstoni, 32, 841.
Aschropteryx
onustaria, 644.
tetragonata, 643.
Aathopyga
seherig, 284, 292,
295.
Aetius, gen. nov., 1006.
decollatus, 1007, 1012.
Agama
annectens, 215.
cyanogaster, 215.
dorie, 214.
lionotus, 214, 217.
planiceps, 214,
rueppellit, 214,
smithii, 213, 217.
spinosa, 214,
vaillanti, 213.
Aganaster
sp., 1038.
Aganisthos
orion, 515d.
Agenia
egina, 434.
alaris, 434.
bipennis, 434.
blanda, 433.
concolor, 434.
insularis, 434.
micromegas, 434,
. nana, 434.
obsoleta, 434.
plebeja, 434.
Agora
longicornis, 636.
Agraga
jimbripes, 639.
Agraulis
quno, 515.
vanille, 15,
Agriornis
insolens, 854.
solitaria, 354,
Agrotis
e-nigrum, 249,
Agrotis
emittens, 688.
exempta, 260.
hirtipalpis, 638.
énterferens, 639.
Agyrta
nana, 636.
secta, 636.
Aipysurus
eydouxit, 893.
Alena
Johanne, 526.
nyasse, 108, 118, 851,
852.
reticulata, 827, 850.
Alana
transitaria, 644.
Alea
torda, 544, 546.
Alcedo
collarvis, G04.
ispida, 604
Alces
machlis, 988.
Alestos
affinis, 228.
rucppellit, 218, 223.
Alicarda
atialis, 649.
vexatilis, 649.
Allactostigma
inguinalis, 641.
Alligator
mississippiensis,
632. mB
Allodape
marginata, 454.
Allolobophora
caliginosa, 195, 196.
fotida, 195, 196.
putris, 195, 196.
Allotinus
aphocha, 652.
subviolaceus, 653.
137,
Aloa
lanceolata, 636.
Alpenus
purus, 847.
Alpesa
villicosta, 639.
Alydda
lignosata, 646,
Amastus |
mesorhoda, 636,
Amauris
albimaculata, 821.
ansorget, 821.
crawshayi, 821, 850.
whytei, 821.
Amblotherium
mustelula, 586.
INDEX.
Amblycephalus
levis, 895.
malaccanus, 896.
Amblycercus
solitarius, 354.
Amblyopone
testacea, 416.
Ambryllis
neurophylla, 637.
Amecera
maderakal, 524,
Amisaspoides
gigantea, 726.
Ammodromus
peruanus, 353.
Ammophila
atripes, 437.
levigata, 437.
longiventris, 437.
humbertiana, 437.
Ampeleo
ne arent 370.
mpelophaga
Re OM,
Amphicodon
amphipleurus, 467.
Sritillaria, 466, 473.
globosus, 467.
Amphigonia
postponens, 640.
Amphinema ,
dinema, 459, 475.
titanea, 475.
Ampittia
bernicri, 52.
cariate, 64.
coroller, 54,
dispar, 52.
mirza, 51.
pardalina, 51.
rhadama, 51.
Ampulex
annulipes, 441.
compressa, 441.
Amyna
octo, 260.
selenampha, 260.
stiqgmatula, 260.
Anabates
montanus, 375.
Anabazenops
striaticollis, 375.
Anace
rubra, 185.
Anwretes
parulus, 361.
— equatorialis, 361.
Anarmodia
inscriptalis, 641.
Anarsia
acacia, 278.
1069
Anartia
amalthea, 515.
iatrophe, 515.
Anas
obscura, 982.
zanthorhyncha, 982.
Ancistocerus
intendens, 449.
tinctipennis, 449,
Ancistrocampta
chrysoglossa, 14.
Anewelonin
chrysographella, 270.
Reet
fuscosparsella, 271.
nigritarsea, 271.
Ancyloxypha .
mackentt, 29.
philander, 81.
producta, 82.
Andrena
cingulata, 455.
exagens, 452.
zonata, 405,
Andriasa
marginalis, 637.
Andronymus, gen. nov.,
60.
* Teander, 81.
neander, 82, 103.
philander, 81, 843.
Anengya |
spiritalis, 849,
Anerastia
ablutella, 270.
Aneuretus
stmont, 410.
Angerona
expulsaria, 644.
Angitia
directa, 639.
Anhima
cornuta, 312.
Anhinga
anhinga, 312,
Anisaspis
tuberculata, 728, 766.
Anisaspoides
gigantea, 722, 766.
Anisodes
congruaria, 646.
directata, 646.
Simbripedata, 646,
ordinata, 646.
urcearia, 646.
Anoa
depressicornis, 982, 983.
Anochetus
yerburyt, 412.
Anomalurus
cinereus, 793.
1070
Anomis
exaggerata, 639.
Anormurus
macrolepidotus, 500,
503.
Anous
stolidus, 934, 985.
Anser
Sabalis, 315, 319.
segetwm, 315, 319.
Ansonia
penangensis, 911.
Antherwa
belina, 241.
dolabella, 849,
menippe, 241.
mylitta, 240.
wahlbergi, 241,
Antheua
spurcata, 844,
Anthocharis
antevippe, 254.
leo, 253.
nound, 253.
phlegyas, 836, 837.
regina, 836.
Anthophora
cingulata, 455,
fallax, 456,
insularis, 456,
lanata, 452.
vigilans, 456,
violacea, 455,
zonata, 455,
Anthopsyche
gavisa, 127, 837.
heuglini, 253.
omphale, 127.
procne, 838.
Anthreptes
malaccensis, 291, 292,
295.
Anthrobaphes
violacea, 291,
Anthropopithecus
gorilla, 505, 597.
Anthus
bogotensis, 330.
calcaratus, 330.
correndera, 830,
Surcatus, 380.
— brevirostris, 380.
Antigastra
catalaunalis, 275.
Antigonus
andrachne, 17.
brigida, 16.
denuba, 18.
jamesoni, 18, 841.
philotomus, 11.
plistonious, 11.
INDEX,
Antigonus
synestalmenus, Te
thecla, 8.
Antilope
bubalis, 983.
corrigum, 983.
equina, 9838.
quadricornis, 988.
seripta, 984.
triangularis, 506.
Antiphella
atrinotata,
855.
Aparallactus
concolor, 216.
Apaustus
abure, 32,
anomeéus, 50.
argyrosticta, 80.
batea, 38.
collatus, 60.
debilis, 54,
dolus, 35.
leander, 81.
leucopgus, 29, 30, 31.
neander, 82.
olaus, 30.
placidus, 29, 30.
zephora, 71.
Aphaniotis
fusca, 870.
Aphneus
caffer, 122, 832.
homeyeri, 832.
natalensis, 122.
nyasse, 123.
Aphysoneuria
pigmentaria, 108, 109,
821.
Apicia
epaliusaria, 644.
alphiusaria, 644.
anseraria, 644.
asopia, 644.
atillaria, 644.
extimaria, 644,
gaumaria, 644,
incrassata, 644,
inficitaria, 644,
lintearia, 644,
molusaria, 644.
nazadaria, 644,
rhumata, 644.
significaria, 644,
spinetaria, 644,
uciaria, 644.
Apis
andreniformis, 458,
bicolor, 457.
bryorum, 457.
delessertii, 458,
853, 854,
Apis
dorsata, 457.
Senestrata, 456,
floralis, 458.
gigas, 856,
indica, 457.
lanata, 452.
latipes, 456.
lobata, 458.
nigripennis, 457.
peronii, 458.
perottetiz, 458.
socialis, 458.
testacea, 457.
zonata, 455, 457.
Aplectropus, gen. nov.,
275
leucopis, 275, 283.
Aporodes
albilinealis, 274, 283.
Jloralis, 274.
Aptencdytes
forsteri, 1.
pennanti, 143, 212.
Ara
ararauna, 155,
Aranea
avicularia, 741.
vestiaria, 741,
Aranha
caranjuejira, 717.
Arbelorhina
cerulea microrhyncha,
3837.
Archinola, gen. nov., 258.
pyralidia, 259, 283.
Arcobara
microniata, 646.
Ardea
agamt, 235.
candidissima, 235.
cinerea, 235, 778.
cocoi, 235.
goliath, 982.
leucogastra, 784.
ludoviciana, 235.
Argadesa
materna, 850.
Argina
amanda, vay, ocellina,
135.
leonina, 858.
ocellina, 846.
Argiolaus
silas, 526.
Argiope
argentata, 717.
Argus
giganteus, 138.
Argynnis
euphrosyne, 826,
Argynnis
hegemone, 112, 826.
lathonia, 826.
selene, 826.
smaragdifera, 826.
Arhopala
acestes, 664, 665.
adatha, 661.
agnis, 659.
aida, 666.
allata, 664.
ananuta, 660.
antimuta, 670.
apidanus, 672.
ariel, 672.
aroa, 663.
arsenius, 668.
aurea, 667.
bella, 651, 664, 665,
683.
borneensis, 651, 666,
688.
contaurus, 671.
dojagaka, 651, 660,
682.
deva, 651, 669, 683.
diardi, 651, 666.
drucei, 651, 661, 683.
elopura, 670, 682.
JSarquhari, 672.
havilandi, 601,
683.
hypomuta, 669, 670.
kounga, 651, 662, 663,
683.
665,
labuana, 667, 683.
meander, 651. 658.
metamuta, 668, 669.
mooret, 651, 669, 683.
morphina, 651, 666.
pseudomuta, 651, 662.
sandakani, 651, 670,
683.
semperi, 651, 659, 682.
tameanga, 651, 658,
660, G82.
trogon, 667.
vihara, 651, 662, 671.
waterstradti, 651, 668,
669, 683.
Arina
obtusa, 6386.
Aripana
levinia, 648.
Armadillo
cinctus, 392.
depressus, 390.
dumorum, 391.
grenadensis, 389, 392.
perlatus, 395.
silvarum, 393.
INDEX.
Armadillo
tenuipunctatus, 389.
viticola, 396.
zigzag, 394.
Aves 4
bistigmigera, 847, 850.
charax, 848, 830.
clara, 847.
ochraceata, 848.
terminalis, 847.
Artitropa, gen. noy.,
92.
bosea, 93.
comus, 03.
erinnys, 92, 93.
margaritata, 93, 108.
shelleyi, 938.
Arvicanthis
barbarus, 803.
dorsalis, 794, 803.
pulchellus, 803.
pumilio, 794.
— dilectus, 803.
— dininutus, 804.
— typicus, 804,
Arvicola
neglectus, 599.
Asio
otus, 627.
Asopia
depressalis, 650.
Aspidosoma
sperum, 777.
maculatum, 777.
Aspilates
perlineata, 646.
Asthana
directa, 650.
erecta, 650.
Asthenodipsas
malaccana, 896.
Astictopterus
Johnstonit, 74.
vibius, 78.
Atella
columbina, 118, 531,
852.
Atherura
africana, 684.
Athrula
saturnioides, 647.
Atractylis
repens, 462.
Atta
clypeata, 419.
aun 418.
didita, 421.
geminata, 419.
Attacus
atlas, 240.
cynthia, 240.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1896, No. LXIX.
1071
Attacus
lebeaui, 241.
mythimna, 241, 242.
pernyt, 240
ricint, 240.
Atticora.
andecola, 333, 384.
cinerea, 338.
cyanoleuca, 333.
‘asciata, 333.
murind, 333, 334.
tibialis, 334,
Auchenia
glama, 986.
pacos, 986
vicugna, 987.
Aucula
josioides, 647. .
Aulacodes
peribocalis, 278.
psyllalis, 643.
swinderentanus, 795.
Aulacorhamphus
prasinus, 557.
Aurelia
crucigera, 483.
lineolata, 483.
rufescens, 483.
Ausava
triplaga, 638.
Automolis
angulosa, 636.
basalis, 636.
chrysomelas, 636.
flavicinctus, 636.
geometrica, 636.
leucomela, 636.
pretexta, 636.
reducia, 636.
saturata, 636.
Avela
diversa, 6386.
Avicularia
avicularia, 723, 741,
746, 766, 778.
— variegata, 723, 748,
766
glauca, 744.
holmbergii, 744.
metallica, 744. ~
rutilans, 744, 745, 746.
velutina, 744.
vestiaria, 741.
vulpina, 744.
walckenaeria, 746.
Axiocerses
amanga, 123, 831.
perion, 123, 832.
Azamorg a
basiplaga, 648.
eae 648.
69.
1072
Azanus
gamra, 119, 244, 250,
256
natalensis, 119, 250.
occidentalis, 852.
sigillatus, 119, 244, 250,
829,
zena, 244, 256.
Azelina
amyclaria, 644.
asilasaria, 644.
denticulata, 614.
. fusaria, 644. 6:
hedularia, 689.
immundaria, 649.
stolidata, 644.
stuposasaria, 649,
gripusalis, 641.
Becula :
chromatophila, 639.
Baniana
inequalis, 650.
pohli, 640.
Baoris
sp., 131.
alberti, 67, 103.
amadhu, 73.
arela, 68, 103.
argyrodes, 68.
aeuee 72.
bauri, 71.
Jatuellus, 66, 131.
holtzii, 71.
ilias, 67, 104.
inconspicua, 131.
leucophea, 68.
lugens, 66.
mabea, 68.
malthina, 69.
marchalii, 66.
melphis, 69.
monasi, 70.
murga, 71.
neoba, 71,
netopha, 70.
—, var. 2Yasse,
108.
niveicornis, ‘T1,-
statira, 69.
statirides, 69, 104.
subnotata, 70.
tarace, 70.
awmbrata, 131.
unistriga, 68.
zylos, 67, 108.
zephora, 71.
70,
INDEX.
Baracus
Senestratus, 56.
inornatus, 50.
lepeletierii, 50.
tsita, 50.
Barbus
sp., 218, 224.
bynni, 223.
Barilius
goha, 920.
guentheri, 920.
Basileuterus
bivitiatus, 331.
— chrysogaster, 331.
coronatus, 331.
luteoviridis, 331.
— striaticeps, 331.
uropygialis, 331.
— poliothriz, 331.
Basilinna
leucotis, 286, 289,
295.
Basiothea
idricus, 843.
medea, 268.
Bassania
amethystata, 644.
Bassaris
astuta, 784.
Batagur
affinis, 858.
baska, 858, 859.
Batatara
Susifascia, 647.
Batbyergus
maritimus, 160.
Belenois
auriginea, 128,
calypso, 852.
crawshayi, 851, 852.
diminuta, 851, 852.
leucogyne, 247, 256.
mesentina, 852.
, var, agrippina,
128.
1 —, var. lordaca, 247,
25d, 256, 257.
severina, 128, 852.
thysa, 852.
—, var. sabrata, 839.
Bellia
crassicollis, 858.
Bembex
borret, 445.
glauca, 445.
indica, 445.
sulphurescens, 445,
trepanda, 445.
Benhamia
indica, 209, 210.
inermis, 211.
Berainbe
gallaria, 644.
Bernicla
magellanica, 147.
Bertula
excelsalis, 619.
Biduanda
cineas, 679.
hewitsonii, 679, 683
imitata, 680.
Bitis
arietans, 217.
Blephoramastix
colubralis, 649.
Bleptina
abarusalis, 642.
e@atusalis, 642.
bizialis, 642.
bogesalis, 642.
cepioalis, 642.
ceusalis, 642.
confusalis, 642.
- diruptalis, 649.
Sfadusalis, 642.
metopealis, 612,
ophelasalis, 642.
opitcralts, 642.
oppialis, 642.
payasusalis, 642.
penicillalis, 648.
pollesalis, 642.
proliferalis, 640, 648.
responsalis, 648.
stalemusalis, 642.
styrusalis, 642.
Blera
cerruroides, 647.
Boana
semialba, 648.
Boarimia
consimilaria, 645.
contraria, 645.
defimaria, 645.
delinquaria, 645.
denticularia, 645.
detracturia, 645.
guttularia, 645.
larentiata, 645.
locupletaria, 615.
mollearia, 645, 646.
perspectata, 646.
stigmaria, 645.
subapicata, 646.
syrniaria, 646.
tenerata, 646.
vacillaria, 645, 646.
Bocanis
marginalis, 650.
ortonalis, 640, 650.
, Bocchoris
inspersalis, 274.
Beechoris
onychinalis, 278.
Bolica
armata, 649.
Bombus
hryorum, 457
Bouonia
niveilinea, 649.
Boodon
lineatus, 216.
Bos
depressicornis,
785.
qrunniens, 988.
Bothriomyrmex
wroughtonti, 411.
Bothroponera
rufipes, 412.
tesserinoda, 413.
Botys
acilialis, 648.
additalis, 649.
agenoralis, G41,
asiusalis, O41.
autoclesalis, 643.
azionalis, 643.
cellatalis, 619.
chlorisalis, 641.
claudiusalis, 641.
cyprealis, 641.
damonalis, 641.
dimichealis, 643.
elathealis, G41.
ewhulealis, 641.
evippealis, 641.
Suliginalis, 649.
gelliasalis, 643.
graviusalis, 643.
imbrexalis, 643.
ineffectalis, 649.
melitealis, 641.
mnemusalis, 640.
nerissalis, 641.
niavialis, 641.
nocmonalis, 643.
odiusalis, 641.
pandaralis, 641.
peranthusalis, 641.
persiusalis, 641.
pieralis, 641.
pyrrhusalis, 641.
quirinalis, 641.
remusalis, 641,
romalis, 641.
sabalis, 641.
sylvialis, 641.
thalloalis, 641.
turnusalis, 641.
tytiusalis, 643.
Bouchis
*: scoparioides, 649.
INDEX.
Boulengerina
brennert, 929.
mucronata, 921.
Brachyuromys
ramirohitra, 979.
Britha
hirtipalpis, 641.
Britomartis
buto, 673.
cleohoides, 673.
Bronchocela
cristatella, 871.
moluccana, 871.
Brujas
basicincta, 638.
laticincta, 638.
Bryophila
expetita, 639.
Bryoptera
leprosata, 645.
Buarremon
assimilis, 347.
brunneinuchus, 347.
poliophrys, 323, 347.
torquatus, 347.
Bubalis
buselaphus, 809, 983.
lichtensteini, 796.
major, 983.
pumilus, 783.
Bubo
bubo, 311.
ignavus, 311.
maximus, 156.
Bucco
capensis, 313.
Bucconides
roseicollis, 556.
Buceros
nasutus, 982.
Budara
conversata, 647.
Bufo
asper, 912.
melanostictus, 911,914.
parvus, 912.
penangensis, 912.
quadriporcatus, 912.
regularis, 217.
viridis, 548.
vulgaris, 648, 911.
Bundenbachia
beneckei, 1034.
Bunea
caffraria, 241.
Bungarus
candidus, 893.
fasciatus, 782, 893.
flaviceps, 894.
Butalis
subeburnea, 279.
1073
Buteo
buteo, 311.
vulgaris, 311.
Buthraupis
cucullata, 342.
— cyanonota, 342.
— intermedia, 343.
Butorides
cyanurus, 173.
Byblia
acheloia, 113, 256.
—, var. castanea, 256.
castanea, 625.
qoctzius, 113,
tlithyia, 250, 525, 632.
vidgaris, 113, 852.
Oabalus
carbo, 65, 66.
Caberodes
asanderaria, 644.
carcearia, 644.
Sundaria, 644.
Oudyanda
lugens, 647.
Ceenides, gen. nov., 85.
balenga, 91, 103.
benga, 86, 89, 103.
binoevatus, 88, 103.
calpis, 91.
corduba, 90. .
cylinda, 89, 90, 91, 103.
dacela, 85, 86, 103, 104.
dacena, 89.
ierda, 91.
kangvensis, 87. 103.
lacida, 91, 103.
leonora, 85, 88, 103.
maracanda, 85, 88, 103.
orma, 90.
proxima, 92,
sextilis, 91.
soritia, 87, 103.
stochri, 88.
waga, 90.
zoremba, 91, 104.
Crenipeta
abscondens, 638.
iliustrans, 638.
suttea, 638.
Crenotriccus
ruficeps, 360.
— hapiopteryx, 361.
Crervanin
clandestina, 640.
Caiman
latirostris, 632.
palpebrosus, 62.
sclerops, 632.
Culadenia
maculata, 13.
69*
1074
Calamaria
albiventer, 886. .
leucocephala, 886.
linnei, 886.
longiceps, 886.
lumbricotdea, 886.
pavimentata, 857, 886.
sagittaria, 879.
sumatrana, 886.
Caligula
simla, 240, 241.
Callagur
picta, 858, 859.
Callidryas
eubule, 518.
hyblea, 254.
Gailinenls
californica, 982.
Callipsyche
lava, 526.
Callirhoé
' basteriana, 482.
Calliste
argentea, 340.
berlepschi, 341.
bolimana, 340.
chilensis, 339.
cyanicollis, 341,
Sulvicervir, 340.
gyroloides, 340.
melanotis, 341.
nigricincta, 341.
nigriviridis, 341.
— berlepschi, 341.
parzudakii, 341.
pulchra, 340.
punctulata, 340.
schranki, 332.
aanthocephala, 841.
aanthogastra rostrata,
339, 340.
yeni, 339.
Callithea
sapphira, 776.
Callan
hildebranati, 837.
Oallophis
gracilis, 894,
maculiceps, 895.
Callopistria
latreillei, 260.
vittata, 648.
yerburit, 260.
Callosune
anax, 126. -
vulnerata, 839.
Callula
pulchra, 908.
Calonota
interrupta, 636.
perspicua, 6386.
INDEX.
Calophrynus
pleurostigma, 857,
908.
Calospila
posthumaria, 647.
Calotes
cristatellus, 871.
emma, 782.
versicolor, 871, 872. .
Calothorax
lucifer, 288.
Calpodes
coscinia, 520.
ethlius, 520.
Canibogia
albopunctata, 646.
insignata, 645.
marcearia, 646.
porphyrinata, 647.
turbata, 647.
Oamena
cippus, 6738.
cretheus, 672.
Campanella
dinema, 475.
Campanulina
acuminata, 488, 490.
repens, 488
turrita, 488.
Camponotus
agnatus, 405,
albipes, 404.
angusticollis, 403.
bucchus, 405.
barbatus, 403.
compressus, 404.
dorycus, 403.
dulcis, 405.
flavo-marginatus, 403.
Suscithoraz, 405,
infuscus, 404.
latitans, 402.
maculatus, 404.
mitis, 404, 405.
opaciventris, 402.
prismaticus, 403.
quadrilaterus, 404,
redtenbacheri, 403.
reticulatus, 402.
rufoglaucus, 403.
sericeus, 402.
sesquipedalis, 403.
simoni, 4038,
taylori, 404.
thraso, 405.
varians, 402.
yerburyi, 402.
Oanipophilus
pollens, 324.
Cam psomeris
aureicollis, 430.
Campsomeris
ceylonica, 430.
lindenii, 430.
Candyba
punctata, 637.
Canis
adustus, 785.
chama, 506.
corsac, 784.
Jubatus, 785.
lateralis, 784, 785, 793.
Cantoria .
elongata, 888.
violacea, 888.
Caouana
olivacea, 860.
Capito
(Micropogon) cayen-
nensis, 557.
Capnodes
basalis, 648.
concinnula, 648.
extima, 640.
mundicola, 648.
Oapra
megaceros, 506.
Capricornis |
sumatrensis, 784.
Caprona
adelica, 19.
canopus, 19.
Jamesoni, 18.
pillaana, 19,
Capys
alpheus, 831.
connexiva, 831, 850.
disjunctus, 831.
COaradrina
distans, 639.
exigua, 260.
laphygmoides, 639.
Caralisa
editha, 636.
Carcharodus
alcee, 26.
elma, 26.
lavatere, 26.
midea, 27.
Cardinalis
virginianus, 228.
Carduelis
carduelis, 811.
eleyans, 311.
COarenochrous
taczanowskii, 347,
tricolor, 347.
Caretta
squamata, 860.
Cariacus
sp. inc., 986, 988.
leucurus, 985, 986, 988.
Oariacus
paludosus, 784.
rufus, 986.
virginianus, 985, 988.
Cariama
cristata, 150.
Cariprsea
mendaciaria, 646.
Carmala
flexata, 646.
Carthara
albicosta, 648.
Carystus
cerymica, 94.
evander, 81.
laufella, 83.
philander, 81.
thersander, '78.
canthias, 78.
Casandria
emittens, 638.
Cassicus
albirostris, 353.
chrysopterus, 353.
lcucorhamphus, 354.
persicus, 354.
solitarius, 354.
Cassina
obscura, 217.
Castalius
calice, 120, 829,
852.
hintza, 108, 120.
hypoleucus, 828.
lactinatus, 525.
resplendens, 108, 120.
Casuarius
westermannt, 783.
Casyapa
maracanda, 88.
Cataclysta
ealis, 643.
eglesalis, 643.
cesoalis, 643.
insulalis, 60.
pantheralis, 640.
pegasalis, 640.
phedraiis, 640.
principalis, 640.
Catamblyrhynchus
diadema, 350.
— citrinifrons, 350.
Catamenia
homochroa, 350.
inornata minor, 849.
rufirostris, 349.
Oataulacus
simoni, 417.
taprobane, 416,
Caterva
catenaria, 649,
INDEX.
Cathartes
atratus, 778.
urubitinga, 784.
Catochrysops
asopus, 244, 256.
asteris, 533, 828.
cngjus, 244, 256.
contracta,244, 250, 256.
glauca, 108, 119, 828.
hippocrates, 119.
osiris, 118, 852.
parsimon, 119.
perpulchra, 828.
Catopsilia
aleurona, 255.
florella, 128, 247, 254,
_ 255, 256, 528, 536,
852.
—, var. aleurona, 256.
—, var. hyblea, 256.
—, var. pyrene, 256.
hyblea, 205.
pyrene, 256.
Oatuna
crithea, 852.
Cavia
rupestris, 987.
Cel:ena
canifimbria, 649.
expuncta, 637.
inquieta, 639.
plagiata, 637.
subobligua, 639.
tetera, 639, 650.
Celznorrhinus
atratus, 13, 14.
biseriatus, 13, 103.
boadicea, 14, 103.
chrysoglossa, 14, 103.
collucens, 13.
galenus, 12.
homeyeri, 15.
humbloti, 14.
illustris, 12.
interniplaga, 13.
luehderi, 15.
macrostictus, 14.
maculatus, 13, 103.
medetrina, 12, 103.
mokeezi, 15.
proximus, 14.
rutilans, 12.
thraz, 60.
Coleus
ochraceus, 773.
Centetes
ecaudatus, 975.
Centrites
oreas, 309.
Centromyrmex
fee, 415.
1075
Oephalophus
sp. inc., 984.
coronatus, 506, 984.
grimmii, 796.
Fufilatus, 984, 988.
sylvicultrix, 785.
Cephalopterus
ornatus, 370.
Cephonodes
ae 269, 843.
Cerapachys
ceylonica, 424.
femoralis, 424.
Ceratina
picta, 454,
simillima, 454.
viridis, 454.
Ceratodus
Sforsteri, 786.
Ceratomia
amyntor, 241.
Ceratorhina
monocerata, 645,
546.
Ceratrichia
aretina, 35.
argyrosticta, 80.
flava, 79, 104.
nothus, 79.
phocion, 79.
punctata, 79.
punctulata, 53.
quaterna, 16.
semilutea, 79.
stellata, 48, 52.
tetrastigma, 15.
Cerberus
rhynchops, 888.
Cerceris
emortualis, 446.
fervens, 445.
humbertiana, 446.
instabilis, 446.
novare, 445.
rufinodis, 446.
velox, 446.
viscosus, 446,
Cercocebus
albigena, 784.
Cercomacra
approximans, 383.
hypomelena, 383.
tyrannina, 383.
Cercopithecus
albigularis, 789.
brazze, 780, 783.
diana, 783,
leucampyx, 789.
moloneyi, 789.
pluto, 789.
stairsi, 609.
1076
Cerocala
sp., 529,
Ceronaba
cinctaria, 649.
Certhiola 5
peruviana, 337.
Certiina
muscistrigata, 644, 645.
Cervicapra
Bien te 797.
Cervus’
sp. inc., 985.
affinis, 938.
barbarus, 809, 985.
bedfordianus, 932, 933,
934.
canadensis, 931, 933,
982, 985.
cashmirianus, 933.
davidianus, 784, 932.
duvauceli, 985, 988.
elaphus, 831, 938.
equinus, 985, 988.
eustephanus, 932, 933,
934.
hippelaphus, 988.
humilis, 507.
luchdorfi, 931, 932, 933,
934.
maral, 618, 933, 934,
984.
rusa, 985.
thoroldi, 933.
virgintanus, 985.
aanthopygus, 931, 933.
yarcandensis, 933.
Ceryle
ulcyon, 605.
americana, 604, 605.
stellata, 605.
Chabuata
ampla, 638.
Chixrocampa
alecto, 268.
celerio, 268.
eson, var. gracilis, 843.
gracilis, 843.
osiris, 853.
Chalcidesa
ocellatus, 215,
Chalybion
bengalensis, 488.
vlan 438.
Chameleon
biteniatus, 215.
gracilis, 215.
Ohameza
columbiana, 384.
olivacea, 384.
Chapra
Jodra, 61.
INDEX,
Chapra
mathias, 60, 61, 248,
256.
sinnis, 62.
wambo, 62.
Charadrius
pluvialis, 643.
Charana
mandarinus, 651, 676.
Charaxes
achemenes, 822, 852.
bohemanni, 822, 852.
candiope, 533, 852.
castor, 525, 852.
—, var. flavifasciatus,
852.
druceanus, 110, 822.
ethalion, 823.
guderianu, 822, 852.
hollundii, 538.
leaninus, 828.
manica, 822.
neanthes, 533.
pheus, 852.
saturnus, 851, 852.
—, var. laticinctus,
822, 852.
tiridutes, 852.
violetta, 851, 852.
zoolina, 533, 823.
Charilina
amabilis, 844.
Chartergus
churtarius, 775.
Chauna
chavaria, 137, 146,
Cheiroptaster
gigunteus, 1032.
Chelone
imbricata, 860.
mydas, 860.
olivacea, 860.
virgata, 860.
Chersydrus
granulatus, 878.
Chilades ,
trochilus, 244, 256.
Chinchilla
lanigera, 982.
Chirogale
melanotis, 974.
Chironectes
minimus, 507, 513.
Chitra
indica, 861.
Chiiaria
amabilis, 675, 676.
minima, 676.
phemis, 675, 676.
skapane, 675.
tora, 676.
Chlorion
azureum, 438.
compressum, 441.
lobatwm, 438.
Chlorochrysa
bourcieri, 841.
calliparea, 341.
Chlorophanes
atricapilla, 337.
pulcherrima stiyma-
tura, 338.
spizu cerulescens, 337.
Chlorophonia
torrejont, 338.
Chloropipo
unicolor, 368.
uniformis, 368.
Ohloroselas
esmeralda, 261.
pseudozeritis, 251.
Chlorospingus
auricularis, 345.
chrysogaster, 346,
cinereocephalus, 346.
leucogaster, 346.
verticalis, 346,
Cheerodes
assyllusaria, 644.
contemnaria, 644.
invariaria, 643.
Choristoneura
apicalis, 83, 104,
Chronis
callipterus, 916.
kirkii, 915.
mossambicus, 915.
niloticus, 218.
rendalli, 915.
spilurus, 219.
squamipinnis, 915,
tristrumi, 218.
Chromodes
armeniacalis, 640.
Chrysantheda
nitida, 775, 776.
Chrysis
cyanura, 458.
Suscipennis, 458,
nobilis, 158.
oculata, 459,
principalis, 459.
pulchellus, 459,
spinole, 458.
splendida, 458.
Chrysomitris
atrata, 353.
capitalis, 352.
Cheysonelce
chrysochlora, 891.
ornata, 782, 890.
rubescens, S90.
Chrysophanus
abbotti, 832.
Ohrysotis
guilding?, 230.
Churia
arcuata, 263.
Ciconia
alba, 145, 233.
episcopus, 232.
nigra, 145.
Cidaria
eductata, 646,
effrenata, 647.
emberizata, 646.
intercalata, 646.
patuluta, 646.
perspicuata, f46.
Cigaritis
abbotti, 832.
Cinclodes
bifasciatus, 371.
Juscus, 371,
rivularis, 324, 371.
taczanowskii, 323,
Cinclus
cinclus, 311.
leucocephalus, 327.
melanogaster, 311.
Cingilia
humeralis, 649.
Cinnicerthia
olivascens, 327.
peruana, 327.
unibrunnea, 327.
Cinnyris
amethystina, 286, 292,
295.
auriceps, 292.
Jjugularis, 290.
Cirredia
satellifera, 639.
Cirsodes
acuminata, 644.
Cissopis
leveriana minor, 348.
minor, 348.
Cistissa
expansa, 647.
Cistothorus
graminicola, 329.
polyglottus, 329.
Citharinus
geoffroii, 218, 223.
Cittura
cyanotis, 604, 605.
sanghirensis, 604, 605.
Clarias
gariepinus, 220.
zera, 219.
mossambicus, 220.
smithii, 219, 220.
INDEX.
Clettharra
minorella, 262.
Clysia
absconditaria, 643.
tasima, 643.
vitiligata, 644.
Olytia
vanitanih 488, 489.
Coassus
sp. inc., 986.
rufus, 986.
superciliaris, 986.
Cobalus
atrio, 66, 80.
corvinus, 80.
duplex, 54.
subfasciatus, 33.
Cobus
ellipsiprymnus, 785.
kob, 983.
unctuosus, 785.
Coccothraustes
coccothraustes, 311.
vulgaris, 311.
Codonium
gemmiferum, 473.
Ceelioxys
capitata, 454.
confusus, 454.
Ccereba
cerulea, 337.
chloropyga, 337.
magnirostris, 237.
Colabata
lineosa, 637.
Colenis
cillene, 514.
julia, 514.
Colias
edusa, 833.
—, var.
125.
electra, 528, 536.
helice, 125.
pyrene, 254.
Colius
capensis, 157.
Colobus
angolensis, 788.
palliatus, 788.
pelycomus, 987.
Colpa
iris, 430.
Coluber
fasciolatus, 882.
hexagonotus, 882.
korros, 882.
melanurus, 883.
oxycephalus, 882.
porphyraceus, 882.
radiatus, 783, 883.
electra,
Columba
livia, 153.
Colymbus
septentrionalis, 142.
Comibmena
sp., 853.
Comps
saturata, 647.
Compsocoma
sumptuosa, 343.
Oompsothly pis
pitiayumi, 330.
Conirostrum
atrocyaneum, 335.
cineroym, 335, 336.
— littorale, 336.
cyaneum, 330.
errugineiventre, 335.
sitticolor, 339.
Connochetes
orgon, 506.
eae 796.
— albo-jubatus, 617.
~— johnstont, 616, 796.
— typicus, 617.
Conopophaga
castaneiccps, 385, 386.
— brunneinucha, 385.
Ovnsoprium
divisum, 636.
Constantia
vulgaris, 273.
(Zonora) rufimargi-
nalis, 273.
Contopus
ardesiacus, 367.
virens richardsont, 367.
Conurus
holochlorus, 784.
rubritorques, 784.
Copurus
colonus, 357.
= areas 357,
funnies 358.
Corematodus, gen. noy.,
918.
shiranus, 919.
Corematura
chrysogastra, 635.
Coremia
Sringillata, 646.
lateraria, 646.
Coronella
baliodeira, 885.
Coronta
surrepens, 638.
Coruncala
latipennis, 648.
Corvus
capellanus,226,227 ,228,
1078
Oorydalla
cryptoleuca, 636.
Corymorpha
galanthus, 464.
nana, 475.
nutans, 459, 463, 464,
465, 467, 499.
prolifer, 466.
Coryne
briarcus, 461.
Sritillaria, 467.
implexa, 461.
pelagica, 461.
(Amphicodon) _frizil-
laria, 467. ,
(Corymorpha) fritil-
laria, 466
Corythaix
chlorochlamys, 154.
Corythopis
anthordes humivagans,
386.
Oosinetira
punetata, 484.
Cosmophila
erosa, 263.
mesogona, 263.
punctifera, 639.
sabulifera, 263.
Cosmosoma
marginatum, 63d.
Cotenu
mediana, 647.
Cottobara
concinna, 650.
Coturnix
communis, 311.
coturniz, 311.
Crabro
Suscipennis, 447.
palitans, 446, 459.
Crambus
leucozonellus, 269, 283.
Craspedia
actuaria, 267.
, gacta, 267.
Orax
alberti, 989.
Oremastogaster
anthracina, 422, 423.
apicalis, 423.
brunnea, 4238.
brunnescens, 423,
contenta, 422.
deponens, 423.
dohrni, 422.
forticulus, 423.
pellens, 423.
ransonneti, 422,
rogenhofert, 422,
subnuda, 422.
INDEX,
Crenis
crawshayi, 825.
rosa, 826.
Crex
erex, S11.
pratensis, 149, 311.
Cricetomys
gambianus, 160, 793.
Cricetus
Jfrumentarius, 160.
Cricula
trifenestrata, 240.
Crinipus, gen. noyv.,
9
a
leucozonipus, 277, 283.
Orocidolomia
binotalis, 274.
Crocidura
sp. ino, 792.
Crocisa
emarginata, 454.
histrionica, 453.
ramosa, 453.
scutellaris, 453.
Crocodilus
americanus, 632,
niloticus, 632.
palustris, 629, 862.
pondicerianus, 862.
porosus, 629, 682,
862.
vulgaris, 862.
Orossarchus
fasciatus, 793.
Orossopus
fodiens, 568.
Orotophaga
major, 7738.
Crymona
hastatalis, 640.
receptalis, 640, 649.
Cryptocerus
bicolor, 417.
Oryptopone
testacea, 416.
Oryptoprocta
feroz, 974.
Ctenodactylus
gundi, 988.
massonii, 988.
Ctypansa
obtusa, 648.
Cupido
icarus, 829,
talmora, 655.
Curetis
@sopus, O72.
insularis, 651, 672.
tagalica, 672.
Oyaniriodes
libna, 658, 682.
Oyaniris
camene, 651, 655.
cossea, 655,
plauta, 655.
selma, 65d.
sonchus, 651, 65d,
682.
Cyanocorax
yneas, 354.
Oyanolesbia
gorgo, 288, 293.
Oyanops
franklini, 555,
Cyanotis
azare, 361.
rubrigastra, 362.
— alticola, 861.
Cyclemys
amboinensis, 859.
dhor, 859.
oldhamii, 859.
platynota, 858.
Oyclopides
abjecta, 49.
egipan, 48.
amena, 51.
anomeus, 50, 103.
argenteogutta, 50.
argenteostriatus, 49.
barbere, 56,
bernieri, 52.
brunneostriga, 51.
capenas, 55, 130.
cariate, 54.
carmides, 27.
catocalinus, 28.
cheles, 48.
chersias, 54.
derbice, 55.
dispar, 52.
empyreus, 27.
Sormosus, 49.
howa, 28.
tnornatus, 50.
lepeletierii, 50.
leucopyga, 28.
lynx, 52.
macomo, 55,
malchus, 28.
malgacha, 48,
meninx, 49.
metis, 48, 130.
midas, 49, 130, 842.
mineni, 52,
mirza, 5).
paola, 50.
pordalina, 51.
perexcellens, 842, 850.
phidyle, 52.
phoceus, 79.
punctulata, 53.
Cyclopides
quadrisignatus, 49,
108, 130, 842.
rhadama, 61,
romi, Bl.
saclavus, 52.
sator, 75.
stellata, 52.
syrinx, 49, 51.
tsita, 50.
uniformis, 49.
willemi, 48, 49, 851,
852.
Cyclorhis
guianensis, 332.
Cyclyrius, gen. noyv.,
830.
equatorialis, 830.
Juno, 830, 850.
Cygnus
americanus, 784.
atratus, 147.
Oyligramma
latona, 853.
rudilinea, 83.
Cylindrophis
lineatus, 878.
rufus, 877.
Cymatophora
temperans, 639.
Cymoriza
ubrotalis, 643.
etalis, 643.
hadiusalis, 6438.
bocusalis, 643.
bolusalis, 643.
damescaiis, 643.
narcissusalis, 643,
Cynzlurus
Jubatus, 987.
Cyprinus
gonorrynchus, 500.
nasus, 500.
sguamosseus, 500, 502.
Cyrtozone
herilla, 241.
Cystineura
cana, 614, 615.
Cytzis
octopunctata, 477.
Dacelo
cervina, 606.
Dacnis
angelica, 337.
cayana, 336, 337.
— glaucogularis, 336,
337.
pulcherrima, 338.
Dalara
falcata, 634,
INDEX.
Dana
vulgaris, 855.
Damalis
alhifrons, 982.
pygarga, 982.
Damaliscus
korrigum, 983.
pygargus, 983.
Danais
eresimus, 514.
plexippus, 514.
Dantona
busalis, 643.
' discerpta,
6438.
Daphnis
nerit, 268, 853.
Darapsa
myron, 241.
Daremma
undulosa, 241.
Dargida
niphanda, 639.
Daritis
marginalis, 636.
Dasmeuda
alcimusata, 644.
Dasymys
incomtus, 794.
Dasypeltis
scabra, 715.
Dasy proctus
ceylonicus, 447.
Davara
azonazsalis, 643,
Deidamia
inscriptus, 241.
Deilephila
cuphorbie, 241.
Deiopeia
ocellina, 135, 846.
pulchella, 135, 258, 529,
853.
Delothraupis
castaneiventris, 342,
Dendraspis
angusticeps, 217.
Dendrelnphis
caudolineatus, 884.
Dendrobates
valdizani, 323.
Dendrocolaptes
validus, 378.
Dendroica
estiva, 331.
blackburnia, 331.
cerulea, 380.
Dendrolagus
bennett22, 713.
Dendromys
mesomelas, 794.
639,
1079
Dendrophis
Sormosus, 883.
pictus, 883.
Dendrornis
chuncotambo, 376, 377.
ocellata, 376, 377.
rostripallens, 376.
triangularis, 376.
bogotensis, 376. |
erythropygia, 376.
Dermochelys
coriacea, 857.
Desmia
ajlictalis, 274.
bulisalis, 642.
nerinalis, 642.
pisusalis, 642.
ufeus, 642.
Deudorix
anta, 526,
diara, 651, 681, 683.
epijarbas, 681.
livia, 526, 533.
similis, 682,
strephanus, 651, 681,
383.
suffusa, 682.
Diacamma
geometrica, 413.
vagans, 413.
Diana
diadema, 475.
Slavidula, 488.
phosphorica, 488.
Diantheecia
eros, 639.
Dictenua, gen. nov., 846.,
inconstans, 846, 850.
Didelphys
derbiana, 987.
lanigera, 987.
marsupialis, 789.
philander, 987.
Diglossa
brunneiventris, 334.,.
pectoralis, 334.
personata, 334.
Diglossopis
cerulescens, 334, 335.
— pallida, 334.
Dilephila
livornica, 268.
Diplonema
islandica, 466.
Diplophyrus
grandis, 871,
Diplura
@quatorialis, 755, 761.
bicolor, 761.
cousini, 755, 761.
gymnognatha, 761.
1080
Diplura
longicauda, 755, 761.
macrura, 754, 755.
rogenhoferi, 755, 761.
sanguinea, 754,
soricina, 761.
Dipsadomorphus
cynodon, 889.
dendrophilus, 889.
drapiezii, 889.
gokool, 889.
Jaspideus, 889.
multimaculatus, 788,
889.
INDEX,
Doratoceros
triangularis, 506.
Dorcopsis
luctuosa, 713.
Doritis
apollinus, 241.
Dorylus
curtsii, 416.
orientalis, 416.
Dosura
palialis, 276.
Draco
Jimbriatus, 870.
maculatus, 870.
Dysdemonia
glaucescens, 635.
Dysithamnus
dubius, 323, 381.
semicinercus, 381.
Dysinorphosa
carnea, 163.
minima, 463, 475.
Facles
imperialis, 241.
Eagris
decastigma, 18.
Dipsas
boa, 895.
cynodon, 889.
dendrophila, 889.
multimaculata, 889.
Dipurena
ap., 459, 473, 499.
halterata, 459, 473.
melanopogon, 870.
quinguefasciatus, 870.
volans, 868.
Drasteria
Judicans, 136. I
Drepanodes
agronaria, G44.
apertaria, 644.
decolor, 18.
denuba, 18, 104.
Ffuscosa, 18, 104.
jamesoni, 18, 841.
lucetia, 19.
melancholica, 18.
nottoana, 18.
phyllophita, 18.
Dirphia arnataria, 644. sabudius, 17.
multicolor, 635. diffundaria, 644. Farias
Dispholidus excavaria, 644. insulana, 258.
typicus, 216. grata, 644. Hbulia
Dissura hamulata, 644. talis, 643,
episcupus, 231, 232, 627. pholata, 644. Lchis
Distichodus Drepanognathus carinatus, 217.
rostratus, 218. erwentatus, 414. Keiton
rudolphi, 218, 223. Drina nigrum, 423.
Distira donina, 680. rufonigra, 423.
brugmansii, 892. ninoda, 680, 683. Eclectus
eyanocincta, 892. Dromeus roratus, 627.
gerdonii, 892. nove-hollandie, 140. Ecpantheria
stokest?, 892. Dryas hebona, 637.
Diuca eda, 839. Ectatoma
speculifera, 351. Dryinus rugosa, 414.
Diva prasinus, 890. Edema
atrocerulea, 341. Drymonia nana, 639,
Dives histrionica, 637. Hdyma
kalinowskii, 323. Dryocalamus significans, 638.
Docimodus, gen.nov., 917. subannulatus, 881. Egabra
Johnston, 917, V18. Dryophiops certissima, 639.
Dolichoderus rubescens, 890. Egybolia
gracilis, 411, Dryophis vaillantina, 853.
taprolane, 410, 411. mycterizans, 782. Elainea
Dolichonyx prasinus, 782, 890, albiceps, 364.
- oryzivorus, 354. 900. — parvirostris, 364.
Dolichosticha xanthozona, 890. brevirostris, 305.
cochrusalis, 643. Dubusia gigas, 364.
Dolichotis stictocephala, 328, modesta, 364,
patagonica, 987. 343. obscura, 364.
Doliophis Duponchelia pagana, 364.
annectens, 895. fovealis, 278. pallatunge, 364.
bivirgatus, 895. Durbania Elaps
intestinalis, 895. hildegarda, 108, 120. bivirgatus, 895.
lineata, 895. Dycladia Sflaviceps, 895.
trilineatus, 895, lucetius, 635, Surcatus, 895.
Donacesa Dyops intestinalis, 895.
miricornis, 640. ocellata, 639. melanurus, 895,
Elaps
nigromaculatus, 894.
Elephas
indicus, 547.
Eliomys
kellent, 800.
parvus, 800.
Elis
aureicollis, 430.
ceylonica, 430.
Jinbriata, 430.
tris, 430.
lindenti, 430.
orientalis, 429.
phalerata, 430.
thoracica, 429, 430.
Elixoia
subocellata, 648.
Ellema
harrisit, 637.
Eloria
canescens, 647.
lucida, 637.
mesta, 637.
Elysius
signatus, 647.
Emuuiltis
meyiaria, 268.
nigrescens, 287, 283.
obscuraria, 268.
Empidagra
brevirostris, 365.
Empidochanes
pecilurus, 366.
-— peruanus, 366.
Bmyda
scutata, 782.
Emys
crassicollis, 858.
platynota, 859.
thurgi, 858.
Endropia
subupicata, 646.
Enhydrina
valakadien, 893.
Enhydris
hardwickii, 892.
Enodia
canescens, 440.
Servens, 440.
Entomogramma
nigriceps, 265.
Enys
prominens, 637.
Eoluidia
decheni, 1039.
Hodxylides
etias, 680, 683.
tharis, 678, 680.
Eospondylus, gen. noy.,
1039.
INDEX.
Eospondylus
primigenia, 1039.
Epamera
sidus, 108, 123.
Epenthesis
cymbaloidea, 460, 487,
491.
Ephestia
cautella, 270.
elutella, 270.
Ephialtias
abruptu, 636.
simplex, 636.
Ephyra
rufistrigata, 267, 283.
Epbyriades
lelius, 11.
nerva, 10.
Epicrium
glutinosum, 914.
monochroum, 914.
Epicrocis
(Oundiope) erubescens,
272, 283.
(—) joannisella, 272.
Epidromia
pannosa, 638.
Epione
allutiusaria, 644.
ardysaria, 644.
mitranaria, bA4,
relictaria, 644.
Epiplema
Petal 646.
Epipona
marginata, 450.
Epomophorus
erypturus, 790.
Eptesicus
melanops, 791.
Equus
burchelli typicus, 783.
montanus, 987.
onager, 987.
zebra, 783.
Eragisa
lanifera, 639.
Eremias
brenneri, 920, 921, 928.
—, var. striatus, 926.
edwardsit, 929, 930.
erythrosticta, 921, 924.
hochneli, 927.
lugubris, 921.
mucronata, 215, 921,
22,
seateniata, 215.
smithi, 921, 925.
striata, 921, 926, 927.
Eremocossus
proleuca, 276, 283.
1081
Lretis
delele, 256.
melania, 5.
motozi, 7.
Eretmocera
fasciata, 280.
Erilusa
dioptalis, 636.
pscudauxo, 636.
Erinaceus
ewropeus, 559.
micropus, 562.
pictus, 562.
Erinota
holocausta, 96.
Eristalis
agrorum, 776.
lateralis, 776.
vinetorum, 776.
Hromene
ocellea, 269. ;
pavonialis, 269, 283.
Eronia -
cleodora, 536.
leda, 536, 839.
Erosia
acutangularia, 645.
bipartaria, 646.
distincta, 645.
integrata, 646.
lacerataria, 645.
leucospilaria, 645.
niveinotata, O47.
quadruncata, 646.
semilaria, 645,
subpatulauta, 646.
subsignaria, 645.
subtruncata, 646.
Eryanis
midia, 27.
Erysthia
obliguata, 650.
Erythroplatys
corallifer, 776.
Eryx
thebaicus, 216.
Tsua
extollens, 640.
Ethnistis
munitalis, 649.
Etiella
zinkenella, 273. y
Euagra
discalis, 636.
Eublemma
abrupta, 262.
bifasciata, 262.
bulla, 262.
divisa, 262,
ecthemata, 262, 283.
parva, 262.
1082
Eublemma
seminivea, 262, 283.
Eubolia
vicaria, 647,
Euceren
albiceps, 636.
archias, 636.
discolor, 686.
lutifascia, 636.
mitigata, 636,
reticulata, 636.
rhodophila, 636.
Euchilota
pilosella, 460, 481, 483,
484, 486, 487, 499.
Euchloe
Jalone, 127.
Eucladia
Johnsont, 1040.
Eucope
gemmigera, 487.
variabilis, 488.
Eucrostis
disparata, 268.
Eudzmonia
argus, 241, 242.
Eudamus
proteus, 519.
santiago, 519.
Eudynamis
taitensis, 934.
Eudyptes
chrysocome, 142, 143.
Eugaster
logani, 1036.
Eulampis
Jugularis, 288.
Eulepte :
concordalis, 641,
Humeces
bowringii, 875.
chinensis, 876.
punctatus, 875.
(Mabouya) szgapor-
ensis, 875.
Eumenes
arcuata, 448.
Jlavopicta, 448.
humbertianus, 448.
petiolata, 448.
Eunectes
murinus, 773.
Eunomia
abdominalis, 635,
separata, 635.
vacillans, 635.
Euphedra
neophron, 825, 852.
Euphonia
chlorotica serrirostris,
339,
INDEX.
Euphonia
chrysopasta, 338.
crassirostris, 339.
laniirostris, 339.
nigricollis, 338.
rufiventris, 839.
xanthogastra, 338.
Buphysa
aurata, 459, 466, 474,
475.
mediterranea, 474.
Euplexia
conducta, 260.
opposita, 259.
Euprepes
ernestii, 874.
rufescens, 874,
(Riopa) punctatostri-
atus, 875,
Euproctis
Jasciata, 266.
Euralia
mima, 851, 852.
wahlbergi, 852.
Burata
transiens, 635.
Turema
scheneia, 112, 825.
Eurycreon
albifascialis, 276, 283.
nudalis, 276,
Eury phene
cocalia, 852.
Eurypyga
major, 324.
Eurytela
dryope, 532.
hiarbas, 532.
Eusearthmus
latirostris, 360.
margaritaceiventer,
360.
— rufipes, 360.
pelzelni, 360.
pyrrhops, 360.
wuchereri, 860.
Husemia
eoa, 843.
perdix, 843.
superba, 134.
thruppi, 259.
Eusenea
eniasaria, 644.
Eustephanus
fernandensis, 284, 289,
293, 295.
galeritus, 289.
Eutelia
discistriga, 268.
Tuthermesia
inexucta, 648,
Eutima
insignis, 460, 492.
Eutropius
depressirostris, 220,
Euxanthe
wakefieldii, 825.
Tveres
Jobates, 119, 828.
mahallokoena, 828.
Bxaeretus
cwucasicus, 553.
Felis
caffra, 792.
pardus, 792.
serval, 792.
servalina, 987.
Ferreola
dimidiatipennis, 433.
greenti, 433.
miranda, 433.
Flavinia
Jusifera, 636.
Focilla
abrupta, 650.
Fodina
Johnstoni, 853, 854,
855.
Fordonia
leucobulia, 888.
Formica
anceps, 411.
angusticollis, 403.
ardens, 403.
aurulenta, 402.
barbata, 403.
callida, 404.
cincrascens, 402.
cognata, 404.
compressa, 404.
consultans, 405.
detorquens, 405,
diffidens, 405.
dorycus, 403.
exercita, 408.
erundans, 413.
Samiliaris, 412.
Juscicauda, 405.
gigas, 403.
gracilescens, 409,
hematodes, 412.
impetuosa, 403,
indefessa, 404.
indeflexa, 405.
latebrosa, 405.
lonyicornis, 409.
longinoda, 408.
longipes, 410.
macra, 408.
maculata, 404.
manrillosa, 412.
Formica
megacephala, 421.
melanocephala, +11.
meritans, 413.
mitis, 404,
nana, 412.
obtusa, 402.
pangens, 405.
pubescens, 403.
pyrrhocephala, 405.
rastellata, 407.
reticulata, 402.
rufoglauca, 403.
sericea, 402.
smaraydina, 408.
subpicea, 405.
taprobane, 410.
timida, 405.
trifasciata, 410.
vagans, 409.
varieqata, 405.
ventralis, 405.
virescens, 408,
viridis, 409.
zonata, 409.
(Camponotus) mtcans,
403.
Formicivora
caudata, 324, 382.
Fratercula
arctica, 546.
Fringilla
teydea, 228.
Fruila, gen. nov., 1008.
wallacit, 1008, 1012.
Fufius :
atramentarius, 749,
750, 753.
auricomus, 723, 750,
766.
Fuligula
- baeri, 780.
cristata, 311.
Suligula, 311.
Fulmarus
glacialis, 143.
Furcaster
paleozoicus, 1038.
Furnarius
sp., 228.
Gaala
dispunctalis, 648.
Gabaleca
bilineatella, 649.
Qulago
mvholi, 790.
Galanda
hebrusalis, 640.
Galapha
sublineata, 638.
INDEX.
Gallophasis
vieillott, 982.
Gamia, gen. nov., 84.
buchholzt, 8b.
ditisstmus, 85.
galua, 84, 103.
Gammace
magniplaga, 650.
Gangara
basistriga, 85.
Gangra
atripustula, 650.
Gaphara
sobria, 650.
Gartha
dalsa, 635.
Gastrocheta, gen. nov.,
alhiventris, 35.
cybeutes, 39.
—, var. pallida, 39.
diversata, 32.
mabillei, 38.
mezd, 87, 38, 103.
varia, 38.
Gavialis
gangeticus, 629, 632.
Gazella
albifrons, 983.
arabica, 981, 984.
cuviert; 812, 813, 814,
815.
dorcas, 812, 815, 817.
loderi, 780, 812, 813,
814, 816, 817.
rufina, 812.
vera, 984.
Gazena
divulsa, 645, 646.
Gecko
guttatus, 867.
monarckus, 866, 867,
868.
smithit, 868.
stentor, 867.
verticillatus, 782, 867.
Gegenes
albigutta, 59.
gambica, 59.
hottentota, 58, 59, 843.
karsana, 248, 255,
256.
letierstedti, 181, 842.
nostrodamus, 58.
obumbrata, 58, 59,
843.
occulta, 59.
Gehyra
miultilata, 865, 866.
Gelechia
molitor, 278.
1083
Gemmaria
gemmosa, 461.
unplexa, 459, 461.
Genetta
tigrina, 792.
Geoemyda
spinosa, 859, 860.
Geometra
basiplaga, 645.
Georychus
capensis, 160.
darlingi, 805, 808.
hottentotius, 808,
nimrodi, 808.
Geositta
cunicularia juninensis,
370.
probeni, 370.
saxicolina, 870.
tenutrostris, 371.
Gerbillus
afer, 608, 793, 800.
leucogaster, 806.
namaquensis, 802.
shawi, 160.
Geroda
cxeneusalis, 641.
Gerra :
hyelosioides, 647.
Gerydus
boisduvalii, 652.
improins, 651, 682.
innocens, 651.
leos, 652.
maximus, 652.
Geryonia
appendiculata, 495.
planata, 488.
Gisira
endeisalis, 642.
Gizama
anticalis, 649.
Globicera
pacifica, 935.
Glottula
orientalis, 259.
Glyphodes
indicu, 274.
rutilalis, 649.
sinuata, 853.
suavis, 649.
unionalis, 274.
Glyphorhynchus
cuneatus castelnaui,
376.
Gnamptonyx
vilis, 264, 529.
Gnophodes
diversa, 821.
Godartia
wakefieldii, 825.
1084
Golunda
fallax, 794, 804.
Gomalia
allofasciata, 26, 255.
elma, 26, 255, 256, 528.
Gonatodes
kendaltii, 868, 864.
ornatus, 863.
penangensis, 857, 863,
914.
Goniloba
cretacea, 47.
Gonitis ~
editrix, 639.
exaggerata, 648,
. propingua, 263.
reversa, 648.
Goniurus
coscinia, 520.
talus, 519.
Gonodela
zambina, 853.
Gonodonta
ditissima, 639.
Gonora
heliconiata, 647.
Gonorhynchus
greyt, 504.
Gonyocephalus
borneensis, 870.
grandis, 871.
hervey?, 870.
Gonyophis
margaritatus, 883.
Goodsirea
mirabilis, 493.
Gopha
mixtipennis, 647,
Gora
equalis, 650.
Gorgyra, gen. nov., 31.
abure, 31, 82, 83.
aretina, 35.
diversata, 32.
heterochrus, 32, 34.
indusiata, 35.
Johnstoni, 82, 103, 841.
minima, 32, 33, 104.
mocquerysti, 33, 104.
rubescens, 35, 104.
swhfasciatus, 33, 103.
subflavidus, 34, 104.
Gorytes
greentt, 444, 459.
Gracula
intermedia, 228.
Grallaria
andicola, 385,
vegulus, 285.
rufula, 385.
— obscura, 385.
INDEX.
Grammodes
stolida, 265, 529.
Grapbigona
antica, 638.
Graphipbora
maja, 637.
Grapholitha
pharaonana, 277, 278.
Grus
carunculata, 506.
communis, 311.
grus, 311.
Gustiana
subflecata, 646, 648.
Gymnelia
bijuncta, 635.
consociata, 635.
simplex, 635.
xanthocera, 635.
Gyimnodactylus
affinis, 862.
pulchellus, 863.
G@ymnopus
cartilaginea, 861.
gangeticus, 861.
indicus, 861.
Gynopteryx
rhombaria, 644.
seriaria, 644.
telysaria, 644,
Gyps ;
bengalensis, 784.
rueppeili, 609.
Gyrtodactylus
affinis, 862.
Hadena
opima, 650.
pennitarsis, 639.
subapicalis, 648.
suljecta, 638.
tessellata, 639.
vacillans, 639.
Hematia
panopealis, 642.
ear casi
rubrifasciata, 850.
Halcyon
rufa, 605.
Tfalesa
enctusaria, 644,
glauca, 644.
Halesidota
antica, 637.
apicalis, 637.
basipennis, 637.
binotata, 6387.
breviuscula, 637.
catenata, 637,
cingulata, O37.
corticca,.637.
Halesidota
discalis, 687.
disciplaga, 637.
flavescens, 637.
niveigutta, 637.
semirufa, 637.
semivaria, 637.
Haliaétus
albicilla, 148.
branickii, 784.
Halictus
agrestis, 451.
amitinus, 452.
amenus, 451.
timidus, 452.
vernalis, 452.
Halpe
amadhu, 182.
. lugens, 66.
nigerrima, 72, 73, 182.
Hamadryas
ophiophagus, 894.
Hamanumida
dedalus, 112, 256, 582,
825, 852.
Hammaptera
perturbata, 647.
Hapalia
illibalis, 650.
Hapaloderma
narina, 999.
rufiventre, 999.
Haplarmadillo
aivonocellatus, 400.
Haplocercus
acutipennis, 361.
Haplopeltura
boa, 895.
Hardella
thurgi, 858.
Harmonicon
rufescens, 723, 754,756,
761, 766.
Harpalothele
albovittata, 753.
auricomus, 753, 754.
garleppi, 758.
lunicia, 753.
reuteri, TA9,
Harpegnathus
cruentatus, 414,
Hedylepta
antenoralis, 649,
vulgaris, 641.
Helicops
schistosus, 881.
Heliochera
rubrocristata, 370,
rufacilla, 370,
Heliothis
armigera, 259,
Heliothis
nubigera, 259.
peltigera, 269.
pictifascia, 259, 283.
Heliothrix
auriculatus, 324.
Hellula
undalis, 274.
Hewwianax
\_ ephippiger, 523.
Hemiceras
barina, 648.
tllucens, 648.
Hemichromis
dimidiatus, 915.
livingstonit, 916.
longiceps, 915.
modestus, 915.
robustus, 915.
Hemidactylus
coctei, 782, 863.
depressus, 865.
Jfrenatus, 865.
gleadovii, 865.
asolepis, 213.
leschenaultii, 865.
maculatus. 865.
peronit, 866.
platyurus, 767, 866.
Hemignathus
lucidus, 990, 991.
Hemioptica
scissa, 405.
Hemipepsis
flava, 435.
Sulvipennis, 435.
Henicorhina
leucophrys, 328.
Heptacondylus
subcarinata, 417.
Herminia
apisalis, 642.
asteralis, 642.
baresalis, 642.
Jfiguralis, 648.
inostentalis, 648.
meonalis, 642.
Herpeenia
eriphia, 129, 852.
iterata, 248, 255.
melanarge, 526, 584.
Herpestes
albicauda, 792.
galera, 792.
gracilis, 792.
Herpetodryas
oxycephalus, 882.
prionotus, 879.
Herpsilochinus
atricapillus, 381. 382.
motacilloides, 381, 382.
INDEX.
Hesperia
abscondita, 25.
acteon, 57.
agylla, 24.
alt, 25.
alveus, yar. onopordi,
26.
amaponda, 15.
amygdalis, 94.
amyntas, 519.
anchises, 98.
andrachne, 17.
asteroidea, 24.
asychis, 520.
bauri, 71.
bibulus, 121, 882.
borbonica, 62.
bosea, 93.
buchholzi, 85.
cenira, 82.
caffraria, 66.
calpis, 82.
camerona, 47.
capronniert, 95, 102.
cerymica, 94, 102.
colotes, 25, 103.
corduba, 90.
corollei, 54.
cretacea, 102.
cylinda, 89.
dacela, 86.
dacena, 89.
diomus, 23.
dromus, 23, 129.
ellipsis, 62.
ennius, 93.
ernesti, 98.
fatuellus, 62.
Serox, 23.
fervida, 99.
flesus, 129.
Jlorestan, 98.
gatatia, 45.
galenus, 12.
hamza, 57.
havei, 60.
hippocrates, 119.
holézit, 71.
hottentota, 58.
ilerda, 91.
tlias, 67.
inconspicua, 60, 151.
jucunda, 98.
jupiter, 101.
karsana, 255.
keithloa, 100.
lacida, 91.
laufella, 83.
lefeburii, 58.
leonora, 88.
lepeletier, 50.
1085
Hesperia
lepenula, 54.
lctterstedti, 58,131,842.
leuzee, 25.
libeon, 97.
ligora, 78.
- limpopana, 48.
lineola, 57.
mafa, 24.
mahopaani, 60.
malthina, 69.
mango, 102.
maracanda, 88.
marchalii, 66.
mathias, 60.
metis, 48,
meza, 38.
micacea, 6.
mohozutza, 55.
moritili, 72.
mucorea, 94,
nanus, 24.
naso, 102.
neba, 72.
nerva, 10.
netopha, 70.
niveicornis, 71.
nora, 25.
nostrodamus, 58.
nyasse, 70.
nydia, 8G.
oileus, 26.
ophiusa, 47.
pisistratus, 99.
plinius, 119, 828.
ploetzt, 22, 23.
poutiert, 63.
prodicus, 102.
proto, 25.
proxima, 92.
pulvina, 65.
pyrosa, 39.
ratek, 100.
roncilgonis, 70.
sabadius, 17.
sandaster, 23, 24.
sataspes, 23.
schulzt, 102.
Secessus, 25.
sextilis, 91.
soritia, 87.
spto, 22, 24.
syrichtus, 520.
thaumas, 57.
thrac, 60.
transvaalia, 24.
unicolor, 97.
vindex, 22, 587.
violascens, 90.
wambo, 62.
weiglei, 95.
1086
Hesperia
weymert, 62.
ypsilon, 28.
zaira, 25.
zambesiaca, 20.
cintgraffi, 84.
(Ismene) chalybe, 101.
(Oxynetra)namaquana,
20
(Syrichthus) diomus,
23
Heterabraxas
roseovittata, 136.
Heterocampa
thyatiroides, 650.
Heterochroma
eriopioides, 648.
Heterogramma
bogusalis, 642.
endorealis, 642.
Heterographis
carnibasalis, 271.
proniphea, 271.
unipunctella, 270.
yerburit, 270.
Heteromys
dleni, 1022.
longicaudatus, 160, 183.
Heteropelma
amazonum, 368, 369.
turdinum, 869.
wallacei, 369.
Heteropterus
decipiens, 1380, 136.
dispar, 52.
Sormosus, 49, 1380.
metis, 48.
pardalinus, 51.
rhadama, 51.
willemi, 48.
Heterorhynchus
olivaceus, 990.
Hibrildes
crawshayi, 849, 851.
norax, 849, 851, 852.
Hidari
cenira, 82, 89, 103.
tricolor, 82, 103.
laterculus, 82, 103.
Hierodula
vitrea, 866.
Himantopus
nigricollis, 543,
Hipistes
hearin 888.
Hipyarchia
asterope, 249.
Hippopotamus
amphibius, 976, 977,
978.
iravadicus, 976.
INDEX.
Hippopclemus
emerlei, 997.
liberiensis, 976, 977.
madagascariensis, 976.
major, 976, 977, 978.
merlet, 976.
paleindicus, 976, 977.
stvalensis, 976, 977,978.
Tlipposiderus
caffer, T91.
Hippotragus
equinus, 983.
niger, 506, 797.
Hirundinea
sclateri, 366,
Hirundo
albiventris, 333.
andecola, 333.
erythrogastra, 382.
Holcomyrmex
criniceps, 417.
Homea
clathrum, 265.
Homeosoma
zanthotricha, 270.
Homalopsis
buccata, 887.
enhydris, 887.
hydrina, 888.
leucobalia, 88.
plumbea, 887.
rhynchops, 888.
sieboldii, 887.
Homeop cis
austent, 722, 735, 736,
766.
pentodon, 735, 736.
Homonctus
lucidulus, 432,
Homoptera
configurata, 638.
discalis, 648.
exhausta, 648.
gratiosa, 648.
hadenoides, 689,
indecidens, 689.
parvula, 648,
phoeleuca, 648,
privata, 648.
punctilinea, 648,
separabilis, 639.
stipatura, 639.
Homopyralis
indecidens, 647.
Hormisa
abeluxalis, 642.
Hyena
crocuta, 792.
Hyalorista
myopicalis, 641.
téniolalis, 649.
Hyblea
puera, 262.
Hybucodon
nutans, 464.
prolifer, 459, 464,
466.
Hyda
majorella, 7.
micacea, 6.
tricerata, 6.
Hydara
biconalis, 642.
Hydrias
albidifascia, 685.
confusa, 635.
plana, 635.
tenebrosa, 63.
Hydromys
chrysogaster, 163,
Hydrophis
cerulescens, 891.
cantoris, 891.
fasciatus, 891.
hardwickii, 892.
nigrocinctus, 891.
torquatus, 892.
Hydrophysa
adiantialis, 643.
cepiosalis, 643.
Hydrosaurus
salvator, 873.
Hydrus
bicolor, 891.
gracilis, 891.
nigrocinctus, 892.
pelamidoides, 892.
platurus, 891.
schistosus, 893.
striatus, 892.
Hyla
arborea, 548.
Hyledactylus
bivittatus, 908,
Hylarana
erythrea, 92.
Hylephila
dictynna, 520.
phyleus, 620.
vibex, 520.
Hylesia
approximans, 647.
Hymenia
perspectalis, 643.
phrasiusalis, 643.
Hyomoschus
aquaticus, 986.
Hypztra
leucoptera, 264, 285.
Hypanartia
hippomene, 112, 825
scheneia, 112, 825.
Hypanis
castanea, 243, 249.
ilithyia, 248.
—, var. vulgaris, 113.
Hypena
abyssinialis, 266.
acclinalis, 640.
ancara, 648.
anicina, 640.
bisignalis, 648.
degesalis, 642.
deldonalis, 641.
disseptalis, 648.
dissutalis, 648.
exoletalis, 641, 650.
hastatalis, 640.
Jussalis, 266.
lividalis, 266.
lyrcusalis, 641.
lysoalis, 642.
masurialis, 266.
mestalis, 640.
marina, 650.
ohacerralis, 266.
obsitalis, 266.
pyralalis, 648.
scabra, 638, 648.
scissilinea, 650.
subbasalis, 642.
xenaresalis, 641.
Hyperchiria
cinerea, 635.
dioxippus, 635.
to, 241.
Jjaneira, 635.
ganus, 241.
leucane, 635.
memuse, 630.
pyrrhomelas, 635.
submacula, 635.
vagans, 635,
Hyperetis
quadrilineata, 646.
tessellata, 646.
Hypernaria
augusta, 638. °
Blorcepitas 648.
discessura, 640, 648.
integrans, 638.
interponens, 638.
leucospila, 648.
punctulosa, 648.
rudis, 648.
Hyphantornis
texta, 228.
Hypochrysops
celisparsus,
653.
Hypoclinea
gracilipes, 411.
gracilis, 411.
651,
INDEX.
Hypocnemis
lepidonota, 384.
leucophrys, 384,
schistacea, 384.
subflava, 884.
Hypogzon
havaicus, 195, 196.
Hypolais
hypolais, 311.
icterina, 311.
Hypoleucis
arela, 68.
cretacea, 47.
enantia, 47, 103.
indusiata, 3b.
ophiusa, 47.
titanota, 47.
tripunctata, 47.
Hypolimnas
inaria, 852.
misippus, 243, 249, 256,
520, 532, 823, 852.
—, var. aleippoides,
249, 256.
—, var. inaria, 249, 256.
Hypolyexna
buxtoni, 123.
seamani, 128.
zela, 832.
Hypopyra
configurans, 638.
Hypsirhina
enhydris, 188, 887.
indica, 887.
plumbea, 887.
sieboldzi, 887.
Hypsopygia
dodalis, G49.
Hyreus
equatorialis, 830.
lingeus, 251, 256.
palemon, 121, 831.
virgo, 121, 136, 831.
Hyria
angusta, 850.
gavisata, 646.
subtectata, 645.
Hystrix
sp. inc., 795.
Icaria
Serruginea, 450.
marginata, 450,
Ichthyomys
soderstromi, 512.
stolzmanni, 513.
Ichthyophis
glutinosus, 914.
monochrous, 914.
Icterodes
roseovitiata, 108,
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. LXX.
1087
Icterus
cayanensis, 364.
Idiops
argus, 734.
bonapartet, 734.
Sulvipes, '734.
Suscus, 734.
germant, 734.
rohdei, 734.
TIdiais
castalis, 252, 526,
vestalis, 252.
Tlipa
scita, 685.
tenthredoides, 635.
Tllice
batialis, 649.
Tngura
Juscescens, 639.
Inia
eoffroyensis, 771, 772.
Tolaus
auricostalis, 832, 850.
bowkeri, 833.
buxtoni, 852.
ceculus, 123, 833, 852.
glaucus, 245, 252.
nurset, 245, 251, 256,
283.
pollene, 833.
philippus, 882, 833.
sidus, 123.
umbrosa, 251.
Ipnea
erebusalis, 640,
Iridomyrmex
anceps, 411.
Iridornis
analis, 342.
Jelskii, 342,
reinhardtt, 342,
Tsanthrene
odyneroides, 635.
Ischnogaster
eximius, 449,
Ischnothele
caudata, 761, 762, 764.
digitata, '764, 765.
guyanensis, 762, 764,
765.
pusilla, 764, 765.
siemenst, 723, 762, 765
766.
zebrina, 764, 765.
Isia
intricata, 636.
Ismene
eschylus, 98.
anchises, 98, 248, 256.
andonginis, 98.
arbogastes, 99.
70
1088
Ismene
bixe, 101.
brussauci, 97.
chalybe, 101.
Jervida, 99,
florestan, 98, 99, 537.
hanno, 100.
iphis, 102.
juno, 101.
keithloa, 100.
libeon, 97.
margarita, 99.
necho, 100.
orma, 90.
pansa, 98,
pisistratus, 99.
ramanetek, 97.
ratek, 100.
sejuncta, 101.
stella, 99.
tancred, 101.
taranis, 98.
unicolor, 97.
Tsopteryx
staiusalis, 643.
Txalus
asper, 908.
pictus, 857, 908.
varius, 749.
Jacoona
anasuja, 678.
metasuja, 679.
Jaera
duodecimpunctata, 112.
Josia
mitis, 636.
Junonia
archesia, 828,
artazia, 852.
aurorina, 111, 824.
bodpis, 111, 531, 824,
52.
cenia, 515.
calescens, 110, 823.
cebrene, 111, 243, 256,
824, 852.
ceryne, 111.
chapunga, 110,
clelia, 248, 256, 524,
631, 824, 852.
cloantha, 111.
crebrene, 524, 531.
cuama, 823, 824.
elgiva, 111, 852.
alami, 852.
he 248, 249, 256.
kowara, 111.
milonia, 111.
nachtigalii, 852.
natalica, 824, 852,
INDEX,
Junonia
pelasgis, 823.
pyriformis, 111.
sesamus, 110, 852.
simia, 110, 823, 824,
852.
sinwata, 111.
trimenii, 110, 824.
tugela, 111, 824.
Katreus
Johnstonzi, 74, 103.
Kedestes
barber, 56.
callicles, 55.
capenas, 55, 108, 130.
chaca, 55.
fenestratus, 56, 103.
lentiginosa, 56, 104.
lepenula, 54.
macomo, 55.
mohozutza, 55.
niveostriga, 56.
tucusa, 55.
wallengrenit, 56.
Kobus
ellipsiprymnus, 797.
senganus, 797.
vardoni, 797.
Labdacus
monastoides, 1009,1012.
Labeo
coubie, 915.
gregorit, 223,
Labidogenys
lyroessa, 420.
Labus
. humbertianus, 448.
Lachesis
gramineus, 782, 896.
monticolor, 896.
purpureomaculatus,
896.
sumatranus, 896.
wagleri, 897.
Lachnocnema
Libulus, 121, 882, 852.
durbani, 121.
Lelia
curvivirgata, 849.
Leemocharis
contractor, 635.
Lagaria
acuminata, 635.
Lagopus
lagopus, 311.
mutus, 311.
Lagyra
dentilineata, 646.
Lampides
celeno, 657.
cleodus, 657.
contracta, 250
daones, 651, 656, 6. 7,
682.
elpis, 656.
lividus, 657.
marakata, 656, 657.
osias, 657.
sigillata, 119, 829.
suidas, 657.
Lampornis
mango, 293.
Lampyris
noctiluca, 777.
Lancia"
phrontisalis, 641.
Langasa
perillalis, 642.
Laodice
calcaruta, 484.
cruciata, 460, 482, 483,
484, 486.
crucigera, 483.
mediterranea, 484.
pilosella, 484.
stauroglypha,
484.
wlothrix, 484.
Laomedea
tenuis, 479.
Lapara
bombycoides, 637.
Laphygma
congressa, 639.
trientiplaga, 639.
Lapworthura, gen, nov.,
: 1037
483,
miltoni, 1037.
Lar
sabellarum, 459, 468,
470, 498, 499.
Larentia
inquinata, 647.
Larinopoda
peucetia, 108, 121.
Larra
extensa, 441, 442.
jaculator, 442.
laboriosa, 442,
prismatica, 444,
quadripustulata, 429.
subtesselata, 442.
tisiphone, 443.
vigilans, 442,
Larrada
aurulenta, 443.
ducalis, 443.
extensa, 441,
hemorrhoidalis, 443.
Larrada
Jjaculator, 442.
laboriosa, 442.
subtessellata, 442.
tisiphone, 442.
vigilans, 442.
Taruma
heterogenea, 634.
Larus
argentatus, 301, 543.
Sranklini, 782.
marinus, 152.
Lasooria
phormisalis, 641.
Lasiocampa
monteir?, 241,
Lasius
sericeus, 402.
virescens, 408.
Latastia
longicaudata, 215.
Latax
lutris, 235.
Latebraria
quadriplaga, 688.
Lathamus
discolor, 239.
Laticauda
scutata, 893.
Laudosia
buddloraria, 644.
Laverna
gambiella, 279.
Legatus
albicollis, 365.
Lehera
anna, 651, 680, 683.
Lephana
tetraphorella, 649.
Lepidodactylus
ceylonensis, 857, 867.
lugubris, 867.
Lepidolemur
microdon, 974.
Leptobrachium
asseltii, 913.
Leptogenys
Jalctgera, 413.
Leptophis
cqudalineatus, 884.
ornatus, 890, 891.
pictus, 883.
Leptopogon ;
amaurocephalus perus
vianus, 863.
erythrops, 363.
peruvianus, 863.
rafipectus, 363.
superciliaris, 363.
Leptoptilus
argtla, 145,
INDEX.
- Leptoptilus:
crumeniferus, 145,
Leptoscyphus
tenuis, 479.
Leptosittaca
branickii, 323.
Leptosoma
apicale, 847.
Lepus
cuniculus, 160.
europeus, 314,
ochropus, 795.
timidus, 160, 314, 322.
variabilis, 314,
whytei, 795.
Lesbia
guia, 323.
Letis
albicans, 638.
cortex, 638.
discopalina, 640.
implens, 688.
integra, 638.
magna, 638.
Leucania
cicatrix, 641.
cinereicollis, 639.
sicula, 260.
unipuncta, 260.
Leuciscus
bibie, 920.
Leucochitonea
bicolor, 21.
levubu, 20, 22.
lucetia, 19.
paradisea, 20.
umoulensis, 21.
Leucodioptron
canorum, 228.
Leucopsumis
guttipalpis, 636.
Licha ‘
undilinealis, 641, 649.
Limacodes
concolor, 647.
Limenitis
dissippus, 241, 242.
ursula, 241, 242.
Limnas
alcippotdes, 249.
chrysippus, 115, 243,
249, 256, 523, 821,
852.
—, var. alcippus, 256.
—, var. dorippus, 249,
256.
—, var. Alugit, 249,256.
dorippus, 523.
klugit, 624, 580.
Limnodytes
erythreus, 902.
1089
Limnogale
mergulus, 975.
Lineodes
peridialis, 643.
Liolepis
belli, 782, 872.
Liparis
crocata, 135.
Lipbyra
brassolis, 680.
Liriantha
appendiculata, 460,490.
mucronata, 496.
Liriope
appendiculata, 495.
Liris
auratus, 443.
ducalis, 443.
hemorrhoidalis, 448.
orichalcea, 443.
savignyi, 443,
Lithacodes
Sasciola, 650.
Lithomia
buddhe, 689.
Lithurgus
atratus, 453.
Lizzia
blondina, 459, 463, 478,
475, 476, 477.
claparedet, 475, 476.
grata, 477, 478.
octopunctata, 477.’
Lobopelta
chinensis, 415,
diminuta, 414. =
distinguenda, 415,
ocellifera, 415.
periqueti, 415,
yerburyt, 415.
Lobophora
bipiliferata, 647.
Logania
malayica, 651, 658.
obscura. 653,
regina, 653.
sriwa, 653.
staudingeri, 653..
Lomvia
troile, 546.
Lonomia
albigutta, 635.
submacula, 684.
Lopera
crocata, 136, 847.
Lophomyrmex
quadrispinosus, 419,
Lophophorus ~
ampeyanus, 621, 982.
Lophostethus
demolinii, 529.
70*
1090
Lophotriccus
squamicristatus, 361.
Lophura
nana, 269.
Lophuromys
ansorgei, GOT.
aquilus, 795.
sikapusi, 607.
Lophyrus
armatus, 871.
Luca
herbida, 647.
Lunda
cirrhata, 545.
Lutra
maculicollis, 793.
Lycrna
adherbal, 120, 829.
anta, 128, 832.
betica, 525, 533.
calice, 120, 829.
exclusa, 828.
guika, 120, 250, 525,
534, 830.
gamra, 250.
glauca, 119, 828.
hanno, 517.
hermus, 656.
hintza, 120.
jobates, 119, 533, 828.
knysna, 525.
lingeus, 525, 533.
livia, 251.
lucida, 830.
mahallokoena, 828.
moriqua, 525, 533.
noreia, 656.
osiris, 118.
perpulchra, 828.
pulchra, 119, 533.
sichela, 829.
stellata, 830.
theophrastus,
533.
trochilus, 120, 525,
830.
525,
Lycsenesthes
sp., 525.
adherbal, 120, 829.
amarah, 244, 250, 256,
525.
larydas, 534.
liodes, 829, 852.
lunulata, 120, 829.
Lyces
albiventris, 636,
plagifera, 636.
Lycodon
aulicus, '783, 881.
effrenis, 881.
platurinus, 881.
INDEX.
Lycodon
subcinctus, 881.
Lycophidium
capense, 216.
Lycosa
picta, 717.
Lygosoma
albopunotatum, 875.
anomalopus, 874.
bowringit, 875.
chaleides, 876.
Jerdonianum, 875.
olivaceum, 874.
singaporense, 875.
sundevallit, 215.
Lymantria
banane, 848, 850.
Lymphorta
unilinea, 688.
Lyrops
auratus, 443,
savignyt, 443.
Lysechinus, gen. nov.,
001
incongruens, 1000, 1001,
1003, 1005.
Mabouya
jerdoniana, 875.
Mabuia
dorie, 782.
megalura, 215.
multifasciata, 874.
novemcarinata, 857,
873.
planifrons, 215.
quinqueteniata, 215.
striata, 215.
varia, 215.
Macaria
concisaria, 645.
continuaria, 645.
externaria, 645.
Fractaria, 645.
mandata, 645.
percisaria, 645.
subitaria, 645.
vitriferaria, 647.
Macrocalamus
lateralis, 885.
Macroglossa
trochiloides, 848.
trochilus, 268, 529.
—, var.trochiloides, 134.
Macropisthodon
Slaviceps, 880.
rhodomelas, 880.
Macropsalis
kalinowskii, 823.
Macropus
giganteus, 688.
Macropus
parryi, 714.
ruficollis, 695.
Magulaba
mestalis, 265.
Maguza
albiguttalis, 649.
Mamestra
adjuncta, 637.
crista, 637.
dentistrigata, 639.
infernalis, 637.
obscurus, 637.
Manatus
inunguis, 212.
Manis
temmincki, 780, 798.
Manouria
emys, 860.
Mantoides
licinius, 651, 677,
678.
Marasmia
trapezalis, 274.
Mardara
curvivirgata, 849.
peculiaris, 849.
Margarodes
transvisalis, 274.
Margaronia
aquarialis, 640.
argealis, 640, 649.
auricostalis, 649.
hypheusalis, 640.
ianthealis, 640.
Margarornis
perlata, 876.
Margellium
gratum, 477, 478, 479.
octopunctatum, 459,
473, 476, 477, 478,
479
Marimatha
subflavalis, 261.
Marmessus
boisduvali, 651, 680.
—, var. atra, 651, 679.
Marthama
conspersa, G50.
squamivaria, 650.
Mastigopus
acetiformis, 940,
tenuis, 960.
Mastygophorus
epitusalis, 642.
Mecocerculus
stictopterus, 362.
— teniopterus, 362.
Mecyna
deprivalis, 274.
polygonalis, 274,
Medusa
@quorea, 482,
cacuminata, 483.
campanella, 487.
cruciata, 483.
crucigera, 483.
cymbaloidea, 487,
491.
hemispherica, 480.
lucida, 480, 481.
pellucens, 480, 481.
scintillans, 480, 481.
Megachile
ardens, 453.
ceylonica, 453, 459.
conjuncta, 452,
lanata, 452.
laticeps, 453.
Megachyta
borgesalis,
649.
Megaleema
armillaris, 556.
asiatica, 555, 556.
hodgsoni, 55D.
Javensis, B55.
virens, 556.
Megalodes
sp., 260.
Megalophrys
longipes, 913.
montana, 918.
nasuta, 913.
Megalopyge
Suscescens, 647.
orsilochus, 637.
Megatomis
euphrionalis, 642.
Megilla
cingulata, 455.
zonata, 455. .
Melanchroia
subvittata, 636.
Melanitis
bankia, 530.
ismene, 248, 256.
solandra, 821, 852.
Melecta
scutellaris, 453.
Melipotis
melanodonta, 263.
strigifera, 638.
yerbury?, 268.
Melitea
cinxia, 241.
Melittia
enescens, 134, 136.
natalensis, 134.
Melodius
niger, 728, 754, 759,
761, 765, 766.
648,
INDEX,
Melodius
rufescens, 759,760, 761.
sanguineus, 723, 754,
758, 760, 761, 765,
766.
Meranoplus
bicolor, 417.
dimicans, 417.
villosus, 417.
Merula
chiguanco, 326.
Mesarmadillo
americanus, 397.
modestus, 397.
reflexus, 398.
Mesocondyla
stigmatalis, 640.
Metachypstris
atribasalis, 261, 283.
quinaria, 261.
Metacrenis
crawshayi, 825, 851,
852.
rosa, 826, 852.
Metagarista
rendalli, 844.
Metarctia
rubra, 135.
Metasia
profanalis, 276.
Methoca
gracilis, 428.
nigra, 427, 459.
orientalis, 428.
Meticulodes
aylinaria, 645,
aylochromaria, 645.
Micrathena
schretbersi, 717.
Microgale
crassipes, 975.
dobsoni, 975.
Microhyla
achatina, 908.
berdmorii, 908.
Microthyris
prolongalis, 641.
Microtus
agrestis, 598, 599, 600,
601, 602.
— neglectus, 601, 602,
603.
amphibius, 160.
arvalis, 599, 602.
britannicus, 602.
neglectus, 699, 602.
Miletus
c@lisparsus, 653.
zymna, 652.
Milvazo
megalopterus, 982.
1091
Mimallo
plana, 635.
Mimetozoon
floweri, 767, 857, 866.
Minara
pardalina, 637.
Mionectes
striaticollis, 362.
— poliocephalus, 363.
Micepondy ius, gen. noy.,
039.
rhenanus, 1039.
Miresa,
divergens, 650.
Mitrephanes
ochraceiventris, 367.
olivaceus, 323, 367.
Mitrephorus
ochraceiventris, 367.
Mitrocomella
polydiadema, 487.
Molge
eristata, 548, 554..
—, var. karelinit, 548.
palmata, 65D.
vittata, 548, 554, 555.
vulgaris, 548, 555.
—, var. meridionalis,
548.
Molothrus
occidentalis, 323.
Molybdophora
concinnaria, 649.
Molynda
humeralis, 639.
Monda
delicatissima, 529.
Monomorium
destructor, 418.
glyctphilum, 418.
latinode, 419.
speculare, 418.
vastator, 418.
Monopis
imella, 281.
Montoides
licinius, 683.
Mormyrus
zambanenje, 224.
Motya
abseusalis, 643.
Mucronodes
oricusaria, 644.
Mulelocha
calligramma, 648.
exsiccata, 648.
Mures
sp., 803.
mariquensis, 803.
Mursa
calisalis, 642.
1092
Mus
sp., 807.
aquilus, 607, 608.
. auricomis, 802, 807.
barbarus, 160, 164,
168, 170, 171, 175,
178, 179, 180, 181,
182.
chrysophilus, 801, 802,
807.
decumanus, 160, 164,
175.
dolichurus, 794.
kaiseri, 801.
modestus, 794.
namaquensis, 802.
natalensis, 794, 807.
vattus, 160, 164, 166,
168, 170, 178, 179,
180, 181, 182, 794,
803, 807, 975.
sylvaticus, 808.
(Isomys) abyssinicus,
608.
(Le gada) minutoides,
608, 794.
Musca
domestica, 776.
Muscicapa
colonus, 358.
fulvicauda, 331.
Muscisaxicola
albifrons, 358.
cinerea, 358.
flavinucha, 358.
fluviatilis, 359.
Juninensis, 358.
maculirostris, 358.
— rufescens, 359.
rubricapilla, 358.
rufipennis, 359.
rufiverter, 358.
Mutilla
estuans, 424,
analis, 425.
aureorubra, 425.
bicincta, 425.
ceylanensis, 425.
chrysophthalma, 425.
coronata, 425.
denticollis, 425.
dimidiata, 425,
egregia, 425.
ocean 425,
hexaops, 425.
humbertiana, 426.
insularis, 426.
intermedia, 426.
kanare, 426.
kanthelle, 426.
maculo-fasciata, 426.
INDEX.
Mutilla
metallica, 426.
ocellata, 426.
opulenta, 426.
rufogastra, 425,
sibylla, 427.
soror, 427.
subintrans, 427. -
taprobane, 427.
yerburyi, 427.
Mycalesis
ena, 852.
eusirus, 852.
perspicua, 109, 530.
rhacotis, 109.
simonsit, 822.
Mygale
avicularia, 741.
cesia, 744.
detrita, 744.
diversipes, 744.
guyanensis, 762.
hirsutissima, 744.
leta, 744.
leporina, 744.
macrura, 754.
plumipes, 745.
sancti-vincenti, 745.
scoparia, 741.
testacea, 741.
walekenaerii, 744.
Mygnimia:
ceylonica, 435.
intermedia, 435.
rubida, 435.
Myiadestes
leucotis, 327.
ralloides, 327.
Myiarchus
cephalotes, 367.
nigriceps, 307.
tricolor, 367.
Myiobius
cinnamomeus, 366.
erythrurus, 366,
Sfulvigularis, 366.
nevius, 366,
Myiodioctes
canadensis, 332.
Myiodynastes
chrysocephalus, 866.
solitarius, 3865.
Myiopatis
wage, 363.
Myiotheretes
erythropygius, 355,
striaticollis, 355.
Myiothlypis
striaticeps, 331.
Myiozetetes
similis, 365.
Myiozetetes
texensis colombianus,
865.
Mylothris
agathina, 124, 526,
534, 833, 852.
crawshayi, 124, 136,
833.
gacksoni, 124.
narcissus, var, dentatus,
124, 136.
rueppellii, 853.
trimeni, 124.
yulei, 852, 853, 855.
Myodes
lemmus, 160, 304,
305.
schisticolor, 305.
torquatus, 305.
Myopias
TB 413.
Myopopone
Tata: 415.
Myoscolops
argenteo-cinereus, 799. .
Myoxus
dryas, 160, 183.
murinus, 800.
smithii, 800.
(Eliomys) nanus, 799.
Myrina :
jicedula, 852.
hypoleuca, 677.
mandarinus, 676.
martina, 677.
pallene, 833.
Myrmeciza
spodiogastra, 323,
383.
Myrmecopsis
opaca, 635.
Myrinica
basalis, 424.
consternans, 424.
contigua, 424.
fodiens, 417.
glyciphila, 418.
hematodes, 412.
levigata, 422.
obscurata, 424,
pallinodis, 424.
pellucida, 412.
trinodis, 422.
unispinosa, 412.
vastator, 418.
| Myrmicaria
brunnea, 417.
Sodiens, 417.
subcarinata, 417.
Myrmotherula
gutturalis, 331.
Myrmotherula
longicauda, 323, 381.
multostriata, 381.
sororia, 323, 381.
surinamensis, 381.
Nacaduba
aluta, 656.
ardates, 656.
atrata, 656.
hermus, 651, 656.
nanda, 656.
noreia, 651, 656.
perusia, 656.
sichela, 829, 852.
violu, 656.
Nachaba
congrualis, 641.
oppositalis, 641.
Nacoleia
vulgaris, 273.
Noonia
signiplena, 650.
Nasia
mesta, 639.
Nagidusa
xylocampoides, 647.
Naia
bungarus, 782, 894.
lutescens, 894.
nigricollis, 216.
tripudians, 782, 894.
Nandinia
gerrardi, (92.
Nanodes
discolor, 236,
Nanotragus
scoparius, 796.
Naprepa
camelinerdes, 634.
Nectarinia
famosa, 284, 291.
Nectophryne
guentheri, 910.
Nematocampa
nyparia, 644.
varicata, 644.
Nemoria
directa, 268.
pulvereisparsa, 268,
283.
solidaria, 268.
Neocrnyra
rufilineata, 530.
ypthimoides, 109.
Neocheritra
amrita, var. theodora,
an
678.
gama, 618.
nisibis, 678.
INDEX.
Neodiplura,
Jelskit, 723, 755, 766.
' Neopithecops
zalmora, 655.
Nephele
accentifera, 853.
Nepheronia
arabica, 248, 256, 528.
capensis, 528.
Nephopteryx
divisella, 271.
(Salebria) — meta-
melana, 271, 283.
(—) nigristriata, 272,
283,
(Thylocoptila) pauro-
sema, 271
Neptis
agatha, 112, 532, 826,
852.
incongrua, 112, 136,
826.
marpessa, 112, 118,
632.
shepherdi, 118.
Nesara
apicalis, 634.
Nestor ;
meridionalts, 236, 237.
Nicoria
trijuga ederiana, 782.
Nisoniades
djelele, 4, 537.
Slesus, 16.
kobela, 11.
mokeezt, 15.
pato, 7.
phyllophila, 18.
sabadius, 18.
aumbra, 4.
westermanni, 537.
Noctiluca
miliaris, 480.
scintillans, 481.
Noctua
amabilis, 844.
discerpta, 648.
major, 637.
meneta, 134, 844.
Nomada
lusca, 455.
scutellaris, 453.
Nomia
capitata, 451.
carinata, 451.
chalybeata, 451.
quadridentata, 451.
rustica, 451.
vincta, 451.
Nomophila
noctuella, 275.
1093°
Nonagria
confusa, 260.
Noorda
blitealis, 275.
fessalis, 275.
Norape
puella, 634.
Notarcha
sp., 529.
Notochelys
platynota, 858.
Notodonta
plagiata, 637.
scitipennis, 647.
stragula, 647.
Notogoneus
cuviert, 503.
osculus, 501, 502, 503,
594,
squamosseus, 502, 504.
Notogonia
deplanata, 442,
jaculator, 442.
laboriosa, 442.
subtesselata, 442,
tisiphone, 442.
vigilans, 442.
Numenius
arquata, 151.
Nychitona
alcesta, 833.
Nyctemera
apicalis, 847.
Nycteridium
platyurus, 866,
schneideri, 866.
Nycteris
hispida, 791.
Nycticorax
gardeni, 627.
griseus, 235.
violaceus, 235.
Nyctipao
latona, 263.
Nyctiprogne
leucopygia, 773.
Nymphalis
guderiana, 822.
zoolina, 823.
Nymphophidium
subannulatum, 881.
Nymphula
lotialis, 643.
Nystalea
equipars, 639.
seminivea, 639.
Obelia
lucifera, 481.
Obucola
expandens, 640.
1094
Oceania
cacuminata, 483.
cruciata, 483.
danica, 480.
dinema, 475. -
flavidula, 488.
lineolata, 4838.
phosphorica, 488.
Ochthodixta
fumigatus, 855.
Ochthoéca
citrinifrons, 356.
Sumicolor, 355, 356.
Jelskii, 356, 357.
— spodionota, 356.
lessoni, 356.
lewcometopa, 356.
enanthoides, 355, 356.
— brunneifrons, 355.
polionota, 356.
pulchella, 356.
rufimarginata, 357.
thoracica, 357.
Octorchis
campanulatus, 494,
gegenbauri, 460, 494.
Odontomachus
hematodes, 412.
simillimus, 412.
Odontorhynchus
branichii, 324, 329.
Odynerus
ecylonicus, 449,
Jistulosus, 449.
humbertianus, 449.
intendens, 449.
ovalis, 449.
sichelii, 449,
tinetipennis, 449,
Aicodoma
diversa, 420.
quadrispinosa, 419.
Gcophylla
smaragdina,
409.
virescens, 409.
idicnemus
edicnemus, 311.
scolopax, 311.
Oligia
expuncta, 639.
subobliqua, 648.
Oligostigma
amenalis, 649.
exhibitalis, 649.
zasusalis, 648.
scuthesalis, 6438,
Onoba
trogonoides, 640.
Onychaster
jlexilis, 1040,
408,
INDEX.
Onychogalea
Srenata, 784.
Oocersea
Fragosa, 415,
Opharus
basalis, 637.
Ophideres
materna, 265.
Ophiurina
lymani, 1037.
Ophiusa
algira, 264.
anfractuosa, 265.
Judicans, 136.
melicerte, 264.
Opisthocomus
cristatus, 618, 619, 622,
625, 626, 773.
Orchesticus
ater, 348,
Orchilus
albiventris, 323, 361.
Orcothphora
ceylonica, 422.
pusilla, 421.
Oreas
canna, 506, 797,981,983.
Oreochromis
shiranus, 916, 917.
Oreotragus
saltator, 303, 796.
Oriolus
persicus, 354.
Oroatis
signata, 689.
Orocala
distentalis, 649.
Orsonoba
clelia, 267.
Orthetrum
brevistylum, 521.
cerwlescens, 522,
lorti, 522.
phillipsi, 522.
subfasciolatum, 522.
Orthodes
infirma, 639.
Orthogramina
perscverans, 638.
Oryba
achemenides, 637.
robusta, 637.
Orycteropus
ethiopicus, 296.
capensis, 296, 298.
gaudryi, 296, 297.
Oryzoryctes
tetradactylus, 975.
Osmodes
adon, 41, 104.
adosus, 41, 104.
Osmodes
bang-haasii, 42, 104.
chrysauge, 41, 43, 104.
distincta, 43, 104.
fan, 79.
laronia, 40, 104.
lux, 42, 104.
ranoha, 45, 129, 852.
stawdingeri, 42, 104.
thops, 41, 43, 104.
thora, 40, 104.
Osphantes, gen. nov., 46,
ogowena, 46.
Osteoleemus
tetraspis, 632.
Ostinops
alfredi, 353.
atrovirens, 353.
decumanus, 353.
Otaria
californiana, 783, 784.
Otocyon
megalotis, 987.
Otogale
kirki, 790.
Otomys
trroratus, 793, 801.
Ourebia
hastata, 796.
nigricaudata, 984.
Ovis
ammon, 786, 787.
hodgsoni, 787.
karelini, '787.
musimon, 784.
poli, 787.
tragelaphus, 784, 814,
816.
Oxybelus
insularis, 447.
lewist, 447.
Oxydia
alpiscaria, 644.
apidania, 644.
cariaria, 644.
nerisaria, 644,
noctuitaria, 644,
trychiata, 644.
Oxyglossus
evis, 897.
lima, 897,
Oxypalpus
annulifer, 39, 104.
ignita, 39, 104.
ruso, 39, 104, 129, 841.
Pachychondila
rufipes, 412.
Pachylia
inconspicua, 637.
resumcens, 637.
Pachyrhamphus
niger, 369.
polychropterus, 369.
* versicolor, 369.
Pachyzancla
mutualis, 275.
Padraona
colattus, 60.
corolla, 54.
watsoni, 60, 108, 131.
zeno, 46, 59, 103, 108,
131.
Pagara
venosa, 630.
Pagophila
cburnea, 781.
Pagyda
traducalis, 274.
Palssaster
ruthvent, 1035.
Palsophiura
simplex, 1034.
Palameden
cornuta, 312, 623.
Palarus
orientalis, 444,
Palastropecten
ztttelt, 1088.
Palindia
alabastraria, 638.
ceruleilinca, 639.
perlata, 639.
punctangulata, 638.
spectabilis, 639.
Paloda
dentifera, 645.
Palthis
agroteralis, 642.
aspisalis, 642, 648.
Palyna
metagona, 638.
Pamea
excavata, 634.
notata, 634.
vittata, 684.
Pammene
pharaonana, 277.
Pampa
acuminata, 636.
Susiformis, 636.
Pamphila
adon, 41.
adosus, 41.
albigutta, 59.
albirostris, 62.
amadhu, 73, 132.
argenteipuneta, 41.
ariel, 77.
aures, 102.
ayresti, 72.
borbonica, 62, 66.
INDEX.
Pamphila
bubovi, 38.
cenira, 82.
callicles, 65.
calpis, 89.
cameronn, 47.
chameleon, 73.
chirala, 28.
chrysauge, 41.
cinerea, 66.
cqjo, 70.
comus, 93.
coroller, 54,
detecta, 63.
dysmephila, 94.
crinnys, 93.
ethlius, 520.
euryspila, 69.
Sallatus, 63.
JSatuellus, 66, 131.
fiara, 94.
galesa, 72.
gambica, 59.
gemella, 62,
gillias, 28.
gisgon, 39.
gonessa, 102.
grandiplaga, 72, 73.
harona, 46.
herilus, 76.
heterochrus, 32.
heterophyla, 73.
hottentota, 58.
dbara, 61.
tcteria, 45.
ignita, 39.
ilerda, 91.
incerta, 75.
inconspicua, 61, 537.
leonora, 88.
lepenula, 54.
letterstedti, 58.
leucosoma, 47.
lodra, 61.
lugens, 66.
mackenii, 29, 30.
macomo, 55.
marchalii, 66.
mathias, var. elegans,
1
macipsa, 60.
mohopaani, 60, 61.
monasi, 70, 71.
morantit, 45, 46.
moritili, 72.
murga, 71.
natalensis, 71.
neoba, 71.
niveostriga, 56.
nostrodamus, 58.
nox, 66.
1095
Pamphila
ohumbrata, 59.
occulta, 59.
octo-fenestrata, 61.
panoquin, 520.
parilis, 520.
philander, 81, 843.
phyleus, 520.
poutieri, 63.
quaternata, 9.
ranoha, 45, 129.
rega, 18.
rhabdophorus, 45.
ronotlgonis, 70.
rufipuncta, 70.
riuso, 39, 129, 841.
sator, 75.
sinnis, 62.
sosia, 45.
splendens, 60.
statira, 69.
stochri, 88.
subflavidus, 34.
tarace, 70.
violascens, 90.
weiglet, 95.
xylos, 67.
zeno, 59, 131.
ztmbaso, 45,
Pamphilus
leucopyga, 74.
Pandemis
securiferana, 649,
Panopea
coromana, 532.
heliogensis, 823, 850.
walensensis, 582.
Pantala
flavescens, 521.
Pantoctenia
gemmans, 845.
Papilio
actzon, 57. ,
agatha, 112, 826.
agathina, 124, 833.
qa, 241.
alcee, 26.
alcesta, 833.
anacardti, 825.
antinorii, 528, 587.
archesia, 823.
astertas, 241.
beticus, 118, 828.
bixe, 101.
brontes, 537.
carduz, 112.
chrysippus, 821.
tela, 624.
cloantha, 111.
columbina, 113.
comus, 98.
1096
Papilio
corinneus, 129.
cresphontes, 241.
dedalus, 112, 825.
demoleus, 248, 255, 256,
528, 536, 852.
donaldsoni, 537.
edipus, 15.
edusa, 883.
electra, 125.
ennius, 93.
eurydamas, 514, 518.
flavus, 57.
flesus, 16, 841.
florella, 128, 254.
forestan, 98, 133.
helops, 93.
horribilis, 840.
iphis, 101.
jupiter, 101.
linea, 57.
lineola, 57.
lingeus, 251.
lurlinus, 852.
machaon, 241.
metis, 48.
misippus, 249, 823.
neodamas, 519.
niso, 58.
niveus, 537.
nivinoz, 851, 852.
nothus, 79.
oileus, 26.
ophion, 16.
palemon, 121, 831.
perion, 1238, 832.
phidias, 101.
phocion, 79.
phorcas, 839.
poudalirius, 241,
policenes, 852.
porthaon, 852.
proto, 25.
pseudoniveus, 528, 839.
pumilio, 58.
pygmaeus, 58.
pylades, 852.
severina, 128.
similis, 852.
solandra, 821.
taboranus, 851.
thaumas, 57.
venula, 57.
vindex, 22.
virgula, 57.
Papio
maimon, 784.
pruinosus, 789.
thoth, 789.
Paradisea
minor, 228.
INDEX.
Paragerydus
aphocha, 652.
horsfieldi, 652.
melos, 651, 652.
pyxus, 652,
waterstradti, 652.
Paraphia
epioneata, G45.
macariata, 645.
Parapison
agile, 441.
Parasa
Sulvi-corpus, 276, 283.
Parasphex
Fervens, 440.
Parathyris
ennomoides, 647,
Paratrechina
vagabunda, 409.
Paratropis
papilligera, 722, 723,
727, 766.
seruposa, 723, 726.
Pardaleodes
ariel, 77.
astrape, 77, 104.
atratus, 13.
bule, 104.
coanza, 76.
edipus, 75, 76.
fan, 79.
Sfulgens, 12.
herilus, 76.
illustris, 12.
incerta, 7d.
interntplaga, 13.
ligora, 78.
lucens, 14.
parcus, 77.
pusiella, 17.
reichenowi, 76, ‘77,
rutilans, 12.
sator, 75.
sierre, 78, 104.
vibius, 78.
wvanthias, 78, 103.
wanthioides, 78, 104.
awanthopeplus, 76, 103,
104.
Pardopsis
punctatissima, 524,531.
Parmula
batesti, 779.
Parnara
argyrodes, 68.
batange, 73.
borbonica, 62.
detecta, 63.
gemella, 62.
leucophea, 68.
! Parnara
| mabea, 68.
melphis, 69.
micans, 63, 104.
picanini, 72.
poutieri, 63.
subnotata, 70.
subochracea, 68, 104.
unistriga, 68.
ursula, 6+, 108.
‘ Parosmodes
harona, 46.
icteria, 45.
morantiz, 45.
Parus
ater, 315.
— britannicus, 315.
— typicus, 315.
britannicus, 815.
dresseri, 315.
major, 158.
palustris, 315.
— dresseri, 315.
— typicus, 315.
Pastona
rudis, 639, 649.
Pastor
roseus, 228.
Patulo
wabkeri, 850.
Pelecanus
Fuscus, 145.
Pelochelys
cantoris, 861.
Pelodytes
caucasicus, 548,
552, 555.
punctatus,
- 653.
Pelodytopsis
caucasica, 553.
Pelomedusa
galeata, 213.
Pelopidas
midea, 27.
Pelopoeus
bengalensis, 438,
jlebilis, 438. ,
javanus, 437.
spinole, 438,
violaceus, 438.
Penelope
superciliaris, 989.
Penicillaria
abscondens, 639."
areusa, 648.
Pentadactylus
Selinus, 865.
Pentila
amenaida, 121.
peucetia, 121.
551, 552,
Pepsis
albifrons, 439.
Servens, 440.
pubescens, 440.
sericea, 439.
violaceus, 438,
Peralestes
longirostris, 586.
Perdix
cinerea, 311.
perdix, 311.
Perichaxta
annulata, 203.
bermudensis, 203, 207,
208.
caducicheta, 199.
capensis, 207.
corticts, 195.
dyeri, 207.
elongata, 207.
hawayana, 195, 201,
208.
hesperidum, 208,
hilgendorsi, 206.
houlleti, 199, 207.
indica, 195, 197, 207.
instle, 204, 205.
japonica, 203.
molokaiensis, 195, 201.
musica, 206.
pallida, 207.
peregrina, 201.
perkinsi, 195, 198,
200.
posthuma, 207.
ringcana, 207.
sancti jacobi, 207.
sandvicensis, 195, 203.
sieboldi, 206.
sinensis, 208.
sumatrana, 207.
trinitatis, 206.
trityphla, 205.
violacea, 208.
Perichares
albicornis, 132, 186.
telisignata, 133, 136.
Pericopis
disjuncta, 636.
larvata, 636.
lycaste, 636.
parnassioides, 647.
Perigea
adornata, 647.
concisa, 639,
Jidelia, 639.
inexacta, 260.
trilinea, 640.
Perigonimus
minutus, 462.
repens; 459, 462.
INDEX.
" Peripia
peronii, 865, 866.
Periplysia
Johnstont, 109.
Perognathus
paradoxus, 1022,
Pessida
interlineata, 638.
Petalidium
foliaceum, 967, 968.
Petasia
spumans, 242.
Petrodromus
tetradactylus, 792.
Petrogale :
penicillata, 713.
xanthopus, 683, 713.
Phacocherus
eliani, 784.
ethiopicus, 796.
Phedra
insularis, 672.
Phregoptera
cinnamomea, 637.
flavopunctata, 637.
subtilis, 637.
Pheporista
zebra, 853, 854, 855. .
Pheochlena
quadricolor, 636.
Pheolema
cervinigularis, 324.
Phaethornis
eurynome, 289, 295.
pygmeus, 324.
Phakellura
dardusalis, 640.
eumeusalis, 640.
Phalena-Noctua
hyppasia, 849.
materna, 850.
Phalaropus
wilsoni, 324.
Phalera
argentifera, 844.
Slavescens, 844.
latipennis, 844, 850.
sigmata, 845.
Phaneus
mimas, 777.
Pharissura
nyasanda, 852, 853, 855.
Phasianus
colchicus, 292, 982.
versicolor, 982.
Phastia
basalis, 647.
Phecada
confinis, 635.
Pheidole
ceylonica, 422.
1097
Pheidole
didita, 421.
diversa, 420.
indica, 421.
Janus, 421.
latinoda, 421.
megacephala,
422.
nanus, 420.
pronotalis, 422.
quadrispinosa, 419.
rugosa, 421.
silenus, 420,
suleaticeps, 421.
wood-masoni, 421. ~
Pheidologeton
diversus, 420.
laboriosus, 420.
nanus, 420.
silenus, 420.
taprobane, 420.
Pees
chrysogaster, 349,
Phialidium
buskianum, 460, 487,
488, 490, 499.
cymbaloideum, 460,
487, 488, 489, 490,
491, 500.
Serrugineum, 488.
flavidulum, 488.
phosphoricum, 488.
temporarium, 460, 488,
489, 490, 491, 492,
500:
variabile, ie 482, 487,
488, 4:
fee 488. ;
Gescope) variabile, 488,
421,
Phitelatters
erosiata, 647.
intrusata, 646.0
mediata, 646.
Philanthus
basalis, 446.
Philothamnus
semivariegatus, 216.
Philydor
euophrys, 375.
ruficaudatus, 875.
subflavescens, 374, 375
subfulvus, 375. ane
Phleocryptes
melanops, 871.
Phlogeenas
cruenta, 163.
Phlyctenia
cuneifera, 641.
nerissalis, 643.
scitalis, 643. a
1098
Phebis
argante, 518.
Phostria
confluentalis, 641.
Phrissura
lasti, 108, 124.
Phrygilus
alaudinus, 851.
chloronotus, 323,
850.
Sruticeti, 351.
gayi, 350, 351.
plebeius, 351.
punensis, 350, 351.
rusticus, 351.
saturatus, 351.
unicolor, 351.
Phrynella
pollicaris, 910.
pulchra, 910.
Phthoropza, gen. nov.,
282,
carpella, 282.
Phuphena
Susipennis, 640.
Phurys
asseverans, 640.
basilans, 642.
mensurata, 650.
partita, 648.
Phycita
phenicocraspis, 272.
potertella, 272.
Phyllodonta
caninata, 646.
Phyllomyias
semifusca, 363.
* — supereiliaris, 363.
wage, 363.
Bayo
proregulus, 856.
superciliosus, 856.
Physcsenura
pione, 109, 821,
—, var. lucida, 852,
853, 855.
Piagetia
fasciatiipennis, 443.
Pica
pica, 311.
rustica, 311.
Picolaptes
Suscicapillus, 324,
378.
lacrymiger warszewiczt,
378.
warszewiczi, 378.
Pieris
abyssinica, 534.
agrippina, 128,
ertphia, 129.
INDEX.
Pieris
gidica, 526, 534.
infida, 526.
lordaca, 255, 534.
monuste, 518.
severina, 534.
thyso, 534.
virginia, 514, 518.
Pigia
tergeminaria, 646.
Pilidion
lineatum, 876.
Pionea
ademonalis, 6438.
cemaroalis, 643.
Pipa
americana, 595,
Pipilopsis
mystacalis, 347.
tricolor, 347.
Pipra
ceruleocapilla, 368.
chloromeros, 368. .
comata, 328, 868.
Pipreola
elegans, 370.
Srontalis, 324, 370.
viridis intermedia,
370.
Pipridea
castaneoventris, 342.
Piprites
tschudii, 367.
Pison
(Parapison) agile,
441.
Pitangus
sulphuratus, 228.
Pithea
ferruginea, 636.
Pitylus
albociliaris, 348.
Plagiolepis
flava, 410.
longtpes, 410.
pissina, 410.
Planema
scalivittata, 826,
850.
Plastingia
bicuta, 40.
charita, 80.
edipus, 75.
flavescens, 46.
laronia, 40.
luehderi, 15.
ogowena, 46.
podora, 86,
reichenowt, 76.
sator, 75.
thora, 40, 41, 43.
Platalea
leucorodia, 144.
Platurus
colubrinus, 893.
Platydactylus
gecko, 867.
lugubris, 867.
monarchus, 868.
stentor, 867.
Platydia
mollealis, 648.
IETS SLESULC, gen. nov.,
amadhu, 73, 104.
batange, 73.
chameleon, 78.
galesa, 72, 103.
moritili, 72.
nigerrima, 73, 103.
myricans, 73, 103.
picanint, 72, 73.
Platyrhynchus
Sflavigularis, 359.
Platytes
ictericalis, 269.
pusillalis, 643.
Plaxia
Salcigera, 638.
Plebeius
orbitulus, 829.
poggei, 831.
trochilus, 120, 880.
Plecoptera
reflexa, 264,
Plemyria
flaviata, 646.
Plesioneura
andrachne, 18.
biseriata, 13.
galenus, 12.
hoehnelt, 18.
humbloti, 14.
hyalinata, 18.
proxima, 14.
Ploetzia
amygdalis, 94.
capronnicri, 95.
cerymica, 94, 95,
dysmephila, 94.
Jiara, 94.
nobilior, 95, 104.
quaternata, 94.
weiglei, 95.
Plotheia
celtis, 262.
Plotus
anhinga, 312.
Plusia
admonens, 638.
basigera, 688, 639.
eriosoma, 265.
Plusia
intracta, 639.
limbirena, 265.
nt, 26d.
Plutella
cruciferarum, 280.
Poaphila
Jigurata, 650.
plagiata, 650.
revoluta, 638.
Podalia
vesta, 637.
Podiceps
taczanowshkii, 323.
Podicipes
cornutus, 541.
coronatus, 542.
cristatus, 541,
542.
minor, 541. ;
nove hollandie, 541.
Podocoryne
albida, 463.
carnea, 459, 463,
Peecilocampa
plurilinea, 650.
Peecilogale
albinucha, 793.
Pecilosoma
gaudens, 635.
amsperata, 635.
sperans, 635.
Peecilothraupis
ignicrissa, 342.
igniventris ignicrissa,
342,
lacrymosa, 342.
Poephagus
grunniens, 988.
Poesula
transversaria, 650.
Pogonotriccus
ophthalmicus, 362.
plumbeiceps, 363.
Polistes
canadensis, 775.
Ferruginea, 450.
stigma, 450.
tamula, 450.
Polybia
phthisica, 777.
Polydesma
guenavada, 263,
wmbricola, 529.
vetusta, 263.
Polyocha
depressella, 270.
strigicostella, 270.
Polyodontophis
geminatus, 879.
sagittarius, 879.
INDEX.
Polyommatus
amarah, 250.
asteris, 828.
beticus, 118, 244, 256,
828, 852.
webbianus, 830.
Polypedates
hascheanus, 902.
leprosus, 907.
leucomystax, 905.
maculatus, 905.
quadrilineatus, 906.
Polypterus
bichir, 218.
Polyrachis
aculeata, 406.
argentea, 406.
busivis, 407.
ceylonensis, 407.
clypeata, 406.
convexa, 406.
dives, 408.
euryalus, 407,
everotia, 408.
JSrauenfeldi, 406.
hippomanes, 407.
illaudatus, 408.
Jerdonii, 406.
mayri, 407.
niger, 408.
adipus, 407.
punctillata, 406.
rastellata, 407.
relucens, 407.
ruficapra, 407.
scissa, 405.
simplex, 408.
spiniger, 408.
thrinax, 406.
yerburyt, 407.
ypsilon, 407.
Pompilus
analis, 431.
arrogans, 432.
atropos, 432.
auratus, 443.
blandus, 433.
canifrons,
432.
cyaneus, 433.
imidiatipennis, 433.
fulvipennis, 435.
greenti, 433,
hemorrhoidalis, 443.
ignicolor, 432, 459.
ignobilis, 432,
lucidulus, 482.
madraspatanus, 436.
mirandus, 433.
perplexus, 431.
rothneyt, 433.
431,
1099
ea
a s, 413..
arenes tion 414,
coxalis, 414.
diminuta, 414.
exundans, 413.
Sfaleigera, 413.
geometrica, 413.
gleadowt, 414,
luteipes, 414.
melanaria, 414,
meritans, 413.
punctatissima, 414,
rufipes, 412,
rugosa, 414,
simillima, 414.
tesserinoda, 413.
typhla, 413,
vagans, 413.
(Leprogenys) faleigera,
13.
(Gyscin) typhia, 413.
(Myiopias) amblyops,
413.
Ponifera
ocellifera, 415.
Pontia
acaste, 253.
arne, 252.
chrysonome, 252.
daira, 254.
eupompe, 253.
evagore, 253.
halimede, 253.
Pontoscolex
corethrurus, 197.
hawaiensis, 195,:196.
Poritia
phaluke, 654.
philota, 654.
philura, 654.
sumatre, 654,
Portax
tragocamelus, 982.
Porzana
maruetta, 311.
melanophea, 324.
porzana, 811.
Potamocherus
africanus, 976.
larvatus, 795.
penicillatus, 976.
Prenesta
scyllalis, 641.
Pratapa
calculis, 672.
cippus, 673, 674.
lucidus, 673, 674.
Precis
amestris, 524.
calescens, 524,
1100
Precis
cloantha, 531.
micromera, 531.
natalica, 824.
octavia, 531.
orthosia, 632.
sesamus, 110, 624, 531.
simia, 110, 824.
taveta, 625, 581.
tugela, 824.
Prenes
eugeon, 520,
Prenolepis
gracilescens, 409.
gracilipes, 410,
indica, 409.
longicornis, 409.
yerburyi, 409.
Priocnemis
canifrons, 481, 432.
consanguineus, 437.
converus, 435.
crinitus, 436.
humbertianus, 487.
pedestris, 432.
perplexus, 431.
Pristocerea
inclusa, 844,
Pristurus
crucifer, 218.
Procampta
rara, 19.
Procavia
brucei, 795.
capensis, 795.
Johnston, 795,
Procnias
occidentalis, 338,
tersa occidentalis, 838.
Procnopis
atrocerulea, 341.
Prodenia
latifascia, 637.
littoralis, 260.
minima, 260,
variolosa, 637.
Prosopalpus, gen. nov.,53,
debilis, 54.
duplex, 58, 54, 104.
Prosopis
monilicornis, 450.
Prosthemadera
nove-zealandie, 230.
Prostherapis
FSemoralis, 7'73.
Protaster
biforis, 1032, 1033.
brisingotdes, 1043.
daoulasensis, 1038.
decheni, 1037.
forbesi, 1038.
INDEX,
Protaster ;
gregarius, 1039.
sedgewicki, 1031, 1082,
033.
Proteides
angasi, 519,
balenge, 91.
benga, 89.
binoevatus, 88.
bosee, 93.
capronnieri, 95.
ditissimus, 84, 85.
euryspila, 69.
fiara, 94.
galua, 84.
helops, 93.
tricolor, 82.
laterculus, 82.
leucopogon, 90.
margaritata, 93.
massiva, YO.
ruralis, 89. .
shelleyi, 93.
azanthargyra, 88.
zxantho, 87.
aychus, 87.
Protogoniomorpha
anacardii, 825, 852.
Protoparce
conrolvuli, 268,
orientalis, 268,
Protoptychus
hatcheri, 979.
Psaliodes
paleata, 642.
Psammodynastes
pulverulentus, 890.
Psammophis
biseriatus, 216.
condanarus, 783,
nigrofasciatus, 882.
punctulatus, 216.
Pseudagenia
e@gina, 433, 434.
alaris, 434.
bipennis, 434.
blanda, 4338.
concolor, 434.
insularis, 434,
micromegas, 434.
nana, 484,
obsoleta, 434.
plebeja, 434.
Pseudaglossa
Sumosa, 266, 288.
Pseudaphelia
apollinaris, 849,
Pseudargynnis
hegemone, 112,826,852. |
Pseuderemias
lineolata, 921.
Pseudocalpe
vagabunda, 265.
Pseudochloris
lutea, 351.
sharpei, 323, 351.
Pseudocolaptes
boissonneaut, 874.
— flavescens, 374.
Pseadomya
consolata, 635,
desperata, 635.
tipulina, 635.
Pseudomyrma
allaborans, 424.
atruta, 424.
nigra, 424,
POET a 423.
Pseudophia
benenotata, 264.
devia, 264.
* indecisa, 264.
ochribasalis, 264, 283.
Pseudorhabdium
longiceps, 886.
Pseudosphex
cognata, 635.
consobrina, 635.
fasciolata, 63),
vespa, 635.
Pseudospingus
verticalis, 346.
xanthophthalmus, 346.
Pseudotantalus
ibis, 144.
Psittacus
erithacus, 236.
Psittospiza
eleguns, 348.
Psychagrapha
floccosa, 634.
Pterhemia
ancinalis, 641.
otusalis, 641.
Pterocles
bicinctus, 153.
Pterocypha
celerata, 646,
divulsata, 646.
Jloccosaria, 646.
umbrinata, 645.
Pteroglossus
inscriptus, 780.
Pterophorus
orydactylus, 277.
Pteropus
Sunereus, 608.
pselaphon, 782.
Pteroteinon
laufella, 88.
Pterygopterus
superba, 636.
Pterygospidea
boadicea, 14.
bouviert, 7, 8.
ielele, 4 .
we 17.
galenus, 12,
Jamesoni, 18,
kobela, 11.
lelius, 11.
meditrina, 12.
mokeezi, 16.
morosa, 6.
motozi, 7, 840, -
nottoana, 18.
phyllophila, 18.
tergemira, 12.
(Tagiades) dugens, 5
Ptilonaster
princeps, 1036.
Ptilonorhynchus
violaceus, 228.
‘Ptyas
exagonotus, 882.
Ptychozoon
homalocephalum, 767,
868.
horsfieldiz, 767, 868.
Pudua
humilis, 608, 509,
510.
mephistophiles, 508,
610.
Purlisa
giganteus, 674.
Pyralis
antenoralis, 642.
atialis, 642.
byzesalis, 642.
crassipes, 649.
externalis, 649.
intermedialis, 649.
ninniusalis, 642.
obsoletalis, 273.
thiastoralts, 642.
varipes, 649.
Pyrameis
cardui, 112, 248, 256,
524, 531.
Pyranga
renee) 345.
azare, 845.
testacea tschudii, 345.
Pyrausta
arabica, 276.
incoloralis, 275.
inglorialis, 275.
phenicealis, 275.
pease 276.
Pyrgus
mensis, 248, 255,
256.
INDEX.
' Pyrgus
agylla, 24,
aera: 24.
chaca, 6b.
colotes, 26."
diomus, 23, 24.
dromus, 23, 24, 129,
elma, 26, 255.
evanidus, 256.
—, var. adenensis, 255.
mafa, 24.
mohozutza, 5b.
nanus, 24.
nora, 2h.
ploetzi, 23.
sandaster, 24,
sataspes, 23, 24.
secessus, 25.
spio, 23.
syrichtus, 520,
transvaalia, 24,
tucusa, 55.
vindex, 22, 23, 528.
zatra, 25.
Pyria
oculata, 459.
Pyriglena
maura picea, 383.
picea, 383.
Pyrinia
alcandraria, 644.
concisata, 646.
erythrocephalata, 644.
madiaria, 644.
mephasaria, (44,
radiolata, 646.
reflectaria, 646.
saturata, 646.
subaurata, 646.
cxantharia, 649,
Pyrocephalus
rubineus, 366.
Pyrrhocorax
graculus, 311.
Pye) hocorax, 311.
Pytho
curtus, 877.
molurus, 877.
reticulatus, 877.
Racheospila
marginiplaga, 645.
actin 645.
satisfacta, 645.
Ramphia
evinga, HSS
Rane
agilis, 548, 649.
arvalis, BBD.
camerant,
5.
648, 550,
1101
Be opidjocde SOT
anophlyctis,
Y902. 5
ery ythrea, 902, 914.
esculenta, 903.
—, var. ridibunda, 548.
flammea, 902.
Jusca, 898, 899.
glandulosa, 905.
gracile, 901.
ascheana, 902.
labialis, 903, 914.
laticeps, 897.
leschenaultiz, 897.
limnocharis, 901.
luctuosa, 857, 904,
914.
macrocnemis, 548, 550.
macrodon, 857, 898,
914. ?
mascareniensis, 217,
ornata, 217.
plicatella, 901.
temporaria, 548, 549,
903
tigrina, 901, 902. :
—, var. pantherina,
901.
Rapala :
abnormis, 651, 682.
barthema, 681, 682.
hypargyria, 681.
suffusa, 651, 681, 682.
zela, 832.
Raparna
igramma, 265,
imparata, 265,
lactea, 265.
Raphiceros
campestris, 796.
melanotis, 796.
sharpei, 796.
Rathkea
octopunctata, 477.
Ratiaria ,
argentilinea, 645.
metaxantha, 645.
Regulus
cristatus, 311.
regulus, 311.
Rejectaria
cocytalis, 640.
Remigia
consistens, 650,
conventens, 265.
Srugalis, 265.
repanda, 265
Renia
borgesalis, 642.
decelusalis, 642, 649.
lytocalis, 642.
1102
Renodes
_ brevipalpis, 644, 650.
Rhabdomantis, gen. nov.,
galatia, 44, 45, 108,
104,
rhabdophora, 44.
sosia, 44, 45.
Rhacophorus
dennysii, 907.
leprosus, 907.
leucomystax, 905, 914.
maculatus, 905,
Rhagonis
bicolor, 650.
Rhamphastos
erythrorhynchus, 557.
Rhamphiophis
oxyrhynchus, 216.
Rhamphocelus
atrosericeus, 844, 345.
jacapa, 344,
— connectens, 344,
Rhaphbiceropsis
pringlei, 109.
Rhea
americana, 141.
Rhescynthis
meander, 635.
Rhinoceros
bicornis, 795.
blanfordi, 299.
sumatrensis, 784.
Rhinolophus
capensis, 791.
hildebrandti, 790.
landeri, 791.
Rhizomys
badius, 160.
splendens, 608.
Rhodaria
directalis, 649.
probalis, 642.
Rhodia
fugar, 240, 241,
242.
Rhopalocampta
eschylus, 98.
anchises, 98.
andonginis, 98.
arbogastes, 99.
bize, 101.
bocagii, 100.
brussauxi, 97.
chalybe, 98, 101.
fervida, 99.
Sorestan, 98, 99, 138.
hanno, 100, 101.
iphis, 101, 102.,
qucunda, 98.
quno, 101.
INDEX.
Rhopalocampta
keithloa, 99, 100.
libeon, 97, 98.
necho, 100, 101.
pansa, 98.
pisistratus, 99.
ramanetek, 97.
ratek, 100,
sejunota, 100, 101.
tancred, 101.
wnicolor, 97, 98.
valmaran, 99.
Rhoosus
posticus, 636.
Rhynchium
carnaticum, 4 48.
metallicum, 4 18.
Rhynchocyclus
viridiceps, 305.
Rhynchocyon
cirnei, 792.
Rhynchogale
» mnellert, 793.
Rhytidoceros
plicatus, 157, 627.
Rifargia
xylinoides, 647.
Riopa
albopunctata, 875.
Risea
tridactyla, 300.
Rolepa
delineata, 647.
Romaleosoma
neophron, 825.
Rosema
deolis, 634.
walkeri, 634,
Rumia
defixata, 646.
Rupicolor
perwviana, 369,
Rygchium
carnaticum, 448.
metallicum, 448,
Ryzena
capensis, 989.
Saccostomus
campestris, 794, 805.
mashone, 804.
Sagitta
aptinctaces 992, 993.
hexaptera, 992, 993.
lyra, 992.
whartont, 992, 996.
Salamandra
atra, 554,
caucasica,
555.
maculosa, 554.
548, 553,
Salamis
anacardii, 583.
ceryne, 111
Salbia
varialis, 650.
Salius
canifrons, 431.
ceylonicus, 435.
consanguineus, 437.
convexrus, 435,
crinitus, 436.
Sulvipennis, 435.
humbertianus, 437.
intermedius, 485.
madraspatanus, 436.
perplecus, 431.
properus, 436, 459,
rothneyt, 436.
rubidus, 435, 459.
Salpa
asymmetrica, 994, 996.
dolichosoma-virgula,
magalhanica, 995.
musciulosa-punctata,
995.
Saltator
albociliaris, 348.
zare, 348.
cerulescens, 348.
immaculatus, 323.
laticlavius, 348.
magnus, 348.
superciliaris, 348.
Samanta
perspicua, 109, 822,
852.
simonsi, 822,
Sumea
calonalis, 642.
ecclesialis, 643.
luccusalis, 648.
obliteralis, 649.
paolinalis, 643.
Sameodes
niceusalis, 649.
Samia
cecropia, 241,
Sangala
beata, 636.
Santaremia
longipes, 728, '746, 749.
pococki, 723, 729, 739,
746, 747, 766.
Sapa
triment, 129, 841.
Sapena
icolor, 21.
triment, 20.
Sape
Tsiaetia 7.
Sape
maculata, 10.
ophthalmaca, 11.
pertusa, 8, 840.
semialba, 8.
Saphenia
dinema, 475.
mirabilis, 460, 493, 497,
499, 500.
titania, 475.
Sappho
sparganura, 294,
Sarangesa
astrigera, 6, 103, 840.
aurimargo, 10, 104.
bouvieri, 8.
djelele, 4, 5.
eliminata, 5, 9, 104.
exprompta, 6.
rised, 6.
hollandi, 840, 850.
kobela, 11.
lelius, 11.
lueidella, 7, 103.
lugens, 5, 103.
maculata, 10.
majorella, 7.
melania, 5.
motozi, 5, 7, 840.
motozivides, 7, 8.
nerua, 5.
ophthalmica, 11.
perpaupera, 5, 6.
pertusa, 8, 528, 840.
philotomus, 11.
plistonicus, 11.
subalbida, 16.
synestalmenus, 7.
thecla, 8, 104.
theclides, 8, 104.
tricerata, 6.
Sarcidiornis
africana, 982.
melanonota, 506.
Sarsia
prolifera, 473.
Sarsina
purpurascens, 634.
Saturnia
apollinaris, 849.
belina, 242.
carpini, 241.
ouhei, 266.
pyr, 241.
Sauropatis
albicilla, 605.
chloris, 604.
sordidus, 604, 605.
vagans, 604.
Sayornis
cineracea, 857.
INDEX.
Sayornis
angustirostris, 357.
latirostris, 367.
Sceedisn,
designans, 638.
Scea
infans, 636.
puella, 636.
Scepsis
trifasciata, 636.
Schistochlamys
atra, 348,
Schizceaca
palpebralis, 371.
Sciacaris
telsonis, 947, 967.
Sciurus
dorsalis, 989.
griseo-caudatus, 988,
hypopyrrhus, 988,
989.
lemniscatus, 988.
mutabilis, 793.
palliatus, 793.
petaurista, 1015,
pyrrhopus, 782.
Scolia
aureicollis, 430.
aureipennis, 428.
binotata, 429.
bipunctata, 429.
cyanipennis, 428,
eliformis, 429,
fasciato-punctata, 429,
JServida, 429.
histrionica, 429.
ignita, 429.
indica, 429.
instabilis, 428,
iris, 430.
Jurinei, 428.
picteti, 429.
pwehra, 429.
4-fasciata, 430.
quadripustulata, 428.
radula, 430.
rubiginosa, 428,
ruficornis, 428.
Scolitantides
stellata, 830.
Scolopax
rusticola, 151.
Scomber
scomber, 310, 311.
scombrus, 310.
Scoparia
fascialis, 650.
stupidalis, 649.
Scops
giu, 311.
scops, 3ll.
Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. LX XI.
1103
Scopula
aiieas 650.
permixtalis, 649.
Scotinochroa, gen. nov.,
845.
inconsequens, 845.
Scotophilus
nigrita, 791.
Scotosia
nitidulata, 646.
spilotata, 647.
Scytalopus
acutirostris, 388.
analis, 387.
Semoralis, 387.
griseicollis, 388.
macropus, 387.
mugellanicus, 388.
micropterus, 387.
obscurus, 388.
senilis, 387.
sylvestris, 387.
Scythris
ochrea, 279.
Secusio
strigata, 208.
Selambina,
trajiciens, 639.
Selenidera
maculirostris, 557.
Selenis
amans, 688.
humeralis, 648.
stipata, 648.
Semaleu, gen. nov., 64.
nox, 65, 66, 104.
pulvina, 64, 65, 80, 103.
Semiothisa
contorta, 646.
gambaria, 645.
nervata, 645.
pernicata, 645.
triplicaria, 645.
Semniomima
albiapicalis, 636.
Sergestes j
ancylops, 942, 949, 952.
aracknipodus, 946, 951.
arcticus, 939, 942,
946, 947, 949, 954,
955, 956, 957, 968,
969.
armatus, 950, 960, 966,
969.
atlanticus, 941, 942,
946, 947, 949, 951,
952, 968, 969, 970.
bisulcatus, 949, 954,
969.
brachyorrhos, 951, 963,
964, 966.
71.
‘1104
Sergestes
caudatus, 938, 946, 951.
corniculum, 946, 950,
957, 958, 970.
cornutus, 946, 949, 952,
953, 954, 970.
diapontius, 951, 966,
970. .
dissimilis, 949,
dorsospinalis, 949, 957.
edwardsi, 944, 946, 947,
948, 950, 9538, 954,
960, 961, 962, 963,
969, 970.
Sermerinkii, 951.
Sristi, 946, 951.
halia, 9410, 947, 948,
950, 960, 962.
hamifer, 951, 963, 966,
. 969. . :
henseni, 950, 959, 968.
incertus, 950, 962, 963,
965, 966, 970.
inous, 949, 954, 969,
970.
intermedius, 951.
Japonicus, 947, 949,
951, 969.
Junceus, 949, 941.
kroyeri, 947, 949, 955,
969.
laciniatus, 938, 946,
950.
leviventralis, 949, 957.
laterodentatus, 949,
956.
. longicaudatus, 946,
950.
longicollis, 947, 949,
957.
longirostris, 950, 958.
longispinus, 940, 949,
952, 954.
macrophthalmus,
964, 966.
magnificus, 947, 949.
. mediterraneus, 949,
954, 955, 956, 969,
970.
meyeri, 946,
mollis, 947, 951, 969.
nasidentatus, 949.
obesus, 946, 951, 967,
968.
oculatus, 950, 963, 964.
ovatoculus, oe 952.
acificus, 946, 949.
amnees, 950, 964.
enerinki, 948, 950,
961, 962, 965, 966,
970.
951,
INDEX.
Sergestes
precollus, 950, 958.
prehensilis, 947, 949,
955, 969.
profundus, 947, 961,
970.
remipes, 946, 950.
rinkii, 949, 955, 957.
robustus, 939, 949, Yd4,
969.
rubroguttatus, 947,949,
955, 969.
sanguineus, 946, 947,
941, 967.
sargassi, 950, 959, 963.
semiarmis, 950.
serrulatus, 938, 946,
951.
spiniventralis, 951.
tenuiremis, 947, 949,
951, 957, 970.
utriuguedens, 950, 958.
ventridentatus, 951.
vigilax, 950, 951, 962,
964, 965, 970.
(Sciacaris) telsonis, 950.
Sergia
remipes, 946.
Sericossypha
albocristata, 345.
Serinus
hortulanus, 811,
serinus, 811.
Serphophaga
cinerea, 361.
ruficeps, 360.
Seryda
cincta, 635.
Sesia
equatus, 637.
Setophaga
melanocephala, 332.
verticalis, 3382. .
Sialia
wilsoni, 228.
Siculodes
annuligera, 647.
Sima
allaborans, 424.
atrata, 424.
compressa, 424.
nigra, 423, 424.
rufonigra, 423.
Simena
luctifera, 637.
Simiskina
phalena, 654.
pharyge, 654.
solyma, 651, 654.
Simotes He
bicatenatus, 884.
Simotes
catenifer, 884.
cruentatus, 885.
cyc'wrus, 884.
dennysi, 884.
octolineatus, 884.
purpurascens, 884,
signatus, 885.
Simplicia
tibialis, 640.
Siphonorhynchus
insignis, 492,
Siptornis
albicapilla, 374.
graminicola, 374.
humilis, 373.
marayniocensis,
373.
taczanowskii, 328, 373.
wyatti, 374.
Sitotroga
cercalella, 278.
Sittasomus
amazonus, 315.
Slabberia
halterata, 473.
Smerinthus
excecatus, 241.
populi, 241.
Solenopsis
cephalotes, 419.
geminata, 419.
laboriosa, 420.
mandibularis, 419.
Sol maris
sp., 460, 496.
coronantha, 496.
Sorex
vulgaris, 568.
Sorygaza
didymata, 649.
Sosxetra
grata, 647.
Sotalia
fluviatilis, 771.
tucuxi,.771.
Sozoa
costalis, 640.
Spadella :
(Krohnia) hamata, 993,
996.
Spalucomyrmex
fee, 415.
Spathura
anne, 323.
Spermophila
castaneiventris, 349.
luctuosa, 849.
Sphenolepus
cuviert, 601, 503.
* squamosseus, 501.
328,
Sphex
albicollis, 429.
albifrons, 489.
analis, 431.
argentata, 439, 440.
urgentifrons, 439.
aurata, 443.
aurifer, 439.
aurulenta, 439, 450.
cerulea, 438.
carbonaria, 439.
chrysis, 438.
compressa, 441.
diabolica, 440.
ephippium, 439.
ery thropoda, 440.
fabricit, 439,
ferox, 439.
ferruginea, 439, 450.
JServens, 440. °
flavifrons, var. fulvo-
villosa, 480...
Sulvipennis, 435.
Sulvo-hirta, 489.
Jumicata, 439.
godeffroyt, 439.
lepeleterit, 439.
lineola, 439.
. lobata, 438.
lutecpennis, 440.
nigripes, 440, 459.
opulenta, 439.
pubescens, 440.
rufipennis, 441.
sertcea, 439.
siamensis, 440,
smaragdinus, 438,
tropica, 450.
tuberculata, 440.
tyrannica, 440, 459.
umbrosus, 439, 440.
viduatus, 440.
violaceus, 438.
Sphingomorpha
chlorea, 264, 529.
monteironis, 264.
Sphinx
celeus, 241.
hylas, 843.
idricus, 268, 843.
ligustri, 241.
pinastri, 241.
Spilodes f
nitetisalis, 275.
Spilosoma
arabicum, 258, 283.
auricinctum, 847,
850.
purum, 847.
Spindasis
caffer, 122, 832,
INDEX.
Spindasis
homeyeri, 832.
nyass@é, 123, 852.
somalina, 626.
Spinus -
atratus, 353.
capitalis, 392
tetericus, 362.
peruanus, 352, 353.
olivaceus, 328, 353.
sclateri, 324, 353.
Spiris
nigrilinea, 636.
Spodiornis
Jardinei, 350.
Jjelskit, 350.
Spodoptera
mauritia, 260.
Sporophila
castaneiventris, 349.
luctuosa, 349.
Steatomys
krebsii, 805.
pratensis, 794, 805.
Steenstrupia
flaveole, 464, 465.
galanthus, 464.
globosa, 466.
owenii, 466.
rubra, 464, 465.
(Amphicodon) globosa,
467.
Stegania
quadrinotata, 647.
Stelgidopteryx
ruficollis, 334.
Stelis
carbonaria, 454.
Steniodes
lutealis, 643.
Stenodactylus
guttatus, 213.
muuritanicus, 213.
Stenomeles
agavedlis, 49.
Stephanopoides
brasiliana, 1010, 1012.
Steropes
bernieri, 52.
Survus, 49.
malgacha, 48.
monochromus, 50.
rhidama, 51.
Sterrhanthia
sacraria, 529.
Stethotrix
heterogyna, 19.
Stib:era
hostilis, 639.
Stictoptera
subaurata, 638.
©1105
Stigmus eGR et
congruens, 447.
niger, 447.
Stilbura
caleno, 458.
cyanurum, 458.
splendidum, 458.
Stizus
prismaticus, 444,
Stomotosa,
dinema, 475.
Strepsiceros
kudu, 798.
Stringops
habroptilus, 236.
Strumigenys
godeffroyi, 420.
lyroessa, 420.
Struthidea
cinerea, 228,
Struthio
camelus, 141. .
Sturnella
ludoviciana, 228,
Sturtzura, gen.
1034.
brisingotdes,
1035.
leptosoma, 1035.
Stylodan.
pusillus, 586.
Suasa
liris, 675.
suessa, G15.
Sublegatus
brevirostris, 365.
griseocularts, 365.
platyrhynchus, 306.
Suricata
tetradgetyla, 989.
Sus.
cheroides, 976.
hysudricus, 976.
paleocherus, 976.
Sutonacrea
incertus, 636.
Sycalis
chloris, 351,
lutea, 351.
uropygialis, 351.
Sychesia
finibria, 637.
hartmanni, 636.°
Sylepta.
puctolalis, 641. 4
Sylvania .
canadensis, 332.
Sylvia
cinerea, 311.
rubrigastra, 361,
sylvia, 311.
nov.,
1034,
1106
Synallaxis
brunneicauda, 372.
cabanisi, 372.
elegantior, 372.
flammulata, 373.
Jrontalis, 372.
gularis, 372.
humilis, 373.
palpebralis, 371.
rufiventris, 372.
Synchloe.
glauccnome, 248, 256,
528, 536.
Synodontis
geledensis, 220.
punctulatus, 223.
schal, 218, 221.
serratus, 220.
smithii, 222.
Synthliborhamphus
antiquus, 544,
Syntomis
ceres, 135.
Syrichthus
, abscondita, 25.
ali, 25.
.. asterodia, 24.
Serox, 23.
luzee, 25.
onopordi, 26.
spto, 23.
vindex, 22.
Syscia
typhla, 413.
Systole
amygdalis, 94,
Tabraca
‘ aurimargo, 10.
Tachybaptes
Jluviutilis, 542.
Tachycineta
albiventris, 333,
Tachyphonus
rufiventris, 345.
Tachytes.
_ illudens, 443.
opulenta, 443,
Tadorna
cana, 982.
Twda
prasina, 845, 850.
Treniaster
spinosus, 1035.
Teniocampa
subsocia, 637.
Teniura, gen. nov., 1035.
cylindricus, 1035,
Tagindes .
dannatti, 17.
elmina, 14,
INDEX
Tagiades
jlesus, 16, 17, 129, 841.
hereus, 16.
homeyeri, 16.
insuluris, 17.
lacteus, 17.
samborana, 17.
smithii, 17.
woermanni, 12.
Tajuria
berenis, 651, 674, 683.
blanka, 651, 673, 674.
dacia, 651, 674, 683.
dieus, 674, 675.
dominus, 673.
donatana, 674.
indra, 673.
iséus, 673.
galindra, O72.
mantra, 673.
relata, 673.
thyia, 674.
valentia, 673.
Talegalla
lathami, 982.
Tanagra
albirostris, 353.
calestis, 343.
— major, 343.
eyanoccphala, 344,
durwini, 344,
palmarum mela-
noptera, 343.
striata, 228.
Tanaura
sublutalis, 641.
Tanyptera
laufella, 83.
Tapinauchenius
latipes, 745.
plumipes, 744.
reduncus, 745,
sancti-vincentt,
746, 766.
Tapinoma
albipes, 411.
albitarse, 411.
gracilescens, 409,
melanocephalum,
412.
nigrum, 411.
(Formica)
412,
Tarache
Jlavonigra, 261.
notabilis, 261.
varia, 261.
Taragama
acacia, 276,
Tarantula
santarensis, 779.
745,
411,
obscurans,
Tarchon
trilunula, 647.
Tarentola
ephippiata, 213,
Tarucus
plinius, 119, 244, 256,
828, 852.
pulcher, 244, 256.
theophrastus, 244, 256,
525.
Tathorhynchus
vinctale, 260.
Tatura
buctoni, 128.
ceculus, 128.
philippus, 526.
umbrosa, 526,
Technomyrmex
albipes, 411.
bicolor, 411.
Tegostoma
bipartalis, 274.
comparalis, 274.
Teinorhinus
watsoni, 40, 103.
Telchinia
nero, 116.
Teloa
polyphemus, 241.
promethea, 241.
Telegonus
anuphus, 519.
anausis, 519.
Telesto
wagi, 90.
zaremba, 91.
Tephrina
albipunctata, 647.
catalaunaria, 266,
disputaria, 266.
responsaria, G47,
signataria, 647.
sublimbata, 266,
Tephrosia
dimidiaria, 645.
hyberniaria, 645.
incongruaria, 645.
ineffectarja, G45.
responsaria, 645.
Tepilia
iluna, 635.
Teracolus
abyssinicus, 835.
acaste, 246, 258, 256.
achine, 127,
—, var. gavisa, 837,
agoye, 535.
amelia, 126.
anax, 126, 127, 8386,
352.
angolensis, 838,
Teracolus
anne, 827.
—, var.
837.
antevippe, 127, 247,
254, 535.
antigone, 838.
arethusa, 128, 838.
arne, 327.
aurigineus, 535, 834,
835.
834.
calais, 256, 257, 527,
535.
—, var, dynamene, 245,
252, 2d6.
catochrysops, 535.
chrysonome, 252, 527,
535,
cinctus, 838.
citreus, 5386.
oelestis, 253.
comptus, 246, 254,
duira, 247, 254.
dedecora, 253.
dynamene, 252, 256,
257. :
eione, 838.
eliza, 126.
emini, 851, 852.
cris, 83d.
cupompe, 246,
256, 837.
evagore, 246, 248, 258,
254, 256.
evenina, 527, 535, 838.
gavisa, 127, 128.
hetera, 527.
halimede, 246, 258, 256,
283.
—, var. celestis, 253,
256.
hanningtonii, 126.
heliocaustus, 252, 536.
helle, 127.
hero, 127.
hildebrandtii, 837, 851,
852.
hyperides, 127.
ignifer, 528.
imperator, 836.
ineretus, 839.
infumatus, 128, 136.
. tone, 836, 837.
jacksoni, 5385.
gaone, 127, 887.
gamesit, 246, 254.
gobina, 527.
Teo, 246, 258, 528, 536.
lorti, 527.
wallengrent,
var. venustus,
258,
_ INDEX.
Teracolus
microcale, 838.
miles, 527, 585.
minans, 536.
miriam, 245, 256.
mutans, 108, 126, 834.
nound, 246, 247, 248,
528.
ocale, 833.
ocellatus, 252, 535.
ochreipennis, 252.
odysseus, 838.
omphale, 535, 852.
opalescens, 108, 125,
835, 851, 852.
phillipsi, 246, 258, 528,
536.
phisadia, 245, 252, 256,
OD}
—, var. arne, 252.
phlegetonia, 838.
phleqyas, 127, 535,
836.
phenius, 535.
pleione, 245, 248, 256,
283.
procne, 838.
protomedia, 248, 256,
283, 527, 535.
puniceus, 527.
regina, 126, 127, 836.
rhodesina, 126.
saceus, 246, 254, 256.
sipylus, 127, 536, 838,
852.
speciosus, 837.
subfasciatus, 835, 851,
852.
subfumosus, 838.
subvenosus, 127, 536.
swinhoei, 254.
theogone, 527, 838.
velleda, 834.
venustus, 834.
vesta, 126, 884.
vestalis, 252.
vi, 245, 252, 256, 257.
xanthus, 838,
yerburit, 246, 247, 248,
254, 256, 283.
Terias .
abyssinicus, 125.
albula, 518.
bisinwata, 534.
brigitta, 526.
ceres, 526,
chalcomieta, 126, 245,
256.
deyardinsit, 125.
deva, 018.
eris, 125, 126,
‘1107
Terias
leonis, 834, 852.
limbia, 518.
lydia, 517, 518.
orientis, 852.
palmyra, 518.
regularis, 125,584, 834,
852.
senegalensis, 125.
zoe, 526, 534, 852.
Teriomima
hildegarda, 120.
Testudo
_ chilensis, 314.
daudini, 608.
elongata, 782.
emys, 860.
platynota, 782.
Tetraceros
quadricornis, 988.
Tetracio
inequaria, 646.
Tetramorium
obesum, 419.
pacificum, 418.
tortuosum, 418.
transversarium, 418.
(Xiphomyrmex) pilo-
sum, 418.
(—) tortuosum, 418.
Tetrao
tetrao, 311.
tetrix, 311.
Tetraonyx
affinis, 858, 859.
Tetraponera
atrata, 424,
Thais
cerisyt, 241.
Thalassochelys
caretta, 860.
Thalassodes
glauculata, 646.
scissaria, 858.
Thalera
distracta, 645.
Thalerothele
fasciata, 754, 761.
Thamnistes
@quatorialis, 381.
rufescens, 381,
Thamnopbilus
debilis, 379.
doliatus, 380.
melanochrous, 879.
melunurus, 379.
nigricristatus, 380.
palliatus, 380.
puncticeps, 380.
radiatus, 379.
subandinus, 379.
1108
Thamnophilus
subandinus major, 379,
subradiatus, 380.
tenuifasciatus, 380.
variegaticeps, 823, 379,
380.
Thaumantias
buskiana, 488, 489.
corollata, 483.
cymbaloides, 488, 491.
dubia, 488.
forbesii, 487.
hemispherica, 460, 480,
481, 482, 487, 489.
lucida, 481.
lucifera, 481.
mediterranea, 483, 484.
melanops, 481.
pilosella, 481, 482, 488,
A484,
thompsoni, 487, 489.
Thecla
angelia, 516.
angerona, 516.
oy le, 516.
nema, 682.
eurytulus, 517
marsyas, 516.
natalti, 122.
pion, 516.
piplea, 516.
rufo-fusca, 517.
simethis, 516.
telea, 516.
Thelechoris
rutenbergi, 762, 764.
striatipes, 762, 764.
Thera
perarcuata, 646.
Theristicus
branickii, 323.
Thermesia
absumens, 648.
bigutta, 640.
brevistriga, 648.
caliginosa, 648,
conficita, 648.
divulgata, 648.
gemmutalis, 648.
imitatura, 640,
inficita, 648.
lenis, 638.
rubricans, 265,
signans, 638.
subfixa, 648.
tripunctifera, 638.
Thiacidas
vilis, 266.
Thlypopsis
amazonum, 345,
orrata, 345.
ENDEX,
Thlypopsis
ornata macroptery2,345.
Thrix -
gama, 651, 678, 683.
Thryothorus
cantator, 328,
Thy mele
Jlorestan, 99.
ophion, 17.
ramanetek, 97.
sabadius, 17.
Thymelicus
act@éon, 57.
brevicornis, 58.
capenas, 55.
lepenula, 54. Q
lineola, 57.
macomo, 55.
mening, 49,
niveostriga, 56.
thaumas, 57.
_ wallengrenii, 56.
Thyretes
caffra, 846.
phasma, 846.
Thyria
aurifundens, 639.
Thyridophora
Suria, 273.
Thyridospila
amena, 648.
ceca, 649.
compta, 648.
quadriocellata, 648.
Thysonotis
schaeffera, 657.
Tiarechinus
princeps, 1003, 1005.
Tiaropsis
multicirrata, 481.
Tibracana
wvanthialis, 649,
Tigrisoma
rasiliense, 235.
Tiliqua
carinata, 874.
Timandra
viridiplaga, 645.
Tinea
abruptella, 281,
bipartitella, 281.
pulchella, 135,
swinhoei, 280,
tapetzella, 281.
Tineola
teniacornis, 281.
Tingra
amenaida, 121.
Tinnunculus
alaudarius, 811.
tinnunowlus, 311.
Tiphia
consueta, 481.
decrescens, 431.
nigra, 430.
rufo-femorata, 431.
thoracica, 429,
Tirumala
petiverana, 530, 852.
Tityra ;
semifasciata, 369.
— fortis, 369.
Todirostrum
cinereum, 359.
Tolype
opalinea, 650.
Tomistoma
schlegelii, 628, 630,
632, 861.
Topaza
pella, 293, 294.
Torda
metamelana, 649.
Tortricodes
phormisalis, 642.
Tosale
pyralidoides, 649.
Tragelaphus
angast, 798.
gratus, 304,
scriptus, 84.
— roualeyni, 798.
spekii, 304.
Tragulus
juvanicus, 986.
stanleyanus, 986.
Trapezites
curmides, 27.
catocalinus, 28.
chirala, 28.
empyreus, 27.
Sfastuosus, 27.
gillias, 28.
hova, 22.
kingdoni, 28.
malchus, 28.
paroechus, 28.
Trechona
zebrata, 754.
Tremataster
difficilis, 1037.
Trichoglossus
Jorsteni, 1,
Trichophaga
abruptella, 280, 281,
bipartitella, 280, 281.
coprobiella, 280,
swinhoei, 280.
tapetzella, 280, 281.
Trichoptilus
centetes, 277.
oxydactylus, 277.
Trichosemeia
brigida, 16.
hereus, 16, 104,
pulvina, 65.
quaterna, 16.
suhalbida, 16.
subolivescens, 15, 104.
tetrastigma, 15.
Trigly phothrix
obesum, 419.
walshi, 419.
Trigona
iridipennis, 458.
preterita, 458.
Trigonocephalus
gramineus, 896.
puniceus, 896.
sumatranus, 897.
Trigouodes
acutata, 265.
hyppasia, 265, 849.
Trimeresurus
convictus, 896.
erythrurus, 896.
Tringa
canutus, 546.
cartilagineus, 861.
gangetzcus, 861.
giintheri, 860.
hurum, 861.
ornatus, 861.
phayrtt, 861.
subplanus, 860.
Trithemis
arteriosa, 521.
Troglodytes
audaz, 328, 329.
frater, 328.
musculus, 328, 329.
— audaz, 328.
— puna, 329.
parvulus, 311.
solstitialis, 328.
— frater, 328.
troglodytes, 311.
Tropxa
dictynna, 635.
luna, 635.
Tropidonotus
cerasogaster, 879.
chrysargus, 880.
Junceus, 880.
maculatus, 880.
natriz, 547.
olivaceus, 216.
piscator, 783, 879.
quincunctiatus, 879.
schistosus, 881.
stolatus, 783, 880.
subminiatus, 880.
trianguligerus, 879.
INDEX.
Tropidonotus f
umbratus, 879.
vittatus, 880.
Trypoxylon
intrudens, 441,
pileatum, 441.
Tubella
reticulata, 779.
Tubularia
impleca, 461,
Turdus
chiguanco, 323.
gigas gigantodes, 327.
ignobilis, 326,
merula, 228.
musicus, 315.
nigriceps, 325.
pheopygtoides, 326.
pheopygus, 326.
— saturatus, 326.
— spodiolemus, 326.
serranus, 327.
swainsont, 327.
viscivorus, 813, 315.
Turtur
communis, 311,
turtur, 311.
Tylognathus
smerinthoides, 637,
Typhlatta
bengalensis, 416,
ceylonica, 416,
Typhlopone
ae 416.
Typhlops
Man fordit, 216.
bothriorhynchus, 876.
braminus, 876.
lineatus, 876.
nigroalbus, 876.
somalicus, 216.
Tyranniscus
Srontalis, 323, 363.
plumbeiceps, 363.
Tyrannus
_ melancholicus, 367.
Upucerthia
andecola, 371,
bridgesi, 371.
jelskit, 371.
serrana, 371.
Urania
leilus, 776.
Uranothauma
crawshayi, 108, 122,
831.
pogge, 831.
Urapteryx
palindiaria, 644.
platinata, 645.
1109
Uria
columbia, 547,
Urocissa
magnirostris, 228.
Urota
sinope, 241, 242.
Vadata
macropterana, 647,
Valeria.
anguliplaga, 639.
Vanellus
vanellus, 311.
vulgaris, 311.
Vanessa,
antiopa, 241.
pelasgis, 8238.
polychlorus, 241.
Varanus
Jlavescens, 782, 872.
nebulosus, 872. E
ocellatus, 215.
rudicollis, 873.
salvator, 873.
Vespa
carnatica, 448,
cincta, 449.
Serruginea, 450,
obliterata, 450.
petiolata, 448,
stigma, 450.
tamula, 450.
tenebrionis, 450.
unifasciata, 450.
Vespertilio
phaiops, 791.
Vesperugo
nanus, 791.
(EEptesicus) alurus
Tike ae
(—) rendalli, 791.
Vidua
paradisea, 228,
Virachola
anta, 123, 882,
852.
perse, 682.
similis, 651, 682.
Vireosylvia
Josephe, 332.
Virgarina
scopula, 678.
Viverra
civetta, 792.
Volatinia
Jacarini, 349.
— splendens, 349.
Volucella
ohesa, 776.
Vultur
ocetpitaits, 780,
1110
Willsia
stellata, 468, 469, 472,
499.
Xantharpyia
straminea, 490.
Xanthea
appendiculata, 495.
Xantholema
rosea, 555, 557.
Xanthoptera
alboflava, 648.
aurifera, 638.
furcata, 688.
mesozona, 261, 283.
Xanthospilopteryx
perdizx, 843.
superba, 134,
Xanthoura
jolyea, 354.
yneas, 354,
Xenelaphis
hexagonotus, 882.
Xenochrophis
cerasogaster, 879.
Xenodacnis
parina, 336.
Xenodermus
Javanicus, 878.
Xenodon
purpurascens, 884,
Xenopeltis
unicolor, 878.
Xenops
genibarbis, 375.
— approximans, 375.
— mexicanus, 375.
rutilus, 375.
— heterurus, 375.
INDEX.
Xenorhynchus
senegalensis, 231.
Xiphocolaptes
lineatocephalus, 378.
pheopygus, 323, 3877,
378.
promeropirhynchus,
377, 378.
Xylina
bipunctata, 638.
patefacta, 639.
Xylocopa
albo-fasciata, 457.
bryorum, 457.
collaris, 456.
dejeanit, 456.
dimidiata, 457.
dissimilis, 457,
Senestrata, 456, |
ignita, 457.
indica, 456.
latipes, 456.
latreilliz, 456.
lunulata, 457.
nigrocerulea, 457.
tenuiscapa, 456.
viridipennis, 456.
Ypthima
asterope, 243, 249, 256.
doleta, 109, 524, 580.
granulosa, 851, 852.
Zainenis
korros, 882.
mucosus, 882.
smithii, 216,
Zana
spurcata, 844.
THE END,
Zanclea
implexa, 461.
Zanthodes
innocens, 261.
Zaocys
carinatus, 881.
Zarania
cossalis, 649.
Zarona
jasoda, 651, 654.
Zebronia’
abronalis, 643.
bialis, 643.
bunusalis, 643.
céliusalis, 643.
deicoonalis, 643.
lacrinesalis, 648.
Zenithoptera
americana, 778.
Zeritis
amanga, 123, 831.
perion, 533.
Zesius
livia, 244, 251, 256,
257.
Zethus
ceylonicus, 448.
Zinckenia
fascialis, 273.
Zizera
gaika, 120, 244, 250,
256, 830.
knysna, 244, 256, 829,
852.
lucida, 830, 852.
Zolca
congruella, 649,
Zygophyllum
simplex, 260.
Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Humpury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramvorp Rarries, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
Patroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Wice-Datron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINOE OF WALES, K.G.
COUNCIL.
SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President.
Dr. Joun Anperson, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Wixt1am Bateson, Ese., F.R.S.
His Grace tHE Dune or Beprorp.
Cot. Joun Brippurra.
.Grorce A. Bovutenerr, Iise.,
F.R.S.
Herserr Druce, Esa., F.LS.
Cnartes Drummonn, Kse.,
Treasurer.
Gen. Tae Hon. Str Percy
Fritpine, K.C.B.
F. DuCane Gopman,
'F.R.S., Vice-President.
Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten,
E.R.S., Vice-President.
Esea.,
Dr. Avsert Gwinruer, F.R.S.
Vice-President.
Dr. Epwarp Hamitron, Vice-
President.
ProreEssor Grorcre B. Howes,
Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H. Irby,
Sir Hues Low, G.C.M.G.
Dr. Sr. George Mivarr, F.R.S.,
Vice-President. °
Srr THomas Paine. .
Ospert Satvin, Ese., F.R.S: -
Puitie Lurney Scrarer, Ese.,
M.A., Pa.D., F.RS., Secre-
tary. d
JosEerH Travers Situ, Ese.
ul
2)
“
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset.
_ The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications
should be addressed, aré open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-
days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.
The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of
Mr. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ;
on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.
The Meetings of the Socicty for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four r.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frrtows pay an Admission Fee of £0, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Fetnows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Fettows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders
every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year, But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frttow shall have used
his privilege of personally introducing two companions on the same
day.
3
Fettows also receive every year T'wenty Free Tickets (Green),
each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,
including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of
Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one
Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are
available for following years. :
Fetiows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book
of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of
Twenty Tickets.
The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each I'ettow on the
1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing
Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what
address they should be sont. J'orms for this purpose are supplied
on application.
The Wire of a Fectow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Fetxows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications
on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every
year. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of January and must
be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which
the privilege lapses. Frtiows are likewise entitled to purchase the
Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.
less than the price charged to the public. - A further reduction of
25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued
prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
Ist July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the Ist of December following.
Frtows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TransFeRaBLe Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
4
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty: Pounds.
Any Fetiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
‘during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list;” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Frtxow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Px.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
5 Hanover Square, London, W.,
June, 1897.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LON DON
YOR
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
% Session 1896-1897.
‘ 1896.
Turspay, Novemser 17 | Tuorspay, Decemprr 1 and 15
: 1897.
Tusspay, January 19 Tourspay, APRIL .. 6
a Frsrvary 2 and 16 5 May .... 4and18
» Manrcn.. 2 ,, 16 » Jdunn.... land15
The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.
| LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF .THH
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tur scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” -
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tifie mectings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the ‘ Proceedings ” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,”’ to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume for
the preceding year.
The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals. _
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.
Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1
(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),
payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege
is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the Ist of
December following.
The following is a complete list of the publications of
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at
the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),
or through any bookseller.
(June, 1897.]
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 13 vols. and Index. ae Fics toithe
Vol. I, ‘containing 59 Plates.... (1838-85) .... £3 13 6 .... £418 OF
o II, 5 Gl gy ... (1835-41) .... 4.0 0. 5 6 Gt
oi LUT teat 63, .... (1842-49) .... 3 8 3. 411 Of
ay BALES %) TL py oooc, (IERIE) oco5 @ BY Osoc0 8 2. ©
i V., . G7 ,, .... (1862-66) .... 5 4 3.... 619 O
SERIO pens 92, .... (1866-69) .... Il 5 0....15 0 0
5 NAG, i 73 ,, .... (1800-74) .... 10 4 0.... 1812 0
py Wl G2, sobe CEELD) coon OD S Bose. 12 ll O
ltt Dea ishiee OMe ing 8h OE agen) ih Giggs) D (©
iv Xa ts Dos ls LSU 79) ere) LO) NO! SS eee 37a
Index, Vols. 1-X. .............. (1838-79) .... 0 7 6. 010 0
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 12 16 0
ELL »n 65 ,, .. (1886-90) .... 5 8 O. 7 4 °0
SEXai Ayia ey (ISILON) Gane Bea: 811 0
eo Neglthl ge Dif ss (AWRIENB ods Odd Gs 0 6 0
Ce in Bp kn (CORIO cos 09, O-. 012 0
jolt neha 5 Dp. co (DRIER) coo Oley OQ 11 0
PROCEEDINGS OF
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Free te Briceltojehe
I. 1830-31.
Part
”
I.
1832.
THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
5 Fellows. Public.
IMO teh ohoane boos soe Sloda 4s. 6d. 2... Os.
iio dala neler eyeenca nes ds. 6d. 2. Gs.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)
Price to Price to the
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public, Tellows, Public.
Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. Gsp | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. bd. 2. bs.F
» JI. 1834, 9 4s. Gd. .. 6s. 5 X. 1842. . ds. Gd, .. 6s.
5 III. 1836. » 4s. Gd. .. 6s. . XT. 1843. 90 ds. Gd... O3.f
» IV. 1836. % 4s, 6d. 5. Gs. » AIT. 1844, 5 4s, Od. 2, 68,
» _V. 1887. . 4s, 6d. .. Gs. » AIT, 1845. os ds. 6d... 6s.
» YL. 1888. 3 4s. Gd. .. Gs. » XIV, 1846. as ds. Gd. .. 6s. F
» VII. 1889. $5 4s, 6d. .. 68.f A XGA SATE 4s. Gd. .. 63.
» VIII. 1840. » 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Index 18380-1847. * ds, 6d... 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows, Public, Fellows. Public,
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 43. Gd. 1. Gis. owe £1 8 £1 6+
1 XVII. 1849. % Cette Node MMOS B'gorolls6 0 1 0 8 1 7 6f
» XVIII. 1850. 99 Ast Gelb GS as rcv canst 1 8 6 118 OF
$9 XIX. 1851, ASHEN INOS Shan 015 9 1 1 Of
a XX. 1852. % TEN GY einai esheets cg ob 015 9 1 1 OF
5 XXI. 18538. ty AGNG dhe GS rari 018 0 1 4 OF
y» °— XXII, 1854, y ASSGA sailed OSs. susie 019 6 1 6 OF
» XXII 1855. on A SGU eo CaGS heme ni Rees 1 8 G 118 Of
» XXIV. 1856. - AgE Ca EO UGS A Fe) 1 0 8 1 7 Of
" XXV. 1857. 0 Ch Wb oo WIG) soacdeon 1 0 8 1 7 Of
» XVI. 1858. 5%) CISNGY Bice UREN Sone boron 111 6 2 2 Of
» XAXVIT. 1859. - AgHIG Csr 2 HMOSS Wy ravetaeieranene 111 6 ye Or
», AXVIIT. 1860. Bs ASN GA: yun GSsee ice 111 6 4 2 Of
Index 1848-1560, m3 ds. Gd... Gs.
t+ Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,
USGI AsGdeGsee eens: apc OaH ou beat 38s. Od. .... 45s.+
1862 .. 4s. Gd. .... Gs. ...... 9s. Seysiaa HDs eaten 33s. 9d. 2... 45s.
1863 AS GAS 6S k eee 9s. shee Qs dos. Od. .... 45s.
1864 ds. 6d. 2... sk, 9s. RIP eee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.+
1865 ASIC. eri, OSs ence 9s. rye» LE oes cia ak 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
1866 4s. Gd... Goo one 9s, pe OAS eet 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
SCE PR AAR ese Aa waved OE 9s. . 12s.# . 383, Od. .... 46s.
MEGS MEE Mas aks RO te. Qs. AD gi Sen hs 33s. Od. .... 45s.
NSCOR ae peas tease chan aie scvestovayers 9s. SLD eee 38s. 9d 45s.
IUCVAU ey be Ooo chain 8 Mean See 9s Here saat: 33s. 9d. .... 458.
Index, 1861-1870 ............ 4s. Gd. .... 6s. :
LUCE SE See Oo Oe ae 9s. Retin Lasts pasivar 33s. 9d. .... 46s.
OVD irs crO COI CRA ETE Sa 9s Bete) OX rita 33s. 9d. 45s.+
SOC ee ein siee eters ae 9s. I Seve tare 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
AUS Salar tact ee a cae OM ee = 9s. 12 sstere 368 48s.
WS GOW Bratt ns roe 9s 12s: .. 36s 48s
SUG Siete eisteapoaten sNecvecens 9s TOS: cases 36s 48s,
LS. G ob Ch CAG ORAS eG Oae 9s Ie ogeenn 36s 488
IRS Yie) Unidos cat OOS Calamani 9s. 12s. 368 48s,
INSVDESS aeieon ee ORT ne erate 9s. Sood WD Sanodnn GOT we 488
SSO Barocvaccre acts ceacieen ss ocr 9s. Heel Deeper 36s. wee. 488,
Index, 1871-1880 ............ 4s. Gd. .... 6s.
TSS UR eee Ay ptt hae A 9s. ooo dA codon GOH .... 48s,
WES2h eee wee ASAI Eo lara 9s. Satu Ds spenteicts 36s ooo 0 2s
NESS erate shrek sys dnragicec hac peters 9s eels: 36s. 48s
VSS S ea poet ste ence eas 9s. fer x 36s 48s
TESHs. Aee aes ices eraeiee s aekin tae 9s ae Smarty 3Gs 48s
ALO ois oeato colo CO Rene OREOe 9s . 12s, 36s 48s
eo ne oe ee 9s 128 Nee: 86s. 48s
USES Renner Ea Mt se 2 yeep 9s. . 12s. 368 188
STS 0 ca his Cacao MER eet 9s. alae 36s 48s
NSO Oe es usb lsiats mea St ctisve screener 9s 12s. 36s. 48s
Index, 1881-1890 ............ 4s. 6d. .... 6s.
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or tux GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tuz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 6 vols.
i Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
NSO Mare rare eee ciate macys eve sas syelersrenon athe tan aaeteesss Chern ice vara Sl Goonon 48s.
LOD everary ese cratietcaislaite sieuntenere deat gee ote OORT Maye 48s
Ich Bid epithe eran CARRE TOR EeePC aot igre pik wm ape) ae XO co ooode 48s
TCI Es este oie cao ME CRIP ann ROE cechIMoREMS OT DOTA oIG AAS arte Oe oooand 488
WSO RAIS tafe jek otra a aha: tore eee NS, SER cpt Nee une aR Os oodoud 48s,
SOG re scustaievauenlateteeamiate Send cuaodontha dbo ob onto rolsc 368, 2.2... 48s,
TSO GURU) enc, See x Serratia ees mol eee oh 9s 12s
4
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.*
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 18683. Price ls. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Kdition.) 8vo. 1865, Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Kdition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.*
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price Is.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880.. Price ls. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London, (Kighth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. Price 4s. 6d.
* Out of print.
THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1893. Thirty volumes.
8yvo. Price £9 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894. dited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suare, Isq.,
M.A,, F.RS., F.Z.S. London, 1895. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Smarr, Ksq.,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1896. 8vo. Price 30s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrick
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), ov through any bookseller.
LIST OF INSTITUTIONS
TO WHICH
COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.
AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
The Museum, Durban, Natal.
AMERICA, SOUTH.
The National Museum, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres.
AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society ot Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.
AUSTRIA.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.
BELGIUM.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.
BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CANADA (DOMINION OF).
The McGill College, Montreal.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.
b
2
CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.
EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch Kast Indies, Batavia.
FRANCE.
The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.
The Agricultural Society, Lyons.
The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.
The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.
The Zoological Society of France, Paris.
GERMANY.
The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.
The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.
The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.
The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.
The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.
The Imperial Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,
Halle.
The Natural-History Society, Halle.
The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.
The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.
The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.
The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.
The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin,
* The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
The Geological Society, Dublin.
The Royal Physical Society, Kdinburgh.
The Royal Society, Edinburgh.
The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Atheneum Club, London.
The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Socicty, London.
The Geological Society, London.
The King’s College Library, London.
The Linnean Society, London.
The London Institution.
3
The Royal College of Physicians, London,
The Royal College of Surgeons, London.
The Royal Geographical Society, London.
The Royal Institution, London.
The Royal Society, London.
The University College, London.
The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
The Owens College, Manchester.
The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-Ilistory
Society, Plymouth.
The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.
HOLLAND.
The Royal Aciudemy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.
The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.
The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.
ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
Tho Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.
JAPAN.
The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.
RUSSIA.
The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).
The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.
The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petorsburg.
SCANDINAVIA. —
The Bergen Museum, Bergen.
The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.
SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.
SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne,
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.
DIDO IIe
The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent
may be ac-
with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.
Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their
through booksellers and in other ways.
By order of the Council,
they may be
transmission
P, L. SCLATER,
3 Hanover Sauark, Lonpon, W.,
June, 1897.
Secretary.
THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
—059,00——_.
ee object of the Zoonoercat Recorv is to give, by means of an
annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain
its value for the Student in future years.
The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.
Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all
Members of tho Zoological Society of London have the privilege
of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United
Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-
scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, but the privilege
of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the
Ast of December following.
The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the
first thirty volumes at the price of £9 10s. Volumes of any
single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can
likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.
Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. ‘This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then he sent to the Agents named therein.
Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as aro accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.
P. L, SCLATER,
Secretary.
June, 1897.
Zoovoaicau Sociery oF Lonpon,
3 Hanover Squarn, W.
LIST OF VOLUMES or vn ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.
Edited by Atnerr-C. LL. G. Ginrmer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z. sp &e.
London, 1865. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.
Edited by Atnurr C. L. G. Ginrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &e.
London, 1866. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.
Edited by’ Arzert C.'L. G. Giwrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.
Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Ginrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1868. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoclogical Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.
Edited by Arsrrr C. L. G. Ginsner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.
Kdited by Arserr C. L. G. Ginrurx, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. Tondon, 1870. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Arrrep Newvon, M.A.,
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, I.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London, 1871. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Wighth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by ALrxrp Nuwvon, M.A.,
F.R.8., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, F..S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London, 1873. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Arrrep Nuwron, M.A.,
F.R.8., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, I’.L.S8., V.P.Z.S., &c. London, 1874. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwrrt
Ryg, F.Z.8., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London,
1875. Price 10s. poeta ea
The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Evwarp Catpwerct
Ryg, F.Z.8., M.1S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Mpwarp Catnweni Rye,
F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo-
graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Wdited by Enwarp Catpwert
Ryn, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwEL
Ry, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Enwarp Carpwrnt
typ, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by E»warp Catpwetn
Rys, F.Z.8., M.E.8., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of
the Record of Zoologicnl Literature. dited by Epwarp Catpwett
Rye, V.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Canpwetr,
Ryn, FZ.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELt
Ryr, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwrtt
Rve, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-
first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrry
Betr, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1885. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the 'l'wenty-
second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by F. Jrrrrey
Bert, M.A., See. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-
third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx
Hy. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London, London, 1887. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-
fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Franx
KK. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1888.. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-
fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by rank
ii. Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-
sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. dited by Frank
K. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-
seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx
I. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1892. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-eighth. Being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1891.
Edited by Davin Smarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1892.
Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-ninth. Being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1892.
Edited by Davip Saarr, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1893.
Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirtieth. Being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1893. Mdited
by Davin Starr, Msq., M.A., VRS, F.Z.S. London, 1894.
Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894.
Kdited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suare, Iisq.,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1895. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1895; being Volume the Thirty-
second of the Records of Zoological Literature. Edited (for the
Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Hsq., M.A., F.RS.,
F.Z.S. London, 1896. Price 30s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orricr
(8 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurney anv Jackson (Pater-
noster Row, H.C.), or through any bookseller.
PROCEEDINGS
Or THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR R SCIRNTIEIC BUSINESS |
or THE
ZO0LOGIOAL SOCIETY.
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR —
1896.
PART I.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN.
JANUARY anp FEBRUARY.
JUNE 1st, 1896.
_ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, ©
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
/ LONDON: |
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. USS
PATERNOSTER- ROW. ces
Ox eee or Price Twelve Shillin, ;
rye "g el
(ya Boe CANT NS ee _(Prie SSS = asi 7a Ne aed — fe
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART 1—1896.
Janae 14, 1896.
Page
The Seatetary, On the Additions to’ the Society’s Menagerie in December 1895 .......-.. 1
Mr. W. B. Hegenneieh, Exhibition of some drawi ings of two Fon King-Penguins (Apteno-
dytes forsteri) . 9.000969609D0000 0090rlon ong oD Oden OD. cOoODNDOOOapEdDOONAO SAGO 1
‘1. A Preliminary Rovision and ‘Synonymie Ohlibere of the Hone riide of Africa and the
adjacent Islands, with Descriptious of some apparently new Species. By W. J. Won.ann,
Ph.D., F.Z8., F, H.S., &e., Chancellor of the Western University of Pennsylvania.
(Plates T. aia) Booudanenv0dog000000 Adudod sO Ud OU aC Od baGOD0 GhOdHO GOKU HD OoO0dR 12
2. Ona Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between
‘the Months of sganuary, and Apel 1895, ah Arrncr G. Bur at Ph.D., FLS, &e.
- (Plate VI.) gGon ts 09% 0 108
3. On the TatesGal net of Birds. By P. Neaien naa M ra ey z. SE ooudosadgs a 136
4. Myology of Rodents.—Part II. An Account of thé Myology of the Myomorpha, together
- with a Comparison of the Muscles of the various Suborders of Rodents. . By ao) G.
Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.ZS., F.L.S., Lecturer on Dae eRS: Anatomy at St. 'Thomas’s :
lelogoltiml -gagopednouconbadoos doo 009 159
5, Description of a new Species of Antolees fain Bast ‘Arica, By Gece Norwiene boqs00 192
6. On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands eollected by Mr. R. L. Perkins; with
an Appendix on some new Species of Per TUNG, &e. By Frank Ef. Bepparp, F.RS., &e: 194
‘Febroary 4, 1896.
a he Becrelary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1896 péiooodonogo. MIX
. Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected’ by Dr. A, Donaldson, Smith
» during his ‘Expedition to Lake Rudolf. By G. A, Bournnavn, VRS. (Plates VII, &
VUE) cid Sasionogesndnovapocateooamnsos sone do dodo op OoDadONAdO NDAs anboooSs ON 212
2. Report on a Colleenion of Fishes made by Dr. A: Donaldson Smith during his mepediten
‘to Lake Rudolf; By Dr. ALperv Ginter, F.RS. (Plate IX.)............. Bbpoono 217
3. Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation in the Beetles of the Genus
« Calligrapha. By Marvin Jacosy, BLES. 2... .... 5.0. be cape cece tne ee ce genes «.. 224
4. On the Oblique Septa (“ Diaphragm” of Owen) in the Passerines and in some other
Birds. By Frank E. Bupparv, M-A., F.R,S., Prosector to the Society, Examiner in
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy i in tho University OHEMNUON socoa0 60090900000 225
5, A Noto upon Dissura episcopus, with-Remarks upon the Classification of the Herodiones.
By Frank FE. Beppany, M.A., I',R.S8., Prosector to the Boctely apedcoadep0ocopanoon 231
6. Additional Note on the Sea- “Otter, By R: Lypexxerr, F-.R.S. . 6 HolsBlopioadooo “sts
. On the Hyoid: Bones of Nestor mer ridionalis and Nanodes discolor. By Sr. Groran
Mivarr, M.A., \E.R.S.. JoagAODoOd ODosOUSOHONO Ag daG Hod go00Fas000p pod00n00 ». 236
Hes eae 18, 1886
Mr. A.'Thomson. Report on the Insect-hotse for 1895 ....,....5 2.00 eee Py ouneBstans 240
1. On the Butterflies obtained in, Arabia and Somaliland by Capt: Chee, G. Nurse and
Jol. J. W. Yerbury in 1894 and 1895. By Arrnoux G@. Burner, Ph.D., Senior Acsistant-
: Keeper of Zovlogy, Natural History Museum. (Plate X.) ...... ees cece ce eee eee 242
2. On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland. By Lord Watsincnam, M.A., LI.D.,
* ¥F-R.S., and G. F. Hampson, B.A., &e, (Plate X.) . 0.2.2.0... 0.00 9900 0000000006 257
3. Observations on the Metallic Colours of the Prete and the Nectariniide. By Miss
Manion I. Nuwaoiaiy, B.Sc. (Plates XT. & XIV.) oe cee ce cee ce ee eee eee boob vast)
4. On a Skull of Or yeteropus gaudryt, Vorsyth Major, from Samos. By C. W. Anprews,
F.G.8., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural Iistory) ....... DAG aDa DM GIO no 296
5. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of Ivhkynchops. By Franx DB,
Bevpann, M.A., I°..8., Prosector to the Society .....6.... 20 eee eee ees cos doODOoOd 299
‘March 3, 1896.
The ascaune: On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1896 .......... 303
Mr. G. EB. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, remains of the
Norway Lemining (Myodes demmus) from Portugal ........0. 0.00 pe ee cee ce eee es 304
Res
PROCEEDINGS
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THK
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1896.
PART Tiss:
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH anv APRIL.
AUGUST Ist, 1896.
PRINTED FOR TILE SOCIETY,
SOLD AL TITEIR TLOUSE IN ILANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON: ©
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,
; PATERNOSTER-ROW. :
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY |
Oper Tae Twelve Shillin ‘
yh 3 fings.] ae
a Ee ae SSS SSS ol
by
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART II.—1896.
March 3, 1896.
Page
Dr. H. Gadow. Remarks on Bone-Caves in Estremadura, explored in 1886 ......... .. 806
Remarks on the: Divergencies between the “ Rules for naming Animals” of the German Zoo-
logical Society and the Stricklandian Code of Nomenclature. By P. L. Scrarrr,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R§., Secretary to the Society . so Qqdacv0 ad oo ndoeGoncdngooBoUS BUD
Discussion on the Rules of Zoological Nomenelature. Remarks by Graf Tans von Berterseu,
Sir Witiiam Firowsr, Mr. Warrier, Prof. Lansesrer, PRS. Mr, Nuwes, Dr. D. Siar,
F.R.S., Mr. W.'T. Buanvorn, F'.R.S., Dr. IT. O. Korses, and Mr. W. F. Kinny ...... 319
1. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski in Central Peru, say Graf
Hans v. Bertrescu and Jean Srovzmann. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) . Doondcgsbonn wey
¥..On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans. By M. Aprien Doutrus ............ 388
March 17, 1896.
Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon the prospectus of ‘ Das Misnraich? vis ca eae ord eee 400
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the appointment of an International Committee on Zoological
Nomenclature
1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous Fauna of Ceylon, By Lt.-Col.
C, T. Binguan, F.Z8., FES. (Plate XV.)
2. On British Hydroids and Medusw. By Epwarp T. Brownx, B.A., F.Z.S. peoclceiM
Research Laboratory, University College, London, (erocas XVI. & XVII. oe . 459
3. On somo Extinct Wishes of the Velcostean Family Gonorkynchide. By A. Sarvu
Woopwanrp, 1.Z.8. (Plate XVIII.)
Contents continued on paye 3 of Wrapper.
L220 ar DB
PROCERDINGS
OF: THE. BS
iy i
GENERAL MEBTINGS FOR SCIENIIFIC BUSINESS | eb
ib. OF ES
AOOLOGIOAL SOCIETY |
Or LONDON |
FOR THR, YEAR ete
7 1896. oo
PART Tt
CONTAINING PAPERS. READ IN
(MAY. an JUNE. 0)
oe OCTOBER 1st, 1896, ee.
~ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, Gon
S SOLD. AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. = es ‘
2 - ~ LONDON SG alee
; MESSRS. LON ee. GREBN, AND: 00, eee a oes
- PATERNOSTER- BOW. Bes ase
Ba [Price Twolve Shillings] eee ceca el 2
LIST OF CONT ENTS.
PART "1 —1896.
April 21, 1896 (continued), .
Page
3. On some Dragonflies obtained by an ye Mrs. oe Eline in Somali-land. By W. F.
Kinsy, F.1S., F.B.8., &e.... Boa adanoodo og ga Ura
. List of Lepidoptera collected in Sonali land by Mrs. E. Lort istics By Entry Mary
Ta dol aig cee hn grant cic pila mae errs enue cela ean en ah le Nadie oak aah ee ~ 923
>
oi)
. List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his recent San: to
Lake Rudolf. By Eurty Mary Suarrg ...-... 5 2 .... 580
6. On the Anatomy of a Grebe (Zchmophorus major), with Remarks upon tho Classi-
fication of some of the Schizognathous Birds, By Frank BE. Beppanp, M.A., F.R.S.,
LSOONT HO WO SUG oo 3.0009 000800000000 44 a0 sde0 Cb ou dvonRo bod ou Ge ouOOdo OS 538
May 5, 1896.
The Secretary. igs on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1896 ........ 647
Mr, W. &.. Hoyle, M.A. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of a Snake in
the act of swallowing @ Mouse ..,6c..... cope cette te cee eee e ee cette ten eees BAT
1, On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasns, By G. A, Bourgenerr, F.RS.,
(CENNIGS 2-000 5 .O-UUL))! Cos obiannooonooobnocaedoouGdHads ey steenlonaierava stay acta hersieyenees 548
bo
Woontnibacone to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—Part II. A Note upon the Ptery-
losis of the Barbets and Toucans. By Franx EB. Beppanrp, M.A., F.R.S,, Prosector to
the: Societys io eee salve apne Pune eeliare ua Macauley Vales hop aliaua aera on i Ie 555
3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition,—Part IT. On the Teeth of certain
Insectivora. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of pana) Royal College of Science,
Ironton, «Cares NOME SOR) cooosasaonod cohuenavancobond boon naoanubenser 5d7
4. Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad (Pipa americana) in the Society’s
Gardens. By A. D. Bartuvrr, Superintendent..... 0.0.2.0... 0. cece eee ce eee ee ee 595
May 19, 1896.
Mr: Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Daguerreotype Portrait of, what was
~ ‘believed to be the first Gorilla that was ever brought ‘alive to Kurope
. On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a specimen of the Common Field Vole.
By G. HB. EH. Barrert-Hasiton, F.Z.8. ............ jOanog doco sdocdu pbodnposoe ac Hels
2. On the Existence m Europe of Two Geographical Races, or Subspecies, of the Common
Field Vole. By G. B. WI. Barrerr-Hamipron, 1.2.8. 2.0... eee ee cee eee 529
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1896.
PART IV.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER. —
APRIL 1st, 1897.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,
¢ PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings.]
_
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IV.—1896.
June 16, 1896 (continued).
» Page
8. On a new Gecko fron: Penang. By G. A. Boutznanr, F.R.S. (Plate XXXVI.) ... -. 767
9. Notes on a Recent Zoological Expedition on the Lower Amazon. By EH. E. Ausrsn,
Zovlogical Department, British Museum .... 1.0.60. ce cece cece ee eee ee cee totes 768
Navember 17, 1896.
Tw Secretary. Report on the Additions to tho Society’s Menageric in June, July, August,
September, and Octobor, 1896 .. 2.2.2... cece cece ee cece eect cent scree ete rese
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on some of the principal Animals noticed during a recent oe
to the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne, Diisseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, ‘The
Hague, and Rotterdam. (Plate XXXVII.)
ob 0009004cg00000000000e00 odagoconacen {hse}
Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.Z.S. Remarks on a supposed case of Telegony, shown by a
Fox-terrier puppy ...--..e.-55-- a loperot rans lolol eaasogersrsist severe oH COGS SoAAadconDOUSEDO 785
Mr. Leonard IIill, M.B. Remarks on some experiments on supposed cases of the
inheritance of acquired characters ......-+.. seen sees opoeago0cb sD Da ROEDDeUdOCON 785
The Ton. H. S. Littleton. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a life-sized model of the
Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forstert) 10.062. 0000s Sodc00000Dn DD aDDDDOOOOd CODON 786
Dr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four heads of Ovis ammon,
from the North-west Altai, Central Asia, obtained by Major Cumberland
. On the Mammals of Nyasaland: fourth Notice. By Oupriery Tuomas, F.Z.S. (Plates
2, O.O.QVINUE C3 0,0:0.00.6)) Goan con pu900bou 000Gb 0G0n0000e00 qosdouode! 0do0d BeO0eGuO
On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling in Mashunaland and Mr. F. C.
Selous in Matabeleland, with short Vield-Notes by the Collectors, By W. E. ne
Winton, B.Z.8. (Plate XL.) ee ieteietets poeqadC Dod ee0b00 G60 0nb6000000d0000000 798
On the Antelopes of the Aures and Hastern Algerian Sahara, By Atrrep I. Pease... . 809
Seeaquoedoapoddcobonod le
. On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R. Crawshay in Nyasa-land. By
Arruur G. Burenr, Ph.D., F.LS., F.ZS., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological
Department, British ‘Museum, (Plates XL & XLIL.) sree oy stayetelciskehene inte slned ote clot eens 817
6. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nynsa-land presented to the Museum by Sir
Harry Johnston, K.C.B,, and collected by Mr. J.B. Yule. By Antiur G. Burier,
Pbh.D., F.LS., .Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant-IKeeper, Zoological ,Pepartinent, British
Museum, (Plate SUTIN) too ceo ee ele ps cee’ SamoasoooLouDoUOdhN
788
fe
On the Gazelles of Tunisia. By Josue S. Warraxur, F.Z.8.
oat
851
' ae ay 4)
December 1, 1896. oy rs ) :
Nl
Mr. R. EB. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a three-horned Fallow
Deer and a paix of Roebuck’s horns .... 2... 6... esse eee eee ence ete e ee eee -... 855
Mr. H. EB. Dresser. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Pallas’s Willow-
Warbler shot, at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk...... ara ehalacatie sates PaeTe oeaodboonuno » Bd6 °
1. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made in the Malay Peninsula in
1895-96; with a List of the Species recorded from that Region. By ‘Sranney Suyrir
Frower, 5th Fusiliers, (Plates XLIV.-XLVI.) ........ 6. cece ee eee cee eee . 856
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
This preservation photocopy
was made and hand bound at BookLab, Inc.
in compliance with copyright law. The paper,
Weyerhaeuser Cougar Opaque Natural,
meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO
Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
Austin 1994
Hs il unas
1G eine
Ts
Seu ee
a ily :
iit
Se
_ LS
ey
iy
EOE Bao bse
Cane pod
patie
Ae ES
Psat
Bae Soin ia airle
ssi AMP ah i Me
conn
yi
Cera
al Pe
f Paull taney
24 Peat d.
oN
EAN yey
NE es
“hiM eRe
NLR
barca;
ASSES
3
Ra
wing re
User
Acovh SRSNS
rat wy),